49 files changed, 64896 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6833f05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/.gitattributes
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+* text=auto
+*.txt text
+*.md text
diff --git a/44777-0.txt b/44777-0.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..41b3e34
--- /dev/null
+++ b/44777-0.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,12495 @@
+*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 44777 ***
+
+Transcriber's Note
+
+This version of the text is unable to reproduce certain typographic
+features. Italics are delimited with the '_' character as _italic_. The
+'oe' ligature is rendered as separate characters. Words printed using
+"small capitals" are shifted to all upper-case. The 'oe' ligature is
+given here as separate characters.
+
+There are various fonts employed. These are indicated, usually, simply
+by indenting those passages.
+
+Illustrations cannot be reproduced here, but the approximate position
+of each is indicated as: [Illustration: <caption>]. The captions, it
+should be noted, are limited to a plate number.
+
+The few footnotes are repositioned at the end of the paragraph
+or quotation where they are referenced. They have been numbered
+consecutively.
+
+Please consult the note at the end of this text for details of any
+corrections made.
+
+
+
+
+                             CATLIN'S NOTES
+
+                                   OF
+
+                   EIGHT YEARS' TRAVELS AND RESIDENCE
+
+                               IN EUROPE,
+
+                                WITH HIS
+
+                   NORTH AMERICAN INDIAN COLLECTION.
+
+                               VOLUME II.
+
+
+
+
+                               ADVENTURES
+
+                                 OF THE
+
+                      OJIBBEWAY AND IOWAY INDIANS
+
+                                   IN
+
+                     ENGLAND, FRANCE, AND BELGIUM;
+
+                             BEING NOTES OF
+
+              EIGHT YEARS' TRAVELS AND RESIDENCE IN EUROPE
+
+                                WITH HIS
+
+                   NORTH AMERICAN INDIAN COLLECTION,
+
+                            BY GEO. CATLIN.
+
+
+                            IN TWO VOLUMES.
+
+                                VOL. II.
+
+                       With numerous Engravings.
+
+                         _THIRD EDITION._
+
+                                LONDON:
+                        PUBLISHED BY THE AUTHOR,
+            AT HIS INDIAN COLLECTION, NO. 6, WATERLOO PLACE.
+                                 1852.
+
+
+
+
+                          CONTENTS OF VOL. II.
+
+
+                             CHAPTER XVII.
+
+  Arrival of fourteen Ioway Indians in London--Their lodgings
+      in St. James's Street--The Author visits them--Their
+      portraits and names--Mr. Melody, their conductor--Jeffrey
+      Doraway, their interpreter--Landlady's alarm--Indians
+      visit the Author's Collection in the Egyptian
+      Hall--Arrangement to dance in the Collection--The
+      Doctor (Medicine or Mystery man) on top of the
+      Hall--Their first drive in a bus--Doctor's appearance
+      outside--Indians' first impressions of London--Lascars
+      sweeping the streets--Man with a big nose--The
+      Doctor lost, and found on the housetop--Their first
+      exhibition in Egyptian Hall--Eagle-dance--The Doctor's
+      speech--Great amusement of the ladies--His description
+      of the railroad from Liverpool to London--War-dance,
+      great applause--The "jolly fat dame"--She presents
+      a gold bracelet to the Doctor by mistake--Her
+      admiration of the _Roman-nose_--War-whoop--Description
+      of--Approaching-dance--Wolf-song, and description
+      of--Great amusement of the audience--Shaking
+      hands--Mistake with the bracelet                            Page 1
+
+                             CHAPTER XVIII.
+
+  Character of the Doctor (_mystery_ or _medicine man_)--An
+      omnibus-drive--The Doctor's admiration of the
+      "jolly fat dame"--Jealousy--War-dress and war-paint
+      of the _Roman-nose_--His appearance--He leads the
+      War-dance--The Welcome-dance, and Bear-dance--Description
+      of--Pipe-of-peace (or Calumet) dance, and
+      Scalp-dance--_Chip-pe-ho-la_ (_the Author_)--Speech
+      of the War-chief--The "jolly fat dame"--She presents a
+      gold bracelet to _Roman-nose_--Jealousy and distress
+      of the Doctor--She converses with Daniel--Two reverend
+      gentlemen converse with the Indians about religion--Reply
+      of White-cloud and War-chief--Questions by the reverend
+      gentlemen--Answers by the War-chief--Indians invited to
+      breakfast with Mr. Disraeli, M.P., Park Lane--Indians'
+      toilette and dress--The Doctor and Jim (Wash-ka-mon-ya)
+      fasting for the occasion                                        27
+
+                              CHAPTER XIX.
+
+  Kind reception at Mr. Disraeli's--View of Hyde Park from
+      the top of his house--Review of troops, and sham
+      fight--Breakfast-table--The Doctor missing--The Author
+      finds him in the bathing-room--Champagne wine--Refused
+      by the Indians--_Chickabobboo_: _Chippehola_ tells the
+      story of it--The Indians drink--Presents--The "big
+      looking-glass"--The Doctor smiles in it--Speech of the
+      War-chief--Shake of hands, and return--Exhibition-room,
+      Egyptian Hall--Doctor presents a string of wampum and
+      the "_White-feather_" to the "jolly fat dame"--Indians
+      talk about _chickabobboo_--The Rev. Mr. G---- calls--A
+      different religion (a Catholic)--Interview appointed--Two
+      Methodist clergymen call--Indians refuse to see them--The
+      giant and giantess visit the Indians--The Doctor measuring
+      the giantess--The talk with the Catholic clergyman Page 47
+
+                              CHAPTER XX.
+
+  The Doctor and Jim visit several churches--The Indians
+      in St. Paul's--In Westminster Abbey--The exhibition
+      at the Hall--The Doctor agrees to go in the carriage
+      of the "jolly fat dame"--Mr. Melody objects--The
+      Doctor's melancholy--Indians stop the bus to talk
+      with Lascars--Make them presents of money--Indians
+      discover _chickabobboo-ags_(gin-palaces)--and
+      ladies lying down in their carriages reading
+      books--_Chim-e-gotch-ees_ (or fish)--Jim's story
+      of "Fish"--Experiments in mesmerism--Wash-ka-mon-ya
+      (Jim) mesmerized--The Doctor's opinions on
+      mesmerism--Ioways in Lord's Cricket-ground--Archery and
+      ball-playing--Encampment--Wigwams--Indians invited by
+      Mrs. Lawrence to Ealing Park--Their kind reception--Their
+      Royal Highnesses the Duke and Duchess of Cambridge--The
+      Princess Mary--The Duchess of Gloucester--The Hereditary
+      Grand Duke and Duchess, and other distinguished
+      guests--Amusements--Beautiful grounds--Indians dine on the
+      lawn--Roast beef and plum-pudding--_Chickabobboo_--Alarm
+      of the parrots--Doctor's superstition--_Chickabobboo_
+      explained--Speech of the War-chief--Taking leave--Fright
+      of the poor birds--Handsome presents--Conservatory--The
+      Doctor's ideas of it--Indians visit Surrey Zoological
+      Gardens--Fright of the birds and animals--Indians
+      sacrifice tobacco to the lion and the rattle-snakes             63
+
+                              CHAPTER XXI.
+
+  Indians' remarks on the Zoological Gardens--Their pity for
+      the poor buffalo and other animals imprisoned--Jim's talk
+      with a clergyman about Hell and the hyænas--Indians'
+      ideas of astronomy--Jim and the Doctor hear of the hells
+      of London--Desire to go into them--Promised to go--Indians
+      counting the gin-palaces (_chickabobboo-ags_)in a
+      ride to Blackwall and back--The result--Exhibition in
+      the Egyptian Hall--A sudden excitement--The War-chief
+      recognises in the crowd his old friend "Bobasheela"--Their
+      former lives on the Mississippi and Missouri--Bobasheela
+      an Englishman--His travels in the "Far West" of
+      America--Story of their first acquaintance--The
+      doomed wedding-party--Lieut. Pike--Daniel Boone and
+      Son--Indians visit a great brewery--Kind reception by
+      the proprietors--Great surprise of the Indians--Immense
+      quantities of _chickabobboo_--War-dance in an empty
+      vat--Daniel commences Jim's book of the statistics of
+      England--Indians visit the Tunnel--Visit to the Tower--The
+      Horse Armoury--The Royal Regalia--Indians' ideas of the
+      crowns and jewels--"_Totems_"(arms) on the fronts of
+      noblemen's houses--Royal arms over the shops--Strange
+      notions of the Doctor--They see the "man with the big
+      nose" again--And the "great white War-chief (the Duke of
+      Wellington) on horseback, near his wigwam" Page 90
+
+                             CHAPTER XXII.
+
+  The Ioways in Vauxhall Gardens--Surrey Theatre--Carter
+      in the lions' cage--Astonishment of the
+      Indians--Indians in the Diving Bell, at the Polytechnic
+      Institution--Indians riding--Shooting at target on
+      horseback--Ball-play--"Jolly fat dame"--Ladies converse
+      with the Doctor--His reasons for not marrying--Curious
+      questions--Plurality of wives--Amusing scene--The
+      Author in Indian costume--A cruel experiment--Ioways
+      arrive in Birmingham--The Author's arrival
+      there--Society of Friends--Indians all breakfast
+      with Mr. Joseph Sturge--Kind treatment--Conversation
+      after breakfast about religion and education--Reply
+      of the War-chief--The button-factory of Turner and
+      Sons--Generous presents to the Indians--_Bobasheela_
+      arrives--Indians dividing their buttons--Doctor found
+      on top of the Shakespeare Buildings--Indians' kindness
+      to a beggar-woman--Poorhouses--Many Friends visit the
+      Indians--Indians' visit to Miss Catherine Hutton--Her
+      great age--Her kindness--Dinner--Her presents to them
+      in money--Parting scene--The War-chief's speech to
+      her--Her letters to the Author--Indians present to the
+      two hospitals 370 dollars--Address read by the Presidents
+      to the Indians--Doctor's reply--Indians start for York--A
+      fox-hunt--Curious notions of Indians about it--Visit to
+      York Minster--Ascend the grand tower--Visit to the castle
+      and prison--Museum of the instruments of murder--Alarm of
+      the Doctor--Kindness of the governor of the castle and
+      his lady--Indians' ideas of imprisonment for debt, and
+      punishment for murder                                          117
+
+                             CHAPTER XXIII.
+
+  Newcastle-on-Tyne--Indians' alarms about jails--Kind
+      visits from Friends--Mrs. A. Richardson--Advice of the
+      Friends--War-Chiefs reply--Liberal presents--Arrive
+      at Sunderland--Kindness of the Friends--All breakfast
+      with Mr. T. Richardson--Indians plant trees in
+      his garden--And the Author also--The Doctor's
+      superstition--Sacrifice--Feast--Illness of the Roman
+      Nose--Indians visit a coalpit--North Shields--A sailors'
+      dinner and a row--Arrive at Edinburgh--A drive--First
+      exhibition there--Visit to Salisbury Crag--To Arthur's
+      Seat--Holyrood House and Castle--The crown of Robert
+      Bruce--The "big gun"--"Queen Mab"--Curious modes of
+      building--"Flats"--Origin of--Illness of Corsair, the
+      little _pappoose_--The old Doctor speaks--War-chief's
+      speech--A feast of ducks--Indians' remarks upon the
+      government of Scotland--"The swapping of crowns"--The
+      Doctor proposes the crown of Robert Bruce for Prince
+      Albert--Start for Dundee--Indians' liberality--A noble
+      act--Arrival at Dundee--Death of little Corsair--Distress
+      of the Little Wolf and his wife--Curious ceremony--Young
+      men piercing their arms--Indians at Perth--Arrival in
+      Glasgow--Quartered in the Town-hall--The cemetery--The
+      Hunterian Museum--The Doctor's admiration of it--Daily
+      drives--Indians throw money to the poor--Alarm for
+      _Roman Nose_--Two reverend gentlemen talk with the
+      Indians--War-chiefs remarks--Greenock--Doctor's regret at
+      leaving Page                                                   155
+
+                             CHAPTER XXIV.
+
+  Arrival in Dublin--Decline of the _Roman Nose_--Exhibition
+      in the Rotunda--Feast of ducks--First drive--Ph[oe]nix
+      Park--Stags--Indians' ideas of game-laws and
+      taxes--Annual expenses of British government--National
+      debt--Daniel enters these in Jim's book--Indians
+      called "Irishmen"--Author's reply--Speech of the
+      War-chief--Jim's rapid civilization--New estimates for
+      his book--Daniel reads of "Murders, &c.," in Times
+      newspaper--Jim subscribes for the Times--Petition
+      of 100,000 women--Society of Friends meet the
+      Indians in the Rotunda--Their advice, and present
+      to the chiefs 40_l._--Indians invited to Zoological
+      Gardens--Presented with 36_l._--Indians invited to
+      Trinity College--Conversation with the Rev. Master on
+      religion--Liberal presents--They visit the Archbishop of
+      Dublin--Presents--All breakfast with Mr. Joseph Bewly,
+      a Friend--Kind treatment--Christian advice--Sickness of
+      _Roman Nose_--Various entertainments by the Friends--A
+      curious beggar--Indians' liberality to the poor--Arrival
+      at Liverpool--Rejoicing and feast--Council--_Roman
+      Nose_ placed in an hospital--Arrival in
+      Manchester--Exhibition in Free Trade Hall--Immense
+      platform--Three wigwams--Archery--Ball-play, &c.--Great
+      crowds--_Bobasheela_ arrives--Death of the _Roman
+      Nose_--Forms of burial, &c.                                 178
+
+                              CHAPTER XXV.
+
+  The Author arrives in Paris--Victoria Hotel--Mr. Melody
+      and his Indians arrive--Doctor missing, and found
+      on the top of the hotel--Alarm of servants--First
+      drive in Paris--Visit to Mr. King, the American
+      ambassador--French _chickabobboo_--M. Vattemare--Indians
+      visit the Hôtel de Ville--Prêfet de Police--Magnificent
+      salons--The "big looking-glasses" --The Prêfet's
+      lady--Refreshments and _chickabobboo_--Speech of the
+      War-chief--Reply of the Prêfet--Salle Valentino taken
+      for the exhibition--Daniel arrives with the Collection
+      from London--Indians visit the King in the palace of the
+      Tuileries--Royal personages--Conversation--War-chief
+      presents the calumet--His speech to the
+      King--Eagle-dance--War-dance--Little Wolf presents his
+      tomahawk and whip to the King--His speech--Refreshments
+      and "Queen's _chickabobboo_"--Drinking the King's and
+      Queen's health, and health of the Count de Paris--"Vive
+      le Roi"--Jim's opinion of the King--An Indian's idea
+      of descents--Presents in money from the King--Mode
+      of dividing it--A drive--Ladies leading dogs with
+      strings--The number counted in one drive--The Indians'
+      surprise--An entry for Jim's book--Jim laments the loss
+      of the Times newspaper and _Punch_--He takes Galignani's
+      Messenger--Indians dine at W. Costar's--The Doctor's
+      compliment to a lady's fine voice--Indians visit the Royal
+      Academy of Sciences--Curious reception--M. Arago--Indians'
+      suspicions and alarms--Jim's remarkable speech--Opening
+      of the exhibition in Salle Valentino--Great
+      excitement--Speech of the War-chief--Shaking hands--Public
+      opinion of the Author's Collection                             203
+
+                             CHAPTER XXVI.
+
+  Indians at Madame Greene's party--Their ideas of
+      waltzing--The Doctor's admiration of the young
+      ladies--The King's fête, 1st of May--Indians in the
+      Palace--Royal Family in the balcony--Grand and sublime
+      scene on the river--Indians in a crowd of nobility in
+      the Duc d'Aumale's apartments--Messenger to Indians'
+      apartments with gold and silver medals--Medals to the
+      women and children--Consequent difficulties--Visit to
+      the Hospital of Invalids--Place Concorde--Column of
+      Luxor--The fountains--Visit to the Triumphal Arch--Jim's
+      description of an ugly woman--Victor Hugo--Madame Georges
+      Sands--Indians visit the Louvre--M. de Cailleux--Baron
+      de Humboldt--Illness of the wife of Little Wolf--A
+      phrenologist visits the Indians--The phrenologist's head
+      examined--Two Catholic priests visit the Indians--Indians
+      visit the Garden of Plants--Alarm of the birds and
+      animals--The "poor prisoner buffalo"--Visit to the
+      _Salle aux Vins_--Astonishment of the Indians--The
+      war-whoop--_Chickabobboo_-- Cafés explained--Indians visit
+      _Père la Chaise_--A great funeral--A speech over the
+      grave--Hired mourners--Visit the _School of Medicine_--and
+      "_Dupuytren's Room_"--Excitement of the Doctor--Visit
+      to the _Foundling Hospital_--Astonishment and pity of
+      the Indians--Entries in Jim's note-book, and Doctor's
+      remarks--Visit the _Guillotine_--Indians' ideas of
+      _hanging_ in England, and _beheading_ in France--Curious
+      debate--Visit to the _Dog Market_--Jim's purchase and
+      difficulty--The _Dog Hospital_--Alarm of the "petites
+      malades"--Retreat--_Bobasheela_ arrives from London--Great
+      rejoicing--Jim's comments on the Frenchwomen--The _little
+      foundlings_ and the _little dogs_                      232
+
+                             CHAPTER XXVII.
+
+  _La Morgue_--The Catacombs--The Doctor's dream--Their great
+      alarm--Visit to the _Hippodrome_--Jim riding M. Franconi's
+      horse--Indians in the Woods of Boulogne--Fright of the
+      rabbits--Jim and the Doctor at the _Bal Mabille_, Champs
+      Elysées--At the _Masquerade_, _Grand Opera_--Their
+      opinions and criticisms on them--Frenchwomen at
+      confession in St. Roch--Doctor's ideas of it--Jim's
+      speech--"_Industrious fleas_"--Death of the wife of Little
+      Wolf--Her baptism--Husband's distress--Her funeral in the
+      Madeleine--Her burial in Montmartre--Council held--Indians
+      resolve to return to America--Preparations to depart in
+      a few days--_Bobasheela_ goes to London to ship their
+      boxes to New York--He returns, and accompanies the
+      Indians to Havre--Indians take leave of _Chippehola_ (the
+      Author)--M. Vattemare accompanies them to Havre--Kindly
+      treated by Mr. Winslow, an American gentleman, at Havre--A
+      splendid dinner, and (_Queen's_) _Chickabobboo_--Indians
+      embark--Taking leave of _Bobasheela_--Illness of
+      the Author's lady--His alarm and distress--Her
+      death--Obituary--Her remains embalmed and sent to New York     261
+
+                            CHAPTER XXVIII.
+
+  Eleven Ojibbeway Indians arrive from London--Their
+      exhibitions in the Author's Collection--Portraits and
+      description of--Their amusements--Their pledge to
+      sobriety--_Chickabobboo_ explained to them--Birth of a
+      _Pappoose_--M. Gudin; Indians and the Author dine with
+      him--His kind lady--The Author breakfasts with the Royal
+      Family in the palace at St. Cloud--Two Kings and two
+      Queens at the table--The Author presented to the King
+      and Queen of the Belgians by Louis Philippe, in the
+      salon--Count de Paris--Duc de Brabant--Recollects the
+      Indian pipe and mocassins presented to him by the Author
+      in the Egyptian Hall--Duchess of Orleans--The Princess
+      Adelaide--The King relates anecdotes of his life in
+      America--Washington's farewell address--Losing his dog in
+      the Seneca village--Crossing Buffalo Creek--Descending the
+      Tioga and Susquehana rivers in an Indian canoe to Wyoming,
+      the Author's native valley--The King desires the Author to
+      arrange his whole Collection in the Louvre for the private
+      views of the Royal Family--He also appoints a day to see
+      the Ojibbeways in the Park at St. Cloud--Great rejoicing
+      of the Indians--A _dog-feast_--The Indians and the Author
+      dine a second time at M. Gudin's                               278
+
+                             CHAPTER XXIX.
+
+  Indians' visit to the Palace of St. Cloud--The
+      Park--Artificial lake--Royal Family--Prince de
+      Joinville--Recollected seeing the Author and Collection in
+      Washington--King and Queen of Belgians--The _regatta_--The
+      birch-bark canoe, and the Prince de Joinville's
+      "Whitehaller"--War-dance--Ball-play--Archery--Dinner
+      prepared for the Indians--M. Gudin and the Author join
+      them--Indians' return--Gossip at night--Their ideas of
+      the King and Royal Family--Messenger from the King, with
+      gold and silver medals and money, to the Indians--The
+      War-chief cures a cancer--Author's Collection in the
+      _Salle de Séance_, in the Louvre--The Indians and the
+      Author dine with M. Passy, Member of Deputies--Kind
+      treatment by himself and lady--King visits the Collection
+      in the Louvre--The Author explains his pictures--Persons
+      present--An hour's visit--The King retires--Second visit
+      of the King and Royal Family to the Collection--The
+      Author's four little children presented to the King--His
+      Majesty relates the anecdote of bleeding himself in
+      America, and his visit to General Washington at Mount
+      Vernon--His descent of the Ohio and Mississippi rivers in
+      a small boat, to New Orleans--Orders the Author to paint
+      fifteen pictures for Versailles                                287
+
+                              CHAPTER XXX.
+
+  The Author leaves his Collection in the Louvre, and
+      arrives with the Indians in Bruxelles--Indians at the
+      soirée of the American Minister in Bruxelles--Author's
+      reception by the King in the Palace--Small-pox among the
+      Indians--Indians unable to visit the Palace--Exhibition
+      closes--Seven sick with small-pox--Death of one of
+      them--His will--A second dies--His will--The rest
+      recover--Faithful attentions of Daniel--The Author
+      accompanies them to Antwerp, and pays their expenses to
+      London on a steamer--Death of the War-chief in London--His
+      will--The Author raises money by subscription and sends
+      to them--Letter from the survivors, in England, to the
+      Author--Drawings by the War-chief--The Author stopped in
+      the streets of London and invited to see the skeleton of
+      the War-chief!--His indignation--Subsequent deaths of
+      four others of this party in England--The three parties
+      of Indians in Europe--Their objects--Their success--Their
+      conduct--Their reception and treatment--Things which they
+      saw and learned--Estimates and statistics of civilized
+      life which they have carried home--Their mode of reasoning
+      from such premises--And the probable results                   294
+
+                             CHAPTER XXXI.
+
+  The Author returns to his little children in Paris--His loss
+      of time and money--The three Indian speculations--His
+      efforts to promote the interests of the Indians, and the
+      persons who brought them to Europe--His advice to other
+      persons wishing to engage in similar enterprises--The
+      Author retires to his atelier, and paints the fifteen
+      pictures for the King--The pleasure of quiet and
+      retirement with his four little children around
+      him--He offers his Indian Collection to the American
+      Government--And sends his memorial to Congress--Bill
+      reported in favour of the purchase--The Author has an
+      interview with the King in the Tuileries--Delivers
+      the fifteen pictures--Subjects of the pictures
+      painted--Conversations with the King--Reflections upon his
+      extraordinary life--The Author's thoughts, while at his
+      easel, upon scenes of his life gone by--And those that
+      were about him, as he strolled, with his little children,
+      through the streets and society of Paris--Distressing
+      and alarming illness of the Author's four little
+      children--Kindness of sympathizing friends--Death of
+      "little George"--His remains sent to New York, and
+      laid by the side of his mother--A father's tears and
+      loneliness--The Author returns with his Collection to
+      London                                                         311
+
+  APPENDIX--A.
+
+    Extracts of Letters from the Ioway Mission, Upper Missouri       327
+
+  APPENDIX--B.
+
+    Experiments in Horse-taming                                      332
+
+
+
+
+                       CATLIN'S NOTES IN EUROPE,
+
+                             _&c. &c._
+
+
+
+
+                             CHAPTER XVII.
+
+  Arrival of fourteen Ioway Indians in London--Their lodgings in
+     St. James's Street--The Author visits them--Their portraits
+     and names--Mr. Melody, their conductor--Jeffrey Doraway, their
+     interpreter--Landlady's alarm--Indians visit the Author's
+     Collection in the Egyptian Hall--Arrangement to dance in the
+     Collection--The Doctor (Medicine or Mystery man) on top of
+     the Hall--Their first drive in a bus--Doctor's appearance
+     outside--Indians' first impressions of London--Lascars
+     sweeping the streets--Man with a big nose--The Doctor lost,
+     and found on the housetop--Their first exhibition in Egyptian
+     Hall--Eagle-dance--The Doctor's speech--Great amusement of
+     the ladies--His description of the railroad from Liverpool to
+     London--War-dance, great applause--The "jolly fat dame"--She
+     presents a gold bracelet to the Doctor by mistake--Her
+     admiration of the _Roman-nose_--War-whoop--Description
+     of--Approaching-dance--Wolf-song, and description of--Great
+     amusement of the audience--Shaking hands--Mistake with the
+     bracelet.
+
+
+The event which I spoke of at the close of my last chapter--the arrival
+of another party of Indians--was one which called upon me at once for
+a new enterprise, and I suddenly entered upon it, again deferring the
+time of my return to my native land.
+
+The "fourteen Ioway Indians," as report had said, had arrived, and were
+in apartments at No. 7, St. James's Street, with their interpreter.
+This party was in charge of Mr. G. H. C. Melody, who had accompanied
+them from their own country, with a permission gained from the
+Secretary at War to bring them to Europe, which permission was granted
+in the following words:--
+
+            _War Department, Washington City, Sept. 14th, 1843._
+
+  DEAR SIR,
+
+  In answer to your application relative to Mr. Melody's making a tour
+  to Europe with a party of Ioway Indians, as well as to a similar
+  one on his behalf from the Rev. Wm. P. Cochran, of Marian County,
+  Missouri, I beg leave to say, that it has not been usual to grant any
+  permissions of the kind, and the verbal instructions to the Agents,
+  Superintendents, &c. have been against permitting such tours, for the
+  reason, I presume, that the persons having them in charge are usually
+  men who merely wish to make money out of them by exhibitions, without
+  taking any care of their habits or morals, or inducing them to profit
+  by what they see and hear upon their route.
+
+  In the present case, however, I do not think that the evils usually
+  to be apprehended will occur, from the character of Mr. Melody, and
+  the mode in which the Indians are proposed to be selected. This I
+  understand is to be done by the Chief, White Cloud, with the full
+  assent of the individuals thus selected, and their continuance on the
+  tour to be their own act.
+
+  Under all the circumstances, I suppose all the Department can do, is
+  to allow Mr. Melody and the Chiefs of the tribe to do as they please,
+  without imposing the usual or any prohibition.
+
+                                 I am, yours, very truly,
+                                                 J. M. PORTER,
+                                                      Secretary at War.
+  Vespasian Ellis, Esq.
+
+                                     _Washington City, Sept. 1843._
+
+  DEAR SIR,
+
+  Under this letter you are authorised to make any arrangement with the
+  Chief of the tribe of Indians that you and he may please to make;
+  and the War Department agrees, in consideration of your well-known
+  integrity of character, not to interfere with the arrangement which
+  you and the Chief or the Indians may make.
+
+                                   Your obedient Servant,
+                                               VESPASIAN ELLIS.
+  Mr. Melody.
+
+Mr. Melody called upon me immediately on his arrival in London, and I
+went with him to see his party, several of whom I at once recognized
+as I entered their rooms. On seeing me they all rose upon their feet
+and offered me their hands, saluting me by their accustomed word, "How!
+how! how! _Chip-pe-ho-la!_" and evidently were prepared for great
+pleasure on meeting me. _White Cloud_, the head chief of the tribe, was
+of the party, and also the war-chief _Neu-mon-ya_ (the Walking Rain).
+These two chiefs, whose portraits were then hanging in my collection,
+had stood before me for their pictures several years previous in their
+own village, and also one of the warriors now present, whose name
+was _Wash-ka-mon-ya_ (the Fast Dancer). These facts being known, one
+can easily imagine how anxious these good fellows had been, during a
+journey of 2000 miles from their country to New York, and then during
+their voyage across the ocean, to meet me in a foreign land, who had
+several years before shared the hospitality of their village, and, to
+their knowledge, had done so much to collect and perpetuate the history
+of their race. They had come also, as I soon learned, in the full
+expectation to dance in my collection, which they were now impatient to
+see.
+
+This first interview was during the evening of their arrival, and was
+necessarily brief, that they might get their night's rest, and be
+prepared to visit my rooms in the morning. A few pipes were smoked
+out as we were all seated on the floor, in a "talk" upon the state
+of affairs in their country and incidents of their long and tedious
+journey, at the end of which they now required rest, and I left them.
+
+By entering the city at night, they had created little excitement or
+alarm, except with the landlady and her servants, where they had been
+taken in. Their rooms had been engaged before their arrival, but the
+good woman "had no idea they were going to look so savage and wild;
+she was very much afraid that their red paint would destroy her beds,"
+not yet knowing that they were to wash the paint all off before they
+retired to rest, and that then they were to spread their buffalo robes
+upon the floor and sleep by the side of, and under her beds, instead
+of getting into them. These facts, when they became known, amused her
+very much; and Mr. Melody's representations of the harmlessness and
+honesty of the Indians, put her at rest with respect to the safety of
+her person and her property about her house.
+
+The objects of these being the same as those of the former party,
+of seeing the country and making money by their exhibitions, I
+entered into a similar arrangement with Mr. Melody, joining with my
+collection, conducting their exhibitions, and sharing the expenses and
+receipts of the same, on condition that such an arrangement should be
+agreeable to the Indians.
+
+Their first night's rest in London being finished, they were all up at
+an early hour, full of curiosity to see what was around them; and their
+fourteen red heads out of their front windows soon raised a crowd and
+a novel excitement in St. James's. Every body knew that the "Indians
+had gone," and the conjectures amongst the crowd were various and
+curious as to this strange arrival. Some said it was "the wedding party
+returned;" others, more sagacious, discovered the difference in their
+appearance, and pronounced them "the real cannibals from New Zealand;"
+and others said "their heads were too red, and they could be nothing
+else than the real _red_-heads--the man-eaters--that they had read of
+somewhere, but had forgotten the place."
+
+The morning papers, however, which are the keys for all such mysteries,
+soon solved the difficulty, but without diminishing the crowd, by the
+announcement that a party of fourteen Ioway Indians, from the base of
+the Rocky Mountains, had arrived during the night and taken up their
+lodgings in St. James's Street.
+
+After taking their breakfasts and finishing their toilets, they stepped
+into carriages and paid their first visit to my collection, then open
+in the Egyptian Hall. Instead of yelling and shouting as the Ojibbeways
+did on first entering it, they all walked silently and slowly to the
+middle of the room, with their hands over their mouths, denoting
+surprise and silence. In this position, for some minutes (wrapped in
+their pictured robes, which were mostly drawn over their heads or up
+to their eyes), they stood and rolled their eyes about the room in all
+directions, taking a general survey of what was around them, before
+a word was spoken. There was an occasional "she-e" in a lengthened
+whisper, and nothing more for some time, when at length a gradual
+and almost imperceptible conversation commenced about portraits and
+things which they recognized around the room. They had been in a moment
+transferred into the midst of hundreds of their friends and their
+enemies, who were gazing at them from the walls--amongst wig-wams and
+thousands of Indian costumes and arms, and views of the prairies they
+live in--altogether opening to their view, and to be seen at a glance,
+what it would take them years to see in their own country. They met
+the portraits of their chiefs and other friends, upon the walls, and
+extended their hands towards them; and they gathered in groups in
+front of their enemies, whom the warriors had met in battle, and now
+recognized before them. They looked with great pleasure on a picture of
+their own village, and examined with the closest scrutiny the arms and
+weapons of their enemies. One may easily imagine how much there was in
+this collection to entertain these rude people, and how much to command
+their attachment to me, with whom they had already resolved to unite.
+
+A council was held and the pipe lit under the Crow wig-wam, which
+was standing in the middle of my room, when Mr. Melody explained to
+the Indians that he had now got them safe across the ocean as he had
+promised, and into the midst of the greatest city in the world, where
+they would see many curious things, and make many good and valuable
+friends, if they conducted themselves properly, which he was confident
+they would do.
+
+"You have met," said he, "your old friend _Chip-pe-ho-la_, whom you
+have talked so much about on the way; you are now in his wonderful
+collection, and he is by the side of you, and you will hear what he has
+to say." ("_How! how! how!_")
+
+I reminded the White-cloud of the time that I was in his village, and
+lived under his father's tent, where I had been kindly treated, and
+for which I should always feel grateful. That in meeting them here, I
+did not meet them as strangers, but as friends. ("_How! how! how!_")
+That they had come a great way, and with a view to make something to
+carry home to their wives and little children; that Mr. Melody and I
+had entered into an arrangement by which I was in hopes that my efforts
+might aid in enabling them to do so. ("_How! how! how!_") That I was
+willing to devote all my time, and do all that was in my power, but
+the continuation of my exertions would depend entirely upon their own
+conduct, and their efforts to gain respect, by aiding in every way they
+could, and keeping themselves entirely sober, and free from the use of
+spirituous liquors. ("_How! how! how!_")
+
+Mr. Melody here remarked that they had pledged their words to him and
+their Great Father (as the condition on which they were allowed to
+come), that they would drink no ardent spirits while absent, and that
+he was glad to say they had thus far kept their promise strictly.
+("_How! how! how!_")
+
+I told them I was glad to hear this, and I had no doubt but they would
+keep their word with me on that point, for every thing depended on it.
+We were amongst a people who look upon drunkenness as low and beastly,
+and also as a crime; and as I had found that most white people were
+of opinion that all Indians were drunkards, if they would show by
+their conduct that such was not the case, they would gain many warm
+and kind friends wherever they went. ("_How! how! how!_") I told them
+that the Ojibbeways whom I had had with me, and who had recently gone
+home, gave me a solemn promise when they arrived that they would keep
+entirely sober and use no spirituous liquors,--that they kept that
+promise awhile, but I had been grieved to hear that before they left
+the country they had taken up the wicked habit of drinking whiskey, and
+getting drunk, by which they had lost all the respect that white people
+had for them when they first came over. (A great laugh, and "_How! how!
+how!_")
+
+_Neu-mon-ya_ (the war-chief) replied to me, that they were thankful
+that the Great Spirit had kept them safe across the ocean and allowed
+them to see me, and to smoke the pipe again with me, and to hear my
+wise counsel, which they had all determined to keep ("_How! how!
+how!_"). He said that they had been very foolish to learn to drink
+"_fire-water_" in their country, which was very destructive to them,
+and they had promised their Great Father, the President, that they
+would drink none of it whilst they were abroad. He said he hoped I
+would not judge them by the Ojibbeways who had been here, "for," said
+he, "they are all a set of drunkards and thieves, and always keep their
+promises just about as well as they kept them with you." (A laugh, and
+"_How! how! how!_")[1]
+
+  [1] Some allowance will be made for the freedom with which the Ioways
+      occasionally speak of their predecessors, the Ojibbeways, as these
+      two tribes have lived in a state of constant warfare from time
+      immemorial.
+
+This _talk_, which was short, was ended here, to the satisfaction of
+all parties, and the Indians were again amusing themselves around the
+room, leaving the wig-wam and further conversations to Mr. Melody, the
+interpreter, and myself. Mr. Melody, though a stranger to me, bearing
+the high recommendations contained in the letter of the Secretary at
+War, already published, at once had my confidence (which I am pleased
+to say his conduct has kept up) as an excellent and honest man.
+
+Their interpreter, Jeffrey Doraway (a mulatto), and who had been one
+of the first to recognize and hail me when I entered their rooms, had
+been an old and attached acquaintance of mine while travelling in that
+country, and that acquaintance had several times been renewed in St.
+Louis, and New York, and other places where I had subsequently met him.
+He had been raised from childhood in the tribe, and the chiefs and all
+the party were very much attached to him, and his interest seemed to be
+wholly identified with that of the tribe. He was of a most forbearing
+and patient disposition, and of temperate habits, and as he was loved
+by the chiefs, had great influence with them, and control over the
+party.
+
+I related to Mr. Melody and Jeffrey the difficulties that laid before
+us; the prejudices raised in the public, mind by the conduct of Mr.
+Rankin with his party of Ojibbeways, and the unfortunate season of the
+year at which they had arrived in London. That the middle of July was
+the very worst season in which to open an exhibition, and that it might
+be difficult to raise a second excitement sufficiently strong to pay
+the very heavy expenses we must incur; but that I had resolved to unite
+my whole efforts to theirs, to bring their party into notice; which
+formed so much more complete and just a representation of the modes and
+appearance of the wild Indians of America than the Ojibbeways had given.
+
+Finishing our conversation here, we found the Indians adjusting their
+plumes, and their robes, and their weapons, preparing to step into
+their "omnibus and four," to take their first rapid glance at the great
+City of London, in "a drive," which was to pass them through some of
+its principal thoroughfares for their amusement. At this moment of
+excitement it was suddenly announced that one of the party (and a very
+essential one), the "_Doctor_" (or _medicine man_), was missing! Search
+was everywhere making for him, and when it was quite certain that he
+could not have passed into the street, Jeffrey inquired of the curator
+of the Hall if there was any passage that led out upon the roof? to
+which the curator replied, "Yes." "Well then," said Jeffrey, "we may
+be sure that he is there, for _it is 'a way that he has_:' he always
+is uneasy until he gets as high as he can go, and then he will stay
+there all night if you will let him alone." I went immediately to the
+roof, and found him standing on one corner of the parapet, overlooking
+Piccadilly,--wrapped in his buffalo robe, and still as a statue, while
+thousands were assembling in the streets to look at him, and to warn
+him of the danger they supposed him in.
+
+The readers who have not had the pleasure of seeing this eccentric
+character, will scarcely be able to appreciate the oddity of this freak
+until they become better acquainted with the Doctor in the following
+pages. I invited him down from his elevated position, which he seemed
+reluctant to leave, and he joined his party, who passed into their
+carriage at the door. In this moment of confusion, of escaping from
+the crowd and closing the door, heads were counted, and the old Doctor
+was missing again. A moment's observation showed, however, that his
+_ascending_ propensity had gained him a position over their heads, as
+he had seated himself by the side of the driver, with his buffalo robe
+wrapped around him, the long and glistening blade of his spear passing
+out from underneath it, near to his left ear, and his vermilioned face
+surmounted by a huge pair of buffalo horns, rising out of a crest of
+eagle's quills and ermine skins. Thus loaded, and at the crack of the
+whip, and amidst the yelling multitude that had gathered around them,
+did the fourteen Ioways dash into the streets, to open their eyes to
+the sights and scenes of the great metropolis.
+
+An hour or so in the streets, in a pleasant day, enabled them to see
+a great deal that was unlike the green prairies where they lived; and
+the "old Doctor," wrapped in his robe, and ogling the pretty girls, and
+everything else that he saw that was amusing as he passed along, raised
+a new excitement in the streets, and gave an extensive notification
+that "the wedding party had actually got back," or that another party
+of _red skins_ had arrived. They returned to their lodgings in great
+glee, and amused us at least for an hour with their "first impressions"
+of London; the _leading_, _striking_ feature of which, and the one that
+seemed to afford them the greatest satisfaction, was the _quantity of
+fresh meat_ that they saw in every street hanging up at the doors and
+windows--pigs, and calves, and sheep, and deer, and prairie hens, in
+such profusion that they thought "there would be little doubt of their
+getting as much fresh meat as they could eat." Besides this, they had
+seen many things that amused them, and others that excited their pity.
+They laughed much about the "black fellows with white eyes" who were
+carrying bags of coal, and "every one of them had got their hats on the
+wrong side before." They had seen many people who seemed to be very
+poor, and looked as if they were hungry: for they held out their hands
+to people passing by, as if they were asking for something to eat.
+"They had passed two _Indians_, with brooms in their hands, sweeping
+the dirt in the streets!"
+
+This occurrence had excited their greatest anxieties to know "what
+Indians they could be, that would be willing to take a broom in their
+hands and sweep the dirt from under white men's feet, and then hold
+out their hands to white people for money to buy food to eat." They
+all agreed "that _Ioways_ would not do it, that _Sioux_ would not,
+that _Pawnees_ would not;" and when they were just deciding that their
+enemies, the _Ojibbeways_, _might_ be _slaves_ enough to do it, and
+that these were possibly a part of the Ojibbeway party that had been
+flourishing in London, I explained the mystery to them, by informing
+them that their conjectures were wrong--that it was true they were
+Indians, but not from North America. I agreed with them that no North
+American Indian would use that mode of getting his living, but that
+there were Indians in different parts of the world, and that these were
+from the East Indies, a country many thousands of miles from here; that
+these people were Indians from that country, and were of a tribe called
+_Lascars_; that many of them were employed by the captains of English
+ships to help to navigate their vessels from that country to this;
+and that in London they often come to want, and are glad to sweep the
+streets and beg, as the means of living, instead of starving to death.
+It seemed still a mystery to them, but partly solved, and they made
+many further remarks among themselves about them. The good landlady at
+this moment announced to Mr. Melody and Jeffrey that the dinner for the
+Indians was ready, and in a moment all were seated save the Doctor; he
+was missing. "That old fool," said Jeffrey, "there's no doubt but he
+has found his way to the top of the house." I was conducted by one of
+the servants through several unoccupied rooms and dark passages, and
+at last through a narrow and almost impassable labyrinth that brought
+me out upon the roof. The "Doctor" was _there_; and, wrapped in his
+buffalo robe, with his red face and his buffalo horns, was standing
+like a _Zealand penguin_, and smiling upon the crowds of gazers who
+were gathering in the streets, and at the windows, and upon the
+house-tops, in the vicinity.
+
+For the several days succeeding this, while the Indians were lying
+still, and resting from their long and tedious voyage, and I was
+announcing in the usual way their arrival, and the time of the
+commencement of their exhibitions, I held many curious and amusing
+conversations with them about things they had already seen, and scenes
+and events that were yet in anticipation and before them. These are
+subjects, however, that must be passed over for events that were before
+us, and fuller of interest and excitement.
+
+They had much amusement at this time also, about a man they said
+they had seen, with a remarkably big nose, which they said looked
+like a large potato (or _wapsapinnakan_), and one of the women
+sitting near the door of the omnibus declared "that it was actually a
+_wapsapinnakan_, for she could distinctly see the little holes where
+the sprouts grow out." The bus, they said, had passed on rather too
+quick for all to have a fair look, but they believed they would at some
+future time meet him again, and take a good look at him.
+
+The evening for their first appearance before the public having
+arrived, the Ioways were prepared in all their rouge and fine dresses,
+and made their _début_ before a fashionable, but not a crowded
+audience. Their very appearance, as they entered the room, was so wild
+and classic, that it called forth applause from every part of the hall.
+The audience was composed chiefly of my friends, and others who had
+been familiar with the other group, and who were able to decide as to
+the comparative interest of the two parties; and it was proclaimed
+in every part of the room, that they were altogether more primitive
+in their appearance and modes, and decidedly a finer body of men.
+I had accompanied them on to the platform, and when they had got
+seated, and were lighting their pipe, I introduced them by stating,
+that in the exhibition of this party of Indians, I felt satisfied
+that I was bringing before the eyes of the audience the most just and
+complete illustration of the native looks and modes of the red men of
+the American wilderness, that had ever been seen on this side of the
+Atlantic; and that I should take great pleasure in introducing them
+and their modes, as they so satisfactorily illustrated and proved what
+I had been for several years labouring to show to English people, by
+my numerous paintings and Indian manufactures which I had collected,
+as well as by my notes of travel amongst these people, which I had
+recently published:
+
+That the _Ioway_ was one of the remote tribes, yet adhering to all
+their native customs and native looks; and that this party, composed,
+as it was, of the two principal men of the tribe, and several of its
+most distinguished warriors, not only conveyed to the eyes of people
+in this country the most accurate account of primitive modes, but was
+calculated to excite the deepest interest, and to claim the respect of
+the community. That the position of this tribe being upon the great
+plains between the Missouri and the Rocky Mountains, 1000 miles farther
+west than the country from which the Ojibbeways came, their modes and
+personal appearance were very different, having as yet received no
+changes from the proximity of civilization:
+
+That I had visited this tribe several years before, during my
+travels in the Indian countries, and that I had there formed my
+first acquaintance with the two chiefs who were now here, and which
+acquaintance, from the hospitable manner in which they had welcomed
+me in their humble wig-wams, I now felt great pleasure in renewing:
+("_Hear, hear," and applause_.)
+
+That these facts being known, with others which would be incidentally
+given, I felt fully assured that they would meet with a kind reception
+in this country, and that the audience were prepared for the
+introduction I was now to make of them and their modes.[2] (_Great
+applause_.)
+
+  [2]               _Names of the Indians_.
+
+      1. Mew-hew-she-kaw (the white cloud), first chief of the nation.
+      2. Neu-mon-ya (the walking rain), war-chief.
+      3. Se-non-ti-yah (the blistered feet), the medicine man (or
+            Doctor).
+      4. Wash-ka-mon-ya (the fast dancer).
+      5. Shon-ta-yi-ga (the little wolf).
+      6. No-ho-mun-ya (one who gives no attention), or Roman Nose.
+      7. Wa-ton-ye (the foremost man).
+      8. Wa-ta-we-buck-a-na (commanding general).
+
+                             _Women_.
+
+      9.  Ru-ton-ye-wee-ma (strutting pigeon), wife of White Cloud.
+      10. Ru-ton-wee-me (pigeon on the wing).
+      11. O-kee-wee-me (female bear that walks on the back of another).
+      12. Koon-za-ya-me (female war-eagle sailing).
+      13. Ta-pa-ta-me (wisdom), girl.
+      14. Corsair (pap-poose).
+
+I then pointed out and explained to the audience, the characteristic
+differences between the appearance and modes of this party and the
+Ojibbeways, whom they had seen, and which will be obvious to the reader
+in the annexed illustration (_Plate No_. 9). The Ioways, like three
+other tribes only, in North America, all adhere to their national mode
+of shaving and ornamenting their heads. This is a very curious mode,
+and presents an appearance at once that distinguishes them from the
+Ojibbeways and other tribes, who cultivate the hair to the greatest
+length they possibly can, and pride themselves on its jet and glossy
+black. Every man in the Ioway tribe adheres to the mode of cutting all
+the hair as close as he can, excepting a small tuft which is left upon
+the crown, and being that part which the enemy takes for the scalp,
+is very properly denominated the "_scalp-lock_." He then rouges with
+vermilion the whole crown of his head (and oftentimes his whole face),
+and surmounts his _scalp-lock_ by a beautiful crest, made of the hair
+of the deer's tail, dyed of vermilion red.
+
+The chief man of this party, the "_White Cloud_," the son of a
+distinguished chief of the same name, who died a few years since,
+was 35 years of age, and hereditary chief of the tribe. By several
+humane and noble acts, after he received his office of chief, he
+gained the admiration and friendship of the officers of the United
+States Government, as well as of his tribe, and had therefore been
+countenanced by the Government (as has been shown) in the enterprise of
+going abroad.
+
+_Neu-mon-ya_ (the Walking Rain), and war-chief of the tribe, was
+54 years of age, and nearly six feet and a half in height. A noble
+specimen of the manly grace and dignity that belong to the American
+wilderness, and also a man who had distinguished himself in the wars
+that he had led against his enemies.
+
+_Se-non-ti-yah_ (the Blistered Feet), the _Medicine_ or _Mystery Man_,
+was a highly important personage of the party, and held a high and
+enviable position, as physician, soothsayer, and magician, in his tribe.
+
+These personages are found in every tribe, and so much control have
+they over the superstitious minds of their people, that their influence
+and power in the tribe often transcend those of the chief. In all
+councils of war and peace they have a seat by the chiefs, and are as
+regularly consulted by the chiefs, as soothsayers were consulted in
+ancient days, and equal deference and respect is paid to their advice
+or opinions, rendering them _oracles_ of the tribe in which they live.
+
+  [Illustration: N^o. 9.]
+
+A good illustration of this was given by this magician, while on
+their voyage to this country, a few weeks since, when near the land,
+off the English coast. The packet ship in which the Indians were
+passengers, was becalmed for several days, much to the annoyance of
+the Indians and numerous other passengers, when it was decided, by the
+Indian chief, that they must call upon the _Medicine Man_, to try the
+efficacy of his magical powers in the endeavour to raise a wind. For
+this purpose he very gradually went to work, with all due ceremony,
+according to the modes of the country, and after the usual ceremony of
+a mystery feast, and various invocations to the _spirit_ of the _wind_
+and the _ocean_, both were conciliated by the sacrifice of many plugs
+of tobacco thrown into the sea; and in a little time the wind began
+to blow, the sails were filled, and the vessel soon wafted into port,
+to the amusement of the passengers, and much to the gratification of
+the Indians, who all believed, and ever will, that the vessel was set
+in motion by the potency of the Doctor's mysterious and supernatural
+powers.
+
+Of the _Warriors_, _Shon-ta-yi-ga_ (the Little Wolf) and _Nu-ho-mun-ya_
+(called the "Roman Nose") were the most distinguished, and I believe
+the world will agree with me, that it would be an act of injustice on
+my part, should I allow the poor fellows to carry through this country,
+without giving them publication, the subjoined documents,[3] by which
+it will be seen that they saved, in a humane manner, and worthy of
+warriors of better _caste_, the lives of ten unarmed and unoffending
+enemies.
+
+  [3] KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, That Shon-ta-yi-ga or the
+      _Little Wolf_, an Ioway brave, is well entitled to be called
+      a brave, from the fact of his having been engaged in many
+      expeditions against the enemies of his tribe: in all such
+      excursions he has, I am informed, universally behaved bravely.
+      But especially is he entitled to the love and confidence of
+      all men, whether white or red, on account of his humanity and
+      daring conduct in arresting from the cruel nation of which he
+      is a member, a party of _Omahaws_. On last Sabbath day he saved
+      from the tomahawk and scalping-knife ten unoffending Omahaws:
+      one of the party was decoyed out of sight and murdered; the
+      other ten consisting of the well-known and much-loved chiefs
+      Big Elk, Big Eyes, and Washkamonia, one squaw and six young
+      men. This party was on a visit of friendship, by special
+      invitation from the Ioways. When they arrived within ten miles
+      of this post, they were seen and conversed with by the son in
+      law of Neu-mon-ya, a chief of the Ioways, who undertook to
+      bring the _tobacco_ and _sticks_ to the Ioway chiefs, as is a
+      custom of Indians when on a begging expedition. This young man
+      proved treacherous, and failed to deliver his message to his
+      chiefs, and gave information of the approach of the Omahaws to
+      a man who was preparing to go on a war party. He and two-thirds
+      of the nation started out to murder their visitors, and were
+      only prevented by the timely assistance and interference of the
+      Little Wolf, or Shon-ta-yi-ga, and one other Ioway, whose name
+      is the Roman Nose.
+
+      This man (the Little Wolf) interfered, as he says, and doubtless
+      he tells the truth, because he considered it treacherous and
+      cowardly to strike a brother, after having invited them to
+      visit their nation. Such treachery is rare indeed among the
+      wildest North-American Indians, and never occurred with the
+      Ioways before. I met him and Jeffrey, the Ioway interpreter,
+      together with two other Ioways, guarding the Big Elk and his
+      party on to my agency, in a short time after this occurrence
+      took place.
+
+      I cannot close this communication without expressing my sincere
+      thanks to the Little Wolf and his comrade for their good
+      conduct; and I most respectfully beg leave to recommend them
+      to the kind attention of their great father, the President of
+      the United States, and all gentlemen to whom this paper may be
+      shown.
+
+                                         W. P. RICHARDSON.
+
+      _Great Nemahaw Sub-Agency, Oct. 23, 1843._
+
+      _Office of Indian Affairs, St. Louis, Missouri, April 10, 1844_.
+
+      SIR,
+
+      Permit me to introduce to you the bearer, No-ho-mun-ya (Roman
+      Nose), an Ioway brave. Roman Nose, in company with Shon-ta-yi-ga,
+      or Little Wolf, in October last defended and rescued from
+      impending death by a party of his own nation, ten Omahaw Indians,
+      consisting of four respected chiefs, braves, and squaws, under
+      circumstances highly flattering to their bravery and humanity.
+
+      I would recommend that a medal be presented to No-ho-mun-ya
+      (Roman Nose) as a testimonial of his meritorious conduct on the
+      occasion referred to. Medals from the Government are highly
+      esteemed by the Indians; and if bravery and humanity are merits
+      in the Indian, then I think Roman Nose richly merits one. His
+      character in every respect is good.
+
+      A notice by the Government of meritorious acts by the Indians has
+      a happy tendency in making a favourable impression in reference
+      to the act that may be the cause of the notice.
+
+      I have presented Little Wolf with a medal that was in the office.
+      On receiving it, he very delicately replied, that "he deserved
+      no credit for what he had done--that he had only done his duty,
+      but was gratified that his conduct had merited the approbation
+      of his nation and his father."
+
+                I have the honour to be, very respectfully, Sir,
+                                       Your obedient servant,
+                                           W. H. HARVEY, Sup. Ind. Aff.
+
+      To his Excellency John Tyler, President of the
+               United States, Washington City.
+
+      I concur with Mr. Harvey in thinking this Indian Chief entitled
+      for his bravery and humanity to a medal.
+
+      June 8, 1844.
+                          J. TYLER, Presid. U. States, Washington City.
+
+      Medal delivered accordingly to Mr. Geo. H. C. Melody, for the
+      Chief.
+
+      June 8, 1844.
+                                                    J. HARTLEY CRAWFORD.
+
+_Okee-wee-me_ (the wife of the Little Wolf) is the mother of the infant
+pappoose, called Corsair. This child is little more than three months
+old, and slung in the cradle on the mother's back, according to the
+general custom practised by all the American tribes, and furnishes one
+of the most interesting illustrations in the group.
+
+All tribes in America practise the same mode of carrying their infant
+children for several months from their birth upon a flat board resting
+upon the mother's back, as she walks or rides, suspended by a broad
+strap passing over her forehead, or across her breast. By this mode
+of carrying their children, the mothers, who have to perform all the
+slavish duties of the camp, having the free use of their hands and
+arms, are enabled to work most of the time, and, in fact, exercise and
+labour nearly as well as if their children were not attached to their
+persons. These cradles are often, as in the present instance, most
+elaborately embroidered with porcupine quills, and loaded with little
+trinkets hanging within the child's reach, that it may amuse itself
+with them as it rides, with its face looking _from_ that of its mother,
+while she is at work, so as not to draw upon her valuable time.
+
+This rigid, and seemingly cruel mode of binding the child with its back
+to a straight board, seems to be one peculiarly adapted to Indian life,
+and, I believe, promotes straight limbs, sound lungs, and long life.
+
+I having thus introduced the party to their first audience in England,
+and left other remarks upon them for their proper place, the Indians
+laid by their pipe, and commenced their evening's amusements by giving
+first their favourite, the _Eagle-Dance_. The _Drum_ (and their
+"_Eagle-Whistles_," with which they imitate the chattering of the
+soaring eagle), with their voices, formed the music for this truly
+picturesque and exciting dance. At their first pause in the dance,
+the audience, who had witnessed nothing of this description in the
+amusements of the Ojibbeways, being excited to the highest degree,
+encouraged the strangers with rounds of applause. The song in this
+dance is addressed to their favourite bird the war-eagle, and each
+dancer carries a fan made of the eagle's tail, in his left hand, as he
+dances, and by his attitudes endeavours to imitate the motions of the
+soaring eagle. This, being a part of the war-dance, is a _boasting_
+dance; and at the end of each strain in the song some one of the
+warriors steps forth and, in an excited speech, describes the time and
+the manner in which he has slain his enemy in battle, or captured his
+horses, or performed some other achievement in war. After this the
+dance proceeds with increased spirit; and several in succession having
+thus excited their fellow-dancers, an indescribable thrill and effect
+are often produced before they get through.
+
+In the midst of the noise and excitement of this dance the Doctor (or
+_mystery-man_) jumped forward to the edge of the platform, and making
+the most tremendous flourish of his spear which he held in his right
+hand, and his shield extended upon his left arm, recited the military
+deeds of his life--how he had slain his enemies in battle and taken
+their scalps; and with singular effect fitting the action to the word,
+acting them out as he described.
+
+The thrilling effect produced by the Doctor's boast brought him showers
+of applause, which touched his vanity, and at the close of the dance
+he imagined all eyes in admiration fixed upon him, and no doubt felt
+himself called upon for the following brief but significant speech
+which he delivered, waving his right hand over the heads of the
+audience from the front of the platform where he stood, and from which
+he dropped his most humble and obsequious smiles upon the groups of
+ladies who were near him, and applauding at the end of every sentence:--
+
+  "My Friends,--It makes me very happy to see so many smiling faces
+  about me, for when people smile and laugh, I know they are not
+  angry--"
+
+_Jeffrey_, the _Interpreter_, now made _his_ début; the Doctor had
+beckoned him up by his side to interpret his speech to the audience,
+and when he explained the above sentence, the "Doctor" received a round
+of applause, and particularly from the ladies, who could not but be
+pleased with the simple vanity of the speaker and the self-complacent
+smiles which he always lavished upon the fair sex who were around him.
+The Doctor, though advanced to the sound and efficient age of 45,
+had never taken to him a wife; and, like too many of his fraternity,
+had always lived upon the excessive vanity of believing that he was
+the _beau idéal_ of his tribe, and admired too much by all to be a
+legitimate subject of exclusive appropriation to any particular one.
+And more than this (which may not have quite fallen to the happy lot
+of any of his brother bachelors in the polished world), from the sort
+of _charitable_ habit he had of spreading his glowing smiles upon the
+crowds about him, one would almost be of opinion that, in his own
+community, under the aids and charms of his profession, he in a measure
+had existed upon the belief that his smiles were food and clothing for
+the crowds upon whom they were bestowed.
+
+The Doctor yet stood, the concentration of smiles and anxious looks
+from every part of the room, and at length proceeded (_Plate No. 10_):--
+
+  "My Friends,--I see the ladies are pleased, and this pleases
+  me--because I know, that if they are pleased, they will please the
+  men."
+
+It was quite impossible for the Doctor to proceed further until he
+had bowed to the burst of laughter and applause from all parts of the
+room, and particularly from the ladies. This several times ceased,
+but suddenly burst out again, and too quick for him to resume. He had
+evidently made a "hit" with the ladies, and he was braced strong in
+courage to make the best use of it, although the rest of his comrades,
+who were seated and passing the pipe around, were laughing at him
+and endeavouring to embarrass him. One of the party, by the name of
+_Wash-ka-mon-ya_, and a good deal of the _braggart_, had the cruelty
+to say to him, "You old fool, you had better sit down, the white
+squaws are all laughing at you." To which the Doctor, deliberately
+turning round, sarcastically replied, "You badger, go into your burrow
+backwards: I have said more in two sentences than you ever said in
+your life." He then turned round, and calling Jeffrey nearer to his
+side, proceeded--
+
+  "My Friends,"--[here was a burst of irresistible laughter from the
+  ladies, which the drollness of his expression and his figure excited
+  at the moment, and in which, having met it all in good humour, he was
+  taking a part, but continued]--
+
+  "My Friends,--I believe that our dance was pleasing to you, and that
+  our noise has not given you offence. (_Applause._)
+
+  "My Friends,--We live a great way from here, and we have come over
+  a great salt lake to see you, and to offer you our hands. The Great
+  Spirit has been kind to us; we know that our lives are always in his
+  hands, and we thank him for keeping us safe. (_How, how, how!_ from
+  the Indians, and applause, with _Hear, hear, hear!_)
+
+  "My Friends,--We have met our friend _Chip-pe-ho-la_ here, and seen
+  the medicine things that he has done, and which are hanging all
+  around us, and this makes us happy. We have found our chiefs' faces
+  on the walls, which the Great Spirit has allowed him to bring over
+  safe, and we are thankful for this. (_How, how, how!_)
+
+  "My Friends,--This is a large village, and it has many fine wig-wams;
+  we rode in a large carriage the other day and saw it all. (_A laugh_,
+  and _Hear!_) We had heard a great deal about the people on this side
+  of the water, but we did not think they were so rich; we believe that
+  the _Saganoshes_ know a great deal. (_How, how, how!_)
+
+  "My Friends,--We have come on your great _medicine road_, and it
+  pleased us very much. When we landed from our ship, we came on your
+  _medicine road_, and were told it would be very fine; but when we
+  started, we were all very much alarmed; we went in the dark; we all
+  went right down into the ground, under a high mountain; we had heard
+  that a part of the white people go into the ground when they die,
+  and some of them into the fire; we saw some fire; there was a great
+  hissing, and a great deal of smoke coming out of this place,[4] and
+  we could not get out; we were then somewhat afraid, my friends and
+  I began to sing our '_death-song_;' but when we had commenced, our
+  hearts were full of joy, we came out again in the open air, and the
+  country was very beautiful around us. (_How, how, how!_ and great
+  applause.)
+
+  "My Friends,--After we got out from under the ground, we were much
+  pleased all the way on the _medicine road_ until we got to this
+  village. There were many things to please us, and I think that before
+  the trees were cut down, it was a very beautiful country. My friends,
+  we think there were Indians and buffalos in this country then. (_How,
+  how, how!_)
+
+  "My Friends,--We think we saw some of the _k'nick k'neck_[5] as we
+  came along the _medicine road_, and some _quash-e-gon-eh-co_,[6]
+  but we came so fast that we were not certain; we should like to know.
+  My Friends, this is all I have to say." (_How, how, how!_ and great
+  applause.)
+
+  [4] The railway tunnel at Liverpool.
+
+  [5] The red willow, from the inner bark of which the Indians make
+      their substitute for tobacco.
+
+  [6] A medicinal herb, the roots of which the Indians use as a
+      cathartic medicine.
+
+  [Illustration: N^o. 10.]
+
+The Doctor's speech, which would have been terminated much sooner if he
+had been allowed to proceed unmolested, had a very pleasing effect upon
+the audience, and had allowed abundant time for the rest of the party
+to prepare for the next _dance_.
+
+I now announced to the audience that the Indians were about to give the
+_Warrior's-dance_, as performed by their tribe. I explained the meaning
+of it, the circumstances under which it was given, and the respects
+in which it differed from the War-dance as given by the Ojibbeways.
+After which they were all upon their feet, and, with weapons in hand,
+proceeded to give it the most exciting, and even _alarming_ effect.
+
+They received great applause at the end of this dance, and also a
+number of presents, which were handed and thrown on to the platform.
+This created much excitement and good cheer among them, and I was not
+a little surprised, nor was I less amused and gratified, to discover
+at this moment, that the (so-called) "_jolly fat dame_," of Ojibbeway
+notoriety, was along side of the platform, at her old stand, and, in
+her wonted liberality, the first one to start the fashion of making the
+poor fellows occasional presents. I regretted, however, that I should
+have been the ignorant cause of her bestowing her first present upon a
+person for whom she did not intend it. The finest-looking man of the
+party, and one of the youngest, was _No-ho-mun-ya_ (the _Roman-nose_),
+upon whom it seems this good lady's admiration had been fixed during
+the evening, notwithstanding the smiles that had been lavished by the
+Doctor, and the eloquence which he had poured forth in his boastings
+and speeches.
+
+The elegant limbs, Herculean frame, and graceful and terrible
+movements of this six foot and a-half young man, as she had gazed
+upon him in this last dance, had softened her heart into all its
+former kindness and liberality, and she had at this moment, when I
+first discovered her, unclasped a beautiful bracelet from one of her
+arms, and was just reaching over the platform to say to me as she
+did, "Wonderful! wonderful! Mr. Catlin; I think it one of the wonders
+of the world! Will you hand this to that splendid fellow, with my
+compliments--give him my compliments, will you--it's a bracelet for his
+arm (Cadotte has got the other, you know). Oh! but he is a splendid
+fellow--give him my compliments, will you. I think them a much finer
+party than the other--oh, far superior! I never saw the like; hand it
+to him, will you, and if he can't put it on, poor fellow, I will show
+him how."
+
+All this had been run over so rapidly that I scarcely could recollect
+what she said, for several were speaking to me at the same time; and
+at that unfortunate moment it was that I committed the error, for
+which I was almost ready to break my own back when I found it out. I
+presented it by mistake to the Doctor, who, I supposed, had of course
+been winning all the laurels of the evening, and with them the good
+lady's compliments, which it would have been quite awkward on her part
+and mine also to have unpresented. The Doctor raised up the bracelet as
+high as he could reach, and made the house ring and almost tremble with
+the war-whoop, which he several times repeated.[7] What could be done?
+_She_ was too gallant, and I did not yet know the mistake. The Doctor
+happened to know how to put it on--it fitted to his copper-coloured arm
+above his elbow--and his true politeness led him to bow and to smile
+a thousand thanks upon the fair dame as he bent over her from the
+platform.
+
+  [7] The frightful war-whoop is sounded at the instant when Indians
+      are rushing into battle, as the signal of attack. It is a
+      shrill sounded note, on a high key, given out with a gradual
+      swell, and shaken by a rapid vibration of the four fingers of
+      the right hand over the mouth. This note is not allowed to be
+      given in the Indian countries unless in battle, or in the war
+      or other dances, where they are privileged to give it.
+
+The _Approaching-dance_[8] was now given, in which the Doctor took the
+lead in great glee, and of course with great effect. He tilted off with
+a light and elastic step, as he was "following the track of his enemy,"
+and when he raised his brawny arm to beckon on his warriors to the
+attack, he took great pains to display the glistening trinket which he
+had accepted with such heartfelt satisfaction.
+
+  [8] The Approaching Dance is a spirited part of the _War Dance_, in
+      which the dancers are by their gestures exhibiting the mode of
+      advancing upon an enemy, by hunting out and following up the
+      track, discovering the enemy, and preparing for the attack,
+      &c., and the song for this dance runs thus:--
+
+          O-ta-pa!
+                I am creeping on your track,
+                Keep on your guard, O-ta-pa!
+                Or I will hop on your back,
+                I will hop on you, I will hop on you.
+
+                Stand back, my friends, I see them;
+                The enemies are here, I see them!
+                They are in a good place,
+                Don't move, I see them!
+                    &c. &c. &c.
+
+This dance finished, they all sat down upon the platform and passed
+the pipe around, whilst I was further explaining upon their appearance
+and modes, and the dance which they had just given. I asked them
+what amusement they proposed next, and they announced to me, that as
+the Doctor was taking all the honours and all the glory to himself
+on that night (and of whom they all seemed extremely jealous), they
+had decided that he should finish the amusements of the evening by
+singing the "_Wolf-song_." He was so conscious of having engrossed the
+principal attention of the house that he at once complied with their
+request, though at other times it required a great effort to get him
+to sing it. I had not myself heard this song, which seemed, from their
+preparations, to promise some amusement, and which Jeffrey told me
+belonged exclusively to the Doctor, he having composed it. The Doctor
+was ready to commence, and wrapping his robe around him, having his
+right arm out, he shook a rattle (she-she-quoin) in his right hand, as
+he tilted about the platform, singing alone; at the end of a sentence
+he commenced to bark and howl like a wolf, when another jumped upon
+his feet and ran to him, and another, and another, and joined in the
+chorus, with their heads turned up like wolves when they are howling.
+He then sang another strain as he moved about the platform again, all
+following him, singing, and ready to join in the deafening chorus.
+This strange and comic song drew roars of laughter, and many rounds of
+applause for the Doctor, and left him, sure enough, the lion of the
+evening.[9]
+
+  [9] WOLF SONG.--This amusing song, which I have since learned more
+      of, and which I believe to be peculiar to the Ioways, seems to
+      come strictly under the province of the _medicine_ or _mystery_
+      man. I will venture to say, that this ingenious adaptation will
+      excite a smile, if not some degree of real amusement, as well
+      as applause, whenever it is fairly heard and understood by
+      an English audience. The occasion that calls for this song
+      in the Ioway country is, when a party of young men who are
+      preparing to start on a war excursion against their enemy
+      (after having fatigued the whole village for several days
+      with the war dance, making their boasts how they are going
+      to slay their enemies, &c.) have retired to rest, at a late
+      hour in the night, to start the next morning, at break of day,
+      on their intended expedition. In the dead of that night, and
+      after the vaunting war party have got into a sound sleep, the
+      serenading party, to sing this song, made up of a number of
+      young fellows who care at that time much less about taking
+      scalps than they do for a little good fun, appear back of the
+      wig-wams of these "_men of war_" and commence serenading them
+      with this curious song, which they have ingeniously taken
+      from the howling of a gang of wolves, and so admirably adapted
+      it to music as to form it into a most amusing duet, quartet,
+      or whatever it may be better termed; and with this song, with
+      its barking and howling chorus, they are sure to annoy the
+      party until they get up, light the fire, get out their tobacco,
+      and other little luxuries they may have prepared for their
+      excursion, which they will smoke and partake with them until
+      daylight, if they last so long, when they will take leave of
+      their morning friends who are for the "death," thanking them
+      for their liberality and kindness in starting, wishing them a
+      good night's sleep (when night comes again) and a successful
+      campaign against their enemies.
+
+After he had finished his song, he traversed the platform a few times,
+lavishing his self-complacent smiles upon the ladies around the room,
+and then desired me to say to the audience, that on the next evening
+they were going to give the _Pipe of Peace-dance, and the Scalp-dance_,
+which he wished all the ladies to see, and that _now_ the chiefs and
+himself were ready to shake hands with all the people in the room.
+
+This of course brought a rush of visitors to the platform, anxious to
+welcome the new comers by giving them their hands. A general shake of
+the hands took place, and a conversation that occupied half an hour or
+more, and much to the satisfaction of the Indians as well as to those
+who came to see them.
+
+Much curiosity was kept up yet about the Doctor. The impression that
+his countenance and his wit had made upon the women had secured a knot
+of them about him, from whom it was difficult to disengage him: some
+complained that they were sick, and desired him to feel their pulse;
+he did so, and being asked as to the nature of their disease, he
+replied that "they were in love,"--and as to the remedy, he said, "Get
+husbands, and in a day and a night you will be well." All this they
+could have got from other quarters, but coming from an Indian, whose
+naked shoulders were glistening around the room, it seemed to come with
+the freshness and zest of something entirely new, and created much
+merriment.
+
+The amusements of their first night being over, the Indians were
+withdrawn from the room, and the audience soon dispersed. Daniel, as
+usual, had been at his post, and his report of a few moments' chat
+with the "jolly fat dame" gave me the first intelligence of the awful
+error I had committed in giving her bracelet to the Doctor instead of
+the Roman-nose, for whom she had intended it. She had said to him,
+however, that "it was no matter, and the error must not be corrected;
+she would bring one on the following evening for the Roman-nose, and
+begged that the Doctor might never be apprised of the mistake which had
+resulted to his benefit." "They are a splendid set of men, Daniel--far
+superior to the others. It is the greatest treat I ever had--I shall
+be here every night. You'll think by and by that I am a pretty good
+customer; ha, Daniel? That _Roman-nose_ is a magnificent fellow--he's
+got no wife, has he, Daniel?" "No, Madam, he is the youngest man of the
+party." "He is an _elegant_ fellow--but then his _skin_, Daniel. Their
+skins are not so fine as the others--they are _too_ black, or red, or
+what you call it; but Cadotte! what a beautiful colour he was, ha? But
+I dare say a little _washing_ and living in a city would bring them
+nearly white? These people love Mr. Catlin--he's a curious man--he's a
+_wonderful_ man; these are his old acquaintance, he has boarded with
+them; how they love him, don't they? Ah, well, good night, good night."
+She was the last of the visitors going out of the door, and did not
+know that I was so close behind her.
+
+
+
+
+                             CHAPTER XVIII.
+
+  Character of the Doctor (_mystery_ or _medicine man_)--An
+     omnibus drive--The Doctor's admiration of the "jolly
+     fat dame"--Jealousy--War-dress and war-paint of the
+     _Roman-nose_--His appearance--He leads the War-dance--The
+     Welcome-dance, and Bear-dance--Description of--Pipe-of-peace
+     (or Calumet) dance, and Scalp-dance--_Chip-pe-ho-la (the
+     Author)_--Speech of the War-chief--The "jolly fat dame"--She
+     presents a gold bracelet to _Roman-nose_--Jealousy and distress
+     of the Doctor--She converses with Daniel--Two reverend gentlemen
+     converse with the Indians about religion--Reply of White-cloud
+     and War-chief--Questions by the reverend gentlemen--Answers by
+     the War-chief--Indians invited to breakfast with Mr. Disraeli,
+     M.P., Park Lane--Indians' toilette and dress--The Doctor and Jim
+     (Wash-ka-mon-ya) fasting for the occasion.
+
+
+On paying a visit to the lodgings of the Indians, after they had
+returned from the exhibition, I found them in a merry mood, cracking
+their jokes upon the Doctor, who had put himself forward in so
+conspicuous a manner, to the great amusement of the ladies. During the
+exhibition, it would have appeared, from his looks and his actions,
+that he was to be perfectly happy for a twelvemonth at least; but he
+now appeared sad and dejected as he listened to their jokes, and turned
+his splendid bracelet around with his fingers. Several of the women had
+received brooches and other trinkets of value, and all had been highly
+pleased.
+
+It seemed that the War-chief was looked upon by the rest of the party
+as their orator; and, on an occasion like that which had just passed
+by, it was usual, and was expected, that he would have arisen and
+made a speech; and it was as little expected that the Doctor, who,
+they said, was a very diffident and backward man on such occasions,
+should have had so much, or anything to say. But the Doctor was a
+man of talent and wit, and with an exorbitant share of vanity and
+self-conceit, which were excited to that degree by the irresistible
+smiles of the ladies, that he was nerved with courage and ambition
+to act the part that he did through the evening. Under the momentary
+excitement of his feelings, he had, to be sure, but innocently, stepped
+a little out of his sphere, and in the way of the chiefs, which had
+somewhat annoyed them at the time, but of which they were now rather
+making merry than otherwise. The Doctor was a good-natured and harmless
+man, and entirely the creature of impulse. He was always polite, though
+not always in good humour. The two leading traits in his character, one
+or the other of which was always conspicuous, were extreme buoyancy of
+spirits and good humour, when he smiled upon everybody and everything
+around him, or silent dejection, which bade defiance to every social
+effort. In either of these moods he had the peculiarities of being
+entirely harmless, and of remaining in them but a very short time;
+and _between_ these moods, he was like a _spirit level_, exceedingly
+difficult to hold at a balance.
+
+The jokes that had been concentrated on the Doctor had been rather
+pleasant and amusing than otherwise, though there had been so many of
+them from the chiefs, from the warriors, from the squaws, and also from
+Mr. Melody, and Jeffrey and Daniel, all of whom were laughing at his
+expense, that I found him, and left him, sitting in one corner of the
+room, with his robe wrapped around him, in stoic silence, occasionally
+casting his eyes on his gold bracelet, and then upon the smoking
+beef-steaks and coffee which were on the table for their suppers, and
+of which he partook not.
+
+Whilst the rest were at the table, he silently spread his robe upon the
+floor, and wrapped himself in it. In the morning he washed, as usual,
+at the dawning of day, spent an hour or so in solitary meditation on
+the roof of the house, and afterwards joined with a pleasant face at
+the breakfast table, and through the amusements of the day and evening.
+
+Mr. Melody had, with my cordial approbation, employed an omnibus
+with four horses, to drive them an hour each day for the benefit of
+their health; and, at the same time, to amuse and instruct them, by
+showing them everything that they could see in the civilized world to
+their advantage. The Doctor joined, in good spirits, in the "drive"
+of that day; and, as on the day before, was wrapped in his buffalo,
+and seated by the side of the driver, with the polished blade of his
+lance glistening above his head, as many Londoners who read this will
+forcibly recollect.
+
+From their drive, in which they had seen many strange things, they
+returned in good spirits, and received in their chambers a private
+party of ladies and gentlemen, my esteemed friends, and several
+editors of the leading journals of London. A long and very interesting
+conversation was held with them on several subjects, and the clear and
+argumentative manner in which their replies were made, and the truly
+striking and primitive modes in which they were found, at once engaged
+the profound attention of all, and procured for them, besides some
+handsome presents at the time, the strongest recommendations from the
+editors of the press, as subjects of far greater interest than the
+party of Ojibbeways, whom they had before seen. Amongst these visiters
+they recognized with great pleasure, and shook hands with, my kind
+friend Dr. Thomas Hodgkin, at whose hospitable board they had, a few
+days before, with the author, partaken of an excellent dinner prepared
+for them. This was the first gentleman's table they were invited to in
+the kingdom, and probably the first place where they ever tried the use
+of the knife and fork in the English style.
+
+Dr. Hodgkin being of the Society of Friends, they received much kind
+and friendly advice from him, which they never forgot; and from the
+unusual shape of his dress, they called him afterwards (not being able
+to recollect his name) _Tchon-a-wap-pa_ (the straight coat).
+
+At night they were in the Hall again, and around them, amidst a greatly
+increased audience, had the pleasure of beholding nearly all the faces
+they had seen the night before; and the Doctor, in particular, of
+seeing the smiling ladies whom he had invited to see the _scalp-dance_
+and the _scalps_, and, to his more identical satisfaction, of
+beholding, at the end of the platform where he had taken pains to
+spread his robe and seat himself, the fair dame of _gushing_ charms,
+to whom he was occasionally gently turning his head on one side
+and smiling, as he presented to her view his copper-coloured arm,
+encompassed with the golden bracelet.
+
+This kind lady's goodness was such that she could not but respond
+to the bows and the smiles of the Doctor, though (within herself)
+she felt a little annoyed at the position which he had taken, so
+immediately between her place, which the crowd prevented her from
+changing, and that of the splendid "_Roman Nose_," who was now much
+more an object of admiration than he had been the night before, and
+more peremptorily called for all her attention. He had been selected
+to lead in the _scalp-dance_ which was to be given that night; and
+for this purpose, in pursuance of the custom of the country, he had
+left off his shirt and all his dress save his beautifully garnished
+leggings and mocassins, and his many-coloured sash and kilt of eagle's
+quills and ermine around his waist. His head was vermilioned red, and
+dressed with his helmet-like red crest, and surmounted with a white and
+a red eagle's quill, denoting his readiness for peace or for war. His
+shoulders and his arms were curiously streaked with red paint, and on
+his right and his left breast were the impresses, in black paint, of
+two hands, denoting the two victims he had struck, and whose scalps he
+then held attached to his painted tomahawk, which he was to wield in
+triumph as he had in the _scalp-dance_. Thus arrayed and ornamented,
+he appeared in his "war dress," as it is termed; and as he arose from
+his seat upon the platform, and drew his painted shield and quiver
+from his back, shouts of applause rung from every part of the hall,
+and, of course, trepidation increased in the veins of the fair dame,
+whose elbows were resting on the edge of the platform, while she was in
+rapture gazing upon him, and but partly concealing at times a beautiful
+trinket, the sparkling of which the sharp eyes of the Doctor had seen,
+as she endeavoured to conceal it in her right hand.
+
+The Doctor could not speak to this fair lady except with his eyes, with
+the softest expressions of which he lost no time or opportunity; and
+(for several combined reasons, no doubt) he seemed quite unambitious to
+leave his seat to "_saw the air_," and strike for a repetition of the
+applause he had gained the night before.
+
+Unfortunately in some respects, and as fortunately no doubt in others,
+the splendid "_Roman Nose_" held his position at the farther end of the
+platform during the greater part of the evening; and the Doctor, for
+the several reasons already imagined, remained in the close vicinity
+of the fair dame, whose over-timidity, he feared, held her in an
+unnecessary and painful suspense.
+
+In this position of things and of parties, the amusements allotted for
+the evening had commenced, and were progressing, amidst the roars of
+applause that were ready at the close of each dance. They commenced by
+giving the _"Welcome Dance" and song_[10] peculiar to their tribe. The
+sentiment of this being explained by me, gave great pleasure to the
+audience, and prepared them for the dances and amusements which were to
+follow.
+
+  [10] This peculiar dance is given to a stranger, or strangers,
+       whom they are decided to welcome in their village; and out of
+       respect to the person or persons to whom they are expressing
+       this welcome, the musicians and all the spectators rise upon
+       their feet while it is being danced.
+
+       The song is at first a lament for some friend, or friends, who
+       are dead or gone away, and ends in a gay and lively and cheerful
+       step, whilst they are announcing that the friend to whom they
+       are addressing it is received into the place which has been
+       left.
+
+They next announced the "_Bear Dance_" and amused the audience very
+much in its execution. This curious dance is given when a party are
+preparing to hunt the _black bear_, for its delicious food; or to
+contend with the more ferocious and dangerous "_grizly bear_," when a
+similar appeal is made to the _bear-spirit_, and with similar results,
+(_i.e._) all hands having strictly attended to the important and
+necessary form of conciliating in this way the good will and protection
+of the peculiar _spirit_ presiding over the destinies of those animals,
+they start off upon their hunt with a confidence and prospect of
+success which they could not otherwise have ventured to count upon. In
+this grotesque and amusing mode, each dancer imitates with his hands,
+alternately, the habits of the bear when running, and when sitting up,
+upon its feet, its paws suspended from its breast.
+
+It was customary with them to be seated a few minutes after each dance,
+and to pass around the pipe; and in the interval they were thus filling
+up after this dance, the Indians, as well as the audience, were all
+surprised at the appearance of a large square parcel handed in, and on
+to the platform, by a servant in livery, as a present to the Indians
+from his anonymous mistress. "Curiosity was on tip-toe" to know what
+so bulky a parcel contained; and when it was opened, it was found to
+contain 14 beautifully bound Bibles--the number just equal to the
+number of Indians of the party; and a very kind letter addressed to
+them, and which was read, exhorting them to change the tenor of their
+lives, to learn to read, and to profit by the gifts enclosed to them.
+
+The Bibles being distributed amongst them, the War-chief arose, and in
+the most respectful and appropriate manner returned his thanks for the
+liberal present and the kind wishes of the lady who gave them; he said
+he was sorry he did not know which lady to thank, but by thanking all
+in the room, he considered he was taking the surest way of conveying
+his thanks to her.
+
+After this, the _ne plus ultra_ (as the Doctor would undoubtedly call
+it), the frightful "_Scalp Dance_,"[11] was announced. All parties,
+the modest _squaws_ (of whom they had four with them) as well as the
+men, were arranging their dresses and implements to take part in it.
+The drums struck up, and the "splendid _Roman Nose_" led off, waving
+his two scalps on the point of a lance, until he was once around the
+circle, when they were placed in the hands of a squaw to carry, whilst
+he wielded his tomahawk and scalping-knife, and showed the manner in
+which his unfortunate enemies had fallen before him. This was probably
+the first time that the Scalp Dance, in its original and _classic_
+form, was ever seen in the city of London, and embellished by the
+presence of real and _genuine scalps_.
+
+  [11] This barbarous and exciting scene is the Indian mode of
+       celebrating a victory, and is given fifteen nights in
+       succession, when a war party returns from battle, having taken
+       scalps from the heads of their enemies. Taking the scalp is
+       practised by all the American tribes, and by them all very
+       much in the same way, by cutting off a patch of the skin from
+       a victim's head when killed in battle; and this piece of
+       skin, with the hair on it, is the scalp, which is taken and
+       preserved solely for a trophy, as the proof positive that its
+       possessor has killed an enemy in battle, and this because they
+       have no books of history or public records to refer to for the
+       account of the battles of military men. The scalp dance is
+       generally danced by torch light, at a late hour in the night;
+       and, in all tribes, the women take a conspicuous part in it,
+       by dancing in the circle with the men, holding up the scalps
+       just brought from battle, attached to the top of a pole, or
+       the handle of a lance.
+
+       A scalp, to be a genuine one, must have been taken from the head
+       of an _enemy_, and that enemy _dead_. The living are sometimes
+       scalped, but whenever it occurs, it is on a field of battle,
+       amongst the wounded, and supposed to be dead, who sometimes
+       survive, but with the signal disgrace of having lost a patch
+       of the skin and hair from the top of their heads.
+
+This exciting scene, with its associations, had like to have been too
+much for the nerves and tastes of London people; but having evidently
+assembled here for the pleasure of receiving shocks and trying their
+nerves, they soon seemed reconciled, and all looked on with amazement
+and pleasure, whilst they were sure for once in their lives, at least,
+that they were drawing information from its true and native source.
+This dance was long and tedious, but when it was finished, it was
+followed by a deafening round of applause, not of approbation of the
+shocking and disgusting custom, but of the earnest and simple manner
+in which these ignorant and thoughtless people were endeavouring to
+instruct and to amuse the enlightened world by a strict and emphatic
+illustration of one of the barbarous, but valued, modes of their
+country.
+
+The subject and mode of _scalping_, and of thus celebrating their
+victories, so little understood in the enlightened world, afforded me
+an interesting theme for remarks at this time; and when the Indians
+were again seated and "_taking a smoke_," I took the occasion of this
+complete illustration to explain it in all its parts and meanings, for
+which, when I had done, I received five times as much applause as I
+deserved for doing it.
+
+_The Pipe of Peace_ (or Calumet) _Dance_[13] was the next announced;
+and was danced with great spirit, and gained them much applause. At
+the close of this, their favourite dance, it became peculiarly the
+privilege of the War-chief to make his boast, as the dance is given
+only at the conclusion of a treaty of peace between hostile tribes, and
+at which treaty he is supposed to preside. For this purpose he rose,
+and straightening up his tall and veteran figure, with his buffalo robe
+thrown over his shoulder and around him, with his right arm extended
+over the heads of his fellow warriors, made a most animated speech to
+them for several minutes (with his back turned towards the audience),
+reminding them of the principal exploits of his military life, with
+which they were all familiar. He then called upon one of the younger
+men to light his pipe, which being done, and placed in his hand, he
+took several deliberate whiffs through its long and ornamented stem;
+this done, and his ideas all arranged, he deliberately turned around,
+and passing his pipe into his left hand, extended his right over the
+heads of the audience and commenced:--
+
+  "My Friends,--We believe that all our happiness in this life is given
+  to us by the Great Spirit, and through this pipe I have thanked Him
+  for enabling me to be here at this time, and to speak to you all who
+  are around me. (_How, how, how!_ and applause)
+
+  "My Friends,--We have had a long journey, and we are still very
+  much fatigued. We prayed to the Great Spirit, and He has heard our
+  prayers; we are all here, and all well. (_How, how, how!_ and _Hear!_)
+
+  "My Friends,--We are poor and live in the woods, and though the
+  Great Spirit is with us, yet He has not taught us how to weave the
+  beautiful things that you make in this country; we have seen many
+  of those things brought to us, and we are now happy to be where all
+  these fine things are made. (_How, how, how!_)
+
+  "My Friends,--The Great Spirit has made us with red skins, and taught
+  us how to live in the wilderness, but has not taught us to live as
+  you do. Our dresses are made of skins and are very coarse, but they
+  are warm; and in our dances we are in the habit of showing the skins
+  of our shoulders and our arms, and we hope you will not be angry with
+  us--it is our way. (_How, how, how!_ and great applause.)
+
+  "My Friends,--We have heard that your chief is a woman, and we know
+  that she must be a great chief, or your country would not be so
+  rich and so happy. (Cheers and _Hear!_) We have been told that the
+  Ojibbeways went to see your queen, and that she smiled upon them;
+  this makes us the more anxious to see her face, as the Ojibbeways are
+  our enemies. (_How, how, how!_)
+
+  "My Friends,--We hope to see the face of your queen, and then we
+  shall be happy. Our friend _Chippehola_[12] has told us that he
+  thinks we shall see her. My Friends, we do not know whether there are
+  any of her relations now in the room. (_How, how, how!_ and a laugh.)
+
+  "My Friends,--We shall be glad to shake your hands. This is all I
+  have to say." (Great applause.)
+
+  [12] The _Pipe of Peace_ (or calumet) is a sacred pipe, so held by
+       all the American tribes, and kept in possession of the chiefs,
+       to be smoked only at times of peace-making. When the terms of
+       a treaty have been agreed upon, this sacred pipe, the stem of
+       which is ornamented with eagle's quills, is brought forward,
+       and the solemn pledge to keep the peace is passed through the
+       sacred stem by each chief and warrior drawing the smoke once
+       through it. After this ceremony is over, the warriors of the
+       two tribes unite in the dance, with the pipe of peace held in
+       the left hand, and a she-she-quoi (or rattle) in the right.
+
+  [13] Geo. Catlin.
+
+At the close of his speech, and as he turned around to meet the
+approbation of his fellow-warriors, there was a sudden burst of
+laughter amongst the Indians, occasioned by the sarcastic and exulting
+manner in which the old Doctor told him he had better say something
+more before he sat down, "because," said he, "you have not made half
+as much laugh yet as I did last night." "I should be sorry if I had,"
+said the War-chief; "the audience always laugh the moment they see your
+ugly face."
+
+The Doctor's troubles commenced here, for just at that moment the
+"fair dame" had caught the eye of the "_Roman-nose_," and holding up
+a beautiful bracelet enclosing a brilliant stone, she tempted him up,
+while she clasped it upon his arm as it was extended immediately over
+the Doctor's head, whose unfailing politeness induced him to bow down
+his head to facilitate the operation.
+
+When the "_Roman-nose_" had taken his seat, and the poor Doctor
+had raised up his head to meet the eyes and the taunts of his
+fellow-Indians, who were laughing at him, and the gaze of the visitors
+from every quarter of the room, there _was_ a _smile_, but altogether
+a _new_ one, and a _new word_ should be coined for the sudden and
+singular distress of the dilemma he was in: it would not do to
+undervalue the beautiful present that was already upon his arm, and to
+save his life he could not smile as pleasantly upon the _fair hand_
+that gave it as he had been smiling a few minutes before. The trinket
+had instantly fallen fifty per cent. in its value--the _brilliant_
+prospect that had been before him had fled, and left him in the dread,
+not only that his beautiful commercial prospects were blighted, but
+that he was to have an enemy in the field.
+
+The _Roman-nose_ received his present in a respectful and thankful
+manner, but it was too late to be _affectionately_ accepted, as it
+was the _second_ one that was afloat, and taken by him, partly as
+an evidence of a kind heart, and partly as a foil to cover the true
+meaning of the first one that had been bestowed. However, he valued it
+very much, and the secret respecting the mistake that had been made in
+presenting the first, having been committed only to Daniel and myself,
+was thought best, for the peace of all parties, not to be divulged.
+
+The amusements of the evening being finished, there commenced a general
+shake of the hands, and when it had been requested by some of the
+audience that the Indians should come on to the floor, the request
+was instantly complied with, which afforded the most gratifying
+opportunity for the visitors to get near to them, and scan them and
+their costumes and weapons more closely. There was a general outcry by
+the ladies for the wife of the Little-wolf to descend from the platform
+with her little pappoose slung on her back in its splendid cradle,
+ornamented with porcupine's quills and ermine skins. It was a beautiful
+illustration, and formed one of the most attractive features of the
+exhibition, for gentlemen as well as for ladies, as thousands will
+recollect.
+
+The "jolly fat dame" had an opportunity of meeting the _Roman-nose_ and
+of shaking his hand: but, "oh, the distress!" she could not speak to
+him as she had done to Cadotte,--it was impossible for her to explain
+to him the abominable mistake of the first night, and she feared he
+never would properly appreciate the present which she had just made
+him; nevertheless they were "a noble, fine set of fellows." The Doctor
+passed about in the crowd shaking hands, and shaking his fan also,
+which was made of the eagle's tail. He met the "fair dame," and (cruel
+that he could not speak to her) he dropped many smiles as he looked
+down upon and over her dimpled cheeks and round neck, as he raised and
+showed her his brawny arm with the golden bracelet.
+
+The Indians soon withdrew, and after them the crowd; and after the
+crowd the "jolly fat dame," who said to Daniel as she passed, "I
+can't stop to-night, Daniel, I am in a great hurry; but I gave the
+bracelet to the _Roman-nose_--I got a good opportunity, Daniel--I
+buckled it on myself: oh, yes, I did--that I did--the good fellow,
+he stood it well--he never stirred. He'll recollect me, won't he,
+Daniel? I am going; but oh, look here--I can't, to save my life, make
+the poor fellow understand how the accident took place--it is so
+provoking!--it's awkward--it is very annoying to me. _You_ can tell
+him, Daniel--I wish you would tell him--I want you to explain it to
+him. Come, will you, Daniel? that's a good fellow. Tell him I never
+intended to give a bracelet to the old Doctor. But stop, he won't tell
+the Doctor that, will he? I wouldn't for the world hurt the poor old
+man's feelings--no, Daniel, not for twenty bracelets--what shall we
+do?" "Oh, there is no danger, Madam, that the Doctor will ever hear of
+it." "You think so?" "Oh, I am sure, Madam." "Then it's all right--good
+night. I shall be here every night, you know."
+
+The next morning after this, the Rev. Mr. ---- and Mr. ---- called upon
+me at my family residence, to ask if it would be consistent with my
+views and the views of the Indians for them to have some conversation
+with them in private on the subject of religion and education. I
+replied, that it was one of the greatest satisfactions I could have
+during their stay in England, to promote as far as in my power such
+well-meant efforts to enlighten their minds, and to enable them to
+benefit in that way by their visit to this country. I told them also,
+that I was very glad to say that this party was under the charge of
+Mr. Melody, a man who was high in the confidence of the American
+Government, and that I knew him to be a temperate and moral man: as he
+was interested in the missionary efforts being made in this very tribe,
+I felt quite certain that he would do all in his power to promote
+their object, and they had better call on him. They did so, and an
+appointment was made for them to visit the Indians in the afternoon,
+subsequent to their usual daily "drive."
+
+Mr. Melody had had a conversation with the Indians on the subject, and
+although they felt some reluctance at first, on account of the little
+time they would have to reflect upon it, they had agreed to see the
+reverend gentlemen in the afternoon, and I was sent for to be present.
+I was there at the time, and when the reverend gentlemen called, I
+introduced them to the Indians in their rooms. The Indians were all
+seated on the floor, upon their robes and blankets, and passing around
+the pipe. After the usual time taken by strangers to examine their
+curious dresses, weapons, &c., one of the reverend gentlemen mentioned
+to the chiefs, in a very kind and friendly manner, the objects of their
+visit, and with their permission gave them a brief account of the life
+and death of our Saviour, and explained as well as he could to their
+simple minds the mode of Redemption. He urged upon them the necessity
+of their taking up this belief, and though it might be difficult for
+them to understand at first, yet he was sure it was the only way to
+salvation. This gentleman took full time to explain his views to them,
+which was done in the most suitable language for their understanding,
+and every sentence was carefully and correctly interpreted to them
+by Jeffrey, who seemed to be himself much interested in hearing his
+remarks.
+
+After the reverend gentleman had finished, Mr. Melody stated to the
+Indians that he believed all that the gentleman said was true, and that
+he knew it to be worth their closest and most patient consideration.
+He then asked White-cloud if he had anything to answer; to which he
+said, "he had but a few words to say, as he did not feel very well, and
+_Neu-mon-ya_ (the War-chief) was going to speak for him." He thought,
+however, that it was a subject which they might as well omit until they
+got home.
+
+_Neu-mon-ya_ during this time was hanging his head quite down, and
+puffing the smoke as fast as he could draw it through his pipe, in
+long breaths, and discharging it through his nostrils. He raised up
+after a moment more of pause, and passing the pipe into White-cloud's
+hand, folded his arms, with his elbows on his knees, when he drew a
+deep sigh, and followed it with the last discharge of smoke from his
+lungs, which was now passing in two white streams through his distended
+nostrils, as he said--
+
+  "My friends,[14]--The Great Spirit has sent you to us with kind
+  words, and he has opened our ears to hear them, which we have done.
+  We are glad to see you and to hear you speak, for we know that you
+  are our friends. What you have said relative to our learning to read
+  and to write, we are sure can do us no good--we are now too old;
+  but for our children, we think it would be well for them to learn;
+  and they are now going to schools in our village, and learning to
+  read and to write. As to the white man's religion which you have
+  explained, we have heard it told to us in the same way, many times,
+  in our own country, and there are white men and women there now,
+  trying to teach it to our people. We do not think your religion good,
+  unless it is so for white people, and this we don't doubt. The Great
+  Spirit has made our skins red, and the forests for us to live in. He
+  has also given us our religion, which has taken our fathers to 'the
+  beautiful hunting grounds,' where we wish to meet them. We don't
+  believe that the Great Spirit made us to live with pale faces in this
+  world, and we think He has intended we should live separate in the
+  world to come.
+
+  "My friends,--We know that when white men come into our country we
+  are unhappy--the Indians all die, or are driven away before the white
+  men. Our hope is to enjoy our hunting grounds in the world to come,
+  which white men cannot take from us: we _know_ that our fathers and
+  our mothers have gone there, and we don't know why we should not go
+  there too.
+
+  "My friends,--You have told us that the Son of the Great Spirit was
+  on earth, and that he was killed by white men, and that the Great
+  Spirit sent him here to get killed; now we cannot understand all
+  this--this may be necessary for white people, but the red men, we
+  think, have not yet got to be so wicked as to require that. If it was
+  necessary that the Son of the Great Spirit should be killed for white
+  people, it may be necessary for them to believe all this; but for us,
+  we cannot understand it."
+
+  [14] Being a silent listener to these conversations, I took out my
+       note book and wrote down the remarks here given, as they were
+       translated by Jeffrey.
+
+He here asked for the pipe, and having drawn a few whiffs, proceeded.
+
+  "My friends,--You speak of the '_good book_' that you have in your
+  hand; we have many of these in our village; we are told that 'all
+  your words about the Son of the Great Spirit are printed in that
+  book, and if we learn to read it, it will make good people of us.'
+  I would now ask why it don't make good people of the pale faces
+  living all around us? They can all read the good book, and they can
+  understand all that the '_black coats_'[15] say, and still we find
+  they are not so honest and so good a people as ours: this we are sure
+  of; such is the case in the country about us, but _here_ we have no
+  doubt but the white people who have so many to preach and so many
+  books to read, are all honest and good. In _our_ country the white
+  people have two faces, and their tongues branch in different ways;
+  we know that this displeases the Great Spirit, and we do not wish to
+  teach it to our children."
+
+  [15] Clergymen.
+
+He here took the pipe again, and while smoking, the reverend gentleman
+asked him if he thought the Indians did all to serve the Great Spirit
+that they ought to do--all that the Great Spirit required of them? to
+which he replied--
+
+  "My friends,--I don't know that we do all that the Great Spirit
+  wishes us to do; there are some Indians, I know, who do not; there
+  are some bad Indians as well as bad white people; I think it is very
+  difficult to tell how much the Great Spirit wishes us to do."
+
+The reverend gentleman said--
+
+  "That, my friends, is what we wish to teach you; and if you can learn
+  to read this good book, it will explain all that."
+
+The chief continued--
+
+  "We believe the Great Spirit requires us to pray to Him, which we
+  do, and to thank Him for everything we have that is good. We know
+  that He requires us to speak the truth, to feed the poor, and to love
+  our friends. We don't know of anything more that he demands; he may
+  demand more of white people, but we don't know that."
+
+The reverend gentleman inquired--
+
+  "Do you not think that the Great Spirit sometimes punishes the
+  Indians in this world for their sins?"
+
+  _War-chief._--"Yes, we do believe so."
+
+  _Rev. Gentleman._--"Did it ever occur to you, that the small pox that
+  swept off half of your tribe, and other tribes around you, a few
+  years ago, might have been sent into your country by the Great Spirit
+  to punish the Indians for their wickedness and their resistance to
+  his word?"
+
+  _War-chief._--"My Friends, we don't know that we have ever resisted
+  the word of the Great Spirit. If the Great Spirit sent the small
+  pox into our country to destroy us, we believe it was to punish us
+  for listening to the false promises of white men. It is white man's
+  disease, and no doubt it was sent amongst white people to punish
+  _them_ for their sins. It never came amongst the Indians until we
+  began to listen to the promises of white men, and to follow their
+  ways; it then came amongst us, and we are not sure but the Great
+  Spirit then sent it to punish us for our foolishness. There is
+  another disease sent by the Great Spirit to punish white men, and it
+  punishes them in the right place--the place that offends. We know
+  that disease has been sent to punish them; that disease was never
+  amongst the Indians until white men came--they brought it, and we
+  believe we shall never drive it out of our country."
+
+The War-chief here reached for the pipe again for a minute, and then
+continued--
+
+  "My Friends,--I hope my talk does not offend you; we are children,
+  and you will forgive us for our ignorance. The Great Spirit expects
+  us to feed the poor; our wives and children at home are very poor;
+  wicked white men kill so many of our hunters and warriors with
+  _fire-water_, that they bring among us, and leave so many children
+  among us for us to feed, when they go away, that it makes us very
+  poor. Before they leave our country they destroy all the game also,
+  and do not teach us to raise bread, and our nation is now in that
+  way, and very poor; and we think that the way we can please the Great
+  Spirit first, is to get our wives and children something to eat, and
+  clothes to wear. It is for that we have come to this country, and
+  still we are glad to hear your counsel, for it is good."
+
+The reverend gentlemen, and several ladies who had accompanied them,
+here bestowed some very beautiful Bibles and other useful presents
+upon the Indians; and thanking them for their patience, were about
+to take leave of them, when Mr. Melody begged their attention for a
+few moments while he read to them several letters just received from
+reverend gentlemen conducting a missionary school in this tribe, giving
+a flattering account of its progress, and presented them a vocabulary
+and grammar, already printed in the Ioway language, by a printing-press
+belonging to the missionary school in their country. This surprised
+them very much, and seemed to afford them great satisfaction.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+The comments of the press, as well as the remarks of the public who had
+seen them, now being made upon the superior interest of this party,
+they were receiving daily calls from distinguished persons, and also
+numerous invitations to gentlemen's houses, which daily increased their
+consequence, and, of course, their enjoyment. Amongst the first of
+these kind invitations was one from Mr. Disraeli, M.P., for the whole
+party to partake of a breakfast at his house, in Park Lane.
+
+This was for the next morning after the interview just described; and,
+not knowing or even being able to imagine what they were to see, or
+what sort of rules or etiquette they were to be subjected to, they were
+under the most restless excitement to prepare everything for it, and
+the greatest anxiety for the hour to approach. They were all up at
+an unusually early hour, preparing every trinket and every article of
+dress, and spent at least an hour at their toilets in putting the paint
+upon their faces. The Doctor had been told that he would sit down at
+the table amongst many very splendid ladies; and this, or some other
+embarrassment, had caused him to be dissatisfied with the appearance of
+the paint which he had put upon his face, and which he was carefully
+examining with his little looking-glass. He decided that it would not
+do, and some bear's grease and a piece of deer-skin soon removed it
+all. He spent another half hour with his different tints, carefully
+laying them on with the end of his forefinger; and, displeased again,
+_they_ were all demolished as before. Alarm about time now vexed him,
+and caused him to plaster with a more rapid and consequently with a
+more "masterly touch." The effect was fine! He was ready, and so were
+all the party, from head to foot. All their finest was on, and all
+were prepared for the move, when I came in at about eight o'clock
+to advise them of the hour at which we were to go, and which I had
+forgotten to mention to them the evening before. I then referred to
+the note of invitation, and informed them that the hour appointed was
+twelve o'clock. The whole party, who were at that time upon their feet
+around me, wrapped in their robes, their shields and quivers slung,
+and the choice tints upon their faces almost too carefully arranged
+to be exposed to the breath of the dilapidating wind, expressed a
+decided shock when the hour of twelve was mentioned. They smiled, and
+evidently thought it strange, and that some mistake had been made.
+Their conjectures were many and curious: some thought it was _dinner_
+that was meant, instead of _breakfast_; and others thought so late an
+hour was fixed that they might get their own breakfasts out of the way,
+and then give the Indians theirs by themselves. I answered, "No, my
+good fellows, it is just the reverse of this; you are all wrong--it is
+to _breakfast_ that you are invited, and lest their family, and their
+friends whom they have invited to meet you, should not have the honour
+of sitting down and eating with you, they have fixed the hour at twelve
+o'clock, the time that the great and fashionable people take their
+breakfasts. You must have your breakfasts at home at the usual hour,
+and take your usual _drive_ before you go; so you will have plenty of
+time for all, and be in good humour when you go there, where you will
+see many fine ladies and be made very happy."
+
+My remarks opened a new batch of difficulties to them that I had not
+apprehended, some of which were exceedingly embarrassing. To wait four
+hours, and to eat and to ride in the meantime, would be to derange the
+streaks of paint and also to soil many articles of dress which could
+not be put on excepting on very particular occasions. To take them off
+and put them on, and to go through the vexations of the toilet again,
+at eleven o'clock, was what several of the party could submit to, and
+others could not. As to the breakfast of huge beefsteaks and coffee
+which was just coming up, I had felt no apprehensions; but when it was
+on the table I learned that the _old Doctor_ and _Wash-ka-mon-ya_ and
+one or two others of the young men were adhering to a custom of their
+country, and which, in my rusticity (having been seven or eight years
+out of Indian life), I had at the moment lost sight of.
+
+It is the habit in their country, when an Indian is invited to a feast,
+to go as hungry as he can, so as to be as fashionable as possible, by
+eating an enormous quantity, and for this purpose the invitations are
+generally extended some time beforehand, paying the valued compliment
+to the invited guest of allowing as much time as he can possibly
+require for starving himself and preparing his stomach by tonics taken
+in bitter decoctions of medicinal herbs. In this case the invitation
+had only been received the day before, and of course allowed them much
+less than the usual time to prepare to be _fashionable_. They had,
+however, received the information just in time for the _Doctor_ and
+_Wash-ka-mon-ya_ and the _Roman-nose_ to avoid the annoyance of their
+dinners and suppers on that day, and they had now laid themselves
+aside in further preparation for the _feast_ in which they were to be
+candidates for the mastery in emptying plates and handling the "knife
+and fork" (or "knife and fingers"), the custom of their country.
+
+In this condition the _Doctor_ particularly was a subject for the
+freshest amusement, or for the profoundest contemplation. With all
+his finery and his trinkets on, and his red and yellow paint--with
+his shield, and bow and quiver lying by his side, he was straightened
+upon his back, with his feet crossed, as he rested in a corner of
+the room upon his buffalo robe, which was spread upon the floor.
+His little looking glass, which was always suspended from his belt,
+he was holding in his hand, as he was still arranging his beautiful
+feathers, and contemplating the patches of red and yellow paint, and
+the _tout ensemble_ of the pigments and _copper colour_ with which he
+was to make a sensation where he was going to _feast_ (as he had been
+told) with ladies, an occurrence not known in the annals of the Indian
+country. He had resolved, on hearing the hour was _twelve_, not to eat
+his breakfast (which he said might do for women and children), or to
+take his usual ride in the bus, that he might not injure his growing
+appetite, or disturb a line of paint or a feather, until the hour had
+arrived for the honours and the luxuries that awaited them.
+
+I reasoned awhile with these three epicures of the land of "_buffaloes'
+tongues_ and _beavers' tails_," telling them that they were labouring
+under a misconception of the ideas of gentility as entertained in the
+civilized and fashionable world; that in London, the genteel people
+practised entirely the opposite mode from theirs; that light dinners
+and light breakfasts were all the fashion, and the less a lady or
+gentleman could be seen eating, the more sentimental he or she was
+considered, and consequently the more transcendently genteel: and that
+when they went to breakfast with their friends at 12, or to dine at
+7 or 8, they were generally in the habit of promoting gentility by
+eating a little at home before they started.
+
+My reasoning, however, had no other effect than to excite a smile from
+the Doctor, and the very philosophic reply, "that they should prefer
+to adhere to their own custom until they got to the lady's house, when
+they would try to conform to that of the white people of London." The
+drollness of these remarks from this droll old gentleman entirely
+prevented Mr. Melody and myself from intruding any further suggestions,
+until the hour arrived, and it was announced that the carriage was at
+the door.
+
+
+
+
+                              CHAPTER XIX.
+
+  Kind reception at Mr. Disraeli's--View of Hyde Park from
+     the top of his house--Review of troops, and sham
+     fight--Breakfast-table--The Doctor missing--The Author
+     finds him in the bathing-room--Champagne wine--Refused by
+     the Indians--_Chickabobboo: Chippehola_ tells the story of
+     it--The Indians drink--Presents--The "big looking-glass"--The
+     Doctor smiles in it--Speech of the War-chief--Shake of hands,
+     and return--Exhibition-room, Egyptian Hall--Doctor presents
+     a string of wampum and the "_White-feather_" to the "jolly
+     fat dame"--Indians talk about _chickabobboo_--The Rev. Mr.
+     G---- calls--A different religion (a Catholic)--Interview
+     appointed--Two Methodist clergymen call--Indians refuse to see
+     them--The giant and giantess visit the Indians--The Doctor
+     measuring the giantess--The talk with the Catholic clergyman.
+
+
+This chapter begins with the introduction of the Ioways into
+fashionable life, through the various phases of which they had the good
+or bad fortune to pass, in this and other countries, as will be seen,
+before they returned to resume the tomahawk and scalping-knife in their
+favourite prairies, and the Rocky Mountains in America.
+
+Mr. Melody and myself accompanied the Indians, and all together were
+put down at the door, where we met a host of waiters in livery, ready
+to conduct us to the kind lady and gentleman, whom they instantly
+recollected to have seen and shaken hands with in the exhibition room.
+This gave them confidence, and all parties were made easy in a moment,
+by a general introduction which followed. Through the interpreter, the
+ladies complimented them for their dances and songs, which they had
+heard, and pronounced to be very wonderful. Their women and little
+children were kindly treated by the ladies, and seats were prepared
+for them to sit down. The men were also desired to be seated, but
+on looking around the room, upon the richness of its furniture,
+the splendid carpet on which they stood, and the crimson velvet of
+the cushioned chairs that were behind them, they smiled, and seemed
+reluctant to sit upon them, for fear of soiling them. They were at
+length prevailed upon to be seated, however, and after a little
+conversation, were conducted by Mr. Disraeli through the different
+apartments of his house, where he put in their hands, and explained
+to them, much to their gratification, many curious daggers, sabres,
+and other weapons and curiosities of antiquity. In passing through the
+dining saloon, they passed the table, groaning under the weight of its
+costly plate and the luxuries which were prepared for them; upon this
+the old Doctor smiled as he passed along, and he even turned his head
+to smile again upon it, as he left it.
+
+After we had surveyed all below, the party were invited to the top of
+the house, and Mr. Disraeli led the way. The ladies, of whom there were
+a goodly number, all followed; and altogether, the pictured buffalo
+robes--the rouged heads and red feathers--the gaudy silks, and bonnets,
+and ribbons--glistening lances and tomahawks--and black coats, formed a
+novel group for the gaze of the multitude who were gathering from all
+directions, under the ever exciting cry of "Indians! Indians!"
+
+Hyde Park was under our eye, and from our position we had the most
+lovely view of it that any point could afford; and also of the drilling
+of troops, and the sham-fight in the park, which was going on under our
+full view. This was exceedingly exciting and amusing to the Indians,
+and also the extensive look we had in turning our eyes in the other
+direction, over the city. The ladies had now descended, and we all
+followed to the saloon, where it was soon announced that the breakfast
+was ready; and in a few moments all were seated at the table, excepting
+the Doctor, who was not to be found. Jeffrey and I instantly thought
+of his "_propensity_" and went to the house-top for him, but to our
+amazement he was not there. In descending the stairs, however, and
+observing a smoke issuing out of one of the chambers, into which we
+had been led, on going up to examine the beautiful arrangement for
+vapour and shower baths, we stepped in, and found the Doctor seated in
+the middle of the room, where he had lit his pipe, and was taking a
+more deliberate look at this ingenious contrivance, which he told us
+pleased him very much, and which he has often said he thought would be
+a good mode to adopt in his practice in his own country. He was easily
+moved, however, when it was announced to him that the breakfast was on
+the table and ready, where he was soon seated in the chair reserved for
+him.
+
+Great pains were taken by the ladies and gentlemen to help the Indians
+to the luxuries they might like best; and amongst others that were
+offered, their glasses were filled with sparkling champagne, in which
+their health was proposed. The poor fellows looked at it, and shaking
+their heads, declined it. This created some surprise, upon which Mr.
+Melody explained for them that they had pledged their words not to
+drink spirituous liquors while in this country. They were applauded
+by all the party for it, and at the same time it was urged that this
+was only a light _wine_, and could not hurt them: we were drinking it
+ourselves, and the ladies were drinking it, and it seemed cruel to deny
+them. Poor Melody!--he looked distressed: he had a good heart, and
+loved his Indians, but he felt afraid of the results. The _Doctor_ and
+_Wash-ka-mon-ya_ kept their hands upon their glasses, and their eyes
+upon Melody and myself, evidently understanding something of the debate
+that was going on, until it was agreed and carried, by the ladies and
+all, that taking a little champagne would not be a breach of their
+promise in the least, and that it would do them no harm. Their health
+and success were then proposed, and all their glasses were drained to
+the bottom at once.
+
+The Doctor, after finding the bottom of his glass, turned round, and
+smacking his lips, dropped me a bow and a smile, seeming to say that
+"he was thankful, and that the wine was very good."
+
+I told them that this was not "_fire-water_" as they could themselves
+judge, but that it was "_chickabobboo_." This word seeming to them to
+be an Indian word, excited their curiosity somewhat, and being called
+upon by the ladies to explain the meaning of it, as they did not
+recollect to have met such a word in Johnson's Dictionary or elsewhere,
+I related to them the story of _chickabobboo_, as told by the war-chief
+of the Ojibbeways, at Windsor Castle; and the manner in which those
+Indians partook of the Queen's wine, or "_chickabobboo_" as they called
+it, on that occasion.
+
+This explanation afforded much amusement to the party, and to the
+Indians also, as Jeffrey interpreted it to them; and it was soon
+proposed that their glasses should be filled again with _chickabobboo_.
+The Doctor sat next to me at the table, and every time he emptied
+his glass of _chickabobboo_ I was amused to hear him pronounce the
+word "good!"--the first word of English he had learned, and the first
+occasion on which I had heard him sound it. After the wine was first
+poured out, he had kept one hand around his glass or by the side of
+it, and had entirely stopped eating. He had minced but a little in
+the outset, and seeming to have a delicate stomach, was giving great
+pain to the ladies who were helping him and urging him to eat, in his
+irrevocable resolution to be _genteel_, as he had before suggested, and
+which they probably never understood.
+
+The last dish that was passed around the table, and relished by the
+Indians quite as much as the _chickabobboo_, was a plate of trinkets
+of various kinds, of brooches, bracelets, chains, and other ornaments
+for their persons, which they received with expressions of great
+thankfulness as they were rising from the table. Thus ended the
+"feast," as they called it; and on entering the drawing-room the Doctor
+became a source of much amusement to the ladies, as his attention was
+arrested by the enormous size of a mirror that was before him, or by
+the striking effect of his own beautiful person, which he saw at full
+length in it. He affected to look only at the frame, as the ladies
+accused him of vanity; and he drew out from under his belt his little
+looking-glass, about an inch square, imbedded in a block of deal to
+protect it from breaking. The contrast was striking and amusing, but
+what followed was still more so. The ladies were anxious to examine
+his looking-glass (which was fastened to his person with a leathern
+thong), and in pulling it out, there necessarily came out with it,
+attached to the same thong, a little wallet carefully rolled up in a
+rattle-snake's skin; and which, on inquiry, was found to be his toilet
+of pigments of various colours, with which he painted his face. A small
+pair of scissors also formed a necessary appendage, and by the side of
+them hung a boar's tusk and a human finger shrivelled and dried. This
+he had taken from a victim he had slain in battle, and now wore as his
+"_medicine_," or _talismanic charm_, that was to guard and protect
+him in all times of trouble or danger. This remarkable trophy was
+generally, on occasions when he was in full dress, suspended from his
+neck by a cord, and hung amongst the strings of wampum on his breast;
+but on this occasion he had so many other things to think of, that he
+had forgotten to display it there.
+
+The War-chief at this time preparing his mind to make some remarks
+before leaving, and to thank the lady for her kindness, was asking "if
+he should give any offence by lighting his pipe;" to which they all
+answered at once, "No, oh no! we shall be glad to see the old chief
+smoke; get him some fire immediately." When the fire arrived, he had
+lighted his pipe with his flint and steel, and was arranging his ideas
+as he was drawing the smoke through its long stem. It amused the ladies
+very much to see him smoke, and when he was ready he passed the pipe
+into White Cloud's hand, and rising, and throwing his head and his
+shoulders back, he said to the lady that "he was authorized by the
+chief to return to her and her husband his thanks, and the thanks of
+all the party, for the kindness they had shown them." He said they were
+strangers in the country, and a great way from home, and this would
+make them more thankful for the kindness they had met this day.
+
+  "My Friends (said he), the Great Spirit has caused your hearts to be
+  thus kind to us, and we hope the Great Spirit will not allow us to
+  forget it. We are thankful to all your friends whom we see around you
+  also, and we hope the Great Spirit will be kind to you all.
+
+  "My friend the chief wishes to shake hands with you all, and then we
+  will bid you farewell."
+
+The kindest wishes were expressed, in reply to the old man's remarks,
+for their health and happiness; and after a general shaking of hands we
+took leave, and our omnibus, for St. James's Street.
+
+The usual dinner hour of the Indians was just at hand when they
+returned, which was a joyful occurrence for the Doctor, who had, at
+some inconvenience, been endeavouring to practise Indian and civilized
+gentility at one and the same time. He smiled when dinner came on, and
+others smiled to see him endeavouring to mend the breach that had been
+made.
+
+The excitements of this day had put the Indians in remarkably good
+humour for their evening's amusements at the Hall, which they gave to
+a crowded house, and, as usual, with great applause. The "jolly fat
+dame" was there as she had promised, still admiring, and still "quite
+miserable that she could not speak to them in their own language, or
+something that they could understand." Daniel had taken a private
+opportunity to tell the Doctor the whole story of her attachment to
+Cadotte, and to assure him, at the same time, of her _extraordinary_
+admiration of him, the evidence of which was, that "she had made him
+the first present, after which all others were mere foils." The Doctor
+took a peculiar liking to Daniel from that moment, and little else than
+a lasting friendship could be expected to flow from such a foundation
+as was then so kindly laid. This most welcome information had been
+communicated to the Doctor's ear on the evening previous, and he had
+now come prepared to present her (with his own hand, and the most
+gracious smile, and at the end of the platform) a string of wampum from
+his own neck, and a _white feather_ with two spots of red painted on
+it, to which he pointed with great energy, and some expression that
+she heard, but did not understand. The "_fair dame_" held her exciting
+present in her hand during the evening, with some little occasional
+trepidation, expecting to draw from Daniel some key to the meaning of
+the mysterious gift as she was leaving the rooms. This hope proved
+vain, however; for Daniel, it seems, was not yet deep enough in Indian
+mysteries to answer her question, and she carried the present home,
+with its mysterious meaning, to ruminate upon until the riddle could be
+solved.
+
+Mr. Melody and I visited the Indians in their apartments that evening
+after their exhibition was over, and taking a beefsteak and a cup of
+coffee with them, we found them still in high glee, and in good humour
+for gossip, which ran chiefly upon the immense looking-glasses they
+had seen (and "forgot to measure"), and the _chickabobboo_, which
+they pronounced to be first-rate for a grand _feast_, which it would
+be their duty to get up in a few days to thank the Great Spirit for
+leading them all safe over the ocean, and to ensure their safe return
+when they should be ready to go. I then told them of the kind of
+_chickabobboo_ that the Ojibbeways liked very much, and of which I
+had allowed each one glass every day at his dinner, and also at night
+after their dances were done, and which the physicians thought would
+be much better for them than the strong coffee they were in the habit
+of drinking; that I had talked with Mr. Melody on the subject, and he
+was quite willing, with me, that they should have it in the same way,
+provided they liked it.
+
+"_How, how, how!_" they all responded; and while the servant was gone
+for a jug of ale, I explained to them that we did not consider that
+this was breaking their solemn promise made to us, "_not to drink
+spirituous liquors_." I stated to them, also, that it was possible to
+get drunk by drinking _chickabobboo_; and if any of them drank so much
+of it as to produce that effect, we should consider it the same as if
+they had got drunk by drinking whiskey.
+
+The ale came in foaming, and being passed round, they all decided that
+"it was good, but not quite so good as that the kind lady gave us at
+the _feast_ to-day."
+
+These evening gossips with these good-natured fellows in their own
+rooms, after their day's work and excitements were over, became
+extremely pleasing to me; so completely reviving the by-gone pleasures
+I had felt in whiling away the long evenings in their hospitable
+wigwams, when I was a guest in their remote country, amused with their
+never-ending fund of anecdotes and stories.
+
+On the next morning, or the day after, at an early hour, Daniel
+announced to the Indians that there was a reverend gentleman in the
+sitting-room who wished to see them a little while, and to have some
+talk with them if possible. Daniel had taken this liberty, as he
+had heard Mr. Melody and myself say that we should feel disposed to
+promote, as far as we could, all such efforts. The Indians had not
+yet had their breakfasts, which were nearly ready, and felt a little
+annoyed; the War-chief observing "that they had had a long council with
+some clergymen, and had said to them all they had to say, and thought
+this gentleman had better go and see and talk with them; and another
+thing, as he believed that _Chippehola_[16] had written in a book all
+that he and the clergymen had said, he thought he might learn it all by
+going to him."
+
+  [16] The author.
+
+Daniel whispered to him, in an earnest manner, that "this was a
+_Catholic priest_, a different kind of religion altogether." This
+created some little surprise and conversation around the room, that
+the white people should have two kinds of religion; and it was at last
+agreed that the War-chief and Jeffrey should step into the other room a
+few minutes and see him, the White Cloud saying "he did not care about
+going in."
+
+It seems that Jeffrey took some interest in this gentleman, as the
+little that his ancestors had learned of religion had been taught
+them by Roman Catholic clergymen, who have been the first to teach
+the Christian religion in most parts of the American wilderness. The
+conversation and manner of the priest also made some impression on
+the mind of the War-chief; and as they heard the others using their
+knives and forks in the adjoining room, they took leave of the reverend
+gentleman, agreeing to a council with him and a number of his friends
+in a few days. _White Cloud_ and _Wash-ka-mon-ya_ excited much laughter
+and amusement amongst the party, on learning that the War-chief had
+appointed another council, "when he was to make his talk all over
+again." They told him "they expected to take him home a preacher, to
+preach white man's religion when he got back;" and they thought he had
+better get a "black coat" at once, and be called "_Black-coat to the
+party of Ioway Indians_."
+
+The next day after the above interview, Daniel again announced to the
+chiefs and Jeffrey that there were two reverend gentlemen waiting to
+see them, who had seen Mr. Melody on the subject, and were to meet him
+there at that hour. White Cloud told the War-chief, that "as he had
+promised to meet them, he must do it; but as for himself, he would
+rather not see them, for he was not well." _Wash-ka-mon-ya_ laughed at
+the old chief and Jeffrey as they went out. "Now," said he, "for your
+grand council!" The War-chief lit his long pipe, and he and Jeffrey
+entered the room; but finding they were not the persons whom they were
+expecting to meet, they had a few words of conversation with them,
+taking care not to approach near to the subject of religion, and left
+them, as they had some other engagements that took up their time.
+
+There was much merriment going on in the meantime in the Indians' room,
+and many jokes ready for the War-chief and Jeffrey when they should
+get back, as Daniel had returned to their room, and told them that,
+by the cut of their clothes and their manners, he was quite sure that
+these two gentlemen were of a different religion still; he believed
+they were _Methodist preachers_.
+
+The War-chief, who was always dignified and contemplative in his
+manners, and yet susceptible of good humour and jokes, returned to the
+Indians' room at this time, apparently quite insensible to the mirth
+and the remarks around him, as he learned from the Indians, and got the
+confirmation from Daniel, that this was the _third_ kind of religion,
+and that there were the _Baptists_, the _Jews_, and several other kinds
+yet to come. He seated himself on his robe, which he spread upon the
+floor, and taking out of his pouch his flint and steel, and spunk,
+struck a light in the true Indian way (though there was fire within
+reach of his arm), and, lighting his pipe, commenced smoking. During
+this silent operation he seemed downcast, and in profound meditation.
+Mr. Melody and I entered the room at this moment, but seeing the mood
+he was in, did nothing to interrupt the train of his thoughts. When
+his pipe was smoked out, he charged it again with tobacco, but before
+lighting it he laid it aside, and straightening his long limbs upon the
+floor, and drawing another buffalo robe over his body and his head, he
+went to sleep.[17]
+
+  [17] Though the old War-chief, who was their speaking oracle on
+       the subject of religion, remained sad and contemplative,
+       there was daily much conversation and levity amongst the
+       rest of the party on the subject of the "six religions of
+       white men," which they had discovered; and either Jim or the
+       little "commanding general" (son of the War-chief), both of
+       whom were busy with their pencils, left on the table for my
+       portfolio the subjoined curious, but significant illustration
+       of their ideas of white man's paradise, and the six different
+       modes of getting to it. _Plate No._ 11 is a _fac simile_ of
+       this curious document, which the reader will appreciate on
+       examination.
+
+  [Illustration: N^o. 11.]
+
+This was the day for "seeing the _Giants_," and they were soon after
+announced as having arrived, according to appointment. During one of
+the Indians' exhibitions there had been a great excitement produced
+amongst them by the appearance in the crowd, of two immense persons,
+a man and a woman, who stood nearly the whole length of their bodies
+above the heads of others about them! This had excited the amazement
+of the Indians so much, that for a while they stopped their dances, to
+sit down and smoke a pipe. They must necessarily make some sacrifice
+on such an occasion, and it was decided to be done with a piece of
+tobacco, which being duly consecrated by them, was carried by the
+Doctor (the medicine man) to an adjoining room, and burned in the fire.
+
+There were no questions asked by the Indians about these unaccountable
+people, where they came from, &c., but they wished me to invite them to
+call at their lodgings at No. 7, St. James's-street, the next day at
+twelve o'clock, where they would be glad to see them a little while.
+This wish was communicated to them in a note which I wrote on my knee,
+and was passed to them over the heads of the audience; the _giant man_
+read it, and smiling, nodded his head, accepting of their invitation.
+This pleased the Indians, who all joined in sounding the war-whoop.
+These two extraordinary personages proved to be the well-known "Norfolk
+giants," who were brother and sister, and walking "arm-in-arm," so high
+that the eye of an ordinary man was just on a level with the apron
+string of the fair damsel; and the waist of the brother was, of course,
+yet some inches higher. I regret that I have not preserved the exact
+elevation of these two extraordinary persons, which I took pains to
+procure, but have somehow mislaid.
+
+The invitation thus given brought them on their present visit to
+the Indians, who had great satisfaction in shaking their hands, and
+closely inspecting them: and not many minutes after their arrival a
+scene ensued that would have made a sick man laugh, or a rich subject
+for the pencil of Hogarth. The Indians had sent Daniel for a ball of
+twine, which they had unfolded upon the floor, and each one having cut
+off a piece of sufficient length, was taking for himself the measure
+of the "_giant man_," from head to foot--from hand to hand, his arms
+extended--the span of his waist--his breast and his legs--the length of
+his feet, and his fingers; and tying knots in their cords to indicate
+each proportion. In the midst of all this, the Doctor presented the
+most queer and laughable point in the picture, as he had been applying
+his string to the back of the fair damsel, having taken her length,
+from the top of her head to the floor, and tied a knot in his cord at
+the place where the waist of her dress intersected it; he had then
+arrested the attention of all, and presented his singular dilemma, when
+he stood with both ends of his cord in his hands, contemplating the
+enormous waist and other proportions before him, which he coveted for
+other knots on his string, but which his strict notions of gallantry
+were evidently raising objections to his taking. I whispered to him,
+and relieved him from his distressing state of uncertainty, by saying I
+thought he had been particular enough, and he withdrew, but with a sigh
+of evident regret.
+
+They insisted on the _giant_ and _giantess_ receiving from them some
+little keepsakes of trinkets, &c., as evidences of the pleasure they
+had afforded them by calling on them.
+
+This extraordinary occurrence, like most others of an exciting or
+interesting nature which these jovial and funny fellows met with, made
+subject for much subsequent anecdote and amusement. _Wash-ka-mon-ya_
+(the fast dancer), a big-mouthed and waggish sort of fellow (who for
+brevity's sake was called, in English parlance, "Jim"), was continually
+teasing the Doctor about his gallantry amongst the ladies; and could
+rather easily and coolly do it, as he was a married man, and had his
+wife constantly by the side of him. He had naturally an abundant
+stock of wit and good humour, and being so much of a wag withal, he
+was rather a painful companion for the Doctor all the way, and was
+frequently passing jokes of a cruel as well as of a light and amusing
+kind upon him. It was known to the whole party that there was no
+record kept of the length and breadth of the _giant lady_, except the
+one that the Doctor had taken, and carefully rolled up and put away in
+a little box, amongst other precious things, at the head of his bed,
+and which he generally used as his pillow. It was known also that much
+stress would be laid upon this in his own country, when they returned
+home, as something which the rest of the party could not produce, and
+which for him, therefore, would be of great and peculiar interest
+there, and probably on other occasions, when it might be proper to
+refer to it as a thing he could swear to as a subject of interest in
+this country. Jim's best jokes (like most Indian jokes) were those
+which no one else takes a share in; and a piece of the twine that
+had caught his eye as it was lying upon the floor, probably first
+suggested the wicked idea of being cut about two feet longer than the
+Doctor's measure of the fair giantess, and with a knot about one foot
+higher than the one made for her waist, and of being rolled up in the
+same way, and slipped (in place of the other) into the same corner of
+the box, to which the Doctor had a key, but, according to all Indian
+practice, he never made use of it. The sequel to all this, and the fun
+it might have subsequently made for "Jim," with his "big mouth," the
+reader may as well imagine here, or patiently wait till we come to it.
+
+In the afternoon the Catholic clergyman called with a couple of
+friends, for the interview which _Jeffrey_ and the _War-chief_ had
+promised. Mr. Melody sent me word when they called, and I came to the
+meeting, having taken a great interest in these interviews, which were
+eliciting opinions from the Indians which are exceedingly difficult
+to obtain in any other way, and which I was careful on all occasions
+to write down, as translated at the time. These opinions, however
+unimportant they may seem to be, I am sure many of my readers will find
+to be of curious interest; and I fully believe, if rightly appreciated,
+of much importance in directing future efforts to the right points in
+endeavouring to impress upon these ignorant and benighted people the
+importance of education, and a knowledge of the true Christian religion.
+
+On this occasion _Wash-ka-mon-ya_ (or "_Jim_" as I shall often call
+him) endeavoured to make himself conspicuous by teasing the War-chief
+and Jeffrey about "going to pray with the black-coats," and springing
+upon his feet, took his tomahawk in his hand, and throwing off his
+robe, jumped to the middle of the floor, where, naked down to the hips,
+he landed, in an attitude not unlike that of the colossal statue of
+Rhodes. He frowned a moment upon all around him, and then said, "Let
+me go in--I have said nothing yet; I want to make a speech to the
+black-coats."
+
+White-cloud, who was at that moment taking up his robe to accompany
+Jeffrey and the War-chief to the "talk," very mildly said to _Jim_,
+that "he would look much more respectful if he would sit down again
+and hold his tongue, for these were very good people who were calling
+to talk with them, and must be treated with respect, however their
+opinions might differ from those of the Indians." This severe rebuke
+from the chief instantly silenced Jim, who quietly and respectfully
+joined the rest of the party, at White-cloud's request, who seated
+themselves in the room where the talk was to be held. The pipe was lit
+and passing around, while one of the reverend gentlemen stated the
+views with which they had come to visit them, and asked the Indians
+if it was perfectly convenient and agreeable for them to hear what
+they had to say, to which the chief replied in the affirmative. The
+reverend gentleman then proceeded with his remarks upon the importance
+of education and religion, the nature of which the reader can easily
+imagine, and save the time it would require to record them here. To
+these the chiefs and all the party (excepting Jim and the Doctor, who
+had fallen asleep) listened with patience and profound silence, as the
+pipe was passing around. The reverend gentleman having finished, the
+War-chief took a few deep-drawn breaths through the pipe, and passing
+it along, said--
+
+  "My Friends,--I speak for the chief who is here, and not very well.
+  My words are his words, and the words of all our party. We have heard
+  what you had to say, because we had promised to do so.
+
+  "My Friends,--We have talked many times on this subject, and some of
+  our talks have been long; but at this time our words will be few,
+  for we are weary, and as we have before said, we are poor, and our
+  wives and children are hungry, and we have come over here to try to
+  make some money to get them warm clothes and food to eat. (_How, how,
+  how!_)
+
+  "My Friends,--Many of our children are now in schools in our country,
+  and the '_good book_' which is in your hands is in their hands at
+  this time. We believe that the Great Spirit has made our religion
+  good and sufficient for us if we do not in any way offend him. We see
+  the religion of the white people dividing into many paths, and we
+  cannot believe that it is pleasing to the Great Spirit. The Indians
+  have but one road in their religion, and they all travel in that, and
+  the Great Spirit has never told them that it was not right.
+
+  "My Friends,--Our ears have been open since we came here, and the
+  words we have heard are friendly and good; but we see so many kinds
+  of religion, and so many people drunk and begging when we ride in the
+  streets, that we are a little more afraid of white man's religion
+  than we were before we came here.
+
+  "My Friends,--The Indians occupied all the fine hunting grounds long
+  before the white men came to them, but the white men own them nearly
+  all now, and the Indians' hunting grounds are mostly all gone. The
+  Indians never urge white men to take up their religion, they are
+  satisfied to have them take a different road, for the Indians wish
+  to enjoy their hunting grounds to themselves in the world to come.
+  (_How, how, how!_)
+
+  "My Friends,--We thank you, and shall wish the Great Spirit may be
+  kind to you. I have no more to say."
+
+Thus ended the conversation this time, and the Indians all rising
+(except the Doctor, who was still asleep) shook hands with the
+clergymen and retired to their own room.
+
+These excellent gentlemen then expressed to Mr. Melody and myself their
+high admiration and respect for them as men, and said that they could
+make every allowance for them, travelling here only for the laudable
+objects which they had so clearly explained, and their patience taxed
+in so many instances as I had mentioned, of a similar nature. They
+agreed that it would be cruel to urge them to listen any further under
+their present circumstances, and that they had already exercised far
+greater patience than white men would in a similar condition. They said
+they should feel bound to call on another day (and did so), not to talk
+with them about religion, but to bring them some presents that would be
+serviceable to their wives and little children, and took leave.
+
+
+
+
+                              CHAPTER XX.
+
+  The Doctor and Jim visit several churches--The Indians in St.
+     Paul's--In Westminster Abbey--The exhibition at the Hall--The
+     Doctor agrees to go in the carriage of the "jolly fat dame"--Mr.
+     Melody objects--The Doctor's melancholy--Indians stop the bus
+     to talk with Lascars--Make them presents of money--Indians
+     discover _chickabobboo-ags_ (gin-palaces)--and ladies lying
+     down in their carriages reading books--_Chim-e-gotch-ees_
+     (or fish)--Jim's story of "Fish"--Experiments in
+     mesmerism--Wash-ka-mon-ya (Jim) mesmerized--The Doctor's
+     opinions on mesmerism--Ioways in Lord's Cricket-ground--Archery
+     and ball-playing--Encampment--Wigwams--Indians invited by Mrs.
+     Lawrence to Ealing Park--Their kind reception--Their Royal
+     Highnesses the Duke and Duchess of Cambridge--The Princess
+     Mary--The Duchess of Gloucester--The Hereditary Grand Duke and
+     Duchess, and other distinguished guests--Amusements--Beautiful
+     grounds--Indians dine on the lawn--Roast beef and
+     plum-pudding--_Chickabobboo_--Alarm of the parrots--Doctor's
+     superstition--_Chickabobboo_ explained--Speech of the
+     War-chief--Taking leave--Fright of the poor birds--Handsome
+     presents--Conservatory--The Doctor's ideas of it--Indians
+     visit Surrey Zoological Gardens--Fright of the birds and
+     animals--Indians sacrifice tobacco to the lion and the
+     rattle-snakes.
+
+
+Mr. Melody, feeling the high importance of the charge of these
+fourteen wild people intrusted to his hands by the Government while
+they were to see the sights of a foreign country, and feeling the
+strongest attachment to them personally, was stimulated to every
+exertion by which he could properly open their eyes to the benefits
+of civilization, and consequently was inquiring from day to day "what
+shall be shown them next?"
+
+I had also, with feelings of the highest respect for the chiefs of the
+nation, knowing them to be of the party, enlisted my warmest exertions
+in their behalf, and resolved to render them, in all ways I could, the
+aid that was due from me for their hospitality which benefited me when
+I was in their country.
+
+With these views we continued our omnibus in driving them about
+the City and country, and one or the other of us was almost daily
+accompanying them to some institution or public works from which they
+might derive some useful information. To these they generally went
+together and in their native dresses, but there were others where
+their costumes and their paint would render them too conspicuous,
+and for such purposes two or three suits of clothes, beaver hats and
+wigs, became necessary for such a number as wished at any time to look
+further (and unobserved) into the arcana and hidden mysteries of the
+great metropolis. And the reader will be ready to exclaim with me, that
+the field before us was a vast and boundless one.
+
+The two most ambitious to profit by such adventures were "_Jim_" (as
+I have before denominated him) and the "_Doctor_:" the _first_, from
+a peculiar faculty he had of learning the English language (in which
+he was making daily progress), and a consequent insatiable desire to
+see and learn the modes, and everything he could, of white people,
+excepting their religion; and the _second_, from an indomitable desire
+to look in everywhere and upon everything, more for the pleasure of
+gratifying a momentary curiosity, and enjoying a temporary smile, than
+from any decided ambition to carry home and adopt anything, unless it
+might be a vapour-bath, or something of the kind, in the way of his
+profession.
+
+In frock-coats and beaver hats, and boots, with a large stick or an
+umbrella under the arm, and the paint all washed off, there was not
+much in the looks of these two new-fangled gentlemen to attract the
+public gaze or remark; and consequently little in the way of the sights
+and treasures of London being opened to their view.
+
+From the time that this expedient was adopted, our avocations became
+more diversified and difficult; our anxieties and cares increased, and
+with them our amusement: for with Melody the sights of London were as
+yet prospective; and with me, whether old or new, I met them with an
+equal relish with my unsophisticated brethren from the wilderness.
+
+The amusement of "trying on" and "getting the hang" of the new dresses
+made merriment enough for the party for one day; and all but these
+two were quite willing to forego all the pleasures they could afford,
+rather than cover their cool and naked heads with beaver hats, their
+shoulders with frock-coats, and substitute for their soft and pliant
+mocassins and leggings of buckskin, woollen pantaloons and high-heeled
+boots. The two wiseacres, however, who had adopted them were
+philosophers, and knew that they were only for certain occasions, after
+which they were to be dropped off, and their limbs "at home again"
+in their light and easy native dresses. They were obliged, on such
+occasions (to be in keeping), to leave their long and ornamented pipes
+and tomahawks behind, and (not to lose the indispensable luxury of
+smoking) to carry a short and handy civilized pipe, with their tobacco,
+and a box of lucifers, in their pockets.
+
+Reader, pray don't try to imagine what a figure these two
+copper-coloured "swells" cut, when they first sallied forth in their
+new attire, for it will be in vain: but behold them and me, in the
+future pages of this book, and when their dresses had got to work easy,
+profiting by gazing upon the wonders and glories of civilization, which
+we never otherwise could have beheld together.
+
+As one of the first fruits of the new expedient (and while the subject
+was fresh and revolving in the minds of all), there was now a chance of
+gratifying the Doctor's desire to see the modes and places of worship
+of some of the different denominations of religion, of which he had
+heard so much, from Daniel and others, within the few days past. These
+visits were their first attempts in their assumed characters, and were
+mostly made in the company of Mr. Melody or Jeffrey, and without any
+amusing results either for the congregations or the Ioways, save an
+incident or two, such as must be expected in the first experiments with
+all great enterprises. The Doctor had been told that when he entered
+the Protestant Church, he must take his hat off at the door, and had
+practised it before he started; but, seeing such an immense number of
+ladies, he had unfortunately forgot it, and being reminded of it when
+he had been placed in his seat, his wig came off with it, exposing, but
+a moment however, his scalp-lock and the top of his head, where he had
+not deemed it necessary to wash off the red paint.
+
+In the Methodist chapel, where these two queer fellows had ventured one
+day with Daniel, the sermon was long and tedious, and there was nothing
+observed curious excepting a blue smoke rolling up over the top of
+the pew, where the Doctor's pipe had been lit, and his head sunk down
+between his knees; and one other occurrence, that afterwards happened
+in the heat of the exhortation from the pulpit, and much to the
+amusement of the Doctor and Jim, of a young woman, in their immediate
+vicinity, who began to groan, then to sing, and at length tumbled down
+from her seat upon the floor. The Doctor thought at first she was very
+sick, and wondered there was no physician there to bleed her; but when
+Daniel told him what was the matter, the old man smiled, and often
+talked about it afterwards.
+
+I took the whole party through Westminster Abbey and St. Paul's, where
+they stood and contemplated in amazement the works of human hands, so
+entirely beyond their comprehension that they returned in reserved and
+silent contemplation.
+
+Returning again to the Exhibition-room at the Egyptian Hall, several
+evenings of which have passed by without mention, but much in the
+same way, we find the same excitement and applause, and the "jolly
+fat dame" at the end of the platform, nightly receiving the Doctor's
+impressive smiles, which are constantly ready for her; and which by
+this time, aided by the continued coldness of the _Roman-nose_, were
+making visible inroads upon her tender affections. She had had, it
+seemed, on this evening, some conversation with the Doctor, through the
+interpreter, who had heretofore studiously kept out of the way, and she
+had invited the Doctor to ride to her house in her carriage, after the
+exhibition was over, believing that he would be able to find in her
+garden, some roots which he was in great distress to find, and that she
+would bring him home again safe. Mr. Melody objected to this, which
+seemed to puzzle the fair dame, and to throw the Doctor into a profound
+melancholy and dejection.
+
+This rebuff from Mr. Melody was so unexpected and so provoking, when
+she had so nearly accomplished her object, that the good lady passed
+out of the room earlier than usual, and tossed her head about with her
+ostrich plumes as she passed along in the crowd, without having the
+heart to stop and speak a few words to Daniel, as she had been in the
+habit of doing. Mr. Melody retired with the Indians, and I remained
+after the crowd had left, at the solicitation of a party of ladies,
+who had sent me their card and wished to see me after the exhibition
+was over. The room being nearly emptied, I saw a party of several
+fashionably-dressed ladies at the further end of the room, examining
+the paintings on the walls. In advancing towards them, the one who
+seemed to be the leader of the party turned around and exclaimed, "Oh,
+here comes Mr. Catlin, I believe?" "Yes, Madam, I am Mr. Catlin." "Oh,
+I am so happy to have the honour of seeing you, Sir, and of speaking
+to you--you have made all these paintings?" "Yes." "These Indians are
+curious fellows, and well worth seeing, but I consider you ten times
+more of a curiosity. Look here, ladies, here's Mr. Catlin, the very
+man that I have so often told you about. Dear me, what dangers and
+hardships you must have been through! Oh, I do think you are one of the
+wonders of the world--and not a grey hair in your head yet! My dear
+Sir, I know your whole history-- you'd scarcely believe it--I know it
+'like a book,' as they say. I recollect the very day when you started
+for India, and I have followed you the whole way--I have your book--I
+bought several copies to give to my friends; I have read every word of
+it over and over again--and, oh! it's wonderful--it's charming--one
+can't stop in it--there's no stopping place in it. By the way, I don't
+suppose you were down much in the neighbourhood of Chusan (I've got a
+nephew there--a fine fellow--he's a surgeon). I suppose you kept pretty
+much back in the mountains? You had no object in coming down about the
+coast; and they have had rather hot work there." "No, Madam, I had not
+the slightest object to take me near Chusan--I kept a great way back."
+"That was right; oh, how judicious! Oh, I have read your interesting
+work so often. By the way, these fellows are not from the coast--they
+are from a great way back, I dare say?" "Yes, Madam, they are a great
+way in the interior." "I thought so, I knew so--I can tell, d' ye
+see--I can always tell a coaster. These are fine men--they grow tea, I
+suppose, though?" "No, these people don't grow tea." "Ah, well, it's
+late, we won't take up your time; but I have been so happy to have seen
+you--glad, glad to see you home alive to your native soil, and out of
+that plagued India. Good night." "Good night, ladies."
+
+As they left me, I turned round, and met a poor fellow approaching me
+on one leg and a pair of crutches, and his wife holding on to his arm.
+He said he had been waiting some time to have the honour of speaking to
+me before he left, having heard my name pronounced. He told me he lived
+at Woolwich, where he held some situation for life, as he had lost his
+leg in the service of his country, and it was a good living for him,
+luckily, though he had been so unfortunate as to lose his leg.
+
+"My wife and I (said he) ave long eard of this extro'nary hexibition,
+and she as often hax'd me to come to see it; and though we ave been off
+and hon about it a great many times, we never got off together until
+this hafter-noon--it's a wonderful sight, sir, hand we are appy to ave
+seen you halso."
+
+I thanked the poor fellow, and asked him how he lost his leg.
+
+"It was done by the kick of a orse, Sir."
+
+"But your leg has been taken off above your knee."
+
+"Yes, Sir, the bone was broken, hand it ad to be hamputated."
+
+"It must have been very painful!"
+
+"Ah, hit urt a little; though as for the pain of hamputation, I woudn't
+give a penny for it: but the loss of my leg is worth a great deal to
+me; it's hall ealed up now, Sir, though it's very hunandy."
+
+This simple and unfortunate man and his very pretty little wife left
+me, and I repaired to the Indians' rooms in St. James's Street, where
+I found them finishing their suppers and taking their _chickabobboo_.
+Here was in readiness a long catalogue of the adventures of the day--of
+things they had seen in their drive, &c., to be talked over, as well as
+the cruel jokes to be listened to, which they were all passing upon the
+poor Doctor, for the sudden failure of his prospects of digging roots
+in the fair dame's garden.
+
+There were many subjects of an amusing nature talked over by these
+droll fellows during the pipes of this evening, and one of the themes
+for their comments was the drive which we had given them in two open
+carriages through Hyde Park, at the fashionable hour. They decided
+that "the Park, along the banks of the Serpentine, reminded them of
+the prairies on the shores of the Skunk and the Cedar rivers in their
+own country; and in fact, that some parts of it were almost exactly
+the same." They were amused to see many of the ladies lying down as
+they rode in their carriages; and also, that many of the great chiefs,
+pointed out to them riding on horseback, "didn't know how to ride--that
+they were obliged to have a man riding a little behind them to pick
+them up if they should fall off."
+
+Jim, who was in an unusual good humour this evening, either from
+the effects of his _chickabobboo_ or from some fine present he might
+have received in the room, seemed to be the chief "spokesman" for the
+evening, and for the purpose of assisting his imagination or aiding
+his voice had laid himself flat upon his back upon his robe, which was
+spread upon the floor. His loquacity was such, that there was little
+else for any of us to do than sit still and excessively laugh at the
+dryness of his jokes, and his amusing remarks upon the things they had
+seen as they were taking their ride on this and past mornings. He had
+now got, as has been said, a facility of using occasional words of
+English, and he brought them in once in a while with the most amusing
+effect.
+
+He said they had found another place where there were two more
+Ojibbeway Indians (as he called them), Lascars. sweeping the streets;
+and it seems that after passing them they had ordered their bus to
+stop, and called them up and shook hands, and tried to talk with them.
+They could speak a few words in English, and so could _Jim_: he was
+enabled to ask them if they were Ojibbeways, and they to answer, "No,
+they were Mussulmen." "Where you live?" "Bombay." "You sweep dirt in
+the road?" "Yes," "Dam fool!" _Jim_ gathered a handful of pennies and
+gave them, and they drove off.
+
+It seemed that in their drive this day, Jim and the Doctor had both
+rode outside, which had afforded to Jim the opportunity of seeing to
+advantage, for the first time. the immense number of "gin palaces,"
+as they passed along the streets; and into which they could look from
+the top of the bus, and distinctly see the great number of large kegs,
+and what was going on inside. The Doctor had first discovered them
+in his numerous outside rides, and as he was not quite sure that he
+had rightly understood them, hearing that the English people detested
+drunkards so much, he had not ventured to say much about them. He had
+been anxious for the corroboration of _Jim's_ sharper eyes, and during
+this morning they had fully decided that the hundreds of such places
+they were in all directions passing, were places where people went
+to drink _chickabobboo_, and they were called _chickabobbooags_. The
+conversation of Jim and the Doctor enlarged very much on this grand
+discovery, and the probable effects they had upon the London people.
+They had seen many women, and some of them with little babies in their
+arms, standing and lying around them, and they were quite sure that
+some of those women were drunk. Jim said that he and the Doctor had
+counted two or three hundred in one hour. Some of the party told him
+he had made his story too big, so he said he and the Doctor next day
+would mark them down on a stick. Jim said there was one street they
+came through, where he hoped they would never drive them again, for it
+made their hearts sore to see so many women and little children all
+in dirty rags: they had never seen any Indians in the wilderness half
+so poor, and looking so sick. He was sure they had not half enough to
+eat. He said he thought it was wrong to send missionaries from this
+to the Indian country, when there were so many poor creatures here
+who want their help, and so many thousands as they saw going into the
+_chickabobbooags_ to drink fire-water.
+
+He said they came through a very grand street, where every thing looked
+so fine and splendid in the windows, and where the ladies looked so
+beautiful in their carriages, many of them lying quite down, and seemed
+as if they were very rich and happy; and some of them lay in their
+carriages, that were standing still, so as to let them read their
+books. And in this same grand street they saw a great many fine-looking
+ladies walking along the sides of the roads, and looking back at the
+gentlemen as they passed by them. These ladies, he and the Doctor
+observed, looked young, and all looked very smiling, and they thought
+they wanted husbands. A great deal, Jim said, they had seen of these
+ladies as they were every day looking out of their own windows in St.
+James's Street. A great many of these women, he said, behave very
+curious; he said he didn't know for certain but some of these might
+be _chimegotches_. This excited a tremendous laugh with the Doctor and
+several of the young men, and made some of the women smile, though
+it was rather hushed by the chiefs as an imprudent word for Jim to
+apply in the present case. This did little, however, to arrest the
+effects of Jim's joke, and he continued with some further ingenious
+embellishments, which set the chiefs into a roar, and Jim then kept the
+field. Melody and myself laughed also, not at the joke, for we did not
+understand it, but at their amusement, which seemed to be very great,
+and led us to inquire the meaning of _chimegotches_. "Fish," said
+Jim, "fish!" We were still at a loss for the meaning of his joke; and
+our ignorance being discovered, as well as our anxiety to know, they
+proposed that Jim should relate the story of _Chimegotches_, or "Fish."
+Some one was charging and lighting the pipe in the mean time, which was
+handed to him, as he rose and took a whiff or two, and then, resuming
+his former position, flat upon his back, he commenced--
+
+  "When the great Mississippi river was a young and beautiful stream,
+  and its waters were blue and clear, and the Ioways lived on its
+  banks, more than a thousand snows since, _Net-no-qua_, a young man
+  of great beauty, and son of a great chief, complained that he was
+  sick. His appetite left him, and his sleep was not good. His eyes,
+  which had been like those of the war-eagle, grew soft and dim, and
+  sunk deep in his head. His lips, that had been the music for all
+  about him, had become silent; his breast, that had always been calm,
+  was beating, and deep sighs showed that something was wrong within.
+  _O-za-pa_, whose medicine was great, and to whom all the plants and
+  roots of the prairies were known, was quite lost; he tried all, and
+  all was in vain; the fair son of the chief was wasting away, as each
+  sweet breath that he breathed went off upon the winds, and never
+  came back to him. Thus did _Net-no-qua_, the son of _Ti-ah-ka_, pine
+  away. The medicine man told him at last that there was but one thing
+  that could cure him, and that was attended with great danger. In his
+  dream a small prairie snake had got upon a bush, and its light, which
+  was that of the sun, opened his eyes to its brightness, and his ears
+  to its words: 'The son of _Ti-ah-ka_ grieves--this must not be--his
+  breast must be quiet, and his thoughts like the quiet waters of the
+  gliding brook; the son of _Ti-ah-ka_ will grow like the firm rocks of
+  the mountain, and the chiefs and warriors, who will descend from him,
+  will grow like the branches of the spreading oak.' The medicine man
+  said to the son of _Ti-ah-ka_ that he must now take a small piece of
+  the flesh from his side for his bait, and in a certain cove on the
+  bank of the river, the first fish that he caught was to be brought to
+  his wigwam alone, under his robe, and she, whose blood would become
+  warm, would be to him like the vine that clings around and through
+  the branches of the oak: that then his eyes would soon shine again
+  like those of the eagle; the music of his lips would soon return, and
+  his troubled breast would again become calm, his appetite would be
+  good, and his sleep would be sweet and quiet like that of a babe.
+
+  "_Net-no-qua_ stood upon a rock, and when the hook, with a piece
+  of his side, lay upon the water, the parting hair of _Lin-ta_ (the
+  river-born) was seen floating on the water, and its black and oily
+  tresses were glistening in the sun as the water glided off from them;
+  and her lips were opening to enclose the fatal hook that raised
+  her beautiful breasts above the water. Her round and delicate arms
+  shone bright with their beauty as she extended them to the shore,
+  and the river shed its tears over her skin as her beautiful waist
+  glided through its surface, above which the strong and manly arm of
+  _Net-no-qua_ was gently raising her. The weeping waves in sparkling
+  circles clung around her swelling hips and pressing knees, until the
+  folding robe of the son of _Ti-ah-ka_ was over the wave and around
+  her bending form. One hand still held her slim and tapering fingers,
+  and with the other he encompassed her trembling form, as their equal
+  steps took them from the shore and brought them to the wig-wam of
+  _Net-no-qua_. His silent house was closed from the footsteps of the
+  world; her delicate arms clung around the neck of the son of the
+  chief, and her black and glossy tresses fell over and around his
+  naked shoulders and mingled with his own. The same robe embraced
+  them both, and her breath was purer than the blue waves from which
+  she came. Their sleep was like the dreams of the antelope, and they
+  awoke as the wild rose-buds open amidst the morning dew; the breast
+  of _Net-no-qua_ was calm, his eyes were again like the eyes of the
+  eagle, his appetite was keen, and his lips sounded their music in the
+  ears of Lin-ta. She was lovely, she was the wife of the son of the
+  chief, and like the vine that clings around and through the branches
+  of the oak, did she cling to _Net-no-qua_. They were happy, and many
+  have been the descendants that have sprung from the dreams of the son
+  of _Ti-ah-ka_ and the beautiful _Lin-ta_ (the river-born).
+
+  "_O-ne-ak'n_ was the brother of _Net-no-qua_, and _Di-ag-gon_ was
+  his cousin: and _they_ were sick; and they sat upon the rock in the
+  cove in the river: and the two sisters of Lin-ta shone as they lifted
+  their graceful forms above the wave, and their beautiful locks spread
+  as they floated on the surface. The two young warriors sighed as
+  they gazed upon them. The two sisters embraced each other as they
+  glided through and above the waves. They rose to full view, and had
+  no shame. The river 'shed no tears, nor did the sparkling waves hang
+  in circles about their swelling hips and pressing knees;' and as they
+  sank, they beckoned the two young warriors, who followed them to
+  their water-bound caves. They stole back in the morning, and were
+  ashamed and sick. Their tongues were not silent, and others went.
+  The two sisters again showed their lovely forms as they glided above
+  the water, and they beckoned all who came to their hidden caves, and
+  all came home in the morning sick and sad, while every morning saw
+  the son of the chief and his river-born Lin-ta calm and bright as
+  the rising sun. Shame and fear they knew not, but all was love and
+  happiness with them; very different were the sisters of Lin-ta, who
+  at length ventured from their caves at night, and strolled through
+  the village; they were hidden again at the return of the light. Their
+  caves were the resorts of the young men, but the fair daughters of
+  Lin-ta knew them not.
+
+  "Such was the story of Lin-ta (the river-born); she was the loved of
+  her husband, and the virtuous mother of her children. Her beautiful
+  sisters were the loved of all men, but had no offspring. They live
+  in their hidden caves to this day, and sometimes in the day as well
+  as in the night are seen walking through the village, though all the
+  Indians call them _Chim-ee-gotch-es_, that is, _Cold-bloods_, or
+  _Fish_."
+
+Jim got a round of applause for his story, though the Doctor thought
+he had left out some of the most essential and funny parts of it. Jim,
+however, seemed well content with the manner in which it was received,
+and continued to remark that he and the Doctor had come to the
+conclusion that those beautiful young women, that they saw looking back
+at the gentlemen in the streets, as well as those who were standing in
+front of their windows, and bowing to them, and kissing their hands
+every day, must be "fish;" and that in the great village of London,
+where so much _chickabobboo_ is drunk, there must be a great number of
+"fish." And they thought also that some of these they had seen in the
+Egyptian Hall when they were giving their dances.
+
+The above and other critiques of Jim upon London modes seemed to the
+chiefs to be rather too bold, and an impolitic position for Jim to
+take; and whilst their reprimands were being passed upon him, the train
+of humour he had happened to get into on that night turned all their
+remarks into jokes, and they were obliged to join in the irresistible
+merriment he produced on this occasion, merely from his having taken
+(as his wife had refused it on this evening as it was just now
+discovered) the additional mug of his wife's _chickabobboo_.
+
+Much merriment was produced amongst the Indians about this time by an
+appointment that had been made to see some experiments in mesmerism,
+to be performed by a Dr. M---- at the Indians' rooms. The Doctor was
+received at the appointed hour, and brought with him a feeble and
+pale-looking girl of 14 or 15 years of age to operate upon. This had
+taken the Indians rather by surprise, as no one had fully explained the
+nature of the operations to them. I got Jeffrey, however, to translate
+to them, as near as he could, the nature of this extraordinary
+discovery, and the effects it was to produce; and the doors being
+closed, and the young woman placed in a chair, the mesmeriser commenced
+his mysterious operations. I had instructed the Indians to remain
+perfectly still and not to laugh, lest they might hinder the operator,
+and prevent the desired effect. With one knee upon the floor, in
+front of her, and placing both of his extended thumbs (with his hands
+clenched) just in front of her two eyebrows, he looked her steadily
+in the face. This eccentric position and expression disposed Jim to
+laugh, and though he covered his huge mouth with his hand, and made no
+noise, still the irresistible convulsions in his fat sides shook the
+floor we were standing on; and the old Doctor at the same time, equally
+amused, was liable to do less harm, for all his smiles and laughter,
+however excessive, were produced by the curious machinery of his face,
+and never extended further down than the chin or clavicles. The little
+patient, however, was seen in a few minutes to be going to sleep, and
+at length fell back in the chair, in the desired state of somnambulism.
+The operator then, by mesmeric influences, opened her eyes, without
+touching them, and without waking her, and by the same influence closed
+them again. In the same way he caused her hand to close, and none of
+us could open it. Here our Doctor, who tried it, was quite at a stand.
+He saw the fingers of the operator pass several times in front of it,
+and its muscles relaxed--it opened of itself. He then brought, by the
+same influence, her left arm to her breast, and then the right, and
+challenged the strength of any one in the room to unbend them. This was
+tried by several of us, but in vain; and when his fingers were passed
+a few times lightly over them, they were relaxed and returned to their
+former positions. By this time the Indian women, with their hands over
+their mouths, began to groan, and soon left the room in great distress
+of mind. The chiefs, however, and the Doctor and Jim, remained until
+the experiments were all tried, and with unaccountable success. The
+operator then, by passing his fingers a few times over the forehead of
+his patient, brought her gradually to her senses, and the exhibition
+ended. The convulsions of Jim's broad sides were now all tempered down
+into cool quiet, and the knowing smiles of the old Doctor had all run
+entirely off from, and out of, the furrows of his face, and a sort of
+painful study seemed to be contracting the rigid muscles that were
+gathering over them.
+
+  [Illustration: N^o. 12.]
+
+The chiefs pronounced the unaccountable operation to be the greatest
+of medicine, and themselves quite satisfied, as they retired; but the
+old Doctor, not yet quite sure, and most likely thinking it a good
+thing for his adoption among the mysteries of his profession in his own
+country, was disposed to remain, with his untiring companion Jim, until
+some clue could be got to this mystery of mysteries. With this view he
+had the curiosity of feeling the little girl's pulse, of examining and
+smelling the operator's fingers, &c., and of inquiring whether this
+thing could be done by any others but himself; to which I replied, that
+it was now being done by hundreds all through the country, and was no
+secret. The charm had then fled--it had lost all its value to the old
+Doctor. The deep thoughts ceased to plough his wrinkled face, and his
+self-sufficient, happy smiles were again playing upon his front. His
+views were evidently changed. _Jim_ caught the current of his feelings,
+and amusement was their next theme. The old Doctor "thought that _Jim_
+could easily be frightened," and would be a good subject. It was
+proposed that _Jim_ should therefore take the chair, and it was soon
+announced to the squaws, and amongst them to his wife, that _Jim_ had
+gone to sleep, and was _mesmerised_. They all flew to the room, which
+upset the gravity of his broad mouth, and, with its movements, as a
+matter of course, the whole bearing of his face; and the operator's
+fingers being withdrawn from his nose, he left the chair amidst a roar
+of laughter. It was then proposed that the old Doctor should sit down
+and be tried, but he resisted the invitation, on the grounds of the
+_dignity of his profession_, which he got me to explain to the medical
+man, whom he was now evidently disposed to treat rather sarcastically,
+and his wonderful performance as a piece of extraordinary juggling,
+or, at least, as divested of its supposed greatest interest, that of
+novelty. He told him "that there was nothing new or very wonderful in
+the operation, that he could discover; it was no more than the charm
+which the snakes used to catch birds; and the more frightful and ugly
+a man's face was, the better he could succeed in it. He had no doubt
+but many ill-looking men amongst white people would use it as a mode of
+catching pretty girls, which they could not otherwise do, and therefore
+it would be called amongst white people a very useful thing."
+
+"All the _medicine-men_ (said he) in the Indian country have known for
+many years how to do the same thing, and what the white people know
+of it at this time they have learned from the Indians; but I see that
+they don't yet half know how to do it; that he had brought a _medicine
+dress_ all the way with him for the very purpose, and if the mesmeriser
+would come the next morning at 9 o'clock, he should see him with it on,
+and he would engage to frighten any white lady to sleep in five minutes
+who would take a good look at him without winking or laughing." The
+mesmeriser did not come, though the Doctor was on the spot and ready.
+(_Plate No. 12._)
+
+An event which they had long been looking for with great solicitude
+took place about this time--the prorogation of Parliament, which
+afforded the poor fellows their only opportunity of seeing the Queen.
+They were driven off in good season in their bus, and succeeded in
+getting the most favourable view of the Queen and the Prince as they
+were passing in the state-carriage; and, to use their own words for
+it, "The little Queen and the Prince both put their faces quite out of
+their carriage of gold to look at us and bow to us." There is no doubt
+but by the kindness of the police they were indulged in a favourable
+position and had a very satisfactory view of Her Majesty the Queen,
+and it is equally certain that they will never cease to speak of the
+splendour of the effect of the grand pageant as long as they live.
+
+The nightly excitements and amusements going on at the Egyptian Hall
+were increasing the public anxiety to see these curious people more at
+large, and we resolved to procure some suitable ground for the purpose,
+where their active limbs could be seen in full motion in the open air,
+as they are seen on their native prairies with their ball-sticks, in
+their favourite game of the ball, and the use of their bows and arrows,
+all of which they had brought with them, but could not use in their
+amusements at the Hall. Their dances, &c., were, however, to be kept
+up as usual, at night; and for their afternoon exercises in the open
+air, an arrangement was made for the use of "Lord's Cricket Ground,"
+and on that beautiful field (prairie, as they called it) they amused
+thousands, daily, by their dances, archery, and ball-playing.[18]
+For this purpose an area of an acre or two was enclosed by a rope,
+and protected for their amusements by the police. To this the
+visitors advanced on every side, and seemed delighted with their rude
+appearance and native sports. This arrangement afforded the Indians
+the opportunity of showing their games and amusements to the greatest
+advantage, and also of meeting again the acquaintances they had made
+at the Egyptian Hall, and shaking hands with all who felt disposed to
+do them that honour. They had also brought with them, to illustrate
+the whole of Indian life, no less than three tents (wig-wams) made of
+buffalo hides, curiously but rudely painted, which the squaws daily
+erected on the ground, in presence of the spectators, forming by no
+means the least accurate and pleasing part of the exhibition.
+
+  [18] This is, undoubtedly, the favourite and most manly and
+       exciting game of the North American Indians, and often played
+       by three or four hundred on a side, who venture their horses,
+       robes, weapons, and even the very clothes upon their backs,
+       on the issue of the game. For this beautiful game two byes or
+       goals are established, at three or four hundred yards from
+       each other, by erecting two poles in the ground for each, four
+       or five feet apart, between which it is the strife of either
+       party to force the ball (it having been thrown up at a point
+       half-way between) by catching it in a little hoop, or racket,
+       at the end of a stick, three feet in length, held in both
+       hands as they run, throwing the ball an immense distance when
+       they get it in the stick. This game is always played over an
+       extensive prairie or meadow, and the confusion and laughable
+       scrambles for the ball when it is falling, and often sought
+       for by two or three hundred gathered to a focus, are curious
+       and amusing beyond the reach of any description or painting.
+
+The beautiful scenes presented there could be repeated but a few
+days, owing to other uses to be made of the grounds; but during that
+time they were visited by vast numbers of the nobility of London, and
+several members of the Royal Family. The incidents of those days, which
+were curious and many, must be passed over, excepting that the Doctor
+daily beheld in front of the crowd, and at full length, the "jolly fat
+dame," to whom he as often advanced, with a diffident smile, to receive
+a beautiful rose, which she handed to him over the rope.
+
+These amusements in the open air in the daytime, with the dances,
+&c., at the Hall in the evenings, with their "drive" in the morning,
+and civil attentions to persons calling on them at their rooms, now
+engrossed completely all their time, and they were actually compelled
+to give offence to some parties who called on them, and to whom they
+could not devote the time. Amongst those were several deputations from
+public schools, of clergymen, and Sunday school teachers; and also
+three very excellent Christian ladies in a party, one of whom, Mrs.
+E----, I was well acquainted with, and knowing her extensive Christian
+and charitable labours, I had encouraged to call, as she had expressed
+a strong desire to talk with them on the subject of religion. They
+appealed to me, and I desired them to call at another hour, which they
+did, and I said to the chief that there was another proposition for a
+talk on the subject of religion. This seemed to annoy them somewhat,
+and after smoking a pipe, they decided not to see them. I then told
+them that they were three ladies; this seemed to startle them for a
+few moments, but they smoked on, and finally the War-chief said "it
+was a subject on which, if they had anything more to say, they would
+rather say it to the men than to women--they can talk with our women if
+they like." I then invited the Indian women into the room, and Jeffrey
+interpreted for the ladies, who had a long conversation with them, but,
+as the ladies afterwards told me, few words on the subject of religion:
+as to the first questions on that subject, the squaws answered that
+they left that mostly to their husbands, and they thought that if they
+loved their husbands, and took good care of their children, the Great
+Spirit would be kind to them. These kind ladies called the next day
+and left them fourteen Bibles and some other very useful presents,
+and their prayers for their happiness, feeling convinced that this
+was the most effectual and best way of making lasting and beneficial
+impressions on their minds.
+
+One of the very high compliments paid them from the fashionable world
+was now before them, and this being the day for it, all parties were
+dressing and painting for the occasion. I had received a very kind note
+from Mrs. Lawrence, inviting me to bring them to pay her a visit in her
+lovely grounds at Ealing Park, a few miles from the city of London.
+The omnibus was ready, and being seated, we were there with an hour's
+drive, and received on the fine lawn in the rear of her house. Here was
+presented the most beautiful scene which the Ioways helped to embellish
+whilst they were in the kingdom--for nothing more sweet can be seen
+than this little paradise, hemmed in with the richness and wildness
+of its surrounding foliage, and its velvet carpet of green on which
+the Indians were standing and reclining, and the kind lady and her
+Royal and noble guests, collected in groups, to witness their dances
+and other amusements. Their Royal Highnesses the Duke and Duchess of
+Cambridge, with the lovely Princess Mary, the Hereditary Grand Duke
+and Duchess of Mecklenburgh Strelitz, the Duchess of Gloucester, and
+many of the nobility, formed the party of her friends whom this lady
+had invited, and who soon entered the lawn to meet these sons of the
+forest, and witness their wild sports.
+
+At the approach of the lady and her Royal party, the Indians all
+arose, and the chiefs having been introduced, half an hour or more
+was passed in a conversation with them, through Jeffrey and myself,
+and an examination of their costumes, weapons, &c., when they seated
+themselves in a circle, and passing the pipe around, were preparing for
+a dance. The first they selected was their favourite, the eagle-dance,
+which they gave with great spirit, and my explanation of the meaning
+of it seemed to add much to its interest. (_Plate No. 13._) After the
+dance they strung their bows and practised at the target, and at length
+Mr. Melody tossed up the ball, when they snatched up their ballsticks,
+which they had brought for the purpose, and darted over and about the
+grounds in the exciting game of the ball. This proved more amusing
+to the spectators than either of the former exercises, but it was
+short, for they soon lost their ball, and the game being completed,
+they seated themselves again, and with the pipe were preparing for the
+_war-dance_, in which, when they gave it, the beautiful lawn, and the
+forests around it, resounded with the shrill notes of the _war-whoop_,
+which the frightened parroquets and cockatoos saucily echoed back with
+a laughable effect, and a tolerable exactness. The pipe of peace (or
+calumet) dance was also given, with the pipes of peace in their hands,
+which they had brought out for the purpose.
+
+While these exciting scenes were going on, the butler was busy
+spreading a white cloth over a long table arranged on the lawn, near
+the house, and on it the luxuries that had been preparing in the
+kitchen, for their dinners. This arrangement was so timed that the
+roast beef was on and smoking just when their amusements were finished,
+and when the announcement was made that their "dinner was up," all
+parties moved in that direction, but in two divisions, the one to
+partake, and the other to look on and see how wild people could handle
+the knife and fork. This was to be the _last_, though (as I could see
+by the anxiety of the spectators) not the _least amusing_ of their
+amusements, and it was in the event rendered peculiarly so to some of
+us, from the various parts which the kind and illustrious spectators
+were enabled to take in it, when in all their former amusements there
+was no possible way in which they could "lend a hand." Every one could
+here assist in placing a chair or handing a plate, and the Indians
+being seated, all were ready and emulous, standing around the table and
+at their elbows, to perform some little office of the kind, to assist
+them to eat, and to make them comfortable. His Royal Highness proposed
+that I should take my stand at the head of the table, before a huge
+sirloin of roast beef, and ply the carving knife, which I did; whilst
+he travelled, plates in hand, until they all were helped. The young
+Princess Mary, and the two little daughters of the kind lady, like the
+three Graces, were bending about under loads of bread and vegetables
+they were helping the Indians to, and the kind lady herself was filling
+their glasses from the generous pitcher of foaming ale, and ordering
+the butler to uncork the bottles of champagne which were ready and
+hissing at the delay.
+
+[Illustration: N^o. 13.]
+
+This unusual scene was taking place in the nearer vicinity of the
+poor parroquets and cockatoos, who seemed, thus far, awed into a
+discretionary silence, but were dancing to the right and the left,
+and busily swinging their heads to and fro, with their eyes and their
+ears open to all that was said and done. When the cork flew from the
+first bottle of champagne, the parrots squalled out, "There! there!!
+there!!!" and the Indians as suddenly, "_Chickabobboo! chickabobboo!_"
+Both laughed, and all the party _had_ to laugh, at the simultaneous
+excitement of the parrots and the Indians; and most of them were as
+ignorant of the language (and of course of the wit of) the one as of
+the other. _Chickabobboo_, however, was understood, at least by the
+Indians; and their glasses being filled with champagne, the moment they
+were raising it to their lips, and some had commenced drinking, the
+cockatoos suddenly squalled out again, "_There! there!! there!!!_" The
+old Doctor, and his superstitious friend Jim, who had not got their
+glasses quite to their mouths, slowly lowered them upon the table, and
+turned, with the most beseeching looks, upon Mr. Melody and myself, to
+know whether they were breaking their vow to us. They said nothing, but
+the question was sufficiently plain in their _looks_ for an answer, and
+I replied, "No, my good fellows, the parrots are fools, they don't know
+what they are talking about; they, no doubt, thought this was whiskey,
+but we know better; it's some of the '_Queen's chickabobboo_,' and
+you need not fear to drink it." This curious affair had been seen but
+by a part of the company, and only by the Indians at our end of the
+table, and therefore lost its general effect until I related it. The
+queer-sounding word "_chickabobboo_" seemed to amuse, and to excite the
+curiosity of many, and there was no understanding it without my going
+over the whole ground, and explaining how and where it originated,
+which, when finished, created much amusement. While I was relating this
+story the plates were being changed, and just at the end of it the
+parrots sang out again, "_There! there!! there!!!_" as before; but it
+was discovered that, at that instant, one of the waiters was passing
+near them with a huge and smoking plum-pudding, and so high that we
+could but just see his face over the top of it. This was placed before
+me, and as I divided and served it, the same hands, Royal and fair,
+conveyed it to the different parts of the table. This was a glorious
+pudding, and I had helped each one abundantly, expecting, as all did,
+that they would devour it without mincing; but, to the surprise of all,
+they tasted a little, and left the rest upon their plates. Fears were
+entertained that the pudding did not suit them, and I was constrained
+to ask why they did not eat more. The reply was reluctant, but very
+significant and satisfactory when it came. Jim spoke for all. He said,
+"They all agreed that it was good--very good; but that the beef was
+also very good, and the only fault of the pudding was, that it had come
+too late."
+
+The War-chief at this time was charging his long pipe with _k'nick
+k'neck_, and some fire being brought to light it, it was soon passed
+from his into the chiefs hands, when he arose from the table, and
+offering his hand to His Royal Highness, stepped a little back, and
+addressed him thus:--
+
+  "My Great Father,--Your face to-day has made us all very happy. The
+  Great Spirit has done this for us, and we are thankful for it. The
+  Great Spirit inclined your heart to let us see your face, and to
+  shake your hand, and we are very happy that it has been so. (_How,
+  how, how!_)
+
+  "My Father,--We have been told that you are the uncle of the Queen,
+  and that your brother was the King of this rich country. We fear we
+  shall go home without seeing the face of your Queen, except as we saw
+  it in her carriage; but if so, we shall be happy to say that we have
+  seen the great chief who is next to the Queen. (_How, how, how!_)
+
+  "My Father,--We are poor and ignorant people from the wilderness,
+  whose eyes are not yet open, and we did not think that we should be
+  treated so kindly as we have to-day. Our skins are red, and our ways
+  are not so pleasing as those of the white people, and we therefore
+  feel the more proud that so great a chief should come so far to see
+  us, and to help to feed us; this we shall never forget. (_How, how,
+  how!_)
+
+  "My Father,--We feel thankful to the lady who has this fine house and
+  these fine fields, and who has invited us here to-day, and to all the
+  ladies and gentlemen who are here to see us. We shall pray for you
+  all in our prayers to the Great Spirit, and now we shall be obliged
+  to shake hands with you and go home. (_How, how, how!_)"
+
+His Royal Highness replied to him,--
+
+  "That he and all his friends present had been highly pleased with
+  their appearance and amusements to-day, and most of all with the
+  reverential manner in which he had just spoken of the Great Spirit,
+  before whom we must all, whether red or white, soon appear. He
+  thanked the chiefs for the efforts they had made to entertain them,
+  and trusted that the Great Spirit would be kind to them in restoring
+  them safe home to their friends again."
+
+At this moment, when all were rising and wrapping their robes around
+them preparing to start, the lady appeared among them, with a large
+plate in her hands, bearing on it a variety of beautiful trinkets,
+which she dispensed among them according to their various tastes; and
+with a general shake of the hand, they retired from the grounds to take
+their carriage for town. The parrots and cockatoos all bowed their
+heads in silence as they passed by them; but as the old Doctor (who
+always lingers behind to bestow and catch the last smile, and take the
+second shake of the hand where there are ladies in question) extended
+his hand to the kind lady, to thank her the second and last time, there
+was a tremendous cry of "_There! there!! there!!!_" and "_Cockatoo!
+cockatoo!_"--the last of which the poor Doctor, in his confusion, had
+mistaken for "_Chickabobboo! chickabobboo!_" He, however, kept a steady
+gait between the din of "_There! there!! there!!!_" and "_Cockatoo!_"
+that was behind him, and the inconceivable laughter of his party in the
+carriage, who now insisted on it (and almost made him believe), that
+his ugly face had been the sole cause of the alarm of the birds and
+monkeys since the Indians entered the ground.[19]
+
+  [19] The polite Doctor often spoke of his admiration of this
+       excellent lady and of her beautiful park, and expressed his
+       regrets also that the day they spent there was so short; for
+       while hunting for the ball which they had lost, it seemed he
+       had strolled alone into her beautiful _Conservatoire_, where
+       he said, "in just casting his eyes around, he thought there
+       were roots that they had not yet been able to find in this
+       country, and which they stood much in need of." He said "he
+       believed from what he had seen when he was looking for the
+       ball, though nobody had ever told him, that this lady was a
+       great root-doctor."
+
+This was theme enough, to ensure them a merry ride home, where they
+arrived in time, and in the very best of humour, for their accustomed
+evening amusements at the Hall; and after that, of taking their suppers
+and _chickabobboo_ in their own apartments, which resounded with songs
+and with encomiums on the kind lady and her _chickabobboo_, until they
+got to sleep.
+
+The next morning we had an appointment to visit the Surrey Zoological
+Gardens, and having the greatest curiosity to witness the mutual
+surprise there might be exhibited at the meeting of wild men and wild
+animals, I was one of the party. The interview, in order to avoid the
+annoyance of a crowd, had been arranged as a private one: we were,
+therefore, on the spot at an early hour; and as we were entering (the
+Doctor, with his jingling dress and red face, being in advance of the
+party, as he was sure to be in _entering_ any curious place, though
+the last to _leave_ if there were ladies behind), we were assailed
+with the most tremendous din of "_There! there!! there!!!" "Cockatoo!
+cockatoo!_" and "_God dam!_" and fluttering of wings of the poor
+affrighted parrots, that were pitching down from their perches in all
+directions. I thought it best that we should retreat a few moments,
+until Mr. Cross could arrange the front ranks of his aviary a little,
+which he did by moving back some of their outposts to let us pass. We
+had been shown into a little office in the meantime, where Mr. Melody
+had very prudently suggested that they had better discharge as many of
+their rattling gewgaws as possible, and try to carry into the ground as
+little of the frightful as they could. Amusing jokes were here heaped
+upon the Doctor for his extreme ugliness, which, as Jim told him,
+had terrified the poor birds almost to death. The Doctor bore it all
+patiently, however, and with a smile; and partially turned the laugh
+upon Jim with the big mouth, by replying that it was lucky for the
+gentleman owning the parrots that Jim did not enter first; for if he
+had, the poor man would have found them all dead, instead of being a
+little alarmed, as they then were.
+
+We were now entering upon the greatest field for the speculations and
+amusement (as well as astonishment) of the Indians that they were to
+meet in the great metropolis. My note-book was in my hand and my pencil
+constantly employed; and the notes that I then and in subsequent visits
+made, can be allowed very little space in this work. All were ready,
+and we followed Mr. Cross; the Indians, fourteen in number, with their
+red faces and red crests, marching in single file. The squalling of
+parrots and barking of dogs seemed to have announced to the whole
+neighbourhood that some extraordinary visitation was at hand; and when
+we were in front of the lions' cage, their tremendous bolts against
+its sides, and unusual roar, announced to the stupidest animal and
+reptile that an enemy was in the field. The terrible voice of the king
+of beasts was heard in every part, and echoed back in affrighted notes
+of a hundred kinds. Men as well as beasts were alarmed, for the men
+employed within the grounds were retreating, and at every turn they
+made amidst its bewildering mazes, they imagined a roaring lion was to
+spring upon their backs. The horrid roaring of the lions was answered
+by lions from another part of the garden. Hyenas and panthers hissed,
+wolves were howling, the Indians (catching the loved inspiration of
+nature's wildness) sounded their native war-whoop, the buffaloes
+bellowed, the wild geese stretched their necks and screamed; the deer,
+the elk, and the antelopes were trembling, the otters and beavers dived
+to the bottom of their pools, the monkeys were chattering from the tops
+of their wire cages, the bears were all at the summit of their poles,
+and the ducks and the geese whose wings were not cropped, were hoisting
+themselves out of their element into quieter regions.
+
+The whole establishment was thus in an instant "brushed up," and
+in their excitement, prepared to be seen to the greatest possible
+advantage; all upon their feet, and walking their cages to and fro,
+seemingly as impatient to see what they seemed to know was coming, as
+the visiting party was impatient to see them.
+
+I explained to the Indians that the lion was the king of beasts--and
+they threw tobacco before him as a sacrifice. The hyenas attracted
+their attention very much, and the leopards and tigers, of the nature
+of all of which I promised to give them some fuller account after we
+got home. They met the panther, which they instantly recognized, and
+the recognition would seem to have been mutual, from its evident alarm,
+evinced by its hissing and showing its teeth. _Jim_ called for the
+Doctor "to see his brother," the wolf. The Doctor's _totem_ or _arms_
+was the wolf--it was therefore _medicine_ to him. The Doctor advanced
+with a smile, and offering it his hand, with a smirk of recognition,
+he began, in a low and soft tone, to howl like a wolf. All were quiet
+a moment, when the poor animal was led away by the Doctor's "_distant
+howlings_," until it raised up its nose, with the most pitiable looks
+of imploration for its liberty, and joined him in the chorus. He turned
+to us with an exulting smile, but to his "poor imprisoned brother,"
+as he called it, with a tear in his eye, and a plug of tobacco in his
+hand, which he left by the side of its cage as a _peace-offering_.
+
+The ostrich (of which there was a noble specimen there) and the
+kangaroo excited the admiration and lively remarks of the Indians; but
+when they met the poor distressed and ragged prisoner, the buffalo
+from their own wild and free prairies, their spirits were overshadowed
+with an instant gloom; forebodings, perhaps, of their own approaching
+destiny. They sighed, and even wept, for this worn veteran, and walked
+on. With the bears they would have shaken hands, if they could have
+done it, "and embraced them too," said the Little-wolf, "for he had
+hugged many a one." They threw tobacco to the rattlesnake, which is
+_medicine_ with them, and not to be killed. The joker, _Jim_, made
+us white men take off our hats as we passed the beaver, for it was
+his relation; and as he had learned a little English, when he heard
+the ducks cry "quack," he pointed to them and told the Doctor to go
+there--he was called for.
+
+Thus rapid were the transitions from surprise to pity, and to mirth,
+as we passed along, and yet to wonder and astonishment, which had been
+reserved for the remotest and the last. Before the massive _elephant_
+little or nothing was said; all hands were over their mouths; their
+tobacco was forgotten, they walked quietly away, and all of us being
+seated under an arbour, to which we were conducted, our kind guide
+said to Jeffrey, "Tell the Indians that the immense arch they see now
+over their heads is made of the jaw-bones of a whale, and they may now
+imagine themselves and the whole party sitting in its mouth." "Well,
+now," said Jeffrey, "you don't say so?" "Yes, it's even so." "Well,
+I declare! why, the elephant would be a mere baby to it." Jeffrey
+explained it to the Indians, and having risen from their seats, and
+being satisfied, by feeling it, that it was actually bone, they wished
+to go home, and "see the rest at a future time." We were then near the
+gate, where we soon took our carriage, and returned to their quarters
+in St. James's Street.
+
+
+
+
+                              CHAPTER XXI.
+
+  Indians' remarks on the Zoological Gardens--Their pity for
+     the poor buffalo and other animals imprisoned--Jim's talk
+     with a clergyman about Hell and the hyænas--Indians' ideas
+     of astronomy--Jim and the Doctor hear of the hells of
+     London--Desire to go into them--Promised to go--Indians
+     counting the gin-palaces (_chickabobboo-ags_)in a ride to
+     Blackwall and back--The result--Exhibition in the Egyptian
+     Hall--A sudden excitement--The War-chief recognises in the
+     crowd his old friend "Bobasheela"--Their former lives on
+     the Mississippi and Missouri--Bobasheela an Englishman--His
+     travels in the "Far West" of America--Story of their first
+     acquaintance--The doomed wedding-party--Lieut. Pike--Daniel
+     Boone and Son--Indians visit a great brewery--Kind reception
+     by the proprietors--Great surprise of the Indians--Immense
+     quantities of _chickabobboo_--War-dance in an empty
+     vat--Daniel commences Jim's book of the statistics of
+     England--Indians visit the Tunnel--Visit to the Tower--The
+     Horse Armoury--The Royal Regalia--Indians' ideas of the crowns
+     and jewels--"_Totems_" (arms) on the fronts of noblemen's
+     houses--Royal arms over the shops--Strange notions of the
+     Doctor--They see the "man with the big nose" again--And the
+     "great white War-chief (the Duke of Wellington) on horseback,
+     near his wig-wam."
+
+
+Three or four of my particular friends had joined us in our visit
+to the Zoological Gardens this morning, and amongst them a reverend
+gentleman, whose professional character was not made known to the
+Indians. He kept close to Jeffrey and the Indians all the way, and
+his ears were open to the translation of everything they said. He was
+not only highly amused at their remarks, but told me he heard enough
+to convince him that lessons of morality, of devotion, and religion,
+as well as of philosophy, might be learned from those poor people,
+although they were the savages of the wilderness, and often despised
+as such. Mr. Melody and I accompanied them to their rooms, and as we
+came in when their dinner was coming up, we sat down and partook of
+it with them. The Indian's mode is to _eat exclusively_ while he eats,
+and to talk afterwards. We adhered to their rule on this occasion, and
+after the dinner was over, and a pipe was lit, there were remarks and
+comments enough ready, upon the strange things they had just seen.
+
+As usual, the first thing was, to have a laugh at the Doctor for having
+frightened the parrots; and then to reflect and to comment upon the
+cruelty of keeping all those poor and unoffending animals prisoners
+in such a place, merely to be looked at. They spoke of the doleful
+looks they all wore in their imprisoned cells, walking to and fro, and
+looking through the iron bars at every person who came along, as if
+they wished them to let them out. I was forcibly struck with the truth
+and fitness of their remarks, having never passed through a menagerie
+without coming out impressed, even to fatigue, with the sympathy I had
+felt for the distressed looks and actions of these poor creatures,
+imprisoned for life, for man's amusement only.
+
+Jim asked, "What have all those poor animals and birds done that they
+should be shut up to die? They never have murdered anybody--they have
+not been guilty of stealing, and they owe no money; why should they be
+kept so, and there to die?" He said it would afford him more pleasure
+to see one of them let loose and run away over the fields, than to see
+a hundred imprisoned as they were. The Doctor took up the gauntlet and
+reasoned the other way. He said they were altogether the happiest wild
+animals he ever saw; they were perfectly prevented from destroying each
+other, and had enough to eat as long as they lived, and plenty of white
+men to wait upon them. He did not see why they should not live as long
+there as anywhere else, and as happy. He admitted, however, that his
+heart was sad at the desolate look of the old buffalo bull, which he
+would like to have seen turned loose on the prairies.
+
+The Roman-nose said he heard one of the parrots say "God dam." "So he
+did," said Jim; "and who could say otherwise, when the Doctor poked his
+ugly face so suddenly in amongst them? They know how to speak English,
+and I don't wonder they say God dam."[20]
+
+  [20] No Indian language in America affords the power of swearing,
+       not being sufficiently rich and refined.
+
+I here diverted their attention from the jokes they were beginning
+upon the Doctor, by asking them how they liked the _chickabobboo_ they
+got in the gardens, which they recollected with great pleasure, and
+which they pronounced to have been very good. Mr. Cross had invited
+the whole party to a private view, and after showing us, with great
+politeness, what he had curious, invited us into one of his delightful
+little refreshment rooms, and treated all to cold chickens, pork pies,
+pastries, and champagne, which the Indians called _chickabobboo_; and
+as he did not know the meaning of the word, I related the story of it,
+which pleased him very much.
+
+The Doctor made some laugh, by saying that "he was going over there
+again in a few days, if he could find some strings long enough, to
+measure the elephant and the bones of the whale, as he had got the
+dimensions of the giant man." Jim told him "he had not got the measure
+of the _giant man_--he had only measured the _giant woman_, and
+getting scared, he only half measured her; and he was so much afraid
+of women, that he didn't believe he could ever take the measure of one
+of them correct, if a hundred should stand ever so still for him."
+The Doctor smiled, and looked at me as if to know if I was going to
+ask some question again. He was fortunately relieved at that moment,
+however, by Mr. Melody's question to Jim, "how he liked the looks of
+the hyenas, and whether he would like him to buy one to carry home
+with him?" Jim rolled over on to his back, and drew his knees up (the
+only position in which he could "think fast," as he expressed it;
+evidently a peculiarity with him, and a position, ungraceful as it
+was, which it was absolutely necessary for him to assume, if he was
+going to tell a story well, or to make a speech); and after thinking
+much more profoundly than it required to answer so simple a question,
+replied, "Very well, very well," and kept thinking on. The Little Wolf,
+who was lying by his side, asked him "what he was troubled about?--he
+seemed to be thinking very strong." Jim replied to this, that "he was
+thinking a great way, and he had to think hard." He said, that when he
+was looking at the hyenas, he said to Jeffrey that he thought they were
+the wickedest looking animals he ever saw, and that he believed they
+would go to hell; but that the gentleman who came to the garden with
+Mr. Melody[21] said to him, "No, my friend, none but the animals that
+laugh and cry can go to heaven or to hell." He said that this gentleman
+then wanted to know how he had heard of hell, and what idea he had of
+it. He said, he told Jeffrey to say to him that some white men (_black
+coats_) had told amongst his people, that there was such a place as
+hell, very low under the earth, where the wicked would all go, and for
+ever be in the fire. He said, the gentleman asked him if he believed
+it? and that he told him he thought there might be such a place for
+white people--he couldn't tell--but he didn't think the Indians would
+go to it. He said, the gentleman then asked him why he thought those
+poor ignorant animals the hyenas would go there? And he replied to him
+that _Chippehola_[22] said "the hyenas live by digging up the bodies of
+people after they are buried;" and he therefore thought they were as
+wicked as the white people, who also dig up the Indians' graves, and
+scatter their bones about, all along our country;[23] and he thought
+such white people would go to hell, and ought to go there. He said he
+also told the gentleman he had heard there were some hells under the
+city of London, and that he had been invited to go and see them: this,
+he said, made the gentleman laugh, and there was no more said: that he
+had begun to think that this gentleman was a _black coat_, but when he
+saw him laugh, he found out that he was not. "Just the time you were
+mistaken," said Mr. Melody; "for that gentleman _was_ a clergyman, and
+you have made a very great fool of yourself." "I will risk all that,"
+said Jim; "I have wanted all the time to make a speech to some of them,
+but the chiefs wouldn't let me."
+
+  [21] The reverend gentleman.
+
+  [22] Mr. Catlin.
+
+  [23] One of the most violent causes of the Indian's hatred of white
+       men is, that nearly every Indian grave is opened by them on
+       the frontier for their skulls or for the weapons and trinkets
+       buried with them.
+
+The pipe, during these conversations, was being handed around, and
+Jim's prolific mind, while he was "thinking fast" (as he had called
+it), was now running upon the elephant, and he was anxious to know
+where it came from. I told him it was from the opposite side of the
+globe: he could not understand me, and to be more explicit, I told him
+that the ground we stood upon was part of the surface of the earth,
+which was round like a ball, and many thousands of miles around; and
+that these huge animals came from the side exactly opposite to us. I
+never could exactly believe that Jim, at the moment, doubted my word;
+but in the richness of his imagination (particularly in his thinking
+position) he so clearly saw elephants walking underside of the globe,
+with their backs downwards, without falling, that he broke out into
+such a flood of laughter, that he was obliged to shut out his thoughts,
+and roll over upon his hands and knees until the spasms went gradually
+off. The rest of the group were as incredulous as Jim, but laughed less
+vehemently; and as it was not a time to lecture further on astronomy,
+I thought it best to omit it until a better opportunity: merely
+waiting for Jim's pencil sketch (and no doubt according to his first
+impression), which he was then drawing, with considerable tact; and
+with equal wit, proposed I should adopt as my "arms" or _totem_, the
+globe with an inverted elephant.
+
+Melody and I strolled off together, leaving the Indians in this
+amusing mood, while we were agreeing that they were a good-natured
+and well-disposed set of men, determining to take everything in the
+happiest way; and that they were well entitled to our protection, and
+our best energies to promote their welfare. We saw that they enjoyed
+every thing that we showed them, with a high relish; and in hopes that
+they might profit by it, and feel a stronger attachment to us, we
+resolved to spare no pains in showing them whatever we could, that they
+might wish to see, and which would be likely, in any way, to render
+them a benefit.
+
+The reader will have seen, by this time, that they were a close
+observing and an amusing set of fellows: and knowing also that at this
+time nearly all the curious sights of London were still before us, he
+will be prepared to meet the most exciting and amusing parts of this
+book as he reads on.
+
+We continued to give these curious and good fellows their daily drives
+in their bus, and by an hour spent in this way each day, for several
+months, they were enabled to form a tolerably correct idea of the
+general shapes and appearance of the city, and its modes, as seen in
+the streets. In these drives, as well as in institutions of various
+kinds, which they visited, they saw many curious things which amused
+them, and others which astonished them very much; but their private
+room was the place for their amusing debates, and remarks upon them,
+when they returned: and to that I generally repaired every night before
+they went to bed, to hear what they had to say and to think, of the
+sights they had seen during the day.
+
+_Chickabobboo_, though an Ojibbeway word, had now become a frequent and
+favourite theme with them, inasmuch as it was at this time an essential
+part of their dinners and suppers, and as, in all their drives about
+town, they were looking into the "gin palaces" which they were every
+moment passing, and at the pretty maids who were hopping about, and
+across the streets, in all directions, both night and day, with
+pitchers of ale in their hands. The elevated positions of the Doctor
+and Jim, as they were alongside of the driver of the bus, enabling
+them, in the narrow streets, to peep into the splendid interior of many
+of these, as they were brilliantly illumined, and generally gay with
+bonnets and ribbons, and imagining a great deal of happiness and fun
+to reign in them, they had several times ventured, very modestly, to
+suggest to me a wish to look into some of them--"not to drink," as they
+said, "for they could get enough to drink at home, but to see how they
+looked, and how the people acted there."
+
+I had told them that if they had the least curiosity, there should
+be no objection to their going with me on some proper occasion,
+when they again got on their frock coats and beaver hats; and also
+that if there were any other curious places they wished to see in
+London, Mr. Melody or I would take them there. Upon hearing this the
+big-mouthed and quizzical Jim at once took me at my word, and told me
+that "some gentleman with Daniel had been telling him and the Doctor
+that there were several '_hells_' under the city of London, and that
+they ought some time to go down and see them." He didn't think from
+what Daniel and that man said that they were hells of "fire," but he
+thought as Daniel had been to them, there could not be much danger,
+and he thought they would be very curious to see; he knew these were
+not the hells which the _black coats_ spoke of, for Daniel told him
+there were many beautiful ladies, and fine music, and _chickabobboo_
+there; that they did not wish to drink the _chickabobboo_, but merely
+to look and see, and then come away; and they had no objections to
+put on the black coats for that purpose; he said, in fact, that
+Daniel had invited them to go, and that Jeffrey had agreed to go with
+them. Jim had me thus "upon the hip" for this enterprise, and when I
+mentioned it to poor Melody, he smiled as he seemed to shrink from
+it, and said, "Ah, Catlin, that never will do: we are going to spoil
+these Indians, as sure as the world; there will be in a little time
+nothing but what they will want to see, and we shall have no peace of
+our lives with them. They have all gone now, and Daniel and Jeffrey
+with them, in their bus, all the way to Blackwall, merely to see how
+many _chickabobbooags_ (gin palaces) they can count in the way, going
+by one route and returning by another. Their minds are running on
+_chickabobboo_ and such things already, and they are in the midst of
+such a scene of gin-drinking and drunkenness as they see every day,
+that I am almost sorry we ever undertook to drive them out at all. I
+am daily more and more afraid that they will all become drunkards, in
+spite of all I can do, and I sometimes wish I had them safe home, where
+we started from. You have no idea what a charge I have on my hands,
+and the annoyance I have about the front of their apartments every
+night, from women who are beckoning them down from their windows to
+the door, and even into the passages and streets. They seem daily to
+be losing their respect for me, and I find it every day more and more
+difficult to control them." "And so you will continue to find it," said
+I, "unless privileges and freedom to a reasonable extent are granted
+to them, while they are strictly adhering to the solemn promises and
+restraints we have laid them under. These people have come here under
+your promises to show them everything you can, and to teach them
+how the civilized world live and act. They have reposed the highest
+confidence in you to take care of and protect them, and in return they
+have solemnly promised to conduct themselves properly and soberly; and
+as long as they adhere to that, you should not let them doubt your
+confidence in them, by fearing to show them some parts of the shades as
+well as the lights of civilization. They are here to learn the ways of
+civilization, and I should deem it wrong to deny them the privilege,
+if they ask for it, of seeing such parts of it as you and myself would
+go to see. I have been to see the 'hells of London' myself, and would
+much sooner take my son there, and there give him the most impressive
+lesson in morality, than forbid him to go, expressing to him my fears
+of his contamination. These people are like children in some respects,
+and they are men in others; and while I fully appreciate all your noble
+attachment to them, and your anxieties for them, with the knowledge I
+have gained of the Indian character, I feel assured that as they are
+brought here to be shown everything of civilization, to restrict them
+in seeing the parts of it they desire to see, will be to exhibit to
+them a want of confidence which would be apt to lead to worse and more
+injurious results before you get home with them. I should have been
+very far from mentioning such places to them, or the many other dens
+of iniquity which exist in the great city of London and the cities of
+our own country, and which I hope they may remain strangers to; but
+they having heard of the hells of London, and expressed a desire to see
+them, I should feel no hesitation in giving Jim and the Doctor a peep
+into them, instead of representing them (as the means of keeping them
+away from them) as being a much greater degradation of human nature
+than they actually are."
+
+Good, kind Melody looked so much distressed, that I finished my
+arguments here, and told him to "rest quite easy; there was a way by
+which we could get over it, and I not break my promise with Jim and
+the Doctor. That a friend of mine who had been into them recently and
+narrowly escaped with his life, would have a talk with them on the
+subject in a few days, and all would be right.[24] As for the joke
+they are on to-day, about the _gin-shops_, I don't see the least harm
+in it. They must have something to laugh at, and while they are getting
+their usual daily ride in the open air, they are passing one of the
+best comments that ever was made upon one of the greatest vices of the
+greatest city in the world."
+
+  [24] This unfortunate "friend of mine" called the next day, with a
+       handkerchief tied over one eye, and one arm in a sling; and
+       while we _happened_ to be talking of their intended visit to
+       some of the "hells," he took occasion to exclaim at once, "My
+       good fellows, let me advise you, go and see everything else in
+       London, but take especial care you don't go into any of those
+       infernal regions, and get served as I have been, or ten times
+       worse, for I was lucky that I didn't lose my life." "Then you
+       have seen them?" said I. "Seen them? yes, I _saw_, till I was
+       knocked down three or four times, and my pockets picked, after
+       I paid out to those infernal demons fifteen pounds; so I lost
+       about thirty pounds altogether, and have not been able to see
+       since. Nat B--n of New York was with me, and he got off much
+       worse than I did; he was carried home for dead and hasn't been
+       out of his room since. When I get a little better, my good
+       fellows, I will give you a long account of what we saw, and
+       I'll venture you never will want to risk your heads there."
+       My friend here left us, and Jim and the Doctor had evidently
+       changed their minds about going to see the "Hells of London."
+
+The simple old Doctor, in his curious cogitations amidst the din of
+civilised excitements, while he had been ogling the thousands of
+ladies and gin-palaces, and other curious things all together, from
+the pinnacle of his bus, had brought home one day in round numbers the
+total amount of _chickabobbooags_ that he had seen during the hour's
+drive on one morning. The enormous amount of these, when added up,
+seemed too great for the most credulous; and Jim, seeming to think that
+the Doctor had counted the ladies instead of the grog-shops, disputed
+the correctness of his report, which had led to the result that was
+being carried out to-day, by some pretty spirited betting between the
+Doctor, Jim, Daniel, and Jeffrey, as to the number of _gin palaces
+(chickabobbooags)_ they should pass on their way from St. James's
+Street to Blackwall (where they had curiosity to taste "white bait"),
+and back again by a different route, taking _Euston Station_ in their
+way as they returned. For this purpose it was arranged that the Doctor
+and Jim should take their customary seats with the driver; and _Roman
+Nose_ and the _Little Wolf_ inside of the bus, where there was less
+to attract their attention, should each take his side of the street,
+counting as they passed them, while the old War-chief should notch them
+on a stick which they had prepared for the purpose, having Daniel and
+Jeffrey by their sides to see that there was no mistake.
+
+The amusements of this gigantic undertaking were not to be even
+anticipated until they got back, nor its difficulties exactly
+appreciated until they appeared in the prosecution of the design. At
+starting off, the _Roman Nose_ and _Little Wolf_ took their positions
+on opposite seats, each one appropriating a pane of glass for his
+observations, and the old War-chief with his deal stick in one hand
+and a knife in the other; and in this way they were ready for, and
+commenced operations. Each one as he passed a gin-shop, called out
+"_chickabobbooag!_" and the old chief cut a notch. This at first seemed
+to be quite an easy thing, and even allowed the old man an occasional
+moment to look around and observe the direction in which they were
+going, while the two amusing chubs who were outside could pass an
+occasional remark or two upon the ladies as they were commencing to
+keep an oral account, to corroborate or correct the records that were
+making inside. As they gradually receded from the temperate region of
+St. James's (having by an ignorant oversight overlooked the numerous
+_club-houses_), their labours began to increase, and the old War-chief
+had to ply his knife with precision and quickness; the two companions
+outside stopped all further conversation, holding on to their fingers
+for tens, hundreds, &c. The word _chickabobbooag_ was now so rapidly
+repeated at times inside (and oftentimes by both parties at once),
+that the old chief found the greatest difficulty in keeping his record
+correct. The parties all kept at their posts, and attended strictly to
+their reckonings, until they arrived at Blackwall. They cast up none of
+their accounts there, but the old chief's record was full--there was
+no room for another notch. He procured another stick for the returning
+memorandums, and the route back, being much more prolific and much
+longer, filled each of the four corners of his new stick, and when it
+was full he set down the rest of his sum in black marks, with a pencil
+and paper which Daniel took from his pocket.
+
+The reckoning, when they got back, and their curious remarks upon the
+incidents of their ride, were altogether very amusing, and so numerous
+and discordant were their accounts, that there was no final decision
+agreed upon as to the bets.
+
+Their results were brought in thus:
+
+      War-chief               notches 446
+      Jim                        oral 432 doubtful 60
+      Doctor                     oral 754 doubtful  0
+                                     ----
+                              Average 544.
+
+What route they took I never was able to learn, but such were their
+accounts as they brought them in; and as it was ascertained that the
+Doctor had been adding to his account all the shops where he saw
+bottles in the windows, it was decided to be a reasonable calculation
+that he had brought into the account erroneously:
+
+      Apothecaries and confectioners--say                       300
+      Leaving the average of all together (which was no doubt
+      very near the thing) Chickabobbooags                      450
+
+So ended (after the half-hour's jokes they had about it) this novel
+enterprise, which had been carried out with great pains and much
+fatigue, and in which, it was suggested by them, and admitted by me,
+they had well earned a jug of _chickabobboo_.
+
+The settlement of this important affair was not calculated by any means
+to lessen the Doctor's curiosity in another respect, and which has been
+alluded to before--his desire to visit some of those places, to see
+the manner in which the _chickabobboo_ was made. I put him at rest on
+that subject, however, by telling him that there was none of it made
+at those shops where it was sold, but that I had procured an order to
+admit the whole party to one of the greatest breweries in the city,
+where the _chickabobboo_ was made, and that we were all to go the next
+day and see the manner in which it was done. This information seemed to
+give great pleasure to all, and to finish for the present the subject
+of _chickabobboo_.
+
+The night of this memorable day I had announced as the last night of
+the Indians at the Egyptian Hall, arrangements having been effected
+for their exhibitions to be made a few days in Vauxhall Gardens before
+leaving London for some of the provincial towns. This announcement, of
+course, brought a dense crowd into the Hall, and in it, as usual, the
+"jolly fat dame," and many of my old friends, to take their last gaze
+at the Indians.
+
+The amusements were proceeding this evening, as on former occasions,
+when a sudden excitement was raised in the following manner. In the
+midst of one of their noisy dances, the War-chief threw himself, with a
+violent jump and a yell of the shrill war-whoop, to the corner of the
+platform, where he landed on his feet in a half-crouching position,
+with his eyes, and one of his forefingers, fixed upon something that
+attracted his whole attention in a distant part of the crowd. The
+dance stopped--the eyes of all the Indians, and of course those of
+most of the crowd, were attracted to the same point; the eyes of the
+old War-chief were standing open, and in a full blaze upon the object
+before him, which nobody could well imagine, from his expression, to be
+anything less exciting than a huge panther, or a grizly bear, in the
+act of springing upon him. After staring awhile, and then shifting his
+weight upon the other leg, and taking a moment to wink, for the relief
+of his eyes, he resumed the intensity of his gaze upon the object
+before him in the crowd, and was indulging during a minute or two in a
+dead silence, for the events of twenty or thirty years to run through
+his mind, when he slowly straightened up to a more confident position,
+with his eyes relaxed, but still fixed upon their object, when, in an
+emphatic and ejaculatory tone, he pronounced the bewildering word of
+_Bobasheela!_ and repeated it, _Bobasheela?_ "Yes, I'm _Bobasheela_,
+my good old fellow! I knew your voice as soon as you spoke (though
+you don't understand English yet)." _Chee-au-mung-ta-wangish-kee,
+Bobasheela._ "My friends, will you allow me to move along towards
+that good old fellow? he knows me;" at which the old chief (not of a
+_hundred_, but) of _many_ battles, gave a yell, and a leap from the
+platform, and took his faithful friend _Bobasheela_ in his arms, and
+after a lapse of thirty years, had the pleasure of warming his cheek
+against that of one of his oldest and dearest friends--one whose heart,
+we have since found, had been tried and trusted, and as often requited,
+in the midst of the dense and distant wildernesses of the banks of
+the Mississippi and Missouri. Whilst this extraordinary interview was
+proceeding, all ideas of the dance were for the time lost sight
+of, and whilst these veterans were rapidly and mutually reciting the
+evidences of their bygone days of attachment, there came a simultaneous
+demand from all parts of the room, for an interpretation of their
+conversation, which I gave as far as I could understand it, and as far
+as it had then progressed, thus:--The old Sachem, in leading off his
+favourite war-dance, suddenly fixed his eye upon a face in the crowd,
+which he instantly recognized, and gazing upon it a moment, decided
+that it was the well-known face of an old friend, with whom he had
+spent many happy days of his early life on the banks of the Mississippi
+and Missouri rivers in America. The old chief, by appealing to this
+gentleman's familiar Indian cognomen of _Bobasheela_, brought out an
+instant proof of the correctness of his recognition; and as he held
+him by both hands, to make proof doubly strong, he made much merriment
+amongst the party of Indians, by asking him if he ever "floated down
+any part of the great Mississippi river in the night, astride of two
+huge logs of wood, with his legs hanging in the water?" To which
+_Bobasheela_ instantly replied in the affirmative. After which, and
+several _medicine_ phrases, and masonic grips and signs had passed
+between them, the dance was resumed, and the rest of the story, as
+well as other anecdotes of the lives of these extraordinary personages
+postponed to the proper time and place, when and where the reader will
+be sure to hear them.
+
+  [Illustration: N^o. 14.]
+
+The exhibition for the evening being over, Bobasheela was taken home
+with the Indians, to their lodgings, to smoke a pipe with them; and
+having had the curiosity to be of the party, I was enabled to gather
+the following further information. This _Bobasheela_ (Mr. J. H., a
+native of Cornwall) (Plate No. 14), who is now spending the latter part
+of a very independent bachelor's life amongst his friends in London,
+left his native country as long ago as the year 1805, and making his
+way, like many other bold adventurers, across the Alleghany Mountains
+in America, descended into the great and almost boundless valley of
+the Mississippi, in hopes by his indefatigable industry, and daring
+enterprise, to share in the products that must find their way from that
+fertile wilderness valley to the civilized world.
+
+In this arduous and most perilous pursuit, he repeatedly ascended and
+descended in his bark canoe--his pirogue or his Mackinaw boat, the
+Ohio, the Muskingham, the Cumberland, the Tennessee, the Arkansas,
+the Missouri, and Mississippi rivers; and amongst the thousand and
+one droll and amusing incidents of thirty years spent in such a sort
+of life, was the anecdote which the War-chief alluded to, in the
+unexpected meeting with his old friend in my exhibition-room, and which
+the two parties more fully related to me in this evening's interview.
+The good-natured Mr. H. told me that the tale was a true one, and the
+awkward predicament spoken of by the War-chief was one that he was
+actually placed in when his acquaintance first began with his good
+friend.
+
+Though the exhibition had kept us to a late hour, the greetings and
+pleasing reminiscences to be gone over by these two reclaimed friends,
+and (as they called themselves) "brothers" of the "Far West," over
+repeatedly charged pipes of k'nick k'neck, were pleasing, and held
+us to a most unreasonable hour at night. When the chief, amongst his
+rapid interrogations to Bobasheela, asked him if he had preserved his
+_she-she-quoin_, he gave instant relief to the mind of his friend,
+from which the lapse of time and changes of society had erased the
+recollection of the chief's familiar name, _She-she-quoi-me-gon_,
+by which his friend had christened him, from the circumstance of
+his having presented him a _she-she-quoin_(or mystery rattle), the
+customary badge bestowed when any one is initiated into the degree of
+"doctor" or "brother."
+
+From the forms and ceremonies which my good friend _Bobasheela_ had
+gone through, it seems (as his name indicates) that he stood in
+the relationship of brother to the chief; and although the chief's
+interrogations had produced him pleasure in one respect, one can easily
+imagine him much pained in another, inasmuch as he was obliged to
+acknowledge that his sacred badge, his _she-she-quoin_, had been lost
+many years since, by the sinking of one of his boats on the Cumberland
+river. For his standing in the tribe, such an event might have been
+of an irretrievable character; but for the renewed and continued good
+fellowship of his friend in this country, the accident proved to be one
+of little moment, as will be learned from various incidents recited in
+the following pages.
+
+In this first evening's interview over the pipe, my friend Mr. H., to
+the great amusement of the party of Indians, and of Daniel and the
+squaws, who had gathered around us, as well as several of my London
+friends, related the story of "floating down the Mississippi river on
+two logs of wood," &c., as follows:--
+
+  "This good old fellow and I formed our first acquaintance in a very
+  curious way, and when you hear me relate the manner of it, I am
+  quite sure you will know how to account for his recognizing me this
+  evening, and for the pleasure we have both felt at thus unexpectedly
+  meeting. In the year 1806 I happened to be on a visit to St. Louis,
+  and thence proceeded up the Missouri to the mouth of the 'Femme
+  Osage' to pay a visit to my old friend Daniel Boone, who had a short
+  time before left his farm in Kentucky and settled on the banks of
+  the Missouri, in the heart of an entire wilderness, to avoid the
+  constant annoyance of the neighbours who had flocked into the country
+  around him in Kentucky. The place for his future abode, which he
+  had selected, was in a rich and fertile country, and forty or fifty
+  miles from any white inhabitants, where he was determined to spend
+  the remainder of his days, believing that for the rest of his life
+  he would be no more annoyed by the familiarity of neighbours. I
+  spent several weeks very pleasantly with the old pioneer, who had
+  intentionally built his log cabin so small, with only one room and
+  one bed for himself and his wife, that even his best friends should
+  not break upon the sacred retirement of his house at night, but
+  having shared his hospitable board during the day were referred to
+  the cabin of his son, Nathan Boone, about four hundred yards distant,
+  where an extra room and an extra bed afforded them the means of
+  passing the night.
+
+  "The old hunter and his son were thus living very happily, and made
+  me comfortable and happy whilst I was with them. The anecdotes of his
+  extraordinary life, which were talked over for amusement during that
+  time, were enough to fill a volume. The venerable old man, whose long
+  and flowing locks were silvery white, was then in his 78th year, and
+  still he almost daily took down his trusty rifle from its hooks in
+  the morning, and in a little time would bring in a saddle of venison
+  for our breakfast, and thus he chiefly supported his affectionate
+  old lady and himself, and the few friends who found their way to his
+  solitary abode, without concern or care for the future. The stump of
+  a large cotton-wood tree, which had been cut down, was left standing
+  in the ground, and being cut square off on the top, and his cabin
+  being built around it, answered the purpose of a table in the centre
+  of his cabin, from which our meals were eaten. When I made my visit
+  to him, he had been living several years in this retired state and
+  been perfectly happy in the undisturbed solitude of the wilderness,
+  but told me several times that he was becoming very uneasy and
+  distressed, as he found that his days of peace were nearly over, as
+  two Yankee families had already found the way into the country, and
+  one of them had actually settled within nine miles of him.
+
+  "Having finished my visit to this veteran and his son, I mounted my
+  horse, and taking leave followed an Indian trail to the town of St.
+  Charles, some thirty or forty miles below, on the north banks of the
+  Missouri. I here visited some old friends with whom I had become
+  acquainted on the lower Mississippi in former years, and intending
+  to descend the river from that to St. Louis by a boat had sold my
+  horse when I arrived there. Before I was ready to embark, however,
+  an old friend of mine, Lieutenant Pike, who had just returned from
+  his exploring expedition to the Rocky Mountains, had passed up
+  from St. Louis to a small settlement formed on the east bank of
+  the Mississippi, and a few miles below the mouth of the Missouri,
+  to attend a wedding which was to take place on the very evening
+  that I had received the information of it, and like himself, being
+  intimately acquainted with the young man who was to be married, I
+  resolved to be present if possible, though I had had no invitation to
+  attend, it not being known to the parties that I was in that part of
+  the country. The spot where the wedding was to take place being on
+  the bank of the river, and on my route to St. Louis, I endeavoured
+  to procure a canoe for the purpose, but not being able to get such
+  a thing in St. Charles at that time for love or money, and still
+  resolved to be at the wedding, I succeeded in rolling a couple of
+  large logs into the stream, which laid upon the shore in front of
+  the village, and lashing them firmly together, took a paddle from
+  the first boat that I could meet, and seating myself astride of
+  the two logs I pushed off into the muddy current of the Missouri,
+  and was soon swept away out of sight of the town of St. Charles.
+  My embarkation was a little before sundown, and having fifteen or
+  twenty miles to float before I should be upon the waters of the
+  Mississippi, I was in the midst of my journey overtaken by night, and
+  had to navigate my floating logs as well as I could among the snags
+  and sandbars that fell in my way. I was lucky, however, in escaping
+  them all, though I sometimes grazed them as I passed, and within a
+  few inches of being hurled to destruction. I at length entered the
+  broad waters of the Mississippi, and a few miles below on the left
+  bank saw the light in the cabins in which the merry circle of my
+  friends were assembled, and with all my might was plying my paddle to
+  propel my two logs to the shore. In the midst of my hard struggle I
+  discovered several objects on my right and ahead of me, which seemed
+  to be rapidly approaching me, and I concluded that I was drifting
+  on to rocks or snags that were in a moment to destroy me. But in an
+  instant one of these supposed snags silently shot along by the side
+  of my logs, and being a canoe with four Indians in it, and all with
+  their bows and war-clubs drawn upon me, they gave the signal for
+  silence, as one of them, a tall, long-armed, and powerful man, seized
+  me by the collar. Having partially learned several of the languages
+  of the Indian tribes bordering on the Mississippi, I understood him
+  as he said in the Ioway language, 'Not a word! if you speak you die!'
+  At that moment a dozen or more canoes were all drawn close around my
+  two logs of wood, astride of which I sat, with my legs in the water
+  up to my knees. These canoes were all filled with warriors with
+  their weapons in their hands, and no women being with them, I saw
+  they were a war party, and preparing for some mischief. Finding that
+  I understood their language and could speak a few words with them,
+  the warrior who still held me by the collar made a sign to the other
+  canoes to fall back a little while he addressed me in a low voice.
+  'Do you know the white chief who is visiting his friends this night
+  on the bank yonder where we see the lights?' to which I replied 'Yes,
+  he is an old friend of mine.' 'Well,' said he, 'he dies to-night,
+  and all those wig-wams are to be laid in ashes. _Stet-e-no-ka_ was a
+  cousin of mine, and _Que-tun-ka_ was a good man, and a friend to the
+  white people. The pale faces hung them like two dogs by their necks,
+  and the life of your friend, the white warrior, pays the forfeit
+  this night, and many may be the women and children who will die by
+  his side!' I explained to him as well as I could that my friend,
+  Lieutenant Pike, had had no hand in the execution of the two Indians;
+  that they were hung below St. Louis when Lieutenant Pike was on his
+  way home from the Rocky Mountains. I told him also that Lieutenant
+  Pike was a great friend of the Indians, and would do anything to aid
+  or please them; that he had gone over the river that night to attend
+  the wedding of a friend, and little dreamed that amongst the Indians
+  he had any enemies who would raise their hands against him.
+
+  "'My friend,' said he, 'you have said enough: if you tell me that
+  your friend, or the friend or the enemy of any man, takes the hand
+  of a fair daughter on that ground to-night, an Ioway chief will not
+  offend the Great Spirit by raising the war-cry there. No Ioway can
+  spill the blood of an enemy on the ground where the hands and the
+  hearts of man and woman are joined together. This is the command of
+  the Great Spirit, and an Ioway warrior cannot break it. My friend,
+  these warriors you see around me with myself had sworn to kill the
+  first human being we met on our war excursion; we shall not harm
+  you, so you see that I give you your life. You will therefore keep
+  your lips shut, and we will return in peace to our village, which is
+  far up the river, and we shall hereafter meet our friends, the white
+  people, in the great city,[25] as we have heretofore done, and we
+  have many friends there. We shall do no harm to any one. My face is
+  now blackened, and the night is dark, therefore you cannot know me;
+  but this arrow you will keep--it matches with all the others in my
+  quiver, and by it you can always recognize me, but the meeting of
+  this night is not to be known.' He gave me the arrow, and with these
+  words turned his canoe, and joining his companions was in a moment
+  out of sight. My arrow being passed under my hat-band, and finding
+  that the current had by this time drifted me down a mile or two below
+  the place where I designed to land, and beyond the power of reaching
+  it with my two awkward logs of wood, I steered my course onward
+  toward St. Louis, rapidly gliding over the surface of the broad
+  river, and arrived safely at the shore in front of the town at a late
+  hour in the night, having drifted a distance of more than thirty-five
+  miles. My two logs were an ample price for a night's lodging, and
+  breakfast and dinner the next day; and I continued my voyage in a
+  Mackinaw boat on the same day to _Vide Pouche_, a small French town
+  about twenty miles below, where my business required my presence. The
+  wedding party proceeded undisturbed, and the danger they had been in
+  was never made known to them, as I promised the War-chief, who gave
+  me as the condition of my silence the solemn promise, that he would
+  never carry his feelings of revenge upon innocent persons any farther.
+
+  "Thus ends the story of 'floating down the Mississippi River on the
+  two logs of wood,' which the War-chief alluded to in the question he
+  put to me this evening. On a subsequent occasion, some two or three
+  years afterwards, while sitting in the office of Governor Clark, the
+  superintendent of Indian affairs in St. Louis, where he was holding
+  'a talk' with a party of Indians, a fine-looking fellow, of six
+  feet or more in stature, fixed his eyes intently upon me, and after
+  scanning me closely for a few moments, advanced, and seating himself
+  on the floor by the side of me, pronounced the word '_Bobasheela_,'
+  and asked me if ever I had received an arrow from the quiver of an
+  Indian warrior. The mutual recognition took place by my acknowledging
+  the fact, and a shake of the hand, and an amusing conversation about
+  the circumstances, and still the facts and the amusement all kept to
+  ourselves. This step led to the future familiarities of our lives
+  in the various places where the nature of my business led me into
+  his society, and gained for me the regular adoption as Bobasheela
+  (or Brother) and the badge (the _she-she-quoin_, or Mystery Rattle)
+  alluded to in the previous remarks, and which, it has been already
+  stated, was lost by the sinking of one of my boats on the Cumberland
+  River."
+
+  [25] St Louis.
+
+There was a burst of laughter and mirth amongst the squaws and others
+of us who had listened to this curious tale, and, as the reader will
+easily decide, a great deal of pleasure produced by its relation. The
+supper-table by this time was ready, and Bobasheela took a seat by the
+side of his old friend. The author was also in the humour, and joined
+them at their beef-steak and _chickabobboo_, and so did Mr. Melody
+and Daniel, and all who had joined in the merriment of the occasion
+of _Bobasheela's_ relation of the story of his going to the wedding
+astride of the two logs of wood. After the supper was over, and while
+the pipe was passing around, a number of other recitals of adventures
+in the "Far-West" continued the amusements of the evening to a late
+hour, when the author retired and left them to their own jokes and
+their night's rest.
+
+The next morning after this was an exciting and bustling one, as all
+were preparing, at an early hour, to visit the great brewery on that
+day, as had been promised; and on their way back to see the Thames
+Tunnel, and the treasures of the Tower of London. One will easily see
+that here was a gigantic day's work struck out, and that material
+enough was at hand for my note-book. _Bobasheela_ must be of this
+party, and therefore was not left behind: with all in (except the two
+bucks, who habitually went outside), the Indian bus, with four horses,
+was a travelling _music_ box as it passed rapidly through the streets;
+and the clouds of smoke issuing from it at times often spread the alarm
+that "she was all on fire within" as she went by. At the brewery, where
+they had been invited by the proprietors, servants in abundance were
+in readiness to turn upon their giant hinges the great gates, and pass
+the carriage into the court; and at the entrance to the grand fountain
+of _chickabobboo_ there were servants to receive them and announce
+their arrival, when they were met, and with the greatest politeness
+and kindness led by one of the proprietors, and an escort of ladies,
+through the vast labyrinths and mazes, through the immense halls and
+courts, and under and over the dry-land bridges and arches of this
+smoking, steeping, and steaming wonder of the world, as they were sure
+to call it when they got home. The vastness and completeness of this
+huge manufactory, or, in fact, village of manufactures, illustrated and
+explained in all its parts and all its mysterious modes of operation,
+formed a subject of amazement in our own as well as the Indians'
+minds--difficult to be described, and never to be forgotten.
+
+When the poor untutored Indians, from the soft and simple prairies of
+the Missouri, seated themselves upon a beam, and were looking into
+and contemplating the immensity of a smoking steeping-vat, containing
+more than 3000 barrels, and were told that there were 130 others of
+various dimensions in the establishment--that the whole edifice covered
+twelve acres of ground, and that there were necessarily constantly on
+hand in their cellars 232,000 barrels of ale, and also that this was
+only one of a great number of breweries in London, and that similar
+manufactories were in every town in the kingdom, though on a less
+scale, they began, almost for the first time since their arrival, to
+evince profound astonishment; and the fermentation in their minds,
+as to the consistency of white man's teachings of temperance and
+manufacturing and selling ale, seemed not less than that which was
+going on in the vast abyss below them. The pipe was lit and passed
+around while they were in this contemplative mood, and as their ears
+were open, they got, in the meantime, further information of the
+wonderful modes and operations of this vast machine; and also, in round
+numbers, read from a report by one of the proprietors, the quantity of
+ale consumed in the kingdom annually. Upon hearing this, which seemed
+to cap the climax of all their astonishment, they threw down the pipe,
+and leaping into an empty vat, suddenly dissipated the pain of their
+mental calculations by joining in the Medicine (_or Mystery_) Dance.
+Their yells and screaming echoing through the vast and vapouring halls,
+soon brought some hundreds of maltsmen, grinders, firers, mashers,
+ostlers, painters, coopers, &c., peeping through and amongst the
+blackened timbers and casks, and curling and hissing fumes, completing
+the scene as the richest model for the infernal regions.
+
+Every reader will paint (and _must_ paint) this picture for himself,
+imagining the steeping vapour everywhere rising in curling clouds
+of white towards the blackened walls, and timbers, and wheels, and
+stairways, and arches, and bridges, and casks, and from amongst and
+between all of these, the blackened faces and glaring eyeballs piercing
+through the steam, upon the unusual, and to them as yet unaccountable,
+_fermentation_ going on (to the admiration and amusement of those who
+were in the secret) in the empty vat!
+
+At the end of their dance, a foaming mug of the _delicious_ was passed
+around, enabling them more easily and lightly to comprehend the wonders
+of this mighty scene; and after they had finished their round, and seen
+its varied mysteries, a huge and delicious beefsteak, and foaming mugs
+of the _cream of chickabobboo_, prepared for them by the kind lady of
+one of the proprietors of the establishment, soon smoothed off all the
+edges of their astonishment; and after the war-dance and the war-whoop,
+given to please the ladies, they again passed under the huge arches and
+gateways, and took their omnibus for a visit to the _Tower_.
+
+The mood in which these good-natured fellows had left the brewery was a
+very merry one; they had got just ale enough for the present emergency,
+and seen an abundant and infallible source at the great fountain of
+_chickabobboo_ to ensure them a constant supply, and seemed, as they
+passed along the streets, to be pleased with everything they saw. They
+met the man again with the "big nose," and succeeded in stopping the
+bus to take a good look at his wonderful proboscis. As the bus stopped,
+he, like many others, came up to catch a glimpse of the red skins, and
+they all declared, on close examination, that his nose at least must
+have been begot by a potato; for, as the women had before said, they
+could distinctly see the sprouts, and Jim and the Doctor both insisted,
+that "if it were planted it would sprout and grow."
+
+They stopped the bus again to speak with some poor Lascars sweeping the
+streets; it was difficult to get any interpretation from them, though
+the Indians tried their own language on both sides, but in vain; they
+gave them fifteen shillings, and passed on.
+
+The Tower, from its outward appearance, did not seem to excite in them
+any extravagant expectation of what they were to see within its gloomy
+walls. They remarked, when going in, that "they were going to prison;"
+and they were of opinion, no doubt, that it consisted of little else,
+as they had as yet heard no other description of it than that it was
+the "_Tower of London_" and they were going to see it. Poor fellows!
+they guessed right; they knew not of the illustrious prisoners who had
+pined within its gloomy walls, nor of the blood that had been shed
+within and around it. They went to _see_, and had enough to engage
+all their thoughts and attention without referring to the events of
+history. We were kindly conducted through the different rooms, and most
+of its curiosities explained to us. The "small-arms room," containing
+200,000 muskets, had been burned. The "horse armoury" seemed to afford
+them much delight; the thousands of various spears and lances, they
+thought, presented some beautiful models for Indian warfare, and
+hunting the buffaloes. The _beheading block_, on which Lords Balmerino,
+Kilmarnock, and Lovat were beheaded in the Tower in 1746, attracted
+their attention, and the axe that severed the head of Anne Boleyn.
+
+In the _Regalia Room_, the crown of her Majesty and four other crowns,
+the sceptres and staffs, and orbs, swords of justice, swords of
+mercy, royal spurs, salts, baptismal fonts, &c., in massive gold and
+brilliant stones, seemed rather to disappoint than to astonish them;
+and to us, who knew better than they did the meaning and value of these
+magnificent treasures, there seemed a striking incongruity in the
+public exhibition of them in so confined and humble an apartment.
+
+The _Thames Tunnel_ was our next object, and a drive of a quarter of an
+hour brought us to the dismal neighbourhood of its entrance. Paying our
+fees, and descending some hundred or more steps by a spiral staircase,
+we were ready to enter the tunnel. Walking through its gloomy halls,
+and spending a few shillings for toys protruded under our faces at
+every rod we advanced, by young women sitting at their little stalls
+under each of its arches, we at length ascended an equal number of
+steps, and came to the light of day on the opposite side of the Thames;
+and in the midst of one of the most unintelligible, forlorn, and
+forsaken districts of London or the world, we waited half an hour or
+more for our omnibus to make its circuit across the bridge and take us
+up. We sauntered and loitered our way through, and as long as we were
+passing this monster speculation of the world, we met, to the best of
+our recollection, but four or five persons passing through, who had
+paid their penny a-head for the privilege.
+
+While waiting for the bus, some "on-the-spot" remarks were made by the
+Indians, which I thought had some sound sense in them. They thought it
+must have cost a great deal of money, and believed it was too far out
+of London ever to pay; and they did not see that it was any curiosity
+for them, as they had passed through several on the railway ten times
+as long. They did not think, however, that it need be time and money
+thrown away, as "they thought it might make a first-rate place to twist
+ropes." These and other remarks they were making about the great tunnel
+as we were jogging along towards home, and evidently somewhat surprised
+that we should have excited their curiosity so high about it.
+
+On our return, after this fatiguing day's work was finished, their
+dinner was ready; and after that their pipe was smoked, a nap taken,
+and then their accustomed amusements in the Egyptian Hall. Their supper
+was the next thing, and with it their mug of _chickabobboo_, then their
+pipe, passing around as they all reclined on their buffalo robes on the
+floor, and then began the gossip about the sights they had seen and
+incidents they had witnessed during the day.
+
+This extraordinary day's rambling had taken them across more bridges
+and through a greater number of crooked and narrow streets than they
+had passed on any former occasion, which brought the Doctor to one of
+the first and shrewdest remarks of the evening. He said "he thought
+from all that he had seen, sitting on top of the bus all day, that the
+English people had the best way in the world for crossing rivers, but
+he thought their _paths_ were many of them too narrow and much too
+crooked."
+
+"The poor people, and those who seemed to be drunk, were much more
+numerous than they had seen them in any other of their drives;" and
+they were counting the money left in their pouches to see how much they
+had thrown out to the poor. They soon agreed that "they had given away
+something more than thirty shillings, which they thought would do a
+great deal of good, and the Great Spirit would reward them for it."
+
+The _Doctor_ and _Jim_, the everlasting cronies, on the outside, were
+comparing their estimates of the numbers they had counted of the
+"_Kon-to-too-ags_ (fighters with one horn)[26] that they had seen over
+the doors and shops as they had passed along, which they had been
+looking at every day since they came to London, but had never yet been
+able quite to learn the meaning of," and also "the _totems_ (arms, as
+they supposed) of great chiefs, so beautifully painted and put out
+between their chamber windows."
+
+  [26] The Royal Arms (the Lion and the Unicorn).
+
+The Doctor said "he believed the white people had got this custom from
+the Indians, as it was the habit of the great chiefs and warriors to
+put their '_totems_' over their wig-wam doors, but when they did so,
+they always put out scalps on certain days, to show what they had
+done. He had watched these totems in London as he had been riding, in
+all sorts of weather, and as he had seen no scalps or anything hung
+out by the side of them, he couldn't exactly see how all these people
+were entitled to them; still, it might all be right." Daniel put
+the Doctor's inquiries all at rest on the subject of totems and the
+"one-horn fighters," by telling him that if he would wait a little
+until Mr. Catlin and Mr. Melody had gone, he would give him the whole
+history of white men's totems, how they got them and the use they made
+of them; and he would also tell him all about the "Lion and the Unicorn
+fighting for the Crown," &c.
+
+The Doctor here made some comments on the great white war-chief (the
+Duke of Wellington) who had been pointed out to them on horseback as
+they passed him in the street, and his wig-wam was also shown to them
+(_i.e._ to the Doctor and Jim as they sat outside with the driver). He
+was disposed to learn something more of him, and Daniel silenced him by
+saying, "Let that alone too for awhile, and I will tell you all about
+him."
+
+Daniel and Jim I found at this time very busily engaged in a corner
+of the room, with a candle on the floor; whilst Daniel was entering
+in a little book the astonishing estimates given us at the brewery,
+of the quantity of ale on hand, the size and number of the vats, and
+the almost incredible quantity consumed in the kingdom each year.
+Jim, as I have before said, was the only one of the party who seemed
+ambitious to civilize; and as he was daily labouring to learn something
+of the English language, he had this day conceived the importance of
+instituting a little book of entries in which he could carry home, to
+enlighten his people, something like a brief statistical account of
+the marvellous things he was seeing, and was to see, amongst the white
+people.
+
+Daniel had at this moment finished entering into it the estimates of
+the brewery and _chickabobboo_, which had opened their eyes wider,
+perhaps, than anything else they had seen; and he had very wisely left
+a few blank pages in the beginning of the book for other retrospective
+notes and estimates of things they had already seen since the day
+they left home. Jim's Journal was thus established, and he was, with
+Daniel's aid, to become a sort of historian to the party; and as the
+sequel will show, he became stimulated thereby to greater exertions
+to see and to understand what was curious and interesting, and to get
+estimates of the beauties and blessings of civilization to carry home.
+He laboured from that moment indefatigably, not to write or to read,
+but to speak; and made rapid progress, as will be seen hereafter,
+having known, as he said, but two English sentences when he came to
+England, which were, "How do do?" and "God dam."
+
+
+
+
+                             CHAPTER XXII.
+
+  The Ioways in Vauxhall Gardens--Surrey Theatre--Carter in
+     the lions' cage--Astonishment of the Indians--Indians in
+     the Diving Bell, at the Polytechnic Institution--Indians
+     riding--Shooting at target on horseback--Ball-play--"Jolly
+     fat dame"--Ladies converse with the Doctor--His reasons for
+     not marrying--Curious questions--Plurality of wives--Amusing
+     scene--The Author in Indian costume--A cruel experiment--Ioways
+     arrive in Birmingham--The Author's arrival there--Society of
+     Friends--Indians all breakfast with Mr. Joseph Sturge--Kind
+     treatment--Conversation after breakfast about religion and
+     education--Reply of the War-chief--The button-factory of Turner
+     and Sons--Generous presents to the Indians--_Bobasheela_
+     arrives--Indians dividing their buttons--Doctor found
+     on top of the Shakespeare Buildings--Indians' kindness
+     to a beggar-woman--Poor-houses--Many Friends visit the
+     Indians--Indians' visit to Miss Catherine Hutton--Her
+     great age--Her kindness--Dinner--Her presents to them in
+     money--Parting scene--The War-chief's speech to her--Her
+     letters to the Author--Indians present to the two hospitals 370
+     dollars--Address read by the Presidents to the Indians--Doctor's
+     reply--Indians start for York--A fox-hunt--Curious notions
+     of Indians about it--Visit to York Minster--Ascend the grand
+     tower--Visit to the castle and prison--Museum of the instruments
+     of murder--Alarm of the Doctor--Kindness of the governor of the
+     castle and his lady--Indians' ideas of imprisonment for debt,
+     and punishment for murder.
+
+
+The scene of the Indians' amusements was now changed from the Egyptian
+Hall to the open air in Vauxhall Gardens, and their dances and other
+exercises were given in the afternoon. Their lodgings were also changed
+at the same time to the buildings within the enclosure of the gardens.
+This arrangement was one of very great pleasure to the Indians, as it
+allowed a free space to exercise in during their leisure hours, amongst
+trees and shrubbery, affording them almost a complete resumption of
+Indian life in the wilderness, as they had the uninterrupted range
+of the gardens during the hours that the public were not there to
+witness their amusements. This arrangement was pleasing to them in
+another respect, and to us also, as there were many things they were
+yet anxious to see in London, and which, as they could only be seen at
+night, our former arrangements had entirely precluded them from seeing.
+Under these new arrangements they still had their omnibus drives,
+and at night attended the parties of numerous friends who had been
+desirous to show them some attentions, and also were taken to several
+instructive exhibitions, and to two or three of the principal theatres.
+
+We were then in the vicinity of the Surrey Theatre, where Mr. Carter,
+"the lion-tamer," invited them several times to witness his wonderful
+feat of going into the lion's cage. This scene was one of the most
+impressive and exciting nature to them, and will probably be as long
+recollected by them as the wonders opened to their minds at the
+_fountain of chickabobboo_.
+
+The Polytechnic Institution was one I took great pleasure in
+accompanying them to; and a scene of much amusement for a numerous
+audience as well as amusing and astonishing to themselves, was that
+of their descending in the diving-bell. They were at first afraid of
+it, but after the Doctor had made a descent with me, and come out
+unhurt and unwet, several others went down with Mr. Melody, others with
+Jeffrey--the old War-chief with his old friend _Bobasheela_, and so
+on, until every one of the party, men, women, and children, went down
+and experienced the curious sensation of that (to them) greatest of
+_medicine affairs_.
+
+In Vauxhall Gardens the Indians erected their four wig-wams of buffalo
+hides, and in darting into and about them during their various games
+and amusements, whilst the blue smoke was curling out of their tops,
+presented one of the most complete and perfect illustrations of an
+Indian encampment that could possibly have been designed. It was _the
+thing itself_, and the very men, women, and children living and acting
+on a similar green turf, as they do on the prairies of the Missouri.
+
+In the amusements as there given, there was an addition to those which
+had been made in _Lord's Cricket-ground_ some weeks before, having in
+Vauxhall brought horses in to add, with equestrian exercises, to the
+completion of all the modes practised by this tribe. The Ioways, like
+most of the Indians of the prairies of America, subsist upon the food
+of the buffalo, and kill them from their horses' backs, with their bows
+and arrows, while running at full speed. In the same manner they meet
+their enemies in battle, in which they carry their shield and lance.
+Thus fully equipped, with their own native shields and lances, and
+bows, and even the saddles and trappings for their horses, they all
+mounted upon their backs, in the midst of their amusements, and dashing
+off at full speed, illustrated their modes of drawing the bow as they
+drove their arrows into the target, or made their warlike feints at it
+with their long lances as they passed.
+
+This formed the most attractive part of their exhibition, and thousands
+flocked there to witness their powers of horsemanship and skill in
+prairie warfare. This exciting exhibition which pleased the visitors, I
+could have wished might have been less fatiguing, and even dangerous,
+to the limbs of the Indians than it actually was from the awkwardness
+and perverseness and fright of the horses, not trained to Indian modes.
+With all these difficulties to contend with, however, they played
+their parts cheerfully and well, and the spectators seemed highly
+pleased. Amidst the throngs who visited them here, we could discover
+most of their old standard friends and admirers, who came to see them
+on horseback, and in the beautiful game of ball, in the open grounds
+of Vauxhall, where they could more easily approach and converse with
+them; and amongst such, the "jolly fat dame" was present, and more
+pleased than ever, when she could catch the Doctor's smile as he passed
+by her at full speed, and raising his shield of buffalo's hide upon
+his arm, he darted his long lance in feints at her breast, and sounded
+the piercing war-cry. The vanity of the Doctor was so well suited in
+this mode of the exhibition, where he could dash by ranks and files,
+and even phalanxes of ladies, with the endless flourishes of his shield
+and lance, that he soon began to exhibit convincing evidences that
+his ambition and his vanity were too much for his bodily resources,
+which it became necessary to replenish occasionally by refusing him
+his horse, on which occasions he made good use of his time, by placing
+himself, wrapped in his robe, with his fan in his hand, by the side
+of the ladies, with whom he could exchange by this time a few words,
+and many significant looks and gestures, which never failed to amuse,
+and seldom failed to operate upon their generous feelings, which were
+constantly adding to the contents of his tobacco pouch, which was
+now known to be a reservoir for money and trinkets of various kinds,
+instead of tobacco.
+
+I happened to be by the side of the Doctor on one of these occasions,
+when I became so much amused with the questions and answers, that I
+immediately after retired and committed them to my note book. A number
+of jolly fat dames, of middle and knowing age, had drawn themselves
+around the Doctor, and looking over their shoulders and under their
+arms, a number of delicate and coy little girls. And having called
+Jeffrey to translate, they were enabled to get the gist of all he
+said, without loss from modesty or evasion, which seemed to be exactly
+what they most desired. His friend Jim having seen him thus enveloped,
+turned _his_ horse loose and came to his aid (or countenance), and as
+the old man hesitated, Jim gave him the nod and the wink to be plain
+in his replies. They had first asked him if he was married? to which
+he replied "No." They then asked him why he did not get him a wife? he
+said "He had always been very particular about giving offence to the
+women, and he had feared that if he selected one in preference to the
+others, that the others would all be offended." This queer reply raised
+a great laugh amongst the crowd, and encouraged the Doctor to go on.
+Some one of the ladies then told him she feared he did not admire the
+ladies enough? he said, "he had always believed that the reason he did
+not get married was, that he admired them too much; he saw so many that
+he wanted, that he had never decided which to take, and so had taken
+none." Melody came up at this time, and seemed a little vexed, and
+said, "Catlin, you had better call that old fool away, those people
+will spoil him, he is quite vain enough now." "Oh, no," said I, "let
+him alone, he is gratifying the ladies, and we shall see, in a few
+moments, which is the fool, he or the ladies who are questioning him."
+Melody smiled, and looked on.
+
+"I have been told," said one of the ladies, "that some of the Indians
+have a number of wives: is that so?"
+
+"Yes," the Doctor replied in English, "sometimes have a heap." (The
+ladies all laughed.) Two or three inquired what a "_heap_" was? Jeffrey
+said, "Why, ma'am, it is what in our country means a '_lot_:' you know
+what they call a '_lot_' here?" "Oh, yes! it means a great many." "Yes,
+a number." "Well, tell the Doctor I want to know what they do with so
+many?"
+
+Here the poor Doctor was quite at a loss to know what to say; one thing
+he was sure to do--he smiled--and it seemed as if he wished that to
+go for an answer: and it might have done so with most of her sex, but
+in this instance it was not quite satisfactory, and the question was
+again put: to which the big-mouthed Jim, who I said had come to the
+relief of his friend, and who had a wife of his own, put in an instant
+reply, which relieved the Doctor, and seemed very much to embarrass the
+lady, for she instantly added, (as all were bursting with laughter,)
+"That isn't what I mean: I want to know how a chief can get along with
+so many, how he can manage them all, and keep them in good humour and
+satisfied; for," said she, "in this country, one is quite as much as a
+man can manage."
+
+This seemed to afford the Doctor a little relief, and he was evidently
+able to go on again, as he smilingly said, "It was quite easy, as
+Indian women were much more peaceable and quiet than white women,
+it was much more easy he thought to manage them; they drank no
+_chickabobboo_, and therefore did not require so much watching as white
+women."
+
+The lady seemed quite balked in the debate she was about entering on
+with the Doctor, from her ignorance of the meaning of _chickabobboo_,
+and asked for an explanation of it, as if for all the company about; to
+which Jim put in (again in plain English), "Gin!" "Oh! Doctor," said
+she, "I hope you don't accuse the ladies of London of drinking gin?"
+The Doctor replied, that "he had not seen them do it, but that he had
+been told that they did, and that it was the reason why the ladies here
+grew so large and so fat." He said, "that they could always look out of
+the windows, where he lived, and just before going to bed they could
+see any night a hundred women going home with pitchers full of it,
+to drink after they got into bed, so as to sleep sound: and that one
+night, coming home in their carriage at a late hour, from a distance,
+where they had been to see a show, he and Jim had counted more than
+three hundred women running along in the street, with pitchers filled
+with it in their hands, to drink as they were going to bed."
+
+The lady's explanation of this, that "It was only harmless ale that
+these women were carrying in for their masters and mistresses," excited
+the Doctor's smiles, but no reply.
+
+She seemed not satisfied yet about the first subject that she had
+started, and reverting to it again, said, "Well, Doctor, I can't excuse
+the Indians for having so many wives. I like the Indians very much, but
+I don't like that custom they have; I think it is very cruel and very
+wicked. Don't you think it is wrong?"
+
+The Doctor studied a moment, and replied, "that it might be wrong, but
+if it was, he didn't see that it was any worse than for white women
+to have a number of husbands." "But what, Doctor, what do you mean? I
+hope you have not so bad an opinion of white women as that?" To this
+he very coolly replied, "that when they drank a great deal of gin, he
+believed, from what he had seen in his practice, that a woman would
+require more than one husband; and that since he had been in London
+he had seen many walking in the streets, and some riding in fine
+carriages, whom he thought, from their looks, must have more than one
+husband: and from what he had been told, he believed that many women in
+London had a _heap_!" "That's a _lot_!" (cried out a very pretty little
+girl, who had been listening, and, frightened at her own unintentional
+interpretation, started to run.)
+
+"Come, come, Catlin," said Melody, "pull the old fellow out, and take
+him away;" and so the debate ended, amidst a roar of laughter from all
+sides.
+
+One more of the hundred little reminiscences of Vauxhall, and we will
+leave it. I have already said, that in the spacious apartments of
+Vauxhall, unoccupied, the Indians were quartered, and took their meals;
+and during the forepart of the day, between their breakfast and the
+hour of their afternoon exhibitions, their time was mostly spent in
+strolling around the grounds, or at their varied amusements. Many of
+my personal friends finding this a pleasing opportunity to see them,
+were in the habit of coming in, and amusing themselves with them. I
+had accidentally heard of a party of ladies preparing to come on a
+certain morning, some of them my esteemed friends, and others strangers
+to me: and from a wish to get relieved from a fatiguing conversation,
+as well as from a still stronger desire for amusement, I selected
+from my wardrobe a very splendid dress, head-gear and all complete,
+and fully arranged myself in Indian costume, "cap-à-pied," with face
+fully painted, and weapons in hand; and at the hour of their arrival
+in the house, took care to be strolling about in the grounds with
+Wash-ka-mon-ya (Jim). Whilst the ladies were amused with the party in
+the house, where there were constant inquiries for me, two of them
+observing us two beaus sauntering about in the garden, came out to keep
+us company, and to talk to us, and with themselves, in the English
+language, which of course we Indians knew nothing of: when we shook
+our heads to their inquiries, "Do you speak English, good Indians?" I
+saw they did not recognize me, yet I trembled for fear, for they were
+lovely women, and every sentence almost which they uttered would have
+made the discovery more cruel: we held ourselves dignified and dumb;
+whilst they, poor things, were so much regretting that we could not
+understand what they said. They finished their visit to us and their
+remarks, and returned, leaving me to regret my folly upon which I had
+thoughtlessly entered.
+
+Several weeks were spent in their daily exhibitions in Vauxhall, and,
+as one can easily imagine, much to the satisfaction of the Indians,
+and, I believe, much to the amusement of the visitors who came to see
+them. Within the last week of their exhibition I admitted from charity
+schools 32,000 children, with their teachers, free of charge; to all of
+whom I gave instructive lectures on the position of the tribe, their
+condition, their customs and character: and explained also the modes,
+which were acted out by 14 living Indians before their eyes; and but
+one of these schools ever communicated with me after, to thank me for
+the amusement or instruction; which might not have been a _curious
+omission_, but I thought it _was_, at the time.
+
+With the amusements at Vauxhall ended my career in London; and
+contemplating a tour to several of the provincial towns, in company
+with the Indians, I took my little family to Brighton, and having
+left them comfortably situated and provided for, I joined the party
+in Birmingham, where they had arrived and taken lodgings. The idea
+of moving about pleased the Indians very much, and I found them all
+in high spirits when I arrived, delighted to have found that the
+_chickabobboo_ was the same there as in London, and was likely to
+continue much the same in all parts of the kingdom to which they should
+go. There was an unfortunate offset to this pleasing intelligence,
+however, which seemed to annoy them very much, and of which they were
+making bitter complaint. On leaving London for the country, they had
+spent some days, and exercised all their ingenuity, in endeavouring
+to clean their beautiful skin dresses, which the soot of London had
+sadly metamorphosed; and on arriving in Birmingham they had the extreme
+mortification to anticipate, from appearances, an equal destruction of
+that soft and white surface which they give to their skin dresses, and
+which (though it had been entirely lost sight of during the latter part
+of their stay in London) had, with great pains, been partially restored
+for a more pleasing appearance in the country.
+
+Though I had several times passed through Birmingham, and on one
+occasion stopped there a day or two, I entered this time a total
+stranger, and in rather a strange and amusing manner. On my journey
+there by the railway, I had fallen in company and conversation with a
+very amusing man, who told me he was a commercial traveller, and we had
+had so much amusing chat together, that when we arrived, at a late hour
+at night, I was quite happy to follow his advice as to the quarters we
+were to take up in the town, at least for the night. He said it was
+so late that the hotels would be closed, and that the commercial inn,
+where he was going, was the only place open, and I should find there
+everything to make me comfortable, and a very nice sort of people. We
+took an omnibus for town, and as there was only room for one inside, he
+got upon the top, and so we went off; and getting, as I supposed, into
+or near the middle of the town, the bus stopped at a "commercial inn,"
+which was open, and lighted up in front, and a number of passengers
+getting out, and others down from the top, I was seeing to get my
+luggage in safe, and the omnibus drove off with my jolly companion
+still on the top; or this I presumed, as he was not left behind. My
+only alternative now was, to make the best of it, and be as comfortable
+as I could; so I got into the "commercial room," and having been told
+that I should have a bed, I felt quite easy, and told the plump, tidy
+little landlady, who was waiting upon me herself, that I would have
+a mug of ale and a biscuit, and then be ready to go to bed. As she
+turned round to execute my command, she met a party consisting of three
+young women, and a man leading one of them on his arm, and in his hands
+carrying three or four carpet-bags and band-boxes, just got down from
+the same bus, and entering the inn on the same errand that I was on.
+" Madam," said he, "what have you?"--"Hevery-think, sir, that you can
+wish." "Well, one thing we must have, that is, two beds."--"They are
+ready, sir." "Well, ladies," said he, "suppose we take a drop of wet."
+This agreed to, the "wet" was brought in in a moment, and also my mug
+of ale.
+
+A very genteel-looking little man whom I had seen in the same carriage
+with me, and now sitting in the room before me, with his carpet-bag
+by the side of him, and his umbrella in his hand, addressed me,
+"Stranger, you'll allow me."--"Certainly, sir." "I think I heard you
+tell a gentleman in the carriage that you were from New York."--"Yes,
+I did so." "_I'm_ from there. I left there four months ago, and I've
+gone ahead, or I'll be shot. How long have _you_ bin from there,
+sir?"--"About five years." "Hell! there's been great fixins there in
+that time; you'd scarcely know New York now; look here, isn't this the
+darndest strange country you ever saw in your life? rot 'em, I can't
+get 'em to do anything as I want it done; they are the greatest set of
+numskulls I ever saw; now see, that little snub of a petticoat that's
+just gone out there, I suppose she is cock of the walk here too; she's
+been all civility to you, but I've had a hell of a blow up with her;
+I was in here not five minutes before you by the watch, and I spoke
+for a bed and a mug of ale; she brought me the ale, and I told her to
+bring me a tumbler and a cracker, and she turned upon me in a hell of a
+flare-up. She said she was very much obliged to me for my himpudence,
+she didn't allow crackers in her house, and as for 'tumblers,' they
+were characters she never had anything to do with, thank God; they
+were a low set of creatures, and they never got any favour about her
+house. She wanted to know what quarter I came from. I told her I wasn't
+from _any quarter_, I was from _half_--half the globe, by God, and the
+better half too--wasn't I right, stranger? She said her house was a
+hinn, to be sure, but she didn't hentertain blackguards, so there was
+my hale, and I might drink it hup and be hoff, and be anged, and then
+she cut her string quicker than lightning; now isn't she a hard un? I
+don't suppose there is another house open in this darned outlandish
+place at this time of the night; what the devil shall I do? _you_ are
+fixed snug enough." "Oh, well, never mind," said I, "be quite easy, it
+is settled in a moment,"--as I rung the bell. The tidy little landlady
+came in again, and I said, "This gentleman will have a glass if you
+please, and a biscuit."--"Hif he was a gentleman, Sir," said she,
+"but I assure you, Sir, is beaviour as'nt been much like it." "Well,
+well," said I, "never mind it now, you will be good friends after a
+little better understanding--he comes from a country where a glass
+is a _tumbler_ and a biscuit is a _cracker_: now, if you had known
+this, there would have been no difficulty between you." "Ho, that I
+hadmit, but it's very hodd." "Never mind that, you will find him a good
+fellow, and give him his bed." "Is bed, Sir?--hit's too late; it's been
+hoccupied hever since you entered the ouse--the only chance his for you
+and im to turn hin." "Well," said I, "never mind, he and I will manage
+that; it is after midnight, and I suppose the other houses are all
+shut?" "I'll hanswer for that: hif you are ready, gentlemen, I'll show
+you hup." My friend kept by my side, but knowing the gloomy fate that
+awaited him if he got into the street again, he kept entirely quiet
+until the little landlady was down stairs. "There," said he, "isn't she
+a roarer? I could have settled the hash with her myself in a twinkling,
+if she had only let me have said five words, but her tongue run so
+slick that I couldn't get the half of a word in edgewise."
+
+My new acquaintance and I talked a little more before we "turned in,"
+but much more after we had got into bed. He could command words and
+ideas fast enough when he was on his feet; but I found in him something
+of Jim's peculiarity, that he thought much faster and stronger when
+on his back; and for half an hour or so I reaped the benefit of the
+improvement. How long I heard him, and how much he actually said, I
+never could tell exactly; but what he said before I went to sleep I
+always distinctly recollected, and a mere sentence or two of it was
+as follows:--"Well, stranger, here we are: this is droll, ain't it?
+'hodd,' as the landlady would call it. I'd a been in the streets
+to-night as sure as catgut if it hadn't been for you. God knows I am
+obliged to you. Youv'e got a sort o' way o' gettin' along ur' these
+ere darned, ignorant, stupid sort o' beings. I can't do it: dod rot
+'em! they put me out at every step; they are so eternally ignorant;
+did you ever see the like? I suppose you are going to stop awhile in
+Birmingham?" "A few days." "_I_ shall be here a week, and be bright
+and early enough to get into a decenter house than this is, and be
+glad to join you. I was told in London that the Ioway Indians went on
+here yesterday. I'm damned anxious to meet them: you've seen them, I
+suppose?" "Yes, I saw them in London." "Well, _I_ did not; I was just
+too late; but I must go and look 'em up to-morrow: they know me." "Then
+you have seen them'?" "Oh, dam 'em, yes: I've known 'em for several
+years: they'll be at home with me at once. I've run buffaloes with
+White-Cloud, the chief, many and many a time. He and I have camped out
+more than once. They are a fine set of fellows. I'm going to spend some
+time with them in Birmingham. I know 'em like a book. Oh yes, they'll
+know me quick enough. I was all through their country. I went clean
+up Lake Superior, nearly to Hudson's Bay. I saw all the Chippeways,
+and the Black-feet, and the Crows, Catlin's old friends. By the way,
+Catlin, I'm told, is with these Indians, or was, when they were in
+London--he's all sorts of a man." "Have you seen him?" "Seen him?
+why, dam it, I raised him, as the saying is: I have known him all
+my life. I met him a number of times in the Prairie country; he's a
+roarer." This was about the last that I distinctly recollected before
+going to sleep; and the next morning my vigilant and wide-awake little
+bedfellow, being about the room a little before me, where my name was
+conspicuous on my carpet bag and writing-desk, &c., had from some cause
+or other thought it would be less trouble and bother to wend his way
+amongst these "stupid and ignorant beings" alone, than to encounter
+the Indians and Mr. Catlin, and endeavour to obliterate the hasty
+professions he had made; and therefore, when I came down and called for
+breakfast for two, the landlady informed me that my companion had paid
+his bill and left at an early hour. I was rather sorry for this, for he
+was quite an amusing little man, and I have never heard of him since.
+
+I found the dumpy little landlady kindly disposed, and she gave me a
+very good breakfast, amusing me a great deal with anecdotes of the
+party who called for "a little bit of wet;" she informed me they were
+a wedding-party, and the man who had the lady on his arm was the
+bride-groom. While waiting for my breakfast I was much amused with
+some fun going on in the street before the window. It seems that the
+house directly opposite had been taken by a couple of tidy-looking
+young women who were sisters, and that, having established a millinery
+business on the lower floor, they had several apartments which they
+were anxious to underlet in order to assist them in paying their heavy
+rent. Young gentlemen are everywhere in this country considered the
+most desirable lodgers, as they give less trouble than any others,
+are less of the time at home, and generally pay best. These young
+adventurers had been therefore anxious to get such a class of lodgers
+in their house, and had, the day before, employed a sign-painter to
+paint a conspicuous board, in bright and glaring letters, which was
+put up on a post erected in the little garden in front of their house,
+near the gate. The announcement ran, when the young ladies retired to
+bed, "_Lodgings for single gentlemen_"--a customary and very innocent
+way of offering apartments; but owing to the cruelty of some wag during
+the night it was found in the morning, to the great amusement of the
+collected crowd, to read, "_Longings for single gentlemen_." How long
+this continued to amuse the passers-by, or how it might have affected
+the future prospects of the poor girls, I cannot of course tell, as I
+forthwith proceeded to a more pleasant part of the town. Birmingham
+I found on further acquaintance to be one of the pleasantest towns
+I visited in the kingdom, and its hotels and streets generally very
+different from those into which my commercial travelling acquaintance
+had that night led me.
+
+Mr. Melody had all things prepared for our exhibition when I arrived,
+having taken the large hall in the Shakspeare Buildings, and also
+procured rooms for the Indians to sleep in in the same establishment.
+
+The Indians and myself were kindly received in Birmingham, for which,
+no doubt, they, like myself, will long feel grateful. The work which I
+had published had been extensively read there, and was an introduction
+of the most pleasing kind to me, and the novelty and wildness of the
+manners of the Indians enough to ensure them much attention.
+
+In their exhibition room, which was nightly well attended, we observed
+many of the Society of Friends, whom we could always easily distinguish
+by their dress, and also more easily by the kind interest they
+expressed and exhibited, whenever opportunity occurred, for the welfare
+of those poor people. The Indians, with their native shrewdness and
+sagacity, at once discovered from their appearance and manner that
+they were a different class of people from any they had seen, and were
+full of inquiries about them. I told them that these were of the same
+society as their kind friend Dr. Hodgkin, whom they so often saw in
+London, who is at the head of the _Aborigines Protection Society_, who
+was the first person in England to invite them to his table, and whom
+the reader will recollect they called _Ichon-na Wap-pa_(the straight
+coat); that they were the followers of the great William Penn, whom I
+believed they had heard something about. They instantly pronounced the
+name of "Penn, Penn," around the room, convincing me, as nearly every
+tribe I ever visited in the remotest wildernesses in America had done,
+that they had heard, and attached the greatest reverence to, the name
+of Penn.
+
+These inquiries commenced in their private room one evening after the
+exhibition had closed, and they had had an interview in the exhibition
+room with several ladies and gentlemen of that society, and had
+received from them some very valuable presents. They all agreed that
+there was something in their manners and in their mode of shaking
+hands with them that was more kind and friendly than anything they had
+met amongst other people; and this I could see had made a sensible
+impression upon them.
+
+I took this occasion to give them, in a brief way, an account of the
+life of the immortal William Penn; of his good faith and kindness in
+all his transactions with the Indians, and the brotherly love he had
+for them until his death. I also gave them some general ideas of the
+Society of Friends in this country, from whom the great William Penn
+came;--that they were the friends of all the human race; that they
+never went to war with any people; that they therefore had no enemies;
+they drink no spirituous liquors; that in America and this country
+they were unanimously the friends of the Indians; and I was glad to
+find that in Birmingham we were in the midst of a great many of them,
+with whom they would no doubt become acquainted. There were here some
+inquiries about the religion of the Friends, which I told them was the
+Christian religion, which had been explained to them; that they were
+all religious and charitable, and, whatever religion the Indians might
+prefer to follow, these good people would be equally sure to be their
+friends. They seemed, after this, to feel an evident pleasure whenever
+they saw parties of Friends entering the room: they at once recognised
+them whenever they came in, and, on retiring to their own room,
+counted up the numbers that had appeared, and made their remarks upon
+them. In one of these conversations I pleased them very much by reading
+to them a note which I had just received from Mr. Joseph Sturge, with
+whom I had been acquainted in London, and who was now residing in
+Birmingham, inviting me to bring the whole party of Indians to his
+house to breakfast the next morning. I told them that Mr. Sturge was a
+very distinguished man, and one of the leading men of the Society of
+Friends. This pleased them all exceedingly, and at the hour appointed
+this kind gentleman's carriages were at the door to convey the party
+to his house. Mr. Melody and Jeffrey accompanied us, and there were
+consequently seventeen guests to be seated at this gentleman's
+hospitable board, besides a number of his personal friends who were
+invited to meet the Indians. After receiving all in the most cordial
+manner, he read a chapter in his Bible, and then we were invited to
+the table. This interview elicited much interesting conversation, and
+gained for the Indians and Mr. Melody many warm and useful friends.
+
+Before taking leave, the War-chief arose, and, offering his hand to Mr.
+Sturge, made the following remarks:--
+
+  "My Friend,--The Great Spirit, who does everything that is good, has
+  inclined your heart to be kind to us; and, first of all, we thank Him
+  for it.
+
+  "The Chief, White Cloud, who sits by me, directs me to say that we
+  are also thankful to you for this notice you have taken of us, poor
+  and ignorant people, and we shall recollect and not forget it.
+
+  "We hope the Great Spirit will be kind to you all. I have no more to
+  say."
+
+The simplicity of this natural appeal to the Great Spirit, and its
+close (in which they were commended by the poor and unenlightened
+Indian of the wilderness to the care and kindness of their God), seemed
+to create surprise in the minds of the audience, and to excite in the
+Indians' behalf a deep and lively interest.
+
+After the breakfast and conversation were over, the whole party was
+kindly sent back by the same carriages, and the Indians returned in a
+state of perfect delight with the treatment they had met with, and the
+presents they had received.
+
+Poor _Jim_ (the student and recorder) was anxious that I should write
+down the name of _William Penn_ in his book, and also that of the
+gentleman who had just entertained us, that he might be able to repeat
+them correctly when he got back to the wilderness again, and have
+something to say about them.
+
+We found on our return that the hour of another engagement was at hand,
+and carriages were soon prepared to take us to the button-factory of
+Messrs. Turner and Son, to which we had been kindly invited; and on our
+arrival we found ourselves most cordially received and entertained.
+The proprietor led the party through every room in his extensive
+establishment, and showed them the whole process of striking the
+buttons and medals from various dies, which pleased them very much,
+and, after showing and explaining to them all the different processes
+through which they passed in their manufacture, led them into his
+ware-room or magazine, where his stock on hand was exhibited, and
+package after package, and gross upon gross, of the most splendid and
+costly buttons were taken down, and by his own generous hand presented
+to them. These were such _brilliant evidences_ of kindness, and would
+be so ornamental to the splendid dresses which they and their wives
+were to have when they got home, that they looked upon them as more
+valuable than gold or silver. These were presented to them in the
+aggregate, and all carried in a heavy parcel by the interpreter; and
+when they had thanked the gentleman for his munificent liberality and
+got back to their rooms, a scene of great brilliancy and much interest
+and amusement was presented for an hour or two, while they had their
+treasures spread out, covering half of the floor on which they lodged,
+and making a _per capita_ division of them.
+
+In the midst of this exhilarating and dazzling scene, their old friend
+_Bobasheela_ made his appearance, having just arrived from London on
+his way to Cornwall. He could not, he said, pass within a hundred
+miles of them without stopping to see them a few days, and smoke a
+pipe or two with them again. _Bobasheela_ was stopped at the door,
+notwithstanding their love for him; he could not step in without doing
+sacrilege with his muddy boots to the glittering carpet of buttons
+which they had formed on the floor, and upon which his eyes were
+staring, as he thought at the first glance they could have committed
+no less a trespass than to have plundered a jeweller's shop. A way was
+soon opened for his feet to pass, and, having taken a hearty shake of
+the hand with all, he was offered a seat on the floor, and in a few
+moments found that an equal parcel was accumulating between his knees
+as in front of each, and that, instead of fourteen, they were now
+dividing them into fifteen parcels. This he objected to, and with much
+trouble got them to undo what they had done, and go back to the first
+regulation of dividing them equally amongst fourteen.
+
+The Shakspeare Buildings afforded the Indians a fine promenade in its
+large portico overlooking the street, where all Birmingham passed
+before their eyes, giving them one of the most gratifying privileges
+they had had, and promising them a rich and boundless means of
+amusement; but their enjoyment of it was short, for the crowds that
+assembled in the streets became a hinderance to business, and they were
+denied the further privilege of their delightful look-out. They were
+therefore called in, and stayed in, and yet the crowd remained, and
+could not be dispersed, while their attention seemed fixed upon some
+object higher up than the portico, which led us at once to surmise its
+cause, and, searching for the old Doctor, he was not to be found: he
+was, of course, upon the pinnacle of the house, wrapped in his robe,
+smiling upon the crowd beneath him, and taking a contemplative gaze
+over the city and country that lay under his view. I could only get
+to him by following the intricate mazes through which the old lady
+(curatress) conducted me, and through which the Doctor said he had
+required several days of investigation to find his way, and which he
+had never succeeded in until just at that moment.
+
+Under this rather painful embargo there was no satisfactory way of
+peeping into the amusements of the streets but by going down the
+stairs, which Jim and his ever-curious friend the Doctor used daily
+and almost hourly to do, and, standing in the hall, see all they could
+that was amusing, until the crowd became such that it was necessary to
+recall them to their room. On one of these occasions they had espied
+a miserably poor old woman, with her little child, both in rags, and
+begging for the means of existence. The pity of the kind old Doctor was
+touched, and he beckoned her to come to him, and held out some money;
+but fear was superior to want with her, and she refused to take the
+prize. The Doctor went for Daniel, who, at his request, prevailed upon
+the poor woman to come up to their room, by assuring her that they
+would not hurt her, and would give her much more than white people
+would. She came up with Daniel, and the Indians, all seated on the
+floor, lit a pipe as if going into the most profound council; and so
+they were, for with hearts sympathizing for the misery and poverty
+of this pitiable-looking object, a white woman and child starving to
+death amidst the thousands of white people all around her in their fine
+houses and with all their wealth, they were anxious to talk with her,
+and find out how it was that she should not be better taken care of.
+Jeffrey was called to interpret, and Melody, _Bobasheela_, Daniel, and
+myself, with two or three friends who happened to be with us at the
+time, were spectators of the scene that ensued. The War-chief told her
+not to be frightened nor to let her little child be so, for they were
+her friends; and the Doctor walked up to her, took his hand out from
+under his robe, put five shillings into hers, and stepped back. The
+poor woman curtsied several times, and, crossing her hands upon her
+breast, as she retreated to the wall, thanked "his Honour" for his
+kindness. "The Lard be with your Honours for your loving kindness, and
+may the Lard of Haven bless you to al etarnity, for ee niver e thaught
+af sich threatment fram sich fraightful-lukin gantlemin as ee was a
+thakin you to ba."
+
+The War-chief then said to her, "There, you see, by the money we have
+been all of us giving out of our purses, that we wish to make you happy
+with your little child, that you may have something for it to eat;
+you see now that we don't wish to hurt you, and we shall not; but we
+want to talk with you a little, and before we talk we always make our
+presents, if we have anything to give. We are here poor, and a great
+way from home, where we also have our little children to feed; but the
+Great Spirit has been kind to us, and we have enough to eat." To this
+the Indians, who were passing the pipe around, all responded "_How!
+how! how!_"
+
+The old chief then proceeded to ask the poor woman how she became so
+poor, and why the white people did not take care of her and her child.
+She replied that she had been in the workhouse, and her husband was
+there still; she described also the manner in which she had left it,
+and how she became a beggar in the streets. She said that when she
+and her husband were taken into the poorhouse they were not allowed
+to live together, and that she would rather die than live in that way
+any longer, or rather beg for something to eat in the streets as she
+was now doing; and as the cold weather was coming in, she expected her
+child and herself would be soon starved to death.
+
+The poor Indians, women and all, looked upon this miserable
+shivering object of pity, in the midst of the wealth and luxuries of
+civilization, as a mystery they could not expound, and, giving way to
+impulses that they could feel and appreciate, the women opened their
+trunks to search for presents for the little child, and by White
+Cloud's order filled her lap with cold meat and bread sufficient to
+last them for a day or two. The good old Doctor's politeness and
+sympathy led him to the bottom of the stairs with her, where he made
+her understand by signs that every morning, when the sun was up to a
+place that he pointed to with his hand, if she would come, she would
+get food enough for herself and her little child as long as they
+stayed in Birmingham; and he recollected his promise, and made it his
+especial duty every morning to attend to his pensioners at the hour
+appointed.[27]
+
+  [27] It is worthy of remark, and due to these kind-hearted people,
+       that I should here explain that this was by no means a
+       solitary instance of their benevolence in Birmingham. Whenever
+       they could get out upon the portico to look into the streets,
+       they threw their pence to the poor; and during the time they
+       were residing in London, we ascertained to a certainty that
+       they gave away to poor Lascars and others in the streets, from
+       their omnibus, many pounds sterling.
+
+The moral to be drawn from all this was one of curious interest and
+results in the minds of the Indians, and a long conversation ensued
+amongst them, in which _Daniel_ and their friend _Bobasheela_ (who were
+familiar with the sufferings and modes of treatment of the poor) took
+part, and which, as Melody and I had withdrawn, afterwards gave us
+some cause to regret that such a pitiable object of charity had been
+brought into their presence for the temporary relief they could give
+her, and which resulted in so glaring an account of the sum total of
+misery and poverty that was constantly about them, of the extent of
+which we both began to think it would have been better to have kept
+them ignorant. Daniel and _Bobasheela_ had opened their eyes to the
+system of poorhouses and other public establishments for the employment
+and protection of the poor; and until this account, which was already
+entered in _Jim's_ book, had been given them by these two knowing
+politicians, they had but little idea of this enormous item that was to
+go into the scales in weighing the blessings of civilization.
+
+Almost daily visits were now being made to their private rooms by
+parties of ladies and gentlemen of the Society of Friends, with whom
+they were rapidly advancing into the most interesting acquaintance,
+and which I observed it was affording Mr. Melody almost unspeakable
+satisfaction to behold. They were kindly invited to several houses, and
+treated at their tables with the greatest friendship. Of these, there
+was one visit that it would be wrong for me to overlook and to neglect
+to give here the notes that I made of it at the time.
+
+A note was written to me in a bold and legible hand by Miss Catherine
+Hutton, desiring to know "at what hour it would be suitable for her to
+come from her house, a few miles out of town, to see the Indians (for
+whom she had always had a great love), so as not to meet a crowd, for
+her health was not very good, being in the ninety-first year of her
+age." This venerable and most excellent lady I held in the highest
+respect, from a correspondence I had held with her on the subject
+of the Indians ever since I had been in England, though I never had
+seen her. Her letters had always teemed with love and kindness for
+these benighted people, and also with thanks to me for having done so
+much as I had for their character and history. I therefore deemed it
+proper to respond to her kindness by proposing to take the whole party
+to her house and pay her the visit. Her note was answered with that
+proposition, which gave her great pleasure, and we took a carriage and
+went to her delightful residence.
+
+We were received with unbounded kindness by this most excellent and
+remarkable lady, and spent a couple of hours under her hospitable roof
+with great satisfaction to ourselves, and with much pleasure to her,
+as her letter to me on the following day fully evinced.[28] After a
+personal introduction to each one in turn, as she desired, and half
+an hour's conversation, they were invited into an adjoining room to a
+breakfast-table loaded with the luxuries she had thought most grateful
+to their tastes. This finished, another half-hour or more was passed in
+the most interesting conversation, containing her questions and their
+answers, and her Christian advice to prepare their minds for the world
+to which, said she, "we must all go soon, and, for myself, I am just
+going, and am ready." When we were about to take our leave of her, she
+called each one up in succession, and, having a quantity of money in
+silver half-crowns placed on the sofa by her side, she dealt it out to
+them as they came up, shaking hands at the same time and bidding each
+one a lasting farewell, embracing each of the women and children in her
+arms and kissing them as she took leave. This kindness melted their
+hearts to tears, and brought old _Neu-mon-ya_ (the War-chief) up before
+her at full length, to make the following remarks:--
+
+  "My Friend,--The Great Spirit has opened your heart to feel a
+  friendship for the red people, and we are thankful to Him for it. We
+  have been happy to see your face to-day, and our hearts will never
+  forget your kindness. You have put a great deal of money into our
+  hands, which will help to feed our little children, and the Great
+  Spirit will not forget this when you go before him.
+
+  "My kind Mother,--You are very old. Your life has been good; and the
+  Great Spirit has allowed you to live to see us; and He will soon call
+  you to Him. We live a great way from here, and we shall not look upon
+  your face again in this world; though we all believe that, if we
+  behave well enough, we shall see your face in the world to come."
+
+  [28]              _Bennett's Hill, near Birmingham, Nov. 1st, 1844._
+
+       My dear Mr. Catlin,--I have seen the nobility of England at a
+       birth-night ball in St. James's palace. I have seen the King
+       and Queen move around the circle, stopping to speak to every
+       individual, and I have wondered what they could have to say. I
+       have seen the Prince of Wales (afterwards George the Fourth)
+       open the ball with a minuet, and afterwards dance down a country
+       dance; and I thought him a handsome young man, and a fine
+       dancer. This was in the year 1780.
+
+       Yesterday, as you well know, for you brought them to visit me,
+       I saw the fourteen Ioway Indians. I shook hands with each,
+       and told them, through the interpreter, that red men were my
+       friends. I looked at them, as they were seated in a half-circle
+       in my drawing-room, immoveable as statues, and magnificently
+       dressed in their own costume, with astonishment. I had never
+       seen a spectacle so imposing. At my request, you presented
+       them to me separately--first the men, and then the women and
+       children--and I gave each a small present, for which they were
+       so thankful. At parting, the War-chief stood before me and made
+       a speech, thanking me for my kindness to them, which they should
+       long recollect, and saying, "that, although we should meet no
+       more in this world, yet he hoped the Great Spirit would make us
+       meet in the next." The action of the chief was free and natural,
+       and most graceful; far superior to anything I ever saw. Indeed,
+       these people are the nobility of nature.
+
+         I am, my dear Sir, your very obliged and very respectful
+                                                      CATHERINE HUTTON.
+
+The chief here stopped, and, shaking her hand again, withdrew. The
+excellent lady was overwhelmed in tears, and called to her maid,
+"Betty, bring all the silver that I left in the drawer there; bring the
+whole of it and divide it among them; my eyes are so weak that I cannot
+see it--give it to them, dear creatures! May God bless their dear
+souls!" Such had been the meeting, and such were her parting words as
+we came away.
+
+The Indians continued to speak in terms of the greatest admiration of
+this kind old lady, and the certainty that they should never see her
+face again made them for some days contemplative and sad. They had many
+civilities extended to them in town, however, which were calculated to
+dissipate melancholy and contemplation. Their repeated visits to the
+house and the table of Doctor Percy were exceedingly pleasing to them,
+where they were amused with experiments in electricity and galvanism,
+and other chemical results, to them new, and far beyond the reach of
+their comprehensions.
+
+Their days and nights were now passing away very pleasantly, visited
+by and visiting so many kind friends, doing all they could to make
+them happy--giving their nightly amusements at the Shakspearian
+Rooms, and enjoying the society and western jokes of their old friend
+_Bobasheela_, and, after their dinners and suppers, their other old
+friend, _chickabobboo_.
+
+About this time some very kindly-disposed friends proposed that a
+couple of nights of their exhibitions should be given in the immense
+room of the Town-hall, and one half of the receipts be presented
+to the two hospitals, representing that upon such conditions they
+thought the use of the hall would be granted free of expense, and
+believing that the results would be beneficial to both parties. Mr.
+Melody and I at once consented, and, the entertainments on those two
+nights being for a charitable purpose, the crowds that came in were
+very great, and the receipts beyond what we expected, the profits
+being 145_l._ 12_s._, the half of which, 72_l._ 16_s._, the Ioways
+presented to the two hospitals, and on the following day were invited
+to attend at the Town-hall at eleven o'clock in the morning, to
+receive an acknowledgment of it from the venerable Presidents of the
+two institutions, and to hear an address which was prepared to be
+read and given to them. The Indians met the two kind and excellent
+gentlemen (both of whom were Friends), and many others, both ladies and
+gentlemen, of their society; and seeing the results of this meeting
+likely to be of a very interesting nature, I took pains to make notes
+of all that was said on the occasion. The venerable Mr. R. T. Cadbury,
+from the General Hospital, in a very impressive manner, and suited
+to their understandings, explained to the Indians, through their
+interpreter, the purpose for which the hospital was built and carried
+on, after which he read the following resolution, which had been passed
+at the weekly meeting of the Board of Governors on the preceding day:--
+
+  "Resolved,--That the Chairman be requested to present the thanks of
+  this Board to Mr. Catlin, Mr. Melody, and the Ioway Indians, for
+  the donation of 36_l._ 8_s._, being a moiety of the net proceeds of
+  two exhibitions made for the benefit of the two hospitals at the
+  Town-hall; and to assure them their generous gift shall be faithfully
+  applied to the relief of the sick and maimed, for whose benefit the
+  said hospital was instituted, and for sixty-five years has been
+  supported by voluntary donations and subscriptions."
+
+After reading this, Mr. Cadbury presented to each of them a copy of the
+annual report and rules of the institution, and expressed a hope that
+all of them would reach their distant homes in safety, and that their
+visit to this country would be beneficial to them.
+
+The chief, _White Cloud_, shook hands with Mr. Cadbury, and replied as
+follows:--
+
+  "My Friend,--I have very few remarks to make to you. We are all very
+  thankful to you for the speech you have made to us, and for the
+  prayer you have made that we may all reach home safe. Those words
+  pleased all my people here very much, and we thank you for them.
+
+  "My Friend,--We have now been some time in England, and, amongst all
+  the words of friendship we have heard, nothing has been more pleasing
+  to us than the words we have heard from your lips. We have seen some
+  of the greatest men in this country, and none have delighted us so
+  much as you have by the way in which you have spoken; and we believe
+  that the service we have rendered to the hospital will be looked on
+  with mutual satisfaction.
+
+  "My Friend,--The Americans have been long trying to civilize us, and
+  we now begin to see the advantages of it, and hope the Government of
+  the United States will do us some good. I hope some of the people of
+  my nation will place their children with white people, that they may
+  see how the white children live.
+
+  "My Friend,--I have nothing more to say, but to thank you."
+
+After the speech of White Cloud, Mr. J. Cadbury, at the head of a
+deputation from the "_Temperance Society_" (to which the Indians had
+sent also the sum of 36_l._ 8_s._), presented himself, and read an
+address from that association, thanking them for the amount received,
+and advising the Indians to abstain from the use of "_fire-water_" and
+to practise _charity_, which was one of the greatest of virtues.
+
+Mr. Cadbury then addressed the Indians, in all the fervency and
+earnestness of prayer, on the all-important subject of temperance. His
+words and sentences, selected for their simple understandings, were in
+the simplicity, and consequently the eloquence of nature, and seemed to
+win their highest admiration and attention. He painted to them in vivid
+colours the horrors and vice of intemperance, and its consequences; and
+also the beauty and loveliness of sobriety, and truth, and charity,
+which he hoped and should pray that they might practise in the
+wilderness, with constant prayers to the Great Spirit in the heavens,
+when they returned to their own country.
+
+When this venerable gentleman's remarks were finished, the old Doctor
+(or Medicine-man) arose from his seat upon the floor, with his pipe in
+his lips, and, advancing, shook hands with the two Messrs. Cadbury,
+and, handing his pipe to the chief, spoke as follows:--
+
+  "My Friends,--I rise to thank you for the words you have spoken to
+  us: they have been kind, and we are thankful for them.
+
+  "My Friends,--When I am at home in the wilderness, as well as when I
+  am amongst you, I always pray to the Great Spirit; and I believe the
+  chiefs and the warriors of my tribe, and even the women also, pray
+  every day to the Great Spirit, and He has therefore been very kind to
+  us.
+
+  "My Friends,--We have been this day taken by the hand in friendship,
+  and this gives us great consolation. Your friendly words have opened
+  our ears, and your words of advice will not be forgotten.
+
+  "My Friends,--You have advised us to be charitable to the poor, and
+  we have this day handed you 360 dollars to help the poor in your
+  hospitals. We have not time to see those poor people, but we know you
+  will make good use of the money for them; and we shall be happy if,
+  by our coming this way, we shall have made the poor comfortable.
+
+  "My Friends,--We Indians are poor, and we cannot do much charity.
+  The Great Spirit has been kind to us though since we came to this
+  country, and we have given altogether more than 200 dollars to the
+  poor people in the streets of London before we came here; and I need
+  not tell you that this is not the first day that we have given to the
+  poor in this city.
+
+  "My Friends,--If we were rich, like many white men in this country,
+  the poor people we see around the streets in this cold weather, with
+  their little children barefooted and begging, would soon get enough
+  to eat, and clothes to keep them warm.
+
+  "My Friends,--It has made us unhappy to see the poor people begging
+  for something to eat since we came to this country. In our country
+  we are all poor, but the poor all have enough to eat, and clothes to
+  keep them warm. We have seen your poorhouses, and been in them, and
+  we think them very good; but we think there should be more of them,
+  and that the rich men should pay for them.
+
+  "My Friends,--We admit that before we left home we all were fond of
+  '_fire-water_,' but in this country we have not drunk it. Your words
+  are good, and we know it is a great sin to drink it. Your words to us
+  on that subject, can do but little good, for we are but a few; but if
+  you can tell them to the white people, who make the '_fire-water_,'
+  and bring it into our country to sell, and can tell them also to the
+  thousands whom we see drunk with it in this country, then we think
+  you may do a great deal of good; and we believe the Great Spirit will
+  reward you for it.
+
+  "My Friends,--It makes us unhappy, in a country where there is so
+  much wealth, to see so many poor and hungry, and so many as we see
+  drunk. We know you are good people, and kind to the poor, and we give
+  you our hands at parting; praying that the Great Spirit will assist
+  you in taking care of the poor, and making people sober.
+
+  "My Friends,--I have no more to say." #/
+
+Temperance medals were then given to each of the Indians, and the
+deputation took leave.
+
+A council was held that evening in the Indians' apartments, and several
+pipes smoked, during which time the conversation ran upon numerous
+topics, the first of which was the interesting meeting they had held
+that day, and on several former occasions, with the Friends, and which
+good people they were about to leave, and they seemed fearful they
+should meet none others in their travels. They were passing their
+comments upon the vast numbers which Daniel and _Bobasheela_ had told
+them there actually were of poor people shut up in the poorhouses,
+besides those in the streets, and underground in the coal-pits; and
+concluded that the numerous clergymen they had to preach to them, and
+to keep them honest and sober, were not too many, but they thought they
+even ought to have more, and should at least keep all they had at home,
+instead of sending them to preach to the Indians. _Jim_ was busy poring
+over his note-book, and getting Daniel to put down in round numbers the
+amount of poor in the poorhouses and in the streets, which they had
+found in some newspaper. And he was anxious to have down without any
+mistake the large sum of money they had presented to the hospitals, so
+that when they got home they could tell of the charity they had done
+in England; and if ever they got so poor as to have to beg, they would
+have a good paper to beg with. The sum, in American currency (as they
+know less of pounds, shillings, and pence), amounted to the respectable
+one of 370 dollars.
+
+This last night's talk in Birmingham was rather a gloomy one, for it
+was after leave had been taken of all friends. _Bobasheela_ was to
+start in the morning for Liverpool, and I for London, where I had
+been summoned to attend as a witness in court, and Mr. Melody and the
+Indians were to leave for Nottingham and other towns in the north. So
+at a late hour we parted, and early in the morning set out for our
+different destinations, bearing with us many warm attachments formed
+during our short stay in the beautiful town of Birmingham.
+
+For what befel these good fellows in Nottingham and Leeds there will
+probably be no historian, as I was not with them. I commenced with
+them in York, where I became again the expounder of their habits and
+mysteries, and was delighted to meet them on classic ground, where
+there is so much to engage the attention and admiration of civilized
+or savage. I had visited York on a former occasion, and had the most
+ardent wish to be present at this time, and to conduct these rude
+people into the noble cathedral, and on to its grand tower. I had
+this pleasure; and in it accomplished one of my favourite designs in
+accompanying them on their northern tour.
+
+On my return from London I had joined the Indians at Leeds, where they
+had been exhibiting for some days, and found them just ready to start
+for York. I was their companion by the railway, therefore, to that
+ancient and venerable city; and made a note or two on an occurrence
+of an amusing nature which happened on the way. When we were within a
+few miles of the town the Indians were suddenly excited and startled
+by the appearance of a party of fox-hunters, forty or fifty in number,
+following their pack in full cry, having just crossed the track ahead
+of the train.
+
+This was a subject entirely new to them and unthought of by the
+Indians; and, knowing that English soldiers all wore red coats, they
+were alarmed, their first impression being that we had brought them on
+to hostile ground, and that this was a "war-party" in pursuit of their
+enemy. They were relieved and excessively amused when I told them it
+was merely a fox-hunt, and that the gentlemen they saw riding were
+mostly noblemen and men of great influence and wealth. They watched
+them intensely until they were out of sight, and made many amusing
+remarks about them after we had arrived at York. I told them they
+rode without guns, and the first one in at the death pulled off the
+tail of the fox and rode into town with it under his hatband. Their
+laughter was excessive at the idea of "such gentlemen hunting in open
+fields, and with a whip instead of a gun; and that great chiefs, as I
+had pronounced them, should be risking their lives, and the limbs of
+their fine horses, for a poor fox, the flesh of which, even if it were
+good to eat, was not wanted by such rich people, who had meat enough
+at home; and the skin of which could not be worth so much trouble,
+especially when, as everybody knows, it is good for nothing when the
+tail is pulled off."
+
+On our arrival in York one of the first and most often repeated
+questions which they put was, whether there were any of the "good
+people," as they now called them, the Friends, living there. I told
+them it was a place where a great many of them lived, and no doubt
+many would come to see them, which seemed to please and encourage them
+very much. Mr. Melody having taken rooms for them near to the York
+Minster, of which they had a partial view from their windows, their
+impatience became so great that we sallied out the morning after our
+arrival to pay the first visit to that grand and venerable pile. The
+reader has doubtless seen or read of this sublime edifice, and I need
+not attempt to describe it here. Were it in my power to portray the
+feelings which agitated the breasts of these rude people when they
+stood before this stupendous fabric of human hands, and as they passed
+through its aisles, amid its huge columns, and under its grand arches,
+I should be glad to do it; but those feelings which they enjoyed in the
+awful silence, were for none but themselves to know. We all followed
+the guide, who showed and explained to us all that was worth seeing
+below, and then showed us the way by which we were to reach the summit
+of the grand or middle tower, where the whole party arrived after a
+laborious ascent of 273 steps. We had luckily selected a clear day;
+and the giddy height from which we gazed upon the town under our feet,
+and the lovely landscape in the distance all around us, afforded to
+the Indians a view far more wonderful than their eyes had previously
+beheld. Whilst we were all engaged in looking upon the various scenes
+that lay like the lines upon a map beneath us, the old Doctor, with his
+_propensity_ which has been spoken of before, had succeeded in getting
+a little higher than any of the rest of the party, by climbing on to
+the little house erected over the gangway through which we entered upon
+the roof; and, upon the pinnacle of this, for a while stood smiling
+down upon the thousands of people who were gathering in the streets. He
+was at length, however, seen to assume a more conspicuous attitude by
+raising his head and his eyes towards the sky, and for some moments he
+devoutly addressed himself to the Great Spirit, whom the Indians always
+contemplate as "in the heavens, above the clouds." When he had finished
+this invocation, he slowly and carefully "descended on to the roof,
+and as he joined his friends he observed that when he was up there
+"he was nearer to the Great Spirit than he had ever been before." The
+War-chief excited much merriment by his sarcastic reply, that "it was
+a pity he did not stay there, for he would never be so near the Great
+Spirit again." The Doctor had no way of answering this severe retort,
+except by a silent smile, as, with his head turned away, he gazed on
+the beautiful landscape beneath him. When we descended from the tower,
+the Indians desired to advance again to the centre of this grand
+edifice, where they stood for a few minutes with their hands covering
+their mouths, as they gazed upon the huge columns around them and the
+stupendous arches over their heads, and at last came silently away, and
+I believe inspired with greater awe and respect for the religion of
+white men than they had ever felt before.
+
+Our stay of three days in York was too short for the Indians to make
+many acquaintances; but at their exhibitions they saw many of the
+Society of Friends, and these, as in other places, came forward to
+offer them their hands and invite them to their houses.
+
+Amongst the invitations they received was one from the governor of
+the Castle, who with great kindness conducted us through the various
+apartments of the prison, explaining the whole of its system and
+discipline to us. We were shown the various cells for different
+malefactors, with their inmates in them, which no doubt conveyed to
+the minds of the Indians new ideas of white men's iniquities, and the
+justice of civilized laws.
+
+When we were withdrawing we were invited to examine a little museum of
+weapons which had been used by various convicts to commit the horrid
+deeds for which they had suffered death or transportation. A small
+room, surrounded by a wire screen, was devoted to these, and as it was
+unlocked we were invited in, and found one wall of the room completely
+covered with these shocking records of crime.
+
+The turnkey to this room stepped in, and in a spirit of the greatest
+kindness, with a rod in his hand to point with, commenced to explain
+them, and of course add to their interest, in the following manner:--
+
+  "You see here, gentlemen, the weapons that have been used in the
+  commission of murders by persons who have been tried and hung in this
+  place, or transported for life. That long gun which you see there is
+  the identical gun that Dyon shot his father with. _He was hung._
+
+  "That club and iron coulter you see there, gentlemen, were used
+  by two highwaymen, who killed the gatekeeper, near Sheffield, by
+  knocking out his brains, and afterwards robbed him. _They were both
+  hung._
+
+  "This club and razor here, gentlemen (you see the blood on the razor
+  now), were used by Thompson, who killed his wife. He knocked her down
+  with this club, and cut her throat with this identical razor.
+
+  "This leather strap--gentlemen, do you see it? Well, this strap was
+  taken from a calf's neck by Benjamin Holrough, and he hung his father
+  with it. _He was hung here._
+
+  "That hedging-bill, razor, and tongs, gentlemen, were the things used
+  by Healy and Terry, who knocked an old woman down, cut her throat,
+  and buried her. _They were hung in this prison._
+
+  "Now, gentlemen, we come to that hammer and razor you see there. With
+  that same hammer Mary Crowther knocked her husband down, and then
+  with that razor cut his throat. _She was hung._
+
+  "Do you see that club, gentlemen? That is the club with which Turner
+  and Swihill, only nineteen years of age, murdered the bookkeeper near
+  Sheffield. _Both were hung._
+
+  "Do you see this short gun, gentlemen? This is the very gun with
+  which Dobson shot his father. _He was hung._
+
+  "This hat, gentlemen, with a hole in it, was the hat of Johnson, who
+  was murdered near Sheffield. The hole you see is where the blow was
+  struck that killed him."
+
+The Indians, who had looked on these things and listened to these
+recitals with a curious interest at first, were now becoming a little
+uneasy, and the old Doctor, who smiled upon several of the first
+descriptions, now showed symptoms of evident disquiet, retreating
+behind the party, and towards the door.
+
+  "Do you see this knife and bloody cravat, gentlemen? With that same
+  knife John James stuck the bailiff through the cravat, and killed
+  him. _He was executed here._
+
+  "A fire-poker, gentlemen, with which King murdered his wife near
+  Sheffield. _He was hung here._
+
+  "These things, gentlemen--this fork, poker, and bloody shoes--with
+  this poker Hallet knocked his wife down, and stabbed her with the
+  fork; and the shoes have got the blood on them yet. _Hallet was hung._
+
+  "That rope there is the one in which Bardsley was hung, who killed
+  his own father.
+
+  "A bloody axe and poker, gentlemen. With that axe and poker an old
+  woman killed a little boy. She then drowned herself. _She was not
+  executed._
+
+  "This shoe-knife, gentlemen, is one that Robert Noll killed his wife
+  with in Sheffield. _He was executed._
+
+  "Another knife, with which Rogers killed a man in Sheffield. He
+  ripped his bowels out with it. _He was hung._
+
+  "A club, and stone, and hat, gentlemen. With this club and stone
+  Blackburn was murdered, and that was his hat: you see how it is all
+  broken and bloody. This was done by four men. _All hung._
+
+  "The hat and hammer here, gentlemen--these belonged to two robbers.
+  One met the other in a wood, and killed him with the hammer. _He was
+  hung._
+
+  "That scythe and pitchfork, you see, gentlemen"----
+
+When our guide had thus far explained, and Jeffrey had translated
+to the Indians, I observed the old Doctor quite outside of the
+museum-room, and with his robe wrapped close around him, casting his
+eyes around in all directions, and evidently in great uneasiness. He
+called for the party to come out, for, said he, "I do not think this
+is a good place for us to stay in any longer." We all thought it was
+as well, for the turnkey had as yet not described one-third of his
+curiosities; so we thanked him for his kindness, and took leave of him
+and his interesting museum.
+
+We were then conducted by the governor's request to the apartments
+of his family, where he and his kind lady and daughters received the
+Indians and ourselves with much kindness, having his table prepared
+with refreshments, and, much to the satisfaction of the Indians (after
+their fatigue of body as well as of mind), with plenty of the _Queen's
+chickabobboo_.
+
+The sight-seeing of this day and the exhibition at night finished our
+labours in the interesting town of York, where I have often regretted
+we did not remain a little longer to avail ourselves of the numerous
+and kind invitations which were extended to us before we left. After
+our labours were all done, and the Indians had enjoyed their suppers
+and their _chickabobboo_, we had a pipe together, and a sort of
+recapitulation of what we had seen and heard since we arrived. The two
+most striking subjects of the gossip of this evening were the cathedral
+and the prison; the one seemed to have filled their minds with
+astonishment and admiration at the ingenuity and power of civilized
+man, and the other with surprise and horror at his degradation and
+wickedness; and evidently with some alarm for the safety of their
+persons in such a vicinity of vice as they had reason to believe they
+were in from the evidences they had seen during the day. The poor old
+Doctor was so anxious for the next morning to dawn, that we might be on
+our way, that he had become quite nervous and entirely contemplative
+and unsociable. They had heard such a catalogue of murders and
+executions explained, though they knew that we had but begun with the
+list, and saw so many incarcerated in the prison, some awaiting their
+trial, others who had been convicted and were under sentence of death
+or transportation, and others again pining in their cells, and weeping
+for their wives and children (merely because they could not pay the
+money that they owed), that they became horrified and alarmed; and as
+it was the first place where they had seen an exhibition of this kind,
+there was some reason for the poor fellows' opinions that they were in
+the midst of the wickedest place in the world.
+
+They said that, from the grandeur and great number of their churches,
+they thought they ought to be one of the most honest and harmless
+people they had been amongst, but instead of that they were now
+convinced they must be the very worst, and the quicker Mr. Melody made
+arrangements to be off the better. The Indians had been objects of
+great interest, and for the three nights of their amusements their room
+was well filled and nightly increasing; but all arguments were in vain,
+and we must needs be on the move. I relieved their minds in a measure
+relative to the instruments of death they had seen and the executions
+of which they had heard an account, by informing them of a fact that
+had not occurred to them--that the number of executions mentioned had
+been spread over a great number of years, and were for crimes committed
+amongst some hundreds of thousands of inhabitants, occupying a tract of
+country a great many miles in every direction from York; and also that
+the poor men imprisoned for debt were from various parts of the country
+for a great distance around. This seemed to abate their surprise to a
+considerable degree; still, the first impression was here made, and
+made by means of their eyes (which they say they never disbelieve,
+and I am quite sure they will never get rid of it), that York was the
+"wicked town," as they continued to call it during the remainder of
+their European travels. I explained to them that other towns had their
+jails and their gallows--that in London they daily rode in their buss
+past prison walls, and where the numbers imprisoned were greater than
+those in York, in proportion to the greater size of the city.
+
+Their comments were many and curious on the cruelty of imprisoning
+people for debt, because they could not pay money. "Why not kill
+them?" they said; "it would be better, because when a man is dead he
+is no expense to any one, and his wife can get a husband again, and
+his little children a father to feed and take care of them; when he
+is in jail they must starve: when he is once in jail he cannot wish
+his face to be seen again, and they had better kill them all at once."
+They thought it easier to die than to live in jail, and seemed to be
+surprised that white men, so many hundreds and thousands, would submit
+to it, when they had so many means by which they could kill themselves.
+
+They saw convicts in the cells who were to be transported from the
+country: they inquired the meaning of that, and, when I explained it,
+they seemed to think that was a good plan, for, said they, "if these
+people can't get money enough to pay their debts, if they go to another
+country they need not be ashamed there, and perhaps they will soon
+make money enough to come back and have their friends take them by the
+hand again." I told them, however, that they had not understood me
+exactly--that transportation was only for heinous crimes, and then a
+man was sent away in irons, and in the country where he went he had to
+labour several years, or for life, with chains upon him, as a slave.
+Their ideas were changed at once on this point, and they agreed that it
+would be better to kill them all at once, or give them weapons and let
+them do it themselves.
+
+While this conversation was going on, the Recorder Jim found here very
+interesting statistics for his note-book, and he at once conceived the
+plan of getting Daniel to find out how many people there were that
+they had seen in the prison locked up in one town; and then, his ideas
+expanding, how many (if it could be done at so late an hour) there were
+in all the prisons in London; and then how many white people in all the
+kingdom were locked up for crimes, and how many because they couldn't
+pay money. His friend and teacher, Daniel, whose head had become a
+tolerable gazetteer and statistical table, told him it would be quite
+easy to find it all ready printed in books and newspapers, and that he
+would put it all down in his book in a little time. The inquisitive
+Jim then inquired if there were any poorhouses in York, as in other
+towns; to which his friend Daniel replied that there were, and also in
+nearly every town in the kingdom; upon which Jim started the design
+of adding to the statistical entries in his book the number of people
+in poorhouses throughout the kingdom. Daniel agreed to do this for
+him also, which he could easily copy out of a memorandum-book of his
+own, and also to give him an estimate of the number of people annually
+transported from the kingdom for the commission of crimes. This all
+pleased Jim very much, and was amusement for Daniel; but at the same
+time I was decidedly regretting with Mr. Melody that his good fellows
+the Indians, in their visit to York, should have got their eyes open
+to so much of the dark side of civilization, which it might have been
+better for them that they never had seen.
+
+Jim's book was now becoming daily a subject of more and more excitement
+to him, and consequently of jealousy amongst some of the party, and
+particularly so with the old Doctor; as Jim was getting more rapidly
+educated than either of the others, and his book so far advanced as
+to discourage the Doctor from any essay of the kind himself. Jim that
+night regretted only one thing which he had neglected to do, and which
+it was now too late to accomplish--that was, to have measured the
+length of the cathedral and ascertained the number of steps required to
+walk around it. He had counted the number of steps to the top of the
+grand tower, and had intended to have measured the cathedral's length.
+I had procured some very beautiful engravings of it, however, one of
+which Daniel arranged in his book, and the length of the building and
+its height we easily found for him in the pocket Guide.
+
+The Doctor, watching with a jealous eye these numerous estimates going
+into Jim's book, to be referred to (and of course sworn to) when he
+got home, and probably on various occasions long before, and having
+learned enough of arithmetic to understand what a wonderful effect a
+cipher has when placed on the right of a number of figures, he smiled
+from day to day with a wicked intent on Jim's records, which, if they
+went back to his tribe in anything like a credible form, would be
+a direct infringement upon his peculiar department, and materially
+affect his standing, inasmuch as Jim laid no claims to a knowledge of
+_medicine_, or to anything more than good eating and drinking, before
+he left home.
+
+However, the Doctor at this time could only meditate and smile, as his
+stiff hand required some practice with the pen before he could make
+those little 0's so as to match with others in the book, which was
+often left carelessly lying about upon their table. This intent was
+entirely and originally wicked on the part of the old Doctor, because
+he had not yet, that any one knew of, made any reference to his measure
+of the giant woman, since he had carefully rolled up his cord and put
+it away amongst his other estimates, to be taken home to "astonish the
+natives" on their return.
+
+
+
+
+                             CHAPTER XXIII.
+
+  Newcastle-on-Tyne--Indians' alarms about jails--Kind visits from
+     Friends--Mrs. A. Richardson--Advice of the Friends--War-Chiefs
+     reply--Liberal presents--Arrive at Sunderland--Kindness of
+     the Friends--All breakfast with Mr. T. Richardson--Indians
+     plant trees in his garden--And the Author also--The Doctor's
+     superstition--Sacrifice--Feast--Illness of the Roman
+     Nose--Indians visit a coalpit--North Shields--A sailors' dinner
+     and a row--Arrive at Edinburgh--A drive--First exhibition
+     there--Visit to Salisbury Crag--To Arthur's Seat--Holyrood
+     House and Castle--The crown of Robert Bruce--The "big
+     gun,"--"Queen Mab"--Curious modes of building--"Flats"--Origin
+     of--Illness of Corsair, the little _pappoose_--The old Doctor
+     speaks--War-chief's speech--A feast of ducks--Indians'
+     remarks upon the government of Scotland--"The swapping of
+     crowns"--The Doctor proposes the crown of Robert Bruce for
+     Prince Albert--Start for Dundee--Indians' liberality--A noble
+     act--Arrival at Dundee--Death of little Corsair--Distress of the
+     Little Wolf and his wife--Curious ceremony--Young men piercing
+     their arms--Indians at Perth--Arrival in Glasgow--Quartered in
+     the Town-hall--The cemetery--The Hunterian Museum--The Doctor's
+     admiration of it--Daily drives--Indians throw money to the
+     poor--Alarm for _Roman Nose_--Two reverend gentlemen talk with
+     the Indians--War-chief's remarks--Greenock--Doctor's regret at
+     leaving.
+
+
+Newcastle-on-Tyne was the next place where we stopped, and when I
+arrived there I found Mr. Melody and his friends very comfortably
+lodged, and all in excellent spirits. The Indians, he told me, had been
+exceedingly buoyant in spirits from the moment they left York, and the
+old Doctor sang the whole way, even though he had been defeated in his
+design of riding outside on the railway train, as he had been in the
+habit of doing on the omnibus in London. I told them I had remained a
+little behind them in York to enjoy a few hours more of the society of
+an excellent and kind lady of the Society of Friends,[29] whom they
+would recollect to have seen in the exhibition room when they had
+finished their last night's exhibition, who came forward and shook
+hands in the most affectionate manner, and left gold in their hands as
+she bade them good bye, and commended them to the care of the Great
+Spirit.
+
+  [29] Miss E. Fothergill.
+
+I told them that this good lady had only returned from the country
+on the last evening of their exhibiting in York, and was exceedingly
+disappointed that she could not have the pleasure of their society at
+her house. I then sat down and amused them an hour with a beautiful
+manuscript book, by her own hand, which she had presented to me,
+containing the portraits of seven Seneca chiefs and braves, who were
+in England twenty-five years before, and whom she entertained for
+three weeks in her own house. This interesting work contains also some
+twenty pages of poetry glowing with piety, and written in a chaste and
+beautiful style; and an hundred or more pages in prose, giving a full
+description of the party, their modes, and a history of their success,
+as they travelled through the kingdom. This was a subject of much
+pleasure to them, but at the same time increased their regret that they
+had not seen more of this kind lady before they left the town of York.
+
+Their first inquiries after their arrival in Newcastle were whether
+they would meet any of the "good people" in that town, and whether
+that was a place where they had prisons and a gallows like those in
+London and in York. I answered that they would no doubt find many of
+the Friends there, for I knew several very kind families who would call
+upon them, and also that the good lady who gave me the book in York had
+written letters to several of the Friends in Newcastle to call on them;
+and that, as to the jails, &c., I believed they were much the same.
+
+In a sort of council which we held there, as we were in the Indian
+habit of convening one whenever we were leaving an old lodging or
+taking possession of a new one, it was very gravely and diffidently
+suggested by the Doctor, as the desire of the whole party, that they
+presumed _Chippehola_[30] had money enough left in London (in case
+they should fail in this section of the country to make enough to
+pay their debts) to keep them clear from being taken up and treated
+like white men who can't pay what they owe. I approved this judicious
+suggestion, and assured them they might feel quite easy as long as
+they were in the kingdom. I told them I was quite sure they had a
+good and faithful friend in Mr. Melody, and, if anything happened to
+him, they would be sure to find me ready to take care of them, and
+that, if we were both to die, they would find all the English people
+around them their friends. This seemed to satisfy and to cheer them
+up, and our few days in Newcastle thus commenced very pleasantly. From
+their first night's exhibition they all returned to their lodgings
+with peculiar satisfaction that they had observed a greater number of
+Friends in the crowd than they had seen in any place before, and many
+of these had remained until everybody else had gone away, to shake
+hands and converse with them. They found roast beef and beef-steaks and
+_chickabobboo_ also, the same as in other places, and altogether there
+was enough around them here to produce cheerful faces.
+
+  [30] The Author.
+
+I need not describe again to the reader the nature and excitement of
+the dances, &c., in their exhibitions, which were nightly repeated
+here as they had been in London; but incidents and results growing out
+of these amusements were now becoming exceedingly interesting, and
+as will be found in the sequel of much importance, I trust, to those
+poor people and their descendants. Very many of the Society of Friends
+were nightly attending their exhibitions, not so much for the purpose
+of witnessing or encouraging their war-dances and customs, as for
+an opportunity of forming an acquaintance with them, with a view to
+render them in some way an essential good. With this object a letter
+was addressed to me by Mrs. Anna Richardson (with whom I had formerly
+corresponded on the subject of the Indians), proposing that a number of
+the Friends should be allowed to hold a conversation with them in their
+apartments, on some morning, for the purpose of learning the true state
+of their minds relative to the subjects of religion and education, and
+to propose some efforts that might result to their advantage, and that
+of their nation. Mr. Melody and myself embraced this kind proposal at
+once, and the Indians all seemed delighted with it when it was made
+known to them. The morning was appointed, and this kind and truly
+charitable lady came with fifteen or twenty of her friends, and the
+Indians listened with patience and apparent pleasure to the Christian
+advice that was given them by several, and cheerfully answered to the
+interrogatories which were put to them.
+
+The immediate appeal and thanks to the "Great Spirit, who had sent
+these kind people to them," by the War-chief in his reply, seemed to
+impress upon the minds of all present the conviction of a high and
+noble sentiment of religion in the breasts of these people, which
+required but the light of the Christian revelation. His replies as to
+the benefits of education were much as he had made them on several
+occasions before, that, "as for themselves, they were too far advanced
+in life to think of being benefited by it, but that their children
+might learn to read and write, and that they should be glad to have
+them taught to do so." Here seemed to dawn a gleam of hope, which that
+pious lady, in her conversation and subsequent correspondence with me,
+often alluded to, as the most favourable omen for the desire which the
+Friends had of rendering them some lasting benefit. Mr. Melody on this
+occasion produced a little book printed in the Ioway language, in the
+missionary school already in existence in the tribe, and also letters
+which he had just received from the Rev. Mr. Irvin, then conducting
+the school, giving an encouraging account of it, and hoping that the
+Indians and himself might return safe, and with means to assist in
+the noble enterprise. This information was gratifying in the extreme,
+and all seemed to think that there was a chance of enlightening these
+benighted people. The heart of this Christian woman reached to the
+American wilderness in a letter that she directed to this reverend
+gentleman, believing that there, where were the wives and children of
+the chiefs and warriors who were travelling, was the place for the
+efforts of the Society of Friends to be beneficially applied; and
+thus, I believe, formed the chain from which I feel confident the most
+fortunate results will flow.[31]
+
+  [31] See in Appendix (A) to this volume Correspondence, &c.,
+       relative to Ioway Mission.
+
+Several subsequent interviews were held with the Indians by these kind
+people, who took them to their houses and schools, and bestowed upon
+them many tangible proofs of their attachment to them, and anxiety
+for their welfare. The Indians left Newcastle and these suddenly made
+friends with great reluctance, and we paid a visit of a couple of days
+to Sunderland. Here they found also many of the "good people" attending
+their exhibitions, and received several warm and friendly invitations
+to their houses. Amongst these kind attentions there was one which
+they never will forget: they were invited to breakfast at the table
+of Mr. T. Richardson, in his lovely mansion, with his kind family
+and some friends, and after the breakfast was over all were invited
+into his beautiful garden, where a spade was ready, and a small tree
+prepared for each one to plant and attach his name to. This ceremony
+amused them very much, and, when they had all done, there was one left
+for _Chippehola_, who took the spade and completed the interesting
+ceremony. This had been kindly designed for their amusement, and for
+the pleasing recollections of his family, by this good man; and with
+all it went off cheerfully, except with the Doctor, who refused for
+some time, but was at length induced to take the spade and plant his
+tree. I observed from the moment that he had done it that he was
+contemplative, and evidently apprehensive that some bad luck was to
+come from it--that there was _medicine_ in it, and he was alarmed.
+He was silent during the rest of the interview, and after they had
+returned to their rooms he still remained so for some time, when he
+explained to me that "he feared some one would be sick--some one of
+those trees would die, and he would much rather they had not been
+planted." He said "it would be necessary to make a great feast the next
+day," which I told him would be difficult, as we were to leave at an
+early hour. This puzzled him very much, as it was so late that, "if
+they were to try to give it that night, there would not be time for the
+ducks to be well cooked." They all laughed at him for his superstition,
+and he got the charm off as well as he could by throwing some tobacco,
+as a sacrifice, into the fire.
+
+We travelled the next day to North Shields, and the gloom that was
+still evidently hanging over the old man's brow was darkened by the
+increased illness of the _Roman Nose_, who had been for some weeks
+slightly ailing, but on that day was attacked for the first time with
+some fever. The Doctor's alarm was such that he stayed constantly
+by him, and did not accompany his friend Jim and one or two others
+with Daniel to the coalpit. This, from the repeated representations
+of Daniel and their old friend _Bobasheela_, was one of the greatest
+curiosities in the kingdom, and they were not disappointed in
+it. In this enterprise I did not accompany them, but from their
+representations ascertained that they descended more than two thousand
+feet and then travelled half a mile or so under the sea--that there
+were fifty horses and mules at that depth under the ground, that
+never will come up, drawing cars loaded with coal on railways, and
+six or seven hundred men, women, and children, as black as negroes,
+and many of these who seldom come up, but sleep there at nights. This
+scene shocked them even more than the sights they had seen in York,
+for they seemed to think that the debtors' cells in a prison would be
+far preferable to the slavery they there saw, of "hundreds of women
+and children drawing out, as they said, from some narrow places where
+the horses could not go, little carriages loaded with coal; where the
+women had to go on their hands and knees through the mud and water, and
+almost entirely naked, drawing their loads by a strap that was buckled
+around their waists; their knees and their legs and their feet, which
+were all naked, were bleeding with cuts from the stones, and their
+hands also; they drew these loads in the dark, and they had only a
+little candle to see the way." This surprising scene, which took them
+hours to describe to their companions, became more surprising when
+Daniel told them of "the vast number of such mines in various parts of
+the kingdom, and of the fact that many people in some parts have been
+born in those mines, and gone to school in them, and spent their lives,
+without ever knowing how the daylight looked."
+
+Daniel reminded them of the hundreds of mines he had pointed out to
+them while travelling by the railroads, and that they were all under
+ground, like what they had seen. Here was rich subject for Jim, for
+another entry in his book, of the statistics of England; and Daniel,
+always ready, turned to the page in his own note-book, and soon got for
+Jim's memorandum the sum total of coalpits and mines in the kingdom,
+and the hundreds of thousands of human _civilized_ beings who were
+imprisoned in them.
+
+It happened, on the second day that we were stopping in North Shields,
+much to the amusement of the Indians, that there was a sailors' dinner
+prepared for an hundred or more in the large hall of the hotel where we
+were lodging; and, from the rooms which the Indians occupied, there was
+an opportunity of looking through a small window down into their hall,
+and upon the merry and noisy group around the table. This was a rich
+treat for the Indians; and, commencing in an amusing and funny manner,
+it became every moment more and more so, and, finally (when they began
+to dance and sing and smash the glasses, and at length the tables,
+and from that to "set-to's," "fisticuffs," and "knockdowns," by the
+dozens, and, at last, to a general _mélée_, a row, and a fight in the
+street) one of the most decidedly exciting and spirited scenes they had
+witnessed in the country.
+
+It afforded them amusement also for a long time after the day on which
+it took place, when they spoke of it as the "great fighting feast."
+
+Two days completed our visit to North Shields, and on the next we
+were in comfortable quarters in Edinburgh. The Indians were greatly
+delighted with the appearance of the city as they entered it, and more
+so daily, as they took their omnibus drives around and through the
+different parts of it.
+
+The Doctor, however, who was tending on his patient, _Roman Nose_,
+seemed sad, and looked as if he had forebodings still of some sad
+results to flow from planting the trees; but he took his seat upon
+the bus, with his old joking friend Jim, by the side of the driver,
+smiling occasionally on whatever he saw amusing, as he was passing
+through the streets. Their novel appearance created a great excitement
+in Edinburgh; and our announcements filled our hall with the most
+respectable and fashionable people.
+
+Their dances called forth great applause; and, in the midst of it, the
+War-chief, so delighted with the beauty of the city, and now by seeing
+so numerous and fashionable an audience before him, and all applauding,
+arose to make a speech. As he straightened up, and, wrapping his
+buffalo robe around him, extended his long right arm, the audience gave
+him a round of applause, occasioned entirely by the dignified and manly
+appearance he made when he took the attitude of the orator, and he
+commenced:--
+
+  "My friends, I understand by the great noise you have made with your
+  hands and feet, that something pleases you, and this pleases us, as
+  we are strangers amongst you, and with red skins. (Applause.)
+
+  "My friends, we have but just arrived in your beautiful city, and
+  we see that you are a different people from the English in London,
+  where we have been. In going into a strange place, amongst strange
+  people, we always feel some fear that our dances and our noise may
+  not please--we are showing you how we dance in our own country, and
+  we believe that is what you wish to see. (Applause and '_How, how,
+  how!_')
+
+  "My friends, we are delighted with your city, what we have seen of
+  it--we have seen nothing so handsome before--we will try to please
+  you with some more of our dances, and then we will be happy to shake
+  hands with you. ('_How, how, how!_')
+
+  "This is all I have to say now." (Great applause.)
+
+We were now in the most beautiful city in the kingdom, if not one of
+the most beautiful in the world; and the Indians, as well as ourselves,
+observed the difference in the manners and appearance of the people.
+The Indians had been pleased with their reception in the evening, and,
+in their drive during the day, had been excited by the inviting scenery
+overtowering the city,--the castle, with its "big gun," gaping over the
+town--the _Salisbury Crag_, and _Arthur's Seat_--all of which places
+they were to visit on that day; and, having swallowed their breakfasts
+and taken their seats in their carriage, seemed to have entered upon a
+new world of amusement. Their views from, and runs over, these towering
+peaks afforded them great amusement; and the castle, with its crown of
+Robert Bruce, and other insignia of royalty--its mammouth gun, and the
+little room in which King James I. of England was born; and in Holyrood
+House,--the blood of Rizzio upon the floor, and the bed in which Queen
+Mary had slept--were all subjects of new and fresh excitement to them.
+
+Nor was their amusement less whilst they were riding through the
+streets, at the constant variety and sudden contrasts--from the low
+and poverty-stricken rabble of High-street and its vicinity, to the
+modern and splendid sections of the city--of crossing high bridges over
+gardens, instead of rivers; of houses built upon the sides of the hills
+and on rocks; and many other amusing things that they talked about when
+they got back.
+
+To Mr. Melody and Jeffrey also, and to Daniel, all these scenes were
+new; and the Indians, therefore, had companions and guides enough, and
+enough, also, to explain to them the meaning of all they saw.
+
+I had been in Edinburgh on a former occasion, and was now engaged in
+looking up and conversing with old friends, whose former kindness now
+claimed my first attention; and in hunting for one of them, I found
+his office had been removed to another part of the city; and, making
+my way towards it as well as I could, I was amused at the instructions
+given to me when I inquired of a man whom I met in the street, and
+who, it happened, was acquainted with my friend and his location, and
+who relieved me instantly from further embarrassment by the following
+most lucid and simple direction, as he pointed down the street:--"You
+have only to take the first turning to the right, Sir, and it is the
+top flat at the bottom." This seemed queer and amusing to me, though
+not in the least embarrassing, for I had been long enough in Edinburgh
+before to learn that a "flat" was a "story" or floor; and long enough
+in London to know that one _end_ of a street is the "top" and the other
+the "bottom."
+
+To a stranger, however, such an answer as the one I received might have
+been exceedingly bewildering, and increased his difficulties rather
+than diminished them.
+
+The old law maxim of "_Cujus est solum, ejus est usque ad coelum_,"
+would scarcely apply to real estate in the city of Edinburgh; for
+houses are not only _rented_ by floors or _flats_, but titles, in fee
+simple and by deed, are given for floor above floor, oftentimes in the
+same house; a custom that is difficult to account for, unless from the
+curious fact that so many of the houses in Edinburgh are built so high,
+by the sides of hills and precipitous ledges, that an adjoining tenant
+may oftentimes step from the surface of his cultivated fields into the
+tenth or twelfth story of his neighbour's back windows, and, by this
+singular mode of conveyance, able to walk into a comfortable dwelling
+without the expense of building, and without curtailing the area of his
+arable ground. By thus getting, for a trifle, the fee simple for the
+upper story, and of course the privilege of building as many stories
+on the top of it as he should require, when he could afford the means
+to do it, his neighbour below was called a "flat." The law, which is
+generally cruel to most flats, relinquished one of its oldest and most
+sacred maxims, to support the numerous claims of this kind which the
+side-hills and ledges in the building-grounds of the city had produced;
+and so numerous were the _flats_, and so frequent the instances of
+this new sort of tenure, that the term "flat" has become carelessly
+and erroneously applied to all the floors or stories of buildings in
+Edinburgh that are to be let or sold separately from the rest of the
+house.
+
+It was arranged that our stay in Edinburgh was to be but for a few
+days; and, with this view, we had begun to see its sights pretty
+rapidly during the two first since our arrival. Many fashionable
+parties were calling on the Indians in their apartments, and leaving
+them presents; and at their second night's exhibition the room was
+crowded to great excess with the fashion and nobility of the city. The
+Indians discovered at once that they never before were in the midst of
+audiences so intellectual and genteel. There was nothing of low and
+vulgar appearance in any part of the room; but all had the stamp of
+refinement and gentility, which stimulated their pride, and they did
+their utmost.
+
+In the midst of their amusements on that evening there was a general
+call upon me from the ladies, to explain why the little "pappoose in
+its cradle" was not shown, as announced in the bills; to which I was
+sorry to reply that it was so ill that it could not be seen. This
+having been interpreted to the Indians by Jeffrey, and also heard by
+the Little Wolf's wife, the mother of the child, and then nursing it
+in the room behind their platform, she suddenly arranged it, sick as
+it was, in its beautifully ornamented little cradle, and, having slung
+it upon her back, and thrown her pictured robe around her, walked into
+the room, to the surprise of the Indians, and to the great satisfaction
+of the gentlemen as well as the ladies of the whole house. Her
+appearance was such, when she walked across the platform, that it
+called forth applause from every quarter. Many were the ladies who
+advanced from their seats to the platform, to examine so interesting a
+subject more closely; and many presents were bestowed upon the mother,
+who was obliged to retire again with it, from the feeble state it was
+then in. This fine little child, of ten or twelve months old, and the
+manner in which it was carried in its Indian cradle upon its mother's
+back, had formed one of the most interesting parts of the exhibition
+the whole time that the Indians were in London, and since they had
+left. Its illness now becoming somewhat alarming, with the increasing
+illness also of the _Roman Nose_, was adding to the old Doctor's
+alarms, growing out of the _planting of the little trees_, which he had
+insisted was ominous of something that would happen, but what, he did
+not attempt to predict.
+
+He was daily prescribing and attending his patients, but, being without
+the roots which he uses in his own country, he was evidently much at a
+loss; and the ablest advice was procured for both of the patients while
+in that city.
+
+The Doctor, on this occasion, (though somewhat depressed in spirits,
+owing to his superstitious forebodings about the sick, seeing such a
+vast concourse of ladies present, and all encouraging him with their
+applause as he made his boasts in the eagle dance,) made an effort for
+a _sensation_, as he did on his first night in London. When the dance
+was done, he advanced to the edge of the platform, and, with his usual
+quizzical look and smile from under his headdress of buffalo horns and
+eagle quills, addressed the audience. His speech was translated by
+Jeffrey, and, though it was highly applauded, fell much short of the
+effect amongst the ladies which he had produced on former occasions.
+He sat down somewhat in a disappointed mood, when his cruel companion,
+Jim, told him that his attempt "was an entire failure, and that he
+would never take with the ladies in Edinburgh." The old man replied
+to him that he had better try himself, and, if he would lie flat on
+his back and make a speech, perhaps _he_ might please the ladies of
+Edinburgh. After another dance, and amidst the roar of applause, old
+_Neu-mon-ya_ (the War-chief) arose, and, in the best of his humour,
+said,--
+
+  "My friends, I thank the Great Spirit who conducted us safe across
+  the Great Salt Lake that His eye is still upon us, and that He has
+  led us to your city. No city that we have seen is so beautiful as
+  yours; and we have seen a great deal of it as we have been riding in
+  our carriage to-day. ('_How, how, how!_')
+
+  "My friends, the Great Spirit has made us with red skins, and, as
+  all our modes of life are different from yours, our dances are quite
+  different, and we are glad that they do not give any offence when we
+  dance them. Our dresses, which are made of skins, are not so fine and
+  beautiful as yours, but they keep us warm, and that we think is the
+  great thing. ('_How, how, how!_' Applause and 'Hear, hear.')
+
+  "My friends, we have been to-day to see your great fort. We were
+  much pleased with it, and the 'big gun;' we think it a great pity
+  it is broken. We saw the room where the king of England was born,
+  and we feel proud that we have been in it. ('_How, how, how!_' Much
+  laughter.)
+
+  "My friends, we saw there the crowns of your kings and queens as we
+  were told. This we don't think we quite understand yet, but we think
+  _Chippehola_ will tell us all that,--it may be all right. (Laughter
+  and 'Hear.')
+
+  "My friends, we went to another great house where we saw many things
+  that pleased us--we saw the bed in which your Queen slept: this was
+  very pleasing to us all; it was much nearer than we got to the Queen
+  of England. (Great laughter.)
+
+  "My friends, this is all I have to say." ('Bravo!')
+
+After this night's exhibition, and the sights of the day which had
+pleased them so much, there was subject enough for a number of pipes of
+conversation; and to join them in this Mr. Melody and I had repaired to
+their room, where we found them in the midst of a grand feast of ducks,
+which they said it was always necessary to give when they entered a
+new country, and which in this case they had expended some of their
+own money in buying. Daniel and Jeffrey were seated with them, and
+we were obliged to sit down upon the floor, and take each a duck's
+leg at least, and a glass of the _Queen's chickabobboo_ (champagne),
+which had been added at the expense of Daniel and Jeffrey, as the
+ordinary _chickabobboo_ did not answer the object of a feast of that
+description. After the feast was over, and the War-chief had returned
+thanks to the Great Spirit, according to their invariable custom, the
+pipe was lit, and then the gossip for the evening commenced. They had
+already learned from Daniel that there were jails and poorhouses here
+as in other places, and were now remarking that they had not yet seen
+any of the "good people" here, and began to fear they had lost all
+chance of meeting any of them again. They seemed to be much at a loss
+to know how it was that here were the crowns and swords of kings and
+queens, and the houses they had lived in, and the beds they had slept
+on, and that there are none of them left. They believed, though they
+were not yet quite certain of it, that this country must have been
+conquered by England. These inquiries were all answered as nearly as
+I could explain them; and the result was, that "it was a great pity,
+in their estimations, that so fine a country and people should not
+continue to have a king of their own to put on the crown again, instead
+of leaving it in the castle to be shut up in a dark room." They seemed
+to think it "very curious that the Scotch people should like to keep
+the crown for people to look at, when they could not keep the king
+to wear it;" and they thought "it would be far better to take out
+the beautiful red and green stones and make watch-seals of them, and
+melt the gold into sovereigns, so that some of it might get into poor
+people's pockets, than to keep it where it is, just to be looked at and
+to be talked of."
+
+They thought "the crown was much more beautiful than the one they saw
+in London belonging to the Queen, and which was kept in the great
+prison where they saw so many guns, spears, &c."[32] The joker, Jim,
+thought that "if he were the Queen he should propose to _swap_, for he
+thought this decidedly the handsomest crown." The old Doctor said, that
+"if he were the Queen of England he should be very well suited to wear
+the one they had seen in London, and he would send and get this one
+very quickly, and also the beautiful sword they saw, for Prince Albert
+to wear." In this happy and conjectural mood we left them, receiving
+from Daniel further accounts of the events and history of the country
+which they had seen so many evidences of during their visits in the
+early part of the day.
+
+  [32] The Tower.
+
+Our stay in this beautiful city was but four days, contemplating
+another visit to it in a short time; and at the close of that time
+the party took a steamer for Dundee, with a view to make a visit of a
+few days to that town, and afterwards spend a day or two in Perth. I
+took the land route to Dundee, and, arriving there before the party,
+had announced their arrival and exhibition to take place on the same
+evening. An accident however that happened on the steamer compelled it
+to put back to Edinburgh, and their arrival was delayed for a couple of
+days.
+
+During this voyage there was an occurrence on board of the steamer,
+which was related to me by Mr. Melody and Daniel, which deserves
+mention in this place. It seems that on board of the steamer, as a
+passenger, was a little girl of twelve years of age and a stranger
+to all on board. When, on their way, the captain was collecting his
+passage-money on deck, he came to the little girl for her fare, who
+told him she had no money, but that she expected to meet her father in
+Dundee, whom she was going to see, and that he would certainly pay her
+fare if she could find him. The captain was in a great rage, and abused
+the child for coming on without the money to pay her fare, and said
+that he should not let her go ashore, but should hold her a prisoner on
+board, and take her back to Edinburgh with him. The poor little girl
+was frightened, and cried herself almost into fits. The passengers, of
+whom there were a great many, all seemed affected by her situation,
+and began to raise the money amongst them to pay her passage, giving
+a penny or two apiece, which, when done, amounted to about a quarter
+of the sum required. The poor little girl's grief and fear still
+continued, and the old Doctor, standing on deck, wrapped in his robe,
+and watching all these results, too much touched with pity for her
+situation, went down in the fore-cabin where the rest of the party
+were, and, relating the circumstances, soon raised eight shillings, one
+shilling of which, the Little Wolf, after giving a shilling himself,
+put into the hand of his little infant, then supposed to be dying, that
+its dying hand might do one act of charity, and caused it to drop it
+into the Doctor's hand with the rest. With the money the Doctor came on
+deck, and, advancing, offered it to the little girl, who was frightened
+and ran away. Daniel went to the girl and called her up to the Doctor,
+assuring her there was no need of alarm, when the old Doctor put the
+money into her hand, and said to her, through the interpreter, and in
+presence of all the passengers, who were gathering around, "Now go to
+the cruel captain and pay him the money, and never again be afraid of a
+man because his skin is red; but be always sure that the heart of a red
+man is as good and as kind as that of a white man. And when you are in
+Dundee, where we are all going, if you do not find your father as you
+wish, and are amongst strangers, come to us, wherever we shall be, and
+you shall not suffer; you shall have enough to eat, and, if money is
+necessary, you shall have more."
+
+Such acts of kindness as this, and others that have and will be named,
+that I was a witness to while those people were under my charge,
+require no further comment than to be made known: they carry their own
+proof with them that the Doctor was right in saying that "the hearts of
+red men are as good as those of the whites."
+
+As I was in anxious expectation of their arrival, I met the party with
+carriages when they landed, and I was pained to learn that the babe
+of the Little Wolf, which he had wrapped and embraced in his arms,
+was dying, and it breathed its last at the moment they entered the
+apartments that were prepared for them. My heart was broken to see
+the agony that this noble fellow was in, embracing his little boy,
+and laying him down in the last gasp of death, in a foreign land,
+and amongst strangers. We all wept for the heartbroken parents, and
+also for the dear little "Corsair," as he was called (from the name
+of the steamer on which he was born, on the Ohio river in the United
+States). We had all become attached to the little fellow, and his death
+caused a gloom amongst the whole party. The old Doctor looked more sad
+than ever, and evidently beheld the symptoms of _Roman Nose_ as more
+alarming than they had been.
+
+A council was called, as the first step after their arrival, and a
+pipe was passed around in solemn silence; after which it was asked by
+the War-chief if I knew of any of the "good people" in that town; to
+which I answered that "I was a stranger there, and did not know of any
+one." It seemed it was an occasion on which they felt that it would be
+an unusual pleasure to meet some of them, as the Little Wolf and his
+wife had expressed a wish to find some. It occurred then to Mr. Melody
+that he had a letter to a lady in that town, and, on delivering it,
+found she was one of that society, and, with another kind friend, she
+called and administered comfort to these wretched parents in the midst
+of their distress. They brought the necessary clothes for the child's
+remains, and, when we had the coffin prepared, laid it out with the
+kindest hands, and prepared it for the grave; and their other continued
+and kind offices tended to soothe the anguished breasts of the parents
+while we remained there.
+
+It is a subject of regret to me that I have lost the names of those two
+excellent ladies, to whom my public acknowledgments are so justly due.
+After they had laid the remains of the child in the coffin, each of the
+young men of the party ran a knife through the fleshy part of their
+left arms, and, drawing a white feather through the wounds, deposited
+the feathers with the blood on them in the coffin with the body. This
+done, the father and mother brought all they possessed, excepting
+the clothes which they had on, and presented to them, according to
+the custom of their country, and also all the fine presents they
+had received, their money, trinkets, weapons, &c. This is one of
+the curious modes of that tribe, and is considered necessary to be
+conformed to in all cases where a child dies. The parents are bound to
+give away all they possess in the world. I believe, however, that it is
+understood that, after a certain time, these goods are returned, and
+oftentimes with increased treasures attending them.
+
+There now came another pang for the heart of this noble fellow, the
+Little Wolf, and one which seemed to shake his manly frame more than
+that he had already felt. His child he could not take with him, and the
+thought of leaving it in a strange burying-ground, and "to be dug up,"
+as he said he knew it would be, seemed to make his misery and that of
+his wife complete. However, in the midst of his griefs, he suggested
+that, if it were possible to have it conveyed to their kind friends in
+Newcastle-on-Tyne, he was sure those "good people," who treated them
+so kindly, would be glad to bury it in their beautiful burying-ground
+which he had seen, where it would be at home, and he and his wife
+should then feel happy. Mr. Melody at once proposed to take it there
+himself, and attend to its burial, which pleased the parents very much,
+and he started the next day with it. He was received with the greatest
+kindness by Mrs. A. Richardson and their other kind friends, who
+attended to its burial in the society's beautiful cemetery.[33]
+
+  [33] The reader is referred to the fervent breathing pages of a
+       little periodical, entitled the 'Olive Branch,' for a most
+       feeling and impressive account of the reception of this little
+       child's remains, and its burial in their beautiful cemetery,
+       by the Friends in Newcastle-on-Tyne.
+
+Our visit to the delightful little town of Perth was made, where we
+remained, and the Indians astonished and pleased with their wild and
+unheard-of modes, for two days. We then were within fifteen miles
+of Merthyl Castle, the seat of Sir William Drummond Stewart, the
+well-known and bold traveller of the prairies and Rocky Mountains
+of America, whose friendly invitation we received to visit his noble
+mansion, but which I shall long regret came so late that other
+engagements we had entered into in Edinburgh and Glasgow prevented us
+from complying with it.
+
+Our way was now back, and, having repeated their exhibitions a few
+nights longer in Edinburgh, and, as before, to crowded and fashionable
+houses, we commenced upon our visit to the noble city of Glasgow. On
+our arrival, the party were taken in an omnibus from the station to the
+town-hall, in which it was arranged their exhibitions were to be given,
+and in a private room of which the Indians were to lodge.
+
+They were pleased with the part of the city they saw as they entered
+it, and were in good spirits and cheer, and prepared for the few days
+they were to stop there. The same arrangement was at once made by
+Mr. Melody, as in other places, to give them their daily ride in an
+omnibus for their health, and for the purpose of giving them a view of
+everything to be seen about the town. In their drives about the city of
+Glasgow there was not so much of the picturesque and change to amuse
+them as they saw in Edinburgh, yet everything was new and pleasing.
+
+The beautiful cemetery attracted their highest admiration of anything
+they saw, with all the party but the Doctor, whose whole and undivided
+admiration was withheld from everything else to be centred in the noble
+Hunterian Museum: the vapour-baths, conservatories, &c., which had
+before arrested his attention, were all sunk and lost sight of in this.
+After each and every of his visits to it he returned dejected and cast
+down with the conviction of his own ignorance and white man's superior
+skill. He wished very much to see the great man who made all those
+wonderful preparations of diseases, and the astonishing models in wax,
+as he would be so proud to offer him his hand; but, being informed that
+he had been dead for many years, he seemed sad that there was no way
+of paying him the tribute of his praise.
+
+Their exhibitions, which were given nightly, as they had been given
+in the Egyptian Hall, were nightly explained by me in the same way,
+and fully and fashionably attended. The same kind of excitement was
+repeated--speeches were made, and rounds of applause--young ladies
+falling in love--Indians' talks at night, and their suppers of
+beef-steaks and _chickabobboo_.
+
+Another present of Bibles, equal in number to the number of Indians,
+was handed on to the platform from an unknown hand, and each one had
+the Indian name of its owner handsomely written in its front.
+
+Scarcely a day or an evening passed but they received more or less
+Bibles from the hands of the kind and Christian people who were
+witnessing their amusements or inviting them to their houses; and from
+the continued access to their stock during their whole career, together
+with toys, with cloths and knives, and other presents, their baggage
+was becoming actually of a troublesome size.
+
+In taking their daily drives about town they had several times passed
+through some of the most populous and at the same time impoverished
+parts of the city; and the great numbers of poor and squalid-looking
+and barefooted creatures they saw walking in the snow had excited their
+deepest pity, and they had got in the daily habit of throwing pennies
+to them as they passed along. The numbers of the ragged poor that they
+saw there they represented as surpassing all they had seen in their
+whole travels. They inquired whether there were any poor-houses there,
+and, being informed that there were a number, and all full, they seemed
+to be yet even more surprised. They were in the habit daily, until Mr.
+Melody and myself decided it was best to check it, of each getting some
+shillings changed into pennies before they started on their ride, to
+scatter among the poor that they passed. Their generosity became a
+subject so well known in a few days, that their carriage was followed
+to their door, where gangs of beggars were stationed great part of
+the day to get their pennies "when the savages went out." Some pounds
+of their money they thus threw out into the streets of this great and
+splendid city, in spite of all we could do to prevent them.
+
+Our apprehensions were now becoming very great, and of course very
+painful, for the fate of the poor _Roman Nose_: he seemed daily to
+be losing flesh and strength, and one of the most distinguished
+physicians, who was attending on him, pronounced his disease to be
+pulmonary consumption. This was the first decided alarm we had about
+him, and still it was difficult to believe that so fine and healthy
+a looking man as he appeared but a few months before should be thus
+rapidly sinking down with such a disease. He was able to be walking and
+riding about, but was weak, and took no part in the exhibitions.
+
+About this time, as I was entering the Indians' room one morning, I met
+two gentlemen coming down the stairs, who recognised me, and said they
+had proposed to the interpreter and the Indians to have had a little
+time with them to talk upon the subjects of religion and education,
+and to know whether missionaries could not be sent into their country
+to teach and christianise them; and they were afraid they might not
+have been understood, for they were answered that the Indians did not
+wish to see them. At that moment Jeffrey was coming up the stairs, and,
+as it could not have been him whom they saw, I presumed it might have
+been Daniel who refused them admittance, as he might have been unable
+to understand the Indians. Jeffrey told them that they had got almost
+tired of talking with so many in London, but still they could go up,
+and the Indians, he thought, would be glad to see them. Mr. Melody
+happened at the moment to be passing also, and he invited them up. They
+were introduced to the Indians and their object explained by Jeffrey.
+The War-chief then said to them, as he was sitting on the floor in a
+corner of the room, that he didn't see any necessity of their talking
+at all, for all they would have to say they had heard from much more
+intelligent-looking men than they were, in London, and in other places,
+and they had given their answers at full length, which _Chippehola_ had
+written all down.
+
+  "Now, my friends," said he, "I will tell you that when we first came
+  over to this country we thought that where you had so many preachers,
+  so many to read and explain the good book, we should find the white
+  people all good and sober people; but as we travel about we find this
+  was all a mistake. When we first came over we thought that white
+  man's religion would make all people good, and we then would have
+  been glad to talk with you, but now we cannot say that we like to
+  do it any more." ('_How, how, how!_' responded all, as Jim, who was
+  then lying on a large table, and resting on one elbow, was gradually
+  turning over on to his back, and drawing up his knees in the attitude
+  of speaking.)
+
+The War-chief continued:--
+
+  "My friends--I am willing to talk with you if it can do any good
+  to the hundreds and thousands of poor and hungry people that we
+  see in your streets every day when we ride out. We see hundreds
+  of little children with their naked feet in the snow, and we pity
+  them, for we know they are hungry, and we give them money every
+  time we pass by them. In four days we have given twenty dollars to
+  hungry children--we give our money only to children. We are told
+  that the fathers of these children are in the houses where they sell
+  fire-water, and are drunk, and in their words they every moment abuse
+  and insult the Great Spirit. You talk about sending _black-coats_
+  among the Indians: now we have no such poor children among us; we
+  have no such drunkards, or people who abuse the Great Spirit. Indians
+  dare not do so. They pray to the Great Spirit, and he is kind to
+  them. Now we think it would be better for your teachers all to stay
+  at home, and go to work right here in your own streets, where all
+  your good work is wanted. This is my advice. I would rather not say
+  any more." (To this all responded '_How, how, how!_')
+
+Jim had evidently got ready to speak, and showed signs of beginning;
+but White-cloud spoke to him, and wished him not to say anything. It
+was decided by these gentlemen at once to be best not to urge the
+conversation with them; and Mr. Melody explained to them the number of
+times they had heard and said all that could be said on the subject
+while in London, and that they were out of patience, and of course a
+little out of the humour for it. These gentlemen, however, took great
+interest in them, and handed to each of the chiefs a handsome Bible,
+impressing upon them the importance of the words of the Great Spirit,
+which were certainly all contained in them, and which they hoped the
+Indians might have translated to them. And as I was descending the
+stairs with them, one of them said to me that he never in his life
+heard truer remarks, or a lesson that more distinctly and forcibly
+pointed out the primary duties of his profession.
+
+A few days more, the incidents of which I need not name, finished our
+visit to the city of Glasgow; and an hour or more by the railway, along
+the banks of the beautiful Clyde, and passing Dumbarton Castle, landed
+us in the snug little town of Greenock, from which we were to take
+steamer to Dublin.
+
+The Indians gave their dances and other amusements there for three
+or four evenings before we took leave. They were looked upon there
+as great curiosities, but scarcely formed any acquaintances or
+attachments, except in one branch of our concern. All were anxious to
+leave and be on the way to Dublin, except the Doctor, who thought it
+was bad policy to leave so quick; and though he got on to the steamer
+with all the rest, he did it very reluctantly, without assigning any
+reason for it until we were on the voyage, when he acknowledged to
+Daniel that the reason why he disliked to leave so soon was, that "one
+of the little maids in the hotel where they lodged used to come in
+every night, after all were asleep, and lie by the side of him on his
+buffalo robe." For this simple acknowledgment all seemed rather to
+sympathise with the polite old gentleman; but it was now too late for a
+remedy, for we were near to the desired city of Dublin.
+
+
+
+
+                             CHAPTER XXIV.
+
+  Arrival in Dublin--Decline of the _Roman Nose_--Exhibition
+     in the Rotunda--Feast of ducks--First drive--Phoenix
+     Park--Stags--Indians' ideas of game-laws and taxes--Annual
+     expenses of British government--National debt--Daniel enters
+     these in Jim's book--Indians called "Irishmen"--Author's
+     reply--Speech of the War-chief--Jim's rapid civilization--New
+     estimates for his book--Daniel reads of "Murders, &c.," in
+     Times newspaper--Jim subscribes for the Times--Petition
+     of 100,000 women--Society of Friends meet the Indians
+     in the Rotunda--Their advice, and present to the chiefs
+     40_l._--Indians invited to Zoological Gardens--Presented with
+     36_l._--Indians invited to Trinity College--Conversation with
+     the Rev. Master on religion--Liberal presents--They visit the
+     Archbishop of Dublin--Presents--All breakfast with Mr. Joseph
+     Bewly, a Friend--Kind treatment--Christian advice--Sickness
+     of _Roman Nose_--Various entertainments by the Friends--A
+     curious beggar--Indians' liberality to the poor--Arrival at
+     Liverpool--Rejoicing and feast--Council--_Roman Nose_ placed in
+     an hospital--Arrival in Manchester--Exhibition in Free Trade
+     Hall--Immense platform--Three wigwams--Archery--Ball-play,
+     &c.--Great crowds--_Bobasheela_ arrives--Death of the _Roman
+     Nose_--Forms of burial, &c.
+
+
+In Dublin, where we arrived on the 4th of March, after an easy voyage,
+comfortable quarters were in readiness for the party, and their
+breakfast soon upon the table. The Indians, having heard that there
+were many of "the good people" (the Friends) in Dublin, and having
+brought letters of introduction to some of them, had been impatient
+to reach that city; and their wish being successfully and easily
+accomplished, they now felt quite elated and happy, with apparently
+but one thing to depress their spirits, which was the continued and
+increasing illness of the _Roman Nose_. He was gradually losing flesh
+and strength, and getting now a continual fever, which showed the
+imminent danger of his condition. He had the ablest medical advice that
+the city could afford, and we still had some hopes of his recovery.
+Rooms had been prepared for the exhibitions of the Indians in the
+Rotunda, and, on the second night after their arrival, they commenced
+with a respectable audience, and all seemed delighted and surprised
+with their picturesque effect.
+
+There was much applause from the audience, but no speeches from the
+Indians, owing to their fatigue, or to the fact that they had not yet
+rode about the city to see anything to speak about. They returned from
+their exhibition to their apartments, and after their supper they were
+happy to find that their beef-steaks were good, and that they had found
+again the _London chickabobboo_.
+
+A very amusing scene occurred during the exhibition, which had greatly
+excited the Indians, though they had but partially understood it, and
+now called upon me to explain it to them. While speaking of the modes
+of life of the Ioway Indians, and describing their way of catching the
+wild horses on the prairies, a dry and quizzical-looking sort of man
+rose, and, apparently half drunk, excited the hisses of the audience
+whilst he was holding on to the end of a seat to steady him. It was
+difficult to get him down, and I desired the audience to listen to
+what he had to say. "Ee--you'l escuse me, sir, to e--yax e--yif you
+are ye man woo was lecturing e--year some time see--ynce, e--on ther
+Yindians and the--r wild e--yorses? --e--(hic)--e--and the--r breathin,
+he--(hic)--e--in thee--ir noses?" The excessive singularity of this
+fellow set the whole house in a roar of laughter, and all felt disposed
+to hear him go on. "Yes," I replied, "I am the same man." "Ee--e--r
+wal, sir, e--yerts all--(hic), e--yits all gammon, sir, e--yer, y--ers,
+(hic) yers tried it on two fillies, sir, e--yand--(hic) yand it didn't
+se--seed, sir." The poor fellow, observing the great amusement of the
+ladies as he looked around the room was at once disposed to be a little
+witty, and proceeded--"Ee--(hic)--ye--yer tried it e--yon se--rl _young
+ladies_, e--yand (hic) se--seded yerry well!" The poor fellow seemed
+contented with his wit thus far rather than try to proceed further;
+and he sat down amidst the greatest possible amusement of the audience,
+many of whom, notwithstanding, did not seem to understand his meaning,
+when I deemed it necessary to explain that he referred to my account
+of Indians breaking wild horses by breathing in their noses, which it
+would seem he had tried in vain, but by experimenting on young ladies
+he had met with great success.[34]
+
+  [34] See English experiments in breaking horses by the Indian mode.
+       Appendix B.
+
+The Indians had become very much attached to Daniel, who had been so
+long a companion and fellow-traveller with them, and felt pleasure with
+him that he was again upon his native soil. He had described to them
+that they were now in a different country again, and they resolved to
+have their necessary feast of ducks the next morning for breakfast, so
+as not to interfere with their drive, in which they were to open their
+eyes to the beauties of Dublin, when Daniel was to accompany them, and
+explain all that they saw. They invited him to the feast, and thought
+it as well to call upon him now as at a future time for the bottle or
+two of the _Queen's chickabobboo_ (champagne) which he had agreed to
+produce when he got on to his native shore again.
+
+Nothing more of course could be seen until their feast was over, and
+they were all in their buss as usual, with four horses, which was
+ready and started off with them at ten o'clock the next morning. The
+Doctor, in his familiar way, was alongside of the driver, with his
+buffalo horns and eagle crest, and his shining lance, with his faithful
+companion Jim by his side, and they caused a prodigious sensation as
+they were whirled along through the principal streets of Dublin. One
+may think at first glance that he can appreciate all the excitement
+and pleasure which the Doctor took in those drives, taking his first
+survey of the shops and all the curious places he was peeping into as
+he rode along; but on a little deliberation they will easily see that
+his enjoyment might have been much greater than the world supposed who
+were gazing at him, without thinking how much there was under his eye
+that was novel and exciting to a savage from the wilderness.
+
+After passing through several of the principal streets they were driven
+to the Phoenix Park, where they left their carriage, and, taking
+a run for a mile or two, felt much relieved and delighted with the
+exercise. The noble stags that started up and were bounding away before
+them excited them very much, and they were wishing for their weapons
+which they had left behind. However, they had very deliberately and
+innocently agreed to take a regular hunt there in a few days, and have
+a saddle or two of venison, but wiser Daniel reminding them of the
+_game-laws_ of this country, of which they had before heard no account,
+knocked all their sporting plans on the head.
+
+Nothing perhaps astonished them since they came into the country more
+than the idea that a man is liable to severe punishment by the laws,
+for shooting a deer, a rabbit, or a partridge, or for catching a fish
+out of a lake or a river, without a licence, for which he must pay a
+tax to the government, and that then they can only shoot upon certain
+grounds. The poor fellows at first treated the thing as ridiculous
+and fabulous; but on being assured that such was the fact, they were
+overwhelmed with astonishment. "What!" asked one of them, "if a poor
+man is hungry and sees a fine fish in the water, is he not allowed to
+spear it out and eat it?" "No," said Daniel, "if he does, he must go
+to jail, and pay a heavy fine besides. A man is not allowed to keep a
+gun in his house without paying a tax to the government for it, and
+if he carries a weapon in his pocket he is liable to a fine." "Why
+is that?" "Because they are afraid he will kill somebody with it."
+"What do you call a tax?" said Jim. "Let that alone," said Daniel,
+"until we get home, and then I will tell you all about it." Here was
+a new field opening to their simple minds for contemplation upon the
+beautiful mysteries and glories of civilization, in which a few hours
+of Daniel's lectures would be sure to enlighten them. They dropped the
+subject here however, and took their carriage again for the city and
+their lodgings, laughing excessively as they were returning, and long
+after they got back, at cabs they were constantly passing, which they
+insisted on it had got turned around, and were going sideways.[35] When
+they had returned and finished their first remarks about the curious
+things they had seen, Daniel began to give them some first ideas about
+taxes and fines which they had inquired about, and which they did
+not as yet know the meaning of. He explained also the game-laws, and
+showed them that in such a country as England, if the government did
+not protect the game and the fish in such a manner, there would soon be
+none left, and, as it was preserved in such a way, the government made
+those who wished to hunt or to fish, pay a sum of money to help meet
+the expenses of the government, and he explained the many ways in which
+people pay taxes. "All of this," said he, "goes to pay the expenses
+of the government, and to support the Queen and royal family." He read
+to them from a newspaper that the actual cost of supporting the royal
+family and attendants was 891,000_l._ sterling (4,455,000 dollars) per
+annum; that the Queen's pin-money (privy purse) is 60,000_l._ (300,000
+dollars); the Queen's coachmen, postilions, and footmen 12,550_l._
+(62,750 dollars).
+
+  [35] Only to be appreciated by those who have seen the Dublin
+       "cars."
+
+He read from the same paper also that the expenses of the navy were
+5,854,851_l._ (being about 29,274,255 dollars) per annum, and that
+the expenses of the army were still much greater, and that these all
+together form but a part of the enormous expenses of the government,
+which must all be raised by taxes in different ways, and that the
+people must pay all these expenses at last, in paying for what they
+eat and drink and wear, so much more than the articles are worth, that
+a little from all may go to the government to pay the government's
+debts. He also stated that, notwithstanding so much went to the
+government, the nation was in debt at this time to the amount of
+764,000,000_l._ (3,820,000,000 dollars). This was beyond all their
+ideas of computation, and, as it could not be possibly appreciated by
+them, Daniel and they had to drop it, as most people do (and as the
+_country_ probably _will_ before it is paid), as a mystery too large
+for just comprehension.
+
+Jim wanted these estimates down in his book however, thinking perhaps
+that he might some time be wise enough to comprehend them or find some
+one that could do it. And when Daniel had put them down, he also made
+another memorandum underneath them to this effect, and which astonished
+the Indians very much--"The plate that ornamented the sideboard at the
+banquet at the Queen's nuptials was estimated at 500,000_l._ (2,500,000
+dollars)."
+
+By the time their statistics had progressed thus far their dinner
+was ready, which was a thing much more simple to comprehend, and
+consequently more pleasing to them; so their note-book was shut, and
+taxes and game-laws and national debt gave way to roast-beef and
+_chickabobboo_.
+
+Their drive through the city had tended to increase the curiosity to
+see them, and their exhibition-room on the second night was crowded to
+excess. This was sure to put the Indians into the best of humour; and
+seeing in different parts of the room quite a number of Friends, gave
+them additional satisfaction.
+
+In a new country again, and before so full and fashionable an audience,
+I took unusual pains to explain the objects for which these people
+had come to this country, their personal appearance, and the modes
+they were to illustrate. When I had got through, and the Indians
+were sitting on the platform and smoking their pipe, a man rose in
+the crowd and said, "That's all gammon, sir!--these people are not
+Indians. I have seen many Indians, sir, and you can't hoax me!" Here
+the audience hissed, and raised the cry of "Put him out!--shame!"
+&c. I stepped forward, and with some difficulty got them silent, and
+begged they would let the gentleman finish his remarks, because, if
+they were fairly heard and understood, they might probably add much to
+the amusements of the evening. So he proceeded: "I know this to be a
+very great imposition, and I think it is a pity if it is allowed to go
+on. I have seen too many Indians to be deceived about them. I was at
+Bombay six years, and after that at Calcutta long enough to know what
+an Indian is. I know that their hair is always long and black, and
+not red: I know that these men are _Irishmen_, and painted up in this
+manner to gull the public. There's one of those fellows I know very
+well--I have seen him these three years at work in M'Gill's carpenter's
+shop, and saw him there but a few days ago; so I pronounce them but a
+raw set, as well as impostors!"
+
+When he sat down I prevented the audience from making any further noise
+than merely laughing, which was excessive all over the room. I said
+that "to contradict this gentleman would only be to repeat what I had
+said, and I hoped at least he would remain in the room a few minutes
+until they would execute one of their dances, that he might give his
+opinion as to my skill in teaching 'raw recruits' as he called them."
+The Indians, who had been smoking their pipes all this time without
+knowing what the delay had been about, now sprang upon their feet and
+commenced the war-dance; all further thoughts of "imposition" and "raw
+recruits" were lost sight of here and for the rest of the evening. When
+their dance was done they received a tremendous roar of applause, and
+after resting a few minutes the Doctor was on his feet, and evidently
+trying very hard in a speech to make a sensation (as he had made on
+the first night in London) among the ladies. Jeffrey interpreted his
+speech; and although it made much amusement, and was applauded, still
+it fell very far short of what his eloquence and his quizzical smiles
+and wit had done on the former occasion. Being apprehensive also of
+Jim's cruel sarcasms when he should stop, and apparently in hopes, too,
+of still saying something more witty, he, unfortunately for its whole
+effect, continued to speak a little too long after he had said his
+best things; so he sat down (though in applause) rather dissatisfied
+with himself, and seemed for some time in a sort of study, as if he
+was trying to recollect what he had said, a _peculiarity possibly_
+belonging to Indian orators.
+
+When the Doctor had finished, all arose at the sound of the war-whoop
+given by the War-chief, and they gave with unusual spirit the discovery
+dance, and after that their favourite, the eagle dance. The finish of
+this exciting dance brought rounds of deafening applause and "bravo!"
+in the midst of which the War-chief arose, and, throwing his buffalo
+robe around him, said,--
+
+  "My friends--We see that we are in a new city, a strange place to
+  us, but that we are not amongst enemies, and this gives us great
+  pleasure. ('_How, how, how!_' and 'Hear, hear.')
+
+  "My friends--It gives me pleasure to see so many smiling faces about
+  us, for we know that when you smile you are not angry; we think you
+  are amused with our dancing. It is the custom in our country always
+  to thank the Great Spirit first. He has been kind to us, and our
+  hearts are thankful that he has allowed us to reach your beautiful
+  city, and to be with you to-night. ('_How, how, how!_')
+
+  "My friends--Our modes of dancing are different from yours, and
+  you see we don't come to teach you to dance, but merely to show
+  you how the poor Indians dance. We are told that you have your
+  dancing-masters; but the Great Spirit taught us, and we think we
+  should not change our mode. ('_How, how, how!_')
+
+  "My friends--The interpreter has told us that some one in the room
+  has said we were not Indians--that we were _Irishmen_! Now we are not
+  in any way angry with this man; if we _were_ Irishmen, we might be
+  perhaps. ('Hear, hear.' 'Bravo!')
+
+  "My friends--We are rather sorry for the man than angry; it is his
+  ignorance, and that is perhaps because he is too far off: let him
+  come nearer to us and examine our skins, our ears, and our noses,
+  full of holes and trinkets--Irishmen don't bore their noses. (Great
+  laughter, and 'Bravo!')
+
+  "My friends--Tell that man we will be glad to see him and shake hands
+  with him, and he will then be our friend at once." ("Bravo!" and
+  cries of "Go, go!" from every part of the room: "You _must_ go!")
+
+The gentleman left his seat upon this in a very embarrassed condition,
+and, advancing to the platform, shook the War-chief and each one of
+the party by the hand, and took a seat near to them for the rest of
+the evening, evidently well pleased with their performances, and well
+convinced that they were not Irishmen.
+
+After this the Indians proceeded by giving several other dances, songs,
+&c.; and when it was announced that their amusements for the evening
+were finished, they seated themselves on the edge of the platform to
+meet those who desired to give them their hands. Half an hour or so was
+spent in this ceremony, during which time they received many presents,
+and, what to them was more gratifying, they felt the affectionate hands
+of a number of the "good people" they were so anxious to meet, and who
+they saw were taking a deep interest in their behalf already. They
+returned to their apartments unusually delighted with their reception,
+and, after their supper and _chickabobboo_, Jim had some dry jokes for
+the Doctor about his speech; assuring him that he never would "go down"
+with the Irish ladies--that his speech had been a decided failure--and
+that he had better hereafter keep his mouth entirely shut. They had
+much merriment also about the "mistake the poor man had made in calling
+them Irishmen," and all applauded the War-chief for the manner in which
+he had answered him in his speech.
+
+The Indians in their drive during the morning had observed an unusual
+number of soldiers in various parts of the city, and, on inquiring of
+Daniel why there were so many when there was no war and no danger,
+they learned to their great surprise that this country, like the one
+they had just left, had been subjugated by England, and that a large
+military force was necessary to be kept in all the towns to keep the
+people quiet, and to compel them to pay their taxes to the government.
+They thought the police were more frequent here also than they had seen
+them in London, and laughed very much at their carrying clubs to knock
+men down with. They began to think that the Irish must be very bad
+people to want so many to watch them with guns and clubs, and laughed
+at Daniel about the wickedness of his countrymen. He endeavoured to
+explain to them, however, that, if they had to work as hard as the
+Irishmen did, and then had their hard earnings mostly all taken away
+from them, they would require as strong a military force to take care
+of them as the Irish did. His argument completely brought them over,
+and they professed perfectly to understand the case; and all said
+they could see why so many soldiers were necessary. The police, he
+said, were kept in all the towns, night and day, to prevent people
+from stealing, from breaking into each other's houses, from fighting,
+and from knocking each other down and taking away their property. The
+insatiate Jim then conceived the idea of getting into his book the
+whole number of soldiers that were required in England, Scotland, and
+Ireland to keep the people at work in the factories, and to make them
+pay their taxes; and also the number of police that were necessary in
+the different cities and towns to keep people all peaceable, and quiet,
+and honest. Daniel had read to them only a day or two before an article
+in the 'Times' newspaper, setting forth all these estimates, and, being
+just the thing he wanted, copied them into his book.
+
+The reader sees by this time that, although Jim's looks were against
+him, as an orator or lecturer, when he should get back to his own
+country--and also that though his imagination could not take its wings
+until he was flat upon his back--still that he was, by dint of industry
+and constant effort, preparing himself with a magazine of facts which
+were calculated to impress upon the simple minds of the people in his
+country the strongest proofs of the virtue and superior blessings of
+civilization.
+
+These people had discernment enough to see that such an enormous
+amount of soldiers and police as their list presented them would not
+be kept in pay if they were not necessary. And they naturally put the
+question at once--"What state would the country be in if the military
+and police were all taken away?" They had been brought to the zenith
+of civilization that they might see and admire it in its best form;
+but the world who read will see with me that they were close critics,
+and _agree_ with me, I think, that it is almost a pity they should
+be the teachers of such statistics as they are to teach to thousands
+yet to be taught in the wilderness. As I have shown in a former part
+of this work, I have long since been opposed to parties of Indians
+being brought to this country, believing that civilization should be
+a gradual thing, rather than open the eyes of these ignorant people
+to all its mysteries at a glance, when the mass of its poverty and
+vices alarms them, and its luxuries and virtues are at a discouraging
+distance--beyond the reach of their attainment.
+
+Daniel was at this time cutting a slip from the 'Times,' which he
+read to Jim; and it was decided at once to be an admissible and
+highly interesting entry to make, and to go by the side of his former
+estimates of the manufacture and consumption of _chickabobboo_. The
+article ran thus:--"The consumption of ardent spirits in Great Britain
+and Ireland in the last year was 29,200,000 gallons, and the Poor Law
+Commissioners estimate the money annually spent in ardent spirits at
+24,000,000_l._ (120,000,000 dollars); and it is calculated that 50,000
+drunkards die yearly in England and Ireland, and that one-half of the
+insanity, two-thirds of the pauperism, and three-fourths of the crimes
+of the land are the consequences of drunkenness."
+
+This, Jim said, was one of the best things he had got down in his book,
+because he said that the _black-coats_ were always talking so much
+about the Indians getting drunk, that it would be a good thing for him
+to have to show; and he said he thought he should be able, when they
+were about to go home, to get _Chippehola_[36] to write by the side of
+it that fourteen Ioways were one year in England and never drank any of
+this _fire-water_, and were never drunk in that time.
+
+  [36] The Author.
+
+Daniel and Jeffrey continued to read (or rather Daniel to read,
+and Jeffrey to interpret) the news and events in the 'Times,'
+to which the Indians were all listening with attention. He read
+several amusing things, and then of a "_Horrid murder!_" _a man had
+murdered his wife and two little children_. He read the account; and
+next--"_Brutal Assault on a Female!_"--"_A Father killed by his own
+Son!_"--"_Murder of an Infant and Suicide of the Mother!_"--"_Death
+from Starvation!_"--"_Execution of Sarah Loundes for poisoning her
+Husband!_"--"_Robbery of 150l. Bank of England Notes!_" &c. &c.
+
+They had read so many exciting things in one paper, and were but half
+through the list, when Jim, who had rolled over on his back and drawn
+up his knees, as if he was going to say something, asked how much was
+the price of that newspaper; to which Daniel replied that there was
+one printed each day like that, and the price fivepence each. "Well,"
+said Jim, "I believe everything is in that paper, and I will give you
+the money to get it for me every day. Go to the man and tell him I want
+one of every kind he has: I will take them all home with me, and I will
+some time learn to read them all."
+
+A clever idea entered (or originated in) the heavy brain of Jim at
+this moment. He went to a box in the corner of the room, from which
+he took out, and arranged on the floor, about twenty handsomely-bound
+Bibles, when he made this memorable and commercial-like vociferation,
+in tolerably plain English: "I guess em swap!" He had been much amused
+with several numbers of 'Punch,' which he had long pored over and
+packed away for amusement on the prairies; and believing that his plan
+for "swapping" would enable him to venture boldly, he authorized Daniel
+to subscribe for Punch also, provided Punch would take Bibles for pay.
+Daniel assured him that that would be "no go," as he thought Punch
+would not care about Bibles; but told him that he would at all events
+have the 'Times' for him every morning, as he wished, and was now going
+to read to them a very curious thing that he had got his thumb upon,
+and commenced to read:--
+
+  "Lord R. Grosvenor and Mr. Spooner attended yesterday at the
+  Home-office with Sir George Grey to present a memorial to the Queen
+  from the women of England, signed by 100,000, praying that the
+  bill for preventing trading in seduction may pass into a law. The
+  following is a copy of the petition:--
+
+                            "'TO THE QUEEN.
+
+  "'We, the undersigned women of Great Britain and Ireland, placed by
+  Divine Providence under the sway of the British Sceptre, which God
+  has committed to your Majesty's hands, most humbly beg leave to make
+  known to our beloved Sovereign the heavy and cruel grievance that
+  oppresses a large portion of the female population of the realm. A
+  system exists, by which not only are undue facilities and temptations
+  held out to the immoral, the giddy, and the poor, to enter upon a
+  life of infamy, degradation, and ruin, but unwary young females and
+  mere children are frequently entrapped, and sold into the hands of
+  profligate libertines. Agents are sent into the towns and villages
+  of the United Kingdom, whose ostensible object is to engage young
+  girls for domestic service, or other female employments, but whose
+  real design is to degrade and ruin them. Female agents are also
+  employed in London and many of our large towns to watch the public
+  conveyances, and decoy the simple and inexperienced into houses
+  of moral pollution and crime, by offers of advice or temporary
+  protection. By such and other means the entrapping of innocent young
+  women is reduced to a regular trade, the existence of which is, in
+  the highest degree, discreditable to the nation. Despite the efforts
+  of right-minded men and of benevolent institutions to suppress, by
+  means of the existing laws, this vile trade in female innocence,
+  thousands of the most helpless of your Majesty's subjects are
+  annually destroyed, both in body and soul. We therefore appeal to
+  your Majesty, beseeching you to extend your Royal protection around
+  the daughters of the poor, by promoting such vigorous laws as the
+  wisdom of your Majesty's counsellors may see good to devise, and
+  thereby deliver your Majesty's fair realm from a system of profligacy
+  so offensive to Almighty God, and so fatal to the personal, social,
+  temporal, and spiritual well-being of the women of England.'"
+
+"Fish! fish!" exclaimed Jim, as Daniel finished reading. Some laughed
+excessively, and the poor Indian women groaned; but Jim, lying still on
+his back, and of course his ideas circulating freely, roared out again
+"_Fish! fish! chickabobboo! money! money!_--put that all in my book."
+Daniel said, "There is no need of that, for it is in your paper, which
+is all the same, and I will mark a black line around it." "Then be
+careful not to lose the paper," said Jim, "for I like that very much:
+I'll show that to the _black-coats_ when I get home."
+
+Thus the talk of that night had run to a late hour, and I took leave.
+
+The next morning I received two invitations for the Indians, both of
+which were calculated to give them great pleasure: the one was an
+invitation to visit the Zoological Gardens, then in their infant but
+very flourishing state, when the directors very kindly proposed to
+admit the public by shilling tickets, and to give the receipts to the
+Indians. This, therefore, was very exciting to their ambition; and
+the other invitation was equally or more so, as it was from several
+gentlemen of the Society of Friends, who proposed that, as there
+were a great many of that society in Dublin, and who all felt a deep
+interest in the welfare of the Indians, but who had, many of them, a
+decided objection to attend their war-dances, &c., they should feel
+glad to meet them at some hour that might be appointed, in their
+exhibition room, for the purpose of forming an acquaintance with them,
+and of having some conversation with them on the subject of education,
+agriculture, &c., with a view to ascertain in what way they could best
+render them some essential service. This invitation was embraced by
+the Indians with great pleasure, and at the time appointed they met
+about one hundred ladies and gentlemen, all of that society, to whom
+I introduced them by briefly explaining their objects in visiting
+this country, their modes of life, their costumes, &c. After that,
+several ladies, as well as gentlemen, asked them questions relative
+to their religious belief and modes of worship; to all of which the
+War-chief answered in the most cheerful manner; and, as he constantly
+replied with appeals to the Great Spirit, who, he said, directed all
+their hearts, they all saw in him a feeling of reverence for the Great
+Spirit, which satisfied all that they were endowed with high sentiments
+of religion and devotion.
+
+Mr. Melody here stated that he had just received very interesting
+and satisfactory letters from the reverend gentlemen conducting a
+missionary school, which was prospering, in their tribe, parts of
+which letters he read, and also presented a small book already printed
+in the Ioway language by a printing-press belonging to the Missionary
+Society, and now at work at their mission. This gave great satisfaction
+to the visitors, who saw that these people had friends at home who were
+doing what they could to enlighten their minds.
+
+The friendly feelings of all present were then conveyed to them by
+several who addressed them in turn, expressing their deep anxiety for
+their worldly welfare and their spiritual good, and in the kindest and
+most impressive language exhorted them to temperance, to a knowledge
+of our Saviour, and to the blessings of education, which lead to it.
+They impressed upon their minds also the benefits that would flow from
+the abandonment of their hunters' life and warfare, and the adoption
+of agricultural pursuits. It was then stated that it was the object
+of the meeting to make them a present of something more than mere
+professions of friendship, and desired of me to ascertain what would
+be most useful and acceptable to them. The question being put to them,
+the White Cloud replied that "anything they felt disposed to give they
+would accept with thankfulness, but, as the question had been asked,
+he should say that _money_ would be preferable to anything else, for
+it was more easily carried, and when in America, and near their own
+country, they could buy with it what their wives and little children
+should most need." It was then proposed that a hat should be passed
+around, for the purpose, by which the sum of 40_l._ was received, and
+handed to the chief, to divide between them. Besides this very liberal
+donation, a number of beautifully-bound Bibles were presented to them,
+and several very kind and lovely ladies went to the shops, and returned
+with beautiful shawls and other useful presents for the women and
+children; and one benevolent gentleman, who had been of the meeting,
+and whose name I regret that I have forgotten, brought in with his own
+hands, a large trunk filled with pretty and useful things, which he
+took pleasure in dividing amongst them, and in presenting the trunk to
+the wife of the chief.
+
+Thus ended this very kind and interesting meeting, which the Indians
+will never forget, and which went far to strengthen their former belief
+that the "good people," as they called them, would be everywhere found
+to be their genuine friends.
+
+Their invitation to the Zoological Gardens was for the day following,
+and they were there highly entertained by the young men who were the
+founders of that institution. They met in those peculiarly beautiful
+grounds a great number of the fashionable ladies and gentlemen of
+Dublin; and, after an hour or two delightfully spent amongst them,
+received from the treasurer of the institution the sum of 36_l._, that
+had been taken at the entrance. Nothing could have been more gratefully
+received than were these two kind presents; nor could anything have
+afforded them more convincing proofs of the hospitality and kindness of
+the people they were amongst.
+
+The exhibitions at the Rotunda were continued on every evening, and the
+Indians took their daily ride at ten o'clock in the morning, seeing all
+that was to be seen in the streets and the suburbs of Dublin, and after
+their suppers and their _chickabobboo_ enjoyed their jokes and their
+pipe, whilst they were making their remarks upon the occurrences of the
+day, and listening to Daniel's readings of the 'Times' newspaper, to
+which the _Chemokemon_[37] (as they now called him), Jim, had become
+a subscriber. This boundless source of information and amusement,
+just now opened to their minds, was engrossing much of their time;
+and Daniel and Jeffrey were called upon regularly every night, after
+their suppers, to tell them all that was new and curious in the paper
+of the day; and Jim desired a daily entry in his book of the number of
+_murders_ and _robberies_ that appeared in it. All this Daniel, in his
+kindness, did for him, after reading the description of them; and in
+this way the ingenious Jim considered he had all things now in good
+train to enable him to enlighten the Indian races when he should get
+back to the prairies of his own country.
+
+  [37] White man.
+
+Poor Jim, whose avarice began to dawn with his first steps towards
+civilization, and who, having his wife with him to add her share of
+presents to his, and was now getting such an accumulation of Bibles
+that they were becoming a serious item of luggage, related here a
+curious anecdote that occurred while he was in the Zoological Gardens:--
+
+The Bibles they had received, and were daily receiving, as "the most
+valuable presents that could be made them," he had supposed must of
+course have some considerable intrinsic value; and he felt disposed, as
+he was now increasing his expenses, by taking the 'Times' newspaper and
+in other ways, to try the experiment of occasionally selling one of his
+bibles to increase his funds, and, on starting to go to the gardens,
+had put one in his pouch to offer to people he should meet in the
+crowd; and it seems he offered it in many cases, but nobody would buy,
+but one had been _given_ to him by a lady; so he came home with one
+more than he took; and he said to us, "I guess em no good--I no sell
+em, but I get em a heap."
+
+A very friendly invitation was received about this time from the
+President of Trinity College for the party to visit that noble
+institution, and Mr. Melody and myself took great pleasure in
+accompanying them there. They were treated there with the greatest
+possible kindness; and, after being shown through all its parts--its
+library, museum, &c.--a liberal collection was made for them amongst
+the reverend gentlemen and their families, and presented to them a few
+days afterwards.
+
+I took the War-chief and several of the party to visit the Archbishop
+of Dublin and his family, who treated them with much kindness, and
+presented to each a sovereign, as an evidence of the attachment they
+felt for them. This unexpected kindness called upon them for some
+expression of thanks in return; and the War-chief, after offering his
+hand to the Archbishop, said to him:--
+
+  "My friend, as the Great Spirit has moved your heart to be kind to
+  us, I rise up to thank Him first, and then to tell you how thankful
+  we feel to you for what your hand has given us. We are poor, and
+  do not deserve this; but we will keep it, and it will buy food and
+  clothing for our little children.
+
+  "My friend, we are soon going from here, and we live a great way. We
+  shall never see your face again in this world, but we shall hope that
+  the Great Spirit will allow us to meet in the world that is before
+  us, and where you and I must soon go."
+
+The Archbishop seemed much struck with his remarks; and, taking him
+again by the hand, said to him that he believed they would meet again
+in the world to come, and, commending them to the care of the Great
+Spirit, bade them an affectionate farewell.
+
+An invitation was awaiting them at this time, also, to breakfast the
+next morning with Mr. Joseph Bewley, a Friend, and who lived a few
+miles out of the city. His carriages arrived for them at the hour,
+and the whole party visited him and his kind family and took their
+breakfast with them. After the breakfast was over, the chief thanked
+this kind gentleman for his hospitality and the presents very liberally
+bestowed; and the party all listened with great attention to the
+Christian advice which he gave them, recommending to them also to lay
+down all their weapons of war, and to study the arts of peace. These
+remarks seemed to have made a deep impression on their minds, for they
+were daily talking of this kind man and the advice and information he
+gave them.
+
+Having finished our exhibitions by advertisement, but being detained a
+few days longer in Dublin than we expected by the illness of the _Roman
+Nose_, an opportunity was afforded the Indians to attend a number of
+evening parties, to which they were invited by families of the Society
+of Friends, and treated with the greatest kindness and attention.
+
+The Indians had thus formed their notions of the beautiful city of
+Dublin by riding through it repeatedly in all its parts--by viewing,
+outside and in, its churches, its colleges, its gardens, and other
+places of amusement; and of its inhabitants, by meeting them in the
+exhibition rooms, and in their own houses, at their hospitable boards.
+They decided that Edinburgh was rather the most beautiful city; that
+in Glasgow they saw the most ragged and poor; and that in Dublin they
+met the warmest-hearted and most kind people of any they had seen in
+the kingdom. In Dublin, as in Glasgow, they had been in the habit of
+throwing handfuls of pence to the poor; and at length had got them
+baited, so that gangs of hungry, ragged creatures were daily following
+their carriage home to their door, and there waiting under their
+windows for the pence that were often showered down upon their heads.
+
+Out of the thousands of beggars that _I_ met while there (and many of
+whom extracted money from my pocket by their wit or drollery when I
+was not disposed to give it), there was but one of whom I shall make
+mention in this place. In my daily walk from my hotel to the Rotunda,
+there was an old, hardy-looking veteran, who used often to meet me and
+solicit with great importunity, as I had encouraged him by giving to
+him once or twice when I first met him. I was walking on that pavement
+one day with an American friend whom I had met, and, observing this old
+man coming at some distance ahead of us on the same pavement, I said
+to my friend, "Now watch the motions of that old fellow as he comes up
+to beg--look at the expression of his face." When we had got within a
+few rods of him the old man threw his stomach in, and one knee in an
+instant seemed out of joint, and his face! oh, most pitiable to look
+upon. We approached him arm-in-arm, and while coming towards him I put
+my hand in my pocket as if I was getting out some money, which brought
+this extraordinary expression from him: "My kind sir, may the gates of
+Heaven open to receive you!"--(by this time we had got by him, and,
+seeing that my hand remained stationary in my pocket, as he had turned
+round and was scowling daggers at me)--"and may you be kicked out the
+moment you get there!"
+
+There is an inveteracy in the Irish begging and wit that shows it to
+be native and not borrowed; it is therefore more irresistible and more
+successful than in any other country perhaps in the world. I speak
+this, however, merely as an opinion of my own, formed on the many
+instances where the very reasons I assigned for not giving were so
+ingeniously and suddenly turned into irresistible arguments for giving,
+that my hand was in my pocket before I was aware of it.
+
+The Indians however gave from other motives; not able to appreciate
+their wit, they had discernment enough to see the wretchedness that
+existed among the poor people in the lanes and outskirts of the city,
+and too much pity in their hearts not to try with their money to
+relieve them; and in that way I fully believe that they gave a very
+considerable proportion of the money they had received since they
+entered the city.
+
+The symptoms of the poor _Roman Nose_, whose case was now decided to be
+almost hopeless, were a little more favourable, and it was agreed, with
+his united wish, that we should start for Liverpool by steamer; and on
+the morning when we went on board, the Indians were more strongly than
+ever confirmed in their belief that the Friends were the people who
+had taken the deepest interest in their welfare, by meeting nearly all
+they had seen in their numerous visits, down at the wharf, to shake
+hands with them, and wish them an everlasting farewell! Such proof as
+this, which brought even tears in their eyes, will be the last to be
+forgotten by them or by me, and should be the last to be overlooked in
+the public acknowledgment I am now making.
+
+Our voyage across the Channel was easy and pleasant; and amongst
+the numerous and fashionable people on board, poor Jim had the
+mortification of trying to test the intrinsic value of his numerous
+stock of Bibles by occasionally offering one that he carried in his
+pouch. "I no sell 'em--they no like 'em," was his reply again; and he
+began to doubt the value of them, which he was greatly disappointed to
+find they had fixed much above their market-price.
+
+On landing at the wharf in Liverpool the Indians recognised the spot
+where they first set their feet upon English soil, and they raised the
+yell (not unlike the war-whoop) which is given by war-parties when,
+returning from battle, they are able to see their own village. This
+gathered a great crowd in a few moments, that was exceedingly difficult
+to disperse, and it instilled new ambition and strength into the poor
+_Roman Nose_, who thought in his weakness that they were near home; but
+he rallied only to look out and realize that he was too far from his
+home ever to see it again.
+
+Lodgings had been prepared for them, to which they immediately
+repaired; and, as their sinking companion was so rapidly declining,
+they were all in sadness, though they tried, poor fellows, to be gay
+and cheerful. Their exhibitions had been advertised to commence, and
+they proceeded with them. Before they commenced, however, a feast was
+made to thank the Great Spirit for having conducted them quite around
+England to the place from whence they started, and also for the benefit
+of the health of their fellow-warrior, the _Roman Nose_.
+
+A council was also held, when Mr. Melody and I were called in, and by
+some it was proposed to start for home, and by others to go to Paris
+and see a King, as they had tried, but in vain, to see the Queen of
+England. A visit to Paris had been a favourite theme with them for some
+months past, and all at length joined in the wish to see the King and
+Queen of France.
+
+The most skilful physicians were called to attend the poor _Roman
+Nose_, and they advised us to place him in an hospital. He was
+consulted, and, wishing to go, was removed there, where the
+interpreter, Jeffrey, stayed, and every attention was paid him. A few
+nights of exhibitions in Liverpool finished our stay in that town, and
+brought us to an engagement we had made, for four nights, in the Free
+Trade Hall in Manchester.
+
+The Indians saw that their fellow-warrior was to sink to the grave in
+a few days, and yet, like philosophers, they said it was the will of
+the Great Spirit, and they must not complain. They said they would
+give their exhibitions for the four nights, as they were promised to
+the public, and then stop until their companion was dead and buried;
+our exhibitions were consequently made to immense crowds on those
+evenings, and to the same people who had seen the Ojibbeways with such
+a relish when they first arrived. The different appearance of this
+tribe, and difference in their modes, made them subjects of new and
+fresh interest, and no doubt that their exhibitions, if they had been
+continued, would have been nightly filled for a length of time. They
+here gave their exhibitions the additional interest of erecting three
+wigwams into a sort of Indian village on the immense platform, and
+stationed their targets at the two ends, giving a fair illustration of
+their skill in archery, as they shot for prizes across the breadth of
+the immense hall.
+
+Their exhibitions gained them much applause here, as in other places,
+with which they were well pleased, and they had many invitations from
+kind families in town, but which they declined, as they said they
+were sad, as one of their number was dying. Thus their amusements in
+Manchester, and for the kingdom, were finished, and they retired to
+their private apartments, awaiting the end of the poor _Roman Nose_,
+which was now daily expected. Mr. Melody and Jeffrey stayed by him, and
+I went to see him, and so did several of the Indians, on each day until
+his death.
+
+While the Indians were thus resting in their quarters, they were
+surprised and cheered by the sudden arrival of their old friend,
+_Bobasheela_, who had just come from Cornwall to see them again before
+their departure for America, as he supposed, from seeing by the papers
+that they had arrived in Liverpool.
+
+They thus amused themselves from day to day, lying still, not wishing
+to ride about, or to admit company, or to attend to the invitations
+from various quarters given to them. Their time was now chiefly taken
+up in repairing their dresses, &c., in anticipation of going before the
+King of France, and listening to the amusing and shocking things which
+Daniel was daily reading in Jim's newspaper, and minuting down in his
+note-book, as he required. He wished Daniel and his friend _Bobasheela_
+to find in his paper, if they could, how many churches there were in
+England, and how many _black-coats_ (as he called them) there were who
+were constantly reading the good book and preaching to them. This they
+could not do at the moment, but _Bobasheela_ told him he could get it
+all out of a book that had lately been published, and would give it to
+him the next day. This was done according to promise, and by Daniel
+recorded in his book.
+
+_Bobasheela's_ anxieties were now turned towards the poor suffering
+_Roman Nose_, and he went to Liverpool to see him, and arrived with
+some of the Indians just in time to see him breathe his last. Alas!
+poor, fine fellow! he went down gradually and regularly to the grave;
+and though amongst strangers and far away from all of the graves of his
+relatives, he died like a philosopher, and (though not a Christian)
+not _unlike_ a Christian. He said repeatedly to Jeffrey that he should
+live but so many days, and afterwards so many hours, and seemed to be
+perfectly resigned to the change that was to take place. He said that
+his time had come; he was going to the beautiful hunting-grounds, where
+he would soon see his friends who had gone before him: he said that
+when he shut his eyes he could plainly see them, and he felt sure it
+was only to change the society of his friends here for that of his dear
+parents and other friends, and he was now anxious to be with them. He
+said the road might be long, but it did not matter where he started
+from; the Great Spirit had promised him strength to reach it. He told
+his friend _Bobasheela_ that in his pouch he would find some money,
+with which he wished him to buy some of the best vermilion, and, if
+possible, some green paint, such as _Chippehola_ used to get for him in
+London, and have them put in his pouch with his flint and steel, and to
+be sure to be placed in his grave, that he might be able to make his
+face look well among his friends where he was going. He wished him, and
+Daniel also, to have his arrows examined in his quiver, and repaired
+with new and sharp blades, as he recollected that, before he was sick,
+many of them were injured by shooting at the target, and during his
+illness others might have been destroyed. He had requested his silver
+medal, which was given to him by the American government for saving
+the lives of ten of his defenceless enemies, to be suspended by a blue
+ribbon over his head while he was sick, that he might see it until he
+died, and in that position it hung when I was last with him--his eyes
+were upon it, and his smile, until he drew his last breath. After his
+death his friend _Bobasheela_, and Jeffrey and the Doctor, laid him
+in his coffin, and, placing in it, according to the Indian mode, his
+faithful bow and quiver of arrows, his pipe and tobacco to last him
+through the "journey he was to perform," having dressed him in all his
+finest clothes, and painted his face, and placed his bow and quiver
+and his pouch by his side, and his medal on his breast, the coffin was
+closed, and his remains were buried, attended by his faithful friends
+around him, by the officers of the institution, and many citizens, who
+sympathized in his unlucky fate.
+
+Thus ended the career of _No-ho-mun-ya_ (or the Roman Nose), one of the
+most peaceable and well-disposed and finest men of the party, or of the
+tribe from which he came.
+
+The reader will now contemplate the Indians and their friend
+_Bobasheela_ again in their private rooms in Manchester, spending a
+week or so together, smoking their pipes, with their faces painted
+black, recounting the deeds of the vanished warrior, and recapitulating
+the events of their tour through England, Scotland, and Ireland,
+and trying to cheer the view that was ahead of them by drinking
+_chickabobboo_. These few days passed heavily by, and they soon
+became anxious to throw off the gloom that was cast over them, by
+seeing something new, and by resuming the exercise and excitements of
+the dance. Their thoughts were now on Paris, and I was there making
+arrangements for their reception. The reader will therefore, with my
+help, _imagine_ himself across the Channel (and probably for the first
+time in his life without being sea-sick), and ready to commence, with
+the Indians and me, amidst new scenes and new scenery, the following
+chapter.
+
+
+
+
+                              CHAPTER XXV.
+
+  The Author arrives in Paris--Victoria Hotel--Mr. Melody
+     and his Indians arrive--Doctor missing, and found on
+     the top of the hotel--Alarm of servants--First drive in
+     Paris--Visit to Mr. King, the American ambassador--French
+     _chickabobboo_--M. Vattemare--Indians visit the Hôtel de
+     Ville--Prêfet de police--Magnificent salons--The "big
+     looking-glasses"--The Prêfet's lady--Refreshments and
+     _chickabobboo_--Speech of the War-chief--Reply of the
+     Prêfet--Salle Valentino taken for the exhibition--Daniel
+     arrives with the Collection from London--Indians
+     visit the King in the palace of the Tuileries--Royal
+     personages--Conversation--War-chief presents the calumet--His
+     speech to the King--Eagle-dance--War-dance--Little Wolf presents
+     his tomahawk and whip to the King--His speech--Refreshments
+     and "Queen's _chickabobboo_"--Drinking the King's and Queen's
+     health, and health of the Count de Paris--"Vive le Roi"--Jim's
+     opinion of the King--An Indian's idea of descents--Presents
+     in money from the King--Mode of dividing it--A drive--Ladies
+     leading dogs with strings--The number counted in one drive--The
+     Indians' surprise--An entry for Jim's book--Jim laments the
+     loss of the Times newspaper and _Punch_--He takes Galignani's
+     Messenger--Indians dine at W. Costar's--The Doctor's
+     compliment to a lady's fine voice--Indians visit the Royal
+     Academy of Sciences--Curious reception--M. Arago--Indians'
+     suspicions and alarms--Jim's remarkable speech--Opening of the
+     exhibition in Salle Valentino--Great excitement--Speech of
+     the War-chief--Shaking hands--Public opinion of the Author's
+     Collection.
+
+
+Having long before resolved to take my collection to Paris before
+returning it to my own country, and the Indians being ambitious to see
+the King of the French, it was mutually agreed that my whole collection
+should be opened in Paris, and that their dances and other amusements
+should for a short time be given in it, as they had been given in
+London.
+
+Under this arrangement, with my wife and my four dear little children,
+I repaired to Paris as soon as possible, leaving Daniel to ship over
+and accompany my collection, whilst Mr. Melody conducted his party of
+Indians.
+
+In crossing the Channel, and receding from its shores, as I was seated
+on the deck of a steamer, I looked back, and, having for the first time
+nothing else to do, and a little time to reflect upon England, and
+what I had seen of it in five years, I took out of my pocket my little
+note-book, where I had entered, not what England is, and what she does
+(and which all the world knows), but the points in which her modes are
+different from those in my own country. I would have a few leisure
+hours to run over these curious entries, and time to reflect upon them,
+as we sailed along, and I began to read thus:--
+
+  "London, 1844. The essential Differences between England and
+  the United States.
+
+  "The United States much the largest; but England is a great deal
+  older.
+
+  "New-Yorkers cross the streets diagonally; the Londoners cross them
+  at right angles.
+
+  "In England the odd pennies are wrapped in a paper, and handed back
+  with 'I thank you, Sir.'
+
+  "Streets in London have tops and bottoms; in America they have upper
+  and lower ends.
+
+  "In England a man's wife is 'very bad;' in America, 'very ill;' and
+  in France, 'bien malade.'
+
+  "Americans 'turn to the _right_ as the law directs;' the English turn
+  to the _left_.
+
+  "English mutton and babies are much the fattest.
+
+  "Gooseberries in England much the largest, but not so sweet.
+
+  "Pigs in the American cities are seen promenading in the streets; in
+  London, only seen hanging by their hind legs.
+
+  "In England men are 'knocked up;' in America they are 'knocked down.'
+
+  "'_Top-coats_' are very frequent in England, in America nothing is
+  known higher than an '_over-coat_.'
+
+  "In the United States a man is 'smart;' in England he is 'clever.'
+
+  "English ladies are more luscious, but not quite so----"
+
+Just when I had read thus far, the steward tapped me on the shoulder
+and told me that "I was wanted below immediately, for my lady was very
+ill." I closed my book and ran below, where I found my poor wife and
+little family all dreadfully sick. I waited on them a while and got
+sea-sick myself. My musings on England and America were thus broken
+off; and from the time that we launched forth amidst the clatter upon
+a French wharf, I had as much as I could do to keep my little children
+and my luggage together, and all recollections of England and my native
+country vanished in the confusion and din that was around me in the new
+world we were entering upon. Custom-houses and railways and diligences
+have been a thousand times described, and I need say nothing of them,
+except that we got through them all, and into the _Victoria Hotel_, in
+Paris, where we found rest, fine beds, kind attentions, and enough to
+eat.
+
+A few days after my arrival in Paris, Mr. Melody made his appearance
+with his party of Ioways, for whom apartments were prepared in the
+same hotel, and after much fatigue and vexation the immense hall in
+Rue St. Honoré (Salle Valentino) was engaged as the place for their
+future operations. Daniel in the mean time was moving up with the
+Indian collection of eight tons weight, and in a few days all parties
+were on the ground, though there was to be some delay in arranging
+the numerous collection, and in getting the Indians introduced to the
+King, which was the first object. They had entered the city at a late
+hour at night, and for several days it had been impossible to attend
+to the necessary arrangements for driving them about; and they became
+excessively impatient to be on wheels again, to get a glimpse of the
+strange and beautiful things which they knew were about them. In the
+mean time they were taking all the amusement to themselves that they
+could get, by looking out of the windows; and their red and crested
+heads in Paris soon drew a crowd together in the streets, and thousands
+of heads protruding from the windows and house-tops. The Doctor soon
+found his way to the roof, and from that regaled his eyes, at an early
+hour, with a bird's-eye view of the boundless mystery and confusion of
+chimneys and house-tops and domes and spires that were around him.
+
+The servants in the house were at first alarmed, and the good landlady
+smiled at their unexpected appearance; and she roared with laughter
+when she was informed that the beds were all to be removed from their
+rooms, that they spread their own robes, and, in preference, slept upon
+the floor. All in the house, however, got attached to them in a few
+days, and all went pleasantly on.
+
+The first airing they took in Paris was in an omnibus with four, as
+they had been driven in London; but, to the old Doctor's exceeding
+chagrin, there was no seat for him to take outside by the side of the
+driver. He was easily reconciled however to his seat with the rest,
+and they thus soon had a glance at a number of the principal streets
+of the city, and were landed at the American Embassy, to pay their
+first respects to Mr. King, at that time the minister to France. They
+were received by Mr. King and his niece with great kindness; and after
+a little conversation, through the interpreter, Mr. King invited them
+to the table, loaded with cakes and fruit, and offered them a glass of
+wine, proposing their health, and at the same time telling them that,
+though he was opposed to encouraging Indians to drink, yet he was quite
+sure that a glass or two of the _vin rouge_ of the French would not
+hurt them. The colour of it seemed to cause them to hesitate a moment,
+while they were casting their eyes around upon me. They understood the
+nod of my head, and, hearing me pronounce it _chickabobboo_, took the
+hint and drank it off with great pleasure. Mr. Melody here assured Mr.
+King of the temperate habits of these people; and I explained to the
+party the origin and meaning of _chickabobboo_, which pleased them all
+very much. They partook of a second glass, and also of the cakes and
+fruit, and took leave, the War-chief having thanked Mr. King and his
+niece for their kindness, and having expressed his great pleasure at
+meeting so kind an American gentleman so far from home.
+
+The Indians were now in their omnibus again, and Mr. Melody and myself
+in our carriage, with a kind friend, Mons. A. Vattemare, who had
+obtained for the Indians an invitation to visit the _Hotel de Ville_,
+where we were now to drive. In this drive from St. Germain we recrossed
+the Seine by Pont Neuf, and had a fine view of all the bridges, and the
+palace of the Tuileries, and the Louvre. The omnibus stopped a moment
+on the middle of the bridge, and they were much excited by the view.
+A few minutes more brought us in front of the _Hotel de Ville_, where
+several thousands of people were assembled; it having been heard in the
+streets, in all probability, from the servants or police, that a party
+of savages were to be there at that hour.
+
+There was a great outcry when they landed and entered the hall, and the
+crowd was sure not to diminish whilst they were within.
+
+We were all presented to His Excellency the _Prêfet de Police_ by my
+friend Mons. Vattemare, and received with great kindness, and conducted
+through all the principal apartments of that noble edifice, which are
+finished and furnished in the most sumptuous style, and in richness of
+effect surpassing even the most splendid halls of the palaces of the
+Tuileries or St. Cloud. The gorgeousness of the carpets on which they
+stood, and the tapestry that was around them, and the incredible size
+of the mirrors that were reflecting them in a hundred directions, were
+subjects till then entirely new to them; and they seemed completely
+amazed at the splendour with which they were surrounded. From these
+splendid salons we were conducted into the _salle à manger_, and
+opportunely where the table was spread and the plates laid for a grand
+banquet. This was a lucky occurrence, affording us, as well as the
+Indians, an opportunity of seeing the richness of the plate upon which
+those elegant affairs are served up, and which but a choice few can
+ever behold.
+
+Retiring from and through this suite of splendid salons, we entered
+an antechamber, where we were presented to the elegant lady of the
+_Prêfet_ and several of their friends, who brought us to a table
+loaded with fruit and cakes and other refreshments, and wine of
+several sorts and the best in quality. The corks of several bottles
+of champagne were drawn, and, as the sparkling wine was running, each
+one smiled as he whispered the word _chickabobboo_. The _Prêfet_ drank
+their health in a glass of the "_Queen's chickabobboo_" as they called
+it, and then, with his own hand, presented each a handsome silver
+medal, and also one to Mr. Melody and myself.
+
+The War-chief by this time felt called upon for some acknowledgment on
+their part for this kind treatment, and, advancing to the _Prêfet_,
+shook hands with him, and addressed him thus:--
+
+  "My friend and father, your kindness to us this day makes our
+  hearts glad, and we thank you for it. We are strangers here, and
+  poor ignorant children from the wilderness. We came here with heavy
+  hearts, having just buried one of our warriors, and your kindness has
+  driven away our sorrow. ('_How, how, how!_')
+
+  "My father, the splendour of the rooms, and other things you have
+  just shown us, blind our eyes with their brightness, and we now see
+  that white men can do anything.
+
+  "My father, we were astonished at what we saw in London, where we
+  have been, but we think your village is much the most beautiful. We
+  thank the Great Spirit, who has opened your great house to us to-day,
+  and also your lady, who has been kind to us.
+
+  "My father, I have done."
+
+At the close of his speech the _Prêfet_ assured him of his kindly
+feelings towards them, and his anxiety for their welfare; and after
+a general shake of hands we took leave, and descended to the street,
+and, passing through a dense crowd, took our carriages and drove back
+to our hotel. Thus ended their first day's drive and visits in Paris,
+furnishing them with a rich fund for a talk after their dinner and
+_chickabobboo_, which was to be _vin rouge_ in Paris, instead of ale,
+which they had been in the habit of drinking in England.
+
+Nothing could exceed the exhilarated flow of spirits in which they
+returned, and the admiration they were expressing of the beauty of
+the city, and the splendour of the rooms they had been in. They were
+decided that they should be pleased with Paris; and as Palaces, Kings,
+and Queens were yet before them, they seemed to be perfectly happy.
+During their curious remarks on what they had seen, they already were
+saying that they had seen many thousands of people, and were glad that
+they saw nobody in rags or begging. They thought the French people
+all had enough to eat, and _that_, they said, was a great pleasure to
+them; for it made their hearts sore, when riding out, if they saw poor
+people, who had nothing to eat, as they had seen in some places.
+
+The Indians decided that the houses of Paris were much more beautiful
+than they had seen in any place; and they thought, from their cheerful
+looks, that either the people had their debts more paid up than the
+English people, or else that they had not so much money as to distress
+their looks for fear of losing it. We were all pleased with the
+appearance of Paris, and compelled to feel cheerful from the buoyant
+feelings that were displayed all around us. Like the Indians, I was
+pleased with the neat and cleanly appearance of the poorest in the
+streets, and surprised at the beauty and elegance of their houses,
+which want, in my estimation, but one more embellishment, which it
+would be quite easy to give, to render the effect of their streets
+more beautiful than words can describe. That would be, to paint their
+window-blinds green, which, by contrast, would make the walls appear
+more white and clean, and break with pleasing variety the white
+monotony that now prevails throughout.
+
+This first day's drive about the city had created a prodigious
+excitement and curiosity where they had gone, and given to the
+Indians just peep enough, amidst the beauties of Paris, to create a
+restlessness on both sides for a more familiar acquaintance, and which
+it had been thought most prudent to defer until they had made their
+visit to the Palace, for which their application had been made to the
+King by the American minister, and to which we were daily expecting a
+reply. In the mean time, Mr. Melody, and Jeffrey, and the Indians kept
+quiet, entertaining an occasional party of some American friends, or
+distinguished, personages, who were sending in their cards, and seeking
+interviews with them. During all this delay they had enough to amuse
+them, by talking of what they had already seen, and what they expected
+they were going to see, and cleaning and preparing their dresses
+for the great occasion. I, in the mean time, with my man Daniel,
+and others, was arranging my collection on the walls of the _Salle
+Valentino_; and, by the kind and friendly aid of Mons. Vattemare,
+obtaining my licence from the authorities, and also conforming to the
+other numerous and vexatious forms and ceremonies to be gone through
+before the opening of my exhibition to public view.
+
+The Minister of the Interior had kindly granted an order for the
+admission of my whole collection into the kingdom, by my paying merely
+a nominal duty, but there were still forms and delays to submit to
+in the customs, which were tedious and vexatious, but by the aid of
+my above-mentioned good friend, they had all been overcome; and my
+collection was now nearly ready for the public examination, when I
+received a letter from the American minister, informing me, that
+"on a certain day, and at a certain hour, His Majesty would see Mr.
+Catlin and Mr. Melody, with the Ioway Indians, in the Palace of the
+Tuileries." There was great rejoicing amongst the good fellows when
+they heard this welcome letter read, and several of them embraced me in
+their arms, as if I had been the sole cause of it. Their doubts were
+now at an end: it was certain that they should see the King of France,
+which, they said, "would be far more satisfactory, and a greater
+honour, than to have seen the Queen of England." Whatever the poor
+fellows thought, such was their mode of exultation. "The Ojibbeways,"
+they said, "were subjects of the Queen, but we will be subjects of
+Louis Philippe."
+
+They had yet a few days to prepare, and even without their drives
+or company they were contented, as the time passed away, and they
+were preparing for the interview. On the morning of the day for their
+reception, the long stem of a beautiful pipe had been painted a bright
+blue, and ornamented with blue ribbons, emblematical of peace, to be
+presented by the chief to the King. Every article of dress and ornament
+had been put in readiness; and, as the hour approached, each one came
+out from his toilet, in a full blaze of colour of various tints, all
+with their wampum and medals on, with their necklaces of grizly bears'
+claws, their shields, and bows, and quivers, their lances, and war
+clubs, and tomahawks, and scalping knives. In this way, in full dress,
+with their painted buffalo robes wrapped around them, they stepped into
+the several carriages prepared for them, and all were wheeled into the
+_Place Carousel_, and put down at the entrance to the Palace. We were
+met on the steps by half a dozen huge and splendid looking porters,
+in flaming scarlet livery and powdered wigs, who conducted us in, and
+being met by one of the King's _aides-de-camp_, we were conducted
+by him into His Majesty's presence, in the reception hall of the
+_Tuileries_.
+
+The royal party were advancing towards us in the hall, and as we met
+them, Mr. Melody and myself were presented; and I then introduced the
+party, each one in person, according to his rank or standing, as the
+King desired. A sort of _conversazione_ took place there, which lasted
+for half an hour or more, in which I was called upon to explain their
+weapons, costumes, &c., and which seemed to afford great amusement to
+the royal personages assembled around and amongst us, who were--their
+Majesties the _King_ and the _Queen_, the _Duchess of Orleans_ and
+_Count de Paris_, the _Princess Adelaide_, the _Prince_ and _Princess
+de Joinville_, the _Duke_ and _Duchess d'Aumale_, and his _Royal
+Highness_ the _Duke de Brabant_.
+
+His Majesty in the most free and familiar manner (which showed that he
+had been accustomed to the modes and feelings of Indians) conversed
+with the chiefs, and said to Jeffrey, "Tell these good fellows that
+I am glad to see them; that I have been in many of the wigwams of the
+Indians in America when I was a young man, and they treated me every
+where kindly, and I love them for it.--Tell them I was amongst the
+Senecas near Buffalo, and the Oneidas--that I slept in the wigwams of
+the chiefs--that I was amongst the Shawnees and Delawares on the Ohio;
+and also amongst the Cherokees and Creeks in Georgia and Tennessee, and
+saw many other tribes as I descended the Ohio river the whole length,
+and also the Mississippi to New Orleans, in a small boat, more than
+fifty years ago." This made the Indians stare, and the women, by a
+custom of their country, placed their hands over their mouths, as they
+issued groans of surprise.
+
+"Tell them also, Jeffrey, that I am pleased to see their wives and
+little children they have with them here, and glad also to show them
+my family, who are now nearly all around me. Tell them, Jeffrey, that
+_this_ is the Queen; _this lady_ is my sister; _these_ are two of my
+sons, with their wives; and _these little lads_ [the _Count de Paris_
+and the _Duc de Brabant_] are my grandsons; _this one_, if he lives,
+will be King of the Belgians, and _that one_ King of the French."
+
+  [Illustration: N^o. 15.]
+
+The King then took from his pocket two large gold medals with his
+own portrait in relief on one side of them, and told me he wished to
+present them to the two chiefs with his own hand, and wished Jeffrey
+to explain to them, that after presenting them in that way, he wished
+them to hand them back to him that he might have a proper inscription
+engraved on them, when he would return them, and silver medals of
+equal size to each of the others, with their names engraved upon them.
+After the medals were thus presented and returned, the War-chief took
+out from under his robe the beautiful pipe which he had prepared,
+and advancing towards the King, and holding it with both hands, bent
+forward and laid it down at his Majesty's feet as a present. Having
+done so he reached down, and taking it up, placed it in his Majesty's
+hand (Plate No. 15), and then, assuming his proud attitude of the
+orator, addressed their Majesties in these words:--
+
+  "Great Father and Great Mother,--the Great Spirit, to whom we have
+  a long time prayed for an interview with you, kindly listens to our
+  words to-day and hears what we say. Great Father, you have made to
+  us to-day rich presents, and I rise to return thanks to you for
+  the chief and his warriors and braves who are present; but, before
+  all, it is necessary that we should thank the Great Spirit who has
+  inspired your heart and your hand thus to honour us this day.
+
+  "Great Father, we shall bear these presents to our country and
+  instruct our children to pronounce the name of him who gave them.
+
+  "Great Father, when the Indians have anything to say to a great
+  chief, they are in the habit of making some present before they
+  begin. My chief has ordered me to place in your hands this pipe and
+  these strings of wampum as a testimony of the pleasure we have felt
+  in being admitted this day into the presence of your Majesty.
+
+  "My Great Father and my Great Mother, you see us this day as we are
+  seen in our country with our red skins and our coarse clothes. This
+  day for _you_ is like all other days; for _us_ it is a great day--so
+  great a day that our eyes are blinded with the lustre of it.
+
+  "Great Father, the chief, myself, and our warriors have for a long
+  time had the desire to come and see the French people, and our Great
+  Father the President of the United States has given us permission
+  to cross the Great Lake. We desired to see the Great Chief of this
+  country, and we now thank the Great Spirit for having allowed us to
+  shake the hand of the Great Chief in his own wigwam.
+
+  "Great Father, we are happy to tell you that when we arrived in
+  England, we had much joy in meeting our old friend Mr. Catlin, who
+  has lived amongst us and whom we are happy to have here, as he can
+  tell you who we are.
+
+  "Great Father and Great Mother, we will pray to the Great Spirit to
+  preserve your precious lives; we will pray also that we may return
+  safe to our own village, that we may tell to our children and to our
+  young men what we have seen this day.
+
+  "My Parents, I have no more to say."
+
+When the War-chief had finished his speech, the King told Jeffrey to
+say that he felt very great pleasure in having seen them, and he hoped
+that the Great Spirit would guide them safe home to their country, to
+their wives and little children.
+
+The King and Royal Family then took leave; and as they were departing,
+some one of them being attracted to the Indian drum which Jeffrey
+had brought in his hand, and had left upon the floor in another part
+of the room, and inquiring what it was, was told that it was their
+_drum_ which they had brought with them, supposing it possible they
+might be called upon to give a dance. This information overtook the
+King, and he said, "By all means; call the Queen:" and in a few moments
+the august assembly were all back to witness the dance, for which
+purpose all parties moved to the _Salle du Bal_. Their Majesties and
+the ladies were seated, and the Indians all seating themselves in the
+middle of the floor, commenced moderately singing and beating the drum,
+preparatory to the Eagle Dance, in which they were in a few moments
+engaged.
+
+During this novel and exciting scene, her Majesty desired me to stand
+by the side of her to explain the meaning of all its features, which
+seemed to astonish and amuse her very much.
+
+The Doctor led off first in the character (as he called it) of a
+soaring eagle, sounding his eagle whistle, which he carried in his left
+hand, with his fan of the eagle's tail, while he was brandishing his
+lance in the other.
+
+At the first pause he instantly stopped, and, in the attitude
+of an orator, made his boast of an instance where he killed an
+enemy in single combat, and took his scalp. The Little Wolf, and
+_Wash-ka-mon-ya_, and others, then sprang upon their feet, and sounding
+their chattering whistles,[38] and brandishing their polished weapons,
+gave an indescribable wildness and spirit to the scene. When the
+dance was finished, the Indians had the pleasure of receiving their
+Majesties' applause, by the violent clapping of their hands, and
+afterwards by expressions of their pleasure and admiration, conveyed to
+them through the interpreter.
+
+[38] An ingenious whistle made to imitate the chattering of the soaring
+eagle, and used in the eagle dance.
+
+This was exceedingly gratifying to the poor fellows, who were now
+seated upon the floor to rest a moment previous to commencing with the
+war-dance, for which they were preparing their weapons, and in which
+the Little Wolf was to take the lead. For this, as the drum beat, he
+threw aside his buffalo robe and sprang upon the floor, brandishing his
+tomahawk and shield, and sounding the frightful war-whoop, which called
+his warriors up around him. Nothing could have been more thrilling or
+picturesque than the scene at that moment presented of this huge and
+terrible-looking warrior, frowning death and destruction on his brow,
+as he brandished the very weapons he had used in deadly combat, and, in
+his jumps and sudden starts, seemed threatening with instant use again!
+The floors and ceilings of the Palace shook with the weight of their
+steps, and its long halls echoed and vibrated the shrill-sounding notes
+of the war-whoop. (Plate No. 16.)
+
+In the midst of this dance, the Little Wolf suddenly brandished
+his tomahawk over the heads of his comrades, and, ordering them to
+stop, advanced towards the King, and boasting in the most violent
+exclamations of the manner in which he had killed and scalped a Pawnee
+warrior, placed in his Majesty's hands his _tomahawk_ and the _whip_
+which was attached to his wrist, and then said,--
+
+  "My Great Father, you have heard me say that with that _tomahawk_ I
+  have killed a Pawnee warrior, one of the enemies of my tribe; the
+  blade of that tomahawk is still covered with his blood, which you
+  will see. That whip is the same with which I whipped my horse on that
+  occasion.
+
+  "My Father, since I have come into this country I have learned
+  that peace is better than war, and I '_bury the tomahawk_' in your
+  hands--I fight no more."
+
+His Majesty deigned graciously to accept the arms thus presented, after
+having cordially shaken the hand of the Ioway brave.
+
+Their Majesties and attendants then withdrew, taking leave of the
+Indians in the most gracious and condescending manner, expressing their
+thanks for the amusement they had afforded them, and their anxiety for
+their welfare, directing them to be shown into the various apartments
+of the palace, and then to be conducted to a table of wine and other
+refreshments prepared for them.
+
+We were now in charge of an officer of the household, who politely led
+us through the various magnificent halls of the Palace, explaining
+every thing as we passed, and at length introduced us into a room with
+a long table spread and groaning under its load of the luxuries of
+the season, and its abundance of the "_Queen's chickabobboo_." These
+were subjects that required no explanations; and all being seated,
+each one evinced his familiarity with them by the readiness with which
+he went to work. The healths of the King and the Queen were drank,
+and also of the Count de Paris, and the rest of the Royal family. The
+_chickabobboo_ they pronounced "first-rate;" and another bottle being
+poured it was drank off, and we took our carriages, and, after a drive
+of an hour or so about the city, were landed again in our comparatively
+humble, but very comfortable, apartments.
+
+The party returning from the Tuileries found their dinner coming
+up, and little was said until it was over, and they had drank their
+_chickabobboo_, and seated themselves upon their buffalo robes, which
+were spread upon the floor, and lighted the pipe. I have before said
+that the pipe is almost indispensable with Indians, where there is to
+be any exertion of the mind in private conversation or public speaking,
+and that generally but one pipe is used, even in a numerous company,
+each one drawing a few whiffs through it, and passing it on into the
+hands of his next neighbour.
+
+In this manner they were now seated, and passing the pipe around as I
+came in, and took a seat with them. They were all quite merry at the
+moment by trying to sound the "_Vive le Roi!_" which I had taught them
+at the King's table when they were drinking his Majesty's health. It
+puzzled them very much, but the adept Jim took it directly, and as the
+rest found he had got it they seemed quite satisfied, thinking most
+probably that they could learn it at their pleasure.
+
+  [Illustration: N^o. 16.]
+
+"Well, Jim," said I, "what do you think of the King, Louis Philippe?"
+He reached for the pipe, and taking a puff or two handed it to the
+Doctor, and rolling over on to his back, and drawing up his knees,
+said, "I think he is a great man and a very good man. I believe he is a
+much greater chief than the Queen of England, and that he governs his
+people much better, because we don't see so many poor people in the
+streets--we think that his people all have enough to eat. His wigwam
+is very grand and very bright, and his _chickabobboo_ the best that
+we have had. We did not see the King with his fine dress on, but as
+his servants all around him were beautifully dressed, like gentlemen,
+we know that the King and Queen must look very elegant when they are
+in full dress. We saw the King's two sons, and he told us that his
+grandson was to be the King when he dies--now we don't understand
+this!" It seemed that his teacher, Daniel, had overlooked the _doctrine
+of descents_ during their close investigations of the statistics and
+politics of England, and the poor fellow was yet quite in the dark
+to know "how a grandson (a mere child) would be taken in case of the
+King's death, instead of one of his sons, either of whom he said he
+thought would make a very good king if he would take a trip for a year
+or two, as his father did, on the Mississippi and Missouri, amongst
+the different tribes of Indians." This was considered a pretty clever
+thing for Jim to say, and it raised a laugh amongst the Indians; he
+was encouraged to go on, and turned his conversation upon the gold and
+silver medals, with which he was very much pleased. They were delighted
+with the idea that the King's portrait was on one side, and that he
+was to have their names engraved on the other; and they were not less
+delighted when I told them that the gentleman who had come in with me
+and was now sitting by my side, had come from the King to bear them
+some other token of his Majesty's attachment to them. The object of
+his visit being thus made known to them, he turned out into the lap
+of the chief 500 francs to be divided according to their custom. This
+of course put a stop to conversations about descents and Palaces,
+&c., for the time, and all went to counting until it was divided into
+thirteen parcels, one of which for the interpreter. Jeffrey, however,
+very kindly surrendered his share, and insisted that they should divide
+it all amongst themselves. It was accordingly made into twelve parcels,
+each one, old and young, taking an equal share, according to the Indian
+mode of dividing in all the tribes I have visited.
+
+The War-chief rose and addressed the young man who was commissioned to
+bear the present to them:--
+
+  "My Friend, we have seen your King (our Great Father) this day, and
+  our hearts were made glad that we were allowed to see his face. We
+  now receive the token of his friendship which he has sent through
+  your hands, and our hearts are again glad. ('_How, how, how!_')
+
+  "My Friend, we wish you to say to the King, our Great Father, that we
+  are thankful for his kindness, and that we shall pray that the Great
+  Spirit may be kind to him and his children.
+
+  "My Friend, we are all much obliged to you, and we shall be glad to
+  offer you the pipe with us. ('_How, how, how!_')"
+
+The pipe was passed a few times around, with some further anecdotes
+of their visit to the palace, when the messenger arose and took leave
+of them. In counting the money, Jim had lost his attitude, so there
+was little more of the sentimental from him, as the conversation was
+running upon the King's bounty, rather than his greatness, or the
+splendour of things they had seen during the day. From the liberal
+additions to their private purse while in Dublin, and by what they
+were now receiving, they were beginning to feel a little purse proud.
+Jim was talking of having a _brick house_ to live in when he got home,
+and the Doctor of heading a war party to go against the _Ojibbeways_.
+The War-chief told him he had better pay his debts first, and that he
+had slain enough in his own tribe, without going amongst his enemies
+for the purpose. The _Little Wolf_ was going to get money enough to
+buy thirty horses, and lead a war party against his old enemies, the
+_Pawnees_; but Mr. Melody reminded him that he was to go to war no
+more, as he had "buried the tomahawk in his Majesty's hands."
+
+Thus musing and moralizing on the events of the day, I left them to
+their conversation and their pipe, to attend, myself, where my presence
+was necessary, in arranging my collection, and preparing my rooms for
+their exhibitions. In this I had a real task--a scene of vexation and
+delay that I should wish never to go through again, and of which a
+brief account may be of service to any one of my countrymen who may be
+going to Paris to open a public exhibition; at least, my hints will
+enable him, if he pays attention to them, to begin at the right time,
+and at the right end of what he has got to do, and to do it to the best
+advantage.
+
+His first step is, for any exhibition whatever, to make his application
+to the Prefect of Police for his licence, which is in all cases
+doubtful, and in all cases also is sure to require two or three weeks
+for his petition to pass the slow routine of the various offices and
+hands which it must go through. If it be for any exhibition that can
+be construed into an interference with the twenty or thirty theatre
+licences, it may as well not be applied for or thought of, for they
+will shut it up if opened.
+
+It is also necessary to arrange in time with the overseer of the poor,
+whether he is to take one-eighth or one-fifth of the receipts for the
+hospitals--for the _hospice_, as he is termed, is placed at the door
+of all exhibitions in Paris, who carries off one-eighth or one-fifth
+of the daily receipts every night. It is necessary also, if catalogues
+are to be sold in the rooms, to lodge one of them at least two weeks
+before the exhibition is to open in the hands of the Commissaire de
+Police, that it may pass through the office of the Prefect, and twenty
+other officers' hands, to be read, and duly decided that there is
+nothing revolutionary in it; and then to sell them, or to give them
+away (all the same), it is necessary for the person who is to sell, and
+who alone _can_ sell them, to apply personally to the Commissaire de
+Police, and make oath that he was born in France, to give his age and
+address, &c., &c., before he can take the part that is assigned him.
+It is then necessary, when the exhibition is announced, to wait until
+seven or eight guards and police, with muskets and bayonets fixed,
+enter and unbar the doors, and open them for the public's admission.
+It is necessary to submit to their friendly care during every day of
+the exhibition, and to pay each one his wages at night, when they lock
+up the rooms and put out the lights. In all this, however, though
+expensive, there is one redeeming feature. These numbers of armed
+police, at their posts, in front of the door, and in the passage, as
+well as in the exhibition rooms, give respectability to its appearance,
+and preserve the strictest order and quiet amongst the company, and
+keep a constant and vigilant eye to the protection of property. During
+the time I was engaged in settling these tedious preliminaries, and
+getting my rooms prepared for their exhibition, the Indians were
+taking their daily rides, and getting a passing glimpse of most of the
+out-door scenes of Paris. They were admitting parties of distinguished
+visitors, who were calling upon them, and occasionally leaving them
+liberal presents, and passing their evenings upon their buffalo skins,
+handing around the never-tiring pipe, and talking about the King, and
+their medals, and curious things they had seen as they had been riding
+through the streets. The thing which as yet amused the Doctor the most
+was the great number of women they saw in the streets leading dogs with
+ribbons and strings. He said he thought they liked their dogs better
+than they did their little children. In London, he said he had seen
+some little dogs leading their masters, who were blind, and in Paris
+they began to think the first day they rode out that one half of the
+Paris women were blind, but that they had a great laugh when they found
+that their eyes were wide open, and that instead of their dogs leading
+them, they were leading their dogs. The Doctor seemed puzzled about the
+custom of the women leading so many dogs, and although he did not in
+any direct way censure them for doing it, it seemed to perplex him,
+and he would sit and smile and talk about it for hours together. He
+and Jim had, at first, supposed, after they found that the ladies were
+not blind, that they cooked and ate them, but they were soon corrected
+in this notion, and always after remained at a loss to know what they
+could do with them.
+
+On one of their drives, the Doctor and Jim, supplied with a pencil and
+a piece of paper, had amused themselves by counting, from both sides
+of the omnibus, the number of women they passed, leading dogs in the
+street, and thus made some amusement with their list when they got
+home. They had been absent near an hour, and driving through many of
+the principal streets of the city, and their list stood thus:--
+
+      Women leading one little dog                      432
+      Women leading two little dogs                      71
+      Women leading three little dogs                     5
+      Women with big dogs following (no string)          80
+      Women carrying little dogs                         20
+      Women with little dogs in carriages                31
+
+The poor fellows insisted on it that the above was a correct account,
+and Jim, in his droll way (but I have no doubt quite honestly), said
+that "It was not a very good day either."
+
+I was almost disposed to question the correctness of their estimate,
+until I took it into my head to make a similar one, in a walk I was one
+day taking, from the Place Madeleine, through a part of the Boulevard,
+Rue St. Honoré, and Rue Rivoli, and a turn in the garden of the
+Tuileries. I saw so many that I lost my reckoning, when I was actually
+not a vast way from the list they gave me as above, and quite able to
+believe that their record was near to the truth. While the amusement
+was going on about the ladies and the little dogs, Daniel, who had
+already seen many more of the sights of Paris than I had, told the
+Indians that there was a _Dog Hospital_ and a _Dog Market_ in Paris,
+both of them curious places, and well worth their seeing. This amused
+the Doctor and Jim very much. The Doctor did not care for the _Dog
+Market_, but the _Hospital_ he _must_ see. He thought the hospital
+must be a very necessary thing, as there were such vast numbers; and
+he thought it would be a good thing to have an hospital for their
+mistresses also. Jim thought more of the market, and must see it in a
+day or two, for it was about the time that they should give a feast of
+thanksgiving, and "a _Dog Feast_ was always the most acceptable to the
+Great Spirit." It was thus agreed all around, that they should make a
+visit in a few days to the Dog Market and the Dog Hospital.
+
+Jim got Daniel to enter the above list in his book as a very
+interesting record, and ordered him to leave a blank space underneath
+it, in order to record any thing else they might learn about dogs while
+in Paris.
+
+Poor Jim! he was at this time deeply lamenting the loss of the pleasure
+he had just commenced to draw from the 'Times' newspaper, for which he
+had become a subscriber, and his old and amusing friend 'Punch,' which
+Daniel had been in the habit of entertaining them with, and which he
+had been obliged to relinquish on leaving England. His friend Daniel,
+however, who was sure always to be by him, particularly at a late hour
+in the evenings, relieved him from his trouble by telling him that
+there was an English paper printed in Paris every day, 'Galignani's
+Messenger,' which republished nearly all the murders, and rapes, and
+robberies, &c. from the 'Times;' and also, which would make it doubly
+interesting, those which were daily occurring in Paris. Jim was now
+built up again, and as he could already read a few words was the envied
+of all the party. He was learning with Daniel and Jeffrey a few words
+in French also, to which the others had not aspired; he, could say
+quite distinctly "_vive le roi_;" he knew that "_bon jour_" was "good
+morning," or "how do do?" that "_bon_" was "good," that "_mauvais_" was
+"bad," and that "very sick" was "_bien malade_." He requested Daniel to
+get Galignani's paper daily for him, for which he and the Doctor had
+agreed to pay equal shares. He seemed now quite happy in the opinion
+that his prospects for civilization were again upon a proper footing,
+and the old Doctor, who profited equally by all of Daniel's readings,
+was delighted to lend his purse to share in the expense. Daniel at
+this moment pulled the last number of Galignani out of his pocket,
+the first sight of which pleased them very much, and after reading
+several extracts of _horrid murders_, _highway robberies_, &c., from the
+'Times,' he came across a little thing that amused them,--the great
+number and length of the names of the little Prince of Wales, which he
+read over thus:--
+
+(The author regrets very much that he took no memorandum of this, but
+refers the reader to the London papers for it.)
+
+There was a hearty laugh by the whole troop when Daniel got through,
+but when Mr. Melody repeated the name of a poor fellow who used to
+dress deer skins for a living in the vicinity of _St. Louis_, they
+all laughed still more heartily, and _Chippehola_ set in and laughed
+also. He had forgotten a part of this poor fellow's name, but as
+far as he recollected of his sign board, it ran thus:--"_Haunus,
+hubbard, lubbard, lamberd, lunk, vandunk, Peter, Jacobus, Lockamore,
+Lavendolph_, dresses deer skins of all animals, and in all ways, alum
+dressed."
+
+Such was a part of the gossip of an evening, while my days were
+occupied in preparing my rooms for the admission of the public.
+During this delay, one of the gentlemen who visited the Indians most
+frequently, as his native countrymen, was Mr. W. Costar, formerly of
+New York, but now living in Paris, and whose kind lady invited the
+whole party to dine at her house.
+
+The Indians had expressed the greatest pleasure at meeting this
+American gentleman in Paris, as if they claimed a sort of kindred to
+him, and met the invitation as one of great kindness, and the interview
+as one in which they were to feel much pleasure. They were particularly
+careful in dressing and preparing for it, and when ready, and the time
+had arrived, Mr. Melody and I accompanied them to this gentleman's
+house, where a most sumptuous dinner was served, and besides his
+accomplished lady and lovely daughters, there were several ladies of
+distinction and of title, seated, to complete the honours that were to
+be paid to the Indians.
+
+It was a matter of great surprise to all the fashionable guests who
+were present, that those rude people from the wilderness, used to take
+their meals from the ground, were so perfectly composed and so much at
+ease at the table, and managed so well with the knife and fork, and
+even so gracefully smiled over their glasses of wine when a lady or a
+gentleman proposed the health of any one. Just before we had finished
+our dessert, a number of fashionable ladies, the Countess of L----,
+the Baron and Baroness de G----, and several others who had begun to
+assemble for the evening soirée, arrived, and were ushered into the
+dining room, where they had the curiosity of seeing the Indians as they
+were seated in all their trinkets and ranged around the table; and from
+the lips of all escaped the instant exclamations of, "Bless me! what a
+fine and noble-looking set of men they are! How much at ease they seem!
+Why, those are polished gentlemen," &c. &c.
+
+From the dinner table they were invited to the salon, where a large
+party had gathered, who were delighted with the wild and picturesque
+appearance of the "Peaux Rouges."
+
+The Indians saw some fine dancing and waltzing, and heard some splendid
+playing on the piano, and singing.
+
+The Doctor's complete fascination by the playing and singing of a
+beautiful young lady was so conspicuous as to become the principal
+event of the evening, and after he had stood and smiled upon her in
+profound admiration during her fourth or fifth song, he _amused_
+many of the party, and _shocked_ others, by the extraordinary and
+unexpected, though perfectly just remark, that "her voice was as soft
+and sweet as that of a wolf!"
+
+This startling compliment I must leave for the estimates of the world,
+mentioning only the two facts, that the Doctor's _totem_ (or _arms_)
+is the wolf; and that in my travels in the prairies of America I have
+often thought that the soft, and plaintive, and silvery tones of the
+howling prairie wolf oftentimes surpassed in sweetness the powers of
+the human voice.
+
+M. Vattemare, in his kind endeavours to promote the interest of the
+Indians, and that of myself, had obtained an invitation from the
+Members of the Royal Academy of Sciences for the Indians to visit
+them at one of their sittings, which was a great honour; but the poor
+Indians left Paris without ever having been able to learn how or in
+what way that honour arrived. Messrs. Melody and Vattemare and myself
+accompanied the whole party to their rooms, and, being ushered and
+squeezed and pushed into a dense crowd of gentlemen, all standing,
+and where the Indians were not even offered a seat, they were gazed
+and scowled at, their heads and arms felt, their looks and capacities
+criticised like those of wild beasts, without being asked a question,
+or thanked for the kindness of coming, and where they were offered not
+even a glass of cold water. The Indians and ourselves were thus eyed
+and elbowed about in this crowd for half an hour, from which we were
+all glad to escape, deciding that it was entirely too scientific for
+us, and a style of politeness that we were not perhaps sufficiently
+acquainted with duly to appreciate.
+
+The various conjectures about the objects of this visit were raised
+after we got home, and they were as curious as they were numerous. The
+Indians had reflected upon it with evident surprise, and repeatedly
+inquired of M. Vattemare and myself for what purpose we had taken them
+there. M. Vattemare told them that these were the greatest scientific
+men of the kingdom. This they did not understand, and he then, to
+explain, said they were the great _medicine men_, the learned doctors,
+&c. They then took the hint a little better, and decided alarm with it,
+for they said they recollected to have seen in some of their faces,
+while examining their heads and arms, decided expressions of anxiety
+to dissect their limbs and bones, which they now felt quite sure would
+be the case if any of them should die while in Paris. The War-chief,
+who seldom had much to say while speaking of the events of the day,
+very gravely observed on this occasion, that "he had been decidedly
+displeased, and the chief also, but it would be best to say no more
+about it, though if any of the party got sick, to take great care what
+physicians were called to visit them."
+
+M. Vattemare, in his kind interest for all parties, here exerted his
+influence to a little further degree, and persuaded the Indians to
+believe that those distinguished men, the great philosopher M. Arago
+and others, who were present, would be their warmest friends, but that
+with these transcendently great and wise men, their minds and all their
+time were so engrossed with their profound studies, that they had no
+time or desire to practise politeness; that they were the eyes which
+the public used, to look deep into and through all things strange or
+new that came to Paris; and that the public were after that, polite and
+civil, in proportion as those learned men should decide that they ought
+or ought not to be.
+
+Jim here took a whiff or two on his pipe, and, turning over on his back
+and drawing up his knees and clasping his hands across his stomach
+(Plate No. 17), said--
+
+  "We know very well that the King and the Queen and all the royal
+  family are pleased with us, and are our friends, and if that is not
+  enough to make us respected we had better go home. We believe that
+  the King is a much greater man, and a much _better_ man, than any of
+  those we saw there, and better than the whole of them put together.
+  We know that there are many kind people in this great city who will
+  be glad to shake our hands in friendship, and there are others who
+  would like to get our skins, and we think that we saw some such
+  there to-day. We met some kind people yesterday, where we went to
+  dine--we love those people and do not fear them. If we should get
+  sick they would be kind to us, and we think much more of that kind
+  lady and gentleman than we do of all the great doctors we have seen
+  this day--we hope not to see them any more. This is the wish of the
+  chiefs, and of our wives and little children, who are all alarmed
+  about them."
+
+This finished the conversation for the present about the learned
+society, though the impression was one of a most unfavourable kind on
+their minds, and was a long time in wearing away.
+
+  [Illustration: N^o. 17.]
+
+The time had at length arrived for the opening of my collection and
+the commencement of the illustrations of the Indians. It had been for
+some days announced, and the hour had approached. The visitors were
+admitted into the rooms where my numerous collection of 600 paintings
+and some thousands of articles of Indian manufactures were subjects
+of new and curious interest to examine until the audience were mostly
+assembled, when, at a signal, the Indians all entered the room from an
+adjoining apartment, advancing to and mounting the platform, in Indian
+file, in full dress and paint, and armed and equipped as if for a
+battle-field. They sounded the war-whoop as they came in, and nothing
+could exceed the thrill of excitement that ran through the crowd in
+every part of the Hall. There was a rush to see who should get nearest
+to the platform, and be enabled most closely to scan _"les Sauvages
+horribles," "les Peaux Rouges," ou "les nouvelles Diables à Paris."_
+
+The chief led the party as they entered the room, and, having ascended
+the platform, erected the flag of his tribe in the centre, and in a
+moment the party were all seated around it, and lighting their pipe
+to take a smoke, whilst I was introducing them and their wives to
+the audience. This having been done in as brief a time as possible,
+they finished their pipe and commenced their amusements in Paris by
+giving the _discovery-dance_. This curious mode forms a part and the
+commencement of the war-dance, and is generally led off by one of the
+War-chiefs, who dances forward alone, pretending to be skulking and
+hunting for the track of his enemy, and when he discovers it he beckons
+on his warriors, who steal into the dance behind him, and follow him
+up as he advances, and pretends at length to discover the enemy in the
+distance, ordering all to be ready for the attack.
+
+The Doctor was the one who opened the _bal_ on this occasion, and it
+was a proud and important moment for him: not that the fate of nations
+unborn, or the success of their enterprise, depended upon the event,
+but what to him was perhaps as high an incentive--that his standing
+with the ladies of Paris would probably be regulated for the whole
+time they should be there by the sensation he should make at the first
+dash. He therefore put on his most confident smile as he went into
+the dance: as he tilted about and pointed out the track where his
+enemy had gone, he made signs that the enemy had passed by, and then,
+beckoning up his warriors, pointed him out amongst a group of beautiful
+ladies who had taken an elevated and conspicuous position in front.
+He sounded the war-whoop, and all echoed it as he pointed towards the
+ladies, who screamed, and leapt from their seats, as the Indians'
+weapons were drawn! Here was an excitement begun, and the old Doctor
+smiled as he turned his head and his weapons in other directions, and
+proceeded with the dance. At the end of its first part their feet all
+came to a simultaneous stop, when the Doctor advanced to the front
+of the platform, and, brandishing his spear over the heads of the
+audience, made the most tremendous boast of the manner in which he took
+a prisoner in a battle with the Pawnees, and drove him home before his
+horse rather than take his life: he then plunged into the most agitated
+dance alone, and acting out the whole features of his battle in time to
+the song and beating of the drum; and at the close, rounds of applause
+awaited him in every part of the crowd. These the Doctor received with
+so complaisant a smile of satisfaction, as he bowed his head gracefully
+inclined on one side, that another and another burst of applause, and
+another bow and smile, followed; satisfying him that the path was
+cleared before him. He then shook his rattle of deer's hoofs, and,
+summoning his warriors, they all united in finishing with full and wild
+effect this spirited dance. Though in the midst of a dancing country,
+their mode of dancing was quite new, and was evidently calculated to
+amuse, from the immense applause that was given them at the end of
+their first effort.
+
+The dancers had now all taken their seats, except the Doctor, who was
+lingering on his feet, and had passed his spear into his left hand,
+evidently preparing to push his advantage a little further with the
+ladies, by making a speech, as soon as silence should be sufficiently
+restored to enable him to be heard. This little delay might or might
+not have been a fortunate occurrence for the Doctor, for it afforded
+Jim an opportunity to remind him how much he had lost by his last
+two or three speeches, which so completely put him out, that he sat
+down, apparently well pleased and satisfied with what he had already
+accomplished.
+
+My kind friend M. Vattemare, who had now become a great favourite of
+the Indians, went forward, and offered them his hand to encourage them,
+assuring them of the great pleasure the audience were taking, and
+encouraging them to go on with all the spirit they could, as there were
+some of the most distinguished people of Paris present--the Minister
+of the Interior and his lady, the Prêfet de Police, several foreign
+ambassadors, and a number of the editors of the leading journals, who
+were taking notes, and would speak about them in the papers the next
+morning.
+
+The _eagle-dance_ was now announced to the audience as the next
+amusement; and after a brief description of it, the _Little Wolf_
+sprang upon his feet, and sounding his eagle whistle, and shaking the
+eagle's tail in his left hand, while he brandished his tomahawk in his
+right, he commenced. His fellow-warriors were soon engaged with him,
+and all excited to the determination to make "a hit." As after the
+first, they were complimented by rounds of applause, and sat down to
+their pipe with peculiar satisfaction. The War-chief took the first few
+whiffs upon it, and, rising, advanced to the front of the platform,
+and in the most dignified and graceful attitude that the orator could
+assume, extended his right hand over the heads of the audience, and
+said--
+
+  "My Friends,--It gives us great pleasure to see so many pleasant
+  faces before us to-night, and to learn from your applause that you
+  are amused with our dances. We are but children; we live in the
+  woods, and are ignorant, and you see us here as the Great Spirit made
+  us; and our dances are not like the dances of the French people, whom
+  we have been told dance the best of any people in the world. ('_How,
+  how, how!_' and immense applause.)
+
+  "My Friends,--We come here not to teach you to dance--(a roar of
+  applause and laughter)--we come here not to teach you anything, for
+  you are a great deal wiser than we, but to show you how we red people
+  look and act in the wilderness, and we shall be glad some nights to
+  go and see how the French people dance. (Great applause and '_How,
+  how, how!_')
+
+  "My Friends,--We are happy that the Great Spirit has kept us alive
+  and well, and that we have been allowed to see the face of our Great
+  Father your King. We saw him and your good Queen, and the little boy
+  who will be king, and they all treated us with kind hearts, and we
+  feel thankful for it. ('_How, how, how!_')
+
+  "My Friends,--We have crossed two oceans to come here, and we have
+  seen no village so beautiful as Paris. London, where the _Saganoshes_
+  live, is a large village, but their wigwams are not so beautiful as
+  those in Paris, and in their streets there are too many people who
+  seem to be very poor and hungry. ('_How, how, how!_')
+
+  "My Friends,--I have no more to say at present, only, that, when my
+  young men have finished their dances, we shall be glad to shake hands
+  with you all, if you desire it." ("_How, how, how!_")
+
+The old man resumed his seat and his pipe amidst a din of applause; and
+at this moment several trinkets and pieces of money were tossed upon
+the platform from various parts of the room.
+
+After the eagle-dance they strung their bows, and, slinging their
+quivers upon their backs, commenced shooting at the target for prizes.
+The hall in which their dances were given was so immensely large that
+they had a range of 150 feet to throw their arrows at their targets,
+which formed by no means the least amusing and exciting part of their
+exhibitions. Their ball-sticks were also taken in hand, and the ball,
+and their mode of catching and throwing it, beautifully illustrated.
+After this, and another dance, a general shake of the hands took place,
+and a promenade of the Indians through the vast space occupied by my
+collection. They retired from the rooms and the crowd in fine glee,
+having made their _début_ in Paris, about which they had had great
+anxiety, somebody having told them that the French people would not be
+pleased with their dancing, as they danced so well themselves.
+
+The Indians being gone, _I_ became the lion, and was asked for in every
+part of the rooms. The visitors were now examining my numerous works,
+and all wanted to see me. My friend M. Vattemare was by my side, and
+kindly presented me to many gentlemen of the press, and others of his
+acquaintance, in the rooms. There were so many who said they were
+waiting "for the honour," &c., that I was kept until a very late hour
+before I could leave the room.
+
+There were a number of fellow-artists present, who took pleasure in
+complimenting me for the manner in which my paintings were executed;
+and many others for my perseverance and philanthropy in having
+laboured thus to preserve the memorials of these dying people. I was
+complimented on all sides, and bowed, and was bowed to, and invited
+by cards and addresses left for me. So _I_ went home, as well as the
+Indians, elated with the pleasing conviction that _mine_ was a "hit,"
+as well as _theirs_.
+
+The leading journals of the next day were liberal in their comments
+upon the Indians and my collection, pronouncing my labours of great
+interest and value, and the exhibition altogether one of the most
+extraordinary interest ever opened in Paris, and advising all the world
+to see it.[39] Thus were we started in the way of business after the
+first night's exhibition, and that after remaining there just one month
+before we could meet and pass all the necessary forms and get quite
+ready.
+
+  [39] See critical notices of the French Press, Appendix to vol. i.
+       p. 239.
+
+
+
+
+                             CHAPTER XXVI.
+
+  Indians at Madame Greene's party--Their ideas of waltzing--The
+     Doctor's admiration of the young ladies--The King's fête,
+     first of May--Indians in the Palace--Royal Family in the
+     balcony--Grand and sublime scene on the river--Indians in a
+     crowd of nobility in the Duc d'Aumale's apartments--Messenger
+     to Indians' apartments with gold and silver medals--Medals
+     to the women and children--Consequent difficulties--Visit
+     to the Hospital of Invalids--Place Concorde--Column of
+     Luxor--The fountains--Visit to the Triumphal Arch--Jim's
+     description of an ugly woman--Victor Hugo--Madame Georges
+     Sands--Indians visit the Louvre--M. de Cailleux--Baron de
+     Humboldt--Illness of the wife of Little Wolf--A phrenologist
+     visits the Indians--The phrenologist's head examined--Two
+     Catholic priests visit the Indians--Indians visit the Garden
+     of Plants--Alarm of the birds and animals--The "poor prisoner
+     buffalo"--Visit to the _Salle aux Vins_--Astonishment
+     of the Indians--The war-whoop--_Chickabobboo_--Cafés
+     explained--Indians visit _Père la Chaise_--A great funeral--A
+     speech over the grave--Hired mourners--Visit the _School
+     of Medicine_--and "_Dupuytren's Room_"--Excitement of the
+     Doctor--Visit to the _Foundling Hospital_--Astonishment and
+     pity of the Indians--Entries in Jim's note-book, and Doctor's
+     remarks--Visit the _Guillotine_--Indians' ideas of _hanging_
+     in England, and _beheading_ in France--Curious debate--Visit
+     to the _Dog Market_--Jim's purchase and difficulty--The _Dog
+     Hospital_--Alarm of the "petites malades"--Retreat--_Bobasheela_
+     arrives from London--Great rejoicing--Jim's comments on the
+     Frenchwomen--The _little foundlings_ and the _little dogs_.
+
+
+Having thus commenced upon our operations in the Salle Valentino,
+it was thought best to change the lodgings of the Indians to some
+point more near to the place of their exhibitions, and rooms were at
+length procured for them in the same building with their hall, and
+communicating with it. To these apartments they were removed, and
+arrangements were made for two open carriages to drive them an hour
+each day for their recreation and amusement. By this arrangement we
+had the sights of Paris before us, and easily within our reach, to
+be visited at our leisure. Our exhibitions were given each night from
+eight to ten, and each afternoon from one to three o'clock; so that
+they had the mornings for sight-seeing, and their evenings, from ten to
+twelve, to visit the theatres or parties, whenever they were invited
+and felt disposed to attend.
+
+The first evening-party they were invited to attend in Paris was that
+of the lady of _Mr. Greene_, the American banker. They were there
+ushered into a brilliant blaze of lamps, of beauty, and fashion,
+composed chiefly of Americans, to whom they felt the peculiar
+attachment of countrymen, though of a different complexion, and
+anywhere else than across the Atlantic would have been strangers to.
+
+They were received with great kindness by this polite and excellent
+lady and her daughters, and made many pleasing acquaintances in her
+house. The old Doctor had luckily dressed out his head with his red
+crest, and left at home his huge head-dress of horns and eagles'
+quills, which would have been exceedingly unhandy in a _squeeze_, and
+subjected him to curious remarks amongst the ladies. He had loaded
+on all his wampum and other ornaments, and smiled away the hours
+in perfect happiness, as he was fanning himself with the tail of a
+war-eagle, and bowing his head to the young and beautiful ladies who
+were helping him to lemonade and _blanc-mange_, and to the young men
+who were inviting him to the table to take an occasional glass of the
+"_Queen's chickabobboo_." Their heavy buffalo robes were distressing to
+them (said the Doctor) in the great heat of the rooms, "but then, as
+the ladies were afraid of getting paint on their dresses, they did not
+squeeze so hard against us as they did against the other people in the
+room, so we did not get so hot as we might have been."
+
+It amused the Doctor and Jim very much to see the gentlemen take the
+ladies by the waist when they were dancing with them, probably never
+having seen waltzing before. They were pleased also, as the Doctor
+said, with "the manner in which the ladies showed their beautiful
+white necks and arms, but they saw several that they thought had better
+been covered." "The many nice and sweet and frothy little things that
+the ladies gave them in tea-saucers to eat, with little spoons, were
+too sweet, and they did not like them much; and in coming away they
+were sorry they could not find the good lady to thank her, the crowd
+was so great; but the _chickabobboo_ (champagne), which was very good,
+was close to the door, and a young man with yellow hair and moustaches
+kept pouring it out until they were afraid, if they drank any more,
+some of the poor fellows who were dancing so hard would get none."
+
+The scene they witnessed that night was truly very brilliant, and
+afforded them theme for a number of pipes of gossip after they got home.
+
+It has been said, and very correctly, that there is no end to the
+amusements of Paris, and to the Indians, to whose sight every thing was
+new and curious, the term, no doubt, more aptly applied than to the
+rest of the world. Of those never-ending sights there was one now at
+hand which was promising them and "all the world" a fund of amusement,
+and the poor fellows were impatient for its arrival. This splendid and
+all-exciting affair was the King's fête on the 1st of May, his birthday
+as some style it, though it is not exactly such, it is the day fixed
+upon as the annual celebration of his birth. This was, of course, a
+holiday to the Indians, as well as for everybody else, and I resolved
+to spend the greater part of it with them.
+
+Through the aid of some friends I had procured an order to admit the
+party of Indians into the apartments of the Duke d'Aumale in the
+Tuileries, to witness the grand concert in front of the Palace, and
+to see the magnificent fireworks and illumination on the Seine at
+night. We had the best possible position assigned us in the wing of
+the Palace, overlooking the river in both directions, up and down,
+bringing all the bridges of the Seine, the Deputies, and Invalides,
+and other public buildings, which were illuminated, directly under our
+eyes. During the day, Mr. Melody, and Jeffrey, and Daniel had taken,
+as they called it, "a grand drive," to inspect the various places of
+amusement, and the immense concourse of people assembled in them. Of
+these, the Barrières, the Champs Elysées, &c., they were obliged to
+take but a passing glance, for to have undertaken to stop and to mix
+with the dense crowds assembled in them would have been dangerous, even
+to their lives, from the masses of people who would have crowded upon
+them. The Indians themselves were very sagacious on this point, and
+always judiciously kept at a reasonable distance on such occasions.
+It was amusement enough for them during the day to ride rapidly about
+and through the streets, anticipating the pleasure they were to have
+in the evening, and taking a distant view from their carriages, of
+the exciting emulation of the _May-pole_, and a glance at the tops of
+the thousand booths, and "flying ships," and "merry-go-rounds" of the
+Champs Elysées.
+
+At six o'clock we took our carriages and drove to the Tuileries, and,
+being conducted to the splendid apartments of the Duke d'Aumale, who
+was then absent from Paris, we had there, from the windows looking down
+upon the Seine and over the Quartier St. Germain, and the windows in
+front, looking over the garden of the Tuileries and Place Concorde, the
+most general and comprehensive view that was to be had from any point
+that could have been selected. Under our eyes in front, the immense
+area of the garden of the Tuileries was packed with human beings,
+forming but one black and dotted mass of some hundreds of thousands
+who were gathered to listen to the magnificent orchestra of music,
+and to see and salute with "Vive le Roi!" "Vive la Reine!" and "Vive
+le Comte de Paris!" the Royal Family as they appeared in the balcony.
+Though it appeared as if every part of the gardens was filled, there
+was still a black and moving mass pouring through Rue Rivoli, Rue
+Castiglione, Rue Royale, and Place Concorde, all concentrating in the
+garden of the Tuileries. This countless mass of human beings continued
+to gather until the hour when their Majesties entered the balcony, and
+then, all hats off, there was a shout as vast and incomputable as the
+mass itself of "Vive le Roi!--Vive le Roi!--Vive la Reine!--Vive le
+Comte de Paris!" The King then, with his chapeau in his hand, bowed to
+the audience in various directions; so did her Majesty the Queen and
+the little Comte de Paris. The band then struck up the national air,
+and played several pieces, while the Royal Family were seated in the
+balcony, and the last golden rays of the sun, that was going behind
+the Arc de Triomphe, was shining in their faces. Their Majesties then
+retired as the twilight was commencing, and the vast crowd began to
+move in the direction of the Seine, the Terrace, and Place Concorde, to
+witness the grand scene of illumination and "feu d'artifice" that was
+preparing on the river.
+
+As the daylight disappeared, the artificial light commenced to display
+its various characters, and the Indians began to wonder. This scene was
+to be entirely new to them, and the reader can imagine better than I
+can explain what was their astonishment when the King's signal rocket
+was fired from the Tuileries, and in the next moment the whole river,
+as it were, in a blaze of liquid fire, and the heavens burst asunder
+with all their luminaries falling in a chaos of flames and sparkling
+fire to the earth! The incessant roar and flash of cannons lining the
+shore of the river, and the explosion of rockets in the air, with the
+dense columns of white, and yellow, and blue, and blood-red smoke,
+that were rising from the bed of the river, and all reflected upon the
+surface of the water, heightened the grandeur of its effect, and helped
+to make it unlike anything on earth, save what we might imagine to
+transpire in and over the deep and yawning crater of a huge volcano in
+the midst of its midnight eruption.
+
+This wonderful scene lasted for half an hour, and when the last flash
+died away, all eyes like our own seemed to turn away from the smoking
+desolation that seemed to be left below, and the dense mass was
+dividing and pouring off in streams through the various streets and
+avenues, some seeking their homes with their little children, and
+hundreds of thousands of others, to revel away the night amidst the
+brilliant illuminations and innocent amusements of the Champs Elysées.
+
+We turned our eyes at that moment from the scene, and, in turning
+around, found ourselves blockaded by a phalanx of officers in gold lace
+and cocked hats, and ladies, attachés of the royal household, Deputies,
+Peers of France, and other distinguished guests of the Royal Family,
+who had been viewing the scene from other windows of the Palace, and
+had now gathered in our rooms to look at "_les Peaux Rouges_." My good
+friend M. Vattemare was present on this occasion, and of great service
+to us all, as there were in this crowd the incumbents of several high
+offices under the Crown, and others of distinction with whom he was
+acquainted, and to whom he introduced us all, converting the rooms and
+the crowd in a little time into a splendid soirée, where conversation
+and refreshments soon made all easy and quite happy.
+
+The servants of the Duke's household conducted us into the several
+apartments, explaining the paintings and other works of art, and
+also took us into the Duke's bedchamber, where were the portraits of
+himself and the Duchess, and others of the Royal Family. There was, we
+learned, in another part of the Palace, a grand _bal_ on that evening,
+and that accounted for the constant crowds of fashionable ladies and
+gentlemen who were pouring into our apartments, and who would have
+continued to do so in all probability for the greater part of the night
+had we not taken up the line of march, endeavouring to make our way
+to our carriages on our way home. This was for some time exceedingly
+difficult, as we had a succession of rooms and halls to pass through
+before we reached the top of the staircase, all of which were filled
+with a dense mass of ladies and gentlemen, who had got information
+that the Ioway Indians were in the Duke's apartments, and were then
+making their way there to get a peep at them. We crowded and squeezed
+through this mass as well as we could, and were all laughing at Jim's
+remarks as we passed along. He thought the people had all left the
+King and Queen to see the Indians. "Come see Ingins" (said he in
+English) "at Salle Valentino--see em dance--better go back, see King,
+see Queen--Ingins no good." Mr. Melody gave the poor fellow the first
+idea that his words were thrown away, as these people were all French,
+and did not understand English; so Jim said, "I spose em no buy Bible
+then?" and began to whistle. We soon descended the grand escalier,
+and, taking our carriages, were in a few minutes entering the Indians'
+apartments in Salle Valentino.
+
+Jim got home a little provoked, as the Doctor was showing a very
+handsome eyeglass which had been presented to him: two or three of
+the women had also received presents in money and trinkets, but Jim's
+wife, as well as himself, was amongst the neglected or overlooked. He
+then took out of his pouch and throwing it down upon the table one of
+his beautiful gilt bound little Bibles, and said, "Me no sell em."
+"Did you try, Jim?" "Yes, me try em, but me no sell em--folks call em
+_Onglaise_. Onglaise no good, I guess, I no sell em." Poor Jim! he
+looked quite chapfallen at the moment, and much more so when Daniel
+afterwards told him that he ought to have had an auction or other sale
+of his Bibles before he left England, for the French didn't care much
+about Bibles, and if they did they wouldn't buy his, for they were in
+the English language, which they could not read. Jim's regrets were
+now very great, to think they had so little oversight as to come away
+without thinking to make some conversion of them into ready cash.
+Daniel told him, however, that he thought there would be nothing lost
+on them, as they would sell better in America than they would have sold
+in England, and he had better pack them away until they went home.
+
+The conversation running upon Bibles, Jim was asked, as there was
+some sympathy expressed for him, how many he and his wife had, to
+which he replied, "I no know--I guess a heap." It was in a few moments
+ascertained more correctly from his wife, who had the immediate charge
+of them, that they had twenty-eight, and the account soon returned from
+the whole party, that in all they had received about 120 since they
+arrived in England.
+
+They took their suppers, which were ready when they got back, and their
+_chickabobboo_ (vin rouge) with their pipe, and engaged M. Vattemare
+for some time to explain the meaning of the many beautiful decorations
+they had seen worn on the breasts and shoulders of the officers they
+had met in the palace. The explanations of these things pleased
+them very much: as to the fireworks, they said that was such great
+_medicine_ to them, that they did not care about talking on the subject
+until they had taken more time to think.
+
+Just as M. Vattemare and I were about to leave the room, I found Jim
+and the Doctor interrogating Daniel about the "big guns that spoke
+so loud: they thought they must have very large mouths to speak so
+strong," and were anxious to see them. Daniel told them that those
+which made the loudest noise were at the Hospital of the Invalides, and
+it was then agreed that they should go there the next day to see them.
+
+Jim said they had all been delighted at what Daniel read in his paper
+about their going before the King and Queen, and that he must be sure
+to bring the paper at an early hour the next morning, to let them hear
+what was said about the Indians being in the palace the second time,
+and in the rooms of the Duke, to see the fireworks.
+
+The rest of their evening was taken up in "thinking" on what they had
+seen, and the next morning, as he had promised, Daniel came in with the
+paper and read a long account of the amusements of the day and evening,
+and also of the hundreds of thousands in the crowd who moved along in
+front of the Duke d'Aumale's apartments to look at the Indians, in
+preference to look at the King and the Queen. It was decided (as he
+read) that the crowd was much more dense and remained at a much later
+hour in front of that wing of the palace than in front of the balcony,
+where the Royal Family and the orchestra of music were. This pleased
+them all very much; and after their breakfasts, while they were yet in
+this cheerful train of feelings, the young man who had brought them the
+money from the King made his appearance, and I was instantly sent for.
+On arriving I was informed by him that he had come from his Majesty
+with the gold and silver medals, to be presented in his Majesty's name
+to each one individually. This announced, the Indians of course put all
+other occupations aside, and, being all seated on the floor, at the
+request of the chief, the medals were called out by the inscriptions on
+them and presented accordingly. The first presented was a gold medal to
+White Cloud, the chief: the inscription on the back of it read thus:--
+
+           "Donné à _Mu-hu-she-kaw_, par le Roi: 1845."
+
+The next presented was to the War-chief--a gold medal of equal size,
+and inscription in the same form. Silver medals, of equal size with
+inscriptions, were then presented to all the warriors and women and
+children. This last part of the list, women and children, seemed to
+startle them a little. The idea of women and children receiving medals
+was entirely new to them, and put them quite at a stand. There was no
+alternative but to take them, and be thankful for them; but it seemed
+curious enough to them--a subject not to be named, however, until
+the messenger had departed with their thanks to his Majesty for his
+kindness. This was done by the War-chief, and the gentleman departed.
+
+The old Doctor and _Wa-ton-ye_, the two unmarried men of the
+party, were the only ones who seemed to show anything like decided
+dissatisfaction in their faces, though Jim and Little Wolf were
+fumbling theirs over in their fingers, evidently in a struggle of
+feeling whether to be dissatisfied or not. The Little Wolf was a
+warrior of decided note, who had taken several scalps, and his
+wife had never taken one, and yet her medal was equal to his own;
+however, by the operation he had got two medals instead of one. Jim
+felt a little touched, and, though never having done much more in war
+than his squaw had, was preparing to make a great harangue on the
+occasion, and even rolled over on his back, and drew up his knees,
+for the purpose, but, taking the shining metal from his wife's hands,
+and placing it by the side of his own, he thought they would form a
+beautiful ornament, both hanging together, symbolic of an affectionate
+husband and wife, and he was silent. The poor old Doctor, though, who
+had taken _one prisoner_ certain, and _possibly_ some scalps, and (as
+the old War-chief had one day told him) undoubtedly "many lives," who
+could only dangle one medal (having no wife), and that one no better
+than those given to the women and children, lost all traces of the
+complaisant smiles that had shone on his face a little time before,
+and, rising suddenly up, and wrapping his robe around him, he found his
+way to the house-top, where he stood in silent gaze upon the chimneys
+and tiles, more suited to the meditations that were running through his
+troubled mind. _Wa-ton-ye_, in the mean time, with smothered feelings
+that no one ever heard vent given to, hung his with its tri-coloured
+ribbon upon a nail in the wall just over his head, and, drawing his
+buffalo robe quite over him, hid his face, and went to sleep.
+
+White Cloud and the War-chief sat during the while, with their families
+hanging about their shoulders and knees, well pleased, and smiling upon
+the brightness of his Majesty's familiar features in shining gold, as
+they turned their medals around in various lights. Theirs were of a
+more precious metal, and each, from the number of his family with him,
+became the owner of _three_, instead of _one_, over which the poor
+Doctor was yet pondering on the house-top, as he stood looking off
+towards the mountains and prairies.
+
+When their carriages were at the door, to make their visit to the
+_Hôpital des Invalides_, as promised the night before, the Doctor was
+unwilling to break the charm of his contemplations, and _Wa-ton-ye_
+could not be waked, and the rest drove off in good cheer and delight.
+They hung their medals on their necks, suspended by their tri-coloured
+ribbons, the meaning of which having been explained to them, and they
+were soon at the mouths of the huge cannon, whose "big mouths" had
+"spoken so loudly" the night before.
+
+After taking a good look at them, and getting something of their
+curious history, they entered that wonderful and most noble
+institution, an honour to the name of its founder and to the country
+that loves and upholds it, the _Hospital_ of _Invalids_. Nothing on
+earth could have struck these people as more curious and interesting
+(a race of warriors themselves) than this institution, with its
+3800 venerable inmates, the living victims of battles, wounded,
+crippled, fed, and clothed, and made happy, the living evidences of
+the human slaughter that must have taken place in the scenes they had
+been through. If this scene convinced them of the destructiveness
+of civilized modes of warfare, it taught them an useful lesson of
+civilized sympathy for those who are the unfortunate victims of war and
+carnage.
+
+The moral that was drawn from this day's visit was an important one
+to them, and I took the opportunity, and many others afterwards, to
+impress it upon their minds. It pleased them to hear that these old
+veterans, with one leg and one arm, were the very men who were chosen
+to come to the big guns, and fire them off, on the day of the King's
+fete--the same guns that they fought around, and over, when they were
+taking them from the enemies.
+
+Returning from the "_Invalides_," our carriages were stopped in Place
+Concorde for a view of the beautiful fountains playing, which pleased
+and astonished them, as they do all foreigners who pass. The Egyptian
+obelisk column of Luxor, of seventy-two feet, in one solid piece of
+granite, and brought from Egypt to Paris, was shown and explained to
+them, and our carriage driven to the ground where the _guillotine_ had
+stood on which the blood of Kings and Queens had been shed, and where
+the father of Louis Philippe was beheaded. These extraordinary and
+almost incredible facts of history, and that so recent, filled their
+minds with amazement, and almost with incredulity. Our drive that day
+was continued through the broad avenue of the Champs Elysées to the
+_triumphal arch_ at the Barrière d'Etoile, and our view from the top of
+it was one of the finest they thought in the world. We were not quite
+as high as when we were on the tower of the York cathedral, but the
+scene around us was far more picturesque and enchanting.
+
+When we returned we found the old Doctor and _Wa-ton-ye_ seated upon
+their buffalo robes, and playing at cards, quite in good humour, and
+their medals put away, as if nothing had happened to put them out. They
+were much amused at the descriptions of what the others had seen, and
+particularly so at Jim's description of an ugly woman he saw on top of
+the Arc de Triomphe, and who followed him around, he said, and looked
+him in the face until he was frightened. Here the Doctor, who had been
+out of humour, and was disposed to be a little severe on Jim, replied
+that "it was laughable for such an ill-looking, big-mouthed fellow as
+him to be talking about any one's ill looks, and to be alarmed at any
+one's ugliness, looking out over such a set of features as he had on
+the lower part of his face." Jim, however, having two medals, took but
+little notice of the Doctor's severity, but proceeded to tell about
+the ugly woman he saw. He said, "her eyes had all the time two white
+rings clear around them, and the end of her nose turning up, as if she
+had always smelled something bad, had pulled her upper-lip up so high
+that she could not shut her mouth or cover her teeth. She had two great
+rows of teeth, and there was black all between them, as if a charge of
+gunpowder had gone off in her mouth, and her skin was as white as snow,
+excepting on her cheeks, and there it was quite red, like a rose."
+
+"Stop, stop, Jim," said I, "let me write that down before you go any
+further."
+
+But this was all. He said he could not bear to look at her, and
+therefore he did not examine her any further. He also made some fun
+about two English ladies, who were up there when they were on the Arc
+de Triomphe. He said, "he had sat down by the side of the railing with
+his wife, where these ladies came to them. One of them asked if they
+could speak English, to which he made no reply, but shook his head. He
+said they had a great many things to say about him, and one of them
+wanted to feel his face (his chin, he supposed), to see if he had any
+beard; and when she did not find any, she said something which he did
+not understand, but he said it tickled them very much, and then he said
+she put her hand on his shoulder, which was naked, and took hold of
+his arm, and said several things, about which they had a great deal of
+laugh, which he understood, and which he would not like to mention, for
+his wife did not understand them, and he did not wish her to know what
+they were laughing about."
+
+The hour having approached for their afternoon's exhibition, the
+conversation was here broken off. I was, however, obliged to delay
+a few minutes for some account they wished me to give them of the
+guillotine, which I had spoken of while in the Place Concorde. I
+briefly described it to them, and they all expressed a wish to go some
+day and see it, and I promised to take them.
+
+The exhibition in the afternoon was attended by many more fashionable
+ladies and gentlemen than that of the evening; and so many carriages
+driving up to the door, in a pleasant day, was always sure to put the
+Doctor into the best of humour, and generally, when he was in such
+a mood, there would be wit and drollery enough in him, and his good
+friend Jim, to influence the whole group. They were usually in good
+spirits, and, when so, were sure to please; and thus were they on that,
+the first of their morning's entertainments; and it happened luckily,
+for we had in the rooms some of the most fashionable and literary
+personages of Paris--amongst these, the famous writers, _Victor Hugo_,
+_Madame Georges Sands_, and several others, to whom the Indians and
+myself were personally introduced.
+
+The old Doctor was told by M. Vattemare, who was again there, to do
+his best, and all did their parts admirably well, and much to the
+astonishment of the ladies, several of which old dames I found had
+really supposed, until now, that the "_sauvages_" were little more
+than wild beasts. After the Indians had finished their amusements and
+retired from the rooms, _I_ was left _lion_ again and "lord of all the
+visitors were now surveying." Then it was that _my_ embarrassment came,
+losing in a great measure the pleasure that I could have drawn from the
+society of such persons who came to praise, by not speaking the French
+language.
+
+However, I had generally the benefit of my friend M. Vattemare or
+others around me ready to help me through the difficulty. It gave me
+daily pleasure to find that my works were highly applauded by the
+press, as well as by personal expressions in the room, and in all the
+grades of society to which I was then being invited.
+
+Our second evening soon approached, and we found the hall fashionably
+filled again, and of course the Indians, though in a strange country,
+in good spirits and gratified, as their very appearance while entering
+the room got them rounds of applause. After their exhibition was over
+in the usual way I got _my_ applause, and so our mutual efforts were
+daily and nightly made to instruct and amuse the Parisians, which I
+shall always flatter myself we did to a considerable extent.
+
+While our exhibitions were now in such a train, we were studying how to
+make the most valuable use of our extra time, by seeing the sights of
+Paris and its environs.
+
+The _Louvre_ was one of the first objects of our attention; and having
+procured an order from the Director to visit it on a private day, we
+took an early hour and made our entry into it. We were received by
+the Director with kindness, and he conducted the party the whole way
+through the different galleries, pointing out and explaining to them
+and to us the leading and most interesting things in it.
+
+The Director, M. de Cailleux, had invited several of his distinguished
+friends to meet him on the occasion, and it was to them, as well as
+to us, interesting to see the Indians under such circumstances, where
+there was so much to attract their attention and calculated to surprise
+them. M. Vattemare was with us on this occasion, and of very great
+service in his introductions and interpretations for us. Amongst the
+distinguished persons who were present, and to whom I was introduced
+on the occasion, was the Baron de Humboldt. He accompanied us quite
+through the rooms of the Louvre, and took a great deal of interest in
+the Indians, having seen and dealt with so many in the course of his
+travels. I had much conversation with him, and in a few days after was
+honoured by him with a private visit to my rooms, when I took great
+pleasure in explaining the extent and objects of my collection.
+
+The view of the Louvre was a great treat to the Indians, who had had
+but little opportunity before of seeing works of art. In London we
+thought we had showed them all the sights, but had entirely forgotten
+the exhibitions of paintings; and I believe the poor fellows had been
+led to think, before they saw the Louvre, that mine was the greatest
+collection of paintings in the world. They had a great deal of talk
+about it when they got home and had lit their pipe. The one great
+objection they raised to it was, that "it was too long--there were too
+many things to be seen; so many that they said they had forgotten all
+the first before they got through, and they couldn't think of them
+again." There was one impression they got while there, however--that no
+length of room or number of pictures would easily eradicate from their
+memories, the immense number of marks of bullets on the columns of the
+portico, and even inside of the building, shot through the windows in
+the time of the Revolution of July. This appalling scene was described
+to them on the spot by M. Vattemare, which opened their eyes to an
+historical fact quite new to them, and of which they soon taxed him and
+me for some further account.
+
+The poor fellows at this time were beginning to sympathize with the
+noble fellow the Little Wolf, whose wife had been for some weeks
+growing ill, and was now evidently declining with symptoms of quick
+consumption. The buoyant spirits of the good and gallant fellow seemed
+to be giving way to apprehensions; and although he joined in the
+amusements, he seemed at times dejected and unhappy. There were days
+when her symptoms seemed alarming, and then she would rally and be
+in the room again in all the finery of her dress and trinkets, but
+was evidently gradually losing strength and flesh, and decided by her
+physician to be in a rapid decline. She was about this time advised to
+keep to her chamber and away from the excitement of the exhibition and
+sight-seeing, in which the rest of the party were daily engaged.
+
+By this time the Ioways had made so much noise in Paris that they
+were engaging the attention of the scientific, the religious, and the
+ethnologic, as well as the mere curious part of the world, and daily
+and almost hourly applications were being made to Mr. Melody and myself
+for private interviews with them for the above purposes. We were
+disposed to afford every facility in our power in such cases, but in
+all instances left the Indians to decide who they would and who they
+would not see.
+
+Amongst those applicants there was a phrenologist, who had been
+thrusting himself into their acquaintance as much as possible in their
+exhibition rooms, and repeatedly soliciting permission to go to their
+private rooms to make some scientific examinations and estimates of
+their heads, to which the Indians had objected, not understanding the
+meaning or object of his designs. He had become very importunate
+however, and, having brought them a number of presents at different
+times, it was agreed at Mr. Melody's suggestion, one day, as the
+quickest way of getting rid of him, that he should be allowed to come
+up. We conversed with the Indians, and assured them that there was
+not the slightest chance of harm, or witchcraft, or anything of the
+kind about it, and they agreed to let him come in. They had a hearty
+laugh when he came in, at Jim's wit, who said to him, though in Indian
+language that he didn't understand, "If you will shut the door now,
+you will be the ugliest-looking man in the whole room." This was not,
+of course, translated to the phrenologist, who proceeded with his
+examinations, and commenced on Jim's head first. Jim felt a little
+afraid, and considerably embarrassed also, being the first one called
+upon to undergo an operation which he knew so little about, or what
+was to be the result of. Stout, and warlike, and courageous as he was,
+he trembled at the thought of a thing that he could not yet in the
+least appreciate, and all were looking on and laughing at him for his
+embarrassment. The phrenologist proceeded, feeling for the bumps around
+his head, and, stopping once in a while to make his mental deductions,
+would then run his fingers along again. Jim's courage began to rally
+a little, seeing that there was to be nothing more than that sort of
+manipulation, and he relieved himself vastly by turning a little of his
+wit upon the operator, for a thing that looked to him so exceedingly
+ridiculous and absurd, by telling him "I don't think you'll find any
+in my head; we Indians shave a great part of our hair off, and we keep
+so much oil in the rest of it, that they won't live there: you will
+find much more in white men's heads, who don't oil their hair." This
+set the whole party and all of us in a roar, and Jim's head shook so
+as to embarrass the operator for a little time. When he got through,
+and entered his estimates in his book, Jim asked him "if he found
+anything in his head?" to which he replied in the affirmative. Placing
+his fingers on "_self-esteem_," he said there was great fulness there.
+"Well," said Jim, "I'm much obliged to you: I'll set my wife to look
+there by and by. And now," said Jim, "take the old Doctor here: his
+head is full of em." By this time Jim's jokes had got us all into a
+roar of laughter, and the Doctor was in the chair, and Jim looking on
+to see what he could discover. White Cloud thought Jim had cracked his
+jokes long enough, and as they had all laughed at them, he considered
+it most respectful now to let the man go through with it. So he
+finished with the Doctor and then with White Cloud and the War-chief,
+and when he came to the women they positively declined.
+
+Jim, having been rebuked for laughing too much, had stopped suddenly,
+and, instantly resolving to try his jokes upon the poor man in another
+mood, assumed, as he easily could, the most treacherous and assassin
+look that the human face can put on, and asked the phrenologist if he
+was done, to which he replied "Yes." "Now," said Jim, "we have all
+waited upon you and given you a fair chance, and I now want you to
+sit down a minute and let me examine _your_ head;" at the same time
+drawing his long scalping knife out from his belt, and wiping its blade
+as he laid it in a chair by the side of him. The phrenologist, having
+instantly consented, and just taking possession of the chair as he was
+drawing his knife out, could not well do otherwise than sit still for
+Jim's operations, though he was evidently in a greater trepidation than
+he had put Jim into by the first experiment that was made. Jim took the
+requisite time in his manipulations to crack a few jokes more among
+his fellow Indians upon the quackery of his patient, and then to let
+him up, telling him, for the amusement of those around, that "his face
+looked very pale" (which by the way was the case), "and that he found
+his head very full of them."
+
+The phrenologist was a good-natured sort of man, and, only partially
+understanding their jokes, was delighted to get off with what he had
+learned, without losing his scalp-lock, which it would seem as if he
+had apprehended at one moment to have been in some danger. As he was
+leaving the room, Daniel came in, announcing that there were two
+Catholic clergymen in the room below, where they had been waiting half
+an hour to have some talk with the Indians. "Let them up," says Jim;
+"I will make a speech to them:" at which the old Doctor sprang up.
+"There," said he, "there's my robe; lay down quick." The Doctor's wit
+raised a great laugh, but, when a moment had blown it away, Mr. Melody
+asked the chief what was his wish, whether to see them or not. "Oh
+yes," said he (but rather painfully, and with a sigh); "yes, let them
+come in: we are in a strange country, and we don't wish to make any
+enemies: let them come up." They were then conducted up and spent half
+an hour in pleasant conversation with the chiefs, without questioning
+them about their religion, or urging their own religion upon them. This
+pleased the Indians very much, and, finding them such pleasant and
+social good-natured men, they felt almost reluctant to part company
+with them. Each of them left a handsome Bible as presents, and took
+affectionate leave.
+
+After they had left, the Indians had much talk about them, and were
+then led to think of "the good people," the Friends, they had seen so
+many of in England and Ireland, and asked me if they should find any of
+them in Paris. I told them I thought they would not, at which they were
+evidently very much disappointed.
+
+One of the next sight-seeing expeditions was to the _Jardin des
+Plantes_, to which our old friend M. Vattemare accompanied us. The
+animals here, from a difference of training, or other cause, were not
+quite so much alarmed as they were in the menagerie in London; but when
+the doctor breathed out the silvery notes of his howling _totem_, the
+wolf at once answered him in a remote part of the garden. Jim imitated
+the wild goose, and was answered in an instant by a cackling flock of
+them. The panthers hissed, and the hyænas were in great distress, and
+the monkeys also: the eagles chattered and bolted against the sides
+of their cages, and the parrots lost their voices by squalling, and
+many of their feathers by fluttering, when the Indians came within
+their sight. They pitied the poor old and jaded buffalo, as they did in
+London, he looked so broken-spirited and desolate; and also the deer
+and the elks; but the bears they said didn't seem to care much about
+it. They were far more delighted with the skins of animals, reptiles,
+and fishes in the museum of natural history; and I must say that _I_
+was also, considering it the finest collection I ever have seen.
+
+The garden of plants was amusement enough for an hour or so, and then
+to the _Halle aux Vins_ in the immediate neighbourhood. This grand
+magazine of _chickabobboo_ has been described by many writers, and
+no doubt seen by many who read, but few have seen the expression of
+amazement upon the brows of a party of wild Indians from the forest
+of America, while their eyes were running over the vast and almost
+boundless lines of 800,000 casks of wine under one roof, and heard the
+piercing war-whoop echoing and vibrating through their long avenues,
+raised at the startling information that 20,000,000 of gallons of this
+are annually drawn out of this to be drunk in the city of Paris; and
+few of those who heard it knew whether it was raised to set the wine
+running, or as a note of exultation that they had found a greater
+fountain of _chickabobboo_ than the brewery they were in, in London.
+However true the latter was, the first was supposed to have been the
+design, and it must needs have its effect. A few bottles, in kindness
+and hospitality cracked, cooled all parched and parching lips, and our
+faithful timepieces told us our engagement with the public was at hand,
+and we laid our course again for the _Salle Valentino_.
+
+"Oh! what a glorious country," said Jim, as we were rolling along;
+"there's nothing like that in London: the _chickabobboo_ is better
+here, and there's more of it too." Poor ignorant fellow! he was not
+aware that the brewery they saw in London was only one of some dozens,
+and that the wine in all those casks they had just seen was not quite
+as delicious as that with which his lips had just been moistened.
+
+With their recollections dwelling on the scenes they had witnessed in
+London, they were naturally drawing comparisons as they were wending
+their way back; and they had in this mood taken it into their heads
+that there were no gin-shops in Paris, as they could see none, which
+was quite mysterious to them, until I explained to them the nature of
+the cafés, the splendid open shops they were every moment passing,
+glittering with gold and looking-glasses. They were surprised to learn
+that the delicious poison was dealt out in these neat "palaces," but
+which they had not known or suspected the meaning of. They admitted
+their surprise, and at once decided that "they liked the free, and
+open, and elegant appearance of them much better than those in London,
+where they are all shut up in front with great and gloomy doors, to
+prevent people from looking into them, as if they were ashamed."
+
+The cemetery of Père la Chaise was next to be seen as soon as there
+should be a fine day: that day arrived, and half an hour's drive landed
+us at its entrance.
+
+This wonderful place has been described by many travellers, and
+therefore needs but a passing notice here. This wilderness of tombs,
+of houses or boxes of the dead, thrown and jumbled together amidst
+its gloomy cypress groves and thickets, is perhaps one of the most
+extraordinary scenes of the kind in the world: beautiful in some
+respects, and absurd and ridiculous in others, it is still one of
+the wonders of Paris, and all who see the one must needs visit the
+other. The scene was one peculiarly calculated to excite and please
+the Indians. The wild and gloomy and almost endless labyrinths of
+the little mansions of the dead were pleasing contrasts to their
+imprisonment within the dry and heated walls of the city; the varied
+and endless designs that recorded the places and the deeds of the dead
+were themes of amusement to them, and the subject altogether one that
+filled their minds with awe, and with admiration of the people who
+treated their dead with so much respect.
+
+We wandered for an hour through its intricate mazes of cypress,
+examining the tombs of the rich and the poor so closely and curiously
+grouped together--a type, even in the solitudes of death, of the great
+Babylon in which their days had been numbered and spent. Whilst we
+were strolling through the endless mazes of this _sub-rosa_ city, we
+met an immense concourse of people, evidently bearing the body of some
+distinguished person to the grave. The pompous display of mourning
+feathers and fringes, &c., with hired mourners, was matter of some
+surprise to the Indians; but when a friend of the deceased stepped
+forward to pronounce an eulogium on his character, recounting his many
+virtues and heroic deeds, it reminded the Indians forcibly of the
+custom of their own country, and they all said they liked to see that.
+
+We took them to the patched and vandalized tomb of Abelard and Eloisa;
+but as there was not time for so long a story, it lost its interest
+to them. They were evidently struck with amazement at the system and
+beauty of this place, and from that moment decided that they liked the
+French for the care they took of their old soldiers and the dead.
+
+The poor fellows, the Indians, who were now proceeding daily and
+nightly with their exciting and "astonishing" exhibitions, were
+becoming so confounded and confused with the unaccountable sights and
+mysteries of Paris which they were daily visiting, that they began
+to believe there was no end to the curious and astonishing works
+of civilized man; and, instead of being any longer startled with
+excitement and wonder, decided that it would be better to look at
+everything else as simple and easy to be made by those that know how,
+and therefore divested of all further curiosity. This they told me they
+had altogether resolved upon: "they had no doubt there were yet many
+strange things for them to see in Paris, and they would like to follow
+me to see them all; but they would look with their eyes only half open,
+and not trouble us with their surprise and their questions."
+
+With these views, and their eyes "half open," then, they still took
+their daily drives, and Mr. Melody or myself, in constant company,
+stopping to show them, and to see ourselves, what was yet new and
+wonderful to be seen. There was still much to be seen in Paris, and
+the poor Indians were a great way from a complete knowledge of all the
+tricks and arts of civilization.
+
+A drive to the _School of Medicine_ and the _Hôpital des Enfans
+Trouvés_ was enough for one morning's recreation. The first, with
+"_Dupuytren's Room_," was enough to open the old Doctor's eyes, and
+the latter, with its 6000 helpless and parentless infants added to it
+annually, sufficient to swell the orbs of Jim, and make him feel for
+his note-book. The School of Medicine, with Dupuytren's Room, forms
+one of the most surprising sights to be seen in Paris, and yet, save
+with the Doctor, there seemed to be but little interest excited by the
+sight. The Doctor's attitude was one of studied dignity and philosophic
+conceit as he stood before those wonderful preparations, not to be
+astonished, but to study as a critic, while he fanned himself with his
+eagle's tail. The expression of his face, which was the whole time
+unchanged, was one of a peculiar kind, and, as it was not sketched at
+the time, must be for ever lost.
+
+The novel and pitiful sight of the thousands of innocent little
+creatures in the Foundling Hospital seemed to open the "half-closed
+eyes" and the hearts of the Indians, notwithstanding the resolutions
+they had made. When it was explained to them how these little creatures
+came into the world, and then into this most noble institution, and
+also that in the last year there had been born in the city of Paris
+26,000 children, 9000 of whom were illegitimate, their eyes were surely
+open to the astounding facts of the vices of civilized society, and of
+the virtue of civilized governments in building and maintaining such
+noble institutions for the support of the fatherless and helpless in
+infancy, as well as for the veterans who have been maimed in the fields
+of glorious battle. When I told them that, of those thousands of little
+playful children, not one knew any other parent than the Government,
+they groaned in sympathy for them, and seemed at a loss to abhor or
+applaud the most, the sins of man that brought them into the world,
+or the kind and parental care that was taken of them by the Government
+of the country. Jim made a sure demand upon Daniel's kindness for
+the entry of these important facts, which he soon had in round and
+conspicuous numbers in his note-book, to teach to the "_cruel and
+relentless Indians_."
+
+The sentimentalism and sympathy of the poor old Doctor were touched
+almost to melancholy by this scene; and in his long and serious
+cogitations on it he very gravely inquired why the thousands of women
+leading and petting little dogs in the streets could not be induced
+to discharge their dogs, and each one take a little child and be its
+mother? He said, if he were to take a Frenchwoman for his wife, he
+would rather take her with a little child, even if it were her own,
+than take her with a little dog.
+
+The _guillotine_, which happened to be in our way, and which they had
+been promised a sight of, they thought was more like a _Mississippi
+saw-mill_ than anything else they had seen. It drew a murmur or two
+when explained to them how the victim was placed, and his head rolled
+off when the knife fell, but seemed to have little further effect
+upon them except when the actual number was mentioned to them whose
+heads are there severed from their bodies annually, for their crimes
+committed in the streets and houses of Paris. Our stay before this
+awful and bloody machine was but short, and of course their remarks
+were few, until they got home, and their dinner was swallowed, and
+their _chickabobboo_, and, reclining on their buffalo robes, the pipe
+was passing around.
+
+Their conversation was then with Daniel, who had been but the day
+before to see the very same things, and they gained much further
+information than we did, which he communicated to them. He entered
+in Jim's book, as he had desired, the numbers of the _illegitimates_
+and _foundlings_ of Paris, which seemed to be a valuable addition to
+his estimates of the blessings of civilization; and also the number
+of annual victims whose heads roll from the side of the guillotine.
+His book was then closed, and a curious discussion arose between the
+Indians and Daniel, whether the gallows, which they had seen in the
+prisons in England and Ireland, was a preferable mode of execution to
+that of the guillotine, which they had just been to see. They had no
+doubt but both of them, or, at least, that one or the other of them
+was absolutely necessary in the civilized world; but the question was,
+which was the best. Daniel contended that the punishment which was most
+ignominious was best, and contended for the gallows, while the Indians
+thought the guillotine was the best. They thought that death was bad
+enough, without the Government trying to add to its pang by hanging
+people up by the neck with a rope, as the Indians hang dogs. From
+this grave subject, which they did not seem to settle, as there was
+no umpire, they got upon a somewhat parallel theme, and were quite as
+seriously engaged, when I was obliged to leave them, whether it would
+be preferable to be _swallowed whole_ by a whale, or to be _chewed_.
+Daniel was referring to Scripture for some authority on this subject,
+by looking into one of Jim's Bibles, when Mr. Melody and I were
+apprised of an appointment, which prevented us from ever hearing the
+result.
+
+The next promise we had to keep with them was the one that had been
+made to take them to see the fountain of all the pretty and ugly little
+dogs and huge mastiffs they saw carried and led through the streets of
+Paris--the "_Dog Market_."
+
+The _Dog Hospital_, being _en route_, was visited first; and though
+one could scarcely imagine what there could be there that was amusing
+or droll, still the old Doctor insisted on it that it must be very
+interesting, and all resolved to go. It was even so, and on that
+particular occasion was rendered very amusing, when the Doctor entered,
+with Jim and the rest following. The squalling of "There! there!
+there!" by the frightened parrots in Cross's Zoological Gardens bore
+little comparison to the barking and yelling of "les petits pauvres
+chiens," and the screams of the old ladies--"Ne les effrayez pas,
+Messieurs, s'il vous plaît! ils sont tous malades--tous malades:
+pauvres bêtes! pauvres bêtes!" It was soon perceived that the nerves
+of the poor little "malades," as well as those of the old women
+their doctors, were too much affected to stand the shock, and it was
+thought best to withdraw. The old Doctor, getting just a glance at
+the sick-wards, enough to convince him of the clean comforts these
+little patients had, and seeing that their physicians were females,
+and also that the wards were crowded with fashionable ladies looking
+and inquiring after the health of their little pets, he was quite
+reluctant to leave the establishment without going fairly in and
+making his profession known, which he had thought would, at least,
+command him some respect amongst female physicians. He had some notion
+for this purpose of going in alone, but sarcastic Jim said the whole
+fright of the poor dogs had been produced by his appearance; to which
+the Doctor replied that they only barked because Jim was coming behind
+him. However, our visit was necessarily thus short, and attention
+directed to the Dog Market, for which Jim was more eager, as he had
+a special object. This was a curiosity, to be sure, and well worth
+seeing; there was every sort of whelp and cur that could be found in
+Christendom, from the veriest minimum of dog to the stateliest mastiff
+and Newfoundland; and, at Jim and the Doctor's approach, hundreds
+of them barked and howled, many broke their strings, some laid upon
+their backs, and yelled (no doubt, if one could have understood their
+language) that they never saw before in their lives so ill-looking and
+frightful a couple, and so alarming a set as those who were following
+behind them. Jim wanted to buy, and, the business-meaning of his face
+being discovered, there were all sorts of offers made him, and every
+kind of pup protruded into his face; but the barking of dogs was such
+that no one could be heard, and then many a poor dog was knocked flat
+with a broom, or whatever was handiest, and others were choked, to stop
+their noise. No one wanted to stand the din of this canine Bedlam
+longer than was necessary for Jim to make his choice, which the poor
+fellow was endeavouring to do with the greatest despatch possible.
+His mode was rather different from the ordinary mode of testing the
+qualities he was looking for, which was by feeling of the ribs; and
+having bargained for one that he thought would fit him, the lookers-on
+were somewhat amused at his choice. He made them understand by his
+signs that they were going to eat it, when the poor woman screamed out,
+"Diable! mange pas! mange pas!--venez, venez, ma pauvre bête!"
+
+The crowd by this time was becoming so dense that it was thought
+advisable to be on the move, and off. The Doctor became exceedingly
+merry at Jim's expense, as he had come away without getting a dog for
+their Dog Feast, of which they had been for some time speaking.
+
+On their return from this day's drive, they met, to their very great
+surprise, their old friend _Bobasheela_, who had left his business
+and crossed the Channel to see them once more before they should set
+sail for America. He said he could not keep away from them long at a
+time while they were in this country, because he loved them so much.
+They were all delighted to see him, and told him he was just in time
+to attend the Dog Feast, which they were going to have the next day.
+The Doctor told him of Jim's success in buying a dog, and poor Jim was
+teazed a great deal about his failure. _Bobasheela_ told them all the
+news about England, and Jim and the Doctor had a long catalogue to
+give him of their visit to the King--of their medals--their visits to
+the great fountain of _chickabobboo_ and the _Foundling Hospital_, all
+of which he told him he had got down in his book. All this delighted
+_Bobasheela_, until they very imprudently told him that they liked
+Paris much better than London. They told him that the people in Paris
+did not teaze them so much about religion; that there were fewer
+poor people in the streets; and that as yet they had kept all their
+money, for they had seen nobody poor enough to give it to. Their
+_chickabobboo_ was very different, but it was about as good. The
+guillotine they were very well satisfied with, as they considered it
+much better to cut men's heads off than to hang them up, like dogs, by
+a rope around the neck. This, and keeping men in prison because they
+owe money, they considered were the two most cruel things they heard of
+amongst the English.
+
+_Bobasheela_ replied to them that he was delighted to hear of their
+success, and to learn that they had seen the King, an honour he should
+himself have been very proud of. He told them that he never had seen
+the King, but that, while travelling in Kentucky many years ago, he was
+close upon the heels of the King, and so near him that he slept on the
+same (not bed, but) floor in a cabin where the King had slept, with his
+feet to the fire, but a short time before. This was something quite new
+to the Indians, and, like most of _Bobasheela's_ stories of the Far
+West, pleased them exceedingly.
+
+Jim, who was a _matter-of-fact man_, more than one of fancy and
+imagination, rather sided with _Bobasheela_, and, turning to his round
+numbers last added to his book, of "9000 illegitimate children born in
+Paris in the last year," asked his friend if he could read it, to which
+he replied "Yes." "Well," said Jim, in broad English, "some _fish_
+there, I guess, ha? I no like em Frenchwomen--I no like em: no good! I
+no like em so many children, no fader!" We all saw by Jim's eye, and
+by the agitation commencing, that he had some ideas that were coming
+out, and at the instant he was turning over on to his back, and drawing
+up his knees, and evidently keeping his eyes fixed on some object on
+the ceiling of the room, not to lose the chain of his thoughts, and
+he continued (not in English, for he spoke more easily in his own
+language), "I do not like the Frenchwomen. I did not like them at
+first, when I saw them leading so many dogs. I thought then that they
+had more dogs than children, but I think otherwise now. We believe that
+those women, who we have seen leading their dogs around with strings,
+have put their children away to be raised in the great house of the
+Government, and they get these little dogs to fill their places, and to
+suck their breasts when they are full of milk."
+
+"Hut--tut--tut!" said Melody, "you ill-mannerly fellow! what are you
+about? You will blow us all up here, Jim, if you utter such sentiments
+as those. I think the French ladies the finest in the world except the
+Americans, and if they heard such ideas as those, advanced by us, they
+would soon drive us out of Paris."
+
+"Yes," said Jim (in English again), "yes, I know--I know you like
+em--may be very good, but you see I no like em!" In his decided
+dislike, Jim's excitement was too great for his ideas to flow smoothly
+any further, and Mr. Melody not disposed to push the argument, the
+subject was dropped, and preparations made for the day exhibition, the
+hour for which was at hand.
+
+
+
+
+                             CHAPTER XXVII.
+
+  _La Morgue_--The Catacombs--The Doctor's dream--Their great
+     alarm--Visit to the _Hippodrome_--Jim riding M. Franconi's
+     horse--Indians in the Woods of Boulogne--Fright of the
+     rabbits--Jim and the Doctor at the _Bal Mabille_, Champs
+     Elysées--At the _Masquerade, Grand Opera_--Their opinions
+     and criticisms on them--Frenchwomen at confession in St.
+     Roch--Doctor's ideas of it--Jim's speech--"_Industrious
+     fleas_"--Death of the wife of Little Wolf--Her
+     baptism--Husband's distress--Her funeral in the Madeleine--Her
+     burial in Montmartre--Council held--Indians resolve to return
+     to America--Preparations to depart in a few days--_Bobasheela_
+     goes to London to ship their boxes to New York--He returns,
+     and accompanies the Indians to Havre--Indians take leave of
+     _Chippehola_ (the Author)--M. Vattemare accompanies them to
+     Havre--Kindly treated by Mr. Winslow, an American gentleman, at
+     Havre--A splendid dinner, and _(Queen's) Chickabobboo_--Indians
+     embark--Taking leave of _Bobasheela_--Illness of the Author's
+     lady--His alarm and distress--Her death--Obituary--Her remains
+     embalmed and sent to New York.
+
+
+After their exhibition was over, and they had taken their dinner
+and _chickabobboo_ (at the former of which they had had the company
+of their old friend _Bobasheela_), their pipe was lit, and the
+conversation resumed about the French ladies, for whom Jim's dislike
+was daily increasing, and with his dislike, his slanderous propensity.
+He could not divest his mind of the 9000 illegitimate and abandoned
+little babies that he had seen, and the affection for dogs, which,
+instead of _exposing_, they secure with ribbons, and hold one end in
+their hands, or tie it to their apron-strings. This was a subject so
+glaring to Jim's imagination, that he was quite fluent upon it at
+a moment's warning, even when standing up or sitting, without the
+necessity of resorting to his usual and eccentric attitude. This
+facility caused him to be more lavish of his abuse, and at every
+interview in the rooms he seemed to be constantly frowning upon the
+ladies, and studying some new cause for abusing them, and drawing Mr.
+Melody and the Doctor into debates when they got back to their own
+apartments. Such was the nature of the debate he had just been waging,
+and which he had ended in his usual way, with the last word to himself,
+"I no care; me no like em."
+
+The subject was here changed, however, by Mr. Melody's reminding them
+that this day was the time they had set to visit the _Morgue_ and the
+_Catacombs_, for which an order had been procured. These had been
+the favourite themes for some days; and there had been the greatest
+impatience expressed to go and see the naked dead bodies of the
+murdered and _felo-de-ses_ daily stretched out in the one, and the
+five millions of skulls and other human bones that are laid up like
+cobhouses under great part of the city. _Bobasheela_ had described
+to them the wonders of this awful place, which he had been in on a
+former occasion, and Daniel had read descriptions from books while the
+Indians had smoked many a pipe; but when the subject was mentioned on
+this occasion, there were evident proofs instantly shown that some
+influence had produced a different effect upon their minds, and that
+they were no longer anxious to go. M. Vattemare, in speaking of the
+Catacombs a few days before, had said that about a year ago two young
+men from the West Indies came to Paris, and, getting an order to visit
+the Catacombs, entered them, and, leaving their guide, strolled so far
+away that they never got out, and never have been found, but their
+groans and cries are still often heard under different parts of the
+city. But the immediate difficulty with the Indians was a dream the
+Doctor had had the night before, and which he had been relating to
+them. He had not, he said, dreamed anything about the Catacombs, but he
+had seen _See-catch-e-wee-be_, the one-eyed wife of the "_fire-eater_"
+(a sorcerer of their tribe), who had followed his track all the way
+to the great village of the whites (London), and from that to Paris,
+where he saw her sitting on a bridge over the water; that she gave
+him a pair of new mocassins of moose-skin, and told him that the
+_Gitchee Manitou_ (the Great Spirit) had been very kind in not allowing
+him and _Wash-ka-mon-ya_ (Jim) to go under the ground in the Great
+Village of the Whites, in England, and their lives were thereby saved.
+She then went under an old woman's basket, who was selling apples,
+and disappeared. He could not understand why he should have such a
+vision as this the very night before they were to go underground to
+the Catacombs, unless it was to warn him of the catastrophe that
+might befall them if they were to make their visit there, as they had
+designed. They had smoked several pipes upon this information early
+in the morning, and the chiefs had closely questioned him and also
+consulted him as their oracle in all such cases, and had unanimously
+come to the conclusion that these were foreboding prognostications
+sufficient to decide it to be at least prudent to abandon their
+project, and thereby be sure to run no hazard.[40]
+
+  [40] The place they had escaped in the great village of the whites
+       they had been told was a Hell. It had been explained to them,
+       however, that there were several of those places in London,
+       and that they were only _imitations_ of hell, but they seemed
+       to believe that these catacombs (as there were so many
+       millions of the bones of Frenchmen gone into them) might be
+       the real hell of the pale-faces, and it was best to run no
+       risk.
+
+Mr. Melody and myself both agreed that their resolve placed them on
+the safe side at all events, and that we thought them wise in making
+it if they saw the least cause for apprehension. "They could easily
+run to the river, however, in their drive, and see the other place,
+the _Morgue_;" but that could not, on any account, be undertaken, as
+the two objects had been planned out for the same visit; and, from the
+Doctor's dream, it did not appear in the least certain in which of the
+places they were liable to incur the risk, and therefore they thought
+it best not to go to either. There was a great deal yet to see above
+ground, and quite as much as they should be able to see in the little
+time they had yet to remain there, and which would be much pleasanter
+to look at than white men's bones under ground.
+
+Their minds were filled with amazement on this wonderful subject; but
+their curiosity to see it seemed quite stifled by the Doctor's dream,
+and the subject for the present was dropped, with a remark from Jim,
+"that he was not sure but that this accounted for the white people
+digging up all the Indians' graves on the frontiers, and that their
+bones were brought here and sold." The Catacombs were thus left for
+Daniel and myself to stroll through at our leisure, and the Indians
+were contented with the sketch I made, which, with Daniel's account,
+put them in possession of the principal features of that extraordinary
+and truly shocking place.
+
+As their visit to the _Catacombs_ and the _Morgue_ was abandoned, we
+resolved to drive through the Champs Elysées and visit the woods of
+Boulogne, the favourite drive of the Parisians, and probably the most
+beautiful in the world. We had been solicited by M. Franconi, of the
+_Hippodrome_, to enter into an arrangement with him to have the Indians
+unite in his entertainments three days in the week, where their skill
+in riding and archery could be seen to great advantage, and for which
+he would be willing to offer liberal terms. He had invited us to bring
+the Indians down, at all events, to see the place; and we agreed to
+make the visit to M. Franconi on our way to the woods of Boulogne.
+The view was a private one, known only to a few of his friends, who
+were present, and his own operatic _troupe_. We were very civilly and
+politely received; and, all walking to the middle of his grand area,
+he proposed to make us the offer, on condition that the Indians were
+good riders, which I had already assured him was the case, and which
+seemed rather difficult for him to believe, as they had so little of
+civilization about them. As the best proof, however, he proposed to
+bring out a horse, and let one of them try and show what he could do.
+This we agreed to at once; and, having told the Indians before we
+started that we should make no arrangement for them there unless they
+were pleased with it and preferred it, they had decided, on entering
+the grounds, that the exercises would be too desperate and fatiguing
+to them and destructive to their clothes, and therefore not to engage
+with him. However, the horse was led into the area and placed upon the
+track for their chariot-races, which is nearly a quarter of a mile in
+circumference; and, the question being put, "Who will ride?" it was
+soon agreed that Jim should try it first. "Wal, me try em," said Jim;
+"me no ride good, but me try em little." He was already prepared, with
+his shield and quiver upon his back and his long and shining lance in
+his hand. The horse was held; though, with all its training, it was
+some time, with its two or three grooms about it, before they could get
+the frightened creature to stand steady enough for Jim to mount. In
+the first effort which they thought he was making to get on, they were
+surprised to find that he was ungirthing the saddle, which he flung
+upon the ground, and, throwing his buffalo robe across the animal's
+back and himself astride, the horse dashed off at his highest speed.
+Jim saw that the animal was used to the track, and, the course being
+clear, he leaned forward and brandished his lance, and, every time
+he came round and passed us, sounded a charge in the shrill notes
+of the war-whoop. The riding was pleasing and surprised M. Franconi
+exceedingly, and when he thought it was about time to stop he gave his
+signal for Jim to pull up, but, seeing no slack to the animal's pace,
+and Jim still brandishing his weapons in the air and sounding the
+war-whoop as he passed, he became all at once alarmed for the health
+of his horse. The Indians at this time were all in a roar of laughter,
+and the old gentleman was placing himself and his men upon the track as
+Jim came round, with uplifted arms, to try to stop the animal's speed,
+just finding at that time that Jim had rode in the true prairie style,
+without using the bridle, and which, by his neglect of it, had got out
+of his reach, when he would have used it to pull up with. Jim still
+dashed by them, brandishing his lance as they came in his way: when
+they retreated and ran to head him in another place, he there passed
+them also, and passed them and menaced them again and again as he came
+around. The alarm of the poor old gentleman for the life of his horse
+became very conspicuous, and, with additional efforts with his men,
+and a little pulling up by Jim, who had at length found the rein, the
+poor affrighted and half-dead animal was stopped, and Jim, leaping off,
+walked to the middle of the area, where we were in a group, laughing to
+the greatest excess at the fun. The poor horse was near done over, and
+led away by the grooms, M. Franconi came and merely bade us good-by,
+and was exceedingly obliged to us. Whether the poor animal died or not
+we never heard, but Jim was laid up for several days. On asking him why
+he ran the horse so hard, he said it was the horse's fault, that "it
+ran away with him the moment he was on its back--that the creature was
+frightened nearly to death; and he thought, if it preferred running,
+he resolved to give it running enough." The Doctor told him he acted
+imprudently in getting on, which had caused all the trouble. "In what
+way?" inquired Jim. "Why, by letting the animal see that ugly face of
+yours; if you had hid it till you were on, there would have been no
+trouble."
+
+We were all obliged to laugh at the Doctor's wit; and having taken
+leave of the polite old gentleman, we were seated in our carriages
+again for a drive through the woods of Boulogne.
+
+In the midst of these wild and truly beautiful grounds the Indians
+and all got down for a stroll. The native wildness of the forests and
+jungle seemed in a moment to inspire them with their wild feelings,
+which had, many of them, long slumbered whilst mingling amidst the
+crowds of civilization, and away they leapt and bounded among the
+trees in their wild and wonted amusements. Their shrill yells and the
+war-whoop were soon lost in the distant thickets which they penetrated,
+and an hour at least elapsed before they could all be gathered
+together and prepared to return. Their frightful yells had started
+up all the rabbits that were unburrowed in the forests; and whilst
+hundreds were bounding about, and many taking to the open fields for
+escape, they encompassed one, and with their united screams had scared
+it to death. This they assured us was the case, as they brought it in
+by the legs, without the mark of any weapon upon it.
+
+Few scenes in Paris, if any, had pleased them more than this, and in
+their subsequent drives they repeatedly paid their visits to the "woods
+of Boulogne."
+
+On their return home poor Jim lay down, complaining very much of
+lameness from his hard ride on Franconi's horse, which he knew would
+prevent him from dancing for some days, as he was getting very stiff,
+and afraid he would not be well enough to go and see the "Industrious
+Fleas" (as they were called), where he and the Doctor and Jeffrey had
+arranged to go with Daniel and several young American acquaintance,
+who had decided it to be one of the choicest little sights then to be
+seen in Paris, and which from all accounts is an exhibition of female
+nudities in living groups, ringing all the changes on attitude and
+action for the amusement of the lookers-on. There was a great deal of
+amusing conversation about this very popular exhibition, but in this
+poor Jim and the Doctor reluctantly submitted to disappointment when
+Mr. Melody very properly objected to their going to see it.
+
+Jim had laid himself on his back at this time, and, not feeling in the
+best of humour, began in a tirade of abuse of the Frenchwomen, of whom
+he and the Doctor had seen more perhaps on the previous evening in the
+_Jardin Mabille_ in the Champs Elysées, and the _masquerade_ in the
+_Grand Opera House_, than they had seen since they entered Paris.
+
+Their enterprise on that evening had taken place after their exhibition
+had closed, when Jim and the Doctor started with Jeffrey and Daniel and
+two or three friends who were pledged to take care of them. It was on
+Sunday evening, when the greatest crowds attend these places, and I
+have no other account of what they did and what they saw than that they
+gave me on their return home. They had first gone to the splendid _bal_
+in the popular garden, where they were told that the thousand elegant
+women they saw there dancing were all bad women, and that nearly all
+of them came to those places alone, as they had nothing to pay, but
+were all let in free, so as to make the men come who had to pay. This
+idea had tickled Jim and the Doctor very much, for, although they were
+from the wilderness, they could look a good way into a thing which was
+perfectly clear. It was a splendid sight for them, and, after strolling
+about a while, and seeing all that could be seen, they had turned
+their attention to the "_Bal Masqué_" in the _Grand Opera_. Here they
+had been overwhelmed with the splendour of the scene, and astonished
+at its novelty, and the modes of the women who, Jim said, "were all
+ashamed to show their faces," and whose strange manoeuvres had added
+a vast deal to the fund of his objections to Frenchwomen, and which
+he said had constantly been accumulating ever since he first saw so
+many of them kissing the ends of little dogs' noses, and pretty little
+children on their foreheads. His mind here ran upon kissing, of which
+he had seen some the night before, and which he had often observed in
+the exhibition rooms and in the streets. He had laughed, he said, to
+see Frenchmen kiss each other on both cheeks; and he had observed that,
+when gentlemen kiss ladies, they kiss them on the forehead: he was
+not quite sure that they would do so in the dark, however. "In London
+always kiss em on the mouth; ladies kiss em Indians heap, and hug em
+too: in France ladies no kiss em--no like em--no good."
+
+In speaking of the _bal_ in the gardens, "he didn't see anything so
+very bad in that, but as for the masquerade, he looked upon it as a
+very immoral thing that so many thousands of ladies should come there
+and be ashamed to show their faces, and have the privilege of picking
+out just such men as they liked to go with them, and then take hold
+of their arms, as he said he repeatedly saw them, and lead them out."
+Amongst the Indians, he said, they had a custom much like that to be
+sure, but it was only given once a-year, and it was then only for the
+young married men to lend their wives to the old ones: this was only
+one night in the year, and it was a mark of respect that the young
+married men were willing to pay to the old warriors and chiefs, and
+the young married women were willing to agree to it because it pleased
+their husbands. On those occasions, he said, "none are admitted into
+the ring but old married men, and then the young married woman goes
+around and touches on the left shoulder the one who she wishes to
+follow her into the bushes, and she does it without being ashamed and
+obliged to cover her face."
+
+The Doctor's prejudices against the Frenchwomen were nothing near as
+violent as those of Jim, and yet he said it made him feel very curious
+when he saw some thousands with their faces all hidden: he said it
+must be true that they had some object that was bad, or they wouldn't
+be ashamed and hide their faces. Mr. Melody told Jim and the Doctor,
+however, that he didn't consider there was so very much harm in it, for
+these very women had the handiest way in the world to get rid of all
+their sins. If they happened accidentally or otherwise during the week
+to do anything that was decidedly naughty or wicked, they went into
+their churches very early in the morning, where the priest was in a
+little box with his ear to the window, where the woman kneeled down and
+told in his ear all the sins she had committed during the week, and she
+then went away quite happy that, having confessed them to him, he would
+be sure to have them all forgiven by the Great Spirit. They had a great
+laugh at this, and all thought that Mr. Melody was quizzing them, until
+_Bobasheela_ and _Daniel_ both told them it was all true, and if they
+liked to go with them any morning they would take them into any of the
+French churches or chapels, where they could see it; and would venture
+that they would see many of the same women confessing their sins whom
+they had seen at the _bal_ and the masquerade, and in this way they
+could tell who had behaved the worst, for the most guilty of them
+would be sure to be there first. The Doctor seemed evidently to look
+upon this still with suspicion and doubt; and as the splendid church
+of _St. Roch_ was nearly opposite to their rooms, and only across the
+street, it was proposed that the Doctor and Jim should accompany Daniel
+and their friend _Bobasheela_ immediately there, where in five minutes
+they could see more or less women at confession, and at the same time a
+fine sight, one of the most splendid churches in Paris, and the place
+where the Queen goes on every Sunday to worship. This so excited the
+party, that they chiefly all arose and walked across the street to
+take a view of the church and the Frenchwomen confessing their sins
+into the ears of the priests. They happened to have a fair opportunity
+of seeing several upon their knees at confession; and the old Doctor
+had been curious to advance up so near to one, that he said he saw the
+priest's eyes shining through between the little slats, and then he was
+convinced, and not before. He said that still it didn't seem right to
+him, unless the Great Spirit had put those men there for that purpose.
+He thought it a very nice place for a young girl to tell the priest
+where she would meet him, and he had a very good chance to see whether
+she was pretty or not. Jim had by this time studied out an idea or
+two, and said, he thought that this way of confessing sins aided the
+_bals_ and _masquerades_ and the _industrious fleas_ very much; and
+he believed that these were the principal causes of the great number
+of the poor little deserted and parentless babes they had seen in the
+hospital where they had been.
+
+The hour for the exhibition arriving, the conversation about Paris
+morals and religion was broken suddenly off, and perhaps at a good
+time. There were great crowds now daily attending their amusements,
+and generally applauding enthusiastically, and making the Indians
+occasional presents. On this occasion the Doctor had made a tremendous
+boast in the part he was taking in the eagle-dance, for the spirit of
+which the audience, and particularly the ladies, gave him a great deal
+of applause, so much so that at the end of the dance his vanity called
+him out in an off-hand speech about the beauty of the city, &c., and,
+it being less energetic than the boasts he had just been strutting
+out, failed to draw forth the applause he was so confidently depending
+on. He tried sentence after sentence, and, stopping to listen, all
+were silent. This perplexed and disappointed the Doctor very much, and
+still he went on, and at length stopped and sat down, admired, but not
+applauded. His friend Jim was laughing at him as he took his seat, and
+telling him that if he had barked like a little dog the ladies would
+have been sure to applaud. To this the Doctor said, "You had better try
+yourself:" upon which the daring Jim, who professed never to refuse
+any challenge, sprang upon his feet, and, advancing to the edge of
+the platform, stood braced out with his brows knitting, and his eyes
+"in a frenzy rolling," for full two minutes before he began. He then
+thrust his lance forward in his right hand as far as he could dart it
+over the heads of the audience, and, coming back to his balance again,
+he commenced. Of his speech no report was made, but it was short and
+confined to three or four brief sentences, at the end of which he
+looked around with the most doleful expression to catch the applause,
+but there was none. The old Doctor was watching him close, and telling
+him he had better sit down.
+
+In this dilemma he was still standing after all his good ideas had been
+spent, and each instant, as he continued to stand, making his case
+worse, he turned upon his heel, and as he was turning around he added,
+in an irritated manner, this amusing sentence: "You had better go and
+see the industrious fleas, and then you will applaud!" This made a
+great laugh amongst the Indians, but of course it was not translated to
+the audience. He then took his seat, looking exceedingly sober, and,
+with his pipe, was soon almost lost sight of in the columns of smoke
+that were rising around him.
+
+About this time a very friendly invitation had been given them and
+us by Colonel Thorn, an American gentleman of great wealth residing
+in Paris, and all were anticipating much pleasure on the occasion
+when we were to dine at his house; but, unluckily for the happiness
+and enjoyment of the whole party, on the morning of the day of our
+invitation the wife of the Little Wolf suddenly and unexpectedly died.
+Our engagement to dine was of course broken, and our exhibition and
+amusements for some days delayed. This sad occurrence threw the party
+into great distress, but they met the kindness of many sympathising
+friends, who administered in many ways to their comfort, and joined
+in attending the poor woman's remains to the grave. Her disease was
+the consumption of the lungs, and her decline had been rapid, though
+her death at that time was unexpected. When it was discovered that
+her symptoms were alarming, a Catholic priest was called in, and she
+received the baptism a few moments before she breathed her last.
+Through the kindness of the excellent Curé of the _Madeleine church_,
+her remains were taken into that splendid temple, and the funeral rites
+performed over them according to the rules of that church, in the
+presence of some hundreds who were led there by sympathy and curiosity,
+and from thence her body was taken to the cemetery of Montmartre, and
+interred. The poor heartbroken noble fellow, the Little Wolf, shed the
+tears of bitterest sorrow to see her, from necessity, laid amongst the
+rows of the dead in a foreign land; and on every day that he afterwards
+spent in Paris he ordered a cab to take him to the grave, that he
+could cry over it, and talk to the departed spirit of his wife, as he
+was leaving some little offering he had brought with him. This was
+the second time we had seen him in grief; and we, who had been by him
+in all his misfortunes, admired the deep affection he showed for his
+little boy, and now for its mother, and at the same time the manly
+fortitude with which he met the fate that had been decreed to him.
+On this sad occasion their good friend M. Vattemare showed his kind
+sympathy for them, and took upon himself the whole arrangements of her
+funeral, and did all that was in his power to console and soothe the
+brokenhearted husband in the time of his affliction. He also proposed
+to have a suitable and appropriate monument erected over her grave, and
+for its accomplishment procured a considerable sum by subscription,
+with which, I presume, the monument has, ere this, been erected over
+her remains. The Little Wolf insisted on it that the exhibition should
+proceed, as the daily expenses were so very great, and in a few days,
+to give it all the interest it could have, resumed his part in the
+dance that he had taken before his misfortune.
+
+Owing to letters received about this time from their tribe, and the
+misfortune that had happened, the Indians were now all getting anxious
+to start for their own country, and, holding a council on the subject,
+called Mr. Melody in, and informed him that they had resolved to sleep
+but six nights more in Paris, and that they should expect him to be
+ready to start with them after that time. This was a short notice for
+us, but was according to Indian modes, and there was no way but to
+conform to it. Mr. Melody had pledged his word to the Government to
+take care of these people, and to return to their country with them
+whenever the chiefs should desire it; and I was bound, from my deep
+interest for them, to assent to whatever regulations Mr. Melody and the
+chiefs should adopt as the best.
+
+This notice came at a time when it was unexpected by me, and I think
+not anticipated by Mr. Melody, and was therefore unfortunate for
+us, and probably somewhat, though less so, to them. The very heavy
+outlays had all been made for their exhibitions, and their audiences
+were daily increasing. If their exhibitions could have been continued
+a month or two longer, the avails would have been considerable, and
+of great service to Mr. Melody, who had the heavy responsibility on
+his shoulders of taking these people back to their country at his own
+expense.
+
+The closing of their amusements, and positive time of their departure,
+was now announced, and immense crowds came in within the remaining few
+days to get the last possible glance at the faces and the curious modes
+of "_les Peaux Rouges_." The poor fellows enjoyed their interviews with
+the public to the last, and also their roast beef and beef-steaks and
+_chickabobboo_.
+
+They had much to say in the few days that were left; they quitted their
+daily drives and sight-seeing, and devoted their time to the pipe and
+conversation, in a sort of recapitulation of what they had seen and
+said and done on this side of the Atlantic, and of friends and affairs
+in their own humble villages, where their thoughts were now roaming.
+They were counting their cash also, packing away all their things they
+were to carry, and looking out for the little presents they wished to
+purchase, to take home to their friends. In all of these occupations
+they had the constant attention of their old and faithful friends
+_Bobasheela_ and _Daniel_.
+
+In one of their conversations after the funeral of the poor woman, the
+Doctor and Jim had much to say of the honours paid to her remains by
+the French people, which the whole party would recollect as long as
+they lived. They were pleased with and astonished at the beauty and
+magnificence of the Madeleine church, and wished to get some account
+of it to carry home to show their people, and thus, besides several
+engravings of it, Jim's book carried the following entry by my own
+hand:--"_La Madeleine_, the most splendid temple of worship in Paris,
+or perhaps in the world; surrounded with 52 Corinthian columns, 60 feet
+high; south pediment, a bas-relief, representing the Day of Judgment,
+with the figure of Magdalene at the feet of Christ."
+
+As the party were to embark at Havre on their homeward voyage, it
+became a question how they were to get their numerous trunks and boxes
+they had left in London, filled with clothes and other articles that
+they had purchased or received as presents while in England. To relieve
+them of this difficulty, their friend _Bobasheela_ volunteered to go
+to London and take all their boxes to Liverpool, and ship them to New
+York, and was soon on the way. This was a noble and kind act on the
+part of _Bobasheela_, and it was done with despatch, and he was back in
+Paris just in time to accompany his friends to Havre. M. Vattemare was
+in readiness to attend them also; and all their transactions in Paris
+being brought to a close, and they having taken leave of _Chippehola_
+and other friends, started for their native land, with my highest
+admiration for the sober and respectful manner in which they had
+conducted themselves while under my direction, and with my most ardent
+desire for their future success and happiness.[41]
+
+  [41] I learned from M. Vattemare, on his return, that the party
+       were treated with great friendship by an American gentleman
+       in Havre, Mr. Winslow, who invited them to dine at his house,
+       and bestowed on them liberal presents. They embraced their old
+       friend Bobasheela in their arms on the deck of their vessel,
+       and he sailed for London as their vessel was under weigh for
+       America. The rest of their history is for other historians,
+       and my narrative will continue a little further on events in
+       Paris.
+
+Here was about the period at which my dear wife and I had contemplated
+our return, with our little children, to our native land, where we
+should have returned in the enjoyment of all the happiness we had
+anticipated or could have wished, but for the misfortune that had
+been for some time awaiting me, but not until then duly appreciated,
+in my own house. Those of my readers who were not familiar with the
+completeness of my domestic happiness prior to this period of my life,
+will scarcely know how to sympathize with me, or perhaps to excuse me
+for adverting to it here. My dear Clara, whom I have introduced to the
+reader before, who shared with me many of the toils and pleasures of
+the prairies of the "Far West," and was now meeting with me the mutual
+enjoyments of the refined and splendid world, had, a few weeks before,
+in company with a couple of English ladies of her acquaintance, paid
+a visit to the Mint, from which they all returned indisposed, having
+taken severe colds by a sudden change from the heated rooms into the
+chilly atmosphere of the streets. With my dear wife, who was obliged
+to retire to her room, the disease was discovered in a few days to
+have attached to her lungs; and although for several weeks she had been
+suffering very much, and confined to her bed, no serious apprehensions
+were entertained until about the time that the Indians left, when my
+whole thoughts and attentions were turned to her, but to discover in a
+few days that our plans for further mutual happiness in this world were
+at an end--that her days were nearly numbered, and that her four dear
+little children were to be committed to my sole care.
+
+To those who have felt pangs like mine which followed, I need but
+merely mention them; and to those who have not felt them, it would be
+in vain to describe. Her feeble form wasted away; and in her dying
+moments, with a Christian's hope, she was in the midst of happiness,
+blessing her dear little children as she committed them to my care and
+protection.
+
+The following obituary notice, penned by a lady of her intimate
+acquaintance, the reader will excuse me for inserting here, as it is
+the only record of her, except those engraven on the hearts of those
+who knew and loved her:--
+
+     DIED--On the 28th inst., No. 11 _bis_, Avenue Lord Byron, Paris,
+     Mrs. Clara B. Catlin, the wife of the eminent traveller so
+     distinguished for his researches into Indian history and
+     antiquities of America, and so universally known and respected
+     in Europe and his native country, Geo. Catlin, Esq., from the
+     United States of America. The devoted friends who watched the
+     last moments of this most amiable, interesting woman with intense
+     anxiety, still clung to a faint hope, deceived by a moral energy
+     never surpassed, and the most unruffled serenity of temper, that
+     (had it been the will of Heaven) they might have been permitted to
+     rescue a life so precious--but, alas! this gentle, affectionate,
+     intellectual being was destined never more to revisit the land
+     of her birth, and all that was earthly of so much worth and
+     loveliness has passed away, whilst the immortal spirit has
+     ascended to its kindred skies!
+
+          "None knew her, but to love her;
+           None named her, but to praise."
+
+                            _Galignani's Messenger, 30th July, 1845._
+
+The reader can imagine something of the gloom that was cast over my
+house and little family, thus suddenly closed for ever from the smiles
+and cheer of an affectionate wife and a devoted mother, whose remains
+were sent back to her native land--not to greet and bring joy to her
+kindred and anxious friends, from whom she had been five years absent,
+but to afford them the last glance at her loved features, then to take
+their place amongst the ranks of the peaceful dead.
+
+
+
+
+                            CHAPTER XXVIII.
+
+  Eleven Ojibbeway Indians arrive from London--Their exhibitions in
+     the Author's Collection--Portraits and description of--Their
+     amusements--Their pledge to sobriety--_Chickabobboo_ explained
+     to them--Birth of a _Pappoose_--M. Gudin--Indians and the
+     Author dine with him--His kind lady--The Author breakfasts with
+     the Royal Family in the palace at St. Cloud--Two Kings and
+     two Queens at the table--The Author presented to the King and
+     Queen of the Belgians by Louis Philippe, in the salon--Count de
+     Paris--Duc de Brabant--Recollects the Indian pipe and mocassins
+     presented to him by the Author in the Egyptian Hall--Duchess of
+     Orleans--The Princess Adelaide--The King relates anecdotes of
+     his life in America--Washington's farewell address--Losing his
+     dog in the Seneca village--Crossing Buffalo Creek--Descending
+     the Tioga and Susquehana rivers in an Indian canoe, to Wyoming,
+     the Author's native valley--The King desires the Author to
+     arrange his whole Collection in the Louvre for the private
+     views of the Royal Family--He also appoints a day to see the
+     Ojibbeways in the Park, at St. Cloud--Great rejoicing of the
+     Indians--A _dog-feast_--The Indians and the Author dine a second
+     time at M. Gudin's.
+
+
+In the midst of my grief, with my little family around me, with my
+collection still open, and my lease for the Salle Valentino not
+yet expired, there suddenly arrived from London a party of eleven
+_Ojibbeway Indians_, from the region of Lake Huron, in Upper Canada,
+who had been brought to England by a Canadian, but had since been under
+the management of a young man from the city of London. They had heard
+of the great success of the Ioways in Paris, and also of their sudden
+departure, and were easily prevailed upon to make a visit there. On
+their arrival, I entered into the same arrangement with them that I had
+with the two former parties, agreeing with the young man who had charge
+of them to receive them into my collection, sharing the expenses and
+receipts as I had done before; he being obligated to pay the Indians
+a certain sum per month, and bound to return them to London, from
+whence they came, at his own expense. As my collection was all arranged
+and prepared, I thought such an arrangement calculated to promote their
+interest and my own, and in a few days their arrival and exhibitions
+were announced, they having been quartered in the same apartments which
+had been occupied by the Ioways before them.
+
+  [Illustration: N^o. 18.]
+
+The following are the names of the party, with their respective ages
+given (see _Plate No. 18_):--
+
+                                                            Age.
+
+     1. _Maun-gua-daus_ (a Great Hero)--Chief                  41
+     2. _Say-say-gon_ (the Hail-Storm)                         31
+     3. _Ke-che-us-sin_ (the Strong Rock)                      27
+     4. _Mush-she-mong_ (the King of the Loons)                25
+     5. _Au-nim-muck-kwah-um_ (the Tempest Bird)               20
+     6. _A-wun-ne-wa-be_ (the Bird of Thunder)                 19
+     7. _Wau-bud-dick_ (the Elk)                               18
+     8. _U-je-jock_ (the Pelican)                              10
+     9. _Noo-din-no-kay_ (the Furious Storm)                    4
+    10. _Min-nis-sin-noo_ (a Brave Warrior)                     3
+    11. _Uh-wus-sig-gee-zigh-gook-kway_ (Woman of the Upper
+        World)--wife of Chief                                   38
+    12. _Pappoose_--born in the Salle Valentino.
+
+The chief of this party, _Maun-gua-daus_, was a remarkably fine man,
+both in his personal appearance and intellectual faculties. He was a
+half-caste, and, speaking the English language tolerably well, acted as
+chief and interpreter of the party.
+
+The War-chief, _Say-say-gon_, was also a fine and intelligent Indian,
+full-blooded, and spoke no English. The several younger men were
+generally good-looking, and exceedingly supple and active, giving great
+life and excitement to their dances. In personal appearance the party,
+taken all together, was less interesting than that of the Ioways, yet,
+at the same time, their dances and other amusements were equally, if
+not more spirited and beautiful than those of their predecessors.
+
+Thus, in the midst of my sorrow, I was commencing anxieties again, and
+advertised the arrival of the new party, and the commencement of their
+exhibitions. They began with more limited but respectable audiences,
+and seemed to please and surprise all who came, by the excitement of
+their dances and their skill in shooting with the bow and arrows, in
+the last of which they far surpassed the Ioways. It was impossible,
+however, by all the advertising that could be done, to move the crowds
+again that had been excited to see the Ioways; the public seeming to
+have taken the idea that these were merely an imitation got up to take
+advantage of their sudden departure. It happened quite curious, that,
+although the party consisted of eleven when they arrived, about the
+time of the commencement of their exhibitions the wife of the chief was
+delivered of a _pappoose_, which was born in the same room where the
+poor wife of the Little Wolf had died. This occurrence enabled us to
+announce the party as _twelve_--the same number as the Ioways; which,
+with the name somewhat similar, furnished very strong grounds for many
+of the Parisians to believe that they were paying their francs to see
+their own countrymen aping the Indians of America.
+
+It seemed strange that it was so difficult to do away this impression,
+which operated against them the whole time they were in Paris, though
+all who saw them but a moment were satisfied and pleased. Their
+amusements were much like those of the Ioways, but with national
+differences in the modes of giving them, which were, to the curious,
+subjects of great interest.
+
+The same hours were adopted for their exhibitions--the same vehicles
+were contracted for, for their daily exercise and sight-seeing--and
+their guardian, with Daniel, took charge of all their movements on
+these occasions. Their daily routine therefore was in most respects the
+same as that of the Ioways, and it would be waste of valuable time here
+for me to follow them through all.
+
+We held the council, as we had done in the other cases, before
+our arrangements were entered upon, and all was placed upon the
+condition that they were to conduct themselves soberly, and to drink
+no spirituous liquors. The temperance pledge was therefore given,
+after I had explained to them that, with the two other parties, ale
+in England, and _vin ordinaire_ in France, when taken to a moderate
+degree, were not included in the term "_spirituous liquors_," and that
+they would of course, as the other parties had been indulged, have
+their regular glass at their dinners, and also after their suppers, and
+before going to bed; and that they would call it, as the others had
+done, _chickabobboo_. This indulgence seemed to please them very much,
+and, being at a loss to know the meaning of _chickabobboo_, I took an
+occasion to give them the history of the word, which they would see
+was of Ojibbeway origin, and, laughing excessively at the ingenuity of
+their predecessors, they all resolved to keep up their word, and to be
+sure at the same time not to drop their custom, of taking the licensed
+glasses of _chickabobboo_.
+
+Amongst the kind friends whom this party made in Paris, one of the best
+was M. Gudin, the celebrated marine painter, in the employment of the
+King. This most excellent gentleman and his kind lady were frequent
+visitors to their exhibitions, and several times invited the whole
+party and myself to dine at their table, and spend the day in the
+beautiful grounds around his noble mansion (the "Chateau Beaujon"),
+and, in its present improved condition, little less than a palace.
+
+Not only will the Indians feel bound for life to acknowledge their
+gratitude to this kind lady and gentleman, but the writer of these
+notes will feel equally and more so for the kind and unmerited
+attentions they paid to him during his stay in Paris. It was
+through the friendly agency of M. Gudin that the King invited my
+collection to the Louvre, and myself, in company with him, to the
+royal breakfast-table in the palace at St. Cloud. I take no little
+satisfaction in recording here these facts, not only for myself, but
+injustice to one of the most distinguished painters (and one of the
+best fellows) of the age. On this occasion, the proudest one of my wild
+and erratic life, we were conducted through several rooms of the palace
+to the one in which the Royal Family, chiefly all assembled, with their
+numerous guests, were standing and ready to be seated around a circular
+table of 15 or 18 feet in diameter, at which, our seats being indicated
+to us, and the bow of recognition (so far as we were able to recognise
+acquaintances) having been made, all were seated. This extraordinary
+occasion of my life was rendered peculiarly memorable and gratifying
+to me, from the fact that there were two Kings and two Queens at the
+table, and nearly every member of the Royal Family. The King and Queen
+of the Belgians, who were at that time on a visit to Paris, with his
+Royal Highness the little Duc de Brabant, were the unusual Royal guests
+at the table on the occasion. The number of persons at the table,
+consisting of the two Royal Families, the King's aides-de-camp, and
+orderly officers of the palace, with the invited guests, amounted
+to about 30 in all; and as Kings and Queens and royal families eat
+exactly like other people, I see nothing further that need be noticed
+until their Majesties arose and retired to the salon or drawing-room,
+into which we all followed. I was there met as I entered, in the most
+gracious and cordial manner by His Majesty, who presented me to the
+King of the Belgians, who did me the honour to address me in these
+words:--"I am very happy, Mr. Catlin, to meet a gentleman whose name is
+familiar to us all, and who has done so much for science, and also for
+the poor Indians. You know that the Queen, and myself, and the Duc de
+Brabant were all subscribers to your valuable work, and we have taken
+great interest in reading it."
+
+The two heirs-apparent, the little Count de Paris and His Royal
+Highness the Duc de Brabant, came to me, and, recognising me, inquired
+about the Indians. The conversation with her Majesty, and also with the
+Princess Adelaide, and the Duchess of Orleans, was about the Indians,
+who they had heard had gone home, and in whom they all seemed to have
+taken a deep interest.
+
+The little Duc de Brabant recollected the small pipe and mocassins I
+had presented him when he visited my collection in the Egyptian Hall,
+under the protection of the Hon. Mr. Murray.
+
+I had a few minutes' conversation with the King of the Belgians, and
+also with the graceful and pensive Duchess of Orleans, and our ears
+were then all turned to the recitals of his Majesty, around whom we had
+gathered, whilst he was relating several scenes of his early life in
+America, in company with his two brothers, the Duc de Montpensier and
+the Count Beaujolais, which it seemed my advent with the Indians had
+brought up with unusual freshness in his mind.
+
+He commented in the most eloquent terms upon the greatness and goodness
+of General Washington, and told us that he and his brothers were
+lucky enough to have been present and heard his farewell address in
+Philadelphia, which he had been in the habit of reflecting upon as one
+of the most pleasurable and satisfactory incidents of his life.
+
+He gave us an amusing account of his horse getting mired in crossing
+Buffalo Creek, and of his paying a visit to the tribe of Seneca
+Indians, near to the town of Buffalo, on Lake Erie:--
+
+  "Being conducted," said he, "to the village and to the chief's
+  wigwam, I shook hands with the chief, who came and stood by my
+  horse's head, and while some hundreds of men, women, and children
+  were gathering around, I told the chief that I had come to make him
+  a visit of a day or two, to which he replied that he was very glad
+  to see me, and I should be made quite welcome, and treated to the
+  best that he had. He said there would be one condition, however,
+  which was, that he should require me to give him everything I had; he
+  should demand my horse, from which I would dismount, and having given
+  him the bridle, he said, 'I now want your gun, your watch, and all
+  your money; these are indispensable.'
+
+  "I then, for the first time in my life, began to think that I was
+  completely robbed and plundered; but at the moment when he had
+  got all, and before I had time for more than an instant thought
+  of my awkward condition, he released me from all further alarm by
+  continuing, 'If you have anything else which you wish to be sure to
+  get again, I wish you to let me have it; for whatever you deliver
+  into my hands now you will be sure to find safe when you are about to
+  leave; otherwise I would not be willing to vouch for their safety;
+  for there are some of my people whom we cannot trust to.'
+
+  "From this moment I felt quite easy, and spent a day or two in their
+  village very pleasantly, and with much amusement. When I was about to
+  leave, my horse was brought to the chief's door and saddled, and all
+  the property I had left in his hands safely restored.
+
+  "I then mounted my horse, and, having taken leave, and proceeded a
+  short distance on my route, I discovered that I had left my favourite
+  dog, which I had been too much excited and amused to think of, and
+  did not recollect to have seen after I entered their village.
+
+  "I turned my horse and rode back to the door of the chief's wigwam,
+  and made inquiries for it. The chief said, 'But you did not intrust
+  your dog to my care, did you?' 'No, I did not think of my poor dog
+  at the time.' 'Well then,' said he, 'I can't answer for it. If you
+  had done as I told you, your dog would have been safe. However,'
+  said he, 'we will inquire for it.' At which moment one of his little
+  sons was ordered to run and open a rude pen or cage by the corner
+  of the wigwam, and out leaped my dog, and sprang upon my leg as I
+  was sitting on my horse. I offered the honest chief a reward for
+  his kindness; but he refused to accept it, wishing me to recollect,
+  whenever I was amongst Indians again, to repose confidence in an
+  Indian's word, and feel assured that all the property intrusted to
+  an Indian's care I would be sure to find safe whenever I wanted it
+  again."
+
+After reciting this amusing incident, his Majesty described to me the
+route which he and his brothers took from Buffalo to the falls of
+Niagara, and thence on horseback to Geneva, a small town at the foot of
+the Seneca Lake, where they sold their horses, and, having purchased
+a small boat, rowed it 90 miles to Ithaca, at the head of the lake.
+From thence they travelled on foot, with their luggage carried on their
+backs, 30 miles to Tioga, on the banks of the Susquehana, where they
+purchased a canoe from the Indians, and descended in it that romantic
+and beautiful river, to a small town called Wilkesbarre, in the valley
+of Wyoming.
+
+From thence, with their knapsacks on their backs, they crossed the
+Wilkesbarre and Pokono mountains to Easton, and from thence were
+conveyed in a coach to Philadelphia.
+
+I here surprised his Majesty a little, and his listeners, and seemed
+to add a fresh interest to his narrative, by informing him that I
+was a native of Wilkesbarre, in the valley of Wyoming, and that while
+his Majesty was there I was an infant in my mother's arms, only a few
+months old.
+
+He related a number of pleasing recollections of his visit to my native
+valley, and then gave us an account of an Indian _ball-play_ amongst
+the Cherokees and Choctaws, where he saw 500 or 600 engaged, during the
+whole day, before the game was decided; and he pronounced it one of the
+most exciting and beautiful scenes he had ever beheld.
+
+After an hour or so spent in amusing us with the pleasing reminiscences
+of his wild life in America, he expressed a wish to see my collection,
+and requested me to place it in a large hall in the Louvre, for the
+private views of the Royal Family; and also appointed a day and an hour
+when he would be glad to see the Ojibbeway Indians at St. Cloud, and
+desired me to accompany them.
+
+From the Palace, my friend M. Gudin, at the request of the King,
+proceeded with me to Paris and to the Louvre, with his Majesty's
+command to M. de Caillaux, director of the Louvre, to prepare the
+Salle de Séance for the reception of my collection, which was ordered
+to be arranged in it. My return from thence to the Indians, with the
+information that they were to visit the King, created a pleasing
+excitement amongst them, and, as the reader can easily imagine, great
+joy and rejoicing.
+
+This was an excitement and a piece of good news to the poor fellows
+that could not be passed over without some signal and unusual notice,
+and the result was, that a _dog-feast_ was to be the ceremony for
+the next day. Consequently a dog was procured at an early hour, and,
+according to the custom of their country, was roasted whole, and, when
+ready, was partaken of with a due observance of all the forms used in
+their own country on such occasions, it being strictly a religious
+ceremony.
+
+The same indulgence in seeing the sights of Paris, and of exercise in
+the open air, was shown to them as to the other party; and the same
+carriages contracted for, to give them their daily drives; in all of
+which they were accompanied by their guardian, to whom the sights of
+Paris were also new and equally entertaining, and they all made the
+best use of their time in these amusements.
+
+Their good friend M. Gudin appointed another day for the whole party
+to dine at his house, and having a number of distinguished guests at
+his table, the scene was a very brilliant and merry one. The orator
+of the party was the chief _Maun-gua-daus_, though on this occasion
+the War-chief, whose name was _Say-say-gon_ (the Hail-storm), arose at
+the table and addressed M. Gudin and his lady in a very affectionate
+manner; thanking them for their kindness to them, who were strangers in
+Paris and a great way from their homes, and at the same time proposing
+to give to his friend M. Gudin a new name, saying that, whenever the
+Indians made a new friend whom they loved very much, they liked to call
+him by a name that had some meaning to it, and he should hereafter call
+him by the name of _Ken-ne-wab-a-min_ (the Sun that guides us through
+the Wilderness).
+
+There were several gentlemen of high rank and titles present, and all
+seemed much entertained with the appearance and conduct of the Indians.
+
+
+
+
+                             CHAPTER XXIX.
+
+  Indians' visit to the Palace of St. Cloud--The Park--Artificial
+     lake--Royal Family--Prince de Joinville--Recollected seeing
+     the Author and Collection in Washington--King and Queen of
+     Belgians--The _regatta_--The birch-bark canoe and the Prince de
+     Joinville's "Whitehaller"--War-dance--Ball-play--Archery--Dinner
+     prepared for the Indians--M. Gudin and the Author join
+     them--Indians' return--Gossip at night--Their ideas of the
+     King and Royal Family--Messenger from the King, with gold and
+     silver medals and money, to the Indians--The War-chief cures
+     a cancer--Author's Collection in the _Salle de Séance_, in
+     the Louvre--The Indians and the Author dine with M. Passy,
+     Member of Deputies--Kind treatment by himself and lady--King
+     visits the Collection in the Louvre--The Author explains
+     his pictures--Persons present--An hour's visit--The King
+     retires--Second visit of the King and Royal Family to the
+     Collection--The Author's four little children presented to the
+     King--His Majesty relates the anecdote of bleeding himself
+     in America, and his visit to General Washington at Mount
+     Vernon--His descent of the Ohio and Mississippi rivers, in a
+     small boat, to New Orleans--Orders the Author to paint fifteen
+     pictures for Versailles.
+
+
+The day, which had arrived, for our visit to the King at St. Cloud,
+was a pleasant one, and, all the party being ready, we went off in
+good spirits; and on our arrival our carriages were driven into the
+Royal Park, and conducted to a lovely spot on the bank of an artificial
+lake, where there were a considerable number of persons attached to the
+Court already assembled to see the Indians; and in the lake, at their
+feet, a beautiful birch-bark canoe from their own tribe, belonging to
+the Duchess of Orleans, and by the side of it an elegant regatta-boat,
+belonging to the Prince de Joinville, with "_White Hall_," in large
+letters, on her sides, showing that she was a native of New York.
+
+The Indians had been told that they were to paddle one of their
+own canoes for the amusement of the Royal Family, but had not as
+yet dreamed that they were to contend for speed with a full-manned
+"_White-Haller_," in a trial for speed, before two kings and two queens
+and all of the Royal Family.
+
+Just learning this fact, and seeing the complement of men in blue
+jackets and tarpaulin hats, in readiness for the contest, they felt
+somewhat alarmed. However, I encouraged them on, and the appearance
+of the Royal Family and the King and Queen of the Belgians, in their
+carriages, at the next moment, changed the subject, and their alarms
+were apparently forgotten.
+
+Their Majesties, and all of the two Royal Families, descended from
+their carriages, and, gathering around the Indians in a group, listened
+to each one's name as they were in turn presented. (_Plate No. 19._)
+
+Louis Phillipe, and also the King of the Belgians, conversed for some
+time with the chiefs, while her Majesty and the other ladies seemed
+more amused with the women, and the little pappoose, in its beautifully
+embroidered cradle, slung on its mother's back.
+
+After this conversation and an examination of their costumes, weapons,
+&c., the targets were placed, and an exhibition of their skill in
+archery ensued. And after that, taking up their ball-sticks, "the ball
+was tossed," and they soon illustrated the surprising mode of catching
+and throwing the ball with their rackets or "ball-sticks."
+
+This illustration being finished, they sounded the war-whoop, and
+brandished their shields and tomahawks and war-clubs in the war-dance,
+which their Majesties had expressed a desire to see. (_Plate No. 20._)
+
+Every member of the two Royal Families happened to be present, I
+was told, on this occasion--a very unusual occurrence; and all had
+descended from their carriages, and grouped in a beautiful lawn, to
+witness the wild sports of these sons of the forest. I was called upon
+at that moment to explain the meaning of the war-dance, war-song,
+war-whoop, &c., for doing which I received the thanks of all the party,
+which gave me peculiar satisfaction.
+
+  [Illustration: N^o. 19.]
+
+  [Illustration: N^o. 20.]
+
+The King at this time announced to the chief that he wished to see
+how they paddled the birch canoe, that he had two American canoes,
+which they had put into the water; one was a canoe, he said, made of
+birch-bark by their own tribe, the Ojibbeways, and had belonged to his
+son, the Duke of Orleans; and the other, now belonging to the Prince de
+Joinville, was made in the city of New York; and he was anxious to be
+able to decide which could make the best canoe, the white men or the
+Indians.
+
+The whole party now assembled on the shore, and the sailors and the
+Indians took their seats in their respective boats, with oars and
+paddles in hand, and the race soon took place. (_Plate No. 21._) It was
+a very exciting scene, but it seemed to be regretted by all that the
+Indians were beaten, but which I think might not have been the case if
+they had put two in their canoe instead of four, sinking it so deep as
+to impede its progress; or if they had put two squaws into it instead
+of the men, as they are in the Indian country much superior to the men
+in paddling canoes.
+
+I had much conversation on this occasion with H.R.H. the Prince de
+Joinville relative to the Indian modes and his travels in America, when
+he recollected to have seen me and my collection in Washington city.
+
+Whilst these amusements were thus going on, my friend M. Gudin had
+prepared his canvas and easel near the ground, where he was busily
+engaged in painting the group, and of which he made a charming picture
+for the King.
+
+These curious and amusing scenes altogether lasted about two hours,
+after which their Majesties and all took leave, the King, the Queen,
+and the Duchess of Orleans successively thanking me for the interesting
+treat I had afforded them. Their carriages were then ordered to drive
+back empty, and all the royal party were seen strolling amidst the
+forest towards the Palace.
+
+The Indians and ourselves were soon seated in our carriages, and, being
+driven to a wing of the palace, were informed that a feast was prepared
+for us, to which we were conducted, and soon found our good friend M.
+Gudin by our side, who took a seat and joined us in it. The healths
+of the King and the Queen and the little Count de Paris were drunk in
+the best of _chickabobboo_, and from that we returned, and all in good
+glee, to our quarters in the city.
+
+The reader by this time knows that this interview afforded the Indians
+a rich subject for weeks of gossip in their leisure hours, and charged
+their minds with a burthen of impatience to know what communications
+there might yet be from the King, as they had heard that gold and
+silver medals and presents of other descriptions were sent to the
+Ioways after their interview.
+
+They proceeded with their exhibitions, as usual, however, and on the
+second day after the interview there came a messenger from the King
+with medals of gold for the two chiefs, and silver ones for each of the
+others of the party, and also 500 francs in money, which was handed
+to the head chief, and, as in the former instances, equally divided
+amongst them.
+
+This completed all their anxieties, and finished the grandest epoch of
+the poor fellows' lives, and of which they will be sure to make their
+boasts as long as they live, and give me some credit for bringing it
+about--their presentation to the Kings and Queens of France and Belgium.
+
+A curious occurrence took place a few days after this, as I learned
+on inquiring the object for which two ladies and a gentleman were in
+daily attendance on the Indians, and occasionally taking the War-chief
+away for an hour or two in their carriage and bringing him back again.
+Daniel told me that the young lady, who was one of the party, had
+dreamed that _Say-say-gon_ could cure a cancer on the face of her
+father, which had baffled all the skill of the medical faculty and was
+likely to terminate his life; and in consequence of her dream, the
+relatives and herself were calling on him to induce him to make the
+attempt, which he had engaged in, and in their daily drives with him
+they were taking him to the Garden of Plants and to various parts of
+the country, where he was searching for a particular kind of herb or
+root, with which he felt confident he could cure it.
+
+  [Illustration: N^o. 21.]
+
+These visits were continued for some weeks, and I was informed by
+Daniel and by the Indians that he succeeded in effecting the cure, and
+that they handsomely rewarded him for it.
+
+About this time, my lease expiring, I closed my exhibition, removing my
+collection to the _Salle de Séance_, in the Louvre, where Daniel and I
+soon arranged it for the inspection of the King and Royal Family; and
+it being ready, I met his Majesty in it by appointment to explain its
+contents to him.
+
+The King entered at the hour appointed, with four or five of his
+orderly officers about him, and, on casting his eyes around the room,
+his first exclamation was that of surprise at its unexpected extent and
+picturesque effect.
+
+My friend M. Vattemare, and also another friend, Maj. Poore, from
+the United States, were by my side, and greatly amused and pleased
+with the remarks made by the King during the interview, relative to
+my paintings, and also to incidents of his life amongst the Indians
+of America during his exile. His Majesty soon recognised the picture
+of an Indian ball-play, and several other scenes he had witnessed on
+the American frontier, and repeatedly remarked that my paintings all
+had the strong impress of nature in them, and were executed with much
+spirit and effect. He seemed pleased and amused with the various Indian
+manufactures, and particularly with the beautiful Crow wigwam from the
+Rocky Mountains standing in the middle of the room, the door of which I
+opened for his Majesty to pass under.
+
+After his visit of half an hour he retired, appointing another
+interview, telling me that the Queen must see the collection with him,
+and also commanding the director of the Louvre to admit my little
+children to his presence, having heard of their misfortune of losing
+their mother, for which he felt much sympathy.
+
+At the time appointed, a few days after, I met his Majesty again, with
+a number of his illustrious friends, in my collection; and after he had
+taken them around the room awhile to describe familiar scenes which
+he had met there on his former visit, I continued to explain other
+paintings and Indian manufactures in the collection. (_Plate No. 22._)
+
+In the midst of our tour around the hall his Majesty met something that
+again reminded him of scenes he had witnessed in his rambling life in
+the backwoods of America, and he held us still for half an hour during
+his recitals of them. He described the mode in which he and his two
+brothers descended the Ohio and Mississippi rivers in an old Mackinaw
+boat which they purchased at Pittsburg, and in which they made their
+way amongst snags and sawyers and sandbars to the mouth of the Ohio,
+six hundred miles, and from that down the still more wild and dangerous
+current of the Mississippi, one thousand miles, to New Orleans,
+fifty-two years ago, when nearly the whole shores of these rivers, with
+their heavy forests, were in their native state, inhabited only by
+Indians and wild beasts. They lived upon the game and fish they could
+kill or purchase from the various tribes of Indians they visited along
+the banks, and slept sometimes in their leaking and rickety boat, or
+amongst the canebrake, and mosquitos, and alligators, and rattlesnakes
+on the shores.
+
+I took the liberty to ask his Majesty on this occasion whether the
+story that has been current in the American prints "of an Indian
+bleeding him" was correct; to which he replied, "No, not exactly; it
+had been misunderstood. He had bled himself on one occasion in presence
+of some Indians and a number of country people, when he had been
+thrown out of his waggon, and carried, much injured, to a country inn;
+and the people around him, seeing the ease and success with which he
+did it, supposed him, of course, to be a physician; and when he had
+sufficiently recovered from his fall to be able to start on his tour
+again, the neighbours assembled around him and proposed that he should
+abandon his plan of going farther west; that if he would remain amongst
+them they would show him much better land than he would find by
+proceeding on, and they would also elect him county physician, which
+they stood much in need of, and in which capacity he would meet no
+opposition. He thanked them for their kindness, assuring them that he
+was not a physician, and also that he was not in search of lands, and,
+taking leave, drove off."
+
+  [Illustration: N^o. 22.]
+
+He also gave an account of their visit to General Washington at Mount
+Vernon, where they remained several days. General Washington gave them
+directions about the route to follow in the journey they were about to
+make across the Alleghany Mountains on horseback, and gave them also
+several letters of introduction to be made use of on their way.
+
+While we were thus listening to the narrations of his Majesty, my kind
+and faithful nurse was approaching from the other end of the room and
+leading up my little children (_Plate No. 22_), whom he immediately
+recognised as my little family, and in the most kind and condescending
+manner took them by their hands and chatted with them in language and
+sentences suited to their age.
+
+His next object was to designate the paintings he wished me to copy and
+somewhat enlarge, and soon pointed out the number of fifteen, which I
+was commanded to paint for the palace at Versailles.
+
+During the time that my collection was thus remaining in the Louvre
+many distinguished persons about the Court had access to it, and
+amongst the number an excellent and kind lady, Madame Passy, the wife
+of one of the distinguished members of the House of Deputies. This
+charming lady sought an acquaintance with the Indians also, and, taking
+a deep interest in their character and situation, invited them all to
+dine at her house, where they were treated with genuine kindness and
+liberality, which they will never forget.
+
+
+
+
+                              CHAPTER XXX.
+
+  The Author leaves his Collection in the Louvre, and arrives with
+     the Indians in Bruxelles--Indians at the soirée of the American
+     Minister in Bruxelles--Author's reception by the King in the
+     Palace--Small-pox among the Indians--Indians unable to visit
+     the Palace--Exhibition closes--Seven sick with small-pox--Death
+     of one of them--His will--A second dies--His will--The rest
+     recover--Faithful attentions of Daniel--The Author accompanies
+     them to Antwerp, and pays their expenses to London on a
+     steamer--Death of the War-chief in London--His will--The
+     Author raises money by subscription and sends to them--Letter
+     from the survivors, in England, to the Author--Drawings by
+     the War-chief--The Author stopped in the streets of London
+     and invited to see the skeleton of the War-chief!--His
+     indignation--Subsequent deaths of four others of this party
+     in England--The three parties of Indians in Europe--Their
+     objects--Their success--Their conduct--Their reception and
+     treatment--Things which they saw and learned--Estimates and
+     statistics of civilized life which they have carried home--Their
+     mode of reasoning from such premises--And the probable results.
+
+
+During the time that my collection was exposed to the exclusive views
+of the Royal Family and their guests, the Indians were lying still, at
+my expense, which was by no means a trifling item. The young man whom I
+said they were under a contract with to pay them so much per month had
+performed his agreement with them for the two first months, and when
+the third month's wages became due he declared to them and to me that
+he could not pay them, nor pay their expenses back to London, as he was
+obligated to do. These duties then devolved on me, or at least, the
+Indians having been so long under my control and direction, I assumed
+them, and told the chiefs I would pay their expenses to London, and
+probably make something for them on the way, after my exhibition in the
+Louvre was finished.
+
+They were thus lying idle at this time, waiting for me to be at liberty
+to go with them, and, as I have said, living at my expense. I told
+them that I designed going by the way of Belgium, and making their
+exhibitions in Bruxelles, Antwerp, and Ghent for a few weeks, the whole
+receipts of which, over the expenses, they should have, and I fully
+believed it would be sufficient to pay their expenses quite home to
+their own country; and that I would also, as I had promised, pay all
+their expenses from Paris to London myself.
+
+With this design and with these views, leaving my collection in the
+Louvre, I started with the Indians for Bruxelles, where we arrived the
+next evening.
+
+We were all delighted with the appearance of Bruxelles, and the Indians
+in fine glee, in the fresh recollections of the honours just paid
+them in Paris, and the golden prospect which they considered now lay
+before them. But little did they dream, poor fellows! of the different
+fate that there awaited them. While resting a few days, preparing
+for the commencement of their exhibitions, they were kindly invited,
+with the author, to attend the _soirée_ of the American Minister, Mr.
+Clemson, where they were ushered into a brilliant and numerous crowd of
+distinguished and fashionable people, and seemed to be the lions of the
+evening, admired and complimented by all, and their way was thus paved
+for the commencement of their exhibitions. I had in the mean time made
+all the preparations and the necessary outlays for their operations,
+which they merely began upon, when it became necessary to suspend their
+exhibitions, owing to one of the number having been taken sick with the
+small-pox.
+
+I had at this time an audience appointed with the King, at the Palace,
+where I went and was most kindly received and amused in half an hour's
+conversation with His Majesty about the condition and modes of the
+American Indians. He expressed the deepest sympathy for them and
+solicitude for their welfare and protection, and, a few days after my
+audience, transmitted to me, through one of his ministers, a beautiful
+gold medal, with an appropriate inscription on it.
+
+The nature of the sickness that had now appeared amongst the Indians
+prevented the contemplated interview at the Palace, and also all
+communication with the public. It was still hoped by the physicians
+that a few days would remove all difficulty, but it was destined to be
+otherwise, for in a few days two others were attacked, and in a day or
+two more another and another, and at last they were in that pitiable
+and alarming state that seven of them were on their backs with that
+awful and (to them) most fatal of all diseases.
+
+My position then, as the reader will perceive, was one of a most
+distressing and painful kind, with my natural sympathy for their race,
+and now with the whole responsibility for the expenses, lives, and
+welfare of these poor people on my shoulders, their only friend and
+protector in a foreign country, as their conductor had left them and
+returned to London, and my own life in imminent danger whilst I was
+attending on them.
+
+One of these poor fellows died in the course of a few days in their
+rooms, another died in one of the hospitals to which he was removed,
+and a third died a few days after they reached London, though he was in
+good health when he travelled across the Channel.
+
+Such were the melancholy results of this awful catastrophe, which the
+reader will easily see broke up all their plans of exhibitions in
+Belgium, and ended in the death of three of the finest men of the party.
+
+Their sickness in Bruxelles detained me there near two months before
+the survivors were well enough to travel, during which gloomy time I
+had opportunity enough to test the fidelity of my man Daniel and his
+attachment to the Indians, who stayed by them night and day, fearless
+of his own danger, as he lifted them about in his arms in their
+loathsome condition both when dead and alive.
+
+When the party were well enough to travel I went to Antwerp with
+them, and placed them on a steamer for London, having paid their fare
+and given them a little money to cover their first expenses when they
+should arrive there. I then took leave of them, and returned to my
+little family in Paris, having been absent near three months, with an
+expenditure of 350_l._
+
+With the poor fellows who died there seemed to be a presentiment with
+each, the moment he was broken out with the disease, that he was to
+die, and a very curious circumstance attended this conviction in each
+case.
+
+The first one, when he found the disease was well identified on him,
+sat down upon the floor with the next one, his faithful and confiding
+friend, and, having very deliberately told him he was going to die,
+unlocked his little trunk, and spreading all his trinkets, money, &c.,
+upon the floor, bequeathed them to his friends, making the other the
+sole executor of his will, intrusting them all to him, directing him
+to take them to his country and deliver them with his own hand. As he
+was intrusting these precious gifts, with his commands, to an Indian,
+he was certain, poor fellow! that they would be sacredly preserved and
+delivered, and he then locked his little trunk, and, having given to
+his friend the key, he turned to his bed, where he seemed composed and
+ready to die, because, he said, it was the will of the Great Spirit,
+and he didn't think that the Great Spirit would have selected him
+unless it was to better his condition in some way.
+
+About the time of the death of this young man his confiding and
+faithful friend was discovered to be breaking out with the disease
+also, and, seeming to be under a similar conviction, he called
+_Say-say-gon_ (the War-chief) to him, and, like the other, unlocked
+_his_ little trunk, and, taking out his medal from the King, and other
+presents and money, he designated a similar distribution of them
+amongst his relatives; and trusting to the War-chief to execute his
+will, he locked his trunk, having taken the last look at his little
+hard-earned treasures, and, unlocking that of his deceased companion,
+and designating, as well as he could, the manner in which the verbal
+instructions had been left with him, gave the key to the War-chief,
+and begged of him to take charge of the trunk and the presents, and to
+see them bestowed according to the will of the testator. After this
+he turned away from his little worldly treasures, and suddenly lost
+all knowledge of them in the distress of the awful disease that soon
+terminated his existence.
+
+The War-chief was one who escaped the disease in Bruxelles, and, being
+amongst those whom I took to Antwerp and sent by steamer to London, was
+at that time in good health and spirits; but letters which I received
+a few days after their arrival in London informed me that he was there
+attacked with the same disease, and, most singular to relate, as soon
+as he discovered the disease breaking out upon his skin, he said that
+he should die, and, calling the chief _Maun-gua-daus_ to him, he,
+like the others, opened _his_ trunk, and, willing his gold medal from
+the hand of Louis Philippe, to his little son, and his other trinkets
+and money to his wife and other relatives, intrusted the whole to the
+chief to execute. He then unlocked the trunks of his two friends who
+were dead, and, as well as he could recollect them, communicated to
+_Maun-gua-daus_ the nature of the two bequests that had been intrusted
+to him, and died, leaving the chief to be the bearer of all the little
+effects they had earned, and sole executor of their three wills.
+
+It is a fact which may be of interest to be made known, that all of
+this party had been vaccinated in their own country, and supposed
+themselves protected from the disease; and also that the only three
+full-blooded men of the party died. The other four who had the disease
+had it in a modified form, and, in all probability, with the three who
+died, the vaccine matter had not been properly communicated, or, what
+is more probable, and often the case in the exposed lives they lead, it
+had in some way been prevented from taking its usual effect.
+
+After their misfortunes in Belgium and in London the excellent lady of
+the American Ambassador in Bruxelles raised, by a subscription, several
+hundred francs and sent to me in Paris, to which I got other additions
+in that city, and forwarded to them in England, to assist in paying
+their expenses back to their own country; and shortly after, and before
+they embarked for America, I received the following letter from them,
+which I feel it my duty to myself to insert here, lest any one should
+be led to believe that I did less than my duty to these unfortunate
+people:--
+
+             "TO GEO. CATLIN, Esq., now in Paris.
+
+                                        "_London, Jan. 27, 1846._
+  "OUR DEAR FRIEND,
+
+  "We send you our words on paper to let you know that we are thankful
+  for your kindness to us. You have done everything to make us happy
+  while with you in Paris and Belgium; and as all our people know in
+  America that you are indeed their best friend, they will be glad to
+  hear that you have taken us into your kind care whilst we were in a
+  foreign land, and that while you were in a deep affliction with your
+  own family.
+
+          MAUN-GUA-DAUS,
+          KE-CHE-US-SIN,
+          A-WUN-NE-WA-BE,
+          WAU-BUD-DICK,
+          UH-WUS-SIG-GEE-ZIGH-GOOK-KWAY."
+
+The above letter was spontaneous on their part, and written in the hand
+of _Maun-gua-daus_, the chief, who spoke and wrote the English language
+very correctly.
+
+I was much shocked and distressed to hear of the death of
+_Say-say-gon_, the War-chief, for he was a remarkably fine Indian, and
+had become much attached to me. His life, as a warrior and a hunter,
+had been one of an extraordinary nature, and the principal incidents of
+it, particularly in the hunting department, he had been for some weeks
+engaged, just before their disastrous sickness, in illustrating by a
+series of designs in his rude way, presenting me a portfolio of them,
+with the story of each, which I wrote down from his own lips as he
+narrated them.
+
+This most amusing and original keepsake, which I shall treasure up as
+long as I live, and which I regret that the dimensions of this work
+did not allow me the space to insert, can at all times be seen by the
+curious of my friends who desire to see it.
+
+For the amusement of the reader, however, I have made room for a
+couple of his drawings, which will convey some idea of their general
+character, and of the decided cleverness of this good fellow at
+story-telling and design. The woodcuts are traced from the originals,
+and are therefore as near fac-similes as I could make them. _Plate No.
+23_ represents _Pane-way-ee-tung_, the brother-in-law of _Say-say-gon_,
+crossing the river Thomas in a bark canoe, who had the following
+curious and amusing encounter with a bear which he met swimming in
+the middle of the river. Though the Indian had no other weapon than a
+paddle, he pursued the bear, and, overtaking it, struck it a blow, upon
+which it made an effort to climb into the canoe, by which the canoe was
+upset and the Indian sank under it. He arose to the surface, however,
+just behind the canoe, which in its progress had passed over him, and,
+being bottom upwards, the bear had climbed upon it, as seen in the
+sketch, and, having seen the man sink under it, was feeling under the
+canoe with his paws in hopes of getting hold of him. The bear, having
+made no calculation for the progress of the canoe, had not thought of
+looking behind it for his enemy, but balanced himself with difficulty
+without being able to look back; and whilst he was thus engaged feeling
+for his enemy under the canoe the Indian silently swam behind it, and,
+cautiously pushing it forward with his hand, succeeded in moving it
+near the shore, where he discovered his friend _Say-say-gon_ hunting
+with his rifle, who was in waiting for it, and when near enough shot it
+in the head.
+
+_Plate No. 24_ is his illustration of the first interview between white
+men and the Ojibbeway Indians; his description of it is as follows:--
+
+  "_Gitch-ee-gaw-ga-osh_ (the point that remains for ever), who died
+  many snows since, and who was so old that he had smoked with three
+  generations, said that his grandfather, _On-daig_, met the first
+  white man who ever entered an Ojibbeway's wigwam. That white man was
+  a great chief, who wore a red coat. He had many warriors with him,
+  who all came in sight of the village of _On-daig_ (the crow),
+  and, leaving his warriors behind, he walked towards the wigwam of
+  _On-daig_, who came out, with his pipe of peace in one hand, and
+  his war-club in the other. _On-daig_ offered his pipe to the white
+  chief to smoke, who put his sword behind him in one hand, and raised
+  his hat with the other. _On-daig_ never had seen a white man's hat
+  before, and, thinking the white chief was going to strike him with
+  it, drew his war-club. They soon, however, understood each other, and
+  smoked the pipe together."
+
+  [Illustration: N^o. 23.]
+
+  [Illustration: N^o. 24.]
+
+But a few months after the death of this fine Indian I was on a visit
+to London, and while walking in Piccadilly was accosted by an old
+acquaintance, who in our conversation informed me that the skeleton of
+my old friend the War-chief had been preserved, and he seemed to think
+it might be an interesting thing for me to see. The struggle between
+the ebullition of indignation and the quiescence of disgust rendered
+me for the moment almost unfit for a reply; and I withheld it for a
+moment, until the poor Indian's ideas of hyænas before described had
+time to run through my mind, and some other similar reflections, when
+I calmly replied, "I have no doubt but the skeleton is a subject of
+interest, but I shall not have time to see it."
+
+My friend and I parted here, and I went on through Piccadilly, and I
+know not where, meditating on the virtues of scientific and mercenary
+man. I thought of the heroic _Osceola_, who was captured when he was
+disarmed and was bearing a white flag in his hand; who died a prisoner
+of war, and whose head was a few months afterwards offered for sale in
+the city of New York! I thought also of the thousands of Indian graves
+I had seen on the frontier thrown open by sacrilegious hands for the
+skulls and trinkets they enclosed, to which the retiring relatives were
+lurking back to take the last glance of, and to mingle their last tears
+over, with the horror of seeing the bones of their fathers and children
+strewed over the ground by hands too averse to labour and too ruthless
+to cover them again.
+
+I was here forcibly struck with the fitness of Jim's remarks about the
+hyænas, of "their resemblance to _Chemokimons_ or pale-faces," when I
+told him that they lived by digging up and devouring bodies that had
+been consigned to the grave.
+
+I thought also of the distress of mind of the Little Wolf when he lost
+his child at Dundee--of his objections to bury it in a foreign land;
+and also of the double pang with which the fine fellow suffered when
+dire necessity compelled him to leave the body of his affectionate
+wife amidst the graves of the thousands whose limbs and bones were no
+curiosity. And I could thus appreciate the earnestness with which,
+in his last embrace of me in Paris, he desired me to drive every day
+in a cab, as he had been in the habit of doing, to the cemetery of
+Montmartre, to see that no one disturbed the grave of her whom he had
+loved, but was then to leave; and that I should urge his kind friend
+M. Vattemare to hasten the completion of the beautiful monument he was
+getting made, that it might be sure to be erected over her grave before
+she might be dug up.
+
+With regard to the remainder of the party of Ojibbeways whom I have
+said I had advised to return as soon as possible to their own country,
+I am grieved to inform the reader that, from letters from several
+friends in England, I have learned that the chief has persisted in
+travelling through various parts of the kingdom, making his exhibitions
+of Indian life during the last year, and has had the singular and
+lamentable misfortune of burying three of his children and his wife!
+
+These, being facts, show a loss of seven out of twelve of that party,
+affording a shocking argument against the propriety of persons bringing
+Indians to Europe with a view to making their exhibitions a just or
+profitable speculation.
+
+Three of the former party died while under my direction, as I have
+described in the foregoing pages; and a noble fine Indian, by the name
+of _Jock-o-sot_, of the Sac tribe, brought to England by a Mr. Wallace
+about the same time, was dying, and died on his way home, from causes
+he met in this country; making the melancholy list of eleven who lost
+their lives in the space of eighteen months.
+
+These are facts which bring the reader's mind, as well as that of
+the author, to inquire what were the objects of these parties in
+England--how they came here--and what their success, as well as what
+will be the results that will probably flow from them. Each of these
+speculations has undoubtedly been projected by the white men who
+brought the Indians over, having conceived a plan of employing and
+taking to Europe such parties, who would be great curiosities in a
+foreign country, and by their exhibitions enabled to realise a great
+deal of money.
+
+These parties, in each case, have been employed, and induced to come on
+condition of a certain sum of money to be paid them per month, or so
+much per year, to be given them on their return to their own country,
+with the additional advantage of having all their expenses borne, and
+themselves entitled to all the numerous presents they would receive
+during their travels.
+
+As I have been with each of these parties the greater part of the time
+while they were making their exhibitions, I feel quite sure that this
+last condition of their engagements has been strictly kept with them,
+and that by it the Indians profited to a considerable amount from the
+kind and charitable hands of people whom they were amusing. But how far
+they have been benefited by the other conditions of their engagements,
+after they have returned to their homes, I am unable to tell.
+
+As for their reception by the public generally where they have
+travelled, and their conduct whilst amongst and dealing with the world,
+it gives me great pleasure, as a living witness, to tender to that
+public my grateful acknowledgments for the kindness and friendship with
+which they received those unsophisticated people; and in justice to
+the Indians, as well as for the satisfaction of those who knew them,
+to acknowledge the perfect propriety of their conduct and dignity of
+deportment whilst they were abroad.
+
+There were of the three parties thirty-five in all, and I am proud, for
+the character of the abused race which I am yet advocating, that, for
+the year and a half that I was daily and hourly in familiarity with
+them in Europe, I never discovered either of them intoxicated, or in a
+passion with one another, or with the world. They met the people, and
+all the wondrous and unaccountable works which their eyes were daily
+opened to in the enlightened world, with an evenness of temper and
+apparent ease and familiarity which surprised all who saw them.
+
+Their conduct was uniformly decent and respectful, and through their
+whole tour, whilst abroad, they furnished a striking corroboration of
+two of the leading traits of their national character, which I have
+advanced in my former work, of their strict adherance to promises they
+make, and of their never-ending garrulity and anecdote when, in their
+little fireside circles, they are out of the embarrassing gaze of the
+enlightened world, who are wiser than themselves.
+
+For these nightly gossips, which generally took place in their private
+apartments after the labours of the day were done and the pipe was lit,
+the excitements of the day, and the droll and marvellous things they
+had seen in their exhibition-room and in the streets of London and
+Paris, afforded them the endless themes; and of these little sittings
+I was almost an inseparable member, as will have been seen by many
+anecdotes entered in the pages which the reader has already passed over.
+
+It will be pleasing therefore to the reader, at least to those who
+felt an interest in those poor people, to learn, that, though they
+might have been objects of concern and pity whilst making a show of
+themselves in this country, they were, nevertheless, happy, and in the
+height of amusements, philosophically enjoying life as they went along;
+and to those who know me, and feel any anxiety for my welfare, that,
+although I was aiding them in a mode of living to which I was always
+opposed, I was happy in their society, and also in the belief that I
+was rendering them an essential service, although my labours were much
+less successful as regarded my own pecuniary interest.
+
+One of the leading inducements for Indians to enter into such
+enterprises, and the one which gains the consent of their friends
+and relations around them, and more particularly is advanced to the
+world as the plausible motive for taking Indians abroad, is that of
+enlightening them--of opening their eyes to the length and breadth of
+civilization, and all the inventions and improvements of enlightened
+society. These three parties (having met their old friend and advocate
+abroad, who has introduced them to the highest society of the
+world--has led them into three palaces, and from those down through
+every grade of society, and into almost every institution and factory
+of the continent--whose eyes and whose ears have been opened to most of
+the information and improvements of this enlightened age, and who have
+gone back to relate and to apply, in their own country, the knowledge
+they have gained) will furnish the best argument on record, for or
+against the propriety of bringing American Indians abroad, as the means
+of enlightening them and making them suitable teachers of civilization
+when they go back to the wilderness. And though the pages of this book
+cannot sum up the results of these visits, which can only be looked up
+ultimately in the respective tribes to which they have returned, yet a
+few words more upon the materials with which they have returned, and
+the author's opinion (in his familiar knowledge of the Indians' mode of
+reasoning) of their probable results, may not be obtrusive, as a sort
+of recapitulation of scenes and estimates, with their tendencies, made
+in the foregoing pages.
+
+It is natural, or at least habitual, to suppose that, for the ignorant
+to learn is always to improve; and that what a savage people can learn
+amongst civilized society _must be_ for their benefit. But in this
+view of the case, which would generally be correct, there arises a
+very fair question how far, for the benefit of the unenlightened parts
+of the world, it is judicious to acquaint them at a glance, with the
+whole glare of the lights and shades of civilized life, by opening
+the eyes of such parties to so many virtues and so many luxuries and
+refinements so far beyond the possibility of their acquiring, and at
+the same time to so many vices, to so much poverty and beggary not
+known in their simple modes of life, to teach to their people and
+to descant on when they get home; themselves as well as those whom
+they are teaching, despairing of ever attaining to what they have
+seen to admire and covet, and unwilling to descend to the degrading
+vices and poverty which they have seen mixed up in the mysterious and
+money-making medley of civilization.
+
+If I startle the readers, let them reflect for a moment upon what
+perhaps some of them have never yet exactly appreciated--that a man,
+to know how his own house looks, must see how the houses of others
+appear. To know how his own city and country actually look, and how
+his countrymen act and live, he should see how cities and countries
+look, and how people act, in other parts of the world. If he will do
+this, and then leave all civilized countries a while, and the din and
+clatter, and the struggles for wealth amidst the rags and vices of the
+community he has lived in, and taste for a time the simple, silent
+life of the wilderness, he will find, on returning to his home, that
+he has been raised amongst a variety of vices and follies which he
+never before had duly appreciated, and will then realise, to a certain
+degree, the view which the savages take of the scenes in civilized life
+when they look into the strange medley of human existence in our great
+towns and cities, where all the contrasts are before their eyes, of
+rich and poor, equally struggling for wealth or the means of existence.
+
+With such eyes were those wild people here to look; and without the
+cares and hourly and momentary concerns which lead the scrambling,
+busy world through and across the streets, blinded to what is about
+them, the poor but entirely independent Indians were daily and
+hourly scanning from the top of their buss, or the platform of their
+exhibition-rooms, the scenes, and manners, and expressions that were
+about them; and though they looked with unenlightened eyes, they
+saw and correctly appreciated many things in London and Paris which
+the eyes of Londoners and Parisians scarcely see. They saw their
+sights and got their estimates and statistics, and in the leisure of
+their inquisitive and abstracted minds drew deductions which few of
+the business world have leisure or inclination to make; and with all
+of these they have gone back to be the illustrators and teachers of
+civilization in the wilderness.
+
+Each one will be a verbal chronicler, as long as he lives, of the
+events and scenes he witnessed while abroad, and _Wash-ka-mon-ya_ (or
+Jim), with his smattering of civilization, and his book of entries,
+which he will find enough to read and translate, will furnish abundance
+of written evidence for them to comment upon to their nation, who will
+be looking to them for information of the secret of civilization.
+
+The bazaar of toys and trinkets presented to them, with the money and
+medals which they will open to view in the wilderness, will glitter in
+the eyes of their people, and, it is to be feared, may be an inducement
+to others to follow their example.
+
+Their _Bibles_ had increased in their various boxes since the last
+census to more than a hundred and fifty; their _religious tracts_,
+which they could not read, to some thousands; their _dolls_, in all,
+to fifty; and other useless toys, to a great number. Then came their
+_medals_, their _grosses of buttons_, their _beads_, _ribbons_,
+_brooches_, _fans_, _knives_, _daggers_, _combs_, _pistols_, _shawls_,
+_blankets_, _handkerchiefs_, _canes_, _umbrellas_, _beaver hats_,
+_caps_, _coats_, _bracelets_, _pins_, _eye-glasses_, &c. &c.; and
+then their prints--views of countries they had seen, of _churches_,
+_cathedrals_, _maps of London and Paris_, _views of bridges_, of
+_factories_, of _coal-pits_, of _catacombs_, of _Morgues_, &c. &c.,
+to an almost countless number, all to be opened and commented upon,
+and then scattered, as the first indications of civilization, in the
+wilderness. These are but mere toys, however, but gewgaws that will
+be met as matters of course, and soon used up and lost sight of. But
+Jim's book of the statistics of London, of Paris, and New York, will
+stand the _Magna Charta_ of his nation, and around it will assemble
+the wiseacres of the tribe, descanting on and seeking for a solution
+of the blessings of civilization, as the passing pipe sends off its
+curling fumes, to future ages, over its astounding and marvellous
+estimates of civilized _nations_, of _cities_, of _churches_, of
+_courts of justice_, and _gaols_--of the tens of thousands of civilized
+people who are in it recorded (to their amazement) as _blind_, as _deaf
+and dumb_, and _insane_; of _gallows_ and _guillotines_, of _massacres_
+and _robberies_, the number of _grog-shops_ and _breweries_,
+of _coal-pits_, of _tread-mills_ and _foundling hospitals_, of
+_poorhouses_ and _paupers_, of _beggars_ and _starvation_, of
+_brothels_, of _prisons for debtors_, of _rapes_, of _bigamy_, of
+_taxation_, of _game-laws_, of _Christianity_, of _drunkenness_, of
+_national debt_ and _repudiation_.
+
+The estimates of all these subjects have gone to the wilderness, with
+what the eyes of the Indians saw of the poverty and distress of the
+civilized world, to be taught to the untaught, and hereafter to be
+arrayed, if they choose, against the teachings of civilization and
+Christianity in the Indian communities: a table of the enormous numbers
+in the civilized world who by their own folly or wickedness drag
+through lives of pain and misery, leaving their Indian critics, in the
+richness of their imaginations, to judge of the immense proportion of
+the enlightened world who, in just retribution, must perish for their
+crimes and their follies; and in their ignorance, and the violence
+of their prejudices, to imagine what proportion of them are actually
+indulged in the comforts of this life, or destined to enjoy the
+happiness of the world to come.
+
+Teaching, I have always thought, should be gradual, and but one thing
+(or at most but few things) taught at a time. By all who know me and
+my views, I am known to be, as I am, an advocate of civilization; but
+of civilization, as it has generally been taught amongst the American
+Indians, I have a poor opinion; and of the plan I am now treating of,
+of sending parties to foreign countries to see all that can be seen
+and learned in civilized life, I have a still poorer opinion, being
+fully convinced that they learn too much for useful teachers in their
+own country. The strides that they thus take are too great and too
+sudden for the slow and gradual steps that can alone bring man from a
+savage to a civilized state. They require absolutely the reverse of
+what they will learn from such teachers. They should, with all their
+natural prejudices against civilized man, be held in ignorance of the
+actual crime, dissipation, and poverty that belong to the enlightened
+world, until the honest pioneer, in his simple life, with his plough
+and his hoe, can wile them into the mode of raising the necessaries of
+life, which are the first steps from savage to civil, and which they
+will only take when their prejudices against white men are broken down,
+which is most effectually done by teaching them the modes of raising
+their food and acquiring property. I therefore am constrained to give
+judgment here against the propriety of parties of Indians visiting
+foreign countries with a view to enlightening their people when they
+go back; and here also to register my opinion, for which I am daily
+asked, as to the effects which these visits to Europe will have upon
+the parties who have been abroad, and what impressions they will make
+amongst their people when they return.
+
+I am sure they saw many things which pleased them and gained their
+highest admiration, and which they might be benefited by seeing; and
+also that they saw many others which it would have been decidedly
+better they had never seen. They have witnessed and appreciated the
+virtues and blessings, and at the same time the vices and miseries and
+degradations of civilized life, the latter of which will doubtless
+have made the deepest impressions upon their minds, and which (not
+unlike some _more distinguished travellers than themselves_) they will
+comment and enlarge upon, and about in equal justice to the nation they
+represent and are endeavouring to instruct.
+
+Their tour of a year or two abroad, amidst the mazes and mysteries of
+civilized life, will rest in their minds like a romantic dream, not to
+be forgotten, nor to be dreamed over again; their lives too short to
+aspire to what they have seen to approve, and their own humble sphere
+in their native wilds so decidedly preferable to the parts of civilized
+life which they did not admire, that they will probably convert the
+little money they have made, and their medals and trinkets, into whisky
+and rum, and drown out, if possible, the puzzling enigma, which, with
+arguments, the poor fellows have found it more difficult to solve.
+
+With this chapter I take leave of my Indian friends; and as the main
+subject of this work ends with their mission to Europe, the reader
+finds himself near the end of his task.
+
+In taking leave of my red friends, I will be pardoned for repeating
+what I have before said, that on this side of the Atlantic they
+invariably did the best they could do; and that, loving them still as
+I have done, I shall continue to do for them and their race, all the
+justice that shall be in the power of my future strength to do.
+
+
+
+
+                             CHAPTER XXXI.
+
+  The Author returns to his little children in Paris--His loss of
+     time and money--The three Indian speculations--His efforts
+     to promote the interests of the Indians, and the persons who
+     brought them to Europe--His advice to other persons wishing
+     to engage in similar enterprises--The Author retires to his
+     atelier, and paints the fifteen pictures for the King--The
+     pleasure of quiet and retirement with his four little
+     children around him--He offers his Indian Collection to the
+     American Government--And sends his memorial to Congress--Bill
+     reported in favour of the purchase--The Author has an
+     interview with the King in the Tuileries--Delivers the fifteen
+     pictures--Subjects of the pictures painted--Conversations
+     with the King--Reflections upon his extraordinary life--The
+     Author's thoughts, while at his easel, upon scenes of his
+     life gone by--And those that were about him, as he strolled,
+     with his little children, through the streets and society of
+     Paris--Distressing and alarming illness of the Author's four
+     little children--Kindness of sympathizing friends--Death of
+     "little George"--His remains sent to New York, and laid by the
+     side of his mother--A father's tears and loneliness--The Author
+     returns with his Collection to London.
+
+
+The commencement of this chapter finds me at my easel, in a comfortable
+_atelier_ in my own apartments in Paris, where I had retired, with my
+little children about me, to paint the fifteen pictures for the King,
+and others for which I had some standing orders.
+
+My collection was at this time placed in a magazine in the vicinity of
+my dwelling, and my faithful man Daniel still continued his charge over
+it, keeping it in repair, and plying between it and my painting-room
+when I required models from my collection to work from.
+
+The true measure of ordinary happiness I have long believed to be
+the amount of distress or anxiety we have escaped from; and in this
+instance I felt, retired from the constant anxieties I had lived under
+for the last six or seven years, demanding all my time, and holding my
+hand from my easel, as if I could be happy, even in my grief, with my
+four dear little children around me, whom their kind mother had but a
+few months before, in her dying breath, committed to my sole keeping
+and protection.
+
+My house, though there was a gloom about it, had a melancholy charm
+from its associations, whilst its halls were enlivened by the notes of
+my little innocents, who were just old enough for my amusement, and too
+young fully to appreciate the loss they had sustained, and whose little
+arms were now concentrated about my neck, as the only one to whom they
+claimed kindred and looked for protection.
+
+My dear little namesake, George, and my only boy, then three years and
+a half old, was my youngest, and, being the only one of my little flock
+to perpetuate my name, had adopted my painting-room as his constant
+play-house, and, cronies as we had become there, our mutual enjoyment
+was as complete as my happiness was, in the dependence I was placing on
+him for the society of my future days. His first passion, like that of
+most children, had been for the drum, with which, slung upon his back,
+with drumsticks in hand, he made my _atelier_ and apartments ring, and
+never was happier or more proud than when we addressed him as "Tambour
+Major," by which name he familiarly went, and to which he as promptly
+answered.
+
+Besides the company of this dear little fellow, I had the sweet society
+of my three little girls, of ten, eight, and six years old, and with
+all, and the pleasures at my easel, I counted myself in the enjoyments
+of life that I would have been unwilling for any consideration to
+part with. I thus painted on, dividing my time between my easel, my
+little children, and the few friends I had in Paris, resolving and
+re-resolving to devote the remainder of my life to my art, being
+in possession of the fullest studies from nature to enable me to
+illustrate the early history of my country in its various dealings
+with the Indian tribes of America; and in these labours I also with
+pleasure resolved to continue my efforts to do justice to their
+character and their memory.
+
+The American Congress was at that time in session, with a surplus
+revenue in the treasury of more than 12,000,000 of dollars; and,
+deeming it an auspicious time, I proposed the sale of my collection by
+my Memorial, to that body, believing there was sympathy enough for the
+poor Indians in my country, and disposition to preserve all the records
+of this dying race, to induce the Congress to purchase the collection
+as connected with the history of the country.
+
+I had been stimulated, the whole time whilst making the collection,
+with the hope that it would be perpetuated on the soil where these
+ill-fated people have lived and perished; and was constantly encouraged
+in my labours with the belief that such would be the case.
+
+On my Memorial, a Bill was reported by the Joint Committee on the
+Library, complimenting me in the strongest terms, and recommending its
+purchase; but, owing to the sudden commencement of the Mexican war at
+that time, no action was had upon it, and it now remains to be seen
+whether the Government will take it up again, or whether the collection
+will be left, because more highly appreciated, in a foreign land. My
+unavoidable belief still is, that some measure will be adopted for its
+preservation in my native country, a monument to those people who have
+bequeathed to the United States all her dominions, and who are rapidly
+wasting away; though I have fears that the call for it may be too late,
+either to gratify my ambition to see it perpetuated amongst the records
+of my country, or to enable me to feel the reward for my hard labour.
+
+The Bill reported in the Congress I have taken the liberty to insert
+here, for the very high compliment it conveys, as well as for the
+benefit it may in some way afford me by the value therein set upon my
+works.
+
+  BILL reported in the AMERICAN CONGRESS, 1846, for the Purchase of
+  CATLIN'S INDIAN GALLERY, July 24th, 1846. Read and laid upon the
+  table. Mr. W. W. CAMPBELL, from the Joint Committee on the Library,
+  made the following REPORT:--
+
+  _The Joint Committee on the Library, to whom was referred the
+  Memorial of Mr. Catlin for the purchase of his Gallery of Indian
+  Collections and Paintings; and also the Memorial of American artists
+  abroad, and of American citizens resident in London, respectfully
+  report--_
+
+  That of Mr. Catlin, who desires to place, on certain conditions, his
+  extensive collection of Indian portraits, costumes, and other objects
+  of interest connected with Indian life, in the possession of the
+  Government, it is hardly necessary to speak, since his reputation is
+  established throughout this country and Europe. A native of the state
+  of Pennsylvania, his early studies were directed to the law, which,
+  under an impulse of enthusiasm that often marks original genius,
+  he soon abandoned for the pencil, stimulated by desire to give to
+  his country exact and spirited representations of the persons,
+  costumes, ceremonies, and homes of the aboriginal inhabitants of this
+  continent, now retreating and gradually vanishing away before the
+  power of civilization. Nor did he devote himself to his enterprises
+  merely to gratify curiosity and preserve memorials of a bold,
+  independent, and remarkable race of men, but to direct attention
+  to certain lofty traits of their character, and excite, generally,
+  friendly sentiments and efforts for their benefit. In making this
+  collection, he expended eight entire years of his life and 20,000
+  dollars, and visited, often at great hazard of his personal safety,
+  more than forty different (and most of them remote) tribes. Unaided
+  by public or private patronage, he pursued and effected his object,
+  sustained, as he observes, by the ambition of procuring a full
+  and complete pictorial history of a numerous and interesting race
+  of human beings rapidly sinking into oblivion, and encouraged by
+  the belief that the collection would finally be appropriated and
+  protected by the Government of his own country, as a monument to
+  a race once sole proprietors of this country, but who will soon
+  have yielded it up, and with it probably their existence also, to
+  civilized man.
+
+  On Mr. Catlin's return from the western prairies, the attention of
+  Congress was, in 1837 and 1838, turned towards his collection, and a
+  resolution for its purchase was moved in the House, and referred to
+  the Committee on Indian Affairs, who, it is understood, expressed in
+  their report an unanimous opinion in favour of the purchase, though
+  the near approach of the close of the session prevented its being
+  submitted for consideration.
+
+  In transferring his collection to Europe, Mr. Catlin had no intention
+  of alienating it, or changing its nationality and destination; but,
+  by its exhibition, sought to secure support for his family, and
+  obtain means of bringing out his great and expensive work on the
+  Indians--a work which has thrown much light upon their character and
+  customs, and been received with distinguished favour on both sides of
+  the Atlantic.
+
+  The judgment of our citizens, and that of eminent foreigners,
+  is concurrent in regard to the value of this collection for the
+  illustration of our history, and as a work of art. By desire of the
+  King of France, it now occupies a gallery in the Louvre, and has been
+  highly eulogized by the most distinguished artists and men of science
+  in Paris. A large gold medal has been presented to Mr. Catlin by the
+  King of the Belgians, with a letter expressing a high opinion of his
+  productions.
+
+  The American artists now in Paris, in a memorial addressed to
+  Congress, urging the importance of securing this collection to our
+  country, say, "Having made ourselves acquainted with the extent and
+  interest of this unique collection, and of its peculiar interest
+  to our country; and also aware of the encouraging offers now made
+  to its proprietor for its permanent establishment in England, as
+  well as the desire generally manifested here to have it added to
+  the historical gallery of Versailles, we have ventured to unite in
+  the joint expression of our anxiety that the members of the present
+  Congress may pass some resolution that may be the means of restoring
+  so valuable a collection to our country, and fixing it among its
+  records. Interesting to our countrymen generally, it is absolutely
+  necessary to American artists. The Italian who wishes to portray the
+  history of Rome finds remnants of her sons in the Vatican; the French
+  artist can study the ancient Gauls in the museums of the Louvre; and
+  the Tower of London is rich in the armour and weapons of the Saxon
+  race.
+
+  "Your memorialists, therefore, most respectfully trust that Mr.
+  Catlin's collection may be purchased and cherished by the Federal
+  Government, as a nucleus for a national museum, where American
+  artists may freely study that bold race who once held possession of
+  our country, and who are so fast disappearing before the tide of
+  civilization. Without such a collection, few of the glorious pages of
+  our early history can be illustrated, while the use made of it here
+  by French artists, in recording upon canvas the American discoveries
+  of their countrymen in the last century, shows its importance."
+
+  Your Committee feel the justice of these sentiments of American
+  artists, and also the importance, as suggested in their memorial,
+  of securing, by the purchase of his collection, the future efforts
+  of Mr. Catlin for its enlargement. Let the Government appropriate
+  his collection, and the chief ambition of its author's life will be
+  realized, and he will be enabled, in a few years, to double it in
+  value and extent.
+
+  The bill which has recently passed the House for the establishment
+  of the Smithsonian Institution provides that there shall belong to
+  it a "gallery of art;" and of course it must be intended that such
+  gallery shall be occupied by works of art. That such works should
+  be principally American, is the obvious dictate of patriotism.
+  No productions, your Committee believe, at present exist, more
+  appropriate to this gallery than those of Mr. Catlin, or of equal
+  importance. Should Congress fail to act on this subject, or decide
+  unfavourably to Mr. Catlin's proposal, he may, notwithstanding his
+  reluctance, be compelled to accept the positive and advantageous
+  offers now made to him in England.
+
+  The love of art, and respect for those who have cultivated it
+  with success, especially for those who have illustrated, by their
+  productions, the history of their country, have ever been cherished
+  by the most civilized nations. It has been justly observed, that
+  "among the Greeks the arts were not so much objects to promote
+  gratification as of public interest; they were employed as the most
+  powerful stimulants of piety and patriotism, commissioned to confer
+  distinction upon those who were conspicuous for valour, for wisdom,
+  and for virtue. A statue or picture gave celebrity to a city or a
+  state, and a great artist was considered a national ornament--a
+  public benefactor, whom all were bound to honour and reward."
+
+  Your Committee believe the price of his collection, as named by Mr.
+  Catlin, is moderate, and that a failure to obtain it would occasion
+  deep regret to all the friends of art, and to all Americans who
+  reasonably and justly desire to preserve memorials of the Indian
+  race, or the means by which our future artists and historians may
+  illustrate the great and most interesting events in the early periods
+  and progress of our country.
+
+  The Committee, therefore, recommend that the bill for the
+  establishment of the Smithsonian Institute be so amended as that
+  provision shall be made therein for the purchase of Mr. Catlin's
+  gallery at the price mentioned by him--namely, sixty-five thousand
+  dollars--payable in annual instalments of ten thousand dollars.
+
+                        _New York Journal of Commerce, Nov. 12th._
+
+When I had completed the pictures ordered by the King, his Majesty
+graciously granted me an audience in the Palace of the Tuileries to
+deliver them, on which occasion he met me with great cheerfulness,
+and, having received from me a verbal description of each picture, he
+complimented me on the spirit of their execution, and expressed the
+highest satisfaction with them, and desired me to attach to the back of
+each a full written description. The dimensions of these paintings were
+30 by 36 inches, and the subjects as follow:--
+
+  No. 1. An Indian ball-play.
+      2. A Sioux Council of War.
+      3. Buffalo-hunt on snow-shoes.
+      4. _Mah-to-toh-pa_ (the Four Bears), a Mandan chief, full length.
+      5. A Buffalo-hunt, Sioux.
+      6. Eagle-dance, and view of Ioway village.
+      7. _Mah-to-he-ha_ (the Old Bear), a medicine-man of the Mandans.
+      8. _Wan-ee-ton_, one of the most distinguished chiefs of the Sioux.
+      9. _Ee-ah-sa-pa_ (the Black Rock), a Sioux chief, full length.
+      10. _Mu-hu-shee-kaw_ (the White Cloud), Ioway chief.
+      11. _Shon-ta-ye-ee-ga_ (the Little Wolf), an Ioway warrior.
+      12. _Wa-tah-we-buck-a-nah_ (the Commanding General), an Ioway boy.
+      13. _Maun-gua-daus_, an Ojibbeway chief.
+      14. _Say-say-gon_ (the Hail Storm), an Ojibbeway warrior.
+      15. _Ah-wun-ne-wa-be_ (the Thunder-bird), Ojibbeway warrior.
+
+His Majesty had on several occasions, in former interviews, spoken
+of the great interest of the scenes of the early history of the
+French colonies of America, and French explorations and discoveries
+in those regions, and the subject was now resumed again, as one
+of peculiar interest, affording some of the finest scenes for the
+pencil of the artist, which he thought I was peculiarly qualified to
+illustrate. Additional anecdotes of his rambling life in America were
+very humorously related; and after the interview I returned to my
+painting-room, and continued happily engaged at my other pictures, with
+my familiar sweet smiles and caresses about me.
+
+As a painter often works at his easel with a double thought, one upon
+the subject he is creating upon the canvas, and the other upon the
+world that is about him, I kept constantly at work, and pleasantly
+divided my extra thoughts upon the amusing little tricks that were
+being played around me, and the contemplation of scenes and events of
+my life gone by. I ran over its table of contents in this way: "My
+native valley of Wyoming--the days and recollections of my earliest
+boyhood in it--my ten years in the valley of the _Oc-qua-go_, where
+I held alternately the plough, my rifle, and fishing-tackle--my
+five years at the classics--my siege with Blackstone and Coke upon
+Littleton--my three years' practice of the law in the Courts of
+Pennsylvania--the five years' practice of my art of portrait-painting
+in Philadelphia--my eight years spent amongst the Indian tribes of
+the prairies and Rocky Mountains--and, since that, my eight years
+spent in the light of the refined and civilized world, where I have
+been admitted to Palaces, and into the society of Kings, Queens, and
+Princes--and _now_ at my easel, in my studio, with my dear little
+babes around me, thanking Him who has blessed me with them, and courage
+and health, through all the vicissitudes of my chequered life, and now
+with strength to stand by and support and protect them."
+
+I thought also of the King, the wonderful man, with whose benignant and
+cheerful face I had been so often conversing; whose extraordinary life
+had been so much more chequered than my own; many of whose early days
+had been spent on the broad rivers and amongst the dense and gloomy
+forests of my own country; who, driven by political commotions from
+his native land, sought an asylum in the United States of America,
+and there, in the youthful energy of his native character, 52 years
+ago, crossed and re-crossed the Alleghany Mountains, descended the
+Ohio river 600 miles in his simple and rickety pirogue, and from the
+mouth of the Ohio to New Orleans, 1000 miles on the muddy waves of
+the Mississippi, amidst its dangerous snags and sand-bars, when the
+banks of those two mighty rivers were inhabited only by savages, whose
+humble wigwams he entered, and shared their hospitality; who afterwards
+visited the shores of Lake Erie, and also the Falls of Niagara, before
+the axe of sacrilegious man had shorn it of its wild and native
+beauties; who visited the little commencement of the town of Buffalo
+and the village of the Seneca Indians; who paddled his canoe 90 miles
+through the Seneca Lake to Ithaca, and from thence travelled by an
+Indian's path, with his knapsack on his back, to the Susquehana river,
+which he descended in an Indian canoe to Wyoming, my native valley;
+and then on foot, with his knapsack again upon his back, crossed the
+Wilkesbarre and Pokono Mountains to Easton and Philadelphia; and who
+consequently thus knew, 52 years ago, more of the great western regions
+of America, and of the modes of its people, than one of a thousand
+Americans do at the present day.
+
+I contemplated the character of this extraordinary man, reared in
+the luxuries of Palaces, thrown thus into the midst of the vast and
+dreary forests of the Mississippi, launching his fragile boat and
+staking his life upon its dangerous waves, and laying his wearied limbs
+upon its damp and foggy banks at night, amidst the howling wolves and
+rattlesnakes and mosquitoes; and after that, and all these adventures,
+called, in the commotions of his country, to mount the throne and wield
+the sceptre over one of the greatest and most enlightened nations of
+the earth. I beheld this great man in these strange vicissitudes of
+life, and France, whose helm he took in the midst of a tempest, now
+raised to the zenith of her national wealth and glory, after 17 years
+of uninterrupted peace and prosperity. I contemplated the present
+wealth and health of that nation and her institutions, her grand
+internal improvements, and cultivation of science and the arts; and
+I reflected also, with equal pleasure and surprise, on what I had
+seen with my own eyes, the _greatness of soul_ of that monarch as he
+was taking the poor Indians of the forest by the hand in his Palace,
+and expressing to them the gratitude he never yet had lost sight of,
+that he bore them for the kindness with which their tribes everywhere
+treated him when he entered their wigwams, hungry, on the banks of the
+Mississippi and the great lakes in America. He had the frankness and
+truthfulness to tell them that "he loved them," for the reasons he had
+given, and the kindness of heart to convince them of his sincerity in
+the way that carries the most satisfactory conviction to the mind of an
+Indian as well as it often does to that of a white man.
+
+These contemplations were rapid and often repeated, and there were
+many more; and they never passed through my mind without compelling me
+to admire and revere the man whose energy of character and skill have
+enabled him, with like success, to steer his pirogue amidst the snags
+of the Mississippi, and at the helm of his nation, to guide her out of
+the tempest of a revolution, and onward, through a reign of peace and
+industry, to wealth and power, to which she never before has attained.
+
+In the midst of such reflections I often strolled alone in
+a contemplative mood through the wilderness throngs of the
+Boulevards--the great central avenue and crossing-place--the _aorta_
+of all the circulating world--to gaze upon the endless throng of human
+beings sweeping by me, bent upon their peculiar avocations of business
+or of pleasure--of virtue or of vice; contrasting the glittering views
+about me with the quiet and humble scenes I had witnessed in various
+parts of my roaming life.
+
+In the midst of this sweeping throng, knowing none and unknown, I found
+I could almost imagine myself in the desert wilderness, with as little
+to disturb the current of contemplative thoughts as if I were floating
+down the gliding current of the Missouri in my bark canoe, in silent
+contemplation of the rocks and forests on its banks.
+
+In a different mood, also, I as often left my easel and mingled with
+the throng, with my little chattering children by my side, forgetting
+to think, and with eyes like theirs, scanned the thousands and tens
+of thousands of pretty things displayed in the shops, and whiled away
+in perfect bliss, as others do, an hour upon the pavements of the
+Boulevards.
+
+The reader has learned, from various books, the features of this
+splendid scene, with all its life and din and glittering toys, and of
+Paris, with its endless mysteries, and beauties, and luxuries, and
+vices, which it is not the province of this work to describe; but from
+all that he has read he may not yet know how completely he may be lost
+sight of in the crowds of the Boulevards, and what positive retirement
+he may find and enjoy, unknowing and unknown, if he wishes to do so,
+in his apartments in the centre of Paris, where his neighbours are
+certainly the nearest and most numerous in the world.
+
+In London and New York one often thinks it strange that he knows not
+his neighbours by the side of him; but in Paris, those on the _sides_
+are seldom taken into consideration as such, and so little do people
+know of, or care for, each other's business, that few have any
+acquaintance with their neighbours ABOVE and BELOW them.
+
+The circumscribed limits of the city, and the density of its
+population, enable the Parisians to make a glittering display in the
+streets, in the brilliancy and taste of which they no doubt outdo any
+other people in the world. The close vicinity of its inhabitants,
+and the facility with which they get into the streets, and the tens
+of thousands of inducements that tempt them there, tend to the
+concentration of fashion and gaiety in the principal avenues and
+arcades, which, in the pleasant evenings of spring and summer, seem
+converted into splendid and brilliant salons, with the appearance of
+continuous and elegant soirées. To these scenes all Parisians and all
+foreigners are alike admitted, to see and enjoy the myriads of sights
+to be seen in the shop-windows, as well as to most of the splendid
+collections of works of literature and the arts, which, being under
+the Government control, are free to the inspection of all who wish to
+see them. Amidst most of these I have been, like thousands of others,
+a visitor and admirer for two years, seeking for information and
+amusement--for study and contemplation--alone; or enjoying them in
+company with my little children, or travelling friends, for whose aid
+and amusement I have as often given my time.
+
+The reader will here see that I have before me the materials for
+another book, but as the object of this work is attained, and its
+limits approached, with my known aversion to travel over frequented
+ground, I must refer him to other pens than mine for what I might have
+written had I the room for it, and had it not been written twenty times
+before.
+
+The little bit of my life thus spent in the capital of France, though
+filled with anxieties and grief, has had its pleasant parts, having
+seen much to instruct and amuse me, and having also met with, as in
+London, many warm friends, to whom I shall feel attached as long as
+I live. In the English society in Paris I met a number of my London
+friends, where the acquaintance was renewed, with great kindness on
+their parts, and with much pleasure to myself.
+
+I met also many American families residing in Paris; and, added to
+their numbers, the constant throng of Americans who are passing to
+and from the classic ground of the East, or making their way across
+the Atlantic to the French metropolis, and swelling their occasional
+overflowing and cheerful soirées. At these I saw many of the élite and
+fashionable of the French, and noticed also, and much to my regret, as
+well as surprise, that, in the various intercourse I had in different
+classes, the Americans generally mixed less with the English than the
+French society.
+
+This is probably attributable in a great degree to the passion which
+English and Americans have, in their flying visits to the city of all
+novelties, to see and study something new, instead of spending their
+valuable time with people of their own family and language, whom and
+whose modes they can see at home. This I deem a pity; and though among
+the passing travellers the cause is easily applied, and the excuse
+as easily accepted, yet among the resident English and Americans, of
+whom there are a great many and fashionable families, there seems a
+mutual unsocial and studied reserve, which stands in the way of much
+enjoyment, that I believe lies at the doors of kindred people in a
+foreign land.
+
+My time, however, was so much engrossed with anxieties and grief and my
+application to my art, that I shared but moderately in the pleasures
+of any society; and the few observations I have been able to make I
+have consequently drawn from less intercourse than has been had by many
+others, who have more fully described than I could do had this book
+been written for the purpose.
+
+My interviews with society in this part of the world, as far as they
+have been held, have been general, and my observations, I believe, have
+been unbiassed. And as I mingled with society to see and enjoy, but not
+to describe, my remarks in this place, on the society and manners of
+Parisians and people in Paris, must end here, and necessarily be thus
+brief, to come within the bounds of my intentions in commencing this
+work.
+
+The society which fascinated me most and called for all my idle hours
+was that of my four dear little children, whose arms, having been for
+ever torn from the embrace of an affectionate mother, were ready to
+cling to my neck whenever I quitted the toils of my painting-room.
+There was a charm in that little circle of society which all the
+fascinations of the fashionable world could never afford me, and I
+preferred the simple happiness that was thus sweetly spread around me
+to the amusements and arts of matured and fashionable life.
+
+The days and nights and weeks and months of my life were passing on
+whilst my house rang with the constant notes of my little girls and my
+dear little "Tambour Major," producing a glow of happiness in my life,
+as its hours were thus carolled away, which I never before had attained
+to.
+
+My happiness was here too complete to last long, and, as the sequel
+will show, like most precious gifts, was too confidently counted on
+to continue. A sudden change came over this pleasing dream of life;
+the cheering notes of my little companions were suddenly changed into
+groans, and my occupations at my easel were at an end. The chirping
+and chattering in the giddy maze of their little dances were finished,
+and, having taken to their beds, my occupation was changed to their
+bedsides, where they were all together writhing in the agonies of
+disease, and that of so serious a nature as to require all my attention
+by night and by day, and at length anxieties of the most painful kind,
+and alarm--of grief, and a broken heart!
+
+To those of my readers who have ever set their whole heart upon and
+identified their existence with that of a darling little boy, and wept
+for him, it is unnecessary--and to those who have never been blessed
+with such a gift it would be useless--for me to name the pangs that
+broke my heart for the fate of my little "Tambour Major," who, in that
+unlucky hour, thoughtlessly relinquishing all his little toys, laid
+down with his three little sisters, to run the chances with them, and
+then to be singled out as he was by the hand of death.
+
+In kindness the reader will pardon these few words that flow in tears
+from the broken and burning heart of a fond father; they take but a
+line or two, and are the only monument that will be raised to the
+memory of my dear little George, who lived, in the sweetness of his
+innocence, to gladden and then to break the heart of his doating
+parent, the only one while he was living, to appreciate his loveliness,
+and now the only one to mourn for him. The remains of this dear little
+fellow were sent to New York, as a lovely flower to be planted by the
+grave of his mother, and thus were my pleasures and peace in Paris
+ended. Two idols of my heart had thus vanished from me there, leaving
+my breast with a _healing_ and a _fresh wound_, to be opened and
+bleeding together. My _atelier_ had lost all its charms; the _escalier_
+also was dreary, for its wonted echoing and enlivening notes had
+ceased; and the beautiful pavement of the Place Madeleine, which was
+under my windows, and the daily resort, with his hoop and his drum, of
+my little "Tambour Major."
+
+The Boulevards also, and the Champs Elysées, and the garden of the
+Tuileries, the scenes of our daily enjoyment, were overcast with a
+gloom, and I left them all.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+At the time of writing this my heart flies back and daily hovers about
+the scenes of so many endearing associations, while my hand is at work
+seeking amusement and forgetfulness at my easel.
+
+I have before said that the practice of my art is to be the principal
+ambition of the rest of my life; and as the beginning of this chapter
+found me in my _atelier_ in Paris, the end of it leaves me in my
+_studio_ at _No. 6, Waterloo Place_, in London, with my collection, my
+thousands of studies, and my little children about me where I shall
+be hereafter steadily seeking the rational pleasures and benefits I
+can draw from them; and where my friends and the world who value me or
+my works may find me without ceremony, and will be greeted, amongst
+the numerous and curious works in my collection, enumerated in the
+catalogue which I have given, for the amusement and benefit of the
+reader, at the end of my first volume.
+
+
+
+
+                             APPENDIX. (A.)
+
+  _The two following Letters, written from the Ioway Mission on the
+     Upper Missouri, with several others more recently received by
+     Mrs. A. Richardson, of Newcastle-on-Tyne, bear conclusive proof
+     of the sincerity of the Society of Friends, and of the benefit
+     that promises to flow from their well-directed and charitable
+     exertions._
+
+
+                             IOWAY INDIANS.
+
+                 EXTRACT OF A LETTER FROM S. M. IRVIN.
+
+                            _Ioway and Sac Mission, May 24th, 1847._
+
+Having a leisure morning, I most cheerfully give a few minutes to my
+dear friend in England. I have just been thinking, before I took my
+pen, how very mysterious are the workings of God's providence! Near
+four years ago, a party of our Ioway Indians started out on what
+appeared to us to be a wrong and uncalled-for expedition. We dreaded
+the result, and, so far as our opinion was consulted, it was given
+against the design, advising rather that they should stay at home, go
+to labour and economy, and not go to be shown as wild animals. In these
+notions we thought we were sustained by reason and Scripture, and were
+at least sincere in our views. We, however, made but little resistance,
+and when it was determined that they should go we submitted, did what
+we could for their comfort and success, gave them the parting hand,
+and commended them to the care of a merciful Providence. They started,
+spent the winter in St. Louis and New Orleans, associated with bad
+company, were exceedingly intemperate, and seemed to have grown much
+worse, which tended to confirm us in the belief of the error and
+impropriety of such a measure, and our hearts mourned over them. In
+the spring they went to the eastern part of the United States, and
+from thence to England. From the latter place we heard of the death of
+one and another, and of a probability of their going to France, and
+becoming enchained with the externals of the Catholic religion. Here
+we thought our opinions were fully confirmed. How can any good result
+from this? How much harm must ensue to these poor people, and probably
+through them to their nation!
+
+But at this point a ray of light seemed to break forth, and we could
+see through the dark vista a possibility of good resulting from
+it. Hitherto we could only trust in the government of God, knowing
+that He would bring good out of evil, but we could not see by what
+process it could be accomplished. But we now began to learn that the
+people of England, particularly the Society of Friends, were taking
+a warm interest in their welfare, stimulating their minds in favour
+of industry, economy, and Christianity, and especially guarding
+them against the pernicious effects of ardent spirits. There the
+foundation of hope, on rational and tangible principles, commenced.
+Perhaps the friends of God and his cause in England were to be the
+honoured instruments of making an indelible impression on the minds
+of these poor wanderers, and, if so, how well will they be repaid
+for their pilgrimage, and how happily shall we be disappointed! Next
+came an affectionate letter from your own hand. This was the second
+development of the unseen but operating hand of God in carrying on
+his own work. A young man of ardent piety and devotion to the cause
+of God was next recommended as a suitable person to come and labour
+among the Indians as missionary from England. I may say that the whole
+mystery was now plain. We could now say to each other, God has taken
+them over to England to send a suitable missionary, whose labours will
+be, doubtless, blessed to their conversion, and thus we could see how
+easily God, our _covenant-keeping God_, can foil the designs of Satan.
+How our hearts did burn within us when we thought of the goodness of
+God in these things! The original design we could not but look upon
+as a work of the enemy, got up for the purpose of selfishness and
+speculation, but now we could see the scale turn, and the pleasing
+prospect of hailing our young brother as a fellow-helper in this cause
+more than reconciled us to the hitherto mysterious movement. He came,
+and, though it was found best under the circumstances to assign him
+for a time to a different field of labour, still it is the same common
+cause, whether among the Otoes or Ioways.
+
+Very important pecuniary aid, both in money and clothing, was also
+subsequently received, from which our cause has, in no small degree,
+been aided and encouraged. Next a helpmate is proposed for our young
+friend, who is here alone, and toiling against the trials of a new
+and strange society and manners, and the prejudices of the Indians.
+God, through suitable instrumentality, conducts the negotiation to
+a favourable issue; the solitary individual is strengthened to part
+from her friends and country, is conducted by the hand of God across
+the dangerous deep, is brought more than 2000 miles, and, by a great
+variety of hazardous conveyances, almost to the centre of a great
+continent, and is now safely landed within the walls of this house.
+Truly may we exclaim, What hath God wrought! But the wonders and cause
+for gratitude stop not here. Our kind friend, Miss G., is not only
+here, but already is she engaged, twice or thrice a-day, in instructing
+the poor little daughters of the forest in needlework and such other
+instruction as may be suitable, and as yet I see nothing in the way
+but that she may very soon be able to give every moment of time that
+she can spare to these little ones. How pleasing will this be! How
+cheerfully and happily will the hours pass away, and how largely will
+she be rewarded for all her toil! I have skipped, as you will see, with
+more than eagle flight, over this narrative, for it furnishes materials
+enough for an interesting volume. I should like much to dwell upon it,
+but your mind can carry out the details, and see, as clearly as any
+other, the lineaments of God's goodness.
+
+Miss G. will have so much to say to you, that I am sure she will not
+know where to commence, and I think she will be about as much puzzled
+to describe many things so that you can understand.
+
+Mr. Bloohm has not yet arrived from the Otoe mission, but we look for
+him daily. So soon as I heard of Miss G.'s approach, I advised him
+of it, but he, being about fifty miles from the post-office, may not
+have received the letter. That you may better understand our relative
+situations, I will subjoin a rude outline of them with the pen.
+
+Miss G. remained some time in St. Louis for Mr. Lowrie, and was
+afterwards instructed by him to come on to this place, he being
+prevented, by low water, from calling for her at St. Louis. Last
+Friday he passed up the Missouri river to the Otoe and Omahaw mission,
+leaving word that he would be back, at the farthest, by the end of this
+week. If Mr. Bloohm be able, he will come down with Mr. L., if not
+before him. As soon as they arrive, we hope to be able to make full
+arrangements about all our affairs, and you may expect to be informed
+of all that will interest you in due time.
+
+                EXTRACT OF A LETTER FROM JANE M. BLOOHM.
+
+                          _Ioway and Sac Mission, May 28th, 1847._
+
+[After giving several interesting particulars of her journey from St.
+Louis, and arrival at the station, the writer proceeds:--]
+
+I feel assured, my dear friend, you would be pleased with this
+institution. The boarding-house is a most excellent building, three
+stories high. On the ground floor are the dining-room, kitchen, pantry,
+milk-house, and two sleeping-rooms. On the second story, the chapel in
+the centre, from back to front, and on one side the boys' school in
+front, with two small rooms behind, which Mr. Hamilton occupies. On the
+other side of the chapel is the girls' school, with two small rooms
+behind it for Mr. Irvin. The third story has the girls' bedroom, back
+and front, with a small one off it parted with deals, where I sleep.
+The boys' on the other side is the same; in the middle is a spare
+bedroom and Mr. Irvin's study.
+
+We rise at five o'clock, and at half-past assemble in the chapel for
+worship. While there, breakfast is placed on the table, and the bell
+rings again, when we go down. There are four tables, but not all full
+at present, as some of the children have left. Mr. Irvin sits at one
+table with the boys, Mr. Hamilton and his lady (when able) with the
+girls. Our table is called the family table; there are Mrs. Irvin,
+their father and mother, Mrs. I.'s two children, Mrs. H.'s eldest
+girl, the two men, and myself, as also any other strangers. Mr. Irvin's
+father and mother are two very old people; they intend leaving as
+soon as Mr. Lowrie comes, old Mr. I. not being able to manage the
+farm now. At breakfast each child has a pewter plate, with a tin pot
+turned upside down upon it, a knife and fork, and spoon. As soon as a
+blessing is asked, they each turn over their tin pot, and those who
+sit with them at table fill it with milk, and give them corn bread,
+boiled corn, batten cake (which is much like our pancake), a piece of
+bacon, and treacle. Of this they all eat as much as they like. Each
+table is served the same, with the exception that we have coffee for
+breakfast, and tea for supper. At dinner there is sometimes a little
+boiled rice, greens, &c., but no other kind of meat than bacon. We dine
+at half-past twelve, and sup at seven. After supper we all remain, and
+have worship in the dining-room; sometimes Mr. Hamilton prays and sings
+in Indian; and, oh! my beloved friend, could you only hear the sweet
+voices of those dear heathen children, you would be astonished, they
+sing so well. I do most sincerely hope that the day is not far distant
+when they shall not only worship Him with the voice, but with the
+understanding, and in truth.
+
+Mr. H. teaches all the children from nine till twelve. After breakfast
+I take the girls up to make their beds; two and two sleep together;
+they did it so neatly this morning. When done, they go with me to
+school to sew or knit till nine, then again after dinner till two, and
+after five till supper-time, when I assist to wash their hands and
+faces, and put them to bed. Some of them are very fine children, but
+I am surprised I am able to go so near them, for they are very dirty;
+but they seem very fond of me. You will laugh when I say that two or
+three of them often come running to me, and clasp me round the waist.
+They wish to teach me to speak their language; they can say a good
+many English words; they call their teachers father and mother. A few
+of them are very little. After I put on their nightcaps, and lift them
+into bed, they all repeat a prayer. You will be surprised when I say
+I do feel such an interest in them; I do wish these feelings may not
+only continue, but increase. I feel quite happy, and have never had the
+least feeling of regret at my coming out, and I trust I never shall.
+
+Both Mr. and Mrs. Irvin are most desirous for us to remain here, but
+that will rest with Mr. Lowrie and P. B. I am willing to go wherever
+I am of most use. It is a most arduous and responsible office we each
+hold, from the little I have seen (and it is but little to what I shall
+see if the Lord spare me). We need the prayers of our dear friends. Oh!
+forget us not, you, our far distant and beloved friends; entreat our
+Heavenly Father to give us much of his Spirit, and to us help along.
+Your old friend _Little Wolf_ came to see me. He said I might give his
+and his family's love to you. A few more came to welcome me; they are
+constantly coming about the house. I am just sent for to assist in the
+ironing, and have had to write this while the irons were heating. There
+is no mangle here. The children's clothes are washed and repaired every
+week.
+
+_May 31st._--Just as I finished the above on Friday afternoon, the
+arrival of two gentlemen was announced. They were Mr. Lowrie and my
+dear P. B. The latter is looking thin, but upon the whole is much
+better, as also much better than I expected to find him; as for
+colour, an Indian: but setting aside his Indian complexion, I was glad
+to see a known face, and to meet a beloved friend; and now, my dear
+friend, I can call him my beloved husband. The marriage took place on
+Saturday the 29th, at eight o'clock in the evening, by Mr. Hamilton,
+in Mr. Irvin's room. Old Mr. and Mrs. Irvin were there, Mr. and Mrs.
+Irvin junior, Mr. Lowrie, Mr. Melody (who had come to the mission on
+a visit), and one of the men, who had expressed a wish to be present.
+Mrs. H. was not strong enough to join us, which I did regret. Mr.
+Lowrie has settled for us to remain here, at least for some time;
+P. B. to assist Mr. H. with the boys and other labour, while I take
+the full charge of the girls. Oh! that we may each have strength to
+perform these our arduous duties. The old people leave in a few days,
+when we shall have their room, which is on the ground floor, close by
+the dining-room. We shall have to sit at table with the children, and
+should Mr. H. be from home or sick, at any time, we shall have the full
+charge. We have, one and all, made up our minds to assist each other
+when it is needful, and I do most sincerely pray that we may be enabled
+to labour together in the same spirit which was in Christ Jesus. It
+is His work, it is His cause; and we all, I trust, esteem our privilege
+great, that we, unworthy as we are, should be permitted to take part
+in this glorious work. Mr. Lowrie, I believe, intends leaving
+to-morrow; it will be three weeks before he can reach New York. Mr.
+Melody left this morning; he speaks highly of the kindness he received
+while in England, and, I believe, would very well like to pay a second
+visit. * * * *
+
+And now, dear friend, I think I have given you all the intelligence
+that it is in my power to send at the present time. It is likely
+that my dear husband may send a note, but he is much occupied, and,
+I believe, going to St. Joseph with Mr. Lowrie. He joins with me in
+kindest love to you and Mr. ----, not forgetting all our dear friends,
+to whom you will be so kind as to present it, and ever believe me to
+remain
+
+                                Your most affectionate friend,
+                                                             J. M. BLOOHM.
+
+
+
+
+                             APPENDIX. (B.)
+
+                             HORSE-TAMING:
+
+  _Being an Account of the successful application, in two recent
+     Experiments made in England, of the expeditious method of
+     Taming Horses, as practised by the Red Indians of North
+     America.--Communicated by_ ALEXANDER JOHN ELLIS, B.A., _of
+     Trinity College, Cambridge, in 1842._
+
+
+                                EXTRACT.
+
+The object of the following pages is two-fold: first, to extract the
+account of the North American Indian method of Horse-taming, as given
+by Mr. Catlin in his new work, entitled 'Letters and Notes on the
+Manners, Customs, and Condition of the North American Indians,' and to
+detail certain experiments which have been tried by the direction and
+in the presence of the Communicator; and, second, to urge gentlemen,
+farmers, stable-keepers, horse-trainers, horse-breakers, and all others
+who may be interested in the taming of horses, to try for themselves
+experiments similar to those here detailed, experiments which are
+exceedingly easy of trial, and will be found exceedingly important in
+result.
+
+The following is a detail of the experiments witnessed and directed by
+the Communicator:--
+
+During a visit in the North Riding of Yorkshire, the volumes of Mr.
+Catlin first fell under the Communicator's observation, and among other
+passages those just quoted struck him forcibly. Although he scarcely
+hesitated to comprehend the circumstances there detailed, under a
+well-known though much-disputed class of phenomena, he was nevertheless
+anxious to verify them by actual experiment before he attempted to
+theorize upon them. And he now prefers to give the naked facts to the
+public, and leave his readers to account for them after their own
+fashion. It so happened that, while staying with his brother-in-law,
+F. M., of M---- Park, the Communicator had the pleasure of meeting W.
+F. W., of B----, a great amateur in all matters relating to horses. In
+the course of conversation the Communicator mentioned what he had read
+about horse-taming, and the detail seemed to amuse them, although they
+evidently discredited the fact. The Communicator begged them to put
+the matter to the test of experiment, and M., who had in his stables a
+filly, not yet a year old, who had never been taken out since she had
+been removed from her dam, in the preceding November, agreed that he
+would try the experiment upon this filly. The Communicator made a note
+of the experiments on the very days on which they were tried, and he
+here gives the substance of what he then wrote down.
+
+
+                     EXPERIMENT THE FIRST.
+
+  SUBJECT--_A Filly, not yet a year old, who had never been
+     taken out of the stable since she had been removed from her dam
+     in the preceding November._
+
+_Friday, Feb. 11, 1842._--In the morning W. and M. brought the filly
+from the stable to the front of M.'s house. The filly was quite wild,
+and on being first taken out of the stable she bolted, and dragged
+W., who only held her by a short halter, through a heap of manure. W.
+changed the halter for a long training halter, which gave him such
+power over her that he was easily able to bring the little scared thing
+up to the front of the house. Both M. and W. seemed much amused, and
+laughingly asked E. (the Communicator) to instruct them in Catlin's
+method of taming horses. E. did so as well as he could, quoting
+only from memory. The experiment was not tried very satisfactorily,
+but rather under disadvantages. The filly was in the open air, many
+strangers about her, and both the experimenters were seeking rather
+amusement from the failure than knowledge from the success of their
+experiment. W. kept hold of the halter, and M., with considerable
+difficulty, for the filly was very restive and frightened, managed to
+cover her eyes. He had been smoking just before, and the smoke must
+have had some effect on his breath. When he covered her eyes, he _blew_
+into the nostrils, but afterwards, at E.'s request, he _breathed_;
+and, as he immediately told E., directly that he began to breathe, the
+filly, who had very much resisted having her eyes covered and had been
+very restive, "_stood perfectly still and trembled_." From that time
+she became very tractable. W. also breathed into her nostrils, and
+she evidently enjoyed it, and kept putting up her nose to receive the
+breath. She was exceedingly tractable and well behaved, and very loth
+to start, however much provoked. The waving of a red handkerchief, and
+the presenting of a hat to her eyes, while the presenter made a noise
+inside it, hardly seemed to startle her at all.
+
+_Saturday, Feb. 12, 1842._--This morning the filly was again led
+out to show its behaviour, which was so good as to call forth both
+astonishment and praise. It was exceedingly tractable, and followed W.
+about with a loose halter. Attempts were made to frighten it. M. put on
+a long scarlet Italian cap, and E. flapped a large Spanish cloak during
+a violent wind before its eyes, and any well broken-in horse would have
+started much more than did this yearling.
+
+
+                    EXPERIMENT THE SECOND.
+
+  SUBJECT--_A Filly, three years old, coming four, and very
+     obstinate; quite unbroken-in._
+
+_Saturday, Feb. 12, 1842._--While the last experiments were being tried
+on the yearling, W. espied B., a farmer and tenant of M., with several
+men, at the distance of some fields, trying, most ineffectually, on the
+old system, to break-in a horse. W. proposed to go down and show him
+what effect had been produced on the yearling. The rest agreed, and
+W., M., and E. proceeded towards B., W. leading the yearling. On their
+way they had to lead her over a brook, which she passed after a little
+persuasion, _without force_. One of the fields through which she had to
+pass contained four horses, three of which trotted up and surrounded
+her, but she did not become in the least degree restive, or desirous of
+getting loose. When the party arrived at the spot, they found that B.
+and his men had tied their filly short up to a tree in the corner of a
+field, one side of which was walled, and the other hedged in. W. now
+delivered the yearling up to M., and proposed to B. to tame his horse
+after the new method, or (to use his own phrase) to "puff" it. B., who
+was aware of the character of his horse, anxiously warned W. not to
+approach it, cautioning him especially against the fore-feet, asserting
+that the horse would rear and strike him with the fore-feet, as it had
+"lamed" his own (B.'s) thigh just before they had come up. W. therefore
+proceeded very cautiously. He climbed the wall, and came at the horse
+through the tree, to the trunk of which he clung for some time, that he
+might secure a retreat in case of need. Immediately upon his touching
+the halter, the horse pranced about, and finally pulled away with a
+dogged and stubborn expression, which seemed to bid W. defiance. Taking
+advantage of this, W. leaned over as far as he could, clinging all the
+time to the tree with his right hand, and succeeded in breathing into
+one nostril, without, however, being able to blind the eyes. From that
+moment all became easy. W., who is very skilful in the management of a
+horse, coaxed it, and rubbed its face, and breathed from time to time
+into the nostrils, while the horse offered no resistance. In about ten
+minutes W. declared his conviction that the horse was subdued; and he
+then unfastened it, and, to the great and evident astonishment of B.
+(who had been trying all the morning in vain to gain a mastery over
+it), led it quietly away with a loose halter. Stopping in the middle
+of the field, with no one else near, W. quietly walked up to the
+horse, placed his arm over one eye and his hand over the other, and
+breathed into the nostrils. It was pleasing to observe how agreeable
+this operation appeared to the horse, who put up its nose continually
+to receive the "puff." In this manner W. led the horse through all
+the fields, in one of which were the four horses already mentioned,
+who had formerly been the companions of the one just tamed, and who
+surrounded it, without, however, making it in the least degree restive.
+At length W. and the horse reached the stable-yard, where they were
+joined by C. W. C. C., of S---- Hall, and J. B. son of B. the farmer.
+In the presence of these, M., and E., W. first examined the fore-feet,
+and then the hind-feet of the horse, who offered no resistance, but,
+while W. was examining the hind-feet, leant its neck round, and kept
+nosing W.'s back. He next buckled on a surcingle, and then a saddle,
+and finally bitted the horse with a rope. During the whole of these
+operations the horse did not offer the slightest resistance, nor did
+it flinch in the least degree. All who witnessed the transaction were
+astonished at the result obtained. The Communicator regrets only that
+he is not at liberty to publish the names at length. This experiment
+of bitting was the last that W. tried, since the nature of the country
+about M---- Park did not admit of ridings being tried with any prospect
+of safety. The whole experiment lasted about an hour. It should be
+mentioned that when J. B., to whom W. delivered up the horse, attempted
+to lead it away, it resisted; whereupon E. recommended J. B. to breathe
+into its nostrils. He did so, and the horse followed him easily. The
+next day, B., who is severe and obstinate, began at this horse in the
+old method, and belaboured it dreadfully, whereupon the horse very
+sensibly broke away. This result is important, since it shows that the
+spirit is subdued, not broken.
+
+These are all the experiments which the Communicator has as yet had
+the opportunity of either witnessing or hearing the results of, but
+they are to him perfectly satisfactory; the more so, that Mr. W.,
+who made the experiments, was himself perfectly ignorant of any
+process of the kind until informed of it at the actual time of making
+the experiment. It may be considered over-hasty to publish these
+experiments in their present crude state, but the Communicator does so
+with a view to investigation. He will have no opportunity himself of
+making any experiments, as he is unacquainted with the treatment of
+horses, and neither owns any nor is likely to be thrown in the way of
+any unbroken colts. But the experiment is easy for any horse-owner,
+and would be best made in the stable, where the horse might easily
+be haltered down so as to offer no resistance. The method would, no
+doubt, be found efficacious for the subjugation and taming of vicious
+horses. The readers will, of course, have heard of the celebrated
+Irish horse-charmers. They never would communicate the secret, nor
+allow any one to be with them while they were in the stable taming
+the horse. It is agreed, however, that they approached the head. The
+Communicator feels sure that the method they employed was analogous
+to that contained in these pages. Persons have paid high prices for
+having their horses charmed; they have now an opportunity of charming
+horses themselves, at a very small expense of time and labour. Half an
+hour will suffice to subdue the most fiery steed--the wild horse of the
+prairies of North America.
+
+The Communicator has no object but that of benefiting the public in the
+above communication. The method is not his own, nor has he the merit of
+having first published it; but he thinks that he is the first who has
+caused the experiment to be made in England, and the entire success of
+that experiment induces him to make the present communication, in the
+hope that he may benefit not only his countrymen by the publication
+of a simple, easy, and rapid method of performing what was formerly
+a long, tedious, and difficult process, but also the "puir beasties"
+themselves, by saving them from the pains and tortures of what is
+very aptly termed "_breaking_-in." Mr. Catlin, indeed, speaks of the
+horse's struggles being severe, but they were the struggles of a wild
+horse, just caught on a prairie, and not of the domestic animal quietly
+haltered in a stable. The process as now presented is one of great
+humanity to the horse, as well as ease and economy to the horse-owner.
+The only objections to it are its novelty and simplicity. Those who
+have strength of mind to act for themselves, and not to despise any
+means, however simple or apparently childish, will have cause to
+rejoice over the great results at which they will arrive. But the great
+watchword which the Communicator would impress upon his readers is,
+"Experiment!"
+
+                    Magna est veritas et prævalebit.
+
+                                                               A. J. E.
+
+Note.--_The above experiments, which the Author has supposed might be
+interesting to some of his readers, have been even more successful
+than he would have anticipated, having always believed that to bring
+about the surprising compromise he has so often witnessed by exchanging
+breath, the animal should be a wild one, and in the last extremity of
+fear and exhaustion._--THE AUTHOR.
+
+
+                                THE END.
+
+London: Printed by WILLIAM CLOWES and SONS, Stamford Street.
+
+
+Transcriber's Notes
+
+
+Some compound words appeared both with and without a hyphen. They are
+given as printed. Where a word is hyphenated on a line break, the
+hyphen is retained if the preponderance of other appearances indicate
+it was intended. The word 'chickabboboo-ags' (gin palaces) appears
+both with and without the hyphen as a single word.
+
+The following table describes how a variety of textual issues, and
+resolution. Where variants were most likely printer's errors, they
+have been corrected, otherwise merely noted.
+
+p. viii  The "big gun[,]"                                 Removed.
+
+p.    x  The Author breakf[e]asts                         Removed.
+
+p.   29  visiters                                         _sic._
+
+p.   37  "oh, the distress!["]                            Added.
+
+p.  117  relig[i]on                                       Added.
+
+p.  155  Newcastle-on[-]Tyne                              Added.
+
+p.  182  to support the Queen and royal family.["]        Added.
+
+p.  184  when he[,] should stop                           Removed.
+
+p.  197  they had seen in [t]heir numerous visits         Added.
+
+p.  241  Wa-ton-y[a/e]                                    Corrected.
+
+p.  247  were daily engaged[,/.]                          Corrected.
+
+         mea[n]ing                                        Added.
+
+p.  253  and their questions.["]                          Added.
+
+p.  304  adherance                                        _sic._
+
+p.  305  w[i]th the whole glare                           Restored.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Adventures of the Ojibbeway and Ioway
+Indians in England, France, and Belgium; Vol. II (of 2), by George Catlin
+
+*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 44777 ***
diff --git a/44777-h/44777-h.htm b/44777-h/44777-h.htm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2eadfe8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/44777-h/44777-h.htm
@@ -0,0 +1,13102 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN"
+    "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" lang="en">
+<head>
+    <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=UTF-8" />
+    <meta http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css" />
+    <title>Adventures of the Ojibbeway and Ioway Indians in England, France, and Belgium, by George Catlin: Volume II: a Project Gutenberg eBook</title>
+    <link rel="coverpage" href="images/cover.jpg" />
+    <style type="text/css">
+
+body {
+    margin-left: 10%;
+    margin-right: 10%;
+}
+
+.small { font-size: 95%; }
+.smaller { font-size: 90%; }
+.x-small { font-size: 60%; }
+
+.sansserif { font-family: sans-serif; }
+
+h1,h2, h3, h4 {
+    text-align: center; /* all headings centered */
+    clear: both;
+}
+
+.hang {
+    font-size: 90%;
+    padding-left: 0.50in;
+    text-indent: -0.25in;
+    text-align: justify;
+    padding-left: 2em;
+    padding-right: 1em; }
+
+
+a:link { text-decoration: none; }
+
+p {
+    margin-top: .75em;
+    text-align: justify;
+    margin: 0.75em auto;
+}
+
+.width80 { width: 80%; }
+
+.tight { margin-top: 0em;
+         margin-bottom: 0.25em;
+         text-align: center;
+       }
+.p2 { margin-top: 1em; }
+
+.padleft5  { padding-left: 5%; }
+.padright5 { padding-right: 5%; }
+.padright10 { padding-right: 10%; }
+
+.titlepage70  {text-indent: 0em; text-align: center; font-weight: bold; margin-top: 1em; font-size:70%;}
+.titlepage90  {text-indent: 0em; text-align: center; font-weight: bold; margin-top: 1em; font-size:90%;}
+.titlepage120  {text-indent: 0em; text-align: center; font-weight: bold; margin-top: 1em; font-size:120%;}
+
+.titlepage    {text-indent: 0em; text-align: center; font-weight: bold; margin-top: 1em;}
+
+
+.signature    { text-align: right; padding-right: 3%; }
+
+hr {
+    width: 33%;
+    margin-top: 2em;
+    margin-bottom: 2em;
+    margin-left: auto;
+    margin-right: auto;
+    clear: both;
+/*    border-color: #CC6633; */
+}
+
+hr.tb   {width: 35%; }
+hr.chap {width: 65%;
+         page-break-before: always; }
+
+.center   { text-align: center; }
+.smcap    {font-variant: small-caps;}
+
+.quote1  {margin-left: 1em; font-size: 95%; }
+.quote2  {margin-left: 2em; font-size: 90%; }
+
+.decoration {
+    margin: auto;
+    margin-top: 0em;
+    margin-bottom: 0em;
+    text-align: center;
+ }
+
+.figcenter   {
+    font-weight: bold;
+    font-size: 90%;
+    margin: auto;
+    margin-top: 1em;
+    margin-bottom: 1em;
+    text-align: center;
+    }
+
+.caption {font-size: 95%; }
+
+table {
+    max-width: 40em;
+    margin-left: auto;
+    margin-right: auto;
+}
+
+    .pad      {padding-top: 1em; padding-bottom: 1em; }
+    .tdr      {text-align: right;}
+    .tdl      {text-align: left; }
+    .tdc      {text-align: center; }
+    .bot      {vertical-align: bottom; }
+    .top      {vertical-align: top; }
+    .bb       {border-bottom: thick; }
+
+td.chapnum  { font-size: 110%;
+                 font-variant: small-caps;
+                 text-align: right;
+                 padding-right: 2em; }
+
+td.chapname { font-size: 110%;
+                 font-variant: small-caps;
+                 text-align: left;
+                 padding-right: 2em; }
+
+td.pgnumber    { text-align: right;
+                 font-size: medium;
+                 padding-left: 2em;
+                 padding-right: 1em;  }
+
+#errata { margin: auto; }
+#errata td { text-align: left; vertical-align: top; }
+
+/* Footnotes */
+.footnotes        {border: dashed 1px; margin-bottom:5em; }
+
+.footnote         {margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%; font-size: 0.9em;}
+
+.footnote .label  {position: absolute; right: 84%; text-align: right;}
+
+.fnanchor {
+    font-size: .8em;
+    text-decoration: none;
+    font-style: normal;
+}
+
+.column-container {
+    clear: both;
+    margin: auto;
+    width:100%;
+}
+
+.column {
+   display: inline-block;
+   text-align: left;
+   vertical-align: top;
+   padding-left: 1em;
+ }
+
+a[title].pagenum { position: absolute; right: 3%; }
+
+a[title].pagenum:after
+{
+    content: attr(title);
+    border: 1px solid silver;
+    display: inline;
+    font-size: x-small;
+    text-align: right;
+    color: #808080;
+    background-color: inherit;
+    font-style: normal;
+    padding: 1px 4px 1px 4px;
+    font-variant: normal;
+    font-weight: normal;
+    text-decoration: none;
+    text-indent: 0;
+    letter-spacing: 0;
+}
+
+/* Poetry */
+.poetry-container { text-align: center; font-size: 85%; }
+.poetry           { display: inline-block; text-align: left; }
+.poetry .stanza   { margin: 1em 0; }
+.poetry .line     { margin: 0; padding-left: 3em; text-indent: -3em; }
+
+.poetry .indent1   { margin-left: 1em; }
+.poetry .indent2   { margin-left: 2em; }
+.poetry .indent4   { margin-left: 4em; }
+.poetry .indent6   { margin-left: 6em; }
+
+/* Transcriber’s notes */
+.transnote {background-color: #E6E6FA;
+     color: black;
+     font-size:smaller;
+     padding:0.5em;
+     margin-bottom:5em;
+     font-family:sans-serif, serif; }
+
+@media handheld, print
+{
+
+  div.figcenter {
+    page-break-before: always;
+    page-break-after: always;
+    font-weight: bold;
+    font-size: 90%;
+    margin: auto;
+    margin-top: 2em;
+    margin-bottom: 1em;
+    text-align: center;
+ }
+
+  hr.tb
+   {
+     width: 33%;
+     margin-left: 33%;
+     margin-top: 1em;
+     margin-bottom: 1em;
+   }
+
+  hr.illo
+   {
+     width: 50%;
+     margin-left: 25%;
+     margin-top: 1em;
+     margin-bottom: 1em;
+   }
+
+  hr.chap
+   {
+     width: 64%;
+     margin-left: 18%;
+     margin-top: 2em;
+     margin-bottom: 2em;
+     page-break-before: always;
+   }
+}
+
+    </style>
+  </head>
+<body>
+<div>*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 44777 ***</div>
+
+<div class="transnote">
+
+<p class="titlepage90">Transcriber’s Note</p>
+
+<p>Some compound words appeared both with and without a hyphen. They are
+given as printed. Where a word is hyphenated on a line break, the
+hyphen is retained if the preponderance of other appearances indicate
+it was intended.</p>
+
+<p>Numerals identifying the figures in Plate 18 have been removed and
+replaced for better legibility.</p>
+
+<p>The few footnotes are repositioned at the end the text, and have been
+re-numbered consecutively.</p>
+
+<p>Please consult the note at the end of this text for details of any
+corrections made.</p>
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage120">CATLIN’S NOTES</p>
+<p class="titlepage70">OF</p>
+
+<p class="titlepage">EIGHT YEARS’ TRAVELS AND RESIDENCE<br />
+                               IN EUROPE</p>
+
+<p class="titlepage">WITH HIS<br />
+                   NORTH AMERICAN INDIAN COLLECTION.</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_halftitle_decorativerule.jpg" width="200" height="17" alt="" />
+ <p class="tight">VOLUME II.</p>
+ <img src="images/i_halftitle_decorativerule.jpg" width="200" height="17" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+
+
+<h1>                           ADVENTURES<br />
+
+                                 OF THE<br />
+
+                      OJIBBEWAY AND IOWAY INDIANS<br />
+
+                                   IN<br />
+
+                     ENGLAND, FRANCE, AND BELGIUM;</h1>
+
+<p class="titlepage">BEING NOTES OF<br />
+
+              EIGHT YEARS’ TRAVELS AND RESIDENCE IN EUROPE<br />
+
+                                WITH HIS<br />
+
+                   NORTH AMERICAN INDIAN COLLECTION,</p>
+
+<p class="titlepage120">BY GEO. CATLIN.</p>
+
+
+<p class="titlepage">IN TWO VOLUMES.</p>
+
+<p class="titlepage120">VOL. II.</p>
+
+<p class="titlepage">With numerous Engravings.</p>
+
+<p class="titlepage"><em>THIRD EDITION.</em></p>
+
+
+<p class="titlepage70">LONDON:<br />
+
+                        PUBLISHED BY THE AUTHOR,<br />
+
+            AT HIS INDIAN COLLECTION, NO. 6, WATERLOO PLACE.</p>
+
+<p class="titlepage90">1852.</p>
+
+<h2><a class="pagenum" id="Page_v" title="v" ></a>CONTENTS OF VOL. II.</h2>
+
+
+<table summary="toc">
+<colgroup>
+ <col width="90%" />
+ <col width="10%" />
+</colgroup>
+<tr><td class="tdc" colspan="2">CHAPTER XVII.</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="hang">
+  Arrival of fourteen Ioway Indians in London&mdash;Their lodgings
+      in St. James’s Street&mdash;The Author visits them&mdash;Their
+      portraits and names&mdash;Mr. Melody, their conductor&mdash;Jeffrey
+      Doraway, their interpreter&mdash;Landlady’s alarm&mdash;Indians
+      visit the Author’s Collection in the Egyptian
+      Hall&mdash;Arrangement to dance in the Collection&mdash;The
+      Doctor (Medicine or Mystery man) on top of the
+      Hall&mdash;Their first drive in a bus&mdash;Doctor’s appearance
+      outside&mdash;Indians’ first impressions of London&mdash;Lascars
+      sweeping the streets&mdash;Man with a big nose&mdash;The
+      Doctor lost, and found on the housetop&mdash;Their first
+      exhibition in Egyptian Hall&mdash;Eagle-dance&mdash;The Doctor’s
+      speech&mdash;Great amusement of the ladies&mdash;His description
+      of the railroad from Liverpool to London&mdash;War-dance,
+      great applause&mdash;The “jolly fat dame”&mdash;She presents
+      a gold bracelet to the Doctor by mistake&mdash;Her
+      admiration of the <em>Roman-nose</em>&mdash;War-whoop&mdash;Description
+      of&mdash;Approaching-dance&mdash;Wolf-song, and description
+      of&mdash;Great amusement of the audience&mdash;Shaking
+      hands&mdash;Mistake with the bracelet</td>
+ <td class="tdr bot">Page <a href="#Page_1">1</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdc pad" colspan="2">CHAPTER XVIII.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="hang">
+Character of the Doctor (<em>mystery</em> or <em>medicine man</em>)&mdash;An
+      omnibus-drive&mdash;The Doctor’s admiration of the
+      “jolly fat dame”&mdash;Jealousy&mdash;War-dress and war-paint
+      of the <em>Roman-nose</em>&mdash;His appearance&mdash;He leads the
+      War-dance&mdash;The Welcome-dance, and Bear-dance&mdash;Description
+      of&mdash;Pipe-of-peace (or Calumet) dance, and
+      Scalp-dance&mdash;<em>Chip-pe-ho-la</em> (<em>the Author</em>)&mdash;Speech
+      of the War-chief&mdash;The “jolly fat dame”&mdash;She presents a
+      gold bracelet to <em>Roman-nose</em>&mdash;Jealousy and distress
+      of the Doctor&mdash;She converses with Daniel&mdash;Two reverend
+      gentlemen converse with the Indians about religion&mdash;Reply
+      of White-cloud and War-chief&mdash;Questions by the reverend
+      gentlemen&mdash;Answers by the War-chief&mdash;Indians invited to
+      breakfast with Mr. Disraeli, M.P., Park Lane&mdash;Indians’
+      toilette and dress&mdash;The Doctor and Jim (Wash-ka-mon-ya)
+      fasting for the occasion</td>
+ <td class="tdr bot"><a href="#Page_27">27</a></td></tr>
+
+
+
+<tr><td class="tdc pad" colspan="2">
+<a class="pagenum" id="Page_vi" title="vi"></a>
+CHAPTER XIX.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="hang">
+Kind reception at Mr. Disraeli’s&mdash;View of Hyde Park from
+      the top of his house&mdash;Review of troops, and sham
+      fight&mdash;Breakfast-table&mdash;The Doctor missing&mdash;The Author
+      finds him in the bathing-room&mdash;Champagne wine&mdash;Refused
+      by the Indians&mdash;<em>Chickabobboo</em>: <em>Chippehola</em> tells the
+      story of it&mdash;The Indians drink&mdash;Presents&mdash;The “big
+      looking-glass”&mdash;The Doctor smiles in it&mdash;Speech of the
+      War-chief&mdash;Shake of hands, and return&mdash;Exhibition-room,
+      Egyptian Hall&mdash;Doctor presents a string of wampum and
+      the “<em>White-feather</em>” to the “jolly fat dame”&mdash;Indians
+      talk about <em>chickabobboo</em>&mdash;The Rev. Mr. G&mdash;&mdash; calls&mdash;A
+      different religion (a Catholic)&mdash;Interview appointed&mdash;Two
+      Methodist clergymen call&mdash;Indians refuse to see them&mdash;The
+      giant and giantess visit the Indians&mdash;The Doctor measuring
+      the giantess&mdash;The talk with the Catholic clergyman</td>
+ <td class="tdr bot"><a href="#Page_47">47</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdc pad" colspan="2">CHAPTER XX.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="hang">
+The Doctor and Jim visit several churches&mdash;The Indians
+      in St. Paul’s&mdash;In Westminster Abbey&mdash;The exhibition
+      at the Hall&mdash;The Doctor agrees to go in the carriage
+      of the “jolly fat dame”&mdash;Mr. Melody objects&mdash;The
+      Doctor’s melancholy&mdash;Indians stop the bus to talk
+      with Lascars&mdash;Make them presents of money&mdash;Indians
+      discover <em>chickabobboo-ags</em>(gin-palaces)&mdash;and
+      ladies lying down in their carriages reading
+      books&mdash;<em>Chim-e-gotch-ees</em> (or fish)&mdash;Jim’s story
+      of “Fish”&mdash;Experiments in mesmerism&mdash;Wash-ka-mon-ya
+      (Jim) mesmerized&mdash;The Doctor’s opinions on
+      mesmerism&mdash;Ioways in Lord’s Cricket-ground&mdash;Archery and
+      ball-playing&mdash;Encampment&mdash;Wigwams&mdash;Indians invited by
+      Mrs. Lawrence to Ealing Park&mdash;Their kind reception&mdash;Their
+      Royal Highnesses the Duke and Duchess of Cambridge&mdash;The
+      Princess Mary&mdash;The Duchess of Gloucester&mdash;The Hereditary
+      Grand Duke and Duchess, and other distinguished
+      guests&mdash;Amusements&mdash;Beautiful grounds&mdash;Indians dine on the
+      lawn&mdash;Roast beef and plum-pudding&mdash;<em>Chickabobboo</em>&mdash;Alarm
+      of the parrots&mdash;Doctor’s superstition&mdash;<em>Chickabobboo</em>
+      explained&mdash;Speech of the War-chief&mdash;Taking leave&mdash;Fright
+      of the poor birds&mdash;Handsome presents&mdash;Conservatory&mdash;The
+      Doctor’s ideas of it&mdash;Indians visit Surrey Zoological
+      Gardens&mdash;Fright of the birds and animals&mdash;Indians
+      sacrifice tobacco to the lion and the rattle-snakes</td>
+ <td class="tdr bot"><a href="#Page_63">63</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdc pad" colspan="2">CHAPTER XXI.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="hang">
+Indians’ remarks on the Zoological Gardens&mdash;Their pity for
+      the poor buffalo and other animals imprisoned&mdash;Jim’s talk
+      with a clergyman about<a class="pagenum" id="Page_vii" title="vii" ></a> Hell and the hyænas&mdash;Indians’
+      ideas of astronomy&mdash;Jim and the Doctor hear of the hells
+      of London&mdash;Desire to go into them&mdash;Promised to go&mdash;Indians
+      counting the gin-palaces (<em>chickabobboo-ags</em>)in a
+      ride to Blackwall and back&mdash;The result&mdash;Exhibition in
+      the Egyptian Hall&mdash;A sudden excitement&mdash;The War-chief
+      recognises in the crowd his old friend “Bobasheela”&mdash;Their
+      former lives on the Mississippi and Missouri&mdash;Bobasheela
+      an Englishman&mdash;His travels in the “Far West” of
+      America&mdash;Story of their first acquaintance&mdash;The
+      doomed wedding-party&mdash;Lieut. Pike&mdash;Daniel Boone and
+      Son&mdash;Indians visit a great brewery&mdash;Kind reception by
+      the proprietors&mdash;Great surprise of the Indians&mdash;Immense
+      quantities of <em>chickabobboo</em>&mdash;War-dance in an empty
+      vat&mdash;Daniel commences Jim’s book of the statistics of
+      England&mdash;Indians visit the Tunnel&mdash;Visit to the Tower&mdash;The
+      Horse Armoury&mdash;The Royal Regalia&mdash;Indians’ ideas of the
+      crowns and jewels&mdash;“<em>Totems</em>” (arms) on the fronts of
+      noblemen’s houses&mdash;Royal arms over the shops&mdash;Strange
+      notions of the Doctor&mdash;They see the “man with the big
+      nose” again&mdash;And the “great white War-chief (the Duke of
+      Wellington) on horseback, near his wigwam”</td>
+ <td class="tdr bot"><a href="#Page_90">90</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdc pad" colspan="2">CHAPTER XXII.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="hang">
+The Ioways in Vauxhall Gardens&mdash;Surrey Theatre&mdash;Carter
+      in the lions’ cage&mdash;Astonishment of the
+      Indians&mdash;Indians in the Diving Bell, at the Polytechnic
+      Institution&mdash;Indians riding&mdash;Shooting at target on
+      horseback&mdash;Ball-play&mdash;“Jolly fat dame”&mdash;Ladies converse
+      with the Doctor&mdash;His reasons for not marrying&mdash;Curious
+      questions&mdash;Plurality of wives&mdash;Amusing scene&mdash;The
+      Author in Indian costume&mdash;A cruel experiment&mdash;Ioways
+      arrive in Birmingham&mdash;The Author’s arrival
+      there&mdash;Society of Friends&mdash;Indians all breakfast
+      with Mr. Joseph Sturge&mdash;Kind treatment&mdash;Conversation
+      after breakfast about religion and education&mdash;Reply
+      of the War-chief&mdash;The button-factory of Turner and
+      Sons&mdash;Generous presents to the Indians&mdash;<em>Bobasheela</em>
+      arrives&mdash;Indians dividing their buttons&mdash;Doctor found
+      on top of the Shakespeare Buildings&mdash;Indians’ kindness
+      to a beggar-woman&mdash;Poorhouses&mdash;Many Friends visit the
+      Indians&mdash;Indians’ visit to Miss Catherine Hutton&mdash;Her
+      great age&mdash;Her kindness&mdash;Dinner&mdash;Her presents to them
+      in money&mdash;Parting scene&mdash;The War-chief’s speech to
+      her&mdash;Her letters to the Author&mdash;Indians present to the
+      two hospitals 370 dollars&mdash;Address read by the Presidents
+      to the Indians&mdash;Doctor’s reply&mdash;Indians start for York&mdash;A
+      fox-hunt&mdash;Curious notions of Indians about it&mdash;Visit to
+      York Minster&mdash;Ascend the grand tower&mdash;Visit to the castle
+      and prison&mdash;Museum of the instruments of murder&mdash;Alarm of
+      the Doctor&mdash;Kindness of the governor of the castle and
+      his lady&mdash;Indians’ ideas of imprisonment for debt, and
+      punishment for murder</td>
+ <td class="tdr bot"><a href="#Page_117">117</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdc pad" colspan="2">
+<a class="pagenum" id="Page_viii" title="viii"></a>
+CHAPTER XXIII.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="hang">
+Newcastle-on-Tyne&mdash;Indians’ alarms about jails&mdash;Kind
+      visits from Friends&mdash;Mrs. A. Richardson&mdash;Advice of the
+      Friends&mdash;War-Chiefs reply&mdash;Liberal presents&mdash;Arrive
+      at Sunderland&mdash;Kindness of the Friends&mdash;All breakfast
+      with Mr. T. Richardson&mdash;Indians plant trees in
+      his garden&mdash;And the Author also&mdash;The Doctor’s
+      superstition&mdash;Sacrifice&mdash;Feast&mdash;Illness of the Roman
+      Nose&mdash;Indians visit a coalpit&mdash;North Shields&mdash;A sailors’
+      dinner and a row&mdash;Arrive at Edinburgh&mdash;A drive&mdash;First
+      exhibition there&mdash;Visit to Salisbury Crag&mdash;To Arthur’s
+      Seat&mdash;Holyrood House and Castle&mdash;The crown of Robert
+      Bruce&mdash;The “big gun”&mdash;“Queen Mab”&mdash;Curious modes of
+      building&mdash;“Flats”&mdash;Origin of&mdash;Illness of Corsair, the
+      little <em>pappoose</em>&mdash;The old Doctor speaks&mdash;War-chief’s
+      speech&mdash;A feast of ducks&mdash;Indians’ remarks upon the
+      government of Scotland&mdash;“The swapping of crowns”&mdash;The
+      Doctor proposes the crown of Robert Bruce for Prince
+      Albert&mdash;Start for Dundee&mdash;Indians’ liberality&mdash;A noble
+      act&mdash;Arrival at Dundee&mdash;Death of little Corsair&mdash;Distress
+      of the Little Wolf and his wife&mdash;Curious ceremony&mdash;Young
+      men piercing their arms&mdash;Indians at Perth&mdash;Arrival in
+      Glasgow&mdash;Quartered in the Town-hall&mdash;The cemetery&mdash;The
+      Hunterian Museum&mdash;The Doctor’s admiration of it&mdash;Daily
+      drives&mdash;Indians throw money to the poor&mdash;Alarm for
+      <em>Roman Nose</em>&mdash;Two reverend gentlemen talk with the
+      Indians&mdash;War-chiefs remarks&mdash;Greenock&mdash;Doctor’s regret at
+      leaving</td>
+ <td class="tdr bot"><a href="#Page_155">155</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdc pad" colspan="2">CHAPTER XXIV.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="hang">
+  Arrival in Dublin&mdash;Decline of the <em>Roman Nose</em>&mdash;Exhibition
+      in the Rotunda&mdash;Feast of ducks&mdash;First drive&mdash;Phœnix
+      Park&mdash;Stags&mdash;Indians’ ideas of game-laws and
+      taxes&mdash;Annual expenses of British government&mdash;National
+      debt&mdash;Daniel enters these in Jim’s book&mdash;Indians
+      called “Irishmen”&mdash;Author’s reply&mdash;Speech of the
+      War-chief&mdash;Jim’s rapid civilization&mdash;New estimates for
+      his book&mdash;Daniel reads of “Murders, &amp;c.,” in Times
+      newspaper&mdash;Jim subscribes for the Times&mdash;Petition
+      of 100,000 women&mdash;Society of Friends meet the
+      Indians in the Rotunda&mdash;Their advice, and present
+      to the chiefs 40<em>l.</em>&mdash;Indians invited to Zoological
+      Gardens&mdash;Presented with 36<em>l.</em>&mdash;Indians invited to
+      Trinity College&mdash;Conversation with the Rev. Master on
+      religion&mdash;Liberal presents&mdash;They visit the Archbishop of
+      Dublin&mdash;Presents&mdash;All breakfast with Mr. Joseph Bewly,
+      a Friend&mdash;Kind treatment&mdash;Christian advice&mdash;Sickness of
+      <em>Roman Nose</em>&mdash;Various entertainments by the Friends&mdash;A
+      curious beggar&mdash;Indians’ liberality to the poor&mdash;Arrival
+      at Liverpool&mdash;Rejoicing and feast&mdash;Council&mdash;<em>Roman
+      Nose</em> placed in an hospital&mdash;Arrival in
+      Manchester&mdash;Exhibition in Free Trade Hall&mdash;Immense
+      platform&mdash;Three wigwams&mdash;Archery&mdash;Ball-play, &amp;c.&mdash;Great
+      crowds&mdash;<em>Bobasheela</em> arrives&mdash;Death of the <em>Roman
+      Nose</em>&mdash;Forms of burial, &amp;c.</td>
+ <td class="tdr bot"><a href="#Page_178">178</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdc pad" colspan="2">
+<a class="pagenum" id="Page_ix" title="ix"></a>CHAPTER XXV.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="hang">
+  The Author arrives in Paris&mdash;Victoria Hotel&mdash;Mr. Melody
+      and his Indians arrive&mdash;Doctor missing, and found
+      on the top of the hotel&mdash;Alarm of servants&mdash;First
+      drive in Paris&mdash;Visit to Mr. King, the American
+      ambassador&mdash;French <em>chickabobboo</em>&mdash;M. Vattemare&mdash;Indians
+      visit the Hôtel de Ville&mdash;Prêfet de Police&mdash;Magnificent
+      salons&mdash;The “big looking-glasses” &mdash;The Prêfet’s
+      lady&mdash;Refreshments and <em>chickabobboo</em>&mdash;Speech of the
+      War-chief&mdash;Reply of the Prêfet&mdash;Salle Valentino taken
+      for the exhibition&mdash;Daniel arrives with the Collection
+      from London&mdash;Indians visit the King in the palace of the
+      Tuileries&mdash;Royal personages&mdash;Conversation&mdash;War-chief
+      presents the calumet&mdash;His speech to the
+      King&mdash;Eagle-dance&mdash;War-dance&mdash;Little Wolf presents his
+      tomahawk and whip to the King&mdash;His speech&mdash;Refreshments
+      and “Queen’s <em>chickabobboo</em>”&mdash;Drinking the King’s and
+      Queen’s health, and health of the Count de Paris&mdash;“Vive
+      le Roi”&mdash;Jim’s opinion of the King&mdash;An Indian’s idea
+      of descents&mdash;Presents in money from the King&mdash;Mode
+      of dividing it&mdash;A drive&mdash;Ladies leading dogs with
+      strings&mdash;The number counted in one drive&mdash;The Indians’
+      surprise&mdash;An entry for Jim’s book&mdash;Jim laments the loss
+      of the Times newspaper and <em>Punch</em>&mdash;He takes Galignani’s
+      Messenger&mdash;Indians dine at W. Costar’s&mdash;The Doctor’s
+      compliment to a lady’s fine voice&mdash;Indians visit the Royal
+      Academy of Sciences&mdash;Curious reception&mdash;M. Arago&mdash;Indians’
+      suspicions and alarms&mdash;Jim’s remarkable speech&mdash;Opening
+      of the exhibition in Salle Valentino&mdash;Great
+      excitement&mdash;Speech of the War-chief&mdash;Shaking hands&mdash;Public
+      opinion of the Author’s Collection</td>
+ <td class="tdr bot"><a href="#Page_203">203</a></td></tr>
+
+
+<tr><td class="tdc pad" colspan="2">CHAPTER XXVI.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="hang">
+  Indians at Madame Greene’s party&mdash;Their ideas of
+      waltzing&mdash;The Doctor’s admiration of the young
+      ladies&mdash;The King’s fête, 1st of May&mdash;Indians in the
+      Palace&mdash;Royal Family in the balcony&mdash;Grand and sublime
+      scene on the river&mdash;Indians in a crowd of nobility in
+      the Duc d’Aumale’s apartments&mdash;Messenger to Indians’
+      apartments with gold and silver medals&mdash;Medals to the
+      women and children&mdash;Consequent difficulties&mdash;Visit to
+      the Hospital of Invalids&mdash;Place Concorde&mdash;Column of
+      Luxor&mdash;The fountains&mdash;Visit to the Triumphal Arch&mdash;Jim’s
+      description of an ugly woman&mdash;Victor Hugo&mdash;Madame Georges
+      Sands&mdash;Indians visit the Louvre&mdash;M. de Cailleux&mdash;Baron
+      de Humboldt&mdash;Illness of the wife of Little Wolf&mdash;A
+      phrenologist visits the Indians&mdash;The phrenologist’s head
+      examined&mdash;Two Catholic priests visit the Indians&mdash;Indians
+      visit the Garden of Plants&mdash;Alarm of the birds and
+      animals&mdash;The “poor prisoner buffalo”&mdash;Visit to the
+      <em>Salle aux Vins</em>&mdash;Astonishment of the Indians&mdash;The
+      war-whoop&mdash;<em>Chickabobboo</em>&mdash; Cafés explained&mdash;Indians visit
+      <em lang="fr" xml:lang="fr">Père la<a class="pagenum" id="Page_x" title="x" ></a> Chaise</em>&mdash;A great funeral&mdash;A speech over the
+      grave&mdash;Hired mourners&mdash;Visit the <em>School of Medicine</em>&mdash;and
+      “<em>Dupuytren’s Room</em>”&mdash;Excitement of the Doctor&mdash;Visit
+      to the <em>Foundling Hospital</em>&mdash;Astonishment and pity of
+      the Indians&mdash;Entries in Jim’s note-book, and Doctor’s
+      remarks&mdash;Visit the <em>Guillotine</em>&mdash;Indians’ ideas of
+      <em>hanging</em> in England, and <em>beheading</em> in France&mdash;Curious
+      debate&mdash;Visit to the <em>Dog Market</em>&mdash;Jim’s purchase and
+      difficulty&mdash;The <em>Dog Hospital</em>&mdash;Alarm of the “petites
+      malades”&mdash;Retreat&mdash;<em>Bobasheela</em> arrives from London&mdash;Great
+      rejoicing&mdash;Jim’s comments on the Frenchwomen&mdash;The <em>little
+      foundlings</em> and the <em>little dogs</em></td>
+ <td class="tdr bot"><a href="#Page_232">232</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdc pad" colspan="2">CHAPTER XXVII.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="hang">
+  <em>La Morgue</em>&mdash;The Catacombs&mdash;The Doctor’s dream&mdash;Their great
+      alarm&mdash;Visit to the <em>Hippodrome</em>&mdash;Jim riding M. Franconi’s
+      horse&mdash;Indians in the Woods of Boulogne&mdash;Fright of the
+      rabbits&mdash;Jim and the Doctor at the <em>Bal Mabille</em>, Champs
+      Elysées&mdash;At the <em>Masquerade</em>, <em>Grand Opera</em>&mdash;Their
+      opinions and criticisms on them&mdash;Frenchwomen at
+      confession in St. Roch&mdash;Doctor’s ideas of it&mdash;Jim’s
+      speech&mdash;“<em>Industrious fleas</em>”&mdash;Death of the wife of Little
+      Wolf&mdash;Her baptism&mdash;Husband’s distress&mdash;Her funeral in the
+      Madeleine&mdash;Her burial in Montmartre&mdash;Council held&mdash;Indians
+      resolve to return to America&mdash;Preparations to depart in
+      a few days&mdash;<em>Bobasheela</em> goes to London to ship their
+      boxes to New York&mdash;He returns, and accompanies the
+      Indians to Havre&mdash;Indians take leave of <em>Chippehola</em> (the
+      Author)&mdash;M. Vattemare accompanies them to Havre&mdash;Kindly
+      treated by Mr. Winslow, an American gentleman, at Havre&mdash;A
+      splendid dinner, and (<em>Queen’s</em>) <em>Chickabobboo</em>&mdash;Indians
+      embark&mdash;Taking leave of <em>Bobasheela</em>&mdash;Illness of
+      the Author’s lady&mdash;His alarm and distress&mdash;Her
+      death&mdash;Obituary&mdash;Her remains embalmed and sent to New York</td>
+  <td class="tdr bot"><a href="#Page_261">261</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdc pad" colspan="2">CHAPTER XXVIII.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="hang">
+  Eleven Ojibbeway Indians arrive from London&mdash;Their
+      exhibitions in the Author’s Collection&mdash;Portraits and
+      description of&mdash;Their amusements&mdash;Their pledge to
+      sobriety&mdash;<em>Chickabobboo</em> explained to them&mdash;Birth of a
+      <em>Pappoose</em>&mdash;M. Gudin; Indians and the Author dine with
+      him&mdash;His kind lady&mdash;The Author breakfasts with the Royal
+      Family in the palace at St. Cloud&mdash;Two Kings and two
+      Queens at the table&mdash;The Author presented to the King
+      and Queen of the Belgians by Louis Philippe, in the
+      salon&mdash;Count de Paris&mdash;Duc de Brabant&mdash;Recollects the
+      Indian pipe and mocassins presented to him by the Author
+      in the Egyptian Hall&mdash;Duchess of Orleans&mdash;The Princess
+      Adelaide&mdash;The King relates anecdotes of his life in
+      America&mdash;Washington’s farewell address<a class="pagenum" id="Page_xi" title="xi" ></a>&mdash;Losing his dog in
+      the Seneca village&mdash;Crossing Buffalo Creek&mdash;Descending the
+      Tioga and Susquehana rivers in an Indian canoe to Wyoming,
+      the Author’s native valley&mdash;The King desires the Author to
+      arrange his whole Collection in the Louvre for the private
+      views of the Royal Family&mdash;He also appoints a day to see
+      the Ojibbeways in the Park at St. Cloud&mdash;Great rejoicing
+      of the Indians&mdash;A <em>dog-feast</em>&mdash;The Indians and the Author
+      dine a second time at M. Gudin’s</td>
+ <td class="tdr bot"><a href="#Page_278">278</a></td></tr>
+
+
+<tr><td class="tdc pad" colspan="2">CHAPTER XXIX.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="hang">
+  Indians’ visit to the Palace of St. Cloud&mdash;The
+      Park&mdash;Artificial lake&mdash;Royal Family&mdash;Prince de
+      Joinville&mdash;Recollected seeing the Author and Collection in
+      Washington&mdash;King and Queen of Belgians&mdash;The <em>regatta</em>&mdash;The
+      birch-bark canoe, and the Prince de Joinville’s
+      “Whitehaller”&mdash;War-dance&mdash;Ball-play&mdash;Archery&mdash;Dinner
+      prepared for the Indians&mdash;M. Gudin and the Author join
+      them&mdash;Indians’ return&mdash;Gossip at night&mdash;Their ideas of
+      the King and Royal Family&mdash;Messenger from the King, with
+      gold and silver medals and money, to the Indians&mdash;The
+      War-chief cures a cancer&mdash;Author’s Collection in the
+      <em>Salle de Séance</em>, in the Louvre&mdash;The Indians and the
+      Author dine with M. Passy, Member of Deputies&mdash;Kind
+      treatment by himself and lady&mdash;King visits the Collection
+      in the Louvre&mdash;The Author explains his pictures&mdash;Persons
+      present&mdash;An hour’s visit&mdash;The King retires&mdash;Second visit
+      of the King and Royal Family to the Collection&mdash;The
+      Author’s four little children presented to the King&mdash;His
+      Majesty relates the anecdote of bleeding himself in
+      America, and his visit to General Washington at Mount
+      Vernon&mdash;His descent of the Ohio and Mississippi rivers in
+      a small boat, to New Orleans&mdash;Orders the Author to paint
+      fifteen pictures for Versailles</td>
+ <td class="tdr bot"><a href="#Page_287">287</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdc pad" colspan="2">CHAPTER XXX.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="hang">
+  The Author leaves his Collection in the Louvre, and
+      arrives with the Indians in Bruxelles&mdash;Indians at the
+      soirée of the American Minister in Bruxelles&mdash;Author’s
+      reception by the King in the Palace&mdash;Small-pox among the
+      Indians&mdash;Indians unable to visit the Palace&mdash;Exhibition
+      closes&mdash;Seven sick with small-pox&mdash;Death of one of
+      them&mdash;His will&mdash;A second dies&mdash;His will&mdash;The rest
+      recover&mdash;Faithful attentions of Daniel&mdash;The Author
+      accompanies them to Antwerp, and pays their expenses to
+      London on a steamer&mdash;Death of the War-chief in London&mdash;His
+      will&mdash;The Author raises money by subscription and sends
+      to them&mdash;Letter from the survivors, in England, to the
+      Author&mdash;Drawings by the War-chief&mdash;The Author stopped in
+      the streets of London and invited to see the skeleton of
+      the War-chief!&mdash;His indignation&mdash;Subsequent deaths of
+      four<a class="pagenum" id="Page_xii" title="xii"></a> others of this party in England&mdash;The three parties
+      of Indians in Europe&mdash;Their objects&mdash;Their success&mdash;Their
+      conduct&mdash;Their reception and treatment&mdash;Things which they
+      saw and learned&mdash;Estimates and statistics of civilized
+      life which they have carried home&mdash;Their mode of reasoning
+      from such premises&mdash;And the probable results</td>
+ <td class="tdr bot"><a href="#Page_294">294</a></td></tr>
+
+
+<tr><td class="tdc pad" colspan="2">CHAPTER XXXI.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="hang">
+  The Author returns to his little children in Paris&mdash;His loss
+      of time and money&mdash;The three Indian speculations&mdash;His
+      efforts to promote the interests of the Indians, and the
+      persons who brought them to Europe&mdash;His advice to other
+      persons wishing to engage in similar enterprises&mdash;The
+      Author retires to his atelier, and paints the fifteen
+      pictures for the King&mdash;The pleasure of quiet and
+      retirement with his four little children around
+      him&mdash;He offers his Indian Collection to the American
+      Government&mdash;And sends his memorial to Congress&mdash;Bill
+      reported in favour of the purchase&mdash;The Author has an
+      interview with the King in the Tuileries&mdash;Delivers
+      the fifteen pictures&mdash;Subjects of the pictures
+      painted&mdash;Conversations with the King&mdash;Reflections upon his
+      extraordinary life&mdash;The Author’s thoughts, while at his
+      easel, upon scenes of his life gone by&mdash;And those that
+      were about him, as he strolled, with his little children,
+      through the streets and society of Paris&mdash;Distressing
+      and alarming illness of the Author’s four little
+      children&mdash;Kindness of sympathizing friends&mdash;Death of
+      “little George”&mdash;His remains sent to New York, and
+      laid by the side of his mother&mdash;A father’s tears and
+      loneliness&mdash;The Author returns with his Collection to
+      London</td>
+ <td class="tdr bot"><a href="#Page_311">311</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdc pad" colspan="2">APPENDIX&mdash;A.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td>Extracts of Letters from the Ioway Mission, Upper Missouri</td><td class="tdr bot"><a href="#Page_327">327</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdc pad" colspan="2">APPENDIX&mdash;B.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td>Experiments in Horse-taming</td><td class="tdr bot"><a href="#Page_332">332</a></td></tr>
+
+</table>
+
+<p><a class="pagenum" id="Page_1" title="1" ></a></p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+<p class="titlepage">
+CATLIN’S NOTES IN EUROPE,<br />
+                             <em>&amp;c. &amp;c.</em></p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<h2>CHAPTER XVII.</h2>
+
+<p class="hang">
+  Arrival of fourteen Ioway Indians in London&mdash;Their lodgings in
+     St. James’s Street&mdash;The Author visits them&mdash;Their portraits
+     and names&mdash;Mr. Melody, their conductor&mdash;Jeffrey Doraway, their
+     interpreter&mdash;Landlady’s alarm&mdash;Indians visit the Author’s
+     Collection in the Egyptian Hall&mdash;Arrangement to dance in the
+     Collection&mdash;The Doctor (Medicine or Mystery man) on top of
+     the Hall&mdash;Their first drive in a bus&mdash;Doctor’s appearance
+     outside&mdash;Indians’ first impressions of London&mdash;Lascars
+     sweeping the streets&mdash;Man with a big nose&mdash;The Doctor lost,
+     and found on the housetop&mdash;Their first exhibition in Egyptian
+     Hall&mdash;Eagle-dance&mdash;The Doctor’s speech&mdash;Great amusement of
+     the ladies&mdash;His description of the railroad from Liverpool to
+     London&mdash;War-dance, great applause&mdash;The “jolly fat dame”&mdash;She
+     presents a gold bracelet to the Doctor by mistake&mdash;Her
+     admiration of the <em>Roman-nose</em>&mdash;War-whoop&mdash;Description
+     of&mdash;Approaching-dance&mdash;Wolf-song, and description of&mdash;Great
+     amusement of the audience&mdash;Shaking hands&mdash;Mistake with the
+     bracelet.</p>
+
+
+<p>The event which I spoke of at the close of my last chapter&mdash;the arrival
+of another party of Indians&mdash;was one which called upon me at once for
+a new enterprise, and I suddenly entered upon it, again deferring the
+time of my return to my native land.</p>
+
+<p><a class="pagenum" id="Page_2" title="2"></a>
+The “fourteen Ioway Indians,” as report had said, had arrived, and were
+in apartments at No. 7, St. James’s Street, with their interpreter.
+This party was in charge of Mr. G. H. C. Melody, who had accompanied
+them from their own country, with a permission gained from the
+Secretary at War to bring them to Europe, which permission was granted
+in the following words:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+
+<p class="signature"><em>War Department, Washington City, Sept. 14th, 1843.</em></p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Dear Sir</span>,</p>
+
+<p>In answer to your application relative to Mr. Melody’s making a tour
+  to Europe with a party of Ioway Indians, as well as to a similar
+  one on his behalf from the Rev. Wm. P. Cochran, of Marian County,
+  Missouri, I beg leave to say, that it has not been usual to grant any
+  permissions of the kind, and the verbal instructions to the Agents,
+  Superintendents, &amp;c. have been against permitting such tours, for the
+  reason, I presume, that the persons having them in charge are usually
+  men who merely wish to make money out of them by exhibitions, without
+  taking any care of their habits or morals, or inducing them to profit
+  by what they see and hear upon their route.</p>
+
+<p>In the present case, however, I do not think that the evils usually
+  to be apprehended will occur, from the character of Mr. Melody, and
+  the mode in which the Indians are proposed to be selected. This I
+  understand is to be done by the Chief, White Cloud, with the full
+  assent of the individuals thus selected, and their continuance on the
+  tour to be their own act.</p>
+
+<p>Under all the circumstances, I suppose all the Department can do, is
+  to allow Mr. Melody and the Chiefs of the tribe to do as they please,
+  without imposing the usual or any prohibition.</p>
+
+<p class="signature">
+  <span class="padright10">I am, yours, very truly,</span><br />
+  <span class="padright5"><span class="smcap">J. M. Porter</span>,</span><br />
+                                               Secretary at War.</p>
+<p>Vespasian Ellis, Esq.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+
+<p class="signature"><em>Washington City, Sept. 1843.</em></p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Dear Sir</span>,</p>
+
+<p>Under this letter you are authorised to make any arrangement with the
+  Chief of the tribe of Indians that you and he may please to make;
+  and the War Department agrees, in consideration of your well-known
+  integrity of character, not to interfere with the arrangement which
+  you and the Chief or the Indians may make.</p>
+
+<p class="signature">
+  <span class="padright10">Your obedient Servant,</span><br />
+                                               <span class="smcap">Vespasian Ellis.</span></p>
+<p>Mr. Melody.</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>Mr. Melody called upon me immediately on his arrival in London, and I
+went with him to see his party, several of whom I at once recognized
+as I entered their rooms. On seeing me they all rose upon their feet
+and offered me their hands, saluting me by their accustomed word, “How!
+how! how! <em>Chip-pe-ho-la!</em>” and evidently were prepared for great
+pleasure on meeting me. <em>White Cloud</em>, the head chief of the tribe, was
+of the party, and also the war-chief <em>Neu-mon-ya</em> (the Walking Rain).
+These two chiefs, whose portraits were then hanging in my collection,
+had stood before me for their pictures several years previous in their<a class="pagenum" id="Page_3" title="3"></a>
+own village, and also one of the warriors now present, whose name
+was <em>Wash-ka-mon-ya</em> (the Fast Dancer). These facts being known, one
+can easily imagine how anxious these good fellows had been, during a
+journey of 2000 miles from their country to New York, and then during
+their voyage across the ocean, to meet me in a foreign land, who had
+several years before shared the hospitality of their village, and, to
+their knowledge, had done so much to collect and perpetuate the history
+of their race. They had come also, as I soon learned, in the full
+expectation to dance in my collection, which they were now impatient to
+see.</p>
+
+<p>This first interview was during the evening of their arrival, and was
+necessarily brief, that they might get their night’s rest, and be
+prepared to visit my rooms in the morning. A few pipes were smoked
+out as we were all seated on the floor, in a “talk” upon the state
+of affairs in their country and incidents of their long and tedious
+journey, at the end of which they now required rest, and I left them.</p>
+
+<p>By entering the city at night, they had created little excitement or
+alarm, except with the landlady and her servants, where they had been
+taken in. Their rooms had been engaged before their arrival, but the
+good woman “had no idea they were going to look so savage and wild;
+she was very much afraid that their red paint would destroy her beds,”
+not yet knowing that they were to wash the paint all off before they
+retired to rest, and that then they were to spread their buffalo robes
+upon the floor and sleep by the side of, and under her beds, instead
+of getting into them. These facts, when they became known, amused her
+very much; and Mr. Melody’s representations of the harmlessness and
+honesty of the Indians, put her at rest with respect to the safety of
+her person and her property about her house.</p>
+
+<p>The objects of these being the same as those of the former party,
+of seeing the country and making money by their exhibitions, I
+entered into a similar arrangement<a class="pagenum" id="Page_4" title="4"></a> with Mr. Melody, joining with my
+collection, conducting their exhibitions, and sharing the expenses and
+receipts of the same, on condition that such an arrangement should be
+agreeable to the Indians.</p>
+
+<p>Their first night’s rest in London being finished, they were all up at
+an early hour, full of curiosity to see what was around them; and their
+fourteen red heads out of their front windows soon raised a crowd and
+a novel excitement in St. James’s. Every body knew that the “Indians
+had gone,” and the conjectures amongst the crowd were various and
+curious as to this strange arrival. Some said it was “the wedding party
+returned;” others, more sagacious, discovered the difference in their
+appearance, and pronounced them “the real cannibals from New Zealand;”
+and others said “their heads were too red, and they could be nothing
+else than the real <em>red</em>-heads&mdash;the man-eaters&mdash;that they had read of
+somewhere, but had forgotten the place.”</p>
+
+<p>The morning papers, however, which are the keys for all such mysteries,
+soon solved the difficulty, but without diminishing the crowd, by the
+announcement that a party of fourteen Ioway Indians, from the base of
+the Rocky Mountains, had arrived during the night and taken up their
+lodgings in St. James’s Street.</p>
+
+<p>After taking their breakfasts and finishing their toilets, they stepped
+into carriages and paid their first visit to my collection, then open
+in the Egyptian Hall. Instead of yelling and shouting as the Ojibbeways
+did on first entering it, they all walked silently and slowly to the
+middle of the room, with their hands over their mouths, denoting
+surprise and silence. In this position, for some minutes (wrapped in
+their pictured robes, which were mostly drawn over their heads or up
+to their eyes), they stood and rolled their eyes about the room in all
+directions, taking a general survey of what was around them, before
+a word was spoken. There was an occasional “she-e” in a lengthened
+whisper, and nothing more for some time, when at length a gradual
+and almost imperceptible conversation commenced about por<a class="pagenum" id="Page_5" title="5"></a>traits and
+things which they recognized around the room. They had been in a moment
+transferred into the midst of hundreds of their friends and their
+enemies, who were gazing at them from the walls&mdash;amongst wig-wams and
+thousands of Indian costumes and arms, and views of the prairies they
+live in&mdash;altogether opening to their view, and to be seen at a glance,
+what it would take them years to see in their own country. They met
+the portraits of their chiefs and other friends, upon the walls, and
+extended their hands towards them; and they gathered in groups in
+front of their enemies, whom the warriors had met in battle, and now
+recognized before them. They looked with great pleasure on a picture of
+their own village, and examined with the closest scrutiny the arms and
+weapons of their enemies. One may easily imagine how much there was in
+this collection to entertain these rude people, and how much to command
+their attachment to me, with whom they had already resolved to unite.</p>
+
+<p>A council was held and the pipe lit under the Crow wig-wam, which
+was standing in the middle of my room, when Mr. Melody explained to
+the Indians that he had now got them safe across the ocean as he had
+promised, and into the midst of the greatest city in the world, where
+they would see many curious things, and make many good and valuable
+friends, if they conducted themselves properly, which he was confident
+they would do.</p>
+
+<p>“You have met,” said he, “your old friend <em>Chip-pe-ho-la</em>, whom you
+have talked so much about on the way; you are now in his wonderful
+collection, and he is by the side of you, and you will hear what he has
+to say.” (“<em>How! how! how!</em>”)</p>
+
+<p>I reminded the White-cloud of the time that I was in his village, and
+lived under his father’s tent, where I had been kindly treated, and
+for which I should always feel grateful. That in meeting them here, I
+did not meet them as strangers, but as friends. (“<em>How! how! how!</em>”)
+That they had come a great way, and with a view to make something to
+carry home to their wives and little children; that Mr.<a class="pagenum" id="Page_6" title="6"></a> Melody and I
+had entered into an arrangement by which I was in hopes that my efforts
+might aid in enabling them to do so. (“<em>How! how! how!</em>”) That I was
+willing to devote all my time, and do all that was in my power, but
+the continuation of my exertions would depend entirely upon their own
+conduct, and their efforts to gain respect, by aiding in every way they
+could, and keeping themselves entirely sober, and free from the use of
+spirituous liquors. (“<em>How! how! how!</em>”)</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Melody here remarked that they had pledged their words to him and
+their Great Father (as the condition on which they were allowed to
+come), that they would drink no ardent spirits while absent, and that
+he was glad to say they had thus far kept their promise strictly.
+(“<em>How! how! how!</em>”)</p>
+
+<p>I told them I was glad to hear this, and I had no doubt but they would
+keep their word with me on that point, for every thing depended on it.
+We were amongst a people who look upon drunkenness as low and beastly,
+and also as a crime; and as I had found that most white people were
+of opinion that all Indians were drunkards, if they would show by
+their conduct that such was not the case, they would gain many warm
+and kind friends wherever they went. (“<em>How! how! how!</em>”) I told them
+that the Ojibbeways whom I had had with me, and who had recently gone
+home, gave me a solemn promise when they arrived that they would keep
+entirely sober and use no spirituous liquors,&mdash;that they kept that
+promise awhile, but I had been grieved to hear that before they left
+the country they had taken up the wicked habit of drinking whiskey, and
+getting drunk, by which they had lost all the respect that white people
+had for them when they first came over. (A great laugh, and “<em>How! how!
+how!</em>”)</p>
+
+<p><em>Neu-mon-ya</em> (the war-chief) replied to me, that they were thankful
+that the Great Spirit had kept them safe across the ocean and allowed
+them to see me, and to smoke the pipe again with me, and to hear my
+wise counsel, which<a class="pagenum" id="Page_7" title="7"></a> they had all determined to keep (“<em>How! how!
+how!</em>”). He said that they had been very foolish to learn to drink
+“<em>fire-water</em>” in their country, which was very destructive to them,
+and they had promised their Great Father, the President, that they
+would drink none of it whilst they were abroad. He said he hoped I
+would not judge them by the Ojibbeways who had been here, “for,” said
+he, “they are all a set of drunkards and thieves, and always keep their
+promises just about as well as they kept them with you.” (A laugh, and
+“<em>How! how! how!</em>”)<a class="fnanchor" href="#Footnote_1" id="FNanchor_1">[1]</a></p>
+
+<p>This <em>talk</em>, which was short, was ended here, to the satisfaction of
+all parties, and the Indians were again amusing themselves around the
+room, leaving the wig-wam and further conversations to Mr. Melody, the
+interpreter, and myself. Mr. Melody, though a stranger to me, bearing
+the high recommendations contained in the letter of the Secretary at
+War, already published, at once had my confidence (which I am pleased
+to say his conduct has kept up) as an excellent and honest man.</p>
+
+<p>Their interpreter, Jeffrey Doraway (a mulatto), and who had been one
+of the first to recognize and hail me when I entered their rooms, had
+been an old and attached acquaintance of mine while travelling in that
+country, and that acquaintance had several times been renewed in St.
+Louis, and New York, and other places where I had subsequently met him.
+He had been raised from childhood in the tribe, and the chiefs and all
+the party were very much attached to him, and his interest seemed to be
+wholly identified with that of the tribe. He was of a most forbearing
+and patient disposition, and of temperate habits, and as he was loved
+by the chiefs, had great influence with them, and control over the
+party.</p>
+
+<p>I related to Mr. Melody and Jeffrey the difficulties that laid before
+us; the prejudices raised in the public, mind by<a class="pagenum" id="Page_8" title="8"></a> the conduct of Mr.
+Rankin with his party of Ojibbeways, and the unfortunate season of the
+year at which they had arrived in London. That the middle of July was
+the very worst season in which to open an exhibition, and that it might
+be difficult to raise a second excitement sufficiently strong to pay
+the very heavy expenses we must incur; but that I had resolved to unite
+my whole efforts to theirs, to bring their party into notice; which
+formed so much more complete and just a representation of the modes and
+appearance of the wild Indians of America than the Ojibbeways had given.</p>
+
+<p>Finishing our conversation here, we found the Indians adjusting their
+plumes, and their robes, and their weapons, preparing to step into
+their “omnibus and four,” to take their first rapid glance at the great
+City of London, in “a drive,” which was to pass them through some of
+its principal thoroughfares for their amusement. At this moment of
+excitement it was suddenly announced that one of the party (and a very
+essential one), the “<em>Doctor</em>” (or <em>medicine man</em>), was missing! Search
+was everywhere making for him, and when it was quite certain that he
+could not have passed into the street, Jeffrey inquired of the curator
+of the Hall if there was any passage that led out upon the roof? to
+which the curator replied, “Yes.” “Well then,” said Jeffrey, “we may
+be sure that he is there, for <em>it is ‘a way that he has</em>:’ he always
+is uneasy until he gets as high as he can go, and then he will stay
+there all night if you will let him alone.” I went immediately to the
+roof, and found him standing on one corner of the parapet, overlooking
+Piccadilly,&mdash;wrapped in his buffalo robe, and still as a statue, while
+thousands were assembling in the streets to look at him, and to warn
+him of the danger they supposed him in.</p>
+
+<p>The readers who have not had the pleasure of seeing this eccentric
+character, will scarcely be able to appreciate the oddity of this freak
+until they become better acquainted with the Doctor in the following
+pages. I invited him down from his elevated position, which he seemed
+reluctant to leave, and<a class="pagenum" id="Page_9" title="9"></a> he joined his party, who passed into their
+carriage at the door. In this moment of confusion, of escaping from
+the crowd and closing the door, heads were counted, and the old Doctor
+was missing again. A moment’s observation showed, however, that his
+<em>ascending</em> propensity had gained him a position over their heads, as
+he had seated himself by the side of the driver, with his buffalo robe
+wrapped around him, the long and glistening blade of his spear passing
+out from underneath it, near to his left ear, and his vermilioned face
+surmounted by a huge pair of buffalo horns, rising out of a crest of
+eagle’s quills and ermine skins. Thus loaded, and at the crack of the
+whip, and amidst the yelling multitude that had gathered around them,
+did the fourteen Ioways dash into the streets, to open their eyes to
+the sights and scenes of the great metropolis.</p>
+
+<p>An hour or so in the streets, in a pleasant day, enabled them to see
+a great deal that was unlike the green prairies where they lived; and
+the “old Doctor,” wrapped in his robe, and ogling the pretty girls, and
+everything else that he saw that was amusing as he passed along, raised
+a new excitement in the streets, and gave an extensive notification
+that “the wedding party had actually got back,” or that another party
+of <em>red skins</em> had arrived. They returned to their lodgings in great
+glee, and amused us at least for an hour with their “first impressions”
+of London; the <em>leading</em>, <em>striking</em> feature of which, and the one that
+seemed to afford them the greatest satisfaction, was the <em>quantity of
+fresh meat</em> that they saw in every street hanging up at the doors and
+windows&mdash;pigs, and calves, and sheep, and deer, and prairie hens, in
+such profusion that they thought “there would be little doubt of their
+getting as much fresh meat as they could eat.” Besides this, they had
+seen many things that amused them, and others that excited their pity.
+They laughed much about the “black fellows with white eyes” who were
+carrying bags of coal, and “every one of them had got their hats on the
+wrong side before.” They had seen many people who seemed to be very
+poor, and looked<a class="pagenum" id="Page_10" title="10"></a> as if they were hungry: for they held out their hands
+to people passing by, as if they were asking for something to eat.
+“They had passed two <em>Indians</em>, with brooms in their hands, sweeping
+the dirt in the streets!”</p>
+
+<p>This occurrence had excited their greatest anxieties to know “what
+Indians they could be, that would be willing to take a broom in their
+hands and sweep the dirt from under white men’s feet, and then hold
+out their hands to white people for money to buy food to eat.” They
+all agreed “that <em>Ioways</em> would not do it, that <em>Sioux</em> would not,
+that <em>Pawnees</em> would not;” and when they were just deciding that their
+enemies, the <em>Ojibbeways</em>, <em>might</em> be <em>slaves</em> enough to do it, and
+that these were possibly a part of the Ojibbeway party that had been
+flourishing in London, I explained the mystery to them, by informing
+them that their conjectures were wrong&mdash;that it was true they were
+Indians, but not from North America. I agreed with them that no North
+American Indian would use that mode of getting his living, but that
+there were Indians in different parts of the world, and that these were
+from the East Indies, a country many thousands of miles from here; that
+these people were Indians from that country, and were of a tribe called
+<em>Lascars</em>; that many of them were employed by the captains of English
+ships to help to navigate their vessels from that country to this;
+and that in London they often come to want, and are glad to sweep the
+streets and beg, as the means of living, instead of starving to death.
+It seemed still a mystery to them, but partly solved, and they made
+many further remarks among themselves about them. The good landlady at
+this moment announced to Mr. Melody and Jeffrey that the dinner for the
+Indians was ready, and in a moment all were seated save the Doctor; he
+was missing. “That old fool,” said Jeffrey, “there’s no doubt but he
+has found his way to the top of the house.” I was conducted by one of
+the servants through several unoccupied rooms and dark passages, and
+at last through a narrow and almost impassable labyrinth that brought
+me out upon<a class="pagenum" id="Page_11" title="11"></a> the roof. The “Doctor” was <em>there</em>; and, wrapped in his
+buffalo robe, with his red face and his buffalo horns, was standing
+like a <em>Zealand penguin</em>, and smiling upon the crowds of gazers who
+were gathering in the streets, and at the windows, and upon the
+house-tops, in the vicinity.</p>
+
+<p>For the several days succeeding this, while the Indians were lying
+still, and resting from their long and tedious voyage, and I was
+announcing in the usual way their arrival, and the time of the
+commencement of their exhibitions, I held many curious and amusing
+conversations with them about things they had already seen, and scenes
+and events that were yet in anticipation and before them. These are
+subjects, however, that must be passed over for events that were before
+us, and fuller of interest and excitement.</p>
+
+<p>They had much amusement at this time also, about a man they said
+they had seen, with a remarkably big nose, which they said looked
+like a large potato (or <em>wapsapinnakan</em>), and one of the women
+sitting near the door of the omnibus declared “that it was actually a
+<em>wapsapinnakan</em>, for she could distinctly see the little holes where
+the sprouts grow out.” The bus, they said, had passed on rather too
+quick for all to have a fair look, but they believed they would at some
+future time meet him again, and take a good look at him.</p>
+
+<p>The evening for their first appearance before the public having
+arrived, the Ioways were prepared in all their rouge and fine dresses,
+and made their <em>début</em> before a fashionable, but not a crowded
+audience. Their very appearance, as they entered the room, was so wild
+and classic, that it called forth applause from every part of the hall.
+The audience was composed chiefly of my friends, and others who had
+been familiar with the other group, and who were able to decide as to
+the comparative interest of the two parties; and it was proclaimed
+in every part of the room, that they were altogether more primitive
+in their appearance and modes, and decidedly a finer body of men.
+I had<a class="pagenum" id="Page_12" title="12"></a> accompanied them on to the platform, and when they had got
+seated, and were lighting their pipe, I introduced them by stating,
+that in the exhibition of this party of Indians, I felt satisfied
+that I was bringing before the eyes of the audience the most just and
+complete illustration of the native looks and modes of the red men of
+the American wilderness, that had ever been seen on this side of the
+Atlantic; and that I should take great pleasure in introducing them
+and their modes, as they so satisfactorily illustrated and proved what
+I had been for several years labouring to show to English people, by
+my numerous paintings and Indian manufactures which I had collected,
+as well as by my notes of travel amongst these people, which I had
+recently published:
+
+That the <em>Ioway</em> was one of the remote tribes, yet adhering to all
+their native customs and native looks; and that this party, composed,
+as it was, of the two principal men of the tribe, and several of its
+most distinguished warriors, not only conveyed to the eyes of people
+in this country the most accurate account of primitive modes, but was
+calculated to excite the deepest interest, and to claim the respect of
+the community. That the position of this tribe being upon the great
+plains between the Missouri and the Rocky Mountains, 1000 miles farther
+west than the country from which the Ojibbeways came, their modes and
+personal appearance were very different, having as yet received no
+changes from the proximity of civilization:
+
+That I had visited this tribe several years before, during my
+travels in the Indian countries, and that I had there formed my
+first acquaintance with the two chiefs who were now here, and which
+acquaintance, from the hospitable manner in which they had welcomed
+me in their humble wig-wams, I now felt great pleasure in renewing:
+(<em>“Hear, hear,” and applause</em>.)</p>
+
+<p>That these facts being known, with others which would be incidentally
+given, I felt fully assured that they would meet with a kind reception
+in this country, and that the<a class="pagenum" id="Page_13" title="13"></a> audience were prepared for the
+introduction I was now to make of them and their modes.<a class="fnanchor" href="#Footnote_2" id="FNanchor_2">[2]</a> (<em>Great
+applause</em>.)</p>
+
+<p>I then pointed out and explained to the audience, the characteristic
+differences between the appearance and modes of this party and the
+Ojibbeways, whom they had seen, and which will be obvious to the reader
+in the annexed illustration (<a href="#Plate_9"><em>Plate No</em>. 9</a>). The Ioways, like three
+other tribes only, in North America, all adhere to their national mode
+of shaving and ornamenting their heads. This is a very curious mode,
+and presents an appearance at once that distinguishes them from the
+Ojibbeways and other tribes, who cultivate the hair to the greatest
+length they possibly can, and pride themselves on its jet and glossy
+black. Every man in the Ioway tribe adheres to the mode of cutting all
+the hair as close as he can, excepting a small tuft which is left upon
+the crown, and being that part which the enemy takes for the scalp,
+is very properly denominated the “<em>scalp-lock</em>.” He then rouges with
+vermilion the whole crown of his head (and oftentimes his whole face),
+and surmounts his <em>scalp-lock</em> by a beautiful crest, made of the hair
+of the deer’s tail, dyed of vermilion red.</p>
+
+<p>The chief man of this party, the “<em>White Cloud</em>,” the son of a
+distinguished chief of the same name, who died a few<a class="pagenum" id="Page_14" title="14"></a> years since,
+was 35 years of age, and hereditary chief of the tribe. By several
+humane and noble acts, after he received his office of chief, he
+gained the admiration and friendship of the officers of the United
+States Government, as well as of his tribe, and had therefore been
+countenanced by the Government (as has been shown) in the enterprise of
+going abroad.</p>
+
+<p><em>Neu-mon-ya</em> (the Walking Rain), and war-chief of the tribe, was
+54 years of age, and nearly six feet and a half in height. A noble
+specimen of the manly grace and dignity that belong to the American
+wilderness, and also a man who had distinguished himself in the wars
+that he had led against his enemies.</p>
+
+<p><em>Se-non-ti-yah</em> (the Blistered Feet), the <em>Medicine</em> or <em>Mystery Man</em>,
+was a highly important personage of the party, and held a high and
+enviable position, as physician, soothsayer, and magician, in his tribe.</p>
+
+<p>These personages are found in every tribe, and so much control have
+they over the superstitious minds of their people, that their influence
+and power in the tribe often transcend those of the chief. In all
+councils of war and peace they have a seat by the chiefs, and are as
+regularly consulted by the chiefs, as soothsayers were consulted in
+ancient days, and equal deference and respect is paid to their advice
+or opinions, rendering them <em>oracles</em> of the tribe in which they live.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter">
+ <a id="Plate_9"></a>
+ <hr class="tb" />
+ <img src="images/i_014fp.jpg" width="640" height="394" alt="Plate 9: An Ioway Group" />
+ <div class="caption">N<sup>o.</sup> 9.</div>
+ <hr class="tb" />
+</div>
+
+<p>A good illustration of this was given by this magician, while on
+their voyage to this country, a few weeks since, when near the land,
+off the English coast. The packet ship in which the Indians were
+passengers, was becalmed for several days, much to the annoyance of
+the Indians and numerous other passengers, when it was decided, by the
+Indian chief, that they must call upon the <em>Medicine Man</em>, to try the
+efficacy of his magical powers in the endeavour to raise a wind. For
+this purpose he very gradually went to work, with all due ceremony,
+according to the modes of the country, and after the usual ceremony of
+a mystery feast,<a class="pagenum" id="Page_15" title="15"></a> and various invocations to the <em>spirit</em> of the <em>wind</em>
+and the <em>ocean</em>, both were conciliated by the sacrifice of many plugs
+of tobacco thrown into the sea; and in a little time the wind began
+to blow, the sails were filled, and the vessel soon wafted into port,
+to the amusement of the passengers, and much to the gratification of
+the Indians, who all believed, and ever will, that the vessel was set
+in motion by the potency of the Doctor’s mysterious and supernatural
+powers.</p>
+
+<p>Of the <em>Warriors</em>, <em>Shon-ta-yi-ga</em> (the Little Wolf) and
+<em>Nu-ho-mun-ya</em> (called the “Roman Nose”) were the most distinguished,
+and I believe the world will agree with me, that it would be an act
+of injustice on my part, should I allow the poor fellows to carry
+through this country, without giving them publication, the subjoined
+documents,<a class="fnanchor" href="#Footnote_3" id="FNanchor_3">[3]</a><a class="pagenum" id="Page_16" title="16"></a> by which it will be seen that they saved, in a humane
+manner, and worthy of warriors of better <em>caste</em>, the lives of ten
+unarmed and unoffending enemies.</p>
+
+<p><a class="pagenum" id="Page_17" title="17"></a>
+<em>Okee-wee-me</em> (the wife of the Little Wolf) is the mother of the infant
+pappoose, called Corsair. This child is little more than three months
+old, and slung in the cradle on the mother’s back, according to the
+general custom practised by all the American tribes, and furnishes one
+of the most interesting illustrations in the group.</p>
+
+<p>All tribes in America practise the same mode of carrying their infant
+children for several months from their birth upon a flat board resting
+upon the mother’s back, as she walks or rides, suspended by a broad
+strap passing over her forehead, or across her breast. By this mode
+of carrying their children, the mothers, who have to perform all the
+slavish duties of the camp, having the free use of their hands and
+arms, are enabled to work most of the time, and, in fact, exercise and
+labour nearly as well as if their children were not attached to their
+persons. These cradles are often, as in the present instance, most
+elaborately embroidered with porcupine quills, and loaded with little
+trinkets hanging within the child’s reach, that it may amuse itself
+with them as it rides, with its face looking <em>from</em> that of its mother,
+while she is at work, so as not to draw upon her valuable time.</p>
+
+<p>This rigid, and seemingly cruel mode of binding the child with its back
+to a straight board, seems to be one peculiarly adapted to Indian life,
+and, I believe, promotes straight limbs, sound lungs, and long life.</p>
+
+<p>I having thus introduced the party to their first audience in England,
+and left other remarks upon them for their proper place, the Indians
+laid by their pipe, and commenced their evening’s amusements by giving
+first their favourite, the <em>Eagle-Dance</em>. The <em>Drum</em> (and their
+“<em>Eagle-Whistles</em>,” with which they imitate the chattering of the
+soaring eagle), with their voices, formed the music for this truly
+picturesque and exciting dance. At their first pause in the dance,
+the audience, who had witnessed nothing of this description in the
+amusements of the Ojibbeways, being excited to the highest degree,
+encouraged the strangers with rounds of applause. The song in this
+dance is addressed to<a class="pagenum" id="Page_18" title="18"></a> their favourite bird the war-eagle, and each
+dancer carries a fan made of the eagle’s tail, in his left hand, as he
+dances, and by his attitudes endeavours to imitate the motions of the
+soaring eagle. This, being a part of the war-dance, is a <em>boasting</em>
+dance; and at the end of each strain in the song some one of the
+warriors steps forth and, in an excited speech, describes the time and
+the manner in which he has slain his enemy in battle, or captured his
+horses, or performed some other achievement in war. After this the
+dance proceeds with increased spirit; and several in succession having
+thus excited their fellow-dancers, an indescribable thrill and effect
+are often produced before they get through.</p>
+
+<p>In the midst of the noise and excitement of this dance the Doctor (or
+<em>mystery-man</em>) jumped forward to the edge of the platform, and making
+the most tremendous flourish of his spear which he held in his right
+hand, and his shield extended upon his left arm, recited the military
+deeds of his life&mdash;how he had slain his enemies in battle and taken
+their scalps; and with singular effect fitting the action to the word,
+acting them out as he described.</p>
+
+<p>The thrilling effect produced by the Doctor’s boast brought him showers
+of applause, which touched his vanity, and at the close of the dance
+he imagined all eyes in admiration fixed upon him, and no doubt felt
+himself called upon for the following brief but significant speech
+which he delivered, waving his right hand over the heads of the
+audience from the front of the platform where he stood, and from which
+he dropped his most humble and obsequious smiles upon the groups of
+ladies who were near him, and applauding at the end of every sentence:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“My Friends,&mdash;It makes me very happy to see so many smiling faces
+  about me, for when people smile and laugh, I know they are not
+  angry&mdash;”</p>
+</div>
+
+<p><em>Jeffrey</em>, the <em>Interpreter</em>, now made <em>his</em> début; the Doctor had
+beckoned him up by his side to interpret his speech to the audience,
+and when he explained the above sentence, the “Doctor” received a round
+of applause, and particularly from the ladies, who could not but be
+pleased<a class="pagenum" id="Page_19" title="19"></a> with the simple vanity of the speaker and the self-complacent
+smiles which he always lavished upon the fair sex who were around him.
+The Doctor, though advanced to the sound and efficient age of 45,
+had never taken to him a wife; and, like too many of his fraternity,
+had always lived upon the excessive vanity of believing that he was
+the <em>beau idéal</em> of his tribe, and admired too much by all to be a
+legitimate subject of exclusive appropriation to any particular one.
+And more than this (which may not have quite fallen to the happy lot
+of any of his brother bachelors in the polished world), from the sort
+of <em>charitable</em> habit he had of spreading his glowing smiles upon the
+crowds about him, one would almost be of opinion that, in his own
+community, under the aids and charms of his profession, he in a measure
+had existed upon the belief that his smiles were food and clothing for
+the crowds upon whom they were bestowed.</p>
+
+<p>The Doctor yet stood, the concentration of smiles and anxious looks
+from every part of the room, and at length proceeded (<a href="#Plate_10"><em>Plate No. 10</em></a>):&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“My Friends,&mdash;I see the ladies are pleased, and this pleases
+  me&mdash;because I know, that if they are pleased, they will please the
+  men.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>It was quite impossible for the Doctor to proceed further until he
+had bowed to the burst of laughter and applause from all parts of the
+room, and particularly from the ladies. This several times ceased,
+but suddenly burst out again, and too quick for him to resume. He had
+evidently made a “hit” with the ladies, and he was braced strong in
+courage to make the best use of it, although the rest of his comrades,
+who were seated and passing the pipe around, were laughing at him
+and endeavouring to embarrass him. One of the party, by the name of
+<em>Wash-ka-mon-ya</em>, and a good deal of the <em>braggart</em>, had the cruelty
+to say to him, “You old fool, you had better sit down, the white
+squaws are all laughing at you.” To which the Doctor, deliberately
+turning round, sarcastically replied, “You badger, go into your burrow
+backwards: I have said more in two sentences than<a class="pagenum" id="Page_20" title="20"></a> you ever said in
+your life.” He then turned round, and calling Jeffrey nearer to his
+side, proceeded&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“My Friends,”&mdash;[here was a burst of irresistible laughter from the
+  ladies, which the drollness of his expression and his figure excited
+  at the moment, and in which, having met it all in good humour, he was
+  taking a part, but continued]&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>“My Friends,&mdash;I believe that our dance was pleasing to you, and that
+  our noise has not given you offence. (<em>Applause.</em>)</p>
+
+<p>“My Friends,&mdash;We live a great way from here, and we have come over
+  a great salt lake to see you, and to offer you our hands. The Great
+  Spirit has been kind to us; we know that our lives are always in his
+  hands, and we thank him for keeping us safe. (<em>How, how, how!</em> from
+  the Indians, and applause, with <em>Hear, hear, hear!</em>)</p>
+
+<p>“My Friends,&mdash;We have met our friend <em>Chip-pe-ho-la</em> here, and seen
+  the medicine things that he has done, and which are hanging all
+  around us, and this makes us happy. We have found our chiefs’ faces
+  on the walls, which the Great Spirit has allowed him to bring over
+  safe, and we are thankful for this. (<em>How, how, how!</em>)</p>
+
+<p>“My Friends,&mdash;This is a large village, and it has many fine wig-wams;
+  we rode in a large carriage the other day and saw it all. (<em>A laugh</em>,
+  and <em>Hear!</em>) We had heard a great deal about the people on this side
+  of the water, but we did not think they were so rich; we believe that
+  the <em>Saganoshes</em> know a great deal. (<em>How, how, how!</em>)</p>
+
+<p>“My Friends,&mdash;We have come on your great <em>medicine road</em>, and it
+  pleased us very much. When we landed from our ship, we came on your
+  <em>medicine road</em>, and were told it would be very fine; but when we
+  started, we were all very much alarmed; we went in the dark; we all
+  went right down into the ground, under a high mountain; we had heard
+  that a part of the white people go into the ground when they die,
+  and some of them into the fire; we saw some fire; there was a great
+  hissing, and a great deal of smoke coming out of this place,<a class="fnanchor" href="#Footnote_4" id="FNanchor_4">[4]</a> and
+  we could not get out; we were then somewhat afraid, my friends and
+  I began to sing our ‘<em>death-song</em>;’ but when we had commenced, our
+  hearts were full of joy, we came out again in the open air, and the
+  country was very beautiful around us. (<em>How, how, how!</em> and great
+  applause.)</p>
+
+<p>“My Friends,&mdash;After we got out from under the ground, we were much
+  pleased all the way on the <em>medicine road</em> until we got to this
+  village. There were many things to please us, and I think that before
+  the trees were cut down, it was a very beautiful country. My friends,
+  we think there were Indians and buffalos in this country then. (<em>How,
+  how, how!</em>)</p>
+
+<p>“My Friends,&mdash;We think we saw some of the <em>k’nick k’neck</em><a class="fnanchor" href="#Footnote_5" id="FNanchor_5">[5]</a> as we
+  came<a class="pagenum" id="Page_21" title="21"></a> along the <em>medicine road</em>, and some <em>quash-e-gon-eh-co</em>,<a class="fnanchor" href="#Footnote_6" id="FNanchor_6">[6]</a>
+  but we came so fast that we were not certain; we should like to know.
+  My Friends, this is all I have to say.” (<em>How, how, how!</em> and great
+  applause.)</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="figcenter">
+ <a id="Plate_10"></a>
+ <hr class="tb" />
+ <img src="images/i_020fp.jpg" width="640" height="427" alt="Plate 10: The Doctor's Speech" />
+ <div class="caption">N<sup>o.</sup> 10.</div>
+ <hr class="tb" />
+</div>
+
+<p>The Doctor’s speech, which would have been terminated much sooner if he
+had been allowed to proceed unmolested, had a very pleasing effect upon
+the audience, and had allowed abundant time for the rest of the party
+to prepare for the next <em>dance</em>.</p>
+
+<p>I now announced to the audience that the Indians were about to give the
+<em>Warrior’s-dance</em>, as performed by their tribe. I explained the meaning
+of it, the circumstances under which it was given, and the respects
+in which it differed from the War-dance as given by the Ojibbeways.
+After which they were all upon their feet, and, with weapons in hand,
+proceeded to give it the most exciting, and even <em>alarming</em> effect.</p>
+
+<p>They received great applause at the end of this dance, and also a
+number of presents, which were handed and thrown on to the platform.
+This created much excitement and good cheer among them, and I was not
+a little surprised, nor was I less amused and gratified, to discover
+at this moment, that the (so-called) “<em>jolly fat dame</em>,” of Ojibbeway
+notoriety, was along side of the platform, at her old stand, and, in
+her wonted liberality, the first one to start the fashion of making the
+poor fellows occasional presents. I regretted, however, that I should
+have been the ignorant cause of her bestowing her first present upon a
+person for whom she did not intend it. The finest-looking man of the
+party, and one of the youngest, was <em>No-ho-mun-ya</em> (the <em>Roman-nose</em>),
+upon whom it seems this good lady’s admiration had been fixed during
+the evening, notwithstanding the smiles that had been lavished by the
+Doctor, and the eloquence which he had poured forth in his boastings
+and speeches.</p>
+
+<p>The elegant limbs, Herculean frame, and graceful and<a class="pagenum" id="Page_22" title="22"></a> terrible
+movements of this six foot and a-half young man, as she had gazed
+upon him in this last dance, had softened her heart into all its
+former kindness and liberality, and she had at this moment, when I
+first discovered her, unclasped a beautiful bracelet from one of her
+arms, and was just reaching over the platform to say to me as she
+did, “Wonderful! wonderful! Mr. Catlin; I think it one of the wonders
+of the world! Will you hand this to that splendid fellow, with my
+compliments&mdash;give him my compliments, will you&mdash;it’s a bracelet for his
+arm (Cadotte has got the other, you know). Oh! but he is a splendid
+fellow&mdash;give him my compliments, will you. I think them a much finer
+party than the other&mdash;oh, far superior! I never saw the like; hand it
+to him, will you, and if he can’t put it on, poor fellow, I will show
+him how.”</p>
+
+<p>All this had been run over so rapidly that I scarcely could recollect
+what she said, for several were speaking to me at the same time; and
+at that unfortunate moment it was that I committed the error, for
+which I was almost ready to break my own back when I found it out. I
+presented it by mistake to the Doctor, who, I supposed, had of course
+been winning all the laurels of the evening, and with them the good
+lady’s compliments, which it would have been quite awkward on her part
+and mine also to have unpresented. The Doctor raised up the bracelet as
+high as he could reach, and made the house ring and almost tremble with
+the war-whoop, which he several times repeated.<a class="fnanchor" href="#Footnote_7" id="FNanchor_7">[7]</a> What could be done?
+<em>She</em> was too gallant, and I did not yet know the mistake. The Doctor
+happened to know how to put it on&mdash;it fitted to his copper-coloured arm
+above his elbow&mdash;and his true politeness led him to bow and to smile<a class="pagenum" id="Page_23" title="23"></a>
+a thousand thanks upon the fair dame as he bent over her from the
+platform.</p>
+
+<p>The <em>Approaching-dance</em><a class="fnanchor" href="#Footnote_8" id="FNanchor_8">[8]</a> was now given, in which the Doctor took the
+lead in great glee, and of course with great effect. He tilted off with
+a light and elastic step, as he was “following the track of his enemy,”
+and when he raised his brawny arm to beckon on his warriors to the
+attack, he took great pains to display the glistening trinket which he
+had accepted with such heartfelt satisfaction.</p>
+
+<p>This dance finished, they all sat down upon the platform and passed
+the pipe around, whilst I was further explaining upon their appearance
+and modes, and the dance which they had just given. I asked them
+what amusement they proposed next, and they announced to me, that as
+the Doctor was taking all the honours and all the glory to himself
+on that night (and of whom they all seemed extremely jealous), they
+had decided that he should finish the amusements of the evening by
+singing the “<em>Wolf-song</em>.” He was so conscious of having engrossed the
+principal attention of the house that he at once complied with their
+request, though at other times it required a great effort to get him
+to sing it. I had not myself heard this song, which seemed, from their
+preparations, to promise some amusement, and<a class="pagenum" id="Page_24" title="24"></a> which Jeffrey told me
+belonged exclusively to the Doctor, he having composed it. The Doctor
+was ready to commence, and wrapping his robe around him, having his
+right arm out, he shook a rattle (she-she-quoin) in his right hand, as
+he tilted about the platform, singing alone; at the end of a sentence
+he commenced to bark and howl like a wolf, when another jumped upon
+his feet and ran to him, and another, and another, and joined in the
+chorus, with their heads turned up like wolves when they are howling.
+He then sang another strain as he moved about the platform again, all
+following him, singing, and ready to join in the deafening chorus.
+This strange and comic song drew roars of laughter, and many rounds of
+applause for the Doctor, and left him, sure enough, the lion of the
+evening.<a class="fnanchor" href="#Footnote_9" id="FNanchor_9">[9]</a></p>
+
+<p>After he had finished his song, he traversed the platform<a class="pagenum" id="Page_25" title="25"></a> a few times,
+lavishing his self-complacent smiles upon the ladies around the room,
+and then desired me to say to the audience, that on the next evening
+they were going to give the <em>Pipe of Peace-dance, and the Scalp-dance</em>,
+which he wished all the ladies to see, and that <em>now</em> the chiefs and
+himself were ready to shake hands with all the people in the room.</p>
+
+<p>This of course brought a rush of visitors to the platform, anxious to
+welcome the new comers by giving them their hands. A general shake of
+the hands took place, and a conversation that occupied half an hour or
+more, and much to the satisfaction of the Indians as well as to those
+who came to see them.</p>
+
+<p>Much curiosity was kept up yet about the Doctor. The impression that
+his countenance and his wit had made upon the women had secured a knot
+of them about him, from whom it was difficult to disengage him: some
+complained that they were sick, and desired him to feel their pulse;
+he did so, and being asked as to the nature of their disease, he
+replied that “they were in love,”&mdash;and as to the remedy, he said, “Get
+husbands, and in a day and a night you will be well.” All this they
+could have got from other quarters, but coming from an Indian, whose
+naked shoulders were glistening around the room, it seemed to come with
+the freshness and zest of something entirely new, and created much
+merriment.</p>
+
+<p>The amusements of their first night being over, the Indians were
+withdrawn from the room, and the audience soon dispersed. Daniel, as
+usual, had been at his post, and his report of a few moments’ chat
+with the “jolly fat dame” gave me the first intelligence of the awful
+error I had committed in giving her bracelet to the Doctor instead of
+the Roman-nose, for whom she had intended it. She had said to him,
+however, that “it was no matter, and the error must not be corrected;
+she would bring one on the following evening for the Roman-nose, and
+begged that the Doctor might never be apprised of the mistake which had
+resulted to his benefit.”<a class="pagenum" id="Page_26" title="26"></a> “They are a splendid set of men, Daniel&mdash;far
+superior to the others. It is the greatest treat I ever had&mdash;I shall
+be here every night. You’ll think by and by that I am a pretty good
+customer; ha, Daniel? That <em>Roman-nose</em> is a magnificent fellow&mdash;he’s
+got no wife, has he, Daniel?” “No, Madam, he is the youngest man of the
+party.” “He is an <em>elegant</em> fellow&mdash;but then his <em>skin</em>, Daniel. Their
+skins are not so fine as the others&mdash;they are <em>too</em> black, or red, or
+what you call it; but Cadotte! what a beautiful colour he was, ha? But
+I dare say a little <em>washing</em> and living in a city would bring them
+nearly white? These people love Mr. Catlin&mdash;he’s a curious man&mdash;he’s a
+<em>wonderful</em> man; these are his old acquaintance, he has boarded with
+them; how they love him, don’t they? Ah, well, good night, good night.”
+She was the last of the visitors going out of the door, and did not
+know that I was so close behind her.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<h2><a class="pagenum" id="Page_27" title="27"></a>
+CHAPTER XVIII.</h2>
+
+<p class="hang">
+  Character of the Doctor (<em>mystery</em> or <em>medicine man</em>)&mdash;An
+     omnibus drive&mdash;The Doctor’s admiration of the “jolly
+     fat dame”&mdash;Jealousy&mdash;War-dress and war-paint of the
+     <em>Roman-nose</em>&mdash;His appearance&mdash;He leads the War-dance&mdash;The
+     Welcome-dance, and Bear-dance&mdash;Description of&mdash;Pipe-of-peace
+     (or Calumet) dance, and Scalp-dance&mdash;<em>Chip-pe-ho-la (the
+     Author)</em>&mdash;Speech of the War-chief&mdash;The “jolly fat dame”&mdash;She
+     presents a gold bracelet to <em>Roman-nose</em>&mdash;Jealousy and distress
+     of the Doctor&mdash;She converses with Daniel&mdash;Two reverend gentlemen
+     converse with the Indians about religion&mdash;Reply of White-cloud
+     and War-chief&mdash;Questions by the reverend gentlemen&mdash;Answers by
+     the War-chief&mdash;Indians invited to breakfast with Mr. Disraeli,
+     M.P., Park Lane&mdash;Indians' toilette and dress&mdash;The Doctor and Jim
+     (Wash-ka-mon-ya) fasting for the occasion.</p>
+
+
+<p>On paying a visit to the lodgings of the Indians, after they had
+returned from the exhibition, I found them in a merry mood, cracking
+their jokes upon the Doctor, who had put himself forward in so
+conspicuous a manner, to the great amusement of the ladies. During the
+exhibition, it would have appeared, from his looks and his actions,
+that he was to be perfectly happy for a twelvemonth at least; but he
+now appeared sad and dejected as he listened to their jokes, and turned
+his splendid bracelet around with his fingers. Several of the women had
+received brooches and other trinkets of value, and all had been highly
+pleased.</p>
+
+<p>It seemed that the War-chief was looked upon by the rest of the party
+as their orator; and, on an occasion like that which had just passed
+by, it was usual, and was expected, that he would have arisen and
+made a speech; and it was as little expected that the Doctor, who,
+they said, was a very diffident and backward man on such occasions,
+should have had so much, or anything to say. But the Doctor was a
+man of talent and wit, and with an<a class="pagenum" id="Page_28" title="28"></a> exorbitant share of vanity and
+self-conceit, which were excited to that degree by the irresistible
+smiles of the ladies, that he was nerved with courage and ambition
+to act the part that he did through the evening. Under the momentary
+excitement of his feelings, he had, to be sure, but innocently, stepped
+a little out of his sphere, and in the way of the chiefs, which had
+somewhat annoyed them at the time, but of which they were now rather
+making merry than otherwise. The Doctor was a good-natured and harmless
+man, and entirely the creature of impulse. He was always polite, though
+not always in good humour. The two leading traits in his character, one
+or the other of which was always conspicuous, were extreme buoyancy of
+spirits and good humour, when he smiled upon everybody and everything
+around him, or silent dejection, which bade defiance to every social
+effort. In either of these moods he had the peculiarities of being
+entirely harmless, and of remaining in them but a very short time;
+and <em>between</em> these moods, he was like a <em>spirit level</em>, exceedingly
+difficult to hold at a balance.</p>
+
+<p>The jokes that had been concentrated on the Doctor had been rather
+pleasant and amusing than otherwise, though there had been so many of
+them from the chiefs, from the warriors, from the squaws, and also from
+Mr. Melody, and Jeffrey and Daniel, all of whom were laughing at his
+expense, that I found him, and left him, sitting in one corner of the
+room, with his robe wrapped around him, in stoic silence, occasionally
+casting his eyes on his gold bracelet, and then upon the smoking
+beef-steaks and coffee which were on the table for their suppers, and
+of which he partook not.</p>
+
+<p>Whilst the rest were at the table, he silently spread his robe upon the
+floor, and wrapped himself in it. In the morning he washed, as usual,
+at the dawning of day, spent an hour or so in solitary meditation on
+the roof of the house, and afterwards joined with a pleasant face at
+the breakfast table, and through the amusements of the day and evening.</p>
+
+<p><a class="pagenum" id="Page_29" title="29"></a>
+Mr. Melody had, with my cordial approbation, employed an omnibus
+with four horses, to drive them an hour each day for the benefit of
+their health; and, at the same time, to amuse and instruct them, by
+showing them everything that they could see in the civilized world to
+their advantage. The Doctor joined, in good spirits, in the “drive”
+of that day; and, as on the day before, was wrapped in his buffalo,
+and seated by the side of the driver, with the polished blade of his
+lance glistening above his head, as many Londoners who read this will
+forcibly recollect.</p>
+
+<p>From their drive, in which they had seen many strange things, they
+returned in good spirits, and received in their chambers a private
+party of ladies and gentlemen, my esteemed friends, and several
+editors of the leading journals of London. A long and very interesting
+conversation was held with them on several subjects, and the clear and
+argumentative manner in which their replies were made, and the truly
+striking and primitive modes in which they were found, at once engaged
+the profound attention of all, and procured for them, besides some
+handsome presents at the time, the strongest recommendations from the
+editors of the press, as subjects of far greater interest than the
+party of Ojibbeways, whom they had before seen. Amongst these visiters
+they recognized with great pleasure, and shook hands with, my kind
+friend Dr. Thomas Hodgkin, at whose hospitable board they had, a few
+days before, with the author, partaken of an excellent dinner prepared
+for them. This was the first gentleman’s table they were invited to in
+the kingdom, and probably the first place where they ever tried the use
+of the knife and fork in the English style.</p>
+
+<p>Dr. Hodgkin being of the Society of Friends, they received much kind
+and friendly advice from him, which they never forgot; and from the
+unusual shape of his dress, they called him afterwards (not being able
+to recollect his name) <em>Tchon-a-wap-pa</em> (the straight coat).</p>
+
+<p>At night they were in the Hall again, and around them, amidst a greatly
+increased audience, had the pleasure of<a class="pagenum" id="Page_30" title="30"></a> beholding nearly all the faces
+they had seen the night before; and the Doctor, in particular, of
+seeing the smiling ladies whom he had invited to see the <em>scalp-dance</em>
+and the <em>scalps</em>, and, to his more identical satisfaction, of
+beholding, at the end of the platform where he had taken pains to
+spread his robe and seat himself, the fair dame of <em>gushing</em> charms,
+to whom he was occasionally gently turning his head on one side
+and smiling, as he presented to her view his copper-coloured arm,
+encompassed with the golden bracelet.</p>
+
+<p>This kind lady’s goodness was such that she could not but respond
+to the bows and the smiles of the Doctor, though (within herself)
+she felt a little annoyed at the position which he had taken, so
+immediately between her place, which the crowd prevented her from
+changing, and that of the splendid “<em>Roman Nose</em>,” who was now much
+more an object of admiration than he had been the night before, and
+more peremptorily called for all her attention. He had been selected
+to lead in the <em>scalp-dance</em> which was to be given that night; and
+for this purpose, in pursuance of the custom of the country, he had
+left off his shirt and all his dress save his beautifully garnished
+leggings and mocassins, and his many-coloured sash and kilt of eagle’s
+quills and ermine around his waist. His head was vermilioned red, and
+dressed with his helmet-like red crest, and surmounted with a white and
+a red eagle’s quill, denoting his readiness for peace or for war. His
+shoulders and his arms were curiously streaked with red paint, and on
+his right and his left breast were the impresses, in black paint, of
+two hands, denoting the two victims he had struck, and whose scalps he
+then held attached to his painted tomahawk, which he was to wield in
+triumph as he had in the <em>scalp-dance</em>. Thus arrayed and ornamented,
+he appeared in his “war dress,” as it is termed; and as he arose from
+his seat upon the platform, and drew his painted shield and quiver
+from his back, shouts of applause rung from every part of the hall,
+and, of course, trepidation increased in the veins of the fair<a class="pagenum" id="Page_31" title="31"></a> dame,
+whose elbows were resting on the edge of the platform, while she was in
+rapture gazing upon him, and but partly concealing at times a beautiful
+trinket, the sparkling of which the sharp eyes of the Doctor had seen,
+as she endeavoured to conceal it in her right hand.</p>
+
+<p>The Doctor could not speak to this fair lady except with his eyes, with
+the softest expressions of which he lost no time or opportunity; and
+(for several combined reasons, no doubt) he seemed quite unambitious to
+leave his seat to “<em>saw the air</em>,” and strike for a repetition of the
+applause he had gained the night before.</p>
+
+<p>Unfortunately in some respects, and as fortunately no doubt in others,
+the splendid “<em>Roman Nose</em>” held his position at the farther end of the
+platform during the greater part of the evening; and the Doctor, for
+the several reasons already imagined, remained in the close vicinity
+of the fair dame, whose over-timidity, he feared, held her in an
+unnecessary and painful suspense.</p>
+
+<p>In this position of things and of parties, the amusements allotted for
+the evening had commenced, and were progressing, amidst the roars of
+applause that were ready at the close of each dance. They commenced by
+giving the <em>“Welcome Dance” and song</em><a class="fnanchor" href="#Footnote_10" id="FNanchor_10">[10]</a> peculiar to their tribe. The
+sentiment of this being explained by me, gave great pleasure to the
+audience, and prepared them for the dances and amusements which were to
+follow.</p>
+
+<p>They next announced the “<em>Bear Dance</em>” and amused the audience very
+much in its execution. This curious dance is given when a party are
+preparing to hunt the <em>black bear</em>, for its delicious food; or to
+contend with the more<a class="pagenum" id="Page_32" title="32"></a> ferocious and dangerous “<em>grizly bear</em>,” when a
+similar appeal is made to the <em>bear-spirit</em>, and with similar results,
+(<em>i.e.</em>) all hands having strictly attended to the important and
+necessary form of conciliating in this way the good will and protection
+of the peculiar <em>spirit</em> presiding over the destinies of those animals,
+they start off upon their hunt with a confidence and prospect of
+success which they could not otherwise have ventured to count upon. In
+this grotesque and amusing mode, each dancer imitates with his hands,
+alternately, the habits of the bear when running, and when sitting up,
+upon its feet, its paws suspended from its breast.</p>
+
+<p>It was customary with them to be seated a few minutes after each dance,
+and to pass around the pipe; and in the interval they were thus filling
+up after this dance, the Indians, as well as the audience, were all
+surprised at the appearance of a large square parcel handed in, and on
+to the platform, by a servant in livery, as a present to the Indians
+from his anonymous mistress. “Curiosity was on tip-toe” to know what
+so bulky a parcel contained; and when it was opened, it was found to
+contain 14 beautifully bound Bibles&mdash;the number just equal to the
+number of Indians of the party; and a very kind letter addressed to
+them, and which was read, exhorting them to change the tenor of their
+lives, to learn to read, and to profit by the gifts enclosed to them.</p>
+
+<p>The Bibles being distributed amongst them, the War-chief arose, and in
+the most respectful and appropriate manner returned his thanks for the
+liberal present and the kind wishes of the lady who gave them; he said
+he was sorry he did not know which lady to thank, but by thanking all
+in the room, he considered he was taking the surest way of conveying
+his thanks to her.</p>
+
+<p>After this, the <em>ne plus ultra</em> (as the Doctor would undoubtedly call
+it), the frightful “<em>Scalp Dance</em>,”<a class="fnanchor" href="#Footnote_11" id="FNanchor_11">[11]</a> was an<a class="pagenum" id="Page_33" title="33"></a>nounced. All parties,
+the modest <em>squaws</em> (of whom they had four with them) as well as the
+men, were arranging their dresses and implements to take part in it.
+The drums struck up, and the “splendid <em>Roman Nose</em>” led off, waving
+his two scalps on the point of a lance, until he was once around the
+circle, when they were placed in the hands of a squaw to carry, whilst
+he wielded his tomahawk and scalping-knife, and showed the manner in
+which his unfortunate enemies had fallen before him. This was probably
+the first time that the Scalp Dance, in its original and <em>classic</em>
+form, was ever seen in the city of London, and embellished by the
+presence of real and <em>genuine scalps</em>.</p>
+
+<p>This exciting scene, with its associations, had like to have been too
+much for the nerves and tastes of London people; but having evidently
+assembled here for the pleasure of receiving shocks and trying their
+nerves, they soon seemed reconciled, and all looked on with amazement
+and pleasure, whilst they were sure for once in their lives, at least,
+that they were drawing information from its true and native source.
+This dance was long and tedious, but when it was finished, it was
+followed by a deafening round of applause, not of approbation of the
+shocking and disgusting custom, but of the earnest and simple manner
+in which these<a class="pagenum" id="Page_34" title="34"></a> ignorant and thoughtless people were endeavouring to
+instruct and to amuse the enlightened world by a strict and emphatic
+illustration of one of the barbarous, but valued, modes of their
+country.</p>
+
+<p>The subject and mode of <em>scalping</em>, and of thus celebrating their
+victories, so little understood in the enlightened world, afforded me
+an interesting theme for remarks at this time; and when the Indians
+were again seated and “<em>taking a smoke</em>,” I took the occasion of this
+complete illustration to explain it in all its parts and meanings, for
+which, when I had done, I received five times as much applause as I
+deserved for doing it.</p>
+
+<p><em>The Pipe of Peace</em> (or Calumet) <em>Dance</em><a class="fnanchor" href="#Footnote_12" id="FNanchor_12">[12]</a> was the next announced;
+and was danced with great spirit, and gained them much applause. At
+the close of this, their favourite dance, it became peculiarly the
+privilege of the War-chief to make his boast, as the dance is given
+only at the conclusion of a treaty of peace between hostile tribes, and
+at which treaty he is supposed to preside. For this purpose he rose,
+and straightening up his tall and veteran figure, with his buffalo robe
+thrown over his shoulder and around him, with his right arm extended
+over the heads of his fellow warriors, made a most animated speech to
+them for several minutes (with his back turned towards the audience),
+reminding them of the principal exploits of his military life, with
+which they were all familiar. He then called upon one of the younger
+men to light his pipe, which being done, and placed in his hand, he
+took several deliberate whiffs<a class="pagenum" id="Page_35" title="35"></a> through its long and ornamented stem;
+this done, and his ideas all arranged, he deliberately turned around,
+and passing his pipe into his left hand, extended his right over the
+heads of the audience and commenced:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“My Friends,&mdash;We believe that all our happiness in this life is given
+  to us by the Great Spirit, and through this pipe I have thanked Him
+  for enabling me to be here at this time, and to speak to you all who
+  are around me. (<em>How, how, how!</em> and applause)</p>
+
+<p>“My Friends,&mdash;We have had a long journey, and we are still very
+  much fatigued. We prayed to the Great Spirit, and He has heard our
+  prayers; we are all here, and all well. (<em>How, how, how!</em> and <em>Hear!</em>)</p>
+
+<p>“My Friends,&mdash;We are poor and live in the woods, and though the
+  Great Spirit is with us, yet He has not taught us how to weave the
+  beautiful things that you make in this country; we have seen many
+  of those things brought to us, and we are now happy to be where all
+  these fine things are made. (<em>How, how, how!</em>)</p>
+
+<p>“My Friends,&mdash;The Great Spirit has made us with red skins, and taught
+  us how to live in the wilderness, but has not taught us to live as
+  you do. Our dresses are made of skins and are very coarse, but they
+  are warm; and in our dances we are in the habit of showing the skins
+  of our shoulders and our arms, and we hope you will not be angry with
+  us&mdash;it is our way. (<em>How, how, how!</em> and great applause.)</p>
+
+<p>“My Friends,&mdash;We have heard that your chief is a woman, and we know
+  that she must be a great chief, or your country would not be so
+  rich and so happy. (Cheers and <em>Hear!</em>) We have been told that the
+  Ojibbeways went to see your queen, and that she smiled upon them;
+  this makes us the more anxious to see her face, as the Ojibbeways are
+  our enemies. (<em>How, how, how!</em>)</p>
+
+<p>“My Friends,&mdash;We hope to see the face of your queen, and then we
+  shall be happy. Our friend <em>Chippehola</em><a class="fnanchor" href="#Footnote_13" id="FNanchor_13">[13]</a> has told us that he
+  thinks we shall see her. My Friends, we do not know whether there are
+  any of her relations now in the room. (<em>How, how, how!</em> and a laugh.)</p>
+
+<p>“My Friends,&mdash;We shall be glad to shake your hands. This is all I
+  have to say.” (Great applause.)</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>At the close of his speech, and as he turned around to meet the
+approbation of his fellow-warriors, there was a sudden burst of
+laughter amongst the Indians, occasioned by the sarcastic and exulting
+manner in which the old Doctor told him he had better say something
+more before he sat down, “because,” said he, “you have not made half
+as<a class="pagenum" id="Page_36" title="36"></a> much laugh yet as I did last night.” “I should be sorry if I had,”
+said the War-chief; “the audience always laugh the moment they see your
+ugly face.”</p>
+
+<p>The Doctor’s troubles commenced here, for just at that moment the
+“fair dame” had caught the eye of the “<em>Roman-nose</em>,” and holding up
+a beautiful bracelet enclosing a brilliant stone, she tempted him up,
+while she clasped it upon his arm as it was extended immediately over
+the Doctor’s head, whose unfailing politeness induced him to bow down
+his head to facilitate the operation.</p>
+
+<p>When the “<em>Roman-nose</em>” had taken his seat, and the poor Doctor
+had raised up his head to meet the eyes and the taunts of his
+fellow-Indians, who were laughing at him, and the gaze of the visitors
+from every quarter of the room, there <em>was</em> a <em>smile</em>, but altogether
+a <em>new</em> one, and a <em>new word</em> should be coined for the sudden and
+singular distress of the dilemma he was in: it would not do to
+undervalue the beautiful present that was already upon his arm, and to
+save his life he could not smile as pleasantly upon the <em>fair hand</em>
+that gave it as he had been smiling a few minutes before. The trinket
+had instantly fallen fifty per cent. in its value&mdash;the <em>brilliant</em>
+prospect that had been before him had fled, and left him in the dread,
+not only that his beautiful commercial prospects were blighted, but
+that he was to have an enemy in the field.</p>
+
+<p>The <em>Roman-nose</em> received his present in a respectful and thankful
+manner, but it was too late to be <em>affectionately</em> accepted, as it
+was the <em>second</em> one that was afloat, and taken by him, partly as
+an evidence of a kind heart, and partly as a foil to cover the true
+meaning of the first one that had been bestowed. However, he valued it
+very much, and the secret respecting the mistake that had been made in
+presenting the first, having been committed only to Daniel and myself,
+was thought best, for the peace of all parties, not to be divulged.</p>
+
+<p>The amusements of the evening being finished, there commenced a general
+shake of the hands, and when it had been<a class="pagenum" id="Page_37" title="37"></a> requested by some of the
+audience that the Indians should come on to the floor, the request
+was instantly complied with, which afforded the most gratifying
+opportunity for the visitors to get near to them, and scan them and
+their costumes and weapons more closely. There was a general outcry by
+the ladies for the wife of the Little-wolf to descend from the platform
+with her little pappoose slung on her back in its splendid cradle,
+ornamented with porcupine’s quills and ermine skins. It was a beautiful
+illustration, and formed one of the most attractive features of the
+exhibition, for gentlemen as well as for ladies, as thousands will
+recollect.</p>
+
+<p>The “jolly fat dame” had an opportunity of meeting the <em>Roman-nose</em> and
+of shaking his hand: but, “oh, the distress!” she could not speak to
+him as she had done to Cadotte,&mdash;it was impossible for her to explain
+to him the abominable mistake of the first night, and she feared he
+never would properly appreciate the present which she had just made
+him; nevertheless they were “a noble, fine set of fellows.” The Doctor
+passed about in the crowd shaking hands, and shaking his fan also,
+which was made of the eagle’s tail. He met the “fair dame,” and (cruel
+that he could not speak to her) he dropped many smiles as he looked
+down upon and over her dimpled cheeks and round neck, as he raised and
+showed her his brawny arm with the golden bracelet.</p>
+
+<p>The Indians soon withdrew, and after them the crowd; and after the
+crowd the “jolly fat dame,” who said to Daniel as she passed, “I
+can’t stop to-night, Daniel, I am in a great hurry; but I gave the
+bracelet to the <em>Roman-nose</em>&mdash;I got a good opportunity, Daniel&mdash;I
+buckled it on myself: oh, yes, I did&mdash;that I did&mdash;the good fellow,
+he stood it well&mdash;he never stirred. He’ll recollect me, won’t he,
+Daniel? I am going; but oh, look here&mdash;I can’t, to save my life, make
+the poor fellow understand how the accident took place&mdash;it is so
+provoking!&mdash;it’s awkward&mdash;it is very annoying to me. <em>You</em> can tell
+him, Daniel&mdash;I wish you would tell him&mdash;I want you to explain it to
+him. Come,<a class="pagenum" id="Page_38" title="38"></a> will you, Daniel? that’s a good fellow. Tell him I never
+intended to give a bracelet to the old Doctor. But stop, he won’t tell
+the Doctor that, will he? I wouldn’t for the world hurt the poor old
+man’s feelings&mdash;no, Daniel, not for twenty bracelets&mdash;what shall we
+do?” “Oh, there is no danger, Madam, that the Doctor will ever hear of
+it.” “You think so?” “Oh, I am sure, Madam.” “Then it’s all right&mdash;good
+night. I shall be here every night, you know.”</p>
+
+<p>The next morning after this, the Rev. Mr. &mdash;&mdash; and Mr. &mdash;&mdash; called upon
+me at my family residence, to ask if it would be consistent with my
+views and the views of the Indians for them to have some conversation
+with them in private on the subject of religion and education. I
+replied, that it was one of the greatest satisfactions I could have
+during their stay in England, to promote as far as in my power such
+well-meant efforts to enlighten their minds, and to enable them to
+benefit in that way by their visit to this country. I told them also,
+that I was very glad to say that this party was under the charge of
+Mr. Melody, a man who was high in the confidence of the American
+Government, and that I knew him to be a temperate and moral man: as he
+was interested in the missionary efforts being made in this very tribe,
+I felt quite certain that he would do all in his power to promote
+their object, and they had better call on him. They did so, and an
+appointment was made for them to visit the Indians in the afternoon,
+subsequent to their usual daily “drive.”</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Melody had had a conversation with the Indians on the subject, and
+although they felt some reluctance at first, on account of the little
+time they would have to reflect upon it, they had agreed to see the
+reverend gentlemen in the afternoon, and I was sent for to be present.
+I was there at the time, and when the reverend gentlemen called, I
+introduced them to the Indians in their rooms. The Indians were all
+seated on the floor, upon their robes and blankets, and passing around
+the pipe. After the usual time taken<a class="pagenum" id="Page_39" title="39"></a> by strangers to examine their
+curious dresses, weapons, &amp;c., one of the reverend gentlemen mentioned
+to the chiefs, in a very kind and friendly manner, the objects of their
+visit, and with their permission gave them a brief account of the life
+and death of our Saviour, and explained as well as he could to their
+simple minds the mode of Redemption. He urged upon them the necessity
+of their taking up this belief, and though it might be difficult for
+them to understand at first, yet he was sure it was the only way to
+salvation. This gentleman took full time to explain his views to them,
+which was done in the most suitable language for their understanding,
+and every sentence was carefully and correctly interpreted to them
+by Jeffrey, who seemed to be himself much interested in hearing his
+remarks.</p>
+
+<p>After the reverend gentleman had finished, Mr. Melody stated to the
+Indians that he believed all that the gentleman said was true, and that
+he knew it to be worth their closest and most patient consideration.
+He then asked White-cloud if he had anything to answer; to which he
+said, “he had but a few words to say, as he did not feel very well, and
+<em>Neu-mon-ya</em> (the War-chief) was going to speak for him.” He thought,
+however, that it was a subject which they might as well omit until they
+got home.</p>
+
+<p><em>Neu-mon-ya</em> during this time was hanging his head quite down, and
+puffing the smoke as fast as he could draw it through his pipe, in
+long breaths, and discharging it through his nostrils. He raised up
+after a moment more of pause, and passing the pipe into White-cloud’s
+hand, folded his arms, with his elbows on his knees, when he drew a
+deep sigh, and followed it with the last discharge of smoke from his
+lungs, which was now passing in two white streams through his distended
+nostrils, as he said&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“My friends,<a class="fnanchor" href="#Footnote_14" id="FNanchor_14">[14]</a>&mdash;The Great Spirit has sent you to us with kind
+  words, and he has opened our ears to hear them, which we have done.
+  We are glad to see you and to hear you speak, for we know that you
+  are our friends.<a class="pagenum" id="Page_40" title="40"></a> What you have said relative to our learning to read
+  and to write, we are sure can do us no good&mdash;we are now too old;
+  but for our children, we think it would be well for them to learn;
+  and they are now going to schools in our village, and learning to
+  read and to write. As to the white man’s religion which you have
+  explained, we have heard it told to us in the same way, many times,
+  in our own country, and there are white men and women there now,
+  trying to teach it to our people. We do not think your religion good,
+  unless it is so for white people, and this we don’t doubt. The Great
+  Spirit has made our skins red, and the forests for us to live in. He
+  has also given us our religion, which has taken our fathers to ’the
+  beautiful hunting grounds,' where we wish to meet them. We don’t
+  believe that the Great Spirit made us to live with pale faces in this
+  world, and we think He has intended we should live separate in the
+  world to come.</p>
+
+<p>“My friends,&mdash;We know that when white men come into our country we
+  are unhappy&mdash;the Indians all die, or are driven away before the white
+  men. Our hope is to enjoy our hunting grounds in the world to come,
+  which white men cannot take from us: we <em>know</em> that our fathers and
+  our mothers have gone there, and we don’t know why we should not go
+  there too.</p>
+
+<p>“My friends,&mdash;You have told us that the Son of the Great Spirit was
+  on earth, and that he was killed by white men, and that the Great
+  Spirit sent him here to get killed; now we cannot understand all
+  this&mdash;this may be necessary for white people, but the red men, we
+  think, have not yet got to be so wicked as to require that. If it was
+  necessary that the Son of the Great Spirit should be killed for white
+  people, it may be necessary for them to believe all this; but for us,
+  we cannot understand it.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>He here asked for the pipe, and having drawn a few whiffs, proceeded.</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“My friends,&mdash;You speak of the ‘<em>good book</em>’ that you have in your
+  hand; we have many of these in our village; we are told that ‘all
+  your words about the Son of the Great Spirit are printed in that
+  book, and if we learn to read it, it will make good people of us.’
+  I would now ask why it don’t make good people of the pale faces
+  living all around us? They can all read the good book, and they can
+  understand all that the '<em>black coats</em>'<a class="fnanchor" href="#Footnote_15" id="FNanchor_15">[15]</a> say, and still we find
+  they are not so honest and so good a people as ours: this we are sure
+  of; such is the case in the country about us, but <em>here</em> we have no
+  doubt but the white people who have so many to preach and so many
+  books to read, are all honest and good. In <em>our</em> country the white
+  people have two faces, and their tongues branch in different ways;
+  we know that this displeases the Great Spirit, and we do not wish to
+  teach it to our children.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>He here took the pipe again, and while smoking, the reverend gentleman
+asked him if he thought the Indians<a class="pagenum" id="Page_41" title="41"></a> did all to serve the Great Spirit
+that they ought to do&mdash;all that the Great Spirit required of them? to
+which he replied&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“My friends,&mdash;I don’t know that we do all that the Great Spirit
+  wishes us to do; there are some Indians, I know, who do not; there
+  are some bad Indians as well as bad white people; I think it is very
+  difficult to tell how much the Great Spirit wishes us to do.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>The reverend gentleman said&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“That, my friends, is what we wish to teach you; and if you can learn
+  to read this good book, it will explain all that.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>The chief continued&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“We believe the Great Spirit requires us to pray to Him, which we
+  do, and to thank Him for everything we have that is good. We know
+  that He requires us to speak the truth, to feed the poor, and to love
+  our friends. We don’t know of anything more that he demands; he may
+  demand more of white people, but we don’t know that.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>The reverend gentleman inquired&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“Do you not think that the Great Spirit sometimes punishes the
+  Indians in this world for their sins?”</p>
+
+<p><em>War-chief.</em>&mdash;“Yes, we do believe so.”</p>
+
+<p><em>Rev. Gentleman.</em>&mdash;“Did it ever occur to you, that the small pox that
+  swept off half of your tribe, and other tribes around you, a few
+  years ago, might have been sent into your country by the Great Spirit
+  to punish the Indians for their wickedness and their resistance to
+  his word?”</p>
+
+<p><em>War-chief.</em>&mdash;“My Friends, we don’t know that we have ever resisted
+  the word of the Great Spirit. If the Great Spirit sent the small
+  pox into our country to destroy us, we believe it was to punish us
+  for listening to the false promises of white men. It is white man’s
+  disease, and no doubt it was sent amongst white people to punish
+  <em>them</em> for their sins. It never came amongst the Indians until we
+  began to listen to the promises of white men, and to follow their
+  ways; it then came amongst us, and we are not sure but the Great
+  Spirit then sent it to punish us for our foolishness. There is
+  another disease sent by the Great Spirit to punish white men, and it
+  punishes them in the right place&mdash;the place that offends. We know
+  that disease has been sent to punish them; that disease was never
+  amongst the Indians until white men came&mdash;they brought it, and we
+  believe we shall never drive it out of our country.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>The War-chief here reached for the pipe again for a minute, and then
+continued&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“My Friends,&mdash;I hope my talk does not offend you; we are children,
+  and you will forgive us for our ignorance. The Great Spirit expects
+  us to<a class="pagenum" id="Page_42" title="42"></a> feed the poor; our wives and children at home are very poor;
+  wicked white men kill so many of our hunters and warriors with
+  <em>fire-water</em>, that they bring among us, and leave so many children
+  among us for us to feed, when they go away, that it makes us very
+  poor. Before they leave our country they destroy all the game also,
+  and do not teach us to raise bread, and our nation is now in that
+  way, and very poor; and we think that the way we can please the Great
+  Spirit first, is to get our wives and children something to eat, and
+  clothes to wear. It is for that we have come to this country, and
+  still we are glad to hear your counsel, for it is good.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>The reverend gentlemen, and several ladies who had accompanied them,
+here bestowed some very beautiful Bibles and other useful presents
+upon the Indians; and thanking them for their patience, were about
+to take leave of them, when Mr. Melody begged their attention for a
+few moments while he read to them several letters just received from
+reverend gentlemen conducting a missionary school in this tribe, giving
+a flattering account of its progress, and presented them a vocabulary
+and grammar, already printed in the Ioway language, by a printing-press
+belonging to the missionary school in their country. This surprised
+them very much, and seemed to afford them great satisfaction.</p>
+
+<hr class="tb" />
+
+<p>The comments of the press, as well as the remarks of the public who had
+seen them, now being made upon the superior interest of this party,
+they were receiving daily calls from distinguished persons, and also
+numerous invitations to gentlemen’s houses, which daily increased their
+consequence, and, of course, their enjoyment. Amongst the first of
+these kind invitations was one from Mr. Disraeli, M.P., for the whole
+party to partake of a breakfast at his house, in Park Lane.</p>
+
+<p>This was for the next morning after the interview just described; and,
+not knowing or even being able to imagine what they were to see, or
+what sort of rules or etiquette they were to be subjected to, they were
+under the most restless excitement to prepare everything for it, and
+the greatest anxiety for the hour to approach. They were<a class="pagenum" id="Page_43" title="43"></a> all up at
+an unusually early hour, preparing every trinket and every article of
+dress, and spent at least an hour at their toilets in putting the paint
+upon their faces. The Doctor had been told that he would sit down at
+the table amongst many very splendid ladies; and this, or some other
+embarrassment, had caused him to be dissatisfied with the appearance of
+the paint which he had put upon his face, and which he was carefully
+examining with his little looking-glass. He decided that it would not
+do, and some bear’s grease and a piece of deer-skin soon removed it
+all. He spent another half hour with his different tints, carefully
+laying them on with the end of his forefinger; and, displeased again,
+<em>they</em> were all demolished as before. Alarm about time now vexed him,
+and caused him to plaster with a more rapid and consequently with a
+more “masterly touch.” The effect was fine! He was ready, and so were
+all the party, from head to foot. All their finest was on, and all
+were prepared for the move, when I came in at about eight o’clock
+to advise them of the hour at which we were to go, and which I had
+forgotten to mention to them the evening before. I then referred to
+the note of invitation, and informed them that the hour appointed was
+twelve o’clock. The whole party, who were at that time upon their feet
+around me, wrapped in their robes, their shields and quivers slung,
+and the choice tints upon their faces almost too carefully arranged
+to be exposed to the breath of the dilapidating wind, expressed a
+decided shock when the hour of twelve was mentioned. They smiled, and
+evidently thought it strange, and that some mistake had been made.
+Their conjectures were many and curious: some thought it was <em>dinner</em>
+that was meant, instead of <em>breakfast</em>; and others thought so late an
+hour was fixed that they might get their own breakfasts out of the way,
+and then give the Indians theirs by themselves. I answered, “No, my
+good fellows, it is just the reverse of this; you are all wrong&mdash;it is
+to <em>breakfast</em> that you are invited, and lest their family, and their
+friends whom they<a class="pagenum" id="Page_44" title="44"></a> have invited to meet you, should not have the honour
+of sitting down and eating with you, they have fixed the hour at twelve
+o’clock, the time that the great and fashionable people take their
+breakfasts. You must have your breakfasts at home at the usual hour,
+and take your usual <em>drive</em> before you go; so you will have plenty of
+time for all, and be in good humour when you go there, where you will
+see many fine ladies and be made very happy.”</p>
+
+<p>My remarks opened a new batch of difficulties to them that I had not
+apprehended, some of which were exceedingly embarrassing. To wait four
+hours, and to eat and to ride in the meantime, would be to derange the
+streaks of paint and also to soil many articles of dress which could
+not be put on excepting on very particular occasions. To take them off
+and put them on, and to go through the vexations of the toilet again,
+at eleven o’clock, was what several of the party could submit to, and
+others could not. As to the breakfast of huge beefsteaks and coffee
+which was just coming up, I had felt no apprehensions; but when it was
+on the table I learned that the <em>old Doctor</em> and <em>Wash-ka-mon-ya</em> and
+one or two others of the young men were adhering to a custom of their
+country, and which, in my rusticity (having been seven or eight years
+out of Indian life), I had at the moment lost sight of.</p>
+
+<p>It is the habit in their country, when an Indian is invited to a feast,
+to go as hungry as he can, so as to be as fashionable as possible, by
+eating an enormous quantity, and for this purpose the invitations are
+generally extended some time beforehand, paying the valued compliment
+to the invited guest of allowing as much time as he can possibly
+require for starving himself and preparing his stomach by tonics taken
+in bitter decoctions of medicinal herbs. In this case the invitation
+had only been received the day before, and of course allowed them much
+less than the usual time to prepare to be <em>fashionable</em>. They had,
+however, received the information just in time for the <em>Doctor</em> and
+<em>Wash-ka-mon-ya</em> and the <em>Roman-nose</em> to avoid the<a class="pagenum" id="Page_45" title="45"></a> annoyance of their
+dinners and suppers on that day, and they had now laid themselves
+aside in further preparation for the <em>feast</em> in which they were to be
+candidates for the mastery in emptying plates and handling the “knife
+and fork” (or “knife and fingers”), the custom of their country.</p>
+
+<p>In this condition the <em>Doctor</em> particularly was a subject for the
+freshest amusement, or for the profoundest contemplation. With all
+his finery and his trinkets on, and his red and yellow paint&mdash;with
+his shield, and bow and quiver lying by his side, he was straightened
+upon his back, with his feet crossed, as he rested in a corner of
+the room upon his buffalo robe, which was spread upon the floor.
+His little looking glass, which was always suspended from his belt,
+he was holding in his hand, as he was still arranging his beautiful
+feathers, and contemplating the patches of red and yellow paint, and
+the <em>tout ensemble</em> of the pigments and <em>copper colour</em> with which he
+was to make a sensation where he was going to <em>feast</em> (as he had been
+told) with ladies, an occurrence not known in the annals of the Indian
+country. He had resolved, on hearing the hour was <em>twelve</em>, not to eat
+his breakfast (which he said might do for women and children), or to
+take his usual ride in the bus, that he might not injure his growing
+appetite, or disturb a line of paint or a feather, until the hour had
+arrived for the honours and the luxuries that awaited them.</p>
+
+<p>I reasoned awhile with these three epicures of the land of “<em>buffaloes’
+tongues</em> and <em>beavers’ tails</em>,” telling them that they were labouring
+under a misconception of the ideas of gentility as entertained in the
+civilized and fashionable world; that in London, the genteel people
+practised entirely the opposite mode from theirs; that light dinners
+and light breakfasts were all the fashion, and the less a lady or
+gentleman could be seen eating, the more sentimental he or she was
+considered, and consequently the more transcendently genteel: and that
+when they went to breakfast with their friends at 12, or to dine at
+7 or 8, they were generally<a class="pagenum" id="Page_46" title="46"></a> in the habit of promoting gentility by
+eating a little at home before they started.</p>
+
+<p>My reasoning, however, had no other effect than to excite a smile from
+the Doctor, and the very philosophic reply, “that they should prefer
+to adhere to their own custom until they got to the lady’s house, when
+they would try to conform to that of the white people of London.” The
+drollness of these remarks from this droll old gentleman entirely
+prevented Mr. Melody and myself from intruding any further suggestions,
+until the hour arrived, and it was announced that the carriage was at
+the door.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<h2><a class="pagenum" id="Page_47" title="47"></a>
+CHAPTER XIX.</h2>
+
+<p class="hang">
+  Kind reception at Mr. Disraeli’s&mdash;View of Hyde Park from
+     the top of his house&mdash;Review of troops, and sham
+     fight&mdash;Breakfast-table&mdash;The Doctor missing&mdash;The Author
+     finds him in the bathing-room&mdash;Champagne wine&mdash;Refused by
+     the Indians&mdash;<em>Chickabobboo: Chippehola</em> tells the story of
+     it&mdash;The Indians drink&mdash;Presents&mdash;The “big looking-glass”&mdash;The
+     Doctor smiles in it&mdash;Speech of the War-chief&mdash;Shake of hands,
+     and return&mdash;Exhibition-room, Egyptian Hall&mdash;Doctor presents
+     a string of wampum and the “<em>White-feather</em>” to the “jolly
+     fat dame”&mdash;Indians talk about <em>chickabobboo</em>&mdash;The Rev. Mr.
+     G&mdash;&mdash; calls&mdash;A different religion (a Catholic)&mdash;Interview
+     appointed&mdash;Two Methodist clergymen call&mdash;Indians refuse to see
+     them&mdash;The giant and giantess visit the Indians&mdash;The Doctor
+     measuring the giantess&mdash;The talk with the Catholic clergyman.</p>
+
+<p>This chapter begins with the introduction of the Ioways into
+fashionable life, through the various phases of which they had the good
+or bad fortune to pass, in this and other countries, as will be seen,
+before they returned to resume the tomahawk and scalping-knife in their
+favourite prairies, and the Rocky Mountains in America.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Melody and myself accompanied the Indians, and all together were
+put down at the door, where we met a host of waiters in livery, ready
+to conduct us to the kind lady and gentleman, whom they instantly
+recollected to have seen and shaken hands with in the exhibition room.
+This gave them confidence, and all parties were made easy in a moment,
+by a general introduction which followed. Through the interpreter, the
+ladies complimented them for their dances and songs, which they had
+heard, and pronounced to be very wonderful. Their women and little
+children were kindly treated by the ladies, and seats were prepared
+for them to sit down. The men were also desired to be seated, but
+on looking around the room, upon the<a class="pagenum" id="Page_48" title="48"></a> richness of its furniture,
+the splendid carpet on which they stood, and the crimson velvet of
+the cushioned chairs that were behind them, they smiled, and seemed
+reluctant to sit upon them, for fear of soiling them. They were at
+length prevailed upon to be seated, however, and after a little
+conversation, were conducted by Mr. Disraeli through the different
+apartments of his house, where he put in their hands, and explained
+to them, much to their gratification, many curious daggers, sabres,
+and other weapons and curiosities of antiquity. In passing through the
+dining saloon, they passed the table, groaning under the weight of its
+costly plate and the luxuries which were prepared for them; upon this
+the old Doctor smiled as he passed along, and he even turned his head
+to smile again upon it, as he left it.</p>
+
+<p>After we had surveyed all below, the party were invited to the top of
+the house, and Mr. Disraeli led the way. The ladies, of whom there were
+a goodly number, all followed; and altogether, the pictured buffalo
+robes&mdash;the rouged heads and red feathers&mdash;the gaudy silks, and bonnets,
+and ribbons&mdash;glistening lances and tomahawks&mdash;and black coats, formed a
+novel group for the gaze of the multitude who were gathering from all
+directions, under the ever exciting cry of “Indians! Indians!”</p>
+
+<p>Hyde Park was under our eye, and from our position we had the most
+lovely view of it that any point could afford; and also of the drilling
+of troops, and the sham-fight in the park, which was going on under our
+full view. This was exceedingly exciting and amusing to the Indians,
+and also the extensive look we had in turning our eyes in the other
+direction, over the city. The ladies had now descended, and we all
+followed to the saloon, where it was soon announced that the breakfast
+was ready; and in a few moments all were seated at the table, excepting
+the Doctor, who was not to be found. Jeffrey and I instantly thought
+of his “<em>propensity</em>” and went to the house-top for him, but to our
+amazement he was not there. In descending the stairs, however, and
+observing a smoke issuing out of one of the chambers,<a class="pagenum" id="Page_49" title="49"></a> into which we
+had been led, on going up to examine the beautiful arrangement for
+vapour and shower baths, we stepped in, and found the Doctor seated in
+the middle of the room, where he had lit his pipe, and was taking a
+more deliberate look at this ingenious contrivance, which he told us
+pleased him very much, and which he has often said he thought would be
+a good mode to adopt in his practice in his own country. He was easily
+moved, however, when it was announced to him that the breakfast was on
+the table and ready, where he was soon seated in the chair reserved for
+him.</p>
+
+<p>Great pains were taken by the ladies and gentlemen to help the Indians
+to the luxuries they might like best; and amongst others that were
+offered, their glasses were filled with sparkling champagne, in which
+their health was proposed. The poor fellows looked at it, and shaking
+their heads, declined it. This created some surprise, upon which Mr.
+Melody explained for them that they had pledged their words not to
+drink spirituous liquors while in this country. They were applauded
+by all the party for it, and at the same time it was urged that this
+was only a light <em>wine</em>, and could not hurt them: we were drinking it
+ourselves, and the ladies were drinking it, and it seemed cruel to deny
+them. Poor Melody!&mdash;he looked distressed: he had a good heart, and
+loved his Indians, but he felt afraid of the results. The <em>Doctor</em> and
+<em>Wash-ka-mon-ya</em> kept their hands upon their glasses, and their eyes
+upon Melody and myself, evidently understanding something of the debate
+that was going on, until it was agreed and carried, by the ladies and
+all, that taking a little champagne would not be a breach of their
+promise in the least, and that it would do them no harm. Their health
+and success were then proposed, and all their glasses were drained to
+the bottom at once.</p>
+
+<p>The Doctor, after finding the bottom of his glass, turned round, and
+smacking his lips, dropped me a bow and a smile, seeming to say that
+“he was thankful, and that the wine was very good.”</p>
+
+<p><a class="pagenum" id="Page_50" title="50"></a>
+I told them that this was not “<em>fire-water</em>” as they could themselves
+judge, but that it was “<em>chickabobboo</em>.” This word seeming to them to
+be an Indian word, excited their curiosity somewhat, and being called
+upon by the ladies to explain the meaning of it, as they did not
+recollect to have met such a word in Johnson’s Dictionary or elsewhere,
+I related to them the story of <em>chickabobboo</em>, as told by the war-chief
+of the Ojibbeways, at Windsor Castle; and the manner in which those
+Indians partook of the Queen’s wine, or “<em>chickabobboo</em>” as they called
+it, on that occasion.</p>
+
+<p>This explanation afforded much amusement to the party, and to the
+Indians also, as Jeffrey interpreted it to them; and it was soon
+proposed that their glasses should be filled again with <em>chickabobboo</em>.
+The Doctor sat next to me at the table, and every time he emptied
+his glass of <em>chickabobboo</em> I was amused to hear him pronounce the
+word “good!”&mdash;the first word of English he had learned, and the first
+occasion on which I had heard him sound it. After the wine was first
+poured out, he had kept one hand around his glass or by the side of
+it, and had entirely stopped eating. He had minced but a little in
+the outset, and seeming to have a delicate stomach, was giving great
+pain to the ladies who were helping him and urging him to eat, in his
+irrevocable resolution to be <em>genteel</em>, as he had before suggested, and
+which they probably never understood.</p>
+
+<p>The last dish that was passed around the table, and relished by the
+Indians quite as much as the <em>chickabobboo</em>, was a plate of trinkets
+of various kinds, of brooches, bracelets, chains, and other ornaments
+for their persons, which they received with expressions of great
+thankfulness as they were rising from the table. Thus ended the
+“feast,” as they called it; and on entering the drawing-room the Doctor
+became a source of much amusement to the ladies, as his attention was
+arrested by the enormous size of a mirror that was before him, or by
+the striking effect of his own beautiful person, which he saw at full
+length in it. He affected to look only at the frame, as the ladies
+accused him<a class="pagenum" id="Page_51" title="51"></a> of vanity; and he drew out from under his belt his little
+looking-glass, about an inch square, imbedded in a block of deal to
+protect it from breaking. The contrast was striking and amusing, but
+what followed was still more so. The ladies were anxious to examine
+his looking-glass (which was fastened to his person with a leathern
+thong), and in pulling it out, there necessarily came out with it,
+attached to the same thong, a little wallet carefully rolled up in a
+rattle-snake’s skin; and which, on inquiry, was found to be his toilet
+of pigments of various colours, with which he painted his face. A small
+pair of scissors also formed a necessary appendage, and by the side of
+them hung a boar’s tusk and a human finger shrivelled and dried. This
+he had taken from a victim he had slain in battle, and now wore as his
+“<em>medicine</em>,” or <em>talismanic charm</em>, that was to guard and protect
+him in all times of trouble or danger. This remarkable trophy was
+generally, on occasions when he was in full dress, suspended from his
+neck by a cord, and hung amongst the strings of wampum on his breast;
+but on this occasion he had so many other things to think of, that he
+had forgotten to display it there.</p>
+
+<p>The War-chief at this time preparing his mind to make some remarks
+before leaving, and to thank the lady for her kindness, was asking “if
+he should give any offence by lighting his pipe;” to which they all
+answered at once, “No, oh no! we shall be glad to see the old chief
+smoke; get him some fire immediately.” When the fire arrived, he had
+lighted his pipe with his flint and steel, and was arranging his ideas
+as he was drawing the smoke through its long stem. It amused the ladies
+very much to see him smoke, and when he was ready he passed the pipe
+into White Cloud’s hand, and rising, and throwing his head and his
+shoulders back, he said to the lady that “he was authorized by the
+chief to return to her and her husband his thanks, and the thanks of
+all the party, for the kindness they had shown them.” He said they were
+strangers in the country, and a great way from home, and this would<a class="pagenum" id="Page_52" title="52"></a>
+make them more thankful for the kindness they had met this day.</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“My Friends (said he), the Great Spirit has caused your hearts to be
+  thus kind to us, and we hope the Great Spirit will not allow us to
+  forget it. We are thankful to all your friends whom we see around you
+  also, and we hope the Great Spirit will be kind to you all.</p>
+
+<p>“My friend the chief wishes to shake hands with you all, and then we
+  will bid you farewell.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>The kindest wishes were expressed, in reply to the old man’s remarks,
+for their health and happiness; and after a general shaking of hands we
+took leave, and our omnibus, for St. James’s Street.</p>
+
+<p>The usual dinner hour of the Indians was just at hand when they
+returned, which was a joyful occurrence for the Doctor, who had, at
+some inconvenience, been endeavouring to practise Indian and civilized
+gentility at one and the same time. He smiled when dinner came on, and
+others smiled to see him endeavouring to mend the breach that had been
+made.</p>
+
+<p>The excitements of this day had put the Indians in remarkably good
+humour for their evening’s amusements at the Hall, which they gave to
+a crowded house, and, as usual, with great applause. The “jolly fat
+dame” was there as she had promised, still admiring, and still “quite
+miserable that she could not speak to them in their own language, or
+something that they could understand.” Daniel had taken a private
+opportunity to tell the Doctor the whole story of her attachment to
+Cadotte, and to assure him, at the same time, of her <em>extraordinary</em>
+admiration of him, the evidence of which was, that “she had made him
+the first present, after which all others were mere foils.” The Doctor
+took a peculiar liking to Daniel from that moment, and little else than
+a lasting friendship could be expected to flow from such a foundation
+as was then so kindly laid. This most welcome information had been
+communicated to the Doctor’s ear on the evening previous, and he had
+now come prepared to present her (with his own hand, and the<a class="pagenum" id="Page_53" title="53"></a> most
+gracious smile, and at the end of the platform) a string of wampum from
+his own neck, and a <em>white feather</em> with two spots of red painted on
+it, to which he pointed with great energy, and some expression that
+she heard, but did not understand. The “<em>fair dame</em>” held her exciting
+present in her hand during the evening, with some little occasional
+trepidation, expecting to draw from Daniel some key to the meaning of
+the mysterious gift as she was leaving the rooms. This hope proved
+vain, however; for Daniel, it seems, was not yet deep enough in Indian
+mysteries to answer her question, and she carried the present home,
+with its mysterious meaning, to ruminate upon until the riddle could be
+solved.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Melody and I visited the Indians in their apartments that evening
+after their exhibition was over, and taking a beefsteak and a cup of
+coffee with them, we found them still in high glee, and in good humour
+for gossip, which ran chiefly upon the immense looking-glasses they
+had seen (and “forgot to measure”), and the <em>chickabobboo</em>, which
+they pronounced to be first-rate for a grand <em>feast</em>, which it would
+be their duty to get up in a few days to thank the Great Spirit for
+leading them all safe over the ocean, and to ensure their safe return
+when they should be ready to go. I then told them of the kind of
+<em>chickabobboo</em> that the Ojibbeways liked very much, and of which I
+had allowed each one glass every day at his dinner, and also at night
+after their dances were done, and which the physicians thought would
+be much better for them than the strong coffee they were in the habit
+of drinking; that I had talked with Mr. Melody on the subject, and he
+was quite willing, with me, that they should have it in the same way,
+provided they liked it.</p>
+
+<p>“<em>How, how, how!</em>” they all responded; and while the servant was gone
+for a jug of ale, I explained to them that we did not consider that
+this was breaking their solemn promise made to us, “<em>not to drink
+spirituous liquors</em>.” I stated to them, also, that it was possible to
+get drunk by<a class="pagenum" id="Page_54" title="54"></a> drinking <em>chickabobboo</em>; and if any of them drank so much
+of it as to produce that effect, we should consider it the same as if
+they had got drunk by drinking whiskey.</p>
+
+<p>The ale came in foaming, and being passed round, they all decided that
+“it was good, but not quite so good as that the kind lady gave us at
+the <em>feast</em> to-day.”</p>
+
+<p>These evening gossips with these good-natured fellows in their own
+rooms, after their day’s work and excitements were over, became
+extremely pleasing to me; so completely reviving the by-gone pleasures
+I had felt in whiling away the long evenings in their hospitable
+wigwams, when I was a guest in their remote country, amused with their
+never-ending fund of anecdotes and stories.</p>
+
+<p>On the next morning, or the day after, at an early hour, Daniel
+announced to the Indians that there was a reverend gentleman in the
+sitting-room who wished to see them a little while, and to have some
+talk with them if possible. Daniel had taken this liberty, as he
+had heard Mr. Melody and myself say that we should feel disposed to
+promote, as far as we could, all such efforts. The Indians had not
+yet had their breakfasts, which were nearly ready, and felt a little
+annoyed; the War-chief observing “that they had had a long council with
+some clergymen, and had said to them all they had to say, and thought
+this gentleman had better go and see and talk with them; and another
+thing, as he believed that <em>Chippehola</em><a class="fnanchor" href="#Footnote_16" id="FNanchor_16">[16]</a> had written in a book all
+that he and the clergymen had said, he thought he might learn it all by
+going to him.”</p>
+
+<p>Daniel whispered to him, in an earnest manner, that “this was a
+<em>Catholic priest</em>, a different kind of religion altogether.” This
+created some little surprise and conversation around the room, that
+the white people should have two kinds of religion; and it was at last
+agreed that the War-chief and Jeffrey should step into the other room a
+few<a class="pagenum" id="Page_55" title="55"></a> minutes and see him, the White Cloud saying “he did not care about
+going in.”</p>
+
+<p>It seems that Jeffrey took some interest in this gentleman, as the
+little that his ancestors had learned of religion had been taught
+them by Roman Catholic clergymen, who have been the first to teach
+the Christian religion in most parts of the American wilderness. The
+conversation and manner of the priest also made some impression on
+the mind of the War-chief; and as they heard the others using their
+knives and forks in the adjoining room, they took leave of the reverend
+gentleman, agreeing to a council with him and a number of his friends
+in a few days. <em>White Cloud</em> and <em>Wash-ka-mon-ya</em> excited much laughter
+and amusement amongst the party, on learning that the War-chief had
+appointed another council, “when he was to make his talk all over
+again.” They told him “they expected to take him home a preacher, to
+preach white man’s religion when he got back;” and they thought he had
+better get a “black coat” at once, and be called “<em>Black-coat to the
+party of Ioway Indians</em>.”</p>
+
+<p>The next day after the above interview, Daniel again announced to the
+chiefs and Jeffrey that there were two reverend gentlemen waiting to
+see them, who had seen Mr. Melody on the subject, and were to meet him
+there at that hour. White Cloud told the War-chief, that “as he had
+promised to meet them, he must do it; but as for himself, he would
+rather not see them, for he was not well.” <em>Wash-ka-mon-ya</em> laughed at
+the old chief and Jeffrey as they went out. “Now,” said he, “for your
+grand council!” The War-chief lit his long pipe, and he and Jeffrey
+entered the room; but finding they were not the persons whom they were
+expecting to meet, they had a few words of conversation with them,
+taking care not to approach near to the subject of religion, and left
+them, as they had some other engagements that took up their time.</p>
+
+<p>There was much merriment going on in the meantime in the Indians’ room,
+and many jokes ready for the War-chief<a class="pagenum" id="Page_56" title="56"></a> and Jeffrey when they should
+get back, as Daniel had returned to their room, and told them that,
+by the cut of their clothes and their manners, he was quite sure that
+these two gentlemen were of a different religion still; he believed
+they were <em>Methodist preachers</em>.</p>
+
+<p>The War-chief, who was always dignified and contemplative in his
+manners, and yet susceptible of good humour and jokes, returned to the
+Indians’ room at this time, apparently quite insensible to the mirth
+and the remarks around him, as he learned from the Indians, and got the
+confirmation from Daniel, that this was the <em>third</em> kind of religion,
+and that there were the <em>Baptists</em>, the <em>Jews</em>, and several other kinds
+yet to come. He seated himself on his robe, which he spread upon the
+floor, and taking out of his pouch his flint and steel, and spunk,
+struck a light in the true Indian way (though there was fire within
+reach of his arm), and, lighting his pipe, commenced smoking. During
+this silent operation he seemed downcast, and in profound meditation.
+Mr. Melody and I entered the room at this moment, but seeing the mood
+he was in, did nothing to interrupt the train of his thoughts. When
+his pipe was smoked out, he charged it again with tobacco, but before
+lighting it he laid it aside, and straightening his long limbs upon the
+floor, and drawing another buffalo robe over his body and his head, he
+went to sleep.<a class="fnanchor" href="#Footnote_17" id="FNanchor_17">[17]</a></p>
+
+<div class="figcenter">
+ <hr class="tb" />
+ <a id="Plate_11"></a>
+ <img src="images/i_056fp.jpg" width="640" height="439" alt="Plate 11: Getting to the White Man's Pardise" />
+ <div class="caption">N<sup>o.</sup> 11.</div>
+ <hr class="tb" />
+</div>
+
+<p>This was the day for “seeing the <em>Giants</em>,” and they were soon after
+announced as having arrived, according to appointment. During one of
+the Indians’ exhibitions there<a class="pagenum" id="Page_57" title="57"></a> had been a great excitement produced
+amongst them by the appearance in the crowd, of two immense persons,
+a man and a woman, who stood nearly the whole length of their bodies
+above the heads of others about them! This had excited the amazement
+of the Indians so much, that for a while they stopped their dances, to
+sit down and smoke a pipe. They must necessarily make some sacrifice
+on such an occasion, and it was decided to be done with a piece of
+tobacco, which being duly consecrated by them, was carried by the
+Doctor (the medicine man) to an adjoining room, and burned in the fire.</p>
+
+<p>There were no questions asked by the Indians about these unaccountable
+people, where they came from, &amp;c., but they wished me to invite them to
+call at their lodgings at No. 7, St. James’s-street, the next day at
+twelve o’clock, where they would be glad to see them a little while.
+This wish was communicated to them in a note which I wrote on my knee,
+and was passed to them over the heads of the audience; the <em>giant man</em>
+read it, and smiling, nodded his head, accepting of their invitation.
+This pleased the Indians, who all joined in sounding the war-whoop.
+These two extraordinary personages proved to be the well-known “Norfolk
+giants,” who were brother and sister, and walking “arm-in-arm,” so high
+that the eye of an ordinary man was just on a level with the apron
+string of the fair damsel; and the waist of the brother was, of course,
+yet some inches higher. I regret that I have not preserved the exact
+elevation of these two extraordinary persons, which I took pains to
+procure, but have somehow mislaid.</p>
+
+<p>The invitation thus given brought them on their present visit to
+the Indians, who had great satisfaction in shaking their hands, and
+closely inspecting them: and not many minutes after their arrival a
+scene ensued that would have made a sick man laugh, or a rich subject
+for the pencil of Hogarth. The Indians had sent Daniel for a ball of
+twine, which they had unfolded upon the floor, and each one having cut
+off a piece of sufficient length, was taking for<a class="pagenum" id="Page_58" title="58"></a> himself the measure
+of the “<em>giant man</em>,” from head to foot&mdash;from hand to hand, his arms
+extended&mdash;the span of his waist&mdash;his breast and his legs&mdash;the length of
+his feet, and his fingers; and tying knots in their cords to indicate
+each proportion. In the midst of all this, the Doctor presented the
+most queer and laughable point in the picture, as he had been applying
+his string to the back of the fair damsel, having taken her length,
+from the top of her head to the floor, and tied a knot in his cord at
+the place where the waist of her dress intersected it; he had then
+arrested the attention of all, and presented his singular dilemma, when
+he stood with both ends of his cord in his hands, contemplating the
+enormous waist and other proportions before him, which he coveted for
+other knots on his string, but which his strict notions of gallantry
+were evidently raising objections to his taking. I whispered to him,
+and relieved him from his distressing state of uncertainty, by saying I
+thought he had been particular enough, and he withdrew, but with a sigh
+of evident regret.</p>
+
+<p>They insisted on the <em>giant</em> and <em>giantess</em> receiving from them some
+little keepsakes of trinkets, &amp;c., as evidences of the pleasure they
+had afforded them by calling on them.</p>
+
+<p>This extraordinary occurrence, like most others of an exciting or
+interesting nature which these jovial and funny fellows met with, made
+subject for much subsequent anecdote and amusement. <em>Wash-ka-mon-ya</em>
+(the fast dancer), a big-mouthed and waggish sort of fellow (who for
+brevity’s sake was called, in English parlance, “Jim”), was continually
+teasing the Doctor about his gallantry amongst the ladies; and could
+rather easily and coolly do it, as he was a married man, and had his
+wife constantly by the side of him. He had naturally an abundant
+stock of wit and good humour, and being so much of a wag withal, he
+was rather a painful companion for the Doctor all the way, and was
+frequently passing jokes of a cruel as well as of a light and amusing
+kind upon him. It was known<a class="pagenum" id="Page_59" title="59"></a> to the whole party that there was no
+record kept of the length and breadth of the <em>giant lady</em>, except the
+one that the Doctor had taken, and carefully rolled up and put away in
+a little box, amongst other precious things, at the head of his bed,
+and which he generally used as his pillow. It was known also that much
+stress would be laid upon this in his own country, when they returned
+home, as something which the rest of the party could not produce, and
+which for him, therefore, would be of great and peculiar interest
+there, and probably on other occasions, when it might be proper to
+refer to it as a thing he could swear to as a subject of interest in
+this country. Jim’s best jokes (like most Indian jokes) were those
+which no one else takes a share in; and a piece of the twine that
+had caught his eye as it was lying upon the floor, probably first
+suggested the wicked idea of being cut about two feet longer than the
+Doctor’s measure of the fair giantess, and with a knot about one foot
+higher than the one made for her waist, and of being rolled up in the
+same way, and slipped (in place of the other) into the same corner of
+the box, to which the Doctor had a key, but, according to all Indian
+practice, he never made use of it. The sequel to all this, and the fun
+it might have subsequently made for “Jim,” with his “big mouth,” the
+reader may as well imagine here, or patiently wait till we come to it.</p>
+
+<p>In the afternoon the Catholic clergyman called with a couple of
+friends, for the interview which <em>Jeffrey</em> and the <em>War-chief</em> had
+promised. Mr. Melody sent me word when they called, and I came to the
+meeting, having taken a great interest in these interviews, which were
+eliciting opinions from the Indians which are exceedingly difficult
+to obtain in any other way, and which I was careful on all occasions
+to write down, as translated at the time. These opinions, however
+unimportant they may seem to be, I am sure many of my readers will find
+to be of curious interest; and I fully believe, if rightly appreciated,
+of much impor<a class="pagenum" id="Page_60" title="60"></a>tance in directing future efforts to the right points in
+endeavouring to impress upon these ignorant and benighted people the
+importance of education, and a knowledge of the true Christian religion.</p>
+
+<p>On this occasion <em>Wash-ka-mon-ya</em> (or “<em>Jim</em>” as I shall often call
+him) endeavoured to make himself conspicuous by teasing the War-chief
+and Jeffrey about “going to pray with the black-coats,” and springing
+upon his feet, took his tomahawk in his hand, and throwing off his
+robe, jumped to the middle of the floor, where, naked down to the hips,
+he landed, in an attitude not unlike that of the colossal statue of
+Rhodes. He frowned a moment upon all around him, and then said, “Let
+me go in&mdash;I have said nothing yet; I want to make a speech to the
+black-coats.”</p>
+
+<p>White-cloud, who was at that moment taking up his robe to accompany
+Jeffrey and the War-chief to the “talk,” very mildly said to <em>Jim</em>,
+that “he would look much more respectful if he would sit down again
+and hold his tongue, for these were very good people who were calling
+to talk with them, and must be treated with respect, however their
+opinions might differ from those of the Indians.” This severe rebuke
+from the chief instantly silenced Jim, who quietly and respectfully
+joined the rest of the party, at White-cloud’s request, who seated
+themselves in the room where the talk was to be held. The pipe was lit
+and passing around, while one of the reverend gentlemen stated the
+views with which they had come to visit them, and asked the Indians
+if it was perfectly convenient and agreeable for them to hear what
+they had to say, to which the chief replied in the affirmative. The
+reverend gentleman then proceeded with his remarks upon the importance
+of education and religion, the nature of which the reader can easily
+imagine, and save the time it would require to record them here. To
+these the chiefs and all the party (excepting Jim and the Doctor, who
+had fallen asleep) listened with patience and profound silence, as the
+pipe was passing around. The reverend gentleman having finished, the
+War-chief took a<a class="pagenum" id="Page_61" title="61"></a> few deep-drawn breaths through the pipe, and passing
+it along, said&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“My Friends,&mdash;I speak for the chief who is here, and not very well.
+  My words are his words, and the words of all our party. We have heard
+  what you had to say, because we had promised to do so.</p>
+
+<p>“My Friends,&mdash;We have talked many times on this subject, and some of
+  our talks have been long; but at this time our words will be few,
+  for we are weary, and as we have before said, we are poor, and our
+  wives and children are hungry, and we have come over here to try to
+  make some money to get them warm clothes and food to eat. (<em>How, how,
+  how!</em>)</p>
+
+<p>“My Friends,&mdash;Many of our children are now in schools in our country,
+  and the ‘<em>good book</em>’ which is in your hands is in their hands at
+  this time. We believe that the Great Spirit has made our religion
+  good and sufficient for us if we do not in any way offend him. We see
+  the religion of the white people dividing into many paths, and we
+  cannot believe that it is pleasing to the Great Spirit. The Indians
+  have but one road in their religion, and they all travel in that, and
+  the Great Spirit has never told them that it was not right.</p>
+
+<p>“My Friends,&mdash;Our ears have been open since we came here, and the
+  words we have heard are friendly and good; but we see so many kinds
+  of religion, and so many people drunk and begging when we ride in the
+  streets, that we are a little more afraid of white man’s religion
+  than we were before we came here.</p>
+
+<p>“My Friends,&mdash;The Indians occupied all the fine hunting grounds long
+  before the white men came to them, but the white men own them nearly
+  all now, and the Indians’ hunting grounds are mostly all gone. The
+  Indians never urge white men to take up their religion, they are
+  satisfied to have them take a different road, for the Indians wish
+  to enjoy their hunting grounds to themselves in the world to come.
+  (<em>How, how, how!</em>)</p>
+
+<p>“My Friends,&mdash;We thank you, and shall wish the Great Spirit may be
+  kind to you. I have no more to say.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>Thus ended the conversation this time, and the Indians all rising
+(except the Doctor, who was still asleep) shook hands with the
+clergymen and retired to their own room.</p>
+
+<p>These excellent gentlemen then expressed to Mr. Melody and myself their
+high admiration and respect for them as men, and said that they could
+make every allowance for them, travelling here only for the laudable
+objects which they had so clearly explained, and their patience taxed
+in so many instances as I had mentioned, of a similar nature. They
+agreed that it would be cruel to urge them to listen<a class="pagenum" id="Page_62" title="62"></a> any further under
+their present circumstances, and that they had already exercised far
+greater patience than white men would in a similar condition. They said
+they should feel bound to call on another day (and did so), not to talk
+with them about religion, but to bring them some presents that would be
+serviceable to their wives and little children, and took leave.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<h2><a class="pagenum" id="Page_63" title="63"></a>CHAPTER XX.</h2>
+
+<p class="hang">
+  The Doctor and Jim visit several churches&mdash;The Indians in St.
+     Paul’s&mdash;In Westminster Abbey&mdash;The exhibition at the Hall&mdash;The
+     Doctor agrees to go in the carriage of the “jolly fat dame”&mdash;Mr.
+     Melody objects&mdash;The Doctor’s melancholy&mdash;Indians stop the bus
+     to talk with Lascars&mdash;Make them presents of money&mdash;Indians
+     discover <em>chickabobboo-ags</em> (gin-palaces)&mdash;and ladies lying
+     down in their carriages reading books&mdash;<em>Chim-e-gotch-ees</em>
+     (or fish)&mdash;Jim’s story of “Fish”&mdash;Experiments in
+     mesmerism&mdash;Wash-ka-mon-ya (Jim) mesmerized&mdash;The Doctor’s
+     opinions on mesmerism&mdash;Ioways in Lord’s Cricket-ground&mdash;Archery
+     and ball-playing&mdash;Encampment&mdash;Wigwams&mdash;Indians invited by Mrs.
+     Lawrence to Ealing Park&mdash;Their kind reception&mdash;Their Royal
+     Highnesses the Duke and Duchess of Cambridge&mdash;The Princess
+     Mary&mdash;The Duchess of Gloucester&mdash;The Hereditary Grand Duke and
+     Duchess, and other distinguished guests&mdash;Amusements&mdash;Beautiful
+     grounds&mdash;Indians dine on the lawn&mdash;Roast beef and
+     plum-pudding&mdash;<em>Chickabobboo</em>&mdash;Alarm of the parrots&mdash;Doctor’s
+     superstition&mdash;<em>Chickabobboo</em> explained&mdash;Speech of the
+     War-chief&mdash;Taking leave&mdash;Fright of the poor birds&mdash;Handsome
+     presents&mdash;Conservatory&mdash;The Doctor’s ideas of it&mdash;Indians
+     visit Surrey Zoological Gardens&mdash;Fright of the birds and
+     animals&mdash;Indians sacrifice tobacco to the lion and the
+     rattle-snakes.</p>
+
+
+<p>Mr. Melody, feeling the high importance of the charge of these
+fourteen wild people intrusted to his hands by the Government while
+they were to see the sights of a foreign country, and feeling the
+strongest attachment to them personally, was stimulated to every
+exertion by which he could properly open their eyes to the benefits
+of civilization, and consequently was inquiring from day to day “what
+shall be shown them next?”</p>
+
+<p>I had also, with feelings of the highest respect for the chiefs of the
+nation, knowing them to be of the party, enlisted my warmest exertions
+in their behalf, and resolved to render them, in all ways I could, the
+aid that was due<a class="pagenum" id="Page_64" title="64"></a> from me for their hospitality which benefited me when
+I was in their country.</p>
+
+<p>With these views we continued our omnibus in driving them about
+the City and country, and one or the other of us was almost daily
+accompanying them to some institution or public works from which they
+might derive some useful information. To these they generally went
+together and in their native dresses, but there were others where
+their costumes and their paint would render them too conspicuous,
+and for such purposes two or three suits of clothes, beaver hats and
+wigs, became necessary for such a number as wished at any time to look
+further (and unobserved) into the arcana and hidden mysteries of the
+great metropolis. And the reader will be ready to exclaim with me, that
+the field before us was a vast and boundless one.</p>
+
+<p>The two most ambitious to profit by such adventures were “<em>Jim</em>” (as
+I have before denominated him) and the “<em>Doctor</em>:” the <em>first</em>, from
+a peculiar faculty he had of learning the English language (in which
+he was making daily progress), and a consequent insatiable desire to
+see and learn the modes, and everything he could, of white people,
+excepting their religion; and the <em>second</em>, from an indomitable desire
+to look in everywhere and upon everything, more for the pleasure of
+gratifying a momentary curiosity, and enjoying a temporary smile, than
+from any decided ambition to carry home and adopt anything, unless it
+might be a vapour-bath, or something of the kind, in the way of his
+profession.</p>
+
+<p>In frock-coats and beaver hats, and boots, with a large stick or an
+umbrella under the arm, and the paint all washed off, there was not
+much in the looks of these two new-fangled gentlemen to attract the
+public gaze or remark; and consequently little in the way of the sights
+and treasures of London being opened to their view.</p>
+
+<p>From the time that this expedient was adopted, our avocations became
+more diversified and difficult; our anxieties<a class="pagenum" id="Page_65" title="65"></a> and cares increased, and
+with them our amusement: for with Melody the sights of London were as
+yet prospective; and with me, whether old or new, I met them with an
+equal relish with my unsophisticated brethren from the wilderness.</p>
+
+<p>The amusement of “trying on” and “getting the hang” of the new dresses
+made merriment enough for the party for one day; and all but these
+two were quite willing to forego all the pleasures they could afford,
+rather than cover their cool and naked heads with beaver hats, their
+shoulders with frock-coats, and substitute for their soft and pliant
+mocassins and leggings of buckskin, woollen pantaloons and high-heeled
+boots. The two wiseacres, however, who had adopted them were
+philosophers, and knew that they were only for certain occasions, after
+which they were to be dropped off, and their limbs “at home again”
+in their light and easy native dresses. They were obliged, on such
+occasions (to be in keeping), to leave their long and ornamented pipes
+and tomahawks behind, and (not to lose the indispensable luxury of
+smoking) to carry a short and handy civilized pipe, with their tobacco,
+and a box of lucifers, in their pockets.</p>
+
+<p>Reader, pray don’t try to imagine what a figure these two
+copper-coloured “swells” cut, when they first sallied forth in their
+new attire, for it will be in vain: but behold them and me, in the
+future pages of this book, and when their dresses had got to work easy,
+profiting by gazing upon the wonders and glories of civilization, which
+we never otherwise could have beheld together.</p>
+
+<p>As one of the first fruits of the new expedient (and while the subject
+was fresh and revolving in the minds of all), there was now a chance of
+gratifying the Doctor’s desire to see the modes and places of worship
+of some of the different denominations of religion, of which he had
+heard so much, from Daniel and others, within the few days past. These
+visits were their first attempts in their assumed characters, and were
+mostly made in the company of Mr. Melody or<a class="pagenum" id="Page_66" title="66"></a> Jeffrey, and without any
+amusing results either for the congregations or the Ioways, save an
+incident or two, such as must be expected in the first experiments with
+all great enterprises. The Doctor had been told that when he entered
+the Protestant Church, he must take his hat off at the door, and had
+practised it before he started; but, seeing such an immense number of
+ladies, he had unfortunately forgot it, and being reminded of it when
+he had been placed in his seat, his wig came off with it, exposing, but
+a moment however, his scalp-lock and the top of his head, where he had
+not deemed it necessary to wash off the red paint.</p>
+
+<p>In the Methodist chapel, where these two queer fellows had ventured one
+day with Daniel, the sermon was long and tedious, and there was nothing
+observed curious excepting a blue smoke rolling up over the top of
+the pew, where the Doctor’s pipe had been lit, and his head sunk down
+between his knees; and one other occurrence, that afterwards happened
+in the heat of the exhortation from the pulpit, and much to the
+amusement of the Doctor and Jim, of a young woman, in their immediate
+vicinity, who began to groan, then to sing, and at length tumbled down
+from her seat upon the floor. The Doctor thought at first she was very
+sick, and wondered there was no physician there to bleed her; but when
+Daniel told him what was the matter, the old man smiled, and often
+talked about it afterwards.</p>
+
+<p>I took the whole party through Westminster Abbey and St. Paul’s, where
+they stood and contemplated in amazement the works of human hands, so
+entirely beyond their comprehension that they returned in reserved and
+silent contemplation.</p>
+
+<p>Returning again to the Exhibition-room at the Egyptian Hall, several
+evenings of which have passed by without mention, but much in the
+same way, we find the same excitement and applause, and the “jolly
+fat dame” at the end of the platform, nightly receiving the Doctor’s
+impres<a class="pagenum" id="Page_67" title="67"></a>sive smiles, which are constantly ready for her; and which by
+this time, aided by the continued coldness of the <em>Roman-nose</em>, were
+making visible inroads upon her tender affections. She had had, it
+seemed, on this evening, some conversation with the Doctor, through the
+interpreter, who had heretofore studiously kept out of the way, and she
+had invited the Doctor to ride to her house in her carriage, after the
+exhibition was over, believing that he would be able to find in her
+garden, some roots which he was in great distress to find, and that she
+would bring him home again safe. Mr. Melody objected to this, which
+seemed to puzzle the fair dame, and to throw the Doctor into a profound
+melancholy and dejection.</p>
+
+<p>This rebuff from Mr. Melody was so unexpected and so provoking, when
+she had so nearly accomplished her object, that the good lady passed
+out of the room earlier than usual, and tossed her head about with her
+ostrich plumes as she passed along in the crowd, without having the
+heart to stop and speak a few words to Daniel, as she had been in the
+habit of doing. Mr. Melody retired with the Indians, and I remained
+after the crowd had left, at the solicitation of a party of ladies,
+who had sent me their card and wished to see me after the exhibition
+was over. The room being nearly emptied, I saw a party of several
+fashionably-dressed ladies at the further end of the room, examining
+the paintings on the walls. In advancing towards them, the one who
+seemed to be the leader of the party turned around and exclaimed, “Oh,
+here comes Mr. Catlin, I believe?” “Yes, Madam, I am Mr. Catlin.” “Oh,
+I am so happy to have the honour of seeing you, Sir, and of speaking
+to you&mdash;you have made all these paintings?” “Yes.” “These Indians are
+curious fellows, and well worth seeing, but I consider you ten times
+more of a curiosity. Look here, ladies, here’s Mr. Catlin, the very
+man that I have so often told you about. Dear me, what dangers and
+hardships you must have been through! Oh, I do think you are one of the
+wonders of the world&mdash;and not a grey hair in your head yet! My dear
+Sir, I know your whole history&mdash;<a class="pagenum" id="Page_68" title="68"></a> you’d scarcely believe it&mdash;I know it
+’like a book,' as they say. I recollect the very day when you started
+for India, and I have followed you the whole way&mdash;I have your book&mdash;I
+bought several copies to give to my friends; I have read every word of
+it over and over again&mdash;and, oh! it’s wonderful&mdash;it’s charming&mdash;one
+can’t stop in it&mdash;there’s no stopping place in it. By the way, I don’t
+suppose you were down much in the neighbourhood of Chusan (I’ve got a
+nephew there&mdash;a fine fellow&mdash;he’s a surgeon). I suppose you kept pretty
+much back in the mountains? You had no object in coming down about the
+coast; and they have had rather hot work there.” “No, Madam, I had not
+the slightest object to take me near Chusan&mdash;I kept a great way back.”
+“That was right; oh, how judicious! Oh, I have read your interesting
+work so often. By the way, these fellows are not from the coast&mdash;they
+are from a great way back, I dare say?” “Yes, Madam, they are a great
+way in the interior.” “I thought so, I knew so&mdash;I can tell, d’ ye
+see&mdash;I can always tell a coaster. These are fine men&mdash;they grow tea, I
+suppose, though?” “No, these people don’t grow tea.” “Ah, well, it’s
+late, we won’t take up your time; but I have been so happy to have seen
+you&mdash;glad, glad to see you home alive to your native soil, and out of
+that plagued India. Good night.” “Good night, ladies.”</p>
+
+<p>As they left me, I turned round, and met a poor fellow approaching me
+on one leg and a pair of crutches, and his wife holding on to his arm.
+He said he had been waiting some time to have the honour of speaking to
+me before he left, having heard my name pronounced. He told me he lived
+at Woolwich, where he held some situation for life, as he had lost his
+leg in the service of his country, and it was a good living for him,
+luckily, though he had been so unfortunate as to lose his leg.</p>
+
+<p>“My wife and I (said he) ave long eard of this extro’nary hexibition,
+and she as often hax’d me to come to see it; and though we ave been off
+and hon about it a great<a class="pagenum" id="Page_69" title="69"></a> many times, we never got off together until
+this hafter-noon&mdash;it’s a wonderful sight, sir, hand we are appy to ave
+seen you halso.”</p>
+
+<p>I thanked the poor fellow, and asked him how he lost his leg.</p>
+
+<p>“It was done by the kick of a orse, Sir.”</p>
+
+<p>“But your leg has been taken off above your knee.”</p>
+
+<p>“Yes, Sir, the bone was broken, hand it ad to be hamputated.”</p>
+
+<p>“It must have been very painful!”</p>
+
+<p>“Ah, hit urt a little; though as for the pain of hamputation, I woudn’t
+give a penny for it: but the loss of my leg is worth a great deal to
+me; it’s hall ealed up now, Sir, though it’s very hunandy.”</p>
+
+<p>This simple and unfortunate man and his very pretty little wife left
+me, and I repaired to the Indians’ rooms in St. James’s Street, where
+I found them finishing their suppers and taking their <em>chickabobboo</em>.
+Here was in readiness a long catalogue of the adventures of the day&mdash;of
+things they had seen in their drive, &amp;c., to be talked over, as well as
+the cruel jokes to be listened to, which they were all passing upon the
+poor Doctor, for the sudden failure of his prospects of digging roots
+in the fair dame’s garden.</p>
+
+<p>There were many subjects of an amusing nature talked over by these
+droll fellows during the pipes of this evening, and one of the themes
+for their comments was the drive which we had given them in two open
+carriages through Hyde Park, at the fashionable hour. They decided
+that “the Park, along the banks of the Serpentine, reminded them of
+the prairies on the shores of the Skunk and the Cedar rivers in their
+own country; and in fact, that some parts of it were almost exactly
+the same.” They were amused to see many of the ladies lying down as
+they rode in their carriages; and also, that many of the great chiefs,
+pointed out to them riding on horseback, “didn’t know how to ride&mdash;that
+they were obliged to have a man riding a little behind them to pick
+them up if they should fall off.”</p>
+
+<p>Jim, who was in an unusual good humour this evening,<a class="pagenum" id="Page_70" title="70"></a> either from
+the effects of his <em>chickabobboo</em> or from some fine present he might
+have received in the room, seemed to be the chief “spokesman” for the
+evening, and for the purpose of assisting his imagination or aiding
+his voice had laid himself flat upon his back upon his robe, which was
+spread upon the floor. His loquacity was such, that there was little
+else for any of us to do than sit still and excessively laugh at the
+dryness of his jokes, and his amusing remarks upon the things they had
+seen as they were taking their ride on this and past mornings. He had
+now got, as has been said, a facility of using occasional words of
+English, and he brought them in once in a while with the most amusing
+effect.</p>
+
+<p>He said they had found another place where there were two more
+Ojibbeway Indians (as he called them), Lascars. sweeping the streets;
+and it seems that after passing them they had ordered their bus to
+stop, and called them up and shook hands, and tried to talk with them.
+They could speak a few words in English, and so could <em>Jim</em>: he was
+enabled to ask them if they were Ojibbeways, and they to answer, “No,
+they were Mussulmen.” “Where you live?” “Bombay.” “You sweep dirt in
+the road?” “Yes,” “Dam fool!” <em>Jim</em> gathered a handful of pennies and
+gave them, and they drove off.</p>
+
+<p>It seemed that in their drive this day, Jim and the Doctor had both
+rode outside, which had afforded to Jim the opportunity of seeing to
+advantage, for the first time. the immense number of “gin palaces,”
+as they passed along the streets; and into which they could look from
+the top of the bus, and distinctly see the great number of large kegs,
+and what was going on inside. The Doctor had first discovered them
+in his numerous outside rides, and as he was not quite sure that he
+had rightly understood them, hearing that the English people detested
+drunkards so much, he had not ventured to say much about them. He had
+been anxious for the corroboration of <em>Jim’s</em> sharper eyes, and during
+this morning they had fully decided that<a class="pagenum" id="Page_71" title="71"></a> the hundreds of such places
+they were in all directions passing, were places where people went
+to drink <em>chickabobboo</em>, and they were called <em>chickabobbooags</em>. The
+conversation of Jim and the Doctor enlarged very much on this grand
+discovery, and the probable effects they had upon the London people.
+They had seen many women, and some of them with little babies in their
+arms, standing and lying around them, and they were quite sure that
+some of those women were drunk. Jim said that he and the Doctor had
+counted two or three hundred in one hour. Some of the party told him
+he had made his story too big, so he said he and the Doctor next day
+would mark them down on a stick. Jim said there was one street they
+came through, where he hoped they would never drive them again, for it
+made their hearts sore to see so many women and little children all
+in dirty rags: they had never seen any Indians in the wilderness half
+so poor, and looking so sick. He was sure they had not half enough to
+eat. He said he thought it was wrong to send missionaries from this
+to the Indian country, when there were so many poor creatures here
+who want their help, and so many thousands as they saw going into the
+<em>chickabobbooags</em> to drink fire-water.</p>
+
+<p>He said they came through a very grand street, where every thing looked
+so fine and splendid in the windows, and where the ladies looked so
+beautiful in their carriages, many of them lying quite down, and seemed
+as if they were very rich and happy; and some of them lay in their
+carriages, that were standing still, so as to let them read their
+books. And in this same grand street they saw a great many fine-looking
+ladies walking along the sides of the roads, and looking back at the
+gentlemen as they passed by them. These ladies, he and the Doctor
+observed, looked young, and all looked very smiling, and they thought
+they wanted husbands. A great deal, Jim said, they had seen of these
+ladies as they were every day looking out of their own windows in St.
+James’s Street. A great many of these women, he said, behave very
+curious; he said he didn’t<a class="pagenum" id="Page_72" title="72"></a> know for certain but some of these might
+be <em>chimegotches</em>. This excited a tremendous laugh with the Doctor and
+several of the young men, and made some of the women smile, though
+it was rather hushed by the chiefs as an imprudent word for Jim to
+apply in the present case. This did little, however, to arrest the
+effects of Jim’s joke, and he continued with some further ingenious
+embellishments, which set the chiefs into a roar, and Jim then kept the
+field. Melody and myself laughed also, not at the joke, for we did not
+understand it, but at their amusement, which seemed to be very great,
+and led us to inquire the meaning of <em>chimegotches</em>. “Fish,” said
+Jim, “fish!” We were still at a loss for the meaning of his joke; and
+our ignorance being discovered, as well as our anxiety to know, they
+proposed that Jim should relate the story of <em>Chimegotches</em>, or “Fish.”
+Some one was charging and lighting the pipe in the mean time, which was
+handed to him, as he rose and took a whiff or two, and then, resuming
+his former position, flat upon his back, he commenced&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“When the great Mississippi river was a young and beautiful stream,
+  and its waters were blue and clear, and the Ioways lived on its
+  banks, more than a thousand snows since, <em>Net-no-qua</em>, a young man
+  of great beauty, and son of a great chief, complained that he was
+  sick. His appetite left him, and his sleep was not good. His eyes,
+  which had been like those of the war-eagle, grew soft and dim, and
+  sunk deep in his head. His lips, that had been the music for all
+  about him, had become silent; his breast, that had always been calm,
+  was beating, and deep sighs showed that something was wrong within.
+  <em>O-za-pa</em>, whose medicine was great, and to whom all the plants and
+  roots of the prairies were known, was quite lost; he tried all, and
+  all was in vain; the fair son of the chief was wasting away, as each
+  sweet breath that he breathed went off upon the winds, and never
+  came back to him. Thus did <em>Net-no-qua</em>, the son of <em>Ti-ah-ka</em>, pine
+  away. The medicine man told him at last that there was but one thing
+  that could cure him, and that was attended with great danger. In his
+  dream a small prairie snake had got upon a bush, and its light, which
+  was that of the sun, opened his eyes to its brightness, and his ears
+  to its words: ‘The son of <em>Ti-ah-ka</em> grieves&mdash;this must not be&mdash;his
+  breast must be quiet, and his thoughts like the quiet waters of the
+  gliding brook; the son of <em>Ti-ah-ka</em> will grow like the firm rocks of
+  the mountain, and the chiefs and warriors, who will descend from him,
+  will grow like the branches of the spreading oak.’ The<a class="pagenum" id="Page_73" title="73"></a> medicine man
+  said to the son of <em>Ti-ah-ka</em> that he must now take a small piece of
+  the flesh from his side for his bait, and in a certain cove on the
+  bank of the river, the first fish that he caught was to be brought to
+  his wigwam alone, under his robe, and she, whose blood would become
+  warm, would be to him like the vine that clings around and through
+  the branches of the oak: that then his eyes would soon shine again
+  like those of the eagle; the music of his lips would soon return, and
+  his troubled breast would again become calm, his appetite would be
+  good, and his sleep would be sweet and quiet like that of a babe.</p>
+
+<p>“<em>Net-no-qua</em> stood upon a rock, and when the hook, with a piece
+  of his side, lay upon the water, the parting hair of <em>Lin-ta</em> (the
+  river-born) was seen floating on the water, and its black and oily
+  tresses were glistening in the sun as the water glided off from them;
+  and her lips were opening to enclose the fatal hook that raised
+  her beautiful breasts above the water. Her round and delicate arms
+  shone bright with their beauty as she extended them to the shore,
+  and the river shed its tears over her skin as her beautiful waist
+  glided through its surface, above which the strong and manly arm of
+  <em>Net-no-qua</em> was gently raising her. The weeping waves in sparkling
+  circles clung around her swelling hips and pressing knees, until the
+  folding robe of the son of <em>Ti-ah-ka</em> was over the wave and around
+  her bending form. One hand still held her slim and tapering fingers,
+  and with the other he encompassed her trembling form, as their equal
+  steps took them from the shore and brought them to the wig-wam of
+  <em>Net-no-qua</em>. His silent house was closed from the footsteps of the
+  world; her delicate arms clung around the neck of the son of the
+  chief, and her black and glossy tresses fell over and around his
+  naked shoulders and mingled with his own. The same robe embraced
+  them both, and her breath was purer than the blue waves from which
+  she came. Their sleep was like the dreams of the antelope, and they
+  awoke as the wild rose-buds open amidst the morning dew; the breast
+  of <em>Net-no-qua</em> was calm, his eyes were again like the eyes of the
+  eagle, his appetite was keen, and his lips sounded their music in the
+  ears of Lin-ta. She was lovely, she was the wife of the son of the
+  chief, and like the vine that clings around and through the branches
+  of the oak, did she cling to <em>Net-no-qua</em>. They were happy, and many
+  have been the descendants that have sprung from the dreams of the son
+  of <em>Ti-ah-ka</em> and the beautiful <em>Lin-ta</em> (the river-born).</p>
+
+<p>“<em>O-ne-ak’n</em> was the brother of <em>Net-no-qua</em>, and <em>Di-ag-gon</em> was
+  his cousin: and <em>they</em> were sick; and they sat upon the rock in the
+  cove in the river: and the two sisters of Lin-ta shone as they lifted
+  their graceful forms above the wave, and their beautiful locks spread
+  as they floated on the surface. The two young warriors sighed as
+  they gazed upon them. The two sisters embraced each other as they
+  glided through and above the waves. They rose to full view, and had
+  no shame. The river ’shed no tears, nor did the sparkling waves hang
+  in circles about their swelling hips and pressing knees;' and as they
+  sank, they beckoned the two young warriors, who followed them to
+  their water-bound caves. They stole back in the morning,<a class="pagenum" id="Page_74" title="74"></a> and were
+  ashamed and sick. Their tongues were not silent, and others went.
+  The two sisters again showed their lovely forms as they glided above
+  the water, and they beckoned all who came to their hidden caves, and
+  all came home in the morning sick and sad, while every morning saw
+  the son of the chief and his river-born Lin-ta calm and bright as
+  the rising sun. Shame and fear they knew not, but all was love and
+  happiness with them; very different were the sisters of Lin-ta, who
+  at length ventured from their caves at night, and strolled through
+  the village; they were hidden again at the return of the light. Their
+  caves were the resorts of the young men, but the fair daughters of
+  Lin-ta knew them not.</p>
+
+<p>“Such was the story of Lin-ta (the river-born); she was the loved of
+  her husband, and the virtuous mother of her children. Her beautiful
+  sisters were the loved of all men, but had no offspring. They live
+  in their hidden caves to this day, and sometimes in the day as well
+  as in the night are seen walking through the village, though all the
+  Indians call them <em>Chim-ee-gotch-es</em>, that is, <em>Cold-bloods</em>, or
+  <em>Fish</em>.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>Jim got a round of applause for his story, though the Doctor thought
+he had left out some of the most essential and funny parts of it. Jim,
+however, seemed well content with the manner in which it was received,
+and continued to remark that he and the Doctor had come to the
+conclusion that those beautiful young women, that they saw looking back
+at the gentlemen in the streets, as well as those who were standing in
+front of their windows, and bowing to them, and kissing their hands
+every day, must be “fish;” and that in the great village of London,
+where so much <em>chickabobboo</em> is drunk, there must be a great number of
+“fish.” And they thought also that some of these they had seen in the
+Egyptian Hall when they were giving their dances.</p>
+
+<p>The above and other critiques of Jim upon London modes seemed to the
+chiefs to be rather too bold, and an impolitic position for Jim to
+take; and whilst their reprimands were being passed upon him, the train
+of humour he had happened to get into on that night turned all their
+remarks into jokes, and they were obliged to join in the irresistible
+merriment he produced on this occasion, merely from his having taken
+(as his wife had refused it on this evening as it was just now
+discovered) the additional mug of his wife’s <em>chickabobboo</em>.</p>
+
+<p><a class="pagenum" id="Page_75" title="75"></a>
+Much merriment was produced amongst the Indians about this time by an
+appointment that had been made to see some experiments in mesmerism,
+to be performed by a Dr. M&mdash;&mdash; at the Indians’ rooms. The Doctor was
+received at the appointed hour, and brought with him a feeble and
+pale-looking girl of 14 or 15 years of age to operate upon. This had
+taken the Indians rather by surprise, as no one had fully explained the
+nature of the operations to them. I got Jeffrey, however, to translate
+to them, as near as he could, the nature of this extraordinary
+discovery, and the effects it was to produce; and the doors being
+closed, and the young woman placed in a chair, the mesmeriser commenced
+his mysterious operations. I had instructed the Indians to remain
+perfectly still and not to laugh, lest they might hinder the operator,
+and prevent the desired effect. With one knee upon the floor, in
+front of her, and placing both of his extended thumbs (with his hands
+clenched) just in front of her two eyebrows, he looked her steadily
+in the face. This eccentric position and expression disposed Jim to
+laugh, and though he covered his huge mouth with his hand, and made no
+noise, still the irresistible convulsions in his fat sides shook the
+floor we were standing on; and the old Doctor at the same time, equally
+amused, was liable to do less harm, for all his smiles and laughter,
+however excessive, were produced by the curious machinery of his face,
+and never extended further down than the chin or clavicles. The little
+patient, however, was seen in a few minutes to be going to sleep, and
+at length fell back in the chair, in the desired state of somnambulism.
+The operator then, by mesmeric influences, opened her eyes, without
+touching them, and without waking her, and by the same influence closed
+them again. In the same way he caused her hand to close, and none of
+us could open it. Here our Doctor, who tried it, was quite at a stand.
+He saw the fingers of the operator pass several times in front of it,
+and its muscles relaxed&mdash;it opened of itself. He then brought, by the
+same influence,<a class="pagenum" id="Page_76" title="76"></a> her left arm to her breast, and then the right, and
+challenged the strength of any one in the room to unbend them. This was
+tried by several of us, but in vain; and when his fingers were passed
+a few times lightly over them, they were relaxed and returned to their
+former positions. By this time the Indian women, with their hands over
+their mouths, began to groan, and soon left the room in great distress
+of mind. The chiefs, however, and the Doctor and Jim, remained until
+the experiments were all tried, and with unaccountable success. The
+operator then, by passing his fingers a few times over the forehead of
+his patient, brought her gradually to her senses, and the exhibition
+ended. The convulsions of Jim’s broad sides were now all tempered down
+into cool quiet, and the knowing smiles of the old Doctor had all run
+entirely off from, and out of, the furrows of his face, and a sort of
+painful study seemed to be contracting the rigid muscles that were
+gathering over them.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter">
+ <hr class="tb" />
+ <a id="Plate_12"></a>
+ <img src="images/i_076fp.jpg" width="472" height="640" alt="Plate 12: Medicine Man" />
+ <div class="caption">N<sup>o.</sup> 12.</div>
+ <hr class="tb" />
+</div>
+
+<p>The chiefs pronounced the unaccountable operation to be the greatest
+of medicine, and themselves quite satisfied, as they retired; but the
+old Doctor, not yet quite sure, and most likely thinking it a good
+thing for his adoption among the mysteries of his profession in his own
+country, was disposed to remain, with his untiring companion Jim, until
+some clue could be got to this mystery of mysteries. With this view he
+had the curiosity of feeling the little girl’s pulse, of examining and
+smelling the operator’s fingers, &amp;c., and of inquiring whether this
+thing could be done by any others but himself; to which I replied, that
+it was now being done by hundreds all through the country, and was no
+secret. The charm had then fled&mdash;it had lost all its value to the old
+Doctor. The deep thoughts ceased to plough his wrinkled face, and his
+self-sufficient, happy smiles were again playing upon his front. His
+views were evidently changed. <em>Jim</em> caught the current of his feelings,
+and amusement was their next theme. The old Doctor “thought that <em>Jim</em>
+could easily be frightened,” and would be a good subject. It<a class="pagenum" id="Page_77" title="77"></a> was
+proposed that <em>Jim</em> should therefore take the chair, and it was soon
+announced to the squaws, and amongst them to his wife, that <em>Jim</em> had
+gone to sleep, and was <em>mesmerised</em>. They all flew to the room, which
+upset the gravity of his broad mouth, and, with its movements, as a
+matter of course, the whole bearing of his face; and the operator’s
+fingers being withdrawn from his nose, he left the chair amidst a roar
+of laughter. It was then proposed that the old Doctor should sit down
+and be tried, but he resisted the invitation, on the grounds of the
+<em>dignity of his profession</em>, which he got me to explain to the medical
+man, whom he was now evidently disposed to treat rather sarcastically,
+and his wonderful performance as a piece of extraordinary juggling,
+or, at least, as divested of its supposed greatest interest, that of
+novelty. He told him “that there was nothing new or very wonderful in
+the operation, that he could discover; it was no more than the charm
+which the snakes used to catch birds; and the more frightful and ugly
+a man’s face was, the better he could succeed in it. He had no doubt
+but many ill-looking men amongst white people would use it as a mode of
+catching pretty girls, which they could not otherwise do, and therefore
+it would be called amongst white people a very useful thing.”</p>
+
+<p>“All the <em>medicine-men</em> (said he) in the Indian country have known for
+many years how to do the same thing, and what the white people know
+of it at this time they have learned from the Indians; but I see that
+they don’t yet half know how to do it; that he had brought a <em>medicine
+dress</em> all the way with him for the very purpose, and if the mesmeriser
+would come the next morning at 9 o’clock, he should see him with it on,
+and he would engage to frighten any white lady to sleep in five minutes
+who would take a good look at him without winking or laughing.” The
+mesmeriser did not come, though the Doctor was on the spot and ready.
+(<a href="#Plate_12"><em>Plate No. 12.</em></a>)</p>
+
+<p>An event which they had long been looking for with great solicitude
+took place about this time&mdash;the prorogation<a class="pagenum" id="Page_78" title="78"></a> of Parliament, which
+afforded the poor fellows their only opportunity of seeing the Queen.
+They were driven off in good season in their bus, and succeeded in
+getting the most favourable view of the Queen and the Prince as they
+were passing in the state-carriage; and, to use their own words for
+it, “The little Queen and the Prince both put their faces quite out of
+their carriage of gold to look at us and bow to us.” There is no doubt
+but by the kindness of the police they were indulged in a favourable
+position and had a very satisfactory view of Her Majesty the Queen,
+and it is equally certain that they will never cease to speak of the
+splendour of the effect of the grand pageant as long as they live.</p>
+
+<p>The nightly excitements and amusements going on at the Egyptian Hall
+were increasing the public anxiety to see these curious people more at
+large, and we resolved to procure some suitable ground for the purpose,
+where their active limbs could be seen in full motion in the open air,
+as they are seen on their native prairies with their ball-sticks, in
+their favourite game of the ball, and the use of their bows and arrows,
+all of which they had brought with them, but could not use in their
+amusements at the Hall. Their dances, &amp;c., were, however, to be kept
+up as usual, at night; and for their afternoon exercises in the open
+air, an arrangement was made for the use of “Lord’s Cricket Ground,”
+and on that beautiful field (prairie, as they called it) they amused
+thousands, daily, by their dances, archery, and ball-playing.<a class="fnanchor" href="#Footnote_18" id="FNanchor_18">[18]</a>
+For this purpose an area of an acre or<a class="pagenum" id="Page_79" title="79"></a> two was enclosed by a rope,
+and protected for their amusements by the police. To this the
+visitors advanced on every side, and seemed delighted with their rude
+appearance and native sports. This arrangement afforded the Indians
+the opportunity of showing their games and amusements to the greatest
+advantage, and also of meeting again the acquaintances they had made
+at the Egyptian Hall, and shaking hands with all who felt disposed to
+do them that honour. They had also brought with them, to illustrate
+the whole of Indian life, no less than three tents (wig-wams) made of
+buffalo hides, curiously but rudely painted, which the squaws daily
+erected on the ground, in presence of the spectators, forming by no
+means the least accurate and pleasing part of the exhibition.</p>
+
+<p>The beautiful scenes presented there could be repeated but a few
+days, owing to other uses to be made of the grounds; but during that
+time they were visited by vast numbers of the nobility of London, and
+several members of the Royal Family. The incidents of those days, which
+were curious and many, must be passed over, excepting that the Doctor
+daily beheld in front of the crowd, and at full length,
+the “jolly fat dame,” to whom he as often advanced, with a diffident
+smile, to receive a beautiful rose, which she handed to him over the
+rope.</p>
+
+<p>These amusements in the open air in the daytime, with the dances,
+&amp;c., at the Hall in the evenings, with their “drive” in the morning,
+and civil attentions to persons calling on them at their rooms, now
+engrossed completely all their time, and they were actually compelled
+to give offence to some parties who called on them, and to whom they
+could not devote the time. Amongst those were several deputations from
+public schools, of clergymen, and<a class="pagenum" id="Page_80" title="80"></a> Sunday school teachers; and also
+three very excellent Christian ladies in a party, one of whom, Mrs.
+E&mdash;&mdash;, I was well acquainted with, and knowing her extensive Christian
+and charitable labours, I had encouraged to call, as she had expressed
+a strong desire to talk with them on the subject of religion. They
+appealed to me, and I desired them to call at another hour, which they
+did, and I said to the chief that there was another proposition for a
+talk on the subject of religion. This seemed to annoy them somewhat,
+and after smoking a pipe, they decided not to see them. I then told
+them that they were three ladies; this seemed to startle them for a
+few moments, but they smoked on, and finally the War-chief said “it
+was a subject on which, if they had anything more to say, they would
+rather say it to the men than to women&mdash;they can talk with our women if
+they like.” I then invited the Indian women into the room, and Jeffrey
+interpreted for the ladies, who had a long conversation with them, but,
+as the ladies afterwards told me, few words on the subject of religion:
+as to the first questions on that subject, the squaws answered that
+they left that mostly to their husbands, and they thought that if they
+loved their husbands, and took good care of their children, the Great
+Spirit would be kind to them. These kind ladies called the next day
+and left them fourteen Bibles and some other very useful presents,
+and their prayers for their happiness, feeling convinced that this
+was the most effectual and best way of making lasting and beneficial
+impressions on their minds.</p>
+
+<p>One of the very high compliments paid them from the fashionable world
+was now before them, and this being the day for it, all parties were
+dressing and painting for the occasion. I had received a very kind note
+from Mrs. Lawrence, inviting me to bring them to pay her a visit in her
+lovely grounds at Ealing Park, a few miles from the city of London.
+The omnibus was ready, and being seated, we were there with an hour’s
+drive, and received on the fine lawn in the rear of her house. Here was
+presented the most beauti<a class="pagenum" id="Page_81" title="81"></a>ful scene which the Ioways helped to embellish
+whilst they were in the kingdom&mdash;for nothing more sweet can be seen
+than this little paradise, hemmed in with the richness and wildness
+of its surrounding foliage, and its velvet carpet of green on which
+the Indians were standing and reclining, and the kind lady and her
+Royal and noble guests, collected in groups, to witness their dances
+and other amusements. Their Royal Highnesses the Duke and Duchess of
+Cambridge, with the lovely Princess Mary, the Hereditary Grand Duke
+and Duchess of Mecklenburgh Strelitz, the Duchess of Gloucester, and
+many of the nobility, formed the party of her friends whom this lady
+had invited, and who soon entered the lawn to meet these sons of the
+forest, and witness their wild sports.</p>
+
+<p>At the approach of the lady and her Royal party, the Indians all
+arose, and the chiefs having been introduced, half an hour or more
+was passed in a conversation with them, through Jeffrey and myself,
+and an examination of their costumes, weapons, &amp;c., when they seated
+themselves in a circle, and passing the pipe around, were preparing for
+a dance. The first they selected was their favourite, the eagle-dance,
+which they gave with great spirit, and my explanation of the meaning
+of it seemed to add much to its interest. (<a href="#Plate_13"><em>Plate No. 13.</em></a>) After the
+dance they strung their bows and practised at the target, and at length
+Mr. Melody tossed up the ball, when they snatched up their ballsticks,
+which they had brought for the purpose, and darted over and about the
+grounds in the exciting game of the ball. This proved more amusing
+to the spectators than either of the former exercises, but it was
+short, for they soon lost their ball, and the game being completed,
+they seated themselves again, and with the pipe were preparing for the
+<em>war-dance</em>, in which, when they gave it, the beautiful lawn, and the
+forests around it, resounded with the shrill notes of the <em>war-whoop</em>,
+which the frightened parroquets and cockatoos saucily echoed back with
+a laughable effect, and a tolerable exactness. The pipe of peace (or
+calumet) dance was also<a class="pagenum" id="Page_82" title="82"></a> given, with the pipes of peace in their hands,
+which they had brought out for the purpose.</p>
+
+<p>While these exciting scenes were going on, the butler was busy
+spreading a white cloth over a long table arranged on the lawn, near
+the house, and on it the luxuries that had been preparing in the
+kitchen, for their dinners. This arrangement was so timed that the
+roast beef was on and smoking just when their amusements were finished,
+and when the announcement was made that their “dinner was up,” all
+parties moved in that direction, but in two divisions, the one to
+partake, and the other to look on and see how wild people could handle
+the knife and fork. This was to be the <em>last</em>, though (as I could see
+by the anxiety of the spectators) not the <em>least amusing</em> of their
+amusements, and it was in the event rendered peculiarly so to some of
+us, from the various parts which the kind and illustrious spectators
+were enabled to take in it, when in all their former amusements there
+was no possible way in which they could “lend a hand.” Every one could
+here assist in placing a chair or handing a plate, and the Indians
+being seated, all were ready and emulous, standing around the table and
+at their elbows, to perform some little office of the kind, to assist
+them to eat, and to make them comfortable. His Royal Highness proposed
+that I should take my stand at the head of the table, before a huge
+sirloin of roast beef, and ply the carving knife, which I did; whilst
+he travelled, plates in hand, until they all were helped. The young
+Princess Mary, and the two little daughters of the kind lady, like the
+three Graces, were bending about under loads of bread and vegetables
+they were helping the Indians to, and the kind lady herself was filling
+their glasses from the generous pitcher of foaming ale, and ordering
+the butler to uncork the bottles of champagne which were ready and
+hissing at the delay.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter">
+ <a id="Plate_13"></a>
+ <hr class="tb" />
+ <img src="images/i_082fp.jpg" width="640" height="373" alt="Plate 13: The Eagle Dance" />
+ <div class="caption">N<sup>o.</sup> 13.</div>
+ <hr class="tb" />
+</div>
+
+<p>This unusual scene was taking place in the nearer vicinity of the
+poor parroquets and cockatoos, who seemed, thus far, awed into a
+discretionary silence, but were dancing to the<a class="pagenum" id="Page_83" title="83"></a> right and the left,
+and busily swinging their heads to and fro, with their eyes and their
+ears open to all that was said and done. When the cork flew from the
+first bottle of champagne, the parrots squalled out, “There! there!!
+there!!!” and the Indians as suddenly, “<em>Chickabobboo! chickabobboo!</em>”
+Both laughed, and all the party <em>had</em> to laugh, at the simultaneous
+excitement of the parrots and the Indians; and most of them were as
+ignorant of the language (and of course of the wit of) the one as of
+the other. <em>Chickabobboo</em>, however, was understood, at least by the
+Indians; and their glasses being filled with champagne, the moment they
+were raising it to their lips, and some had commenced drinking, the
+cockatoos suddenly squalled out again, “<em>There! there!! there!!!</em>” The
+old Doctor, and his superstitious friend Jim, who had not got their
+glasses quite to their mouths, slowly lowered them upon the table, and
+turned, with the most beseeching looks, upon Mr. Melody and myself, to
+know whether they were breaking their vow to us. They said nothing, but
+the question was sufficiently plain in their <em>looks</em> for an answer, and
+I replied, “No, my good fellows, the parrots are fools, they don’t know
+what they are talking about; they, no doubt, thought this was whiskey,
+but we know better; it’s some of the ‘<em>Queen’s chickabobboo</em>,’ and
+you need not fear to drink it.” This curious affair had been seen but
+by a part of the company, and only by the Indians at our end of the
+table, and therefore lost its general effect until I related it. The
+queer-sounding word “<em>chickabobboo</em>” seemed to amuse, and to excite the
+curiosity of many, and there was no understanding it without my going
+over the whole ground, and explaining how and where it originated,
+which, when finished, created much amusement. While I was relating this
+story the plates were being changed, and just at the end of it the
+parrots sang out again, “<em>There! there!! there!!!</em>” as before; but it
+was discovered that, at that instant, one of the waiters was passing
+near them with a huge and smoking plum-pudding, and so high that we
+could but just see his face over the top of it. This<a class="pagenum" id="Page_84" title="84"></a> was placed before
+me, and as I divided and served it, the same hands, Royal and fair,
+conveyed it to the different parts of the table. This was a glorious
+pudding, and I had helped each one abundantly, expecting, as all did,
+that they would devour it without mincing; but, to the surprise of all,
+they tasted a little, and left the rest upon their plates. Fears were
+entertained that the pudding did not suit them, and I was constrained
+to ask why they did not eat more. The reply was reluctant, but very
+significant and satisfactory when it came. Jim spoke for all. He said,
+“They all agreed that it was good&mdash;very good; but that the beef was
+also very good, and the only fault of the pudding was, that it had come
+too late.”</p>
+
+<p>The War-chief at this time was charging his long pipe with <em>k’nick
+k’neck</em>, and some fire being brought to light it, it was soon passed
+from his into the chiefs hands, when he arose from the table, and
+offering his hand to His Royal Highness, stepped a little back, and
+addressed him thus:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“My Great Father,&mdash;Your face to-day has made us all very happy. The
+  Great Spirit has done this for us, and we are thankful for it. The
+  Great Spirit inclined your heart to let us see your face, and to
+  shake your hand, and we are very happy that it has been so. (<em>How,
+  how, how!</em>)</p>
+
+<p>“My Father,&mdash;We have been told that you are the uncle of the Queen,
+  and that your brother was the King of this rich country. We fear we
+  shall go home without seeing the face of your Queen, except as we saw
+  it in her carriage; but if so, we shall be happy to say that we have
+  seen the great chief who is next to the Queen. (<em>How, how, how!</em>)</p>
+
+<p>“My Father,&mdash;We are poor and ignorant people from the wilderness,
+  whose eyes are not yet open, and we did not think that we should be
+  treated so kindly as we have to-day. Our skins are red, and our ways
+  are not so pleasing as those of the white people, and we therefore
+  feel the more proud that so great a chief should come so far to see
+  us, and to help to feed us; this we shall never forget. (<em>How, how,
+  how!</em>)</p>
+
+<p>“My Father,&mdash;We feel thankful to the lady who has this fine house and
+  these fine fields, and who has invited us here to-day, and to all the
+  ladies and gentlemen who are here to see us. We shall pray for you
+  all in our prayers to the Great Spirit, and now we shall be obliged
+  to shake hands with you and go home. (<em>How, how, how!</em>)”</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>His Royal Highness replied to him,&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“That he and all his friends present had been highly pleased with
+  their<a class="pagenum" id="Page_85" title="85"></a> appearance and amusements to-day, and most of all with the
+  reverential manner in which he had just spoken of the Great Spirit,
+  before whom we must all, whether red or white, soon appear. He
+  thanked the chiefs for the efforts they had made to entertain them,
+  and trusted that the Great Spirit would be kind to them in restoring
+  them safe home to their friends again.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>At this moment, when all were rising and wrapping their robes around
+them preparing to start, the lady appeared among them, with a large
+plate in her hands, bearing on it a variety of beautiful trinkets,
+which she dispensed among them according to their various tastes; and
+with a general shake of the hand, they retired from the grounds to take
+their carriage for town. The parrots and cockatoos all bowed their
+heads in silence as they passed by them; but as the old Doctor (who
+always lingers behind to bestow and catch the last smile, and take the
+second shake of the hand where there are ladies in question) extended
+his hand to the kind lady, to thank her the second and last time, there
+was a tremendous cry of “<em>There! there!! there!!!</em>” and “<em>Cockatoo!
+cockatoo!</em>”&mdash;the last of which the poor Doctor, in his confusion, had
+mistaken for “<em>Chickabobboo! chickabobboo!</em>” He, however, kept a steady
+gait between the din of “<em>There! there!! there!!!</em>” and “<em>Cockatoo!</em>”
+that was behind him, and the inconceivable laughter of his party in the
+carriage, who now insisted on it (and almost made him believe), that
+his ugly face had been the sole cause of the alarm of the birds and
+monkeys since the Indians entered the ground.<a class="fnanchor" href="#Footnote_19" id="FNanchor_19">[19]</a></p>
+
+<p>This was theme enough, to ensure them a merry ride<a class="pagenum" id="Page_86" title="86"></a> home, where they
+arrived in time, and in the very best of humour, for their accustomed
+evening amusements at the Hall; and after that, of taking their suppers
+and <em>chickabobboo</em> in their own apartments, which resounded with songs
+and with encomiums on the kind lady and her <em>chickabobboo</em>, until they
+got to sleep.</p>
+
+<p>The next morning we had an appointment to visit the Surrey Zoological
+Gardens, and having the greatest curiosity to witness the mutual
+surprise there might be exhibited at the meeting of wild men and wild
+animals, I was one of the party. The interview, in order to avoid the
+annoyance of a crowd, had been arranged as a private one: we were,
+therefore, on the spot at an early hour; and as we were entering (the
+Doctor, with his jingling dress and red face, being in advance of the
+party, as he was sure to be in <em>entering</em> any curious place, though
+the last to <em>leave</em> if there were ladies behind), we were assailed
+with the most tremendous din of “<em>There! there!! there!!!</em>” “<em>Cockatoo!
+cockatoo!</em>” and “<em>God dam!</em>” and fluttering of wings of the poor
+affrighted parrots, that were pitching down from their perches in all
+directions. I thought it best that we should retreat a few moments,
+until Mr. Cross could arrange the front ranks of his aviary a little,
+which he did by moving back some of their outposts to let us pass. We
+had been shown into a little office in the meantime, where Mr. Melody
+had very prudently suggested that they had better discharge as many of
+their rattling gewgaws as possible, and try to carry into the ground as
+little of the frightful as they could. Amusing jokes were here heaped
+upon the Doctor for his extreme ugliness, which, as Jim told him,
+had terrified the poor birds almost to death. The Doctor bore it all
+patiently, however, and with a smile; and partially turned the laugh
+upon Jim with the big mouth, by replying that it was lucky for the
+gentleman owning the parrots that Jim did not enter first; for if he
+had, the poor man would have found them all dead, instead of being a
+little alarmed, as they then were.</p>
+
+<p><a class="pagenum" id="Page_87" title="87"></a>
+We were now entering upon the greatest field for the speculations and
+amusement (as well as astonishment) of the Indians that they were to
+meet in the great metropolis. My note-book was in my hand and my pencil
+constantly employed; and the notes that I then and in subsequent visits
+made, can be allowed very little space in this work. All were ready,
+and we followed Mr. Cross; the Indians, fourteen in number, with their
+red faces and red crests, marching in single file. The squalling of
+parrots and barking of dogs seemed to have announced to the whole
+neighbourhood that some extraordinary visitation was at hand; and when
+we were in front of the lions’ cage, their tremendous bolts against
+its sides, and unusual roar, announced to the stupidest animal and
+reptile that an enemy was in the field. The terrible voice of the king
+of beasts was heard in every part, and echoed back in affrighted notes
+of a hundred kinds. Men as well as beasts were alarmed, for the men
+employed within the grounds were retreating, and at every turn they
+made amidst its bewildering mazes, they imagined a roaring lion was to
+spring upon their backs. The horrid roaring of the lions was answered
+by lions from another part of the garden. Hyenas and panthers hissed,
+wolves were howling, the Indians (catching the loved inspiration of
+nature’s wildness) sounded their native war-whoop, the buffaloes
+bellowed, the wild geese stretched their necks and screamed; the deer,
+the elk, and the antelopes were trembling, the otters and beavers dived
+to the bottom of their pools, the monkeys were chattering from the tops
+of their wire cages, the bears were all at the summit of their poles,
+and the ducks and the geese whose wings were not cropped, were hoisting
+themselves out of their element into quieter regions.</p>
+
+<p>The whole establishment was thus in an instant “brushed up,” and
+in their excitement, prepared to be seen to the greatest possible
+advantage; all upon their feet, and walking their cages to and fro,
+seemingly as impatient to see<a class="pagenum" id="Page_88" title="88"></a> what they seemed to know was coming, as
+the visiting party was impatient to see them.</p>
+
+<p>I explained to the Indians that the lion was the king of beasts&mdash;and
+they threw tobacco before him as a sacrifice. The hyenas attracted
+their attention very much, and the leopards and tigers, of the nature
+of all of which I promised to give them some fuller account after we
+got home. They met the panther, which they instantly recognized, and
+the recognition would seem to have been mutual, from its evident alarm,
+evinced by its hissing and showing its teeth. <em>Jim</em> called for the
+Doctor “to see his brother,” the wolf. The Doctor’s <em>totem</em> or <em>arms</em>
+was the wolf&mdash;it was therefore <em>medicine</em> to him. The Doctor advanced
+with a smile, and offering it his hand, with a smirk of recognition,
+he began, in a low and soft tone, to howl like a wolf. All were quiet
+a moment, when the poor animal was led away by the Doctor’s “<em>distant
+howlings</em>,” until it raised up its nose, with the most pitiable looks
+of imploration for its liberty, and joined him in the chorus. He turned
+to us with an exulting smile, but to his “poor imprisoned brother,”
+as he called it, with a tear in his eye, and a plug of tobacco in his
+hand, which he left by the side of its cage as a <em>peace-offering</em>.</p>
+
+<p>The ostrich (of which there was a noble specimen there) and the
+kangaroo excited the admiration and lively remarks of the Indians; but
+when they met the poor distressed and ragged prisoner, the buffalo
+from their own wild and free prairies, their spirits were overshadowed
+with an instant gloom; forebodings, perhaps, of their own approaching
+destiny. They sighed, and even wept, for this worn veteran, and walked
+on. With the bears they would have shaken hands, if they could have
+done it, “and embraced them too,” said the Little-wolf, “for he had
+hugged many a one.” They threw tobacco to the rattlesnake, which is
+<em>medicine</em> with them, and not to be killed. The joker, <em>Jim</em>, made
+us white men take off our hats as we passed the beaver, for it was
+his relation; and as he had learned a little<a class="pagenum" id="Page_89" title="89"></a> English, when he heard
+the ducks cry “quack,” he pointed to them and told the Doctor to go
+there&mdash;he was called for.</p>
+
+<p>Thus rapid were the transitions from surprise to pity, and to mirth,
+as we passed along, and yet to wonder and astonishment, which had been
+reserved for the remotest and the last. Before the massive <em>elephant</em>
+little or nothing was said; all hands were over their mouths; their
+tobacco was forgotten, they walked quietly away, and all of us being
+seated under an arbour, to which we were conducted, our kind guide
+said to Jeffrey, “Tell the Indians that the immense arch they see now
+over their heads is made of the jaw-bones of a whale, and they may now
+imagine themselves and the whole party sitting in its mouth.” “Well,
+now,” said Jeffrey, “you don’t say so?” “Yes, it’s even so.” “Well,
+I declare! why, the elephant would be a mere baby to it.” Jeffrey
+explained it to the Indians, and having risen from their seats, and
+being satisfied, by feeling it, that it was actually bone, they wished
+to go home, and “see the rest at a future time.” We were then near the
+gate, where we soon took our carriage, and returned to their quarters
+in St. James’s Street.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<h2><a class="pagenum" id="Page_90" title="90"></a>
+CHAPTER XXI.</h2>
+
+<p class="hang">
+  Indians’ remarks on the Zoological Gardens&mdash;Their pity for
+     the poor buffalo and other animals imprisoned&mdash;Jim’s talk
+     with a clergyman about Hell and the hyænas&mdash;Indians’ ideas
+     of astronomy&mdash;Jim and the Doctor hear of the hells of
+     London&mdash;Desire to go into them&mdash;Promised to go&mdash;Indians
+     counting the gin-palaces (<em>chickabobboo-ags</em>)in a ride to
+     Blackwall and back&mdash;The result&mdash;Exhibition in the Egyptian
+     Hall&mdash;A sudden excitement&mdash;The War-chief recognises in the
+     crowd his old friend “Bobasheela”&mdash;Their former lives on
+     the Mississippi and Missouri&mdash;Bobasheela an Englishman&mdash;His
+     travels in the “Far West” of America&mdash;Story of their first
+     acquaintance&mdash;The doomed wedding-party&mdash;Lieut. Pike&mdash;Daniel
+     Boone and Son&mdash;Indians visit a great brewery&mdash;Kind reception
+     by the proprietors&mdash;Great surprise of the Indians&mdash;Immense
+     quantities of <em>chickabobboo</em>&mdash;War-dance in an empty
+     vat&mdash;Daniel commences Jim’s book of the statistics of
+     England&mdash;Indians visit the Tunnel&mdash;Visit to the Tower&mdash;The
+     Horse Armoury&mdash;The Royal Regalia&mdash;Indians’ ideas of the crowns
+     and jewels&mdash;“<em>Totems</em>” (arms) on the fronts of noblemen’s
+     houses&mdash;Royal arms over the shops&mdash;Strange notions of the
+     Doctor&mdash;They see the “man with the big nose” again&mdash;And the
+     “great white War-chief (the Duke of Wellington) on horseback,
+     near his wig-wam.”</p>
+
+
+<p>Three or four of my particular friends had joined us in our visit
+to the Zoological Gardens this morning, and amongst them a reverend
+gentleman, whose professional character was not made known to the
+Indians. He kept close to Jeffrey and the Indians all the way, and
+his ears were open to the translation of everything they said. He was
+not only highly amused at their remarks, but told me he heard enough
+to convince him that lessons of morality, of devotion, and religion,
+as well as of philosophy, might be learned from those poor people,
+although they were the savages of the wilderness, and often despised
+as such. Mr. Melody and I accompanied them to their rooms, and as we
+came in when their dinner was coming up, we sat down and par<a class="pagenum" id="Page_91" title="91"></a>took of
+it with them. The Indian’s mode is to <em>eat exclusively</em> while he eats,
+and to talk afterwards. We adhered to their rule on this occasion, and
+after the dinner was over, and a pipe was lit, there were remarks and
+comments enough ready, upon the strange things they had just seen.</p>
+
+<p>As usual, the first thing was, to have a laugh at the Doctor for having
+frightened the parrots; and then to reflect and to comment upon the
+cruelty of keeping all those poor and unoffending animals prisoners
+in such a place, merely to be looked at. They spoke of the doleful
+looks they all wore in their imprisoned cells, walking to and fro, and
+looking through the iron bars at every person who came along, as if
+they wished them to let them out. I was forcibly struck with the truth
+and fitness of their remarks, having never passed through a menagerie
+without coming out impressed, even to fatigue, with the sympathy I had
+felt for the distressed looks and actions of these poor creatures,
+imprisoned for life, for man’s amusement only.</p>
+
+<p>Jim asked, “What have all those poor animals and birds done that they
+should be shut up to die? They never have murdered anybody&mdash;they have
+not been guilty of stealing, and they owe no money; why should they be
+kept so, and there to die?” He said it would afford him more pleasure
+to see one of them let loose and run away over the fields, than to see
+a hundred imprisoned as they were. The Doctor took up the gauntlet and
+reasoned the other way. He said they were altogether the happiest wild
+animals he ever saw; they were perfectly prevented from destroying each
+other, and had enough to eat as long as they lived, and plenty of white
+men to wait upon them. He did not see why they should not live as long
+there as anywhere else, and as happy. He admitted, however, that his
+heart was sad at the desolate look of the old buffalo bull, which he
+would like to have seen turned loose on the prairies.</p>
+
+<p>The Roman-nose said he heard one of the parrots say “God dam.” “So he
+did,” said Jim; “and who could say otherwise, when the Doctor poked his
+ugly face so sud<a class="pagenum" id="Page_92" title="92"></a>denly in amongst them? They know how to speak English,
+and I don’t wonder they say God dam.”<a class="fnanchor" href="#Footnote_20" id="FNanchor_20">[20]</a></p>
+
+<p>I here diverted their attention from the jokes they were beginning
+upon the Doctor, by asking them how they liked the <em>chickabobboo</em> they
+got in the gardens, which they recollected with great pleasure, and
+which they pronounced to have been very good. Mr. Cross had invited
+the whole party to a private view, and after showing us, with great
+politeness, what he had curious, invited us into one of his delightful
+little refreshment rooms, and treated all to cold chickens, pork pies,
+pastries, and champagne, which the Indians called <em>chickabobboo</em>; and
+as he did not know the meaning of the word, I related the story of it,
+which pleased him very much.</p>
+
+<p>The Doctor made some laugh, by saying that “he was going over there
+again in a few days, if he could find some strings long enough, to
+measure the elephant and the bones of the whale, as he had got the
+dimensions of the giant man.” Jim told him “he had not got the measure
+of the <em>giant man</em>&mdash;he had only measured the <em>giant woman</em>, and
+getting scared, he only half measured her; and he was so much afraid
+of women, that he didn’t believe he could ever take the measure of one
+of them correct, if a hundred should stand ever so still for him.”
+The Doctor smiled, and looked at me as if to know if I was going to
+ask some question again. He was fortunately relieved at that moment,
+however, by Mr. Melody’s question to Jim, “how he liked the looks of
+the hyenas, and whether he would like him to buy one to carry home
+with him?” Jim rolled over on to his back, and drew his knees up (the
+only position in which he could “think fast,” as he expressed it;
+evidently a peculiarity with him, and a position, ungraceful as it
+was, which it was absolutely necessary for him to assume, if he was
+going to tell a story well, or to make a speech); and after think<a class="pagenum" id="Page_93" title="93"></a>ing
+much more profoundly than it required to answer so simple a question,
+replied, “Very well, very well,” and kept thinking on. The Little Wolf,
+who was lying by his side, asked him “what he was troubled about?&mdash;he
+seemed to be thinking very strong.” Jim replied to this, that “he was
+thinking a great way, and he had to think hard.” He said, that when he
+was looking at the hyenas, he said to Jeffrey that he thought they were
+the wickedest looking animals he ever saw, and that he believed they
+would go to hell; but that the gentleman who came to the garden with
+Mr. Melody<a class="fnanchor" href="#Footnote_21" id="FNanchor_21">[21]</a> said to him, “No, my friend, none but the animals that
+laugh and cry can go to heaven or to hell.” He said that this gentleman
+then wanted to know how he had heard of hell, and what idea he had of
+it. He said, he told Jeffrey to say to him that some white men (<em>black
+coats</em>) had told amongst his people, that there was such a place as
+hell, very low under the earth, where the wicked would all go, and for
+ever be in the fire. He said, the gentleman asked him if he believed
+it? and that he told him he thought there might be such a place for
+white people&mdash;he couldn’t tell&mdash;but he didn’t think the Indians would
+go to it. He said, the gentleman then asked him why he thought those
+poor ignorant animals the hyenas would go there? And he replied to him
+that <em>Chippehola</em><a class="fnanchor" href="#Footnote_22" id="FNanchor_22">[22]</a> said “the hyenas live by digging up the bodies of
+people after they are buried;” and he therefore thought they were as
+wicked as the white people, who also dig up the Indians’ graves, and
+scatter their bones about, all along our country;<a class="fnanchor" href="#Footnote_23" id="FNanchor_23">[23]</a> and he thought
+such white people would go to hell, and ought to go there. He said he
+also told the gentleman he had heard there were some hells under the
+city of London, and that he had been invited to go and see them: this,
+he said, made the<a class="pagenum" id="Page_94" title="94"></a> gentleman laugh, and there was no more said: that he
+had begun to think that this gentleman was a <em>black coat</em>, but when he
+saw him laugh, he found out that he was not. “Just the time you were
+mistaken,” said Mr. Melody; “for that gentleman <em>was</em> a clergyman, and
+you have made a very great fool of yourself.” “I will risk all that,”
+said Jim; “I have wanted all the time to make a speech to some of them,
+but the chiefs wouldn’t let me.”</p>
+
+<p>The pipe, during these conversations, was being handed around, and
+Jim’s prolific mind, while he was “thinking fast” (as he had called
+it), was now running upon the elephant, and he was anxious to know
+where it came from. I told him it was from the opposite side of the
+globe: he could not understand me, and to be more explicit, I told him
+that the ground we stood upon was part of the surface of the earth,
+which was round like a ball, and many thousands of miles around; and
+that these huge animals came from the side exactly opposite to us. I
+never could exactly believe that Jim, at the moment, doubted my word;
+but in the richness of his imagination (particularly in his thinking
+position) he so clearly saw elephants walking underside of the globe,
+with their backs downwards, without falling, that he broke out into
+such a flood of laughter, that he was obliged to shut out his thoughts,
+and roll over upon his hands and knees until the spasms went gradually
+off. The rest of the group were as incredulous as Jim, but laughed less
+vehemently; and as it was not a time to lecture further on astronomy,
+I thought it best to omit it until a better opportunity: merely
+waiting for Jim’s pencil sketch (and no doubt according to his first
+impression), which he was then drawing, with considerable tact; and
+with equal wit, proposed I should adopt as my “arms” or <em>totem</em>, the
+globe with an inverted elephant.</p>
+
+<p>Melody and I strolled off together, leaving the Indians in this
+amusing mood, while we were agreeing that they were a good-natured
+and well-disposed set of men, determining to take everything in the
+happiest way; and that they were<a class="pagenum" id="Page_95" title="95"></a> well entitled to our protection, and
+our best energies to promote their welfare. We saw that they enjoyed
+every thing that we showed them, with a high relish; and in hopes that
+they might profit by it, and feel a stronger attachment to us, we
+resolved to spare no pains in showing them whatever we could, that they
+might wish to see, and which would be likely, in any way, to render
+them a benefit.</p>
+
+<p>The reader will have seen, by this time, that they were a close
+observing and an amusing set of fellows: and knowing also that at this
+time nearly all the curious sights of London were still before us, he
+will be prepared to meet the most exciting and amusing parts of this
+book as he reads on.</p>
+
+<p>We continued to give these curious and good fellows their daily drives
+in their bus, and by an hour spent in this way each day, for several
+months, they were enabled to form a tolerably correct idea of the
+general shapes and appearance of the city, and its modes, as seen in
+the streets. In these drives, as well as in institutions of various
+kinds, which they visited, they saw many curious things which amused
+them, and others which astonished them very much; but their private
+room was the place for their amusing debates, and remarks upon them,
+when they returned: and to that I generally repaired every night before
+they went to bed, to hear what they had to say and to think, of the
+sights they had seen during the day.</p>
+
+<p><em>Chickabobboo</em>, though an Ojibbeway word, had now become a frequent and
+favourite theme with them, inasmuch as it was at this time an essential
+part of their dinners and suppers, and as, in all their drives about
+town, they were looking into the “gin palaces” which they were every
+moment passing, and at the pretty maids who were hopping about, and
+across the streets, in all directions, both night and day, with
+pitchers of ale in their hands. The elevated positions of the Doctor
+and Jim, as they were alongside of the driver of the bus, enabling
+them, in the narrow streets, to peep into the splendid interior of many
+of these, as<a class="pagenum" id="Page_96" title="96"></a> they were brilliantly illumined, and generally gay with
+bonnets and ribbons, and imagining a great deal of happiness and fun
+to reign in them, they had several times ventured, very modestly, to
+suggest to me a wish to look into some of them&mdash;“not to drink,” as they
+said, “for they could get enough to drink at home, but to see how they
+looked, and how the people acted there.”</p>
+
+<p>I had told them that if they had the least curiosity, there should
+be no objection to their going with me on some proper occasion,
+when they again got on their frock coats and beaver hats; and also
+that if there were any other curious places they wished to see in
+London, Mr. Melody or I would take them there. Upon hearing this the
+big-mouthed and quizzical Jim at once took me at my word, and told me
+that “some gentleman with Daniel had been telling him and the Doctor
+that there were several ‘<em>hells</em>’ under the city of London, and that
+they ought some time to go down and see them.” He didn’t think from
+what Daniel and that man said that they were hells of “fire,” but he
+thought as Daniel had been to them, there could not be much danger,
+and he thought they would be very curious to see; he knew these were
+not the hells which the <em>black coats</em> spoke of, for Daniel told him
+there were many beautiful ladies, and fine music, and <em>chickabobboo</em>
+there; that they did not wish to drink the <em>chickabobboo</em>, but merely
+to look and see, and then come away; and they had no objections to
+put on the black coats for that purpose; he said, in fact, that
+Daniel had invited them to go, and that Jeffrey had agreed to go with
+them. Jim had me thus “upon the hip” for this enterprise, and when I
+mentioned it to poor Melody, he smiled as he seemed to shrink from
+it, and said, “Ah, Catlin, that never will do: we are going to spoil
+these Indians, as sure as the world; there will be in a little time
+nothing but what they will want to see, and we shall have no peace of
+our lives with them. They have all gone now, and Daniel and Jeffrey
+with them, in their bus, all the way to Blackwall, merely to see how
+many <em>chickabobbooags</em><a class="pagenum" id="Page_97" title="97"></a> (gin palaces) they can count in the way, going
+by one route and returning by another. Their minds are running on
+<em>chickabobboo</em> and such things already, and they are in the midst of
+such a scene of gin-drinking and drunkenness as they see every day,
+that I am almost sorry we ever undertook to drive them out at all. I
+am daily more and more afraid that they will all become drunkards, in
+spite of all I can do, and I sometimes wish I had them safe home, where
+we started from. You have no idea what a charge I have on my hands,
+and the annoyance I have about the front of their apartments every
+night, from women who are beckoning them down from their windows to
+the door, and even into the passages and streets. They seem daily to
+be losing their respect for me, and I find it every day more and more
+difficult to control them.” “And so you will continue to find it,” said
+I, “unless privileges and freedom to a reasonable extent are granted
+to them, while they are strictly adhering to the solemn promises and
+restraints we have laid them under. These people have come here under
+your promises to show them everything you can, and to teach them
+how the civilized world live and act. They have reposed the highest
+confidence in you to take care of and protect them, and in return they
+have solemnly promised to conduct themselves properly and soberly; and
+as long as they adhere to that, you should not let them doubt your
+confidence in them, by fearing to show them some parts of the shades as
+well as the lights of civilization. They are here to learn the ways of
+civilization, and I should deem it wrong to deny them the privilege,
+if they ask for it, of seeing such parts of it as you and myself would
+go to see. I have been to see the ‘hells of London’ myself, and would
+much sooner take my son there, and there give him the most impressive
+lesson in morality, than forbid him to go, expressing to him my fears
+of his contamination. These people are like children in some respects,
+and they are men in others; and while I fully appreciate all your noble
+attachment to them, and your anxieties for them,<a class="pagenum" id="Page_98" title="98"></a> with the knowledge I
+have gained of the Indian character, I feel assured that as they are
+brought here to be shown everything of civilization, to restrict them
+in seeing the parts of it they desire to see, will be to exhibit to
+them a want of confidence which would be apt to lead to worse and more
+injurious results before you get home with them. I should have been
+very far from mentioning such places to them, or the many other dens
+of iniquity which exist in the great city of London and the cities of
+our own country, and which I hope they may remain strangers to; but
+they having heard of the hells of London, and expressed a desire to see
+them, I should feel no hesitation in giving Jim and the Doctor a peep
+into them, instead of representing them (as the means of keeping them
+away from them) as being a much greater degradation of human nature
+than they actually are.”</p>
+
+<p>Good, kind Melody looked so much distressed, that I finished my
+arguments here, and told him to “rest quite easy; there was a way by
+which we could get over it, and I not break my promise with Jim and
+the Doctor. That a friend of mine who had been into them recently and
+narrowly escaped with his life, would have a talk with them on the
+subject in a few days, and all would be right.<a class="fnanchor" href="#Footnote_24" id="FNanchor_24">[24]</a><a class="pagenum" id="Page_99" title="99"></a> As for the joke
+they are on to-day, about the <em>gin-shops</em>, I don’t see the least harm
+in it. They must have something to laugh at, and while they are getting
+their usual daily ride in the open air, they are passing one of the
+best comments that ever was made upon one of the greatest vices of the
+greatest city in the world.”</p>
+
+<p>The simple old Doctor, in his curious cogitations amidst the din of
+civilised excitements, while he had been ogling the thousands of
+ladies and gin-palaces, and other curious things all together, from
+the pinnacle of his bus, had brought home one day in round numbers the
+total amount of <em>chickabobbooags</em> that he had seen during the hour’s
+drive on one morning. The enormous amount of these, when added up,
+seemed too great for the most credulous; and Jim, seeming to think that
+the Doctor had counted the ladies instead of the grog-shops, disputed
+the correctness of his report, which had led to the result that was
+being carried out to-day, by some pretty spirited betting between the
+Doctor, Jim, Daniel, and Jeffrey, as to the number of <em>gin palaces
+(chickabobbooags)</em> they should pass on their way from St. James’s
+Street to Blackwall (where they had curiosity to taste “white bait”),
+and back again by a different route, taking <em>Euston Station</em> in their
+way as they returned. For this purpose it was arranged that the Doctor
+and Jim should take their customary seats with the driver; and <em>Roman
+Nose</em> and the <em>Little Wolf</em> inside of the bus, where there was less
+to attract their attention, should each take his side of the street,
+counting as they passed them, while the old War-chief should notch them
+on a stick which they had prepared for the purpose, having Daniel and
+Jeffrey by their sides to see that there was no mistake.</p>
+
+<p>The amusements of this gigantic undertaking were not to be even
+anticipated until they got back, nor its difficulties exactly
+appreciated until they appeared in the prosecution of the design. At
+starting off, the <em>Roman Nose</em> and <em>Little Wolf</em> took their positions
+on opposite seats, each one appropriating a pane of glass for his
+observations, and the old War-chief with his deal stick in one hand
+and a knife in<a class="pagenum" id="Page_100" title="100"></a> the other; and in this way they were ready for, and
+commenced operations. Each one as he passed a gin-shop, called out
+“<em>chickabobbooag!</em>” and the old chief cut a notch. This at first seemed
+to be quite an easy thing, and even allowed the old man an occasional
+moment to look around and observe the direction in which they were
+going, while the two amusing chubs who were outside could pass an
+occasional remark or two upon the ladies as they were commencing to
+keep an oral account, to corroborate or correct the records that were
+making inside. As they gradually receded from the temperate region of
+St. James’s (having by an ignorant oversight overlooked the numerous
+<em>club-houses</em>), their labours began to increase, and the old War-chief
+had to ply his knife with precision and quickness; the two companions
+outside stopped all further conversation, holding on to their fingers
+for tens, hundreds, &amp;c. The word <em>chickabobbooag</em> was now so rapidly
+repeated at times inside (and oftentimes by both parties at once),
+that the old chief found the greatest difficulty in keeping his record
+correct. The parties all kept at their posts, and attended strictly to
+their reckonings, until they arrived at Blackwall. They cast up none of
+their accounts there, but the old chief’s record was full&mdash;there was
+no room for another notch. He procured another stick for the returning
+memorandums, and the route back, being much more prolific and much
+longer, filled each of the four corners of his new stick, and when it
+was full he set down the rest of his sum in black marks, with a pencil
+and paper which Daniel took from his pocket.</p>
+
+<p>The reckoning, when they got back, and their curious remarks upon the
+incidents of their ride, were altogether very amusing, and so numerous
+and discordant were their accounts, that there was no final decision
+agreed upon as to the bets.</p>
+
+<p>Their results were brought in thus:</p>
+
+<table class="width80" summary="Indian count of chickabobbooags" cellpadding="3">
+<tr><td>War-chief</td><td class="tdr">notches</td><td>446</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
+<tr><td>Jim</td><td class="tdr">oral</td><td>432</td><td>doubtful</td><td class="tdr">60</td></tr>
+<tr><td>Doctor</td><td class="tdr">oral</td><td class="bb">754</td><td>doubtful</td><td class="tdr">0</td></tr>
+<tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="tdr">Average</td><td>544.</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
+</table>
+
+
+<p><a class="pagenum" id="Page_101" title="101"></a>
+What route they took I never was able to learn, but such were their
+accounts as they brought them in; and as it was ascertained that the
+Doctor had been adding to his account all the shops where he saw
+bottles in the windows, it was decided to be a reasonable calculation
+that he had brought into the account erroneously:</p>
+
+<table class="width80" cellpadding="3" summary="Correction to chickabbooags count">
+<tr><td>Apothecaries and confectioners&mdash;say</td><td class="top">300</td></tr>
+<tr><td>Leaving the average of all together (which was no doubt
+      very near the thing) Chickabobbooags</td><td class="bot">450</td></tr>
+</table>
+
+<p>So ended (after the half-hour’s jokes they had about it) this novel
+enterprise, which had been carried out with great pains and much
+fatigue, and in which, it was suggested by them, and admitted by me,
+they had well earned a jug of <em>chickabobboo</em>.</p>
+
+<p>The settlement of this important affair was not calculated by any means
+to lessen the Doctor’s curiosity in another respect, and which has been
+alluded to before&mdash;his desire to visit some of those places, to see
+the manner in which the <em>chickabobboo</em> was made. I put him at rest on
+that subject, however, by telling him that there was none of it made
+at those shops where it was sold, but that I had procured an order to
+admit the whole party to one of the greatest breweries in the city,
+where the <em>chickabobboo</em> was made, and that we were all to go the next
+day and see the manner in which it was done. This information seemed to
+give great pleasure to all, and to finish for the present the subject
+of <em>chickabobboo</em>.</p>
+
+<p>The night of this memorable day I had announced as the last night of
+the Indians at the Egyptian Hall, arrangements having been effected
+for their exhibitions to be made a few days in Vauxhall Gardens before
+leaving London for some of the provincial towns. This announcement, of
+course, brought a dense crowd into the Hall, and in it, as usual, the
+“jolly fat dame,” and many of my old friends, to take their last gaze
+at the Indians.</p>
+
+<p>The amusements were proceeding this evening, as on<a class="pagenum" id="Page_102" title="102"></a> former occasions,
+when a sudden excitement was raised in the following manner. In the
+midst of one of their noisy dances, the War-chief threw himself, with a
+violent jump and a yell of the shrill war-whoop, to the corner of the
+platform, where he landed on his feet in a half-crouching position,
+with his eyes, and one of his forefingers, fixed upon something that
+attracted his whole attention in a distant part of the crowd. The
+dance stopped&mdash;the eyes of all the Indians, and of course those of
+most of the crowd, were attracted to the same point; the eyes of the
+old War-chief were standing open, and in a full blaze upon the object
+before him, which nobody could well imagine, from his expression, to be
+anything less exciting than a huge panther, or a grizly bear, in the
+act of springing upon him. After staring awhile, and then shifting his
+weight upon the other leg, and taking a moment to wink, for the relief
+of his eyes, he resumed the intensity of his gaze upon the object
+before him in the crowd, and was indulging during a minute or two in a
+dead silence, for the events of twenty or thirty years to run through
+his mind, when he slowly straightened up to a more confident position,
+with his eyes relaxed, but still fixed upon their object, when, in an
+emphatic and ejaculatory tone, he pronounced the bewildering word of
+<em>Bobasheela!</em> and repeated it, <em>Bobasheela?</em> “Yes, I’m <em>Bobasheela</em>,
+my good old fellow! I knew your voice as soon as you spoke (though
+you don’t understand English yet).” <em>Chee-au-mung-ta-wangish-kee,
+Bobasheela.</em> “My friends, will you allow me to move along towards
+that good old fellow? he knows me;” at which the old chief (not of a
+<em>hundred</em>, but) of <em>many</em> battles, gave a yell, and a leap from the
+platform, and took his faithful friend <em>Bobasheela</em> in his arms, and
+after a lapse of thirty years, had the pleasure of warming his cheek
+against that of one of his oldest and dearest friends&mdash;one whose heart,
+we have since found, had been tried and trusted, and as often requited,
+in the midst of the dense and distant wildernesses of the banks of
+the Mississippi and Missouri. Whilst this extraordinary interview was
+proceeding, all ideas of the<a class="pagenum" id="Page_103" title="103"></a> dance were for the time lost sight
+of, and whilst these veterans were rapidly and mutually reciting the
+evidences of their bygone days of attachment, there came a simultaneous
+demand from all parts of the room, for an interpretation of their
+conversation, which I gave as far as I could understand it, and as far
+as it had then progressed, thus:&mdash;The old Sachem, in leading off his
+favourite war-dance, suddenly fixed his eye upon a face in the crowd,
+which he instantly recognized, and gazing upon it a moment, decided
+that it was the well-known face of an old friend, with whom he had
+spent many happy days of his early life on the banks of the Mississippi
+and Missouri rivers in America. The old chief, by appealing to this
+gentleman’s familiar Indian cognomen of <em>Bobasheela</em>, brought out an
+instant proof of the correctness of his recognition; and as he held
+him by both hands, to make proof doubly strong, he made much merriment
+amongst the party of Indians, by asking him if he ever “floated down
+any part of the great Mississippi river in the night, astride of two
+huge logs of wood, with his legs hanging in the water?” To which
+<em>Bobasheela</em> instantly replied in the affirmative. After which, and
+several <em>medicine</em> phrases, and masonic grips and signs had passed
+between them, the dance was resumed, and the rest of the story, as
+well as other anecdotes of the lives of these extraordinary personages
+postponed to the proper time and place, when and where the reader will
+be sure to hear them.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter">
+ <a id="Plate_14"></a>
+ <hr class="tb" />
+ <img src="images/i_102fp.jpg" width="532" height="640" alt="Plate 14: Mr. J.H., a native of Cornwall" />
+ <div class="caption">N<sup>o.</sup> 14.</div>
+ <hr class="tb" />
+</div>
+
+<p>The exhibition for the evening being over, Bobasheela was taken home
+with the Indians, to their lodgings, to smoke a pipe with them; and
+having had the curiosity to be of the party, I was enabled to gather
+the following further information. This <em>Bobasheela</em> (Mr. J. H., a
+native of Cornwall) (<a href="#Plate_14">Plate No. 14</a>), who is now spending the latter part
+of a very independent bachelor’s life amongst his friends in London,
+left his native country as long ago as the year 1805, and making his
+way, like many other bold adventurers, across the Alleghany Mountains
+in America, descended into the great and almost boundless valley of
+the Mississippi, in hopes by his<a class="pagenum" id="Page_104" title="104"></a> indefatigable industry, and daring
+enterprise, to share in the products that must find their way from that
+fertile wilderness valley to the civilized world.</p>
+
+<p>In this arduous and most perilous pursuit, he repeatedly ascended and
+descended in his bark canoe&mdash;his pirogue or his Mackinaw boat, the
+Ohio, the Muskingham, the Cumberland, the Tennessee, the Arkansas,
+the Missouri, and Mississippi rivers; and amongst the thousand and
+one droll and amusing incidents of thirty years spent in such a sort
+of life, was the anecdote which the War-chief alluded to, in the
+unexpected meeting with his old friend in my exhibition-room, and which
+the two parties more fully related to me in this evening’s interview.
+The good-natured Mr. H. told me that the tale was a true one, and the
+awkward predicament spoken of by the War-chief was one that he was
+actually placed in when his acquaintance first began with his good
+friend.</p>
+
+<p>Though the exhibition had kept us to a late hour, the greetings and
+pleasing reminiscences to be gone over by these two reclaimed friends,
+and (as they called themselves) “brothers” of the “Far West,” over
+repeatedly charged pipes of k'nick k'neck, were pleasing, and held
+us to a most unreasonable hour at night. When the chief, amongst his
+rapid interrogations to Bobasheela, asked him if he had preserved his
+<em>she-she-quoin</em>, he gave instant relief to the mind of his friend,
+from which the lapse of time and changes of society had erased the
+recollection of the chief’s familiar name, <em>She-she-quoi-me-gon</em>,
+by which his friend had christened him, from the circumstance of
+his having presented him a <em>she-she-quoin</em>(or mystery rattle), the
+customary badge bestowed when any one is initiated into the degree of
+“doctor” or “brother.”</p>
+
+<p>From the forms and ceremonies which my good friend <em>Bobasheela</em> had
+gone through, it seems (as his name indicates) that he stood in
+the relationship of brother to the chief; and although the chief’s
+interrogations had produced him pleasure in one respect, one can easily
+imagine him much pained<a class="pagenum" id="Page_105" title="105"></a> in another, inasmuch as he was obliged to
+acknowledge that his sacred badge, his <em>she-she-quoin</em>, had been lost
+many years since, by the sinking of one of his boats on the Cumberland
+river. For his standing in the tribe, such an event might have been
+of an irretrievable character; but for the renewed and continued good
+fellowship of his friend in this country, the accident proved to be one
+of little moment, as will be learned from various incidents recited in
+the following pages.</p>
+
+<p>In this first evening’s interview over the pipe, my friend Mr. H., to
+the great amusement of the party of Indians, and of Daniel and the
+squaws, who had gathered around us, as well as several of my London
+friends, related the story of “floating down the Mississippi river on
+two logs of wood,” &amp;c., as follows:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“This good old fellow and I formed our first acquaintance in a very
+  curious way, and when you hear me relate the manner of it, I am
+  quite sure you will know how to account for his recognizing me this
+  evening, and for the pleasure we have both felt at thus unexpectedly
+  meeting. In the year 1806 I happened to be on a visit to St. Louis,
+  and thence proceeded up the Missouri to the mouth of the ‘Femme
+  Osage’ to pay a visit to my old friend Daniel Boone, who had a short
+  time before left his farm in Kentucky and settled on the banks of
+  the Missouri, in the heart of an entire wilderness, to avoid the
+  constant annoyance of the neighbours who had flocked into the country
+  around him in Kentucky. The place for his future abode, which he
+  had selected, was in a rich and fertile country, and forty or fifty
+  miles from any white inhabitants, where he was determined to spend
+  the remainder of his days, believing that for the rest of his life
+  he would be no more annoyed by the familiarity of neighbours. I
+  spent several weeks very pleasantly with the old pioneer, who had
+  intentionally built his log cabin so small, with only one room and
+  one bed for himself and his wife, that even his best friends should
+  not break upon the sacred retirement of his house at night, but
+  having shared his hospitable board during the day were referred to
+  the cabin of his son, Nathan Boone, about four hundred yards distant,
+  where an extra room and an extra bed afforded them the means of
+  passing the night.</p>
+
+<p>“The old hunter and his son were thus living very happily, and made
+  me comfortable and happy whilst I was with them. The anecdotes of his
+  extraordinary life, which were talked over for amusement during that
+  time, were enough to fill a volume. The venerable old man, whose long
+  and flowing locks were silvery white, was then in his 78th year, and
+  still he almost daily took down his trusty rifle from its hooks in
+  the morning, and in<a class="pagenum" id="Page_106" title="106"></a> a little time would bring in a saddle of venison
+  for our breakfast, and thus he chiefly supported his affectionate
+  old lady and himself, and the few friends who found their way to his
+  solitary abode, without concern or care for the future. The stump of
+  a large cotton-wood tree, which had been cut down, was left standing
+  in the ground, and being cut square off on the top, and his cabin
+  being built around it, answered the purpose of a table in the centre
+  of his cabin, from which our meals were eaten. When I made my visit
+  to him, he had been living several years in this retired state and
+  been perfectly happy in the undisturbed solitude of the wilderness,
+  but told me several times that he was becoming very uneasy and
+  distressed, as he found that his days of peace were nearly over, as
+  two Yankee families had already found the way into the country, and
+  one of them had actually settled within nine miles of him.</p>
+
+<p>“Having finished my visit to this veteran and his son, I mounted my
+  horse, and taking leave followed an Indian trail to the town of St.
+  Charles, some thirty or forty miles below, on the north banks of the
+  Missouri. I here visited some old friends with whom I had become
+  acquainted on the lower Mississippi in former years, and intending
+  to descend the river from that to St. Louis by a boat had sold my
+  horse when I arrived there. Before I was ready to embark, however,
+  an old friend of mine, Lieutenant Pike, who had just returned from
+  his exploring expedition to the Rocky Mountains, had passed up
+  from St. Louis to a small settlement formed on the east bank of
+  the Mississippi, and a few miles below the mouth of the Missouri,
+  to attend a wedding which was to take place on the very evening
+  that I had received the information of it, and like himself, being
+  intimately acquainted with the young man who was to be married, I
+  resolved to be present if possible, though I had had no invitation to
+  attend, it not being known to the parties that I was in that part of
+  the country. The spot where the wedding was to take place being on
+  the bank of the river, and on my route to St. Louis, I endeavoured
+  to procure a canoe for the purpose, but not being able to get such
+  a thing in St. Charles at that time for love or money, and still
+  resolved to be at the wedding, I succeeded in rolling a couple of
+  large logs into the stream, which laid upon the shore in front of
+  the village, and lashing them firmly together, took a paddle from
+  the first boat that I could meet, and seating myself astride of
+  the two logs I pushed off into the muddy current of the Missouri,
+  and was soon swept away out of sight of the town of St. Charles.
+  My embarkation was a little before sundown, and having fifteen or
+  twenty miles to float before I should be upon the waters of the
+  Mississippi, I was in the midst of my journey overtaken by night, and
+  had to navigate my floating logs as well as I could among the snags
+  and sandbars that fell in my way. I was lucky, however, in escaping
+  them all, though I sometimes grazed them as I passed, and within a
+  few inches of being hurled to destruction. I at length entered the
+  broad waters of the Mississippi, and a few miles below on the left
+  bank saw the light in the cabins in which the merry circle of my
+  friends were assembled, and with all my might was plying my paddle to
+  propel my two logs to the shore. In<a class="pagenum" id="Page_107" title="107"></a> the midst of my hard struggle I
+  discovered several objects on my right and ahead of me, which seemed
+  to be rapidly approaching me, and I concluded that I was drifting
+  on to rocks or snags that were in a moment to destroy me. But in an
+  instant one of these supposed snags silently shot along by the side
+  of my logs, and being a canoe with four Indians in it, and all with
+  their bows and war-clubs drawn upon me, they gave the signal for
+  silence, as one of them, a tall, long-armed, and powerful man, seized
+  me by the collar. Having partially learned several of the languages
+  of the Indian tribes bordering on the Mississippi, I understood him
+  as he said in the Ioway language, ‘Not a word! if you speak you die!’
+  At that moment a dozen or more canoes were all drawn close around my
+  two logs of wood, astride of which I sat, with my legs in the water
+  up to my knees. These canoes were all filled with warriors with
+  their weapons in their hands, and no women being with them, I saw
+  they were a war party, and preparing for some mischief. Finding that
+  I understood their language and could speak a few words with them,
+  the warrior who still held me by the collar made a sign to the other
+  canoes to fall back a little while he addressed me in a low voice.
+  ‘Do you know the white chief who is visiting his friends this night
+  on the bank yonder where we see the lights?’ to which I replied ‘Yes,
+  he is an old friend of mine.’ ‘Well,’ said he, ‘he dies to-night,
+  and all those wig-wams are to be laid in ashes. <em>Stet-e-no-ka</em> was a
+  cousin of mine, and <em>Que-tun-ka</em> was a good man, and a friend to the
+  white people. The pale faces hung them like two dogs by their necks,
+  and the life of your friend, the white warrior, pays the forfeit
+  this night, and many may be the women and children who will die by
+  his side!’ I explained to him as well as I could that my friend,
+  Lieutenant Pike, had had no hand in the execution of the two Indians;
+  that they were hung below St. Louis when Lieutenant Pike was on his
+  way home from the Rocky Mountains. I told him also that Lieutenant
+  Pike was a great friend of the Indians, and would do anything to aid
+  or please them; that he had gone over the river that night to attend
+  the wedding of a friend, and little dreamed that amongst the Indians
+  he had any enemies who would raise their hands against him.</p>
+
+<p>“‘My friend,’ said he, ‘you have said enough: if you tell me that
+  your friend, or the friend or the enemy of any man, takes the hand
+  of a fair daughter on that ground to-night, an Ioway chief will not
+  offend the Great Spirit by raising the war-cry there. No Ioway can
+  spill the blood of an enemy on the ground where the hands and the
+  hearts of man and woman are joined together. This is the command of
+  the Great Spirit, and an Ioway warrior cannot break it. My friend,
+  these warriors you see around me with myself had sworn to kill the
+  first human being we met on our war excursion; we shall not harm
+  you, so you see that I give you your life. You will therefore keep
+  your lips shut, and we will return in peace to our village, which is
+  far up the river, and we shall hereafter meet our friends, the white
+  people, in the great city,<a class="fnanchor" href="#Footnote_25" id="FNanchor_25">[25]</a> as we have heretofore done, and we
+  have<a class="pagenum" id="Page_108" title="108"></a> many friends there. We shall do no harm to any one. My face is
+  now blackened, and the night is dark, therefore you cannot know me;
+  but this arrow you will keep&mdash;it matches with all the others in my
+  quiver, and by it you can always recognize me, but the meeting of
+  this night is not to be known.’ He gave me the arrow, and with these
+  words turned his canoe, and joining his companions was in a moment
+  out of sight. My arrow being passed under my hat-band, and finding
+  that the current had by this time drifted me down a mile or two below
+  the place where I designed to land, and beyond the power of reaching
+  it with my two awkward logs of wood, I steered my course onward
+  toward St. Louis, rapidly gliding over the surface of the broad
+  river, and arrived safely at the shore in front of the town at a late
+  hour in the night, having drifted a distance of more than thirty-five
+  miles. My two logs were an ample price for a night’s lodging, and
+  breakfast and dinner the next day; and I continued my voyage in a
+  Mackinaw boat on the same day to <em>Vide Pouche</em>, a small French town
+  about twenty miles below, where my business required my presence. The
+  wedding party proceeded undisturbed, and the danger they had been in
+  was never made known to them, as I promised the War-chief, who gave
+  me as the condition of my silence the solemn promise, that he would
+  never carry his feelings of revenge upon innocent persons any farther.</p>
+
+<p>“Thus ends the story of ‘floating down the Mississippi River on the
+  two logs of wood,’ which the War-chief alluded to in the question he
+  put to me this evening. On a subsequent occasion, some two or three
+  years afterwards, while sitting in the office of Governor Clark, the
+  superintendent of Indian affairs in St. Louis, where he was holding
+  ‘a talk’ with a party of Indians, a fine-looking fellow, of six
+  feet or more in stature, fixed his eyes intently upon me, and after
+  scanning me closely for a few moments, advanced, and seating himself
+  on the floor by the side of me, pronounced the word ‘<em>Bobasheela</em>,’
+  and asked me if ever I had received an arrow from the quiver of an
+  Indian warrior. The mutual recognition took place by my acknowledging
+  the fact, and a shake of the hand, and an amusing conversation about
+  the circumstances, and still the facts and the amusement all kept to
+  ourselves. This step led to the future familiarities of our lives
+  in the various places where the nature of my business led me into
+  his society, and gained for me the regular adoption as Bobasheela
+  (or Brother) and the badge (the <em>she-she-quoin</em>, or Mystery Rattle)
+  alluded to in the previous remarks, and which, it has been already
+  stated, was lost by the sinking of one of my boats on the Cumberland
+  River.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>There was a burst of laughter and mirth amongst the squaws and others
+of us who had listened to this curious tale, and, as the reader will
+easily decide, a great deal of pleasure produced by its relation. The
+supper-table by this time was ready, and Bobasheela took a seat by the
+side of his old friend. The author was also in the humour, and<a class="pagenum" id="Page_109" title="109"></a> joined
+them at their beef-steak and <em>chickabobboo</em>, and so did Mr. Melody
+and Daniel, and all who had joined in the merriment of the occasion
+of <em>Bobasheela’s</em> relation of the story of his going to the wedding
+astride of the two logs of wood. After the supper was over, and while
+the pipe was passing around, a number of other recitals of adventures
+in the “Far-West” continued the amusements of the evening to a late
+hour, when the author retired and left them to their own jokes and
+their night’s rest.</p>
+
+<p>The next morning after this was an exciting and bustling one, as all
+were preparing, at an early hour, to visit the great brewery on that
+day, as had been promised; and on their way back to see the Thames
+Tunnel, and the treasures of the Tower of London. One will easily see
+that here was a gigantic day’s work struck out, and that material
+enough was at hand for my note-book. <em>Bobasheela</em> must be of this
+party, and therefore was not left behind: with all in (except the two
+bucks, who habitually went outside), the Indian bus, with four horses,
+was a travelling <em>music</em> box as it passed rapidly through the streets;
+and the clouds of smoke issuing from it at times often spread the alarm
+that “she was all on fire within” as she went by. At the brewery, where
+they had been invited by the proprietors, servants in abundance were
+in readiness to turn upon their giant hinges the great gates, and pass
+the carriage into the court; and at the entrance to the grand fountain
+of <em>chickabobboo</em> there were servants to receive them and announce
+their arrival, when they were met, and with the greatest politeness
+and kindness led by one of the proprietors, and an escort of ladies,
+through the vast labyrinths and mazes, through the immense halls and
+courts, and under and over the dry-land bridges and arches of this
+smoking, steeping, and steaming wonder of the world, as they were sure
+to call it when they got home. The vastness and completeness of this
+huge manufactory, or, in fact, village of manufactures, illustrated and
+explained in all its parts and all its mysterious modes of operation,
+formed a subject of<a class="pagenum" id="Page_110" title="110"></a> amazement in our own as well as the Indians’
+minds&mdash;difficult to be described, and never to be forgotten.</p>
+
+<p>When the poor untutored Indians, from the soft and simple prairies of
+the Missouri, seated themselves upon a beam, and were looking into
+and contemplating the immensity of a smoking steeping-vat, containing
+more than 3000 barrels, and were told that there were 130 others of
+various dimensions in the establishment&mdash;that the whole edifice covered
+twelve acres of ground, and that there were necessarily constantly on
+hand in their cellars 232,000 barrels of ale, and also that this was
+only one of a great number of breweries in London, and that similar
+manufactories were in every town in the kingdom, though on a less
+scale, they began, almost for the first time since their arrival, to
+evince profound astonishment; and the fermentation in their minds,
+as to the consistency of white man’s teachings of temperance and
+manufacturing and selling ale, seemed not less than that which was
+going on in the vast abyss below them. The pipe was lit and passed
+around while they were in this contemplative mood, and as their ears
+were open, they got, in the meantime, further information of the
+wonderful modes and operations of this vast machine; and also, in round
+numbers, read from a report by one of the proprietors, the quantity of
+ale consumed in the kingdom annually. Upon hearing this, which seemed
+to cap the climax of all their astonishment, they threw down the pipe,
+and leaping into an empty vat, suddenly dissipated the pain of their
+mental calculations by joining in the Medicine (<em>or Mystery</em>) Dance.
+Their yells and screaming echoing through the vast and vapouring halls,
+soon brought some hundreds of maltsmen, grinders, firers, mashers,
+ostlers, painters, coopers, &amp;c., peeping through and amongst the
+blackened timbers and casks, and curling and hissing fumes, completing
+the scene as the richest model for the infernal regions.</p>
+
+<p>Every reader will paint (and <em>must</em> paint) this picture for himself,
+imagining the steeping vapour everywhere rising in curling clouds
+of white towards the blackened walls, and<a class="pagenum" id="Page_111" title="111"></a> timbers, and wheels, and
+stairways, and arches, and bridges, and casks, and from amongst and
+between all of these, the blackened faces and glaring eyeballs piercing
+through the steam, upon the unusual, and to them as yet unaccountable,
+<em>fermentation</em> going on (to the admiration and amusement of those who
+were in the secret) in the empty vat!
+
+At the end of their dance, a foaming mug of the <em>delicious</em> was passed
+around, enabling them more easily and lightly to comprehend the wonders
+of this mighty scene; and after they had finished their round, and seen
+its varied mysteries, a huge and delicious beefsteak, and foaming mugs
+of the <em>cream of chickabobboo</em>, prepared for them by the kind lady of
+one of the proprietors of the establishment, soon smoothed off all the
+edges of their astonishment; and after the war-dance and the war-whoop,
+given to please the ladies, they again passed under the huge arches and
+gateways, and took their omnibus for a visit to the <em>Tower</em>.</p>
+
+<p>The mood in which these good-natured fellows had left the brewery was a
+very merry one; they had got just ale enough for the present emergency,
+and seen an abundant and infallible source at the great fountain of
+<em>chickabobboo</em> to ensure them a constant supply, and seemed, as they
+passed along the streets, to be pleased with everything they saw. They
+met the man again with the “big nose,” and succeeded in stopping the
+bus to take a good look at his wonderful proboscis. As the bus stopped,
+he, like many others, came up to catch a glimpse of the red skins, and
+they all declared, on close examination, that his nose at least must
+have been begot by a potato; for, as the women had before said, they
+could distinctly see the sprouts, and Jim and the Doctor both insisted,
+that “if it were planted it would sprout and grow.”</p>
+
+<p>They stopped the bus again to speak with some poor Lascars sweeping the
+streets; it was difficult to get any interpretation from them, though
+the Indians tried their<a class="pagenum" id="Page_112" title="112"></a> own language on both sides, but in vain; they
+gave them fifteen shillings, and passed on.</p>
+
+<p>The Tower, from its outward appearance, did not seem to excite in them
+any extravagant expectation of what they were to see within its gloomy
+walls. They remarked, when going in, that “they were going to prison;”
+and they were of opinion, no doubt, that it consisted of little else,
+as they had as yet heard no other description of it than that it was
+the “<em>Tower of London</em>” and they were going to see it. Poor fellows!
+they guessed right; they knew not of the illustrious prisoners who had
+pined within its gloomy walls, nor of the blood that had been shed
+within and around it. They went to <em>see</em>, and had enough to engage
+all their thoughts and attention without referring to the events of
+history. We were kindly conducted through the different rooms, and most
+of its curiosities explained to us. The “small-arms room,” containing
+200,000 muskets, had been burned. The “horse armoury” seemed to afford
+them much delight; the thousands of various spears and lances, they
+thought, presented some beautiful models for Indian warfare, and
+hunting the buffaloes. The <em>beheading block</em>, on which Lords Balmerino,
+Kilmarnock, and Lovat were beheaded in the Tower in 1746, attracted
+their attention, and the axe that severed the head of Anne Boleyn.</p>
+
+<p>In the <em>Regalia Room</em>, the crown of her Majesty and four other crowns,
+the sceptres and staffs, and orbs, swords of justice, swords of
+mercy, royal spurs, salts, baptismal fonts, &amp;c., in massive gold and
+brilliant stones, seemed rather to disappoint than to astonish them;
+and to us, who knew better than they did the meaning and value of these
+magnificent treasures, there seemed a striking incongruity in the
+public exhibition of them in so confined and humble an apartment.</p>
+
+<p>The <em>Thames Tunnel</em> was our next object, and a drive of a quarter of an
+hour brought us to the dismal neighbourhood of its entrance. Paying our
+fees, and descending<a class="pagenum" id="Page_113" title="113"></a> some hundred or more steps by a spiral staircase,
+we were ready to enter the tunnel. Walking through its gloomy halls,
+and spending a few shillings for toys protruded under our faces at
+every rod we advanced, by young women sitting at their little stalls
+under each of its arches, we at length ascended an equal number of
+steps, and came to the light of day on the opposite side of the Thames;
+and in the midst of one of the most unintelligible, forlorn, and
+forsaken districts of London or the world, we waited half an hour or
+more for our omnibus to make its circuit across the bridge and take us
+up. We sauntered and loitered our way through, and as long as we were
+passing this monster speculation of the world, we met, to the best of
+our recollection, but four or five persons passing through, who had
+paid their penny a-head for the privilege.</p>
+
+<p>While waiting for the bus, some “on-the-spot” remarks were made by the
+Indians, which I thought had some sound sense in them. They thought it
+must have cost a great deal of money, and believed it was too far out
+of London ever to pay; and they did not see that it was any curiosity
+for them, as they had passed through several on the railway ten times
+as long. They did not think, however, that it need be time and money
+thrown away, as “they thought it might make a first-rate place to twist
+ropes.” These and other remarks they were making about the great tunnel
+as we were jogging along towards home, and evidently somewhat surprised
+that we should have excited their curiosity so high about it.</p>
+
+<p>On our return, after this fatiguing day’s work was finished, their
+dinner was ready; and after that their pipe was smoked, a nap taken,
+and then their accustomed amusements in the Egyptian Hall. Their supper
+was the next thing, and with it their mug of <em>chickabobboo</em>, then their
+pipe, passing around as they all reclined on their buffalo robes on the
+floor, and then began the gossip about the sights they had seen and
+incidents they had witnessed during the day.</p>
+
+<p><a class="pagenum" id="Page_114" title="114"></a>
+This extraordinary day’s rambling had taken them across more bridges
+and through a greater number of crooked and narrow streets than they
+had passed on any former occasion, which brought the Doctor to one of
+the first and shrewdest remarks of the evening. He said “he thought
+from all that he had seen, sitting on top of the bus all day, that the
+English people had the best way in the world for crossing rivers, but
+he thought their <em>paths</em> were many of them too narrow and much too
+crooked.”</p>
+
+<p>“The poor people, and those who seemed to be drunk, were much more
+numerous than they had seen them in any other of their drives;” and
+they were counting the money left in their pouches to see how much they
+had thrown out to the poor. They soon agreed that “they had given away
+something more than thirty shillings, which they thought would do a
+great deal of good, and the Great Spirit would reward them for it.”</p>
+
+<p>The <em>Doctor</em> and <em>Jim</em>, the everlasting cronies, on the outside, were
+comparing their estimates of the numbers they had counted of the
+“<em>Kon-to-too-ags</em> (fighters with one horn)<a class="fnanchor" href="#Footnote_26" id="FNanchor_26">[26]</a> that they had seen over
+the doors and shops as they had passed along, which they had been
+looking at every day since they came to London, but had never yet been
+able quite to learn the meaning of,” and also “the <em>totems</em> (arms, as
+they supposed) of great chiefs, so beautifully painted and put out
+between their chamber windows.”</p>
+
+<p>The Doctor said “he believed the white people had got this custom from
+the Indians, as it was the habit of the great chiefs and warriors to
+put their ‘<em>totems</em>’ over their wig-wam doors, but when they did so,
+they always put out scalps on certain days, to show what they had
+done. He had watched these totems in London as he had been riding, in
+all sorts of weather, and as he had seen no scalps or anything hung
+out by the side of them, he couldn’t exactly see how all these people
+were entitled to them; still, it might<a class="pagenum" id="Page_115" title="115"></a> all be right.” Daniel put
+the Doctor’s inquiries all at rest on the subject of totems and the
+“one-horn fighters,” by telling him that if he would wait a little
+until Mr. Catlin and Mr. Melody had gone, he would give him the whole
+history of white men’s totems, how they got them and the use they made
+of them; and he would also tell him all about the “Lion and the Unicorn
+fighting for the Crown,” &amp;c.</p>
+
+<p>The Doctor here made some comments on the great white war-chief (the
+Duke of Wellington) who had been pointed out to them on horseback as
+they passed him in the street, and his wig-wam was also shown to them
+(<em>i.e.</em> to the Doctor and Jim as they sat outside with the driver). He
+was disposed to learn something more of him, and Daniel silenced him by
+saying, “Let that alone too for awhile, and I will tell you all about
+him.”</p>
+
+<p>Daniel and Jim I found at this time very busily engaged in a corner
+of the room, with a candle on the floor; whilst Daniel was entering
+in a little book the astonishing estimates given us at the brewery,
+of the quantity of ale on hand, the size and number of the vats, and
+the almost incredible quantity consumed in the kingdom each year.
+Jim, as I have before said, was the only one of the party who seemed
+ambitious to civilize; and as he was daily labouring to learn something
+of the English language, he had this day conceived the importance of
+instituting a little book of entries in which he could carry home, to
+enlighten his people, something like a brief statistical account of
+the marvellous things he was seeing, and was to see, amongst the white
+people.</p>
+
+<p>Daniel had at this moment finished entering into it the estimates of
+the brewery and <em>chickabobboo</em>, which had opened their eyes wider,
+perhaps, than anything else they had seen; and he had very wisely left
+a few blank pages in the beginning of the book for other retrospective
+notes and estimates of things they had already seen since the day
+they left home. Jim’s Journal was thus established, and he was, with
+Daniel’s aid, to become a sort of historian to the party; and as the
+sequel will show, he became stimulated thereby<a class="pagenum" id="Page_116" title="116"></a> to greater exertions
+to see and to understand what was curious and interesting, and to get
+estimates of the beauties and blessings of civilization to carry home.
+He laboured from that moment indefatigably, not to write or to read,
+but to speak; and made rapid progress, as will be seen hereafter,
+having known, as he said, but two English sentences when he came to
+England, which were, “How do do?” and “God dam.”</p>
+
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<h2><a class="pagenum" id="Page_117" title="117"></a>
+CHAPTER XXII.</h2>
+
+<p class="hang">
+  The Ioways in Vauxhall Gardens&mdash;Surrey Theatre&mdash;Carter in
+     the lions’ cage&mdash;Astonishment of the Indians&mdash;Indians in
+     the Diving Bell, at the Polytechnic Institution&mdash;Indians
+     riding&mdash;Shooting at target on horseback&mdash;Ball-play&mdash;“Jolly
+     fat dame”&mdash;Ladies converse with the Doctor&mdash;His reasons for
+     not marrying&mdash;Curious questions&mdash;Plurality of wives&mdash;Amusing
+     scene&mdash;The Author in Indian costume&mdash;A cruel experiment&mdash;Ioways
+     arrive in Birmingham&mdash;The Author’s arrival there&mdash;Society of
+     Friends&mdash;Indians all breakfast with Mr. Joseph Sturge&mdash;Kind
+     treatment&mdash;Conversation after breakfast about religion and
+     education&mdash;Reply of the War-chief&mdash;The button-factory of Turner
+     and Sons&mdash;Generous presents to the Indians&mdash;<em>Bobasheela</em>
+     arrives&mdash;Indians dividing their buttons&mdash;Doctor found
+     on top of the Shakespeare Buildings&mdash;Indians’ kindness
+     to a beggar-woman&mdash;Poor-houses&mdash;Many Friends visit the
+     Indians&mdash;Indians’ visit to Miss Catherine Hutton&mdash;Her
+     great age&mdash;Her kindness&mdash;Dinner&mdash;Her presents to them in
+     money&mdash;Parting scene&mdash;The War-chief’s speech to her&mdash;Her
+     letters to the Author&mdash;Indians present to the two hospitals 370
+     dollars&mdash;Address read by the Presidents to the Indians&mdash;Doctor’s
+     reply&mdash;Indians start for York&mdash;A fox-hunt&mdash;Curious notions
+     of Indians about it&mdash;Visit to York Minster&mdash;Ascend the grand
+     tower&mdash;Visit to the castle and prison&mdash;Museum of the instruments
+     of murder&mdash;Alarm of the Doctor&mdash;Kindness of the governor of the
+     castle and his lady&mdash;Indians’ ideas of imprisonment for debt,
+     and punishment for murder.</p>
+
+
+<p>The scene of the Indians’ amusements was now changed from the Egyptian
+Hall to the open air in Vauxhall Gardens, and their dances and other
+exercises were given in the afternoon. Their lodgings were also changed
+at the same time to the buildings within the enclosure of the gardens.
+This arrangement was one of very great pleasure to the Indians, as it
+allowed a free space to exercise in during their leisure hours, amongst
+trees and shrubbery, affording them almost a complete resumption of
+Indian life in the wilderness, as they had the uninterrupted range
+of the gardens during the hours that the public were not there to<a class="pagenum" id="Page_118" title="118"></a>
+witness their amusements. This arrangement was pleasing to them in
+another respect, and to us also, as there were many things they were
+yet anxious to see in London, and which, as they could only be seen at
+night, our former arrangements had entirely precluded them from seeing.
+Under these new arrangements they still had their omnibus drives,
+and at night attended the parties of numerous friends who had been
+desirous to show them some attentions, and also were taken to several
+instructive exhibitions, and to two or three of the principal theatres.</p>
+
+<p>We were then in the vicinity of the Surrey Theatre, where Mr. Carter,
+“the lion-tamer,” invited them several times to witness his wonderful
+feat of going into the lion’s cage. This scene was one of the most
+impressive and exciting nature to them, and will probably be as long
+recollected by them as the wonders opened to their minds at the
+<em>fountain of chickabobboo</em>.</p>
+
+<p>The Polytechnic Institution was one I took great pleasure in
+accompanying them to; and a scene of much amusement for a numerous
+audience as well as amusing and astonishing to themselves, was that
+of their descending in the diving-bell. They were at first afraid of
+it, but after the Doctor had made a descent with me, and come out
+unhurt and unwet, several others went down with Mr. Melody, others with
+Jeffrey&mdash;the old War-chief with his old friend <em>Bobasheela</em>, and so
+on, until every one of the party, men, women, and children, went down
+and experienced the curious sensation of that (to them) greatest of
+<em>medicine affairs</em>.</p>
+
+<p>In Vauxhall Gardens the Indians erected their four wig-wams of buffalo
+hides, and in darting into and about them during their various games
+and amusements, whilst the blue smoke was curling out of their tops,
+presented one of the most complete and perfect illustrations of an
+Indian encampment that could possibly have been designed. It was <em>the
+thing itself</em>, and the very men, women, and children living and acting
+on a similar green turf, as they do on the prairies of the Missouri.</p>
+
+<p><a class="pagenum" id="Page_119" title="119"></a>
+In the amusements as there given, there was an addition to those which
+had been made in <em>Lord’s Cricket-ground</em> some weeks before, having in
+Vauxhall brought horses in to add, with equestrian exercises, to the
+completion of all the modes practised by this tribe. The Ioways, like
+most of the Indians of the prairies of America, subsist upon the food
+of the buffalo, and kill them from their horses’ backs, with their bows
+and arrows, while running at full speed. In the same manner they meet
+their enemies in battle, in which they carry their shield and lance.
+Thus fully equipped, with their own native shields and lances, and
+bows, and even the saddles and trappings for their horses, they all
+mounted upon their backs, in the midst of their amusements, and dashing
+off at full speed, illustrated their modes of drawing the bow as they
+drove their arrows into the target, or made their warlike feints at it
+with their long lances as they passed.</p>
+
+<p>This formed the most attractive part of their exhibition, and thousands
+flocked there to witness their powers of horsemanship and skill in
+prairie warfare. This exciting exhibition which pleased the visitors, I
+could have wished might have been less fatiguing, and even dangerous,
+to the limbs of the Indians than it actually was from the awkwardness
+and perverseness and fright of the horses, not trained to Indian modes.
+With all these difficulties to contend with, however, they played
+their parts cheerfully and well, and the spectators seemed highly
+pleased. Amidst the throngs who visited them here, we could discover
+most of their old standard friends and admirers, who came to see them
+on horseback, and in the beautiful game of ball, in the open grounds
+of Vauxhall, where they could more easily approach and converse with
+them; and amongst such, the “jolly fat dame” was present, and more
+pleased than ever, when she could catch the Doctor’s smile as he passed
+by her at full speed, and raising his shield of buffalo’s hide upon
+his arm, he darted his long lance in feints at her breast, and sounded
+the piercing war-cry. The vanity of<a class="pagenum" id="Page_120" title="120"></a> the Doctor was so well suited in
+this mode of the exhibition, where he could dash by ranks and files,
+and even phalanxes of ladies, with the endless flourishes of his shield
+and lance, that he soon began to exhibit convincing evidences that
+his ambition and his vanity were too much for his bodily resources,
+which it became necessary to replenish occasionally by refusing him
+his horse, on which occasions he made good use of his time, by placing
+himself, wrapped in his robe, with his fan in his hand, by the side
+of the ladies, with whom he could exchange by this time a few words,
+and many significant looks and gestures, which never failed to amuse,
+and seldom failed to operate upon their generous feelings, which were
+constantly adding to the contents of his tobacco pouch, which was
+now known to be a reservoir for money and trinkets of various kinds,
+instead of tobacco.</p>
+
+<p>I happened to be by the side of the Doctor on one of these occasions,
+when I became so much amused with the questions and answers, that I
+immediately after retired and committed them to my note book. A number
+of jolly fat dames, of middle and knowing age, had drawn themselves
+around the Doctor, and looking over their shoulders and under their
+arms, a number of delicate and coy little girls. And having called
+Jeffrey to translate, they were enabled to get the gist of all he
+said, without loss from modesty or evasion, which seemed to be exactly
+what they most desired. His friend Jim having seen him thus enveloped,
+turned <em>his</em> horse loose and came to his aid (or countenance), and as
+the old man hesitated, Jim gave him the nod and the wink to be plain
+in his replies. They had first asked him if he was married? to which
+he replied “No.” They then asked him why he did not get him a wife? he
+said “He had always been very particular about giving offence to the
+women, and he had feared that if he selected one in preference to the
+others, that the others would all be offended.” This queer reply raised
+a great laugh amongst the crowd, and encouraged the Doctor to go on.
+Some one of the ladies then told him she feared he did not admire the<a class="pagenum" id="Page_121" title="121"></a>
+ladies enough? he said, “he had always believed that the reason he did
+not get married was, that he admired them too much; he saw so many that
+he wanted, that he had never decided which to take, and so had taken
+none.” Melody came up at this time, and seemed a little vexed, and
+said, “Catlin, you had better call that old fool away, those people
+will spoil him, he is quite vain enough now.” “Oh, no,” said I, “let
+him alone, he is gratifying the ladies, and we shall see, in a few
+moments, which is the fool, he or the ladies who are questioning him.”
+Melody smiled, and looked on.</p>
+
+<p>“I have been told,” said one of the ladies, “that some of the Indians
+have a number of wives: is that so?”</p>
+
+<p>“Yes,” the Doctor replied in English, “sometimes have a heap.” (The
+ladies all laughed.) Two or three inquired what a “<em>heap</em>” was? Jeffrey
+said, “Why, ma'am, it is what in our country means a ‘<em>lot</em>:’ you know
+what they call a ‘<em>lot</em>’ here?” “Oh, yes! it means a great many.” “Yes,
+a number.” “Well, tell the Doctor I want to know what they do with so
+many?”</p>
+
+<p>Here the poor Doctor was quite at a loss to know what to say; one thing
+he was sure to do&mdash;he smiled&mdash;and it seemed as if he wished that to
+go for an answer: and it might have done so with most of her sex, but
+in this instance it was not quite satisfactory, and the question was
+again put: to which the big-mouthed Jim, who I said had come to the
+relief of his friend, and who had a wife of his own, put in an instant
+reply, which relieved the Doctor, and seemed very much to embarrass the
+lady, for she instantly added, (as all were bursting with laughter,)
+“That isn’t what I mean: I want to know how a chief can get along with
+so many, how he can manage them all, and keep them in good humour and
+satisfied; for,” said she, “in this country, one is quite as much as a
+man can manage.”</p>
+
+<p>This seemed to afford the Doctor a little relief, and he was evidently
+able to go on again, as he smilingly said, “It was quite easy, as
+Indian women were much more peaceable<a class="pagenum" id="Page_122" title="122"></a> and quiet than white women,
+it was much more easy he thought to manage them; they drank no
+<em>chickabobboo</em>, and therefore did not require so much watching as white
+women.”</p>
+
+<p>The lady seemed quite balked in the debate she was about entering on
+with the Doctor, from her ignorance of the meaning of <em>chickabobboo</em>,
+and asked for an explanation of it, as if for all the company about; to
+which Jim put in (again in plain English), “Gin!” “Oh! Doctor,” said
+she, “I hope you don’t accuse the ladies of London of drinking gin?”
+The Doctor replied, that “he had not seen them do it, but that he had
+been told that they did, and that it was the reason why the ladies here
+grew so large and so fat.” He said, “that they could always look out of
+the windows, where he lived, and just before going to bed they could
+see any night a hundred women going home with pitchers full of it,
+to drink after they got into bed, so as to sleep sound: and that one
+night, coming home in their carriage at a late hour, from a distance,
+where they had been to see a show, he and Jim had counted more than
+three hundred women running along in the street, with pitchers filled
+with it in their hands, to drink as they were going to bed.”</p>
+
+<p>The lady’s explanation of this, that “It was only harmless ale that
+these women were carrying in for their masters and mistresses,” excited
+the Doctor’s smiles, but no reply.</p>
+
+<p>She seemed not satisfied yet about the first subject that she had
+started, and reverting to it again, said, “Well, Doctor, I can’t excuse
+the Indians for having so many wives. I like the Indians very much, but
+I don’t like that custom they have; I think it is very cruel and very
+wicked. Don’t you think it is wrong?”</p>
+
+<p>The Doctor studied a moment, and replied, “that it might be wrong, but
+if it was, he didn’t see that it was any worse than for white women
+to have a number of husbands.” “But what, Doctor, what do you mean? I
+hope you have not so bad an opinion of white women as that?” To this
+he very coolly replied, “that when they drank a great deal<a class="pagenum" id="Page_123" title="123"></a> of gin, he
+believed, from what he had seen in his practice, that a woman would
+require more than one husband; and that since he had been in London
+he had seen many walking in the streets, and some riding in fine
+carriages, whom he thought, from their looks, must have more than one
+husband: and from what he had been told, he believed that many women in
+London had a <em>heap</em>!” “That’s a <em>lot</em>!” (cried out a very pretty little
+girl, who had been listening, and, frightened at her own unintentional
+interpretation, started to run.)</p>
+
+<p>“Come, come, Catlin,” said Melody, “pull the old fellow out, and take
+him away;” and so the debate ended, amidst a roar of laughter from all
+sides.</p>
+
+<p>One more of the hundred little reminiscences of Vauxhall, and we will
+leave it. I have already said, that in the spacious apartments of
+Vauxhall, unoccupied, the Indians were quartered, and took their meals;
+and during the forepart of the day, between their breakfast and the
+hour of their afternoon exhibitions, their time was mostly spent in
+strolling around the grounds, or at their varied amusements. Many of
+my personal friends finding this a pleasing opportunity to see them,
+were in the habit of coming in, and amusing themselves with them. I
+had accidentally heard of a party of ladies preparing to come on a
+certain morning, some of them my esteemed friends, and others strangers
+to me: and from a wish to get relieved from a fatiguing conversation,
+as well as from a still stronger desire for amusement, I selected
+from my wardrobe a very splendid dress, head-gear and all complete,
+and fully arranged myself in Indian costume, “cap-à-pied,” with face
+fully painted, and weapons in hand; and at the hour of their arrival
+in the house, took care to be strolling about in the grounds with
+Wash-ka-mon-ya (Jim). Whilst the ladies were amused with the party in
+the house, where there were constant inquiries for me, two of them
+observing us two beaus sauntering about in the garden, came out to keep
+us company, and to talk to us, and with themselves, in the English
+lan<a class="pagenum" id="Page_124" title="124"></a>guage, which of course we Indians knew nothing of: when we shook
+our heads to their inquiries, “Do you speak English, good Indians?” I
+saw they did not recognize me, yet I trembled for fear, for they were
+lovely women, and every sentence almost which they uttered would have
+made the discovery more cruel: we held ourselves dignified and dumb;
+whilst they, poor things, were so much regretting that we could not
+understand what they said. They finished their visit to us and their
+remarks, and returned, leaving me to regret my folly upon which I had
+thoughtlessly entered.</p>
+
+<p>Several weeks were spent in their daily exhibitions in Vauxhall, and,
+as one can easily imagine, much to the satisfaction of the Indians,
+and, I believe, much to the amusement of the visitors who came to see
+them. Within the last week of their exhibition I admitted from charity
+schools 32,000 children, with their teachers, free of charge; to all of
+whom I gave instructive lectures on the position of the tribe, their
+condition, their customs and character: and explained also the modes,
+which were acted out by 14 living Indians before their eyes; and but
+one of these schools ever communicated with me after, to thank me for
+the amusement or instruction; which might not have been a <em>curious
+omission</em>, but I thought it <em>was</em>, at the time.</p>
+
+<p>With the amusements at Vauxhall ended my career in London; and
+contemplating a tour to several of the provincial towns, in company
+with the Indians, I took my little family to Brighton, and having
+left them comfortably situated and provided for, I joined the party
+in Birmingham, where they had arrived and taken lodgings. The idea
+of moving about pleased the Indians very much, and I found them all
+in high spirits when I arrived, delighted to have found that the
+<em>chickabobboo</em> was the same there as in London, and was likely to
+continue much the same in all parts of the kingdom to which they should
+go. There was an unfortunate offset to this pleasing intelligence,
+however, which seemed to annoy them very much, and of which they<a class="pagenum" id="Page_125" title="125"></a> were
+making bitter complaint. On leaving London for the country, they had
+spent some days, and exercised all their ingenuity, in endeavouring
+to clean their beautiful skin dresses, which the soot of London had
+sadly metamorphosed; and on arriving in Birmingham they had the extreme
+mortification to anticipate, from appearances, an equal destruction of
+that soft and white surface which they give to their skin dresses, and
+which (though it had been entirely lost sight of during the latter part
+of their stay in London) had, with great pains, been partially restored
+for a more pleasing appearance in the country.</p>
+
+<p>Though I had several times passed through Birmingham, and on one
+occasion stopped there a day or two, I entered this time a total
+stranger, and in rather a strange and amusing manner. On my journey
+there by the railway, I had fallen in company and conversation with a
+very amusing man, who told me he was a commercial traveller, and we had
+had so much amusing chat together, that when we arrived, at a late hour
+at night, I was quite happy to follow his advice as to the quarters we
+were to take up in the town, at least for the night. He said it was
+so late that the hotels would be closed, and that the commercial inn,
+where he was going, was the only place open, and I should find there
+everything to make me comfortable, and a very nice sort of people. We
+took an omnibus for town, and as there was only room for one inside, he
+got upon the top, and so we went off; and getting, as I supposed, into
+or near the middle of the town, the bus stopped at a “commercial inn,”
+which was open, and lighted up in front, and a number of passengers
+getting out, and others down from the top, I was seeing to get my
+luggage in safe, and the omnibus drove off with my jolly companion
+still on the top; or this I presumed, as he was not left behind. My
+only alternative now was, to make the best of it, and be as comfortable
+as I could; so I got into the “commercial room,” and having been told
+that I should have a bed, I felt quite easy, and told the plump, tidy
+little landlady,<a class="pagenum" id="Page_126" title="126"></a> who was waiting upon me herself, that I would have
+a mug of ale and a biscuit, and then be ready to go to bed. As she
+turned round to execute my command, she met a party consisting of three
+young women, and a man leading one of them on his arm, and in his hands
+carrying three or four carpet-bags and band-boxes, just got down from
+the same bus, and entering the inn on the same errand that I was on.
+“ Madam,” said he, “what have you?”&mdash;“Hevery-think, sir, that you can
+wish.” “Well, one thing we must have, that is, two beds.”&mdash;“They are
+ready, sir.” “Well, ladies,” said he, “suppose we take a drop of wet.”
+This agreed to, the “wet” was brought in in a moment, and also my mug
+of ale.</p>
+
+<p>A very genteel-looking little man whom I had seen in the same carriage
+with me, and now sitting in the room before me, with his carpet-bag
+by the side of him, and his umbrella in his hand, addressed me,
+“Stranger, you’ll allow me.”&mdash;“Certainly, sir.” “I think I heard you
+tell a gentleman in the carriage that you were from New York.”&mdash;“Yes,
+I did so.” “<em>I’m</em> from there. I left there four months ago, and I’ve
+gone ahead, or I’ll be shot. How long have <em>you</em> bin from there,
+sir?”&mdash;“About five years.” “Hell! there’s been great fixins there in
+that time; you’d scarcely know New York now; look here, isn’t this the
+darndest strange country you ever saw in your life? rot ’em, I can’t
+get ’em to do anything as I want it done; they are the greatest set of
+numskulls I ever saw; now see, that little snub of a petticoat that’s
+just gone out there, I suppose she is cock of the walk here too; she’s
+been all civility to you, but I’ve had a hell of a blow up with her;
+I was in here not five minutes before you by the watch, and I spoke
+for a bed and a mug of ale; she brought me the ale, and I told her to
+bring me a tumbler and a cracker, and she turned upon me in a hell of a
+flare-up. She said she was very much obliged to me for my himpudence,
+she didn’t allow crackers in her house, and as for ’tumblers,' they
+were characters she never had anything to do with, thank God; they
+were a low set of creatures, and they never got<a class="pagenum" id="Page_127" title="127"></a> any favour about her
+house. She wanted to know what quarter I came from. I told her I wasn’t
+from <em>any quarter</em>, I was from <em>half</em>&mdash;half the globe, by God, and the
+better half too&mdash;wasn’t I right, stranger? She said her house was a
+hinn, to be sure, but she didn’t hentertain blackguards, so there was
+my hale, and I might drink it hup and be hoff, and be anged, and then
+she cut her string quicker than lightning; now isn’t she a hard un? I
+don’t suppose there is another house open in this darned outlandish
+place at this time of the night; what the devil shall I do? <em>you</em> are
+fixed snug enough.” “Oh, well, never mind,” said I, “be quite easy, it
+is settled in a moment,”&mdash;as I rung the bell. The tidy little landlady
+came in again, and I said, “This gentleman will have a glass if you
+please, and a biscuit.”&mdash;“Hif he was a gentleman, Sir,” said she,
+“but I assure you, Sir, is beaviour as'nt been much like it.” “Well,
+well,” said I, “never mind it now, you will be good friends after a
+little better understanding&mdash;he comes from a country where a glass
+is a <em>tumbler</em> and a biscuit is a <em>cracker</em>: now, if you had known
+this, there would have been no difficulty between you.” “Ho, that I
+hadmit, but it’s very hodd.” “Never mind that, you will find him a good
+fellow, and give him his bed.” “Is bed, Sir?&mdash;hit’s too late; it’s been
+hoccupied hever since you entered the ouse&mdash;the only chance his for you
+and im to turn hin.” “Well,” said I, “never mind, he and I will manage
+that; it is after midnight, and I suppose the other houses are all
+shut?” “I’ll hanswer for that: hif you are ready, gentlemen, I’ll show
+you hup.” My friend kept by my side, but knowing the gloomy fate that
+awaited him if he got into the street again, he kept entirely quiet
+until the little landlady was down stairs. “There,” said he, “isn’t she
+a roarer? I could have settled the hash with her myself in a twinkling,
+if she had only let me have said five words, but her tongue run so
+slick that I couldn’t get the half of a word in edgewise.”</p>
+
+<p>My new acquaintance and I talked a little more before we “turned in,”
+but much more after we had got into<a class="pagenum" id="Page_128" title="128"></a> bed. He could command words and
+ideas fast enough when he was on his feet; but I found in him something
+of Jim’s peculiarity, that he thought much faster and stronger when
+on his back; and for half an hour or so I reaped the benefit of the
+improvement. How long I heard him, and how much he actually said, I
+never could tell exactly; but what he said before I went to sleep I
+always distinctly recollected, and a mere sentence or two of it was
+as follows:&mdash;“Well, stranger, here we are: this is droll, ain’t it?
+‘hodd,’ as the landlady would call it. I’d a been in the streets
+to-night as sure as catgut if it hadn’t been for you. God knows I am
+obliged to you. Youv'e got a sort o’ way o’ gettin' along ur' these
+ere darned, ignorant, stupid sort o’ beings. I can’t do it: dod rot
+'em! they put me out at every step; they are so eternally ignorant;
+did you ever see the like? I suppose you are going to stop awhile in
+Birmingham?” “A few days.” “<em>I</em> shall be here a week, and be bright
+and early enough to get into a decenter house than this is, and be
+glad to join you. I was told in London that the Ioway Indians went on
+here yesterday. I’m damned anxious to meet them: you’ve seen them, I
+suppose?” “Yes, I saw them in London.” “Well, <em>I</em> did not; I was just
+too late; but I must go and look 'em up to-morrow: they know me.” “Then
+you have seen them'?” “Oh, dam 'em, yes: I’ve known 'em for several
+years: they’ll be at home with me at once. I’ve run buffaloes with
+White-Cloud, the chief, many and many a time. He and I have camped out
+more than once. They are a fine set of fellows. I’m going to spend some
+time with them in Birmingham. I know 'em like a book. Oh yes, they’ll
+know me quick enough. I was all through their country. I went clean
+up Lake Superior, nearly to Hudson’s Bay. I saw all the Chippeways,
+and the Black-feet, and the Crows, Catlin’s old friends. By the way,
+Catlin, I’m told, is with these Indians, or was, when they were in
+London&mdash;he’s all sorts of a man.” “Have you seen him?” “Seen him?
+why, dam it, I raised him, as the saying is: I have known<a class="pagenum" id="Page_129" title="129"></a> him all
+my life. I met him a number of times in the Prairie country; he’s a
+roarer.” This was about the last that I distinctly recollected before
+going to sleep; and the next morning my vigilant and wide-awake little
+bedfellow, being about the room a little before me, where my name was
+conspicuous on my carpet bag and writing-desk, &amp;c., had from some cause
+or other thought it would be less trouble and bother to wend his way
+amongst these “stupid and ignorant beings” alone, than to encounter
+the Indians and Mr. Catlin, and endeavour to obliterate the hasty
+professions he had made; and therefore, when I came down and called for
+breakfast for two, the landlady informed me that my companion had paid
+his bill and left at an early hour. I was rather sorry for this, for he
+was quite an amusing little man, and I have never heard of him since.</p>
+
+<p>I found the dumpy little landlady kindly disposed, and she gave me a
+very good breakfast, amusing me a great deal with anecdotes of the
+party who called for “a little bit of wet;” she informed me they were
+a wedding-party, and the man who had the lady on his arm was the
+bride-groom. While waiting for my breakfast I was much amused with
+some fun going on in the street before the window. It seems that the
+house directly opposite had been taken by a couple of tidy-looking
+young women who were sisters, and that, having established a millinery
+business on the lower floor, they had several apartments which they
+were anxious to underlet in order to assist them in paying their heavy
+rent. Young gentlemen are everywhere in this country considered the
+most desirable lodgers, as they give less trouble than any others,
+are less of the time at home, and generally pay best. These young
+adventurers had been therefore anxious to get such a class of lodgers
+in their house, and had, the day before, employed a sign-painter to
+paint a conspicuous board, in bright and glaring letters, which was
+put up on a post erected in the little garden in front of their house,
+near the gate. The announcement ran, when the young ladies retired to
+bed, “<em>Lodgings for single gentlemen</em>”<a class="pagenum" id="Page_130" title="130"></a>&mdash;a customary and very innocent
+way of offering apartments; but owing to the cruelty of some wag during
+the night it was found in the morning, to the great amusement of the
+collected crowd, to read, “<em>Longings for single gentlemen</em>.” How long
+this continued to amuse the passers-by, or how it might have affected
+the future prospects of the poor girls, I cannot of course tell, as I
+forthwith proceeded to a more pleasant part of the town. Birmingham
+I found on further acquaintance to be one of the pleasantest towns
+I visited in the kingdom, and its hotels and streets generally very
+different from those into which my commercial travelling acquaintance
+had that night led me.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Melody had all things prepared for our exhibition when I arrived,
+having taken the large hall in the Shakspeare Buildings, and also
+procured rooms for the Indians to sleep in in the same establishment.</p>
+
+<p>The Indians and myself were kindly received in Birmingham, for which,
+no doubt, they, like myself, will long feel grateful. The work which I
+had published had been extensively read there, and was an introduction
+of the most pleasing kind to me, and the novelty and wildness of the
+manners of the Indians enough to ensure them much attention.</p>
+
+<p>In their exhibition room, which was nightly well attended, we observed
+many of the Society of Friends, whom we could always easily distinguish
+by their dress, and also more easily by the kind interest they
+expressed and exhibited, whenever opportunity occurred, for the welfare
+of those poor people. The Indians, with their native shrewdness and
+sagacity, at once discovered from their appearance and manner that
+they were a different class of people from any they had seen, and were
+full of inquiries about them. I told them that these were of the same
+society as their kind friend Dr. Hodgkin, whom they so often saw in
+London, who is at the head of the <em>Aborigines Protection Society</em>, who
+was the first person in England to invite them to his table, and whom
+the reader will recollect they called <em>Ichon<a class="pagenum" id="Page_131" title="131"></a>-na Wap-pa</em>(the straight
+coat); that they were the followers of the great William Penn, whom I
+believed they had heard something about. They instantly pronounced the
+name of “Penn, Penn,” around the room, convincing me, as nearly every
+tribe I ever visited in the remotest wildernesses in America had done,
+that they had heard, and attached the greatest reverence to, the name
+of Penn.</p>
+
+<p>These inquiries commenced in their private room one evening after the
+exhibition had closed, and they had had an interview in the exhibition
+room with several ladies and gentlemen of that society, and had
+received from them some very valuable presents. They all agreed that
+there was something in their manners and in their mode of shaking
+hands with them that was more kind and friendly than anything they had
+met amongst other people; and this I could see had made a sensible
+impression upon them.</p>
+
+<p>I took this occasion to give them, in a brief way, an account of the
+life of the immortal William Penn; of his good faith and kindness in
+all his transactions with the Indians, and the brotherly love he had
+for them until his death. I also gave them some general ideas of the
+Society of Friends in this country, from whom the great William Penn
+came;&mdash;that they were the friends of all the human race; that they
+never went to war with any people; that they therefore had no enemies;
+they drink no spirituous liquors; that in America and this country
+they were unanimously the friends of the Indians; and I was glad to
+find that in Birmingham we were in the midst of a great many of them,
+with whom they would no doubt become acquainted. There were here some
+inquiries about the religion of the Friends, which I told them was the
+Christian religion, which had been explained to them; that they were
+all religious and charitable, and, whatever religion the Indians might
+prefer to follow, these good people would be equally sure to be their
+friends. They seemed, after this, to feel an evident pleasure whenever
+they saw parties of Friends entering the room: they at once recognised
+them<a class="pagenum" id="Page_132" title="132"></a> whenever they came in, and, on retiring to their own room,
+counted up the numbers that had appeared, and made their remarks upon
+them. In one of these conversations I pleased them very much by reading
+to them a note which I had just received from Mr. Joseph Sturge, with
+whom I had been acquainted in London, and who was now residing in
+Birmingham, inviting me to bring the whole party of Indians to his
+house to breakfast the next morning. I told them that Mr. Sturge was a
+very distinguished man, and one of the leading men of the Society of
+Friends. This pleased them all exceedingly, and at the hour appointed
+this kind gentleman’s carriages were at the door to convey the party
+to his house. Mr. Melody and Jeffrey accompanied us, and there were
+consequently seventeen guests to be seated at this gentleman’s
+hospitable board, besides a number of his personal friends who were
+invited to meet the Indians. After receiving all in the most cordial
+manner, he read a chapter in his Bible, and then we were invited to
+the table. This interview elicited much interesting conversation, and
+gained for the Indians and Mr. Melody many warm and useful friends.</p>
+
+<p>Before taking leave, the War-chief arose, and, offering his hand to Mr.
+Sturge, made the following remarks:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“My Friend,&mdash;The Great Spirit, who does everything that is good, has
+  inclined your heart to be kind to us; and, first of all, we thank Him
+  for it.</p>
+
+<p>“The Chief, White Cloud, who sits by me, directs me to say that we
+  are also thankful to you for this notice you have taken of us, poor
+  and ignorant people, and we shall recollect and not forget it.</p>
+
+<p>“We hope the Great Spirit will be kind to you all. I have no more to
+  say.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>The simplicity of this natural appeal to the Great Spirit, and its
+close (in which they were commended by the poor and unenlightened
+Indian of the wilderness to the care and kindness of their God), seemed
+to create surprise in the minds of the audience, and to excite in the
+Indians’ behalf a deep and lively interest.</p>
+
+<p>After the breakfast and conversation were over, the<a class="pagenum" id="Page_133" title="133"></a> whole party was
+kindly sent back by the same carriages, and the Indians returned in a
+state of perfect delight with the treatment they had met with, and the
+presents they had received.</p>
+
+<p>Poor <em>Jim</em> (the student and recorder) was anxious that I should write
+down the name of <em>William Penn</em> in his book, and also that of the
+gentleman who had just entertained us, that he might be able to repeat
+them correctly when he got back to the wilderness again, and have
+something to say about them.</p>
+
+<p>We found on our return that the hour of another engagement was at hand,
+and carriages were soon prepared to take us to the button-factory of
+Messrs. Turner and Son, to which we had been kindly invited; and on our
+arrival we found ourselves most cordially received and entertained.
+The proprietor led the party through every room in his extensive
+establishment, and showed them the whole process of striking the
+buttons and medals from various dies, which pleased them very much,
+and, after showing and explaining to them all the different processes
+through which they passed in their manufacture, led them into his
+ware-room or magazine, where his stock on hand was exhibited, and
+package after package, and gross upon gross, of the most splendid and
+costly buttons were taken down, and by his own generous hand presented
+to them. These were such <em>brilliant evidences</em> of kindness, and would
+be so ornamental to the splendid dresses which they and their wives
+were to have when they got home, that they looked upon them as more
+valuable than gold or silver. These were presented to them in the
+aggregate, and all carried in a heavy parcel by the interpreter; and
+when they had thanked the gentleman for his munificent liberality and
+got back to their rooms, a scene of great brilliancy and much interest
+and amusement was presented for an hour or two, while they had their
+treasures spread out, covering half of the floor on which they lodged,
+and making a <em>per capita</em> division of them.</p>
+
+<p><a class="pagenum" id="Page_134" title="134"></a>
+In the midst of this exhilarating and dazzling scene, their old friend
+<em>Bobasheela</em> made his appearance, having just arrived from London on
+his way to Cornwall. He could not, he said, pass within a hundred
+miles of them without stopping to see them a few days, and smoke a
+pipe or two with them again. <em>Bobasheela</em> was stopped at the door,
+notwithstanding their love for him; he could not step in without doing
+sacrilege with his muddy boots to the glittering carpet of buttons
+which they had formed on the floor, and upon which his eyes were
+staring, as he thought at the first glance they could have committed
+no less a trespass than to have plundered a jeweller’s shop. A way was
+soon opened for his feet to pass, and, having taken a hearty shake of
+the hand with all, he was offered a seat on the floor, and in a few
+moments found that an equal parcel was accumulating between his knees
+as in front of each, and that, instead of fourteen, they were now
+dividing them into fifteen parcels. This he objected to, and with much
+trouble got them to undo what they had done, and go back to the first
+regulation of dividing them equally amongst fourteen.</p>
+
+<p>The Shakspeare Buildings afforded the Indians a fine promenade in its
+large portico overlooking the street, where all Birmingham passed
+before their eyes, giving them one of the most gratifying privileges
+they had had, and promising them a rich and boundless means of
+amusement; but their enjoyment of it was short, for the crowds that
+assembled in the streets became a hinderance to business, and they were
+denied the further privilege of their delightful look-out. They were
+therefore called in, and stayed in, and yet the crowd remained, and
+could not be dispersed, while their attention seemed fixed upon some
+object higher up than the portico, which led us at once to surmise its
+cause, and, searching for the old Doctor, he was not to be found: he
+was, of course, upon the pinnacle of the house, wrapped in his robe,
+smiling upon the crowd beneath him, and taking a contemplative gaze
+over the city and country that lay under his view. I could only get
+to him by following the intricate<a class="pagenum" id="Page_135" title="135"></a> mazes through which the old lady
+(curatress) conducted me, and through which the Doctor said he had
+required several days of investigation to find his way, and which he
+had never succeeded in until just at that moment.</p>
+
+<p>Under this rather painful embargo there was no satisfactory way of
+peeping into the amusements of the streets but by going down the
+stairs, which Jim and his ever-curious friend the Doctor used daily
+and almost hourly to do, and, standing in the hall, see all they could
+that was amusing, until the crowd became such that it was necessary to
+recall them to their room. On one of these occasions they had espied
+a miserably poor old woman, with her little child, both in rags, and
+begging for the means of existence. The pity of the kind old Doctor was
+touched, and he beckoned her to come to him, and held out some money;
+but fear was superior to want with her, and she refused to take the
+prize. The Doctor went for Daniel, who, at his request, prevailed upon
+the poor woman to come up to their room, by assuring her that they
+would not hurt her, and would give her much more than white people
+would. She came up with Daniel, and the Indians, all seated on the
+floor, lit a pipe as if going into the most profound council; and so
+they were, for with hearts sympathizing for the misery and poverty
+of this pitiable-looking object, a white woman and child starving to
+death amidst the thousands of white people all around her in their fine
+houses and with all their wealth, they were anxious to talk with her,
+and find out how it was that she should not be better taken care of.
+Jeffrey was called to interpret, and Melody, <em>Bobasheela</em>, Daniel, and
+myself, with two or three friends who happened to be with us at the
+time, were spectators of the scene that ensued. The War-chief told her
+not to be frightened nor to let her little child be so, for they were
+her friends; and the Doctor walked up to her, took his hand out from
+under his robe, put five shillings into hers, and stepped back. The
+poor woman curtsied several times, and, crossing her hands upon her
+breast, as<a class="pagenum" id="Page_136" title="136"></a> she retreated to the wall, thanked “his Honour” for his
+kindness. “The Lard be with your Honours for your loving kindness, and
+may the Lard of Haven bless you to al etarnity, for ee niver e thaught
+af sich threatment fram sich fraightful-lukin gantlemin as ee was a
+thakin you to ba.”</p>
+
+<p>The War-chief then said to her, “There, you see, by the money we have
+been all of us giving out of our purses, that we wish to make you happy
+with your little child, that you may have something for it to eat;
+you see now that we don’t wish to hurt you, and we shall not; but we
+want to talk with you a little, and before we talk we always make our
+presents, if we have anything to give. We are here poor, and a great
+way from home, where we also have our little children to feed; but the
+Great Spirit has been kind to us, and we have enough to eat.” To this
+the Indians, who were passing the pipe around, all responded “<em>How!
+how! how!</em>”</p>
+
+<p>The old chief then proceeded to ask the poor woman how she became so
+poor, and why the white people did not take care of her and her child.
+She replied that she had been in the workhouse, and her husband was
+there still; she described also the manner in which she had left it,
+and how she became a beggar in the streets. She said that when she
+and her husband were taken into the poorhouse they were not allowed
+to live together, and that she would rather die than live in that way
+any longer, or rather beg for something to eat in the streets as she
+was now doing; and as the cold weather was coming in, she expected her
+child and herself would be soon starved to death.</p>
+
+<p>The poor Indians, women and all, looked upon this miserable
+shivering object of pity, in the midst of the wealth and luxuries of
+civilization, as a mystery they could not expound, and, giving way to
+impulses that they could feel and appreciate, the women opened their
+trunks to search for presents for the little child, and by White
+Cloud’s order filled her lap with cold meat and bread sufficient to
+last<a class="pagenum" id="Page_137" title="137"></a> them for a day or two. The good old Doctor’s politeness and
+sympathy led him to the bottom of the stairs with her, where he made
+her understand by signs that every morning, when the sun was up to a
+place that he pointed to with his hand, if she would come, she would
+get food enough for herself and her little child as long as they
+stayed in Birmingham; and he recollected his promise, and made it his
+especial duty every morning to attend to his pensioners at the hour
+appointed.<a class="fnanchor" href="#Footnote_27" id="FNanchor_27">[27]</a></p>
+
+<p>The moral to be drawn from all this was one of curious interest and
+results in the minds of the Indians, and a long conversation ensued
+amongst them, in which <em>Daniel</em> and their friend <em>Bobasheela</em> (who were
+familiar with the sufferings and modes of treatment of the poor) took
+part, and which, as Melody and I had withdrawn, afterwards gave us
+some cause to regret that such a pitiable object of charity had been
+brought into their presence for the temporary relief they could give
+her, and which resulted in so glaring an account of the sum total of
+misery and poverty that was constantly about them, of the extent of
+which we both began to think it would have been better to have kept
+them ignorant. Daniel and <em>Bobasheela</em> had opened their eyes to the
+system of poorhouses and other public establishments for the employment
+and protection of the poor; and until this account, which was already
+entered in <em>Jim’s</em> book, had been given them by these two knowing
+politicians, they had but little idea of this enormous item that was to
+go into the scales in weighing the blessings of civilization.</p>
+
+<p>Almost daily visits were now being made to their private rooms by
+parties of ladies and gentlemen of the Society of<a class="pagenum" id="Page_138" title="138"></a> Friends, with whom
+they were rapidly advancing into the most interesting acquaintance,
+and which I observed it was affording Mr. Melody almost unspeakable
+satisfaction to behold. They were kindly invited to several houses, and
+treated at their tables with the greatest friendship. Of these, there
+was one visit that it would be wrong for me to overlook and to neglect
+to give here the notes that I made of it at the time.</p>
+
+<p>A note was written to me in a bold and legible hand by Miss Catherine
+Hutton, desiring to know “at what hour it would be suitable for her to
+come from her house, a few miles out of town, to see the Indians (for
+whom she had always had a great love), so as not to meet a crowd, for
+her health was not very good, being in the ninety-first year of her
+age.” This venerable and most excellent lady I held in the highest
+respect, from a correspondence I had held with her on the subject
+of the Indians ever since I had been in England, though I never had
+seen her. Her letters had always teemed with love and kindness for
+these benighted people, and also with thanks to me for having done so
+much as I had for their character and history. I therefore deemed it
+proper to respond to her kindness by proposing to take the whole party
+to her house and pay her the visit. Her note was answered with that
+proposition, which gave her great pleasure, and we took a carriage and
+went to her delightful residence.</p>
+
+<p>We were received with unbounded kindness by this most excellent and
+remarkable lady, and spent a couple of hours under her hospitable roof
+with great satisfaction to ourselves, and with much pleasure to her,
+as her letter to me on the following day fully evinced.<a class="fnanchor" href="#Footnote_28" id="FNanchor_28">[28]</a> After a
+personal introduction<a class="pagenum" id="Page_139" title="139"></a> to each one in turn, as she desired, and half
+an hour’s conversation, they were invited into an adjoining room to a
+breakfast-table loaded with the luxuries she had thought most grateful
+to their tastes. This finished, another half-hour or more was passed in
+the most interesting conversation, containing her questions and their
+answers, and her Christian advice to prepare their minds for the world
+to which, said she, “we must all go soon, and, for myself, I am just
+going, and am ready.” When we were about to take our leave of her, she
+called each one up in succession, and, having a quantity of money in
+silver half-crowns placed on the sofa by her side, she dealt it out to
+them as they came up, shaking hands at the same time and bidding each
+one a lasting farewell, embracing each of the women and children in her
+arms and kissing them as she took leave. This kindness melted their
+hearts to tears, and brought old <em>Neu-mon-ya</em> (the War-chief) up before
+her at full length, to make the following remarks:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“My Friend,&mdash;The Great Spirit has opened your heart to feel a
+  friendship for the red people, and we are thankful to Him for it. We
+  have been happy to see your face to-day, and our hearts will never
+  forget your kindness. You have put a great deal of money into our
+  hands, which will help<a class="pagenum" id="Page_140" title="140"></a> to feed our little children, and the Great
+  Spirit will not forget this when you go before him.</p>
+
+<p>“My kind Mother,&mdash;You are very old. Your life has been good; and the
+  Great Spirit has allowed you to live to see us; and He will soon call
+  you to Him. We live a great way from here, and we shall not look upon
+  your face again in this world; though we all believe that, if we
+  behave well enough, we shall see your face in the world to come.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>The chief here stopped, and, shaking her hand again, withdrew. The
+excellent lady was overwhelmed in tears, and called to her maid,
+“Betty, bring all the silver that I left in the drawer there; bring the
+whole of it and divide it among them; my eyes are so weak that I cannot
+see it&mdash;give it to them, dear creatures! May God bless their dear
+souls!” Such had been the meeting, and such were her parting words as
+we came away.</p>
+
+<p>The Indians continued to speak in terms of the greatest admiration of
+this kind old lady, and the certainty that they should never see her
+face again made them for some days contemplative and sad. They had many
+civilities extended to them in town, however, which were calculated to
+dissipate melancholy and contemplation. Their repeated visits to the
+house and the table of Doctor Percy were exceedingly pleasing to them,
+where they were amused with experiments in electricity and galvanism,
+and other chemical results, to them new, and far beyond the reach of
+their comprehensions.</p>
+
+<p>Their days and nights were now passing away very pleasantly, visited
+by and visiting so many kind friends, doing all they could to make
+them happy&mdash;giving their nightly amusements at the Shakspearian
+Rooms, and enjoying the society and western jokes of their old friend
+<em>Bobasheela</em>, and, after their dinners and suppers, their other old
+friend, <em>chickabobboo</em>.</p>
+
+<p>About this time some very kindly-disposed friends proposed that a
+couple of nights of their exhibitions should be given in the immense
+room of the Town-hall, and one half of the receipts be presented
+to the two hospitals, representing that upon such conditions they
+thought the use of the hall<a class="pagenum" id="Page_141" title="141"></a> would be granted free of expense, and
+believing that the results would be beneficial to both parties. Mr.
+Melody and I at once consented, and, the entertainments on those two
+nights being for a charitable purpose, the crowds that came in were
+very great, and the receipts beyond what we expected, the profits
+being 145<em>l.</em> 12<em>s.</em>, the half of which, 72<em>l.</em> 16<em>s.</em>, the Ioways
+presented to the two hospitals, and on the following day were invited
+to attend at the Town-hall at eleven o’clock in the morning, to
+receive an acknowledgment of it from the venerable Presidents of the
+two institutions, and to hear an address which was prepared to be
+read and given to them. The Indians met the two kind and excellent
+gentlemen (both of whom were Friends), and many others, both ladies and
+gentlemen, of their society; and seeing the results of this meeting
+likely to be of a very interesting nature, I took pains to make notes
+of all that was said on the occasion. The venerable Mr. R. T. Cadbury,
+from the General Hospital, in a very impressive manner, and suited
+to their understandings, explained to the Indians, through their
+interpreter, the purpose for which the hospital was built and carried
+on, after which he read the following resolution, which had been passed
+at the weekly meeting of the Board of Governors on the preceding day:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“Resolved,&mdash;That the Chairman be requested to present the thanks of
+  this Board to Mr. Catlin, Mr. Melody, and the Ioway Indians, for
+  the donation of 36<em>l.</em> 8<em>s.</em>, being a moiety of the net proceeds of
+  two exhibitions made for the benefit of the two hospitals at the
+  Town-hall; and to assure them their generous gift shall be faithfully
+  applied to the relief of the sick and maimed, for whose benefit the
+  said hospital was instituted, and for sixty-five years has been
+  supported by voluntary donations and subscriptions.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>After reading this, Mr. Cadbury presented to each of them a copy of the
+annual report and rules of the institution, and expressed a hope that
+all of them would reach their distant homes in safety, and that their
+visit to this country would be beneficial to them.</p>
+
+<p>The chief, <em>White Cloud</em>, shook hands with Mr. Cadbury, and replied as
+follows:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<a class="pagenum" id="Page_142" title="142"></a>
+
+<p>“My Friend,&mdash;I have very few remarks to make to you. We are all very
+  thankful to you for the speech you have made to us, and for the
+  prayer you have made that we may all reach home safe. Those words
+  pleased all my people here very much, and we thank you for them.</p>
+
+<p>“My Friend,&mdash;We have now been some time in England, and, amongst all
+  the words of friendship we have heard, nothing has been more pleasing
+  to us than the words we have heard from your lips. We have seen some
+  of the greatest men in this country, and none have delighted us so
+  much as you have by the way in which you have spoken; and we believe
+  that the service we have rendered to the hospital will be looked on
+  with mutual satisfaction.</p>
+
+<p>“My Friend,&mdash;The Americans have been long trying to civilize us, and
+  we now begin to see the advantages of it, and hope the Government of
+  the United States will do us some good. I hope some of the people of
+  my nation will place their children with white people, that they may
+  see how the white children live.</p>
+
+<p>“My Friend,&mdash;I have nothing more to say, but to thank you.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>After the speech of White Cloud, Mr. J. Cadbury, at the head of a
+deputation from the “<em>Temperance Society</em>” (to which the Indians had
+sent also the sum of 36<em>l.</em> 8<em>s.</em>), presented himself, and read an
+address from that association, thanking them for the amount received,
+and advising the Indians to abstain from the use of “<em>fire-water</em>” and
+to practise <em>charity</em>, which was one of the greatest of virtues.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Cadbury then addressed the Indians, in all the fervency and
+earnestness of prayer, on the all-important subject of temperance. His
+words and sentences, selected for their simple understandings, were in
+the simplicity, and consequently the eloquence of nature, and seemed to
+win their highest admiration and attention. He painted to them in vivid
+colours the horrors and vice of intemperance, and its consequences; and
+also the beauty and loveliness of sobriety, and truth, and charity,
+which he hoped and should pray that they might practise in the
+wilderness, with constant prayers to the Great Spirit in the heavens,
+when they returned to their own country.</p>
+
+<p>When this venerable gentleman’s remarks were finished, the old Doctor
+(or Medicine-man) arose from his seat upon the floor, with his pipe in
+his lips, and, advancing, shook hands<a class="pagenum" id="Page_143" title="143"></a> with the two Messrs. Cadbury,
+and, handing his pipe to the chief, spoke as follows:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“My Friends,&mdash;I rise to thank you for the words you have spoken to
+  us: they have been kind, and we are thankful for them.</p>
+
+<p>“My Friends,&mdash;When I am at home in the wilderness, as well as when I
+  am amongst you, I always pray to the Great Spirit; and I believe the
+  chiefs and the warriors of my tribe, and even the women also, pray
+  every day to the Great Spirit, and He has therefore been very kind to
+  us.</p>
+
+<p>“My Friends,&mdash;We have been this day taken by the hand in friendship,
+  and this gives us great consolation. Your friendly words have opened
+  our ears, and your words of advice will not be forgotten.</p>
+
+<p>“My Friends,&mdash;You have advised us to be charitable to the poor, and
+  we have this day handed you 360 dollars to help the poor in your
+  hospitals. We have not time to see those poor people, but we know you
+  will make good use of the money for them; and we shall be happy if,
+  by our coming this way, we shall have made the poor comfortable.</p>
+
+<p>“My Friends,&mdash;We Indians are poor, and we cannot do much charity.
+  The Great Spirit has been kind to us though since we came to this
+  country, and we have given altogether more than 200 dollars to the
+  poor people in the streets of London before we came here; and I need
+  not tell you that this is not the first day that we have given to the
+  poor in this city.</p>
+
+<p>“My Friends,&mdash;If we were rich, like many white men in this country,
+  the poor people we see around the streets in this cold weather, with
+  their little children barefooted and begging, would soon get enough
+  to eat, and clothes to keep them warm.</p>
+
+<p>“My Friends,&mdash;It has made us unhappy to see the poor people begging
+  for something to eat since we came to this country. In our country
+  we are all poor, but the poor all have enough to eat, and clothes to
+  keep them warm. We have seen your poorhouses, and been in them, and
+  we think them very good; but we think there should be more of them,
+  and that the rich men should pay for them.</p>
+
+<p>“My Friends,&mdash;We admit that before we left home we all were fond of
+  ‘<em>fire-water</em>,’ but in this country we have not drunk it. Your words
+  are good, and we know it is a great sin to drink it. Your words to us
+  on that subject, can do but little good, for we are but a few; but if
+  you can tell them to the white people, who make the ‘<em>fire-water</em>,’
+  and bring it into our country to sell, and can tell them also to the
+  thousands whom we see drunk with it in this country, then we think
+  you may do a great deal of good; and we believe the Great Spirit will
+  reward you for it.</p>
+
+<p>“My Friends,&mdash;It makes us unhappy, in a country where there is so
+  much wealth, to see so many poor and hungry, and so many as we see
+  drunk. We know you are good people, and kind to the poor, and we give
+  you our hands at parting; praying that the Great Spirit will assist
+  you in taking care of the poor, and making people sober.</p>
+
+<p>“My Friends,&mdash;I have no more to say.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<p><a class="pagenum" id="Page_144" title="1454"></a>
+Temperance medals were then given to each of the Indians, and the
+deputation took leave.</p>
+
+<p>A council was held that evening in the Indians’ apartments, and several
+pipes smoked, during which time the conversation ran upon numerous
+topics, the first of which was the interesting meeting they had held
+that day, and on several former occasions, with the Friends, and which
+good people they were about to leave, and they seemed fearful they
+should meet none others in their travels. They were passing their
+comments upon the vast numbers which Daniel and <em>Bobasheela</em> had told
+them there actually were of poor people shut up in the poorhouses,
+besides those in the streets, and underground in the coal-pits; and
+concluded that the numerous clergymen they had to preach to them, and
+to keep them honest and sober, were not too many, but they thought they
+even ought to have more, and should at least keep all they had at home,
+instead of sending them to preach to the Indians. <em>Jim</em> was busy poring
+over his note-book, and getting Daniel to put down in round numbers the
+amount of poor in the poorhouses and in the streets, which they had
+found in some newspaper. And he was anxious to have down without any
+mistake the large sum of money they had presented to the hospitals, so
+that when they got home they could tell of the charity they had done
+in England; and if ever they got so poor as to have to beg, they would
+have a good paper to beg with. The sum, in American currency (as they
+know less of pounds, shillings, and pence), amounted to the respectable
+one of 370 dollars.</p>
+
+<p>This last night’s talk in Birmingham was rather a gloomy one, for it
+was after leave had been taken of all friends. <em>Bobasheela</em> was to
+start in the morning for Liverpool, and I for London, where I had
+been summoned to attend as a witness in court, and Mr. Melody and the
+Indians were to leave for Nottingham and other towns in the north. So
+at a late hour we parted, and early in the morning set out for our
+different destinations, bearing with us many warm<a class="pagenum" id="Page_145" title="145"></a> attachments formed
+during our short stay in the beautiful town of Birmingham.</p>
+
+<p>For what befel these good fellows in Nottingham and Leeds there will
+probably be no historian, as I was not with them. I commenced with
+them in York, where I became again the expounder of their habits and
+mysteries, and was delighted to meet them on classic ground, where
+there is so much to engage the attention and admiration of civilized
+or savage. I had visited York on a former occasion, and had the most
+ardent wish to be present at this time, and to conduct these rude
+people into the noble cathedral, and on to its grand tower. I had
+this pleasure; and in it accomplished one of my favourite designs in
+accompanying them on their northern tour.</p>
+
+<p>On my return from London I had joined the Indians at Leeds, where they
+had been exhibiting for some days, and found them just ready to start
+for York. I was their companion by the railway, therefore, to that
+ancient and venerable city; and made a note or two on an occurrence
+of an amusing nature which happened on the way. When we were within a
+few miles of the town the Indians were suddenly excited and startled
+by the appearance of a party of fox-hunters, forty or fifty in number,
+following their pack in full cry, having just crossed the track ahead
+of the train.</p>
+
+<p>This was a subject entirely new to them and unthought of by the
+Indians; and, knowing that English soldiers all wore red coats, they
+were alarmed, their first impression being that we had brought them on
+to hostile ground, and that this was a “war-party” in pursuit of their
+enemy. They were relieved and excessively amused when I told them it
+was merely a fox-hunt, and that the gentlemen they saw riding were
+mostly noblemen and men of great influence and wealth. They watched
+them intensely until they were out of sight, and made many amusing
+remarks about them after we had arrived at York. I told them they
+rode without guns, and the first one in at the death pulled off the<a class="pagenum" id="Page_146" title="146"></a>
+tail of the fox and rode into town with it under his hatband. Their
+laughter was excessive at the idea of “such gentlemen hunting in open
+fields, and with a whip instead of a gun; and that great chiefs, as I
+had pronounced them, should be risking their lives, and the limbs of
+their fine horses, for a poor fox, the flesh of which, even if it were
+good to eat, was not wanted by such rich people, who had meat enough
+at home; and the skin of which could not be worth so much trouble,
+especially when, as everybody knows, it is good for nothing when the
+tail is pulled off.”</p>
+
+<p>On our arrival in York one of the first and most often repeated
+questions which they put was, whether there were any of the “good
+people,” as they now called them, the Friends, living there. I told
+them it was a place where a great many of them lived, and no doubt
+many would come to see them, which seemed to please and encourage them
+very much. Mr. Melody having taken rooms for them near to the York
+Minster, of which they had a partial view from their windows, their
+impatience became so great that we sallied out the morning after our
+arrival to pay the first visit to that grand and venerable pile. The
+reader has doubtless seen or read of this sublime edifice, and I need
+not attempt to describe it here. Were it in my power to portray the
+feelings which agitated the breasts of these rude people when they
+stood before this stupendous fabric of human hands, and as they passed
+through its aisles, amid its huge columns, and under its grand arches,
+I should be glad to do it; but those feelings which they enjoyed in the
+awful silence, were for none but themselves to know. We all followed
+the guide, who showed and explained to us all that was worth seeing
+below, and then showed us the way by which we were to reach the summit
+of the grand or middle tower, where the whole party arrived after a
+laborious ascent of 273 steps. We had luckily selected a clear day;
+and the giddy height from which we gazed upon the town under our feet,
+and the lovely landscape in the distance all around<a class="pagenum" id="Page_147" title="147"></a> us, afforded to
+the Indians a view far more wonderful than their eyes had previously
+beheld. Whilst we were all engaged in looking upon the various scenes
+that lay like the lines upon a map beneath us, the old Doctor, with his
+<em>propensity</em> which has been spoken of before, had succeeded in getting
+a little higher than any of the rest of the party, by climbing on to
+the little house erected over the gangway through which we entered upon
+the roof; and, upon the pinnacle of this, for a while stood smiling
+down upon the thousands of people who were gathering in the streets. He
+was at length, however, seen to assume a more conspicuous attitude by
+raising his head and his eyes towards the sky, and for some moments he
+devoutly addressed himself to the Great Spirit, whom the Indians always
+contemplate as “in the heavens, above the clouds.” When he had finished
+this invocation, he slowly and carefully “descended on to the roof,
+and as he joined his friends he observed that when he was up there
+“he was nearer to the Great Spirit than he had ever been before.” The
+War-chief excited much merriment by his sarcastic reply, that “it was
+a pity he did not stay there, for he would never be so near the Great
+Spirit again.” The Doctor had no way of answering this severe retort,
+except by a silent smile, as, with his head turned away, he gazed on
+the beautiful landscape beneath him. When we descended from the tower,
+the Indians desired to advance again to the centre of this grand
+edifice, where they stood for a few minutes with their hands covering
+their mouths, as they gazed upon the huge columns around them and the
+stupendous arches over their heads, and at last came silently away, and
+I believe inspired with greater awe and respect for the religion of
+white men than they had ever felt before.</p>
+
+<p>Our stay of three days in York was too short for the Indians to make
+many acquaintances; but at their exhibitions they saw many of the
+Society of Friends, and these, as in other places, came forward to
+offer them their hands and invite them to their houses.</p>
+
+<p><a class="pagenum" id="Page_148" title="148"></a>
+Amongst the invitations they received was one from the governor of
+the Castle, who with great kindness conducted us through the various
+apartments of the prison, explaining the whole of its system and
+discipline to us. We were shown the various cells for different
+malefactors, with their inmates in them, which no doubt conveyed to
+the minds of the Indians new ideas of white men’s iniquities, and the
+justice of civilized laws.</p>
+
+<p>When we were withdrawing we were invited to examine a little museum of
+weapons which had been used by various convicts to commit the horrid
+deeds for which they had suffered death or transportation. A small
+room, surrounded by a wire screen, was devoted to these, and as it was
+unlocked we were invited in, and found one wall of the room completely
+covered with these shocking records of crime.</p>
+
+<p>The turnkey to this room stepped in, and in a spirit of the greatest
+kindness, with a rod in his hand to point with, commenced to explain
+them, and of course add to their interest, in the following manner:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“You see here, gentlemen, the weapons that have been used in the
+  commission of murders by persons who have been tried and hung in this
+  place, or transported for life. That long gun which you see there is
+  the identical gun that Dyon shot his father with. <em>He was hung.</em></p>
+
+<p>“That club and iron coulter you see there, gentlemen, were used
+  by two highwaymen, who killed the gatekeeper, near Sheffield, by
+  knocking out his brains, and afterwards robbed him. <em>They were both
+  hung.</em></p>
+
+<p>“This club and razor here, gentlemen (you see the blood on the razor
+  now), were used by Thompson, who killed his wife. He knocked her down
+  with this club, and cut her throat with this identical razor.</p>
+
+<p>“This leather strap&mdash;gentlemen, do you see it? Well, this strap was
+  taken from a calf’s neck by Benjamin Holrough, and he hung his father
+  with it. <em>He was hung here.</em></p>
+
+<p>“That hedging-bill, razor, and tongs, gentlemen, were the things used
+  by Healy and Terry, who knocked an old woman down, cut her throat,
+  and buried her. <em>They were hung in this prison.</em></p>
+
+<p>“Now, gentlemen, we come to that hammer and razor you see there. With
+  that same hammer Mary Crowther knocked her husband down, and then
+  with that razor cut his throat. <em>She was hung.</em></p>
+
+<p>“Do you see that club, gentlemen? That is the club with which Turner<a class="pagenum" id="Page_149" title="149"></a>
+  and Swihill, only nineteen years of age, murdered the bookkeeper near
+  Sheffield. <em>Both were hung.</em></p>
+
+<p>“Do you see this short gun, gentlemen? This is the very gun with
+  which Dobson shot his father. <em>He was hung.</em></p>
+
+<p>“This hat, gentlemen, with a hole in it, was the hat of Johnson, who
+  was murdered near Sheffield. The hole you see is where the blow was
+  struck that killed him.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>The Indians, who had looked on these things and listened to these
+recitals with a curious interest at first, were now becoming a little
+uneasy, and the old Doctor, who smiled upon several of the first
+descriptions, now showed symptoms of evident disquiet, retreating
+behind the party, and towards the door.</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+
+<p>“Do you see this knife and bloody cravat, gentlemen? With that same
+  knife John James stuck the bailiff through the cravat, and killed
+  him. <em>He was executed here.</em></p>
+
+<p>“A fire-poker, gentlemen, with which King murdered his wife near
+  Sheffield. <em>He was hung here.</em></p>
+
+<p>“These things, gentlemen&mdash;this fork, poker, and bloody shoes&mdash;with
+  this poker Hallet knocked his wife down, and stabbed her with the
+  fork; and the shoes have got the blood on them yet. <em>Hallet was hung.</em></p>
+
+<p>“That rope there is the one in which Bardsley was hung, who killed
+  his own father.</p>
+
+<p>“A bloody axe and poker, gentlemen. With that axe and poker an old
+  woman killed a little boy. She then drowned herself. <em>She was not
+  executed.</em></p>
+
+<p>“This shoe-knife, gentlemen, is one that Robert Noll killed his wife
+  with in Sheffield. <em>He was executed.</em></p>
+
+<p>“Another knife, with which Rogers killed a man in Sheffield. He
+  ripped his bowels out with it. <em>He was hung.</em></p>
+
+<p>“A club, and stone, and hat, gentlemen. With this club and stone
+  Blackburn was murdered, and that was his hat: you see how it is all
+  broken and bloody. This was done by four men. <em>All hung.</em></p>
+
+<p>“The hat and hammer here, gentlemen&mdash;these belonged to two robbers.
+  One met the other in a wood, and killed him with the hammer. <em>He was
+  hung.</em></p>
+
+<p>“That scythe and pitchfork, you see, gentlemen”&mdash;&mdash;</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>When our guide had thus far explained, and Jeffrey had translated
+to the Indians, I observed the old Doctor quite outside of the
+museum-room, and with his robe wrapped close around him, casting his
+eyes around in all directions, and evidently in great uneasiness. He
+called for the party to<a class="pagenum" id="Page_150" title="150"></a> come out, for, said he, “I do not think this
+is a good place for us to stay in any longer.” We all thought it was
+as well, for the turnkey had as yet not described one-third of his
+curiosities; so we thanked him for his kindness, and took leave of him
+and his interesting museum.</p>
+
+<p>We were then conducted by the governor’s request to the apartments
+of his family, where he and his kind lady and daughters received the
+Indians and ourselves with much kindness, having his table prepared
+with refreshments, and, much to the satisfaction of the Indians (after
+their fatigue of body as well as of mind), with plenty of the <em>Queen’s
+chickabobboo</em>.</p>
+
+<p>The sight-seeing of this day and the exhibition at night finished our
+labours in the interesting town of York, where I have often regretted
+we did not remain a little longer to avail ourselves of the numerous
+and kind invitations which were extended to us before we left. After
+our labours were all done, and the Indians had enjoyed their suppers
+and their <em>chickabobboo</em>, we had a pipe together, and a sort of
+recapitulation of what we had seen and heard since we arrived. The two
+most striking subjects of the gossip of this evening were the cathedral
+and the prison; the one seemed to have filled their minds with
+astonishment and admiration at the ingenuity and power of civilized
+man, and the other with surprise and horror at his degradation and
+wickedness; and evidently with some alarm for the safety of their
+persons in such a vicinity of vice as they had reason to believe they
+were in from the evidences they had seen during the day. The poor old
+Doctor was so anxious for the next morning to dawn, that we might be on
+our way, that he had become quite nervous and entirely contemplative
+and unsociable. They had heard such a catalogue of murders and
+executions explained, though they knew that we had but begun with the
+list, and saw so many incarcerated in the prison, some awaiting their
+trial, others who had been convicted and were under sentence of death
+or transportation, and others again pining in<a class="pagenum" id="Page_151" title="151"></a> their cells, and weeping
+for their wives and children (merely because they could not pay the
+money that they owed), that they became horrified and alarmed; and as
+it was the first place where they had seen an exhibition of this kind,
+there was some reason for the poor fellows’ opinions that they were in
+the midst of the wickedest place in the world.</p>
+
+<p>They said that, from the grandeur and great number of their churches,
+they thought they ought to be one of the most honest and harmless
+people they had been amongst, but instead of that they were now
+convinced they must be the very worst, and the quicker Mr. Melody made
+arrangements to be off the better. The Indians had been objects of
+great interest, and for the three nights of their amusements their room
+was well filled and nightly increasing; but all arguments were in vain,
+and we must needs be on the move. I relieved their minds in a measure
+relative to the instruments of death they had seen and the executions
+of which they had heard an account, by informing them of a fact that
+had not occurred to them&mdash;that the number of executions mentioned had
+been spread over a great number of years, and were for crimes committed
+amongst some hundreds of thousands of inhabitants, occupying a tract of
+country a great many miles in every direction from York; and also that
+the poor men imprisoned for debt were from various parts of the country
+for a great distance around. This seemed to abate their surprise to a
+considerable degree; still, the first impression was here made, and
+made by means of their eyes (which they say they never disbelieve,
+and I am quite sure they will never get rid of it), that York was the
+“wicked town,” as they continued to call it during the remainder of
+their European travels. I explained to them that other towns had their
+jails and their gallows&mdash;that in London they daily rode in their buss
+past prison walls, and where the numbers imprisoned were greater than
+those in York, in proportion to the greater size of the city.</p>
+
+<p>Their comments were many and curious on the cruelty of<a class="pagenum" id="Page_152" title="152"></a> imprisoning
+people for debt, because they could not pay money. “Why not kill
+them?” they said; “it would be better, because when a man is dead he
+is no expense to any one, and his wife can get a husband again, and
+his little children a father to feed and take care of them; when he
+is in jail they must starve: when he is once in jail he cannot wish
+his face to be seen again, and they had better kill them all at once.”
+They thought it easier to die than to live in jail, and seemed to be
+surprised that white men, so many hundreds and thousands, would submit
+to it, when they had so many means by which they could kill themselves.</p>
+
+<p>They saw convicts in the cells who were to be transported from the
+country: they inquired the meaning of that, and, when I explained it,
+they seemed to think that was a good plan, for, said they, “if these
+people can’t get money enough to pay their debts, if they go to another
+country they need not be ashamed there, and perhaps they will soon
+make money enough to come back and have their friends take them by the
+hand again.” I told them, however, that they had not understood me
+exactly&mdash;that transportation was only for heinous crimes, and then a
+man was sent away in irons, and in the country where he went he had to
+labour several years, or for life, with chains upon him, as a slave.
+Their ideas were changed at once on this point, and they agreed that it
+would be better to kill them all at once, or give them weapons and let
+them do it themselves.</p>
+
+<p>While this conversation was going on, the Recorder Jim found here very
+interesting statistics for his note-book, and he at once conceived the
+plan of getting Daniel to find out how many people there were that
+they had seen in the prison locked up in one town; and then, his ideas
+expanding, how many (if it could be done at so late an hour) there were
+in all the prisons in London; and then how many white people in all the
+kingdom were locked up for crimes, and how many because they couldn’t
+pay money. His friend and teacher, Daniel, whose head had become a
+tolerable gazetteer and statistical table, told him it would<a class="pagenum" id="Page_153" title="153"></a> be quite
+easy to find it all ready printed in books and newspapers, and that he
+would put it all down in his book in a little time. The inquisitive
+Jim then inquired if there were any poorhouses in York, as in other
+towns; to which his friend Daniel replied that there were, and also in
+nearly every town in the kingdom; upon which Jim started the design
+of adding to the statistical entries in his book the number of people
+in poorhouses throughout the kingdom. Daniel agreed to do this for
+him also, which he could easily copy out of a memorandum-book of his
+own, and also to give him an estimate of the number of people annually
+transported from the kingdom for the commission of crimes. This all
+pleased Jim very much, and was amusement for Daniel; but at the same
+time I was decidedly regretting with Mr. Melody that his good fellows
+the Indians, in their visit to York, should have got their eyes open
+to so much of the dark side of civilization, which it might have been
+better for them that they never had seen.</p>
+
+<p>Jim’s book was now becoming daily a subject of more and more excitement
+to him, and consequently of jealousy amongst some of the party, and
+particularly so with the old Doctor; as Jim was getting more rapidly
+educated than either of the others, and his book so far advanced as
+to discourage the Doctor from any essay of the kind himself. Jim that
+night regretted only one thing which he had neglected to do, and which
+it was now too late to accomplish&mdash;that was, to have measured the
+length of the cathedral and ascertained the number of steps required to
+walk around it. He had counted the number of steps to the top of the
+grand tower, and had intended to have measured the cathedral’s length.
+I had procured some very beautiful engravings of it, however, one of
+which Daniel arranged in his book, and the length of the building and
+its height we easily found for him in the pocket Guide.</p>
+
+<p>The Doctor, watching with a jealous eye these numerous estimates going
+into Jim’s book, to be referred to (and of course sworn to) when he
+got home, and probably on various<a class="pagenum" id="Page_154" title="154"></a> occasions long before, and having
+learned enough of arithmetic to understand what a wonderful effect a
+cipher has when placed on the right of a number of figures, he smiled
+from day to day with a wicked intent on Jim’s records, which, if they
+went back to his tribe in anything like a credible form, would be
+a direct infringement upon his peculiar department, and materially
+affect his standing, inasmuch as Jim laid no claims to a knowledge of
+<em>medicine</em>, or to anything more than good eating and drinking, before
+he left home.</p>
+
+<p>However, the Doctor at this time could only meditate and smile, as his
+stiff hand required some practice with the pen before he could make
+those little 0’s so as to match with others in the book, which was
+often left carelessly lying about upon their table. This intent was
+entirely and originally wicked on the part of the old Doctor, because
+he had not yet, that any one knew of, made any reference to his measure
+of the giant woman, since he had carefully rolled up his cord and put
+it away amongst his other estimates, to be taken home to “astonish the
+natives” on their return.</p>
+
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<h2><a class="pagenum" id="Page_155" title="155"></a>
+CHAPTER XXIII.</h2>
+
+<p class="hang">
+  Newcastle-on-Tyne&mdash;Indians’ alarms about jails&mdash;Kind visits from
+     Friends&mdash;Mrs. A. Richardson&mdash;Advice of the Friends&mdash;War-Chiefs
+     reply&mdash;Liberal presents&mdash;Arrive at Sunderland&mdash;Kindness of
+     the Friends&mdash;All breakfast with Mr. T. Richardson&mdash;Indians
+     plant trees in his garden&mdash;And the Author also&mdash;The Doctor’s
+     superstition&mdash;Sacrifice&mdash;Feast&mdash;Illness of the Roman
+     Nose&mdash;Indians visit a coalpit&mdash;North Shields&mdash;A sailors’ dinner
+     and a row&mdash;Arrive at Edinburgh&mdash;A drive&mdash;First exhibition
+     there&mdash;Visit to Salisbury Crag&mdash;To Arthur’s Seat&mdash;Holyrood
+     House and Castle&mdash;The crown of Robert Bruce&mdash;The “big
+     gun,”&mdash;“Queen Mab”&mdash;Curious modes of building&mdash;“Flats”&mdash;Origin
+     of&mdash;Illness of Corsair, the little <em>pappoose</em>&mdash;The old Doctor
+     speaks&mdash;War-chief’s speech&mdash;A feast of ducks&mdash;Indians’
+     remarks upon the government of Scotland&mdash;“The swapping of
+     crowns”&mdash;The Doctor proposes the crown of Robert Bruce for
+     Prince Albert&mdash;Start for Dundee&mdash;Indians’ liberality&mdash;A noble
+     act&mdash;Arrival at Dundee&mdash;Death of little Corsair&mdash;Distress of the
+     Little Wolf and his wife&mdash;Curious ceremony&mdash;Young men piercing
+     their arms&mdash;Indians at Perth&mdash;Arrival in Glasgow&mdash;Quartered in
+     the Town-hall&mdash;The cemetery&mdash;The Hunterian Museum&mdash;The Doctor’s
+     admiration of it&mdash;Daily drives&mdash;Indians throw money to the
+     poor&mdash;Alarm for <em>Roman Nose</em>&mdash;Two reverend gentlemen talk with
+     the Indians&mdash;War-chief’s remarks&mdash;Greenock&mdash;Doctor’s regret at
+     leaving.</p>
+
+
+<p>Newcastle-on-Tyne was the next place where we stopped, and when I
+arrived there I found Mr. Melody and his friends very comfortably
+lodged, and all in excellent spirits. The Indians, he told me, had been
+exceedingly buoyant in spirits from the moment they left York, and the
+old Doctor sang the whole way, even though he had been defeated in his
+design of riding outside on the railway train, as he had been in the
+habit of doing on the omnibus in London. I told them I had remained a
+little behind them in York to enjoy a few hours more of the society of
+an excellent and kind lady of the Society of Friends,<a class="fnanchor" href="#Footnote_29" id="FNanchor_29">[29]</a> whom they
+would<a class="pagenum" id="Page_156" title="156"></a> recollect to have seen in the exhibition room when they had
+finished their last night’s exhibition, who came forward and shook
+hands in the most affectionate manner, and left gold in their hands as
+she bade them good bye, and commended them to the care of the Great
+Spirit.</p>
+
+<p>I told them that this good lady had only returned from the country
+on the last evening of their exhibiting in York, and was exceedingly
+disappointed that she could not have the pleasure of their society at
+her house. I then sat down and amused them an hour with a beautiful
+manuscript book, by her own hand, which she had presented to me,
+containing the portraits of seven Seneca chiefs and braves, who were
+in England twenty-five years before, and whom she entertained for
+three weeks in her own house. This interesting work contains also some
+twenty pages of poetry glowing with piety, and written in a chaste and
+beautiful style; and an hundred or more pages in prose, giving a full
+description of the party, their modes, and a history of their success,
+as they travelled through the kingdom. This was a subject of much
+pleasure to them, but at the same time increased their regret that they
+had not seen more of this kind lady before they left the town of York.</p>
+
+<p>Their first inquiries after their arrival in Newcastle were whether
+they would meet any of the “good people” in that town, and whether
+that was a place where they had prisons and a gallows like those in
+London and in York. I answered that they would no doubt find many of
+the Friends there, for I knew several very kind families who would call
+upon them, and also that the good lady who gave me the book in York had
+written letters to several of the Friends in Newcastle to call on them;
+and that, as to the jails, &amp;c., I believed they were much the same.</p>
+
+<p>In a sort of council which we held there, as we were in the Indian
+habit of convening one whenever we were leaving an old lodging or
+taking possession of a new one, it was very gravely and diffidently
+suggested by the Doctor, as<a class="pagenum" id="Page_157" title="157"></a> the desire of the whole party, that they
+presumed <em>Chippehola</em><a class="fnanchor" href="#Footnote_30" id="FNanchor_30">[30]</a> had money enough left in London (in case
+they should fail in this section of the country to make enough to
+pay their debts) to keep them clear from being taken up and treated
+like white men who can’t pay what they owe. I approved this judicious
+suggestion, and assured them they might feel quite easy as long as
+they were in the kingdom. I told them I was quite sure they had a
+good and faithful friend in Mr. Melody, and, if anything happened to
+him, they would be sure to find me ready to take care of them, and
+that, if we were both to die, they would find all the English people
+around them their friends. This seemed to satisfy and to cheer them
+up, and our few days in Newcastle thus commenced very pleasantly. From
+their first night’s exhibition they all returned to their lodgings
+with peculiar satisfaction that they had observed a greater number of
+Friends in the crowd than they had seen in any place before, and many
+of these had remained until everybody else had gone away, to shake
+hands and converse with them. They found roast beef and beef-steaks and
+<em>chickabobboo</em> also, the same as in other places, and altogether there
+was enough around them here to produce cheerful faces.</p>
+
+<p>I need not describe again to the reader the nature and excitement of
+the dances, &amp;c., in their exhibitions, which were nightly repeated
+here as they had been in London; but incidents and results growing out
+of these amusements were now becoming exceedingly interesting, and
+as will be found in the sequel of much importance, I trust, to those
+poor people and their descendants. Very many of the Society of Friends
+were nightly attending their exhibitions, not so much for the purpose
+of witnessing or encouraging their war-dances and customs, as for
+an opportunity of forming an acquaintance with them, with a view to
+render them in some way an essential good. With this<a class="pagenum" id="Page_158" title="158"></a> object a letter
+was addressed to me by Mrs. Anna Richardson (with whom I had formerly
+corresponded on the subject of the Indians), proposing that a number of
+the Friends should be allowed to hold a conversation with them in their
+apartments, on some morning, for the purpose of learning the true state
+of their minds relative to the subjects of religion and education, and
+to propose some efforts that might result to their advantage, and that
+of their nation. Mr. Melody and myself embraced this kind proposal at
+once, and the Indians all seemed delighted with it when it was made
+known to them. The morning was appointed, and this kind and truly
+charitable lady came with fifteen or twenty of her friends, and the
+Indians listened with patience and apparent pleasure to the Christian
+advice that was given them by several, and cheerfully answered to the
+interrogatories which were put to them.</p>
+
+<p>The immediate appeal and thanks to the “Great Spirit, who had sent
+these kind people to them,” by the War-chief in his reply, seemed to
+impress upon the minds of all present the conviction of a high and
+noble sentiment of religion in the breasts of these people, which
+required but the light of the Christian revelation. His replies as to
+the benefits of education were much as he had made them on several
+occasions before, that, “as for themselves, they were too far advanced
+in life to think of being benefited by it, but that their children
+might learn to read and write, and that they should be glad to have
+them taught to do so.” Here seemed to dawn a gleam of hope, which that
+pious lady, in her conversation and subsequent correspondence with me,
+often alluded to, as the most favourable omen for the desire which the
+Friends had of rendering them some lasting benefit. Mr. Melody on this
+occasion produced a little book printed in the Ioway language, in the
+missionary school already in existence in the tribe, and also letters
+which he had just received from the Rev. Mr. Irvin, then conducting
+the school, giving an encouraging account of it, and hoping that the
+Indians and himself might return safe, and with<a class="pagenum" id="Page_159" title="159"></a> means to assist in
+the noble enterprise. This information was gratifying in the extreme,
+and all seemed to think that there was a chance of enlightening these
+benighted people. The heart of this Christian woman reached to the
+American wilderness in a letter that she directed to this reverend
+gentleman, believing that there, where were the wives and children of
+the chiefs and warriors who were travelling, was the place for the
+efforts of the Society of Friends to be beneficially applied; and
+thus, I believe, formed the chain from which I feel confident the most
+fortunate results will flow.<a class="fnanchor" href="#Footnote_31" id="FNanchor_31">[31]</a></p>
+
+<p>Several subsequent interviews were held with the Indians by these kind
+people, who took them to their houses and schools, and bestowed upon
+them many tangible proofs of their attachment to them, and anxiety
+for their welfare. The Indians left Newcastle and these suddenly made
+friends with great reluctance, and we paid a visit of a couple of days
+to Sunderland. Here they found also many of the “good people” attending
+their exhibitions, and received several warm and friendly invitations
+to their houses. Amongst these kind attentions there was one which
+they never will forget: they were invited to breakfast at the table
+of Mr. T. Richardson, in his lovely mansion, with his kind family
+and some friends, and after the breakfast was over all were invited
+into his beautiful garden, where a spade was ready, and a small tree
+prepared for each one to plant and attach his name to. This ceremony
+amused them very much, and, when they had all done, there was one left
+for <em>Chippehola</em>, who took the spade and completed the interesting
+ceremony. This had been kindly designed for their amusement, and for
+the pleasing recollections of his family, by this good man; and with
+all it went off cheerfully, except with the Doctor, who refused for
+some time, but was at length induced to take the spade and plant his<a class="pagenum" id="Page_160" title="160"></a>
+tree. I observed from the moment that he had done it that he was
+contemplative, and evidently apprehensive that some bad luck was to
+come from it&mdash;that there was <em>medicine</em> in it, and he was alarmed.
+He was silent during the rest of the interview, and after they had
+returned to their rooms he still remained so for some time, when he
+explained to me that “he feared some one would be sick&mdash;some one of
+those trees would die, and he would much rather they had not been
+planted.” He said “it would be necessary to make a great feast the next
+day,” which I told him would be difficult, as we were to leave at an
+early hour. This puzzled him very much, as it was so late that, “if
+they were to try to give it that night, there would not be time for the
+ducks to be well cooked.” They all laughed at him for his superstition,
+and he got the charm off as well as he could by throwing some tobacco,
+as a sacrifice, into the fire.</p>
+
+<p>We travelled the next day to North Shields, and the gloom that was
+still evidently hanging over the old man’s brow was darkened by the
+increased illness of the <em>Roman Nose</em>, who had been for some weeks
+slightly ailing, but on that day was attacked for the first time with
+some fever. The Doctor’s alarm was such that he stayed constantly
+by him, and did not accompany his friend Jim and one or two others
+with Daniel to the coalpit. This, from the repeated representations
+of Daniel and their old friend <em>Bobasheela</em>, was one of the greatest
+curiosities in the kingdom, and they were not disappointed in
+it. In this enterprise I did not accompany them, but from their
+representations ascertained that they descended more than two thousand
+feet and then travelled half a mile or so under the sea&mdash;that there
+were fifty horses and mules at that depth under the ground, that
+never will come up, drawing cars loaded with coal on railways, and
+six or seven hundred men, women, and children, as black as negroes,
+and many of these who seldom come up, but sleep there at nights. This
+scene shocked them even more than the sights they had seen in York,
+for they seemed to think that the debtors’ cells in a prison would be
+far preferable to the<a class="pagenum" id="Page_161" title="161"></a> slavery they there saw, of “hundreds of women
+and children drawing out, as they said, from some narrow places where
+the horses could not go, little carriages loaded with coal; where the
+women had to go on their hands and knees through the mud and water, and
+almost entirely naked, drawing their loads by a strap that was buckled
+around their waists; their knees and their legs and their feet, which
+were all naked, were bleeding with cuts from the stones, and their
+hands also; they drew these loads in the dark, and they had only a
+little candle to see the way.” This surprising scene, which took them
+hours to describe to their companions, became more surprising when
+Daniel told them of “the vast number of such mines in various parts of
+the kingdom, and of the fact that many people in some parts have been
+born in those mines, and gone to school in them, and spent their lives,
+without ever knowing how the daylight looked.”</p>
+
+<p>Daniel reminded them of the hundreds of mines he had pointed out to
+them while travelling by the railroads, and that they were all under
+ground, like what they had seen. Here was rich subject for Jim, for
+another entry in his book, of the statistics of England; and Daniel,
+always ready, turned to the page in his own note-book, and soon got for
+Jim’s memorandum the sum total of coalpits and mines in the kingdom,
+and the hundreds of thousands of human <em>civilized</em> beings who were
+imprisoned in them.</p>
+
+<p>It happened, on the second day that we were stopping in North Shields,
+much to the amusement of the Indians, that there was a sailors’ dinner
+prepared for an hundred or more in the large hall of the hotel where we
+were lodging; and, from the rooms which the Indians occupied, there was
+an opportunity of looking through a small window down into their hall,
+and upon the merry and noisy group around the table. This was a rich
+treat for the Indians; and, commencing in an amusing and funny manner,
+it became every moment more and more so, and, finally (when they began
+to dance and sing and smash the glasses, and at length the<a class="pagenum" id="Page_162" title="162"></a> tables,
+and from that to “set-to’s,” “fisticuffs,” and “knockdowns,” by the
+dozens, and, at last, to a general <em>mélée</em>, a row, and a fight in the
+street) one of the most decidedly exciting and spirited scenes they had
+witnessed in the country.</p>
+
+<p>It afforded them amusement also for a long time after the day on which
+it took place, when they spoke of it as the “great fighting feast.”</p>
+
+<p>Two days completed our visit to North Shields, and on the next we
+were in comfortable quarters in Edinburgh. The Indians were greatly
+delighted with the appearance of the city as they entered it, and more
+so daily, as they took their omnibus drives around and through the
+different parts of it.</p>
+
+<p>The Doctor, however, who was tending on his patient, <em>Roman Nose</em>,
+seemed sad, and looked as if he had forebodings still of some sad
+results to flow from planting the trees; but he took his seat upon
+the bus, with his old joking friend Jim, by the side of the driver,
+smiling occasionally on whatever he saw amusing, as he was passing
+through the streets. Their novel appearance created a great excitement
+in Edinburgh; and our announcements filled our hall with the most
+respectable and fashionable people.</p>
+
+<p>Their dances called forth great applause; and, in the midst of it, the
+War-chief, so delighted with the beauty of the city, and now by seeing
+so numerous and fashionable an audience before him, and all applauding,
+arose to make a speech. As he straightened up, and, wrapping his
+buffalo robe around him, extended his long right arm, the audience gave
+him a round of applause, occasioned entirely by the dignified and manly
+appearance he made when he took the attitude of the orator, and he
+commenced:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“My friends, I understand by the great noise you have made with your
+  hands and feet, that something pleases you, and this pleases us, as
+  we are strangers amongst you, and with red skins. (Applause.)</p>
+
+<p><a class="pagenum" id="Page_163" title="163"></a>
+“My friends, we have but just arrived in your beautiful city, and
+  we see that you are a different people from the English in London,
+  where we have been. In going into a strange place, amongst strange
+  people, we always feel some fear that our dances and our noise may
+  not please&mdash;we are showing you how we dance in our own country, and
+  we believe that is what you wish to see. (Applause and ‘<em>How, how,
+  how!</em>’)</p>
+
+<p>“My friends, we are delighted with your city, what we have seen of
+  it&mdash;we have seen nothing so handsome before&mdash;we will try to please
+  you with some more of our dances, and then we will be happy to shake
+  hands with you. (‘<em>How, how, how!</em>’)</p>
+
+<p>“This is all I have to say now.” (Great applause.)</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>We were now in the most beautiful city in the kingdom, if not one of
+the most beautiful in the world; and the Indians, as well as ourselves,
+observed the difference in the manners and appearance of the people.
+The Indians had been pleased with their reception in the evening, and,
+in their drive during the day, had been excited by the inviting scenery
+overtowering the city,&mdash;the castle, with its “big gun,” gaping over the
+town&mdash;the <em>Salisbury Crag</em>, and <em>Arthur’s Seat</em>&mdash;all of which places
+they were to visit on that day; and, having swallowed their breakfasts
+and taken their seats in their carriage, seemed to have entered upon a
+new world of amusement. Their views from, and runs over, these towering
+peaks afforded them great amusement; and the castle, with its crown of
+Robert Bruce, and other insignia of royalty&mdash;its mammouth gun, and the
+little room in which King James I. of England was born; and in Holyrood
+House,&mdash;the blood of Rizzio upon the floor, and the bed in which Queen
+Mary had slept&mdash;were all subjects of new and fresh excitement to them.</p>
+
+<p>Nor was their amusement less whilst they were riding through the
+streets, at the constant variety and sudden contrasts&mdash;from the low
+and poverty-stricken rabble of High-street and its vicinity, to the
+modern and splendid sections of the city&mdash;of crossing high bridges over
+gardens, instead of rivers; of houses built upon the sides of the hills
+and on rocks; and many other amusing things that they talked about when
+they got back.</p>
+
+<p><a class="pagenum" id="Page_164" title="164"></a>
+To Mr. Melody and Jeffrey also, and to Daniel, all these scenes were
+new; and the Indians, therefore, had companions and guides enough, and
+enough, also, to explain to them the meaning of all they saw.</p>
+
+<p>I had been in Edinburgh on a former occasion, and was now engaged in
+looking up and conversing with old friends, whose former kindness now
+claimed my first attention; and in hunting for one of them, I found
+his office had been removed to another part of the city; and, making
+my way towards it as well as I could, I was amused at the instructions
+given to me when I inquired of a man whom I met in the street, and
+who, it happened, was acquainted with my friend and his location, and
+who relieved me instantly from further embarrassment by the following
+most lucid and simple direction, as he pointed down the street:&mdash;“You
+have only to take the first turning to the right, Sir, and it is the
+top flat at the bottom.” This seemed queer and amusing to me, though
+not in the least embarrassing, for I had been long enough in Edinburgh
+before to learn that a “flat” was a “story” or floor; and long enough
+in London to know that one <em>end</em> of a street is the “top” and the other
+the “bottom.”</p>
+
+<p>To a stranger, however, such an answer as the one I received might have
+been exceedingly bewildering, and increased his difficulties rather
+than diminished them.</p>
+
+<p>The old law maxim of “<em lang="la" xml:lang="la">Cujus est solum, ejus est usque ad cœlum</em>,”
+would scarcely apply to real estate in the city of Edinburgh; for
+houses are not only <em>rented</em> by floors or <em>flats</em>, but titles, in fee
+simple and by deed, are given for floor above floor, oftentimes in the
+same house; a custom that is difficult to account for, unless from the
+curious fact that so many of the houses in Edinburgh are built so high,
+by the sides of hills and precipitous ledges, that an adjoining tenant
+may oftentimes step from the surface of his cultivated fields into the
+tenth or twelfth story of his neighbour’s back windows, and, by this
+singular mode of conveyance, able to walk into a comfortable dwelling
+without the expense of building, and without curtailing the area of his
+arable<a class="pagenum" id="Page_165" title="165"></a> ground. By thus getting, for a trifle, the fee simple for the
+upper story, and of course the privilege of building as many stories
+on the top of it as he should require, when he could afford the means
+to do it, his neighbour below was called a “flat.” The law, which is
+generally cruel to most flats, relinquished one of its oldest and most
+sacred maxims, to support the numerous claims of this kind which the
+side-hills and ledges in the building-grounds of the city had produced;
+and so numerous were the <em>flats</em>, and so frequent the instances of
+this new sort of tenure, that the term “flat” has become carelessly
+and erroneously applied to all the floors or stories of buildings in
+Edinburgh that are to be let or sold separately from the rest of the
+house.</p>
+
+<p>It was arranged that our stay in Edinburgh was to be but for a few
+days; and, with this view, we had begun to see its sights pretty
+rapidly during the two first since our arrival. Many fashionable
+parties were calling on the Indians in their apartments, and leaving
+them presents; and at their second night’s exhibition the room was
+crowded to great excess with the fashion and nobility of the city. The
+Indians discovered at once that they never before were in the midst of
+audiences so intellectual and genteel. There was nothing of low and
+vulgar appearance in any part of the room; but all had the stamp of
+refinement and gentility, which stimulated their pride, and they did
+their utmost.</p>
+
+<p>In the midst of their amusements on that evening there was a general
+call upon me from the ladies, to explain why the little “pappoose in
+its cradle” was not shown, as announced in the bills; to which I was
+sorry to reply that it was so ill that it could not be seen. This
+having been interpreted to the Indians by Jeffrey, and also heard by
+the Little Wolf’s wife, the mother of the child, and then nursing it
+in the room behind their platform, she suddenly arranged it, sick as
+it was, in its beautifully ornamented little cradle, and, having slung
+it upon her back, and thrown her pictured robe around her, walked into
+the room, to the surprise of the Indians, and to the great satisfaction
+of the gentlemen as<a class="pagenum" id="Page_166" title="166"></a> well as the ladies of the whole house. Her
+appearance was such, when she walked across the platform, that it
+called forth applause from every quarter. Many were the ladies who
+advanced from their seats to the platform, to examine so interesting a
+subject more closely; and many presents were bestowed upon the mother,
+who was obliged to retire again with it, from the feeble state it was
+then in. This fine little child, of ten or twelve months old, and the
+manner in which it was carried in its Indian cradle upon its mother’s
+back, had formed one of the most interesting parts of the exhibition
+the whole time that the Indians were in London, and since they had
+left. Its illness now becoming somewhat alarming, with the increasing
+illness also of the <em>Roman Nose</em>, was adding to the old Doctor’s
+alarms, growing out of the <em>planting of the little trees</em>, which he had
+insisted was ominous of something that would happen, but what, he did
+not attempt to predict.</p>
+
+<p>He was daily prescribing and attending his patients, but, being without
+the roots which he uses in his own country, he was evidently much at a
+loss; and the ablest advice was procured for both of the patients while
+in that city.</p>
+
+<p>The Doctor, on this occasion, (though somewhat depressed in spirits,
+owing to his superstitious forebodings about the sick, seeing such a
+vast concourse of ladies present, and all encouraging him with their
+applause as he made his boasts in the eagle dance,) made an effort for
+a <em>sensation</em>, as he did on his first night in London. When the dance
+was done, he advanced to the edge of the platform, and, with his usual
+quizzical look and smile from under his headdress of buffalo horns and
+eagle quills, addressed the audience. His speech was translated by
+Jeffrey, and, though it was highly applauded, fell much short of the
+effect amongst the ladies which he had produced on former occasions.
+He sat down somewhat in a disappointed mood, when his cruel companion,
+Jim, told him that his attempt “was an entire failure, and that he
+would never take with the ladies in Edinburgh.” The old man replied
+to him that he had better<a class="pagenum" id="Page_167" title="167"></a> try himself, and, if he would lie flat on
+his back and make a speech, perhaps <em>he</em> might please the ladies of
+Edinburgh. After another dance, and amidst the roar of applause, old
+<em>Neu-mon-ya</em> (the War-chief) arose, and, in the best of his humour,
+said,&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“My friends, I thank the Great Spirit who conducted us safe across
+  the Great Salt Lake that His eye is still upon us, and that He has
+  led us to your city. No city that we have seen is so beautiful as
+  yours; and we have seen a great deal of it as we have been riding in
+  our carriage to-day. (‘<em>How, how, how!</em>’)</p>
+
+<p>“My friends, the Great Spirit has made us with red skins, and, as
+  all our modes of life are different from yours, our dances are quite
+  different, and we are glad that they do not give any offence when we
+  dance them. Our dresses, which are made of skins, are not so fine and
+  beautiful as yours, but they keep us warm, and that we think is the
+  great thing. (‘<em>How, how, how!</em>’ Applause and ‘Hear, hear.’)</p>
+
+<p>“My friends, we have been to-day to see your great fort. We were
+  much pleased with it, and the ‘big gun;’ we think it a great pity
+  it is broken. We saw the room where the king of England was born,
+  and we feel proud that we have been in it. (‘<em>How, how, how!</em>’ Much
+  laughter.)</p>
+
+<p>“My friends, we saw there the crowns of your kings and queens as we
+  were told. This we don’t think we quite understand yet, but we think
+  <em>Chippehola</em> will tell us all that,&mdash;it may be all right. (Laughter
+  and ‘Hear.’)</p>
+
+<p>“My friends, we went to another great house where we saw many things
+  that pleased us&mdash;we saw the bed in which your Queen slept: this was
+  very pleasing to us all; it was much nearer than we got to the Queen
+  of England. (Great laughter.)</p>
+
+<p>“My friends, this is all I have to say.” (‘Bravo!’)</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>After this night’s exhibition, and the sights of the day which had
+pleased them so much, there was subject enough for a number of pipes of
+conversation; and to join them in this Mr. Melody and I had repaired to
+their room, where we found them in the midst of a grand feast of ducks,
+which they said it was always necessary to give when they entered a
+new country, and which in this case they had expended some of their
+own money in buying. Daniel and Jeffrey were seated with them, and
+we were obliged to sit down upon the floor, and take each a duck’s
+leg at least, and a glass of the <em>Queen’s chickabobboo</em> (champagne),
+which had been added at the expense of Daniel and Jeffrey, as the
+ordinary <em>chicka<a class="pagenum" id="Page_168" title="168"></a>bobboo</em> did not answer the object of a feast of that
+description. After the feast was over, and the War-chief had returned
+thanks to the Great Spirit, according to their invariable custom, the
+pipe was lit, and then the gossip for the evening commenced. They had
+already learned from Daniel that there were jails and poorhouses here
+as in other places, and were now remarking that they had not yet seen
+any of the “good people” here, and began to fear they had lost all
+chance of meeting any of them again. They seemed to be much at a loss
+to know how it was that here were the crowns and swords of kings and
+queens, and the houses they had lived in, and the beds they had slept
+on, and that there are none of them left. They believed, though they
+were not yet quite certain of it, that this country must have been
+conquered by England. These inquiries were all answered as nearly as
+I could explain them; and the result was, that “it was a great pity,
+in their estimations, that so fine a country and people should not
+continue to have a king of their own to put on the crown again, instead
+of leaving it in the castle to be shut up in a dark room.” They seemed
+to think it “very curious that the Scotch people should like to keep
+the crown for people to look at, when they could not keep the king
+to wear it;” and they thought “it would be far better to take out
+the beautiful red and green stones and make watch-seals of them, and
+melt the gold into sovereigns, so that some of it might get into poor
+people’s pockets, than to keep it where it is, just to be looked at and
+to be talked of.”</p>
+
+<p>They thought “the crown was much more beautiful than the one they saw
+in London belonging to the Queen, and which was kept in the great
+prison where they saw so many guns, spears, &amp;c.”<a class="fnanchor" href="#Footnote_32" id="FNanchor_32">[32]</a> The joker, Jim,
+thought that “if he were the Queen he should propose to <em>swap</em>, for he
+thought this decidedly the handsomest crown.” The old Doctor said, that
+“if he were the Queen of England he should be very<a class="pagenum" id="Page_169" title="169"></a> well suited to wear
+the one they had seen in London, and he would send and get this one
+very quickly, and also the beautiful sword they saw, for Prince Albert
+to wear.” In this happy and conjectural mood we left them, receiving
+from Daniel further accounts of the events and history of the country
+which they had seen so many evidences of during their visits in the
+early part of the day.</p>
+
+<p>Our stay in this beautiful city was but four days, contemplating
+another visit to it in a short time; and at the close of that time
+the party took a steamer for Dundee, with a view to make a visit of a
+few days to that town, and afterwards spend a day or two in Perth. I
+took the land route to Dundee, and, arriving there before the party,
+had announced their arrival and exhibition to take place on the same
+evening. An accident however that happened on the steamer compelled it
+to put back to Edinburgh, and their arrival was delayed for a couple of
+days.</p>
+
+<p>During this voyage there was an occurrence on board of the steamer,
+which was related to me by Mr. Melody and Daniel, which deserves
+mention in this place. It seems that on board of the steamer, as a
+passenger, was a little girl of twelve years of age and a stranger
+to all on board. When, on their way, the captain was collecting his
+passage-money on deck, he came to the little girl for her fare, who
+told him she had no money, but that she expected to meet her father in
+Dundee, whom she was going to see, and that he would certainly pay her
+fare if she could find him. The captain was in a great rage, and abused
+the child for coming on without the money to pay her fare, and said
+that he should not let her go ashore, but should hold her a prisoner on
+board, and take her back to Edinburgh with him. The poor little girl
+was frightened, and cried herself almost into fits. The passengers, of
+whom there were a great many, all seemed affected by her situation,
+and began to raise the money amongst them to pay her passage, giving
+a penny or two apiece, which, when done, amounted to about a quarter
+of the sum required. The poor little girl’s grief and fear<a class="pagenum" id="Page_170" title="170"></a> still
+continued, and the old Doctor, standing on deck, wrapped in his robe,
+and watching all these results, too much touched with pity for her
+situation, went down in the fore-cabin where the rest of the party
+were, and, relating the circumstances, soon raised eight shillings, one
+shilling of which, the Little Wolf, after giving a shilling himself,
+put into the hand of his little infant, then supposed to be dying, that
+its dying hand might do one act of charity, and caused it to drop it
+into the Doctor’s hand with the rest. With the money the Doctor came on
+deck, and, advancing, offered it to the little girl, who was frightened
+and ran away. Daniel went to the girl and called her up to the Doctor,
+assuring her there was no need of alarm, when the old Doctor put the
+money into her hand, and said to her, through the interpreter, and in
+presence of all the passengers, who were gathering around, “Now go to
+the cruel captain and pay him the money, and never again be afraid of a
+man because his skin is red; but be always sure that the heart of a red
+man is as good and as kind as that of a white man. And when you are in
+Dundee, where we are all going, if you do not find your father as you
+wish, and are amongst strangers, come to us, wherever we shall be, and
+you shall not suffer; you shall have enough to eat, and, if money is
+necessary, you shall have more.”</p>
+
+<p>Such acts of kindness as this, and others that have and will be named,
+that I was a witness to while those people were under my charge,
+require no further comment than to be made known: they carry their own
+proof with them that the Doctor was right in saying that “the hearts of
+red men are as good as those of the whites.”</p>
+
+<p>As I was in anxious expectation of their arrival, I met the party with
+carriages when they landed, and I was pained to learn that the babe
+of the Little Wolf, which he had wrapped and embraced in his arms,
+was dying, and it breathed its last at the moment they entered the
+apartments that were prepared for them. My heart was broken to see
+the agony that this noble fellow was in, embracing<a class="pagenum" id="Page_171" title="171"></a> his little boy,
+and laying him down in the last gasp of death, in a foreign land,
+and amongst strangers. We all wept for the heartbroken parents, and
+also for the dear little “Corsair,” as he was called (from the name
+of the steamer on which he was born, on the Ohio river in the United
+States). We had all become attached to the little fellow, and his death
+caused a gloom amongst the whole party. The old Doctor looked more sad
+than ever, and evidently beheld the symptoms of <em>Roman Nose</em> as more
+alarming than they had been.</p>
+
+<p>A council was called, as the first step after their arrival, and a
+pipe was passed around in solemn silence; after which it was asked by
+the War-chief if I knew of any of the “good people” in that town; to
+which I answered that “I was a stranger there, and did not know of any
+one.” It seemed it was an occasion on which they felt that it would be
+an unusual pleasure to meet some of them, as the Little Wolf and his
+wife had expressed a wish to find some. It occurred then to Mr. Melody
+that he had a letter to a lady in that town, and, on delivering it,
+found she was one of that society, and, with another kind friend, she
+called and administered comfort to these wretched parents in the midst
+of their distress. They brought the necessary clothes for the child’s
+remains, and, when we had the coffin prepared, laid it out with the
+kindest hands, and prepared it for the grave; and their other continued
+and kind offices tended to soothe the anguished breasts of the parents
+while we remained there.</p>
+
+<p>It is a subject of regret to me that I have lost the names of those two
+excellent ladies, to whom my public acknowledgments are so justly due.
+After they had laid the remains of the child in the coffin, each of the
+young men of the party ran a knife through the fleshy part of their
+left arms, and, drawing a white feather through the wounds, deposited
+the feathers with the blood on them in the coffin with the body. This
+done, the father and mother brought all they possessed, excepting
+the clothes which they had on,<a class="pagenum" id="Page_172" title="172"></a> and presented to them, according to
+the custom of their country, and also all the fine presents they
+had received, their money, trinkets, weapons, &amp;c. This is one of
+the curious modes of that tribe, and is considered necessary to be
+conformed to in all cases where a child dies. The parents are bound to
+give away all they possess in the world. I believe, however, that it is
+understood that, after a certain time, these goods are returned, and
+oftentimes with increased treasures attending them.</p>
+
+<p>There now came another pang for the heart of this noble fellow, the
+Little Wolf, and one which seemed to shake his manly frame more than
+that he had already felt. His child he could not take with him, and the
+thought of leaving it in a strange burying-ground, and “to be dug up,”
+as he said he knew it would be, seemed to make his misery and that of
+his wife complete. However, in the midst of his griefs, he suggested
+that, if it were possible to have it conveyed to their kind friends in
+Newcastle-on-Tyne, he was sure those “good people,” who treated them
+so kindly, would be glad to bury it in their beautiful burying-ground
+which he had seen, where it would be at home, and he and his wife
+should then feel happy. Mr. Melody at once proposed to take it there
+himself, and attend to its burial, which pleased the parents very much,
+and he started the next day with it. He was received with the greatest
+kindness by Mrs. A. Richardson and their other kind friends, who
+attended to its burial in the society’s beautiful cemetery.<a class="fnanchor" href="#Footnote_33" id="FNanchor_33">[33]</a></p>
+
+<p>Our visit to the delightful little town of Perth was made, where we
+remained, and the Indians astonished and pleased with their wild and
+unheard-of modes, for two days. We then were within fifteen miles
+of Merthyl Castle, the seat of Sir William Drummond Stewart, the
+well-known and<a class="pagenum" id="Page_173" title="173"></a> bold traveller of the prairies and Rocky Mountains
+of America, whose friendly invitation we received to visit his noble
+mansion, but which I shall long regret came so late that other
+engagements we had entered into in Edinburgh and Glasgow prevented us
+from complying with it.</p>
+
+<p>Our way was now back, and, having repeated their exhibitions a few
+nights longer in Edinburgh, and, as before, to crowded and fashionable
+houses, we commenced upon our visit to the noble city of Glasgow. On
+our arrival, the party were taken in an omnibus from the station to the
+town-hall, in which it was arranged their exhibitions were to be given,
+and in a private room of which the Indians were to lodge.</p>
+
+<p>They were pleased with the part of the city they saw as they entered
+it, and were in good spirits and cheer, and prepared for the few days
+they were to stop there. The same arrangement was at once made by
+Mr. Melody, as in other places, to give them their daily ride in an
+omnibus for their health, and for the purpose of giving them a view of
+everything to be seen about the town. In their drives about the city of
+Glasgow there was not so much of the picturesque and change to amuse
+them as they saw in Edinburgh, yet everything was new and pleasing.</p>
+
+<p>The beautiful cemetery attracted their highest admiration of anything
+they saw, with all the party but the Doctor, whose whole and undivided
+admiration was withheld from everything else to be centred in the noble
+Hunterian Museum: the vapour-baths, conservatories, &amp;c., which had
+before arrested his attention, were all sunk and lost sight of in this.
+After each and every of his visits to it he returned dejected and cast
+down with the conviction of his own ignorance and white man’s superior
+skill. He wished very much to see the great man who made all those
+wonderful preparations of diseases, and the astonishing models in wax,
+as he would be so proud to offer him his hand; but, being informed that
+he had been dead for many years, he seemed<a class="pagenum" id="Page_174" title="174"></a> sad that there was no way
+of paying him the tribute of his praise.</p>
+
+<p>Their exhibitions, which were given nightly, as they had been given
+in the Egyptian Hall, were nightly explained by me in the same way,
+and fully and fashionably attended. The same kind of excitement was
+repeated&mdash;speeches were made, and rounds of applause&mdash;young ladies
+falling in love&mdash;Indians’ talks at night, and their suppers of
+beef-steaks and <em>chickabobboo</em>.</p>
+
+<p>Another present of Bibles, equal in number to the number of Indians,
+was handed on to the platform from an unknown hand, and each one had
+the Indian name of its owner handsomely written in its front.</p>
+
+<p>Scarcely a day or an evening passed but they received more or less
+Bibles from the hands of the kind and Christian people who were
+witnessing their amusements or inviting them to their houses; and from
+the continued access to their stock during their whole career, together
+with toys, with cloths and knives, and other presents, their baggage
+was becoming actually of a troublesome size.</p>
+
+<p>In taking their daily drives about town they had several times passed
+through some of the most populous and at the same time impoverished
+parts of the city; and the great numbers of poor and squalid-looking
+and barefooted creatures they saw walking in the snow had excited their
+deepest pity, and they had got in the daily habit of throwing pennies
+to them as they passed along. The numbers of the ragged poor that they
+saw there they represented as surpassing all they had seen in their
+whole travels. They inquired whether there were any poor-houses there,
+and, being informed that there were a number, and all full, they seemed
+to be yet even more surprised. They were in the habit daily, until Mr.
+Melody and myself decided it was best to check it, of each getting some
+shillings changed into pennies before they started on their ride, to
+scatter among the poor that they passed. Their gene<a class="pagenum" id="Page_175" title="175"></a>rosity became a
+subject so well known in a few days, that their carriage was followed
+to their door, where gangs of beggars were stationed great part of
+the day to get their pennies “when the savages went out.” Some pounds
+of their money they thus threw out into the streets of this great and
+splendid city, in spite of all we could do to prevent them.</p>
+
+<p>Our apprehensions were now becoming very great, and of course very
+painful, for the fate of the poor <em>Roman Nose</em>: he seemed daily to
+be losing flesh and strength, and one of the most distinguished
+physicians, who was attending on him, pronounced his disease to be
+pulmonary consumption. This was the first decided alarm we had about
+him, and still it was difficult to believe that so fine and healthy
+a looking man as he appeared but a few months before should be thus
+rapidly sinking down with such a disease. He was able to be walking and
+riding about, but was weak, and took no part in the exhibitions.</p>
+
+<p>About this time, as I was entering the Indians’ room one morning, I met
+two gentlemen coming down the stairs, who recognised me, and said they
+had proposed to the interpreter and the Indians to have had a little
+time with them to talk upon the subjects of religion and education,
+and to know whether missionaries could not be sent into their country
+to teach and christianise them; and they were afraid they might not
+have been understood, for they were answered that the Indians did not
+wish to see them. At that moment Jeffrey was coming up the stairs, and,
+as it could not have been him whom they saw, I presumed it might have
+been Daniel who refused them admittance, as he might have been unable
+to understand the Indians. Jeffrey told them that they had got almost
+tired of talking with so many in London, but still they could go up,
+and the Indians, he thought, would be glad to see them. Mr. Melody
+happened at the moment to be passing also, and he invited them up. They
+were introduced to the Indians and their object explained by Jeffrey.
+The War-chief then said to them, as he<a class="pagenum" id="Page_176" title="176"></a> was sitting on the floor in a
+corner of the room, that he didn’t see any necessity of their talking
+at all, for all they would have to say they had heard from much more
+intelligent-looking men than they were, in London, and in other places,
+and they had given their answers at full length, which <em>Chippehola</em> had
+written all down.</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“Now, my friends,” said he, “I will tell you that when we first came
+  over to this country we thought that where you had so many preachers,
+  so many to read and explain the good book, we should find the white
+  people all good and sober people; but as we travel about we find this
+  was all a mistake. When we first came over we thought that white
+  man’s religion would make all people good, and we then would have
+  been glad to talk with you, but now we cannot say that we like to
+  do it any more.” (‘<em>How, how, how!</em>’ responded all, as Jim, who was
+  then lying on a large table, and resting on one elbow, was gradually
+  turning over on to his back, and drawing up his knees in the attitude
+  of speaking.)</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>The War-chief continued:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“My friends&mdash;I am willing to talk with you if it can do any good
+  to the hundreds and thousands of poor and hungry people that we
+  see in your streets every day when we ride out. We see hundreds
+  of little children with their naked feet in the snow, and we pity
+  them, for we know they are hungry, and we give them money every
+  time we pass by them. In four days we have given twenty dollars to
+  hungry children&mdash;we give our money only to children. We are told
+  that the fathers of these children are in the houses where they sell
+  fire-water, and are drunk, and in their words they every moment abuse
+  and insult the Great Spirit. You talk about sending <em>black-coats</em>
+  among the Indians: now we have no such poor children among us; we
+  have no such drunkards, or people who abuse the Great Spirit. Indians
+  dare not do so. They pray to the Great Spirit, and he is kind to
+  them. Now we think it would be better for your teachers all to stay
+  at home, and go to work right here in your own streets, where all
+  your good work is wanted. This is my advice. I would rather not say
+  any more.” (To this all responded ‘<em>How, how, how!</em>’)</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>Jim had evidently got ready to speak, and showed signs of beginning;
+but White-cloud spoke to him, and wished him not to say anything. It
+was decided by these gentlemen at once to be best not to urge the
+conversation with them; and Mr. Melody explained to them the number of
+times they had heard and said all that could be said on the subject
+while in London, and that they were out of pa<a class="pagenum" id="Page_177" title="177"></a>tience, and of course a
+little out of the humour for it. These gentlemen, however, took great
+interest in them, and handed to each of the chiefs a handsome Bible,
+impressing upon them the importance of the words of the Great Spirit,
+which were certainly all contained in them, and which they hoped the
+Indians might have translated to them. And as I was descending the
+stairs with them, one of them said to me that he never in his life
+heard truer remarks, or a lesson that more distinctly and forcibly
+pointed out the primary duties of his profession.</p>
+
+<p>A few days more, the incidents of which I need not name, finished our
+visit to the city of Glasgow; and an hour or more by the railway, along
+the banks of the beautiful Clyde, and passing Dumbarton Castle, landed
+us in the snug little town of Greenock, from which we were to take
+steamer to Dublin.</p>
+
+<p>The Indians gave their dances and other amusements there for three
+or four evenings before we took leave. They were looked upon there
+as great curiosities, but scarcely formed any acquaintances or
+attachments, except in one branch of our concern. All were anxious to
+leave and be on the way to Dublin, except the Doctor, who thought it
+was bad policy to leave so quick; and though he got on to the steamer
+with all the rest, he did it very reluctantly, without assigning any
+reason for it until we were on the voyage, when he acknowledged to
+Daniel that the reason why he disliked to leave so soon was, that “one
+of the little maids in the hotel where they lodged used to come in
+every night, after all were asleep, and lie by the side of him on his
+buffalo robe.” For this simple acknowledgment all seemed rather to
+sympathise with the polite old gentleman; but it was now too late for a
+remedy, for we were near to the desired city of Dublin.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<h2><a class="pagenum" id="Page_178" title="178"></a>
+CHAPTER XXIV.</h2>
+
+<p class="hang">
+  Arrival in Dublin&mdash;Decline of the <em>Roman Nose</em>&mdash;Exhibition
+     in the Rotunda&mdash;Feast of ducks&mdash;First drive&mdash;Phœnix
+     Park&mdash;Stags&mdash;Indians’ ideas of game-laws and taxes&mdash;Annual
+     expenses of British government&mdash;National debt&mdash;Daniel enters
+     these in Jim’s book&mdash;Indians called “Irishmen”&mdash;Author’s
+     reply&mdash;Speech of the War-chief&mdash;Jim’s rapid civilization&mdash;New
+     estimates for his book&mdash;Daniel reads of “Murders, &amp;c.,” in
+     Times newspaper&mdash;Jim subscribes for the Times&mdash;Petition
+     of 100,000 women&mdash;Society of Friends meet the Indians
+     in the Rotunda&mdash;Their advice, and present to the chiefs
+     40<em>l.</em>&mdash;Indians invited to Zoological Gardens&mdash;Presented with
+     36<em>l.</em>&mdash;Indians invited to Trinity College&mdash;Conversation with
+     the Rev. Master on religion&mdash;Liberal presents&mdash;They visit the
+     Archbishop of Dublin&mdash;Presents&mdash;All breakfast with Mr. Joseph
+     Bewly, a Friend&mdash;Kind treatment&mdash;Christian advice&mdash;Sickness
+     of <em>Roman Nose</em>&mdash;Various entertainments by the Friends&mdash;A
+     curious beggar&mdash;Indians’ liberality to the poor&mdash;Arrival at
+     Liverpool&mdash;Rejoicing and feast&mdash;Council&mdash;<em>Roman Nose</em> placed in
+     an hospital&mdash;Arrival in Manchester&mdash;Exhibition in Free Trade
+     Hall&mdash;Immense platform&mdash;Three wigwams&mdash;Archery&mdash;Ball-play,
+     &amp;c.&mdash;Great crowds&mdash;<em>Bobasheela</em> arrives&mdash;Death of the <em>Roman
+     Nose</em>&mdash;Forms of burial, &amp;c.</p>
+
+
+<p>In Dublin, where we arrived on the 4th of March, after an easy voyage,
+comfortable quarters were in readiness for the party, and their
+breakfast soon upon the table. The Indians, having heard that there
+were many of “the good people” (the Friends) in Dublin, and having
+brought letters of introduction to some of them, had been impatient
+to reach that city; and their wish being successfully and easily
+accomplished, they now felt quite elated and happy, with apparently
+but one thing to depress their spirits, which was the continued and
+increasing illness of the <em>Roman Nose</em>. He was gradually losing flesh
+and strength, and getting now a continual fever, which showed the
+imminent danger of his condition. He had the ablest medical advice that
+the city could afford, and we still had<a class="pagenum" id="Page_179" title="179"></a> some hopes of his recovery.
+Rooms had been prepared for the exhibitions of the Indians in the
+Rotunda, and, on the second night after their arrival, they commenced
+with a respectable audience, and all seemed delighted and surprised
+with their picturesque effect.</p>
+
+<p>There was much applause from the audience, but no speeches from the
+Indians, owing to their fatigue, or to the fact that they had not yet
+rode about the city to see anything to speak about. They returned from
+their exhibition to their apartments, and after their supper they were
+happy to find that their beef-steaks were good, and that they had found
+again the <em>London chickabobboo</em>.</p>
+
+<p>A very amusing scene occurred during the exhibition, which had greatly
+excited the Indians, though they had but partially understood it, and
+now called upon me to explain it to them. While speaking of the modes
+of life of the Ioway Indians, and describing their way of catching the
+wild horses on the prairies, a dry and quizzical-looking sort of man
+rose, and, apparently half drunk, excited the hisses of the audience
+whilst he was holding on to the end of a seat to steady him. It was
+difficult to get him down, and I desired the audience to listen to
+what he had to say. “Ee&mdash;you’l escuse me, sir, to e&mdash;yax e&mdash;yif you
+are ye man woo was lecturing e&mdash;year some time see&mdash;ynce, e&mdash;on ther
+Yindians and the&mdash;r wild e&mdash;yorses? &mdash;e&mdash;(hic)&mdash;e&mdash;and the&mdash;r breathin,
+he&mdash;(hic)&mdash;e&mdash;in thee&mdash;ir noses?” The excessive singularity of this
+fellow set the whole house in a roar of laughter, and all felt disposed
+to hear him go on. “Yes,” I replied, “I am the same man.” “Ee&mdash;e&mdash;r
+wal, sir, e&mdash;yerts all&mdash;(hic), e&mdash;yits all gammon, sir, e&mdash;yer, y&mdash;ers,
+(hic) yers tried it on two fillies, sir, e&mdash;yand&mdash;(hic) yand it didn’t
+se&mdash;seed, sir.” The poor fellow, observing the great amusement of the
+ladies as he looked around the room was at once disposed to be a little
+witty, and proceeded&mdash;“Ee&mdash;(hic)&mdash;ye&mdash;yer tried it e&mdash;yon se&mdash;rl <em>young
+ladies</em>, e&mdash;yand (hic) se&mdash;seded yerry well!” The poor fellow seemed
+contented with his wit thus far rather than try to proceed<a class="pagenum" id="Page_180" title="180"></a> further;
+and he sat down amidst the greatest possible amusement of the audience,
+many of whom, notwithstanding, did not seem to understand his meaning,
+when I deemed it necessary to explain that he referred to my account
+of Indians breaking wild horses by breathing in their noses, which it
+would seem he had tried in vain, but by experimenting on young ladies
+he had met with great success.<a class="fnanchor" href="#Footnote_34" id="FNanchor_34">[34]</a></p>
+
+<p>The Indians had become very much attached to Daniel, who had been so
+long a companion and fellow-traveller with them, and felt pleasure with
+him that he was again upon his native soil. He had described to them
+that they were now in a different country again, and they resolved to
+have their necessary feast of ducks the next morning for breakfast, so
+as not to interfere with their drive, in which they were to open their
+eyes to the beauties of Dublin, when Daniel was to accompany them, and
+explain all that they saw. They invited him to the feast, and thought
+it as well to call upon him now as at a future time for the bottle or
+two of the <em>Queen’s chickabobboo</em> (champagne) which he had agreed to
+produce when he got on to his native shore again.</p>
+
+<p>Nothing more of course could be seen until their feast was over, and
+they were all in their buss as usual, with four horses, which was
+ready and started off with them at ten o’clock the next morning. The
+Doctor, in his familiar way, was alongside of the driver, with his
+buffalo horns and eagle crest, and his shining lance, with his faithful
+companion Jim by his side, and they caused a prodigious sensation as
+they were whirled along through the principal streets of Dublin. One
+may think at first glance that he can appreciate all the excitement
+and pleasure which the Doctor took in those drives, taking his first
+survey of the shops and all the curious places he was peeping into as
+he rode along; but on a little deliberation they will easily see that
+his enjoyment might have been much greater<a class="pagenum" id="Page_181" title="181"></a> than the world supposed who
+were gazing at him, without thinking how much there was under his eye
+that was novel and exciting to a savage from the wilderness.</p>
+
+<p>After passing through several of the principal streets they were driven
+to the Phœnix Park, where they left their carriage, and, taking
+a run for a mile or two, felt much relieved and delighted with the
+exercise. The noble stags that started up and were bounding away before
+them excited them very much, and they were wishing for their weapons
+which they had left behind. However, they had very deliberately and
+innocently agreed to take a regular hunt there in a few days, and have
+a saddle or two of venison, but wiser Daniel reminding them of the
+<em>game-laws</em> of this country, of which they had before heard no account,
+knocked all their sporting plans on the head.</p>
+
+<p>Nothing perhaps astonished them since they came into the country more
+than the idea that a man is liable to severe punishment by the laws,
+for shooting a deer, a rabbit, or a partridge, or for catching a fish
+out of a lake or a river, without a licence, for which he must pay a
+tax to the government, and that then they can only shoot upon certain
+grounds. The poor fellows at first treated the thing as ridiculous
+and fabulous; but on being assured that such was the fact, they were
+overwhelmed with astonishment. “What!” asked one of them, “if a poor
+man is hungry and sees a fine fish in the water, is he not allowed to
+spear it out and eat it?” “No,” said Daniel, “if he does, he must go
+to jail, and pay a heavy fine besides. A man is not allowed to keep a
+gun in his house without paying a tax to the government for it, and
+if he carries a weapon in his pocket he is liable to a fine.” “Why
+is that?” “Because they are afraid he will kill somebody with it.”
+“What do you call a tax?” said Jim. “Let that alone,” said Daniel,
+“until we get home, and then I will tell you all about it.” Here was
+a new field opening to their simple minds for contemplation upon the
+beautiful mysteries and glories of civilization, in which a few hours
+of Daniel’s lectures would be<a class="pagenum" id="Page_182" title="182"></a> sure to enlighten them. They dropped the
+subject here however, and took their carriage again for the city and
+their lodgings, laughing excessively as they were returning, and long
+after they got back, at cabs they were constantly passing, which they
+insisted on it had got turned around, and were going sideways.<a class="fnanchor" href="#Footnote_35" id="FNanchor_35">[35]</a> When
+they had returned and finished their first remarks about the curious
+things they had seen, Daniel began to give them some first ideas about
+taxes and fines which they had inquired about, and which they did
+not as yet know the meaning of. He explained also the game-laws, and
+showed them that in such a country as England, if the government did
+not protect the game and the fish in such a manner, there would soon be
+none left, and, as it was preserved in such a way, the government made
+those who wished to hunt or to fish, pay a sum of money to help meet
+the expenses of the government, and he explained the many ways in which
+people pay taxes. “All of this,” said he, “goes to pay the expenses
+of the government, and to support the Queen and royal family.” He read
+to them from a newspaper that the actual cost of supporting the royal
+family and attendants was 891,000<em>l.</em> sterling (4,455,000 dollars) per
+annum; that the Queen’s pin-money (privy purse) is 60,000<em>l.</em> (300,000
+dollars); the Queen’s coachmen, postilions, and footmen 12,550<em>l.</em>
+(62,750 dollars).</p>
+
+<p>He read from the same paper also that the expenses of the navy were
+5,854,851<em>l.</em> (being about 29,274,255 dollars) per annum, and that
+the expenses of the army were still much greater, and that these all
+together form but a part of the enormous expenses of the government,
+which must all be raised by taxes in different ways, and that the
+people must pay all these expenses at last, in paying for what they
+eat and drink and wear, so much more than the articles are worth, that
+a little from all may go to the government to pay the government’s
+debts. He also stated that, notwithstanding so much went to the
+government, the nation<a class="pagenum" id="Page_183" title="183"></a> was in debt at this time to the amount of
+764,000,000<em>l.</em> (3,820,000,000 dollars). This was beyond all their
+ideas of computation, and, as it could not be possibly appreciated by
+them, Daniel and they had to drop it, as most people do (and as the
+<em>country</em> probably <em>will</em> before it is paid), as a mystery too large
+for just comprehension.</p>
+
+<p>Jim wanted these estimates down in his book however, thinking perhaps
+that he might some time be wise enough to comprehend them or find some
+one that could do it. And when Daniel had put them down, he also made
+another memorandum underneath them to this effect, and which astonished
+the Indians very much&mdash;“The plate that ornamented the sideboard at the
+banquet at the Queen’s nuptials was estimated at 500,000<em>l.</em> (2,500,000
+dollars).”</p>
+
+<p>By the time their statistics had progressed thus far their dinner
+was ready, which was a thing much more simple to comprehend, and
+consequently more pleasing to them; so their note-book was shut, and
+taxes and game-laws and national debt gave way to roast-beef and
+<em>chickabobboo</em>.</p>
+
+<p>Their drive through the city had tended to increase the curiosity to
+see them, and their exhibition-room on the second night was crowded to
+excess. This was sure to put the Indians into the best of humour; and
+seeing in different parts of the room quite a number of Friends, gave
+them additional satisfaction.</p>
+
+<p>In a new country again, and before so full and fashionable an audience,
+I took unusual pains to explain the objects for which these people
+had come to this country, their personal appearance, and the modes
+they were to illustrate. When I had got through, and the Indians
+were sitting on the platform and smoking their pipe, a man rose in
+the crowd and said, “That’s all gammon, sir!&mdash;these people are not
+Indians. I have seen many Indians, sir, and you can’t hoax me!” Here
+the audience hissed, and raised the cry of “Put him out!&mdash;shame!”
+&amp;c. I stepped forward, and with some difficulty got them silent, and
+begged they would let the gentleman finish his re<a class="pagenum" id="Page_184" title="184"></a>marks, because, if
+they were fairly heard and understood, they might probably add much to
+the amusements of the evening. So he proceeded: “I know this to be a
+very great imposition, and I think it is a pity if it is allowed to go
+on. I have seen too many Indians to be deceived about them. I was at
+Bombay six years, and after that at Calcutta long enough to know what
+an Indian is. I know that their hair is always long and black, and
+not red: I know that these men are <em>Irishmen</em>, and painted up in this
+manner to gull the public. There’s one of those fellows I know very
+well&mdash;I have seen him these three years at work in M'Gill’s carpenter’s
+shop, and saw him there but a few days ago; so I pronounce them but a
+raw set, as well as impostors!”</p>
+
+<p>When he sat down I prevented the audience from making any further noise
+than merely laughing, which was excessive all over the room. I said
+that “to contradict this gentleman would only be to repeat what I had
+said, and I hoped at least he would remain in the room a few minutes
+until they would execute one of their dances, that he might give his
+opinion as to my skill in teaching ’raw recruits’ as he called them.”
+The Indians, who had been smoking their pipes all this time without
+knowing what the delay had been about, now sprang upon their feet and
+commenced the war-dance; all further thoughts of “imposition” and “raw
+recruits” were lost sight of here and for the rest of the evening. When
+their dance was done they received a tremendous roar of applause, and
+after resting a few minutes the Doctor was on his feet, and evidently
+trying very hard in a speech to make a sensation (as he had made on
+the first night in London) among the ladies. Jeffrey interpreted his
+speech; and although it made much amusement, and was applauded, still
+it fell very far short of what his eloquence and his quizzical smiles
+and wit had done on the former occasion. Being apprehensive also of
+Jim’s cruel sarcasms when he should stop, and apparently in hopes, too,
+of still saying something more witty, he, unfortunately for its whole
+effect, continued to speak a little too long after he had<a class="pagenum" id="Page_185" title="185"></a> said his
+best things; so he sat down (though in applause) rather dissatisfied
+with himself, and seemed for some time in a sort of study, as if he
+was trying to recollect what he had said, a <em>peculiarity possibly</em>
+belonging to Indian orators.</p>
+
+<p>When the Doctor had finished, all arose at the sound of the war-whoop
+given by the War-chief, and they gave with unusual spirit the discovery
+dance, and after that their favourite, the eagle dance. The finish of
+this exciting dance brought rounds of deafening applause and “bravo!”
+in the midst of which the War-chief arose, and, throwing his buffalo
+robe around him, said,&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“My friends&mdash;We see that we are in a new city, a strange place to
+  us, but that we are not amongst enemies, and this gives us great
+  pleasure. (‘<em>How, how, how!</em>’ and ‘Hear, hear.’)</p>
+
+<p>“My friends&mdash;It gives me pleasure to see so many smiling faces about
+  us, for we know that when you smile you are not angry; we think you
+  are amused with our dancing. It is the custom in our country always
+  to thank the Great Spirit first. He has been kind to us, and our
+  hearts are thankful that he has allowed us to reach your beautiful
+  city, and to be with you to-night. (‘<em>How, how, how!</em>’)</p>
+
+<p>“My friends&mdash;Our modes of dancing are different from yours, and
+  you see we don’t come to teach you to dance, but merely to show
+  you how the poor Indians dance. We are told that you have your
+  dancing-masters; but the Great Spirit taught us, and we think we
+  should not change our mode. (‘<em>How, how, how!</em>’)</p>
+
+<p>“My friends&mdash;The interpreter has told us that some one in the room
+  has said we were not Indians&mdash;that we were <em>Irishmen</em>! Now we are not
+  in any way angry with this man; if we <em>were</em> Irishmen, we might be
+  perhaps. (‘Hear, hear.’ ‘Bravo!’)</p>
+
+<p>“My friends&mdash;We are rather sorry for the man than angry; it is his
+  ignorance, and that is perhaps because he is too far off: let him
+  come nearer to us and examine our skins, our ears, and our noses,
+  full of holes and trinkets&mdash;Irishmen don’t bore their noses. (Great
+  laughter, and ‘Bravo!’)</p>
+
+<p>“My friends&mdash;Tell that man we will be glad to see him and shake hands
+  with him, and he will then be our friend at once.” (“Bravo!” and
+  cries of “Go, go!” from every part of the room: “You <em>must</em> go!”)</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>The gentleman left his seat upon this in a very embarrassed condition,
+and, advancing to the platform, shook the War-chief and each one of
+the party by the hand, and took a seat near to them for the rest of
+the evening, evidently<a class="pagenum" id="Page_186" title="186"></a> well pleased with their performances, and well
+convinced that they were not Irishmen.</p>
+
+<p>After this the Indians proceeded by giving several other dances, songs,
+&amp;c.; and when it was announced that their amusements for the evening
+were finished, they seated themselves on the edge of the platform to
+meet those who desired to give them their hands. Half an hour or so was
+spent in this ceremony, during which time they received many presents,
+and, what to them was more gratifying, they felt the affectionate hands
+of a number of the “good people” they were so anxious to meet, and who
+they saw were taking a deep interest in their behalf already. They
+returned to their apartments unusually delighted with their reception,
+and, after their supper and <em>chickabobboo</em>, Jim had some dry jokes for
+the Doctor about his speech; assuring him that he never would “go down”
+with the Irish ladies&mdash;that his speech had been a decided failure&mdash;and
+that he had better hereafter keep his mouth entirely shut. They had
+much merriment also about the “mistake the poor man had made in calling
+them Irishmen,” and all applauded the War-chief for the manner in which
+he had answered him in his speech.</p>
+
+<p>The Indians in their drive during the morning had observed an unusual
+number of soldiers in various parts of the city, and, on inquiring of
+Daniel why there were so many when there was no war and no danger,
+they learned to their great surprise that this country, like the one
+they had just left, had been subjugated by England, and that a large
+military force was necessary to be kept in all the towns to keep the
+people quiet, and to compel them to pay their taxes to the government.
+They thought the police were more frequent here also than they had seen
+them in London, and laughed very much at their carrying clubs to knock
+men down with. They began to think that the Irish must be very bad
+people to want so many to watch them with guns and clubs, and laughed
+at Daniel about the wickedness of his countrymen. He endeavoured to
+explain to them, how<a class="pagenum" id="Page_187" title="187"></a>ever, that, if they had to work as hard as the
+Irishmen did, and then had their hard earnings mostly all taken away
+from them, they would require as strong a military force to take care
+of them as the Irish did. His argument completely brought them over,
+and they professed perfectly to understand the case; and all said
+they could see why so many soldiers were necessary. The police, he
+said, were kept in all the towns, night and day, to prevent people
+from stealing, from breaking into each other’s houses, from fighting,
+and from knocking each other down and taking away their property. The
+insatiate Jim then conceived the idea of getting into his book the
+whole number of soldiers that were required in England, Scotland, and
+Ireland to keep the people at work in the factories, and to make them
+pay their taxes; and also the number of police that were necessary in
+the different cities and towns to keep people all peaceable, and quiet,
+and honest. Daniel had read to them only a day or two before an article
+in the ‘Times’ newspaper, setting forth all these estimates, and, being
+just the thing he wanted, copied them into his book.</p>
+
+<p>The reader sees by this time that, although Jim’s looks were against
+him, as an orator or lecturer, when he should get back to his own
+country&mdash;and also that though his imagination could not take its wings
+until he was flat upon his back&mdash;still that he was, by dint of industry
+and constant effort, preparing himself with a magazine of facts which
+were calculated to impress upon the simple minds of the people in his
+country the strongest proofs of the virtue and superior blessings of
+civilization.</p>
+
+<p>These people had discernment enough to see that such an enormous
+amount of soldiers and police as their list presented them would not
+be kept in pay if they were not necessary. And they naturally put the
+question at once&mdash;“What state would the country be in if the military
+and police were all taken away?” They had been brought to the zenith
+of civilization that they might see and admire it in its best form;
+but the world who read will see with me<a class="pagenum" id="Page_188" title="188"></a> that they were close critics,
+and <em>agree</em> with me, I think, that it is almost a pity they should
+be the teachers of such statistics as they are to teach to thousands
+yet to be taught in the wilderness. As I have shown in a former part
+of this work, I have long since been opposed to parties of Indians
+being brought to this country, believing that civilization should be
+a gradual thing, rather than open the eyes of these ignorant people
+to all its mysteries at a glance, when the mass of its poverty and
+vices alarms them, and its luxuries and virtues are at a discouraging
+distance&mdash;beyond the reach of their attainment.</p>
+
+<p>Daniel was at this time cutting a slip from the ‘Times,’ which he
+read to Jim; and it was decided at once to be an admissible and
+highly interesting entry to make, and to go by the side of his former
+estimates of the manufacture and consumption of <em>chickabobboo</em>. The
+article ran thus:&mdash;“The consumption of ardent spirits in Great Britain
+and Ireland in the last year was 29,200,000 gallons, and the Poor Law
+Commissioners estimate the money annually spent in ardent spirits at
+24,000,000<em>l.</em> (120,000,000 dollars); and it is calculated that 50,000
+drunkards die yearly in England and Ireland, and that one-half of the
+insanity, two-thirds of the pauperism, and three-fourths of the crimes
+of the land are the consequences of drunkenness.”</p>
+
+<p>This, Jim said, was one of the best things he had got down in his book,
+because he said that the <em>black-coats</em> were always talking so much
+about the Indians getting drunk, that it would be a good thing for him
+to have to show; and he said he thought he should be able, when they
+were about to go home, to get <em>Chippehola</em><a class="fnanchor" href="#Footnote_36" id="FNanchor_36">[36]</a> to write by the side of
+it that fourteen Ioways were one year in England and never drank any of
+this <em>fire-water</em>, and were never drunk in that time.</p>
+
+<p>Daniel and Jeffrey continued to read (or rather Daniel to read,
+and Jeffrey to interpret) the news and events in<a class="pagenum" id="Page_189" title="189"></a> the ‘Times,’
+to which the Indians were all listening with attention. He read
+several amusing things, and then of a “<em>Horrid murder!</em>” <em>a man had
+murdered his wife and two little children</em>. He read the account; and
+next&mdash;“<em>Brutal Assault on a Female!</em>”&mdash;“<em>A Father killed by his own
+Son!</em>”&mdash;“<em>Murder of an Infant and Suicide of the Mother!</em>”&mdash;“<em>Death
+from Starvation!</em>”&mdash;“<em>Execution of Sarah Loundes for poisoning her
+Husband!</em>”&mdash;“<em>Robbery of 150l. Bank of England Notes!</em>” &amp;c. &amp;c.</p>
+
+<p>They had read so many exciting things in one paper, and were but half
+through the list, when Jim, who had rolled over on his back and drawn
+up his knees, as if he was going to say something, asked how much was
+the price of that newspaper; to which Daniel replied that there was
+one printed each day like that, and the price fivepence each. “Well,”
+said Jim, “I believe everything is in that paper, and I will give you
+the money to get it for me every day. Go to the man and tell him I want
+one of every kind he has: I will take them all home with me, and I will
+some time learn to read them all.”</p>
+
+<p>A clever idea entered (or originated in) the heavy brain of Jim at
+this moment. He went to a box in the corner of the room, from which
+he took out, and arranged on the floor, about twenty handsomely-bound
+Bibles, when he made this memorable and commercial-like vociferation,
+in tolerably plain English: “I guess em swap!” He had been much amused
+with several numbers of ‘Punch,’ which he had long pored over and
+packed away for amusement on the prairies; and believing that his plan
+for “swapping” would enable him to venture boldly, he authorized Daniel
+to subscribe for Punch also, provided Punch would take Bibles for pay.
+Daniel assured him that that would be “no go,” as he thought Punch
+would not care about Bibles; but told him that he would at all events
+have the ‘Times’ for him every morning, as he wished, and was now going
+to read to them a very curious thing that he had got his thumb upon,
+and commenced to read:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<a class="pagenum" id="Page_190" title="190"></a>
+
+<p>“Lord R. Grosvenor and Mr. Spooner attended yesterday at the
+  Home-office with Sir George Grey to present a memorial to the Queen
+  from the women of England, signed by 100,000, praying that the
+  bill for preventing trading in seduction may pass into a law. The
+  following is a copy of the petition:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p class="center">“'TO THE QUEEN.</p>
+
+<p>“'We, the undersigned women of Great Britain and Ireland, placed by
+  Divine Providence under the sway of the British Sceptre, which God
+  has committed to your Majesty’s hands, most humbly beg leave to make
+  known to our beloved Sovereign the heavy and cruel grievance that
+  oppresses a large portion of the female population of the realm. A
+  system exists, by which not only are undue facilities and temptations
+  held out to the immoral, the giddy, and the poor, to enter upon a
+  life of infamy, degradation, and ruin, but unwary young females and
+  mere children are frequently entrapped, and sold into the hands of
+  profligate libertines. Agents are sent into the towns and villages
+  of the United Kingdom, whose ostensible object is to engage young
+  girls for domestic service, or other female employments, but whose
+  real design is to degrade and ruin them. Female agents are also
+  employed in London and many of our large towns to watch the public
+  conveyances, and decoy the simple and inexperienced into houses
+  of moral pollution and crime, by offers of advice or temporary
+  protection. By such and other means the entrapping of innocent young
+  women is reduced to a regular trade, the existence of which is, in
+  the highest degree, discreditable to the nation. Despite the efforts
+  of right-minded men and of benevolent institutions to suppress, by
+  means of the existing laws, this vile trade in female innocence,
+  thousands of the most helpless of your Majesty’s subjects are
+  annually destroyed, both in body and soul. We therefore appeal to
+  your Majesty, beseeching you to extend your Royal protection around
+  the daughters of the poor, by promoting such vigorous laws as the
+  wisdom of your Majesty’s counsellors may see good to devise, and
+  thereby deliver your Majesty’s fair realm from a system of profligacy
+  so offensive to Almighty God, and so fatal to the personal, social,
+  temporal, and spiritual well-being of the women of England.'”</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>“Fish! fish!” exclaimed Jim, as Daniel finished reading. Some laughed
+excessively, and the poor Indian women groaned; but Jim, lying still on
+his back, and of course his ideas circulating freely, roared out again
+“<em>Fish! fish! chickabobboo! money! money!</em>&mdash;put that all in my book.”
+Daniel said, “There is no need of that, for it is in your paper, which
+is all the same, and I will mark a black line around it.” “Then be
+careful not to lose the paper,” said Jim, “for I like that very much:
+I’ll show that to the <em>black-coats</em> when I get home.”</p>
+
+<p><a class="pagenum" id="Page_191" title="191"></a>
+Thus the talk of that night had run to a late hour, and I took leave.</p>
+
+<p>The next morning I received two invitations for the Indians, both of
+which were calculated to give them great pleasure: the one was an
+invitation to visit the Zoological Gardens, then in their infant but
+very flourishing state, when the directors very kindly proposed to
+admit the public by shilling tickets, and to give the receipts to the
+Indians. This, therefore, was very exciting to their ambition; and
+the other invitation was equally or more so, as it was from several
+gentlemen of the Society of Friends, who proposed that, as there
+were a great many of that society in Dublin, and who all felt a deep
+interest in the welfare of the Indians, but who had, many of them, a
+decided objection to attend their war-dances, &amp;c., they should feel
+glad to meet them at some hour that might be appointed, in their
+exhibition room, for the purpose of forming an acquaintance with them,
+and of having some conversation with them on the subject of education,
+agriculture, &amp;c., with a view to ascertain in what way they could best
+render them some essential service. This invitation was embraced by
+the Indians with great pleasure, and at the time appointed they met
+about one hundred ladies and gentlemen, all of that society, to whom
+I introduced them by briefly explaining their objects in visiting
+this country, their modes of life, their costumes, &amp;c. After that,
+several ladies, as well as gentlemen, asked them questions relative
+to their religious belief and modes of worship; to all of which the
+War-chief answered in the most cheerful manner; and, as he constantly
+replied with appeals to the Great Spirit, who, he said, directed all
+their hearts, they all saw in him a feeling of reverence for the Great
+Spirit, which satisfied all that they were endowed with high sentiments
+of religion and devotion.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Melody here stated that he had just received very interesting
+and satisfactory letters from the reverend gentlemen conducting a
+missionary school, which was prospering,<a class="pagenum" id="Page_192" title="192"></a> in their tribe, parts of
+which letters he read, and also presented a small book already printed
+in the Ioway language by a printing-press belonging to the Missionary
+Society, and now at work at their mission. This gave great satisfaction
+to the visitors, who saw that these people had friends at home who were
+doing what they could to enlighten their minds.</p>
+
+<p>The friendly feelings of all present were then conveyed to them by
+several who addressed them in turn, expressing their deep anxiety for
+their worldly welfare and their spiritual good, and in the kindest and
+most impressive language exhorted them to temperance, to a knowledge
+of our Saviour, and to the blessings of education, which lead to it.
+They impressed upon their minds also the benefits that would flow from
+the abandonment of their hunters’ life and warfare, and the adoption
+of agricultural pursuits. It was then stated that it was the object
+of the meeting to make them a present of something more than mere
+professions of friendship, and desired of me to ascertain what would
+be most useful and acceptable to them. The question being put to them,
+the White Cloud replied that “anything they felt disposed to give they
+would accept with thankfulness, but, as the question had been asked,
+he should say that <em>money</em> would be preferable to anything else, for
+it was more easily carried, and when in America, and near their own
+country, they could buy with it what their wives and little children
+should most need.” It was then proposed that a hat should be passed
+around, for the purpose, by which the sum of 40<em>l.</em> was received, and
+handed to the chief, to divide between them. Besides this very liberal
+donation, a number of beautifully-bound Bibles were presented to them,
+and several very kind and lovely ladies went to the shops, and returned
+with beautiful shawls and other useful presents for the women and
+children; and one benevolent gentleman, who had been of the meeting,
+and whose name I regret that I have forgotten, brought in with his own
+hands, a large trunk filled with pretty and useful things, which he
+took pleasure in dividing<a class="pagenum" id="Page_193" title="193"></a> amongst them, and in presenting the trunk to
+the wife of the chief.</p>
+
+<p>Thus ended this very kind and interesting meeting, which the Indians
+will never forget, and which went far to strengthen their former belief
+that the “good people,” as they called them, would be everywhere found
+to be their genuine friends.</p>
+
+<p>Their invitation to the Zoological Gardens was for the day following,
+and they were there highly entertained by the young men who were the
+founders of that institution. They met in those peculiarly beautiful
+grounds a great number of the fashionable ladies and gentlemen of
+Dublin; and, after an hour or two delightfully spent amongst them,
+received from the treasurer of the institution the sum of 36<em>l.</em>, that
+had been taken at the entrance. Nothing could have been more gratefully
+received than were these two kind presents; nor could anything have
+afforded them more convincing proofs of the hospitality and kindness of
+the people they were amongst.</p>
+
+<p>The exhibitions at the Rotunda were continued on every evening, and the
+Indians took their daily ride at ten o’clock in the morning, seeing all
+that was to be seen in the streets and the suburbs of Dublin, and after
+their suppers and their <em>chickabobboo</em> enjoyed their jokes and their
+pipe, whilst they were making their remarks upon the occurrences of the
+day, and listening to Daniel’s readings of the ‘Times’ newspaper, to
+which the <em>Chemokemon</em><a class="fnanchor" href="#Footnote_37" id="FNanchor_37">[37]</a> (as they now called him), Jim, had become
+a subscriber. This boundless source of information and amusement,
+just now opened to their minds, was engrossing much of their time;
+and Daniel and Jeffrey were called upon regularly every night, after
+their suppers, to tell them all that was new and curious in the paper
+of the day; and Jim desired a daily entry in his book of the number of
+<em>murders</em> and <em>robberies</em> that appeared in it. All this Daniel, in his
+kindness, did for him, after reading the<a class="pagenum" id="Page_194" title="194"></a> description of them; and in
+this way the ingenious Jim considered he had all things now in good
+train to enable him to enlighten the Indian races when he should get
+back to the prairies of his own country.</p>
+
+<p>Poor Jim, whose avarice began to dawn with his first steps towards
+civilization, and who, having his wife with him to add her share of
+presents to his, and was now getting such an accumulation of Bibles
+that they were becoming a serious item of luggage, related here a
+curious anecdote that occurred while he was in the Zoological Gardens:&mdash;
+
+The Bibles they had received, and were daily receiving, as “the most
+valuable presents that could be made them,” he had supposed must of
+course have some considerable intrinsic value; and he felt disposed, as
+he was now increasing his expenses, by taking the ‘Times’ newspaper and
+in other ways, to try the experiment of occasionally selling one of his
+bibles to increase his funds, and, on starting to go to the gardens,
+had put one in his pouch to offer to people he should meet in the
+crowd; and it seems he offered it in many cases, but nobody would buy,
+but one had been <em>given</em> to him by a lady; so he came home with one
+more than he took; and he said to us, “I guess em no good&mdash;I no sell
+em, but I get em a heap.”</p>
+
+<p>A very friendly invitation was received about this time from the
+President of Trinity College for the party to visit that noble
+institution, and Mr. Melody and myself took great pleasure in
+accompanying them there. They were treated there with the greatest
+possible kindness; and, after being shown through all its parts&mdash;its
+library, museum, &amp;c.&mdash;a liberal collection was made for them amongst
+the reverend gentlemen and their families, and presented to them a few
+days afterwards.</p>
+
+<p>I took the War-chief and several of the party to visit the Archbishop
+of Dublin and his family, who treated them with much kindness, and
+presented to each a sovereign, as an evidence of the attachment they
+felt for them. This unexpected kindness called upon them for some
+expression<a class="pagenum" id="Page_195" title="195"></a> of thanks in return; and the War-chief, after offering his
+hand to the Archbishop, said to him:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“My friend, as the Great Spirit has moved your heart to be kind to
+  us, I rise up to thank Him first, and then to tell you how thankful
+  we feel to you for what your hand has given us. We are poor, and
+  do not deserve this; but we will keep it, and it will buy food and
+  clothing for our little children.</p>
+
+<p>“My friend, we are soon going from here, and we live a great way. We
+  shall never see your face again in this world, but we shall hope that
+  the Great Spirit will allow us to meet in the world that is before
+  us, and where you and I must soon go.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>The Archbishop seemed much struck with his remarks; and, taking him
+again by the hand, said to him that he believed they would meet again
+in the world to come, and, commending them to the care of the Great
+Spirit, bade them an affectionate farewell.</p>
+
+<p>An invitation was awaiting them at this time, also, to breakfast the
+next morning with Mr. Joseph Bewley, a Friend, and who lived a few
+miles out of the city. His carriages arrived for them at the hour,
+and the whole party visited him and his kind family and took their
+breakfast with them. After the breakfast was over, the chief thanked
+this kind gentleman for his hospitality and the presents very liberally
+bestowed; and the party all listened with great attention to the
+Christian advice which he gave them, recommending to them also to lay
+down all their weapons of war, and to study the arts of peace. These
+remarks seemed to have made a deep impression on their minds, for they
+were daily talking of this kind man and the advice and information he
+gave them.</p>
+
+<p>Having finished our exhibitions by advertisement, but being detained a
+few days longer in Dublin than we expected by the illness of the <em>Roman
+Nose</em>, an opportunity was afforded the Indians to attend a number of
+evening parties, to which they were invited by families of the Society
+of Friends, and treated with the greatest kindness and attention.</p>
+
+<p>The Indians had thus formed their notions of the beauti<a class="pagenum" id="Page_196" title="196"></a>ful city of
+Dublin by riding through it repeatedly in all its parts&mdash;by viewing,
+outside and in, its churches, its colleges, its gardens, and other
+places of amusement; and of its inhabitants, by meeting them in the
+exhibition rooms, and in their own houses, at their hospitable boards.
+They decided that Edinburgh was rather the most beautiful city; that
+in Glasgow they saw the most ragged and poor; and that in Dublin they
+met the warmest-hearted and most kind people of any they had seen in
+the kingdom. In Dublin, as in Glasgow, they had been in the habit of
+throwing handfuls of pence to the poor; and at length had got them
+baited, so that gangs of hungry, ragged creatures were daily following
+their carriage home to their door, and there waiting under their
+windows for the pence that were often showered down upon their heads.</p>
+
+<p>Out of the thousands of beggars that <em>I</em> met while there (and many of
+whom extracted money from my pocket by their wit or drollery when I
+was not disposed to give it), there was but one of whom I shall make
+mention in this place. In my daily walk from my hotel to the Rotunda,
+there was an old, hardy-looking veteran, who used often to meet me and
+solicit with great importunity, as I had encouraged him by giving to
+him once or twice when I first met him. I was walking on that pavement
+one day with an American friend whom I had met, and, observing this old
+man coming at some distance ahead of us on the same pavement, I said
+to my friend, “Now watch the motions of that old fellow as he comes up
+to beg&mdash;look at the expression of his face.” When we had got within a
+few rods of him the old man threw his stomach in, and one knee in an
+instant seemed out of joint, and his face! oh, most pitiable to look
+upon. We approached him arm-in-arm, and while coming towards him I put
+my hand in my pocket as if I was getting out some money, which brought
+this extraordinary expression from him: “My kind sir, may the gates of
+Heaven open to receive you!”&mdash;(by this time we had got by him, and,
+seeing that my hand remained stationary in<a class="pagenum" id="Page_197" title="197"></a> my pocket, as he had turned
+round and was scowling daggers at me)&mdash;“and may you be kicked out the
+moment you get there!”</p>
+
+<p>There is an inveteracy in the Irish begging and wit that shows it to
+be native and not borrowed; it is therefore more irresistible and more
+successful than in any other country perhaps in the world. I speak
+this, however, merely as an opinion of my own, formed on the many
+instances where the very reasons I assigned for not giving were so
+ingeniously and suddenly turned into irresistible arguments for giving,
+that my hand was in my pocket before I was aware of it.</p>
+
+<p>The Indians however gave from other motives; not able to appreciate
+their wit, they had discernment enough to see the wretchedness that
+existed among the poor people in the lanes and outskirts of the city,
+and too much pity in their hearts not to try with their money to
+relieve them; and in that way I fully believe that they gave a very
+considerable proportion of the money they had received since they
+entered the city.</p>
+
+<p>The symptoms of the poor <em>Roman Nose</em>, whose case was now decided to be
+almost hopeless, were a little more favourable, and it was agreed, with
+his united wish, that we should start for Liverpool by steamer; and on
+the morning when we went on board, the Indians were more strongly than
+ever confirmed in their belief that the Friends were the people who
+had taken the deepest interest in their welfare, by meeting nearly all
+they had seen in their numerous visits, down at the wharf, to shake
+hands with them, and wish them an everlasting farewell! Such proof as
+this, which brought even tears in their eyes, will be the last to be
+forgotten by them or by me, and should be the last to be overlooked in
+the public acknowledgment I am now making.</p>
+
+<p>Our voyage across the Channel was easy and pleasant; and amongst
+the numerous and fashionable people on board, poor Jim had the
+mortification of trying to test the intrinsic value of his numerous
+stock of Bibles by occasionally offering one that he carried in his
+pouch. “I no sell 'em&mdash;they no<a class="pagenum" id="Page_198" title="198"></a> like 'em,” was his reply again; and he
+began to doubt the value of them, which he was greatly disappointed to
+find they had fixed much above their market-price.</p>
+
+<p>On landing at the wharf in Liverpool the Indians recognised the spot
+where they first set their feet upon English soil, and they raised the
+yell (not unlike the war-whoop) which is given by war-parties when,
+returning from battle, they are able to see their own village. This
+gathered a great crowd in a few moments, that was exceedingly difficult
+to disperse, and it instilled new ambition and strength into the poor
+<em>Roman Nose</em>, who thought in his weakness that they were near home; but
+he rallied only to look out and realize that he was too far from his
+home ever to see it again.</p>
+
+<p>Lodgings had been prepared for them, to which they immediately
+repaired; and, as their sinking companion was so rapidly declining,
+they were all in sadness, though they tried, poor fellows, to be gay
+and cheerful. Their exhibitions had been advertised to commence, and
+they proceeded with them. Before they commenced, however, a feast was
+made to thank the Great Spirit for having conducted them quite around
+England to the place from whence they started, and also for the benefit
+of the health of their fellow-warrior, the <em>Roman Nose</em>.</p>
+
+<p>A council was also held, when Mr. Melody and I were called in, and by
+some it was proposed to start for home, and by others to go to Paris
+and see a King, as they had tried, but in vain, to see the Queen of
+England. A visit to Paris had been a favourite theme with them for some
+months past, and all at length joined in the wish to see the King and
+Queen of France.</p>
+
+<p>The most skilful physicians were called to attend the poor <em>Roman
+Nose</em>, and they advised us to place him in an hospital. He was
+consulted, and, wishing to go, was removed there, where the
+interpreter, Jeffrey, stayed, and every attention was paid him. A few
+nights of exhibitions in Liverpool finished our stay in that town, and
+brought us to an engage<a class="pagenum" id="Page_199" title="199"></a>ment we had made, for four nights, in the Free
+Trade Hall in Manchester.</p>
+
+<p>The Indians saw that their fellow-warrior was to sink to the grave in
+a few days, and yet, like philosophers, they said it was the will of
+the Great Spirit, and they must not complain. They said they would
+give their exhibitions for the four nights, as they were promised to
+the public, and then stop until their companion was dead and buried;
+our exhibitions were consequently made to immense crowds on those
+evenings, and to the same people who had seen the Ojibbeways with such
+a relish when they first arrived. The different appearance of this
+tribe, and difference in their modes, made them subjects of new and
+fresh interest, and no doubt that their exhibitions, if they had been
+continued, would have been nightly filled for a length of time. They
+here gave their exhibitions the additional interest of erecting three
+wigwams into a sort of Indian village on the immense platform, and
+stationed their targets at the two ends, giving a fair illustration of
+their skill in archery, as they shot for prizes across the breadth of
+the immense hall.</p>
+
+<p>Their exhibitions gained them much applause here, as in other places,
+with which they were well pleased, and they had many invitations from
+kind families in town, but which they declined, as they said they
+were sad, as one of their number was dying. Thus their amusements in
+Manchester, and for the kingdom, were finished, and they retired to
+their private apartments, awaiting the end of the poor <em>Roman Nose</em>,
+which was now daily expected. Mr. Melody and Jeffrey stayed by him, and
+I went to see him, and so did several of the Indians, on each day until
+his death.</p>
+
+<p>While the Indians were thus resting in their quarters, they were
+surprised and cheered by the sudden arrival of their old friend,
+<em>Bobasheela</em>, who had just come from Cornwall to see them again before
+their departure for America, as he supposed, from seeing by the papers
+that they had arrived in Liverpool.</p>
+
+<p><a class="pagenum" id="Page_200" title="200"></a>
+They thus amused themselves from day to day, lying still, not wishing
+to ride about, or to admit company, or to attend to the invitations
+from various quarters given to them. Their time was now chiefly taken
+up in repairing their dresses, &amp;c., in anticipation of going before the
+King of France, and listening to the amusing and shocking things which
+Daniel was daily reading in Jim’s newspaper, and minuting down in his
+note-book, as he required. He wished Daniel and his friend <em>Bobasheela</em>
+to find in his paper, if they could, how many churches there were in
+England, and how many <em>black-coats</em> (as he called them) there were who
+were constantly reading the good book and preaching to them. This they
+could not do at the moment, but <em>Bobasheela</em> told him he could get it
+all out of a book that had lately been published, and would give it to
+him the next day. This was done according to promise, and by Daniel
+recorded in his book.</p>
+
+<p><em>Bobasheela’s</em> anxieties were now turned towards the poor suffering
+<em>Roman Nose</em>, and he went to Liverpool to see him, and arrived with
+some of the Indians just in time to see him breathe his last. Alas!
+poor, fine fellow! he went down gradually and regularly to the grave;
+and though amongst strangers and far away from all of the graves of his
+relatives, he died like a philosopher, and (though not a Christian)
+not <em>unlike</em> a Christian. He said repeatedly to Jeffrey that he should
+live but so many days, and afterwards so many hours, and seemed to be
+perfectly resigned to the change that was to take place. He said that
+his time had come; he was going to the beautiful hunting-grounds, where
+he would soon see his friends who had gone before him: he said that
+when he shut his eyes he could plainly see them, and he felt sure it
+was only to change the society of his friends here for that of his dear
+parents and other friends, and he was now anxious to be with them. He
+said the road might be long, but it did not matter where he started
+from; the Great Spirit had promised him strength to reach it. He told
+his friend <em>Bobasheela</em> that in<a class="pagenum" id="Page_201" title="201"></a> his pouch he would find some money,
+with which he wished him to buy some of the best vermilion, and, if
+possible, some green paint, such as <em>Chippehola</em> used to get for him in
+London, and have them put in his pouch with his flint and steel, and to
+be sure to be placed in his grave, that he might be able to make his
+face look well among his friends where he was going. He wished him, and
+Daniel also, to have his arrows examined in his quiver, and repaired
+with new and sharp blades, as he recollected that, before he was sick,
+many of them were injured by shooting at the target, and during his
+illness others might have been destroyed. He had requested his silver
+medal, which was given to him by the American government for saving
+the lives of ten of his defenceless enemies, to be suspended by a blue
+ribbon over his head while he was sick, that he might see it until he
+died, and in that position it hung when I was last with him&mdash;his eyes
+were upon it, and his smile, until he drew his last breath. After his
+death his friend <em>Bobasheela</em>, and Jeffrey and the Doctor, laid him
+in his coffin, and, placing in it, according to the Indian mode, his
+faithful bow and quiver of arrows, his pipe and tobacco to last him
+through the “journey he was to perform,” having dressed him in all his
+finest clothes, and painted his face, and placed his bow and quiver
+and his pouch by his side, and his medal on his breast, the coffin was
+closed, and his remains were buried, attended by his faithful friends
+around him, by the officers of the institution, and many citizens, who
+sympathized in his unlucky fate.</p>
+
+<p>Thus ended the career of <em>No-ho-mun-ya</em> (or the Roman Nose), one of the
+most peaceable and well-disposed and finest men of the party, or of the
+tribe from which he came.</p>
+
+<p>The reader will now contemplate the Indians and their friend
+<em>Bobasheela</em> again in their private rooms in Manchester, spending a
+week or so together, smoking their pipes, with their faces painted
+black, recounting the deeds of the vanished warrior, and recapitulating
+the events of their tour through England, Scotland, and Ireland,
+and trying to<a class="pagenum" id="Page_202" title="202"></a> cheer the view that was ahead of them by drinking
+<em>chickabobboo</em>. These few days passed heavily by, and they soon
+became anxious to throw off the gloom that was cast over them, by
+seeing something new, and by resuming the exercise and excitements of
+the dance. Their thoughts were now on Paris, and I was there making
+arrangements for their reception. The reader will therefore, with my
+help, <em>imagine</em> himself across the Channel (and probably for the first
+time in his life without being sea-sick), and ready to commence, with
+the Indians and me, amidst new scenes and new scenery, the following
+chapter.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<h2><a class="pagenum" id="Page_203" title="203"></a>
+CHAPTER XXV.</h2>
+
+<p class="hang">
+  The Author arrives in Paris&mdash;Victoria Hotel&mdash;Mr. Melody
+     and his Indians arrive&mdash;Doctor missing, and found on
+     the top of the hotel&mdash;Alarm of servants&mdash;First drive in
+     Paris&mdash;Visit to Mr. King, the American ambassador&mdash;French
+     <em>chickabobboo</em>&mdash;M. Vattemare&mdash;Indians visit the Hôtel de
+     Ville&mdash;Prêfet de police&mdash;Magnificent salons&mdash;The “big
+     looking-glasses”&mdash;The Prêfet’s lady&mdash;Refreshments and
+     <em>chickabobboo</em>&mdash;Speech of the War-chief&mdash;Reply of the
+     Prêfet&mdash;Salle Valentino taken for the exhibition&mdash;Daniel
+     arrives with the Collection from London&mdash;Indians
+     visit the King in the palace of the Tuileries&mdash;Royal
+     personages&mdash;Conversation&mdash;War-chief presents the calumet&mdash;His
+     speech to the King&mdash;Eagle-dance&mdash;War-dance&mdash;Little Wolf presents
+     his tomahawk and whip to the King&mdash;His speech&mdash;Refreshments
+     and “Queen’s <em>chickabobboo</em>”&mdash;Drinking the King’s and Queen’s
+     health, and health of the Count de Paris&mdash;“Vive le Roi”&mdash;Jim’s
+     opinion of the King&mdash;An Indian’s idea of descents&mdash;Presents
+     in money from the King&mdash;Mode of dividing it&mdash;A drive&mdash;Ladies
+     leading dogs with strings&mdash;The number counted in one drive&mdash;The
+     Indians’ surprise&mdash;An entry for Jim’s book&mdash;Jim laments the
+     loss of the Times newspaper and <em>Punch</em>&mdash;He takes Galignani’s
+     Messenger&mdash;Indians dine at W. Costar’s&mdash;The Doctor’s
+     compliment to a lady’s fine voice&mdash;Indians visit the Royal
+     Academy of Sciences&mdash;Curious reception&mdash;M. Arago&mdash;Indians’
+     suspicions and alarms&mdash;Jim’s remarkable speech&mdash;Opening of the
+     exhibition in Salle Valentino&mdash;Great excitement&mdash;Speech of
+     the War-chief&mdash;Shaking hands&mdash;Public opinion of the Author’s
+     Collection.</p>
+
+
+<p>Having long before resolved to take my collection to Paris before
+returning it to my own country, and the Indians being ambitious to see
+the King of the French, it was mutually agreed that my whole collection
+should be opened in Paris, and that their dances and other amusements
+should for a short time be given in it, as they had been given in
+London.</p>
+
+<p>Under this arrangement, with my wife and my four dear little children,
+I repaired to Paris as soon as possible,<a class="pagenum" id="Page_204" title="204"></a> leaving Daniel to ship over
+and accompany my collection, whilst Mr. Melody conducted his party of
+Indians.</p>
+
+<p>In crossing the Channel, and receding from its shores, as I was seated
+on the deck of a steamer, I looked back, and, having for the first time
+nothing else to do, and a little time to reflect upon England, and
+what I had seen of it in five years, I took out of my pocket my little
+note-book, where I had entered, not what England is, and what she does
+(and which all the world knows), but the points in which her modes are
+different from those in my own country. I would have a few leisure
+hours to run over these curious entries, and time to reflect upon them,
+as we sailed along, and I began to read thus:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p class="center">“London, 1844. The essential Differences between England and
+the United States.</p>
+
+<p>“The United States much the largest; but England is a great deal
+  older.</p>
+
+<p>“New-Yorkers cross the streets diagonally; the Londoners cross them
+  at right angles.</p>
+
+<p>“In England the odd pennies are wrapped in a paper, and handed back
+  with ‘I thank you, Sir.’</p>
+
+<p>“Streets in London have tops and bottoms; in America they have upper
+  and lower ends.</p>
+
+<p>“In England a man’s wife is ‘very bad;’ in America, ’very ill;' and
+  in France, ‘bien malade.’</p>
+
+<p>“Americans ’turn to the <em>right</em> as the law directs;' the English turn
+  to the <em>left</em>.</p>
+
+<p>“English mutton and babies are much the fattest.</p>
+
+<p>“Gooseberries in England much the largest, but not so sweet.</p>
+
+<p>“Pigs in the American cities are seen promenading in the streets; in
+  London, only seen hanging by their hind legs.</p>
+
+<p>“In England men are ‘knocked up;’ in America they are ‘knocked down.’</p>
+
+<p>“‘<em>Top-coats</em>’ are very frequent in England, in America nothing is
+  known higher than an ‘<em>over-coat</em>.’</p>
+
+<p>“In the United States a man is ’smart;' in England he is ‘clever.’</p>
+
+<p>“English ladies are more luscious, but not quite so&mdash;&mdash;”</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>Just when I had read thus far, the steward tapped me on the shoulder
+and told me that “I was wanted below immediately, for my lady was very
+ill.” I closed my book<a class="pagenum" id="Page_205" title="205"></a> and ran below, where I found my poor wife and
+little family all dreadfully sick. I waited on them a while and got
+sea-sick myself. My musings on England and America were thus broken
+off; and from the time that we launched forth amidst the clatter upon
+a French wharf, I had as much as I could do to keep my little children
+and my luggage together, and all recollections of England and my native
+country vanished in the confusion and din that was around me in the new
+world we were entering upon. Custom-houses and railways and diligences
+have been a thousand times described, and I need say nothing of them,
+except that we got through them all, and into the <em>Victoria Hotel</em>, in
+Paris, where we found rest, fine beds, kind attentions, and enough to
+eat.</p>
+
+<p>A few days after my arrival in Paris, Mr. Melody made his appearance
+with his party of Ioways, for whom apartments were prepared in the
+same hotel, and after much fatigue and vexation the immense hall in
+Rue St. Honoré (Salle Valentino) was engaged as the place for their
+future operations. Daniel in the mean time was moving up with the
+Indian collection of eight tons weight, and in a few days all parties
+were on the ground, though there was to be some delay in arranging
+the numerous collection, and in getting the Indians introduced to the
+King, which was the first object. They had entered the city at a late
+hour at night, and for several days it had been impossible to attend
+to the necessary arrangements for driving them about; and they became
+excessively impatient to be on wheels again, to get a glimpse of the
+strange and beautiful things which they knew were about them. In the
+mean time they were taking all the amusement to themselves that they
+could get, by looking out of the windows; and their red and crested
+heads in Paris soon drew a crowd together in the streets, and thousands
+of heads protruding from the windows and house-tops. The Doctor soon
+found his way to the roof, and from that regaled his eyes, at an early
+hour, with a bird’s-eye view of the boundless mystery and<a class="pagenum" id="Page_206" title="206"></a> confusion of
+chimneys and house-tops and domes and spires that were around him.</p>
+
+<p>The servants in the house were at first alarmed, and the good landlady
+smiled at their unexpected appearance; and she roared with laughter
+when she was informed that the beds were all to be removed from their
+rooms, that they spread their own robes, and, in preference, slept upon
+the floor. All in the house, however, got attached to them in a few
+days, and all went pleasantly on.</p>
+
+<p>The first airing they took in Paris was in an omnibus with four, as
+they had been driven in London; but, to the old Doctor’s exceeding
+chagrin, there was no seat for him to take outside by the side of the
+driver. He was easily reconciled however to his seat with the rest,
+and they thus soon had a glance at a number of the principal streets
+of the city, and were landed at the American Embassy, to pay their
+first respects to Mr. King, at that time the minister to France. They
+were received by Mr. King and his niece with great kindness; and after
+a little conversation, through the interpreter, Mr. King invited them
+to the table, loaded with cakes and fruit, and offered them a glass of
+wine, proposing their health, and at the same time telling them that,
+though he was opposed to encouraging Indians to drink, yet he was quite
+sure that a glass or two of the <em>vin rouge</em> of the French would not
+hurt them. The colour of it seemed to cause them to hesitate a moment,
+while they were casting their eyes around upon me. They understood the
+nod of my head, and, hearing me pronounce it <em>chickabobboo</em>, took the
+hint and drank it off with great pleasure. Mr. Melody here assured Mr.
+King of the temperate habits of these people; and I explained to the
+party the origin and meaning of <em>chickabobboo</em>, which pleased them all
+very much. They partook of a second glass, and also of the cakes and
+fruit, and took leave, the War-chief having thanked Mr. King and his
+niece for their kindness, and having expressed his great pleasure at
+meeting so kind an American gentleman so far from home.</p>
+
+<p><a class="pagenum" id="Page_207" title="207"></a>
+The Indians were now in their omnibus again, and Mr. Melody and myself
+in our carriage, with a kind friend, Mons. A. Vattemare, who had
+obtained for the Indians an invitation to visit the <em>Hotel de Ville</em>,
+where we were now to drive. In this drive from St. Germain we recrossed
+the Seine by Pont Neuf, and had a fine view of all the bridges, and the
+palace of the Tuileries, and the Louvre. The omnibus stopped a moment
+on the middle of the bridge, and they were much excited by the view.
+A few minutes more brought us in front of the <em>Hotel de Ville</em>, where
+several thousands of people were assembled; it having been heard in the
+streets, in all probability, from the servants or police, that a party
+of savages were to be there at that hour.</p>
+
+<p>There was a great outcry when they landed and entered the hall, and the
+crowd was sure not to diminish whilst they were within.</p>
+
+<p>We were all presented to His Excellency the <em>Prêfet de Police</em> by my
+friend Mons. Vattemare, and received with great kindness, and conducted
+through all the principal apartments of that noble edifice, which are
+finished and furnished in the most sumptuous style, and in richness of
+effect surpassing even the most splendid halls of the palaces of the
+Tuileries or St. Cloud. The gorgeousness of the carpets on which they
+stood, and the tapestry that was around them, and the incredible size
+of the mirrors that were reflecting them in a hundred directions, were
+subjects till then entirely new to them; and they seemed completely
+amazed at the splendour with which they were surrounded. From these
+splendid salons we were conducted into the <em>salle à manger</em>, and
+opportunely where the table was spread and the plates laid for a grand
+banquet. This was a lucky occurrence, affording us, as well as the
+Indians, an opportunity of seeing the richness of the plate upon which
+those elegant affairs are served up, and which but a choice few can
+ever behold.</p>
+
+<p>Retiring from and through this suite of splendid salons, we entered
+an antechamber, where we were presented to the elegant lady of the
+<em>Prêfet</em> and several of their friends,<a class="pagenum" id="Page_208" title="208"></a> who brought us to a table
+loaded with fruit and cakes and other refreshments, and wine of
+several sorts and the best in quality. The corks of several bottles
+of champagne were drawn, and, as the sparkling wine was running, each
+one smiled as he whispered the word <em>chickabobboo</em>. The <em>Prêfet</em> drank
+their health in a glass of the “<em>Queen’s chickabobboo</em>” as they called
+it, and then, with his own hand, presented each a handsome silver
+medal, and also one to Mr. Melody and myself.</p>
+
+<p>The War-chief by this time felt called upon for some acknowledgment on
+their part for this kind treatment, and, advancing to the <em lang="fr" xml:lang="fr">Prêfet</em>,
+shook hands with him, and addressed him thus:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“My friend and father, your kindness to us this day makes our
+  hearts glad, and we thank you for it. We are strangers here, and
+  poor ignorant children from the wilderness. We came here with heavy
+  hearts, having just buried one of our warriors, and your kindness has
+  driven away our sorrow. (‘<em>How, how, how!</em>’)</p>
+
+<p>“My father, the splendour of the rooms, and other things you have
+  just shown us, blind our eyes with their brightness, and we now see
+  that white men can do anything.</p>
+
+<p>“My father, we were astonished at what we saw in London, where we
+  have been, but we think your village is much the most beautiful. We
+  thank the Great Spirit, who has opened your great house to us to-day,
+  and also your lady, who has been kind to us.</p>
+
+<p>“My father, I have done.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>At the close of his speech the <em lang="fr" xml:lang="fr">Prêfet</em> assured him of his kindly
+feelings towards them, and his anxiety for their welfare; and after
+a general shake of hands we took leave, and descended to the street,
+and, passing through a dense crowd, took our carriages and drove back
+to our hotel. Thus ended their first day’s drive and visits in Paris,
+furnishing them with a rich fund for a talk after their dinner and
+<em>chickabobboo</em>, which was to be <em lang="fr" xml:lang="fr">vin rouge</em> in Paris, instead of ale,
+which they had been in the habit of drinking in England.</p>
+
+<p>Nothing could exceed the exhilarated flow of spirits in which they
+returned, and the admiration they were expressing of the beauty of
+the city, and the splendour of the<a class="pagenum" id="Page_209" title="209"></a> rooms they had been in. They were
+decided that they should be pleased with Paris; and as Palaces, Kings,
+and Queens were yet before them, they seemed to be perfectly happy.
+During their curious remarks on what they had seen, they already were
+saying that they had seen many thousands of people, and were glad that
+they saw nobody in rags or begging. They thought the French people
+all had enough to eat, and <em>that</em>, they said, was a great pleasure to
+them; for it made their hearts sore, when riding out, if they saw poor
+people, who had nothing to eat, as they had seen in some places.</p>
+
+<p>The Indians decided that the houses of Paris were much more beautiful
+than they had seen in any place; and they thought, from their cheerful
+looks, that either the people had their debts more paid up than the
+English people, or else that they had not so much money as to distress
+their looks for fear of losing it. We were all pleased with the
+appearance of Paris, and compelled to feel cheerful from the buoyant
+feelings that were displayed all around us. Like the Indians, I was
+pleased with the neat and cleanly appearance of the poorest in the
+streets, and surprised at the beauty and elegance of their houses,
+which want, in my estimation, but one more embellishment, which it
+would be quite easy to give, to render the effect of their streets
+more beautiful than words can describe. That would be, to paint their
+window-blinds green, which, by contrast, would make the walls appear
+more white and clean, and break with pleasing variety the white
+monotony that now prevails throughout.</p>
+
+<p>This first day’s drive about the city had created a prodigious
+excitement and curiosity where they had gone, and given to the
+Indians just peep enough, amidst the beauties of Paris, to create a
+restlessness on both sides for a more familiar acquaintance, and which
+it had been thought most prudent to defer until they had made their
+visit to the Palace, for which their application had been made to the
+King by the American minister, and to which we were daily<a class="pagenum" id="Page_210" title="210"></a> expecting a
+reply. In the mean time, Mr. Melody, and Jeffrey, and the Indians kept
+quiet, entertaining an occasional party of some American friends, or
+distinguished, personages, who were sending in their cards, and seeking
+interviews with them. During all this delay they had enough to amuse
+them, by talking of what they had already seen, and what they expected
+they were going to see, and cleaning and preparing their dresses
+for the great occasion. I, in the mean time, with my man Daniel,
+and others, was arranging my collection on the walls of the <em>Salle
+Valentino</em>; and, by the kind and friendly aid of Mons. Vattemare,
+obtaining my licence from the authorities, and also conforming to the
+other numerous and vexatious forms and ceremonies to be gone through
+before the opening of my exhibition to public view.</p>
+
+<p>The Minister of the Interior had kindly granted an order for the
+admission of my whole collection into the kingdom, by my paying merely
+a nominal duty, but there were still forms and delays to submit to
+in the customs, which were tedious and vexatious, but by the aid of
+my above-mentioned good friend, they had all been overcome; and my
+collection was now nearly ready for the public examination, when I
+received a letter from the American minister, informing me, that
+“on a certain day, and at a certain hour, His Majesty would see Mr.
+Catlin and Mr. Melody, with the Ioway Indians, in the Palace of the
+Tuileries.” There was great rejoicing amongst the good fellows when
+they heard this welcome letter read, and several of them embraced me in
+their arms, as if I had been the sole cause of it. Their doubts were
+now at an end: it was certain that they should see the King of France,
+which, they said, “would be far more satisfactory, and a greater
+honour, than to have seen the Queen of England.” Whatever the poor
+fellows thought, such was their mode of exultation. “The Ojibbeways,”
+they said, “were subjects of the Queen, but we will be subjects of
+Louis Philippe.”</p>
+
+<p>They had yet a few days to prepare, and even without<a class="pagenum" id="Page_211" title="211"></a> their drives
+or company they were contented, as the time passed away, and they
+were preparing for the interview. On the morning of the day for their
+reception, the long stem of a beautiful pipe had been painted a bright
+blue, and ornamented with blue ribbons, emblematical of peace, to be
+presented by the chief to the King. Every article of dress and ornament
+had been put in readiness; and, as the hour approached, each one came
+out from his toilet, in a full blaze of colour of various tints, all
+with their wampum and medals on, with their necklaces of grizly bears’
+claws, their shields, and bows, and quivers, their lances, and war
+clubs, and tomahawks, and scalping knives. In this way, in full dress,
+with their painted buffalo robes wrapped around them, they stepped into
+the several carriages prepared for them, and all were wheeled into the
+<em>Place Carousel</em>, and put down at the entrance to the Palace. We were
+met on the steps by half a dozen huge and splendid looking porters,
+in flaming scarlet livery and powdered wigs, who conducted us in, and
+being met by one of the King’s <em>aides-de-camp</em>, we were conducted
+by him into His Majesty’s presence, in the reception hall of the
+<em>Tuileries</em>.</p>
+
+<p>The royal party were advancing towards us in the hall, and as we met
+them, Mr. Melody and myself were presented; and I then introduced the
+party, each one in person, according to his rank or standing, as the
+King desired. A sort of <em>conversazione</em> took place there, which lasted
+for half an hour or more, in which I was called upon to explain their
+weapons, costumes, &amp;c., and which seemed to afford great amusement to
+the royal personages assembled around and amongst us, who were&mdash;their
+Majesties the <em>King</em> and the <em>Queen</em>, the <em>Duchess of Orleans</em> and
+<em>Count de Paris</em>, the <em>Princess Adelaide</em>, the <em>Prince</em> and <em>Princess
+de Joinville</em>, the <em>Duke</em> and <em>Duchess d’Aumale</em>, and his <em>Royal
+Highness</em> the <em>Duke de Brabant</em>.</p>
+
+<p>His Majesty in the most free and familiar manner (which showed that he
+had been accustomed to the modes and feelings of Indians) conversed
+with the chiefs, and said to Jeffrey,<a class="pagenum" id="Page_212" title="212"></a> “Tell these good fellows that
+I am glad to see them; that I have been in many of the wigwams of the
+Indians in America when I was a young man, and they treated me every
+where kindly, and I love them for it.&mdash;Tell them I was amongst the
+Senecas near Buffalo, and the Oneidas&mdash;that I slept in the wigwams of
+the chiefs&mdash;that I was amongst the Shawnees and Delawares on the Ohio;
+and also amongst the Cherokees and Creeks in Georgia and Tennessee, and
+saw many other tribes as I descended the Ohio river the whole length,
+and also the Mississippi to New Orleans, in a small boat, more than
+fifty years ago.” This made the Indians stare, and the women, by a
+custom of their country, placed their hands over their mouths, as they
+issued groans of surprise.</p>
+
+<p>“Tell them also, Jeffrey, that I am pleased to see their wives and
+little children they have with them here, and glad also to show them
+my family, who are now nearly all around me. Tell them, Jeffrey, that
+<em>this</em> is the Queen; <em>this lady</em> is my sister; <em>these</em> are two of my
+sons, with their wives; and <em>these little lads</em> [the <em>Count de Paris</em>
+and the <em>Duc de Brabant</em>] are my grandsons; <em>this one</em>, if he lives,
+will be King of the Belgians, and <em>that one</em> King of the French.”</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter">
+ <a id="Plate_15"></a>
+ <hr class="tb" />
+ <img src="images/i_212fp.jpg" width="640" height="375" alt="No. 15: War-chief presenting the pipe" />
+ <div class="caption">N<sup>o.</sup> 15.</div>
+ <hr class="tb" />
+</div>
+
+<p>The King then took from his pocket two large gold medals with his
+own portrait in relief on one side of them, and told me he wished to
+present them to the two chiefs with his own hand, and wished Jeffrey
+to explain to them, that after presenting them in that way, he wished
+them to hand them back to him that he might have a proper inscription
+engraved on them, when he would return them, and silver medals of
+equal size to each of the others, with their names engraved upon them.
+After the medals were thus presented and returned, the War-chief took
+out from under his robe the beautiful pipe which he had prepared,
+and advancing towards the King, and holding it with both hands, bent
+forward and laid it down at his Majesty’s feet as a present. Having
+done so he reached down, and taking it up, placed it in his Majesty’s
+hand (<a href="#Plate_15">Plate No. 15</a>),<a class="pagenum" id="Page_213" title="213"></a> and then, assuming his proud attitude of the
+orator, addressed their Majesties in these words:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“Great Father and Great Mother,&mdash;the Great Spirit, to whom we have
+  a long time prayed for an interview with you, kindly listens to our
+  words to-day and hears what we say. Great Father, you have made to
+  us to-day rich presents, and I rise to return thanks to you for
+  the chief and his warriors and braves who are present; but, before
+  all, it is necessary that we should thank the Great Spirit who has
+  inspired your heart and your hand thus to honour us this day.</p>
+
+<p>“Great Father, we shall bear these presents to our country and
+  instruct our children to pronounce the name of him who gave them.</p>
+
+<p>“Great Father, when the Indians have anything to say to a great
+  chief, they are in the habit of making some present before they
+  begin. My chief has ordered me to place in your hands this pipe and
+  these strings of wampum as a testimony of the pleasure we have felt
+  in being admitted this day into the presence of your Majesty.</p>
+
+<p>“My Great Father and my Great Mother, you see us this day as we are
+  seen in our country with our red skins and our coarse clothes. This
+  day for <em>you</em> is like all other days; for <em>us</em> it is a great day&mdash;so
+  great a day that our eyes are blinded with the lustre of it.</p>
+
+<p>“Great Father, the chief, myself, and our warriors have for a long
+  time had the desire to come and see the French people, and our Great
+  Father the President of the United States has given us permission
+  to cross the Great Lake. We desired to see the Great Chief of this
+  country, and we now thank the Great Spirit for having allowed us to
+  shake the hand of the Great Chief in his own wigwam.</p>
+
+<p>“Great Father, we are happy to tell you that when we arrived in
+  England, we had much joy in meeting our old friend Mr. Catlin, who
+  has lived amongst us and whom we are happy to have here, as he can
+  tell you who we are.</p>
+
+<p>“Great Father and Great Mother, we will pray to the Great Spirit to
+  preserve your precious lives; we will pray also that we may return
+  safe to our own village, that we may tell to our children and to our
+  young men what we have seen this day.</p>
+
+<p>“My Parents, I have no more to say.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>When the War-chief had finished his speech, the King told Jeffrey to
+say that he felt very great pleasure in having seen them, and he hoped
+that the Great Spirit would guide them safe home to their country, to
+their wives and little children.</p>
+
+<p>The King and Royal Family then took leave; and as they were departing,
+some one of them being attracted to the<a class="pagenum" id="Page_214" title="214"></a> Indian drum which Jeffrey
+had brought in his hand, and had left upon the floor in another part
+of the room, and inquiring what it was, was told that it was their
+<em>drum</em> which they had brought with them, supposing it possible they
+might be called upon to give a dance. This information overtook the
+King, and he said, “By all means; call the Queen:” and in a few moments
+the august assembly were all back to witness the dance, for which
+purpose all parties moved to the <em>Salle du Bal</em>. Their Majesties and
+the ladies were seated, and the Indians all seating themselves in the
+middle of the floor, commenced moderately singing and beating the drum,
+preparatory to the Eagle Dance, in which they were in a few moments
+engaged.</p>
+
+<p>During this novel and exciting scene, her Majesty desired me to stand
+by the side of her to explain the meaning of all its features, which
+seemed to astonish and amuse her very much.</p>
+
+<p>The Doctor led off first in the character (as he called it) of a
+soaring eagle, sounding his eagle whistle, which he carried in his left
+hand, with his fan of the eagle’s tail, while he was brandishing his
+lance in the other.</p>
+
+<p>At the first pause he instantly stopped, and, in the attitude
+of an orator, made his boast of an instance where he killed an
+enemy in single combat, and took his scalp. The Little Wolf, and
+<em>Wash-ka-mon-ya</em>, and others, then sprang upon their feet, and sounding
+their chattering whistles,<a class="fnanchor" href="#Footnote_38" id="FNanchor_38">[38]</a> and brandishing their polished weapons,
+gave an indescribable wildness and spirit to the scene. When the
+dance was finished, the Indians had the pleasure of receiving their
+Majesties’ applause, by the violent clapping of their hands, and
+afterwards by expressions of their pleasure and admiration, conveyed to
+them through the interpreter.</p>
+
+<p>This was exceedingly gratifying to the poor fellows, who were now
+seated upon the floor to rest a moment previous to commencing with the
+war-dance, for which they were<a class="pagenum" id="Page_215" title="215"></a> preparing their weapons, and in which
+the Little Wolf was to take the lead. For this, as the drum beat, he
+threw aside his buffalo robe and sprang upon the floor, brandishing his
+tomahawk and shield, and sounding the frightful war-whoop, which called
+his warriors up around him. Nothing could have been more thrilling or
+picturesque than the scene at that moment presented of this huge and
+terrible-looking warrior, frowning death and destruction on his brow,
+as he brandished the very weapons he had used in deadly combat, and, in
+his jumps and sudden starts, seemed threatening with instant use again!
+The floors and ceilings of the Palace shook with the weight of their
+steps, and its long halls echoed and vibrated the shrill-sounding notes
+of the war-whoop. (<a href="#Plate_16">Plate No. 16.</a>)</p>
+
+<p>In the midst of this dance, the Little Wolf suddenly brandished
+his tomahawk over the heads of his comrades, and, ordering them to
+stop, advanced towards the King, and boasting in the most violent
+exclamations of the manner in which he had killed and scalped a Pawnee
+warrior, placed in his Majesty’s hands his <em>tomahawk</em> and the <em>whip</em>
+which was attached to his wrist, and then said,&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“My Great Father, you have heard me say that with that <em>tomahawk</em> I
+  have killed a Pawnee warrior, one of the enemies of my tribe; the
+  blade of that tomahawk is still covered with his blood, which you
+  will see. That whip is the same with which I whipped my horse on that
+  occasion.</p>
+
+<p>“My Father, since I have come into this country I have learned
+  that peace is better than war, and I ‘<em>bury the tomahawk</em>’ in your
+  hands&mdash;I fight no more.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>His Majesty deigned graciously to accept the arms thus presented, after
+having cordially shaken the hand of the Ioway brave.</p>
+
+<p>Their Majesties and attendants then withdrew, taking leave of the
+Indians in the most gracious and condescending manner, expressing their
+thanks for the amusement they had afforded them, and their anxiety for
+their welfare, directing them to be shown into the various apartments
+of the palace, and then to be conducted to a table of wine and other
+refreshments prepared for them.</p>
+
+<p><a class="pagenum" id="Page_216" title="216"></a>
+We were now in charge of an officer of the household, who politely led
+us through the various magnificent halls of the Palace, explaining
+every thing as we passed, and at length introduced us into a room with
+a long table spread and groaning under its load of the luxuries of
+the season, and its abundance of the “<em>Queen’s chickabobboo</em>.” These
+were subjects that required no explanations; and all being seated,
+each one evinced his familiarity with them by the readiness with which
+he went to work. The healths of the King and the Queen were drank,
+and also of the Count de Paris, and the rest of the Royal family. The
+<em>chickabobboo</em> they pronounced “first-rate;” and another bottle being
+poured it was drank off, and we took our carriages, and, after a drive
+of an hour or so about the city, were landed again in our comparatively
+humble, but very comfortable, apartments.</p>
+
+<p>The party returning from the Tuileries found their dinner coming
+up, and little was said until it was over, and they had drank their
+<em>chickabobboo</em>, and seated themselves upon their buffalo robes, which
+were spread upon the floor, and lighted the pipe. I have before said
+that the pipe is almost indispensable with Indians, where there is to
+be any exertion of the mind in private conversation or public speaking,
+and that generally but one pipe is used, even in a numerous company,
+each one drawing a few whiffs through it, and passing it on into the
+hands of his next neighbour.</p>
+
+<p>In this manner they were now seated, and passing the pipe around as I
+came in, and took a seat with them. They were all quite merry at the
+moment by trying to sound the “<em class="fr" xml:lang="fr">Vive le Roi!</em>” which I had taught them
+at the King’s table when they were drinking his Majesty’s health. It
+puzzled them very much, but the adept Jim took it directly, and as the
+rest found he had got it they seemed quite satisfied, thinking most
+probably that they could learn it at their pleasure.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter">
+ <a id="Plate_16"></a>
+ <hr class="tb" />
+ <img src="images/i_216fp.jpg" width="640" height="359" alt="No. 16: War Dance" />
+ <div class="caption">N<sup>o.</sup> 16.</div>
+ <hr class="tb" />
+</div>
+
+<p>“Well, Jim,” said I, “what do you think of the King, Louis Philippe?”
+He reached for the pipe, and taking a<a class="pagenum" id="Page_217" title="217"></a> puff or two handed it to the
+Doctor, and rolling over on to his back, and drawing up his knees,
+said, “I think he is a great man and a very good man. I believe he is a
+much greater chief than the Queen of England, and that he governs his
+people much better, because we don’t see so many poor people in the
+streets&mdash;we think that his people all have enough to eat. His wigwam
+is very grand and very bright, and his <em>chickabobboo</em> the best that
+we have had. We did not see the King with his fine dress on, but as
+his servants all around him were beautifully dressed, like gentlemen,
+we know that the King and Queen must look very elegant when they are
+in full dress. We saw the King’s two sons, and he told us that his
+grandson was to be the King when he dies&mdash;now we don’t understand
+this!” It seemed that his teacher, Daniel, had overlooked the <em>doctrine
+of descents</em> during their close investigations of the statistics and
+politics of England, and the poor fellow was yet quite in the dark
+to know “how a grandson (a mere child) would be taken in case of the
+King’s death, instead of one of his sons, either of whom he said he
+thought would make a very good king if he would take a trip for a year
+or two, as his father did, on the Mississippi and Missouri, amongst
+the different tribes of Indians.” This was considered a pretty clever
+thing for Jim to say, and it raised a laugh amongst the Indians; he
+was encouraged to go on, and turned his conversation upon the gold and
+silver medals, with which he was very much pleased. They were delighted
+with the idea that the King’s portrait was on one side, and that he
+was to have their names engraved on the other; and they were not less
+delighted when I told them that the gentleman who had come in with me
+and was now sitting by my side, had come from the King to bear them
+some other token of his Majesty’s attachment to them. The object of
+his visit being thus made known to them, he turned out into the lap
+of the chief 500 francs to be divided according to their custom. This
+of course put a stop to conversations about descents and<a class="pagenum" id="Page_218" title="218"></a> Palaces,
+&amp;c., for the time, and all went to counting until it was divided into
+thirteen parcels, one of which for the interpreter. Jeffrey, however,
+very kindly surrendered his share, and insisted that they should divide
+it all amongst themselves. It was accordingly made into twelve parcels,
+each one, old and young, taking an equal share, according to the Indian
+mode of dividing in all the tribes I have visited.</p>
+
+<p>The War-chief rose and addressed the young man who was commissioned to
+bear the present to them:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“My Friend, we have seen your King (our Great Father) this day, and
+  our hearts were made glad that we were allowed to see his face. We
+  now receive the token of his friendship which he has sent through
+  your hands, and our hearts are again glad. (‘<em>How, how, how!</em>’)</p>
+
+<p>“My Friend, we wish you to say to the King, our Great Father, that we
+  are thankful for his kindness, and that we shall pray that the Great
+  Spirit may be kind to him and his children.</p>
+
+<p>“My Friend, we are all much obliged to you, and we shall be glad to
+  offer you the pipe with us. (‘<em>How, how, how!</em>’)”</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>The pipe was passed a few times around, with some further anecdotes
+of their visit to the palace, when the messenger arose and took leave
+of them. In counting the money, Jim had lost his attitude, so there
+was little more of the sentimental from him, as the conversation was
+running upon the King’s bounty, rather than his greatness, or the
+splendour of things they had seen during the day. From the liberal
+additions to their private purse while in Dublin, and by what they
+were now receiving, they were beginning to feel a little purse proud.
+Jim was talking of having a <em>brick house</em> to live in when he got home,
+and the Doctor of heading a war party to go against the <em>Ojibbeways</em>.
+The War-chief told him he had better pay his debts first, and that he
+had slain enough in his own tribe, without going amongst his enemies
+for the purpose. The <em>Little Wolf</em> was going to get money enough to
+buy thirty horses, and lead a war party against his old enemies, the
+<em>Pawnees</em>; but Mr. Melody reminded him that he was to go to war no<a class="pagenum" id="Page_219" title="219"></a>
+more, as he had “buried the tomahawk in his Majesty’s hands.”</p>
+
+<p>Thus musing and moralizing on the events of the day, I left them to
+their conversation and their pipe, to attend, myself, where my presence
+was necessary, in arranging my collection, and preparing my rooms for
+their exhibitions. In this I had a real task&mdash;a scene of vexation and
+delay that I should wish never to go through again, and of which a
+brief account may be of service to any one of my countrymen who may be
+going to Paris to open a public exhibition; at least, my hints will
+enable him, if he pays attention to them, to begin at the right time,
+and at the right end of what he has got to do, and to do it to the best
+advantage.</p>
+
+<p>His first step is, for any exhibition whatever, to make his application
+to the Prefect of Police for his licence, which is in all cases
+doubtful, and in all cases also is sure to require two or three weeks
+for his petition to pass the slow routine of the various offices and
+hands which it must go through. If it be for any exhibition that can
+be construed into an interference with the twenty or thirty theatre
+licences, it may as well not be applied for or thought of, for they
+will shut it up if opened.</p>
+
+<p>It is also necessary to arrange in time with the overseer of the poor,
+whether he is to take one-eighth or one-fifth of the receipts for the
+hospitals&mdash;for the <em>hospice</em>, as he is termed, is placed at the door
+of all exhibitions in Paris, who carries off one-eighth or one-fifth
+of the daily receipts every night. It is necessary also, if catalogues
+are to be sold in the rooms, to lodge one of them at least two weeks
+before the exhibition is to open in the hands of the Commissaire de
+Police, that it may pass through the office of the Prefect, and twenty
+other officers’ hands, to be read, and duly decided that there is
+nothing revolutionary in it; and then to sell them, or to give them
+away (all the same), it is necessary for the person who is to sell, and
+who alone <em>can</em> sell them, to apply personally to the Commissaire de
+Police, and make oath that he<a class="pagenum" id="Page_220" title="220"></a> was born in France, to give his age and
+address, &amp;c., &amp;c., before he can take the part that is assigned him.
+It is then necessary, when the exhibition is announced, to wait until
+seven or eight guards and police, with muskets and bayonets fixed,
+enter and unbar the doors, and open them for the public’s admission.
+It is necessary to submit to their friendly care during every day of
+the exhibition, and to pay each one his wages at night, when they lock
+up the rooms and put out the lights. In all this, however, though
+expensive, there is one redeeming feature. These numbers of armed
+police, at their posts, in front of the door, and in the passage, as
+well as in the exhibition rooms, give respectability to its appearance,
+and preserve the strictest order and quiet amongst the company, and
+keep a constant and vigilant eye to the protection of property. During
+the time I was engaged in settling these tedious preliminaries, and
+getting my rooms prepared for their exhibition, the Indians were
+taking their daily rides, and getting a passing glimpse of most of the
+out-door scenes of Paris. They were admitting parties of distinguished
+visitors, who were calling upon them, and occasionally leaving them
+liberal presents, and passing their evenings upon their buffalo skins,
+handing around the never-tiring pipe, and talking about the King, and
+their medals, and curious things they had seen as they had been riding
+through the streets. The thing which as yet amused the Doctor the most
+was the great number of women they saw in the streets leading dogs with
+ribbons and strings. He said he thought they liked their dogs better
+than they did their little children. In London, he said he had seen
+some little dogs leading their masters, who were blind, and in Paris
+they began to think the first day they rode out that one half of the
+Paris women were blind, but that they had a great laugh when they found
+that their eyes were wide open, and that instead of their dogs leading
+them, they were leading their dogs. The Doctor seemed puzzled about the
+custom of the women leading so many dogs, and although he did not in
+any direct way censure them for<a class="pagenum" id="Page_221" title="221"></a> doing it, it seemed to perplex him,
+and he would sit and smile and talk about it for hours together. He
+and Jim had, at first, supposed, after they found that the ladies were
+not blind, that they cooked and ate them, but they were soon corrected
+in this notion, and always after remained at a loss to know what they
+could do with them.</p>
+
+<p>On one of their drives, the Doctor and Jim, supplied with a pencil and
+a piece of paper, had amused themselves by counting, from both sides
+of the omnibus, the number of women they passed, leading dogs in the
+street, and thus made some amusement with their list when they got
+home. They had been absent near an hour, and driving through many of
+the principal streets of the city, and their list stood thus:&mdash;</p>
+
+<table summary="Women and dogs">
+<tr><td class="tdl">Women leading one little dog</td><td class="tdr">432</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tdl">Women leading two little dogs</td><td class="tdr">71</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tdl">Women leading three little dogs</td><td class="tdr">5</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tdl">Women with big dogs following (no string)</td><td class="tdr">80</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tdl">Women carrying little dogs</td><td class="tdr">20</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tdl">Women with little dogs in carriages</td><td class="tdr">31</td></tr>
+</table>
+
+<p>The poor fellows insisted on it that the above was a correct account,
+and Jim, in his droll way (but I have no doubt quite honestly), said
+that “It was not a very good day either.”</p>
+
+<p>I was almost disposed to question the correctness of their estimate,
+until I took it into my head to make a similar one, in a walk I was one
+day taking, from the Place Madeleine, through a part of the Boulevard,
+Rue St. Honoré, and Rue Rivoli, and a turn in the garden of the
+Tuileries. I saw so many that I lost my reckoning, when I was actually
+not a vast way from the list they gave me as above, and quite able to
+believe that their record was near to the truth. While the amusement
+was going on about the ladies and the little dogs, Daniel, who had
+already seen many more of the sights of Paris than I had, told the
+Indians that there was a <em>Dog Hospital</em> and a <em>Dog Market</em> in Paris,
+both of them curious places, and well worth their seeing. This amused
+the<a class="pagenum" id="Page_222" title="222"></a> Doctor and Jim very much. The Doctor did not care for the <em>Dog
+Market</em>, but the <em>Hospital</em> he <em>must</em> see. He thought the hospital
+must be a very necessary thing, as there were such vast numbers; and
+he thought it would be a good thing to have an hospital for their
+mistresses also. Jim thought more of the market, and must see it in a
+day or two, for it was about the time that they should give a feast of
+thanksgiving, and “a <em>Dog Feast</em> was always the most acceptable to the
+Great Spirit.” It was thus agreed all around, that they should make a
+visit in a few days to the Dog Market and the Dog Hospital.</p>
+
+<p>Jim got Daniel to enter the above list in his book as a very
+interesting record, and ordered him to leave a blank space underneath
+it, in order to record any thing else they might learn about dogs while
+in Paris.</p>
+
+<p>Poor Jim! he was at this time deeply lamenting the loss of the pleasure
+he had just commenced to draw from the ‘Times’ newspaper, for which he
+had become a subscriber, and his old and amusing friend ‘Punch,’ which
+Daniel had been in the habit of entertaining them with, and which he
+had been obliged to relinquish on leaving England. His friend Daniel,
+however, who was sure always to be by him, particularly at a late hour
+in the evenings, relieved him from his trouble by telling him that
+there was an English paper printed in Paris every day, ‘Galignani’s
+Messenger,’ which republished nearly all the murders, and rapes, and
+robberies, &amp;c. from the ‘Times;’ and also, which would make it doubly
+interesting, those which were daily occurring in Paris. Jim was now
+built up again, and as he could already read a few words was the envied
+of all the party. He was learning with Daniel and Jeffrey a few words
+in French also, to which the others had not aspired; he, could say
+quite distinctly “<em lang="fr" xml:lang="fr">vive le roi</em>;” he knew that “<em>bon jour</em>” was “good
+morning,” or “how do do?” that “<em>bon</em>” was “good,” that “<em>mauvais</em>” was
+“bad,” and that “very sick” was “<em>bien malade</em>.” He requested Daniel to
+get Galignani’s paper daily for him, for which he and the Doctor had
+agreed to pay equal shares.<a class="pagenum" id="Page_223" title="223"></a> He seemed now quite happy in the opinion
+that his prospects for civilization were again upon a proper footing,
+and the old Doctor, who profited equally by all of Daniel’s readings,
+was delighted to lend his purse to share in the expense. Daniel at
+this moment pulled the last number of Galignani out of his pocket,
+the first sight of which pleased them very much, and after reading
+several extracts of <em>horrid murders</em>, <em>highway robberies</em>, &amp;c., from the
+‘Times,’ he came across a little thing that amused them,&mdash;the great
+number and length of the names of the little Prince of Wales, which he
+read over thus:&mdash;
+
+(The author regrets very much that he took no memorandum of this, but
+refers the reader to the London papers for it.)</p>
+
+<p>There was a hearty laugh by the whole troop when Daniel got through,
+but when Mr. Melody repeated the name of a poor fellow who used to
+dress deer skins for a living in the vicinity of <em>St. Louis</em>, they
+all laughed still more heartily, and <em>Chippehola</em> set in and laughed
+also. He had forgotten a part of this poor fellow’s name, but as
+far as he recollected of his sign board, it ran thus:&mdash;“<em>Haunus,
+hubbard, lubbard, lamberd, lunk, vandunk, Peter, Jacobus, Lockamore,
+Lavendolph</em>, dresses deer skins of all animals, and in all ways, alum
+dressed.”</p>
+
+<p>Such was a part of the gossip of an evening, while my days were
+occupied in preparing my rooms for the admission of the public.
+During this delay, one of the gentlemen who visited the Indians most
+frequently, as his native countrymen, was Mr. W. Costar, formerly of
+New York, but now living in Paris, and whose kind lady invited the
+whole party to dine at her house.</p>
+
+<p>The Indians had expressed the greatest pleasure at meeting this
+American gentleman in Paris, as if they claimed a sort of kindred to
+him, and met the invitation as one of great kindness, and the interview
+as one in which they were to feel much pleasure. They were particularly
+careful in dressing and preparing for it, and when ready, and the<a class="pagenum" id="Page_224" title="224"></a> time
+had arrived, Mr. Melody and I accompanied them to this gentleman’s
+house, where a most sumptuous dinner was served, and besides his
+accomplished lady and lovely daughters, there were several ladies of
+distinction and of title, seated, to complete the honours that were to
+be paid to the Indians.</p>
+
+<p>It was a matter of great surprise to all the fashionable guests who
+were present, that those rude people from the wilderness, used to take
+their meals from the ground, were so perfectly composed and so much at
+ease at the table, and managed so well with the knife and fork, and
+even so gracefully smiled over their glasses of wine when a lady or a
+gentleman proposed the health of any one. Just before we had finished
+our dessert, a number of fashionable ladies, the Countess of L&mdash;&mdash;,
+the Baron and Baroness de G&mdash;&mdash;, and several others who had begun to
+assemble for the evening soirée, arrived, and were ushered into the
+dining room, where they had the curiosity of seeing the Indians as they
+were seated in all their trinkets and ranged around the table; and from
+the lips of all escaped the instant exclamations of, “Bless me! what a
+fine and noble-looking set of men they are! How much at ease they seem!
+Why, those are polished gentlemen,” &amp;c. &amp;c.</p>
+
+<p>From the dinner table they were invited to the salon, where a large
+party had gathered, who were delighted with the wild and picturesque
+appearance of the “Peaux Rouges.”</p>
+
+<p>The Indians saw some fine dancing and waltzing, and heard some splendid
+playing on the piano, and singing.</p>
+
+<p>The Doctor’s complete fascination by the playing and singing of a
+beautiful young lady was so conspicuous as to become the principal
+event of the evening, and after he had stood and smiled upon her in
+profound admiration during her fourth or fifth song, he <em>amused</em>
+many of the party, and <em>shocked</em> others, by the extraordinary and
+unexpected, though perfectly just remark, that “her voice was as soft
+and sweet as that of a wolf!”</p>
+
+<p>This startling compliment I must leave for the estimates<a class="pagenum" id="Page_225" title="225"></a> of the world,
+mentioning only the two facts, that the Doctor’s <em>totem</em> (or <em>arms</em>)
+is the wolf; and that in my travels in the prairies of America I have
+often thought that the soft, and plaintive, and silvery tones of the
+howling prairie wolf oftentimes surpassed in sweetness the powers of
+the human voice.</p>
+
+<p>M. Vattemare, in his kind endeavours to promote the interest of the
+Indians, and that of myself, had obtained an invitation from the
+Members of the Royal Academy of Sciences for the Indians to visit
+them at one of their sittings, which was a great honour; but the poor
+Indians left Paris without ever having been able to learn how or in
+what way that honour arrived. Messrs. Melody and Vattemare and myself
+accompanied the whole party to their rooms, and, being ushered and
+squeezed and pushed into a dense crowd of gentlemen, all standing,
+and where the Indians were not even offered a seat, they were gazed
+and scowled at, their heads and arms felt, their looks and capacities
+criticised like those of wild beasts, without being asked a question,
+or thanked for the kindness of coming, and where they were offered not
+even a glass of cold water. The Indians and ourselves were thus eyed
+and elbowed about in this crowd for half an hour, from which we were
+all glad to escape, deciding that it was entirely too scientific for
+us, and a style of politeness that we were not perhaps sufficiently
+acquainted with duly to appreciate.</p>
+
+<p>The various conjectures about the objects of this visit were raised
+after we got home, and they were as curious as they were numerous. The
+Indians had reflected upon it with evident surprise, and repeatedly
+inquired of M. Vattemare and myself for what purpose we had taken them
+there. M. Vattemare told them that these were the greatest scientific
+men of the kingdom. This they did not understand, and he then, to
+explain, said they were the great <em>medicine men</em>, the learned doctors,
+&amp;c. They then took the hint a little better, and decided alarm with it,
+for they said they recollected to have seen in some of their faces,
+while examining their heads and arms, decided expressions<a class="pagenum" id="Page_226" title="226"></a> of anxiety
+to dissect their limbs and bones, which they now felt quite sure would
+be the case if any of them should die while in Paris. The War-chief,
+who seldom had much to say while speaking of the events of the day,
+very gravely observed on this occasion, that “he had been decidedly
+displeased, and the chief also, but it would be best to say no more
+about it, though if any of the party got sick, to take great care what
+physicians were called to visit them.”</p>
+
+<p>M. Vattemare, in his kind interest for all parties, here exerted his
+influence to a little further degree, and persuaded the Indians to
+believe that those distinguished men, the great philosopher M. Arago
+and others, who were present, would be their warmest friends, but that
+with these transcendently great and wise men, their minds and all their
+time were so engrossed with their profound studies, that they had no
+time or desire to practise politeness; that they were the eyes which
+the public used, to look deep into and through all things strange or
+new that came to Paris; and that the public were after that, polite and
+civil, in proportion as those learned men should decide that they ought
+or ought not to be.</p>
+
+<p>Jim here took a whiff or two on his pipe, and, turning over on his back
+and drawing up his knees and clasping his hands across his stomach
+(<a href="#Plate_17">Plate No. 17</a>), said&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“We know very well that the King and the Queen and all the royal
+  family are pleased with us, and are our friends, and if that is not
+  enough to make us respected we had better go home. We believe that
+  the King is a much greater man, and a much <em>better</em> man, than any of
+  those we saw there, and better than the whole of them put together.
+  We know that there are many kind people in this great city who will
+  be glad to shake our hands in friendship, and there are others who
+  would like to get our skins, and we think that we saw some such
+  there to-day. We met some kind people yesterday, where we went to
+  dine&mdash;we love those people and do not fear them. If we should get
+  sick they would be kind to us, and we think much more of that kind
+  lady and gentleman than we do of all the great doctors we have seen
+  this day&mdash;we hope not to see them any more. This is the wish of the
+  chiefs, and of our wives and little children, who are all alarmed
+  about them.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>This finished the conversation for the present about the<a class="pagenum" id="Page_227" title="227"></a> learned
+society, though the impression was one of a most unfavourable kind on
+their minds, and was a long time in wearing away.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter">
+ <a id="Plate_17"></a>
+ <hr class="tb" />
+ <img src="images/i_226fp.jpg" width="640" height="390" alt="Plate 17: Jim's famous speech" />
+ <div class="caption">N<sup>o.</sup> 17.</div>
+ <hr class="tb" />
+</div>
+
+<p>The time had at length arrived for the opening of my collection and
+the commencement of the illustrations of the Indians. It had been for
+some days announced, and the hour had approached. The visitors were
+admitted into the rooms where my numerous collection of 600 paintings
+and some thousands of articles of Indian manufactures were subjects
+of new and curious interest to examine until the audience were mostly
+assembled, when, at a signal, the Indians all entered the room from an
+adjoining apartment, advancing to and mounting the platform, in Indian
+file, in full dress and paint, and armed and equipped as if for a
+battle-field. They sounded the war-whoop as they came in, and nothing
+could exceed the thrill of excitement that ran through the crowd in
+every part of the Hall. There was a rush to see who should get nearest
+to the platform, and be enabled most closely to scan “<em lang="fr" xml:lang="fr">les Sauvages
+horribles,</em>” “<em lang="fr" xml:lang="fr">les Peaux Rouges</em>,” <em lang="fr" xml:lang="fr">ou</em> “<em lang="fr" xml:lang="fr">les nouvelles Diables à Paris.”</em></p>
+
+<p>The chief led the party as they entered the room, and, having ascended
+the platform, erected the flag of his tribe in the centre, and in a
+moment the party were all seated around it, and lighting their pipe
+to take a smoke, whilst I was introducing them and their wives to
+the audience. This having been done in as brief a time as possible,
+they finished their pipe and commenced their amusements in Paris by
+giving the <em>discovery-dance</em>. This curious mode forms a part and the
+commencement of the war-dance, and is generally led off by one of the
+War-chiefs, who dances forward alone, pretending to be skulking and
+hunting for the track of his enemy, and when he discovers it he beckons
+on his warriors, who steal into the dance behind him, and follow him
+up as he advances, and pretends at length to discover the enemy in the
+distance, ordering all to be ready for the attack.</p>
+
+<p><a class="pagenum" id="Page_228" title="228"></a>
+The Doctor was the one who opened the <em>bal</em> on this occasion, and it
+was a proud and important moment for him: not that the fate of nations
+unborn, or the success of their enterprise, depended upon the event,
+but what to him was perhaps as high an incentive&mdash;that his standing
+with the ladies of Paris would probably be regulated for the whole
+time they should be there by the sensation he should make at the first
+dash. He therefore put on his most confident smile as he went into
+the dance: as he tilted about and pointed out the track where his
+enemy had gone, he made signs that the enemy had passed by, and then,
+beckoning up his warriors, pointed him out amongst a group of beautiful
+ladies who had taken an elevated and conspicuous position in front.
+He sounded the war-whoop, and all echoed it as he pointed towards the
+ladies, who screamed, and leapt from their seats, as the Indians’
+weapons were drawn! Here was an excitement begun, and the old Doctor
+smiled as he turned his head and his weapons in other directions, and
+proceeded with the dance. At the end of its first part their feet all
+came to a simultaneous stop, when the Doctor advanced to the front
+of the platform, and, brandishing his spear over the heads of the
+audience, made the most tremendous boast of the manner in which he took
+a prisoner in a battle with the Pawnees, and drove him home before his
+horse rather than take his life: he then plunged into the most agitated
+dance alone, and acting out the whole features of his battle in time to
+the song and beating of the drum; and at the close, rounds of applause
+awaited him in every part of the crowd. These the Doctor received with
+so complaisant a smile of satisfaction, as he bowed his head gracefully
+inclined on one side, that another and another burst of applause, and
+another bow and smile, followed; satisfying him that the path was
+cleared before him. He then shook his rattle of deer’s hoofs, and,
+summoning his warriors, they all united in finishing with full and wild
+effect this spirited dance. Though in the midst of a dancing country,
+their mode of dancing<a class="pagenum" id="Page_229" title="229"></a> was quite new, and was evidently calculated to
+amuse, from the immense applause that was given them at the end of
+their first effort.</p>
+
+<p>The dancers had now all taken their seats, except the Doctor, who was
+lingering on his feet, and had passed his spear into his left hand,
+evidently preparing to push his advantage a little further with the
+ladies, by making a speech, as soon as silence should be sufficiently
+restored to enable him to be heard. This little delay might or might
+not have been a fortunate occurrence for the Doctor, for it afforded
+Jim an opportunity to remind him how much he had lost by his last
+two or three speeches, which so completely put him out, that he sat
+down, apparently well pleased and satisfied with what he had already
+accomplished.</p>
+
+<p>My kind friend M. Vattemare, who had now become a great favourite of
+the Indians, went forward, and offered them his hand to encourage them,
+assuring them of the great pleasure the audience were taking, and
+encouraging them to go on with all the spirit they could, as there were
+some of the most distinguished people of Paris present&mdash;the Minister
+of the Interior and his lady, the Prêfet de Police, several foreign
+ambassadors, and a number of the editors of the leading journals, who
+were taking notes, and would speak about them in the papers the next
+morning.</p>
+
+<p>The <em>eagle-dance</em> was now announced to the audience as the next
+amusement; and after a brief description of it, the <em>Little Wolf</em>
+sprang upon his feet, and sounding his eagle whistle, and shaking the
+eagle’s tail in his left hand, while he brandished his tomahawk in his
+right, he commenced. His fellow-warriors were soon engaged with him,
+and all excited to the determination to make “a hit.” As after the
+first, they were complimented by rounds of applause, and sat down to
+their pipe with peculiar satisfaction. The War-chief took the first few
+whiffs upon it, and, rising, advanced to the front of the platform,
+and in the most dignified and graceful attitude that the orator<a class="pagenum" id="Page_230" title="230"></a> could
+assume, extended his right hand over the heads of the audience, and
+said&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“My Friends,&mdash;It gives us great pleasure to see so many pleasant
+  faces before us to-night, and to learn from your applause that you
+  are amused with our dances. We are but children; we live in the
+  woods, and are ignorant, and you see us here as the Great Spirit made
+  us; and our dances are not like the dances of the French people, whom
+  we have been told dance the best of any people in the world. (‘<em>How,
+  how, how!</em>’ and immense applause.)</p>
+
+<p>“My Friends,&mdash;We come here not to teach you to dance&mdash;(a roar of
+  applause and laughter)&mdash;we come here not to teach you anything, for
+  you are a great deal wiser than we, but to show you how we red people
+  look and act in the wilderness, and we shall be glad some nights to
+  go and see how the French people dance. (Great applause and ‘<em>How,
+  how, how!</em>’)</p>
+
+<p>“My Friends,&mdash;We are happy that the Great Spirit has kept us alive
+  and well, and that we have been allowed to see the face of our Great
+  Father your King. We saw him and your good Queen, and the little boy
+  who will be king, and they all treated us with kind hearts, and we
+  feel thankful for it. (‘<em>How, how, how!</em>’)</p>
+
+<p>“My Friends,&mdash;We have crossed two oceans to come here, and we have
+  seen no village so beautiful as Paris. London, where the <em>Saganoshes</em>
+  live, is a large village, but their wigwams are not so beautiful as
+  those in Paris, and in their streets there are too many people who
+  seem to be very poor and hungry. (‘<em>How, how, how!</em>’)</p>
+
+<p>“My Friends,&mdash;I have no more to say at present, only, that, when my
+  young men have finished their dances, we shall be glad to shake hands
+  with you all, if you desire it.” (“<em>How, how, how!</em>”)</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>The old man resumed his seat and his pipe amidst a din of applause; and
+at this moment several trinkets and pieces of money were tossed upon
+the platform from various parts of the room.</p>
+
+<p>After the eagle-dance they strung their bows, and, slinging their
+quivers upon their backs, commenced shooting at the target for prizes.
+The hall in which their dances were given was so immensely large that
+they had a range of 150 feet to throw their arrows at their targets,
+which formed by no means the least amusing and exciting part of their
+exhibitions. Their ball-sticks were also taken in hand, and the ball,
+and their mode of catching and throwing it, beautifully illustrated.
+After this, and another dance, a general shake of the hands took place,
+and a promenade<a class="pagenum" id="Page_231" title="231"></a> of the Indians through the vast space occupied by my
+collection. They retired from the rooms and the crowd in fine glee,
+having made their <em>début</em> in Paris, about which they had had great
+anxiety, somebody having told them that the French people would not be
+pleased with their dancing, as they danced so well themselves.</p>
+
+<p>The Indians being gone, <em>I</em> became the lion, and was asked for in every
+part of the rooms. The visitors were now examining my numerous works,
+and all wanted to see me. My friend M. Vattemare was by my side, and
+kindly presented me to many gentlemen of the press, and others of his
+acquaintance, in the rooms. There were so many who said they were
+waiting “for the honour,” &amp;c., that I was kept until a very late hour
+before I could leave the room.</p>
+
+<p>There were a number of fellow-artists present, who took pleasure in
+complimenting me for the manner in which my paintings were executed;
+and many others for my perseverance and philanthropy in having
+laboured thus to preserve the memorials of these dying people. I was
+complimented on all sides, and bowed, and was bowed to, and invited
+by cards and addresses left for me. So <em>I</em> went home, as well as the
+Indians, elated with the pleasing conviction that <em>mine</em> was a “hit,”
+as well as <em>theirs</em>.</p>
+
+<p>The leading journals of the next day were liberal in their comments
+upon the Indians and my collection, pronouncing my labours of great
+interest and value, and the exhibition altogether one of the most
+extraordinary interest ever opened in Paris, and advising all the world
+to see it.<a class="fnanchor" href="#Footnote_39" id="FNanchor_39">[39]</a> Thus were we started in the way of business after the
+first night’s exhibition, and that after remaining there just one month
+before we could meet and pass all the necessary forms and get quite
+ready.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<h2><a class="pagenum" id="Page_232" title="232"></a>
+CHAPTER XXVI.</h2>
+
+<p class="hang">
+  Indians at Madame Greene’s party&mdash;Their ideas of waltzing&mdash;The
+     Doctor’s admiration of the young ladies&mdash;The King’s fête,
+     first of May&mdash;Indians in the Palace&mdash;Royal Family in the
+     balcony&mdash;Grand and sublime scene on the river&mdash;Indians in a
+     crowd of nobility in the Duc d’Aumale’s apartments&mdash;Messenger
+     to Indians’ apartments with gold and silver medals&mdash;Medals
+     to the women and children&mdash;Consequent difficulties&mdash;Visit
+     to the Hospital of Invalids&mdash;Place Concorde&mdash;Column of
+     Luxor&mdash;The fountains&mdash;Visit to the Triumphal Arch&mdash;Jim’s
+     description of an ugly woman&mdash;Victor Hugo&mdash;Madame Georges
+     Sands&mdash;Indians visit the Louvre&mdash;M. de Cailleux&mdash;Baron de
+     Humboldt&mdash;Illness of the wife of Little Wolf&mdash;A phrenologist
+     visits the Indians&mdash;The phrenologist’s head examined&mdash;Two
+     Catholic priests visit the Indians&mdash;Indians visit the Garden
+     of Plants&mdash;Alarm of the birds and animals&mdash;The “poor prisoner
+     buffalo”&mdash;Visit to the <em>Salle aux Vins</em>&mdash;Astonishment
+     of the Indians&mdash;The war-whoop&mdash;<em>Chickabobboo</em>&mdash;Cafés
+     explained&mdash;Indians visit <em>Père la Chaise</em>&mdash;A great funeral&mdash;A
+     speech over the grave&mdash;Hired mourners&mdash;Visit the <em>School
+     of Medicine</em>&mdash;and “<em>Dupuytren’s Room</em>”&mdash;Excitement of the
+     Doctor&mdash;Visit to the <em>Foundling Hospital</em>&mdash;Astonishment and
+     pity of the Indians&mdash;Entries in Jim’s note-book, and Doctor’s
+     remarks&mdash;Visit the <em>Guillotine</em>&mdash;Indians’ ideas of <em>hanging</em>
+     in England, and <em>beheading</em> in France&mdash;Curious debate&mdash;Visit
+     to the <em>Dog Market</em>&mdash;Jim’s purchase and difficulty&mdash;The <em>Dog
+     Hospital</em>&mdash;Alarm of the “petites malades”&mdash;Retreat&mdash;<em>Bobasheela</em>
+     arrives from London&mdash;Great rejoicing&mdash;Jim’s comments on the
+     Frenchwomen&mdash;The <em>little foundlings</em> and the <em>little dogs</em>.</p>
+
+
+<p>Having thus commenced upon our operations in the Salle Valentino,
+it was thought best to change the lodgings of the Indians to some
+point more near to the place of their exhibitions, and rooms were at
+length procured for them in the same building with their hall, and
+communicating with it. To these apartments they were removed, and
+arrangements were made for two open carriages to drive them an hour
+each day for their recreation and amusement. By this arrangement we
+had the sights of Paris before us, and easily<a class="pagenum" id="Page_233" title="233"></a> within our reach, to
+be visited at our leisure. Our exhibitions were given each night from
+eight to ten, and each afternoon from one to three o’clock; so that
+they had the mornings for sight-seeing, and their evenings, from ten to
+twelve, to visit the theatres or parties, whenever they were invited
+and felt disposed to attend.</p>
+
+<p>The first evening-party they were invited to attend in Paris was that
+of the lady of <em>Mr. Greene</em>, the American banker. They were there
+ushered into a brilliant blaze of lamps, of beauty, and fashion,
+composed chiefly of Americans, to whom they felt the peculiar
+attachment of countrymen, though of a different complexion, and
+anywhere else than across the Atlantic would have been strangers to.</p>
+
+<p>They were received with great kindness by this polite and excellent
+lady and her daughters, and made many pleasing acquaintances in her
+house. The old Doctor had luckily dressed out his head with his red
+crest, and left at home his huge head-dress of horns and eagles’
+quills, which would have been exceedingly unhandy in a <em>squeeze</em>, and
+subjected him to curious remarks amongst the ladies. He had loaded
+on all his wampum and other ornaments, and smiled away the hours
+in perfect happiness, as he was fanning himself with the tail of a
+war-eagle, and bowing his head to the young and beautiful ladies who
+were helping him to lemonade and <em>blanc-mange</em>, and to the young men
+who were inviting him to the table to take an occasional glass of the
+“<em>Queen’s chickabobboo</em>.” Their heavy buffalo robes were distressing to
+them (said the Doctor) in the great heat of the rooms, “but then, as
+the ladies were afraid of getting paint on their dresses, they did not
+squeeze so hard against us as they did against the other people in the
+room, so we did not get so hot as we might have been.”</p>
+
+<p>It amused the Doctor and Jim very much to see the gentlemen take the
+ladies by the waist when they were dancing with them, probably never
+having seen waltzing before. They were pleased also, as the Doctor
+said, with “the manner in which the ladies showed their beautiful<a class="pagenum" id="Page_234" title="234"></a>
+white necks and arms, but they saw several that they thought had better
+been covered.” “The many nice and sweet and frothy little things that
+the ladies gave them in tea-saucers to eat, with little spoons, were
+too sweet, and they did not like them much; and in coming away they
+were sorry they could not find the good lady to thank her, the crowd
+was so great; but the <em>chickabobboo</em> (champagne), which was very good,
+was close to the door, and a young man with yellow hair and moustaches
+kept pouring it out until they were afraid, if they drank any more,
+some of the poor fellows who were dancing so hard would get none.”</p>
+
+<p>The scene they witnessed that night was truly very brilliant, and
+afforded them theme for a number of pipes of gossip after they got home.</p>
+
+<p>It has been said, and very correctly, that there is no end to the
+amusements of Paris, and to the Indians, to whose sight every thing was
+new and curious, the term, no doubt, more aptly applied than to the
+rest of the world. Of those never-ending sights there was one now at
+hand which was promising them and “all the world” a fund of amusement,
+and the poor fellows were impatient for its arrival. This splendid and
+all-exciting affair was the King’s fête on the 1st of May, his birthday
+as some style it, though it is not exactly such, it is the day fixed
+upon as the annual celebration of his birth. This was, of course, a
+holiday to the Indians, as well as for everybody else, and I resolved
+to spend the greater part of it with them.</p>
+
+<p>Through the aid of some friends I had procured an order to admit the
+party of Indians into the apartments of the Duke d’Aumale in the
+Tuileries, to witness the grand concert in front of the Palace, and
+to see the magnificent fireworks and illumination on the Seine at
+night. We had the best possible position assigned us in the wing of
+the Palace, overlooking the river in both directions, up and down,
+bringing all the bridges of the Seine, the Deputies, and Invalides,
+and other public buildings, which were illuminated, directly under our
+eyes.<a class="pagenum" id="Page_235" title="235"></a> During the day, Mr. Melody, and Jeffrey, and Daniel had taken,
+as they called it, “a grand drive,” to inspect the various places of
+amusement, and the immense concourse of people assembled in them. Of
+these, the Barrières, the Champs Elysées, &amp;c., they were obliged to
+take but a passing glance, for to have undertaken to stop and to mix
+with the dense crowds assembled in them would have been dangerous, even
+to their lives, from the masses of people who would have crowded upon
+them. The Indians themselves were very sagacious on this point, and
+always judiciously kept at a reasonable distance on such occasions.
+It was amusement enough for them during the day to ride rapidly about
+and through the streets, anticipating the pleasure they were to have
+in the evening, and taking a distant view from their carriages, of
+the exciting emulation of the <em>May-pole</em>, and a glance at the tops of
+the thousand booths, and “flying ships,” and “merry-go-rounds” of the
+Champs Elysées.</p>
+
+<p>At six o’clock we took our carriages and drove to the Tuileries, and,
+being conducted to the splendid apartments of the Duke d’Aumale, who
+was then absent from Paris, we had there, from the windows looking down
+upon the Seine and over the Quartier St. Germain, and the windows in
+front, looking over the garden of the Tuileries and Place Concorde, the
+most general and comprehensive view that was to be had from any point
+that could have been selected. Under our eyes in front, the immense
+area of the garden of the Tuileries was packed with human beings,
+forming but one black and dotted mass of some hundreds of thousands
+who were gathered to listen to the magnificent orchestra of music,
+and to see and salute with “Vive le Roi!” “Vive la Reine!” and “Vive
+le Comte de Paris!” the Royal Family as they appeared in the balcony.
+Though it appeared as if every part of the gardens was filled, there
+was still a black and moving mass pouring through Rue Rivoli, Rue
+Castiglione, Rue Royale, and Place Concorde, all concentrating in the
+garden of the Tuileries. This countless mass of human beings continued<a class="pagenum" id="Page_236" title="236"></a>
+to gather until the hour when their Majesties entered the balcony, and
+then, all hats off, there was a shout as vast and incomputable as the
+mass itself of “Vive le Roi!&mdash;Vive le Roi!&mdash;Vive la Reine!&mdash;Vive le
+Comte de Paris!” The King then, with his chapeau in his hand, bowed to
+the audience in various directions; so did her Majesty the Queen and
+the little Comte de Paris. The band then struck up the national air,
+and played several pieces, while the Royal Family were seated in the
+balcony, and the last golden rays of the sun, that was going behind
+the Arc de Triomphe, was shining in their faces. Their Majesties then
+retired as the twilight was commencing, and the vast crowd began to
+move in the direction of the Seine, the Terrace, and Place Concorde, to
+witness the grand scene of illumination and “feu d’artifice” that was
+preparing on the river.</p>
+
+<p>As the daylight disappeared, the artificial light commenced to display
+its various characters, and the Indians began to wonder. This scene was
+to be entirely new to them, and the reader can imagine better than I
+can explain what was their astonishment when the King’s signal rocket
+was fired from the Tuileries, and in the next moment the whole river,
+as it were, in a blaze of liquid fire, and the heavens burst asunder
+with all their luminaries falling in a chaos of flames and sparkling
+fire to the earth! The incessant roar and flash of cannons lining the
+shore of the river, and the explosion of rockets in the air, with the
+dense columns of white, and yellow, and blue, and blood-red smoke,
+that were rising from the bed of the river, and all reflected upon the
+surface of the water, heightened the grandeur of its effect, and helped
+to make it unlike anything on earth, save what we might imagine to
+transpire in and over the deep and yawning crater of a huge volcano in
+the midst of its midnight eruption.</p>
+
+<p>This wonderful scene lasted for half an hour, and when the last flash
+died away, all eyes like our own seemed to turn away from the smoking
+desolation that seemed to be<a class="pagenum" id="Page_237" title="237"></a> left below, and the dense mass was
+dividing and pouring off in streams through the various streets and
+avenues, some seeking their homes with their little children, and
+hundreds of thousands of others, to revel away the night amidst the
+brilliant illuminations and innocent amusements of the Champs Elysées.</p>
+
+<p>We turned our eyes at that moment from the scene, and, in turning
+around, found ourselves blockaded by a phalanx of officers in gold lace
+and cocked hats, and ladies, attachés of the royal household, Deputies,
+Peers of France, and other distinguished guests of the Royal Family,
+who had been viewing the scene from other windows of the Palace, and
+had now gathered in our rooms to look at “<em>les Peaux Rouges</em>.” My good
+friend M. Vattemare was present on this occasion, and of great service
+to us all, as there were in this crowd the incumbents of several high
+offices under the Crown, and others of distinction with whom he was
+acquainted, and to whom he introduced us all, converting the rooms and
+the crowd in a little time into a splendid soirée, where conversation
+and refreshments soon made all easy and quite happy.</p>
+
+<p>The servants of the Duke’s household conducted us into the several
+apartments, explaining the paintings and other works of art, and
+also took us into the Duke’s bedchamber, where were the portraits of
+himself and the Duchess, and others of the Royal Family. There was, we
+learned, in another part of the Palace, a grand <em>bal</em> on that evening,
+and that accounted for the constant crowds of fashionable ladies and
+gentlemen who were pouring into our apartments, and who would have
+continued to do so in all probability for the greater part of the night
+had we not taken up the line of march, endeavouring to make our way
+to our carriages on our way home. This was for some time exceedingly
+difficult, as we had a succession of rooms and halls to pass through
+before we reached the top of the staircase, all of which were filled
+with a dense mass of ladies and gentlemen, who had got information
+that the Ioway Indians were in the Duke’s apartments, and were then
+making their way there to get a<a class="pagenum" id="Page_238" title="238"></a> peep at them. We crowded and squeezed
+through this mass as well as we could, and were all laughing at Jim’s
+remarks as we passed along. He thought the people had all left the
+King and Queen to see the Indians. “Come see Ingins” (said he in
+English) “at Salle Valentino&mdash;see em dance&mdash;better go back, see King,
+see Queen&mdash;Ingins no good.” Mr. Melody gave the poor fellow the first
+idea that his words were thrown away, as these people were all French,
+and did not understand English; so Jim said, “I spose em no buy Bible
+then?” and began to whistle. We soon descended the grand escalier,
+and, taking our carriages, were in a few minutes entering the Indians’
+apartments in Salle Valentino.</p>
+
+<p>Jim got home a little provoked, as the Doctor was showing a very
+handsome eyeglass which had been presented to him: two or three of
+the women had also received presents in money and trinkets, but Jim’s
+wife, as well as himself, was amongst the neglected or overlooked. He
+then took out of his pouch and throwing it down upon the table one of
+his beautiful gilt bound little Bibles, and said, “Me no sell em.”
+“Did you try, Jim?” “Yes, me try em, but me no sell em&mdash;folks call em
+<em>Onglaise</em>. Onglaise no good, I guess, I no sell em.” Poor Jim! he
+looked quite chapfallen at the moment, and much more so when Daniel
+afterwards told him that he ought to have had an auction or other sale
+of his Bibles before he left England, for the French didn’t care much
+about Bibles, and if they did they wouldn’t buy his, for they were in
+the English language, which they could not read. Jim’s regrets were
+now very great, to think they had so little oversight as to come away
+without thinking to make some conversion of them into ready cash.
+Daniel told him, however, that he thought there would be nothing lost
+on them, as they would sell better in America than they would have sold
+in England, and he had better pack them away until they went home.</p>
+
+<p>The conversation running upon Bibles, Jim was asked, as there was
+some sympathy expressed for him, how many<a class="pagenum" id="Page_239" title="239"></a> he and his wife had, to
+which he replied, “I no know&mdash;I guess a heap.” It was in a few moments
+ascertained more correctly from his wife, who had the immediate charge
+of them, that they had twenty-eight, and the account soon returned from
+the whole party, that in all they had received about 120 since they
+arrived in England.</p>
+
+<p>They took their suppers, which were ready when they got back, and their
+<em>chickabobboo</em> (vin rouge) with their pipe, and engaged M. Vattemare
+for some time to explain the meaning of the many beautiful decorations
+they had seen worn on the breasts and shoulders of the officers they
+had met in the palace. The explanations of these things pleased
+them very much: as to the fireworks, they said that was such great
+<em>medicine</em> to them, that they did not care about talking on the subject
+until they had taken more time to think.</p>
+
+<p>Just as M. Vattemare and I were about to leave the room, I found Jim
+and the Doctor interrogating Daniel about the “big guns that spoke
+so loud: they thought they must have very large mouths to speak so
+strong,” and were anxious to see them. Daniel told them that those
+which made the loudest noise were at the Hospital of the Invalides, and
+it was then agreed that they should go there the next day to see them.</p>
+
+<p>Jim said they had all been delighted at what Daniel read in his paper
+about their going before the King and Queen, and that he must be sure
+to bring the paper at an early hour the next morning, to let them hear
+what was said about the Indians being in the palace the second time,
+and in the rooms of the Duke, to see the fireworks.</p>
+
+<p>The rest of their evening was taken up in “thinking” on what they had
+seen, and the next morning, as he had promised, Daniel came in with the
+paper and read a long account of the amusements of the day and evening,
+and also of the hundreds of thousands in the crowd who moved along in
+front of the Duke d’Aumale’s apartments to look at the Indians, in
+preference to look at the King and the Queen. It was decided (as he
+read) that the crowd was<a class="pagenum" id="Page_240" title="240"></a> much more dense and remained at a much later
+hour in front of that wing of the palace than in front of the balcony,
+where the Royal Family and the orchestra of music were. This pleased
+them all very much; and after their breakfasts, while they were yet in
+this cheerful train of feelings, the young man who had brought them the
+money from the King made his appearance, and I was instantly sent for.
+On arriving I was informed by him that he had come from his Majesty
+with the gold and silver medals, to be presented in his Majesty’s name
+to each one individually. This announced, the Indians of course put all
+other occupations aside, and, being all seated on the floor, at the
+request of the chief, the medals were called out by the inscriptions on
+them and presented accordingly. The first presented was a gold medal to
+White Cloud, the chief: the inscription on the back of it read thus:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p class="center">“Donné à <em>Mu-hu-she-kaw</em>, par le Roi: 1845.”</p>
+
+<p>The next presented was to the War-chief&mdash;a gold medal of equal size,
+and inscription in the same form. Silver medals, of equal size with
+inscriptions, were then presented to all the warriors and women and
+children. This last part of the list, women and children, seemed to
+startle them a little. The idea of women and children receiving medals
+was entirely new to them, and put them quite at a stand. There was no
+alternative but to take them, and be thankful for them; but it seemed
+curious enough to them&mdash;a subject not to be named, however, until
+the messenger had departed with their thanks to his Majesty for his
+kindness. This was done by the War-chief, and the gentleman departed.</p>
+
+<p>The old Doctor and <em>Wa-ton-ye</em>, the two unmarried men of the
+party, were the only ones who seemed to show anything like decided
+dissatisfaction in their faces, though Jim and Little Wolf were
+fumbling theirs over in their fingers, evidently in a struggle of
+feeling whether to be dissatisfied or not. The Little Wolf was a
+warrior of decided note, who<a class="pagenum" id="Page_241" title="241"></a> had taken several scalps, and his
+wife had never taken one, and yet her medal was equal to his own;
+however, by the operation he had got two medals instead of one. Jim
+felt a little touched, and, though never having done much more in war
+than his squaw had, was preparing to make a great harangue on the
+occasion, and even rolled over on his back, and drew up his knees,
+for the purpose, but, taking the shining metal from his wife’s hands,
+and placing it by the side of his own, he thought they would form a
+beautiful ornament, both hanging together, symbolic of an affectionate
+husband and wife, and he was silent. The poor old Doctor, though, who
+had taken <em>one prisoner</em> certain, and <em>possibly</em> some scalps, and (as
+the old War-chief had one day told him) undoubtedly “many lives,” who
+could only dangle one medal (having no wife), and that one no better
+than those given to the women and children, lost all traces of the
+complaisant smiles that had shone on his face a little time before,
+and, rising suddenly up, and wrapping his robe around him, he found his
+way to the house-top, where he stood in silent gaze upon the chimneys
+and tiles, more suited to the meditations that were running through his
+troubled mind. <em>Wa-ton-ye</em>, in the mean time, with smothered feelings
+that no one ever heard vent given to, hung his with its tri-coloured
+ribbon upon a nail in the wall just over his head, and, drawing his
+buffalo robe quite over him, hid his face, and went to sleep.</p>
+
+<p>White Cloud and the War-chief sat during the while, with their families
+hanging about their shoulders and knees, well pleased, and smiling upon
+the brightness of his Majesty’s familiar features in shining gold, as
+they turned their medals around in various lights. Theirs were of a
+more precious metal, and each, from the number of his family with him,
+became the owner of <em>three</em>, instead of <em>one</em>, over which the poor
+Doctor was yet pondering on the house-top, as he stood looking off
+towards the mountains and prairies.</p>
+
+<p>When their carriages were at the door, to make their visit to the
+<em>Hôpital des Invalides</em>, as promised the night<a class="pagenum" id="Page_242" title="242"></a> before, the Doctor was
+unwilling to break the charm of his contemplations, and <em>Wa-ton-ye</em>
+could not be waked, and the rest drove off in good cheer and delight.
+They hung their medals on their necks, suspended by their tri-coloured
+ribbons, the meaning of which having been explained to them, and they
+were soon at the mouths of the huge cannon, whose “big mouths” had
+“spoken so loudly” the night before.</p>
+
+<p>After taking a good look at them, and getting something of their
+curious history, they entered that wonderful and most noble
+institution, an honour to the name of its founder and to the country
+that loves and upholds it, the <em>Hospital</em> of <em>Invalids</em>. Nothing on
+earth could have struck these people as more curious and interesting
+(a race of warriors themselves) than this institution, with its
+3800 venerable inmates, the living victims of battles, wounded,
+crippled, fed, and clothed, and made happy, the living evidences of
+the human slaughter that must have taken place in the scenes they had
+been through. If this scene convinced them of the destructiveness
+of civilized modes of warfare, it taught them an useful lesson of
+civilized sympathy for those who are the unfortunate victims of war and
+carnage.</p>
+
+<p>The moral that was drawn from this day’s visit was an important one
+to them, and I took the opportunity, and many others afterwards, to
+impress it upon their minds. It pleased them to hear that these old
+veterans, with one leg and one arm, were the very men who were chosen
+to come to the big guns, and fire them off, on the day of the King’s
+fete&mdash;the same guns that they fought around, and over, when they were
+taking them from the enemies.</p>
+
+<p>Returning from the “<em>Invalides</em>,” our carriages were stopped in Place
+Concorde for a view of the beautiful fountains playing, which pleased
+and astonished them, as they do all foreigners who pass. The Egyptian
+obelisk column of Luxor, of seventy-two feet, in one solid piece of
+granite, and brought from Egypt to Paris, was shown and explained to
+them, and our carriage driven to the ground where the <em>guillotine</em><a class="pagenum" id="Page_243" title="243"></a> had
+stood on which the blood of Kings and Queens had been shed, and where
+the father of Louis Philippe was beheaded. These extraordinary and
+almost incredible facts of history, and that so recent, filled their
+minds with amazement, and almost with incredulity. Our drive that day
+was continued through the broad avenue of the Champs Elysées to the
+<em>triumphal arch</em> at the Barrière d’Etoile, and our view from the top of
+it was one of the finest they thought in the world. We were not quite
+as high as when we were on the tower of the York cathedral, but the
+scene around us was far more picturesque and enchanting.</p>
+
+<p>When we returned we found the old Doctor and <em>Wa-ton-ye</em> seated upon
+their buffalo robes, and playing at cards, quite in good humour, and
+their medals put away, as if nothing had happened to put them out. They
+were much amused at the descriptions of what the others had seen, and
+particularly so at Jim’s description of an ugly woman he saw on top of
+the Arc de Triomphe, and who followed him around, he said, and looked
+him in the face until he was frightened. Here the Doctor, who had been
+out of humour, and was disposed to be a little severe on Jim, replied
+that “it was laughable for such an ill-looking, big-mouthed fellow as
+him to be talking about any one’s ill looks, and to be alarmed at any
+one’s ugliness, looking out over such a set of features as he had on
+the lower part of his face.” Jim, however, having two medals, took but
+little notice of the Doctor’s severity, but proceeded to tell about
+the ugly woman he saw. He said, “her eyes had all the time two white
+rings clear around them, and the end of her nose turning up, as if she
+had always smelled something bad, had pulled her upper-lip up so high
+that she could not shut her mouth or cover her teeth. She had two great
+rows of teeth, and there was black all between them, as if a charge of
+gunpowder had gone off in her mouth, and her skin was as white as snow,
+excepting on her cheeks, and there it was quite red, like a rose.”</p>
+
+<p><a class="pagenum" id="Page_244" title="244"></a>
+“Stop, stop, Jim,” said I, “let me write that down before you go any
+further.”</p>
+
+<p>But this was all. He said he could not bear to look at her, and
+therefore he did not examine her any further. He also made some fun
+about two English ladies, who were up there when they were on the Arc
+de Triomphe. He said, “he had sat down by the side of the railing with
+his wife, where these ladies came to them. One of them asked if they
+could speak English, to which he made no reply, but shook his head. He
+said they had a great many things to say about him, and one of them
+wanted to feel his face (his chin, he supposed), to see if he had any
+beard; and when she did not find any, she said something which he did
+not understand, but he said it tickled them very much, and then he said
+she put her hand on his shoulder, which was naked, and took hold of
+his arm, and said several things, about which they had a great deal of
+laugh, which he understood, and which he would not like to mention, for
+his wife did not understand them, and he did not wish her to know what
+they were laughing about.”</p>
+
+<p>The hour having approached for their afternoon’s exhibition, the
+conversation was here broken off. I was, however, obliged to delay
+a few minutes for some account they wished me to give them of the
+guillotine, which I had spoken of while in the Place Concorde. I
+briefly described it to them, and they all expressed a wish to go some
+day and see it, and I promised to take them.</p>
+
+<p>The exhibition in the afternoon was attended by many more fashionable
+ladies and gentlemen than that of the evening; and so many carriages
+driving up to the door, in a pleasant day, was always sure to put the
+Doctor into the best of humour, and generally, when he was in such
+a mood, there would be wit and drollery enough in him, and his good
+friend Jim, to influence the whole group. They were usually in good
+spirits, and, when so, were sure to please; and thus were they on that,
+the first of their morning’s<a class="pagenum" id="Page_245" title="245"></a> entertainments; and it happened luckily,
+for we had in the rooms some of the most fashionable and literary
+personages of Paris&mdash;amongst these, the famous writers, <em>Victor Hugo</em>,
+<em>Madame Georges Sands</em>, and several others, to whom the Indians and
+myself were personally introduced.</p>
+
+<p>The old Doctor was told by M. Vattemare, who was again there, to do
+his best, and all did their parts admirably well, and much to the
+astonishment of the ladies, several of which old dames I found had
+really supposed, until now, that the “<em>sauvages</em>” were little more
+than wild beasts. After the Indians had finished their amusements and
+retired from the rooms, <em>I</em> was left <em>lion</em> again and “lord of all the
+visitors were now surveying.” Then it was that <em>my</em> embarrassment came,
+losing in a great measure the pleasure that I could have drawn from the
+society of such persons who came to praise, by not speaking the French
+language.</p>
+
+<p>However, I had generally the benefit of my friend M. Vattemare or
+others around me ready to help me through the difficulty. It gave me
+daily pleasure to find that my works were highly applauded by the
+press, as well as by personal expressions in the room, and in all the
+grades of society to which I was then being invited.</p>
+
+<p>Our second evening soon approached, and we found the hall fashionably
+filled again, and of course the Indians, though in a strange country,
+in good spirits and gratified, as their very appearance while entering
+the room got them rounds of applause. After their exhibition was over
+in the usual way I got <em>my</em> applause, and so our mutual efforts were
+daily and nightly made to instruct and amuse the Parisians, which I
+shall always flatter myself we did to a considerable extent.</p>
+
+<p>While our exhibitions were now in such a train, we were studying how to
+make the most valuable use of our extra time, by seeing the sights of
+Paris and its environs.</p>
+
+<p>The <em>Louvre</em> was one of the first objects of our attention; and having
+procured an order from the Director to visit it<a class="pagenum" id="Page_246" title="246"></a> on a private day, we
+took an early hour and made our entry into it. We were received by
+the Director with kindness, and he conducted the party the whole way
+through the different galleries, pointing out and explaining to them
+and to us the leading and most interesting things in it.</p>
+
+<p>The Director, M. de Cailleux, had invited several of his distinguished
+friends to meet him on the occasion, and it was to them, as well as
+to us, interesting to see the Indians under such circumstances, where
+there was so much to attract their attention and calculated to surprise
+them. M. Vattemare was with us on this occasion, and of very great
+service in his introductions and interpretations for us. Amongst the
+distinguished persons who were present, and to whom I was introduced
+on the occasion, was the Baron de Humboldt. He accompanied us quite
+through the rooms of the Louvre, and took a great deal of interest in
+the Indians, having seen and dealt with so many in the course of his
+travels. I had much conversation with him, and in a few days after was
+honoured by him with a private visit to my rooms, when I took great
+pleasure in explaining the extent and objects of my collection.</p>
+
+<p>The view of the Louvre was a great treat to the Indians, who had had
+but little opportunity before of seeing works of art. In London we
+thought we had showed them all the sights, but had entirely forgotten
+the exhibitions of paintings; and I believe the poor fellows had been
+led to think, before they saw the Louvre, that mine was the greatest
+collection of paintings in the world. They had a great deal of talk
+about it when they got home and had lit their pipe. The one great
+objection they raised to it was, that “it was too long&mdash;there were too
+many things to be seen; so many that they said they had forgotten all
+the first before they got through, and they couldn’t think of them
+again.” There was one impression they got while there, however&mdash;that no
+length of room or number of pictures would easily eradicate from their
+memories, the immense number of marks of<a class="pagenum" id="Page_247" title="247"></a> bullets on the columns of the
+portico, and even inside of the building, shot through the windows in
+the time of the Revolution of July. This appalling scene was described
+to them on the spot by M. Vattemare, which opened their eyes to an
+historical fact quite new to them, and of which they soon taxed him and
+me for some further account.</p>
+
+<p>The poor fellows at this time were beginning to sympathize with the
+noble fellow the Little Wolf, whose wife had been for some weeks
+growing ill, and was now evidently declining with symptoms of quick
+consumption. The buoyant spirits of the good and gallant fellow seemed
+to be giving way to apprehensions; and although he joined in the
+amusements, he seemed at times dejected and unhappy. There were days
+when her symptoms seemed alarming, and then she would rally and be
+in the room again in all the finery of her dress and trinkets, but
+was evidently gradually losing strength and flesh, and decided by her
+physician to be in a rapid decline. She was about this time advised to
+keep to her chamber and away from the excitement of the exhibition and
+sight-seeing, in which the rest of the party were daily engaged.</p>
+
+<p>By this time the Ioways had made so much noise in Paris that they
+were engaging the attention of the scientific, the religious, and the
+ethnologic, as well as the mere curious part of the world, and daily
+and almost hourly applications were being made to Mr. Melody and myself
+for private interviews with them for the above purposes. We were
+disposed to afford every facility in our power in such cases, but in
+all instances left the Indians to decide who they would and who they
+would not see.</p>
+
+<p>Amongst those applicants there was a phrenologist, who had been
+thrusting himself into their acquaintance as much as possible in their
+exhibition rooms, and repeatedly soliciting permission to go to their
+private rooms to make some scientific examinations and estimates of
+their heads, to which the Indians had objected, not understanding the
+meaning or object of his designs. He had become very im<a class="pagenum" id="Page_248" title="248"></a>portunate
+however, and, having brought them a number of presents at different
+times, it was agreed at Mr. Melody’s suggestion, one day, as the
+quickest way of getting rid of him, that he should be allowed to come
+up. We conversed with the Indians, and assured them that there was
+not the slightest chance of harm, or witchcraft, or anything of the
+kind about it, and they agreed to let him come in. They had a hearty
+laugh when he came in, at Jim’s wit, who said to him, though in Indian
+language that he didn’t understand, “If you will shut the door now,
+you will be the ugliest-looking man in the whole room.” This was not,
+of course, translated to the phrenologist, who proceeded with his
+examinations, and commenced on Jim’s head first. Jim felt a little
+afraid, and considerably embarrassed also, being the first one called
+upon to undergo an operation which he knew so little about, or what
+was to be the result of. Stout, and warlike, and courageous as he was,
+he trembled at the thought of a thing that he could not yet in the
+least appreciate, and all were looking on and laughing at him for his
+embarrassment. The phrenologist proceeded, feeling for the bumps around
+his head, and, stopping once in a while to make his mental deductions,
+would then run his fingers along again. Jim’s courage began to rally
+a little, seeing that there was to be nothing more than that sort of
+manipulation, and he relieved himself vastly by turning a little of his
+wit upon the operator, for a thing that looked to him so exceedingly
+ridiculous and absurd, by telling him “I don’t think you’ll find any
+in my head; we Indians shave a great part of our hair off, and we keep
+so much oil in the rest of it, that they won’t live there: you will
+find much more in white men’s heads, who don’t oil their hair.” This
+set the whole party and all of us in a roar, and Jim’s head shook so
+as to embarrass the operator for a little time. When he got through,
+and entered his estimates in his book, Jim asked him “if he found
+anything in his head?” to which he replied in the affirmative. Placing
+his fingers on “<em>self-esteem</em>,” he said there was great fulness there.
+“Well,” said<a class="pagenum" id="Page_249" title="249"></a> Jim, “I’m much obliged to you: I’ll set my wife to look
+there by and by. And now,” said Jim, “take the old Doctor here: his
+head is full of em.” By this time Jim’s jokes had got us all into a
+roar of laughter, and the Doctor was in the chair, and Jim looking on
+to see what he could discover. White Cloud thought Jim had cracked his
+jokes long enough, and as they had all laughed at them, he considered
+it most respectful now to let the man go through with it. So he
+finished with the Doctor and then with White Cloud and the War-chief,
+and when he came to the women they positively declined.</p>
+
+<p>Jim, having been rebuked for laughing too much, had stopped suddenly,
+and, instantly resolving to try his jokes upon the poor man in another
+mood, assumed, as he easily could, the most treacherous and assassin
+look that the human face can put on, and asked the phrenologist if he
+was done, to which he replied “Yes.” “Now,” said Jim, “we have all
+waited upon you and given you a fair chance, and I now want you to
+sit down a minute and let me examine <em>your</em> head;” at the same time
+drawing his long scalping knife out from his belt, and wiping its blade
+as he laid it in a chair by the side of him. The phrenologist, having
+instantly consented, and just taking possession of the chair as he was
+drawing his knife out, could not well do otherwise than sit still for
+Jim’s operations, though he was evidently in a greater trepidation than
+he had put Jim into by the first experiment that was made. Jim took the
+requisite time in his manipulations to crack a few jokes more among
+his fellow Indians upon the quackery of his patient, and then to let
+him up, telling him, for the amusement of those around, that “his face
+looked very pale” (which by the way was the case), “and that he found
+his head very full of them.”</p>
+
+<p>The phrenologist was a good-natured sort of man, and, only partially
+understanding their jokes, was delighted to get off with what he had
+learned, without losing his scalp-lock, which it would seem as if he
+had apprehended at one moment to have been in some danger. As he was
+leaving<a class="pagenum" id="Page_250" title="250"></a> the room, Daniel came in, announcing that there were two
+Catholic clergymen in the room below, where they had been waiting half
+an hour to have some talk with the Indians. “Let them up,” says Jim;
+“I will make a speech to them:” at which the old Doctor sprang up.
+“There,” said he, “there’s my robe; lay down quick.” The Doctor’s wit
+raised a great laugh, but, when a moment had blown it away, Mr. Melody
+asked the chief what was his wish, whether to see them or not. “Oh
+yes,” said he (but rather painfully, and with a sigh); “yes, let them
+come in: we are in a strange country, and we don’t wish to make any
+enemies: let them come up.” They were then conducted up and spent half
+an hour in pleasant conversation with the chiefs, without questioning
+them about their religion, or urging their own religion upon them. This
+pleased the Indians very much, and, finding them such pleasant and
+social good-natured men, they felt almost reluctant to part company
+with them. Each of them left a handsome Bible as presents, and took
+affectionate leave.</p>
+
+<p>After they had left, the Indians had much talk about them, and were
+then led to think of “the good people,” the Friends, they had seen so
+many of in England and Ireland, and asked me if they should find any of
+them in Paris. I told them I thought they would not, at which they were
+evidently very much disappointed.</p>
+
+<p>One of the next sight-seeing expeditions was to the <em>Jardin des
+Plantes</em>, to which our old friend M. Vattemare accompanied us. The
+animals here, from a difference of training, or other cause, were not
+quite so much alarmed as they were in the menagerie in London; but when
+the doctor breathed out the silvery notes of his howling <em>totem</em>, the
+wolf at once answered him in a remote part of the garden. Jim imitated
+the wild goose, and was answered in an instant by a cackling flock of
+them. The panthers hissed, and the hyænas were in great distress, and
+the monkeys also: the eagles chattered and bolted against the sides
+of their cages, and the parrots lost their voices by squalling, and
+many of<a class="pagenum" id="Page_251" title="251"></a> their feathers by fluttering, when the Indians came within
+their sight. They pitied the poor old and jaded buffalo, as they did in
+London, he looked so broken-spirited and desolate; and also the deer
+and the elks; but the bears they said didn’t seem to care much about
+it. They were far more delighted with the skins of animals, reptiles,
+and fishes in the museum of natural history; and I must say that <em>I</em>
+was also, considering it the finest collection I ever have seen.</p>
+
+<p>The garden of plants was amusement enough for an hour or so, and then
+to the <em>Halle aux Vins</em> in the immediate neighbourhood. This grand
+magazine of <em>chickabobboo</em> has been described by many writers, and
+no doubt seen by many who read, but few have seen the expression of
+amazement upon the brows of a party of wild Indians from the forest
+of America, while their eyes were running over the vast and almost
+boundless lines of 800,000 casks of wine under one roof, and heard the
+piercing war-whoop echoing and vibrating through their long avenues,
+raised at the startling information that 20,000,000 of gallons of this
+are annually drawn out of this to be drunk in the city of Paris; and
+few of those who heard it knew whether it was raised to set the wine
+running, or as a note of exultation that they had found a greater
+fountain of <em>chickabobboo</em> than the brewery they were in, in London.
+However true the latter was, the first was supposed to have been the
+design, and it must needs have its effect. A few bottles, in kindness
+and hospitality cracked, cooled all parched and parching lips, and our
+faithful timepieces told us our engagement with the public was at hand,
+and we laid our course again for the <em>Salle Valentino</em>.</p>
+
+<p>“Oh! what a glorious country,” said Jim, as we were rolling along;
+“there’s nothing like that in London: the <em>chickabobboo</em> is better
+here, and there’s more of it too.” Poor ignorant fellow! he was not
+aware that the brewery they saw in London was only one of some dozens,
+and that the wine in all those casks they had just seen was not quite
+as delicious as that with which his lips had just been moistened.</p>
+
+<p>With their recollections dwelling on the scenes they had<a class="pagenum" id="Page_252" title="252"></a> witnessed in
+London, they were naturally drawing comparisons as they were wending
+their way back; and they had in this mood taken it into their heads
+that there were no gin-shops in Paris, as they could see none, which
+was quite mysterious to them, until I explained to them the nature of
+the cafés, the splendid open shops they were every moment passing,
+glittering with gold and looking-glasses. They were surprised to learn
+that the delicious poison was dealt out in these neat “palaces,” but
+which they had not known or suspected the meaning of. They admitted
+their surprise, and at once decided that “they liked the free, and
+open, and elegant appearance of them much better than those in London,
+where they are all shut up in front with great and gloomy doors, to
+prevent people from looking into them, as if they were ashamed.”</p>
+
+<p>The cemetery of Père la Chaise was next to be seen as soon as there
+should be a fine day: that day arrived, and half an hour’s drive landed
+us at its entrance.</p>
+
+<p>This wonderful place has been described by many travellers, and
+therefore needs but a passing notice here. This wilderness of tombs,
+of houses or boxes of the dead, thrown and jumbled together amidst
+its gloomy cypress groves and thickets, is perhaps one of the most
+extraordinary scenes of the kind in the world: beautiful in some
+respects, and absurd and ridiculous in others, it is still one of
+the wonders of Paris, and all who see the one must needs visit the
+other. The scene was one peculiarly calculated to excite and please
+the Indians. The wild and gloomy and almost endless labyrinths of
+the little mansions of the dead were pleasing contrasts to their
+imprisonment within the dry and heated walls of the city; the varied
+and endless designs that recorded the places and the deeds of the dead
+were themes of amusement to them, and the subject altogether one that
+filled their minds with awe, and with admiration of the people who
+treated their dead with so much respect.</p>
+
+<p>We wandered for an hour through its intricate mazes of cypress,
+examining the tombs of the rich and the poor so<a class="pagenum" id="Page_253" title="253"></a> closely and curiously
+grouped together&mdash;a type, even in the solitudes of death, of the great
+Babylon in which their days had been numbered and spent. Whilst we
+were strolling through the endless mazes of this <em>sub-rosa</em> city, we
+met an immense concourse of people, evidently bearing the body of some
+distinguished person to the grave. The pompous display of mourning
+feathers and fringes, &amp;c., with hired mourners, was matter of some
+surprise to the Indians; but when a friend of the deceased stepped
+forward to pronounce an eulogium on his character, recounting his many
+virtues and heroic deeds, it reminded the Indians forcibly of the
+custom of their own country, and they all said they liked to see that.</p>
+
+<p>We took them to the patched and vandalized tomb of Abelard and Eloisa;
+but as there was not time for so long a story, it lost its interest
+to them. They were evidently struck with amazement at the system and
+beauty of this place, and from that moment decided that they liked the
+French for the care they took of their old soldiers and the dead.</p>
+
+<p>The poor fellows, the Indians, who were now proceeding daily and
+nightly with their exciting and “astonishing” exhibitions, were
+becoming so confounded and confused with the unaccountable sights and
+mysteries of Paris which they were daily visiting, that they began
+to believe there was no end to the curious and astonishing works
+of civilized man; and, instead of being any longer startled with
+excitement and wonder, decided that it would be better to look at
+everything else as simple and easy to be made by those that know how,
+and therefore divested of all further curiosity. This they told me they
+had altogether resolved upon: “they had no doubt there were yet many
+strange things for them to see in Paris, and they would like to follow
+me to see them all; but they would look with their eyes only half open,
+and not trouble us with their surprise and their questions.”</p>
+
+<p>With these views, and their eyes “half open,” then, they still took
+their daily drives, and Mr. Melody or myself, in constant company,
+stopping to show them, and to see our<a class="pagenum" id="Page_254" title="254"></a>selves, what was yet new and
+wonderful to be seen. There was still much to be seen in Paris, and
+the poor Indians were a great way from a complete knowledge of all the
+tricks and arts of civilization.</p>
+
+<p>A drive to the <em>School of Medicine</em> and the <em>Hôpital des Enfans
+Trouvés</em> was enough for one morning’s recreation. The first, with
+“<em>Dupuytren’s Room</em>,” was enough to open the old Doctor’s eyes, and
+the latter, with its 6000 helpless and parentless infants added to it
+annually, sufficient to swell the orbs of Jim, and make him feel for
+his note-book. The School of Medicine, with Dupuytren’s Room, forms
+one of the most surprising sights to be seen in Paris, and yet, save
+with the Doctor, there seemed to be but little interest excited by the
+sight. The Doctor’s attitude was one of studied dignity and philosophic
+conceit as he stood before those wonderful preparations, not to be
+astonished, but to study as a critic, while he fanned himself with his
+eagle’s tail. The expression of his face, which was the whole time
+unchanged, was one of a peculiar kind, and, as it was not sketched at
+the time, must be for ever lost.</p>
+
+<p>The novel and pitiful sight of the thousands of innocent little
+creatures in the Foundling Hospital seemed to open the “half-closed
+eyes” and the hearts of the Indians, notwithstanding the resolutions
+they had made. When it was explained to them how these little creatures
+came into the world, and then into this most noble institution, and
+also that in the last year there had been born in the city of Paris
+26,000 children, 9000 of whom were illegitimate, their eyes were surely
+open to the astounding facts of the vices of civilized society, and of
+the virtue of civilized governments in building and maintaining such
+noble institutions for the support of the fatherless and helpless in
+infancy, as well as for the veterans who have been maimed in the fields
+of glorious battle. When I told them that, of those thousands of little
+playful children, not one knew any other parent than the Government,
+they groaned in sympathy for them, and seemed at a loss to abhor or
+applaud the most,<a class="pagenum" id="Page_255" title="255"></a> the sins of man that brought them into the world,
+or the kind and parental care that was taken of them by the Government
+of the country. Jim made a sure demand upon Daniel’s kindness for
+the entry of these important facts, which he soon had in round and
+conspicuous numbers in his note-book, to teach to the “<em>cruel and
+relentless Indians</em>.”</p>
+
+<p>The sentimentalism and sympathy of the poor old Doctor were touched
+almost to melancholy by this scene; and in his long and serious
+cogitations on it he very gravely inquired why the thousands of women
+leading and petting little dogs in the streets could not be induced
+to discharge their dogs, and each one take a little child and be its
+mother? He said, if he were to take a Frenchwoman for his wife, he
+would rather take her with a little child, even if it were her own,
+than take her with a little dog.</p>
+
+<p>The <em>guillotine</em>, which happened to be in our way, and which they had
+been promised a sight of, they thought was more like a <em>Mississippi
+saw-mill</em> than anything else they had seen. It drew a murmur or two
+when explained to them how the victim was placed, and his head rolled
+off when the knife fell, but seemed to have little further effect
+upon them except when the actual number was mentioned to them whose
+heads are there severed from their bodies annually, for their crimes
+committed in the streets and houses of Paris. Our stay before this
+awful and bloody machine was but short, and of course their remarks
+were few, until they got home, and their dinner was swallowed, and
+their <em>chickabobboo</em>, and, reclining on their buffalo robes, the pipe
+was passing around.</p>
+
+<p>Their conversation was then with Daniel, who had been but the day
+before to see the very same things, and they gained much further
+information than we did, which he communicated to them. He entered
+in Jim’s book, as he had desired, the numbers of the <em>illegitimates</em>
+and <em>foundlings</em> of Paris, which seemed to be a valuable addition to
+his estimates of the blessings of civilization; and also the number
+of annual victims whose heads roll from the side of the guillotine.<a class="pagenum" id="Page_256" title="256"></a>
+His book was then closed, and a curious discussion arose between the
+Indians and Daniel, whether the gallows, which they had seen in the
+prisons in England and Ireland, was a preferable mode of execution to
+that of the guillotine, which they had just been to see. They had no
+doubt but both of them, or, at least, that one or the other of them
+was absolutely necessary in the civilized world; but the question was,
+which was the best. Daniel contended that the punishment which was most
+ignominious was best, and contended for the gallows, while the Indians
+thought the guillotine was the best. They thought that death was bad
+enough, without the Government trying to add to its pang by hanging
+people up by the neck with a rope, as the Indians hang dogs. From
+this grave subject, which they did not seem to settle, as there was
+no umpire, they got upon a somewhat parallel theme, and were quite as
+seriously engaged, when I was obliged to leave them, whether it would
+be preferable to be <em>swallowed whole</em> by a whale, or to be <em>chewed</em>.
+Daniel was referring to Scripture for some authority on this subject,
+by looking into one of Jim’s Bibles, when Mr. Melody and I were
+apprised of an appointment, which prevented us from ever hearing the
+result.</p>
+
+<p>The next promise we had to keep with them was the one that had been
+made to take them to see the fountain of all the pretty and ugly little
+dogs and huge mastiffs they saw carried and led through the streets of
+Paris&mdash;the “<em>Dog Market</em>.”</p>
+
+<p>The <em>Dog Hospital</em>, being <em>en route</em>, was visited first; and though
+one could scarcely imagine what there could be there that was amusing
+or droll, still the old Doctor insisted on it that it must be very
+interesting, and all resolved to go. It was even so, and on that
+particular occasion was rendered very amusing, when the Doctor entered,
+with Jim and the rest following. The squalling of “There! there!
+there!” by the frightened parrots in Cross’s Zoological Gardens bore
+little comparison to the barking and yelling of “les petits pauvres
+chiens,” and the screams of the old<a class="pagenum" id="Page_257" title="257"></a> ladies&mdash;“Ne les effrayez pas,
+Messieurs, s'il vous plaît! ils sont tous malades&mdash;tous malades:
+pauvres bêtes! pauvres bêtes!” It was soon perceived that the nerves
+of the poor little “malades,” as well as those of the old women
+their doctors, were too much affected to stand the shock, and it was
+thought best to withdraw. The old Doctor, getting just a glance at
+the sick-wards, enough to convince him of the clean comforts these
+little patients had, and seeing that their physicians were females,
+and also that the wards were crowded with fashionable ladies looking
+and inquiring after the health of their little pets, he was quite
+reluctant to leave the establishment without going fairly in and
+making his profession known, which he had thought would, at least,
+command him some respect amongst female physicians. He had some notion
+for this purpose of going in alone, but sarcastic Jim said the whole
+fright of the poor dogs had been produced by his appearance; to which
+the Doctor replied that they only barked because Jim was coming behind
+him. However, our visit was necessarily thus short, and attention
+directed to the Dog Market, for which Jim was more eager, as he had
+a special object. This was a curiosity, to be sure, and well worth
+seeing; there was every sort of whelp and cur that could be found in
+Christendom, from the veriest minimum of dog to the stateliest mastiff
+and Newfoundland; and, at Jim and the Doctor’s approach, hundreds
+of them barked and howled, many broke their strings, some laid upon
+their backs, and yelled (no doubt, if one could have understood their
+language) that they never saw before in their lives so ill-looking and
+frightful a couple, and so alarming a set as those who were following
+behind them. Jim wanted to buy, and, the business-meaning of his face
+being discovered, there were all sorts of offers made him, and every
+kind of pup protruded into his face; but the barking of dogs was such
+that no one could be heard, and then many a poor dog was knocked flat
+with a broom, or whatever was handiest, and others were choked, to stop
+their noise. No one<a class="pagenum" id="Page_258" title="258"></a> wanted to stand the din of this canine Bedlam
+longer than was necessary for Jim to make his choice, which the poor
+fellow was endeavouring to do with the greatest despatch possible.
+His mode was rather different from the ordinary mode of testing the
+qualities he was looking for, which was by feeling of the ribs; and
+having bargained for one that he thought would fit him, the lookers-on
+were somewhat amused at his choice. He made them understand by his
+signs that they were going to eat it, when the poor woman screamed out,
+“Diable! mange pas! mange pas!&mdash;venez, venez, ma pauvre bête!”</p>
+
+<p>The crowd by this time was becoming so dense that it was thought
+advisable to be on the move, and off. The Doctor became exceedingly
+merry at Jim’s expense, as he had come away without getting a dog for
+their Dog Feast, of which they had been for some time speaking.</p>
+
+<p>On their return from this day’s drive, they met, to their very great
+surprise, their old friend <em>Bobasheela</em>, who had left his business
+and crossed the Channel to see them once more before they should set
+sail for America. He said he could not keep away from them long at a
+time while they were in this country, because he loved them so much.
+They were all delighted to see him, and told him he was just in time
+to attend the Dog Feast, which they were going to have the next day.
+The Doctor told him of Jim’s success in buying a dog, and poor Jim was
+teazed a great deal about his failure. <em>Bobasheela</em> told them all the
+news about England, and Jim and the Doctor had a long catalogue to
+give him of their visit to the King&mdash;of their medals&mdash;their visits to
+the great fountain of <em>chickabobboo</em> and the <em>Foundling Hospital</em>, all
+of which he told him he had got down in his book. All this delighted
+<em>Bobasheela</em>, until they very imprudently told him that they liked
+Paris much better than London. They told him that the people in Paris
+did not teaze them so much about religion; that there were fewer
+poor people in the streets; and that as yet they had kept all their
+money, for they had seen nobody poor enough<a class="pagenum" id="Page_259" title="259"></a> to give it to. Their
+<em>chickabobboo</em> was very different, but it was about as good. The
+guillotine they were very well satisfied with, as they considered it
+much better to cut men’s heads off than to hang them up, like dogs, by
+a rope around the neck. This, and keeping men in prison because they
+owe money, they considered were the two most cruel things they heard of
+amongst the English.</p>
+
+<p><em>Bobasheela</em> replied to them that he was delighted to hear of their
+success, and to learn that they had seen the King, an honour he should
+himself have been very proud of. He told them that he never had seen
+the King, but that, while travelling in Kentucky many years ago, he was
+close upon the heels of the King, and so near him that he slept on the
+same (not bed, but) floor in a cabin where the King had slept, with his
+feet to the fire, but a short time before. This was something quite new
+to the Indians, and, like most of <em>Bobasheela’s</em> stories of the Far
+West, pleased them exceedingly.</p>
+
+<p>Jim, who was a <em>matter-of-fact man</em>, more than one of fancy and
+imagination, rather sided with <em>Bobasheela</em>, and, turning to his round
+numbers last added to his book, of “9000 illegitimate children born in
+Paris in the last year,” asked his friend if he could read it, to which
+he replied “Yes.” “Well,” said Jim, in broad English, “some <em>fish</em>
+there, I guess, ha? I no like em Frenchwomen&mdash;I no like em: no good! I
+no like em so many children, no fader!” We all saw by Jim’s eye, and
+by the agitation commencing, that he had some ideas that were coming
+out, and at the instant he was turning over on to his back, and drawing
+up his knees, and evidently keeping his eyes fixed on some object on
+the ceiling of the room, not to lose the chain of his thoughts, and
+he continued (not in English, for he spoke more easily in his own
+language), “I do not like the Frenchwomen. I did not like them at
+first, when I saw them leading so many dogs. I thought then that they
+had more dogs than children, but I think otherwise now. We believe that
+those women, who we have seen leading their dogs<a class="pagenum" id="Page_260" title="260"></a> around with strings,
+have put their children away to be raised in the great house of the
+Government, and they get these little dogs to fill their places, and to
+suck their breasts when they are full of milk.”</p>
+
+<p>“Hut&mdash;tut&mdash;tut!” said Melody, “you ill-mannerly fellow! what are you
+about? You will blow us all up here, Jim, if you utter such sentiments
+as those. I think the French ladies the finest in the world except the
+Americans, and if they heard such ideas as those, advanced by us, they
+would soon drive us out of Paris.”</p>
+
+<p>
+“Yes,” said Jim (in English again), “yes, I know&mdash;I know you like
+em&mdash;may be very good, but you see I no like em!” In his decided
+dislike, Jim’s excitement was too great for his ideas to flow smoothly
+any further, and Mr. Melody not disposed to push the argument, the
+subject was dropped, and preparations made for the day exhibition, the
+hour for which was at hand.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<h2><a class="pagenum" id="Page_261" title="261"></a>
+CHAPTER XXVII.</h2>
+
+<p class="hang">
+  <em lang="fr" xml:lang="fr">La Morgue</em>&mdash;The Catacombs&mdash;The Doctor’s dream&mdash;Their great
+     alarm&mdash;Visit to the <em>Hippodrome</em>&mdash;Jim riding M. Franconi’s
+     horse&mdash;Indians in the Woods of Boulogne&mdash;Fright of the
+     rabbits&mdash;Jim and the Doctor at the <em>Bal Mabille</em>, Champs
+     Elysées&mdash;At the <em>Masquerade, Grand Opera</em>&mdash;Their opinions
+     and criticisms on them&mdash;Frenchwomen at confession in St.
+     Roch&mdash;Doctor’s ideas of it&mdash;Jim’s speech&mdash;“<em>Industrious
+     fleas</em>”&mdash;Death of the wife of Little Wolf&mdash;Her
+     baptism&mdash;Husband’s distress&mdash;Her funeral in the Madeleine&mdash;Her
+     burial in Montmartre&mdash;Council held&mdash;Indians resolve to return
+     to America&mdash;Preparations to depart in a few days&mdash;<em>Bobasheela</em>
+     goes to London to ship their boxes to New York&mdash;He returns,
+     and accompanies the Indians to Havre&mdash;Indians take leave of
+     <em>Chippehola</em> (the Author)&mdash;M. Vattemare accompanies them to
+     Havre&mdash;Kindly treated by Mr. Winslow, an American gentleman, at
+     Havre&mdash;A splendid dinner, and <em>(Queen’s) Chickabobboo</em>&mdash;Indians
+     embark&mdash;Taking leave of <em>Bobasheela</em>&mdash;Illness of the Author’s
+     lady&mdash;His alarm and distress&mdash;Her death&mdash;Obituary&mdash;Her remains
+     embalmed and sent to New York.</p>
+
+
+<p>After their exhibition was over, and they had taken their dinner
+and <em>chickabobboo</em> (at the former of which they had had the company
+of their old friend <em>Bobasheela</em>), their pipe was lit, and the
+conversation resumed about the French ladies, for whom Jim’s dislike
+was daily increasing, and with his dislike, his slanderous propensity.
+He could not divest his mind of the 9000 illegitimate and abandoned
+little babies that he had seen, and the affection for dogs, which,
+instead of <em>exposing</em>, they secure with ribbons, and hold one end in
+their hands, or tie it to their apron-strings. This was a subject so
+glaring to Jim’s imagination, that he was quite fluent upon it at
+a moment’s warning, even when standing up or sitting, without the
+necessity of resorting to his usual and eccentric attitude. This
+facility caused him to be more lavish of his abuse, and at every
+interview in the rooms he seemed to be constantly frowning<a class="pagenum" id="Page_262" title="262"></a> upon the
+ladies, and studying some new cause for abusing them, and drawing Mr.
+Melody and the Doctor into debates when they got back to their own
+apartments. Such was the nature of the debate he had just been waging,
+and which he had ended in his usual way, with the last word to himself,
+“I no care; me no like em.”</p>
+
+<p>The subject was here changed, however, by Mr. Melody’s reminding them
+that this day was the time they had set to visit the <em>Morgue</em> and the
+<em>Catacombs</em>, for which an order had been procured. These had been
+the favourite themes for some days; and there had been the greatest
+impatience expressed to go and see the naked dead bodies of the
+murdered and <em>felo-de-ses</em> daily stretched out in the one, and the
+five millions of skulls and other human bones that are laid up like
+cobhouses under great part of the city. <em>Bobasheela</em> had described
+to them the wonders of this awful place, which he had been in on a
+former occasion, and Daniel had read descriptions from books while the
+Indians had smoked many a pipe; but when the subject was mentioned on
+this occasion, there were evident proofs instantly shown that some
+influence had produced a different effect upon their minds, and that
+they were no longer anxious to go. M. Vattemare, in speaking of the
+Catacombs a few days before, had said that about a year ago two young
+men from the West Indies came to Paris, and, getting an order to visit
+the Catacombs, entered them, and, leaving their guide, strolled so far
+away that they never got out, and never have been found, but their
+groans and cries are still often heard under different parts of the
+city. But the immediate difficulty with the Indians was a dream the
+Doctor had had the night before, and which he had been relating to
+them. He had not, he said, dreamed anything about the Catacombs, but he
+had seen <em>See-catch-e-wee-be</em>, the one-eyed wife of the “<em>fire-eater</em>”
+(a sorcerer of their tribe), who had followed his track all the way
+to the great village of the whites (London), and from that to Paris,
+where he saw her sitting on a bridge over the water; that she gave
+him a pair of<a class="pagenum" id="Page_263" title="263"></a> new mocassins of moose-skin, and told him that the
+<em>Gitchee Manitou</em> (the Great Spirit) had been very kind in not allowing
+him and <em>Wash-ka-mon-ya</em> (Jim) to go under the ground in the Great
+Village of the Whites, in England, and their lives were thereby saved.
+She then went under an old woman’s basket, who was selling apples,
+and disappeared. He could not understand why he should have such a
+vision as this the very night before they were to go underground to
+the Catacombs, unless it was to warn him of the catastrophe that
+might befall them if they were to make their visit there, as they had
+designed. They had smoked several pipes upon this information early
+in the morning, and the chiefs had closely questioned him and also
+consulted him as their oracle in all such cases, and had unanimously
+come to the conclusion that these were foreboding prognostications
+sufficient to decide it to be at least prudent to abandon their
+project, and thereby be sure to run no hazard.<a class="fnanchor" href="#Footnote_40" id="FNanchor_40">[40]</a></p>
+
+<p>Mr. Melody and myself both agreed that their resolve placed them on
+the safe side at all events, and that we thought them wise in making
+it if they saw the least cause for apprehension. “They could easily
+run to the river, however, in their drive, and see the other place,
+the <em>Morgue</em>;” but that could not, on any account, be undertaken, as
+the two objects had been planned out for the same visit; and, from the
+Doctor’s dream, it did not appear in the least certain in which of the
+places they were liable to incur the risk, and therefore they thought
+it best not to go to either. There was a great deal yet to see above
+ground, and quite as much as they should be able to see in the little
+time they had yet to remain there, and which would<a class="pagenum" id="Page_264" title="264"></a> be much pleasanter
+to look at than white men’s bones under ground.</p>
+
+<p>Their minds were filled with amazement on this wonderful subject; but
+their curiosity to see it seemed quite stifled by the Doctor’s dream,
+and the subject for the present was dropped, with a remark from Jim,
+“that he was not sure but that this accounted for the white people
+digging up all the Indians’ graves on the frontiers, and that their
+bones were brought here and sold.” The Catacombs were thus left for
+Daniel and myself to stroll through at our leisure, and the Indians
+were contented with the sketch I made, which, with Daniel’s account,
+put them in possession of the principal features of that extraordinary
+and truly shocking place.</p>
+
+<p>As their visit to the <em>Catacombs</em> and the <em>Morgue</em> was abandoned, we
+resolved to drive through the Champs Elysées and visit the woods of
+Boulogne, the favourite drive of the Parisians, and probably the most
+beautiful in the world. We had been solicited by M. Franconi, of the
+<em>Hippodrome</em>, to enter into an arrangement with him to have the Indians
+unite in his entertainments three days in the week, where their skill
+in riding and archery could be seen to great advantage, and for which
+he would be willing to offer liberal terms. He had invited us to bring
+the Indians down, at all events, to see the place; and we agreed to
+make the visit to M. Franconi on our way to the woods of Boulogne.
+The view was a private one, known only to a few of his friends, who
+were present, and his own operatic <em>troupe</em>. We were very civilly and
+politely received; and, all walking to the middle of his grand area,
+he proposed to make us the offer, on condition that the Indians were
+good riders, which I had already assured him was the case, and which
+seemed rather difficult for him to believe, as they had so little of
+civilization about them. As the best proof, however, he proposed to
+bring out a horse, and let one of them try and show what he could do.
+This we agreed to at once; and, having told the Indians before we
+started that we<a class="pagenum" id="Page_265" title="265"></a> should make no arrangement for them there unless they
+were pleased with it and preferred it, they had decided, on entering
+the grounds, that the exercises would be too desperate and fatiguing
+to them and destructive to their clothes, and therefore not to engage
+with him. However, the horse was led into the area and placed upon the
+track for their chariot-races, which is nearly a quarter of a mile in
+circumference; and, the question being put, “Who will ride?” it was
+soon agreed that Jim should try it first. “Wal, me try em,” said Jim;
+“me no ride good, but me try em little.” He was already prepared, with
+his shield and quiver upon his back and his long and shining lance in
+his hand. The horse was held; though, with all its training, it was
+some time, with its two or three grooms about it, before they could get
+the frightened creature to stand steady enough for Jim to mount. In
+the first effort which they thought he was making to get on, they were
+surprised to find that he was ungirthing the saddle, which he flung
+upon the ground, and, throwing his buffalo robe across the animal’s
+back and himself astride, the horse dashed off at his highest speed.
+Jim saw that the animal was used to the track, and, the course being
+clear, he leaned forward and brandished his lance, and, every time
+he came round and passed us, sounded a charge in the shrill notes
+of the war-whoop. The riding was pleasing and surprised M. Franconi
+exceedingly, and when he thought it was about time to stop he gave his
+signal for Jim to pull up, but, seeing no slack to the animal’s pace,
+and Jim still brandishing his weapons in the air and sounding the
+war-whoop as he passed, he became all at once alarmed for the health
+of his horse. The Indians at this time were all in a roar of laughter,
+and the old gentleman was placing himself and his men upon the track as
+Jim came round, with uplifted arms, to try to stop the animal’s speed,
+just finding at that time that Jim had rode in the true prairie style,
+without using the bridle, and which, by his neglect of it, had got out
+of his reach, when he would have used it to pull up with. Jim<a class="pagenum" id="Page_266" title="266"></a> still
+dashed by them, brandishing his lance as they came in his way: when
+they retreated and ran to head him in another place, he there passed
+them also, and passed them and menaced them again and again as he came
+around. The alarm of the poor old gentleman for the life of his horse
+became very conspicuous, and, with additional efforts with his men,
+and a little pulling up by Jim, who had at length found the rein, the
+poor affrighted and half-dead animal was stopped, and Jim, leaping off,
+walked to the middle of the area, where we were in a group, laughing to
+the greatest excess at the fun. The poor horse was near done over, and
+led away by the grooms, M. Franconi came and merely bade us good-by,
+and was exceedingly obliged to us. Whether the poor animal died or not
+we never heard, but Jim was laid up for several days. On asking him why
+he ran the horse so hard, he said it was the horse’s fault, that “it
+ran away with him the moment he was on its back&mdash;that the creature was
+frightened nearly to death; and he thought, if it preferred running,
+he resolved to give it running enough.” The Doctor told him he acted
+imprudently in getting on, which had caused all the trouble. “In what
+way?” inquired Jim. “Why, by letting the animal see that ugly face of
+yours; if you had hid it till you were on, there would have been no
+trouble.”</p>
+
+<p>We were all obliged to laugh at the Doctor’s wit; and having taken
+leave of the polite old gentleman, we were seated in our carriages
+again for a drive through the woods of Boulogne.</p>
+
+<p>In the midst of these wild and truly beautiful grounds the Indians
+and all got down for a stroll. The native wildness of the forests and
+jungle seemed in a moment to inspire them with their wild feelings,
+which had, many of them, long slumbered whilst mingling amidst the
+crowds of civilization, and away they leapt and bounded among the
+trees in their wild and wonted amusements. Their shrill yells and the
+war-whoop were soon lost in the distant thickets which they penetrated,
+and an hour at least<a class="pagenum" id="Page_267" title="267"></a> elapsed before they could all be gathered
+together and prepared to return. Their frightful yells had started
+up all the rabbits that were unburrowed in the forests; and whilst
+hundreds were bounding about, and many taking to the open fields for
+escape, they encompassed one, and with their united screams had scared
+it to death. This they assured us was the case, as they brought it in
+by the legs, without the mark of any weapon upon it.</p>
+
+<p>Few scenes in Paris, if any, had pleased them more than this, and in
+their subsequent drives they repeatedly paid their visits to the “woods
+of Boulogne.”</p>
+
+<p>On their return home poor Jim lay down, complaining very much of
+lameness from his hard ride on Franconi’s horse, which he knew would
+prevent him from dancing for some days, as he was getting very stiff,
+and afraid he would not be well enough to go and see the “Industrious
+Fleas” (as they were called), where he and the Doctor and Jeffrey had
+arranged to go with Daniel and several young American acquaintance,
+who had decided it to be one of the choicest little sights then to be
+seen in Paris, and which from all accounts is an exhibition of female
+nudities in living groups, ringing all the changes on attitude and
+action for the amusement of the lookers-on. There was a great deal of
+amusing conversation about this very popular exhibition, but in this
+poor Jim and the Doctor reluctantly submitted to disappointment when
+Mr. Melody very properly objected to their going to see it.</p>
+
+<p>Jim had laid himself on his back at this time, and, not feeling in the
+best of humour, began in a tirade of abuse of the Frenchwomen, of whom
+he and the Doctor had seen more perhaps on the previous evening in the
+<em>Jardin Mabille</em> in the Champs Elysées, and the <em>masquerade</em> in the
+<em>Grand Opera House</em>, than they had seen since they entered Paris.</p>
+
+<p>Their enterprise on that evening had taken place after their exhibition
+had closed, when Jim and the Doctor started with Jeffrey and Daniel and
+two or three friends who were pledged to take care of them. It was on
+Sunday evening,<a class="pagenum" id="Page_268" title="268"></a> when the greatest crowds attend these places, and I
+have no other account of what they did and what they saw than that they
+gave me on their return home. They had first gone to the splendid <em>bal</em>
+in the popular garden, where they were told that the thousand elegant
+women they saw there dancing were all bad women, and that nearly all
+of them came to those places alone, as they had nothing to pay, but
+were all let in free, so as to make the men come who had to pay. This
+idea had tickled Jim and the Doctor very much, for, although they were
+from the wilderness, they could look a good way into a thing which was
+perfectly clear. It was a splendid sight for them, and, after strolling
+about a while, and seeing all that could be seen, they had turned
+their attention to the “<em>Bal Masqué</em>” in the <em>Grand Opera</em>. Here they
+had been overwhelmed with the splendour of the scene, and astonished
+at its novelty, and the modes of the women who, Jim said, “were all
+ashamed to show their faces,” and whose strange manœuvres had added
+a vast deal to the fund of his objections to Frenchwomen, and which
+he said had constantly been accumulating ever since he first saw so
+many of them kissing the ends of little dogs’ noses, and pretty little
+children on their foreheads. His mind here ran upon kissing, of which
+he had seen some the night before, and which he had often observed in
+the exhibition rooms and in the streets. He had laughed, he said, to
+see Frenchmen kiss each other on both cheeks; and he had observed that,
+when gentlemen kiss ladies, they kiss them on the forehead: he was
+not quite sure that they would do so in the dark, however. “In London
+always kiss em on the mouth; ladies kiss em Indians heap, and hug em
+too: in France ladies no kiss em&mdash;no like em&mdash;no good.”</p>
+
+<p>In speaking of the <em>bal</em> in the gardens, “he didn’t see anything so
+very bad in that, but as for the masquerade, he looked upon it as a
+very immoral thing that so many thousands of ladies should come there
+and be ashamed to show their faces, and have the privilege of picking
+out just such men as they liked to go with them, and then take hold<a class="pagenum" id="Page_269" title="269"></a>
+of their arms, as he said he repeatedly saw them, and lead them out.”
+Amongst the Indians, he said, they had a custom much like that to be
+sure, but it was only given once a-year, and it was then only for the
+young married men to lend their wives to the old ones: this was only
+one night in the year, and it was a mark of respect that the young
+married men were willing to pay to the old warriors and chiefs, and
+the young married women were willing to agree to it because it pleased
+their husbands. On those occasions, he said, “none are admitted into
+the ring but old married men, and then the young married woman goes
+around and touches on the left shoulder the one who she wishes to
+follow her into the bushes, and she does it without being ashamed and
+obliged to cover her face.”</p>
+
+<p>The Doctor’s prejudices against the Frenchwomen were nothing near as
+violent as those of Jim, and yet he said it made him feel very curious
+when he saw some thousands with their faces all hidden: he said it
+must be true that they had some object that was bad, or they wouldn’t
+be ashamed and hide their faces. Mr. Melody told Jim and the Doctor,
+however, that he didn’t consider there was so very much harm in it, for
+these very women had the handiest way in the world to get rid of all
+their sins. If they happened accidentally or otherwise during the week
+to do anything that was decidedly naughty or wicked, they went into
+their churches very early in the morning, where the priest was in a
+little box with his ear to the window, where the woman kneeled down and
+told in his ear all the sins she had committed during the week, and she
+then went away quite happy that, having confessed them to him, he would
+be sure to have them all forgiven by the Great Spirit. They had a great
+laugh at this, and all thought that Mr. Melody was quizzing them, until
+<em>Bobasheela</em> and <em>Daniel</em> both told them it was all true, and if they
+liked to go with them any morning they would take them into any of the
+French churches or chapels, where they could see it; and would venture
+that they would see many of the same women con<a class="pagenum" id="Page_270" title="270"></a>fessing their sins whom
+they had seen at the <em>bal</em> and the masquerade, and in this way they
+could tell who had behaved the worst, for the most guilty of them
+would be sure to be there first. The Doctor seemed evidently to look
+upon this still with suspicion and doubt; and as the splendid church
+of <em>St. Roch</em> was nearly opposite to their rooms, and only across the
+street, it was proposed that the Doctor and Jim should accompany Daniel
+and their friend <em>Bobasheela</em> immediately there, where in five minutes
+they could see more or less women at confession, and at the same time a
+fine sight, one of the most splendid churches in Paris, and the place
+where the Queen goes on every Sunday to worship. This so excited the
+party, that they chiefly all arose and walked across the street to
+take a view of the church and the Frenchwomen confessing their sins
+into the ears of the priests. They happened to have a fair opportunity
+of seeing several upon their knees at confession; and the old Doctor
+had been curious to advance up so near to one, that he said he saw the
+priest’s eyes shining through between the little slats, and then he was
+convinced, and not before. He said that still it didn’t seem right to
+him, unless the Great Spirit had put those men there for that purpose.
+He thought it a very nice place for a young girl to tell the priest
+where she would meet him, and he had a very good chance to see whether
+she was pretty or not. Jim had by this time studied out an idea or
+two, and said, he thought that this way of confessing sins aided the
+<em>bals</em> and <em>masquerades</em> and the <em>industrious fleas</em> very much; and
+he believed that these were the principal causes of the great number
+of the poor little deserted and parentless babes they had seen in the
+hospital where they had been.</p>
+
+<p>The hour for the exhibition arriving, the conversation about Paris
+morals and religion was broken suddenly off, and perhaps at a good
+time. There were great crowds now daily attending their amusements,
+and generally applauding enthusiastically, and making the Indians
+occasional presents. On this occasion the Doctor had made a tremendous
+boast<a class="pagenum" id="Page_271" title="271"></a> in the part he was taking in the eagle-dance, for the spirit of
+which the audience, and particularly the ladies, gave him a great deal
+of applause, so much so that at the end of the dance his vanity called
+him out in an off-hand speech about the beauty of the city, &amp;c., and,
+it being less energetic than the boasts he had just been strutting
+out, failed to draw forth the applause he was so confidently depending
+on. He tried sentence after sentence, and, stopping to listen, all
+were silent. This perplexed and disappointed the Doctor very much, and
+still he went on, and at length stopped and sat down, admired, but not
+applauded. His friend Jim was laughing at him as he took his seat, and
+telling him that if he had barked like a little dog the ladies would
+have been sure to applaud. To this the Doctor said, “You had better try
+yourself:” upon which the daring Jim, who professed never to refuse
+any challenge, sprang upon his feet, and, advancing to the edge of
+the platform, stood braced out with his brows knitting, and his eyes
+“in a frenzy rolling,” for full two minutes before he began. He then
+thrust his lance forward in his right hand as far as he could dart it
+over the heads of the audience, and, coming back to his balance again,
+he commenced. Of his speech no report was made, but it was short and
+confined to three or four brief sentences, at the end of which he
+looked around with the most doleful expression to catch the applause,
+but there was none. The old Doctor was watching him close, and telling
+him he had better sit down.</p>
+
+<p>In this dilemma he was still standing after all his good ideas had been
+spent, and each instant, as he continued to stand, making his case
+worse, he turned upon his heel, and as he was turning around he added,
+in an irritated manner, this amusing sentence: “You had better go and
+see the industrious fleas, and then you will applaud!” This made a
+great laugh amongst the Indians, but of course it was not translated to
+the audience. He then took his seat, looking exceedingly sober, and,
+with his pipe, was soon almost lost sight of in the columns of smoke
+that were rising around him.</p>
+
+<p>About this time a very friendly invitation had been given<a class="pagenum" id="Page_272" title="272"></a> them and
+us by Colonel Thorn, an American gentleman of great wealth residing
+in Paris, and all were anticipating much pleasure on the occasion
+when we were to dine at his house; but, unluckily for the happiness
+and enjoyment of the whole party, on the morning of the day of our
+invitation the wife of the Little Wolf suddenly and unexpectedly died.
+Our engagement to dine was of course broken, and our exhibition and
+amusements for some days delayed. This sad occurrence threw the party
+into great distress, but they met the kindness of many sympathising
+friends, who administered in many ways to their comfort, and joined
+in attending the poor woman’s remains to the grave. Her disease was
+the consumption of the lungs, and her decline had been rapid, though
+her death at that time was unexpected. When it was discovered that
+her symptoms were alarming, a Catholic priest was called in, and she
+received the baptism a few moments before she breathed her last.
+Through the kindness of the excellent Curé of the <em>Madeleine church</em>,
+her remains were taken into that splendid temple, and the funeral rites
+performed over them according to the rules of that church, in the
+presence of some hundreds who were led there by sympathy and curiosity,
+and from thence her body was taken to the cemetery of Montmartre, and
+interred. The poor heartbroken noble fellow, the Little Wolf, shed the
+tears of bitterest sorrow to see her, from necessity, laid amongst the
+rows of the dead in a foreign land; and on every day that he afterwards
+spent in Paris he ordered a cab to take him to the grave, that he
+could cry over it, and talk to the departed spirit of his wife, as he
+was leaving some little offering he had brought with him. This was
+the second time we had seen him in grief; and we, who had been by him
+in all his misfortunes, admired the deep affection he showed for his
+little boy, and now for its mother, and at the same time the manly
+fortitude with which he met the fate that had been decreed to him.
+On this sad occasion their good friend M. Vattemare showed his kind
+sympathy for them, and took upon himself the whole<a class="pagenum" id="Page_273" title="273"></a> arrangements of her
+funeral, and did all that was in his power to console and soothe the
+brokenhearted husband in the time of his affliction. He also proposed
+to have a suitable and appropriate monument erected over her grave, and
+for its accomplishment procured a considerable sum by subscription,
+with which, I presume, the monument has, ere this, been erected over
+her remains. The Little Wolf insisted on it that the exhibition should
+proceed, as the daily expenses were so very great, and in a few days,
+to give it all the interest it could have, resumed his part in the
+dance that he had taken before his misfortune.</p>
+
+<p>Owing to letters received about this time from their tribe, and the
+misfortune that had happened, the Indians were now all getting anxious
+to start for their own country, and, holding a council on the subject,
+called Mr. Melody in, and informed him that they had resolved to sleep
+but six nights more in Paris, and that they should expect him to be
+ready to start with them after that time. This was a short notice for
+us, but was according to Indian modes, and there was no way but to
+conform to it. Mr. Melody had pledged his word to the Government to
+take care of these people, and to return to their country with them
+whenever the chiefs should desire it; and I was bound, from my deep
+interest for them, to assent to whatever regulations Mr. Melody and the
+chiefs should adopt as the best.</p>
+
+<p>This notice came at a time when it was unexpected by me, and I think
+not anticipated by Mr. Melody, and was therefore unfortunate for
+us, and probably somewhat, though less so, to them. The very heavy
+outlays had all been made for their exhibitions, and their audiences
+were daily increasing. If their exhibitions could have been continued
+a month or two longer, the avails would have been considerable, and
+of great service to Mr. Melody, who had the heavy responsibility on
+his shoulders of taking these people back to their country at his own
+expense.</p>
+
+<p>The closing of their amusements, and positive time of their departure,
+was now announced, and immense crowds came in<a class="pagenum" id="Page_274" title="274"></a> within the remaining few
+days to get the last possible glance at the faces and the curious modes
+of “<em>les Peaux Rouges</em>.” The poor fellows enjoyed their interviews with
+the public to the last, and also their roast beef and beef-steaks and
+<em>chickabobboo</em>.</p>
+
+<p>They had much to say in the few days that were left; they quitted their
+daily drives and sight-seeing, and devoted their time to the pipe and
+conversation, in a sort of recapitulation of what they had seen and
+said and done on this side of the Atlantic, and of friends and affairs
+in their own humble villages, where their thoughts were now roaming.
+They were counting their cash also, packing away all their things they
+were to carry, and looking out for the little presents they wished to
+purchase, to take home to their friends. In all of these occupations
+they had the constant attention of their old and faithful friends
+<em>Bobasheela</em> and <em>Daniel</em>.</p>
+
+<p>In one of their conversations after the funeral of the poor woman, the
+Doctor and Jim had much to say of the honours paid to her remains by
+the French people, which the whole party would recollect as long as
+they lived. They were pleased with and astonished at the beauty and
+magnificence of the Madeleine church, and wished to get some account
+of it to carry home to show their people, and thus, besides several
+engravings of it, Jim’s book carried the following entry by my own
+hand:&mdash;“<em>La Madeleine</em>, the most splendid temple of worship in Paris,
+or perhaps in the world; surrounded with 52 Corinthian columns, 60 feet
+high; south pediment, a bas-relief, representing the Day of Judgment,
+with the figure of Magdalene at the feet of Christ.”</p>
+
+<p>As the party were to embark at Havre on their homeward voyage, it
+became a question how they were to get their numerous trunks and boxes
+they had left in London, filled with clothes and other articles that
+they had purchased or received as presents while in England. To relieve
+them of this difficulty, their friend <em>Bobasheela</em> volunteered to go
+to London and take all their boxes to Liverpool, and ship them to New
+York, and was soon on the way.<a class="pagenum" id="Page_275" title="275"></a> This was a noble and kind act on the
+part of <em>Bobasheela</em>, and it was done with despatch, and he was back in
+Paris just in time to accompany his friends to Havre. M. Vattemare was
+in readiness to attend them also; and all their transactions in Paris
+being brought to a close, and they having taken leave of <em>Chippehola</em>
+and other friends, started for their native land, with my highest
+admiration for the sober and respectful manner in which they had
+conducted themselves while under my direction, and with my most ardent
+desire for their future success and happiness.<a class="fnanchor" href="#Footnote_41" id="FNanchor_41">[41]</a></p>
+
+<p>Here was about the period at which my dear wife and I had contemplated
+our return, with our little children, to our native land, where we
+should have returned in the enjoyment of all the happiness we had
+anticipated or could have wished, but for the misfortune that had
+been for some time awaiting me, but not until then duly appreciated,
+in my own house. Those of my readers who were not familiar with the
+completeness of my domestic happiness prior to this period of my life,
+will scarcely know how to sympathize with me, or perhaps to excuse me
+for adverting to it here. My dear Clara, whom I have introduced to the
+reader before, who shared with me many of the toils and pleasures of
+the prairies of the “Far West,” and was now meeting with me the mutual
+enjoyments of the refined and splendid world, had, a few weeks before,
+in company with a couple of English ladies of her acquaintance, paid
+a visit to the Mint, from which they all returned indisposed, having
+taken severe colds by a sudden change from the heated rooms into the
+chilly atmosphere of the streets. With my dear wife, who was obliged
+to retire to her room, the disease was dis<a class="pagenum" id="Page_276" title="276"></a>covered in a few days to
+have attached to her lungs; and although for several weeks she had been
+suffering very much, and confined to her bed, no serious apprehensions
+were entertained until about the time that the Indians left, when my
+whole thoughts and attentions were turned to her, but to discover in a
+few days that our plans for further mutual happiness in this world were
+at an end&mdash;that her days were nearly numbered, and that her four dear
+little children were to be committed to my sole care.</p>
+
+<p>To those who have felt pangs like mine which followed, I need but
+merely mention them; and to those who have not felt them, it would be
+in vain to describe. Her feeble form wasted away; and in her dying
+moments, with a Christian’s hope, she was in the midst of happiness,
+blessing her dear little children as she committed them to my care and
+protection.</p>
+
+<p>The following obituary notice, penned by a lady of her intimate
+acquaintance, the reader will excuse me for inserting here, as it is
+the only record of her, except those engraven on the hearts of those
+who knew and loved her:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p><span class="smcap">Died</span>&mdash;On the 28th inst., No. 11 <em>bis</em>, Avenue Lord
+  Byron, Paris, Mrs. Clara B. Catlin, the wife of the eminent
+  traveller so distinguished for his researches into Indian history
+  and antiquities of America, and so universally known and respected
+  in Europe and his native country, Geo. Catlin, Esq., from the United
+  States of America. The devoted friends who watched the last moments
+  of this most amiable, interesting woman with intense anxiety, still
+  clung to a faint hope, deceived by a moral energy never surpassed,
+  and the most unruffled serenity of temper, that (had it been the
+  will of Heaven) they might have been permitted to rescue a life so
+  precious&mdash;but, alas! this gentle, affectionate, intellectual
+  being was destined never more to revisit the land of her birth, and
+  all that was earthly of so much worth and loveliness has passed away,
+  whilst the immortal spirit has ascended to its kindred skies!</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="poetry-container">
+ <div class="poetry">
+  <div class="line">“None knew her, but to love her;</div>
+  <div class="line">None named her, but to praise.”</div>
+ </div>
+</div>
+
+
+<p class="signature"><em>Galignani’s Messenger, 30th July, 1845.</em></p>
+
+<p>The reader can imagine something of the gloom that was cast over my
+house and little family, thus suddenly closed for ever from the smiles
+and cheer of an affectionate wife<a class="pagenum" id="Page_277" title="277"></a> and a devoted mother, whose remains
+were sent back to her native land&mdash;not to greet and bring joy to her
+kindred and anxious friends, from whom she had been five years absent,
+but to afford them the last glance at her loved features, then to take
+their place amongst the ranks of the peaceful dead.</p>
+
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<h2><a class="pagenum" id="Page_278" title="278"></a>
+CHAPTER XXVIII.</h2>
+
+<p class="hang">
+  Eleven Ojibbeway Indians arrive from London&mdash;Their exhibitions in
+     the Author’s Collection&mdash;Portraits and description of&mdash;Their
+     amusements&mdash;Their pledge to sobriety&mdash;<em>Chickabobboo</em> explained
+     to them&mdash;Birth of a <em>Pappoose</em>&mdash;M. Gudin&mdash;Indians and the
+     Author dine with him&mdash;His kind lady&mdash;The Author breakfasts with
+     the Royal Family in the palace at St. Cloud&mdash;Two Kings and
+     two Queens at the table&mdash;The Author presented to the King and
+     Queen of the Belgians by Louis Philippe, in the salon&mdash;Count de
+     Paris&mdash;Duc de Brabant&mdash;Recollects the Indian pipe and mocassins
+     presented to him by the Author in the Egyptian Hall&mdash;Duchess of
+     Orleans&mdash;The Princess Adelaide&mdash;The King relates anecdotes of
+     his life in America&mdash;Washington’s farewell address&mdash;Losing his
+     dog in the Seneca village&mdash;Crossing Buffalo Creek&mdash;Descending
+     the Tioga and Susquehana rivers in an Indian canoe, to Wyoming,
+     the Author’s native valley&mdash;The King desires the Author to
+     arrange his whole Collection in the Louvre for the private
+     views of the Royal Family&mdash;He also appoints a day to see the
+     Ojibbeways in the Park, at St. Cloud&mdash;Great rejoicing of the
+     Indians&mdash;A <em>dog-feast</em>&mdash;The Indians and the Author dine a second
+     time at M. Gudin’s.</p>
+
+
+<p>In the midst of my grief, with my little family around me, with my
+collection still open, and my lease for the Salle Valentino not
+yet expired, there suddenly arrived from London a party of eleven
+<em>Ojibbeway Indians</em>, from the region of Lake Huron, in Upper Canada,
+who had been brought to England by a Canadian, but had since been under
+the management of a young man from the city of London. They had heard
+of the great success of the Ioways in Paris, and also of their sudden
+departure, and were easily prevailed upon to make a visit there. On
+their arrival, I entered into the same arrangement with them that I had
+with the two former parties, agreeing with the young man who had charge
+of them to receive them into my collection, sharing the expenses and
+receipts as I<a class="pagenum" id="Page_279" title="279"></a> had done before; he being obligated to pay the Indians
+a certain sum per month, and bound to return them to London, from
+whence they came, at his own expense. As my collection was all arranged
+and prepared, I thought such an arrangement calculated to promote their
+interest and my own, and in a few days their arrival and exhibitions
+were announced, they having been quartered in the same apartments which
+had been occupied by the Ioways before them.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter">
+ <a id="Plate_18"></a>
+ <hr class="tb" />
+ <img src="images/i_278fp.jpg" width="640" height="400" alt="Plate 18: The Ojibbeway party" />
+ <div class="caption">N<sup>o.</sup> 18.</div>
+ <hr class="tb" />
+</div>
+
+<p>The following are the names of the party, with their respective ages
+given (see <a href="#Plate_18"><em>Plate No. 18</em></a>):&mdash;</p>
+
+<table summary="Ages of Indians">
+<tr><td class="tdr">&nbsp;</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="tdr">Age.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdr">1.</td><td class="tdl"><em>Maun-gua-daus</em> (a Great Hero)&mdash;Chief</td><td class="tdr">41</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tdr">2.</td><td class="tdl"><em>Say-say-gon</em> (the Hail-Storm)</td><td class="tdr">31</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tdr">3.</td><td class="tdl"><em>Ke-che-us-sin</em> (the Strong Rock)</td><td class="tdr">27</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tdr">4.</td><td class="tdl"><em>Mush-she-mong</em> (the King of the Loons)</td><td class="tdr">25</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tdr">5.</td><td class="tdl"><em>Au-nim-muck-kwah-um</em> (the Tempest Bird)</td><td class="tdr">20</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tdr">6.</td><td class="tdl"><em>A-wun-ne-wa-be</em> (the Bird of Thunder)</td><td class="tdr">19</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tdr">7.</td><td class="tdl"><em>Wau-bud-dick</em> (the Elk)</td><td class="tdr">18</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tdr">8.</td><td class="tdl"><em>U-je-jock</em> (the Pelican)</td><td class="tdr">10</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tdr">9.</td><td class="tdl"><em>Noo-din-no-kay</em> (the Furious Storm)</td><td class="tdr">4</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tdr">10.</td><td class="tdl"><em>Min-nis-sin-noo</em> (a Brave Warrior)</td><td class="tdr">3</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tdr top">11.</td><td class="tdl"><em>Uh-wus-sig-gee-zigh-gook-kway</em> (Woman of the Upper
+        World)&mdash;wife of Chief</td><td class="tdr top">38</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tdr">12.</td><td class="tdl"><em>Pappoose</em>&mdash;born in the Salle Valentino.</td></tr>
+</table>
+
+<p>The chief of this party, <em>Maun-gua-daus</em>, was a remarkably fine man,
+both in his personal appearance and intellectual faculties. He was a
+half-caste, and, speaking the English language tolerably well, acted as
+chief and interpreter of the party.</p>
+
+<p>The War-chief, <em>Say-say-gon</em>, was also a fine and intelligent Indian,
+full-blooded, and spoke no English. The several younger men were
+generally good-looking, and exceedingly supple and active, giving great
+life and excitement to their dances. In personal appearance the party,
+taken all together, was less interesting than that of the Ioways, yet,
+at the same time, their dances and other amusements were equally, if
+not more spirited and beautiful than those of their predecessors.</p>
+
+<p><a class="pagenum" id="Page_280" title="280"></a>
+Thus, in the midst of my sorrow, I was commencing anxieties again, and
+advertised the arrival of the new party, and the commencement of their
+exhibitions. They began with more limited but respectable audiences,
+and seemed to please and surprise all who came, by the excitement of
+their dances and their skill in shooting with the bow and arrows, in
+the last of which they far surpassed the Ioways. It was impossible,
+however, by all the advertising that could be done, to move the crowds
+again that had been excited to see the Ioways; the public seeming to
+have taken the idea that these were merely an imitation got up to take
+advantage of their sudden departure. It happened quite curious, that,
+although the party consisted of eleven when they arrived, about the
+time of the commencement of their exhibitions the wife of the chief was
+delivered of a <em>pappoose</em>, which was born in the same room where the
+poor wife of the Little Wolf had died. This occurrence enabled us to
+announce the party as <em>twelve</em>&mdash;the same number as the Ioways; which,
+with the name somewhat similar, furnished very strong grounds for many
+of the Parisians to believe that they were paying their francs to see
+their own countrymen aping the Indians of America.</p>
+
+<p>It seemed strange that it was so difficult to do away this impression,
+which operated against them the whole time they were in Paris, though
+all who saw them but a moment were satisfied and pleased. Their
+amusements were much like those of the Ioways, but with national
+differences in the modes of giving them, which were, to the curious,
+subjects of great interest.</p>
+
+<p>The same hours were adopted for their exhibitions&mdash;the same vehicles
+were contracted for, for their daily exercise and sight-seeing&mdash;and
+their guardian, with Daniel, took charge of all their movements on
+these occasions. Their daily routine therefore was in most respects the
+same as that of the Ioways, and it would be waste of valuable time here
+for me to follow them through all.</p>
+
+<p>We held the council, as we had done in the other cases,<a class="pagenum" id="Page_281" title="281"></a> before
+our arrangements were entered upon, and all was placed upon the
+condition that they were to conduct themselves soberly, and to drink
+no spirituous liquors. The temperance pledge was therefore given,
+after I had explained to them that, with the two other parties, ale
+in England, and <em>vin ordinaire</em> in France, when taken to a moderate
+degree, were not included in the term “<em>spirituous liquors</em>,” and that
+they would of course, as the other parties had been indulged, have
+their regular glass at their dinners, and also after their suppers, and
+before going to bed; and that they would call it, as the others had
+done, <em>chickabobboo</em>. This indulgence seemed to please them very much,
+and, being at a loss to know the meaning of <em>chickabobboo</em>, I took an
+occasion to give them the history of the word, which they would see
+was of Ojibbeway origin, and, laughing excessively at the ingenuity of
+their predecessors, they all resolved to keep up their word, and to be
+sure at the same time not to drop their custom, of taking the licensed
+glasses of <em>chickabobboo</em>.</p>
+
+<p>Amongst the kind friends whom this party made in Paris, one of the best
+was M. Gudin, the celebrated marine painter, in the employment of the
+King. This most excellent gentleman and his kind lady were frequent
+visitors to their exhibitions, and several times invited the whole
+party and myself to dine at their table, and spend the day in the
+beautiful grounds around his noble mansion (the “Chateau Beaujon”),
+and, in its present improved condition, little less than a palace.</p>
+
+<p>Not only will the Indians feel bound for life to acknowledge their
+gratitude to this kind lady and gentleman, but the writer of these
+notes will feel equally and more so for the kind and unmerited
+attentions they paid to him during his stay in Paris. It was
+through the friendly agency of M. Gudin that the King invited my
+collection to the Louvre, and myself, in company with him, to the
+royal breakfast-table in the palace at St. Cloud. I take no little
+satisfaction in recording here these facts, not only for myself,<a class="pagenum" id="Page_282" title="282"></a> but
+injustice to one of the most distinguished painters (and one of the
+best fellows) of the age. On this occasion, the proudest one of my wild
+and erratic life, we were conducted through several rooms of the palace
+to the one in which the Royal Family, chiefly all assembled, with their
+numerous guests, were standing and ready to be seated around a circular
+table of 15 or 18 feet in diameter, at which, our seats being indicated
+to us, and the bow of recognition (so far as we were able to recognise
+acquaintances) having been made, all were seated. This extraordinary
+occasion of my life was rendered peculiarly memorable and gratifying
+to me, from the fact that there were two Kings and two Queens at the
+table, and nearly every member of the Royal Family. The King and Queen
+of the Belgians, who were at that time on a visit to Paris, with his
+Royal Highness the little Duc de Brabant, were the unusual Royal guests
+at the table on the occasion. The number of persons at the table,
+consisting of the two Royal Families, the King’s aides-de-camp, and
+orderly officers of the palace, with the invited guests, amounted
+to about 30 in all; and as Kings and Queens and royal families eat
+exactly like other people, I see nothing further that need be noticed
+until their Majesties arose and retired to the salon or drawing-room,
+into which we all followed. I was there met as I entered, in the most
+gracious and cordial manner by His Majesty, who presented me to the
+King of the Belgians, who did me the honour to address me in these
+words:&mdash;“I am very happy, Mr. Catlin, to meet a gentleman whose name is
+familiar to us all, and who has done so much for science, and also for
+the poor Indians. You know that the Queen, and myself, and the Duc de
+Brabant were all subscribers to your valuable work, and we have taken
+great interest in reading it.”</p>
+
+<p>The two heirs-apparent, the little Count de Paris and His Royal
+Highness the Duc de Brabant, came to me, and, recognising me, inquired
+about the Indians. The conversation with her Majesty, and also with the
+Princess Adelaide, and the Duchess of Orleans, was about the Indians,
+who<a class="pagenum" id="Page_283" title="283"></a> they had heard had gone home, and in whom they all seemed to have
+taken a deep interest.</p>
+
+<p>The little Duc de Brabant recollected the small pipe and mocassins I
+had presented him when he visited my collection in the Egyptian Hall,
+under the protection of the Hon. Mr. Murray.</p>
+
+<p>I had a few minutes’ conversation with the King of the Belgians, and
+also with the graceful and pensive Duchess of Orleans, and our ears
+were then all turned to the recitals of his Majesty, around whom we had
+gathered, whilst he was relating several scenes of his early life in
+America, in company with his two brothers, the Duc de Montpensier and
+the Count Beaujolais, which it seemed my advent with the Indians had
+brought up with unusual freshness in his mind.</p>
+
+<p>He commented in the most eloquent terms upon the greatness and goodness
+of General Washington, and told us that he and his brothers were
+lucky enough to have been present and heard his farewell address in
+Philadelphia, which he had been in the habit of reflecting upon as one
+of the most pleasurable and satisfactory incidents of his life.</p>
+
+<p>He gave us an amusing account of his horse getting mired in crossing
+Buffalo Creek, and of his paying a visit to the tribe of Seneca
+Indians, near to the town of Buffalo, on Lake Erie:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“Being conducted,” said he, “to the village and to the chief’s
+  wigwam, I shook hands with the chief, who came and stood by my
+  horse’s head, and while some hundreds of men, women, and children
+  were gathering around, I told the chief that I had come to make him
+  a visit of a day or two, to which he replied that he was very glad
+  to see me, and I should be made quite welcome, and treated to the
+  best that he had. He said there would be one condition, however,
+  which was, that he should require me to give him everything I had; he
+  should demand my horse, from which I would dismount, and having given
+  him the bridle, he said, ‘I now want your gun, your watch, and all
+  your money; these are indispensable.’</p>
+
+<p>“I then, for the first time in my life, began to think that I was
+  completely robbed and plundered; but at the moment when he had
+  got all, and before I had time for more than an instant thought
+  of my awkward condition, he released me from all further alarm by
+  continuing, ‘If you have anything else which you wish to be sure to
+  get again, I wish you to<a class="pagenum" id="Page_284" title="284"></a> let me have it; for whatever you deliver
+  into my hands now you will be sure to find safe when you are about to
+  leave; otherwise I would not be willing to vouch for their safety;
+  for there are some of my people whom we cannot trust to.’</p>
+
+<p>“From this moment I felt quite easy, and spent a day or two in their
+  village very pleasantly, and with much amusement. When I was about to
+  leave, my horse was brought to the chief’s door and saddled, and all
+  the property I had left in his hands safely restored.</p>
+
+<p>“I then mounted my horse, and, having taken leave, and proceeded a
+  short distance on my route, I discovered that I had left my favourite
+  dog, which I had been too much excited and amused to think of, and
+  did not recollect to have seen after I entered their village.</p>
+
+<p>“I turned my horse and rode back to the door of the chief’s wigwam,
+  and made inquiries for it. The chief said, ‘But you did not intrust
+  your dog to my care, did you?’ ‘No, I did not think of my poor dog
+  at the time.’ ‘Well then,’ said he, ‘I can’t answer for it. If you
+  had done as I told you, your dog would have been safe. However,’
+  said he, ‘we will inquire for it.’ At which moment one of his little
+  sons was ordered to run and open a rude pen or cage by the corner
+  of the wigwam, and out leaped my dog, and sprang upon my leg as I
+  was sitting on my horse. I offered the honest chief a reward for
+  his kindness; but he refused to accept it, wishing me to recollect,
+  whenever I was amongst Indians again, to repose confidence in an
+  Indian’s word, and feel assured that all the property intrusted to
+  an Indian’s care I would be sure to find safe whenever I wanted it
+  again.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>After reciting this amusing incident, his Majesty described to me the
+route which he and his brothers took from Buffalo to the falls of
+Niagara, and thence on horseback to Geneva, a small town at the foot of
+the Seneca Lake, where they sold their horses, and, having purchased
+a small boat, rowed it 90 miles to Ithaca, at the head of the lake.
+From thence they travelled on foot, with their luggage carried on their
+backs, 30 miles to Tioga, on the banks of the Susquehana, where they
+purchased a canoe from the Indians, and descended in it that romantic
+and beautiful river, to a small town called Wilkesbarre, in the valley
+of Wyoming.</p>
+
+<p>From thence, with their knapsacks on their backs, they crossed the
+Wilkesbarre and Pokono mountains to Easton, and from thence were
+conveyed in a coach to Philadelphia.</p>
+
+<p>I here surprised his Majesty a little, and his listeners, and seemed
+to add a fresh interest to his narrative, by informing<a class="pagenum" id="Page_285" title="285"></a> him that I
+was a native of Wilkesbarre, in the valley of Wyoming, and that while
+his Majesty was there I was an infant in my mother’s arms, only a few
+months old.</p>
+
+<p>He related a number of pleasing recollections of his visit to my native
+valley, and then gave us an account of an Indian <em>ball-play</em> amongst
+the Cherokees and Choctaws, where he saw 500 or 600 engaged, during the
+whole day, before the game was decided; and he pronounced it one of the
+most exciting and beautiful scenes he had ever beheld.</p>
+
+<p>After an hour or so spent in amusing us with the pleasing reminiscences
+of his wild life in America, he expressed a wish to see my collection,
+and requested me to place it in a large hall in the Louvre, for the
+private views of the Royal Family; and also appointed a day and an hour
+when he would be glad to see the Ojibbeway Indians at St. Cloud, and
+desired me to accompany them.</p>
+
+<p>From the Palace, my friend M. Gudin, at the request of the King,
+proceeded with me to Paris and to the Louvre, with his Majesty’s
+command to M. de Caillaux, director of the Louvre, to prepare the
+Salle de Séance for the reception of my collection, which was ordered
+to be arranged in it. My return from thence to the Indians, with the
+information that they were to visit the King, created a pleasing
+excitement amongst them, and, as the reader can easily imagine, great
+joy and rejoicing.</p>
+
+<p>This was an excitement and a piece of good news to the poor fellows
+that could not be passed over without some signal and unusual notice,
+and the result was, that a <em>dog-feast</em> was to be the ceremony for
+the next day. Consequently a dog was procured at an early hour, and,
+according to the custom of their country, was roasted whole, and, when
+ready, was partaken of with a due observance of all the forms used in
+their own country on such occasions, it being strictly a religious
+ceremony.</p>
+
+<p>The same indulgence in seeing the sights of Paris, and of exercise in
+the open air, was shown to them as to the other party; and the same
+carriages contracted for, to give them<a class="pagenum" id="Page_286" title="286"></a> their daily drives; in all of
+which they were accompanied by their guardian, to whom the sights of
+Paris were also new and equally entertaining, and they all made the
+best use of their time in these amusements.</p>
+
+<p>Their good friend M. Gudin appointed another day for the whole party
+to dine at his house, and having a number of distinguished guests at
+his table, the scene was a very brilliant and merry one. The orator
+of the party was the chief <em>Maun-gua-daus</em>, though on this occasion
+the War-chief, whose name was <em>Say-say-gon</em> (the Hail-storm), arose at
+the table and addressed M. Gudin and his lady in a very affectionate
+manner; thanking them for their kindness to them, who were strangers in
+Paris and a great way from their homes, and at the same time proposing
+to give to his friend M. Gudin a new name, saying that, whenever the
+Indians made a new friend whom they loved very much, they liked to call
+him by a name that had some meaning to it, and he should hereafter call
+him by the name of <em>Ken-ne-wab-a-min</em> (the Sun that guides us through
+the Wilderness).</p>
+
+<p>There were several gentlemen of high rank and titles present, and all
+seemed much entertained with the appearance and conduct of the Indians.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<h2><a class="pagenum" id="Page_287" title="287"></a>
+CHAPTER XXIX.</h2>
+
+<p class="hang">
+  Indians’ visit to the Palace of St. Cloud&mdash;The Park&mdash;Artificial
+     lake&mdash;Royal Family&mdash;Prince de Joinville&mdash;Recollected seeing
+     the Author and Collection in Washington&mdash;King and Queen of
+     Belgians&mdash;The <em>regatta</em>&mdash;The birch-bark canoe and the Prince de
+     Joinville’s “Whitehaller”&mdash;War-dance&mdash;Ball-play&mdash;Archery&mdash;Dinner
+     prepared for the Indians&mdash;M. Gudin and the Author join
+     them&mdash;Indians’ return&mdash;Gossip at night&mdash;Their ideas of the
+     King and Royal Family&mdash;Messenger from the King, with gold and
+     silver medals and money, to the Indians&mdash;The War-chief cures
+     a cancer&mdash;Author’s Collection in the <em>Salle de Séance</em>, in
+     the Louvre&mdash;The Indians and the Author dine with M. Passy,
+     Member of Deputies&mdash;Kind treatment by himself and lady&mdash;King
+     visits the Collection in the Louvre&mdash;The Author explains
+     his pictures&mdash;Persons present&mdash;An hour’s visit&mdash;The King
+     retires&mdash;Second visit of the King and Royal Family to the
+     Collection&mdash;The Author’s four little children presented to the
+     King&mdash;His Majesty relates the anecdote of bleeding himself
+     in America, and his visit to General Washington at Mount
+     Vernon&mdash;His descent of the Ohio and Mississippi rivers, in a
+     small boat, to New Orleans&mdash;Orders the Author to paint fifteen
+     pictures for Versailles.</p>
+
+
+<p>The day, which had arrived, for our visit to the King at St. Cloud,
+was a pleasant one, and, all the party being ready, we went off in
+good spirits; and on our arrival our carriages were driven into the
+Royal Park, and conducted to a lovely spot on the bank of an artificial
+lake, where there were a considerable number of persons attached to the
+Court already assembled to see the Indians; and in the lake, at their
+feet, a beautiful birch-bark canoe from their own tribe, belonging to
+the Duchess of Orleans, and by the side of it an elegant regatta-boat,
+belonging to the Prince de Joinville, with “<em>White Hall</em>,” in large
+letters, on her sides, showing that she was a native of New York.</p>
+
+<p>The Indians had been told that they were to paddle one of their
+own canoes for the amusement of the Royal Family,<a class="pagenum" id="Page_288" title="288"></a> but had not as
+yet dreamed that they were to contend for speed with a full-manned
+“<em>White-Haller</em>,” in a trial for speed, before two kings and two queens
+and all of the Royal Family.</p>
+
+<p>Just learning this fact, and seeing the complement of men in blue
+jackets and tarpaulin hats, in readiness for the contest, they felt
+somewhat alarmed. However, I encouraged them on, and the appearance
+of the Royal Family and the King and Queen of the Belgians, in their
+carriages, at the next moment, changed the subject, and their alarms
+were apparently forgotten.</p>
+
+<p>Their Majesties, and all of the two Royal Families, descended from
+their carriages, and, gathering around the Indians in a group, listened
+to each one’s name as they were in turn presented. (<a href="#Plate_19"><em>Plate No. 19.</em></a>)</p>
+
+<p>Louis Phillipe, and also the King of the Belgians, conversed for some
+time with the chiefs, while her Majesty and the other ladies seemed
+more amused with the women, and the little pappoose, in its beautifully
+embroidered cradle, slung on its mother’s back.</p>
+
+<p>After this conversation and an examination of their costumes, weapons,
+&amp;c., the targets were placed, and an exhibition of their skill in
+archery ensued. And after that, taking up their ball-sticks, “the ball
+was tossed,” and they soon illustrated the surprising mode of catching
+and throwing the ball with their rackets or “ball-sticks.”</p>
+
+<p>This illustration being finished, they sounded the war-whoop, and
+brandished their shields and tomahawks and war-clubs in the war-dance,
+which their Majesties had expressed a desire to see. (<a href="#Plate_20"><em>Plate No. 20.</em></a>)</p>
+
+<p>Every member of the two Royal Families happened to be present, I
+was told, on this occasion&mdash;a very unusual occurrence; and all had
+descended from their carriages, and grouped in a beautiful lawn, to
+witness the wild sports of these sons of the forest. I was called upon
+at that moment to explain the meaning of the war-dance, war-song,
+war-whoop, &amp;c., for doing which I received the thanks of all the party,
+which gave me peculiar satisfaction.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter">
+ <a id="Plate_19"></a>
+ <hr class="tb" />
+ <img src="images/i_288fpa.jpg" width="640" height="369" alt="Plate 19: Indians presented to the Royal Families" />
+ <div class="caption">N<sup>o.</sup> 19.</div>
+
+ <hr class="tb" />
+ <a id="Plate_20"></a>
+ <img src="images/i_288fpb.jpg" width="640" height="281" alt="Plate 20: War-dance" />
+ <div class="caption">N<sup>o.</sup> 20.</div>
+ <hr class="tb" />
+</div>
+
+<p><a class="pagenum" id="Page_289" title="289"></a>
+The King at this time announced to the chief that he wished to see
+how they paddled the birch canoe, that he had two American canoes,
+which they had put into the water; one was a canoe, he said, made of
+birch-bark by their own tribe, the Ojibbeways, and had belonged to his
+son, the Duke of Orleans; and the other, now belonging to the Prince de
+Joinville, was made in the city of New York; and he was anxious to be
+able to decide which could make the best canoe, the white men or the
+Indians.</p>
+
+<p>The whole party now assembled on the shore, and the sailors and the
+Indians took their seats in their respective boats, with oars and
+paddles in hand, and the race soon took place. (<a href="#Plate_21"><em>Plate No. 21.</em></a>) It was
+a very exciting scene, but it seemed to be regretted by all that the
+Indians were beaten, but which I think might not have been the case if
+they had put two in their canoe instead of four, sinking it so deep as
+to impede its progress; or if they had put two squaws into it instead
+of the men, as they are in the Indian country much superior to the men
+in paddling canoes.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter">
+ <a id="Plate_21"></a>
+ <img src="images/i_290fp.jpg" width="640" height="347" alt="Plate 21: Boat Race" />
+ <div class="caption">N<sup>o.</sup> 21.</div>
+</div>
+
+<p>I had much conversation on this occasion with H.R.H. the Prince de
+Joinville relative to the Indian modes and his travels in America, when
+he recollected to have seen me and my collection in Washington city.</p>
+
+<p>Whilst these amusements were thus going on, my friend M. Gudin had
+prepared his canvas and easel near the ground, where he was busily
+engaged in painting the group, and of which he made a charming picture
+for the King.</p>
+
+<p>These curious and amusing scenes altogether lasted about two hours,
+after which their Majesties and all took leave, the King, the Queen,
+and the Duchess of Orleans successively thanking me for the interesting
+treat I had afforded them. Their carriages were then ordered to drive
+back empty, and all the royal party were seen strolling amidst the
+forest towards the Palace.</p>
+
+<p>The Indians and ourselves were soon seated in our carriages, and, being
+driven to a wing of the palace, were informed that a feast was prepared
+for us, to which we were<a class="pagenum" id="Page_290" title="290"></a> conducted, and soon found our good friend M.
+Gudin by our side, who took a seat and joined us in it. The healths
+of the King and the Queen and the little Count de Paris were drunk in
+the best of <em>chickabobboo</em>, and from that we returned, and all in good
+glee, to our quarters in the city.</p>
+
+<p>The reader by this time knows that this interview afforded the Indians
+a rich subject for weeks of gossip in their leisure hours, and charged
+their minds with a burthen of impatience to know what communications
+there might yet be from the King, as they had heard that gold and
+silver medals and presents of other descriptions were sent to the
+Ioways after their interview.</p>
+
+<p>They proceeded with their exhibitions, as usual, however, and on the
+second day after the interview there came a messenger from the King
+with medals of gold for the two chiefs, and silver ones for each of the
+others of the party, and also 500 francs in money, which was handed
+to the head chief, and, as in the former instances, equally divided
+amongst them.</p>
+
+<p>This completed all their anxieties, and finished the grandest epoch of
+the poor fellows’ lives, and of which they will be sure to make their
+boasts as long as they live, and give me some credit for bringing it
+about&mdash;their presentation to the Kings and Queens of France and Belgium.</p>
+
+<p>A curious occurrence took place a few days after this, as I learned
+on inquiring the object for which two ladies and a gentleman were in
+daily attendance on the Indians, and occasionally taking the War-chief
+away for an hour or two in their carriage and bringing him back again.
+Daniel told me that the young lady, who was one of the party, had
+dreamed that <em>Say-say-gon</em> could cure a cancer on the face of her
+father, which had baffled all the skill of the medical faculty and was
+likely to terminate his life; and in consequence of her dream, the
+relatives and herself were calling on him to induce him to make the
+attempt, which he had engaged in, and in their daily drives with him
+they were taking him to the Garden of Plants and to various parts of<a class="pagenum" id="Page_291" title="291"></a>
+the country, where he was searching for a particular kind of herb or
+root, with which he felt confident he could cure it.</p>
+
+<p>These visits were continued for some weeks, and I was informed by
+Daniel and by the Indians that he succeeded in effecting the cure, and
+that they handsomely rewarded him for it.</p>
+
+<p>About this time, my lease expiring, I closed my exhibition, removing my
+collection to the <em>Salle de Séance</em>, in the Louvre, where Daniel and I
+soon arranged it for the inspection of the King and Royal Family; and
+it being ready, I met his Majesty in it by appointment to explain its
+contents to him.</p>
+
+<p>The King entered at the hour appointed, with four or five of his
+orderly officers about him, and, on casting his eyes around the room,
+his first exclamation was that of surprise at its unexpected extent and
+picturesque effect.</p>
+
+<p>My friend M. Vattemare, and also another friend, Maj. Poore, from
+the United States, were by my side, and greatly amused and pleased
+with the remarks made by the King during the interview, relative to
+my paintings, and also to incidents of his life amongst the Indians
+of America during his exile. His Majesty soon recognised the picture
+of an Indian ball-play, and several other scenes he had witnessed on
+the American frontier, and repeatedly remarked that my paintings all
+had the strong impress of nature in them, and were executed with much
+spirit and effect. He seemed pleased and amused with the various Indian
+manufactures, and particularly with the beautiful Crow wigwam from the
+Rocky Mountains standing in the middle of the room, the door of which I
+opened for his Majesty to pass under.</p>
+
+<p>After his visit of half an hour he retired, appointing another
+interview, telling me that the Queen must see the collection with him,
+and also commanding the director of the Louvre to admit my little
+children to his presence, having heard of their misfortune of losing
+their mother, for which he felt much sympathy.</p>
+
+<p>At the time appointed, a few days after, I met his Ma<a class="pagenum" id="Page_292" title="292"></a>jesty again, with
+a number of his illustrious friends, in my collection; and after he had
+taken them around the room awhile to describe familiar scenes which
+he had met there on his former visit, I continued to explain other
+paintings and Indian manufactures in the collection. (<a href="#Plate_22"><em>Plate No. 22.</em></a>)</p>
+
+<p>In the midst of our tour around the hall his Majesty met something that
+again reminded him of scenes he had witnessed in his rambling life in
+the backwoods of America, and he held us still for half an hour during
+his recitals of them. He described the mode in which he and his two
+brothers descended the Ohio and Mississippi rivers in an old Mackinaw
+boat which they purchased at Pittsburg, and in which they made their
+way amongst snags and sawyers and sandbars to the mouth of the Ohio,
+six hundred miles, and from that down the still more wild and dangerous
+current of the Mississippi, one thousand miles, to New Orleans,
+fifty-two years ago, when nearly the whole shores of these rivers, with
+their heavy forests, were in their native state, inhabited only by
+Indians and wild beasts. They lived upon the game and fish they could
+kill or purchase from the various tribes of Indians they visited along
+the banks, and slept sometimes in their leaking and rickety boat, or
+amongst the canebrake, and mosquitos, and alligators, and rattlesnakes
+on the shores.</p>
+
+<p>I took the liberty to ask his Majesty on this occasion whether the
+story that has been current in the American prints “of an Indian
+bleeding him” was correct; to which he replied, “No, not exactly; it
+had been misunderstood. He had bled himself on one occasion in presence
+of some Indians and a number of country people, when he had been
+thrown out of his waggon, and carried, much injured, to a country inn;
+and the people around him, seeing the ease and success with which he
+did it, supposed him, of course, to be a physician; and when he had
+sufficiently recovered from his fall to be able to start on his tour
+again, the neighbours assembled around him and proposed that he should
+abandon his plan of going farther west; that if he would remain amongst
+them they would show him much better<a class="pagenum" id="Page_293" title="293"></a> land than he would find by
+proceeding on, and they would also elect him county physician, which
+they stood much in need of, and in which capacity he would meet no
+opposition. He thanked them for their kindness, assuring them that he
+was not a physician, and also that he was not in search of lands, and,
+taking leave, drove off.”</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter">
+ <a id="Plate_22"></a>
+ <hr class="tb" />
+ <img src="images/i_292fp.jpg" width="640" height="392" alt="Plate 22: The King and Catlin's family" />
+ <div class="caption">N<sup>o.</sup> 22.</div>
+ <hr class="tb" />
+</div>
+
+<p>He also gave an account of their visit to General Washington at Mount
+Vernon, where they remained several days. General Washington gave them
+directions about the route to follow in the journey they were about to
+make across the Alleghany Mountains on horseback, and gave them also
+several letters of introduction to be made use of on their way.</p>
+
+<p>While we were thus listening to the narrations of his Majesty, my kind
+and faithful nurse was approaching from the other end of the room and
+leading up my little children (<a href="#Plate_22"><em>Plate No. 22</em></a>), whom he immediately
+recognised as my little family, and in the most kind and condescending
+manner took them by their hands and chatted with them in language and
+sentences suited to their age.</p>
+
+<p>His next object was to designate the paintings he wished me to copy and
+somewhat enlarge, and soon pointed out the number of fifteen, which I
+was commanded to paint for the palace at Versailles.</p>
+
+<p>During the time that my collection was thus remaining in the Louvre
+many distinguished persons about the Court had access to it, and
+amongst the number an excellent and kind lady, Madame Passy, the wife
+of one of the distinguished members of the House of Deputies. This
+charming lady sought an acquaintance with the Indians also, and, taking
+a deep interest in their character and situation, invited them all to
+dine at her house, where they were treated with genuine kindness and
+liberality, which they will never forget.</p>
+
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<h2><a class="pagenum" id="Page_294" title="294"></a>
+CHAPTER XXX.</h2>
+
+<p class="hang">
+  The Author leaves his Collection in the Louvre, and arrives with
+     the Indians in Bruxelles&mdash;Indians at the soirée of the American
+     Minister in Bruxelles&mdash;Author’s reception by the King in the
+     Palace&mdash;Small-pox among the Indians&mdash;Indians unable to visit
+     the Palace&mdash;Exhibition closes&mdash;Seven sick with small-pox&mdash;Death
+     of one of them&mdash;His will&mdash;A second dies&mdash;His will&mdash;The rest
+     recover&mdash;Faithful attentions of Daniel&mdash;The Author accompanies
+     them to Antwerp, and pays their expenses to London on a
+     steamer&mdash;Death of the War-chief in London&mdash;His will&mdash;The
+     Author raises money by subscription and sends to them&mdash;Letter
+     from the survivors, in England, to the Author&mdash;Drawings by
+     the War-chief&mdash;The Author stopped in the streets of London
+     and invited to see the skeleton of the War-chief!&mdash;His
+     indignation&mdash;Subsequent deaths of four others of this party
+     in England&mdash;The three parties of Indians in Europe&mdash;Their
+     objects&mdash;Their success&mdash;Their conduct&mdash;Their reception and
+     treatment&mdash;Things which they saw and learned&mdash;Estimates and
+     statistics of civilized life which they have carried home&mdash;Their
+     mode of reasoning from such premises&mdash;And the probable results.</p>
+
+
+
+<p>During the time that my collection was exposed to the exclusive views
+of the Royal Family and their guests, the Indians were lying still, at
+my expense, which was by no means a trifling item. The young man whom I
+said they were under a contract with to pay them so much per month had
+performed his agreement with them for the two first months, and when
+the third month’s wages became due he declared to them and to me that
+he could not pay them, nor pay their expenses back to London, as he was
+obligated to do. These duties then devolved on me, or at least, the
+Indians having been so long under my control and direction, I assumed
+them, and told the chiefs I would pay their expenses to London, and
+probably make something for them on the way, after my exhibition in the
+Louvre was finished.</p>
+
+<p><a class="pagenum" id="Page_295" title="295"></a>
+They were thus lying idle at this time, waiting for me to be at liberty
+to go with them, and, as I have said, living at my expense. I told
+them that I designed going by the way of Belgium, and making their
+exhibitions in Bruxelles, Antwerp, and Ghent for a few weeks, the whole
+receipts of which, over the expenses, they should have, and I fully
+believed it would be sufficient to pay their expenses quite home to
+their own country; and that I would also, as I had promised, pay all
+their expenses from Paris to London myself.</p>
+
+<p>With this design and with these views, leaving my collection in the
+Louvre, I started with the Indians for Bruxelles, where we arrived the
+next evening.</p>
+
+<p>We were all delighted with the appearance of Bruxelles, and the Indians
+in fine glee, in the fresh recollections of the honours just paid
+them in Paris, and the golden prospect which they considered now lay
+before them. But little did they dream, poor fellows! of the different
+fate that there awaited them. While resting a few days, preparing
+for the commencement of their exhibitions, they were kindly invited,
+with the author, to attend the <em>soirée</em> of the American Minister, Mr.
+Clemson, where they were ushered into a brilliant and numerous crowd of
+distinguished and fashionable people, and seemed to be the lions of the
+evening, admired and complimented by all, and their way was thus paved
+for the commencement of their exhibitions. I had in the mean time made
+all the preparations and the necessary outlays for their operations,
+which they merely began upon, when it became necessary to suspend their
+exhibitions, owing to one of the number having been taken sick with the
+small-pox.</p>
+
+<p>I had at this time an audience appointed with the King, at the Palace,
+where I went and was most kindly received and amused in half an hour’s
+conversation with His Majesty about the condition and modes of the
+American Indians. He expressed the deepest sympathy for them and
+solicitude for their welfare and protection, and, a few days after my
+audience, transmitted to me, through one of his ministers,<a class="pagenum" id="Page_296" title="296"></a> a beautiful
+gold medal, with an appropriate inscription on it.</p>
+
+<p>The nature of the sickness that had now appeared amongst the Indians
+prevented the contemplated interview at the Palace, and also all
+communication with the public. It was still hoped by the physicians
+that a few days would remove all difficulty, but it was destined to be
+otherwise, for in a few days two others were attacked, and in a day or
+two more another and another, and at last they were in that pitiable
+and alarming state that seven of them were on their backs with that
+awful and (to them) most fatal of all diseases.</p>
+
+<p>My position then, as the reader will perceive, was one of a most
+distressing and painful kind, with my natural sympathy for their race,
+and now with the whole responsibility for the expenses, lives, and
+welfare of these poor people on my shoulders, their only friend and
+protector in a foreign country, as their conductor had left them and
+returned to London, and my own life in imminent danger whilst I was
+attending on them.</p>
+
+<p>One of these poor fellows died in the course of a few days in their
+rooms, another died in one of the hospitals to which he was removed,
+and a third died a few days after they reached London, though he was in
+good health when he travelled across the Channel.</p>
+
+<p>Such were the melancholy results of this awful catastrophe, which the
+reader will easily see broke up all their plans of exhibitions in
+Belgium, and ended in the death of three of the finest men of the party.</p>
+
+<p>Their sickness in Bruxelles detained me there near two months before
+the survivors were well enough to travel, during which gloomy time I
+had opportunity enough to test the fidelity of my man Daniel and his
+attachment to the Indians, who stayed by them night and day, fearless
+of his own danger, as he lifted them about in his arms in their
+loathsome condition both when dead and alive.</p>
+
+<p>When the party were well enough to travel I went to<a class="pagenum" id="Page_297" title="297"></a> Antwerp with
+them, and placed them on a steamer for London, having paid their fare
+and given them a little money to cover their first expenses when they
+should arrive there. I then took leave of them, and returned to my
+little family in Paris, having been absent near three months, with an
+expenditure of 350<em>l.</em></p>
+
+<p>With the poor fellows who died there seemed to be a presentiment with
+each, the moment he was broken out with the disease, that he was to
+die, and a very curious circumstance attended this conviction in each
+case.</p>
+
+<p>The first one, when he found the disease was well identified on him,
+sat down upon the floor with the next one, his faithful and confiding
+friend, and, having very deliberately told him he was going to die,
+unlocked his little trunk, and spreading all his trinkets, money, &amp;c.,
+upon the floor, bequeathed them to his friends, making the other the
+sole executor of his will, intrusting them all to him, directing him
+to take them to his country and deliver them with his own hand. As he
+was intrusting these precious gifts, with his commands, to an Indian,
+he was certain, poor fellow! that they would be sacredly preserved and
+delivered, and he then locked his little trunk, and, having given to
+his friend the key, he turned to his bed, where he seemed composed and
+ready to die, because, he said, it was the will of the Great Spirit,
+and he didn’t think that the Great Spirit would have selected him
+unless it was to better his condition in some way.</p>
+
+<p>About the time of the death of this young man his confiding and
+faithful friend was discovered to be breaking out with the disease
+also, and, seeming to be under a similar conviction, he called
+<em>Say-say-gon</em> (the War-chief) to him, and, like the other, unlocked
+<em>his</em> little trunk, and, taking out his medal from the King, and other
+presents and money, he designated a similar distribution of them
+amongst his relatives; and trusting to the War-chief to execute his
+will, he locked his trunk, having taken the last look at his little
+hard-earned treasures, and, unlocking that of his deceased<a class="pagenum" id="Page_298" title="298"></a> companion,
+and designating, as well as he could, the manner in which the verbal
+instructions had been left with him, gave the key to the War-chief,
+and begged of him to take charge of the trunk and the presents, and to
+see them bestowed according to the will of the testator. After this
+he turned away from his little worldly treasures, and suddenly lost
+all knowledge of them in the distress of the awful disease that soon
+terminated his existence.</p>
+
+<p>The War-chief was one who escaped the disease in Bruxelles, and, being
+amongst those whom I took to Antwerp and sent by steamer to London, was
+at that time in good health and spirits; but letters which I received
+a few days after their arrival in London informed me that he was there
+attacked with the same disease, and, most singular to relate, as soon
+as he discovered the disease breaking out upon his skin, he said that
+he should die, and, calling the chief <em>Maun-gua-daus</em> to him, he,
+like the others, opened <em>his</em> trunk, and, willing his gold medal from
+the hand of Louis Philippe, to his little son, and his other trinkets
+and money to his wife and other relatives, intrusted the whole to the
+chief to execute. He then unlocked the trunks of his two friends who
+were dead, and, as well as he could recollect them, communicated to
+<em>Maun-gua-daus</em> the nature of the two bequests that had been intrusted
+to him, and died, leaving the chief to be the bearer of all the little
+effects they had earned, and sole executor of their three wills.</p>
+
+<p>It is a fact which may be of interest to be made known, that all of
+this party had been vaccinated in their own country, and supposed
+themselves protected from the disease; and also that the only three
+full-blooded men of the party died. The other four who had the disease
+had it in a modified form, and, in all probability, with the three who
+died, the vaccine matter had not been properly communicated, or, what
+is more probable, and often the case in the exposed lives they lead, it
+had in some way been prevented from taking its usual effect.</p>
+
+<p>After their misfortunes in Belgium and in London the<a class="pagenum" id="Page_299" title="299"></a> excellent lady of
+the American Ambassador in Bruxelles raised, by a subscription, several
+hundred francs and sent to me in Paris, to which I got other additions
+in that city, and forwarded to them in England, to assist in paying
+their expenses back to their own country; and shortly after, and before
+they embarked for America, I received the following letter from them,
+which I feel it my duty to myself to insert here, lest any one should
+be led to believe that I did less than my duty to these unfortunate
+people:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+
+<p class="center">“<span class="smcap">To Geo. Catlin</span>, Esq., now in Paris.</p>
+
+<p class="signature">“<em>London, Jan. 27, 1846.</em></p>
+
+<p>“<span class="smcap">Our dear Friend</span>,</p>
+
+<p>“We send you our words on paper to let you know that we are thankful
+  for your kindness to us. You have done everything to make us happy
+  while with you in Paris and Belgium; and as all our people know in
+  America that you are indeed their best friend, they will be glad to
+  hear that you have taken us into your kind care whilst we were in a
+  foreign land, and that while you were in a deep affliction with your
+  own family.</p>
+
+<p class="padleft5"><span class="smcap">Maun-gua-daus</span>,<br />
+          <span class="smcap">Ke-che-us-sin</span>,<br />
+          <span class="smcap">A-wun-ne-wa-be</span>,<br />
+          <span class="smcap">Wau-bud-dick</span>,<br />
+          <span class="smcap">Uh-wus-sig-gee-zigh-gook-kway</span>.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>The above letter was spontaneous on their part, and written in the hand
+of <em>Maun-gua-daus</em>, the chief, who spoke and wrote the English language
+very correctly.</p>
+
+<p>I was much shocked and distressed to hear of the death of
+<em>Say-say-gon</em>, the War-chief, for he was a remarkably fine Indian, and
+had become much attached to me. His life, as a warrior and a hunter,
+had been one of an extraordinary nature, and the principal incidents of
+it, particularly in the hunting department, he had been for some weeks
+engaged, just before their disastrous sickness, in illustrating by a
+series of designs in his rude way, presenting me a portfolio of them,
+with the story of each, which I wrote down from his own lips as he
+narrated them.</p>
+
+<p>This most amusing and original keepsake, which I shall treasure up as
+long as I live, and which I regret that the dimensions of this work
+did not allow me the space to insert,<a class="pagenum" id="Page_300" title="300"></a> can at all times be seen by the
+curious of my friends who desire to see it.</p>
+
+<p>For the amusement of the reader, however, I have made room for a
+couple of his drawings, which will convey some idea of their general
+character, and of the decided cleverness of this good fellow at
+story-telling and design. The woodcuts are traced from the originals,
+and are therefore as near fac-similes as I could make them. <a href="#Plate_23"><em>Plate No.
+23</em></a> represents <em>Pane-way-ee-tung</em>, the brother-in-law of <em>Say-say-gon</em>,
+crossing the river Thomas in a bark canoe, who had the following
+curious and amusing encounter with a bear which he met swimming in
+the middle of the river. Though the Indian had no other weapon than a
+paddle, he pursued the bear, and, overtaking it, struck it a blow, upon
+which it made an effort to climb into the canoe, by which the canoe was
+upset and the Indian sank under it. He arose to the surface, however,
+just behind the canoe, which in its progress had passed over him, and,
+being bottom upwards, the bear had climbed upon it, as seen in the
+sketch, and, having seen the man sink under it, was feeling under the
+canoe with his paws in hopes of getting hold of him. The bear, having
+made no calculation for the progress of the canoe, had not thought of
+looking behind it for his enemy, but balanced himself with difficulty
+without being able to look back; and whilst he was thus engaged feeling
+for his enemy under the canoe the Indian silently swam behind it, and,
+cautiously pushing it forward with his hand, succeeded in moving it
+near the shore, where he discovered his friend <em>Say-say-gon</em> hunting
+with his rifle, who was in waiting for it, and when near enough shot it
+in the head.</p>
+
+<p><a href="#Plate_24"><em>Plate No. 24</em></a> is his illustration of the first interview between white
+men and the Ojibbeway Indians; his description of it is as follows:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“<em>Gitch-ee-gaw-ga-osh</em> (the point that remains for ever), who died
+  many snows since, and who was so old that he had smoked with three
+  generations, said that his grandfather, <em>On-daig</em>, met the first
+  white man who ever entered an Ojibbeway’s wigwam. That white man was
+  a great chief, who wore a red coat. He had many warriors with him,
+  who all came in sight of the village<a class="pagenum" id="Page_301" title="301"></a> of <em>On-daig</em> (the crow),
+  and, leaving his warriors behind, he walked towards the wigwam of
+  <em>On-daig</em>, who came out, with his pipe of peace in one hand, and
+  his war-club in the other. <em>On-daig</em> offered his pipe to the white
+  chief to smoke, who put his sword behind him in one hand, and raised
+  his hat with the other. <em>On-daig</em> never had seen a white man’s hat
+  before, and, thinking the white chief was going to strike him with
+  it, drew his war-club. They soon, however, understood each other, and
+  smoked the pipe together.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="figcenter">
+ <a id="Plate_23"></a>
+ <hr class="tb" />
+ <img src="images/i_300fpa.jpg" width="640" height="369" alt="Plate 23: Pane-way-ee-tung crossing the river Thomas" />
+ <div class="caption">N<sup>o.</sup> 23.</div>
+ <hr class="tb" />
+ <a id="Plate_24"></a>
+ <img src="images/i_300fpb.jpg" width="640" height="326" alt="Plate 24: First interview between white men and Ojibbeway" />
+ <div class="caption">N<sup>o.</sup> 24.</div>
+ <hr class="tb" />
+</div>
+
+<p>But a few months after the death of this fine Indian I was on a visit
+to London, and while walking in Piccadilly was accosted by an old
+acquaintance, who in our conversation informed me that the skeleton of
+my old friend the War-chief had been preserved, and he seemed to think
+it might be an interesting thing for me to see. The struggle between
+the ebullition of indignation and the quiescence of disgust rendered
+me for the moment almost unfit for a reply; and I withheld it for a
+moment, until the poor Indian’s ideas of hyænas before described had
+time to run through my mind, and some other similar reflections, when
+I calmly replied, “I have no doubt but the skeleton is a subject of
+interest, but I shall not have time to see it.”</p>
+
+<p>My friend and I parted here, and I went on through Piccadilly, and I
+know not where, meditating on the virtues of scientific and mercenary
+man. I thought of the heroic <em>Osceola</em>, who was captured when he was
+disarmed and was bearing a white flag in his hand; who died a prisoner
+of war, and whose head was a few months afterwards offered for sale in
+the city of New York! I thought also of the thousands of Indian graves
+I had seen on the frontier thrown open by sacrilegious hands for the
+skulls and trinkets they enclosed, to which the retiring relatives were
+lurking back to take the last glance of, and to mingle their last tears
+over, with the horror of seeing the bones of their fathers and children
+strewed over the ground by hands too averse to labour and too ruthless
+to cover them again.</p>
+
+<p>I was here forcibly struck with the fitness of Jim’s remarks about the
+hyænas, of “their resemblance to <em>Chemokimons</em> or pale-faces,” when I
+told him that they lived by<a class="pagenum" id="Page_302" title="302"></a> digging up and devouring bodies that had
+been consigned to the grave.</p>
+
+<p>I thought also of the distress of mind of the Little Wolf when he lost
+his child at Dundee&mdash;of his objections to bury it in a foreign land;
+and also of the double pang with which the fine fellow suffered when
+dire necessity compelled him to leave the body of his affectionate
+wife amidst the graves of the thousands whose limbs and bones were no
+curiosity. And I could thus appreciate the earnestness with which,
+in his last embrace of me in Paris, he desired me to drive every day
+in a cab, as he had been in the habit of doing, to the cemetery of
+Montmartre, to see that no one disturbed the grave of her whom he had
+loved, but was then to leave; and that I should urge his kind friend
+M. Vattemare to hasten the completion of the beautiful monument he was
+getting made, that it might be sure to be erected over her grave before
+she might be dug up.</p>
+
+<p>With regard to the remainder of the party of Ojibbeways whom I have
+said I had advised to return as soon as possible to their own country,
+I am grieved to inform the reader that, from letters from several
+friends in England, I have learned that the chief has persisted in
+travelling through various parts of the kingdom, making his exhibitions
+of Indian life during the last year, and has had the singular and
+lamentable misfortune of burying three of his children and his wife!
+
+These, being facts, show a loss of seven out of twelve of that party,
+affording a shocking argument against the propriety of persons bringing
+Indians to Europe with a view to making their exhibitions a just or
+profitable speculation.</p>
+
+<p>Three of the former party died while under my direction, as I have
+described in the foregoing pages; and a noble fine Indian, by the name
+of <em>Jock-o-sot</em>, of the Sac tribe, brought to England by a Mr. Wallace
+about the same time, was dying, and died on his way home, from causes
+he met in this country; making the melancholy list of eleven who lost
+their lives in the space of eighteen months.</p>
+
+<p><a class="pagenum" id="Page_303" title="303"></a>
+These are facts which bring the reader’s mind, as well as that of
+the author, to inquire what were the objects of these parties in
+England&mdash;how they came here&mdash;and what their success, as well as what
+will be the results that will probably flow from them. Each of these
+speculations has undoubtedly been projected by the white men who
+brought the Indians over, having conceived a plan of employing and
+taking to Europe such parties, who would be great curiosities in a
+foreign country, and by their exhibitions enabled to realise a great
+deal of money.</p>
+
+<p>These parties, in each case, have been employed, and induced to come on
+condition of a certain sum of money to be paid them per month, or so
+much per year, to be given them on their return to their own country,
+with the additional advantage of having all their expenses borne, and
+themselves entitled to all the numerous presents they would receive
+during their travels.</p>
+
+<p>As I have been with each of these parties the greater part of the time
+while they were making their exhibitions, I feel quite sure that this
+last condition of their engagements has been strictly kept with them,
+and that by it the Indians profited to a considerable amount from the
+kind and charitable hands of people whom they were amusing. But how far
+they have been benefited by the other conditions of their engagements,
+after they have returned to their homes, I am unable to tell.</p>
+
+<p>As for their reception by the public generally where they have
+travelled, and their conduct whilst amongst and dealing with the world,
+it gives me great pleasure, as a living witness, to tender to that
+public my grateful acknowledgments for the kindness and friendship with
+which they received those unsophisticated people; and in justice to
+the Indians, as well as for the satisfaction of those who knew them,
+to acknowledge the perfect propriety of their conduct and dignity of
+deportment whilst they were abroad.</p>
+
+<p>There were of the three parties thirty-five in all, and I am proud, for
+the character of the abused race which I am<a class="pagenum" id="Page_304" title="304"></a> yet advocating, that, for
+the year and a half that I was daily and hourly in familiarity with
+them in Europe, I never discovered either of them intoxicated, or in a
+passion with one another, or with the world. They met the people, and
+all the wondrous and unaccountable works which their eyes were daily
+opened to in the enlightened world, with an evenness of temper and
+apparent ease and familiarity which surprised all who saw them.</p>
+
+<p>Their conduct was uniformly decent and respectful, and through their
+whole tour, whilst abroad, they furnished a striking corroboration of
+two of the leading traits of their national character, which I have
+advanced in my former work, of their strict adherance to promises they
+make, and of their never-ending garrulity and anecdote when, in their
+little fireside circles, they are out of the embarrassing gaze of the
+enlightened world, who are wiser than themselves.</p>
+
+<p>For these nightly gossips, which generally took place in their private
+apartments after the labours of the day were done and the pipe was lit,
+the excitements of the day, and the droll and marvellous things they
+had seen in their exhibition-room and in the streets of London and
+Paris, afforded them the endless themes; and of these little sittings
+I was almost an inseparable member, as will have been seen by many
+anecdotes entered in the pages which the reader has already passed over.</p>
+
+<p>It will be pleasing therefore to the reader, at least to those who
+felt an interest in those poor people, to learn, that, though they
+might have been objects of concern and pity whilst making a show of
+themselves in this country, they were, nevertheless, happy, and in the
+height of amusements, philosophically enjoying life as they went along;
+and to those who know me, and feel any anxiety for my welfare, that,
+although I was aiding them in a mode of living to which I was always
+opposed, I was happy in their society, and also in the belief that I
+was rendering them an essential service, although my labours were much
+less successful as regarded my own pecuniary interest.</p>
+
+<p><a class="pagenum" id="Page_305" title="305"></a>
+One of the leading inducements for Indians to enter into such
+enterprises, and the one which gains the consent of their friends
+and relations around them, and more particularly is advanced to the
+world as the plausible motive for taking Indians abroad, is that of
+enlightening them&mdash;of opening their eyes to the length and breadth of
+civilization, and all the inventions and improvements of enlightened
+society. These three parties (having met their old friend and advocate
+abroad, who has introduced them to the highest society of the
+world&mdash;has led them into three palaces, and from those down through
+every grade of society, and into almost every institution and factory
+of the continent&mdash;whose eyes and whose ears have been opened to most of
+the information and improvements of this enlightened age, and who have
+gone back to relate and to apply, in their own country, the knowledge
+they have gained) will furnish the best argument on record, for or
+against the propriety of bringing American Indians abroad, as the means
+of enlightening them and making them suitable teachers of civilization
+when they go back to the wilderness. And though the pages of this book
+cannot sum up the results of these visits, which can only be looked up
+ultimately in the respective tribes to which they have returned, yet a
+few words more upon the materials with which they have returned, and
+the author’s opinion (in his familiar knowledge of the Indians’ mode of
+reasoning) of their probable results, may not be obtrusive, as a sort
+of recapitulation of scenes and estimates, with their tendencies, made
+in the foregoing pages.</p>
+
+<p>It is natural, or at least habitual, to suppose that, for the ignorant
+to learn is always to improve; and that what a savage people can learn
+amongst civilized society <em>must be</em> for their benefit. But in this
+view of the case, which would generally be correct, there arises a
+very fair question how far, for the benefit of the unenlightened parts
+of the world, it is judicious to acquaint them at a glance, with the
+whole glare of the lights and shades of civilized life, by opening
+the eyes of such parties to so many virtues and so many<a class="pagenum" id="Page_306" title="306"></a> luxuries and
+refinements so far beyond the possibility of their acquiring, and at
+the same time to so many vices, to so much poverty and beggary not
+known in their simple modes of life, to teach to their people and
+to descant on when they get home; themselves as well as those whom
+they are teaching, despairing of ever attaining to what they have
+seen to admire and covet, and unwilling to descend to the degrading
+vices and poverty which they have seen mixed up in the mysterious and
+money-making medley of civilization.</p>
+
+<p>If I startle the readers, let them reflect for a moment upon what
+perhaps some of them have never yet exactly appreciated&mdash;that a man,
+to know how his own house looks, must see how the houses of others
+appear. To know how his own city and country actually look, and how
+his countrymen act and live, he should see how cities and countries
+look, and how people act, in other parts of the world. If he will do
+this, and then leave all civilized countries a while, and the din and
+clatter, and the struggles for wealth amidst the rags and vices of the
+community he has lived in, and taste for a time the simple, silent
+life of the wilderness, he will find, on returning to his home, that
+he has been raised amongst a variety of vices and follies which he
+never before had duly appreciated, and will then realise, to a certain
+degree, the view which the savages take of the scenes in civilized life
+when they look into the strange medley of human existence in our great
+towns and cities, where all the contrasts are before their eyes, of
+rich and poor, equally struggling for wealth or the means of existence.</p>
+
+<p>With such eyes were those wild people here to look; and without the
+cares and hourly and momentary concerns which lead the scrambling,
+busy world through and across the streets, blinded to what is about
+them, the poor but entirely independent Indians were daily and
+hourly scanning from the top of their buss, or the platform of their
+exhibition-rooms, the scenes, and manners, and expressions that were
+about them; and though they looked with unenlightened<a class="pagenum" id="Page_307" title="307"></a> eyes, they
+saw and correctly appreciated many things in London and Paris which
+the eyes of Londoners and Parisians scarcely see. They saw their
+sights and got their estimates and statistics, and in the leisure of
+their inquisitive and abstracted minds drew deductions which few of
+the business world have leisure or inclination to make; and with all
+of these they have gone back to be the illustrators and teachers of
+civilization in the wilderness.</p>
+
+<p>Each one will be a verbal chronicler, as long as he lives, of the
+events and scenes he witnessed while abroad, and <em>Wash-ka-mon-ya</em> (or
+Jim), with his smattering of civilization, and his book of entries,
+which he will find enough to read and translate, will furnish abundance
+of written evidence for them to comment upon to their nation, who will
+be looking to them for information of the secret of civilization.</p>
+
+<p>The bazaar of toys and trinkets presented to them, with the money and
+medals which they will open to view in the wilderness, will glitter in
+the eyes of their people, and, it is to be feared, may be an inducement
+to others to follow their example.
+œ
+Their <em>Bibles</em> had increased in their various boxes since the last
+census to more than a hundred and fifty; their <em>religious tracts</em>,
+which they could not read, to some thousands; their <em>dolls</em>, in all,
+to fifty; and other useless toys, to a great number. Then came their
+<em>medals</em>, their <em>grosses of buttons</em>, their <em>beads</em>, <em>ribbons</em>,
+<em>brooches</em>, <em>fans</em>, <em>knives</em>, <em>daggers</em>, <em>combs</em>, <em>pistols</em>, <em>shawls</em>,
+<em>blankets</em>, <em>handkerchiefs</em>, <em>canes</em>, <em>umbrellas</em>, <em>beaver hats</em>,
+<em>caps</em>, <em>coats</em>, <em>bracelets</em>, <em>pins</em>, <em>eye-glasses</em>, &amp;c. &amp;c.; and
+then their prints&mdash;views of countries they had seen, of <em>churches</em>,
+<em>cathedrals</em>, <em>maps of London and Paris</em>, <em>views of bridges</em>, of
+<em>factories</em>, of <em>coal-pits</em>, of <em>catacombs</em>, of <em>Morgues</em>, &amp;c. &amp;c.,
+to an almost countless number, all to be opened and commented upon,
+and then scattered, as the first indications of civilization, in the
+wilderness. These are but mere toys, however, but gewgaws that will
+be met as matters of course, and soon used up and lost sight of. But
+Jim’s book of the statistics of London, of Paris, and New York, will
+stand the <em>Magna<a class="pagenum" id="Page_308" title="308"></a> Charta</em> of his nation, and around it will assemble
+the wiseacres of the tribe, descanting on and seeking for a solution
+of the blessings of civilization, as the passing pipe sends off its
+curling fumes, to future ages, over its astounding and marvellous
+estimates of civilized <em>nations</em>, of <em>cities</em>, of <em>churches</em>, of
+<em>courts of justice</em>, and <em>gaols</em>&mdash;of the tens of thousands of civilized
+people who are in it recorded (to their amazement) as <em>blind</em>, as <em>deaf
+and dumb</em>, and <em>insane</em>; of <em>gallows</em> and <em>guillotines</em>, of <em>massacres</em>
+and <em>robberies</em>, the number of <em>grog-shops</em> and <em>breweries</em>,
+of <em>coal-pits</em>, of <em>tread-mills</em> and <em>foundling hospitals</em>, of
+<em>poorhouses</em> and <em>paupers</em>, of <em>beggars</em> and <em>starvation</em>, of
+<em>brothels</em>, of <em>prisons for debtors</em>, of <em>rapes</em>, of <em>bigamy</em>, of
+<em>taxation</em>, of <em>game-laws</em>, of <em>Christianity</em>, of <em>drunkenness</em>, of
+<em>national debt</em> and <em>repudiation</em>.</p>
+
+<p>The estimates of all these subjects have gone to the wilderness, with
+what the eyes of the Indians saw of the poverty and distress of the
+civilized world, to be taught to the untaught, and hereafter to be
+arrayed, if they choose, against the teachings of civilization and
+Christianity in the Indian communities: a table of the enormous numbers
+in the civilized world who by their own folly or wickedness drag
+through lives of pain and misery, leaving their Indian critics, in the
+richness of their imaginations, to judge of the immense proportion of
+the enlightened world who, in just retribution, must perish for their
+crimes and their follies; and in their ignorance, and the violence
+of their prejudices, to imagine what proportion of them are actually
+indulged in the comforts of this life, or destined to enjoy the
+happiness of the world to come.</p>
+
+<p>Teaching, I have always thought, should be gradual, and but one thing
+(or at most but few things) taught at a time. By all who know me and
+my views, I am known to be, as I am, an advocate of civilization; but
+of civilization, as it has generally been taught amongst the American
+Indians, I have a poor opinion; and of the plan I am now treating of,
+of sending parties to foreign countries to see all that can be seen
+and learned in civilized life, I have a still poorer<a class="pagenum" id="Page_309" title="309"></a> opinion, being
+fully convinced that they learn too much for useful teachers in their
+own country. The strides that they thus take are too great and too
+sudden for the slow and gradual steps that can alone bring man from a
+savage to a civilized state. They require absolutely the reverse of
+what they will learn from such teachers. They should, with all their
+natural prejudices against civilized man, be held in ignorance of the
+actual crime, dissipation, and poverty that belong to the enlightened
+world, until the honest pioneer, in his simple life, with his plough
+and his hoe, can wile them into the mode of raising the necessaries of
+life, which are the first steps from savage to civil, and which they
+will only take when their prejudices against white men are broken down,
+which is most effectually done by teaching them the modes of raising
+their food and acquiring property. I therefore am constrained to give
+judgment here against the propriety of parties of Indians visiting
+foreign countries with a view to enlightening their people when they
+go back; and here also to register my opinion, for which I am daily
+asked, as to the effects which these visits to Europe will have upon
+the parties who have been abroad, and what impressions they will make
+amongst their people when they return.</p>
+
+<p>I am sure they saw many things which pleased them and gained their
+highest admiration, and which they might be benefited by seeing; and
+also that they saw many others which it would have been decidedly
+better they had never seen. They have witnessed and appreciated the
+virtues and blessings, and at the same time the vices and miseries and
+degradations of civilized life, the latter of which will doubtless
+have made the deepest impressions upon their minds, and which (not
+unlike some <em>more distinguished travellers than themselves</em>) they will
+comment and enlarge upon, and about in equal justice to the nation they
+represent and are endeavouring to instruct.</p>
+
+<p>Their tour of a year or two abroad, amidst the mazes and mysteries of
+civilized life, will rest in their minds like a<a class="pagenum" id="Page_310" title="310"></a> romantic dream, not to
+be forgotten, nor to be dreamed over again; their lives too short to
+aspire to what they have seen to approve, and their own humble sphere
+in their native wilds so decidedly preferable to the parts of civilized
+life which they did not admire, that they will probably convert the
+little money they have made, and their medals and trinkets, into whisky
+and rum, and drown out, if possible, the puzzling enigma, which, with
+arguments, the poor fellows have found it more difficult to solve.</p>
+
+<p>With this chapter I take leave of my Indian friends; and as the main
+subject of this work ends with their mission to Europe, the reader
+finds himself near the end of his task.</p>
+
+<p>In taking leave of my red friends, I will be pardoned for repeating
+what I have before said, that on this side of the Atlantic they
+invariably did the best they could do; and that, loving them still as
+I have done, I shall continue to do for them and their race, all the
+justice that shall be in the power of my future strength to do.</p>
+
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<h2><a class="pagenum" id="Page_311" title="311"></a>
+CHAPTER XXXI.</h2>
+
+<p class="hang">
+  The Author returns to his little children in Paris&mdash;His loss of
+     time and money&mdash;The three Indian speculations&mdash;His efforts
+     to promote the interests of the Indians, and the persons who
+     brought them to Europe&mdash;His advice to other persons wishing
+     to engage in similar enterprises&mdash;The Author retires to his
+     atelier, and paints the fifteen pictures for the King&mdash;The
+     pleasure of quiet and retirement with his four little
+     children around him&mdash;He offers his Indian Collection to the
+     American Government&mdash;And sends his memorial to Congress&mdash;Bill
+     reported in favour of the purchase&mdash;The Author has an
+     interview with the King in the Tuileries&mdash;Delivers the fifteen
+     pictures&mdash;Subjects of the pictures painted&mdash;Conversations
+     with the King&mdash;Reflections upon his extraordinary life&mdash;The
+     Author’s thoughts, while at his easel, upon scenes of his
+     life gone by&mdash;And those that were about him, as he strolled,
+     with his little children, through the streets and society of
+     Paris&mdash;Distressing and alarming illness of the Author’s four
+     little children&mdash;Kindness of sympathizing friends&mdash;Death of
+     “little George”&mdash;His remains sent to New York, and laid by the
+     side of his mother&mdash;A father’s tears and loneliness&mdash;The Author
+     returns with his Collection to London.</p>
+
+
+<p>The commencement of this chapter finds me at my easel, in a comfortable
+<em>atelier</em> in my own apartments in Paris, where I had retired, with my
+little children about me, to paint the fifteen pictures for the King,
+and others for which I had some standing orders.</p>
+
+<p>My collection was at this time placed in a magazine in the vicinity of
+my dwelling, and my faithful man Daniel still continued his charge over
+it, keeping it in repair, and plying between it and my painting-room
+when I required models from my collection to work from.</p>
+
+<p>The true measure of ordinary happiness I have long believed to be
+the amount of distress or anxiety we have escaped from; and in this
+instance I felt, retired from the<a class="pagenum" id="Page_312" title="312"></a> constant anxieties I had lived under
+for the last six or seven years, demanding all my time, and holding my
+hand from my easel, as if I could be happy, even in my grief, with my
+four dear little children around me, whom their kind mother had but a
+few months before, in her dying breath, committed to my sole keeping
+and protection.</p>
+
+<p>My house, though there was a gloom about it, had a melancholy charm
+from its associations, whilst its halls were enlivened by the notes of
+my little innocents, who were just old enough for my amusement, and too
+young fully to appreciate the loss they had sustained, and whose little
+arms were now concentrated about my neck, as the only one to whom they
+claimed kindred and looked for protection.</p>
+
+<p>My dear little namesake, George, and my only boy, then three years and
+a half old, was my youngest, and, being the only one of my little flock
+to perpetuate my name, had adopted my painting-room as his constant
+play-house, and, cronies as we had become there, our mutual enjoyment
+was as complete as my happiness was, in the dependence I was placing on
+him for the society of my future days. His first passion, like that of
+most children, had been for the drum, with which, slung upon his back,
+with drumsticks in hand, he made my <em>atelier</em> and apartments ring, and
+never was happier or more proud than when we addressed him as “Tambour
+Major,” by which name he familiarly went, and to which he as promptly
+answered.</p>
+
+<p>Besides the company of this dear little fellow, I had the sweet society
+of my three little girls, of ten, eight, and six years old, and with
+all, and the pleasures at my easel, I counted myself in the enjoyments
+of life that I would have been unwilling for any consideration to
+part with. I thus painted on, dividing my time between my easel, my
+little children, and the few friends I had in Paris, resolving and
+re-resolving to devote the remainder of my life to my art, being
+in possession of the fullest studies from nature to enable me to
+illustrate the early history of my country in its<a class="pagenum" id="Page_313" title="313"></a> various dealings
+with the Indian tribes of America; and in these labours I also with
+pleasure resolved to continue my efforts to do justice to their
+character and their memory.</p>
+
+<p>The American Congress was at that time in session, with a surplus
+revenue in the treasury of more than 12,000,000 of dollars; and,
+deeming it an auspicious time, I proposed the sale of my collection by
+my Memorial, to that body, believing there was sympathy enough for the
+poor Indians in my country, and disposition to preserve all the records
+of this dying race, to induce the Congress to purchase the collection
+as connected with the history of the country.</p>
+
+<p>I had been stimulated, the whole time whilst making the collection,
+with the hope that it would be perpetuated on the soil where these
+ill-fated people have lived and perished; and was constantly encouraged
+in my labours with the belief that such would be the case.</p>
+
+<p>On my Memorial, a Bill was reported by the Joint Committee on the
+Library, complimenting me in the strongest terms, and recommending its
+purchase; but, owing to the sudden commencement of the Mexican war at
+that time, no action was had upon it, and it now remains to be seen
+whether the Government will take it up again, or whether the collection
+will be left, because more highly appreciated, in a foreign land. My
+unavoidable belief still is, that some measure will be adopted for its
+preservation in my native country, a monument to those people who have
+bequeathed to the United States all her dominions, and who are rapidly
+wasting away; though I have fears that the call for it may be too late,
+either to gratify my ambition to see it perpetuated amongst the records
+of my country, or to enable me to feel the reward for my hard labour.</p>
+
+<p>The Bill reported in the Congress I have taken the liberty to insert
+here, for the very high compliment it conveys, as well as for the
+benefit it may in some way afford me by the value therein set upon my
+works.</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<a class="pagenum" id="Page_314" title="314"></a>
+<p><span class="smcap">Bill</span> reported in the <span class="smcap">American Congress</span>, 1846, for
+  the Purchase of <span class="smcap">Catlin’s Indian Gallery</span>, July 24th, 1846.
+  Read and laid upon the table. Mr. <span class="smcap">W. W. Campbell</span>, from the
+  Joint Committee on the Library, made the following <span class="smcap">Report</span>:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p><em>The Joint Committee on the Library, to whom was referred the
+  Memorial of Mr. Catlin for the purchase of his Gallery of Indian
+  Collections and Paintings; and also the Memorial of American artists
+  abroad, and of American citizens resident in London, respectfully
+  report&mdash;</em></p>
+
+<p>That of Mr. Catlin, who desires to place, on certain conditions, his
+  extensive collection of Indian portraits, costumes, and other objects
+  of interest connected with Indian life, in the possession of the
+  Government, it is hardly necessary to speak, since his reputation is
+  established throughout this country and Europe. A native of the state
+  of Pennsylvania, his early studies were directed to the law, which,
+  under an impulse of enthusiasm that often marks original genius,
+  he soon abandoned for the pencil, stimulated by desire to give to
+  his country exact and spirited representations of the persons,
+  costumes, ceremonies, and homes of the aboriginal inhabitants of this
+  continent, now retreating and gradually vanishing away before the
+  power of civilization. Nor did he devote himself to his enterprises
+  merely to gratify curiosity and preserve memorials of a bold,
+  independent, and remarkable race of men, but to direct attention
+  to certain lofty traits of their character, and excite, generally,
+  friendly sentiments and efforts for their benefit. In making this
+  collection, he expended eight entire years of his life and 20,000
+  dollars, and visited, often at great hazard of his personal safety,
+  more than forty different (and most of them remote) tribes. Unaided
+  by public or private patronage, he pursued and effected his object,
+  sustained, as he observes, by the ambition of procuring a full
+  and complete pictorial history of a numerous and interesting race
+  of human beings rapidly sinking into oblivion, and encouraged by
+  the belief that the collection would finally be appropriated and
+  protected by the Government of his own country, as a monument to
+  a race once sole proprietors of this country, but who will soon
+  have yielded it up, and with it probably their existence also, to
+  civilized man.</p>
+
+<p>On Mr. Catlin’s return from the western prairies, the attention of
+  Congress was, in 1837 and 1838, turned towards his collection, and a
+  resolution for its purchase was moved in the House, and referred to
+  the Committee on Indian Affairs, who, it is understood, expressed in
+  their report an unanimous opinion in favour of the purchase, though
+  the near approach of the close of the session prevented its being
+  submitted for consideration.</p>
+
+<p>In transferring his collection to Europe, Mr. Catlin had no intention
+  of alienating it, or changing its nationality and destination; but,
+  by its exhibition, sought to secure support for his family, and
+  obtain means of bring<a class="pagenum" id="Page_315" title="315"></a>ing out his great and expensive work on the
+  Indians&mdash;a work which has thrown much light upon their character and
+  customs, and been received with distinguished favour on both sides of
+  the Atlantic.</p>
+
+<p>The judgment of our citizens, and that of eminent foreigners,
+  is concurrent in regard to the value of this collection for the
+  illustration of our history, and as a work of art. By desire of the
+  King of France, it now occupies a gallery in the Louvre, and has been
+  highly eulogized by the most distinguished artists and men of science
+  in Paris. A large gold medal has been presented to Mr. Catlin by the
+  King of the Belgians, with a letter expressing a high opinion of his
+  productions.</p>
+
+<p>The American artists now in Paris, in a memorial addressed to
+  Congress, urging the importance of securing this collection to our
+  country, say, “Having made ourselves acquainted with the extent and
+  interest of this unique collection, and of its peculiar interest
+  to our country; and also aware of the encouraging offers now made
+  to its proprietor for its permanent establishment in England, as
+  well as the desire generally manifested here to have it added to
+  the historical gallery of Versailles, we have ventured to unite in
+  the joint expression of our anxiety that the members of the present
+  Congress may pass some resolution that may be the means of restoring
+  so valuable a collection to our country, and fixing it among its
+  records. Interesting to our countrymen generally, it is absolutely
+  necessary to American artists. The Italian who wishes to portray the
+  history of Rome finds remnants of her sons in the Vatican; the French
+  artist can study the ancient Gauls in the museums of the Louvre; and
+  the Tower of London is rich in the armour and weapons of the Saxon
+  race.</p>
+
+<p>“Your memorialists, therefore, most respectfully trust that Mr.
+  Catlin’s collection may be purchased and cherished by the Federal
+  Government, as a nucleus for a national museum, where American
+  artists may freely study that bold race who once held possession of
+  our country, and who are so fast disappearing before the tide of
+  civilization. Without such a collection, few of the glorious pages of
+  our early history can be illustrated, while the use made of it here
+  by French artists, in recording upon canvas the American discoveries
+  of their countrymen in the last century, shows its importance.”</p>
+
+<p>Your Committee feel the justice of these sentiments of American
+  artists, and also the importance, as suggested in their memorial,
+  of securing, by the purchase of his collection, the future efforts
+  of Mr. Catlin for its enlargement. Let the Government appropriate
+  his collection, and the chief ambition of its author’s life will be
+  realized, and he will be enabled, in a few years, to double it in
+  value and extent.</p>
+
+<p>The bill which has recently passed the House for the establishment
+  of the Smithsonian Institution provides that there shall belong to
+  it a “gallery of art;” and of course it must be intended that such
+  gallery shall be occupied by works of art. That such works should
+  be principally American, is the obvious dictate of patriotism.
+  No productions, your Committee believe, at present exist, more
+  appropriate to this gallery than those of Mr. Catlin, or of equal
+  importance. Should Congress fail to act on this subject,<a class="pagenum" id="Page_316" title="316"></a> or decide
+  unfavourably to Mr. Catlin’s proposal, he may, notwithstanding his
+  reluctance, be compelled to accept the positive and advantageous
+  offers now made to him in England.</p>
+
+<p>The love of art, and respect for those who have cultivated it
+  with success, especially for those who have illustrated, by their
+  productions, the history of their country, have ever been cherished
+  by the most civilized nations. It has been justly observed, that
+  “among the Greeks the arts were not so much objects to promote
+  gratification as of public interest; they were employed as the most
+  powerful stimulants of piety and patriotism, commissioned to confer
+  distinction upon those who were conspicuous for valour, for wisdom,
+  and for virtue. A statue or picture gave celebrity to a city or a
+  state, and a great artist was considered a national ornament&mdash;a
+  public benefactor, whom all were bound to honour and reward.”</p>
+
+<p>Your Committee believe the price of his collection, as named by Mr.
+  Catlin, is moderate, and that a failure to obtain it would occasion
+  deep regret to all the friends of art, and to all Americans who
+  reasonably and justly desire to preserve memorials of the Indian
+  race, or the means by which our future artists and historians may
+  illustrate the great and most interesting events in the early periods
+  and progress of our country.</p>
+
+<p>The Committee, therefore, recommend that the bill for the
+  establishment of the Smithsonian Institute be so amended as that
+  provision shall be made therein for the purchase of Mr. Catlin’s
+  gallery at the price mentioned by him&mdash;namely, sixty-five thousand
+  dollars&mdash;payable in annual instalments of ten thousand dollars.</p>
+
+<p class="signature"><em>New York Journal of Commerce, Nov. 12th.</em></p>
+</div>
+
+<p>When I had completed the pictures ordered by the King, his Majesty
+graciously granted me an audience in the Palace of the Tuileries to
+deliver them, on which occasion he met me with great cheerfulness,
+and, having received from me a verbal description of each picture, he
+complimented me on the spirit of their execution, and expressed the
+highest satisfaction with them, and desired me to attach to the back of
+each a full written description. The dimensions of these paintings were
+30 by 36 inches, and the subjects as follow:&mdash;</p>
+
+<table summary="Paintings for the French King">
+<tr><td class="tdr">No. 1.</td><td>An Indian ball-play.</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tdr">2.</td><td>A Sioux Council of War.</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tdr">3.</td><td>Buffalo-hunt on snow-shoes.</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tdr">4.</td><td><em>Mah-to-toh-pa</em> (the Four Bears), a Mandan chief, full length.</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tdr">5.</td><td>A Buffalo-hunt, Sioux.</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tdr">6.</td><td>Eagle-dance, and view of Ioway village.</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tdr">7.</td><td><em>Mah-to-he-ha</em> (the Old Bear), a medicine-man of the Mandans.</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tdr">8.</td><td><em>Wan-ee-ton</em>, one of the most distinguished chiefs of the Sioux.</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tdr">9.</td><td><em>Ee-ah-sa-pa</em> (the Black Rock), a Sioux chief, full length.</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tdr"><a class="pagenum" id="Page_317" title="317"></a>10.</td><td><em>Mu-hu-shee-kaw</em> (the White Cloud), Ioway chief.</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tdr">11.</td><td><em>Shon-ta-ye-ee-ga</em> (the Little Wolf), an Ioway warrior.</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tdr">12.</td><td><em>Wa-tah-we-buck-a-nah</em> (the Commanding General), an Ioway boy.</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tdr">13.</td><td><em>Maun-gua-daus</em>, an Ojibbeway chief.</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tdr">14.</td><td><em>Say-say-gon</em> (the Hail Storm), an Ojibbeway warrior.</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tdr">15.</td><td><em>Ah-wun-ne-wa-be</em> (the Thunder-bird), Ojibbeway warrior.</td></tr>
+</table>
+
+<p>His Majesty had on several occasions, in former interviews, spoken
+of the great interest of the scenes of the early history of the
+French colonies of America, and French explorations and discoveries
+in those regions, and the subject was now resumed again, as one
+of peculiar interest, affording some of the finest scenes for the
+pencil of the artist, which he thought I was peculiarly qualified to
+illustrate. Additional anecdotes of his rambling life in America were
+very humorously related; and after the interview I returned to my
+painting-room, and continued happily engaged at my other pictures, with
+my familiar sweet smiles and caresses about me.</p>
+
+<p>As a painter often works at his easel with a double thought, one upon
+the subject he is creating upon the canvas, and the other upon the
+world that is about him, I kept constantly at work, and pleasantly
+divided my extra thoughts upon the amusing little tricks that were
+being played around me, and the contemplation of scenes and events of
+my life gone by. I ran over its table of contents in this way: “My
+native valley of Wyoming&mdash;the days and recollections of my earliest
+boyhood in it&mdash;my ten years in the valley of the <em>Oc-qua-go</em>, where
+I held alternately the plough, my rifle, and fishing-tackle&mdash;my
+five years at the classics&mdash;my siege with Blackstone and Coke upon
+Littleton&mdash;my three years’ practice of the law in the Courts of
+Pennsylvania&mdash;the five years’ practice of my art of portrait-painting
+in Philadelphia&mdash;my eight years spent amongst the Indian tribes of
+the prairies and Rocky Mountains&mdash;and, since that, my eight years
+spent in the light of the refined and civilized world, where I have
+been admitted to Palaces, and into the society of Kings, Queens, and
+Princes<a class="pagenum" id="Page_318" title="318"></a>&mdash;and <em>now</em> at my easel, in my studio, with my dear little
+babes around me, thanking Him who has blessed me with them, and courage
+and health, through all the vicissitudes of my chequered life, and now
+with strength to stand by and support and protect them.”</p>
+
+<p>I thought also of the King, the wonderful man, with whose benignant and
+cheerful face I had been so often conversing; whose extraordinary life
+had been so much more chequered than my own; many of whose early days
+had been spent on the broad rivers and amongst the dense and gloomy
+forests of my own country; who, driven by political commotions from
+his native land, sought an asylum in the United States of America,
+and there, in the youthful energy of his native character, 52 years
+ago, crossed and re-crossed the Alleghany Mountains, descended the
+Ohio river 600 miles in his simple and rickety pirogue, and from the
+mouth of the Ohio to New Orleans, 1000 miles on the muddy waves of
+the Mississippi, amidst its dangerous snags and sand-bars, when the
+banks of those two mighty rivers were inhabited only by savages, whose
+humble wigwams he entered, and shared their hospitality; who afterwards
+visited the shores of Lake Erie, and also the Falls of Niagara, before
+the axe of sacrilegious man had shorn it of its wild and native
+beauties; who visited the little commencement of the town of Buffalo
+and the village of the Seneca Indians; who paddled his canoe 90 miles
+through the Seneca Lake to Ithaca, and from thence travelled by an
+Indian’s path, with his knapsack on his back, to the Susquehana river,
+which he descended in an Indian canoe to Wyoming, my native valley;
+and then on foot, with his knapsack again upon his back, crossed the
+Wilkesbarre and Pokono Mountains to Easton and Philadelphia; and who
+consequently thus knew, 52 years ago, more of the great western regions
+of America, and of the modes of its people, than one of a thousand
+Americans do at the present day.</p>
+
+<p>I contemplated the character of this extraordinary man, reared in
+the luxuries of Palaces, thrown thus into the midst<a class="pagenum" id="Page_319" title="319"></a> of the vast and
+dreary forests of the Mississippi, launching his fragile boat and
+staking his life upon its dangerous waves, and laying his wearied limbs
+upon its damp and foggy banks at night, amidst the howling wolves and
+rattlesnakes and mosquitoes; and after that, and all these adventures,
+called, in the commotions of his country, to mount the throne and wield
+the sceptre over one of the greatest and most enlightened nations of
+the earth. I beheld this great man in these strange vicissitudes of
+life, and France, whose helm he took in the midst of a tempest, now
+raised to the zenith of her national wealth and glory, after 17 years
+of uninterrupted peace and prosperity. I contemplated the present
+wealth and health of that nation and her institutions, her grand
+internal improvements, and cultivation of science and the arts; and
+I reflected also, with equal pleasure and surprise, on what I had
+seen with my own eyes, the <em>greatness of soul</em> of that monarch as he
+was taking the poor Indians of the forest by the hand in his Palace,
+and expressing to them the gratitude he never yet had lost sight of,
+that he bore them for the kindness with which their tribes everywhere
+treated him when he entered their wigwams, hungry, on the banks of the
+Mississippi and the great lakes in America. He had the frankness and
+truthfulness to tell them that “he loved them,” for the reasons he had
+given, and the kindness of heart to convince them of his sincerity in
+the way that carries the most satisfactory conviction to the mind of an
+Indian as well as it often does to that of a white man.</p>
+
+<p>These contemplations were rapid and often repeated, and there were
+many more; and they never passed through my mind without compelling me
+to admire and revere the man whose energy of character and skill have
+enabled him, with like success, to steer his pirogue amidst the snags
+of the Mississippi, and at the helm of his nation, to guide her out of
+the tempest of a revolution, and onward, through a reign of peace and
+industry, to wealth and power, to which she never before has attained.</p>
+
+<p><a class="pagenum" id="Page_320" title="320"></a>
+In the midst of such reflections I often strolled alone in
+a contemplative mood through the wilderness throngs of the
+Boulevards&mdash;the great central avenue and crossing-place&mdash;the <em>aorta</em>
+of all the circulating world&mdash;to gaze upon the endless throng of human
+beings sweeping by me, bent upon their peculiar avocations of business
+or of pleasure&mdash;of virtue or of vice; contrasting the glittering views
+about me with the quiet and humble scenes I had witnessed in various
+parts of my roaming life.</p>
+
+<p>In the midst of this sweeping throng, knowing none and unknown, I found
+I could almost imagine myself in the desert wilderness, with as little
+to disturb the current of contemplative thoughts as if I were floating
+down the gliding current of the Missouri in my bark canoe, in silent
+contemplation of the rocks and forests on its banks.</p>
+
+<p>In a different mood, also, I as often left my easel and mingled with
+the throng, with my little chattering children by my side, forgetting
+to think, and with eyes like theirs, scanned the thousands and tens
+of thousands of pretty things displayed in the shops, and whiled away
+in perfect bliss, as others do, an hour upon the pavements of the
+Boulevards.</p>
+
+<p>The reader has learned, from various books, the features of this
+splendid scene, with all its life and din and glittering toys, and of
+Paris, with its endless mysteries, and beauties, and luxuries, and
+vices, which it is not the province of this work to describe; but from
+all that he has read he may not yet know how completely he may be lost
+sight of in the crowds of the Boulevards, and what positive retirement
+he may find and enjoy, unknowing and unknown, if he wishes to do so,
+in his apartments in the centre of Paris, where his neighbours are
+certainly the nearest and most numerous in the world.</p>
+
+<p>In London and New York one often thinks it strange that he knows not
+his neighbours by the side of him; but in Paris, those on the <em>sides</em>
+are seldom taken into consideration as such, and so little do people
+know of, or care for, each<a class="pagenum" id="Page_321" title="321"></a> other’s business, that few have any
+acquaintance with their neighbours <span class="smcap">above</span> and <span class="smcap">below</span>
+them.</p>
+
+<p>The circumscribed limits of the city, and the density of its
+population, enable the Parisians to make a glittering display in the
+streets, in the brilliancy and taste of which they no doubt outdo any
+other people in the world. The close vicinity of its inhabitants,
+and the facility with which they get into the streets, and the tens
+of thousands of inducements that tempt them there, tend to the
+concentration of fashion and gaiety in the principal avenues and
+arcades, which, in the pleasant evenings of spring and summer, seem
+converted into splendid and brilliant salons, with the appearance of
+continuous and elegant soirées. To these scenes all Parisians and all
+foreigners are alike admitted, to see and enjoy the myriads of sights
+to be seen in the shop-windows, as well as to most of the splendid
+collections of works of literature and the arts, which, being under
+the Government control, are free to the inspection of all who wish to
+see them. Amidst most of these I have been, like thousands of others,
+a visitor and admirer for two years, seeking for information and
+amusement&mdash;for study and contemplation&mdash;alone; or enjoying them in
+company with my little children, or travelling friends, for whose aid
+and amusement I have as often given my time.</p>
+
+<p>The reader will here see that I have before me the materials for
+another book, but as the object of this work is attained, and its
+limits approached, with my known aversion to travel over frequented
+ground, I must refer him to other pens than mine for what I might have
+written had I the room for it, and had it not been written twenty times
+before.</p>
+
+<p>The little bit of my life thus spent in the capital of France, though
+filled with anxieties and grief, has had its pleasant parts, having
+seen much to instruct and amuse me, and having also met with, as in
+London, many warm friends, to whom I shall feel attached as long as
+I live. In the English society in Paris I met a number of my London<a class="pagenum" id="Page_322" title="322"></a>
+friends, where the acquaintance was renewed, with great kindness on
+their parts, and with much pleasure to myself.</p>
+
+<p>I met also many American families residing in Paris; and, added to
+their numbers, the constant throng of Americans who are passing to
+and from the classic ground of the East, or making their way across
+the Atlantic to the French metropolis, and swelling their occasional
+overflowing and cheerful soirées. At these I saw many of the élite and
+fashionable of the French, and noticed also, and much to my regret, as
+well as surprise, that, in the various intercourse I had in different
+classes, the Americans generally mixed less with the English than the
+French society.</p>
+
+<p>This is probably attributable in a great degree to the passion which
+English and Americans have, in their flying visits to the city of all
+novelties, to see and study something new, instead of spending their
+valuable time with people of their own family and language, whom and
+whose modes they can see at home. This I deem a pity; and though among
+the passing travellers the cause is easily applied, and the excuse
+as easily accepted, yet among the resident English and Americans, of
+whom there are a great many and fashionable families, there seems a
+mutual unsocial and studied reserve, which stands in the way of much
+enjoyment, that I believe lies at the doors of kindred people in a
+foreign land.</p>
+
+<p>My time, however, was so much engrossed with anxieties and grief and my
+application to my art, that I shared but moderately in the pleasures
+of any society; and the few observations I have been able to make I
+have consequently drawn from less intercourse than has been had by many
+others, who have more fully described than I could do had this book
+been written for the purpose.</p>
+
+<p>My interviews with society in this part of the world, as far as they
+have been held, have been general, and my observations, I believe, have
+been unbiassed. And as I mingled with society to see and enjoy, but not
+to describe, my remarks in this place, on the society and manners of
+Parisians and people in Paris, must end here, and neces<a class="pagenum" id="Page_323" title="323"></a>sarily be thus
+brief, to come within the bounds of my intentions in commencing this
+work.</p>
+
+<p>The society which fascinated me most and called for all my idle hours
+was that of my four dear little children, whose arms, having been for
+ever torn from the embrace of an affectionate mother, were ready to
+cling to my neck whenever I quitted the toils of my painting-room.
+There was a charm in that little circle of society which all the
+fascinations of the fashionable world could never afford me, and I
+preferred the simple happiness that was thus sweetly spread around me
+to the amusements and arts of matured and fashionable life.</p>
+
+<p>The days and nights and weeks and months of my life were passing on
+whilst my house rang with the constant notes of my little girls and my
+dear little “Tambour Major,” producing a glow of happiness in my life,
+as its hours were thus carolled away, which I never before had attained
+to.</p>
+
+<p>My happiness was here too complete to last long, and, as the sequel
+will show, like most precious gifts, was too confidently counted on
+to continue. A sudden change came over this pleasing dream of life;
+the cheering notes of my little companions were suddenly changed into
+groans, and my occupations at my easel were at an end. The chirping
+and chattering in the giddy maze of their little dances were finished,
+and, having taken to their beds, my occupation was changed to their
+bedsides, where they were all together writhing in the agonies of
+disease, and that of so serious a nature as to require all my attention
+by night and by day, and at length anxieties of the most painful kind,
+and alarm&mdash;of grief, and a broken heart!
+
+To those of my readers who have ever set their whole heart upon and
+identified their existence with that of a darling little boy, and wept
+for him, it is unnecessary&mdash;and to those who have never been blessed
+with such a gift it would be useless&mdash;for me to name the pangs that
+broke my heart<a class="pagenum" id="Page_324" title="324"></a> for the fate of my little “Tambour Major,” who, in that
+unlucky hour, thoughtlessly relinquishing all his little toys, laid
+down with his three little sisters, to run the chances with them, and
+then to be singled out as he was by the hand of death.</p>
+
+<p>In kindness the reader will pardon these few words that flow in tears
+from the broken and burning heart of a fond father; they take but a
+line or two, and are the only monument that will be raised to the
+memory of my dear little George, who lived, in the sweetness of his
+innocence, to gladden and then to break the heart of his doating
+parent, the only one while he was living, to appreciate his loveliness,
+and now the only one to mourn for him. The remains of this dear little
+fellow were sent to New York, as a lovely flower to be planted by the
+grave of his mother, and thus were my pleasures and peace in Paris
+ended. Two idols of my heart had thus vanished from me there, leaving
+my breast with a <em>healing</em> and a <em>fresh wound</em>, to be opened and
+bleeding together. My <em>atelier</em> had lost all its charms; the <em>escalier</em>
+also was dreary, for its wonted echoing and enlivening notes had
+ceased; and the beautiful pavement of the Place Madeleine, which was
+under my windows, and the daily resort, with his hoop and his drum, of
+my little “Tambour Major.”</p>
+
+<p>The Boulevards also, and the Champs Elysées, and the garden of the
+Tuileries, the scenes of our daily enjoyment, were overcast with a
+gloom, and I left them all.</p>
+
+<hr class="tb" />
+
+<p>At the time of writing this my heart flies back and daily hovers about
+the scenes of so many endearing associations, while my hand is at work
+seeking amusement and forgetfulness at my easel.
+
+I have before said that the practice of my art is to be the principal
+ambition of the rest of my life; and as the beginning of this chapter
+found me in my <em>atelier</em> in Paris, the end of it leaves me in my
+<em>studio</em> at <em>No. 6, Waterloo Place</em>, in London, with my collection, my
+thousands of studies, and my little children about me where I shall
+be hereafter steadily seek<a class="pagenum" id="Page_325" title="325"></a>ing the rational pleasures and benefits I
+can draw from them; and where my friends and the world who value me or
+my works may find me without ceremony, and will be greeted, amongst
+the numerous and curious works in my collection, enumerated in the
+catalogue which I have given, for the amusement and benefit of the
+reader, at the end of my first volume.</p>
+
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<h2><a class="pagenum" id="Page_327" title="327"></a>
+APPENDIX. (A.)</h2>
+
+<p class="hang">
+  <em>The two following Letters, written from the Ioway Mission on the
+     Upper Missouri, with several others more recently received by
+     Mrs. A. Richardson, of Newcastle-on-Tyne, bear conclusive proof
+     of the sincerity of the Society of Friends, and of the benefit
+     that promises to flow from their well-directed and charitable
+     exertions.</em></p>
+
+<hr class="tb" />
+
+<p class="center">IOWAY INDIANS.</p>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Extract of a Letter from S. M. Irvin.</span></p>
+
+<p class="signature"><em>Ioway and Sac Mission, May 24th, 1847.</em></p>
+
+<p>Having a leisure morning, I most cheerfully give a few minutes to my
+dear friend in England. I have just been thinking, before I took my
+pen, how very mysterious are the workings of God’s providence! Near
+four years ago, a party of our Ioway Indians started out on what
+appeared to us to be a wrong and uncalled-for expedition. We dreaded
+the result, and, so far as our opinion was consulted, it was given
+against the design, advising rather that they should stay at home, go
+to labour and economy, and not go to be shown as wild animals. In these
+notions we thought we were sustained by reason and Scripture, and were
+at least sincere in our views. We, however, made but little resistance,
+and when it was determined that they should go we submitted, did what
+we could for their comfort and success, gave them the parting hand,
+and commended them to the care of a merciful Providence. They started,
+spent the winter in St. Louis and New Orleans, associated with bad
+company, were exceedingly intemperate, and seemed to have grown much
+worse, which tended to confirm us in the belief of the error and
+impropriety of such a measure, and our hearts mourned over them. In
+the spring they went to the eastern part of the United States, and
+from thence to England. From the latter place we heard of the death of
+one and another, and of a probability of their going to France, and
+becoming enchained with the externals of the Catholic religion. Here
+we thought our opinions were fully confirmed. How can any good result
+from this? How much harm must ensue to these poor people, and probably
+through them to their nation!</p>
+
+<p>But at this point a ray of light seemed to break forth, and we could
+see<a class="pagenum" id="Page_328" title="328"></a> through the dark vista a possibility of good resulting from
+it. Hitherto we could only trust in the government of God, knowing
+that He would bring good out of evil, but we could not see by what
+process it could be accomplished. But we now began to learn that the
+people of England, particularly the Society of Friends, were taking
+a warm interest in their welfare, stimulating their minds in favour
+of industry, economy, and Christianity, and especially guarding
+them against the pernicious effects of ardent spirits. There the
+foundation of hope, on rational and tangible principles, commenced.
+Perhaps the friends of God and his cause in England were to be the
+honoured instruments of making an indelible impression on the minds
+of these poor wanderers, and, if so, how well will they be repaid
+for their pilgrimage, and how happily shall we be disappointed! Next
+came an affectionate letter from your own hand. This was the second
+development of the unseen but operating hand of God in carrying on
+his own work. A young man of ardent piety and devotion to the cause
+of God was next recommended as a suitable person to come and labour
+among the Indians as missionary from England. I may say that the whole
+mystery was now plain. We could now say to each other, God has taken
+them over to England to send a suitable missionary, whose labours will
+be, doubtless, blessed to their conversion, and thus we could see how
+easily God, our <em>covenant-keeping God</em>, can foil the designs of Satan.
+How our hearts did burn within us when we thought of the goodness of
+God in these things! The original design we could not but look upon
+as a work of the enemy, got up for the purpose of selfishness and
+speculation, but now we could see the scale turn, and the pleasing
+prospect of hailing our young brother as a fellow-helper in this cause
+more than reconciled us to the hitherto mysterious movement. He came,
+and, though it was found best under the circumstances to assign him
+for a time to a different field of labour, still it is the same common
+cause, whether among the Otoes or Ioways.</p>
+
+<p>Very important pecuniary aid, both in money and clothing, was also
+subsequently received, from which our cause has, in no small degree,
+been aided and encouraged. Next a helpmate is proposed for our young
+friend, who is here alone, and toiling against the trials of a new
+and strange society and manners, and the prejudices of the Indians.
+God, through suitable instrumentality, conducts the negotiation to
+a favourable issue; the solitary individual is strengthened to part
+from her friends and country, is conducted by the hand of God across
+the dangerous deep, is brought more than 2000 miles, and, by a great
+variety of hazardous conveyances, almost to the centre of a great
+continent, and is now safely landed within the walls of this house.
+Truly may we exclaim, What hath God wrought! But the wonders and cause
+for gratitude stop not here. Our kind friend, Miss G., is not only
+here, but already is she engaged, twice or thrice a-day, in instructing
+the poor little daughters of the forest in needlework and such other
+instruction as may be suitable, and as yet I see nothing in the way
+but that she may very soon be able to give every moment of time that
+she can spare to these little ones. How pleasing will this be! How
+cheer<a class="pagenum" id="Page_329" title="329"></a>fully and happily will the hours pass away, and how largely will
+she be rewarded for all her toil! I have skipped, as you will see, with
+more than eagle flight, over this narrative, for it furnishes materials
+enough for an interesting volume. I should like much to dwell upon it,
+but your mind can carry out the details, and see, as clearly as any
+other, the lineaments of God’s goodness.</p>
+
+<p>Miss G. will have so much to say to you, that I am sure she will not
+know where to commence, and I think she will be about as much puzzled
+to describe many things so that you can understand.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Bloohm has not yet arrived from the Otoe mission, but we look for
+him daily. So soon as I heard of Miss G.’s approach, I advised him
+of it, but he, being about fifty miles from the post-office, may not
+have received the letter. That you may better understand our relative
+situations, I will subjoin a rude outline of them with the pen.</p>
+
+<p>Miss G. remained some time in St. Louis for Mr. Lowrie, and was
+afterwards instructed by him to come on to this place, he being
+prevented, by low water, from calling for her at St. Louis. Last
+Friday he passed up the Missouri river to the Otoe and Omahaw mission,
+leaving word that he would be back, at the farthest, by the end of this
+week. If Mr. Bloohm be able, he will come down with Mr. L., if not
+before him. As soon as they arrive, we hope to be able to make full
+arrangements about all our affairs, and you may expect to be informed
+of all that will interest you in due time.</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Extract of a Letter from Jane M. Bloohm.</span></p>
+
+<p class="signature"><em>Ioway and Sac Mission, May 28th, 1847.</em></p>
+
+<p>[After giving several interesting particulars of her journey from St.
+Louis, and arrival at the station, the writer proceeds:&mdash;]</p>
+
+<p>I feel assured, my dear friend, you would be pleased with this
+institution. The boarding-house is a most excellent building, three
+stories high. On the ground floor are the dining-room, kitchen, pantry,
+milk-house, and two sleeping-rooms. On the second story, the chapel in
+the centre, from back to front, and on one side the boys’ school in
+front, with two small rooms behind, which Mr. Hamilton occupies. On the
+other side of the chapel is the girls’ school, with two small rooms
+behind it for Mr. Irvin. The third story has the girls’ bedroom, back
+and front, with a small one off it parted with deals, where I sleep.
+The boys’ on the other side is the same; in the middle is a spare
+bedroom and Mr. Irvin’s study.</p>
+
+<p>We rise at five o’clock, and at half-past assemble in the chapel for
+worship. While there, breakfast is placed on the table, and the bell
+rings again, when we go down. There are four tables, but not all full
+at present, as some of the children have left. Mr. Irvin sits at one
+table with the boys, Mr. Hamilton and his lady (when able) with the
+girls. Our table is called the family table; there are Mrs. Irvin,
+their father and mother,<a class="pagenum" id="Page_330" title="330"></a> Mrs. I.’s two children, Mrs. H.’s eldest
+girl, the two men, and myself, as also any other strangers. Mr. Irvin’s
+father and mother are two very old people; they intend leaving as
+soon as Mr. Lowrie comes, old Mr. I. not being able to manage the
+farm now. At breakfast each child has a pewter plate, with a tin pot
+turned upside down upon it, a knife and fork, and spoon. As soon as a
+blessing is asked, they each turn over their tin pot, and those who
+sit with them at table fill it with milk, and give them corn bread,
+boiled corn, batten cake (which is much like our pancake), a piece of
+bacon, and treacle. Of this they all eat as much as they like. Each
+table is served the same, with the exception that we have coffee for
+breakfast, and tea for supper. At dinner there is sometimes a little
+boiled rice, greens, &amp;c., but no other kind of meat than bacon. We dine
+at half-past twelve, and sup at seven. After supper we all remain, and
+have worship in the dining-room; sometimes Mr. Hamilton prays and sings
+in Indian; and, oh! my beloved friend, could you only hear the sweet
+voices of those dear heathen children, you would be astonished, they
+sing so well. I do most sincerely hope that the day is not far distant
+when they shall not only worship Him with the voice, but with the
+understanding, and in truth.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. H. teaches all the children from nine till twelve. After breakfast
+I take the girls up to make their beds; two and two sleep together;
+they did it so neatly this morning. When done, they go with me to
+school to sew or knit till nine, then again after dinner till two, and
+after five till supper-time, when I assist to wash their hands and
+faces, and put them to bed. Some of them are very fine children, but
+I am surprised I am able to go so near them, for they are very dirty;
+but they seem very fond of me. You will laugh when I say that two or
+three of them often come running to me, and clasp me round the waist.
+They wish to teach me to speak their language; they can say a good
+many English words; they call their teachers father and mother. A few
+of them are very little. After I put on their nightcaps, and lift them
+into bed, they all repeat a prayer. You will be surprised when I say
+I do feel such an interest in them; I do wish these feelings may not
+only continue, but increase. I feel quite happy, and have never had the
+least feeling of regret at my coming out, and I trust I never shall.</p>
+
+<p>Both Mr. and Mrs. Irvin are most desirous for us to remain here, but
+that will rest with Mr. Lowrie and P. B. I am willing to go wherever
+I am of most use. It is a most arduous and responsible office we each
+hold, from the little I have seen (and it is but little to what I shall
+see if the Lord spare me). We need the prayers of our dear friends. Oh!
+forget us not, you, our far distant and beloved friends; entreat our
+Heavenly Father to give us much of his Spirit, and to us help along.
+Your old friend <em>Little Wolf</em> came to see me. He said I might give his
+and his family’s love to you. A few more came to welcome me; they are
+constantly coming about the house. I am just sent for to assist in the
+ironing, and have had to write this while the irons were heating. There
+is no mangle here. The children’s clothes are washed and repaired every
+week.</p>
+
+<p><a class="pagenum" id="Page_331" title="331"></a>
+<em>May 31st.</em>&mdash;Just as I finished the above on Friday afternoon, the
+arrival of two gentlemen was announced. They were Mr. Lowrie and my
+dear P. B. The latter is looking thin, but upon the whole is much
+better, as also much better than I expected to find him; as for
+colour, an Indian: but setting aside his Indian complexion, I was glad
+to see a known face, and to meet a beloved friend; and now, my dear
+friend, I can call him my beloved husband. The marriage took place on
+Saturday the 29th, at eight o’clock in the evening, by Mr. Hamilton,
+in Mr. Irvin’s room. Old Mr. and Mrs. Irvin were there, Mr. and Mrs.
+Irvin junior, Mr. Lowrie, Mr. Melody (who had come to the mission on
+a visit), and one of the men, who had expressed a wish to be present.
+Mrs. H. was not strong enough to join us, which I did regret. Mr.
+Lowrie has settled for us to remain here, at least for some time;
+P. B. to assist Mr. H. with the boys and other labour, while I take
+the full charge of the girls. Oh! that we may each have strength to
+perform these our arduous duties. The old people leave in a few days,
+when we shall have their room, which is on the ground floor, close by
+the dining-room. We shall have to sit at table with the children, and
+should Mr. H. be from home or sick, at any time, we shall have the full
+charge. We have, one and all, made up our minds to assist each other
+when it is needful, and I do most sincerely pray that we may be enabled
+to labour together in the same spirit which was in Christ Jesus. It is
+His work, it is His cause; and we all, I trust, esteem our privilege
+great, that we, unworthy as we are, should be permitted to take part in
+this glorious work. Mr. Lowrie, I believe, intends leaving to-morrow;
+it will be three weeks before he can reach New York. Mr. Melody left
+this morning; he speaks highly of the kindness he received while in
+England, and, I believe, would very well like to pay a second visit. *
+* * *
+
+And now, dear friend, I think I have given you all the intelligence
+that it is in my power to send at the present time. It is likely
+that my dear husband may send a note, but he is much occupied, and,
+I believe, going to St. Joseph with Mr. Lowrie. He joins with me in
+kindest love to you and Mr. &mdash;&mdash;, not forgetting all our dear friends,
+to whom you will be so kind as to present it, and ever believe me to
+remain</p>
+
+<p class="signature">
+   <span class="padright10">Your most affectionate friend,</span><br />
+                                                    <span class="smcap">J. M. Bloohm.</span></p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<h2><a class="pagenum" id="Page_332" title="332"></a>
+<a id="App_B"></a>APPENDIX. (B.)</h2>
+
+<p class="titlepage">HORSE-TAMING:</p>
+
+<p class="hang">
+  <em>Being an Account of the successful application, in two recent
+     Experiments made in England, of the expeditious method of
+     Taming Horses, as practised by the Red Indians of North
+     America.&mdash;Communicated by</em> <span class="smcap">Alexander John Ellis, B.A.,</span>
+     <em>of Trinity College, Cambridge, in 1842.</em></p>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Extract.</span></p>
+
+<p>The object of the following pages is two-fold: first, to extract the account
+of the North American Indian method of Horse-taming, as given by Mr.
+Catlin in his new work, entitled ‘Letters and Notes on the Manners,
+Customs, and Condition of the North American Indians,’ and to detail
+certain experiments which have been tried by the direction and in the
+presence of the Communicator; and, second, to urge gentlemen, farmers,
+stable-keepers, horse-trainers, horse-breakers, and all others who may be
+interested in the taming of horses, to try for themselves experiments similar
+to those here detailed, experiments which are exceedingly easy of trial, and
+will be found exceedingly important in result.</p>
+
+<p>The following is a detail of the experiments witnessed and directed by
+the Communicator:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>During a visit in the North Riding of Yorkshire, the volumes of Mr.
+Catlin first fell under the Communicator’s observation, and among other
+passages those just quoted struck him forcibly. Although he scarcely
+hesitated to comprehend the circumstances there detailed, under a well-known
+though much-disputed class of phenomena, he was nevertheless
+anxious to verify them by actual experiment before he attempted to theorize
+upon them. And he now prefers to give the naked facts to the public, and
+leave his readers to account for them after their own fashion. It so happened
+that, while staying with his brother-in-law, F. M., of M&mdash;&mdash; Park,
+the Communicator had the pleasure of meeting W. F. W., of B&mdash;&mdash;, a
+great amateur in all matters relating to horses. In the course of conversation
+the Communicator mentioned what he had read about horse-taming, and the
+detail seemed to amuse them, although they evidently discredited the fact.<a class="pagenum" id="Page_333" title="333"></a>
+The Communicator begged them to put the matter to the test of experiment,
+and M., who had in his stables a filly, not yet a year old, who had never
+been taken out since she had been removed from her dam, in the preceding
+November, agreed that he would try the experiment upon this filly. The
+Communicator made a note of the experiments on the very days on which
+they were tried, and he here gives the substance of what he then wrote
+down.</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Experiment the First.</span></p>
+
+<p class="hang"><span class="smcap">Subject</span>&mdash;<em>A Filly, not yet a year old, who had never been
+     taken out of the stable since she had been removed from her dam
+     in the preceding November.</em></p>
+
+<p><em>Friday, Feb. 11, 1842.</em>&mdash;In the morning W. and M. brought the filly
+from the stable to the front of M.’s house. The filly was quite wild,
+and on being first taken out of the stable she bolted, and dragged
+W., who only held her by a short halter, through a heap of manure. W.
+changed the halter for a long training halter, which gave him such
+power over her that he was easily able to bring the little scared thing
+up to the front of the house. Both M. and W. seemed much amused, and
+laughingly asked E. (the Communicator) to instruct them in Catlin’s
+method of taming horses. E. did so as well as he could, quoting
+only from memory. The experiment was not tried very satisfactorily,
+but rather under disadvantages. The filly was in the open air, many
+strangers about her, and both the experimenters were seeking rather
+amusement from the failure than knowledge from the success of their
+experiment. W. kept hold of the halter, and M., with considerable
+difficulty, for the filly was very restive and frightened, managed to
+cover her eyes. He had been smoking just before, and the smoke must
+have had some effect on his breath. When he covered her eyes, he <em>blew</em>
+into the nostrils, but afterwards, at E.’s request, he <em>breathed</em>;
+and, as he immediately told E., directly that he began to breathe, the
+filly, who had very much resisted having her eyes covered and had been
+very restive, “<em>stood perfectly still and trembled</em>.” From that time
+she became very tractable. W. also breathed into her nostrils, and
+she evidently enjoyed it, and kept putting up her nose to receive the
+breath. She was exceedingly tractable and well behaved, and very loth
+to start, however much provoked. The waving of a red handkerchief, and
+the presenting of a hat to her eyes, while the presenter made a noise
+inside it, hardly seemed to startle her at all.</p>
+
+<p><em>Saturday, Feb. 12, 1842.</em>&mdash;This morning the filly was again led
+out to show its behaviour, which was so good as to call forth both
+astonishment and praise. It was exceedingly tractable, and followed W.
+about with a loose halter. Attempts were made to frighten it. M. put on
+a long scarlet Italian cap, and E. flapped a large Spanish cloak during
+a violent wind before its eyes, and any well broken-in horse would have
+started much more than did this yearling.</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p><a class="pagenum" id="Page_334" title="334"></a></p>
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Experiment the Second.</span></p>
+
+<p class="hang">
+  <span class="smcap">Subject</span>&mdash;<em>A Filly, three years old, coming four, and very
+     obstinate; quite unbroken-in.</em></p>
+
+<p><em>Saturday, Feb. 12, 1842.</em>&mdash;While the last experiments were being tried
+on the yearling, W. espied B., a farmer and tenant of M., with several
+men, at the distance of some fields, trying, most ineffectually, on the
+old system, to break-in a horse. W. proposed to go down and show him
+what effect had been produced on the yearling. The rest agreed, and
+W., M., and E. proceeded towards B., W. leading the yearling. On their
+way they had to lead her over a brook, which she passed after a little
+persuasion, <em>without force</em>. One of the fields through which she had to
+pass contained four horses, three of which trotted up and surrounded
+her, but she did not become in the least degree restive, or desirous of
+getting loose. When the party arrived at the spot, they found that B.
+and his men had tied their filly short up to a tree in the corner of a
+field, one side of which was walled, and the other hedged in. W. now
+delivered the yearling up to M., and proposed to B. to tame his horse
+after the new method, or (to use his own phrase) to “puff” it. B., who
+was aware of the character of his horse, anxiously warned W. not to
+approach it, cautioning him especially against the fore-feet, asserting
+that the horse would rear and strike him with the fore-feet, as it had
+“lamed” his own (B.’s) thigh just before they had come up. W. therefore
+proceeded very cautiously. He climbed the wall, and came at the horse
+through the tree, to the trunk of which he clung for some time, that he
+might secure a retreat in case of need. Immediately upon his touching
+the halter, the horse pranced about, and finally pulled away with a
+dogged and stubborn expression, which seemed to bid W. defiance. Taking
+advantage of this, W. leaned over as far as he could, clinging all the
+time to the tree with his right hand, and succeeded in breathing into
+one nostril, without, however, being able to blind the eyes. From that
+moment all became easy. W., who is very skilful in the management of a
+horse, coaxed it, and rubbed its face, and breathed from time to time
+into the nostrils, while the horse offered no resistance. In about ten
+minutes W. declared his conviction that the horse was subdued; and he
+then unfastened it, and, to the great and evident astonishment of B.
+(who had been trying all the morning in vain to gain a mastery over
+it), led it quietly away with a loose halter. Stopping in the middle
+of the field, with no one else near, W. quietly walked up to the
+horse, placed his arm over one eye and his hand over the other, and
+breathed into the nostrils. It was pleasing to observe how agreeable
+this operation appeared to the horse, who put up its nose continually
+to receive the “puff.” In this manner W. led the horse through all
+the fields, in one of which were the four horses already mentioned,
+who had formerly been the companions of the one just tamed, and who
+surrounded it, without, however, making it in the least degree restive.
+At length W. and the horse reached the stable-yard, where they were
+joined by C. W. C. C., of S&mdash;&mdash; Hall, and J. B. son of B. the farmer.
+In the presence of<a class="pagenum" id="Page_335" title="335"></a> these, M., and E., W. first examined the fore-feet,
+and then the hind-feet of the horse, who offered no resistance, but,
+while W. was examining the hind-feet, leant its neck round, and kept
+nosing W.’s back. He next buckled on a surcingle, and then a saddle,
+and finally bitted the horse with a rope. During the whole of these
+operations the horse did not offer the slightest resistance, nor did
+it flinch in the least degree. All who witnessed the transaction were
+astonished at the result obtained. The Communicator regrets only that
+he is not at liberty to publish the names at length. This experiment
+of bitting was the last that W. tried, since the nature of the country
+about M&mdash;&mdash; Park did not admit of ridings being tried with any prospect
+of safety. The whole experiment lasted about an hour. It should be
+mentioned that when J. B., to whom W. delivered up the horse, attempted
+to lead it away, it resisted; whereupon E. recommended J. B. to breathe
+into its nostrils. He did so, and the horse followed him easily. The
+next day, B., who is severe and obstinate, began at this horse in the
+old method, and belaboured it dreadfully, whereupon the horse very
+sensibly broke away. This result is important, since it shows that the
+spirit is subdued, not broken.</p>
+
+<p>These are all the experiments which the Communicator has as yet had
+the opportunity of either witnessing or hearing the results of, but
+they are to him perfectly satisfactory; the more so, that Mr. W.,
+who made the experiments, was himself perfectly ignorant of any
+process of the kind until informed of it at the actual time of making
+the experiment. It may be considered over-hasty to publish these
+experiments in their present crude state, but the Communicator does so
+with a view to investigation. He will have no opportunity himself of
+making any experiments, as he is unacquainted with the treatment of
+horses, and neither owns any nor is likely to be thrown in the way of
+any unbroken colts. But the experiment is easy for any horse-owner,
+and would be best made in the stable, where the horse might easily
+be haltered down so as to offer no resistance. The method would, no
+doubt, be found efficacious for the subjugation and taming of vicious
+horses. The readers will, of course, have heard of the celebrated
+Irish horse-charmers. They never would communicate the secret, nor
+allow any one to be with them while they were in the stable taming
+the horse. It is agreed, however, that they approached the head. The
+Communicator feels sure that the method they employed was analogous
+to that contained in these pages. Persons have paid high prices for
+having their horses charmed; they have now an opportunity of charming
+horses themselves, at a very small expense of time and labour. Half an
+hour will suffice to subdue the most fiery steed&mdash;the wild horse of the
+prairies of North America.</p>
+
+<p>The Communicator has no object but that of benefiting the public in the
+above communication. The method is not his own, nor has he the merit of
+having first published it; but he thinks that he is the first who has
+caused the experiment to be made in England, and the entire success of
+that experiment induces him to make the present communication, in the
+hope that he may benefit not only his countrymen by the publication
+of a simple, easy,<a class="pagenum" id="Page_336" title="336"></a> and rapid method of performing what was formerly
+a long, tedious, and difficult process, but also the “puir beasties”
+themselves, by saving them from the pains and tortures of what is
+very aptly termed “<em>breaking</em>-in.” Mr. Catlin, indeed, speaks of the
+horse’s struggles being severe, but they were the struggles of a wild
+horse, just caught on a prairie, and not of the domestic animal quietly
+haltered in a stable. The process as now presented is one of great
+humanity to the horse, as well as ease and economy to the horse-owner.
+The only objections to it are its novelty and simplicity. Those who
+have strength of mind to act for themselves, and not to despise any
+means, however simple or apparently childish, will have cause to
+rejoice over the great results at which they will arrive. But the great
+watchword which the Communicator would impress upon his readers is,
+“Experiment!”</p>
+
+<p class="center" lang="la" xml:lang="la">Magna est veritas et prævalebit.</p>
+
+<p class="signature">A. J. E.</p>
+
+<p>Note.&mdash;<em>The above experiments, which the Author has supposed might be
+interesting to some of his readers, have been even more successful
+than he would have anticipated, having always believed that to bring
+about the surprising compromise he has so often witnessed by exchanging
+breath, the animal should be a wild one, and in the last extremity of
+fear and exhaustion.</em>&mdash;<span class="smcap">The Author.</span></p>
+
+
+<p class="center">THE END.</p>
+
+<p class="center small">London: Printed by <span class="smcap">William Clowes</span> and <span class="smcap">Sons</span>, Stamford Street.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+<div class="footnotes">
+
+<h3>Footnotes</h3>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+
+<p><a id="Footnote_1" href="#FNanchor_1"><span class="label">[1]</span></a>
+Some allowance will be made for the freedom with which the Ioways
+      occasionally speak of their predecessors, the Ojibbeways, as these
+      two tribes have lived in a state of constant warfare from time
+      immemorial.</p>
+
+<p class="center"><a id="Footnote_2" href="#FNanchor_2"><span class="label">[2]</span></a>
+<em>Names of the Indians</em>.</p>
+
+<p class="quote1">
+      1. Mew-hew-she-kaw (the white cloud), first chief of the nation.<br />
+      2. Neu-mon-ya (the walking rain), war-chief.<br />
+      3. Se-non-ti-yah (the blistered feet), the medicine man (or
+            Doctor).<br />
+      4. Wash-ka-mon-ya (the fast dancer).<br />
+      5. Shon-ta-yi-ga (the little wolf).<br />
+      6. No-ho-mun-ya (one who gives no attention), or Roman Nose.<br />
+      7. Wa-ton-ye (the foremost man).<br />
+      8. Wa-ta-we-buck-a-na (commanding general).<br />
+</p>
+
+<p class="center"><em>Women</em>.</p>
+
+<p class="quote1">
+      9.  Ru-ton-ye-wee-ma (strutting pigeon), wife of White Cloud.<br />
+      10. Ru-ton-wee-me (pigeon on the wing).<br />
+      11. O-kee-wee-me (female bear that walks on the back of another).<br />
+      12. Koon-za-ya-me (female war-eagle sailing).<br />
+      13. Ta-pa-ta-me (wisdom), girl.<br />
+      14. Corsair (pap-poose).<br />
+</p>
+
+<p><a id="Footnote_3" href="#FNanchor_3"><span class="label">[3]</span></a>
+<span class="smcap">Know all men by these presents</span>, That Shon-ta-yi-ga
+      or the <em>Little Wolf</em>, an Ioway brave, is well entitled to be
+      called a brave, from the fact of his having been engaged in
+      many expeditions against the enemies of his tribe: in all such
+      excursions he has, I am informed, universally behaved bravely.
+      But especially is he entitled to the love and confidence of
+      all men, whether white or red, on account of his humanity and
+      daring conduct in arresting from the cruel nation of which he
+      is a member, a party of <em>Omahaws</em>. On last Sabbath day he saved
+      from the tomahawk and scalping-knife ten unoffending Omahaws:
+      one of the party was decoyed out of sight and murdered; the
+      other ten consisting of the well-known and much-loved chiefs
+      Big Elk, Big Eyes, and Washkamonia, one squaw and six young
+      men. This party was on a visit of friendship, by special
+      invitation from the Ioways. When they arrived within ten miles
+      of this post, they were seen and conversed with by the son in
+      law of Neu-mon-ya, a chief of the Ioways, who undertook to
+      bring the <em>tobacco</em> and <em>sticks</em> to the Ioway chiefs, as is a
+      custom of Indians when on a begging expedition. This young man
+      proved treacherous, and failed to deliver his message to his
+      chiefs, and gave information of the approach of the Omahaws to
+      a man who was preparing to go on a war party. He and two-thirds
+      of the nation started out to murder their visitors, and were
+      only prevented by the timely assistance and interference of the
+      Little Wolf, or Shon-ta-yi-ga, and one other Ioway, whose name
+      is the Roman Nose.</p>
+
+   <p>This man (the Little Wolf) interfered, as he says, and doubtless
+      he tells the truth, because he considered it treacherous and
+      cowardly to strike a brother, after having invited them to
+      visit their nation. Such treachery is rare indeed among the
+      wildest North-American Indians, and never occurred with the
+      Ioways before. I met him and Jeffrey, the Ioway interpreter,
+      together with two other Ioways, guarding the Big Elk and his
+      party on to my agency, in a short time after this occurrence
+      took place.</p>
+
+   <p>I cannot close this communication without expressing my sincere
+      thanks to the Little Wolf and his comrade for their good
+      conduct; and I most respectfully beg leave to recommend them
+      to the kind attention of their great father, the President of
+      the United States, and all gentlemen to whom this paper may be
+      shown.</p>
+
+   <p class="signature"><span class="smcap">W. P. Richardson.</span></p>
+
+   <p><em>Great Nemahaw Sub-Agency, Oct. 23, 1843.</em></p>
+
+   <p><em>Office of Indian Affairs, St. Louis, Missouri, April 10, 1844</em>.</p>
+
+   <p><span class="smcap">Sir</span>,</p>
+
+   <p>Permit me to introduce to you the bearer, No-ho-mun-ya (Roman
+      Nose), an Ioway brave. Roman Nose, in company with Shon-ta-yi-ga,
+      or Little Wolf, in October last defended and rescued from
+      impending death by a party of his own nation, ten Omahaw Indians,
+      consisting of four respected chiefs, braves, and squaws, under
+      circumstances highly flattering to their bravery and humanity.</p>
+
+   <p>I would recommend that a medal be presented to No-ho-mun-ya
+      (Roman Nose) as a testimonial of his meritorious conduct on the
+      occasion referred to. Medals from the Government are highly
+      esteemed by the Indians; and if bravery and humanity are merits
+      in the Indian, then I think Roman Nose richly merits one. His
+      character in every respect is good.</p>
+
+   <p>A notice by the Government of meritorious acts by the Indians has
+      a happy tendency in making a favourable impression in reference
+      to the act that may be the cause of the notice.</p>
+
+   <p>I have presented Little Wolf with a medal that was in the office.
+      On receiving it, he very delicately replied, that “he deserved
+      no credit for what he had done&mdash;that he had only done his duty,
+      but was gratified that his conduct had merited the approbation
+      of his nation and his father.”</p>
+
+   <p class="signature">
+      <span class="padright10">I have the honour to be, very respectfully, Sir,</span><br />
+      <span class="padright5">Your obedient servant,</span><br />
+                                  <span class="smcap">W. H. Harvey</span>, Sup. Ind. Aff.</p>
+
+   <p>To his Excellency John Tyler, President of the<br />
+      <span class="padleft5">United States, Washington City.</span></p>
+
+   <p>I concur with Mr. Harvey in thinking this Indian Chief entitled
+      for his bravery and humanity to a medal.</p>
+
+   <p>June 8, 1844.</p>
+   <p class="signature"><span class="smcap">J. Tyler</span>, Presid. U. States, Washington City.</p>
+
+
+   <p>Medal delivered accordingly to Mr. Geo. H. C. Melody, for the Chief.</p>
+
+   <p>June 8, 1844.</p>
+   <p class="signature"><span class="smcap">J. Hartley Crawford.</span></p>
+
+<p><a id="Footnote_4" href="#FNanchor_4"><span class="label">[4]</span></a>
+The railway tunnel at Liverpool.</p>
+
+<p><a id="Footnote_5" href="#FNanchor_5"><span class="label">[5]</span></a>
+The red willow, from the inner bark of which the Indians make
+      their substitute for tobacco.</p>
+
+<p><a id="Footnote_6" href="#FNanchor_6"><span class="label">[6]</span></a>
+A medicinal herb, the roots of which the Indians use as a
+      cathartic medicine.</p>
+
+<p><a id="Footnote_7" href="#FNanchor_7"><span class="label">[7]</span></a>
+The frightful war-whoop is sounded at the instant when Indians
+      are rushing into battle, as the signal of attack. It is a
+      shrill sounded note, on a high key, given out with a gradual
+      swell, and shaken by a rapid vibration of the four fingers of
+      the right hand over the mouth. This note is not allowed to be
+      given in the Indian countries unless in battle, or in the war
+      or other dances, where they are privileged to give it.</p>
+
+<p><a id="Footnote_8" href="#FNanchor_8"><span class="label">[8]</span></a>
+The Approaching Dance is a spirited part of the <em>War Dance</em>, in
+      which the dancers are by their gestures exhibiting the mode of
+      advancing upon an enemy, by hunting out and following up the
+      track, discovering the enemy, and preparing for the attack,
+      &amp;c., and the song for this dance runs thus:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="poetry-container">
+ <div class="poetry">
+  <div class="stanza">
+   <div class="line">O-ta-pa!</div>
+   <div class="line indent2">I am creeping on your track,</div>
+   <div class="line indent2">Keep on your guard, O-ta-pa!</div>
+   <div class="line indent2">Or I will hop on your back,</div>
+   <div class="line indent2">I will hop on you, I will hop on you.</div>
+  </div>
+  <div class="stanza">
+   <div class="line indent2">Stand back, my friends, I see them;</div>
+   <div class="line indent2">The enemies are here, I see them!</div>
+   <div class="line indent2">They are in a good place,</div>
+   <div class="line indent2">Don’t move, I see them!</div>
+   <div class="line indent4">&amp;c. &amp;c. &amp;c.</div>
+  </div>
+ </div>
+</div>
+
+<p><a id="Footnote_9" href="#FNanchor_9"><span class="label">[9]</span></a>
+<span class="smcap">Wolf Song.</span>&mdash;This amusing song, which I have since
+      learned more of, and which I believe to be peculiar to the
+      Ioways, seems to come strictly under the province of the
+      <em>medicine</em> or <em>mystery</em> man. I will venture to say, that this
+      ingenious adaptation will excite a smile, if not some degree
+      of real amusement, as well as applause, whenever it is fairly
+      heard and understood by an English audience. The occasion that
+      calls for this song in the Ioway country is, when a party of
+      young men who are preparing to start on a war excursion against
+      their enemy (after having fatigued the whole village for
+      several days with the war dance, making their boasts how they
+      are going to slay their enemies, &amp;c.) have retired to rest, at
+      a late hour in the night, to start the next morning, at break
+      of day, on their intended expedition. In the dead of that
+      night, and after the vaunting war party have got into a sound
+      sleep, the serenading party, to sing this song, made up of a
+      number of young fellows who care at that time much less about
+      taking scalps than they do for a little good fun, appear back
+      of the wig-wams of these “<em>men of war</em>” and commence serenading
+      them with this curious song, which they have ingeniously taken
+      from the howling of a gang of wolves, and so admirably adapted
+      it to music as to form it into a most amusing duet, quartet,
+      or whatever it may be better termed; and with this song, with
+      its barking and howling chorus, they are sure to annoy the
+      party until they get up, light the fire, get out their tobacco,
+      and other little luxuries they may have prepared for their
+      excursion, which they will smoke and partake with them until
+      daylight, if they last so long, when they will take leave of
+      their morning friends who are for the “death,” thanking them
+      for their liberality and kindness in starting, wishing them a
+      good night’s sleep (when night comes again) and a successful
+      campaign against their enemies.</p>
+
+<p><a id="Footnote_10" href="#FNanchor_10"><span class="label">[10]</span></a>
+This peculiar dance is given to a stranger, or strangers,
+       whom they are decided to welcome in their village; and out of
+       respect to the person or persons to whom they are expressing
+       this welcome, the musicians and all the spectators rise upon
+       their feet while it is being danced.</p>
+
+    <p>The song is at first a lament for some friend, or friends, who
+       are dead or gone away, and ends in a gay and lively and cheerful
+       step, whilst they are announcing that the friend to whom they
+       are addressing it is received into the place which has been
+       left.</p>
+
+<p><a id="Footnote_11" href="#FNanchor_11"><span class="label">[11]</span></a>
+This barbarous and exciting scene is the Indian mode of
+celebrating a victory, and is given fifteen nights in succession, when
+a war party returns from battle, having taken scalps from the heads
+of their enemies. Taking the scalp is practised by all the American
+tribes, and by them all very much in the same way, by cutting off a
+patch of the skin from a victim’s head when killed in battle; and this
+piece of skin, with the hair on it, is the scalp, which is taken and
+preserved solely for a trophy, as the proof positive that its possessor
+has killed an enemy in battle, and this because they have no books of
+history or public records to refer to for the account of the battles
+of military men. The scalp dance is generally danced by torch light,
+at a late hour in the night; and, in all tribes, the women take a
+conspicuous part in it, by dancing in the circle with the men, holding
+up the scalps just brought from battle, attached to the top of a pole,
+or the handle of a lance.</p>
+
+<p>A scalp, to be a genuine one, must have been taken from the head of an
+<em>enemy</em>, and that enemy <em>dead</em>. The living are sometimes scalped, but
+whenever it occurs, it is on a field of battle, amongst the wounded,
+and supposed to be dead, who sometimes survive, but with the signal
+disgrace of having lost a patch of the skin and hair from the top of
+their heads.</p>
+
+<p><a id="Footnote_12" href="#FNanchor_12"><span class="label">[12]</span></a>
+The <em>Pipe of Peace</em> (or calumet) is a sacred pipe, so held by
+       all the American tribes, and kept in possession of the chiefs,
+       to be smoked only at times of peace-making. When the terms of
+       a treaty have been agreed upon, this sacred pipe, the stem of
+       which is ornamented with eagle’s quills, is brought forward,
+       and the solemn pledge to keep the peace is passed through the
+       sacred stem by each chief and warrior drawing the smoke once
+       through it. After this ceremony is over, the warriors of the
+       two tribes unite in the dance, with the pipe of peace held in
+       the left hand, and a she-she-quoi (or rattle) in the right.</p>
+
+
+<p><a id="Footnote_13" href="#FNanchor_13"><span class="label">[13]</span></a>
+Geo. Catlin.</p>
+
+<p><a id="Footnote_14" href="#FNanchor_14"><span class="label">[14]</span></a>
+Being a silent listener to these conversations, I took out my
+       note book and wrote down the remarks here given, as they were
+       translated by Jeffrey.</p>
+
+<p><a id="Footnote_15" href="#FNanchor_15"><span class="label">[15]</span></a>
+Clergymen.</p>
+
+<p><a id="Footnote_16" href="#FNanchor_16"><span class="label">[16]</span></a>
+The author.</p>
+
+<p><a id="Footnote_17" href="#FNanchor_17"><span class="label">[17]</span></a>
+Though the old War-chief, who was their speaking oracle on
+       the subject of religion, remained sad and contemplative,
+       there was daily much conversation and levity amongst the
+       rest of the party on the subject of the “six religions of
+       white men,” which they had discovered; and either Jim or the
+       little “commanding general” (son of the War-chief), both of
+       whom were busy with their pencils, left on the table for my
+       portfolio the subjoined curious, but significant illustration
+       of their ideas of white man’s paradise, and the six different
+       modes of getting to it. <a href="#Plate_11"><em>Plate No.</em> 11</a> is a <em>fac simile</em> of
+       this curious document, which the reader will appreciate on
+       examination.</p>
+
+<p><a id="Footnote_18" href="#FNanchor_18"><span class="label">[18]</span></a>
+This is, undoubtedly, the favourite and most manly and
+       exciting game of the North American Indians, and often played
+       by three or four hundred on a side, who venture their horses,
+       robes, weapons, and even the very clothes upon their backs,
+       on the issue of the game. For this beautiful game two byes or
+       goals are established, at three or four hundred yards from
+       each other, by erecting two poles in the ground for each, four
+       or five feet apart, between which it is the strife of either
+       party to force the ball (it having been thrown up at a point
+       half-way between) by catching it in a little hoop, or racket,
+       at the end of a stick, three feet in length, held in both
+       hands as they run, throwing the ball an immense distance when
+       they get it in the stick. This game is always played over an
+       extensive prairie or meadow, and the confusion and laughable
+       scrambles for the ball when it is falling, and often sought
+       for by two or three hundred gathered to a focus, are curious
+       and amusing beyond the reach of any description or painting.</p>
+
+<p><a id="Footnote_19" href="#FNanchor_19"><span class="label">[19]</span></a>
+The polite Doctor often spoke of his admiration of this
+       excellent lady and of her beautiful park, and expressed his
+       regrets also that the day they spent there was so short; for
+       while hunting for the ball which they had lost, it seemed he
+       had strolled alone into her beautiful <em lang="fr" xml:lang="fr">Conservatoire</em>, where
+       he said, “in just casting his eyes around, he thought there
+       were roots that they had not yet been able to find in this
+       country, and which they stood much in need of.” He said “he
+       believed from what he had seen when he was looking for the
+       ball, though nobody had ever told him, that this lady was a
+       great root-doctor.”</p>
+
+<p><a id="Footnote_20" href="#FNanchor_20"><span class="label">[20]</span></a>
+No Indian language in America affords the power of swearing,
+       not being sufficiently rich and refined.</p>
+
+<p><a id="Footnote_21" href="#FNanchor_21"><span class="label">[21]</span></a>
+The reverend gentleman.</p>
+
+<p><a id="Footnote_22" href="#FNanchor_22"><span class="label">[22]</span></a>
+Mr. Catlin.</p>
+
+<p><a id="Footnote_23" href="#FNanchor_23"><span class="label">[23]</span></a>
+One of the most violent causes of the Indian’s hatred of white
+       men is, that nearly every Indian grave is opened by them on
+       the frontier for their skulls or for the weapons and trinkets
+       buried with them.</p>
+
+<p><a id="Footnote_24" href="#FNanchor_24"><span class="label">[24]</span></a>
+This unfortunate “friend of mine” called the next day, with a
+       handkerchief tied over one eye, and one arm in a sling; and
+       while we <em>happened</em> to be talking of their intended visit to
+       some of the “hells,” he took occasion to exclaim at once, “My
+       good fellows, let me advise you, go and see everything else in
+       London, but take especial care you don’t go into any of those
+       infernal regions, and get served as I have been, or ten times
+       worse, for I was lucky that I didn’t lose my life.” “Then you
+       have seen them?” said I. “Seen them? yes, I <em>saw</em>, till I was
+       knocked down three or four times, and my pockets picked, after
+       I paid out to those infernal demons fifteen pounds; so I lost
+       about thirty pounds altogether, and have not been able to see
+       since. Nat B&mdash;n of New York was with me, and he got off much
+       worse than I did; he was carried home for dead and hasn’t been
+       out of his room since. When I get a little better, my good
+       fellows, I will give you a long account of what we saw, and
+       I’ll venture you never will want to risk your heads there.”
+       My friend here left us, and Jim and the Doctor had evidently
+       changed their minds about going to see the “Hells of London.”</p>
+
+<p><a id="Footnote_25" href="#FNanchor_25"><span class="label">[25]</span></a>
+St Louis.</p>
+
+<p><a id="Footnote_26" href="#FNanchor_26"><span class="label">[26]</span></a>
+The Royal Arms (the Lion and the Unicorn).</p>
+
+<p><a id="Footnote_27" href="#FNanchor_27"><span class="label">[27]</span></a>
+It is worthy of remark, and due to these kind-hearted people,
+       that I should here explain that this was by no means a
+       solitary instance of their benevolence in Birmingham. Whenever
+       they could get out upon the portico to look into the streets,
+       they threw their pence to the poor; and during the time they
+       were residing in London, we ascertained to a certainty that
+       they gave away to poor Lascars and others in the streets, from
+       their omnibus, many pounds sterling.</p>
+
+<p class="signature"><a id="Footnote_28" href="#FNanchor_28"><span class="label">[28]</span></a>
+<em>Bennett’s Hill, near Birmingham, Nov. 1st, 1844.</em></p>
+  <p>My dear Mr. Catlin,&mdash;I have seen the nobility of England at a
+       birth-night ball in St. James’s palace. I have seen the King
+       and Queen move around the circle, stopping to speak to every
+       individual, and I have wondered what they could have to say. I
+       have seen the Prince of Wales (afterwards George the Fourth)
+       open the ball with a minuet, and afterwards dance down a country
+       dance; and I thought him a handsome young man, and a fine
+       dancer. This was in the year 1780.</p>
+
+    <p>Yesterday, as you well know, for you brought them to visit me,
+       I saw the fourteen Ioway Indians. I shook hands with each,
+       and told them, through the interpreter, that red men were my
+       friends. I looked at them, as they were seated in a half-circle
+       in my drawing-room, immoveable as statues, and magnificently
+       dressed in their own costume, with astonishment. I had never
+       seen a spectacle so imposing. At my request, you presented
+       them to me separately&mdash;first the men, and then the women and
+       children&mdash;and I gave each a small present, for which they were
+       so thankful. At parting, the War-chief stood before me and made
+       a speech, thanking me for my kindness to them, which they should
+       long recollect, and saying, “that, although we should meet no
+       more in this world, yet he hoped the Great Spirit would make us
+       meet in the next.” The action of the chief was free and natural,
+       and most graceful; far superior to anything I ever saw. Indeed,
+       these people are the nobility of nature.</p>
+
+    <p class="signature">
+      <span class="padright5">I am, my dear Sir, your very obliged and very respectful</span><br />
+                                             <span class="smcap">Catherine Hutton</span>.</p>
+
+<p><a id="Footnote_29" href="#FNanchor_29"><span class="label">[29]</span></a>
+Miss E. Fothergill.</p>
+
+<p><a id="Footnote_30" href="#FNanchor_30"><span class="label">[30]</span></a>
+The Author.</p>
+
+<p><a id="Footnote_31" href="#FNanchor_31"><span class="label">[31]</span></a>
+See in Appendix (A) to this volume Correspondence, &amp;c.,
+       relative to Ioway Mission.</p>
+
+<p><a id="Footnote_32" href="#FNanchor_32"><span class="label">[32]</span></a>
+The Tower.</p>
+
+<p><a id="Footnote_33" href="#FNanchor_33"><span class="label">[33]</span></a>
+The reader is referred to the fervent breathing pages of a
+       little periodical, entitled the ‘Olive Branch,’ for a most
+       feeling and impressive account of the reception of this little
+       child’s remains, and its burial in their beautiful cemetery,
+       by the Friends in Newcastle-on-Tyne.</p>
+
+<p><a id="Footnote_34" href="#FNanchor_34"><span class="label">[34]</span></a>
+See English experiments in breaking horses by the Indian mode.
+       <a href="#App_B">Appendix B</a>.</p>
+
+<p><a id="Footnote_35" href="#FNanchor_35"><span class="label">[35]</span></a>
+Only to be appreciated by those who have seen the Dublin
+       “cars.”</p>
+
+<p><a id="Footnote_36" href="#FNanchor_36"><span class="label">[36]</span></a>
+The Author.</p>
+
+<p><a id="Footnote_37" href="#FNanchor_37"><span class="label">[37]</span></a>
+White man.</p>
+
+<p><a id="Footnote_38" href="#FNanchor_38"><span class="label">[38]</span></a>
+An ingenious whistle made to imitate the chattering of the soaring
+eagle, and used in the eagle dance.</p>
+
+<p><a id="Footnote_39" href="#FNanchor_39"><span class="label">[39]</span></a>
+See critical notices of the French Press, Appendix to vol. i.
+       p. 239.</p>
+
+<p><a id="Footnote_40" href="#FNanchor_40"><span class="label">[40]</span></a>
+The place they had escaped in the great village of the whites
+       they had been told was a Hell. It had been explained to them,
+       however, that there were several of those places in London,
+       and that they were only <em>imitations</em> of hell, but they seemed
+       to believe that these catacombs (as there were so many
+       millions of the bones of Frenchmen gone into them) might be
+       the real hell of the pale-faces, and it was best to run no
+       risk.</p>
+
+<p><a id="Footnote_41" href="#FNanchor_41"><span class="label">[41]</span></a>
+I learned from M. Vattemare, on his return, that the party
+       were treated with great friendship by an American gentleman
+       in Havre, Mr. Winslow, who invited them to dine at his house,
+       and bestowed on them liberal presents. They embraced their old
+       friend Bobasheela in their arms on the deck of their vessel,
+       and he sailed for London as their vessel was under weigh for
+       America. The rest of their history is for other historians,
+       and my narrative will continue a little further on events in
+       Paris.</p>
+
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<div class="transnote">
+<h2><a id="endnote" />Transcriber’s Note</h2>
+
+<p>Hyphenation of compound words follows the text. If a hyphenation
+occurred on a line or page break, the most common variant was followed.
+Suspect spellings are noted, but are retained. The modern word ‘grizzly’
+is spelled as ‘grizly’ or ‘grisly’. The word ‘chickabboboo-ags’ (gin palaces)
+appears both with and without the hyphen as a single word.</p>
+
+<p>The following table describes how a variety of textual issues, and
+resolution. Where variants were most likely printer’s errors, they
+have been corrected, otherwise merely noted.</p>
+
+<table id="errata" summary="errata" cellspacing="3" cellpadding="3">
+<colgroup>
+  <col width="15%" />
+  <col width="45%" />
+  <col width="40%" />
+</colgroup>
+<tr><td class="tdr">p. viii</td><td>The “big gun[,]”</td><td>Removed.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdr">p.    x</td><td>The Author breakf[e]asts</td><td>Removed.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdr">p.   29</td><td>visiters</td><td><em>sic.</em></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdr">p.   37</td><td>“oh, the distress![”]</td><td>Added.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdr">p.  117</td><td>relig[i]on</td><td>Added.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdr">p.  155</td><td>Newcastle-on[-]Tyne</td><td>Added.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdr">p.  182</td><td>to support the Queen and royal family.[”]</td><td>Added.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdr">p.  184</td><td>when he[,] should stop</td><td>Removed.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdr">p.  197</td><td>they had seen in [t]heir numerous visits</td><td>Added.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdr">p.  241</td><td>Wa-ton-y[a/e]</td><td>Corrected.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdr">p.  247</td><td>were daily engaged[,/.]</td><td>Corrected.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdr">&nbsp;</td><td>mea[n]ing</td><td>Added.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdr">p.  253</td><td>and their questions.[”]</td><td>Added.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdr">p.  304</td><td>adherance</td><td><em>sic.</em></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdr">p.  305</td><td>w[i]th the whole glare</td><td>Restored.</td></tr>
+</table>
+
+
+
+</div>
+
+<div>*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 44777 ***</div>
+</body>
+</html>
+
+
+
diff --git a/44777-h/images/cover.jpg b/44777-h/images/cover.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7cb340c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/44777-h/images/cover.jpg
diff --git a/44777-h/images/i_014fp.jpg b/44777-h/images/i_014fp.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8050041
--- /dev/null
+++ b/44777-h/images/i_014fp.jpg
diff --git a/44777-h/images/i_020fp.jpg b/44777-h/images/i_020fp.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2708f4d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/44777-h/images/i_020fp.jpg
diff --git a/44777-h/images/i_056fp.jpg b/44777-h/images/i_056fp.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8bff556
--- /dev/null
+++ b/44777-h/images/i_056fp.jpg
diff --git a/44777-h/images/i_076fp.jpg b/44777-h/images/i_076fp.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..db84b88
--- /dev/null
+++ b/44777-h/images/i_076fp.jpg
diff --git a/44777-h/images/i_082fp.jpg b/44777-h/images/i_082fp.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2575ba5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/44777-h/images/i_082fp.jpg
diff --git a/44777-h/images/i_102fp.jpg b/44777-h/images/i_102fp.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bfece7b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/44777-h/images/i_102fp.jpg
diff --git a/44777-h/images/i_212fp.jpg b/44777-h/images/i_212fp.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ef07626
--- /dev/null
+++ b/44777-h/images/i_212fp.jpg
diff --git a/44777-h/images/i_216fp.jpg b/44777-h/images/i_216fp.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..522c9b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/44777-h/images/i_216fp.jpg
diff --git a/44777-h/images/i_226fp.jpg b/44777-h/images/i_226fp.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e861769
--- /dev/null
+++ b/44777-h/images/i_226fp.jpg
diff --git a/44777-h/images/i_278fp.jpg b/44777-h/images/i_278fp.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c540058
--- /dev/null
+++ b/44777-h/images/i_278fp.jpg
diff --git a/44777-h/images/i_288fpa.jpg b/44777-h/images/i_288fpa.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c6533c6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/44777-h/images/i_288fpa.jpg
diff --git a/44777-h/images/i_288fpb.jpg b/44777-h/images/i_288fpb.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7e4ef7b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/44777-h/images/i_288fpb.jpg
diff --git a/44777-h/images/i_290fp.jpg b/44777-h/images/i_290fp.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..30bce2c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/44777-h/images/i_290fp.jpg
diff --git a/44777-h/images/i_292fp.jpg b/44777-h/images/i_292fp.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..07a9131
--- /dev/null
+++ b/44777-h/images/i_292fp.jpg
diff --git a/44777-h/images/i_300fpa.jpg b/44777-h/images/i_300fpa.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bf1edb6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/44777-h/images/i_300fpa.jpg
diff --git a/44777-h/images/i_300fpb.jpg b/44777-h/images/i_300fpb.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ce5d4aa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/44777-h/images/i_300fpb.jpg
diff --git a/44777-h/images/i_decorativerule.jpg b/44777-h/images/i_decorativerule.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..53ecc3d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/44777-h/images/i_decorativerule.jpg
diff --git a/44777-h/images/i_halftitle_decorativerule.jpg b/44777-h/images/i_halftitle_decorativerule.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..889eb04
--- /dev/null
+++ b/44777-h/images/i_halftitle_decorativerule.jpg
diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6312041
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LICENSE.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements,
+metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be
+in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES.
+
+Procedures for determining public domain status are described in
+the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org.
+
+No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in
+jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize
+this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright
+status under the laws that apply to them.
diff --git a/README.md b/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1b8a7c3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for
+eBook #44777 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/44777)
diff --git a/old/44777-8.txt b/old/44777-8.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..06cc567
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/44777-8.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,12883 @@
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of Adventures of the Ojibbeway and Ioway
+Indians in England, France, and Belgium; Vol. II (of 2), by George Catlin
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: Adventures of the Ojibbeway and Ioway Indians in England, France, and Belgium; Vol. II (of 2)
+       being Notes of Eight Years' Travels and Residence in Europe
+       with his North American Indian Collection
+
+Author: George Catlin
+
+Release Date: January 28, 2014 [EBook #44777]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK OJIBBEWAY, IOWAY IN ENGLAND, VOL II ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by KD Weeks, Steven Gibbs, The Internet Archive:
+American Libraries and the Online Distributed Proofreading
+Team at http://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+
+
+
+Transcriber's Note
+
+This version of the text is unable to reproduce certain typographic
+features. Italics are delimited with the '_' character as _italic_. The
+'oe' ligature is rendered as separate characters. Words printed using
+"small capitals" are shifted to all upper-case. The 'oe' ligature is
+given here as separate characters.
+
+There are various fonts employed. These are indicated, usually, simply
+by indenting those passages.
+
+Illustrations cannot be reproduced here, but the approximate position
+of each is indicated as: [Illustration: <caption>]. The captions, it
+should be noted, are limited to a plate number.
+
+The few footnotes are repositioned at the end of the paragraph
+or quotation where they are referenced. They have been numbered
+consecutively.
+
+Please consult the note at the end of this text for details of any
+corrections made.
+
+
+
+
+                             CATLIN'S NOTES
+
+                                   OF
+
+                   EIGHT YEARS' TRAVELS AND RESIDENCE
+
+                               IN EUROPE,
+
+                                WITH HIS
+
+                   NORTH AMERICAN INDIAN COLLECTION.
+
+                               VOLUME II.
+
+
+
+
+                               ADVENTURES
+
+                                 OF THE
+
+                      OJIBBEWAY AND IOWAY INDIANS
+
+                                   IN
+
+                     ENGLAND, FRANCE, AND BELGIUM;
+
+                             BEING NOTES OF
+
+              EIGHT YEARS' TRAVELS AND RESIDENCE IN EUROPE
+
+                                WITH HIS
+
+                   NORTH AMERICAN INDIAN COLLECTION,
+
+                            BY GEO. CATLIN.
+
+
+                            IN TWO VOLUMES.
+
+                                VOL. II.
+
+                       With numerous Engravings.
+
+                         _THIRD EDITION._
+
+                                LONDON:
+                        PUBLISHED BY THE AUTHOR,
+            AT HIS INDIAN COLLECTION, NO. 6, WATERLOO PLACE.
+                                 1852.
+
+
+
+
+                          CONTENTS OF VOL. II.
+
+
+                             CHAPTER XVII.
+
+  Arrival of fourteen Ioway Indians in London--Their lodgings
+      in St. James's Street--The Author visits them--Their
+      portraits and names--Mr. Melody, their conductor--Jeffrey
+      Doraway, their interpreter--Landlady's alarm--Indians
+      visit the Author's Collection in the Egyptian
+      Hall--Arrangement to dance in the Collection--The
+      Doctor (Medicine or Mystery man) on top of the
+      Hall--Their first drive in a bus--Doctor's appearance
+      outside--Indians' first impressions of London--Lascars
+      sweeping the streets--Man with a big nose--The
+      Doctor lost, and found on the housetop--Their first
+      exhibition in Egyptian Hall--Eagle-dance--The Doctor's
+      speech--Great amusement of the ladies--His description
+      of the railroad from Liverpool to London--War-dance,
+      great applause--The "jolly fat dame"--She presents
+      a gold bracelet to the Doctor by mistake--Her
+      admiration of the _Roman-nose_--War-whoop--Description
+      of--Approaching-dance--Wolf-song, and description
+      of--Great amusement of the audience--Shaking
+      hands--Mistake with the bracelet                            Page 1
+
+                             CHAPTER XVIII.
+
+  Character of the Doctor (_mystery_ or _medicine man_)--An
+      omnibus-drive--The Doctor's admiration of the
+      "jolly fat dame"--Jealousy--War-dress and war-paint
+      of the _Roman-nose_--His appearance--He leads the
+      War-dance--The Welcome-dance, and Bear-dance--Description
+      of--Pipe-of-peace (or Calumet) dance, and
+      Scalp-dance--_Chip-pe-ho-la_ (_the Author_)--Speech
+      of the War-chief--The "jolly fat dame"--She presents a
+      gold bracelet to _Roman-nose_--Jealousy and distress
+      of the Doctor--She converses with Daniel--Two reverend
+      gentlemen converse with the Indians about religion--Reply
+      of White-cloud and War-chief--Questions by the reverend
+      gentlemen--Answers by the War-chief--Indians invited to
+      breakfast with Mr. Disraeli, M.P., Park Lane--Indians'
+      toilette and dress--The Doctor and Jim (Wash-ka-mon-ya)
+      fasting for the occasion                                        27
+
+                              CHAPTER XIX.
+
+  Kind reception at Mr. Disraeli's--View of Hyde Park from
+      the top of his house--Review of troops, and sham
+      fight--Breakfast-table--The Doctor missing--The Author
+      finds him in the bathing-room--Champagne wine--Refused
+      by the Indians--_Chickabobboo_: _Chippehola_ tells the
+      story of it--The Indians drink--Presents--The "big
+      looking-glass"--The Doctor smiles in it--Speech of the
+      War-chief--Shake of hands, and return--Exhibition-room,
+      Egyptian Hall--Doctor presents a string of wampum and
+      the "_White-feather_" to the "jolly fat dame"--Indians
+      talk about _chickabobboo_--The Rev. Mr. G---- calls--A
+      different religion (a Catholic)--Interview appointed--Two
+      Methodist clergymen call--Indians refuse to see them--The
+      giant and giantess visit the Indians--The Doctor measuring
+      the giantess--The talk with the Catholic clergyman Page 47
+
+                              CHAPTER XX.
+
+  The Doctor and Jim visit several churches--The Indians
+      in St. Paul's--In Westminster Abbey--The exhibition
+      at the Hall--The Doctor agrees to go in the carriage
+      of the "jolly fat dame"--Mr. Melody objects--The
+      Doctor's melancholy--Indians stop the bus to talk
+      with Lascars--Make them presents of money--Indians
+      discover _chickabobboo-ags_(gin-palaces)--and
+      ladies lying down in their carriages reading
+      books--_Chim-e-gotch-ees_ (or fish)--Jim's story
+      of "Fish"--Experiments in mesmerism--Wash-ka-mon-ya
+      (Jim) mesmerized--The Doctor's opinions on
+      mesmerism--Ioways in Lord's Cricket-ground--Archery and
+      ball-playing--Encampment--Wigwams--Indians invited by
+      Mrs. Lawrence to Ealing Park--Their kind reception--Their
+      Royal Highnesses the Duke and Duchess of Cambridge--The
+      Princess Mary--The Duchess of Gloucester--The Hereditary
+      Grand Duke and Duchess, and other distinguished
+      guests--Amusements--Beautiful grounds--Indians dine on the
+      lawn--Roast beef and plum-pudding--_Chickabobboo_--Alarm
+      of the parrots--Doctor's superstition--_Chickabobboo_
+      explained--Speech of the War-chief--Taking leave--Fright
+      of the poor birds--Handsome presents--Conservatory--The
+      Doctor's ideas of it--Indians visit Surrey Zoological
+      Gardens--Fright of the birds and animals--Indians
+      sacrifice tobacco to the lion and the rattle-snakes             63
+
+                              CHAPTER XXI.
+
+  Indians' remarks on the Zoological Gardens--Their pity for
+      the poor buffalo and other animals imprisoned--Jim's talk
+      with a clergyman about Hell and the hy�nas--Indians'
+      ideas of astronomy--Jim and the Doctor hear of the hells
+      of London--Desire to go into them--Promised to go--Indians
+      counting the gin-palaces (_chickabobboo-ags_)in a
+      ride to Blackwall and back--The result--Exhibition in
+      the Egyptian Hall--A sudden excitement--The War-chief
+      recognises in the crowd his old friend "Bobasheela"--Their
+      former lives on the Mississippi and Missouri--Bobasheela
+      an Englishman--His travels in the "Far West" of
+      America--Story of their first acquaintance--The
+      doomed wedding-party--Lieut. Pike--Daniel Boone and
+      Son--Indians visit a great brewery--Kind reception by
+      the proprietors--Great surprise of the Indians--Immense
+      quantities of _chickabobboo_--War-dance in an empty
+      vat--Daniel commences Jim's book of the statistics of
+      England--Indians visit the Tunnel--Visit to the Tower--The
+      Horse Armoury--The Royal Regalia--Indians' ideas of the
+      crowns and jewels--"_Totems_"(arms) on the fronts of
+      noblemen's houses--Royal arms over the shops--Strange
+      notions of the Doctor--They see the "man with the big
+      nose" again--And the "great white War-chief (the Duke of
+      Wellington) on horseback, near his wigwam" Page 90
+
+                             CHAPTER XXII.
+
+  The Ioways in Vauxhall Gardens--Surrey Theatre--Carter
+      in the lions' cage--Astonishment of the
+      Indians--Indians in the Diving Bell, at the Polytechnic
+      Institution--Indians riding--Shooting at target on
+      horseback--Ball-play--"Jolly fat dame"--Ladies converse
+      with the Doctor--His reasons for not marrying--Curious
+      questions--Plurality of wives--Amusing scene--The
+      Author in Indian costume--A cruel experiment--Ioways
+      arrive in Birmingham--The Author's arrival
+      there--Society of Friends--Indians all breakfast
+      with Mr. Joseph Sturge--Kind treatment--Conversation
+      after breakfast about religion and education--Reply
+      of the War-chief--The button-factory of Turner and
+      Sons--Generous presents to the Indians--_Bobasheela_
+      arrives--Indians dividing their buttons--Doctor found
+      on top of the Shakespeare Buildings--Indians' kindness
+      to a beggar-woman--Poorhouses--Many Friends visit the
+      Indians--Indians' visit to Miss Catherine Hutton--Her
+      great age--Her kindness--Dinner--Her presents to them
+      in money--Parting scene--The War-chief's speech to
+      her--Her letters to the Author--Indians present to the
+      two hospitals 370 dollars--Address read by the Presidents
+      to the Indians--Doctor's reply--Indians start for York--A
+      fox-hunt--Curious notions of Indians about it--Visit to
+      York Minster--Ascend the grand tower--Visit to the castle
+      and prison--Museum of the instruments of murder--Alarm of
+      the Doctor--Kindness of the governor of the castle and
+      his lady--Indians' ideas of imprisonment for debt, and
+      punishment for murder                                          117
+
+                             CHAPTER XXIII.
+
+  Newcastle-on-Tyne--Indians' alarms about jails--Kind
+      visits from Friends--Mrs. A. Richardson--Advice of the
+      Friends--War-Chiefs reply--Liberal presents--Arrive
+      at Sunderland--Kindness of the Friends--All breakfast
+      with Mr. T. Richardson--Indians plant trees in
+      his garden--And the Author also--The Doctor's
+      superstition--Sacrifice--Feast--Illness of the Roman
+      Nose--Indians visit a coalpit--North Shields--A sailors'
+      dinner and a row--Arrive at Edinburgh--A drive--First
+      exhibition there--Visit to Salisbury Crag--To Arthur's
+      Seat--Holyrood House and Castle--The crown of Robert
+      Bruce--The "big gun"--"Queen Mab"--Curious modes of
+      building--"Flats"--Origin of--Illness of Corsair, the
+      little _pappoose_--The old Doctor speaks--War-chief's
+      speech--A feast of ducks--Indians' remarks upon the
+      government of Scotland--"The swapping of crowns"--The
+      Doctor proposes the crown of Robert Bruce for Prince
+      Albert--Start for Dundee--Indians' liberality--A noble
+      act--Arrival at Dundee--Death of little Corsair--Distress
+      of the Little Wolf and his wife--Curious ceremony--Young
+      men piercing their arms--Indians at Perth--Arrival in
+      Glasgow--Quartered in the Town-hall--The cemetery--The
+      Hunterian Museum--The Doctor's admiration of it--Daily
+      drives--Indians throw money to the poor--Alarm for
+      _Roman Nose_--Two reverend gentlemen talk with the
+      Indians--War-chiefs remarks--Greenock--Doctor's regret at
+      leaving Page                                                   155
+
+                             CHAPTER XXIV.
+
+  Arrival in Dublin--Decline of the _Roman Nose_--Exhibition
+      in the Rotunda--Feast of ducks--First drive--Ph[oe]nix
+      Park--Stags--Indians' ideas of game-laws and
+      taxes--Annual expenses of British government--National
+      debt--Daniel enters these in Jim's book--Indians
+      called "Irishmen"--Author's reply--Speech of the
+      War-chief--Jim's rapid civilization--New estimates for
+      his book--Daniel reads of "Murders, &c.," in Times
+      newspaper--Jim subscribes for the Times--Petition
+      of 100,000 women--Society of Friends meet the
+      Indians in the Rotunda--Their advice, and present
+      to the chiefs 40_l._--Indians invited to Zoological
+      Gardens--Presented with 36_l._--Indians invited to
+      Trinity College--Conversation with the Rev. Master on
+      religion--Liberal presents--They visit the Archbishop of
+      Dublin--Presents--All breakfast with Mr. Joseph Bewly,
+      a Friend--Kind treatment--Christian advice--Sickness of
+      _Roman Nose_--Various entertainments by the Friends--A
+      curious beggar--Indians' liberality to the poor--Arrival
+      at Liverpool--Rejoicing and feast--Council--_Roman
+      Nose_ placed in an hospital--Arrival in
+      Manchester--Exhibition in Free Trade Hall--Immense
+      platform--Three wigwams--Archery--Ball-play, &c.--Great
+      crowds--_Bobasheela_ arrives--Death of the _Roman
+      Nose_--Forms of burial, &c.                                 178
+
+                              CHAPTER XXV.
+
+  The Author arrives in Paris--Victoria Hotel--Mr. Melody
+      and his Indians arrive--Doctor missing, and found
+      on the top of the hotel--Alarm of servants--First
+      drive in Paris--Visit to Mr. King, the American
+      ambassador--French _chickabobboo_--M. Vattemare--Indians
+      visit the H�tel de Ville--Pr�fet de Police--Magnificent
+      salons--The "big looking-glasses" --The Pr�fet's
+      lady--Refreshments and _chickabobboo_--Speech of the
+      War-chief--Reply of the Pr�fet--Salle Valentino taken
+      for the exhibition--Daniel arrives with the Collection
+      from London--Indians visit the King in the palace of the
+      Tuileries--Royal personages--Conversation--War-chief
+      presents the calumet--His speech to the
+      King--Eagle-dance--War-dance--Little Wolf presents his
+      tomahawk and whip to the King--His speech--Refreshments
+      and "Queen's _chickabobboo_"--Drinking the King's and
+      Queen's health, and health of the Count de Paris--"Vive
+      le Roi"--Jim's opinion of the King--An Indian's idea
+      of descents--Presents in money from the King--Mode
+      of dividing it--A drive--Ladies leading dogs with
+      strings--The number counted in one drive--The Indians'
+      surprise--An entry for Jim's book--Jim laments the loss
+      of the Times newspaper and _Punch_--He takes Galignani's
+      Messenger--Indians dine at W. Costar's--The Doctor's
+      compliment to a lady's fine voice--Indians visit the Royal
+      Academy of Sciences--Curious reception--M. Arago--Indians'
+      suspicions and alarms--Jim's remarkable speech--Opening
+      of the exhibition in Salle Valentino--Great
+      excitement--Speech of the War-chief--Shaking hands--Public
+      opinion of the Author's Collection                             203
+
+                             CHAPTER XXVI.
+
+  Indians at Madame Greene's party--Their ideas of
+      waltzing--The Doctor's admiration of the young
+      ladies--The King's f�te, 1st of May--Indians in the
+      Palace--Royal Family in the balcony--Grand and sublime
+      scene on the river--Indians in a crowd of nobility in
+      the Duc d'Aumale's apartments--Messenger to Indians'
+      apartments with gold and silver medals--Medals to the
+      women and children--Consequent difficulties--Visit to
+      the Hospital of Invalids--Place Concorde--Column of
+      Luxor--The fountains--Visit to the Triumphal Arch--Jim's
+      description of an ugly woman--Victor Hugo--Madame Georges
+      Sands--Indians visit the Louvre--M. de Cailleux--Baron
+      de Humboldt--Illness of the wife of Little Wolf--A
+      phrenologist visits the Indians--The phrenologist's head
+      examined--Two Catholic priests visit the Indians--Indians
+      visit the Garden of Plants--Alarm of the birds and
+      animals--The "poor prisoner buffalo"--Visit to the
+      _Salle aux Vins_--Astonishment of the Indians--The
+      war-whoop--_Chickabobboo_-- Caf�s explained--Indians visit
+      _P�re la Chaise_--A great funeral--A speech over the
+      grave--Hired mourners--Visit the _School of Medicine_--and
+      "_Dupuytren's Room_"--Excitement of the Doctor--Visit
+      to the _Foundling Hospital_--Astonishment and pity of
+      the Indians--Entries in Jim's note-book, and Doctor's
+      remarks--Visit the _Guillotine_--Indians' ideas of
+      _hanging_ in England, and _beheading_ in France--Curious
+      debate--Visit to the _Dog Market_--Jim's purchase and
+      difficulty--The _Dog Hospital_--Alarm of the "petites
+      malades"--Retreat--_Bobasheela_ arrives from London--Great
+      rejoicing--Jim's comments on the Frenchwomen--The _little
+      foundlings_ and the _little dogs_                      232
+
+                             CHAPTER XXVII.
+
+  _La Morgue_--The Catacombs--The Doctor's dream--Their great
+      alarm--Visit to the _Hippodrome_--Jim riding M. Franconi's
+      horse--Indians in the Woods of Boulogne--Fright of the
+      rabbits--Jim and the Doctor at the _Bal Mabille_, Champs
+      Elys�es--At the _Masquerade_, _Grand Opera_--Their
+      opinions and criticisms on them--Frenchwomen at
+      confession in St. Roch--Doctor's ideas of it--Jim's
+      speech--"_Industrious fleas_"--Death of the wife of Little
+      Wolf--Her baptism--Husband's distress--Her funeral in the
+      Madeleine--Her burial in Montmartre--Council held--Indians
+      resolve to return to America--Preparations to depart in
+      a few days--_Bobasheela_ goes to London to ship their
+      boxes to New York--He returns, and accompanies the
+      Indians to Havre--Indians take leave of _Chippehola_ (the
+      Author)--M. Vattemare accompanies them to Havre--Kindly
+      treated by Mr. Winslow, an American gentleman, at Havre--A
+      splendid dinner, and (_Queen's_) _Chickabobboo_--Indians
+      embark--Taking leave of _Bobasheela_--Illness of
+      the Author's lady--His alarm and distress--Her
+      death--Obituary--Her remains embalmed and sent to New York     261
+
+                            CHAPTER XXVIII.
+
+  Eleven Ojibbeway Indians arrive from London--Their
+      exhibitions in the Author's Collection--Portraits and
+      description of--Their amusements--Their pledge to
+      sobriety--_Chickabobboo_ explained to them--Birth of a
+      _Pappoose_--M. Gudin; Indians and the Author dine with
+      him--His kind lady--The Author breakfasts with the Royal
+      Family in the palace at St. Cloud--Two Kings and two
+      Queens at the table--The Author presented to the King
+      and Queen of the Belgians by Louis Philippe, in the
+      salon--Count de Paris--Duc de Brabant--Recollects the
+      Indian pipe and mocassins presented to him by the Author
+      in the Egyptian Hall--Duchess of Orleans--The Princess
+      Adelaide--The King relates anecdotes of his life in
+      America--Washington's farewell address--Losing his dog in
+      the Seneca village--Crossing Buffalo Creek--Descending the
+      Tioga and Susquehana rivers in an Indian canoe to Wyoming,
+      the Author's native valley--The King desires the Author to
+      arrange his whole Collection in the Louvre for the private
+      views of the Royal Family--He also appoints a day to see
+      the Ojibbeways in the Park at St. Cloud--Great rejoicing
+      of the Indians--A _dog-feast_--The Indians and the Author
+      dine a second time at M. Gudin's                               278
+
+                             CHAPTER XXIX.
+
+  Indians' visit to the Palace of St. Cloud--The
+      Park--Artificial lake--Royal Family--Prince de
+      Joinville--Recollected seeing the Author and Collection in
+      Washington--King and Queen of Belgians--The _regatta_--The
+      birch-bark canoe, and the Prince de Joinville's
+      "Whitehaller"--War-dance--Ball-play--Archery--Dinner
+      prepared for the Indians--M. Gudin and the Author join
+      them--Indians' return--Gossip at night--Their ideas of
+      the King and Royal Family--Messenger from the King, with
+      gold and silver medals and money, to the Indians--The
+      War-chief cures a cancer--Author's Collection in the
+      _Salle de S�ance_, in the Louvre--The Indians and the
+      Author dine with M. Passy, Member of Deputies--Kind
+      treatment by himself and lady--King visits the Collection
+      in the Louvre--The Author explains his pictures--Persons
+      present--An hour's visit--The King retires--Second visit
+      of the King and Royal Family to the Collection--The
+      Author's four little children presented to the King--His
+      Majesty relates the anecdote of bleeding himself in
+      America, and his visit to General Washington at Mount
+      Vernon--His descent of the Ohio and Mississippi rivers in
+      a small boat, to New Orleans--Orders the Author to paint
+      fifteen pictures for Versailles                                287
+
+                              CHAPTER XXX.
+
+  The Author leaves his Collection in the Louvre, and
+      arrives with the Indians in Bruxelles--Indians at the
+      soir�e of the American Minister in Bruxelles--Author's
+      reception by the King in the Palace--Small-pox among the
+      Indians--Indians unable to visit the Palace--Exhibition
+      closes--Seven sick with small-pox--Death of one of
+      them--His will--A second dies--His will--The rest
+      recover--Faithful attentions of Daniel--The Author
+      accompanies them to Antwerp, and pays their expenses to
+      London on a steamer--Death of the War-chief in London--His
+      will--The Author raises money by subscription and sends
+      to them--Letter from the survivors, in England, to the
+      Author--Drawings by the War-chief--The Author stopped in
+      the streets of London and invited to see the skeleton of
+      the War-chief!--His indignation--Subsequent deaths of
+      four others of this party in England--The three parties
+      of Indians in Europe--Their objects--Their success--Their
+      conduct--Their reception and treatment--Things which they
+      saw and learned--Estimates and statistics of civilized
+      life which they have carried home--Their mode of reasoning
+      from such premises--And the probable results                   294
+
+                             CHAPTER XXXI.
+
+  The Author returns to his little children in Paris--His loss
+      of time and money--The three Indian speculations--His
+      efforts to promote the interests of the Indians, and the
+      persons who brought them to Europe--His advice to other
+      persons wishing to engage in similar enterprises--The
+      Author retires to his atelier, and paints the fifteen
+      pictures for the King--The pleasure of quiet and
+      retirement with his four little children around
+      him--He offers his Indian Collection to the American
+      Government--And sends his memorial to Congress--Bill
+      reported in favour of the purchase--The Author has an
+      interview with the King in the Tuileries--Delivers
+      the fifteen pictures--Subjects of the pictures
+      painted--Conversations with the King--Reflections upon his
+      extraordinary life--The Author's thoughts, while at his
+      easel, upon scenes of his life gone by--And those that
+      were about him, as he strolled, with his little children,
+      through the streets and society of Paris--Distressing
+      and alarming illness of the Author's four little
+      children--Kindness of sympathizing friends--Death of
+      "little George"--His remains sent to New York, and
+      laid by the side of his mother--A father's tears and
+      loneliness--The Author returns with his Collection to
+      London                                                         311
+
+  APPENDIX--A.
+
+    Extracts of Letters from the Ioway Mission, Upper Missouri       327
+
+  APPENDIX--B.
+
+    Experiments in Horse-taming                                      332
+
+
+
+
+                       CATLIN'S NOTES IN EUROPE,
+
+                             _&c. &c._
+
+
+
+
+                             CHAPTER XVII.
+
+  Arrival of fourteen Ioway Indians in London--Their lodgings in
+     St. James's Street--The Author visits them--Their portraits
+     and names--Mr. Melody, their conductor--Jeffrey Doraway, their
+     interpreter--Landlady's alarm--Indians visit the Author's
+     Collection in the Egyptian Hall--Arrangement to dance in the
+     Collection--The Doctor (Medicine or Mystery man) on top of
+     the Hall--Their first drive in a bus--Doctor's appearance
+     outside--Indians' first impressions of London--Lascars
+     sweeping the streets--Man with a big nose--The Doctor lost,
+     and found on the housetop--Their first exhibition in Egyptian
+     Hall--Eagle-dance--The Doctor's speech--Great amusement of
+     the ladies--His description of the railroad from Liverpool to
+     London--War-dance, great applause--The "jolly fat dame"--She
+     presents a gold bracelet to the Doctor by mistake--Her
+     admiration of the _Roman-nose_--War-whoop--Description
+     of--Approaching-dance--Wolf-song, and description of--Great
+     amusement of the audience--Shaking hands--Mistake with the
+     bracelet.
+
+
+The event which I spoke of at the close of my last chapter--the arrival
+of another party of Indians--was one which called upon me at once for
+a new enterprise, and I suddenly entered upon it, again deferring the
+time of my return to my native land.
+
+The "fourteen Ioway Indians," as report had said, had arrived, and were
+in apartments at No. 7, St. James's Street, with their interpreter.
+This party was in charge of Mr. G. H. C. Melody, who had accompanied
+them from their own country, with a permission gained from the
+Secretary at War to bring them to Europe, which permission was granted
+in the following words:--
+
+            _War Department, Washington City, Sept. 14th, 1843._
+
+  DEAR SIR,
+
+  In answer to your application relative to Mr. Melody's making a tour
+  to Europe with a party of Ioway Indians, as well as to a similar
+  one on his behalf from the Rev. Wm. P. Cochran, of Marian County,
+  Missouri, I beg leave to say, that it has not been usual to grant any
+  permissions of the kind, and the verbal instructions to the Agents,
+  Superintendents, &c. have been against permitting such tours, for the
+  reason, I presume, that the persons having them in charge are usually
+  men who merely wish to make money out of them by exhibitions, without
+  taking any care of their habits or morals, or inducing them to profit
+  by what they see and hear upon their route.
+
+  In the present case, however, I do not think that the evils usually
+  to be apprehended will occur, from the character of Mr. Melody, and
+  the mode in which the Indians are proposed to be selected. This I
+  understand is to be done by the Chief, White Cloud, with the full
+  assent of the individuals thus selected, and their continuance on the
+  tour to be their own act.
+
+  Under all the circumstances, I suppose all the Department can do, is
+  to allow Mr. Melody and the Chiefs of the tribe to do as they please,
+  without imposing the usual or any prohibition.
+
+                                 I am, yours, very truly,
+                                                 J. M. PORTER,
+                                                      Secretary at War.
+  Vespasian Ellis, Esq.
+
+                                     _Washington City, Sept. 1843._
+
+  DEAR SIR,
+
+  Under this letter you are authorised to make any arrangement with the
+  Chief of the tribe of Indians that you and he may please to make;
+  and the War Department agrees, in consideration of your well-known
+  integrity of character, not to interfere with the arrangement which
+  you and the Chief or the Indians may make.
+
+                                   Your obedient Servant,
+                                               VESPASIAN ELLIS.
+  Mr. Melody.
+
+Mr. Melody called upon me immediately on his arrival in London, and I
+went with him to see his party, several of whom I at once recognized
+as I entered their rooms. On seeing me they all rose upon their feet
+and offered me their hands, saluting me by their accustomed word, "How!
+how! how! _Chip-pe-ho-la!_" and evidently were prepared for great
+pleasure on meeting me. _White Cloud_, the head chief of the tribe, was
+of the party, and also the war-chief _Neu-mon-ya_ (the Walking Rain).
+These two chiefs, whose portraits were then hanging in my collection,
+had stood before me for their pictures several years previous in their
+own village, and also one of the warriors now present, whose name
+was _Wash-ka-mon-ya_ (the Fast Dancer). These facts being known, one
+can easily imagine how anxious these good fellows had been, during a
+journey of 2000 miles from their country to New York, and then during
+their voyage across the ocean, to meet me in a foreign land, who had
+several years before shared the hospitality of their village, and, to
+their knowledge, had done so much to collect and perpetuate the history
+of their race. They had come also, as I soon learned, in the full
+expectation to dance in my collection, which they were now impatient to
+see.
+
+This first interview was during the evening of their arrival, and was
+necessarily brief, that they might get their night's rest, and be
+prepared to visit my rooms in the morning. A few pipes were smoked
+out as we were all seated on the floor, in a "talk" upon the state
+of affairs in their country and incidents of their long and tedious
+journey, at the end of which they now required rest, and I left them.
+
+By entering the city at night, they had created little excitement or
+alarm, except with the landlady and her servants, where they had been
+taken in. Their rooms had been engaged before their arrival, but the
+good woman "had no idea they were going to look so savage and wild;
+she was very much afraid that their red paint would destroy her beds,"
+not yet knowing that they were to wash the paint all off before they
+retired to rest, and that then they were to spread their buffalo robes
+upon the floor and sleep by the side of, and under her beds, instead
+of getting into them. These facts, when they became known, amused her
+very much; and Mr. Melody's representations of the harmlessness and
+honesty of the Indians, put her at rest with respect to the safety of
+her person and her property about her house.
+
+The objects of these being the same as those of the former party,
+of seeing the country and making money by their exhibitions, I
+entered into a similar arrangement with Mr. Melody, joining with my
+collection, conducting their exhibitions, and sharing the expenses and
+receipts of the same, on condition that such an arrangement should be
+agreeable to the Indians.
+
+Their first night's rest in London being finished, they were all up at
+an early hour, full of curiosity to see what was around them; and their
+fourteen red heads out of their front windows soon raised a crowd and
+a novel excitement in St. James's. Every body knew that the "Indians
+had gone," and the conjectures amongst the crowd were various and
+curious as to this strange arrival. Some said it was "the wedding party
+returned;" others, more sagacious, discovered the difference in their
+appearance, and pronounced them "the real cannibals from New Zealand;"
+and others said "their heads were too red, and they could be nothing
+else than the real _red_-heads--the man-eaters--that they had read of
+somewhere, but had forgotten the place."
+
+The morning papers, however, which are the keys for all such mysteries,
+soon solved the difficulty, but without diminishing the crowd, by the
+announcement that a party of fourteen Ioway Indians, from the base of
+the Rocky Mountains, had arrived during the night and taken up their
+lodgings in St. James's Street.
+
+After taking their breakfasts and finishing their toilets, they stepped
+into carriages and paid their first visit to my collection, then open
+in the Egyptian Hall. Instead of yelling and shouting as the Ojibbeways
+did on first entering it, they all walked silently and slowly to the
+middle of the room, with their hands over their mouths, denoting
+surprise and silence. In this position, for some minutes (wrapped in
+their pictured robes, which were mostly drawn over their heads or up
+to their eyes), they stood and rolled their eyes about the room in all
+directions, taking a general survey of what was around them, before
+a word was spoken. There was an occasional "she-e" in a lengthened
+whisper, and nothing more for some time, when at length a gradual
+and almost imperceptible conversation commenced about portraits and
+things which they recognized around the room. They had been in a moment
+transferred into the midst of hundreds of their friends and their
+enemies, who were gazing at them from the walls--amongst wig-wams and
+thousands of Indian costumes and arms, and views of the prairies they
+live in--altogether opening to their view, and to be seen at a glance,
+what it would take them years to see in their own country. They met
+the portraits of their chiefs and other friends, upon the walls, and
+extended their hands towards them; and they gathered in groups in
+front of their enemies, whom the warriors had met in battle, and now
+recognized before them. They looked with great pleasure on a picture of
+their own village, and examined with the closest scrutiny the arms and
+weapons of their enemies. One may easily imagine how much there was in
+this collection to entertain these rude people, and how much to command
+their attachment to me, with whom they had already resolved to unite.
+
+A council was held and the pipe lit under the Crow wig-wam, which
+was standing in the middle of my room, when Mr. Melody explained to
+the Indians that he had now got them safe across the ocean as he had
+promised, and into the midst of the greatest city in the world, where
+they would see many curious things, and make many good and valuable
+friends, if they conducted themselves properly, which he was confident
+they would do.
+
+"You have met," said he, "your old friend _Chip-pe-ho-la_, whom you
+have talked so much about on the way; you are now in his wonderful
+collection, and he is by the side of you, and you will hear what he has
+to say." ("_How! how! how!_")
+
+I reminded the White-cloud of the time that I was in his village, and
+lived under his father's tent, where I had been kindly treated, and
+for which I should always feel grateful. That in meeting them here, I
+did not meet them as strangers, but as friends. ("_How! how! how!_")
+That they had come a great way, and with a view to make something to
+carry home to their wives and little children; that Mr. Melody and I
+had entered into an arrangement by which I was in hopes that my efforts
+might aid in enabling them to do so. ("_How! how! how!_") That I was
+willing to devote all my time, and do all that was in my power, but
+the continuation of my exertions would depend entirely upon their own
+conduct, and their efforts to gain respect, by aiding in every way they
+could, and keeping themselves entirely sober, and free from the use of
+spirituous liquors. ("_How! how! how!_")
+
+Mr. Melody here remarked that they had pledged their words to him and
+their Great Father (as the condition on which they were allowed to
+come), that they would drink no ardent spirits while absent, and that
+he was glad to say they had thus far kept their promise strictly.
+("_How! how! how!_")
+
+I told them I was glad to hear this, and I had no doubt but they would
+keep their word with me on that point, for every thing depended on it.
+We were amongst a people who look upon drunkenness as low and beastly,
+and also as a crime; and as I had found that most white people were
+of opinion that all Indians were drunkards, if they would show by
+their conduct that such was not the case, they would gain many warm
+and kind friends wherever they went. ("_How! how! how!_") I told them
+that the Ojibbeways whom I had had with me, and who had recently gone
+home, gave me a solemn promise when they arrived that they would keep
+entirely sober and use no spirituous liquors,--that they kept that
+promise awhile, but I had been grieved to hear that before they left
+the country they had taken up the wicked habit of drinking whiskey, and
+getting drunk, by which they had lost all the respect that white people
+had for them when they first came over. (A great laugh, and "_How! how!
+how!_")
+
+_Neu-mon-ya_ (the war-chief) replied to me, that they were thankful
+that the Great Spirit had kept them safe across the ocean and allowed
+them to see me, and to smoke the pipe again with me, and to hear my
+wise counsel, which they had all determined to keep ("_How! how!
+how!_"). He said that they had been very foolish to learn to drink
+"_fire-water_" in their country, which was very destructive to them,
+and they had promised their Great Father, the President, that they
+would drink none of it whilst they were abroad. He said he hoped I
+would not judge them by the Ojibbeways who had been here, "for," said
+he, "they are all a set of drunkards and thieves, and always keep their
+promises just about as well as they kept them with you." (A laugh, and
+"_How! how! how!_")[1]
+
+  [1] Some allowance will be made for the freedom with which the Ioways
+      occasionally speak of their predecessors, the Ojibbeways, as these
+      two tribes have lived in a state of constant warfare from time
+      immemorial.
+
+This _talk_, which was short, was ended here, to the satisfaction of
+all parties, and the Indians were again amusing themselves around the
+room, leaving the wig-wam and further conversations to Mr. Melody, the
+interpreter, and myself. Mr. Melody, though a stranger to me, bearing
+the high recommendations contained in the letter of the Secretary at
+War, already published, at once had my confidence (which I am pleased
+to say his conduct has kept up) as an excellent and honest man.
+
+Their interpreter, Jeffrey Doraway (a mulatto), and who had been one
+of the first to recognize and hail me when I entered their rooms, had
+been an old and attached acquaintance of mine while travelling in that
+country, and that acquaintance had several times been renewed in St.
+Louis, and New York, and other places where I had subsequently met him.
+He had been raised from childhood in the tribe, and the chiefs and all
+the party were very much attached to him, and his interest seemed to be
+wholly identified with that of the tribe. He was of a most forbearing
+and patient disposition, and of temperate habits, and as he was loved
+by the chiefs, had great influence with them, and control over the
+party.
+
+I related to Mr. Melody and Jeffrey the difficulties that laid before
+us; the prejudices raised in the public, mind by the conduct of Mr.
+Rankin with his party of Ojibbeways, and the unfortunate season of the
+year at which they had arrived in London. That the middle of July was
+the very worst season in which to open an exhibition, and that it might
+be difficult to raise a second excitement sufficiently strong to pay
+the very heavy expenses we must incur; but that I had resolved to unite
+my whole efforts to theirs, to bring their party into notice; which
+formed so much more complete and just a representation of the modes and
+appearance of the wild Indians of America than the Ojibbeways had given.
+
+Finishing our conversation here, we found the Indians adjusting their
+plumes, and their robes, and their weapons, preparing to step into
+their "omnibus and four," to take their first rapid glance at the great
+City of London, in "a drive," which was to pass them through some of
+its principal thoroughfares for their amusement. At this moment of
+excitement it was suddenly announced that one of the party (and a very
+essential one), the "_Doctor_" (or _medicine man_), was missing! Search
+was everywhere making for him, and when it was quite certain that he
+could not have passed into the street, Jeffrey inquired of the curator
+of the Hall if there was any passage that led out upon the roof? to
+which the curator replied, "Yes." "Well then," said Jeffrey, "we may
+be sure that he is there, for _it is 'a way that he has_:' he always
+is uneasy until he gets as high as he can go, and then he will stay
+there all night if you will let him alone." I went immediately to the
+roof, and found him standing on one corner of the parapet, overlooking
+Piccadilly,--wrapped in his buffalo robe, and still as a statue, while
+thousands were assembling in the streets to look at him, and to warn
+him of the danger they supposed him in.
+
+The readers who have not had the pleasure of seeing this eccentric
+character, will scarcely be able to appreciate the oddity of this freak
+until they become better acquainted with the Doctor in the following
+pages. I invited him down from his elevated position, which he seemed
+reluctant to leave, and he joined his party, who passed into their
+carriage at the door. In this moment of confusion, of escaping from
+the crowd and closing the door, heads were counted, and the old Doctor
+was missing again. A moment's observation showed, however, that his
+_ascending_ propensity had gained him a position over their heads, as
+he had seated himself by the side of the driver, with his buffalo robe
+wrapped around him, the long and glistening blade of his spear passing
+out from underneath it, near to his left ear, and his vermilioned face
+surmounted by a huge pair of buffalo horns, rising out of a crest of
+eagle's quills and ermine skins. Thus loaded, and at the crack of the
+whip, and amidst the yelling multitude that had gathered around them,
+did the fourteen Ioways dash into the streets, to open their eyes to
+the sights and scenes of the great metropolis.
+
+An hour or so in the streets, in a pleasant day, enabled them to see
+a great deal that was unlike the green prairies where they lived; and
+the "old Doctor," wrapped in his robe, and ogling the pretty girls, and
+everything else that he saw that was amusing as he passed along, raised
+a new excitement in the streets, and gave an extensive notification
+that "the wedding party had actually got back," or that another party
+of _red skins_ had arrived. They returned to their lodgings in great
+glee, and amused us at least for an hour with their "first impressions"
+of London; the _leading_, _striking_ feature of which, and the one that
+seemed to afford them the greatest satisfaction, was the _quantity of
+fresh meat_ that they saw in every street hanging up at the doors and
+windows--pigs, and calves, and sheep, and deer, and prairie hens, in
+such profusion that they thought "there would be little doubt of their
+getting as much fresh meat as they could eat." Besides this, they had
+seen many things that amused them, and others that excited their pity.
+They laughed much about the "black fellows with white eyes" who were
+carrying bags of coal, and "every one of them had got their hats on the
+wrong side before." They had seen many people who seemed to be very
+poor, and looked as if they were hungry: for they held out their hands
+to people passing by, as if they were asking for something to eat.
+"They had passed two _Indians_, with brooms in their hands, sweeping
+the dirt in the streets!"
+
+This occurrence had excited their greatest anxieties to know "what
+Indians they could be, that would be willing to take a broom in their
+hands and sweep the dirt from under white men's feet, and then hold
+out their hands to white people for money to buy food to eat." They
+all agreed "that _Ioways_ would not do it, that _Sioux_ would not,
+that _Pawnees_ would not;" and when they were just deciding that their
+enemies, the _Ojibbeways_, _might_ be _slaves_ enough to do it, and
+that these were possibly a part of the Ojibbeway party that had been
+flourishing in London, I explained the mystery to them, by informing
+them that their conjectures were wrong--that it was true they were
+Indians, but not from North America. I agreed with them that no North
+American Indian would use that mode of getting his living, but that
+there were Indians in different parts of the world, and that these were
+from the East Indies, a country many thousands of miles from here; that
+these people were Indians from that country, and were of a tribe called
+_Lascars_; that many of them were employed by the captains of English
+ships to help to navigate their vessels from that country to this;
+and that in London they often come to want, and are glad to sweep the
+streets and beg, as the means of living, instead of starving to death.
+It seemed still a mystery to them, but partly solved, and they made
+many further remarks among themselves about them. The good landlady at
+this moment announced to Mr. Melody and Jeffrey that the dinner for the
+Indians was ready, and in a moment all were seated save the Doctor; he
+was missing. "That old fool," said Jeffrey, "there's no doubt but he
+has found his way to the top of the house." I was conducted by one of
+the servants through several unoccupied rooms and dark passages, and
+at last through a narrow and almost impassable labyrinth that brought
+me out upon the roof. The "Doctor" was _there_; and, wrapped in his
+buffalo robe, with his red face and his buffalo horns, was standing
+like a _Zealand penguin_, and smiling upon the crowds of gazers who
+were gathering in the streets, and at the windows, and upon the
+house-tops, in the vicinity.
+
+For the several days succeeding this, while the Indians were lying
+still, and resting from their long and tedious voyage, and I was
+announcing in the usual way their arrival, and the time of the
+commencement of their exhibitions, I held many curious and amusing
+conversations with them about things they had already seen, and scenes
+and events that were yet in anticipation and before them. These are
+subjects, however, that must be passed over for events that were before
+us, and fuller of interest and excitement.
+
+They had much amusement at this time also, about a man they said
+they had seen, with a remarkably big nose, which they said looked
+like a large potato (or _wapsapinnakan_), and one of the women
+sitting near the door of the omnibus declared "that it was actually a
+_wapsapinnakan_, for she could distinctly see the little holes where
+the sprouts grow out." The bus, they said, had passed on rather too
+quick for all to have a fair look, but they believed they would at some
+future time meet him again, and take a good look at him.
+
+The evening for their first appearance before the public having
+arrived, the Ioways were prepared in all their rouge and fine dresses,
+and made their _d�but_ before a fashionable, but not a crowded
+audience. Their very appearance, as they entered the room, was so wild
+and classic, that it called forth applause from every part of the hall.
+The audience was composed chiefly of my friends, and others who had
+been familiar with the other group, and who were able to decide as to
+the comparative interest of the two parties; and it was proclaimed
+in every part of the room, that they were altogether more primitive
+in their appearance and modes, and decidedly a finer body of men.
+I had accompanied them on to the platform, and when they had got
+seated, and were lighting their pipe, I introduced them by stating,
+that in the exhibition of this party of Indians, I felt satisfied
+that I was bringing before the eyes of the audience the most just and
+complete illustration of the native looks and modes of the red men of
+the American wilderness, that had ever been seen on this side of the
+Atlantic; and that I should take great pleasure in introducing them
+and their modes, as they so satisfactorily illustrated and proved what
+I had been for several years labouring to show to English people, by
+my numerous paintings and Indian manufactures which I had collected,
+as well as by my notes of travel amongst these people, which I had
+recently published:
+
+That the _Ioway_ was one of the remote tribes, yet adhering to all
+their native customs and native looks; and that this party, composed,
+as it was, of the two principal men of the tribe, and several of its
+most distinguished warriors, not only conveyed to the eyes of people
+in this country the most accurate account of primitive modes, but was
+calculated to excite the deepest interest, and to claim the respect of
+the community. That the position of this tribe being upon the great
+plains between the Missouri and the Rocky Mountains, 1000 miles farther
+west than the country from which the Ojibbeways came, their modes and
+personal appearance were very different, having as yet received no
+changes from the proximity of civilization:
+
+That I had visited this tribe several years before, during my
+travels in the Indian countries, and that I had there formed my
+first acquaintance with the two chiefs who were now here, and which
+acquaintance, from the hospitable manner in which they had welcomed
+me in their humble wig-wams, I now felt great pleasure in renewing:
+("_Hear, hear," and applause_.)
+
+That these facts being known, with others which would be incidentally
+given, I felt fully assured that they would meet with a kind reception
+in this country, and that the audience were prepared for the
+introduction I was now to make of them and their modes.[2] (_Great
+applause_.)
+
+  [2]               _Names of the Indians_.
+
+      1. Mew-hew-she-kaw (the white cloud), first chief of the nation.
+      2. Neu-mon-ya (the walking rain), war-chief.
+      3. Se-non-ti-yah (the blistered feet), the medicine man (or
+            Doctor).
+      4. Wash-ka-mon-ya (the fast dancer).
+      5. Shon-ta-yi-ga (the little wolf).
+      6. No-ho-mun-ya (one who gives no attention), or Roman Nose.
+      7. Wa-ton-ye (the foremost man).
+      8. Wa-ta-we-buck-a-na (commanding general).
+
+                             _Women_.
+
+      9.  Ru-ton-ye-wee-ma (strutting pigeon), wife of White Cloud.
+      10. Ru-ton-wee-me (pigeon on the wing).
+      11. O-kee-wee-me (female bear that walks on the back of another).
+      12. Koon-za-ya-me (female war-eagle sailing).
+      13. Ta-pa-ta-me (wisdom), girl.
+      14. Corsair (pap-poose).
+
+I then pointed out and explained to the audience, the characteristic
+differences between the appearance and modes of this party and the
+Ojibbeways, whom they had seen, and which will be obvious to the reader
+in the annexed illustration (_Plate No_. 9). The Ioways, like three
+other tribes only, in North America, all adhere to their national mode
+of shaving and ornamenting their heads. This is a very curious mode,
+and presents an appearance at once that distinguishes them from the
+Ojibbeways and other tribes, who cultivate the hair to the greatest
+length they possibly can, and pride themselves on its jet and glossy
+black. Every man in the Ioway tribe adheres to the mode of cutting all
+the hair as close as he can, excepting a small tuft which is left upon
+the crown, and being that part which the enemy takes for the scalp,
+is very properly denominated the "_scalp-lock_." He then rouges with
+vermilion the whole crown of his head (and oftentimes his whole face),
+and surmounts his _scalp-lock_ by a beautiful crest, made of the hair
+of the deer's tail, dyed of vermilion red.
+
+The chief man of this party, the "_White Cloud_," the son of a
+distinguished chief of the same name, who died a few years since,
+was 35 years of age, and hereditary chief of the tribe. By several
+humane and noble acts, after he received his office of chief, he
+gained the admiration and friendship of the officers of the United
+States Government, as well as of his tribe, and had therefore been
+countenanced by the Government (as has been shown) in the enterprise of
+going abroad.
+
+_Neu-mon-ya_ (the Walking Rain), and war-chief of the tribe, was
+54 years of age, and nearly six feet and a half in height. A noble
+specimen of the manly grace and dignity that belong to the American
+wilderness, and also a man who had distinguished himself in the wars
+that he had led against his enemies.
+
+_Se-non-ti-yah_ (the Blistered Feet), the _Medicine_ or _Mystery Man_,
+was a highly important personage of the party, and held a high and
+enviable position, as physician, soothsayer, and magician, in his tribe.
+
+These personages are found in every tribe, and so much control have
+they over the superstitious minds of their people, that their influence
+and power in the tribe often transcend those of the chief. In all
+councils of war and peace they have a seat by the chiefs, and are as
+regularly consulted by the chiefs, as soothsayers were consulted in
+ancient days, and equal deference and respect is paid to their advice
+or opinions, rendering them _oracles_ of the tribe in which they live.
+
+  [Illustration: N^o. 9.]
+
+A good illustration of this was given by this magician, while on
+their voyage to this country, a few weeks since, when near the land,
+off the English coast. The packet ship in which the Indians were
+passengers, was becalmed for several days, much to the annoyance of
+the Indians and numerous other passengers, when it was decided, by the
+Indian chief, that they must call upon the _Medicine Man_, to try the
+efficacy of his magical powers in the endeavour to raise a wind. For
+this purpose he very gradually went to work, with all due ceremony,
+according to the modes of the country, and after the usual ceremony of
+a mystery feast, and various invocations to the _spirit_ of the _wind_
+and the _ocean_, both were conciliated by the sacrifice of many plugs
+of tobacco thrown into the sea; and in a little time the wind began
+to blow, the sails were filled, and the vessel soon wafted into port,
+to the amusement of the passengers, and much to the gratification of
+the Indians, who all believed, and ever will, that the vessel was set
+in motion by the potency of the Doctor's mysterious and supernatural
+powers.
+
+Of the _Warriors_, _Shon-ta-yi-ga_ (the Little Wolf) and _Nu-ho-mun-ya_
+(called the "Roman Nose") were the most distinguished, and I believe
+the world will agree with me, that it would be an act of injustice on
+my part, should I allow the poor fellows to carry through this country,
+without giving them publication, the subjoined documents,[3] by which
+it will be seen that they saved, in a humane manner, and worthy of
+warriors of better _caste_, the lives of ten unarmed and unoffending
+enemies.
+
+  [3] KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, That Shon-ta-yi-ga or the
+      _Little Wolf_, an Ioway brave, is well entitled to be called
+      a brave, from the fact of his having been engaged in many
+      expeditions against the enemies of his tribe: in all such
+      excursions he has, I am informed, universally behaved bravely.
+      But especially is he entitled to the love and confidence of
+      all men, whether white or red, on account of his humanity and
+      daring conduct in arresting from the cruel nation of which he
+      is a member, a party of _Omahaws_. On last Sabbath day he saved
+      from the tomahawk and scalping-knife ten unoffending Omahaws:
+      one of the party was decoyed out of sight and murdered; the
+      other ten consisting of the well-known and much-loved chiefs
+      Big Elk, Big Eyes, and Washkamonia, one squaw and six young
+      men. This party was on a visit of friendship, by special
+      invitation from the Ioways. When they arrived within ten miles
+      of this post, they were seen and conversed with by the son in
+      law of Neu-mon-ya, a chief of the Ioways, who undertook to
+      bring the _tobacco_ and _sticks_ to the Ioway chiefs, as is a
+      custom of Indians when on a begging expedition. This young man
+      proved treacherous, and failed to deliver his message to his
+      chiefs, and gave information of the approach of the Omahaws to
+      a man who was preparing to go on a war party. He and two-thirds
+      of the nation started out to murder their visitors, and were
+      only prevented by the timely assistance and interference of the
+      Little Wolf, or Shon-ta-yi-ga, and one other Ioway, whose name
+      is the Roman Nose.
+
+      This man (the Little Wolf) interfered, as he says, and doubtless
+      he tells the truth, because he considered it treacherous and
+      cowardly to strike a brother, after having invited them to
+      visit their nation. Such treachery is rare indeed among the
+      wildest North-American Indians, and never occurred with the
+      Ioways before. I met him and Jeffrey, the Ioway interpreter,
+      together with two other Ioways, guarding the Big Elk and his
+      party on to my agency, in a short time after this occurrence
+      took place.
+
+      I cannot close this communication without expressing my sincere
+      thanks to the Little Wolf and his comrade for their good
+      conduct; and I most respectfully beg leave to recommend them
+      to the kind attention of their great father, the President of
+      the United States, and all gentlemen to whom this paper may be
+      shown.
+
+                                         W. P. RICHARDSON.
+
+      _Great Nemahaw Sub-Agency, Oct. 23, 1843._
+
+      _Office of Indian Affairs, St. Louis, Missouri, April 10, 1844_.
+
+      SIR,
+
+      Permit me to introduce to you the bearer, No-ho-mun-ya (Roman
+      Nose), an Ioway brave. Roman Nose, in company with Shon-ta-yi-ga,
+      or Little Wolf, in October last defended and rescued from
+      impending death by a party of his own nation, ten Omahaw Indians,
+      consisting of four respected chiefs, braves, and squaws, under
+      circumstances highly flattering to their bravery and humanity.
+
+      I would recommend that a medal be presented to No-ho-mun-ya
+      (Roman Nose) as a testimonial of his meritorious conduct on the
+      occasion referred to. Medals from the Government are highly
+      esteemed by the Indians; and if bravery and humanity are merits
+      in the Indian, then I think Roman Nose richly merits one. His
+      character in every respect is good.
+
+      A notice by the Government of meritorious acts by the Indians has
+      a happy tendency in making a favourable impression in reference
+      to the act that may be the cause of the notice.
+
+      I have presented Little Wolf with a medal that was in the office.
+      On receiving it, he very delicately replied, that "he deserved
+      no credit for what he had done--that he had only done his duty,
+      but was gratified that his conduct had merited the approbation
+      of his nation and his father."
+
+                I have the honour to be, very respectfully, Sir,
+                                       Your obedient servant,
+                                           W. H. HARVEY, Sup. Ind. Aff.
+
+      To his Excellency John Tyler, President of the
+               United States, Washington City.
+
+      I concur with Mr. Harvey in thinking this Indian Chief entitled
+      for his bravery and humanity to a medal.
+
+      June 8, 1844.
+                          J. TYLER, Presid. U. States, Washington City.
+
+      Medal delivered accordingly to Mr. Geo. H. C. Melody, for the
+      Chief.
+
+      June 8, 1844.
+                                                    J. HARTLEY CRAWFORD.
+
+_Okee-wee-me_ (the wife of the Little Wolf) is the mother of the infant
+pappoose, called Corsair. This child is little more than three months
+old, and slung in the cradle on the mother's back, according to the
+general custom practised by all the American tribes, and furnishes one
+of the most interesting illustrations in the group.
+
+All tribes in America practise the same mode of carrying their infant
+children for several months from their birth upon a flat board resting
+upon the mother's back, as she walks or rides, suspended by a broad
+strap passing over her forehead, or across her breast. By this mode
+of carrying their children, the mothers, who have to perform all the
+slavish duties of the camp, having the free use of their hands and
+arms, are enabled to work most of the time, and, in fact, exercise and
+labour nearly as well as if their children were not attached to their
+persons. These cradles are often, as in the present instance, most
+elaborately embroidered with porcupine quills, and loaded with little
+trinkets hanging within the child's reach, that it may amuse itself
+with them as it rides, with its face looking _from_ that of its mother,
+while she is at work, so as not to draw upon her valuable time.
+
+This rigid, and seemingly cruel mode of binding the child with its back
+to a straight board, seems to be one peculiarly adapted to Indian life,
+and, I believe, promotes straight limbs, sound lungs, and long life.
+
+I having thus introduced the party to their first audience in England,
+and left other remarks upon them for their proper place, the Indians
+laid by their pipe, and commenced their evening's amusements by giving
+first their favourite, the _Eagle-Dance_. The _Drum_ (and their
+"_Eagle-Whistles_," with which they imitate the chattering of the
+soaring eagle), with their voices, formed the music for this truly
+picturesque and exciting dance. At their first pause in the dance,
+the audience, who had witnessed nothing of this description in the
+amusements of the Ojibbeways, being excited to the highest degree,
+encouraged the strangers with rounds of applause. The song in this
+dance is addressed to their favourite bird the war-eagle, and each
+dancer carries a fan made of the eagle's tail, in his left hand, as he
+dances, and by his attitudes endeavours to imitate the motions of the
+soaring eagle. This, being a part of the war-dance, is a _boasting_
+dance; and at the end of each strain in the song some one of the
+warriors steps forth and, in an excited speech, describes the time and
+the manner in which he has slain his enemy in battle, or captured his
+horses, or performed some other achievement in war. After this the
+dance proceeds with increased spirit; and several in succession having
+thus excited their fellow-dancers, an indescribable thrill and effect
+are often produced before they get through.
+
+In the midst of the noise and excitement of this dance the Doctor (or
+_mystery-man_) jumped forward to the edge of the platform, and making
+the most tremendous flourish of his spear which he held in his right
+hand, and his shield extended upon his left arm, recited the military
+deeds of his life--how he had slain his enemies in battle and taken
+their scalps; and with singular effect fitting the action to the word,
+acting them out as he described.
+
+The thrilling effect produced by the Doctor's boast brought him showers
+of applause, which touched his vanity, and at the close of the dance
+he imagined all eyes in admiration fixed upon him, and no doubt felt
+himself called upon for the following brief but significant speech
+which he delivered, waving his right hand over the heads of the
+audience from the front of the platform where he stood, and from which
+he dropped his most humble and obsequious smiles upon the groups of
+ladies who were near him, and applauding at the end of every sentence:--
+
+  "My Friends,--It makes me very happy to see so many smiling faces
+  about me, for when people smile and laugh, I know they are not
+  angry--"
+
+_Jeffrey_, the _Interpreter_, now made _his_ d�but; the Doctor had
+beckoned him up by his side to interpret his speech to the audience,
+and when he explained the above sentence, the "Doctor" received a round
+of applause, and particularly from the ladies, who could not but be
+pleased with the simple vanity of the speaker and the self-complacent
+smiles which he always lavished upon the fair sex who were around him.
+The Doctor, though advanced to the sound and efficient age of 45,
+had never taken to him a wife; and, like too many of his fraternity,
+had always lived upon the excessive vanity of believing that he was
+the _beau id�al_ of his tribe, and admired too much by all to be a
+legitimate subject of exclusive appropriation to any particular one.
+And more than this (which may not have quite fallen to the happy lot
+of any of his brother bachelors in the polished world), from the sort
+of _charitable_ habit he had of spreading his glowing smiles upon the
+crowds about him, one would almost be of opinion that, in his own
+community, under the aids and charms of his profession, he in a measure
+had existed upon the belief that his smiles were food and clothing for
+the crowds upon whom they were bestowed.
+
+The Doctor yet stood, the concentration of smiles and anxious looks
+from every part of the room, and at length proceeded (_Plate No. 10_):--
+
+  "My Friends,--I see the ladies are pleased, and this pleases
+  me--because I know, that if they are pleased, they will please the
+  men."
+
+It was quite impossible for the Doctor to proceed further until he
+had bowed to the burst of laughter and applause from all parts of the
+room, and particularly from the ladies. This several times ceased,
+but suddenly burst out again, and too quick for him to resume. He had
+evidently made a "hit" with the ladies, and he was braced strong in
+courage to make the best use of it, although the rest of his comrades,
+who were seated and passing the pipe around, were laughing at him
+and endeavouring to embarrass him. One of the party, by the name of
+_Wash-ka-mon-ya_, and a good deal of the _braggart_, had the cruelty
+to say to him, "You old fool, you had better sit down, the white
+squaws are all laughing at you." To which the Doctor, deliberately
+turning round, sarcastically replied, "You badger, go into your burrow
+backwards: I have said more in two sentences than you ever said in
+your life." He then turned round, and calling Jeffrey nearer to his
+side, proceeded--
+
+  "My Friends,"--[here was a burst of irresistible laughter from the
+  ladies, which the drollness of his expression and his figure excited
+  at the moment, and in which, having met it all in good humour, he was
+  taking a part, but continued]--
+
+  "My Friends,--I believe that our dance was pleasing to you, and that
+  our noise has not given you offence. (_Applause._)
+
+  "My Friends,--We live a great way from here, and we have come over
+  a great salt lake to see you, and to offer you our hands. The Great
+  Spirit has been kind to us; we know that our lives are always in his
+  hands, and we thank him for keeping us safe. (_How, how, how!_ from
+  the Indians, and applause, with _Hear, hear, hear!_)
+
+  "My Friends,--We have met our friend _Chip-pe-ho-la_ here, and seen
+  the medicine things that he has done, and which are hanging all
+  around us, and this makes us happy. We have found our chiefs' faces
+  on the walls, which the Great Spirit has allowed him to bring over
+  safe, and we are thankful for this. (_How, how, how!_)
+
+  "My Friends,--This is a large village, and it has many fine wig-wams;
+  we rode in a large carriage the other day and saw it all. (_A laugh_,
+  and _Hear!_) We had heard a great deal about the people on this side
+  of the water, but we did not think they were so rich; we believe that
+  the _Saganoshes_ know a great deal. (_How, how, how!_)
+
+  "My Friends,--We have come on your great _medicine road_, and it
+  pleased us very much. When we landed from our ship, we came on your
+  _medicine road_, and were told it would be very fine; but when we
+  started, we were all very much alarmed; we went in the dark; we all
+  went right down into the ground, under a high mountain; we had heard
+  that a part of the white people go into the ground when they die,
+  and some of them into the fire; we saw some fire; there was a great
+  hissing, and a great deal of smoke coming out of this place,[4] and
+  we could not get out; we were then somewhat afraid, my friends and
+  I began to sing our '_death-song_;' but when we had commenced, our
+  hearts were full of joy, we came out again in the open air, and the
+  country was very beautiful around us. (_How, how, how!_ and great
+  applause.)
+
+  "My Friends,--After we got out from under the ground, we were much
+  pleased all the way on the _medicine road_ until we got to this
+  village. There were many things to please us, and I think that before
+  the trees were cut down, it was a very beautiful country. My friends,
+  we think there were Indians and buffalos in this country then. (_How,
+  how, how!_)
+
+  "My Friends,--We think we saw some of the _k'nick k'neck_[5] as we
+  came along the _medicine road_, and some _quash-e-gon-eh-co_,[6]
+  but we came so fast that we were not certain; we should like to know.
+  My Friends, this is all I have to say." (_How, how, how!_ and great
+  applause.)
+
+  [4] The railway tunnel at Liverpool.
+
+  [5] The red willow, from the inner bark of which the Indians make
+      their substitute for tobacco.
+
+  [6] A medicinal herb, the roots of which the Indians use as a
+      cathartic medicine.
+
+  [Illustration: N^o. 10.]
+
+The Doctor's speech, which would have been terminated much sooner if he
+had been allowed to proceed unmolested, had a very pleasing effect upon
+the audience, and had allowed abundant time for the rest of the party
+to prepare for the next _dance_.
+
+I now announced to the audience that the Indians were about to give the
+_Warrior's-dance_, as performed by their tribe. I explained the meaning
+of it, the circumstances under which it was given, and the respects
+in which it differed from the War-dance as given by the Ojibbeways.
+After which they were all upon their feet, and, with weapons in hand,
+proceeded to give it the most exciting, and even _alarming_ effect.
+
+They received great applause at the end of this dance, and also a
+number of presents, which were handed and thrown on to the platform.
+This created much excitement and good cheer among them, and I was not
+a little surprised, nor was I less amused and gratified, to discover
+at this moment, that the (so-called) "_jolly fat dame_," of Ojibbeway
+notoriety, was along side of the platform, at her old stand, and, in
+her wonted liberality, the first one to start the fashion of making the
+poor fellows occasional presents. I regretted, however, that I should
+have been the ignorant cause of her bestowing her first present upon a
+person for whom she did not intend it. The finest-looking man of the
+party, and one of the youngest, was _No-ho-mun-ya_ (the _Roman-nose_),
+upon whom it seems this good lady's admiration had been fixed during
+the evening, notwithstanding the smiles that had been lavished by the
+Doctor, and the eloquence which he had poured forth in his boastings
+and speeches.
+
+The elegant limbs, Herculean frame, and graceful and terrible
+movements of this six foot and a-half young man, as she had gazed
+upon him in this last dance, had softened her heart into all its
+former kindness and liberality, and she had at this moment, when I
+first discovered her, unclasped a beautiful bracelet from one of her
+arms, and was just reaching over the platform to say to me as she
+did, "Wonderful! wonderful! Mr. Catlin; I think it one of the wonders
+of the world! Will you hand this to that splendid fellow, with my
+compliments--give him my compliments, will you--it's a bracelet for his
+arm (Cadotte has got the other, you know). Oh! but he is a splendid
+fellow--give him my compliments, will you. I think them a much finer
+party than the other--oh, far superior! I never saw the like; hand it
+to him, will you, and if he can't put it on, poor fellow, I will show
+him how."
+
+All this had been run over so rapidly that I scarcely could recollect
+what she said, for several were speaking to me at the same time; and
+at that unfortunate moment it was that I committed the error, for
+which I was almost ready to break my own back when I found it out. I
+presented it by mistake to the Doctor, who, I supposed, had of course
+been winning all the laurels of the evening, and with them the good
+lady's compliments, which it would have been quite awkward on her part
+and mine also to have unpresented. The Doctor raised up the bracelet as
+high as he could reach, and made the house ring and almost tremble with
+the war-whoop, which he several times repeated.[7] What could be done?
+_She_ was too gallant, and I did not yet know the mistake. The Doctor
+happened to know how to put it on--it fitted to his copper-coloured arm
+above his elbow--and his true politeness led him to bow and to smile
+a thousand thanks upon the fair dame as he bent over her from the
+platform.
+
+  [7] The frightful war-whoop is sounded at the instant when Indians
+      are rushing into battle, as the signal of attack. It is a
+      shrill sounded note, on a high key, given out with a gradual
+      swell, and shaken by a rapid vibration of the four fingers of
+      the right hand over the mouth. This note is not allowed to be
+      given in the Indian countries unless in battle, or in the war
+      or other dances, where they are privileged to give it.
+
+The _Approaching-dance_[8] was now given, in which the Doctor took the
+lead in great glee, and of course with great effect. He tilted off with
+a light and elastic step, as he was "following the track of his enemy,"
+and when he raised his brawny arm to beckon on his warriors to the
+attack, he took great pains to display the glistening trinket which he
+had accepted with such heartfelt satisfaction.
+
+  [8] The Approaching Dance is a spirited part of the _War Dance_, in
+      which the dancers are by their gestures exhibiting the mode of
+      advancing upon an enemy, by hunting out and following up the
+      track, discovering the enemy, and preparing for the attack,
+      &c., and the song for this dance runs thus:--
+
+          O-ta-pa!
+                I am creeping on your track,
+                Keep on your guard, O-ta-pa!
+                Or I will hop on your back,
+                I will hop on you, I will hop on you.
+
+                Stand back, my friends, I see them;
+                The enemies are here, I see them!
+                They are in a good place,
+                Don't move, I see them!
+                    &c. &c. &c.
+
+This dance finished, they all sat down upon the platform and passed
+the pipe around, whilst I was further explaining upon their appearance
+and modes, and the dance which they had just given. I asked them
+what amusement they proposed next, and they announced to me, that as
+the Doctor was taking all the honours and all the glory to himself
+on that night (and of whom they all seemed extremely jealous), they
+had decided that he should finish the amusements of the evening by
+singing the "_Wolf-song_." He was so conscious of having engrossed the
+principal attention of the house that he at once complied with their
+request, though at other times it required a great effort to get him
+to sing it. I had not myself heard this song, which seemed, from their
+preparations, to promise some amusement, and which Jeffrey told me
+belonged exclusively to the Doctor, he having composed it. The Doctor
+was ready to commence, and wrapping his robe around him, having his
+right arm out, he shook a rattle (she-she-quoin) in his right hand, as
+he tilted about the platform, singing alone; at the end of a sentence
+he commenced to bark and howl like a wolf, when another jumped upon
+his feet and ran to him, and another, and another, and joined in the
+chorus, with their heads turned up like wolves when they are howling.
+He then sang another strain as he moved about the platform again, all
+following him, singing, and ready to join in the deafening chorus.
+This strange and comic song drew roars of laughter, and many rounds of
+applause for the Doctor, and left him, sure enough, the lion of the
+evening.[9]
+
+  [9] WOLF SONG.--This amusing song, which I have since learned more
+      of, and which I believe to be peculiar to the Ioways, seems to
+      come strictly under the province of the _medicine_ or _mystery_
+      man. I will venture to say, that this ingenious adaptation will
+      excite a smile, if not some degree of real amusement, as well
+      as applause, whenever it is fairly heard and understood by
+      an English audience. The occasion that calls for this song
+      in the Ioway country is, when a party of young men who are
+      preparing to start on a war excursion against their enemy
+      (after having fatigued the whole village for several days
+      with the war dance, making their boasts how they are going
+      to slay their enemies, &c.) have retired to rest, at a late
+      hour in the night, to start the next morning, at break of day,
+      on their intended expedition. In the dead of that night, and
+      after the vaunting war party have got into a sound sleep, the
+      serenading party, to sing this song, made up of a number of
+      young fellows who care at that time much less about taking
+      scalps than they do for a little good fun, appear back of the
+      wig-wams of these "_men of war_" and commence serenading them
+      with this curious song, which they have ingeniously taken
+      from the howling of a gang of wolves, and so admirably adapted
+      it to music as to form it into a most amusing duet, quartet,
+      or whatever it may be better termed; and with this song, with
+      its barking and howling chorus, they are sure to annoy the
+      party until they get up, light the fire, get out their tobacco,
+      and other little luxuries they may have prepared for their
+      excursion, which they will smoke and partake with them until
+      daylight, if they last so long, when they will take leave of
+      their morning friends who are for the "death," thanking them
+      for their liberality and kindness in starting, wishing them a
+      good night's sleep (when night comes again) and a successful
+      campaign against their enemies.
+
+After he had finished his song, he traversed the platform a few times,
+lavishing his self-complacent smiles upon the ladies around the room,
+and then desired me to say to the audience, that on the next evening
+they were going to give the _Pipe of Peace-dance, and the Scalp-dance_,
+which he wished all the ladies to see, and that _now_ the chiefs and
+himself were ready to shake hands with all the people in the room.
+
+This of course brought a rush of visitors to the platform, anxious to
+welcome the new comers by giving them their hands. A general shake of
+the hands took place, and a conversation that occupied half an hour or
+more, and much to the satisfaction of the Indians as well as to those
+who came to see them.
+
+Much curiosity was kept up yet about the Doctor. The impression that
+his countenance and his wit had made upon the women had secured a knot
+of them about him, from whom it was difficult to disengage him: some
+complained that they were sick, and desired him to feel their pulse;
+he did so, and being asked as to the nature of their disease, he
+replied that "they were in love,"--and as to the remedy, he said, "Get
+husbands, and in a day and a night you will be well." All this they
+could have got from other quarters, but coming from an Indian, whose
+naked shoulders were glistening around the room, it seemed to come with
+the freshness and zest of something entirely new, and created much
+merriment.
+
+The amusements of their first night being over, the Indians were
+withdrawn from the room, and the audience soon dispersed. Daniel, as
+usual, had been at his post, and his report of a few moments' chat
+with the "jolly fat dame" gave me the first intelligence of the awful
+error I had committed in giving her bracelet to the Doctor instead of
+the Roman-nose, for whom she had intended it. She had said to him,
+however, that "it was no matter, and the error must not be corrected;
+she would bring one on the following evening for the Roman-nose, and
+begged that the Doctor might never be apprised of the mistake which had
+resulted to his benefit." "They are a splendid set of men, Daniel--far
+superior to the others. It is the greatest treat I ever had--I shall
+be here every night. You'll think by and by that I am a pretty good
+customer; ha, Daniel? That _Roman-nose_ is a magnificent fellow--he's
+got no wife, has he, Daniel?" "No, Madam, he is the youngest man of the
+party." "He is an _elegant_ fellow--but then his _skin_, Daniel. Their
+skins are not so fine as the others--they are _too_ black, or red, or
+what you call it; but Cadotte! what a beautiful colour he was, ha? But
+I dare say a little _washing_ and living in a city would bring them
+nearly white? These people love Mr. Catlin--he's a curious man--he's a
+_wonderful_ man; these are his old acquaintance, he has boarded with
+them; how they love him, don't they? Ah, well, good night, good night."
+She was the last of the visitors going out of the door, and did not
+know that I was so close behind her.
+
+
+
+
+                             CHAPTER XVIII.
+
+  Character of the Doctor (_mystery_ or _medicine man_)--An
+     omnibus drive--The Doctor's admiration of the "jolly
+     fat dame"--Jealousy--War-dress and war-paint of the
+     _Roman-nose_--His appearance--He leads the War-dance--The
+     Welcome-dance, and Bear-dance--Description of--Pipe-of-peace
+     (or Calumet) dance, and Scalp-dance--_Chip-pe-ho-la (the
+     Author)_--Speech of the War-chief--The "jolly fat dame"--She
+     presents a gold bracelet to _Roman-nose_--Jealousy and distress
+     of the Doctor--She converses with Daniel--Two reverend gentlemen
+     converse with the Indians about religion--Reply of White-cloud
+     and War-chief--Questions by the reverend gentlemen--Answers by
+     the War-chief--Indians invited to breakfast with Mr. Disraeli,
+     M.P., Park Lane--Indians' toilette and dress--The Doctor and Jim
+     (Wash-ka-mon-ya) fasting for the occasion.
+
+
+On paying a visit to the lodgings of the Indians, after they had
+returned from the exhibition, I found them in a merry mood, cracking
+their jokes upon the Doctor, who had put himself forward in so
+conspicuous a manner, to the great amusement of the ladies. During the
+exhibition, it would have appeared, from his looks and his actions,
+that he was to be perfectly happy for a twelvemonth at least; but he
+now appeared sad and dejected as he listened to their jokes, and turned
+his splendid bracelet around with his fingers. Several of the women had
+received brooches and other trinkets of value, and all had been highly
+pleased.
+
+It seemed that the War-chief was looked upon by the rest of the party
+as their orator; and, on an occasion like that which had just passed
+by, it was usual, and was expected, that he would have arisen and
+made a speech; and it was as little expected that the Doctor, who,
+they said, was a very diffident and backward man on such occasions,
+should have had so much, or anything to say. But the Doctor was a
+man of talent and wit, and with an exorbitant share of vanity and
+self-conceit, which were excited to that degree by the irresistible
+smiles of the ladies, that he was nerved with courage and ambition
+to act the part that he did through the evening. Under the momentary
+excitement of his feelings, he had, to be sure, but innocently, stepped
+a little out of his sphere, and in the way of the chiefs, which had
+somewhat annoyed them at the time, but of which they were now rather
+making merry than otherwise. The Doctor was a good-natured and harmless
+man, and entirely the creature of impulse. He was always polite, though
+not always in good humour. The two leading traits in his character, one
+or the other of which was always conspicuous, were extreme buoyancy of
+spirits and good humour, when he smiled upon everybody and everything
+around him, or silent dejection, which bade defiance to every social
+effort. In either of these moods he had the peculiarities of being
+entirely harmless, and of remaining in them but a very short time;
+and _between_ these moods, he was like a _spirit level_, exceedingly
+difficult to hold at a balance.
+
+The jokes that had been concentrated on the Doctor had been rather
+pleasant and amusing than otherwise, though there had been so many of
+them from the chiefs, from the warriors, from the squaws, and also from
+Mr. Melody, and Jeffrey and Daniel, all of whom were laughing at his
+expense, that I found him, and left him, sitting in one corner of the
+room, with his robe wrapped around him, in stoic silence, occasionally
+casting his eyes on his gold bracelet, and then upon the smoking
+beef-steaks and coffee which were on the table for their suppers, and
+of which he partook not.
+
+Whilst the rest were at the table, he silently spread his robe upon the
+floor, and wrapped himself in it. In the morning he washed, as usual,
+at the dawning of day, spent an hour or so in solitary meditation on
+the roof of the house, and afterwards joined with a pleasant face at
+the breakfast table, and through the amusements of the day and evening.
+
+Mr. Melody had, with my cordial approbation, employed an omnibus
+with four horses, to drive them an hour each day for the benefit of
+their health; and, at the same time, to amuse and instruct them, by
+showing them everything that they could see in the civilized world to
+their advantage. The Doctor joined, in good spirits, in the "drive"
+of that day; and, as on the day before, was wrapped in his buffalo,
+and seated by the side of the driver, with the polished blade of his
+lance glistening above his head, as many Londoners who read this will
+forcibly recollect.
+
+From their drive, in which they had seen many strange things, they
+returned in good spirits, and received in their chambers a private
+party of ladies and gentlemen, my esteemed friends, and several
+editors of the leading journals of London. A long and very interesting
+conversation was held with them on several subjects, and the clear and
+argumentative manner in which their replies were made, and the truly
+striking and primitive modes in which they were found, at once engaged
+the profound attention of all, and procured for them, besides some
+handsome presents at the time, the strongest recommendations from the
+editors of the press, as subjects of far greater interest than the
+party of Ojibbeways, whom they had before seen. Amongst these visiters
+they recognized with great pleasure, and shook hands with, my kind
+friend Dr. Thomas Hodgkin, at whose hospitable board they had, a few
+days before, with the author, partaken of an excellent dinner prepared
+for them. This was the first gentleman's table they were invited to in
+the kingdom, and probably the first place where they ever tried the use
+of the knife and fork in the English style.
+
+Dr. Hodgkin being of the Society of Friends, they received much kind
+and friendly advice from him, which they never forgot; and from the
+unusual shape of his dress, they called him afterwards (not being able
+to recollect his name) _Tchon-a-wap-pa_ (the straight coat).
+
+At night they were in the Hall again, and around them, amidst a greatly
+increased audience, had the pleasure of beholding nearly all the faces
+they had seen the night before; and the Doctor, in particular, of
+seeing the smiling ladies whom he had invited to see the _scalp-dance_
+and the _scalps_, and, to his more identical satisfaction, of
+beholding, at the end of the platform where he had taken pains to
+spread his robe and seat himself, the fair dame of _gushing_ charms,
+to whom he was occasionally gently turning his head on one side
+and smiling, as he presented to her view his copper-coloured arm,
+encompassed with the golden bracelet.
+
+This kind lady's goodness was such that she could not but respond
+to the bows and the smiles of the Doctor, though (within herself)
+she felt a little annoyed at the position which he had taken, so
+immediately between her place, which the crowd prevented her from
+changing, and that of the splendid "_Roman Nose_," who was now much
+more an object of admiration than he had been the night before, and
+more peremptorily called for all her attention. He had been selected
+to lead in the _scalp-dance_ which was to be given that night; and
+for this purpose, in pursuance of the custom of the country, he had
+left off his shirt and all his dress save his beautifully garnished
+leggings and mocassins, and his many-coloured sash and kilt of eagle's
+quills and ermine around his waist. His head was vermilioned red, and
+dressed with his helmet-like red crest, and surmounted with a white and
+a red eagle's quill, denoting his readiness for peace or for war. His
+shoulders and his arms were curiously streaked with red paint, and on
+his right and his left breast were the impresses, in black paint, of
+two hands, denoting the two victims he had struck, and whose scalps he
+then held attached to his painted tomahawk, which he was to wield in
+triumph as he had in the _scalp-dance_. Thus arrayed and ornamented,
+he appeared in his "war dress," as it is termed; and as he arose from
+his seat upon the platform, and drew his painted shield and quiver
+from his back, shouts of applause rung from every part of the hall,
+and, of course, trepidation increased in the veins of the fair dame,
+whose elbows were resting on the edge of the platform, while she was in
+rapture gazing upon him, and but partly concealing at times a beautiful
+trinket, the sparkling of which the sharp eyes of the Doctor had seen,
+as she endeavoured to conceal it in her right hand.
+
+The Doctor could not speak to this fair lady except with his eyes, with
+the softest expressions of which he lost no time or opportunity; and
+(for several combined reasons, no doubt) he seemed quite unambitious to
+leave his seat to "_saw the air_," and strike for a repetition of the
+applause he had gained the night before.
+
+Unfortunately in some respects, and as fortunately no doubt in others,
+the splendid "_Roman Nose_" held his position at the farther end of the
+platform during the greater part of the evening; and the Doctor, for
+the several reasons already imagined, remained in the close vicinity
+of the fair dame, whose over-timidity, he feared, held her in an
+unnecessary and painful suspense.
+
+In this position of things and of parties, the amusements allotted for
+the evening had commenced, and were progressing, amidst the roars of
+applause that were ready at the close of each dance. They commenced by
+giving the _"Welcome Dance" and song_[10] peculiar to their tribe. The
+sentiment of this being explained by me, gave great pleasure to the
+audience, and prepared them for the dances and amusements which were to
+follow.
+
+  [10] This peculiar dance is given to a stranger, or strangers,
+       whom they are decided to welcome in their village; and out of
+       respect to the person or persons to whom they are expressing
+       this welcome, the musicians and all the spectators rise upon
+       their feet while it is being danced.
+
+       The song is at first a lament for some friend, or friends, who
+       are dead or gone away, and ends in a gay and lively and cheerful
+       step, whilst they are announcing that the friend to whom they
+       are addressing it is received into the place which has been
+       left.
+
+They next announced the "_Bear Dance_" and amused the audience very
+much in its execution. This curious dance is given when a party are
+preparing to hunt the _black bear_, for its delicious food; or to
+contend with the more ferocious and dangerous "_grizly bear_," when a
+similar appeal is made to the _bear-spirit_, and with similar results,
+(_i.e._) all hands having strictly attended to the important and
+necessary form of conciliating in this way the good will and protection
+of the peculiar _spirit_ presiding over the destinies of those animals,
+they start off upon their hunt with a confidence and prospect of
+success which they could not otherwise have ventured to count upon. In
+this grotesque and amusing mode, each dancer imitates with his hands,
+alternately, the habits of the bear when running, and when sitting up,
+upon its feet, its paws suspended from its breast.
+
+It was customary with them to be seated a few minutes after each dance,
+and to pass around the pipe; and in the interval they were thus filling
+up after this dance, the Indians, as well as the audience, were all
+surprised at the appearance of a large square parcel handed in, and on
+to the platform, by a servant in livery, as a present to the Indians
+from his anonymous mistress. "Curiosity was on tip-toe" to know what
+so bulky a parcel contained; and when it was opened, it was found to
+contain 14 beautifully bound Bibles--the number just equal to the
+number of Indians of the party; and a very kind letter addressed to
+them, and which was read, exhorting them to change the tenor of their
+lives, to learn to read, and to profit by the gifts enclosed to them.
+
+The Bibles being distributed amongst them, the War-chief arose, and in
+the most respectful and appropriate manner returned his thanks for the
+liberal present and the kind wishes of the lady who gave them; he said
+he was sorry he did not know which lady to thank, but by thanking all
+in the room, he considered he was taking the surest way of conveying
+his thanks to her.
+
+After this, the _ne plus ultra_ (as the Doctor would undoubtedly call
+it), the frightful "_Scalp Dance_,"[11] was announced. All parties,
+the modest _squaws_ (of whom they had four with them) as well as the
+men, were arranging their dresses and implements to take part in it.
+The drums struck up, and the "splendid _Roman Nose_" led off, waving
+his two scalps on the point of a lance, until he was once around the
+circle, when they were placed in the hands of a squaw to carry, whilst
+he wielded his tomahawk and scalping-knife, and showed the manner in
+which his unfortunate enemies had fallen before him. This was probably
+the first time that the Scalp Dance, in its original and _classic_
+form, was ever seen in the city of London, and embellished by the
+presence of real and _genuine scalps_.
+
+  [11] This barbarous and exciting scene is the Indian mode of
+       celebrating a victory, and is given fifteen nights in
+       succession, when a war party returns from battle, having taken
+       scalps from the heads of their enemies. Taking the scalp is
+       practised by all the American tribes, and by them all very
+       much in the same way, by cutting off a patch of the skin from
+       a victim's head when killed in battle; and this piece of
+       skin, with the hair on it, is the scalp, which is taken and
+       preserved solely for a trophy, as the proof positive that its
+       possessor has killed an enemy in battle, and this because they
+       have no books of history or public records to refer to for the
+       account of the battles of military men. The scalp dance is
+       generally danced by torch light, at a late hour in the night;
+       and, in all tribes, the women take a conspicuous part in it,
+       by dancing in the circle with the men, holding up the scalps
+       just brought from battle, attached to the top of a pole, or
+       the handle of a lance.
+
+       A scalp, to be a genuine one, must have been taken from the head
+       of an _enemy_, and that enemy _dead_. The living are sometimes
+       scalped, but whenever it occurs, it is on a field of battle,
+       amongst the wounded, and supposed to be dead, who sometimes
+       survive, but with the signal disgrace of having lost a patch
+       of the skin and hair from the top of their heads.
+
+This exciting scene, with its associations, had like to have been too
+much for the nerves and tastes of London people; but having evidently
+assembled here for the pleasure of receiving shocks and trying their
+nerves, they soon seemed reconciled, and all looked on with amazement
+and pleasure, whilst they were sure for once in their lives, at least,
+that they were drawing information from its true and native source.
+This dance was long and tedious, but when it was finished, it was
+followed by a deafening round of applause, not of approbation of the
+shocking and disgusting custom, but of the earnest and simple manner
+in which these ignorant and thoughtless people were endeavouring to
+instruct and to amuse the enlightened world by a strict and emphatic
+illustration of one of the barbarous, but valued, modes of their
+country.
+
+The subject and mode of _scalping_, and of thus celebrating their
+victories, so little understood in the enlightened world, afforded me
+an interesting theme for remarks at this time; and when the Indians
+were again seated and "_taking a smoke_," I took the occasion of this
+complete illustration to explain it in all its parts and meanings, for
+which, when I had done, I received five times as much applause as I
+deserved for doing it.
+
+_The Pipe of Peace_ (or Calumet) _Dance_[13] was the next announced;
+and was danced with great spirit, and gained them much applause. At
+the close of this, their favourite dance, it became peculiarly the
+privilege of the War-chief to make his boast, as the dance is given
+only at the conclusion of a treaty of peace between hostile tribes, and
+at which treaty he is supposed to preside. For this purpose he rose,
+and straightening up his tall and veteran figure, with his buffalo robe
+thrown over his shoulder and around him, with his right arm extended
+over the heads of his fellow warriors, made a most animated speech to
+them for several minutes (with his back turned towards the audience),
+reminding them of the principal exploits of his military life, with
+which they were all familiar. He then called upon one of the younger
+men to light his pipe, which being done, and placed in his hand, he
+took several deliberate whiffs through its long and ornamented stem;
+this done, and his ideas all arranged, he deliberately turned around,
+and passing his pipe into his left hand, extended his right over the
+heads of the audience and commenced:--
+
+  "My Friends,--We believe that all our happiness in this life is given
+  to us by the Great Spirit, and through this pipe I have thanked Him
+  for enabling me to be here at this time, and to speak to you all who
+  are around me. (_How, how, how!_ and applause)
+
+  "My Friends,--We have had a long journey, and we are still very
+  much fatigued. We prayed to the Great Spirit, and He has heard our
+  prayers; we are all here, and all well. (_How, how, how!_ and _Hear!_)
+
+  "My Friends,--We are poor and live in the woods, and though the
+  Great Spirit is with us, yet He has not taught us how to weave the
+  beautiful things that you make in this country; we have seen many
+  of those things brought to us, and we are now happy to be where all
+  these fine things are made. (_How, how, how!_)
+
+  "My Friends,--The Great Spirit has made us with red skins, and taught
+  us how to live in the wilderness, but has not taught us to live as
+  you do. Our dresses are made of skins and are very coarse, but they
+  are warm; and in our dances we are in the habit of showing the skins
+  of our shoulders and our arms, and we hope you will not be angry with
+  us--it is our way. (_How, how, how!_ and great applause.)
+
+  "My Friends,--We have heard that your chief is a woman, and we know
+  that she must be a great chief, or your country would not be so
+  rich and so happy. (Cheers and _Hear!_) We have been told that the
+  Ojibbeways went to see your queen, and that she smiled upon them;
+  this makes us the more anxious to see her face, as the Ojibbeways are
+  our enemies. (_How, how, how!_)
+
+  "My Friends,--We hope to see the face of your queen, and then we
+  shall be happy. Our friend _Chippehola_[12] has told us that he
+  thinks we shall see her. My Friends, we do not know whether there are
+  any of her relations now in the room. (_How, how, how!_ and a laugh.)
+
+  "My Friends,--We shall be glad to shake your hands. This is all I
+  have to say." (Great applause.)
+
+  [12] The _Pipe of Peace_ (or calumet) is a sacred pipe, so held by
+       all the American tribes, and kept in possession of the chiefs,
+       to be smoked only at times of peace-making. When the terms of
+       a treaty have been agreed upon, this sacred pipe, the stem of
+       which is ornamented with eagle's quills, is brought forward,
+       and the solemn pledge to keep the peace is passed through the
+       sacred stem by each chief and warrior drawing the smoke once
+       through it. After this ceremony is over, the warriors of the
+       two tribes unite in the dance, with the pipe of peace held in
+       the left hand, and a she-she-quoi (or rattle) in the right.
+
+  [13] Geo. Catlin.
+
+At the close of his speech, and as he turned around to meet the
+approbation of his fellow-warriors, there was a sudden burst of
+laughter amongst the Indians, occasioned by the sarcastic and exulting
+manner in which the old Doctor told him he had better say something
+more before he sat down, "because," said he, "you have not made half
+as much laugh yet as I did last night." "I should be sorry if I had,"
+said the War-chief; "the audience always laugh the moment they see your
+ugly face."
+
+The Doctor's troubles commenced here, for just at that moment the
+"fair dame" had caught the eye of the "_Roman-nose_," and holding up
+a beautiful bracelet enclosing a brilliant stone, she tempted him up,
+while she clasped it upon his arm as it was extended immediately over
+the Doctor's head, whose unfailing politeness induced him to bow down
+his head to facilitate the operation.
+
+When the "_Roman-nose_" had taken his seat, and the poor Doctor
+had raised up his head to meet the eyes and the taunts of his
+fellow-Indians, who were laughing at him, and the gaze of the visitors
+from every quarter of the room, there _was_ a _smile_, but altogether
+a _new_ one, and a _new word_ should be coined for the sudden and
+singular distress of the dilemma he was in: it would not do to
+undervalue the beautiful present that was already upon his arm, and to
+save his life he could not smile as pleasantly upon the _fair hand_
+that gave it as he had been smiling a few minutes before. The trinket
+had instantly fallen fifty per cent. in its value--the _brilliant_
+prospect that had been before him had fled, and left him in the dread,
+not only that his beautiful commercial prospects were blighted, but
+that he was to have an enemy in the field.
+
+The _Roman-nose_ received his present in a respectful and thankful
+manner, but it was too late to be _affectionately_ accepted, as it
+was the _second_ one that was afloat, and taken by him, partly as
+an evidence of a kind heart, and partly as a foil to cover the true
+meaning of the first one that had been bestowed. However, he valued it
+very much, and the secret respecting the mistake that had been made in
+presenting the first, having been committed only to Daniel and myself,
+was thought best, for the peace of all parties, not to be divulged.
+
+The amusements of the evening being finished, there commenced a general
+shake of the hands, and when it had been requested by some of the
+audience that the Indians should come on to the floor, the request
+was instantly complied with, which afforded the most gratifying
+opportunity for the visitors to get near to them, and scan them and
+their costumes and weapons more closely. There was a general outcry by
+the ladies for the wife of the Little-wolf to descend from the platform
+with her little pappoose slung on her back in its splendid cradle,
+ornamented with porcupine's quills and ermine skins. It was a beautiful
+illustration, and formed one of the most attractive features of the
+exhibition, for gentlemen as well as for ladies, as thousands will
+recollect.
+
+The "jolly fat dame" had an opportunity of meeting the _Roman-nose_ and
+of shaking his hand: but, "oh, the distress!" she could not speak to
+him as she had done to Cadotte,--it was impossible for her to explain
+to him the abominable mistake of the first night, and she feared he
+never would properly appreciate the present which she had just made
+him; nevertheless they were "a noble, fine set of fellows." The Doctor
+passed about in the crowd shaking hands, and shaking his fan also,
+which was made of the eagle's tail. He met the "fair dame," and (cruel
+that he could not speak to her) he dropped many smiles as he looked
+down upon and over her dimpled cheeks and round neck, as he raised and
+showed her his brawny arm with the golden bracelet.
+
+The Indians soon withdrew, and after them the crowd; and after the
+crowd the "jolly fat dame," who said to Daniel as she passed, "I
+can't stop to-night, Daniel, I am in a great hurry; but I gave the
+bracelet to the _Roman-nose_--I got a good opportunity, Daniel--I
+buckled it on myself: oh, yes, I did--that I did--the good fellow,
+he stood it well--he never stirred. He'll recollect me, won't he,
+Daniel? I am going; but oh, look here--I can't, to save my life, make
+the poor fellow understand how the accident took place--it is so
+provoking!--it's awkward--it is very annoying to me. _You_ can tell
+him, Daniel--I wish you would tell him--I want you to explain it to
+him. Come, will you, Daniel? that's a good fellow. Tell him I never
+intended to give a bracelet to the old Doctor. But stop, he won't tell
+the Doctor that, will he? I wouldn't for the world hurt the poor old
+man's feelings--no, Daniel, not for twenty bracelets--what shall we
+do?" "Oh, there is no danger, Madam, that the Doctor will ever hear of
+it." "You think so?" "Oh, I am sure, Madam." "Then it's all right--good
+night. I shall be here every night, you know."
+
+The next morning after this, the Rev. Mr. ---- and Mr. ---- called upon
+me at my family residence, to ask if it would be consistent with my
+views and the views of the Indians for them to have some conversation
+with them in private on the subject of religion and education. I
+replied, that it was one of the greatest satisfactions I could have
+during their stay in England, to promote as far as in my power such
+well-meant efforts to enlighten their minds, and to enable them to
+benefit in that way by their visit to this country. I told them also,
+that I was very glad to say that this party was under the charge of
+Mr. Melody, a man who was high in the confidence of the American
+Government, and that I knew him to be a temperate and moral man: as he
+was interested in the missionary efforts being made in this very tribe,
+I felt quite certain that he would do all in his power to promote
+their object, and they had better call on him. They did so, and an
+appointment was made for them to visit the Indians in the afternoon,
+subsequent to their usual daily "drive."
+
+Mr. Melody had had a conversation with the Indians on the subject, and
+although they felt some reluctance at first, on account of the little
+time they would have to reflect upon it, they had agreed to see the
+reverend gentlemen in the afternoon, and I was sent for to be present.
+I was there at the time, and when the reverend gentlemen called, I
+introduced them to the Indians in their rooms. The Indians were all
+seated on the floor, upon their robes and blankets, and passing around
+the pipe. After the usual time taken by strangers to examine their
+curious dresses, weapons, &c., one of the reverend gentlemen mentioned
+to the chiefs, in a very kind and friendly manner, the objects of their
+visit, and with their permission gave them a brief account of the life
+and death of our Saviour, and explained as well as he could to their
+simple minds the mode of Redemption. He urged upon them the necessity
+of their taking up this belief, and though it might be difficult for
+them to understand at first, yet he was sure it was the only way to
+salvation. This gentleman took full time to explain his views to them,
+which was done in the most suitable language for their understanding,
+and every sentence was carefully and correctly interpreted to them
+by Jeffrey, who seemed to be himself much interested in hearing his
+remarks.
+
+After the reverend gentleman had finished, Mr. Melody stated to the
+Indians that he believed all that the gentleman said was true, and that
+he knew it to be worth their closest and most patient consideration.
+He then asked White-cloud if he had anything to answer; to which he
+said, "he had but a few words to say, as he did not feel very well, and
+_Neu-mon-ya_ (the War-chief) was going to speak for him." He thought,
+however, that it was a subject which they might as well omit until they
+got home.
+
+_Neu-mon-ya_ during this time was hanging his head quite down, and
+puffing the smoke as fast as he could draw it through his pipe, in
+long breaths, and discharging it through his nostrils. He raised up
+after a moment more of pause, and passing the pipe into White-cloud's
+hand, folded his arms, with his elbows on his knees, when he drew a
+deep sigh, and followed it with the last discharge of smoke from his
+lungs, which was now passing in two white streams through his distended
+nostrils, as he said--
+
+  "My friends,[14]--The Great Spirit has sent you to us with kind
+  words, and he has opened our ears to hear them, which we have done.
+  We are glad to see you and to hear you speak, for we know that you
+  are our friends. What you have said relative to our learning to read
+  and to write, we are sure can do us no good--we are now too old;
+  but for our children, we think it would be well for them to learn;
+  and they are now going to schools in our village, and learning to
+  read and to write. As to the white man's religion which you have
+  explained, we have heard it told to us in the same way, many times,
+  in our own country, and there are white men and women there now,
+  trying to teach it to our people. We do not think your religion good,
+  unless it is so for white people, and this we don't doubt. The Great
+  Spirit has made our skins red, and the forests for us to live in. He
+  has also given us our religion, which has taken our fathers to 'the
+  beautiful hunting grounds,' where we wish to meet them. We don't
+  believe that the Great Spirit made us to live with pale faces in this
+  world, and we think He has intended we should live separate in the
+  world to come.
+
+  "My friends,--We know that when white men come into our country we
+  are unhappy--the Indians all die, or are driven away before the white
+  men. Our hope is to enjoy our hunting grounds in the world to come,
+  which white men cannot take from us: we _know_ that our fathers and
+  our mothers have gone there, and we don't know why we should not go
+  there too.
+
+  "My friends,--You have told us that the Son of the Great Spirit was
+  on earth, and that he was killed by white men, and that the Great
+  Spirit sent him here to get killed; now we cannot understand all
+  this--this may be necessary for white people, but the red men, we
+  think, have not yet got to be so wicked as to require that. If it was
+  necessary that the Son of the Great Spirit should be killed for white
+  people, it may be necessary for them to believe all this; but for us,
+  we cannot understand it."
+
+  [14] Being a silent listener to these conversations, I took out my
+       note book and wrote down the remarks here given, as they were
+       translated by Jeffrey.
+
+He here asked for the pipe, and having drawn a few whiffs, proceeded.
+
+  "My friends,--You speak of the '_good book_' that you have in your
+  hand; we have many of these in our village; we are told that 'all
+  your words about the Son of the Great Spirit are printed in that
+  book, and if we learn to read it, it will make good people of us.'
+  I would now ask why it don't make good people of the pale faces
+  living all around us? They can all read the good book, and they can
+  understand all that the '_black coats_'[15] say, and still we find
+  they are not so honest and so good a people as ours: this we are sure
+  of; such is the case in the country about us, but _here_ we have no
+  doubt but the white people who have so many to preach and so many
+  books to read, are all honest and good. In _our_ country the white
+  people have two faces, and their tongues branch in different ways;
+  we know that this displeases the Great Spirit, and we do not wish to
+  teach it to our children."
+
+  [15] Clergymen.
+
+He here took the pipe again, and while smoking, the reverend gentleman
+asked him if he thought the Indians did all to serve the Great Spirit
+that they ought to do--all that the Great Spirit required of them? to
+which he replied--
+
+  "My friends,--I don't know that we do all that the Great Spirit
+  wishes us to do; there are some Indians, I know, who do not; there
+  are some bad Indians as well as bad white people; I think it is very
+  difficult to tell how much the Great Spirit wishes us to do."
+
+The reverend gentleman said--
+
+  "That, my friends, is what we wish to teach you; and if you can learn
+  to read this good book, it will explain all that."
+
+The chief continued--
+
+  "We believe the Great Spirit requires us to pray to Him, which we
+  do, and to thank Him for everything we have that is good. We know
+  that He requires us to speak the truth, to feed the poor, and to love
+  our friends. We don't know of anything more that he demands; he may
+  demand more of white people, but we don't know that."
+
+The reverend gentleman inquired--
+
+  "Do you not think that the Great Spirit sometimes punishes the
+  Indians in this world for their sins?"
+
+  _War-chief._--"Yes, we do believe so."
+
+  _Rev. Gentleman._--"Did it ever occur to you, that the small pox that
+  swept off half of your tribe, and other tribes around you, a few
+  years ago, might have been sent into your country by the Great Spirit
+  to punish the Indians for their wickedness and their resistance to
+  his word?"
+
+  _War-chief._--"My Friends, we don't know that we have ever resisted
+  the word of the Great Spirit. If the Great Spirit sent the small
+  pox into our country to destroy us, we believe it was to punish us
+  for listening to the false promises of white men. It is white man's
+  disease, and no doubt it was sent amongst white people to punish
+  _them_ for their sins. It never came amongst the Indians until we
+  began to listen to the promises of white men, and to follow their
+  ways; it then came amongst us, and we are not sure but the Great
+  Spirit then sent it to punish us for our foolishness. There is
+  another disease sent by the Great Spirit to punish white men, and it
+  punishes them in the right place--the place that offends. We know
+  that disease has been sent to punish them; that disease was never
+  amongst the Indians until white men came--they brought it, and we
+  believe we shall never drive it out of our country."
+
+The War-chief here reached for the pipe again for a minute, and then
+continued--
+
+  "My Friends,--I hope my talk does not offend you; we are children,
+  and you will forgive us for our ignorance. The Great Spirit expects
+  us to feed the poor; our wives and children at home are very poor;
+  wicked white men kill so many of our hunters and warriors with
+  _fire-water_, that they bring among us, and leave so many children
+  among us for us to feed, when they go away, that it makes us very
+  poor. Before they leave our country they destroy all the game also,
+  and do not teach us to raise bread, and our nation is now in that
+  way, and very poor; and we think that the way we can please the Great
+  Spirit first, is to get our wives and children something to eat, and
+  clothes to wear. It is for that we have come to this country, and
+  still we are glad to hear your counsel, for it is good."
+
+The reverend gentlemen, and several ladies who had accompanied them,
+here bestowed some very beautiful Bibles and other useful presents
+upon the Indians; and thanking them for their patience, were about
+to take leave of them, when Mr. Melody begged their attention for a
+few moments while he read to them several letters just received from
+reverend gentlemen conducting a missionary school in this tribe, giving
+a flattering account of its progress, and presented them a vocabulary
+and grammar, already printed in the Ioway language, by a printing-press
+belonging to the missionary school in their country. This surprised
+them very much, and seemed to afford them great satisfaction.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+The comments of the press, as well as the remarks of the public who had
+seen them, now being made upon the superior interest of this party,
+they were receiving daily calls from distinguished persons, and also
+numerous invitations to gentlemen's houses, which daily increased their
+consequence, and, of course, their enjoyment. Amongst the first of
+these kind invitations was one from Mr. Disraeli, M.P., for the whole
+party to partake of a breakfast at his house, in Park Lane.
+
+This was for the next morning after the interview just described; and,
+not knowing or even being able to imagine what they were to see, or
+what sort of rules or etiquette they were to be subjected to, they were
+under the most restless excitement to prepare everything for it, and
+the greatest anxiety for the hour to approach. They were all up at
+an unusually early hour, preparing every trinket and every article of
+dress, and spent at least an hour at their toilets in putting the paint
+upon their faces. The Doctor had been told that he would sit down at
+the table amongst many very splendid ladies; and this, or some other
+embarrassment, had caused him to be dissatisfied with the appearance of
+the paint which he had put upon his face, and which he was carefully
+examining with his little looking-glass. He decided that it would not
+do, and some bear's grease and a piece of deer-skin soon removed it
+all. He spent another half hour with his different tints, carefully
+laying them on with the end of his forefinger; and, displeased again,
+_they_ were all demolished as before. Alarm about time now vexed him,
+and caused him to plaster with a more rapid and consequently with a
+more "masterly touch." The effect was fine! He was ready, and so were
+all the party, from head to foot. All their finest was on, and all
+were prepared for the move, when I came in at about eight o'clock
+to advise them of the hour at which we were to go, and which I had
+forgotten to mention to them the evening before. I then referred to
+the note of invitation, and informed them that the hour appointed was
+twelve o'clock. The whole party, who were at that time upon their feet
+around me, wrapped in their robes, their shields and quivers slung,
+and the choice tints upon their faces almost too carefully arranged
+to be exposed to the breath of the dilapidating wind, expressed a
+decided shock when the hour of twelve was mentioned. They smiled, and
+evidently thought it strange, and that some mistake had been made.
+Their conjectures were many and curious: some thought it was _dinner_
+that was meant, instead of _breakfast_; and others thought so late an
+hour was fixed that they might get their own breakfasts out of the way,
+and then give the Indians theirs by themselves. I answered, "No, my
+good fellows, it is just the reverse of this; you are all wrong--it is
+to _breakfast_ that you are invited, and lest their family, and their
+friends whom they have invited to meet you, should not have the honour
+of sitting down and eating with you, they have fixed the hour at twelve
+o'clock, the time that the great and fashionable people take their
+breakfasts. You must have your breakfasts at home at the usual hour,
+and take your usual _drive_ before you go; so you will have plenty of
+time for all, and be in good humour when you go there, where you will
+see many fine ladies and be made very happy."
+
+My remarks opened a new batch of difficulties to them that I had not
+apprehended, some of which were exceedingly embarrassing. To wait four
+hours, and to eat and to ride in the meantime, would be to derange the
+streaks of paint and also to soil many articles of dress which could
+not be put on excepting on very particular occasions. To take them off
+and put them on, and to go through the vexations of the toilet again,
+at eleven o'clock, was what several of the party could submit to, and
+others could not. As to the breakfast of huge beefsteaks and coffee
+which was just coming up, I had felt no apprehensions; but when it was
+on the table I learned that the _old Doctor_ and _Wash-ka-mon-ya_ and
+one or two others of the young men were adhering to a custom of their
+country, and which, in my rusticity (having been seven or eight years
+out of Indian life), I had at the moment lost sight of.
+
+It is the habit in their country, when an Indian is invited to a feast,
+to go as hungry as he can, so as to be as fashionable as possible, by
+eating an enormous quantity, and for this purpose the invitations are
+generally extended some time beforehand, paying the valued compliment
+to the invited guest of allowing as much time as he can possibly
+require for starving himself and preparing his stomach by tonics taken
+in bitter decoctions of medicinal herbs. In this case the invitation
+had only been received the day before, and of course allowed them much
+less than the usual time to prepare to be _fashionable_. They had,
+however, received the information just in time for the _Doctor_ and
+_Wash-ka-mon-ya_ and the _Roman-nose_ to avoid the annoyance of their
+dinners and suppers on that day, and they had now laid themselves
+aside in further preparation for the _feast_ in which they were to be
+candidates for the mastery in emptying plates and handling the "knife
+and fork" (or "knife and fingers"), the custom of their country.
+
+In this condition the _Doctor_ particularly was a subject for the
+freshest amusement, or for the profoundest contemplation. With all
+his finery and his trinkets on, and his red and yellow paint--with
+his shield, and bow and quiver lying by his side, he was straightened
+upon his back, with his feet crossed, as he rested in a corner of
+the room upon his buffalo robe, which was spread upon the floor.
+His little looking glass, which was always suspended from his belt,
+he was holding in his hand, as he was still arranging his beautiful
+feathers, and contemplating the patches of red and yellow paint, and
+the _tout ensemble_ of the pigments and _copper colour_ with which he
+was to make a sensation where he was going to _feast_ (as he had been
+told) with ladies, an occurrence not known in the annals of the Indian
+country. He had resolved, on hearing the hour was _twelve_, not to eat
+his breakfast (which he said might do for women and children), or to
+take his usual ride in the bus, that he might not injure his growing
+appetite, or disturb a line of paint or a feather, until the hour had
+arrived for the honours and the luxuries that awaited them.
+
+I reasoned awhile with these three epicures of the land of "_buffaloes'
+tongues_ and _beavers' tails_," telling them that they were labouring
+under a misconception of the ideas of gentility as entertained in the
+civilized and fashionable world; that in London, the genteel people
+practised entirely the opposite mode from theirs; that light dinners
+and light breakfasts were all the fashion, and the less a lady or
+gentleman could be seen eating, the more sentimental he or she was
+considered, and consequently the more transcendently genteel: and that
+when they went to breakfast with their friends at 12, or to dine at
+7 or 8, they were generally in the habit of promoting gentility by
+eating a little at home before they started.
+
+My reasoning, however, had no other effect than to excite a smile from
+the Doctor, and the very philosophic reply, "that they should prefer
+to adhere to their own custom until they got to the lady's house, when
+they would try to conform to that of the white people of London." The
+drollness of these remarks from this droll old gentleman entirely
+prevented Mr. Melody and myself from intruding any further suggestions,
+until the hour arrived, and it was announced that the carriage was at
+the door.
+
+
+
+
+                              CHAPTER XIX.
+
+  Kind reception at Mr. Disraeli's--View of Hyde Park from
+     the top of his house--Review of troops, and sham
+     fight--Breakfast-table--The Doctor missing--The Author
+     finds him in the bathing-room--Champagne wine--Refused by
+     the Indians--_Chickabobboo: Chippehola_ tells the story of
+     it--The Indians drink--Presents--The "big looking-glass"--The
+     Doctor smiles in it--Speech of the War-chief--Shake of hands,
+     and return--Exhibition-room, Egyptian Hall--Doctor presents
+     a string of wampum and the "_White-feather_" to the "jolly
+     fat dame"--Indians talk about _chickabobboo_--The Rev. Mr.
+     G---- calls--A different religion (a Catholic)--Interview
+     appointed--Two Methodist clergymen call--Indians refuse to see
+     them--The giant and giantess visit the Indians--The Doctor
+     measuring the giantess--The talk with the Catholic clergyman.
+
+
+This chapter begins with the introduction of the Ioways into
+fashionable life, through the various phases of which they had the good
+or bad fortune to pass, in this and other countries, as will be seen,
+before they returned to resume the tomahawk and scalping-knife in their
+favourite prairies, and the Rocky Mountains in America.
+
+Mr. Melody and myself accompanied the Indians, and all together were
+put down at the door, where we met a host of waiters in livery, ready
+to conduct us to the kind lady and gentleman, whom they instantly
+recollected to have seen and shaken hands with in the exhibition room.
+This gave them confidence, and all parties were made easy in a moment,
+by a general introduction which followed. Through the interpreter, the
+ladies complimented them for their dances and songs, which they had
+heard, and pronounced to be very wonderful. Their women and little
+children were kindly treated by the ladies, and seats were prepared
+for them to sit down. The men were also desired to be seated, but
+on looking around the room, upon the richness of its furniture,
+the splendid carpet on which they stood, and the crimson velvet of
+the cushioned chairs that were behind them, they smiled, and seemed
+reluctant to sit upon them, for fear of soiling them. They were at
+length prevailed upon to be seated, however, and after a little
+conversation, were conducted by Mr. Disraeli through the different
+apartments of his house, where he put in their hands, and explained
+to them, much to their gratification, many curious daggers, sabres,
+and other weapons and curiosities of antiquity. In passing through the
+dining saloon, they passed the table, groaning under the weight of its
+costly plate and the luxuries which were prepared for them; upon this
+the old Doctor smiled as he passed along, and he even turned his head
+to smile again upon it, as he left it.
+
+After we had surveyed all below, the party were invited to the top of
+the house, and Mr. Disraeli led the way. The ladies, of whom there were
+a goodly number, all followed; and altogether, the pictured buffalo
+robes--the rouged heads and red feathers--the gaudy silks, and bonnets,
+and ribbons--glistening lances and tomahawks--and black coats, formed a
+novel group for the gaze of the multitude who were gathering from all
+directions, under the ever exciting cry of "Indians! Indians!"
+
+Hyde Park was under our eye, and from our position we had the most
+lovely view of it that any point could afford; and also of the drilling
+of troops, and the sham-fight in the park, which was going on under our
+full view. This was exceedingly exciting and amusing to the Indians,
+and also the extensive look we had in turning our eyes in the other
+direction, over the city. The ladies had now descended, and we all
+followed to the saloon, where it was soon announced that the breakfast
+was ready; and in a few moments all were seated at the table, excepting
+the Doctor, who was not to be found. Jeffrey and I instantly thought
+of his "_propensity_" and went to the house-top for him, but to our
+amazement he was not there. In descending the stairs, however, and
+observing a smoke issuing out of one of the chambers, into which we
+had been led, on going up to examine the beautiful arrangement for
+vapour and shower baths, we stepped in, and found the Doctor seated in
+the middle of the room, where he had lit his pipe, and was taking a
+more deliberate look at this ingenious contrivance, which he told us
+pleased him very much, and which he has often said he thought would be
+a good mode to adopt in his practice in his own country. He was easily
+moved, however, when it was announced to him that the breakfast was on
+the table and ready, where he was soon seated in the chair reserved for
+him.
+
+Great pains were taken by the ladies and gentlemen to help the Indians
+to the luxuries they might like best; and amongst others that were
+offered, their glasses were filled with sparkling champagne, in which
+their health was proposed. The poor fellows looked at it, and shaking
+their heads, declined it. This created some surprise, upon which Mr.
+Melody explained for them that they had pledged their words not to
+drink spirituous liquors while in this country. They were applauded
+by all the party for it, and at the same time it was urged that this
+was only a light _wine_, and could not hurt them: we were drinking it
+ourselves, and the ladies were drinking it, and it seemed cruel to deny
+them. Poor Melody!--he looked distressed: he had a good heart, and
+loved his Indians, but he felt afraid of the results. The _Doctor_ and
+_Wash-ka-mon-ya_ kept their hands upon their glasses, and their eyes
+upon Melody and myself, evidently understanding something of the debate
+that was going on, until it was agreed and carried, by the ladies and
+all, that taking a little champagne would not be a breach of their
+promise in the least, and that it would do them no harm. Their health
+and success were then proposed, and all their glasses were drained to
+the bottom at once.
+
+The Doctor, after finding the bottom of his glass, turned round, and
+smacking his lips, dropped me a bow and a smile, seeming to say that
+"he was thankful, and that the wine was very good."
+
+I told them that this was not "_fire-water_" as they could themselves
+judge, but that it was "_chickabobboo_." This word seeming to them to
+be an Indian word, excited their curiosity somewhat, and being called
+upon by the ladies to explain the meaning of it, as they did not
+recollect to have met such a word in Johnson's Dictionary or elsewhere,
+I related to them the story of _chickabobboo_, as told by the war-chief
+of the Ojibbeways, at Windsor Castle; and the manner in which those
+Indians partook of the Queen's wine, or "_chickabobboo_" as they called
+it, on that occasion.
+
+This explanation afforded much amusement to the party, and to the
+Indians also, as Jeffrey interpreted it to them; and it was soon
+proposed that their glasses should be filled again with _chickabobboo_.
+The Doctor sat next to me at the table, and every time he emptied
+his glass of _chickabobboo_ I was amused to hear him pronounce the
+word "good!"--the first word of English he had learned, and the first
+occasion on which I had heard him sound it. After the wine was first
+poured out, he had kept one hand around his glass or by the side of
+it, and had entirely stopped eating. He had minced but a little in
+the outset, and seeming to have a delicate stomach, was giving great
+pain to the ladies who were helping him and urging him to eat, in his
+irrevocable resolution to be _genteel_, as he had before suggested, and
+which they probably never understood.
+
+The last dish that was passed around the table, and relished by the
+Indians quite as much as the _chickabobboo_, was a plate of trinkets
+of various kinds, of brooches, bracelets, chains, and other ornaments
+for their persons, which they received with expressions of great
+thankfulness as they were rising from the table. Thus ended the
+"feast," as they called it; and on entering the drawing-room the Doctor
+became a source of much amusement to the ladies, as his attention was
+arrested by the enormous size of a mirror that was before him, or by
+the striking effect of his own beautiful person, which he saw at full
+length in it. He affected to look only at the frame, as the ladies
+accused him of vanity; and he drew out from under his belt his little
+looking-glass, about an inch square, imbedded in a block of deal to
+protect it from breaking. The contrast was striking and amusing, but
+what followed was still more so. The ladies were anxious to examine
+his looking-glass (which was fastened to his person with a leathern
+thong), and in pulling it out, there necessarily came out with it,
+attached to the same thong, a little wallet carefully rolled up in a
+rattle-snake's skin; and which, on inquiry, was found to be his toilet
+of pigments of various colours, with which he painted his face. A small
+pair of scissors also formed a necessary appendage, and by the side of
+them hung a boar's tusk and a human finger shrivelled and dried. This
+he had taken from a victim he had slain in battle, and now wore as his
+"_medicine_," or _talismanic charm_, that was to guard and protect
+him in all times of trouble or danger. This remarkable trophy was
+generally, on occasions when he was in full dress, suspended from his
+neck by a cord, and hung amongst the strings of wampum on his breast;
+but on this occasion he had so many other things to think of, that he
+had forgotten to display it there.
+
+The War-chief at this time preparing his mind to make some remarks
+before leaving, and to thank the lady for her kindness, was asking "if
+he should give any offence by lighting his pipe;" to which they all
+answered at once, "No, oh no! we shall be glad to see the old chief
+smoke; get him some fire immediately." When the fire arrived, he had
+lighted his pipe with his flint and steel, and was arranging his ideas
+as he was drawing the smoke through its long stem. It amused the ladies
+very much to see him smoke, and when he was ready he passed the pipe
+into White Cloud's hand, and rising, and throwing his head and his
+shoulders back, he said to the lady that "he was authorized by the
+chief to return to her and her husband his thanks, and the thanks of
+all the party, for the kindness they had shown them." He said they were
+strangers in the country, and a great way from home, and this would
+make them more thankful for the kindness they had met this day.
+
+  "My Friends (said he), the Great Spirit has caused your hearts to be
+  thus kind to us, and we hope the Great Spirit will not allow us to
+  forget it. We are thankful to all your friends whom we see around you
+  also, and we hope the Great Spirit will be kind to you all.
+
+  "My friend the chief wishes to shake hands with you all, and then we
+  will bid you farewell."
+
+The kindest wishes were expressed, in reply to the old man's remarks,
+for their health and happiness; and after a general shaking of hands we
+took leave, and our omnibus, for St. James's Street.
+
+The usual dinner hour of the Indians was just at hand when they
+returned, which was a joyful occurrence for the Doctor, who had, at
+some inconvenience, been endeavouring to practise Indian and civilized
+gentility at one and the same time. He smiled when dinner came on, and
+others smiled to see him endeavouring to mend the breach that had been
+made.
+
+The excitements of this day had put the Indians in remarkably good
+humour for their evening's amusements at the Hall, which they gave to
+a crowded house, and, as usual, with great applause. The "jolly fat
+dame" was there as she had promised, still admiring, and still "quite
+miserable that she could not speak to them in their own language, or
+something that they could understand." Daniel had taken a private
+opportunity to tell the Doctor the whole story of her attachment to
+Cadotte, and to assure him, at the same time, of her _extraordinary_
+admiration of him, the evidence of which was, that "she had made him
+the first present, after which all others were mere foils." The Doctor
+took a peculiar liking to Daniel from that moment, and little else than
+a lasting friendship could be expected to flow from such a foundation
+as was then so kindly laid. This most welcome information had been
+communicated to the Doctor's ear on the evening previous, and he had
+now come prepared to present her (with his own hand, and the most
+gracious smile, and at the end of the platform) a string of wampum from
+his own neck, and a _white feather_ with two spots of red painted on
+it, to which he pointed with great energy, and some expression that
+she heard, but did not understand. The "_fair dame_" held her exciting
+present in her hand during the evening, with some little occasional
+trepidation, expecting to draw from Daniel some key to the meaning of
+the mysterious gift as she was leaving the rooms. This hope proved
+vain, however; for Daniel, it seems, was not yet deep enough in Indian
+mysteries to answer her question, and she carried the present home,
+with its mysterious meaning, to ruminate upon until the riddle could be
+solved.
+
+Mr. Melody and I visited the Indians in their apartments that evening
+after their exhibition was over, and taking a beefsteak and a cup of
+coffee with them, we found them still in high glee, and in good humour
+for gossip, which ran chiefly upon the immense looking-glasses they
+had seen (and "forgot to measure"), and the _chickabobboo_, which
+they pronounced to be first-rate for a grand _feast_, which it would
+be their duty to get up in a few days to thank the Great Spirit for
+leading them all safe over the ocean, and to ensure their safe return
+when they should be ready to go. I then told them of the kind of
+_chickabobboo_ that the Ojibbeways liked very much, and of which I
+had allowed each one glass every day at his dinner, and also at night
+after their dances were done, and which the physicians thought would
+be much better for them than the strong coffee they were in the habit
+of drinking; that I had talked with Mr. Melody on the subject, and he
+was quite willing, with me, that they should have it in the same way,
+provided they liked it.
+
+"_How, how, how!_" they all responded; and while the servant was gone
+for a jug of ale, I explained to them that we did not consider that
+this was breaking their solemn promise made to us, "_not to drink
+spirituous liquors_." I stated to them, also, that it was possible to
+get drunk by drinking _chickabobboo_; and if any of them drank so much
+of it as to produce that effect, we should consider it the same as if
+they had got drunk by drinking whiskey.
+
+The ale came in foaming, and being passed round, they all decided that
+"it was good, but not quite so good as that the kind lady gave us at
+the _feast_ to-day."
+
+These evening gossips with these good-natured fellows in their own
+rooms, after their day's work and excitements were over, became
+extremely pleasing to me; so completely reviving the by-gone pleasures
+I had felt in whiling away the long evenings in their hospitable
+wigwams, when I was a guest in their remote country, amused with their
+never-ending fund of anecdotes and stories.
+
+On the next morning, or the day after, at an early hour, Daniel
+announced to the Indians that there was a reverend gentleman in the
+sitting-room who wished to see them a little while, and to have some
+talk with them if possible. Daniel had taken this liberty, as he
+had heard Mr. Melody and myself say that we should feel disposed to
+promote, as far as we could, all such efforts. The Indians had not
+yet had their breakfasts, which were nearly ready, and felt a little
+annoyed; the War-chief observing "that they had had a long council with
+some clergymen, and had said to them all they had to say, and thought
+this gentleman had better go and see and talk with them; and another
+thing, as he believed that _Chippehola_[16] had written in a book all
+that he and the clergymen had said, he thought he might learn it all by
+going to him."
+
+  [16] The author.
+
+Daniel whispered to him, in an earnest manner, that "this was a
+_Catholic priest_, a different kind of religion altogether." This
+created some little surprise and conversation around the room, that
+the white people should have two kinds of religion; and it was at last
+agreed that the War-chief and Jeffrey should step into the other room a
+few minutes and see him, the White Cloud saying "he did not care about
+going in."
+
+It seems that Jeffrey took some interest in this gentleman, as the
+little that his ancestors had learned of religion had been taught
+them by Roman Catholic clergymen, who have been the first to teach
+the Christian religion in most parts of the American wilderness. The
+conversation and manner of the priest also made some impression on
+the mind of the War-chief; and as they heard the others using their
+knives and forks in the adjoining room, they took leave of the reverend
+gentleman, agreeing to a council with him and a number of his friends
+in a few days. _White Cloud_ and _Wash-ka-mon-ya_ excited much laughter
+and amusement amongst the party, on learning that the War-chief had
+appointed another council, "when he was to make his talk all over
+again." They told him "they expected to take him home a preacher, to
+preach white man's religion when he got back;" and they thought he had
+better get a "black coat" at once, and be called "_Black-coat to the
+party of Ioway Indians_."
+
+The next day after the above interview, Daniel again announced to the
+chiefs and Jeffrey that there were two reverend gentlemen waiting to
+see them, who had seen Mr. Melody on the subject, and were to meet him
+there at that hour. White Cloud told the War-chief, that "as he had
+promised to meet them, he must do it; but as for himself, he would
+rather not see them, for he was not well." _Wash-ka-mon-ya_ laughed at
+the old chief and Jeffrey as they went out. "Now," said he, "for your
+grand council!" The War-chief lit his long pipe, and he and Jeffrey
+entered the room; but finding they were not the persons whom they were
+expecting to meet, they had a few words of conversation with them,
+taking care not to approach near to the subject of religion, and left
+them, as they had some other engagements that took up their time.
+
+There was much merriment going on in the meantime in the Indians' room,
+and many jokes ready for the War-chief and Jeffrey when they should
+get back, as Daniel had returned to their room, and told them that,
+by the cut of their clothes and their manners, he was quite sure that
+these two gentlemen were of a different religion still; he believed
+they were _Methodist preachers_.
+
+The War-chief, who was always dignified and contemplative in his
+manners, and yet susceptible of good humour and jokes, returned to the
+Indians' room at this time, apparently quite insensible to the mirth
+and the remarks around him, as he learned from the Indians, and got the
+confirmation from Daniel, that this was the _third_ kind of religion,
+and that there were the _Baptists_, the _Jews_, and several other kinds
+yet to come. He seated himself on his robe, which he spread upon the
+floor, and taking out of his pouch his flint and steel, and spunk,
+struck a light in the true Indian way (though there was fire within
+reach of his arm), and, lighting his pipe, commenced smoking. During
+this silent operation he seemed downcast, and in profound meditation.
+Mr. Melody and I entered the room at this moment, but seeing the mood
+he was in, did nothing to interrupt the train of his thoughts. When
+his pipe was smoked out, he charged it again with tobacco, but before
+lighting it he laid it aside, and straightening his long limbs upon the
+floor, and drawing another buffalo robe over his body and his head, he
+went to sleep.[17]
+
+  [17] Though the old War-chief, who was their speaking oracle on
+       the subject of religion, remained sad and contemplative,
+       there was daily much conversation and levity amongst the
+       rest of the party on the subject of the "six religions of
+       white men," which they had discovered; and either Jim or the
+       little "commanding general" (son of the War-chief), both of
+       whom were busy with their pencils, left on the table for my
+       portfolio the subjoined curious, but significant illustration
+       of their ideas of white man's paradise, and the six different
+       modes of getting to it. _Plate No._ 11 is a _fac simile_ of
+       this curious document, which the reader will appreciate on
+       examination.
+
+  [Illustration: N^o. 11.]
+
+This was the day for "seeing the _Giants_," and they were soon after
+announced as having arrived, according to appointment. During one of
+the Indians' exhibitions there had been a great excitement produced
+amongst them by the appearance in the crowd, of two immense persons,
+a man and a woman, who stood nearly the whole length of their bodies
+above the heads of others about them! This had excited the amazement
+of the Indians so much, that for a while they stopped their dances, to
+sit down and smoke a pipe. They must necessarily make some sacrifice
+on such an occasion, and it was decided to be done with a piece of
+tobacco, which being duly consecrated by them, was carried by the
+Doctor (the medicine man) to an adjoining room, and burned in the fire.
+
+There were no questions asked by the Indians about these unaccountable
+people, where they came from, &c., but they wished me to invite them to
+call at their lodgings at No. 7, St. James's-street, the next day at
+twelve o'clock, where they would be glad to see them a little while.
+This wish was communicated to them in a note which I wrote on my knee,
+and was passed to them over the heads of the audience; the _giant man_
+read it, and smiling, nodded his head, accepting of their invitation.
+This pleased the Indians, who all joined in sounding the war-whoop.
+These two extraordinary personages proved to be the well-known "Norfolk
+giants," who were brother and sister, and walking "arm-in-arm," so high
+that the eye of an ordinary man was just on a level with the apron
+string of the fair damsel; and the waist of the brother was, of course,
+yet some inches higher. I regret that I have not preserved the exact
+elevation of these two extraordinary persons, which I took pains to
+procure, but have somehow mislaid.
+
+The invitation thus given brought them on their present visit to
+the Indians, who had great satisfaction in shaking their hands, and
+closely inspecting them: and not many minutes after their arrival a
+scene ensued that would have made a sick man laugh, or a rich subject
+for the pencil of Hogarth. The Indians had sent Daniel for a ball of
+twine, which they had unfolded upon the floor, and each one having cut
+off a piece of sufficient length, was taking for himself the measure
+of the "_giant man_," from head to foot--from hand to hand, his arms
+extended--the span of his waist--his breast and his legs--the length of
+his feet, and his fingers; and tying knots in their cords to indicate
+each proportion. In the midst of all this, the Doctor presented the
+most queer and laughable point in the picture, as he had been applying
+his string to the back of the fair damsel, having taken her length,
+from the top of her head to the floor, and tied a knot in his cord at
+the place where the waist of her dress intersected it; he had then
+arrested the attention of all, and presented his singular dilemma, when
+he stood with both ends of his cord in his hands, contemplating the
+enormous waist and other proportions before him, which he coveted for
+other knots on his string, but which his strict notions of gallantry
+were evidently raising objections to his taking. I whispered to him,
+and relieved him from his distressing state of uncertainty, by saying I
+thought he had been particular enough, and he withdrew, but with a sigh
+of evident regret.
+
+They insisted on the _giant_ and _giantess_ receiving from them some
+little keepsakes of trinkets, &c., as evidences of the pleasure they
+had afforded them by calling on them.
+
+This extraordinary occurrence, like most others of an exciting or
+interesting nature which these jovial and funny fellows met with, made
+subject for much subsequent anecdote and amusement. _Wash-ka-mon-ya_
+(the fast dancer), a big-mouthed and waggish sort of fellow (who for
+brevity's sake was called, in English parlance, "Jim"), was continually
+teasing the Doctor about his gallantry amongst the ladies; and could
+rather easily and coolly do it, as he was a married man, and had his
+wife constantly by the side of him. He had naturally an abundant
+stock of wit and good humour, and being so much of a wag withal, he
+was rather a painful companion for the Doctor all the way, and was
+frequently passing jokes of a cruel as well as of a light and amusing
+kind upon him. It was known to the whole party that there was no
+record kept of the length and breadth of the _giant lady_, except the
+one that the Doctor had taken, and carefully rolled up and put away in
+a little box, amongst other precious things, at the head of his bed,
+and which he generally used as his pillow. It was known also that much
+stress would be laid upon this in his own country, when they returned
+home, as something which the rest of the party could not produce, and
+which for him, therefore, would be of great and peculiar interest
+there, and probably on other occasions, when it might be proper to
+refer to it as a thing he could swear to as a subject of interest in
+this country. Jim's best jokes (like most Indian jokes) were those
+which no one else takes a share in; and a piece of the twine that
+had caught his eye as it was lying upon the floor, probably first
+suggested the wicked idea of being cut about two feet longer than the
+Doctor's measure of the fair giantess, and with a knot about one foot
+higher than the one made for her waist, and of being rolled up in the
+same way, and slipped (in place of the other) into the same corner of
+the box, to which the Doctor had a key, but, according to all Indian
+practice, he never made use of it. The sequel to all this, and the fun
+it might have subsequently made for "Jim," with his "big mouth," the
+reader may as well imagine here, or patiently wait till we come to it.
+
+In the afternoon the Catholic clergyman called with a couple of
+friends, for the interview which _Jeffrey_ and the _War-chief_ had
+promised. Mr. Melody sent me word when they called, and I came to the
+meeting, having taken a great interest in these interviews, which were
+eliciting opinions from the Indians which are exceedingly difficult
+to obtain in any other way, and which I was careful on all occasions
+to write down, as translated at the time. These opinions, however
+unimportant they may seem to be, I am sure many of my readers will find
+to be of curious interest; and I fully believe, if rightly appreciated,
+of much importance in directing future efforts to the right points in
+endeavouring to impress upon these ignorant and benighted people the
+importance of education, and a knowledge of the true Christian religion.
+
+On this occasion _Wash-ka-mon-ya_ (or "_Jim_" as I shall often call
+him) endeavoured to make himself conspicuous by teasing the War-chief
+and Jeffrey about "going to pray with the black-coats," and springing
+upon his feet, took his tomahawk in his hand, and throwing off his
+robe, jumped to the middle of the floor, where, naked down to the hips,
+he landed, in an attitude not unlike that of the colossal statue of
+Rhodes. He frowned a moment upon all around him, and then said, "Let
+me go in--I have said nothing yet; I want to make a speech to the
+black-coats."
+
+White-cloud, who was at that moment taking up his robe to accompany
+Jeffrey and the War-chief to the "talk," very mildly said to _Jim_,
+that "he would look much more respectful if he would sit down again
+and hold his tongue, for these were very good people who were calling
+to talk with them, and must be treated with respect, however their
+opinions might differ from those of the Indians." This severe rebuke
+from the chief instantly silenced Jim, who quietly and respectfully
+joined the rest of the party, at White-cloud's request, who seated
+themselves in the room where the talk was to be held. The pipe was lit
+and passing around, while one of the reverend gentlemen stated the
+views with which they had come to visit them, and asked the Indians
+if it was perfectly convenient and agreeable for them to hear what
+they had to say, to which the chief replied in the affirmative. The
+reverend gentleman then proceeded with his remarks upon the importance
+of education and religion, the nature of which the reader can easily
+imagine, and save the time it would require to record them here. To
+these the chiefs and all the party (excepting Jim and the Doctor, who
+had fallen asleep) listened with patience and profound silence, as the
+pipe was passing around. The reverend gentleman having finished, the
+War-chief took a few deep-drawn breaths through the pipe, and passing
+it along, said--
+
+  "My Friends,--I speak for the chief who is here, and not very well.
+  My words are his words, and the words of all our party. We have heard
+  what you had to say, because we had promised to do so.
+
+  "My Friends,--We have talked many times on this subject, and some of
+  our talks have been long; but at this time our words will be few,
+  for we are weary, and as we have before said, we are poor, and our
+  wives and children are hungry, and we have come over here to try to
+  make some money to get them warm clothes and food to eat. (_How, how,
+  how!_)
+
+  "My Friends,--Many of our children are now in schools in our country,
+  and the '_good book_' which is in your hands is in their hands at
+  this time. We believe that the Great Spirit has made our religion
+  good and sufficient for us if we do not in any way offend him. We see
+  the religion of the white people dividing into many paths, and we
+  cannot believe that it is pleasing to the Great Spirit. The Indians
+  have but one road in their religion, and they all travel in that, and
+  the Great Spirit has never told them that it was not right.
+
+  "My Friends,--Our ears have been open since we came here, and the
+  words we have heard are friendly and good; but we see so many kinds
+  of religion, and so many people drunk and begging when we ride in the
+  streets, that we are a little more afraid of white man's religion
+  than we were before we came here.
+
+  "My Friends,--The Indians occupied all the fine hunting grounds long
+  before the white men came to them, but the white men own them nearly
+  all now, and the Indians' hunting grounds are mostly all gone. The
+  Indians never urge white men to take up their religion, they are
+  satisfied to have them take a different road, for the Indians wish
+  to enjoy their hunting grounds to themselves in the world to come.
+  (_How, how, how!_)
+
+  "My Friends,--We thank you, and shall wish the Great Spirit may be
+  kind to you. I have no more to say."
+
+Thus ended the conversation this time, and the Indians all rising
+(except the Doctor, who was still asleep) shook hands with the
+clergymen and retired to their own room.
+
+These excellent gentlemen then expressed to Mr. Melody and myself their
+high admiration and respect for them as men, and said that they could
+make every allowance for them, travelling here only for the laudable
+objects which they had so clearly explained, and their patience taxed
+in so many instances as I had mentioned, of a similar nature. They
+agreed that it would be cruel to urge them to listen any further under
+their present circumstances, and that they had already exercised far
+greater patience than white men would in a similar condition. They said
+they should feel bound to call on another day (and did so), not to talk
+with them about religion, but to bring them some presents that would be
+serviceable to their wives and little children, and took leave.
+
+
+
+
+                              CHAPTER XX.
+
+  The Doctor and Jim visit several churches--The Indians in St.
+     Paul's--In Westminster Abbey--The exhibition at the Hall--The
+     Doctor agrees to go in the carriage of the "jolly fat dame"--Mr.
+     Melody objects--The Doctor's melancholy--Indians stop the bus
+     to talk with Lascars--Make them presents of money--Indians
+     discover _chickabobboo-ags_ (gin-palaces)--and ladies lying
+     down in their carriages reading books--_Chim-e-gotch-ees_
+     (or fish)--Jim's story of "Fish"--Experiments in
+     mesmerism--Wash-ka-mon-ya (Jim) mesmerized--The Doctor's
+     opinions on mesmerism--Ioways in Lord's Cricket-ground--Archery
+     and ball-playing--Encampment--Wigwams--Indians invited by Mrs.
+     Lawrence to Ealing Park--Their kind reception--Their Royal
+     Highnesses the Duke and Duchess of Cambridge--The Princess
+     Mary--The Duchess of Gloucester--The Hereditary Grand Duke and
+     Duchess, and other distinguished guests--Amusements--Beautiful
+     grounds--Indians dine on the lawn--Roast beef and
+     plum-pudding--_Chickabobboo_--Alarm of the parrots--Doctor's
+     superstition--_Chickabobboo_ explained--Speech of the
+     War-chief--Taking leave--Fright of the poor birds--Handsome
+     presents--Conservatory--The Doctor's ideas of it--Indians
+     visit Surrey Zoological Gardens--Fright of the birds and
+     animals--Indians sacrifice tobacco to the lion and the
+     rattle-snakes.
+
+
+Mr. Melody, feeling the high importance of the charge of these
+fourteen wild people intrusted to his hands by the Government while
+they were to see the sights of a foreign country, and feeling the
+strongest attachment to them personally, was stimulated to every
+exertion by which he could properly open their eyes to the benefits
+of civilization, and consequently was inquiring from day to day "what
+shall be shown them next?"
+
+I had also, with feelings of the highest respect for the chiefs of the
+nation, knowing them to be of the party, enlisted my warmest exertions
+in their behalf, and resolved to render them, in all ways I could, the
+aid that was due from me for their hospitality which benefited me when
+I was in their country.
+
+With these views we continued our omnibus in driving them about
+the City and country, and one or the other of us was almost daily
+accompanying them to some institution or public works from which they
+might derive some useful information. To these they generally went
+together and in their native dresses, but there were others where
+their costumes and their paint would render them too conspicuous,
+and for such purposes two or three suits of clothes, beaver hats and
+wigs, became necessary for such a number as wished at any time to look
+further (and unobserved) into the arcana and hidden mysteries of the
+great metropolis. And the reader will be ready to exclaim with me, that
+the field before us was a vast and boundless one.
+
+The two most ambitious to profit by such adventures were "_Jim_" (as
+I have before denominated him) and the "_Doctor_:" the _first_, from
+a peculiar faculty he had of learning the English language (in which
+he was making daily progress), and a consequent insatiable desire to
+see and learn the modes, and everything he could, of white people,
+excepting their religion; and the _second_, from an indomitable desire
+to look in everywhere and upon everything, more for the pleasure of
+gratifying a momentary curiosity, and enjoying a temporary smile, than
+from any decided ambition to carry home and adopt anything, unless it
+might be a vapour-bath, or something of the kind, in the way of his
+profession.
+
+In frock-coats and beaver hats, and boots, with a large stick or an
+umbrella under the arm, and the paint all washed off, there was not
+much in the looks of these two new-fangled gentlemen to attract the
+public gaze or remark; and consequently little in the way of the sights
+and treasures of London being opened to their view.
+
+From the time that this expedient was adopted, our avocations became
+more diversified and difficult; our anxieties and cares increased, and
+with them our amusement: for with Melody the sights of London were as
+yet prospective; and with me, whether old or new, I met them with an
+equal relish with my unsophisticated brethren from the wilderness.
+
+The amusement of "trying on" and "getting the hang" of the new dresses
+made merriment enough for the party for one day; and all but these
+two were quite willing to forego all the pleasures they could afford,
+rather than cover their cool and naked heads with beaver hats, their
+shoulders with frock-coats, and substitute for their soft and pliant
+mocassins and leggings of buckskin, woollen pantaloons and high-heeled
+boots. The two wiseacres, however, who had adopted them were
+philosophers, and knew that they were only for certain occasions, after
+which they were to be dropped off, and their limbs "at home again"
+in their light and easy native dresses. They were obliged, on such
+occasions (to be in keeping), to leave their long and ornamented pipes
+and tomahawks behind, and (not to lose the indispensable luxury of
+smoking) to carry a short and handy civilized pipe, with their tobacco,
+and a box of lucifers, in their pockets.
+
+Reader, pray don't try to imagine what a figure these two
+copper-coloured "swells" cut, when they first sallied forth in their
+new attire, for it will be in vain: but behold them and me, in the
+future pages of this book, and when their dresses had got to work easy,
+profiting by gazing upon the wonders and glories of civilization, which
+we never otherwise could have beheld together.
+
+As one of the first fruits of the new expedient (and while the subject
+was fresh and revolving in the minds of all), there was now a chance of
+gratifying the Doctor's desire to see the modes and places of worship
+of some of the different denominations of religion, of which he had
+heard so much, from Daniel and others, within the few days past. These
+visits were their first attempts in their assumed characters, and were
+mostly made in the company of Mr. Melody or Jeffrey, and without any
+amusing results either for the congregations or the Ioways, save an
+incident or two, such as must be expected in the first experiments with
+all great enterprises. The Doctor had been told that when he entered
+the Protestant Church, he must take his hat off at the door, and had
+practised it before he started; but, seeing such an immense number of
+ladies, he had unfortunately forgot it, and being reminded of it when
+he had been placed in his seat, his wig came off with it, exposing, but
+a moment however, his scalp-lock and the top of his head, where he had
+not deemed it necessary to wash off the red paint.
+
+In the Methodist chapel, where these two queer fellows had ventured one
+day with Daniel, the sermon was long and tedious, and there was nothing
+observed curious excepting a blue smoke rolling up over the top of
+the pew, where the Doctor's pipe had been lit, and his head sunk down
+between his knees; and one other occurrence, that afterwards happened
+in the heat of the exhortation from the pulpit, and much to the
+amusement of the Doctor and Jim, of a young woman, in their immediate
+vicinity, who began to groan, then to sing, and at length tumbled down
+from her seat upon the floor. The Doctor thought at first she was very
+sick, and wondered there was no physician there to bleed her; but when
+Daniel told him what was the matter, the old man smiled, and often
+talked about it afterwards.
+
+I took the whole party through Westminster Abbey and St. Paul's, where
+they stood and contemplated in amazement the works of human hands, so
+entirely beyond their comprehension that they returned in reserved and
+silent contemplation.
+
+Returning again to the Exhibition-room at the Egyptian Hall, several
+evenings of which have passed by without mention, but much in the
+same way, we find the same excitement and applause, and the "jolly
+fat dame" at the end of the platform, nightly receiving the Doctor's
+impressive smiles, which are constantly ready for her; and which by
+this time, aided by the continued coldness of the _Roman-nose_, were
+making visible inroads upon her tender affections. She had had, it
+seemed, on this evening, some conversation with the Doctor, through the
+interpreter, who had heretofore studiously kept out of the way, and she
+had invited the Doctor to ride to her house in her carriage, after the
+exhibition was over, believing that he would be able to find in her
+garden, some roots which he was in great distress to find, and that she
+would bring him home again safe. Mr. Melody objected to this, which
+seemed to puzzle the fair dame, and to throw the Doctor into a profound
+melancholy and dejection.
+
+This rebuff from Mr. Melody was so unexpected and so provoking, when
+she had so nearly accomplished her object, that the good lady passed
+out of the room earlier than usual, and tossed her head about with her
+ostrich plumes as she passed along in the crowd, without having the
+heart to stop and speak a few words to Daniel, as she had been in the
+habit of doing. Mr. Melody retired with the Indians, and I remained
+after the crowd had left, at the solicitation of a party of ladies,
+who had sent me their card and wished to see me after the exhibition
+was over. The room being nearly emptied, I saw a party of several
+fashionably-dressed ladies at the further end of the room, examining
+the paintings on the walls. In advancing towards them, the one who
+seemed to be the leader of the party turned around and exclaimed, "Oh,
+here comes Mr. Catlin, I believe?" "Yes, Madam, I am Mr. Catlin." "Oh,
+I am so happy to have the honour of seeing you, Sir, and of speaking
+to you--you have made all these paintings?" "Yes." "These Indians are
+curious fellows, and well worth seeing, but I consider you ten times
+more of a curiosity. Look here, ladies, here's Mr. Catlin, the very
+man that I have so often told you about. Dear me, what dangers and
+hardships you must have been through! Oh, I do think you are one of the
+wonders of the world--and not a grey hair in your head yet! My dear
+Sir, I know your whole history-- you'd scarcely believe it--I know it
+'like a book,' as they say. I recollect the very day when you started
+for India, and I have followed you the whole way--I have your book--I
+bought several copies to give to my friends; I have read every word of
+it over and over again--and, oh! it's wonderful--it's charming--one
+can't stop in it--there's no stopping place in it. By the way, I don't
+suppose you were down much in the neighbourhood of Chusan (I've got a
+nephew there--a fine fellow--he's a surgeon). I suppose you kept pretty
+much back in the mountains? You had no object in coming down about the
+coast; and they have had rather hot work there." "No, Madam, I had not
+the slightest object to take me near Chusan--I kept a great way back."
+"That was right; oh, how judicious! Oh, I have read your interesting
+work so often. By the way, these fellows are not from the coast--they
+are from a great way back, I dare say?" "Yes, Madam, they are a great
+way in the interior." "I thought so, I knew so--I can tell, d' ye
+see--I can always tell a coaster. These are fine men--they grow tea, I
+suppose, though?" "No, these people don't grow tea." "Ah, well, it's
+late, we won't take up your time; but I have been so happy to have seen
+you--glad, glad to see you home alive to your native soil, and out of
+that plagued India. Good night." "Good night, ladies."
+
+As they left me, I turned round, and met a poor fellow approaching me
+on one leg and a pair of crutches, and his wife holding on to his arm.
+He said he had been waiting some time to have the honour of speaking to
+me before he left, having heard my name pronounced. He told me he lived
+at Woolwich, where he held some situation for life, as he had lost his
+leg in the service of his country, and it was a good living for him,
+luckily, though he had been so unfortunate as to lose his leg.
+
+"My wife and I (said he) ave long eard of this extro'nary hexibition,
+and she as often hax'd me to come to see it; and though we ave been off
+and hon about it a great many times, we never got off together until
+this hafter-noon--it's a wonderful sight, sir, hand we are appy to ave
+seen you halso."
+
+I thanked the poor fellow, and asked him how he lost his leg.
+
+"It was done by the kick of a orse, Sir."
+
+"But your leg has been taken off above your knee."
+
+"Yes, Sir, the bone was broken, hand it ad to be hamputated."
+
+"It must have been very painful!"
+
+"Ah, hit urt a little; though as for the pain of hamputation, I woudn't
+give a penny for it: but the loss of my leg is worth a great deal to
+me; it's hall ealed up now, Sir, though it's very hunandy."
+
+This simple and unfortunate man and his very pretty little wife left
+me, and I repaired to the Indians' rooms in St. James's Street, where
+I found them finishing their suppers and taking their _chickabobboo_.
+Here was in readiness a long catalogue of the adventures of the day--of
+things they had seen in their drive, &c., to be talked over, as well as
+the cruel jokes to be listened to, which they were all passing upon the
+poor Doctor, for the sudden failure of his prospects of digging roots
+in the fair dame's garden.
+
+There were many subjects of an amusing nature talked over by these
+droll fellows during the pipes of this evening, and one of the themes
+for their comments was the drive which we had given them in two open
+carriages through Hyde Park, at the fashionable hour. They decided
+that "the Park, along the banks of the Serpentine, reminded them of
+the prairies on the shores of the Skunk and the Cedar rivers in their
+own country; and in fact, that some parts of it were almost exactly
+the same." They were amused to see many of the ladies lying down as
+they rode in their carriages; and also, that many of the great chiefs,
+pointed out to them riding on horseback, "didn't know how to ride--that
+they were obliged to have a man riding a little behind them to pick
+them up if they should fall off."
+
+Jim, who was in an unusual good humour this evening, either from
+the effects of his _chickabobboo_ or from some fine present he might
+have received in the room, seemed to be the chief "spokesman" for the
+evening, and for the purpose of assisting his imagination or aiding
+his voice had laid himself flat upon his back upon his robe, which was
+spread upon the floor. His loquacity was such, that there was little
+else for any of us to do than sit still and excessively laugh at the
+dryness of his jokes, and his amusing remarks upon the things they had
+seen as they were taking their ride on this and past mornings. He had
+now got, as has been said, a facility of using occasional words of
+English, and he brought them in once in a while with the most amusing
+effect.
+
+He said they had found another place where there were two more
+Ojibbeway Indians (as he called them), Lascars. sweeping the streets;
+and it seems that after passing them they had ordered their bus to
+stop, and called them up and shook hands, and tried to talk with them.
+They could speak a few words in English, and so could _Jim_: he was
+enabled to ask them if they were Ojibbeways, and they to answer, "No,
+they were Mussulmen." "Where you live?" "Bombay." "You sweep dirt in
+the road?" "Yes," "Dam fool!" _Jim_ gathered a handful of pennies and
+gave them, and they drove off.
+
+It seemed that in their drive this day, Jim and the Doctor had both
+rode outside, which had afforded to Jim the opportunity of seeing to
+advantage, for the first time. the immense number of "gin palaces,"
+as they passed along the streets; and into which they could look from
+the top of the bus, and distinctly see the great number of large kegs,
+and what was going on inside. The Doctor had first discovered them
+in his numerous outside rides, and as he was not quite sure that he
+had rightly understood them, hearing that the English people detested
+drunkards so much, he had not ventured to say much about them. He had
+been anxious for the corroboration of _Jim's_ sharper eyes, and during
+this morning they had fully decided that the hundreds of such places
+they were in all directions passing, were places where people went
+to drink _chickabobboo_, and they were called _chickabobbooags_. The
+conversation of Jim and the Doctor enlarged very much on this grand
+discovery, and the probable effects they had upon the London people.
+They had seen many women, and some of them with little babies in their
+arms, standing and lying around them, and they were quite sure that
+some of those women were drunk. Jim said that he and the Doctor had
+counted two or three hundred in one hour. Some of the party told him
+he had made his story too big, so he said he and the Doctor next day
+would mark them down on a stick. Jim said there was one street they
+came through, where he hoped they would never drive them again, for it
+made their hearts sore to see so many women and little children all
+in dirty rags: they had never seen any Indians in the wilderness half
+so poor, and looking so sick. He was sure they had not half enough to
+eat. He said he thought it was wrong to send missionaries from this
+to the Indian country, when there were so many poor creatures here
+who want their help, and so many thousands as they saw going into the
+_chickabobbooags_ to drink fire-water.
+
+He said they came through a very grand street, where every thing looked
+so fine and splendid in the windows, and where the ladies looked so
+beautiful in their carriages, many of them lying quite down, and seemed
+as if they were very rich and happy; and some of them lay in their
+carriages, that were standing still, so as to let them read their
+books. And in this same grand street they saw a great many fine-looking
+ladies walking along the sides of the roads, and looking back at the
+gentlemen as they passed by them. These ladies, he and the Doctor
+observed, looked young, and all looked very smiling, and they thought
+they wanted husbands. A great deal, Jim said, they had seen of these
+ladies as they were every day looking out of their own windows in St.
+James's Street. A great many of these women, he said, behave very
+curious; he said he didn't know for certain but some of these might
+be _chimegotches_. This excited a tremendous laugh with the Doctor and
+several of the young men, and made some of the women smile, though
+it was rather hushed by the chiefs as an imprudent word for Jim to
+apply in the present case. This did little, however, to arrest the
+effects of Jim's joke, and he continued with some further ingenious
+embellishments, which set the chiefs into a roar, and Jim then kept the
+field. Melody and myself laughed also, not at the joke, for we did not
+understand it, but at their amusement, which seemed to be very great,
+and led us to inquire the meaning of _chimegotches_. "Fish," said
+Jim, "fish!" We were still at a loss for the meaning of his joke; and
+our ignorance being discovered, as well as our anxiety to know, they
+proposed that Jim should relate the story of _Chimegotches_, or "Fish."
+Some one was charging and lighting the pipe in the mean time, which was
+handed to him, as he rose and took a whiff or two, and then, resuming
+his former position, flat upon his back, he commenced--
+
+  "When the great Mississippi river was a young and beautiful stream,
+  and its waters were blue and clear, and the Ioways lived on its
+  banks, more than a thousand snows since, _Net-no-qua_, a young man
+  of great beauty, and son of a great chief, complained that he was
+  sick. His appetite left him, and his sleep was not good. His eyes,
+  which had been like those of the war-eagle, grew soft and dim, and
+  sunk deep in his head. His lips, that had been the music for all
+  about him, had become silent; his breast, that had always been calm,
+  was beating, and deep sighs showed that something was wrong within.
+  _O-za-pa_, whose medicine was great, and to whom all the plants and
+  roots of the prairies were known, was quite lost; he tried all, and
+  all was in vain; the fair son of the chief was wasting away, as each
+  sweet breath that he breathed went off upon the winds, and never
+  came back to him. Thus did _Net-no-qua_, the son of _Ti-ah-ka_, pine
+  away. The medicine man told him at last that there was but one thing
+  that could cure him, and that was attended with great danger. In his
+  dream a small prairie snake had got upon a bush, and its light, which
+  was that of the sun, opened his eyes to its brightness, and his ears
+  to its words: 'The son of _Ti-ah-ka_ grieves--this must not be--his
+  breast must be quiet, and his thoughts like the quiet waters of the
+  gliding brook; the son of _Ti-ah-ka_ will grow like the firm rocks of
+  the mountain, and the chiefs and warriors, who will descend from him,
+  will grow like the branches of the spreading oak.' The medicine man
+  said to the son of _Ti-ah-ka_ that he must now take a small piece of
+  the flesh from his side for his bait, and in a certain cove on the
+  bank of the river, the first fish that he caught was to be brought to
+  his wigwam alone, under his robe, and she, whose blood would become
+  warm, would be to him like the vine that clings around and through
+  the branches of the oak: that then his eyes would soon shine again
+  like those of the eagle; the music of his lips would soon return, and
+  his troubled breast would again become calm, his appetite would be
+  good, and his sleep would be sweet and quiet like that of a babe.
+
+  "_Net-no-qua_ stood upon a rock, and when the hook, with a piece
+  of his side, lay upon the water, the parting hair of _Lin-ta_ (the
+  river-born) was seen floating on the water, and its black and oily
+  tresses were glistening in the sun as the water glided off from them;
+  and her lips were opening to enclose the fatal hook that raised
+  her beautiful breasts above the water. Her round and delicate arms
+  shone bright with their beauty as she extended them to the shore,
+  and the river shed its tears over her skin as her beautiful waist
+  glided through its surface, above which the strong and manly arm of
+  _Net-no-qua_ was gently raising her. The weeping waves in sparkling
+  circles clung around her swelling hips and pressing knees, until the
+  folding robe of the son of _Ti-ah-ka_ was over the wave and around
+  her bending form. One hand still held her slim and tapering fingers,
+  and with the other he encompassed her trembling form, as their equal
+  steps took them from the shore and brought them to the wig-wam of
+  _Net-no-qua_. His silent house was closed from the footsteps of the
+  world; her delicate arms clung around the neck of the son of the
+  chief, and her black and glossy tresses fell over and around his
+  naked shoulders and mingled with his own. The same robe embraced
+  them both, and her breath was purer than the blue waves from which
+  she came. Their sleep was like the dreams of the antelope, and they
+  awoke as the wild rose-buds open amidst the morning dew; the breast
+  of _Net-no-qua_ was calm, his eyes were again like the eyes of the
+  eagle, his appetite was keen, and his lips sounded their music in the
+  ears of Lin-ta. She was lovely, she was the wife of the son of the
+  chief, and like the vine that clings around and through the branches
+  of the oak, did she cling to _Net-no-qua_. They were happy, and many
+  have been the descendants that have sprung from the dreams of the son
+  of _Ti-ah-ka_ and the beautiful _Lin-ta_ (the river-born).
+
+  "_O-ne-ak'n_ was the brother of _Net-no-qua_, and _Di-ag-gon_ was
+  his cousin: and _they_ were sick; and they sat upon the rock in the
+  cove in the river: and the two sisters of Lin-ta shone as they lifted
+  their graceful forms above the wave, and their beautiful locks spread
+  as they floated on the surface. The two young warriors sighed as
+  they gazed upon them. The two sisters embraced each other as they
+  glided through and above the waves. They rose to full view, and had
+  no shame. The river 'shed no tears, nor did the sparkling waves hang
+  in circles about their swelling hips and pressing knees;' and as they
+  sank, they beckoned the two young warriors, who followed them to
+  their water-bound caves. They stole back in the morning, and were
+  ashamed and sick. Their tongues were not silent, and others went.
+  The two sisters again showed their lovely forms as they glided above
+  the water, and they beckoned all who came to their hidden caves, and
+  all came home in the morning sick and sad, while every morning saw
+  the son of the chief and his river-born Lin-ta calm and bright as
+  the rising sun. Shame and fear they knew not, but all was love and
+  happiness with them; very different were the sisters of Lin-ta, who
+  at length ventured from their caves at night, and strolled through
+  the village; they were hidden again at the return of the light. Their
+  caves were the resorts of the young men, but the fair daughters of
+  Lin-ta knew them not.
+
+  "Such was the story of Lin-ta (the river-born); she was the loved of
+  her husband, and the virtuous mother of her children. Her beautiful
+  sisters were the loved of all men, but had no offspring. They live
+  in their hidden caves to this day, and sometimes in the day as well
+  as in the night are seen walking through the village, though all the
+  Indians call them _Chim-ee-gotch-es_, that is, _Cold-bloods_, or
+  _Fish_."
+
+Jim got a round of applause for his story, though the Doctor thought
+he had left out some of the most essential and funny parts of it. Jim,
+however, seemed well content with the manner in which it was received,
+and continued to remark that he and the Doctor had come to the
+conclusion that those beautiful young women, that they saw looking back
+at the gentlemen in the streets, as well as those who were standing in
+front of their windows, and bowing to them, and kissing their hands
+every day, must be "fish;" and that in the great village of London,
+where so much _chickabobboo_ is drunk, there must be a great number of
+"fish." And they thought also that some of these they had seen in the
+Egyptian Hall when they were giving their dances.
+
+The above and other critiques of Jim upon London modes seemed to the
+chiefs to be rather too bold, and an impolitic position for Jim to
+take; and whilst their reprimands were being passed upon him, the train
+of humour he had happened to get into on that night turned all their
+remarks into jokes, and they were obliged to join in the irresistible
+merriment he produced on this occasion, merely from his having taken
+(as his wife had refused it on this evening as it was just now
+discovered) the additional mug of his wife's _chickabobboo_.
+
+Much merriment was produced amongst the Indians about this time by an
+appointment that had been made to see some experiments in mesmerism,
+to be performed by a Dr. M---- at the Indians' rooms. The Doctor was
+received at the appointed hour, and brought with him a feeble and
+pale-looking girl of 14 or 15 years of age to operate upon. This had
+taken the Indians rather by surprise, as no one had fully explained the
+nature of the operations to them. I got Jeffrey, however, to translate
+to them, as near as he could, the nature of this extraordinary
+discovery, and the effects it was to produce; and the doors being
+closed, and the young woman placed in a chair, the mesmeriser commenced
+his mysterious operations. I had instructed the Indians to remain
+perfectly still and not to laugh, lest they might hinder the operator,
+and prevent the desired effect. With one knee upon the floor, in
+front of her, and placing both of his extended thumbs (with his hands
+clenched) just in front of her two eyebrows, he looked her steadily
+in the face. This eccentric position and expression disposed Jim to
+laugh, and though he covered his huge mouth with his hand, and made no
+noise, still the irresistible convulsions in his fat sides shook the
+floor we were standing on; and the old Doctor at the same time, equally
+amused, was liable to do less harm, for all his smiles and laughter,
+however excessive, were produced by the curious machinery of his face,
+and never extended further down than the chin or clavicles. The little
+patient, however, was seen in a few minutes to be going to sleep, and
+at length fell back in the chair, in the desired state of somnambulism.
+The operator then, by mesmeric influences, opened her eyes, without
+touching them, and without waking her, and by the same influence closed
+them again. In the same way he caused her hand to close, and none of
+us could open it. Here our Doctor, who tried it, was quite at a stand.
+He saw the fingers of the operator pass several times in front of it,
+and its muscles relaxed--it opened of itself. He then brought, by the
+same influence, her left arm to her breast, and then the right, and
+challenged the strength of any one in the room to unbend them. This was
+tried by several of us, but in vain; and when his fingers were passed
+a few times lightly over them, they were relaxed and returned to their
+former positions. By this time the Indian women, with their hands over
+their mouths, began to groan, and soon left the room in great distress
+of mind. The chiefs, however, and the Doctor and Jim, remained until
+the experiments were all tried, and with unaccountable success. The
+operator then, by passing his fingers a few times over the forehead of
+his patient, brought her gradually to her senses, and the exhibition
+ended. The convulsions of Jim's broad sides were now all tempered down
+into cool quiet, and the knowing smiles of the old Doctor had all run
+entirely off from, and out of, the furrows of his face, and a sort of
+painful study seemed to be contracting the rigid muscles that were
+gathering over them.
+
+  [Illustration: N^o. 12.]
+
+The chiefs pronounced the unaccountable operation to be the greatest
+of medicine, and themselves quite satisfied, as they retired; but the
+old Doctor, not yet quite sure, and most likely thinking it a good
+thing for his adoption among the mysteries of his profession in his own
+country, was disposed to remain, with his untiring companion Jim, until
+some clue could be got to this mystery of mysteries. With this view he
+had the curiosity of feeling the little girl's pulse, of examining and
+smelling the operator's fingers, &c., and of inquiring whether this
+thing could be done by any others but himself; to which I replied, that
+it was now being done by hundreds all through the country, and was no
+secret. The charm had then fled--it had lost all its value to the old
+Doctor. The deep thoughts ceased to plough his wrinkled face, and his
+self-sufficient, happy smiles were again playing upon his front. His
+views were evidently changed. _Jim_ caught the current of his feelings,
+and amusement was their next theme. The old Doctor "thought that _Jim_
+could easily be frightened," and would be a good subject. It was
+proposed that _Jim_ should therefore take the chair, and it was soon
+announced to the squaws, and amongst them to his wife, that _Jim_ had
+gone to sleep, and was _mesmerised_. They all flew to the room, which
+upset the gravity of his broad mouth, and, with its movements, as a
+matter of course, the whole bearing of his face; and the operator's
+fingers being withdrawn from his nose, he left the chair amidst a roar
+of laughter. It was then proposed that the old Doctor should sit down
+and be tried, but he resisted the invitation, on the grounds of the
+_dignity of his profession_, which he got me to explain to the medical
+man, whom he was now evidently disposed to treat rather sarcastically,
+and his wonderful performance as a piece of extraordinary juggling,
+or, at least, as divested of its supposed greatest interest, that of
+novelty. He told him "that there was nothing new or very wonderful in
+the operation, that he could discover; it was no more than the charm
+which the snakes used to catch birds; and the more frightful and ugly
+a man's face was, the better he could succeed in it. He had no doubt
+but many ill-looking men amongst white people would use it as a mode of
+catching pretty girls, which they could not otherwise do, and therefore
+it would be called amongst white people a very useful thing."
+
+"All the _medicine-men_ (said he) in the Indian country have known for
+many years how to do the same thing, and what the white people know
+of it at this time they have learned from the Indians; but I see that
+they don't yet half know how to do it; that he had brought a _medicine
+dress_ all the way with him for the very purpose, and if the mesmeriser
+would come the next morning at 9 o'clock, he should see him with it on,
+and he would engage to frighten any white lady to sleep in five minutes
+who would take a good look at him without winking or laughing." The
+mesmeriser did not come, though the Doctor was on the spot and ready.
+(_Plate No. 12._)
+
+An event which they had long been looking for with great solicitude
+took place about this time--the prorogation of Parliament, which
+afforded the poor fellows their only opportunity of seeing the Queen.
+They were driven off in good season in their bus, and succeeded in
+getting the most favourable view of the Queen and the Prince as they
+were passing in the state-carriage; and, to use their own words for
+it, "The little Queen and the Prince both put their faces quite out of
+their carriage of gold to look at us and bow to us." There is no doubt
+but by the kindness of the police they were indulged in a favourable
+position and had a very satisfactory view of Her Majesty the Queen,
+and it is equally certain that they will never cease to speak of the
+splendour of the effect of the grand pageant as long as they live.
+
+The nightly excitements and amusements going on at the Egyptian Hall
+were increasing the public anxiety to see these curious people more at
+large, and we resolved to procure some suitable ground for the purpose,
+where their active limbs could be seen in full motion in the open air,
+as they are seen on their native prairies with their ball-sticks, in
+their favourite game of the ball, and the use of their bows and arrows,
+all of which they had brought with them, but could not use in their
+amusements at the Hall. Their dances, &c., were, however, to be kept
+up as usual, at night; and for their afternoon exercises in the open
+air, an arrangement was made for the use of "Lord's Cricket Ground,"
+and on that beautiful field (prairie, as they called it) they amused
+thousands, daily, by their dances, archery, and ball-playing.[18]
+For this purpose an area of an acre or two was enclosed by a rope,
+and protected for their amusements by the police. To this the
+visitors advanced on every side, and seemed delighted with their rude
+appearance and native sports. This arrangement afforded the Indians
+the opportunity of showing their games and amusements to the greatest
+advantage, and also of meeting again the acquaintances they had made
+at the Egyptian Hall, and shaking hands with all who felt disposed to
+do them that honour. They had also brought with them, to illustrate
+the whole of Indian life, no less than three tents (wig-wams) made of
+buffalo hides, curiously but rudely painted, which the squaws daily
+erected on the ground, in presence of the spectators, forming by no
+means the least accurate and pleasing part of the exhibition.
+
+  [18] This is, undoubtedly, the favourite and most manly and
+       exciting game of the North American Indians, and often played
+       by three or four hundred on a side, who venture their horses,
+       robes, weapons, and even the very clothes upon their backs,
+       on the issue of the game. For this beautiful game two byes or
+       goals are established, at three or four hundred yards from
+       each other, by erecting two poles in the ground for each, four
+       or five feet apart, between which it is the strife of either
+       party to force the ball (it having been thrown up at a point
+       half-way between) by catching it in a little hoop, or racket,
+       at the end of a stick, three feet in length, held in both
+       hands as they run, throwing the ball an immense distance when
+       they get it in the stick. This game is always played over an
+       extensive prairie or meadow, and the confusion and laughable
+       scrambles for the ball when it is falling, and often sought
+       for by two or three hundred gathered to a focus, are curious
+       and amusing beyond the reach of any description or painting.
+
+The beautiful scenes presented there could be repeated but a few
+days, owing to other uses to be made of the grounds; but during that
+time they were visited by vast numbers of the nobility of London, and
+several members of the Royal Family. The incidents of those days, which
+were curious and many, must be passed over, excepting that the Doctor
+daily beheld in front of the crowd, and at full length, the "jolly fat
+dame," to whom he as often advanced, with a diffident smile, to receive
+a beautiful rose, which she handed to him over the rope.
+
+These amusements in the open air in the daytime, with the dances,
+&c., at the Hall in the evenings, with their "drive" in the morning,
+and civil attentions to persons calling on them at their rooms, now
+engrossed completely all their time, and they were actually compelled
+to give offence to some parties who called on them, and to whom they
+could not devote the time. Amongst those were several deputations from
+public schools, of clergymen, and Sunday school teachers; and also
+three very excellent Christian ladies in a party, one of whom, Mrs.
+E----, I was well acquainted with, and knowing her extensive Christian
+and charitable labours, I had encouraged to call, as she had expressed
+a strong desire to talk with them on the subject of religion. They
+appealed to me, and I desired them to call at another hour, which they
+did, and I said to the chief that there was another proposition for a
+talk on the subject of religion. This seemed to annoy them somewhat,
+and after smoking a pipe, they decided not to see them. I then told
+them that they were three ladies; this seemed to startle them for a
+few moments, but they smoked on, and finally the War-chief said "it
+was a subject on which, if they had anything more to say, they would
+rather say it to the men than to women--they can talk with our women if
+they like." I then invited the Indian women into the room, and Jeffrey
+interpreted for the ladies, who had a long conversation with them, but,
+as the ladies afterwards told me, few words on the subject of religion:
+as to the first questions on that subject, the squaws answered that
+they left that mostly to their husbands, and they thought that if they
+loved their husbands, and took good care of their children, the Great
+Spirit would be kind to them. These kind ladies called the next day
+and left them fourteen Bibles and some other very useful presents,
+and their prayers for their happiness, feeling convinced that this
+was the most effectual and best way of making lasting and beneficial
+impressions on their minds.
+
+One of the very high compliments paid them from the fashionable world
+was now before them, and this being the day for it, all parties were
+dressing and painting for the occasion. I had received a very kind note
+from Mrs. Lawrence, inviting me to bring them to pay her a visit in her
+lovely grounds at Ealing Park, a few miles from the city of London.
+The omnibus was ready, and being seated, we were there with an hour's
+drive, and received on the fine lawn in the rear of her house. Here was
+presented the most beautiful scene which the Ioways helped to embellish
+whilst they were in the kingdom--for nothing more sweet can be seen
+than this little paradise, hemmed in with the richness and wildness
+of its surrounding foliage, and its velvet carpet of green on which
+the Indians were standing and reclining, and the kind lady and her
+Royal and noble guests, collected in groups, to witness their dances
+and other amusements. Their Royal Highnesses the Duke and Duchess of
+Cambridge, with the lovely Princess Mary, the Hereditary Grand Duke
+and Duchess of Mecklenburgh Strelitz, the Duchess of Gloucester, and
+many of the nobility, formed the party of her friends whom this lady
+had invited, and who soon entered the lawn to meet these sons of the
+forest, and witness their wild sports.
+
+At the approach of the lady and her Royal party, the Indians all
+arose, and the chiefs having been introduced, half an hour or more
+was passed in a conversation with them, through Jeffrey and myself,
+and an examination of their costumes, weapons, &c., when they seated
+themselves in a circle, and passing the pipe around, were preparing for
+a dance. The first they selected was their favourite, the eagle-dance,
+which they gave with great spirit, and my explanation of the meaning
+of it seemed to add much to its interest. (_Plate No. 13._) After the
+dance they strung their bows and practised at the target, and at length
+Mr. Melody tossed up the ball, when they snatched up their ballsticks,
+which they had brought for the purpose, and darted over and about the
+grounds in the exciting game of the ball. This proved more amusing
+to the spectators than either of the former exercises, but it was
+short, for they soon lost their ball, and the game being completed,
+they seated themselves again, and with the pipe were preparing for the
+_war-dance_, in which, when they gave it, the beautiful lawn, and the
+forests around it, resounded with the shrill notes of the _war-whoop_,
+which the frightened parroquets and cockatoos saucily echoed back with
+a laughable effect, and a tolerable exactness. The pipe of peace (or
+calumet) dance was also given, with the pipes of peace in their hands,
+which they had brought out for the purpose.
+
+While these exciting scenes were going on, the butler was busy
+spreading a white cloth over a long table arranged on the lawn, near
+the house, and on it the luxuries that had been preparing in the
+kitchen, for their dinners. This arrangement was so timed that the
+roast beef was on and smoking just when their amusements were finished,
+and when the announcement was made that their "dinner was up," all
+parties moved in that direction, but in two divisions, the one to
+partake, and the other to look on and see how wild people could handle
+the knife and fork. This was to be the _last_, though (as I could see
+by the anxiety of the spectators) not the _least amusing_ of their
+amusements, and it was in the event rendered peculiarly so to some of
+us, from the various parts which the kind and illustrious spectators
+were enabled to take in it, when in all their former amusements there
+was no possible way in which they could "lend a hand." Every one could
+here assist in placing a chair or handing a plate, and the Indians
+being seated, all were ready and emulous, standing around the table and
+at their elbows, to perform some little office of the kind, to assist
+them to eat, and to make them comfortable. His Royal Highness proposed
+that I should take my stand at the head of the table, before a huge
+sirloin of roast beef, and ply the carving knife, which I did; whilst
+he travelled, plates in hand, until they all were helped. The young
+Princess Mary, and the two little daughters of the kind lady, like the
+three Graces, were bending about under loads of bread and vegetables
+they were helping the Indians to, and the kind lady herself was filling
+their glasses from the generous pitcher of foaming ale, and ordering
+the butler to uncork the bottles of champagne which were ready and
+hissing at the delay.
+
+[Illustration: N^o. 13.]
+
+This unusual scene was taking place in the nearer vicinity of the
+poor parroquets and cockatoos, who seemed, thus far, awed into a
+discretionary silence, but were dancing to the right and the left,
+and busily swinging their heads to and fro, with their eyes and their
+ears open to all that was said and done. When the cork flew from the
+first bottle of champagne, the parrots squalled out, "There! there!!
+there!!!" and the Indians as suddenly, "_Chickabobboo! chickabobboo!_"
+Both laughed, and all the party _had_ to laugh, at the simultaneous
+excitement of the parrots and the Indians; and most of them were as
+ignorant of the language (and of course of the wit of) the one as of
+the other. _Chickabobboo_, however, was understood, at least by the
+Indians; and their glasses being filled with champagne, the moment they
+were raising it to their lips, and some had commenced drinking, the
+cockatoos suddenly squalled out again, "_There! there!! there!!!_" The
+old Doctor, and his superstitious friend Jim, who had not got their
+glasses quite to their mouths, slowly lowered them upon the table, and
+turned, with the most beseeching looks, upon Mr. Melody and myself, to
+know whether they were breaking their vow to us. They said nothing, but
+the question was sufficiently plain in their _looks_ for an answer, and
+I replied, "No, my good fellows, the parrots are fools, they don't know
+what they are talking about; they, no doubt, thought this was whiskey,
+but we know better; it's some of the '_Queen's chickabobboo_,' and
+you need not fear to drink it." This curious affair had been seen but
+by a part of the company, and only by the Indians at our end of the
+table, and therefore lost its general effect until I related it. The
+queer-sounding word "_chickabobboo_" seemed to amuse, and to excite the
+curiosity of many, and there was no understanding it without my going
+over the whole ground, and explaining how and where it originated,
+which, when finished, created much amusement. While I was relating this
+story the plates were being changed, and just at the end of it the
+parrots sang out again, "_There! there!! there!!!_" as before; but it
+was discovered that, at that instant, one of the waiters was passing
+near them with a huge and smoking plum-pudding, and so high that we
+could but just see his face over the top of it. This was placed before
+me, and as I divided and served it, the same hands, Royal and fair,
+conveyed it to the different parts of the table. This was a glorious
+pudding, and I had helped each one abundantly, expecting, as all did,
+that they would devour it without mincing; but, to the surprise of all,
+they tasted a little, and left the rest upon their plates. Fears were
+entertained that the pudding did not suit them, and I was constrained
+to ask why they did not eat more. The reply was reluctant, but very
+significant and satisfactory when it came. Jim spoke for all. He said,
+"They all agreed that it was good--very good; but that the beef was
+also very good, and the only fault of the pudding was, that it had come
+too late."
+
+The War-chief at this time was charging his long pipe with _k'nick
+k'neck_, and some fire being brought to light it, it was soon passed
+from his into the chiefs hands, when he arose from the table, and
+offering his hand to His Royal Highness, stepped a little back, and
+addressed him thus:--
+
+  "My Great Father,--Your face to-day has made us all very happy. The
+  Great Spirit has done this for us, and we are thankful for it. The
+  Great Spirit inclined your heart to let us see your face, and to
+  shake your hand, and we are very happy that it has been so. (_How,
+  how, how!_)
+
+  "My Father,--We have been told that you are the uncle of the Queen,
+  and that your brother was the King of this rich country. We fear we
+  shall go home without seeing the face of your Queen, except as we saw
+  it in her carriage; but if so, we shall be happy to say that we have
+  seen the great chief who is next to the Queen. (_How, how, how!_)
+
+  "My Father,--We are poor and ignorant people from the wilderness,
+  whose eyes are not yet open, and we did not think that we should be
+  treated so kindly as we have to-day. Our skins are red, and our ways
+  are not so pleasing as those of the white people, and we therefore
+  feel the more proud that so great a chief should come so far to see
+  us, and to help to feed us; this we shall never forget. (_How, how,
+  how!_)
+
+  "My Father,--We feel thankful to the lady who has this fine house and
+  these fine fields, and who has invited us here to-day, and to all the
+  ladies and gentlemen who are here to see us. We shall pray for you
+  all in our prayers to the Great Spirit, and now we shall be obliged
+  to shake hands with you and go home. (_How, how, how!_)"
+
+His Royal Highness replied to him,--
+
+  "That he and all his friends present had been highly pleased with
+  their appearance and amusements to-day, and most of all with the
+  reverential manner in which he had just spoken of the Great Spirit,
+  before whom we must all, whether red or white, soon appear. He
+  thanked the chiefs for the efforts they had made to entertain them,
+  and trusted that the Great Spirit would be kind to them in restoring
+  them safe home to their friends again."
+
+At this moment, when all were rising and wrapping their robes around
+them preparing to start, the lady appeared among them, with a large
+plate in her hands, bearing on it a variety of beautiful trinkets,
+which she dispensed among them according to their various tastes; and
+with a general shake of the hand, they retired from the grounds to take
+their carriage for town. The parrots and cockatoos all bowed their
+heads in silence as they passed by them; but as the old Doctor (who
+always lingers behind to bestow and catch the last smile, and take the
+second shake of the hand where there are ladies in question) extended
+his hand to the kind lady, to thank her the second and last time, there
+was a tremendous cry of "_There! there!! there!!!_" and "_Cockatoo!
+cockatoo!_"--the last of which the poor Doctor, in his confusion, had
+mistaken for "_Chickabobboo! chickabobboo!_" He, however, kept a steady
+gait between the din of "_There! there!! there!!!_" and "_Cockatoo!_"
+that was behind him, and the inconceivable laughter of his party in the
+carriage, who now insisted on it (and almost made him believe), that
+his ugly face had been the sole cause of the alarm of the birds and
+monkeys since the Indians entered the ground.[19]
+
+  [19] The polite Doctor often spoke of his admiration of this
+       excellent lady and of her beautiful park, and expressed his
+       regrets also that the day they spent there was so short; for
+       while hunting for the ball which they had lost, it seemed he
+       had strolled alone into her beautiful _Conservatoire_, where
+       he said, "in just casting his eyes around, he thought there
+       were roots that they had not yet been able to find in this
+       country, and which they stood much in need of." He said "he
+       believed from what he had seen when he was looking for the
+       ball, though nobody had ever told him, that this lady was a
+       great root-doctor."
+
+This was theme enough, to ensure them a merry ride home, where they
+arrived in time, and in the very best of humour, for their accustomed
+evening amusements at the Hall; and after that, of taking their suppers
+and _chickabobboo_ in their own apartments, which resounded with songs
+and with encomiums on the kind lady and her _chickabobboo_, until they
+got to sleep.
+
+The next morning we had an appointment to visit the Surrey Zoological
+Gardens, and having the greatest curiosity to witness the mutual
+surprise there might be exhibited at the meeting of wild men and wild
+animals, I was one of the party. The interview, in order to avoid the
+annoyance of a crowd, had been arranged as a private one: we were,
+therefore, on the spot at an early hour; and as we were entering (the
+Doctor, with his jingling dress and red face, being in advance of the
+party, as he was sure to be in _entering_ any curious place, though
+the last to _leave_ if there were ladies behind), we were assailed
+with the most tremendous din of "_There! there!! there!!!" "Cockatoo!
+cockatoo!_" and "_God dam!_" and fluttering of wings of the poor
+affrighted parrots, that were pitching down from their perches in all
+directions. I thought it best that we should retreat a few moments,
+until Mr. Cross could arrange the front ranks of his aviary a little,
+which he did by moving back some of their outposts to let us pass. We
+had been shown into a little office in the meantime, where Mr. Melody
+had very prudently suggested that they had better discharge as many of
+their rattling gewgaws as possible, and try to carry into the ground as
+little of the frightful as they could. Amusing jokes were here heaped
+upon the Doctor for his extreme ugliness, which, as Jim told him,
+had terrified the poor birds almost to death. The Doctor bore it all
+patiently, however, and with a smile; and partially turned the laugh
+upon Jim with the big mouth, by replying that it was lucky for the
+gentleman owning the parrots that Jim did not enter first; for if he
+had, the poor man would have found them all dead, instead of being a
+little alarmed, as they then were.
+
+We were now entering upon the greatest field for the speculations and
+amusement (as well as astonishment) of the Indians that they were to
+meet in the great metropolis. My note-book was in my hand and my pencil
+constantly employed; and the notes that I then and in subsequent visits
+made, can be allowed very little space in this work. All were ready,
+and we followed Mr. Cross; the Indians, fourteen in number, with their
+red faces and red crests, marching in single file. The squalling of
+parrots and barking of dogs seemed to have announced to the whole
+neighbourhood that some extraordinary visitation was at hand; and when
+we were in front of the lions' cage, their tremendous bolts against
+its sides, and unusual roar, announced to the stupidest animal and
+reptile that an enemy was in the field. The terrible voice of the king
+of beasts was heard in every part, and echoed back in affrighted notes
+of a hundred kinds. Men as well as beasts were alarmed, for the men
+employed within the grounds were retreating, and at every turn they
+made amidst its bewildering mazes, they imagined a roaring lion was to
+spring upon their backs. The horrid roaring of the lions was answered
+by lions from another part of the garden. Hyenas and panthers hissed,
+wolves were howling, the Indians (catching the loved inspiration of
+nature's wildness) sounded their native war-whoop, the buffaloes
+bellowed, the wild geese stretched their necks and screamed; the deer,
+the elk, and the antelopes were trembling, the otters and beavers dived
+to the bottom of their pools, the monkeys were chattering from the tops
+of their wire cages, the bears were all at the summit of their poles,
+and the ducks and the geese whose wings were not cropped, were hoisting
+themselves out of their element into quieter regions.
+
+The whole establishment was thus in an instant "brushed up," and
+in their excitement, prepared to be seen to the greatest possible
+advantage; all upon their feet, and walking their cages to and fro,
+seemingly as impatient to see what they seemed to know was coming, as
+the visiting party was impatient to see them.
+
+I explained to the Indians that the lion was the king of beasts--and
+they threw tobacco before him as a sacrifice. The hyenas attracted
+their attention very much, and the leopards and tigers, of the nature
+of all of which I promised to give them some fuller account after we
+got home. They met the panther, which they instantly recognized, and
+the recognition would seem to have been mutual, from its evident alarm,
+evinced by its hissing and showing its teeth. _Jim_ called for the
+Doctor "to see his brother," the wolf. The Doctor's _totem_ or _arms_
+was the wolf--it was therefore _medicine_ to him. The Doctor advanced
+with a smile, and offering it his hand, with a smirk of recognition,
+he began, in a low and soft tone, to howl like a wolf. All were quiet
+a moment, when the poor animal was led away by the Doctor's "_distant
+howlings_," until it raised up its nose, with the most pitiable looks
+of imploration for its liberty, and joined him in the chorus. He turned
+to us with an exulting smile, but to his "poor imprisoned brother,"
+as he called it, with a tear in his eye, and a plug of tobacco in his
+hand, which he left by the side of its cage as a _peace-offering_.
+
+The ostrich (of which there was a noble specimen there) and the
+kangaroo excited the admiration and lively remarks of the Indians; but
+when they met the poor distressed and ragged prisoner, the buffalo
+from their own wild and free prairies, their spirits were overshadowed
+with an instant gloom; forebodings, perhaps, of their own approaching
+destiny. They sighed, and even wept, for this worn veteran, and walked
+on. With the bears they would have shaken hands, if they could have
+done it, "and embraced them too," said the Little-wolf, "for he had
+hugged many a one." They threw tobacco to the rattlesnake, which is
+_medicine_ with them, and not to be killed. The joker, _Jim_, made
+us white men take off our hats as we passed the beaver, for it was
+his relation; and as he had learned a little English, when he heard
+the ducks cry "quack," he pointed to them and told the Doctor to go
+there--he was called for.
+
+Thus rapid were the transitions from surprise to pity, and to mirth,
+as we passed along, and yet to wonder and astonishment, which had been
+reserved for the remotest and the last. Before the massive _elephant_
+little or nothing was said; all hands were over their mouths; their
+tobacco was forgotten, they walked quietly away, and all of us being
+seated under an arbour, to which we were conducted, our kind guide
+said to Jeffrey, "Tell the Indians that the immense arch they see now
+over their heads is made of the jaw-bones of a whale, and they may now
+imagine themselves and the whole party sitting in its mouth." "Well,
+now," said Jeffrey, "you don't say so?" "Yes, it's even so." "Well,
+I declare! why, the elephant would be a mere baby to it." Jeffrey
+explained it to the Indians, and having risen from their seats, and
+being satisfied, by feeling it, that it was actually bone, they wished
+to go home, and "see the rest at a future time." We were then near the
+gate, where we soon took our carriage, and returned to their quarters
+in St. James's Street.
+
+
+
+
+                              CHAPTER XXI.
+
+  Indians' remarks on the Zoological Gardens--Their pity for
+     the poor buffalo and other animals imprisoned--Jim's talk
+     with a clergyman about Hell and the hy�nas--Indians' ideas
+     of astronomy--Jim and the Doctor hear of the hells of
+     London--Desire to go into them--Promised to go--Indians
+     counting the gin-palaces (_chickabobboo-ags_)in a ride to
+     Blackwall and back--The result--Exhibition in the Egyptian
+     Hall--A sudden excitement--The War-chief recognises in the
+     crowd his old friend "Bobasheela"--Their former lives on
+     the Mississippi and Missouri--Bobasheela an Englishman--His
+     travels in the "Far West" of America--Story of their first
+     acquaintance--The doomed wedding-party--Lieut. Pike--Daniel
+     Boone and Son--Indians visit a great brewery--Kind reception
+     by the proprietors--Great surprise of the Indians--Immense
+     quantities of _chickabobboo_--War-dance in an empty
+     vat--Daniel commences Jim's book of the statistics of
+     England--Indians visit the Tunnel--Visit to the Tower--The
+     Horse Armoury--The Royal Regalia--Indians' ideas of the crowns
+     and jewels--"_Totems_" (arms) on the fronts of noblemen's
+     houses--Royal arms over the shops--Strange notions of the
+     Doctor--They see the "man with the big nose" again--And the
+     "great white War-chief (the Duke of Wellington) on horseback,
+     near his wig-wam."
+
+
+Three or four of my particular friends had joined us in our visit
+to the Zoological Gardens this morning, and amongst them a reverend
+gentleman, whose professional character was not made known to the
+Indians. He kept close to Jeffrey and the Indians all the way, and
+his ears were open to the translation of everything they said. He was
+not only highly amused at their remarks, but told me he heard enough
+to convince him that lessons of morality, of devotion, and religion,
+as well as of philosophy, might be learned from those poor people,
+although they were the savages of the wilderness, and often despised
+as such. Mr. Melody and I accompanied them to their rooms, and as we
+came in when their dinner was coming up, we sat down and partook of
+it with them. The Indian's mode is to _eat exclusively_ while he eats,
+and to talk afterwards. We adhered to their rule on this occasion, and
+after the dinner was over, and a pipe was lit, there were remarks and
+comments enough ready, upon the strange things they had just seen.
+
+As usual, the first thing was, to have a laugh at the Doctor for having
+frightened the parrots; and then to reflect and to comment upon the
+cruelty of keeping all those poor and unoffending animals prisoners
+in such a place, merely to be looked at. They spoke of the doleful
+looks they all wore in their imprisoned cells, walking to and fro, and
+looking through the iron bars at every person who came along, as if
+they wished them to let them out. I was forcibly struck with the truth
+and fitness of their remarks, having never passed through a menagerie
+without coming out impressed, even to fatigue, with the sympathy I had
+felt for the distressed looks and actions of these poor creatures,
+imprisoned for life, for man's amusement only.
+
+Jim asked, "What have all those poor animals and birds done that they
+should be shut up to die? They never have murdered anybody--they have
+not been guilty of stealing, and they owe no money; why should they be
+kept so, and there to die?" He said it would afford him more pleasure
+to see one of them let loose and run away over the fields, than to see
+a hundred imprisoned as they were. The Doctor took up the gauntlet and
+reasoned the other way. He said they were altogether the happiest wild
+animals he ever saw; they were perfectly prevented from destroying each
+other, and had enough to eat as long as they lived, and plenty of white
+men to wait upon them. He did not see why they should not live as long
+there as anywhere else, and as happy. He admitted, however, that his
+heart was sad at the desolate look of the old buffalo bull, which he
+would like to have seen turned loose on the prairies.
+
+The Roman-nose said he heard one of the parrots say "God dam." "So he
+did," said Jim; "and who could say otherwise, when the Doctor poked his
+ugly face so suddenly in amongst them? They know how to speak English,
+and I don't wonder they say God dam."[20]
+
+  [20] No Indian language in America affords the power of swearing,
+       not being sufficiently rich and refined.
+
+I here diverted their attention from the jokes they were beginning
+upon the Doctor, by asking them how they liked the _chickabobboo_ they
+got in the gardens, which they recollected with great pleasure, and
+which they pronounced to have been very good. Mr. Cross had invited
+the whole party to a private view, and after showing us, with great
+politeness, what he had curious, invited us into one of his delightful
+little refreshment rooms, and treated all to cold chickens, pork pies,
+pastries, and champagne, which the Indians called _chickabobboo_; and
+as he did not know the meaning of the word, I related the story of it,
+which pleased him very much.
+
+The Doctor made some laugh, by saying that "he was going over there
+again in a few days, if he could find some strings long enough, to
+measure the elephant and the bones of the whale, as he had got the
+dimensions of the giant man." Jim told him "he had not got the measure
+of the _giant man_--he had only measured the _giant woman_, and
+getting scared, he only half measured her; and he was so much afraid
+of women, that he didn't believe he could ever take the measure of one
+of them correct, if a hundred should stand ever so still for him."
+The Doctor smiled, and looked at me as if to know if I was going to
+ask some question again. He was fortunately relieved at that moment,
+however, by Mr. Melody's question to Jim, "how he liked the looks of
+the hyenas, and whether he would like him to buy one to carry home
+with him?" Jim rolled over on to his back, and drew his knees up (the
+only position in which he could "think fast," as he expressed it;
+evidently a peculiarity with him, and a position, ungraceful as it
+was, which it was absolutely necessary for him to assume, if he was
+going to tell a story well, or to make a speech); and after thinking
+much more profoundly than it required to answer so simple a question,
+replied, "Very well, very well," and kept thinking on. The Little Wolf,
+who was lying by his side, asked him "what he was troubled about?--he
+seemed to be thinking very strong." Jim replied to this, that "he was
+thinking a great way, and he had to think hard." He said, that when he
+was looking at the hyenas, he said to Jeffrey that he thought they were
+the wickedest looking animals he ever saw, and that he believed they
+would go to hell; but that the gentleman who came to the garden with
+Mr. Melody[21] said to him, "No, my friend, none but the animals that
+laugh and cry can go to heaven or to hell." He said that this gentleman
+then wanted to know how he had heard of hell, and what idea he had of
+it. He said, he told Jeffrey to say to him that some white men (_black
+coats_) had told amongst his people, that there was such a place as
+hell, very low under the earth, where the wicked would all go, and for
+ever be in the fire. He said, the gentleman asked him if he believed
+it? and that he told him he thought there might be such a place for
+white people--he couldn't tell--but he didn't think the Indians would
+go to it. He said, the gentleman then asked him why he thought those
+poor ignorant animals the hyenas would go there? And he replied to him
+that _Chippehola_[22] said "the hyenas live by digging up the bodies of
+people after they are buried;" and he therefore thought they were as
+wicked as the white people, who also dig up the Indians' graves, and
+scatter their bones about, all along our country;[23] and he thought
+such white people would go to hell, and ought to go there. He said he
+also told the gentleman he had heard there were some hells under the
+city of London, and that he had been invited to go and see them: this,
+he said, made the gentleman laugh, and there was no more said: that he
+had begun to think that this gentleman was a _black coat_, but when he
+saw him laugh, he found out that he was not. "Just the time you were
+mistaken," said Mr. Melody; "for that gentleman _was_ a clergyman, and
+you have made a very great fool of yourself." "I will risk all that,"
+said Jim; "I have wanted all the time to make a speech to some of them,
+but the chiefs wouldn't let me."
+
+  [21] The reverend gentleman.
+
+  [22] Mr. Catlin.
+
+  [23] One of the most violent causes of the Indian's hatred of white
+       men is, that nearly every Indian grave is opened by them on
+       the frontier for their skulls or for the weapons and trinkets
+       buried with them.
+
+The pipe, during these conversations, was being handed around, and
+Jim's prolific mind, while he was "thinking fast" (as he had called
+it), was now running upon the elephant, and he was anxious to know
+where it came from. I told him it was from the opposite side of the
+globe: he could not understand me, and to be more explicit, I told him
+that the ground we stood upon was part of the surface of the earth,
+which was round like a ball, and many thousands of miles around; and
+that these huge animals came from the side exactly opposite to us. I
+never could exactly believe that Jim, at the moment, doubted my word;
+but in the richness of his imagination (particularly in his thinking
+position) he so clearly saw elephants walking underside of the globe,
+with their backs downwards, without falling, that he broke out into
+such a flood of laughter, that he was obliged to shut out his thoughts,
+and roll over upon his hands and knees until the spasms went gradually
+off. The rest of the group were as incredulous as Jim, but laughed less
+vehemently; and as it was not a time to lecture further on astronomy,
+I thought it best to omit it until a better opportunity: merely
+waiting for Jim's pencil sketch (and no doubt according to his first
+impression), which he was then drawing, with considerable tact; and
+with equal wit, proposed I should adopt as my "arms" or _totem_, the
+globe with an inverted elephant.
+
+Melody and I strolled off together, leaving the Indians in this
+amusing mood, while we were agreeing that they were a good-natured
+and well-disposed set of men, determining to take everything in the
+happiest way; and that they were well entitled to our protection, and
+our best energies to promote their welfare. We saw that they enjoyed
+every thing that we showed them, with a high relish; and in hopes that
+they might profit by it, and feel a stronger attachment to us, we
+resolved to spare no pains in showing them whatever we could, that they
+might wish to see, and which would be likely, in any way, to render
+them a benefit.
+
+The reader will have seen, by this time, that they were a close
+observing and an amusing set of fellows: and knowing also that at this
+time nearly all the curious sights of London were still before us, he
+will be prepared to meet the most exciting and amusing parts of this
+book as he reads on.
+
+We continued to give these curious and good fellows their daily drives
+in their bus, and by an hour spent in this way each day, for several
+months, they were enabled to form a tolerably correct idea of the
+general shapes and appearance of the city, and its modes, as seen in
+the streets. In these drives, as well as in institutions of various
+kinds, which they visited, they saw many curious things which amused
+them, and others which astonished them very much; but their private
+room was the place for their amusing debates, and remarks upon them,
+when they returned: and to that I generally repaired every night before
+they went to bed, to hear what they had to say and to think, of the
+sights they had seen during the day.
+
+_Chickabobboo_, though an Ojibbeway word, had now become a frequent and
+favourite theme with them, inasmuch as it was at this time an essential
+part of their dinners and suppers, and as, in all their drives about
+town, they were looking into the "gin palaces" which they were every
+moment passing, and at the pretty maids who were hopping about, and
+across the streets, in all directions, both night and day, with
+pitchers of ale in their hands. The elevated positions of the Doctor
+and Jim, as they were alongside of the driver of the bus, enabling
+them, in the narrow streets, to peep into the splendid interior of many
+of these, as they were brilliantly illumined, and generally gay with
+bonnets and ribbons, and imagining a great deal of happiness and fun
+to reign in them, they had several times ventured, very modestly, to
+suggest to me a wish to look into some of them--"not to drink," as they
+said, "for they could get enough to drink at home, but to see how they
+looked, and how the people acted there."
+
+I had told them that if they had the least curiosity, there should
+be no objection to their going with me on some proper occasion,
+when they again got on their frock coats and beaver hats; and also
+that if there were any other curious places they wished to see in
+London, Mr. Melody or I would take them there. Upon hearing this the
+big-mouthed and quizzical Jim at once took me at my word, and told me
+that "some gentleman with Daniel had been telling him and the Doctor
+that there were several '_hells_' under the city of London, and that
+they ought some time to go down and see them." He didn't think from
+what Daniel and that man said that they were hells of "fire," but he
+thought as Daniel had been to them, there could not be much danger,
+and he thought they would be very curious to see; he knew these were
+not the hells which the _black coats_ spoke of, for Daniel told him
+there were many beautiful ladies, and fine music, and _chickabobboo_
+there; that they did not wish to drink the _chickabobboo_, but merely
+to look and see, and then come away; and they had no objections to
+put on the black coats for that purpose; he said, in fact, that
+Daniel had invited them to go, and that Jeffrey had agreed to go with
+them. Jim had me thus "upon the hip" for this enterprise, and when I
+mentioned it to poor Melody, he smiled as he seemed to shrink from
+it, and said, "Ah, Catlin, that never will do: we are going to spoil
+these Indians, as sure as the world; there will be in a little time
+nothing but what they will want to see, and we shall have no peace of
+our lives with them. They have all gone now, and Daniel and Jeffrey
+with them, in their bus, all the way to Blackwall, merely to see how
+many _chickabobbooags_ (gin palaces) they can count in the way, going
+by one route and returning by another. Their minds are running on
+_chickabobboo_ and such things already, and they are in the midst of
+such a scene of gin-drinking and drunkenness as they see every day,
+that I am almost sorry we ever undertook to drive them out at all. I
+am daily more and more afraid that they will all become drunkards, in
+spite of all I can do, and I sometimes wish I had them safe home, where
+we started from. You have no idea what a charge I have on my hands,
+and the annoyance I have about the front of their apartments every
+night, from women who are beckoning them down from their windows to
+the door, and even into the passages and streets. They seem daily to
+be losing their respect for me, and I find it every day more and more
+difficult to control them." "And so you will continue to find it," said
+I, "unless privileges and freedom to a reasonable extent are granted
+to them, while they are strictly adhering to the solemn promises and
+restraints we have laid them under. These people have come here under
+your promises to show them everything you can, and to teach them
+how the civilized world live and act. They have reposed the highest
+confidence in you to take care of and protect them, and in return they
+have solemnly promised to conduct themselves properly and soberly; and
+as long as they adhere to that, you should not let them doubt your
+confidence in them, by fearing to show them some parts of the shades as
+well as the lights of civilization. They are here to learn the ways of
+civilization, and I should deem it wrong to deny them the privilege,
+if they ask for it, of seeing such parts of it as you and myself would
+go to see. I have been to see the 'hells of London' myself, and would
+much sooner take my son there, and there give him the most impressive
+lesson in morality, than forbid him to go, expressing to him my fears
+of his contamination. These people are like children in some respects,
+and they are men in others; and while I fully appreciate all your noble
+attachment to them, and your anxieties for them, with the knowledge I
+have gained of the Indian character, I feel assured that as they are
+brought here to be shown everything of civilization, to restrict them
+in seeing the parts of it they desire to see, will be to exhibit to
+them a want of confidence which would be apt to lead to worse and more
+injurious results before you get home with them. I should have been
+very far from mentioning such places to them, or the many other dens
+of iniquity which exist in the great city of London and the cities of
+our own country, and which I hope they may remain strangers to; but
+they having heard of the hells of London, and expressed a desire to see
+them, I should feel no hesitation in giving Jim and the Doctor a peep
+into them, instead of representing them (as the means of keeping them
+away from them) as being a much greater degradation of human nature
+than they actually are."
+
+Good, kind Melody looked so much distressed, that I finished my
+arguments here, and told him to "rest quite easy; there was a way by
+which we could get over it, and I not break my promise with Jim and
+the Doctor. That a friend of mine who had been into them recently and
+narrowly escaped with his life, would have a talk with them on the
+subject in a few days, and all would be right.[24] As for the joke
+they are on to-day, about the _gin-shops_, I don't see the least harm
+in it. They must have something to laugh at, and while they are getting
+their usual daily ride in the open air, they are passing one of the
+best comments that ever was made upon one of the greatest vices of the
+greatest city in the world."
+
+  [24] This unfortunate "friend of mine" called the next day, with a
+       handkerchief tied over one eye, and one arm in a sling; and
+       while we _happened_ to be talking of their intended visit to
+       some of the "hells," he took occasion to exclaim at once, "My
+       good fellows, let me advise you, go and see everything else in
+       London, but take especial care you don't go into any of those
+       infernal regions, and get served as I have been, or ten times
+       worse, for I was lucky that I didn't lose my life." "Then you
+       have seen them?" said I. "Seen them? yes, I _saw_, till I was
+       knocked down three or four times, and my pockets picked, after
+       I paid out to those infernal demons fifteen pounds; so I lost
+       about thirty pounds altogether, and have not been able to see
+       since. Nat B--n of New York was with me, and he got off much
+       worse than I did; he was carried home for dead and hasn't been
+       out of his room since. When I get a little better, my good
+       fellows, I will give you a long account of what we saw, and
+       I'll venture you never will want to risk your heads there."
+       My friend here left us, and Jim and the Doctor had evidently
+       changed their minds about going to see the "Hells of London."
+
+The simple old Doctor, in his curious cogitations amidst the din of
+civilised excitements, while he had been ogling the thousands of
+ladies and gin-palaces, and other curious things all together, from
+the pinnacle of his bus, had brought home one day in round numbers the
+total amount of _chickabobbooags_ that he had seen during the hour's
+drive on one morning. The enormous amount of these, when added up,
+seemed too great for the most credulous; and Jim, seeming to think that
+the Doctor had counted the ladies instead of the grog-shops, disputed
+the correctness of his report, which had led to the result that was
+being carried out to-day, by some pretty spirited betting between the
+Doctor, Jim, Daniel, and Jeffrey, as to the number of _gin palaces
+(chickabobbooags)_ they should pass on their way from St. James's
+Street to Blackwall (where they had curiosity to taste "white bait"),
+and back again by a different route, taking _Euston Station_ in their
+way as they returned. For this purpose it was arranged that the Doctor
+and Jim should take their customary seats with the driver; and _Roman
+Nose_ and the _Little Wolf_ inside of the bus, where there was less
+to attract their attention, should each take his side of the street,
+counting as they passed them, while the old War-chief should notch them
+on a stick which they had prepared for the purpose, having Daniel and
+Jeffrey by their sides to see that there was no mistake.
+
+The amusements of this gigantic undertaking were not to be even
+anticipated until they got back, nor its difficulties exactly
+appreciated until they appeared in the prosecution of the design. At
+starting off, the _Roman Nose_ and _Little Wolf_ took their positions
+on opposite seats, each one appropriating a pane of glass for his
+observations, and the old War-chief with his deal stick in one hand
+and a knife in the other; and in this way they were ready for, and
+commenced operations. Each one as he passed a gin-shop, called out
+"_chickabobbooag!_" and the old chief cut a notch. This at first seemed
+to be quite an easy thing, and even allowed the old man an occasional
+moment to look around and observe the direction in which they were
+going, while the two amusing chubs who were outside could pass an
+occasional remark or two upon the ladies as they were commencing to
+keep an oral account, to corroborate or correct the records that were
+making inside. As they gradually receded from the temperate region of
+St. James's (having by an ignorant oversight overlooked the numerous
+_club-houses_), their labours began to increase, and the old War-chief
+had to ply his knife with precision and quickness; the two companions
+outside stopped all further conversation, holding on to their fingers
+for tens, hundreds, &c. The word _chickabobbooag_ was now so rapidly
+repeated at times inside (and oftentimes by both parties at once),
+that the old chief found the greatest difficulty in keeping his record
+correct. The parties all kept at their posts, and attended strictly to
+their reckonings, until they arrived at Blackwall. They cast up none of
+their accounts there, but the old chief's record was full--there was
+no room for another notch. He procured another stick for the returning
+memorandums, and the route back, being much more prolific and much
+longer, filled each of the four corners of his new stick, and when it
+was full he set down the rest of his sum in black marks, with a pencil
+and paper which Daniel took from his pocket.
+
+The reckoning, when they got back, and their curious remarks upon the
+incidents of their ride, were altogether very amusing, and so numerous
+and discordant were their accounts, that there was no final decision
+agreed upon as to the bets.
+
+Their results were brought in thus:
+
+      War-chief               notches 446
+      Jim                        oral 432 doubtful 60
+      Doctor                     oral 754 doubtful  0
+                                     ----
+                              Average 544.
+
+What route they took I never was able to learn, but such were their
+accounts as they brought them in; and as it was ascertained that the
+Doctor had been adding to his account all the shops where he saw
+bottles in the windows, it was decided to be a reasonable calculation
+that he had brought into the account erroneously:
+
+      Apothecaries and confectioners--say                       300
+      Leaving the average of all together (which was no doubt
+      very near the thing) Chickabobbooags                      450
+
+So ended (after the half-hour's jokes they had about it) this novel
+enterprise, which had been carried out with great pains and much
+fatigue, and in which, it was suggested by them, and admitted by me,
+they had well earned a jug of _chickabobboo_.
+
+The settlement of this important affair was not calculated by any means
+to lessen the Doctor's curiosity in another respect, and which has been
+alluded to before--his desire to visit some of those places, to see
+the manner in which the _chickabobboo_ was made. I put him at rest on
+that subject, however, by telling him that there was none of it made
+at those shops where it was sold, but that I had procured an order to
+admit the whole party to one of the greatest breweries in the city,
+where the _chickabobboo_ was made, and that we were all to go the next
+day and see the manner in which it was done. This information seemed to
+give great pleasure to all, and to finish for the present the subject
+of _chickabobboo_.
+
+The night of this memorable day I had announced as the last night of
+the Indians at the Egyptian Hall, arrangements having been effected
+for their exhibitions to be made a few days in Vauxhall Gardens before
+leaving London for some of the provincial towns. This announcement, of
+course, brought a dense crowd into the Hall, and in it, as usual, the
+"jolly fat dame," and many of my old friends, to take their last gaze
+at the Indians.
+
+The amusements were proceeding this evening, as on former occasions,
+when a sudden excitement was raised in the following manner. In the
+midst of one of their noisy dances, the War-chief threw himself, with a
+violent jump and a yell of the shrill war-whoop, to the corner of the
+platform, where he landed on his feet in a half-crouching position,
+with his eyes, and one of his forefingers, fixed upon something that
+attracted his whole attention in a distant part of the crowd. The
+dance stopped--the eyes of all the Indians, and of course those of
+most of the crowd, were attracted to the same point; the eyes of the
+old War-chief were standing open, and in a full blaze upon the object
+before him, which nobody could well imagine, from his expression, to be
+anything less exciting than a huge panther, or a grizly bear, in the
+act of springing upon him. After staring awhile, and then shifting his
+weight upon the other leg, and taking a moment to wink, for the relief
+of his eyes, he resumed the intensity of his gaze upon the object
+before him in the crowd, and was indulging during a minute or two in a
+dead silence, for the events of twenty or thirty years to run through
+his mind, when he slowly straightened up to a more confident position,
+with his eyes relaxed, but still fixed upon their object, when, in an
+emphatic and ejaculatory tone, he pronounced the bewildering word of
+_Bobasheela!_ and repeated it, _Bobasheela?_ "Yes, I'm _Bobasheela_,
+my good old fellow! I knew your voice as soon as you spoke (though
+you don't understand English yet)." _Chee-au-mung-ta-wangish-kee,
+Bobasheela._ "My friends, will you allow me to move along towards
+that good old fellow? he knows me;" at which the old chief (not of a
+_hundred_, but) of _many_ battles, gave a yell, and a leap from the
+platform, and took his faithful friend _Bobasheela_ in his arms, and
+after a lapse of thirty years, had the pleasure of warming his cheek
+against that of one of his oldest and dearest friends--one whose heart,
+we have since found, had been tried and trusted, and as often requited,
+in the midst of the dense and distant wildernesses of the banks of
+the Mississippi and Missouri. Whilst this extraordinary interview was
+proceeding, all ideas of the dance were for the time lost sight
+of, and whilst these veterans were rapidly and mutually reciting the
+evidences of their bygone days of attachment, there came a simultaneous
+demand from all parts of the room, for an interpretation of their
+conversation, which I gave as far as I could understand it, and as far
+as it had then progressed, thus:--The old Sachem, in leading off his
+favourite war-dance, suddenly fixed his eye upon a face in the crowd,
+which he instantly recognized, and gazing upon it a moment, decided
+that it was the well-known face of an old friend, with whom he had
+spent many happy days of his early life on the banks of the Mississippi
+and Missouri rivers in America. The old chief, by appealing to this
+gentleman's familiar Indian cognomen of _Bobasheela_, brought out an
+instant proof of the correctness of his recognition; and as he held
+him by both hands, to make proof doubly strong, he made much merriment
+amongst the party of Indians, by asking him if he ever "floated down
+any part of the great Mississippi river in the night, astride of two
+huge logs of wood, with his legs hanging in the water?" To which
+_Bobasheela_ instantly replied in the affirmative. After which, and
+several _medicine_ phrases, and masonic grips and signs had passed
+between them, the dance was resumed, and the rest of the story, as
+well as other anecdotes of the lives of these extraordinary personages
+postponed to the proper time and place, when and where the reader will
+be sure to hear them.
+
+  [Illustration: N^o. 14.]
+
+The exhibition for the evening being over, Bobasheela was taken home
+with the Indians, to their lodgings, to smoke a pipe with them; and
+having had the curiosity to be of the party, I was enabled to gather
+the following further information. This _Bobasheela_ (Mr. J. H., a
+native of Cornwall) (Plate No. 14), who is now spending the latter part
+of a very independent bachelor's life amongst his friends in London,
+left his native country as long ago as the year 1805, and making his
+way, like many other bold adventurers, across the Alleghany Mountains
+in America, descended into the great and almost boundless valley of
+the Mississippi, in hopes by his indefatigable industry, and daring
+enterprise, to share in the products that must find their way from that
+fertile wilderness valley to the civilized world.
+
+In this arduous and most perilous pursuit, he repeatedly ascended and
+descended in his bark canoe--his pirogue or his Mackinaw boat, the
+Ohio, the Muskingham, the Cumberland, the Tennessee, the Arkansas,
+the Missouri, and Mississippi rivers; and amongst the thousand and
+one droll and amusing incidents of thirty years spent in such a sort
+of life, was the anecdote which the War-chief alluded to, in the
+unexpected meeting with his old friend in my exhibition-room, and which
+the two parties more fully related to me in this evening's interview.
+The good-natured Mr. H. told me that the tale was a true one, and the
+awkward predicament spoken of by the War-chief was one that he was
+actually placed in when his acquaintance first began with his good
+friend.
+
+Though the exhibition had kept us to a late hour, the greetings and
+pleasing reminiscences to be gone over by these two reclaimed friends,
+and (as they called themselves) "brothers" of the "Far West," over
+repeatedly charged pipes of k'nick k'neck, were pleasing, and held
+us to a most unreasonable hour at night. When the chief, amongst his
+rapid interrogations to Bobasheela, asked him if he had preserved his
+_she-she-quoin_, he gave instant relief to the mind of his friend,
+from which the lapse of time and changes of society had erased the
+recollection of the chief's familiar name, _She-she-quoi-me-gon_,
+by which his friend had christened him, from the circumstance of
+his having presented him a _she-she-quoin_(or mystery rattle), the
+customary badge bestowed when any one is initiated into the degree of
+"doctor" or "brother."
+
+From the forms and ceremonies which my good friend _Bobasheela_ had
+gone through, it seems (as his name indicates) that he stood in
+the relationship of brother to the chief; and although the chief's
+interrogations had produced him pleasure in one respect, one can easily
+imagine him much pained in another, inasmuch as he was obliged to
+acknowledge that his sacred badge, his _she-she-quoin_, had been lost
+many years since, by the sinking of one of his boats on the Cumberland
+river. For his standing in the tribe, such an event might have been
+of an irretrievable character; but for the renewed and continued good
+fellowship of his friend in this country, the accident proved to be one
+of little moment, as will be learned from various incidents recited in
+the following pages.
+
+In this first evening's interview over the pipe, my friend Mr. H., to
+the great amusement of the party of Indians, and of Daniel and the
+squaws, who had gathered around us, as well as several of my London
+friends, related the story of "floating down the Mississippi river on
+two logs of wood," &c., as follows:--
+
+  "This good old fellow and I formed our first acquaintance in a very
+  curious way, and when you hear me relate the manner of it, I am
+  quite sure you will know how to account for his recognizing me this
+  evening, and for the pleasure we have both felt at thus unexpectedly
+  meeting. In the year 1806 I happened to be on a visit to St. Louis,
+  and thence proceeded up the Missouri to the mouth of the 'Femme
+  Osage' to pay a visit to my old friend Daniel Boone, who had a short
+  time before left his farm in Kentucky and settled on the banks of
+  the Missouri, in the heart of an entire wilderness, to avoid the
+  constant annoyance of the neighbours who had flocked into the country
+  around him in Kentucky. The place for his future abode, which he
+  had selected, was in a rich and fertile country, and forty or fifty
+  miles from any white inhabitants, where he was determined to spend
+  the remainder of his days, believing that for the rest of his life
+  he would be no more annoyed by the familiarity of neighbours. I
+  spent several weeks very pleasantly with the old pioneer, who had
+  intentionally built his log cabin so small, with only one room and
+  one bed for himself and his wife, that even his best friends should
+  not break upon the sacred retirement of his house at night, but
+  having shared his hospitable board during the day were referred to
+  the cabin of his son, Nathan Boone, about four hundred yards distant,
+  where an extra room and an extra bed afforded them the means of
+  passing the night.
+
+  "The old hunter and his son were thus living very happily, and made
+  me comfortable and happy whilst I was with them. The anecdotes of his
+  extraordinary life, which were talked over for amusement during that
+  time, were enough to fill a volume. The venerable old man, whose long
+  and flowing locks were silvery white, was then in his 78th year, and
+  still he almost daily took down his trusty rifle from its hooks in
+  the morning, and in a little time would bring in a saddle of venison
+  for our breakfast, and thus he chiefly supported his affectionate
+  old lady and himself, and the few friends who found their way to his
+  solitary abode, without concern or care for the future. The stump of
+  a large cotton-wood tree, which had been cut down, was left standing
+  in the ground, and being cut square off on the top, and his cabin
+  being built around it, answered the purpose of a table in the centre
+  of his cabin, from which our meals were eaten. When I made my visit
+  to him, he had been living several years in this retired state and
+  been perfectly happy in the undisturbed solitude of the wilderness,
+  but told me several times that he was becoming very uneasy and
+  distressed, as he found that his days of peace were nearly over, as
+  two Yankee families had already found the way into the country, and
+  one of them had actually settled within nine miles of him.
+
+  "Having finished my visit to this veteran and his son, I mounted my
+  horse, and taking leave followed an Indian trail to the town of St.
+  Charles, some thirty or forty miles below, on the north banks of the
+  Missouri. I here visited some old friends with whom I had become
+  acquainted on the lower Mississippi in former years, and intending
+  to descend the river from that to St. Louis by a boat had sold my
+  horse when I arrived there. Before I was ready to embark, however,
+  an old friend of mine, Lieutenant Pike, who had just returned from
+  his exploring expedition to the Rocky Mountains, had passed up
+  from St. Louis to a small settlement formed on the east bank of
+  the Mississippi, and a few miles below the mouth of the Missouri,
+  to attend a wedding which was to take place on the very evening
+  that I had received the information of it, and like himself, being
+  intimately acquainted with the young man who was to be married, I
+  resolved to be present if possible, though I had had no invitation to
+  attend, it not being known to the parties that I was in that part of
+  the country. The spot where the wedding was to take place being on
+  the bank of the river, and on my route to St. Louis, I endeavoured
+  to procure a canoe for the purpose, but not being able to get such
+  a thing in St. Charles at that time for love or money, and still
+  resolved to be at the wedding, I succeeded in rolling a couple of
+  large logs into the stream, which laid upon the shore in front of
+  the village, and lashing them firmly together, took a paddle from
+  the first boat that I could meet, and seating myself astride of
+  the two logs I pushed off into the muddy current of the Missouri,
+  and was soon swept away out of sight of the town of St. Charles.
+  My embarkation was a little before sundown, and having fifteen or
+  twenty miles to float before I should be upon the waters of the
+  Mississippi, I was in the midst of my journey overtaken by night, and
+  had to navigate my floating logs as well as I could among the snags
+  and sandbars that fell in my way. I was lucky, however, in escaping
+  them all, though I sometimes grazed them as I passed, and within a
+  few inches of being hurled to destruction. I at length entered the
+  broad waters of the Mississippi, and a few miles below on the left
+  bank saw the light in the cabins in which the merry circle of my
+  friends were assembled, and with all my might was plying my paddle to
+  propel my two logs to the shore. In the midst of my hard struggle I
+  discovered several objects on my right and ahead of me, which seemed
+  to be rapidly approaching me, and I concluded that I was drifting
+  on to rocks or snags that were in a moment to destroy me. But in an
+  instant one of these supposed snags silently shot along by the side
+  of my logs, and being a canoe with four Indians in it, and all with
+  their bows and war-clubs drawn upon me, they gave the signal for
+  silence, as one of them, a tall, long-armed, and powerful man, seized
+  me by the collar. Having partially learned several of the languages
+  of the Indian tribes bordering on the Mississippi, I understood him
+  as he said in the Ioway language, 'Not a word! if you speak you die!'
+  At that moment a dozen or more canoes were all drawn close around my
+  two logs of wood, astride of which I sat, with my legs in the water
+  up to my knees. These canoes were all filled with warriors with
+  their weapons in their hands, and no women being with them, I saw
+  they were a war party, and preparing for some mischief. Finding that
+  I understood their language and could speak a few words with them,
+  the warrior who still held me by the collar made a sign to the other
+  canoes to fall back a little while he addressed me in a low voice.
+  'Do you know the white chief who is visiting his friends this night
+  on the bank yonder where we see the lights?' to which I replied 'Yes,
+  he is an old friend of mine.' 'Well,' said he, 'he dies to-night,
+  and all those wig-wams are to be laid in ashes. _Stet-e-no-ka_ was a
+  cousin of mine, and _Que-tun-ka_ was a good man, and a friend to the
+  white people. The pale faces hung them like two dogs by their necks,
+  and the life of your friend, the white warrior, pays the forfeit
+  this night, and many may be the women and children who will die by
+  his side!' I explained to him as well as I could that my friend,
+  Lieutenant Pike, had had no hand in the execution of the two Indians;
+  that they were hung below St. Louis when Lieutenant Pike was on his
+  way home from the Rocky Mountains. I told him also that Lieutenant
+  Pike was a great friend of the Indians, and would do anything to aid
+  or please them; that he had gone over the river that night to attend
+  the wedding of a friend, and little dreamed that amongst the Indians
+  he had any enemies who would raise their hands against him.
+
+  "'My friend,' said he, 'you have said enough: if you tell me that
+  your friend, or the friend or the enemy of any man, takes the hand
+  of a fair daughter on that ground to-night, an Ioway chief will not
+  offend the Great Spirit by raising the war-cry there. No Ioway can
+  spill the blood of an enemy on the ground where the hands and the
+  hearts of man and woman are joined together. This is the command of
+  the Great Spirit, and an Ioway warrior cannot break it. My friend,
+  these warriors you see around me with myself had sworn to kill the
+  first human being we met on our war excursion; we shall not harm
+  you, so you see that I give you your life. You will therefore keep
+  your lips shut, and we will return in peace to our village, which is
+  far up the river, and we shall hereafter meet our friends, the white
+  people, in the great city,[25] as we have heretofore done, and we
+  have many friends there. We shall do no harm to any one. My face is
+  now blackened, and the night is dark, therefore you cannot know me;
+  but this arrow you will keep--it matches with all the others in my
+  quiver, and by it you can always recognize me, but the meeting of
+  this night is not to be known.' He gave me the arrow, and with these
+  words turned his canoe, and joining his companions was in a moment
+  out of sight. My arrow being passed under my hat-band, and finding
+  that the current had by this time drifted me down a mile or two below
+  the place where I designed to land, and beyond the power of reaching
+  it with my two awkward logs of wood, I steered my course onward
+  toward St. Louis, rapidly gliding over the surface of the broad
+  river, and arrived safely at the shore in front of the town at a late
+  hour in the night, having drifted a distance of more than thirty-five
+  miles. My two logs were an ample price for a night's lodging, and
+  breakfast and dinner the next day; and I continued my voyage in a
+  Mackinaw boat on the same day to _Vide Pouche_, a small French town
+  about twenty miles below, where my business required my presence. The
+  wedding party proceeded undisturbed, and the danger they had been in
+  was never made known to them, as I promised the War-chief, who gave
+  me as the condition of my silence the solemn promise, that he would
+  never carry his feelings of revenge upon innocent persons any farther.
+
+  "Thus ends the story of 'floating down the Mississippi River on the
+  two logs of wood,' which the War-chief alluded to in the question he
+  put to me this evening. On a subsequent occasion, some two or three
+  years afterwards, while sitting in the office of Governor Clark, the
+  superintendent of Indian affairs in St. Louis, where he was holding
+  'a talk' with a party of Indians, a fine-looking fellow, of six
+  feet or more in stature, fixed his eyes intently upon me, and after
+  scanning me closely for a few moments, advanced, and seating himself
+  on the floor by the side of me, pronounced the word '_Bobasheela_,'
+  and asked me if ever I had received an arrow from the quiver of an
+  Indian warrior. The mutual recognition took place by my acknowledging
+  the fact, and a shake of the hand, and an amusing conversation about
+  the circumstances, and still the facts and the amusement all kept to
+  ourselves. This step led to the future familiarities of our lives
+  in the various places where the nature of my business led me into
+  his society, and gained for me the regular adoption as Bobasheela
+  (or Brother) and the badge (the _she-she-quoin_, or Mystery Rattle)
+  alluded to in the previous remarks, and which, it has been already
+  stated, was lost by the sinking of one of my boats on the Cumberland
+  River."
+
+  [25] St Louis.
+
+There was a burst of laughter and mirth amongst the squaws and others
+of us who had listened to this curious tale, and, as the reader will
+easily decide, a great deal of pleasure produced by its relation. The
+supper-table by this time was ready, and Bobasheela took a seat by the
+side of his old friend. The author was also in the humour, and joined
+them at their beef-steak and _chickabobboo_, and so did Mr. Melody
+and Daniel, and all who had joined in the merriment of the occasion
+of _Bobasheela's_ relation of the story of his going to the wedding
+astride of the two logs of wood. After the supper was over, and while
+the pipe was passing around, a number of other recitals of adventures
+in the "Far-West" continued the amusements of the evening to a late
+hour, when the author retired and left them to their own jokes and
+their night's rest.
+
+The next morning after this was an exciting and bustling one, as all
+were preparing, at an early hour, to visit the great brewery on that
+day, as had been promised; and on their way back to see the Thames
+Tunnel, and the treasures of the Tower of London. One will easily see
+that here was a gigantic day's work struck out, and that material
+enough was at hand for my note-book. _Bobasheela_ must be of this
+party, and therefore was not left behind: with all in (except the two
+bucks, who habitually went outside), the Indian bus, with four horses,
+was a travelling _music_ box as it passed rapidly through the streets;
+and the clouds of smoke issuing from it at times often spread the alarm
+that "she was all on fire within" as she went by. At the brewery, where
+they had been invited by the proprietors, servants in abundance were
+in readiness to turn upon their giant hinges the great gates, and pass
+the carriage into the court; and at the entrance to the grand fountain
+of _chickabobboo_ there were servants to receive them and announce
+their arrival, when they were met, and with the greatest politeness
+and kindness led by one of the proprietors, and an escort of ladies,
+through the vast labyrinths and mazes, through the immense halls and
+courts, and under and over the dry-land bridges and arches of this
+smoking, steeping, and steaming wonder of the world, as they were sure
+to call it when they got home. The vastness and completeness of this
+huge manufactory, or, in fact, village of manufactures, illustrated and
+explained in all its parts and all its mysterious modes of operation,
+formed a subject of amazement in our own as well as the Indians'
+minds--difficult to be described, and never to be forgotten.
+
+When the poor untutored Indians, from the soft and simple prairies of
+the Missouri, seated themselves upon a beam, and were looking into
+and contemplating the immensity of a smoking steeping-vat, containing
+more than 3000 barrels, and were told that there were 130 others of
+various dimensions in the establishment--that the whole edifice covered
+twelve acres of ground, and that there were necessarily constantly on
+hand in their cellars 232,000 barrels of ale, and also that this was
+only one of a great number of breweries in London, and that similar
+manufactories were in every town in the kingdom, though on a less
+scale, they began, almost for the first time since their arrival, to
+evince profound astonishment; and the fermentation in their minds,
+as to the consistency of white man's teachings of temperance and
+manufacturing and selling ale, seemed not less than that which was
+going on in the vast abyss below them. The pipe was lit and passed
+around while they were in this contemplative mood, and as their ears
+were open, they got, in the meantime, further information of the
+wonderful modes and operations of this vast machine; and also, in round
+numbers, read from a report by one of the proprietors, the quantity of
+ale consumed in the kingdom annually. Upon hearing this, which seemed
+to cap the climax of all their astonishment, they threw down the pipe,
+and leaping into an empty vat, suddenly dissipated the pain of their
+mental calculations by joining in the Medicine (_or Mystery_) Dance.
+Their yells and screaming echoing through the vast and vapouring halls,
+soon brought some hundreds of maltsmen, grinders, firers, mashers,
+ostlers, painters, coopers, &c., peeping through and amongst the
+blackened timbers and casks, and curling and hissing fumes, completing
+the scene as the richest model for the infernal regions.
+
+Every reader will paint (and _must_ paint) this picture for himself,
+imagining the steeping vapour everywhere rising in curling clouds
+of white towards the blackened walls, and timbers, and wheels, and
+stairways, and arches, and bridges, and casks, and from amongst and
+between all of these, the blackened faces and glaring eyeballs piercing
+through the steam, upon the unusual, and to them as yet unaccountable,
+_fermentation_ going on (to the admiration and amusement of those who
+were in the secret) in the empty vat!
+
+At the end of their dance, a foaming mug of the _delicious_ was passed
+around, enabling them more easily and lightly to comprehend the wonders
+of this mighty scene; and after they had finished their round, and seen
+its varied mysteries, a huge and delicious beefsteak, and foaming mugs
+of the _cream of chickabobboo_, prepared for them by the kind lady of
+one of the proprietors of the establishment, soon smoothed off all the
+edges of their astonishment; and after the war-dance and the war-whoop,
+given to please the ladies, they again passed under the huge arches and
+gateways, and took their omnibus for a visit to the _Tower_.
+
+The mood in which these good-natured fellows had left the brewery was a
+very merry one; they had got just ale enough for the present emergency,
+and seen an abundant and infallible source at the great fountain of
+_chickabobboo_ to ensure them a constant supply, and seemed, as they
+passed along the streets, to be pleased with everything they saw. They
+met the man again with the "big nose," and succeeded in stopping the
+bus to take a good look at his wonderful proboscis. As the bus stopped,
+he, like many others, came up to catch a glimpse of the red skins, and
+they all declared, on close examination, that his nose at least must
+have been begot by a potato; for, as the women had before said, they
+could distinctly see the sprouts, and Jim and the Doctor both insisted,
+that "if it were planted it would sprout and grow."
+
+They stopped the bus again to speak with some poor Lascars sweeping the
+streets; it was difficult to get any interpretation from them, though
+the Indians tried their own language on both sides, but in vain; they
+gave them fifteen shillings, and passed on.
+
+The Tower, from its outward appearance, did not seem to excite in them
+any extravagant expectation of what they were to see within its gloomy
+walls. They remarked, when going in, that "they were going to prison;"
+and they were of opinion, no doubt, that it consisted of little else,
+as they had as yet heard no other description of it than that it was
+the "_Tower of London_" and they were going to see it. Poor fellows!
+they guessed right; they knew not of the illustrious prisoners who had
+pined within its gloomy walls, nor of the blood that had been shed
+within and around it. They went to _see_, and had enough to engage
+all their thoughts and attention without referring to the events of
+history. We were kindly conducted through the different rooms, and most
+of its curiosities explained to us. The "small-arms room," containing
+200,000 muskets, had been burned. The "horse armoury" seemed to afford
+them much delight; the thousands of various spears and lances, they
+thought, presented some beautiful models for Indian warfare, and
+hunting the buffaloes. The _beheading block_, on which Lords Balmerino,
+Kilmarnock, and Lovat were beheaded in the Tower in 1746, attracted
+their attention, and the axe that severed the head of Anne Boleyn.
+
+In the _Regalia Room_, the crown of her Majesty and four other crowns,
+the sceptres and staffs, and orbs, swords of justice, swords of
+mercy, royal spurs, salts, baptismal fonts, &c., in massive gold and
+brilliant stones, seemed rather to disappoint than to astonish them;
+and to us, who knew better than they did the meaning and value of these
+magnificent treasures, there seemed a striking incongruity in the
+public exhibition of them in so confined and humble an apartment.
+
+The _Thames Tunnel_ was our next object, and a drive of a quarter of an
+hour brought us to the dismal neighbourhood of its entrance. Paying our
+fees, and descending some hundred or more steps by a spiral staircase,
+we were ready to enter the tunnel. Walking through its gloomy halls,
+and spending a few shillings for toys protruded under our faces at
+every rod we advanced, by young women sitting at their little stalls
+under each of its arches, we at length ascended an equal number of
+steps, and came to the light of day on the opposite side of the Thames;
+and in the midst of one of the most unintelligible, forlorn, and
+forsaken districts of London or the world, we waited half an hour or
+more for our omnibus to make its circuit across the bridge and take us
+up. We sauntered and loitered our way through, and as long as we were
+passing this monster speculation of the world, we met, to the best of
+our recollection, but four or five persons passing through, who had
+paid their penny a-head for the privilege.
+
+While waiting for the bus, some "on-the-spot" remarks were made by the
+Indians, which I thought had some sound sense in them. They thought it
+must have cost a great deal of money, and believed it was too far out
+of London ever to pay; and they did not see that it was any curiosity
+for them, as they had passed through several on the railway ten times
+as long. They did not think, however, that it need be time and money
+thrown away, as "they thought it might make a first-rate place to twist
+ropes." These and other remarks they were making about the great tunnel
+as we were jogging along towards home, and evidently somewhat surprised
+that we should have excited their curiosity so high about it.
+
+On our return, after this fatiguing day's work was finished, their
+dinner was ready; and after that their pipe was smoked, a nap taken,
+and then their accustomed amusements in the Egyptian Hall. Their supper
+was the next thing, and with it their mug of _chickabobboo_, then their
+pipe, passing around as they all reclined on their buffalo robes on the
+floor, and then began the gossip about the sights they had seen and
+incidents they had witnessed during the day.
+
+This extraordinary day's rambling had taken them across more bridges
+and through a greater number of crooked and narrow streets than they
+had passed on any former occasion, which brought the Doctor to one of
+the first and shrewdest remarks of the evening. He said "he thought
+from all that he had seen, sitting on top of the bus all day, that the
+English people had the best way in the world for crossing rivers, but
+he thought their _paths_ were many of them too narrow and much too
+crooked."
+
+"The poor people, and those who seemed to be drunk, were much more
+numerous than they had seen them in any other of their drives;" and
+they were counting the money left in their pouches to see how much they
+had thrown out to the poor. They soon agreed that "they had given away
+something more than thirty shillings, which they thought would do a
+great deal of good, and the Great Spirit would reward them for it."
+
+The _Doctor_ and _Jim_, the everlasting cronies, on the outside, were
+comparing their estimates of the numbers they had counted of the
+"_Kon-to-too-ags_ (fighters with one horn)[26] that they had seen over
+the doors and shops as they had passed along, which they had been
+looking at every day since they came to London, but had never yet been
+able quite to learn the meaning of," and also "the _totems_ (arms, as
+they supposed) of great chiefs, so beautifully painted and put out
+between their chamber windows."
+
+  [26] The Royal Arms (the Lion and the Unicorn).
+
+The Doctor said "he believed the white people had got this custom from
+the Indians, as it was the habit of the great chiefs and warriors to
+put their '_totems_' over their wig-wam doors, but when they did so,
+they always put out scalps on certain days, to show what they had
+done. He had watched these totems in London as he had been riding, in
+all sorts of weather, and as he had seen no scalps or anything hung
+out by the side of them, he couldn't exactly see how all these people
+were entitled to them; still, it might all be right." Daniel put
+the Doctor's inquiries all at rest on the subject of totems and the
+"one-horn fighters," by telling him that if he would wait a little
+until Mr. Catlin and Mr. Melody had gone, he would give him the whole
+history of white men's totems, how they got them and the use they made
+of them; and he would also tell him all about the "Lion and the Unicorn
+fighting for the Crown," &c.
+
+The Doctor here made some comments on the great white war-chief (the
+Duke of Wellington) who had been pointed out to them on horseback as
+they passed him in the street, and his wig-wam was also shown to them
+(_i.e._ to the Doctor and Jim as they sat outside with the driver). He
+was disposed to learn something more of him, and Daniel silenced him by
+saying, "Let that alone too for awhile, and I will tell you all about
+him."
+
+Daniel and Jim I found at this time very busily engaged in a corner
+of the room, with a candle on the floor; whilst Daniel was entering
+in a little book the astonishing estimates given us at the brewery,
+of the quantity of ale on hand, the size and number of the vats, and
+the almost incredible quantity consumed in the kingdom each year.
+Jim, as I have before said, was the only one of the party who seemed
+ambitious to civilize; and as he was daily labouring to learn something
+of the English language, he had this day conceived the importance of
+instituting a little book of entries in which he could carry home, to
+enlighten his people, something like a brief statistical account of
+the marvellous things he was seeing, and was to see, amongst the white
+people.
+
+Daniel had at this moment finished entering into it the estimates of
+the brewery and _chickabobboo_, which had opened their eyes wider,
+perhaps, than anything else they had seen; and he had very wisely left
+a few blank pages in the beginning of the book for other retrospective
+notes and estimates of things they had already seen since the day
+they left home. Jim's Journal was thus established, and he was, with
+Daniel's aid, to become a sort of historian to the party; and as the
+sequel will show, he became stimulated thereby to greater exertions
+to see and to understand what was curious and interesting, and to get
+estimates of the beauties and blessings of civilization to carry home.
+He laboured from that moment indefatigably, not to write or to read,
+but to speak; and made rapid progress, as will be seen hereafter,
+having known, as he said, but two English sentences when he came to
+England, which were, "How do do?" and "God dam."
+
+
+
+
+                             CHAPTER XXII.
+
+  The Ioways in Vauxhall Gardens--Surrey Theatre--Carter in
+     the lions' cage--Astonishment of the Indians--Indians in
+     the Diving Bell, at the Polytechnic Institution--Indians
+     riding--Shooting at target on horseback--Ball-play--"Jolly
+     fat dame"--Ladies converse with the Doctor--His reasons for
+     not marrying--Curious questions--Plurality of wives--Amusing
+     scene--The Author in Indian costume--A cruel experiment--Ioways
+     arrive in Birmingham--The Author's arrival there--Society of
+     Friends--Indians all breakfast with Mr. Joseph Sturge--Kind
+     treatment--Conversation after breakfast about religion and
+     education--Reply of the War-chief--The button-factory of Turner
+     and Sons--Generous presents to the Indians--_Bobasheela_
+     arrives--Indians dividing their buttons--Doctor found
+     on top of the Shakespeare Buildings--Indians' kindness
+     to a beggar-woman--Poor-houses--Many Friends visit the
+     Indians--Indians' visit to Miss Catherine Hutton--Her
+     great age--Her kindness--Dinner--Her presents to them in
+     money--Parting scene--The War-chief's speech to her--Her
+     letters to the Author--Indians present to the two hospitals 370
+     dollars--Address read by the Presidents to the Indians--Doctor's
+     reply--Indians start for York--A fox-hunt--Curious notions
+     of Indians about it--Visit to York Minster--Ascend the grand
+     tower--Visit to the castle and prison--Museum of the instruments
+     of murder--Alarm of the Doctor--Kindness of the governor of the
+     castle and his lady--Indians' ideas of imprisonment for debt,
+     and punishment for murder.
+
+
+The scene of the Indians' amusements was now changed from the Egyptian
+Hall to the open air in Vauxhall Gardens, and their dances and other
+exercises were given in the afternoon. Their lodgings were also changed
+at the same time to the buildings within the enclosure of the gardens.
+This arrangement was one of very great pleasure to the Indians, as it
+allowed a free space to exercise in during their leisure hours, amongst
+trees and shrubbery, affording them almost a complete resumption of
+Indian life in the wilderness, as they had the uninterrupted range
+of the gardens during the hours that the public were not there to
+witness their amusements. This arrangement was pleasing to them in
+another respect, and to us also, as there were many things they were
+yet anxious to see in London, and which, as they could only be seen at
+night, our former arrangements had entirely precluded them from seeing.
+Under these new arrangements they still had their omnibus drives,
+and at night attended the parties of numerous friends who had been
+desirous to show them some attentions, and also were taken to several
+instructive exhibitions, and to two or three of the principal theatres.
+
+We were then in the vicinity of the Surrey Theatre, where Mr. Carter,
+"the lion-tamer," invited them several times to witness his wonderful
+feat of going into the lion's cage. This scene was one of the most
+impressive and exciting nature to them, and will probably be as long
+recollected by them as the wonders opened to their minds at the
+_fountain of chickabobboo_.
+
+The Polytechnic Institution was one I took great pleasure in
+accompanying them to; and a scene of much amusement for a numerous
+audience as well as amusing and astonishing to themselves, was that
+of their descending in the diving-bell. They were at first afraid of
+it, but after the Doctor had made a descent with me, and come out
+unhurt and unwet, several others went down with Mr. Melody, others with
+Jeffrey--the old War-chief with his old friend _Bobasheela_, and so
+on, until every one of the party, men, women, and children, went down
+and experienced the curious sensation of that (to them) greatest of
+_medicine affairs_.
+
+In Vauxhall Gardens the Indians erected their four wig-wams of buffalo
+hides, and in darting into and about them during their various games
+and amusements, whilst the blue smoke was curling out of their tops,
+presented one of the most complete and perfect illustrations of an
+Indian encampment that could possibly have been designed. It was _the
+thing itself_, and the very men, women, and children living and acting
+on a similar green turf, as they do on the prairies of the Missouri.
+
+In the amusements as there given, there was an addition to those which
+had been made in _Lord's Cricket-ground_ some weeks before, having in
+Vauxhall brought horses in to add, with equestrian exercises, to the
+completion of all the modes practised by this tribe. The Ioways, like
+most of the Indians of the prairies of America, subsist upon the food
+of the buffalo, and kill them from their horses' backs, with their bows
+and arrows, while running at full speed. In the same manner they meet
+their enemies in battle, in which they carry their shield and lance.
+Thus fully equipped, with their own native shields and lances, and
+bows, and even the saddles and trappings for their horses, they all
+mounted upon their backs, in the midst of their amusements, and dashing
+off at full speed, illustrated their modes of drawing the bow as they
+drove their arrows into the target, or made their warlike feints at it
+with their long lances as they passed.
+
+This formed the most attractive part of their exhibition, and thousands
+flocked there to witness their powers of horsemanship and skill in
+prairie warfare. This exciting exhibition which pleased the visitors, I
+could have wished might have been less fatiguing, and even dangerous,
+to the limbs of the Indians than it actually was from the awkwardness
+and perverseness and fright of the horses, not trained to Indian modes.
+With all these difficulties to contend with, however, they played
+their parts cheerfully and well, and the spectators seemed highly
+pleased. Amidst the throngs who visited them here, we could discover
+most of their old standard friends and admirers, who came to see them
+on horseback, and in the beautiful game of ball, in the open grounds
+of Vauxhall, where they could more easily approach and converse with
+them; and amongst such, the "jolly fat dame" was present, and more
+pleased than ever, when she could catch the Doctor's smile as he passed
+by her at full speed, and raising his shield of buffalo's hide upon
+his arm, he darted his long lance in feints at her breast, and sounded
+the piercing war-cry. The vanity of the Doctor was so well suited in
+this mode of the exhibition, where he could dash by ranks and files,
+and even phalanxes of ladies, with the endless flourishes of his shield
+and lance, that he soon began to exhibit convincing evidences that
+his ambition and his vanity were too much for his bodily resources,
+which it became necessary to replenish occasionally by refusing him
+his horse, on which occasions he made good use of his time, by placing
+himself, wrapped in his robe, with his fan in his hand, by the side
+of the ladies, with whom he could exchange by this time a few words,
+and many significant looks and gestures, which never failed to amuse,
+and seldom failed to operate upon their generous feelings, which were
+constantly adding to the contents of his tobacco pouch, which was
+now known to be a reservoir for money and trinkets of various kinds,
+instead of tobacco.
+
+I happened to be by the side of the Doctor on one of these occasions,
+when I became so much amused with the questions and answers, that I
+immediately after retired and committed them to my note book. A number
+of jolly fat dames, of middle and knowing age, had drawn themselves
+around the Doctor, and looking over their shoulders and under their
+arms, a number of delicate and coy little girls. And having called
+Jeffrey to translate, they were enabled to get the gist of all he
+said, without loss from modesty or evasion, which seemed to be exactly
+what they most desired. His friend Jim having seen him thus enveloped,
+turned _his_ horse loose and came to his aid (or countenance), and as
+the old man hesitated, Jim gave him the nod and the wink to be plain
+in his replies. They had first asked him if he was married? to which
+he replied "No." They then asked him why he did not get him a wife? he
+said "He had always been very particular about giving offence to the
+women, and he had feared that if he selected one in preference to the
+others, that the others would all be offended." This queer reply raised
+a great laugh amongst the crowd, and encouraged the Doctor to go on.
+Some one of the ladies then told him she feared he did not admire the
+ladies enough? he said, "he had always believed that the reason he did
+not get married was, that he admired them too much; he saw so many that
+he wanted, that he had never decided which to take, and so had taken
+none." Melody came up at this time, and seemed a little vexed, and
+said, "Catlin, you had better call that old fool away, those people
+will spoil him, he is quite vain enough now." "Oh, no," said I, "let
+him alone, he is gratifying the ladies, and we shall see, in a few
+moments, which is the fool, he or the ladies who are questioning him."
+Melody smiled, and looked on.
+
+"I have been told," said one of the ladies, "that some of the Indians
+have a number of wives: is that so?"
+
+"Yes," the Doctor replied in English, "sometimes have a heap." (The
+ladies all laughed.) Two or three inquired what a "_heap_" was? Jeffrey
+said, "Why, ma'am, it is what in our country means a '_lot_:' you know
+what they call a '_lot_' here?" "Oh, yes! it means a great many." "Yes,
+a number." "Well, tell the Doctor I want to know what they do with so
+many?"
+
+Here the poor Doctor was quite at a loss to know what to say; one thing
+he was sure to do--he smiled--and it seemed as if he wished that to
+go for an answer: and it might have done so with most of her sex, but
+in this instance it was not quite satisfactory, and the question was
+again put: to which the big-mouthed Jim, who I said had come to the
+relief of his friend, and who had a wife of his own, put in an instant
+reply, which relieved the Doctor, and seemed very much to embarrass the
+lady, for she instantly added, (as all were bursting with laughter,)
+"That isn't what I mean: I want to know how a chief can get along with
+so many, how he can manage them all, and keep them in good humour and
+satisfied; for," said she, "in this country, one is quite as much as a
+man can manage."
+
+This seemed to afford the Doctor a little relief, and he was evidently
+able to go on again, as he smilingly said, "It was quite easy, as
+Indian women were much more peaceable and quiet than white women,
+it was much more easy he thought to manage them; they drank no
+_chickabobboo_, and therefore did not require so much watching as white
+women."
+
+The lady seemed quite balked in the debate she was about entering on
+with the Doctor, from her ignorance of the meaning of _chickabobboo_,
+and asked for an explanation of it, as if for all the company about; to
+which Jim put in (again in plain English), "Gin!" "Oh! Doctor," said
+she, "I hope you don't accuse the ladies of London of drinking gin?"
+The Doctor replied, that "he had not seen them do it, but that he had
+been told that they did, and that it was the reason why the ladies here
+grew so large and so fat." He said, "that they could always look out of
+the windows, where he lived, and just before going to bed they could
+see any night a hundred women going home with pitchers full of it,
+to drink after they got into bed, so as to sleep sound: and that one
+night, coming home in their carriage at a late hour, from a distance,
+where they had been to see a show, he and Jim had counted more than
+three hundred women running along in the street, with pitchers filled
+with it in their hands, to drink as they were going to bed."
+
+The lady's explanation of this, that "It was only harmless ale that
+these women were carrying in for their masters and mistresses," excited
+the Doctor's smiles, but no reply.
+
+She seemed not satisfied yet about the first subject that she had
+started, and reverting to it again, said, "Well, Doctor, I can't excuse
+the Indians for having so many wives. I like the Indians very much, but
+I don't like that custom they have; I think it is very cruel and very
+wicked. Don't you think it is wrong?"
+
+The Doctor studied a moment, and replied, "that it might be wrong, but
+if it was, he didn't see that it was any worse than for white women
+to have a number of husbands." "But what, Doctor, what do you mean? I
+hope you have not so bad an opinion of white women as that?" To this
+he very coolly replied, "that when they drank a great deal of gin, he
+believed, from what he had seen in his practice, that a woman would
+require more than one husband; and that since he had been in London
+he had seen many walking in the streets, and some riding in fine
+carriages, whom he thought, from their looks, must have more than one
+husband: and from what he had been told, he believed that many women in
+London had a _heap_!" "That's a _lot_!" (cried out a very pretty little
+girl, who had been listening, and, frightened at her own unintentional
+interpretation, started to run.)
+
+"Come, come, Catlin," said Melody, "pull the old fellow out, and take
+him away;" and so the debate ended, amidst a roar of laughter from all
+sides.
+
+One more of the hundred little reminiscences of Vauxhall, and we will
+leave it. I have already said, that in the spacious apartments of
+Vauxhall, unoccupied, the Indians were quartered, and took their meals;
+and during the forepart of the day, between their breakfast and the
+hour of their afternoon exhibitions, their time was mostly spent in
+strolling around the grounds, or at their varied amusements. Many of
+my personal friends finding this a pleasing opportunity to see them,
+were in the habit of coming in, and amusing themselves with them. I
+had accidentally heard of a party of ladies preparing to come on a
+certain morning, some of them my esteemed friends, and others strangers
+to me: and from a wish to get relieved from a fatiguing conversation,
+as well as from a still stronger desire for amusement, I selected
+from my wardrobe a very splendid dress, head-gear and all complete,
+and fully arranged myself in Indian costume, "cap-�-pied," with face
+fully painted, and weapons in hand; and at the hour of their arrival
+in the house, took care to be strolling about in the grounds with
+Wash-ka-mon-ya (Jim). Whilst the ladies were amused with the party in
+the house, where there were constant inquiries for me, two of them
+observing us two beaus sauntering about in the garden, came out to keep
+us company, and to talk to us, and with themselves, in the English
+language, which of course we Indians knew nothing of: when we shook
+our heads to their inquiries, "Do you speak English, good Indians?" I
+saw they did not recognize me, yet I trembled for fear, for they were
+lovely women, and every sentence almost which they uttered would have
+made the discovery more cruel: we held ourselves dignified and dumb;
+whilst they, poor things, were so much regretting that we could not
+understand what they said. They finished their visit to us and their
+remarks, and returned, leaving me to regret my folly upon which I had
+thoughtlessly entered.
+
+Several weeks were spent in their daily exhibitions in Vauxhall, and,
+as one can easily imagine, much to the satisfaction of the Indians,
+and, I believe, much to the amusement of the visitors who came to see
+them. Within the last week of their exhibition I admitted from charity
+schools 32,000 children, with their teachers, free of charge; to all of
+whom I gave instructive lectures on the position of the tribe, their
+condition, their customs and character: and explained also the modes,
+which were acted out by 14 living Indians before their eyes; and but
+one of these schools ever communicated with me after, to thank me for
+the amusement or instruction; which might not have been a _curious
+omission_, but I thought it _was_, at the time.
+
+With the amusements at Vauxhall ended my career in London; and
+contemplating a tour to several of the provincial towns, in company
+with the Indians, I took my little family to Brighton, and having
+left them comfortably situated and provided for, I joined the party
+in Birmingham, where they had arrived and taken lodgings. The idea
+of moving about pleased the Indians very much, and I found them all
+in high spirits when I arrived, delighted to have found that the
+_chickabobboo_ was the same there as in London, and was likely to
+continue much the same in all parts of the kingdom to which they should
+go. There was an unfortunate offset to this pleasing intelligence,
+however, which seemed to annoy them very much, and of which they were
+making bitter complaint. On leaving London for the country, they had
+spent some days, and exercised all their ingenuity, in endeavouring
+to clean their beautiful skin dresses, which the soot of London had
+sadly metamorphosed; and on arriving in Birmingham they had the extreme
+mortification to anticipate, from appearances, an equal destruction of
+that soft and white surface which they give to their skin dresses, and
+which (though it had been entirely lost sight of during the latter part
+of their stay in London) had, with great pains, been partially restored
+for a more pleasing appearance in the country.
+
+Though I had several times passed through Birmingham, and on one
+occasion stopped there a day or two, I entered this time a total
+stranger, and in rather a strange and amusing manner. On my journey
+there by the railway, I had fallen in company and conversation with a
+very amusing man, who told me he was a commercial traveller, and we had
+had so much amusing chat together, that when we arrived, at a late hour
+at night, I was quite happy to follow his advice as to the quarters we
+were to take up in the town, at least for the night. He said it was
+so late that the hotels would be closed, and that the commercial inn,
+where he was going, was the only place open, and I should find there
+everything to make me comfortable, and a very nice sort of people. We
+took an omnibus for town, and as there was only room for one inside, he
+got upon the top, and so we went off; and getting, as I supposed, into
+or near the middle of the town, the bus stopped at a "commercial inn,"
+which was open, and lighted up in front, and a number of passengers
+getting out, and others down from the top, I was seeing to get my
+luggage in safe, and the omnibus drove off with my jolly companion
+still on the top; or this I presumed, as he was not left behind. My
+only alternative now was, to make the best of it, and be as comfortable
+as I could; so I got into the "commercial room," and having been told
+that I should have a bed, I felt quite easy, and told the plump, tidy
+little landlady, who was waiting upon me herself, that I would have
+a mug of ale and a biscuit, and then be ready to go to bed. As she
+turned round to execute my command, she met a party consisting of three
+young women, and a man leading one of them on his arm, and in his hands
+carrying three or four carpet-bags and band-boxes, just got down from
+the same bus, and entering the inn on the same errand that I was on.
+" Madam," said he, "what have you?"--"Hevery-think, sir, that you can
+wish." "Well, one thing we must have, that is, two beds."--"They are
+ready, sir." "Well, ladies," said he, "suppose we take a drop of wet."
+This agreed to, the "wet" was brought in in a moment, and also my mug
+of ale.
+
+A very genteel-looking little man whom I had seen in the same carriage
+with me, and now sitting in the room before me, with his carpet-bag
+by the side of him, and his umbrella in his hand, addressed me,
+"Stranger, you'll allow me."--"Certainly, sir." "I think I heard you
+tell a gentleman in the carriage that you were from New York."--"Yes,
+I did so." "_I'm_ from there. I left there four months ago, and I've
+gone ahead, or I'll be shot. How long have _you_ bin from there,
+sir?"--"About five years." "Hell! there's been great fixins there in
+that time; you'd scarcely know New York now; look here, isn't this the
+darndest strange country you ever saw in your life? rot 'em, I can't
+get 'em to do anything as I want it done; they are the greatest set of
+numskulls I ever saw; now see, that little snub of a petticoat that's
+just gone out there, I suppose she is cock of the walk here too; she's
+been all civility to you, but I've had a hell of a blow up with her;
+I was in here not five minutes before you by the watch, and I spoke
+for a bed and a mug of ale; she brought me the ale, and I told her to
+bring me a tumbler and a cracker, and she turned upon me in a hell of a
+flare-up. She said she was very much obliged to me for my himpudence,
+she didn't allow crackers in her house, and as for 'tumblers,' they
+were characters she never had anything to do with, thank God; they
+were a low set of creatures, and they never got any favour about her
+house. She wanted to know what quarter I came from. I told her I wasn't
+from _any quarter_, I was from _half_--half the globe, by God, and the
+better half too--wasn't I right, stranger? She said her house was a
+hinn, to be sure, but she didn't hentertain blackguards, so there was
+my hale, and I might drink it hup and be hoff, and be anged, and then
+she cut her string quicker than lightning; now isn't she a hard un? I
+don't suppose there is another house open in this darned outlandish
+place at this time of the night; what the devil shall I do? _you_ are
+fixed snug enough." "Oh, well, never mind," said I, "be quite easy, it
+is settled in a moment,"--as I rung the bell. The tidy little landlady
+came in again, and I said, "This gentleman will have a glass if you
+please, and a biscuit."--"Hif he was a gentleman, Sir," said she,
+"but I assure you, Sir, is beaviour as'nt been much like it." "Well,
+well," said I, "never mind it now, you will be good friends after a
+little better understanding--he comes from a country where a glass
+is a _tumbler_ and a biscuit is a _cracker_: now, if you had known
+this, there would have been no difficulty between you." "Ho, that I
+hadmit, but it's very hodd." "Never mind that, you will find him a good
+fellow, and give him his bed." "Is bed, Sir?--hit's too late; it's been
+hoccupied hever since you entered the ouse--the only chance his for you
+and im to turn hin." "Well," said I, "never mind, he and I will manage
+that; it is after midnight, and I suppose the other houses are all
+shut?" "I'll hanswer for that: hif you are ready, gentlemen, I'll show
+you hup." My friend kept by my side, but knowing the gloomy fate that
+awaited him if he got into the street again, he kept entirely quiet
+until the little landlady was down stairs. "There," said he, "isn't she
+a roarer? I could have settled the hash with her myself in a twinkling,
+if she had only let me have said five words, but her tongue run so
+slick that I couldn't get the half of a word in edgewise."
+
+My new acquaintance and I talked a little more before we "turned in,"
+but much more after we had got into bed. He could command words and
+ideas fast enough when he was on his feet; but I found in him something
+of Jim's peculiarity, that he thought much faster and stronger when
+on his back; and for half an hour or so I reaped the benefit of the
+improvement. How long I heard him, and how much he actually said, I
+never could tell exactly; but what he said before I went to sleep I
+always distinctly recollected, and a mere sentence or two of it was
+as follows:--"Well, stranger, here we are: this is droll, ain't it?
+'hodd,' as the landlady would call it. I'd a been in the streets
+to-night as sure as catgut if it hadn't been for you. God knows I am
+obliged to you. Youv'e got a sort o' way o' gettin' along ur' these
+ere darned, ignorant, stupid sort o' beings. I can't do it: dod rot
+'em! they put me out at every step; they are so eternally ignorant;
+did you ever see the like? I suppose you are going to stop awhile in
+Birmingham?" "A few days." "_I_ shall be here a week, and be bright
+and early enough to get into a decenter house than this is, and be
+glad to join you. I was told in London that the Ioway Indians went on
+here yesterday. I'm damned anxious to meet them: you've seen them, I
+suppose?" "Yes, I saw them in London." "Well, _I_ did not; I was just
+too late; but I must go and look 'em up to-morrow: they know me." "Then
+you have seen them'?" "Oh, dam 'em, yes: I've known 'em for several
+years: they'll be at home with me at once. I've run buffaloes with
+White-Cloud, the chief, many and many a time. He and I have camped out
+more than once. They are a fine set of fellows. I'm going to spend some
+time with them in Birmingham. I know 'em like a book. Oh yes, they'll
+know me quick enough. I was all through their country. I went clean
+up Lake Superior, nearly to Hudson's Bay. I saw all the Chippeways,
+and the Black-feet, and the Crows, Catlin's old friends. By the way,
+Catlin, I'm told, is with these Indians, or was, when they were in
+London--he's all sorts of a man." "Have you seen him?" "Seen him?
+why, dam it, I raised him, as the saying is: I have known him all
+my life. I met him a number of times in the Prairie country; he's a
+roarer." This was about the last that I distinctly recollected before
+going to sleep; and the next morning my vigilant and wide-awake little
+bedfellow, being about the room a little before me, where my name was
+conspicuous on my carpet bag and writing-desk, &c., had from some cause
+or other thought it would be less trouble and bother to wend his way
+amongst these "stupid and ignorant beings" alone, than to encounter
+the Indians and Mr. Catlin, and endeavour to obliterate the hasty
+professions he had made; and therefore, when I came down and called for
+breakfast for two, the landlady informed me that my companion had paid
+his bill and left at an early hour. I was rather sorry for this, for he
+was quite an amusing little man, and I have never heard of him since.
+
+I found the dumpy little landlady kindly disposed, and she gave me a
+very good breakfast, amusing me a great deal with anecdotes of the
+party who called for "a little bit of wet;" she informed me they were
+a wedding-party, and the man who had the lady on his arm was the
+bride-groom. While waiting for my breakfast I was much amused with
+some fun going on in the street before the window. It seems that the
+house directly opposite had been taken by a couple of tidy-looking
+young women who were sisters, and that, having established a millinery
+business on the lower floor, they had several apartments which they
+were anxious to underlet in order to assist them in paying their heavy
+rent. Young gentlemen are everywhere in this country considered the
+most desirable lodgers, as they give less trouble than any others,
+are less of the time at home, and generally pay best. These young
+adventurers had been therefore anxious to get such a class of lodgers
+in their house, and had, the day before, employed a sign-painter to
+paint a conspicuous board, in bright and glaring letters, which was
+put up on a post erected in the little garden in front of their house,
+near the gate. The announcement ran, when the young ladies retired to
+bed, "_Lodgings for single gentlemen_"--a customary and very innocent
+way of offering apartments; but owing to the cruelty of some wag during
+the night it was found in the morning, to the great amusement of the
+collected crowd, to read, "_Longings for single gentlemen_." How long
+this continued to amuse the passers-by, or how it might have affected
+the future prospects of the poor girls, I cannot of course tell, as I
+forthwith proceeded to a more pleasant part of the town. Birmingham
+I found on further acquaintance to be one of the pleasantest towns
+I visited in the kingdom, and its hotels and streets generally very
+different from those into which my commercial travelling acquaintance
+had that night led me.
+
+Mr. Melody had all things prepared for our exhibition when I arrived,
+having taken the large hall in the Shakspeare Buildings, and also
+procured rooms for the Indians to sleep in in the same establishment.
+
+The Indians and myself were kindly received in Birmingham, for which,
+no doubt, they, like myself, will long feel grateful. The work which I
+had published had been extensively read there, and was an introduction
+of the most pleasing kind to me, and the novelty and wildness of the
+manners of the Indians enough to ensure them much attention.
+
+In their exhibition room, which was nightly well attended, we observed
+many of the Society of Friends, whom we could always easily distinguish
+by their dress, and also more easily by the kind interest they
+expressed and exhibited, whenever opportunity occurred, for the welfare
+of those poor people. The Indians, with their native shrewdness and
+sagacity, at once discovered from their appearance and manner that
+they were a different class of people from any they had seen, and were
+full of inquiries about them. I told them that these were of the same
+society as their kind friend Dr. Hodgkin, whom they so often saw in
+London, who is at the head of the _Aborigines Protection Society_, who
+was the first person in England to invite them to his table, and whom
+the reader will recollect they called _Ichon-na Wap-pa_(the straight
+coat); that they were the followers of the great William Penn, whom I
+believed they had heard something about. They instantly pronounced the
+name of "Penn, Penn," around the room, convincing me, as nearly every
+tribe I ever visited in the remotest wildernesses in America had done,
+that they had heard, and attached the greatest reverence to, the name
+of Penn.
+
+These inquiries commenced in their private room one evening after the
+exhibition had closed, and they had had an interview in the exhibition
+room with several ladies and gentlemen of that society, and had
+received from them some very valuable presents. They all agreed that
+there was something in their manners and in their mode of shaking
+hands with them that was more kind and friendly than anything they had
+met amongst other people; and this I could see had made a sensible
+impression upon them.
+
+I took this occasion to give them, in a brief way, an account of the
+life of the immortal William Penn; of his good faith and kindness in
+all his transactions with the Indians, and the brotherly love he had
+for them until his death. I also gave them some general ideas of the
+Society of Friends in this country, from whom the great William Penn
+came;--that they were the friends of all the human race; that they
+never went to war with any people; that they therefore had no enemies;
+they drink no spirituous liquors; that in America and this country
+they were unanimously the friends of the Indians; and I was glad to
+find that in Birmingham we were in the midst of a great many of them,
+with whom they would no doubt become acquainted. There were here some
+inquiries about the religion of the Friends, which I told them was the
+Christian religion, which had been explained to them; that they were
+all religious and charitable, and, whatever religion the Indians might
+prefer to follow, these good people would be equally sure to be their
+friends. They seemed, after this, to feel an evident pleasure whenever
+they saw parties of Friends entering the room: they at once recognised
+them whenever they came in, and, on retiring to their own room,
+counted up the numbers that had appeared, and made their remarks upon
+them. In one of these conversations I pleased them very much by reading
+to them a note which I had just received from Mr. Joseph Sturge, with
+whom I had been acquainted in London, and who was now residing in
+Birmingham, inviting me to bring the whole party of Indians to his
+house to breakfast the next morning. I told them that Mr. Sturge was a
+very distinguished man, and one of the leading men of the Society of
+Friends. This pleased them all exceedingly, and at the hour appointed
+this kind gentleman's carriages were at the door to convey the party
+to his house. Mr. Melody and Jeffrey accompanied us, and there were
+consequently seventeen guests to be seated at this gentleman's
+hospitable board, besides a number of his personal friends who were
+invited to meet the Indians. After receiving all in the most cordial
+manner, he read a chapter in his Bible, and then we were invited to
+the table. This interview elicited much interesting conversation, and
+gained for the Indians and Mr. Melody many warm and useful friends.
+
+Before taking leave, the War-chief arose, and, offering his hand to Mr.
+Sturge, made the following remarks:--
+
+  "My Friend,--The Great Spirit, who does everything that is good, has
+  inclined your heart to be kind to us; and, first of all, we thank Him
+  for it.
+
+  "The Chief, White Cloud, who sits by me, directs me to say that we
+  are also thankful to you for this notice you have taken of us, poor
+  and ignorant people, and we shall recollect and not forget it.
+
+  "We hope the Great Spirit will be kind to you all. I have no more to
+  say."
+
+The simplicity of this natural appeal to the Great Spirit, and its
+close (in which they were commended by the poor and unenlightened
+Indian of the wilderness to the care and kindness of their God), seemed
+to create surprise in the minds of the audience, and to excite in the
+Indians' behalf a deep and lively interest.
+
+After the breakfast and conversation were over, the whole party was
+kindly sent back by the same carriages, and the Indians returned in a
+state of perfect delight with the treatment they had met with, and the
+presents they had received.
+
+Poor _Jim_ (the student and recorder) was anxious that I should write
+down the name of _William Penn_ in his book, and also that of the
+gentleman who had just entertained us, that he might be able to repeat
+them correctly when he got back to the wilderness again, and have
+something to say about them.
+
+We found on our return that the hour of another engagement was at hand,
+and carriages were soon prepared to take us to the button-factory of
+Messrs. Turner and Son, to which we had been kindly invited; and on our
+arrival we found ourselves most cordially received and entertained.
+The proprietor led the party through every room in his extensive
+establishment, and showed them the whole process of striking the
+buttons and medals from various dies, which pleased them very much,
+and, after showing and explaining to them all the different processes
+through which they passed in their manufacture, led them into his
+ware-room or magazine, where his stock on hand was exhibited, and
+package after package, and gross upon gross, of the most splendid and
+costly buttons were taken down, and by his own generous hand presented
+to them. These were such _brilliant evidences_ of kindness, and would
+be so ornamental to the splendid dresses which they and their wives
+were to have when they got home, that they looked upon them as more
+valuable than gold or silver. These were presented to them in the
+aggregate, and all carried in a heavy parcel by the interpreter; and
+when they had thanked the gentleman for his munificent liberality and
+got back to their rooms, a scene of great brilliancy and much interest
+and amusement was presented for an hour or two, while they had their
+treasures spread out, covering half of the floor on which they lodged,
+and making a _per capita_ division of them.
+
+In the midst of this exhilarating and dazzling scene, their old friend
+_Bobasheela_ made his appearance, having just arrived from London on
+his way to Cornwall. He could not, he said, pass within a hundred
+miles of them without stopping to see them a few days, and smoke a
+pipe or two with them again. _Bobasheela_ was stopped at the door,
+notwithstanding their love for him; he could not step in without doing
+sacrilege with his muddy boots to the glittering carpet of buttons
+which they had formed on the floor, and upon which his eyes were
+staring, as he thought at the first glance they could have committed
+no less a trespass than to have plundered a jeweller's shop. A way was
+soon opened for his feet to pass, and, having taken a hearty shake of
+the hand with all, he was offered a seat on the floor, and in a few
+moments found that an equal parcel was accumulating between his knees
+as in front of each, and that, instead of fourteen, they were now
+dividing them into fifteen parcels. This he objected to, and with much
+trouble got them to undo what they had done, and go back to the first
+regulation of dividing them equally amongst fourteen.
+
+The Shakspeare Buildings afforded the Indians a fine promenade in its
+large portico overlooking the street, where all Birmingham passed
+before their eyes, giving them one of the most gratifying privileges
+they had had, and promising them a rich and boundless means of
+amusement; but their enjoyment of it was short, for the crowds that
+assembled in the streets became a hinderance to business, and they were
+denied the further privilege of their delightful look-out. They were
+therefore called in, and stayed in, and yet the crowd remained, and
+could not be dispersed, while their attention seemed fixed upon some
+object higher up than the portico, which led us at once to surmise its
+cause, and, searching for the old Doctor, he was not to be found: he
+was, of course, upon the pinnacle of the house, wrapped in his robe,
+smiling upon the crowd beneath him, and taking a contemplative gaze
+over the city and country that lay under his view. I could only get
+to him by following the intricate mazes through which the old lady
+(curatress) conducted me, and through which the Doctor said he had
+required several days of investigation to find his way, and which he
+had never succeeded in until just at that moment.
+
+Under this rather painful embargo there was no satisfactory way of
+peeping into the amusements of the streets but by going down the
+stairs, which Jim and his ever-curious friend the Doctor used daily
+and almost hourly to do, and, standing in the hall, see all they could
+that was amusing, until the crowd became such that it was necessary to
+recall them to their room. On one of these occasions they had espied
+a miserably poor old woman, with her little child, both in rags, and
+begging for the means of existence. The pity of the kind old Doctor was
+touched, and he beckoned her to come to him, and held out some money;
+but fear was superior to want with her, and she refused to take the
+prize. The Doctor went for Daniel, who, at his request, prevailed upon
+the poor woman to come up to their room, by assuring her that they
+would not hurt her, and would give her much more than white people
+would. She came up with Daniel, and the Indians, all seated on the
+floor, lit a pipe as if going into the most profound council; and so
+they were, for with hearts sympathizing for the misery and poverty
+of this pitiable-looking object, a white woman and child starving to
+death amidst the thousands of white people all around her in their fine
+houses and with all their wealth, they were anxious to talk with her,
+and find out how it was that she should not be better taken care of.
+Jeffrey was called to interpret, and Melody, _Bobasheela_, Daniel, and
+myself, with two or three friends who happened to be with us at the
+time, were spectators of the scene that ensued. The War-chief told her
+not to be frightened nor to let her little child be so, for they were
+her friends; and the Doctor walked up to her, took his hand out from
+under his robe, put five shillings into hers, and stepped back. The
+poor woman curtsied several times, and, crossing her hands upon her
+breast, as she retreated to the wall, thanked "his Honour" for his
+kindness. "The Lard be with your Honours for your loving kindness, and
+may the Lard of Haven bless you to al etarnity, for ee niver e thaught
+af sich threatment fram sich fraightful-lukin gantlemin as ee was a
+thakin you to ba."
+
+The War-chief then said to her, "There, you see, by the money we have
+been all of us giving out of our purses, that we wish to make you happy
+with your little child, that you may have something for it to eat;
+you see now that we don't wish to hurt you, and we shall not; but we
+want to talk with you a little, and before we talk we always make our
+presents, if we have anything to give. We are here poor, and a great
+way from home, where we also have our little children to feed; but the
+Great Spirit has been kind to us, and we have enough to eat." To this
+the Indians, who were passing the pipe around, all responded "_How!
+how! how!_"
+
+The old chief then proceeded to ask the poor woman how she became so
+poor, and why the white people did not take care of her and her child.
+She replied that she had been in the workhouse, and her husband was
+there still; she described also the manner in which she had left it,
+and how she became a beggar in the streets. She said that when she
+and her husband were taken into the poorhouse they were not allowed
+to live together, and that she would rather die than live in that way
+any longer, or rather beg for something to eat in the streets as she
+was now doing; and as the cold weather was coming in, she expected her
+child and herself would be soon starved to death.
+
+The poor Indians, women and all, looked upon this miserable
+shivering object of pity, in the midst of the wealth and luxuries of
+civilization, as a mystery they could not expound, and, giving way to
+impulses that they could feel and appreciate, the women opened their
+trunks to search for presents for the little child, and by White
+Cloud's order filled her lap with cold meat and bread sufficient to
+last them for a day or two. The good old Doctor's politeness and
+sympathy led him to the bottom of the stairs with her, where he made
+her understand by signs that every morning, when the sun was up to a
+place that he pointed to with his hand, if she would come, she would
+get food enough for herself and her little child as long as they
+stayed in Birmingham; and he recollected his promise, and made it his
+especial duty every morning to attend to his pensioners at the hour
+appointed.[27]
+
+  [27] It is worthy of remark, and due to these kind-hearted people,
+       that I should here explain that this was by no means a
+       solitary instance of their benevolence in Birmingham. Whenever
+       they could get out upon the portico to look into the streets,
+       they threw their pence to the poor; and during the time they
+       were residing in London, we ascertained to a certainty that
+       they gave away to poor Lascars and others in the streets, from
+       their omnibus, many pounds sterling.
+
+The moral to be drawn from all this was one of curious interest and
+results in the minds of the Indians, and a long conversation ensued
+amongst them, in which _Daniel_ and their friend _Bobasheela_ (who were
+familiar with the sufferings and modes of treatment of the poor) took
+part, and which, as Melody and I had withdrawn, afterwards gave us
+some cause to regret that such a pitiable object of charity had been
+brought into their presence for the temporary relief they could give
+her, and which resulted in so glaring an account of the sum total of
+misery and poverty that was constantly about them, of the extent of
+which we both began to think it would have been better to have kept
+them ignorant. Daniel and _Bobasheela_ had opened their eyes to the
+system of poorhouses and other public establishments for the employment
+and protection of the poor; and until this account, which was already
+entered in _Jim's_ book, had been given them by these two knowing
+politicians, they had but little idea of this enormous item that was to
+go into the scales in weighing the blessings of civilization.
+
+Almost daily visits were now being made to their private rooms by
+parties of ladies and gentlemen of the Society of Friends, with whom
+they were rapidly advancing into the most interesting acquaintance,
+and which I observed it was affording Mr. Melody almost unspeakable
+satisfaction to behold. They were kindly invited to several houses, and
+treated at their tables with the greatest friendship. Of these, there
+was one visit that it would be wrong for me to overlook and to neglect
+to give here the notes that I made of it at the time.
+
+A note was written to me in a bold and legible hand by Miss Catherine
+Hutton, desiring to know "at what hour it would be suitable for her to
+come from her house, a few miles out of town, to see the Indians (for
+whom she had always had a great love), so as not to meet a crowd, for
+her health was not very good, being in the ninety-first year of her
+age." This venerable and most excellent lady I held in the highest
+respect, from a correspondence I had held with her on the subject
+of the Indians ever since I had been in England, though I never had
+seen her. Her letters had always teemed with love and kindness for
+these benighted people, and also with thanks to me for having done so
+much as I had for their character and history. I therefore deemed it
+proper to respond to her kindness by proposing to take the whole party
+to her house and pay her the visit. Her note was answered with that
+proposition, which gave her great pleasure, and we took a carriage and
+went to her delightful residence.
+
+We were received with unbounded kindness by this most excellent and
+remarkable lady, and spent a couple of hours under her hospitable roof
+with great satisfaction to ourselves, and with much pleasure to her,
+as her letter to me on the following day fully evinced.[28] After a
+personal introduction to each one in turn, as she desired, and half
+an hour's conversation, they were invited into an adjoining room to a
+breakfast-table loaded with the luxuries she had thought most grateful
+to their tastes. This finished, another half-hour or more was passed in
+the most interesting conversation, containing her questions and their
+answers, and her Christian advice to prepare their minds for the world
+to which, said she, "we must all go soon, and, for myself, I am just
+going, and am ready." When we were about to take our leave of her, she
+called each one up in succession, and, having a quantity of money in
+silver half-crowns placed on the sofa by her side, she dealt it out to
+them as they came up, shaking hands at the same time and bidding each
+one a lasting farewell, embracing each of the women and children in her
+arms and kissing them as she took leave. This kindness melted their
+hearts to tears, and brought old _Neu-mon-ya_ (the War-chief) up before
+her at full length, to make the following remarks:--
+
+  "My Friend,--The Great Spirit has opened your heart to feel a
+  friendship for the red people, and we are thankful to Him for it. We
+  have been happy to see your face to-day, and our hearts will never
+  forget your kindness. You have put a great deal of money into our
+  hands, which will help to feed our little children, and the Great
+  Spirit will not forget this when you go before him.
+
+  "My kind Mother,--You are very old. Your life has been good; and the
+  Great Spirit has allowed you to live to see us; and He will soon call
+  you to Him. We live a great way from here, and we shall not look upon
+  your face again in this world; though we all believe that, if we
+  behave well enough, we shall see your face in the world to come."
+
+  [28]              _Bennett's Hill, near Birmingham, Nov. 1st, 1844._
+
+       My dear Mr. Catlin,--I have seen the nobility of England at a
+       birth-night ball in St. James's palace. I have seen the King
+       and Queen move around the circle, stopping to speak to every
+       individual, and I have wondered what they could have to say. I
+       have seen the Prince of Wales (afterwards George the Fourth)
+       open the ball with a minuet, and afterwards dance down a country
+       dance; and I thought him a handsome young man, and a fine
+       dancer. This was in the year 1780.
+
+       Yesterday, as you well know, for you brought them to visit me,
+       I saw the fourteen Ioway Indians. I shook hands with each,
+       and told them, through the interpreter, that red men were my
+       friends. I looked at them, as they were seated in a half-circle
+       in my drawing-room, immoveable as statues, and magnificently
+       dressed in their own costume, with astonishment. I had never
+       seen a spectacle so imposing. At my request, you presented
+       them to me separately--first the men, and then the women and
+       children--and I gave each a small present, for which they were
+       so thankful. At parting, the War-chief stood before me and made
+       a speech, thanking me for my kindness to them, which they should
+       long recollect, and saying, "that, although we should meet no
+       more in this world, yet he hoped the Great Spirit would make us
+       meet in the next." The action of the chief was free and natural,
+       and most graceful; far superior to anything I ever saw. Indeed,
+       these people are the nobility of nature.
+
+         I am, my dear Sir, your very obliged and very respectful
+                                                      CATHERINE HUTTON.
+
+The chief here stopped, and, shaking her hand again, withdrew. The
+excellent lady was overwhelmed in tears, and called to her maid,
+"Betty, bring all the silver that I left in the drawer there; bring the
+whole of it and divide it among them; my eyes are so weak that I cannot
+see it--give it to them, dear creatures! May God bless their dear
+souls!" Such had been the meeting, and such were her parting words as
+we came away.
+
+The Indians continued to speak in terms of the greatest admiration of
+this kind old lady, and the certainty that they should never see her
+face again made them for some days contemplative and sad. They had many
+civilities extended to them in town, however, which were calculated to
+dissipate melancholy and contemplation. Their repeated visits to the
+house and the table of Doctor Percy were exceedingly pleasing to them,
+where they were amused with experiments in electricity and galvanism,
+and other chemical results, to them new, and far beyond the reach of
+their comprehensions.
+
+Their days and nights were now passing away very pleasantly, visited
+by and visiting so many kind friends, doing all they could to make
+them happy--giving their nightly amusements at the Shakspearian
+Rooms, and enjoying the society and western jokes of their old friend
+_Bobasheela_, and, after their dinners and suppers, their other old
+friend, _chickabobboo_.
+
+About this time some very kindly-disposed friends proposed that a
+couple of nights of their exhibitions should be given in the immense
+room of the Town-hall, and one half of the receipts be presented
+to the two hospitals, representing that upon such conditions they
+thought the use of the hall would be granted free of expense, and
+believing that the results would be beneficial to both parties. Mr.
+Melody and I at once consented, and, the entertainments on those two
+nights being for a charitable purpose, the crowds that came in were
+very great, and the receipts beyond what we expected, the profits
+being 145_l._ 12_s._, the half of which, 72_l._ 16_s._, the Ioways
+presented to the two hospitals, and on the following day were invited
+to attend at the Town-hall at eleven o'clock in the morning, to
+receive an acknowledgment of it from the venerable Presidents of the
+two institutions, and to hear an address which was prepared to be
+read and given to them. The Indians met the two kind and excellent
+gentlemen (both of whom were Friends), and many others, both ladies and
+gentlemen, of their society; and seeing the results of this meeting
+likely to be of a very interesting nature, I took pains to make notes
+of all that was said on the occasion. The venerable Mr. R. T. Cadbury,
+from the General Hospital, in a very impressive manner, and suited
+to their understandings, explained to the Indians, through their
+interpreter, the purpose for which the hospital was built and carried
+on, after which he read the following resolution, which had been passed
+at the weekly meeting of the Board of Governors on the preceding day:--
+
+  "Resolved,--That the Chairman be requested to present the thanks of
+  this Board to Mr. Catlin, Mr. Melody, and the Ioway Indians, for
+  the donation of 36_l._ 8_s._, being a moiety of the net proceeds of
+  two exhibitions made for the benefit of the two hospitals at the
+  Town-hall; and to assure them their generous gift shall be faithfully
+  applied to the relief of the sick and maimed, for whose benefit the
+  said hospital was instituted, and for sixty-five years has been
+  supported by voluntary donations and subscriptions."
+
+After reading this, Mr. Cadbury presented to each of them a copy of the
+annual report and rules of the institution, and expressed a hope that
+all of them would reach their distant homes in safety, and that their
+visit to this country would be beneficial to them.
+
+The chief, _White Cloud_, shook hands with Mr. Cadbury, and replied as
+follows:--
+
+  "My Friend,--I have very few remarks to make to you. We are all very
+  thankful to you for the speech you have made to us, and for the
+  prayer you have made that we may all reach home safe. Those words
+  pleased all my people here very much, and we thank you for them.
+
+  "My Friend,--We have now been some time in England, and, amongst all
+  the words of friendship we have heard, nothing has been more pleasing
+  to us than the words we have heard from your lips. We have seen some
+  of the greatest men in this country, and none have delighted us so
+  much as you have by the way in which you have spoken; and we believe
+  that the service we have rendered to the hospital will be looked on
+  with mutual satisfaction.
+
+  "My Friend,--The Americans have been long trying to civilize us, and
+  we now begin to see the advantages of it, and hope the Government of
+  the United States will do us some good. I hope some of the people of
+  my nation will place their children with white people, that they may
+  see how the white children live.
+
+  "My Friend,--I have nothing more to say, but to thank you."
+
+After the speech of White Cloud, Mr. J. Cadbury, at the head of a
+deputation from the "_Temperance Society_" (to which the Indians had
+sent also the sum of 36_l._ 8_s._), presented himself, and read an
+address from that association, thanking them for the amount received,
+and advising the Indians to abstain from the use of "_fire-water_" and
+to practise _charity_, which was one of the greatest of virtues.
+
+Mr. Cadbury then addressed the Indians, in all the fervency and
+earnestness of prayer, on the all-important subject of temperance. His
+words and sentences, selected for their simple understandings, were in
+the simplicity, and consequently the eloquence of nature, and seemed to
+win their highest admiration and attention. He painted to them in vivid
+colours the horrors and vice of intemperance, and its consequences; and
+also the beauty and loveliness of sobriety, and truth, and charity,
+which he hoped and should pray that they might practise in the
+wilderness, with constant prayers to the Great Spirit in the heavens,
+when they returned to their own country.
+
+When this venerable gentleman's remarks were finished, the old Doctor
+(or Medicine-man) arose from his seat upon the floor, with his pipe in
+his lips, and, advancing, shook hands with the two Messrs. Cadbury,
+and, handing his pipe to the chief, spoke as follows:--
+
+  "My Friends,--I rise to thank you for the words you have spoken to
+  us: they have been kind, and we are thankful for them.
+
+  "My Friends,--When I am at home in the wilderness, as well as when I
+  am amongst you, I always pray to the Great Spirit; and I believe the
+  chiefs and the warriors of my tribe, and even the women also, pray
+  every day to the Great Spirit, and He has therefore been very kind to
+  us.
+
+  "My Friends,--We have been this day taken by the hand in friendship,
+  and this gives us great consolation. Your friendly words have opened
+  our ears, and your words of advice will not be forgotten.
+
+  "My Friends,--You have advised us to be charitable to the poor, and
+  we have this day handed you 360 dollars to help the poor in your
+  hospitals. We have not time to see those poor people, but we know you
+  will make good use of the money for them; and we shall be happy if,
+  by our coming this way, we shall have made the poor comfortable.
+
+  "My Friends,--We Indians are poor, and we cannot do much charity.
+  The Great Spirit has been kind to us though since we came to this
+  country, and we have given altogether more than 200 dollars to the
+  poor people in the streets of London before we came here; and I need
+  not tell you that this is not the first day that we have given to the
+  poor in this city.
+
+  "My Friends,--If we were rich, like many white men in this country,
+  the poor people we see around the streets in this cold weather, with
+  their little children barefooted and begging, would soon get enough
+  to eat, and clothes to keep them warm.
+
+  "My Friends,--It has made us unhappy to see the poor people begging
+  for something to eat since we came to this country. In our country
+  we are all poor, but the poor all have enough to eat, and clothes to
+  keep them warm. We have seen your poorhouses, and been in them, and
+  we think them very good; but we think there should be more of them,
+  and that the rich men should pay for them.
+
+  "My Friends,--We admit that before we left home we all were fond of
+  '_fire-water_,' but in this country we have not drunk it. Your words
+  are good, and we know it is a great sin to drink it. Your words to us
+  on that subject, can do but little good, for we are but a few; but if
+  you can tell them to the white people, who make the '_fire-water_,'
+  and bring it into our country to sell, and can tell them also to the
+  thousands whom we see drunk with it in this country, then we think
+  you may do a great deal of good; and we believe the Great Spirit will
+  reward you for it.
+
+  "My Friends,--It makes us unhappy, in a country where there is so
+  much wealth, to see so many poor and hungry, and so many as we see
+  drunk. We know you are good people, and kind to the poor, and we give
+  you our hands at parting; praying that the Great Spirit will assist
+  you in taking care of the poor, and making people sober.
+
+  "My Friends,--I have no more to say." #/
+
+Temperance medals were then given to each of the Indians, and the
+deputation took leave.
+
+A council was held that evening in the Indians' apartments, and several
+pipes smoked, during which time the conversation ran upon numerous
+topics, the first of which was the interesting meeting they had held
+that day, and on several former occasions, with the Friends, and which
+good people they were about to leave, and they seemed fearful they
+should meet none others in their travels. They were passing their
+comments upon the vast numbers which Daniel and _Bobasheela_ had told
+them there actually were of poor people shut up in the poorhouses,
+besides those in the streets, and underground in the coal-pits; and
+concluded that the numerous clergymen they had to preach to them, and
+to keep them honest and sober, were not too many, but they thought they
+even ought to have more, and should at least keep all they had at home,
+instead of sending them to preach to the Indians. _Jim_ was busy poring
+over his note-book, and getting Daniel to put down in round numbers the
+amount of poor in the poorhouses and in the streets, which they had
+found in some newspaper. And he was anxious to have down without any
+mistake the large sum of money they had presented to the hospitals, so
+that when they got home they could tell of the charity they had done
+in England; and if ever they got so poor as to have to beg, they would
+have a good paper to beg with. The sum, in American currency (as they
+know less of pounds, shillings, and pence), amounted to the respectable
+one of 370 dollars.
+
+This last night's talk in Birmingham was rather a gloomy one, for it
+was after leave had been taken of all friends. _Bobasheela_ was to
+start in the morning for Liverpool, and I for London, where I had
+been summoned to attend as a witness in court, and Mr. Melody and the
+Indians were to leave for Nottingham and other towns in the north. So
+at a late hour we parted, and early in the morning set out for our
+different destinations, bearing with us many warm attachments formed
+during our short stay in the beautiful town of Birmingham.
+
+For what befel these good fellows in Nottingham and Leeds there will
+probably be no historian, as I was not with them. I commenced with
+them in York, where I became again the expounder of their habits and
+mysteries, and was delighted to meet them on classic ground, where
+there is so much to engage the attention and admiration of civilized
+or savage. I had visited York on a former occasion, and had the most
+ardent wish to be present at this time, and to conduct these rude
+people into the noble cathedral, and on to its grand tower. I had
+this pleasure; and in it accomplished one of my favourite designs in
+accompanying them on their northern tour.
+
+On my return from London I had joined the Indians at Leeds, where they
+had been exhibiting for some days, and found them just ready to start
+for York. I was their companion by the railway, therefore, to that
+ancient and venerable city; and made a note or two on an occurrence
+of an amusing nature which happened on the way. When we were within a
+few miles of the town the Indians were suddenly excited and startled
+by the appearance of a party of fox-hunters, forty or fifty in number,
+following their pack in full cry, having just crossed the track ahead
+of the train.
+
+This was a subject entirely new to them and unthought of by the
+Indians; and, knowing that English soldiers all wore red coats, they
+were alarmed, their first impression being that we had brought them on
+to hostile ground, and that this was a "war-party" in pursuit of their
+enemy. They were relieved and excessively amused when I told them it
+was merely a fox-hunt, and that the gentlemen they saw riding were
+mostly noblemen and men of great influence and wealth. They watched
+them intensely until they were out of sight, and made many amusing
+remarks about them after we had arrived at York. I told them they
+rode without guns, and the first one in at the death pulled off the
+tail of the fox and rode into town with it under his hatband. Their
+laughter was excessive at the idea of "such gentlemen hunting in open
+fields, and with a whip instead of a gun; and that great chiefs, as I
+had pronounced them, should be risking their lives, and the limbs of
+their fine horses, for a poor fox, the flesh of which, even if it were
+good to eat, was not wanted by such rich people, who had meat enough
+at home; and the skin of which could not be worth so much trouble,
+especially when, as everybody knows, it is good for nothing when the
+tail is pulled off."
+
+On our arrival in York one of the first and most often repeated
+questions which they put was, whether there were any of the "good
+people," as they now called them, the Friends, living there. I told
+them it was a place where a great many of them lived, and no doubt
+many would come to see them, which seemed to please and encourage them
+very much. Mr. Melody having taken rooms for them near to the York
+Minster, of which they had a partial view from their windows, their
+impatience became so great that we sallied out the morning after our
+arrival to pay the first visit to that grand and venerable pile. The
+reader has doubtless seen or read of this sublime edifice, and I need
+not attempt to describe it here. Were it in my power to portray the
+feelings which agitated the breasts of these rude people when they
+stood before this stupendous fabric of human hands, and as they passed
+through its aisles, amid its huge columns, and under its grand arches,
+I should be glad to do it; but those feelings which they enjoyed in the
+awful silence, were for none but themselves to know. We all followed
+the guide, who showed and explained to us all that was worth seeing
+below, and then showed us the way by which we were to reach the summit
+of the grand or middle tower, where the whole party arrived after a
+laborious ascent of 273 steps. We had luckily selected a clear day;
+and the giddy height from which we gazed upon the town under our feet,
+and the lovely landscape in the distance all around us, afforded to
+the Indians a view far more wonderful than their eyes had previously
+beheld. Whilst we were all engaged in looking upon the various scenes
+that lay like the lines upon a map beneath us, the old Doctor, with his
+_propensity_ which has been spoken of before, had succeeded in getting
+a little higher than any of the rest of the party, by climbing on to
+the little house erected over the gangway through which we entered upon
+the roof; and, upon the pinnacle of this, for a while stood smiling
+down upon the thousands of people who were gathering in the streets. He
+was at length, however, seen to assume a more conspicuous attitude by
+raising his head and his eyes towards the sky, and for some moments he
+devoutly addressed himself to the Great Spirit, whom the Indians always
+contemplate as "in the heavens, above the clouds." When he had finished
+this invocation, he slowly and carefully "descended on to the roof,
+and as he joined his friends he observed that when he was up there
+"he was nearer to the Great Spirit than he had ever been before." The
+War-chief excited much merriment by his sarcastic reply, that "it was
+a pity he did not stay there, for he would never be so near the Great
+Spirit again." The Doctor had no way of answering this severe retort,
+except by a silent smile, as, with his head turned away, he gazed on
+the beautiful landscape beneath him. When we descended from the tower,
+the Indians desired to advance again to the centre of this grand
+edifice, where they stood for a few minutes with their hands covering
+their mouths, as they gazed upon the huge columns around them and the
+stupendous arches over their heads, and at last came silently away, and
+I believe inspired with greater awe and respect for the religion of
+white men than they had ever felt before.
+
+Our stay of three days in York was too short for the Indians to make
+many acquaintances; but at their exhibitions they saw many of the
+Society of Friends, and these, as in other places, came forward to
+offer them their hands and invite them to their houses.
+
+Amongst the invitations they received was one from the governor of
+the Castle, who with great kindness conducted us through the various
+apartments of the prison, explaining the whole of its system and
+discipline to us. We were shown the various cells for different
+malefactors, with their inmates in them, which no doubt conveyed to
+the minds of the Indians new ideas of white men's iniquities, and the
+justice of civilized laws.
+
+When we were withdrawing we were invited to examine a little museum of
+weapons which had been used by various convicts to commit the horrid
+deeds for which they had suffered death or transportation. A small
+room, surrounded by a wire screen, was devoted to these, and as it was
+unlocked we were invited in, and found one wall of the room completely
+covered with these shocking records of crime.
+
+The turnkey to this room stepped in, and in a spirit of the greatest
+kindness, with a rod in his hand to point with, commenced to explain
+them, and of course add to their interest, in the following manner:--
+
+  "You see here, gentlemen, the weapons that have been used in the
+  commission of murders by persons who have been tried and hung in this
+  place, or transported for life. That long gun which you see there is
+  the identical gun that Dyon shot his father with. _He was hung._
+
+  "That club and iron coulter you see there, gentlemen, were used
+  by two highwaymen, who killed the gatekeeper, near Sheffield, by
+  knocking out his brains, and afterwards robbed him. _They were both
+  hung._
+
+  "This club and razor here, gentlemen (you see the blood on the razor
+  now), were used by Thompson, who killed his wife. He knocked her down
+  with this club, and cut her throat with this identical razor.
+
+  "This leather strap--gentlemen, do you see it? Well, this strap was
+  taken from a calf's neck by Benjamin Holrough, and he hung his father
+  with it. _He was hung here._
+
+  "That hedging-bill, razor, and tongs, gentlemen, were the things used
+  by Healy and Terry, who knocked an old woman down, cut her throat,
+  and buried her. _They were hung in this prison._
+
+  "Now, gentlemen, we come to that hammer and razor you see there. With
+  that same hammer Mary Crowther knocked her husband down, and then
+  with that razor cut his throat. _She was hung._
+
+  "Do you see that club, gentlemen? That is the club with which Turner
+  and Swihill, only nineteen years of age, murdered the bookkeeper near
+  Sheffield. _Both were hung._
+
+  "Do you see this short gun, gentlemen? This is the very gun with
+  which Dobson shot his father. _He was hung._
+
+  "This hat, gentlemen, with a hole in it, was the hat of Johnson, who
+  was murdered near Sheffield. The hole you see is where the blow was
+  struck that killed him."
+
+The Indians, who had looked on these things and listened to these
+recitals with a curious interest at first, were now becoming a little
+uneasy, and the old Doctor, who smiled upon several of the first
+descriptions, now showed symptoms of evident disquiet, retreating
+behind the party, and towards the door.
+
+  "Do you see this knife and bloody cravat, gentlemen? With that same
+  knife John James stuck the bailiff through the cravat, and killed
+  him. _He was executed here._
+
+  "A fire-poker, gentlemen, with which King murdered his wife near
+  Sheffield. _He was hung here._
+
+  "These things, gentlemen--this fork, poker, and bloody shoes--with
+  this poker Hallet knocked his wife down, and stabbed her with the
+  fork; and the shoes have got the blood on them yet. _Hallet was hung._
+
+  "That rope there is the one in which Bardsley was hung, who killed
+  his own father.
+
+  "A bloody axe and poker, gentlemen. With that axe and poker an old
+  woman killed a little boy. She then drowned herself. _She was not
+  executed._
+
+  "This shoe-knife, gentlemen, is one that Robert Noll killed his wife
+  with in Sheffield. _He was executed._
+
+  "Another knife, with which Rogers killed a man in Sheffield. He
+  ripped his bowels out with it. _He was hung._
+
+  "A club, and stone, and hat, gentlemen. With this club and stone
+  Blackburn was murdered, and that was his hat: you see how it is all
+  broken and bloody. This was done by four men. _All hung._
+
+  "The hat and hammer here, gentlemen--these belonged to two robbers.
+  One met the other in a wood, and killed him with the hammer. _He was
+  hung._
+
+  "That scythe and pitchfork, you see, gentlemen"----
+
+When our guide had thus far explained, and Jeffrey had translated
+to the Indians, I observed the old Doctor quite outside of the
+museum-room, and with his robe wrapped close around him, casting his
+eyes around in all directions, and evidently in great uneasiness. He
+called for the party to come out, for, said he, "I do not think this
+is a good place for us to stay in any longer." We all thought it was
+as well, for the turnkey had as yet not described one-third of his
+curiosities; so we thanked him for his kindness, and took leave of him
+and his interesting museum.
+
+We were then conducted by the governor's request to the apartments
+of his family, where he and his kind lady and daughters received the
+Indians and ourselves with much kindness, having his table prepared
+with refreshments, and, much to the satisfaction of the Indians (after
+their fatigue of body as well as of mind), with plenty of the _Queen's
+chickabobboo_.
+
+The sight-seeing of this day and the exhibition at night finished our
+labours in the interesting town of York, where I have often regretted
+we did not remain a little longer to avail ourselves of the numerous
+and kind invitations which were extended to us before we left. After
+our labours were all done, and the Indians had enjoyed their suppers
+and their _chickabobboo_, we had a pipe together, and a sort of
+recapitulation of what we had seen and heard since we arrived. The two
+most striking subjects of the gossip of this evening were the cathedral
+and the prison; the one seemed to have filled their minds with
+astonishment and admiration at the ingenuity and power of civilized
+man, and the other with surprise and horror at his degradation and
+wickedness; and evidently with some alarm for the safety of their
+persons in such a vicinity of vice as they had reason to believe they
+were in from the evidences they had seen during the day. The poor old
+Doctor was so anxious for the next morning to dawn, that we might be on
+our way, that he had become quite nervous and entirely contemplative
+and unsociable. They had heard such a catalogue of murders and
+executions explained, though they knew that we had but begun with the
+list, and saw so many incarcerated in the prison, some awaiting their
+trial, others who had been convicted and were under sentence of death
+or transportation, and others again pining in their cells, and weeping
+for their wives and children (merely because they could not pay the
+money that they owed), that they became horrified and alarmed; and as
+it was the first place where they had seen an exhibition of this kind,
+there was some reason for the poor fellows' opinions that they were in
+the midst of the wickedest place in the world.
+
+They said that, from the grandeur and great number of their churches,
+they thought they ought to be one of the most honest and harmless
+people they had been amongst, but instead of that they were now
+convinced they must be the very worst, and the quicker Mr. Melody made
+arrangements to be off the better. The Indians had been objects of
+great interest, and for the three nights of their amusements their room
+was well filled and nightly increasing; but all arguments were in vain,
+and we must needs be on the move. I relieved their minds in a measure
+relative to the instruments of death they had seen and the executions
+of which they had heard an account, by informing them of a fact that
+had not occurred to them--that the number of executions mentioned had
+been spread over a great number of years, and were for crimes committed
+amongst some hundreds of thousands of inhabitants, occupying a tract of
+country a great many miles in every direction from York; and also that
+the poor men imprisoned for debt were from various parts of the country
+for a great distance around. This seemed to abate their surprise to a
+considerable degree; still, the first impression was here made, and
+made by means of their eyes (which they say they never disbelieve,
+and I am quite sure they will never get rid of it), that York was the
+"wicked town," as they continued to call it during the remainder of
+their European travels. I explained to them that other towns had their
+jails and their gallows--that in London they daily rode in their buss
+past prison walls, and where the numbers imprisoned were greater than
+those in York, in proportion to the greater size of the city.
+
+Their comments were many and curious on the cruelty of imprisoning
+people for debt, because they could not pay money. "Why not kill
+them?" they said; "it would be better, because when a man is dead he
+is no expense to any one, and his wife can get a husband again, and
+his little children a father to feed and take care of them; when he
+is in jail they must starve: when he is once in jail he cannot wish
+his face to be seen again, and they had better kill them all at once."
+They thought it easier to die than to live in jail, and seemed to be
+surprised that white men, so many hundreds and thousands, would submit
+to it, when they had so many means by which they could kill themselves.
+
+They saw convicts in the cells who were to be transported from the
+country: they inquired the meaning of that, and, when I explained it,
+they seemed to think that was a good plan, for, said they, "if these
+people can't get money enough to pay their debts, if they go to another
+country they need not be ashamed there, and perhaps they will soon
+make money enough to come back and have their friends take them by the
+hand again." I told them, however, that they had not understood me
+exactly--that transportation was only for heinous crimes, and then a
+man was sent away in irons, and in the country where he went he had to
+labour several years, or for life, with chains upon him, as a slave.
+Their ideas were changed at once on this point, and they agreed that it
+would be better to kill them all at once, or give them weapons and let
+them do it themselves.
+
+While this conversation was going on, the Recorder Jim found here very
+interesting statistics for his note-book, and he at once conceived the
+plan of getting Daniel to find out how many people there were that
+they had seen in the prison locked up in one town; and then, his ideas
+expanding, how many (if it could be done at so late an hour) there were
+in all the prisons in London; and then how many white people in all the
+kingdom were locked up for crimes, and how many because they couldn't
+pay money. His friend and teacher, Daniel, whose head had become a
+tolerable gazetteer and statistical table, told him it would be quite
+easy to find it all ready printed in books and newspapers, and that he
+would put it all down in his book in a little time. The inquisitive
+Jim then inquired if there were any poorhouses in York, as in other
+towns; to which his friend Daniel replied that there were, and also in
+nearly every town in the kingdom; upon which Jim started the design
+of adding to the statistical entries in his book the number of people
+in poorhouses throughout the kingdom. Daniel agreed to do this for
+him also, which he could easily copy out of a memorandum-book of his
+own, and also to give him an estimate of the number of people annually
+transported from the kingdom for the commission of crimes. This all
+pleased Jim very much, and was amusement for Daniel; but at the same
+time I was decidedly regretting with Mr. Melody that his good fellows
+the Indians, in their visit to York, should have got their eyes open
+to so much of the dark side of civilization, which it might have been
+better for them that they never had seen.
+
+Jim's book was now becoming daily a subject of more and more excitement
+to him, and consequently of jealousy amongst some of the party, and
+particularly so with the old Doctor; as Jim was getting more rapidly
+educated than either of the others, and his book so far advanced as
+to discourage the Doctor from any essay of the kind himself. Jim that
+night regretted only one thing which he had neglected to do, and which
+it was now too late to accomplish--that was, to have measured the
+length of the cathedral and ascertained the number of steps required to
+walk around it. He had counted the number of steps to the top of the
+grand tower, and had intended to have measured the cathedral's length.
+I had procured some very beautiful engravings of it, however, one of
+which Daniel arranged in his book, and the length of the building and
+its height we easily found for him in the pocket Guide.
+
+The Doctor, watching with a jealous eye these numerous estimates going
+into Jim's book, to be referred to (and of course sworn to) when he
+got home, and probably on various occasions long before, and having
+learned enough of arithmetic to understand what a wonderful effect a
+cipher has when placed on the right of a number of figures, he smiled
+from day to day with a wicked intent on Jim's records, which, if they
+went back to his tribe in anything like a credible form, would be
+a direct infringement upon his peculiar department, and materially
+affect his standing, inasmuch as Jim laid no claims to a knowledge of
+_medicine_, or to anything more than good eating and drinking, before
+he left home.
+
+However, the Doctor at this time could only meditate and smile, as his
+stiff hand required some practice with the pen before he could make
+those little 0's so as to match with others in the book, which was
+often left carelessly lying about upon their table. This intent was
+entirely and originally wicked on the part of the old Doctor, because
+he had not yet, that any one knew of, made any reference to his measure
+of the giant woman, since he had carefully rolled up his cord and put
+it away amongst his other estimates, to be taken home to "astonish the
+natives" on their return.
+
+
+
+
+                             CHAPTER XXIII.
+
+  Newcastle-on-Tyne--Indians' alarms about jails--Kind visits from
+     Friends--Mrs. A. Richardson--Advice of the Friends--War-Chiefs
+     reply--Liberal presents--Arrive at Sunderland--Kindness of
+     the Friends--All breakfast with Mr. T. Richardson--Indians
+     plant trees in his garden--And the Author also--The Doctor's
+     superstition--Sacrifice--Feast--Illness of the Roman
+     Nose--Indians visit a coalpit--North Shields--A sailors' dinner
+     and a row--Arrive at Edinburgh--A drive--First exhibition
+     there--Visit to Salisbury Crag--To Arthur's Seat--Holyrood
+     House and Castle--The crown of Robert Bruce--The "big
+     gun,"--"Queen Mab"--Curious modes of building--"Flats"--Origin
+     of--Illness of Corsair, the little _pappoose_--The old Doctor
+     speaks--War-chief's speech--A feast of ducks--Indians'
+     remarks upon the government of Scotland--"The swapping of
+     crowns"--The Doctor proposes the crown of Robert Bruce for
+     Prince Albert--Start for Dundee--Indians' liberality--A noble
+     act--Arrival at Dundee--Death of little Corsair--Distress of the
+     Little Wolf and his wife--Curious ceremony--Young men piercing
+     their arms--Indians at Perth--Arrival in Glasgow--Quartered in
+     the Town-hall--The cemetery--The Hunterian Museum--The Doctor's
+     admiration of it--Daily drives--Indians throw money to the
+     poor--Alarm for _Roman Nose_--Two reverend gentlemen talk with
+     the Indians--War-chief's remarks--Greenock--Doctor's regret at
+     leaving.
+
+
+Newcastle-on-Tyne was the next place where we stopped, and when I
+arrived there I found Mr. Melody and his friends very comfortably
+lodged, and all in excellent spirits. The Indians, he told me, had been
+exceedingly buoyant in spirits from the moment they left York, and the
+old Doctor sang the whole way, even though he had been defeated in his
+design of riding outside on the railway train, as he had been in the
+habit of doing on the omnibus in London. I told them I had remained a
+little behind them in York to enjoy a few hours more of the society of
+an excellent and kind lady of the Society of Friends,[29] whom they
+would recollect to have seen in the exhibition room when they had
+finished their last night's exhibition, who came forward and shook
+hands in the most affectionate manner, and left gold in their hands as
+she bade them good bye, and commended them to the care of the Great
+Spirit.
+
+  [29] Miss E. Fothergill.
+
+I told them that this good lady had only returned from the country
+on the last evening of their exhibiting in York, and was exceedingly
+disappointed that she could not have the pleasure of their society at
+her house. I then sat down and amused them an hour with a beautiful
+manuscript book, by her own hand, which she had presented to me,
+containing the portraits of seven Seneca chiefs and braves, who were
+in England twenty-five years before, and whom she entertained for
+three weeks in her own house. This interesting work contains also some
+twenty pages of poetry glowing with piety, and written in a chaste and
+beautiful style; and an hundred or more pages in prose, giving a full
+description of the party, their modes, and a history of their success,
+as they travelled through the kingdom. This was a subject of much
+pleasure to them, but at the same time increased their regret that they
+had not seen more of this kind lady before they left the town of York.
+
+Their first inquiries after their arrival in Newcastle were whether
+they would meet any of the "good people" in that town, and whether
+that was a place where they had prisons and a gallows like those in
+London and in York. I answered that they would no doubt find many of
+the Friends there, for I knew several very kind families who would call
+upon them, and also that the good lady who gave me the book in York had
+written letters to several of the Friends in Newcastle to call on them;
+and that, as to the jails, &c., I believed they were much the same.
+
+In a sort of council which we held there, as we were in the Indian
+habit of convening one whenever we were leaving an old lodging or
+taking possession of a new one, it was very gravely and diffidently
+suggested by the Doctor, as the desire of the whole party, that they
+presumed _Chippehola_[30] had money enough left in London (in case
+they should fail in this section of the country to make enough to
+pay their debts) to keep them clear from being taken up and treated
+like white men who can't pay what they owe. I approved this judicious
+suggestion, and assured them they might feel quite easy as long as
+they were in the kingdom. I told them I was quite sure they had a
+good and faithful friend in Mr. Melody, and, if anything happened to
+him, they would be sure to find me ready to take care of them, and
+that, if we were both to die, they would find all the English people
+around them their friends. This seemed to satisfy and to cheer them
+up, and our few days in Newcastle thus commenced very pleasantly. From
+their first night's exhibition they all returned to their lodgings
+with peculiar satisfaction that they had observed a greater number of
+Friends in the crowd than they had seen in any place before, and many
+of these had remained until everybody else had gone away, to shake
+hands and converse with them. They found roast beef and beef-steaks and
+_chickabobboo_ also, the same as in other places, and altogether there
+was enough around them here to produce cheerful faces.
+
+  [30] The Author.
+
+I need not describe again to the reader the nature and excitement of
+the dances, &c., in their exhibitions, which were nightly repeated
+here as they had been in London; but incidents and results growing out
+of these amusements were now becoming exceedingly interesting, and
+as will be found in the sequel of much importance, I trust, to those
+poor people and their descendants. Very many of the Society of Friends
+were nightly attending their exhibitions, not so much for the purpose
+of witnessing or encouraging their war-dances and customs, as for
+an opportunity of forming an acquaintance with them, with a view to
+render them in some way an essential good. With this object a letter
+was addressed to me by Mrs. Anna Richardson (with whom I had formerly
+corresponded on the subject of the Indians), proposing that a number of
+the Friends should be allowed to hold a conversation with them in their
+apartments, on some morning, for the purpose of learning the true state
+of their minds relative to the subjects of religion and education, and
+to propose some efforts that might result to their advantage, and that
+of their nation. Mr. Melody and myself embraced this kind proposal at
+once, and the Indians all seemed delighted with it when it was made
+known to them. The morning was appointed, and this kind and truly
+charitable lady came with fifteen or twenty of her friends, and the
+Indians listened with patience and apparent pleasure to the Christian
+advice that was given them by several, and cheerfully answered to the
+interrogatories which were put to them.
+
+The immediate appeal and thanks to the "Great Spirit, who had sent
+these kind people to them," by the War-chief in his reply, seemed to
+impress upon the minds of all present the conviction of a high and
+noble sentiment of religion in the breasts of these people, which
+required but the light of the Christian revelation. His replies as to
+the benefits of education were much as he had made them on several
+occasions before, that, "as for themselves, they were too far advanced
+in life to think of being benefited by it, but that their children
+might learn to read and write, and that they should be glad to have
+them taught to do so." Here seemed to dawn a gleam of hope, which that
+pious lady, in her conversation and subsequent correspondence with me,
+often alluded to, as the most favourable omen for the desire which the
+Friends had of rendering them some lasting benefit. Mr. Melody on this
+occasion produced a little book printed in the Ioway language, in the
+missionary school already in existence in the tribe, and also letters
+which he had just received from the Rev. Mr. Irvin, then conducting
+the school, giving an encouraging account of it, and hoping that the
+Indians and himself might return safe, and with means to assist in
+the noble enterprise. This information was gratifying in the extreme,
+and all seemed to think that there was a chance of enlightening these
+benighted people. The heart of this Christian woman reached to the
+American wilderness in a letter that she directed to this reverend
+gentleman, believing that there, where were the wives and children of
+the chiefs and warriors who were travelling, was the place for the
+efforts of the Society of Friends to be beneficially applied; and
+thus, I believe, formed the chain from which I feel confident the most
+fortunate results will flow.[31]
+
+  [31] See in Appendix (A) to this volume Correspondence, &c.,
+       relative to Ioway Mission.
+
+Several subsequent interviews were held with the Indians by these kind
+people, who took them to their houses and schools, and bestowed upon
+them many tangible proofs of their attachment to them, and anxiety
+for their welfare. The Indians left Newcastle and these suddenly made
+friends with great reluctance, and we paid a visit of a couple of days
+to Sunderland. Here they found also many of the "good people" attending
+their exhibitions, and received several warm and friendly invitations
+to their houses. Amongst these kind attentions there was one which
+they never will forget: they were invited to breakfast at the table
+of Mr. T. Richardson, in his lovely mansion, with his kind family
+and some friends, and after the breakfast was over all were invited
+into his beautiful garden, where a spade was ready, and a small tree
+prepared for each one to plant and attach his name to. This ceremony
+amused them very much, and, when they had all done, there was one left
+for _Chippehola_, who took the spade and completed the interesting
+ceremony. This had been kindly designed for their amusement, and for
+the pleasing recollections of his family, by this good man; and with
+all it went off cheerfully, except with the Doctor, who refused for
+some time, but was at length induced to take the spade and plant his
+tree. I observed from the moment that he had done it that he was
+contemplative, and evidently apprehensive that some bad luck was to
+come from it--that there was _medicine_ in it, and he was alarmed.
+He was silent during the rest of the interview, and after they had
+returned to their rooms he still remained so for some time, when he
+explained to me that "he feared some one would be sick--some one of
+those trees would die, and he would much rather they had not been
+planted." He said "it would be necessary to make a great feast the next
+day," which I told him would be difficult, as we were to leave at an
+early hour. This puzzled him very much, as it was so late that, "if
+they were to try to give it that night, there would not be time for the
+ducks to be well cooked." They all laughed at him for his superstition,
+and he got the charm off as well as he could by throwing some tobacco,
+as a sacrifice, into the fire.
+
+We travelled the next day to North Shields, and the gloom that was
+still evidently hanging over the old man's brow was darkened by the
+increased illness of the _Roman Nose_, who had been for some weeks
+slightly ailing, but on that day was attacked for the first time with
+some fever. The Doctor's alarm was such that he stayed constantly
+by him, and did not accompany his friend Jim and one or two others
+with Daniel to the coalpit. This, from the repeated representations
+of Daniel and their old friend _Bobasheela_, was one of the greatest
+curiosities in the kingdom, and they were not disappointed in
+it. In this enterprise I did not accompany them, but from their
+representations ascertained that they descended more than two thousand
+feet and then travelled half a mile or so under the sea--that there
+were fifty horses and mules at that depth under the ground, that
+never will come up, drawing cars loaded with coal on railways, and
+six or seven hundred men, women, and children, as black as negroes,
+and many of these who seldom come up, but sleep there at nights. This
+scene shocked them even more than the sights they had seen in York,
+for they seemed to think that the debtors' cells in a prison would be
+far preferable to the slavery they there saw, of "hundreds of women
+and children drawing out, as they said, from some narrow places where
+the horses could not go, little carriages loaded with coal; where the
+women had to go on their hands and knees through the mud and water, and
+almost entirely naked, drawing their loads by a strap that was buckled
+around their waists; their knees and their legs and their feet, which
+were all naked, were bleeding with cuts from the stones, and their
+hands also; they drew these loads in the dark, and they had only a
+little candle to see the way." This surprising scene, which took them
+hours to describe to their companions, became more surprising when
+Daniel told them of "the vast number of such mines in various parts of
+the kingdom, and of the fact that many people in some parts have been
+born in those mines, and gone to school in them, and spent their lives,
+without ever knowing how the daylight looked."
+
+Daniel reminded them of the hundreds of mines he had pointed out to
+them while travelling by the railroads, and that they were all under
+ground, like what they had seen. Here was rich subject for Jim, for
+another entry in his book, of the statistics of England; and Daniel,
+always ready, turned to the page in his own note-book, and soon got for
+Jim's memorandum the sum total of coalpits and mines in the kingdom,
+and the hundreds of thousands of human _civilized_ beings who were
+imprisoned in them.
+
+It happened, on the second day that we were stopping in North Shields,
+much to the amusement of the Indians, that there was a sailors' dinner
+prepared for an hundred or more in the large hall of the hotel where we
+were lodging; and, from the rooms which the Indians occupied, there was
+an opportunity of looking through a small window down into their hall,
+and upon the merry and noisy group around the table. This was a rich
+treat for the Indians; and, commencing in an amusing and funny manner,
+it became every moment more and more so, and, finally (when they began
+to dance and sing and smash the glasses, and at length the tables,
+and from that to "set-to's," "fisticuffs," and "knockdowns," by the
+dozens, and, at last, to a general _m�l�e_, a row, and a fight in the
+street) one of the most decidedly exciting and spirited scenes they had
+witnessed in the country.
+
+It afforded them amusement also for a long time after the day on which
+it took place, when they spoke of it as the "great fighting feast."
+
+Two days completed our visit to North Shields, and on the next we
+were in comfortable quarters in Edinburgh. The Indians were greatly
+delighted with the appearance of the city as they entered it, and more
+so daily, as they took their omnibus drives around and through the
+different parts of it.
+
+The Doctor, however, who was tending on his patient, _Roman Nose_,
+seemed sad, and looked as if he had forebodings still of some sad
+results to flow from planting the trees; but he took his seat upon
+the bus, with his old joking friend Jim, by the side of the driver,
+smiling occasionally on whatever he saw amusing, as he was passing
+through the streets. Their novel appearance created a great excitement
+in Edinburgh; and our announcements filled our hall with the most
+respectable and fashionable people.
+
+Their dances called forth great applause; and, in the midst of it, the
+War-chief, so delighted with the beauty of the city, and now by seeing
+so numerous and fashionable an audience before him, and all applauding,
+arose to make a speech. As he straightened up, and, wrapping his
+buffalo robe around him, extended his long right arm, the audience gave
+him a round of applause, occasioned entirely by the dignified and manly
+appearance he made when he took the attitude of the orator, and he
+commenced:--
+
+  "My friends, I understand by the great noise you have made with your
+  hands and feet, that something pleases you, and this pleases us, as
+  we are strangers amongst you, and with red skins. (Applause.)
+
+  "My friends, we have but just arrived in your beautiful city, and
+  we see that you are a different people from the English in London,
+  where we have been. In going into a strange place, amongst strange
+  people, we always feel some fear that our dances and our noise may
+  not please--we are showing you how we dance in our own country, and
+  we believe that is what you wish to see. (Applause and '_How, how,
+  how!_')
+
+  "My friends, we are delighted with your city, what we have seen of
+  it--we have seen nothing so handsome before--we will try to please
+  you with some more of our dances, and then we will be happy to shake
+  hands with you. ('_How, how, how!_')
+
+  "This is all I have to say now." (Great applause.)
+
+We were now in the most beautiful city in the kingdom, if not one of
+the most beautiful in the world; and the Indians, as well as ourselves,
+observed the difference in the manners and appearance of the people.
+The Indians had been pleased with their reception in the evening, and,
+in their drive during the day, had been excited by the inviting scenery
+overtowering the city,--the castle, with its "big gun," gaping over the
+town--the _Salisbury Crag_, and _Arthur's Seat_--all of which places
+they were to visit on that day; and, having swallowed their breakfasts
+and taken their seats in their carriage, seemed to have entered upon a
+new world of amusement. Their views from, and runs over, these towering
+peaks afforded them great amusement; and the castle, with its crown of
+Robert Bruce, and other insignia of royalty--its mammouth gun, and the
+little room in which King James I. of England was born; and in Holyrood
+House,--the blood of Rizzio upon the floor, and the bed in which Queen
+Mary had slept--were all subjects of new and fresh excitement to them.
+
+Nor was their amusement less whilst they were riding through the
+streets, at the constant variety and sudden contrasts--from the low
+and poverty-stricken rabble of High-street and its vicinity, to the
+modern and splendid sections of the city--of crossing high bridges over
+gardens, instead of rivers; of houses built upon the sides of the hills
+and on rocks; and many other amusing things that they talked about when
+they got back.
+
+To Mr. Melody and Jeffrey also, and to Daniel, all these scenes were
+new; and the Indians, therefore, had companions and guides enough, and
+enough, also, to explain to them the meaning of all they saw.
+
+I had been in Edinburgh on a former occasion, and was now engaged in
+looking up and conversing with old friends, whose former kindness now
+claimed my first attention; and in hunting for one of them, I found
+his office had been removed to another part of the city; and, making
+my way towards it as well as I could, I was amused at the instructions
+given to me when I inquired of a man whom I met in the street, and
+who, it happened, was acquainted with my friend and his location, and
+who relieved me instantly from further embarrassment by the following
+most lucid and simple direction, as he pointed down the street:--"You
+have only to take the first turning to the right, Sir, and it is the
+top flat at the bottom." This seemed queer and amusing to me, though
+not in the least embarrassing, for I had been long enough in Edinburgh
+before to learn that a "flat" was a "story" or floor; and long enough
+in London to know that one _end_ of a street is the "top" and the other
+the "bottom."
+
+To a stranger, however, such an answer as the one I received might have
+been exceedingly bewildering, and increased his difficulties rather
+than diminished them.
+
+The old law maxim of "_Cujus est solum, ejus est usque ad coelum_,"
+would scarcely apply to real estate in the city of Edinburgh; for
+houses are not only _rented_ by floors or _flats_, but titles, in fee
+simple and by deed, are given for floor above floor, oftentimes in the
+same house; a custom that is difficult to account for, unless from the
+curious fact that so many of the houses in Edinburgh are built so high,
+by the sides of hills and precipitous ledges, that an adjoining tenant
+may oftentimes step from the surface of his cultivated fields into the
+tenth or twelfth story of his neighbour's back windows, and, by this
+singular mode of conveyance, able to walk into a comfortable dwelling
+without the expense of building, and without curtailing the area of his
+arable ground. By thus getting, for a trifle, the fee simple for the
+upper story, and of course the privilege of building as many stories
+on the top of it as he should require, when he could afford the means
+to do it, his neighbour below was called a "flat." The law, which is
+generally cruel to most flats, relinquished one of its oldest and most
+sacred maxims, to support the numerous claims of this kind which the
+side-hills and ledges in the building-grounds of the city had produced;
+and so numerous were the _flats_, and so frequent the instances of
+this new sort of tenure, that the term "flat" has become carelessly
+and erroneously applied to all the floors or stories of buildings in
+Edinburgh that are to be let or sold separately from the rest of the
+house.
+
+It was arranged that our stay in Edinburgh was to be but for a few
+days; and, with this view, we had begun to see its sights pretty
+rapidly during the two first since our arrival. Many fashionable
+parties were calling on the Indians in their apartments, and leaving
+them presents; and at their second night's exhibition the room was
+crowded to great excess with the fashion and nobility of the city. The
+Indians discovered at once that they never before were in the midst of
+audiences so intellectual and genteel. There was nothing of low and
+vulgar appearance in any part of the room; but all had the stamp of
+refinement and gentility, which stimulated their pride, and they did
+their utmost.
+
+In the midst of their amusements on that evening there was a general
+call upon me from the ladies, to explain why the little "pappoose in
+its cradle" was not shown, as announced in the bills; to which I was
+sorry to reply that it was so ill that it could not be seen. This
+having been interpreted to the Indians by Jeffrey, and also heard by
+the Little Wolf's wife, the mother of the child, and then nursing it
+in the room behind their platform, she suddenly arranged it, sick as
+it was, in its beautifully ornamented little cradle, and, having slung
+it upon her back, and thrown her pictured robe around her, walked into
+the room, to the surprise of the Indians, and to the great satisfaction
+of the gentlemen as well as the ladies of the whole house. Her
+appearance was such, when she walked across the platform, that it
+called forth applause from every quarter. Many were the ladies who
+advanced from their seats to the platform, to examine so interesting a
+subject more closely; and many presents were bestowed upon the mother,
+who was obliged to retire again with it, from the feeble state it was
+then in. This fine little child, of ten or twelve months old, and the
+manner in which it was carried in its Indian cradle upon its mother's
+back, had formed one of the most interesting parts of the exhibition
+the whole time that the Indians were in London, and since they had
+left. Its illness now becoming somewhat alarming, with the increasing
+illness also of the _Roman Nose_, was adding to the old Doctor's
+alarms, growing out of the _planting of the little trees_, which he had
+insisted was ominous of something that would happen, but what, he did
+not attempt to predict.
+
+He was daily prescribing and attending his patients, but, being without
+the roots which he uses in his own country, he was evidently much at a
+loss; and the ablest advice was procured for both of the patients while
+in that city.
+
+The Doctor, on this occasion, (though somewhat depressed in spirits,
+owing to his superstitious forebodings about the sick, seeing such a
+vast concourse of ladies present, and all encouraging him with their
+applause as he made his boasts in the eagle dance,) made an effort for
+a _sensation_, as he did on his first night in London. When the dance
+was done, he advanced to the edge of the platform, and, with his usual
+quizzical look and smile from under his headdress of buffalo horns and
+eagle quills, addressed the audience. His speech was translated by
+Jeffrey, and, though it was highly applauded, fell much short of the
+effect amongst the ladies which he had produced on former occasions.
+He sat down somewhat in a disappointed mood, when his cruel companion,
+Jim, told him that his attempt "was an entire failure, and that he
+would never take with the ladies in Edinburgh." The old man replied
+to him that he had better try himself, and, if he would lie flat on
+his back and make a speech, perhaps _he_ might please the ladies of
+Edinburgh. After another dance, and amidst the roar of applause, old
+_Neu-mon-ya_ (the War-chief) arose, and, in the best of his humour,
+said,--
+
+  "My friends, I thank the Great Spirit who conducted us safe across
+  the Great Salt Lake that His eye is still upon us, and that He has
+  led us to your city. No city that we have seen is so beautiful as
+  yours; and we have seen a great deal of it as we have been riding in
+  our carriage to-day. ('_How, how, how!_')
+
+  "My friends, the Great Spirit has made us with red skins, and, as
+  all our modes of life are different from yours, our dances are quite
+  different, and we are glad that they do not give any offence when we
+  dance them. Our dresses, which are made of skins, are not so fine and
+  beautiful as yours, but they keep us warm, and that we think is the
+  great thing. ('_How, how, how!_' Applause and 'Hear, hear.')
+
+  "My friends, we have been to-day to see your great fort. We were
+  much pleased with it, and the 'big gun;' we think it a great pity
+  it is broken. We saw the room where the king of England was born,
+  and we feel proud that we have been in it. ('_How, how, how!_' Much
+  laughter.)
+
+  "My friends, we saw there the crowns of your kings and queens as we
+  were told. This we don't think we quite understand yet, but we think
+  _Chippehola_ will tell us all that,--it may be all right. (Laughter
+  and 'Hear.')
+
+  "My friends, we went to another great house where we saw many things
+  that pleased us--we saw the bed in which your Queen slept: this was
+  very pleasing to us all; it was much nearer than we got to the Queen
+  of England. (Great laughter.)
+
+  "My friends, this is all I have to say." ('Bravo!')
+
+After this night's exhibition, and the sights of the day which had
+pleased them so much, there was subject enough for a number of pipes of
+conversation; and to join them in this Mr. Melody and I had repaired to
+their room, where we found them in the midst of a grand feast of ducks,
+which they said it was always necessary to give when they entered a
+new country, and which in this case they had expended some of their
+own money in buying. Daniel and Jeffrey were seated with them, and
+we were obliged to sit down upon the floor, and take each a duck's
+leg at least, and a glass of the _Queen's chickabobboo_ (champagne),
+which had been added at the expense of Daniel and Jeffrey, as the
+ordinary _chickabobboo_ did not answer the object of a feast of that
+description. After the feast was over, and the War-chief had returned
+thanks to the Great Spirit, according to their invariable custom, the
+pipe was lit, and then the gossip for the evening commenced. They had
+already learned from Daniel that there were jails and poorhouses here
+as in other places, and were now remarking that they had not yet seen
+any of the "good people" here, and began to fear they had lost all
+chance of meeting any of them again. They seemed to be much at a loss
+to know how it was that here were the crowns and swords of kings and
+queens, and the houses they had lived in, and the beds they had slept
+on, and that there are none of them left. They believed, though they
+were not yet quite certain of it, that this country must have been
+conquered by England. These inquiries were all answered as nearly as
+I could explain them; and the result was, that "it was a great pity,
+in their estimations, that so fine a country and people should not
+continue to have a king of their own to put on the crown again, instead
+of leaving it in the castle to be shut up in a dark room." They seemed
+to think it "very curious that the Scotch people should like to keep
+the crown for people to look at, when they could not keep the king
+to wear it;" and they thought "it would be far better to take out
+the beautiful red and green stones and make watch-seals of them, and
+melt the gold into sovereigns, so that some of it might get into poor
+people's pockets, than to keep it where it is, just to be looked at and
+to be talked of."
+
+They thought "the crown was much more beautiful than the one they saw
+in London belonging to the Queen, and which was kept in the great
+prison where they saw so many guns, spears, &c."[32] The joker, Jim,
+thought that "if he were the Queen he should propose to _swap_, for he
+thought this decidedly the handsomest crown." The old Doctor said, that
+"if he were the Queen of England he should be very well suited to wear
+the one they had seen in London, and he would send and get this one
+very quickly, and also the beautiful sword they saw, for Prince Albert
+to wear." In this happy and conjectural mood we left them, receiving
+from Daniel further accounts of the events and history of the country
+which they had seen so many evidences of during their visits in the
+early part of the day.
+
+  [32] The Tower.
+
+Our stay in this beautiful city was but four days, contemplating
+another visit to it in a short time; and at the close of that time
+the party took a steamer for Dundee, with a view to make a visit of a
+few days to that town, and afterwards spend a day or two in Perth. I
+took the land route to Dundee, and, arriving there before the party,
+had announced their arrival and exhibition to take place on the same
+evening. An accident however that happened on the steamer compelled it
+to put back to Edinburgh, and their arrival was delayed for a couple of
+days.
+
+During this voyage there was an occurrence on board of the steamer,
+which was related to me by Mr. Melody and Daniel, which deserves
+mention in this place. It seems that on board of the steamer, as a
+passenger, was a little girl of twelve years of age and a stranger
+to all on board. When, on their way, the captain was collecting his
+passage-money on deck, he came to the little girl for her fare, who
+told him she had no money, but that she expected to meet her father in
+Dundee, whom she was going to see, and that he would certainly pay her
+fare if she could find him. The captain was in a great rage, and abused
+the child for coming on without the money to pay her fare, and said
+that he should not let her go ashore, but should hold her a prisoner on
+board, and take her back to Edinburgh with him. The poor little girl
+was frightened, and cried herself almost into fits. The passengers, of
+whom there were a great many, all seemed affected by her situation,
+and began to raise the money amongst them to pay her passage, giving
+a penny or two apiece, which, when done, amounted to about a quarter
+of the sum required. The poor little girl's grief and fear still
+continued, and the old Doctor, standing on deck, wrapped in his robe,
+and watching all these results, too much touched with pity for her
+situation, went down in the fore-cabin where the rest of the party
+were, and, relating the circumstances, soon raised eight shillings, one
+shilling of which, the Little Wolf, after giving a shilling himself,
+put into the hand of his little infant, then supposed to be dying, that
+its dying hand might do one act of charity, and caused it to drop it
+into the Doctor's hand with the rest. With the money the Doctor came on
+deck, and, advancing, offered it to the little girl, who was frightened
+and ran away. Daniel went to the girl and called her up to the Doctor,
+assuring her there was no need of alarm, when the old Doctor put the
+money into her hand, and said to her, through the interpreter, and in
+presence of all the passengers, who were gathering around, "Now go to
+the cruel captain and pay him the money, and never again be afraid of a
+man because his skin is red; but be always sure that the heart of a red
+man is as good and as kind as that of a white man. And when you are in
+Dundee, where we are all going, if you do not find your father as you
+wish, and are amongst strangers, come to us, wherever we shall be, and
+you shall not suffer; you shall have enough to eat, and, if money is
+necessary, you shall have more."
+
+Such acts of kindness as this, and others that have and will be named,
+that I was a witness to while those people were under my charge,
+require no further comment than to be made known: they carry their own
+proof with them that the Doctor was right in saying that "the hearts of
+red men are as good as those of the whites."
+
+As I was in anxious expectation of their arrival, I met the party with
+carriages when they landed, and I was pained to learn that the babe
+of the Little Wolf, which he had wrapped and embraced in his arms,
+was dying, and it breathed its last at the moment they entered the
+apartments that were prepared for them. My heart was broken to see
+the agony that this noble fellow was in, embracing his little boy,
+and laying him down in the last gasp of death, in a foreign land,
+and amongst strangers. We all wept for the heartbroken parents, and
+also for the dear little "Corsair," as he was called (from the name
+of the steamer on which he was born, on the Ohio river in the United
+States). We had all become attached to the little fellow, and his death
+caused a gloom amongst the whole party. The old Doctor looked more sad
+than ever, and evidently beheld the symptoms of _Roman Nose_ as more
+alarming than they had been.
+
+A council was called, as the first step after their arrival, and a
+pipe was passed around in solemn silence; after which it was asked by
+the War-chief if I knew of any of the "good people" in that town; to
+which I answered that "I was a stranger there, and did not know of any
+one." It seemed it was an occasion on which they felt that it would be
+an unusual pleasure to meet some of them, as the Little Wolf and his
+wife had expressed a wish to find some. It occurred then to Mr. Melody
+that he had a letter to a lady in that town, and, on delivering it,
+found she was one of that society, and, with another kind friend, she
+called and administered comfort to these wretched parents in the midst
+of their distress. They brought the necessary clothes for the child's
+remains, and, when we had the coffin prepared, laid it out with the
+kindest hands, and prepared it for the grave; and their other continued
+and kind offices tended to soothe the anguished breasts of the parents
+while we remained there.
+
+It is a subject of regret to me that I have lost the names of those two
+excellent ladies, to whom my public acknowledgments are so justly due.
+After they had laid the remains of the child in the coffin, each of the
+young men of the party ran a knife through the fleshy part of their
+left arms, and, drawing a white feather through the wounds, deposited
+the feathers with the blood on them in the coffin with the body. This
+done, the father and mother brought all they possessed, excepting
+the clothes which they had on, and presented to them, according to
+the custom of their country, and also all the fine presents they
+had received, their money, trinkets, weapons, &c. This is one of
+the curious modes of that tribe, and is considered necessary to be
+conformed to in all cases where a child dies. The parents are bound to
+give away all they possess in the world. I believe, however, that it is
+understood that, after a certain time, these goods are returned, and
+oftentimes with increased treasures attending them.
+
+There now came another pang for the heart of this noble fellow, the
+Little Wolf, and one which seemed to shake his manly frame more than
+that he had already felt. His child he could not take with him, and the
+thought of leaving it in a strange burying-ground, and "to be dug up,"
+as he said he knew it would be, seemed to make his misery and that of
+his wife complete. However, in the midst of his griefs, he suggested
+that, if it were possible to have it conveyed to their kind friends in
+Newcastle-on-Tyne, he was sure those "good people," who treated them
+so kindly, would be glad to bury it in their beautiful burying-ground
+which he had seen, where it would be at home, and he and his wife
+should then feel happy. Mr. Melody at once proposed to take it there
+himself, and attend to its burial, which pleased the parents very much,
+and he started the next day with it. He was received with the greatest
+kindness by Mrs. A. Richardson and their other kind friends, who
+attended to its burial in the society's beautiful cemetery.[33]
+
+  [33] The reader is referred to the fervent breathing pages of a
+       little periodical, entitled the 'Olive Branch,' for a most
+       feeling and impressive account of the reception of this little
+       child's remains, and its burial in their beautiful cemetery,
+       by the Friends in Newcastle-on-Tyne.
+
+Our visit to the delightful little town of Perth was made, where we
+remained, and the Indians astonished and pleased with their wild and
+unheard-of modes, for two days. We then were within fifteen miles
+of Merthyl Castle, the seat of Sir William Drummond Stewart, the
+well-known and bold traveller of the prairies and Rocky Mountains
+of America, whose friendly invitation we received to visit his noble
+mansion, but which I shall long regret came so late that other
+engagements we had entered into in Edinburgh and Glasgow prevented us
+from complying with it.
+
+Our way was now back, and, having repeated their exhibitions a few
+nights longer in Edinburgh, and, as before, to crowded and fashionable
+houses, we commenced upon our visit to the noble city of Glasgow. On
+our arrival, the party were taken in an omnibus from the station to the
+town-hall, in which it was arranged their exhibitions were to be given,
+and in a private room of which the Indians were to lodge.
+
+They were pleased with the part of the city they saw as they entered
+it, and were in good spirits and cheer, and prepared for the few days
+they were to stop there. The same arrangement was at once made by
+Mr. Melody, as in other places, to give them their daily ride in an
+omnibus for their health, and for the purpose of giving them a view of
+everything to be seen about the town. In their drives about the city of
+Glasgow there was not so much of the picturesque and change to amuse
+them as they saw in Edinburgh, yet everything was new and pleasing.
+
+The beautiful cemetery attracted their highest admiration of anything
+they saw, with all the party but the Doctor, whose whole and undivided
+admiration was withheld from everything else to be centred in the noble
+Hunterian Museum: the vapour-baths, conservatories, &c., which had
+before arrested his attention, were all sunk and lost sight of in this.
+After each and every of his visits to it he returned dejected and cast
+down with the conviction of his own ignorance and white man's superior
+skill. He wished very much to see the great man who made all those
+wonderful preparations of diseases, and the astonishing models in wax,
+as he would be so proud to offer him his hand; but, being informed that
+he had been dead for many years, he seemed sad that there was no way
+of paying him the tribute of his praise.
+
+Their exhibitions, which were given nightly, as they had been given
+in the Egyptian Hall, were nightly explained by me in the same way,
+and fully and fashionably attended. The same kind of excitement was
+repeated--speeches were made, and rounds of applause--young ladies
+falling in love--Indians' talks at night, and their suppers of
+beef-steaks and _chickabobboo_.
+
+Another present of Bibles, equal in number to the number of Indians,
+was handed on to the platform from an unknown hand, and each one had
+the Indian name of its owner handsomely written in its front.
+
+Scarcely a day or an evening passed but they received more or less
+Bibles from the hands of the kind and Christian people who were
+witnessing their amusements or inviting them to their houses; and from
+the continued access to their stock during their whole career, together
+with toys, with cloths and knives, and other presents, their baggage
+was becoming actually of a troublesome size.
+
+In taking their daily drives about town they had several times passed
+through some of the most populous and at the same time impoverished
+parts of the city; and the great numbers of poor and squalid-looking
+and barefooted creatures they saw walking in the snow had excited their
+deepest pity, and they had got in the daily habit of throwing pennies
+to them as they passed along. The numbers of the ragged poor that they
+saw there they represented as surpassing all they had seen in their
+whole travels. They inquired whether there were any poor-houses there,
+and, being informed that there were a number, and all full, they seemed
+to be yet even more surprised. They were in the habit daily, until Mr.
+Melody and myself decided it was best to check it, of each getting some
+shillings changed into pennies before they started on their ride, to
+scatter among the poor that they passed. Their generosity became a
+subject so well known in a few days, that their carriage was followed
+to their door, where gangs of beggars were stationed great part of
+the day to get their pennies "when the savages went out." Some pounds
+of their money they thus threw out into the streets of this great and
+splendid city, in spite of all we could do to prevent them.
+
+Our apprehensions were now becoming very great, and of course very
+painful, for the fate of the poor _Roman Nose_: he seemed daily to
+be losing flesh and strength, and one of the most distinguished
+physicians, who was attending on him, pronounced his disease to be
+pulmonary consumption. This was the first decided alarm we had about
+him, and still it was difficult to believe that so fine and healthy
+a looking man as he appeared but a few months before should be thus
+rapidly sinking down with such a disease. He was able to be walking and
+riding about, but was weak, and took no part in the exhibitions.
+
+About this time, as I was entering the Indians' room one morning, I met
+two gentlemen coming down the stairs, who recognised me, and said they
+had proposed to the interpreter and the Indians to have had a little
+time with them to talk upon the subjects of religion and education,
+and to know whether missionaries could not be sent into their country
+to teach and christianise them; and they were afraid they might not
+have been understood, for they were answered that the Indians did not
+wish to see them. At that moment Jeffrey was coming up the stairs, and,
+as it could not have been him whom they saw, I presumed it might have
+been Daniel who refused them admittance, as he might have been unable
+to understand the Indians. Jeffrey told them that they had got almost
+tired of talking with so many in London, but still they could go up,
+and the Indians, he thought, would be glad to see them. Mr. Melody
+happened at the moment to be passing also, and he invited them up. They
+were introduced to the Indians and their object explained by Jeffrey.
+The War-chief then said to them, as he was sitting on the floor in a
+corner of the room, that he didn't see any necessity of their talking
+at all, for all they would have to say they had heard from much more
+intelligent-looking men than they were, in London, and in other places,
+and they had given their answers at full length, which _Chippehola_ had
+written all down.
+
+  "Now, my friends," said he, "I will tell you that when we first came
+  over to this country we thought that where you had so many preachers,
+  so many to read and explain the good book, we should find the white
+  people all good and sober people; but as we travel about we find this
+  was all a mistake. When we first came over we thought that white
+  man's religion would make all people good, and we then would have
+  been glad to talk with you, but now we cannot say that we like to
+  do it any more." ('_How, how, how!_' responded all, as Jim, who was
+  then lying on a large table, and resting on one elbow, was gradually
+  turning over on to his back, and drawing up his knees in the attitude
+  of speaking.)
+
+The War-chief continued:--
+
+  "My friends--I am willing to talk with you if it can do any good
+  to the hundreds and thousands of poor and hungry people that we
+  see in your streets every day when we ride out. We see hundreds
+  of little children with their naked feet in the snow, and we pity
+  them, for we know they are hungry, and we give them money every
+  time we pass by them. In four days we have given twenty dollars to
+  hungry children--we give our money only to children. We are told
+  that the fathers of these children are in the houses where they sell
+  fire-water, and are drunk, and in their words they every moment abuse
+  and insult the Great Spirit. You talk about sending _black-coats_
+  among the Indians: now we have no such poor children among us; we
+  have no such drunkards, or people who abuse the Great Spirit. Indians
+  dare not do so. They pray to the Great Spirit, and he is kind to
+  them. Now we think it would be better for your teachers all to stay
+  at home, and go to work right here in your own streets, where all
+  your good work is wanted. This is my advice. I would rather not say
+  any more." (To this all responded '_How, how, how!_')
+
+Jim had evidently got ready to speak, and showed signs of beginning;
+but White-cloud spoke to him, and wished him not to say anything. It
+was decided by these gentlemen at once to be best not to urge the
+conversation with them; and Mr. Melody explained to them the number of
+times they had heard and said all that could be said on the subject
+while in London, and that they were out of patience, and of course a
+little out of the humour for it. These gentlemen, however, took great
+interest in them, and handed to each of the chiefs a handsome Bible,
+impressing upon them the importance of the words of the Great Spirit,
+which were certainly all contained in them, and which they hoped the
+Indians might have translated to them. And as I was descending the
+stairs with them, one of them said to me that he never in his life
+heard truer remarks, or a lesson that more distinctly and forcibly
+pointed out the primary duties of his profession.
+
+A few days more, the incidents of which I need not name, finished our
+visit to the city of Glasgow; and an hour or more by the railway, along
+the banks of the beautiful Clyde, and passing Dumbarton Castle, landed
+us in the snug little town of Greenock, from which we were to take
+steamer to Dublin.
+
+The Indians gave their dances and other amusements there for three
+or four evenings before we took leave. They were looked upon there
+as great curiosities, but scarcely formed any acquaintances or
+attachments, except in one branch of our concern. All were anxious to
+leave and be on the way to Dublin, except the Doctor, who thought it
+was bad policy to leave so quick; and though he got on to the steamer
+with all the rest, he did it very reluctantly, without assigning any
+reason for it until we were on the voyage, when he acknowledged to
+Daniel that the reason why he disliked to leave so soon was, that "one
+of the little maids in the hotel where they lodged used to come in
+every night, after all were asleep, and lie by the side of him on his
+buffalo robe." For this simple acknowledgment all seemed rather to
+sympathise with the polite old gentleman; but it was now too late for a
+remedy, for we were near to the desired city of Dublin.
+
+
+
+
+                             CHAPTER XXIV.
+
+  Arrival in Dublin--Decline of the _Roman Nose_--Exhibition
+     in the Rotunda--Feast of ducks--First drive--Phoenix
+     Park--Stags--Indians' ideas of game-laws and taxes--Annual
+     expenses of British government--National debt--Daniel enters
+     these in Jim's book--Indians called "Irishmen"--Author's
+     reply--Speech of the War-chief--Jim's rapid civilization--New
+     estimates for his book--Daniel reads of "Murders, &c.," in
+     Times newspaper--Jim subscribes for the Times--Petition
+     of 100,000 women--Society of Friends meet the Indians
+     in the Rotunda--Their advice, and present to the chiefs
+     40_l._--Indians invited to Zoological Gardens--Presented with
+     36_l._--Indians invited to Trinity College--Conversation with
+     the Rev. Master on religion--Liberal presents--They visit the
+     Archbishop of Dublin--Presents--All breakfast with Mr. Joseph
+     Bewly, a Friend--Kind treatment--Christian advice--Sickness
+     of _Roman Nose_--Various entertainments by the Friends--A
+     curious beggar--Indians' liberality to the poor--Arrival at
+     Liverpool--Rejoicing and feast--Council--_Roman Nose_ placed in
+     an hospital--Arrival in Manchester--Exhibition in Free Trade
+     Hall--Immense platform--Three wigwams--Archery--Ball-play,
+     &c.--Great crowds--_Bobasheela_ arrives--Death of the _Roman
+     Nose_--Forms of burial, &c.
+
+
+In Dublin, where we arrived on the 4th of March, after an easy voyage,
+comfortable quarters were in readiness for the party, and their
+breakfast soon upon the table. The Indians, having heard that there
+were many of "the good people" (the Friends) in Dublin, and having
+brought letters of introduction to some of them, had been impatient
+to reach that city; and their wish being successfully and easily
+accomplished, they now felt quite elated and happy, with apparently
+but one thing to depress their spirits, which was the continued and
+increasing illness of the _Roman Nose_. He was gradually losing flesh
+and strength, and getting now a continual fever, which showed the
+imminent danger of his condition. He had the ablest medical advice that
+the city could afford, and we still had some hopes of his recovery.
+Rooms had been prepared for the exhibitions of the Indians in the
+Rotunda, and, on the second night after their arrival, they commenced
+with a respectable audience, and all seemed delighted and surprised
+with their picturesque effect.
+
+There was much applause from the audience, but no speeches from the
+Indians, owing to their fatigue, or to the fact that they had not yet
+rode about the city to see anything to speak about. They returned from
+their exhibition to their apartments, and after their supper they were
+happy to find that their beef-steaks were good, and that they had found
+again the _London chickabobboo_.
+
+A very amusing scene occurred during the exhibition, which had greatly
+excited the Indians, though they had but partially understood it, and
+now called upon me to explain it to them. While speaking of the modes
+of life of the Ioway Indians, and describing their way of catching the
+wild horses on the prairies, a dry and quizzical-looking sort of man
+rose, and, apparently half drunk, excited the hisses of the audience
+whilst he was holding on to the end of a seat to steady him. It was
+difficult to get him down, and I desired the audience to listen to
+what he had to say. "Ee--you'l escuse me, sir, to e--yax e--yif you
+are ye man woo was lecturing e--year some time see--ynce, e--on ther
+Yindians and the--r wild e--yorses? --e--(hic)--e--and the--r breathin,
+he--(hic)--e--in thee--ir noses?" The excessive singularity of this
+fellow set the whole house in a roar of laughter, and all felt disposed
+to hear him go on. "Yes," I replied, "I am the same man." "Ee--e--r
+wal, sir, e--yerts all--(hic), e--yits all gammon, sir, e--yer, y--ers,
+(hic) yers tried it on two fillies, sir, e--yand--(hic) yand it didn't
+se--seed, sir." The poor fellow, observing the great amusement of the
+ladies as he looked around the room was at once disposed to be a little
+witty, and proceeded--"Ee--(hic)--ye--yer tried it e--yon se--rl _young
+ladies_, e--yand (hic) se--seded yerry well!" The poor fellow seemed
+contented with his wit thus far rather than try to proceed further;
+and he sat down amidst the greatest possible amusement of the audience,
+many of whom, notwithstanding, did not seem to understand his meaning,
+when I deemed it necessary to explain that he referred to my account
+of Indians breaking wild horses by breathing in their noses, which it
+would seem he had tried in vain, but by experimenting on young ladies
+he had met with great success.[34]
+
+  [34] See English experiments in breaking horses by the Indian mode.
+       Appendix B.
+
+The Indians had become very much attached to Daniel, who had been so
+long a companion and fellow-traveller with them, and felt pleasure with
+him that he was again upon his native soil. He had described to them
+that they were now in a different country again, and they resolved to
+have their necessary feast of ducks the next morning for breakfast, so
+as not to interfere with their drive, in which they were to open their
+eyes to the beauties of Dublin, when Daniel was to accompany them, and
+explain all that they saw. They invited him to the feast, and thought
+it as well to call upon him now as at a future time for the bottle or
+two of the _Queen's chickabobboo_ (champagne) which he had agreed to
+produce when he got on to his native shore again.
+
+Nothing more of course could be seen until their feast was over, and
+they were all in their buss as usual, with four horses, which was
+ready and started off with them at ten o'clock the next morning. The
+Doctor, in his familiar way, was alongside of the driver, with his
+buffalo horns and eagle crest, and his shining lance, with his faithful
+companion Jim by his side, and they caused a prodigious sensation as
+they were whirled along through the principal streets of Dublin. One
+may think at first glance that he can appreciate all the excitement
+and pleasure which the Doctor took in those drives, taking his first
+survey of the shops and all the curious places he was peeping into as
+he rode along; but on a little deliberation they will easily see that
+his enjoyment might have been much greater than the world supposed who
+were gazing at him, without thinking how much there was under his eye
+that was novel and exciting to a savage from the wilderness.
+
+After passing through several of the principal streets they were driven
+to the Phoenix Park, where they left their carriage, and, taking
+a run for a mile or two, felt much relieved and delighted with the
+exercise. The noble stags that started up and were bounding away before
+them excited them very much, and they were wishing for their weapons
+which they had left behind. However, they had very deliberately and
+innocently agreed to take a regular hunt there in a few days, and have
+a saddle or two of venison, but wiser Daniel reminding them of the
+_game-laws_ of this country, of which they had before heard no account,
+knocked all their sporting plans on the head.
+
+Nothing perhaps astonished them since they came into the country more
+than the idea that a man is liable to severe punishment by the laws,
+for shooting a deer, a rabbit, or a partridge, or for catching a fish
+out of a lake or a river, without a licence, for which he must pay a
+tax to the government, and that then they can only shoot upon certain
+grounds. The poor fellows at first treated the thing as ridiculous
+and fabulous; but on being assured that such was the fact, they were
+overwhelmed with astonishment. "What!" asked one of them, "if a poor
+man is hungry and sees a fine fish in the water, is he not allowed to
+spear it out and eat it?" "No," said Daniel, "if he does, he must go
+to jail, and pay a heavy fine besides. A man is not allowed to keep a
+gun in his house without paying a tax to the government for it, and
+if he carries a weapon in his pocket he is liable to a fine." "Why
+is that?" "Because they are afraid he will kill somebody with it."
+"What do you call a tax?" said Jim. "Let that alone," said Daniel,
+"until we get home, and then I will tell you all about it." Here was
+a new field opening to their simple minds for contemplation upon the
+beautiful mysteries and glories of civilization, in which a few hours
+of Daniel's lectures would be sure to enlighten them. They dropped the
+subject here however, and took their carriage again for the city and
+their lodgings, laughing excessively as they were returning, and long
+after they got back, at cabs they were constantly passing, which they
+insisted on it had got turned around, and were going sideways.[35] When
+they had returned and finished their first remarks about the curious
+things they had seen, Daniel began to give them some first ideas about
+taxes and fines which they had inquired about, and which they did
+not as yet know the meaning of. He explained also the game-laws, and
+showed them that in such a country as England, if the government did
+not protect the game and the fish in such a manner, there would soon be
+none left, and, as it was preserved in such a way, the government made
+those who wished to hunt or to fish, pay a sum of money to help meet
+the expenses of the government, and he explained the many ways in which
+people pay taxes. "All of this," said he, "goes to pay the expenses
+of the government, and to support the Queen and royal family." He read
+to them from a newspaper that the actual cost of supporting the royal
+family and attendants was 891,000_l._ sterling (4,455,000 dollars) per
+annum; that the Queen's pin-money (privy purse) is 60,000_l._ (300,000
+dollars); the Queen's coachmen, postilions, and footmen 12,550_l._
+(62,750 dollars).
+
+  [35] Only to be appreciated by those who have seen the Dublin
+       "cars."
+
+He read from the same paper also that the expenses of the navy were
+5,854,851_l._ (being about 29,274,255 dollars) per annum, and that
+the expenses of the army were still much greater, and that these all
+together form but a part of the enormous expenses of the government,
+which must all be raised by taxes in different ways, and that the
+people must pay all these expenses at last, in paying for what they
+eat and drink and wear, so much more than the articles are worth, that
+a little from all may go to the government to pay the government's
+debts. He also stated that, notwithstanding so much went to the
+government, the nation was in debt at this time to the amount of
+764,000,000_l._ (3,820,000,000 dollars). This was beyond all their
+ideas of computation, and, as it could not be possibly appreciated by
+them, Daniel and they had to drop it, as most people do (and as the
+_country_ probably _will_ before it is paid), as a mystery too large
+for just comprehension.
+
+Jim wanted these estimates down in his book however, thinking perhaps
+that he might some time be wise enough to comprehend them or find some
+one that could do it. And when Daniel had put them down, he also made
+another memorandum underneath them to this effect, and which astonished
+the Indians very much--"The plate that ornamented the sideboard at the
+banquet at the Queen's nuptials was estimated at 500,000_l._ (2,500,000
+dollars)."
+
+By the time their statistics had progressed thus far their dinner
+was ready, which was a thing much more simple to comprehend, and
+consequently more pleasing to them; so their note-book was shut, and
+taxes and game-laws and national debt gave way to roast-beef and
+_chickabobboo_.
+
+Their drive through the city had tended to increase the curiosity to
+see them, and their exhibition-room on the second night was crowded to
+excess. This was sure to put the Indians into the best of humour; and
+seeing in different parts of the room quite a number of Friends, gave
+them additional satisfaction.
+
+In a new country again, and before so full and fashionable an audience,
+I took unusual pains to explain the objects for which these people
+had come to this country, their personal appearance, and the modes
+they were to illustrate. When I had got through, and the Indians
+were sitting on the platform and smoking their pipe, a man rose in
+the crowd and said, "That's all gammon, sir!--these people are not
+Indians. I have seen many Indians, sir, and you can't hoax me!" Here
+the audience hissed, and raised the cry of "Put him out!--shame!"
+&c. I stepped forward, and with some difficulty got them silent, and
+begged they would let the gentleman finish his remarks, because, if
+they were fairly heard and understood, they might probably add much to
+the amusements of the evening. So he proceeded: "I know this to be a
+very great imposition, and I think it is a pity if it is allowed to go
+on. I have seen too many Indians to be deceived about them. I was at
+Bombay six years, and after that at Calcutta long enough to know what
+an Indian is. I know that their hair is always long and black, and
+not red: I know that these men are _Irishmen_, and painted up in this
+manner to gull the public. There's one of those fellows I know very
+well--I have seen him these three years at work in M'Gill's carpenter's
+shop, and saw him there but a few days ago; so I pronounce them but a
+raw set, as well as impostors!"
+
+When he sat down I prevented the audience from making any further noise
+than merely laughing, which was excessive all over the room. I said
+that "to contradict this gentleman would only be to repeat what I had
+said, and I hoped at least he would remain in the room a few minutes
+until they would execute one of their dances, that he might give his
+opinion as to my skill in teaching 'raw recruits' as he called them."
+The Indians, who had been smoking their pipes all this time without
+knowing what the delay had been about, now sprang upon their feet and
+commenced the war-dance; all further thoughts of "imposition" and "raw
+recruits" were lost sight of here and for the rest of the evening. When
+their dance was done they received a tremendous roar of applause, and
+after resting a few minutes the Doctor was on his feet, and evidently
+trying very hard in a speech to make a sensation (as he had made on
+the first night in London) among the ladies. Jeffrey interpreted his
+speech; and although it made much amusement, and was applauded, still
+it fell very far short of what his eloquence and his quizzical smiles
+and wit had done on the former occasion. Being apprehensive also of
+Jim's cruel sarcasms when he should stop, and apparently in hopes, too,
+of still saying something more witty, he, unfortunately for its whole
+effect, continued to speak a little too long after he had said his
+best things; so he sat down (though in applause) rather dissatisfied
+with himself, and seemed for some time in a sort of study, as if he
+was trying to recollect what he had said, a _peculiarity possibly_
+belonging to Indian orators.
+
+When the Doctor had finished, all arose at the sound of the war-whoop
+given by the War-chief, and they gave with unusual spirit the discovery
+dance, and after that their favourite, the eagle dance. The finish of
+this exciting dance brought rounds of deafening applause and "bravo!"
+in the midst of which the War-chief arose, and, throwing his buffalo
+robe around him, said,--
+
+  "My friends--We see that we are in a new city, a strange place to
+  us, but that we are not amongst enemies, and this gives us great
+  pleasure. ('_How, how, how!_' and 'Hear, hear.')
+
+  "My friends--It gives me pleasure to see so many smiling faces about
+  us, for we know that when you smile you are not angry; we think you
+  are amused with our dancing. It is the custom in our country always
+  to thank the Great Spirit first. He has been kind to us, and our
+  hearts are thankful that he has allowed us to reach your beautiful
+  city, and to be with you to-night. ('_How, how, how!_')
+
+  "My friends--Our modes of dancing are different from yours, and
+  you see we don't come to teach you to dance, but merely to show
+  you how the poor Indians dance. We are told that you have your
+  dancing-masters; but the Great Spirit taught us, and we think we
+  should not change our mode. ('_How, how, how!_')
+
+  "My friends--The interpreter has told us that some one in the room
+  has said we were not Indians--that we were _Irishmen_! Now we are not
+  in any way angry with this man; if we _were_ Irishmen, we might be
+  perhaps. ('Hear, hear.' 'Bravo!')
+
+  "My friends--We are rather sorry for the man than angry; it is his
+  ignorance, and that is perhaps because he is too far off: let him
+  come nearer to us and examine our skins, our ears, and our noses,
+  full of holes and trinkets--Irishmen don't bore their noses. (Great
+  laughter, and 'Bravo!')
+
+  "My friends--Tell that man we will be glad to see him and shake hands
+  with him, and he will then be our friend at once." ("Bravo!" and
+  cries of "Go, go!" from every part of the room: "You _must_ go!")
+
+The gentleman left his seat upon this in a very embarrassed condition,
+and, advancing to the platform, shook the War-chief and each one of
+the party by the hand, and took a seat near to them for the rest of
+the evening, evidently well pleased with their performances, and well
+convinced that they were not Irishmen.
+
+After this the Indians proceeded by giving several other dances, songs,
+&c.; and when it was announced that their amusements for the evening
+were finished, they seated themselves on the edge of the platform to
+meet those who desired to give them their hands. Half an hour or so was
+spent in this ceremony, during which time they received many presents,
+and, what to them was more gratifying, they felt the affectionate hands
+of a number of the "good people" they were so anxious to meet, and who
+they saw were taking a deep interest in their behalf already. They
+returned to their apartments unusually delighted with their reception,
+and, after their supper and _chickabobboo_, Jim had some dry jokes for
+the Doctor about his speech; assuring him that he never would "go down"
+with the Irish ladies--that his speech had been a decided failure--and
+that he had better hereafter keep his mouth entirely shut. They had
+much merriment also about the "mistake the poor man had made in calling
+them Irishmen," and all applauded the War-chief for the manner in which
+he had answered him in his speech.
+
+The Indians in their drive during the morning had observed an unusual
+number of soldiers in various parts of the city, and, on inquiring of
+Daniel why there were so many when there was no war and no danger,
+they learned to their great surprise that this country, like the one
+they had just left, had been subjugated by England, and that a large
+military force was necessary to be kept in all the towns to keep the
+people quiet, and to compel them to pay their taxes to the government.
+They thought the police were more frequent here also than they had seen
+them in London, and laughed very much at their carrying clubs to knock
+men down with. They began to think that the Irish must be very bad
+people to want so many to watch them with guns and clubs, and laughed
+at Daniel about the wickedness of his countrymen. He endeavoured to
+explain to them, however, that, if they had to work as hard as the
+Irishmen did, and then had their hard earnings mostly all taken away
+from them, they would require as strong a military force to take care
+of them as the Irish did. His argument completely brought them over,
+and they professed perfectly to understand the case; and all said
+they could see why so many soldiers were necessary. The police, he
+said, were kept in all the towns, night and day, to prevent people
+from stealing, from breaking into each other's houses, from fighting,
+and from knocking each other down and taking away their property. The
+insatiate Jim then conceived the idea of getting into his book the
+whole number of soldiers that were required in England, Scotland, and
+Ireland to keep the people at work in the factories, and to make them
+pay their taxes; and also the number of police that were necessary in
+the different cities and towns to keep people all peaceable, and quiet,
+and honest. Daniel had read to them only a day or two before an article
+in the 'Times' newspaper, setting forth all these estimates, and, being
+just the thing he wanted, copied them into his book.
+
+The reader sees by this time that, although Jim's looks were against
+him, as an orator or lecturer, when he should get back to his own
+country--and also that though his imagination could not take its wings
+until he was flat upon his back--still that he was, by dint of industry
+and constant effort, preparing himself with a magazine of facts which
+were calculated to impress upon the simple minds of the people in his
+country the strongest proofs of the virtue and superior blessings of
+civilization.
+
+These people had discernment enough to see that such an enormous
+amount of soldiers and police as their list presented them would not
+be kept in pay if they were not necessary. And they naturally put the
+question at once--"What state would the country be in if the military
+and police were all taken away?" They had been brought to the zenith
+of civilization that they might see and admire it in its best form;
+but the world who read will see with me that they were close critics,
+and _agree_ with me, I think, that it is almost a pity they should
+be the teachers of such statistics as they are to teach to thousands
+yet to be taught in the wilderness. As I have shown in a former part
+of this work, I have long since been opposed to parties of Indians
+being brought to this country, believing that civilization should be
+a gradual thing, rather than open the eyes of these ignorant people
+to all its mysteries at a glance, when the mass of its poverty and
+vices alarms them, and its luxuries and virtues are at a discouraging
+distance--beyond the reach of their attainment.
+
+Daniel was at this time cutting a slip from the 'Times,' which he
+read to Jim; and it was decided at once to be an admissible and
+highly interesting entry to make, and to go by the side of his former
+estimates of the manufacture and consumption of _chickabobboo_. The
+article ran thus:--"The consumption of ardent spirits in Great Britain
+and Ireland in the last year was 29,200,000 gallons, and the Poor Law
+Commissioners estimate the money annually spent in ardent spirits at
+24,000,000_l._ (120,000,000 dollars); and it is calculated that 50,000
+drunkards die yearly in England and Ireland, and that one-half of the
+insanity, two-thirds of the pauperism, and three-fourths of the crimes
+of the land are the consequences of drunkenness."
+
+This, Jim said, was one of the best things he had got down in his book,
+because he said that the _black-coats_ were always talking so much
+about the Indians getting drunk, that it would be a good thing for him
+to have to show; and he said he thought he should be able, when they
+were about to go home, to get _Chippehola_[36] to write by the side of
+it that fourteen Ioways were one year in England and never drank any of
+this _fire-water_, and were never drunk in that time.
+
+  [36] The Author.
+
+Daniel and Jeffrey continued to read (or rather Daniel to read,
+and Jeffrey to interpret) the news and events in the 'Times,'
+to which the Indians were all listening with attention. He read
+several amusing things, and then of a "_Horrid murder!_" _a man had
+murdered his wife and two little children_. He read the account; and
+next--"_Brutal Assault on a Female!_"--"_A Father killed by his own
+Son!_"--"_Murder of an Infant and Suicide of the Mother!_"--"_Death
+from Starvation!_"--"_Execution of Sarah Loundes for poisoning her
+Husband!_"--"_Robbery of 150l. Bank of England Notes!_" &c. &c.
+
+They had read so many exciting things in one paper, and were but half
+through the list, when Jim, who had rolled over on his back and drawn
+up his knees, as if he was going to say something, asked how much was
+the price of that newspaper; to which Daniel replied that there was
+one printed each day like that, and the price fivepence each. "Well,"
+said Jim, "I believe everything is in that paper, and I will give you
+the money to get it for me every day. Go to the man and tell him I want
+one of every kind he has: I will take them all home with me, and I will
+some time learn to read them all."
+
+A clever idea entered (or originated in) the heavy brain of Jim at
+this moment. He went to a box in the corner of the room, from which
+he took out, and arranged on the floor, about twenty handsomely-bound
+Bibles, when he made this memorable and commercial-like vociferation,
+in tolerably plain English: "I guess em swap!" He had been much amused
+with several numbers of 'Punch,' which he had long pored over and
+packed away for amusement on the prairies; and believing that his plan
+for "swapping" would enable him to venture boldly, he authorized Daniel
+to subscribe for Punch also, provided Punch would take Bibles for pay.
+Daniel assured him that that would be "no go," as he thought Punch
+would not care about Bibles; but told him that he would at all events
+have the 'Times' for him every morning, as he wished, and was now going
+to read to them a very curious thing that he had got his thumb upon,
+and commenced to read:--
+
+  "Lord R. Grosvenor and Mr. Spooner attended yesterday at the
+  Home-office with Sir George Grey to present a memorial to the Queen
+  from the women of England, signed by 100,000, praying that the
+  bill for preventing trading in seduction may pass into a law. The
+  following is a copy of the petition:--
+
+                            "'TO THE QUEEN.
+
+  "'We, the undersigned women of Great Britain and Ireland, placed by
+  Divine Providence under the sway of the British Sceptre, which God
+  has committed to your Majesty's hands, most humbly beg leave to make
+  known to our beloved Sovereign the heavy and cruel grievance that
+  oppresses a large portion of the female population of the realm. A
+  system exists, by which not only are undue facilities and temptations
+  held out to the immoral, the giddy, and the poor, to enter upon a
+  life of infamy, degradation, and ruin, but unwary young females and
+  mere children are frequently entrapped, and sold into the hands of
+  profligate libertines. Agents are sent into the towns and villages
+  of the United Kingdom, whose ostensible object is to engage young
+  girls for domestic service, or other female employments, but whose
+  real design is to degrade and ruin them. Female agents are also
+  employed in London and many of our large towns to watch the public
+  conveyances, and decoy the simple and inexperienced into houses
+  of moral pollution and crime, by offers of advice or temporary
+  protection. By such and other means the entrapping of innocent young
+  women is reduced to a regular trade, the existence of which is, in
+  the highest degree, discreditable to the nation. Despite the efforts
+  of right-minded men and of benevolent institutions to suppress, by
+  means of the existing laws, this vile trade in female innocence,
+  thousands of the most helpless of your Majesty's subjects are
+  annually destroyed, both in body and soul. We therefore appeal to
+  your Majesty, beseeching you to extend your Royal protection around
+  the daughters of the poor, by promoting such vigorous laws as the
+  wisdom of your Majesty's counsellors may see good to devise, and
+  thereby deliver your Majesty's fair realm from a system of profligacy
+  so offensive to Almighty God, and so fatal to the personal, social,
+  temporal, and spiritual well-being of the women of England.'"
+
+"Fish! fish!" exclaimed Jim, as Daniel finished reading. Some laughed
+excessively, and the poor Indian women groaned; but Jim, lying still on
+his back, and of course his ideas circulating freely, roared out again
+"_Fish! fish! chickabobboo! money! money!_--put that all in my book."
+Daniel said, "There is no need of that, for it is in your paper, which
+is all the same, and I will mark a black line around it." "Then be
+careful not to lose the paper," said Jim, "for I like that very much:
+I'll show that to the _black-coats_ when I get home."
+
+Thus the talk of that night had run to a late hour, and I took leave.
+
+The next morning I received two invitations for the Indians, both of
+which were calculated to give them great pleasure: the one was an
+invitation to visit the Zoological Gardens, then in their infant but
+very flourishing state, when the directors very kindly proposed to
+admit the public by shilling tickets, and to give the receipts to the
+Indians. This, therefore, was very exciting to their ambition; and
+the other invitation was equally or more so, as it was from several
+gentlemen of the Society of Friends, who proposed that, as there
+were a great many of that society in Dublin, and who all felt a deep
+interest in the welfare of the Indians, but who had, many of them, a
+decided objection to attend their war-dances, &c., they should feel
+glad to meet them at some hour that might be appointed, in their
+exhibition room, for the purpose of forming an acquaintance with them,
+and of having some conversation with them on the subject of education,
+agriculture, &c., with a view to ascertain in what way they could best
+render them some essential service. This invitation was embraced by
+the Indians with great pleasure, and at the time appointed they met
+about one hundred ladies and gentlemen, all of that society, to whom
+I introduced them by briefly explaining their objects in visiting
+this country, their modes of life, their costumes, &c. After that,
+several ladies, as well as gentlemen, asked them questions relative
+to their religious belief and modes of worship; to all of which the
+War-chief answered in the most cheerful manner; and, as he constantly
+replied with appeals to the Great Spirit, who, he said, directed all
+their hearts, they all saw in him a feeling of reverence for the Great
+Spirit, which satisfied all that they were endowed with high sentiments
+of religion and devotion.
+
+Mr. Melody here stated that he had just received very interesting
+and satisfactory letters from the reverend gentlemen conducting a
+missionary school, which was prospering, in their tribe, parts of
+which letters he read, and also presented a small book already printed
+in the Ioway language by a printing-press belonging to the Missionary
+Society, and now at work at their mission. This gave great satisfaction
+to the visitors, who saw that these people had friends at home who were
+doing what they could to enlighten their minds.
+
+The friendly feelings of all present were then conveyed to them by
+several who addressed them in turn, expressing their deep anxiety for
+their worldly welfare and their spiritual good, and in the kindest and
+most impressive language exhorted them to temperance, to a knowledge
+of our Saviour, and to the blessings of education, which lead to it.
+They impressed upon their minds also the benefits that would flow from
+the abandonment of their hunters' life and warfare, and the adoption
+of agricultural pursuits. It was then stated that it was the object
+of the meeting to make them a present of something more than mere
+professions of friendship, and desired of me to ascertain what would
+be most useful and acceptable to them. The question being put to them,
+the White Cloud replied that "anything they felt disposed to give they
+would accept with thankfulness, but, as the question had been asked,
+he should say that _money_ would be preferable to anything else, for
+it was more easily carried, and when in America, and near their own
+country, they could buy with it what their wives and little children
+should most need." It was then proposed that a hat should be passed
+around, for the purpose, by which the sum of 40_l._ was received, and
+handed to the chief, to divide between them. Besides this very liberal
+donation, a number of beautifully-bound Bibles were presented to them,
+and several very kind and lovely ladies went to the shops, and returned
+with beautiful shawls and other useful presents for the women and
+children; and one benevolent gentleman, who had been of the meeting,
+and whose name I regret that I have forgotten, brought in with his own
+hands, a large trunk filled with pretty and useful things, which he
+took pleasure in dividing amongst them, and in presenting the trunk to
+the wife of the chief.
+
+Thus ended this very kind and interesting meeting, which the Indians
+will never forget, and which went far to strengthen their former belief
+that the "good people," as they called them, would be everywhere found
+to be their genuine friends.
+
+Their invitation to the Zoological Gardens was for the day following,
+and they were there highly entertained by the young men who were the
+founders of that institution. They met in those peculiarly beautiful
+grounds a great number of the fashionable ladies and gentlemen of
+Dublin; and, after an hour or two delightfully spent amongst them,
+received from the treasurer of the institution the sum of 36_l._, that
+had been taken at the entrance. Nothing could have been more gratefully
+received than were these two kind presents; nor could anything have
+afforded them more convincing proofs of the hospitality and kindness of
+the people they were amongst.
+
+The exhibitions at the Rotunda were continued on every evening, and the
+Indians took their daily ride at ten o'clock in the morning, seeing all
+that was to be seen in the streets and the suburbs of Dublin, and after
+their suppers and their _chickabobboo_ enjoyed their jokes and their
+pipe, whilst they were making their remarks upon the occurrences of the
+day, and listening to Daniel's readings of the 'Times' newspaper, to
+which the _Chemokemon_[37] (as they now called him), Jim, had become
+a subscriber. This boundless source of information and amusement,
+just now opened to their minds, was engrossing much of their time;
+and Daniel and Jeffrey were called upon regularly every night, after
+their suppers, to tell them all that was new and curious in the paper
+of the day; and Jim desired a daily entry in his book of the number of
+_murders_ and _robberies_ that appeared in it. All this Daniel, in his
+kindness, did for him, after reading the description of them; and in
+this way the ingenious Jim considered he had all things now in good
+train to enable him to enlighten the Indian races when he should get
+back to the prairies of his own country.
+
+  [37] White man.
+
+Poor Jim, whose avarice began to dawn with his first steps towards
+civilization, and who, having his wife with him to add her share of
+presents to his, and was now getting such an accumulation of Bibles
+that they were becoming a serious item of luggage, related here a
+curious anecdote that occurred while he was in the Zoological Gardens:--
+
+The Bibles they had received, and were daily receiving, as "the most
+valuable presents that could be made them," he had supposed must of
+course have some considerable intrinsic value; and he felt disposed, as
+he was now increasing his expenses, by taking the 'Times' newspaper and
+in other ways, to try the experiment of occasionally selling one of his
+bibles to increase his funds, and, on starting to go to the gardens,
+had put one in his pouch to offer to people he should meet in the
+crowd; and it seems he offered it in many cases, but nobody would buy,
+but one had been _given_ to him by a lady; so he came home with one
+more than he took; and he said to us, "I guess em no good--I no sell
+em, but I get em a heap."
+
+A very friendly invitation was received about this time from the
+President of Trinity College for the party to visit that noble
+institution, and Mr. Melody and myself took great pleasure in
+accompanying them there. They were treated there with the greatest
+possible kindness; and, after being shown through all its parts--its
+library, museum, &c.--a liberal collection was made for them amongst
+the reverend gentlemen and their families, and presented to them a few
+days afterwards.
+
+I took the War-chief and several of the party to visit the Archbishop
+of Dublin and his family, who treated them with much kindness, and
+presented to each a sovereign, as an evidence of the attachment they
+felt for them. This unexpected kindness called upon them for some
+expression of thanks in return; and the War-chief, after offering his
+hand to the Archbishop, said to him:--
+
+  "My friend, as the Great Spirit has moved your heart to be kind to
+  us, I rise up to thank Him first, and then to tell you how thankful
+  we feel to you for what your hand has given us. We are poor, and
+  do not deserve this; but we will keep it, and it will buy food and
+  clothing for our little children.
+
+  "My friend, we are soon going from here, and we live a great way. We
+  shall never see your face again in this world, but we shall hope that
+  the Great Spirit will allow us to meet in the world that is before
+  us, and where you and I must soon go."
+
+The Archbishop seemed much struck with his remarks; and, taking him
+again by the hand, said to him that he believed they would meet again
+in the world to come, and, commending them to the care of the Great
+Spirit, bade them an affectionate farewell.
+
+An invitation was awaiting them at this time, also, to breakfast the
+next morning with Mr. Joseph Bewley, a Friend, and who lived a few
+miles out of the city. His carriages arrived for them at the hour,
+and the whole party visited him and his kind family and took their
+breakfast with them. After the breakfast was over, the chief thanked
+this kind gentleman for his hospitality and the presents very liberally
+bestowed; and the party all listened with great attention to the
+Christian advice which he gave them, recommending to them also to lay
+down all their weapons of war, and to study the arts of peace. These
+remarks seemed to have made a deep impression on their minds, for they
+were daily talking of this kind man and the advice and information he
+gave them.
+
+Having finished our exhibitions by advertisement, but being detained a
+few days longer in Dublin than we expected by the illness of the _Roman
+Nose_, an opportunity was afforded the Indians to attend a number of
+evening parties, to which they were invited by families of the Society
+of Friends, and treated with the greatest kindness and attention.
+
+The Indians had thus formed their notions of the beautiful city of
+Dublin by riding through it repeatedly in all its parts--by viewing,
+outside and in, its churches, its colleges, its gardens, and other
+places of amusement; and of its inhabitants, by meeting them in the
+exhibition rooms, and in their own houses, at their hospitable boards.
+They decided that Edinburgh was rather the most beautiful city; that
+in Glasgow they saw the most ragged and poor; and that in Dublin they
+met the warmest-hearted and most kind people of any they had seen in
+the kingdom. In Dublin, as in Glasgow, they had been in the habit of
+throwing handfuls of pence to the poor; and at length had got them
+baited, so that gangs of hungry, ragged creatures were daily following
+their carriage home to their door, and there waiting under their
+windows for the pence that were often showered down upon their heads.
+
+Out of the thousands of beggars that _I_ met while there (and many of
+whom extracted money from my pocket by their wit or drollery when I
+was not disposed to give it), there was but one of whom I shall make
+mention in this place. In my daily walk from my hotel to the Rotunda,
+there was an old, hardy-looking veteran, who used often to meet me and
+solicit with great importunity, as I had encouraged him by giving to
+him once or twice when I first met him. I was walking on that pavement
+one day with an American friend whom I had met, and, observing this old
+man coming at some distance ahead of us on the same pavement, I said
+to my friend, "Now watch the motions of that old fellow as he comes up
+to beg--look at the expression of his face." When we had got within a
+few rods of him the old man threw his stomach in, and one knee in an
+instant seemed out of joint, and his face! oh, most pitiable to look
+upon. We approached him arm-in-arm, and while coming towards him I put
+my hand in my pocket as if I was getting out some money, which brought
+this extraordinary expression from him: "My kind sir, may the gates of
+Heaven open to receive you!"--(by this time we had got by him, and,
+seeing that my hand remained stationary in my pocket, as he had turned
+round and was scowling daggers at me)--"and may you be kicked out the
+moment you get there!"
+
+There is an inveteracy in the Irish begging and wit that shows it to
+be native and not borrowed; it is therefore more irresistible and more
+successful than in any other country perhaps in the world. I speak
+this, however, merely as an opinion of my own, formed on the many
+instances where the very reasons I assigned for not giving were so
+ingeniously and suddenly turned into irresistible arguments for giving,
+that my hand was in my pocket before I was aware of it.
+
+The Indians however gave from other motives; not able to appreciate
+their wit, they had discernment enough to see the wretchedness that
+existed among the poor people in the lanes and outskirts of the city,
+and too much pity in their hearts not to try with their money to
+relieve them; and in that way I fully believe that they gave a very
+considerable proportion of the money they had received since they
+entered the city.
+
+The symptoms of the poor _Roman Nose_, whose case was now decided to be
+almost hopeless, were a little more favourable, and it was agreed, with
+his united wish, that we should start for Liverpool by steamer; and on
+the morning when we went on board, the Indians were more strongly than
+ever confirmed in their belief that the Friends were the people who
+had taken the deepest interest in their welfare, by meeting nearly all
+they had seen in their numerous visits, down at the wharf, to shake
+hands with them, and wish them an everlasting farewell! Such proof as
+this, which brought even tears in their eyes, will be the last to be
+forgotten by them or by me, and should be the last to be overlooked in
+the public acknowledgment I am now making.
+
+Our voyage across the Channel was easy and pleasant; and amongst
+the numerous and fashionable people on board, poor Jim had the
+mortification of trying to test the intrinsic value of his numerous
+stock of Bibles by occasionally offering one that he carried in his
+pouch. "I no sell 'em--they no like 'em," was his reply again; and he
+began to doubt the value of them, which he was greatly disappointed to
+find they had fixed much above their market-price.
+
+On landing at the wharf in Liverpool the Indians recognised the spot
+where they first set their feet upon English soil, and they raised the
+yell (not unlike the war-whoop) which is given by war-parties when,
+returning from battle, they are able to see their own village. This
+gathered a great crowd in a few moments, that was exceedingly difficult
+to disperse, and it instilled new ambition and strength into the poor
+_Roman Nose_, who thought in his weakness that they were near home; but
+he rallied only to look out and realize that he was too far from his
+home ever to see it again.
+
+Lodgings had been prepared for them, to which they immediately
+repaired; and, as their sinking companion was so rapidly declining,
+they were all in sadness, though they tried, poor fellows, to be gay
+and cheerful. Their exhibitions had been advertised to commence, and
+they proceeded with them. Before they commenced, however, a feast was
+made to thank the Great Spirit for having conducted them quite around
+England to the place from whence they started, and also for the benefit
+of the health of their fellow-warrior, the _Roman Nose_.
+
+A council was also held, when Mr. Melody and I were called in, and by
+some it was proposed to start for home, and by others to go to Paris
+and see a King, as they had tried, but in vain, to see the Queen of
+England. A visit to Paris had been a favourite theme with them for some
+months past, and all at length joined in the wish to see the King and
+Queen of France.
+
+The most skilful physicians were called to attend the poor _Roman
+Nose_, and they advised us to place him in an hospital. He was
+consulted, and, wishing to go, was removed there, where the
+interpreter, Jeffrey, stayed, and every attention was paid him. A few
+nights of exhibitions in Liverpool finished our stay in that town, and
+brought us to an engagement we had made, for four nights, in the Free
+Trade Hall in Manchester.
+
+The Indians saw that their fellow-warrior was to sink to the grave in
+a few days, and yet, like philosophers, they said it was the will of
+the Great Spirit, and they must not complain. They said they would
+give their exhibitions for the four nights, as they were promised to
+the public, and then stop until their companion was dead and buried;
+our exhibitions were consequently made to immense crowds on those
+evenings, and to the same people who had seen the Ojibbeways with such
+a relish when they first arrived. The different appearance of this
+tribe, and difference in their modes, made them subjects of new and
+fresh interest, and no doubt that their exhibitions, if they had been
+continued, would have been nightly filled for a length of time. They
+here gave their exhibitions the additional interest of erecting three
+wigwams into a sort of Indian village on the immense platform, and
+stationed their targets at the two ends, giving a fair illustration of
+their skill in archery, as they shot for prizes across the breadth of
+the immense hall.
+
+Their exhibitions gained them much applause here, as in other places,
+with which they were well pleased, and they had many invitations from
+kind families in town, but which they declined, as they said they
+were sad, as one of their number was dying. Thus their amusements in
+Manchester, and for the kingdom, were finished, and they retired to
+their private apartments, awaiting the end of the poor _Roman Nose_,
+which was now daily expected. Mr. Melody and Jeffrey stayed by him, and
+I went to see him, and so did several of the Indians, on each day until
+his death.
+
+While the Indians were thus resting in their quarters, they were
+surprised and cheered by the sudden arrival of their old friend,
+_Bobasheela_, who had just come from Cornwall to see them again before
+their departure for America, as he supposed, from seeing by the papers
+that they had arrived in Liverpool.
+
+They thus amused themselves from day to day, lying still, not wishing
+to ride about, or to admit company, or to attend to the invitations
+from various quarters given to them. Their time was now chiefly taken
+up in repairing their dresses, &c., in anticipation of going before the
+King of France, and listening to the amusing and shocking things which
+Daniel was daily reading in Jim's newspaper, and minuting down in his
+note-book, as he required. He wished Daniel and his friend _Bobasheela_
+to find in his paper, if they could, how many churches there were in
+England, and how many _black-coats_ (as he called them) there were who
+were constantly reading the good book and preaching to them. This they
+could not do at the moment, but _Bobasheela_ told him he could get it
+all out of a book that had lately been published, and would give it to
+him the next day. This was done according to promise, and by Daniel
+recorded in his book.
+
+_Bobasheela's_ anxieties were now turned towards the poor suffering
+_Roman Nose_, and he went to Liverpool to see him, and arrived with
+some of the Indians just in time to see him breathe his last. Alas!
+poor, fine fellow! he went down gradually and regularly to the grave;
+and though amongst strangers and far away from all of the graves of his
+relatives, he died like a philosopher, and (though not a Christian)
+not _unlike_ a Christian. He said repeatedly to Jeffrey that he should
+live but so many days, and afterwards so many hours, and seemed to be
+perfectly resigned to the change that was to take place. He said that
+his time had come; he was going to the beautiful hunting-grounds, where
+he would soon see his friends who had gone before him: he said that
+when he shut his eyes he could plainly see them, and he felt sure it
+was only to change the society of his friends here for that of his dear
+parents and other friends, and he was now anxious to be with them. He
+said the road might be long, but it did not matter where he started
+from; the Great Spirit had promised him strength to reach it. He told
+his friend _Bobasheela_ that in his pouch he would find some money,
+with which he wished him to buy some of the best vermilion, and, if
+possible, some green paint, such as _Chippehola_ used to get for him in
+London, and have them put in his pouch with his flint and steel, and to
+be sure to be placed in his grave, that he might be able to make his
+face look well among his friends where he was going. He wished him, and
+Daniel also, to have his arrows examined in his quiver, and repaired
+with new and sharp blades, as he recollected that, before he was sick,
+many of them were injured by shooting at the target, and during his
+illness others might have been destroyed. He had requested his silver
+medal, which was given to him by the American government for saving
+the lives of ten of his defenceless enemies, to be suspended by a blue
+ribbon over his head while he was sick, that he might see it until he
+died, and in that position it hung when I was last with him--his eyes
+were upon it, and his smile, until he drew his last breath. After his
+death his friend _Bobasheela_, and Jeffrey and the Doctor, laid him
+in his coffin, and, placing in it, according to the Indian mode, his
+faithful bow and quiver of arrows, his pipe and tobacco to last him
+through the "journey he was to perform," having dressed him in all his
+finest clothes, and painted his face, and placed his bow and quiver
+and his pouch by his side, and his medal on his breast, the coffin was
+closed, and his remains were buried, attended by his faithful friends
+around him, by the officers of the institution, and many citizens, who
+sympathized in his unlucky fate.
+
+Thus ended the career of _No-ho-mun-ya_ (or the Roman Nose), one of the
+most peaceable and well-disposed and finest men of the party, or of the
+tribe from which he came.
+
+The reader will now contemplate the Indians and their friend
+_Bobasheela_ again in their private rooms in Manchester, spending a
+week or so together, smoking their pipes, with their faces painted
+black, recounting the deeds of the vanished warrior, and recapitulating
+the events of their tour through England, Scotland, and Ireland,
+and trying to cheer the view that was ahead of them by drinking
+_chickabobboo_. These few days passed heavily by, and they soon
+became anxious to throw off the gloom that was cast over them, by
+seeing something new, and by resuming the exercise and excitements of
+the dance. Their thoughts were now on Paris, and I was there making
+arrangements for their reception. The reader will therefore, with my
+help, _imagine_ himself across the Channel (and probably for the first
+time in his life without being sea-sick), and ready to commence, with
+the Indians and me, amidst new scenes and new scenery, the following
+chapter.
+
+
+
+
+                              CHAPTER XXV.
+
+  The Author arrives in Paris--Victoria Hotel--Mr. Melody
+     and his Indians arrive--Doctor missing, and found on
+     the top of the hotel--Alarm of servants--First drive in
+     Paris--Visit to Mr. King, the American ambassador--French
+     _chickabobboo_--M. Vattemare--Indians visit the H�tel de
+     Ville--Pr�fet de police--Magnificent salons--The "big
+     looking-glasses"--The Pr�fet's lady--Refreshments and
+     _chickabobboo_--Speech of the War-chief--Reply of the
+     Pr�fet--Salle Valentino taken for the exhibition--Daniel
+     arrives with the Collection from London--Indians
+     visit the King in the palace of the Tuileries--Royal
+     personages--Conversation--War-chief presents the calumet--His
+     speech to the King--Eagle-dance--War-dance--Little Wolf presents
+     his tomahawk and whip to the King--His speech--Refreshments
+     and "Queen's _chickabobboo_"--Drinking the King's and Queen's
+     health, and health of the Count de Paris--"Vive le Roi"--Jim's
+     opinion of the King--An Indian's idea of descents--Presents
+     in money from the King--Mode of dividing it--A drive--Ladies
+     leading dogs with strings--The number counted in one drive--The
+     Indians' surprise--An entry for Jim's book--Jim laments the
+     loss of the Times newspaper and _Punch_--He takes Galignani's
+     Messenger--Indians dine at W. Costar's--The Doctor's
+     compliment to a lady's fine voice--Indians visit the Royal
+     Academy of Sciences--Curious reception--M. Arago--Indians'
+     suspicions and alarms--Jim's remarkable speech--Opening of the
+     exhibition in Salle Valentino--Great excitement--Speech of
+     the War-chief--Shaking hands--Public opinion of the Author's
+     Collection.
+
+
+Having long before resolved to take my collection to Paris before
+returning it to my own country, and the Indians being ambitious to see
+the King of the French, it was mutually agreed that my whole collection
+should be opened in Paris, and that their dances and other amusements
+should for a short time be given in it, as they had been given in
+London.
+
+Under this arrangement, with my wife and my four dear little children,
+I repaired to Paris as soon as possible, leaving Daniel to ship over
+and accompany my collection, whilst Mr. Melody conducted his party of
+Indians.
+
+In crossing the Channel, and receding from its shores, as I was seated
+on the deck of a steamer, I looked back, and, having for the first time
+nothing else to do, and a little time to reflect upon England, and
+what I had seen of it in five years, I took out of my pocket my little
+note-book, where I had entered, not what England is, and what she does
+(and which all the world knows), but the points in which her modes are
+different from those in my own country. I would have a few leisure
+hours to run over these curious entries, and time to reflect upon them,
+as we sailed along, and I began to read thus:--
+
+  "London, 1844. The essential Differences between England and
+  the United States.
+
+  "The United States much the largest; but England is a great deal
+  older.
+
+  "New-Yorkers cross the streets diagonally; the Londoners cross them
+  at right angles.
+
+  "In England the odd pennies are wrapped in a paper, and handed back
+  with 'I thank you, Sir.'
+
+  "Streets in London have tops and bottoms; in America they have upper
+  and lower ends.
+
+  "In England a man's wife is 'very bad;' in America, 'very ill;' and
+  in France, 'bien malade.'
+
+  "Americans 'turn to the _right_ as the law directs;' the English turn
+  to the _left_.
+
+  "English mutton and babies are much the fattest.
+
+  "Gooseberries in England much the largest, but not so sweet.
+
+  "Pigs in the American cities are seen promenading in the streets; in
+  London, only seen hanging by their hind legs.
+
+  "In England men are 'knocked up;' in America they are 'knocked down.'
+
+  "'_Top-coats_' are very frequent in England, in America nothing is
+  known higher than an '_over-coat_.'
+
+  "In the United States a man is 'smart;' in England he is 'clever.'
+
+  "English ladies are more luscious, but not quite so----"
+
+Just when I had read thus far, the steward tapped me on the shoulder
+and told me that "I was wanted below immediately, for my lady was very
+ill." I closed my book and ran below, where I found my poor wife and
+little family all dreadfully sick. I waited on them a while and got
+sea-sick myself. My musings on England and America were thus broken
+off; and from the time that we launched forth amidst the clatter upon
+a French wharf, I had as much as I could do to keep my little children
+and my luggage together, and all recollections of England and my native
+country vanished in the confusion and din that was around me in the new
+world we were entering upon. Custom-houses and railways and diligences
+have been a thousand times described, and I need say nothing of them,
+except that we got through them all, and into the _Victoria Hotel_, in
+Paris, where we found rest, fine beds, kind attentions, and enough to
+eat.
+
+A few days after my arrival in Paris, Mr. Melody made his appearance
+with his party of Ioways, for whom apartments were prepared in the
+same hotel, and after much fatigue and vexation the immense hall in
+Rue St. Honor� (Salle Valentino) was engaged as the place for their
+future operations. Daniel in the mean time was moving up with the
+Indian collection of eight tons weight, and in a few days all parties
+were on the ground, though there was to be some delay in arranging
+the numerous collection, and in getting the Indians introduced to the
+King, which was the first object. They had entered the city at a late
+hour at night, and for several days it had been impossible to attend
+to the necessary arrangements for driving them about; and they became
+excessively impatient to be on wheels again, to get a glimpse of the
+strange and beautiful things which they knew were about them. In the
+mean time they were taking all the amusement to themselves that they
+could get, by looking out of the windows; and their red and crested
+heads in Paris soon drew a crowd together in the streets, and thousands
+of heads protruding from the windows and house-tops. The Doctor soon
+found his way to the roof, and from that regaled his eyes, at an early
+hour, with a bird's-eye view of the boundless mystery and confusion of
+chimneys and house-tops and domes and spires that were around him.
+
+The servants in the house were at first alarmed, and the good landlady
+smiled at their unexpected appearance; and she roared with laughter
+when she was informed that the beds were all to be removed from their
+rooms, that they spread their own robes, and, in preference, slept upon
+the floor. All in the house, however, got attached to them in a few
+days, and all went pleasantly on.
+
+The first airing they took in Paris was in an omnibus with four, as
+they had been driven in London; but, to the old Doctor's exceeding
+chagrin, there was no seat for him to take outside by the side of the
+driver. He was easily reconciled however to his seat with the rest,
+and they thus soon had a glance at a number of the principal streets
+of the city, and were landed at the American Embassy, to pay their
+first respects to Mr. King, at that time the minister to France. They
+were received by Mr. King and his niece with great kindness; and after
+a little conversation, through the interpreter, Mr. King invited them
+to the table, loaded with cakes and fruit, and offered them a glass of
+wine, proposing their health, and at the same time telling them that,
+though he was opposed to encouraging Indians to drink, yet he was quite
+sure that a glass or two of the _vin rouge_ of the French would not
+hurt them. The colour of it seemed to cause them to hesitate a moment,
+while they were casting their eyes around upon me. They understood the
+nod of my head, and, hearing me pronounce it _chickabobboo_, took the
+hint and drank it off with great pleasure. Mr. Melody here assured Mr.
+King of the temperate habits of these people; and I explained to the
+party the origin and meaning of _chickabobboo_, which pleased them all
+very much. They partook of a second glass, and also of the cakes and
+fruit, and took leave, the War-chief having thanked Mr. King and his
+niece for their kindness, and having expressed his great pleasure at
+meeting so kind an American gentleman so far from home.
+
+The Indians were now in their omnibus again, and Mr. Melody and myself
+in our carriage, with a kind friend, Mons. A. Vattemare, who had
+obtained for the Indians an invitation to visit the _Hotel de Ville_,
+where we were now to drive. In this drive from St. Germain we recrossed
+the Seine by Pont Neuf, and had a fine view of all the bridges, and the
+palace of the Tuileries, and the Louvre. The omnibus stopped a moment
+on the middle of the bridge, and they were much excited by the view.
+A few minutes more brought us in front of the _Hotel de Ville_, where
+several thousands of people were assembled; it having been heard in the
+streets, in all probability, from the servants or police, that a party
+of savages were to be there at that hour.
+
+There was a great outcry when they landed and entered the hall, and the
+crowd was sure not to diminish whilst they were within.
+
+We were all presented to His Excellency the _Pr�fet de Police_ by my
+friend Mons. Vattemare, and received with great kindness, and conducted
+through all the principal apartments of that noble edifice, which are
+finished and furnished in the most sumptuous style, and in richness of
+effect surpassing even the most splendid halls of the palaces of the
+Tuileries or St. Cloud. The gorgeousness of the carpets on which they
+stood, and the tapestry that was around them, and the incredible size
+of the mirrors that were reflecting them in a hundred directions, were
+subjects till then entirely new to them; and they seemed completely
+amazed at the splendour with which they were surrounded. From these
+splendid salons we were conducted into the _salle � manger_, and
+opportunely where the table was spread and the plates laid for a grand
+banquet. This was a lucky occurrence, affording us, as well as the
+Indians, an opportunity of seeing the richness of the plate upon which
+those elegant affairs are served up, and which but a choice few can
+ever behold.
+
+Retiring from and through this suite of splendid salons, we entered
+an antechamber, where we were presented to the elegant lady of the
+_Pr�fet_ and several of their friends, who brought us to a table
+loaded with fruit and cakes and other refreshments, and wine of
+several sorts and the best in quality. The corks of several bottles
+of champagne were drawn, and, as the sparkling wine was running, each
+one smiled as he whispered the word _chickabobboo_. The _Pr�fet_ drank
+their health in a glass of the "_Queen's chickabobboo_" as they called
+it, and then, with his own hand, presented each a handsome silver
+medal, and also one to Mr. Melody and myself.
+
+The War-chief by this time felt called upon for some acknowledgment on
+their part for this kind treatment, and, advancing to the _Pr�fet_,
+shook hands with him, and addressed him thus:--
+
+  "My friend and father, your kindness to us this day makes our
+  hearts glad, and we thank you for it. We are strangers here, and
+  poor ignorant children from the wilderness. We came here with heavy
+  hearts, having just buried one of our warriors, and your kindness has
+  driven away our sorrow. ('_How, how, how!_')
+
+  "My father, the splendour of the rooms, and other things you have
+  just shown us, blind our eyes with their brightness, and we now see
+  that white men can do anything.
+
+  "My father, we were astonished at what we saw in London, where we
+  have been, but we think your village is much the most beautiful. We
+  thank the Great Spirit, who has opened your great house to us to-day,
+  and also your lady, who has been kind to us.
+
+  "My father, I have done."
+
+At the close of his speech the _Pr�fet_ assured him of his kindly
+feelings towards them, and his anxiety for their welfare; and after
+a general shake of hands we took leave, and descended to the street,
+and, passing through a dense crowd, took our carriages and drove back
+to our hotel. Thus ended their first day's drive and visits in Paris,
+furnishing them with a rich fund for a talk after their dinner and
+_chickabobboo_, which was to be _vin rouge_ in Paris, instead of ale,
+which they had been in the habit of drinking in England.
+
+Nothing could exceed the exhilarated flow of spirits in which they
+returned, and the admiration they were expressing of the beauty of
+the city, and the splendour of the rooms they had been in. They were
+decided that they should be pleased with Paris; and as Palaces, Kings,
+and Queens were yet before them, they seemed to be perfectly happy.
+During their curious remarks on what they had seen, they already were
+saying that they had seen many thousands of people, and were glad that
+they saw nobody in rags or begging. They thought the French people
+all had enough to eat, and _that_, they said, was a great pleasure to
+them; for it made their hearts sore, when riding out, if they saw poor
+people, who had nothing to eat, as they had seen in some places.
+
+The Indians decided that the houses of Paris were much more beautiful
+than they had seen in any place; and they thought, from their cheerful
+looks, that either the people had their debts more paid up than the
+English people, or else that they had not so much money as to distress
+their looks for fear of losing it. We were all pleased with the
+appearance of Paris, and compelled to feel cheerful from the buoyant
+feelings that were displayed all around us. Like the Indians, I was
+pleased with the neat and cleanly appearance of the poorest in the
+streets, and surprised at the beauty and elegance of their houses,
+which want, in my estimation, but one more embellishment, which it
+would be quite easy to give, to render the effect of their streets
+more beautiful than words can describe. That would be, to paint their
+window-blinds green, which, by contrast, would make the walls appear
+more white and clean, and break with pleasing variety the white
+monotony that now prevails throughout.
+
+This first day's drive about the city had created a prodigious
+excitement and curiosity where they had gone, and given to the
+Indians just peep enough, amidst the beauties of Paris, to create a
+restlessness on both sides for a more familiar acquaintance, and which
+it had been thought most prudent to defer until they had made their
+visit to the Palace, for which their application had been made to the
+King by the American minister, and to which we were daily expecting a
+reply. In the mean time, Mr. Melody, and Jeffrey, and the Indians kept
+quiet, entertaining an occasional party of some American friends, or
+distinguished, personages, who were sending in their cards, and seeking
+interviews with them. During all this delay they had enough to amuse
+them, by talking of what they had already seen, and what they expected
+they were going to see, and cleaning and preparing their dresses
+for the great occasion. I, in the mean time, with my man Daniel,
+and others, was arranging my collection on the walls of the _Salle
+Valentino_; and, by the kind and friendly aid of Mons. Vattemare,
+obtaining my licence from the authorities, and also conforming to the
+other numerous and vexatious forms and ceremonies to be gone through
+before the opening of my exhibition to public view.
+
+The Minister of the Interior had kindly granted an order for the
+admission of my whole collection into the kingdom, by my paying merely
+a nominal duty, but there were still forms and delays to submit to
+in the customs, which were tedious and vexatious, but by the aid of
+my above-mentioned good friend, they had all been overcome; and my
+collection was now nearly ready for the public examination, when I
+received a letter from the American minister, informing me, that
+"on a certain day, and at a certain hour, His Majesty would see Mr.
+Catlin and Mr. Melody, with the Ioway Indians, in the Palace of the
+Tuileries." There was great rejoicing amongst the good fellows when
+they heard this welcome letter read, and several of them embraced me in
+their arms, as if I had been the sole cause of it. Their doubts were
+now at an end: it was certain that they should see the King of France,
+which, they said, "would be far more satisfactory, and a greater
+honour, than to have seen the Queen of England." Whatever the poor
+fellows thought, such was their mode of exultation. "The Ojibbeways,"
+they said, "were subjects of the Queen, but we will be subjects of
+Louis Philippe."
+
+They had yet a few days to prepare, and even without their drives
+or company they were contented, as the time passed away, and they
+were preparing for the interview. On the morning of the day for their
+reception, the long stem of a beautiful pipe had been painted a bright
+blue, and ornamented with blue ribbons, emblematical of peace, to be
+presented by the chief to the King. Every article of dress and ornament
+had been put in readiness; and, as the hour approached, each one came
+out from his toilet, in a full blaze of colour of various tints, all
+with their wampum and medals on, with their necklaces of grizly bears'
+claws, their shields, and bows, and quivers, their lances, and war
+clubs, and tomahawks, and scalping knives. In this way, in full dress,
+with their painted buffalo robes wrapped around them, they stepped into
+the several carriages prepared for them, and all were wheeled into the
+_Place Carousel_, and put down at the entrance to the Palace. We were
+met on the steps by half a dozen huge and splendid looking porters,
+in flaming scarlet livery and powdered wigs, who conducted us in, and
+being met by one of the King's _aides-de-camp_, we were conducted
+by him into His Majesty's presence, in the reception hall of the
+_Tuileries_.
+
+The royal party were advancing towards us in the hall, and as we met
+them, Mr. Melody and myself were presented; and I then introduced the
+party, each one in person, according to his rank or standing, as the
+King desired. A sort of _conversazione_ took place there, which lasted
+for half an hour or more, in which I was called upon to explain their
+weapons, costumes, &c., and which seemed to afford great amusement to
+the royal personages assembled around and amongst us, who were--their
+Majesties the _King_ and the _Queen_, the _Duchess of Orleans_ and
+_Count de Paris_, the _Princess Adelaide_, the _Prince_ and _Princess
+de Joinville_, the _Duke_ and _Duchess d'Aumale_, and his _Royal
+Highness_ the _Duke de Brabant_.
+
+His Majesty in the most free and familiar manner (which showed that he
+had been accustomed to the modes and feelings of Indians) conversed
+with the chiefs, and said to Jeffrey, "Tell these good fellows that
+I am glad to see them; that I have been in many of the wigwams of the
+Indians in America when I was a young man, and they treated me every
+where kindly, and I love them for it.--Tell them I was amongst the
+Senecas near Buffalo, and the Oneidas--that I slept in the wigwams of
+the chiefs--that I was amongst the Shawnees and Delawares on the Ohio;
+and also amongst the Cherokees and Creeks in Georgia and Tennessee, and
+saw many other tribes as I descended the Ohio river the whole length,
+and also the Mississippi to New Orleans, in a small boat, more than
+fifty years ago." This made the Indians stare, and the women, by a
+custom of their country, placed their hands over their mouths, as they
+issued groans of surprise.
+
+"Tell them also, Jeffrey, that I am pleased to see their wives and
+little children they have with them here, and glad also to show them
+my family, who are now nearly all around me. Tell them, Jeffrey, that
+_this_ is the Queen; _this lady_ is my sister; _these_ are two of my
+sons, with their wives; and _these little lads_ [the _Count de Paris_
+and the _Duc de Brabant_] are my grandsons; _this one_, if he lives,
+will be King of the Belgians, and _that one_ King of the French."
+
+  [Illustration: N^o. 15.]
+
+The King then took from his pocket two large gold medals with his
+own portrait in relief on one side of them, and told me he wished to
+present them to the two chiefs with his own hand, and wished Jeffrey
+to explain to them, that after presenting them in that way, he wished
+them to hand them back to him that he might have a proper inscription
+engraved on them, when he would return them, and silver medals of
+equal size to each of the others, with their names engraved upon them.
+After the medals were thus presented and returned, the War-chief took
+out from under his robe the beautiful pipe which he had prepared,
+and advancing towards the King, and holding it with both hands, bent
+forward and laid it down at his Majesty's feet as a present. Having
+done so he reached down, and taking it up, placed it in his Majesty's
+hand (Plate No. 15), and then, assuming his proud attitude of the
+orator, addressed their Majesties in these words:--
+
+  "Great Father and Great Mother,--the Great Spirit, to whom we have
+  a long time prayed for an interview with you, kindly listens to our
+  words to-day and hears what we say. Great Father, you have made to
+  us to-day rich presents, and I rise to return thanks to you for
+  the chief and his warriors and braves who are present; but, before
+  all, it is necessary that we should thank the Great Spirit who has
+  inspired your heart and your hand thus to honour us this day.
+
+  "Great Father, we shall bear these presents to our country and
+  instruct our children to pronounce the name of him who gave them.
+
+  "Great Father, when the Indians have anything to say to a great
+  chief, they are in the habit of making some present before they
+  begin. My chief has ordered me to place in your hands this pipe and
+  these strings of wampum as a testimony of the pleasure we have felt
+  in being admitted this day into the presence of your Majesty.
+
+  "My Great Father and my Great Mother, you see us this day as we are
+  seen in our country with our red skins and our coarse clothes. This
+  day for _you_ is like all other days; for _us_ it is a great day--so
+  great a day that our eyes are blinded with the lustre of it.
+
+  "Great Father, the chief, myself, and our warriors have for a long
+  time had the desire to come and see the French people, and our Great
+  Father the President of the United States has given us permission
+  to cross the Great Lake. We desired to see the Great Chief of this
+  country, and we now thank the Great Spirit for having allowed us to
+  shake the hand of the Great Chief in his own wigwam.
+
+  "Great Father, we are happy to tell you that when we arrived in
+  England, we had much joy in meeting our old friend Mr. Catlin, who
+  has lived amongst us and whom we are happy to have here, as he can
+  tell you who we are.
+
+  "Great Father and Great Mother, we will pray to the Great Spirit to
+  preserve your precious lives; we will pray also that we may return
+  safe to our own village, that we may tell to our children and to our
+  young men what we have seen this day.
+
+  "My Parents, I have no more to say."
+
+When the War-chief had finished his speech, the King told Jeffrey to
+say that he felt very great pleasure in having seen them, and he hoped
+that the Great Spirit would guide them safe home to their country, to
+their wives and little children.
+
+The King and Royal Family then took leave; and as they were departing,
+some one of them being attracted to the Indian drum which Jeffrey
+had brought in his hand, and had left upon the floor in another part
+of the room, and inquiring what it was, was told that it was their
+_drum_ which they had brought with them, supposing it possible they
+might be called upon to give a dance. This information overtook the
+King, and he said, "By all means; call the Queen:" and in a few moments
+the august assembly were all back to witness the dance, for which
+purpose all parties moved to the _Salle du Bal_. Their Majesties and
+the ladies were seated, and the Indians all seating themselves in the
+middle of the floor, commenced moderately singing and beating the drum,
+preparatory to the Eagle Dance, in which they were in a few moments
+engaged.
+
+During this novel and exciting scene, her Majesty desired me to stand
+by the side of her to explain the meaning of all its features, which
+seemed to astonish and amuse her very much.
+
+The Doctor led off first in the character (as he called it) of a
+soaring eagle, sounding his eagle whistle, which he carried in his left
+hand, with his fan of the eagle's tail, while he was brandishing his
+lance in the other.
+
+At the first pause he instantly stopped, and, in the attitude
+of an orator, made his boast of an instance where he killed an
+enemy in single combat, and took his scalp. The Little Wolf, and
+_Wash-ka-mon-ya_, and others, then sprang upon their feet, and sounding
+their chattering whistles,[38] and brandishing their polished weapons,
+gave an indescribable wildness and spirit to the scene. When the
+dance was finished, the Indians had the pleasure of receiving their
+Majesties' applause, by the violent clapping of their hands, and
+afterwards by expressions of their pleasure and admiration, conveyed to
+them through the interpreter.
+
+[38] An ingenious whistle made to imitate the chattering of the soaring
+eagle, and used in the eagle dance.
+
+This was exceedingly gratifying to the poor fellows, who were now
+seated upon the floor to rest a moment previous to commencing with the
+war-dance, for which they were preparing their weapons, and in which
+the Little Wolf was to take the lead. For this, as the drum beat, he
+threw aside his buffalo robe and sprang upon the floor, brandishing his
+tomahawk and shield, and sounding the frightful war-whoop, which called
+his warriors up around him. Nothing could have been more thrilling or
+picturesque than the scene at that moment presented of this huge and
+terrible-looking warrior, frowning death and destruction on his brow,
+as he brandished the very weapons he had used in deadly combat, and, in
+his jumps and sudden starts, seemed threatening with instant use again!
+The floors and ceilings of the Palace shook with the weight of their
+steps, and its long halls echoed and vibrated the shrill-sounding notes
+of the war-whoop. (Plate No. 16.)
+
+In the midst of this dance, the Little Wolf suddenly brandished
+his tomahawk over the heads of his comrades, and, ordering them to
+stop, advanced towards the King, and boasting in the most violent
+exclamations of the manner in which he had killed and scalped a Pawnee
+warrior, placed in his Majesty's hands his _tomahawk_ and the _whip_
+which was attached to his wrist, and then said,--
+
+  "My Great Father, you have heard me say that with that _tomahawk_ I
+  have killed a Pawnee warrior, one of the enemies of my tribe; the
+  blade of that tomahawk is still covered with his blood, which you
+  will see. That whip is the same with which I whipped my horse on that
+  occasion.
+
+  "My Father, since I have come into this country I have learned
+  that peace is better than war, and I '_bury the tomahawk_' in your
+  hands--I fight no more."
+
+His Majesty deigned graciously to accept the arms thus presented, after
+having cordially shaken the hand of the Ioway brave.
+
+Their Majesties and attendants then withdrew, taking leave of the
+Indians in the most gracious and condescending manner, expressing their
+thanks for the amusement they had afforded them, and their anxiety for
+their welfare, directing them to be shown into the various apartments
+of the palace, and then to be conducted to a table of wine and other
+refreshments prepared for them.
+
+We were now in charge of an officer of the household, who politely led
+us through the various magnificent halls of the Palace, explaining
+every thing as we passed, and at length introduced us into a room with
+a long table spread and groaning under its load of the luxuries of
+the season, and its abundance of the "_Queen's chickabobboo_." These
+were subjects that required no explanations; and all being seated,
+each one evinced his familiarity with them by the readiness with which
+he went to work. The healths of the King and the Queen were drank,
+and also of the Count de Paris, and the rest of the Royal family. The
+_chickabobboo_ they pronounced "first-rate;" and another bottle being
+poured it was drank off, and we took our carriages, and, after a drive
+of an hour or so about the city, were landed again in our comparatively
+humble, but very comfortable, apartments.
+
+The party returning from the Tuileries found their dinner coming
+up, and little was said until it was over, and they had drank their
+_chickabobboo_, and seated themselves upon their buffalo robes, which
+were spread upon the floor, and lighted the pipe. I have before said
+that the pipe is almost indispensable with Indians, where there is to
+be any exertion of the mind in private conversation or public speaking,
+and that generally but one pipe is used, even in a numerous company,
+each one drawing a few whiffs through it, and passing it on into the
+hands of his next neighbour.
+
+In this manner they were now seated, and passing the pipe around as I
+came in, and took a seat with them. They were all quite merry at the
+moment by trying to sound the "_Vive le Roi!_" which I had taught them
+at the King's table when they were drinking his Majesty's health. It
+puzzled them very much, but the adept Jim took it directly, and as the
+rest found he had got it they seemed quite satisfied, thinking most
+probably that they could learn it at their pleasure.
+
+  [Illustration: N^o. 16.]
+
+"Well, Jim," said I, "what do you think of the King, Louis Philippe?"
+He reached for the pipe, and taking a puff or two handed it to the
+Doctor, and rolling over on to his back, and drawing up his knees,
+said, "I think he is a great man and a very good man. I believe he is a
+much greater chief than the Queen of England, and that he governs his
+people much better, because we don't see so many poor people in the
+streets--we think that his people all have enough to eat. His wigwam
+is very grand and very bright, and his _chickabobboo_ the best that
+we have had. We did not see the King with his fine dress on, but as
+his servants all around him were beautifully dressed, like gentlemen,
+we know that the King and Queen must look very elegant when they are
+in full dress. We saw the King's two sons, and he told us that his
+grandson was to be the King when he dies--now we don't understand
+this!" It seemed that his teacher, Daniel, had overlooked the _doctrine
+of descents_ during their close investigations of the statistics and
+politics of England, and the poor fellow was yet quite in the dark
+to know "how a grandson (a mere child) would be taken in case of the
+King's death, instead of one of his sons, either of whom he said he
+thought would make a very good king if he would take a trip for a year
+or two, as his father did, on the Mississippi and Missouri, amongst
+the different tribes of Indians." This was considered a pretty clever
+thing for Jim to say, and it raised a laugh amongst the Indians; he
+was encouraged to go on, and turned his conversation upon the gold and
+silver medals, with which he was very much pleased. They were delighted
+with the idea that the King's portrait was on one side, and that he
+was to have their names engraved on the other; and they were not less
+delighted when I told them that the gentleman who had come in with me
+and was now sitting by my side, had come from the King to bear them
+some other token of his Majesty's attachment to them. The object of
+his visit being thus made known to them, he turned out into the lap
+of the chief 500 francs to be divided according to their custom. This
+of course put a stop to conversations about descents and Palaces,
+&c., for the time, and all went to counting until it was divided into
+thirteen parcels, one of which for the interpreter. Jeffrey, however,
+very kindly surrendered his share, and insisted that they should divide
+it all amongst themselves. It was accordingly made into twelve parcels,
+each one, old and young, taking an equal share, according to the Indian
+mode of dividing in all the tribes I have visited.
+
+The War-chief rose and addressed the young man who was commissioned to
+bear the present to them:--
+
+  "My Friend, we have seen your King (our Great Father) this day, and
+  our hearts were made glad that we were allowed to see his face. We
+  now receive the token of his friendship which he has sent through
+  your hands, and our hearts are again glad. ('_How, how, how!_')
+
+  "My Friend, we wish you to say to the King, our Great Father, that we
+  are thankful for his kindness, and that we shall pray that the Great
+  Spirit may be kind to him and his children.
+
+  "My Friend, we are all much obliged to you, and we shall be glad to
+  offer you the pipe with us. ('_How, how, how!_')"
+
+The pipe was passed a few times around, with some further anecdotes
+of their visit to the palace, when the messenger arose and took leave
+of them. In counting the money, Jim had lost his attitude, so there
+was little more of the sentimental from him, as the conversation was
+running upon the King's bounty, rather than his greatness, or the
+splendour of things they had seen during the day. From the liberal
+additions to their private purse while in Dublin, and by what they
+were now receiving, they were beginning to feel a little purse proud.
+Jim was talking of having a _brick house_ to live in when he got home,
+and the Doctor of heading a war party to go against the _Ojibbeways_.
+The War-chief told him he had better pay his debts first, and that he
+had slain enough in his own tribe, without going amongst his enemies
+for the purpose. The _Little Wolf_ was going to get money enough to
+buy thirty horses, and lead a war party against his old enemies, the
+_Pawnees_; but Mr. Melody reminded him that he was to go to war no
+more, as he had "buried the tomahawk in his Majesty's hands."
+
+Thus musing and moralizing on the events of the day, I left them to
+their conversation and their pipe, to attend, myself, where my presence
+was necessary, in arranging my collection, and preparing my rooms for
+their exhibitions. In this I had a real task--a scene of vexation and
+delay that I should wish never to go through again, and of which a
+brief account may be of service to any one of my countrymen who may be
+going to Paris to open a public exhibition; at least, my hints will
+enable him, if he pays attention to them, to begin at the right time,
+and at the right end of what he has got to do, and to do it to the best
+advantage.
+
+His first step is, for any exhibition whatever, to make his application
+to the Prefect of Police for his licence, which is in all cases
+doubtful, and in all cases also is sure to require two or three weeks
+for his petition to pass the slow routine of the various offices and
+hands which it must go through. If it be for any exhibition that can
+be construed into an interference with the twenty or thirty theatre
+licences, it may as well not be applied for or thought of, for they
+will shut it up if opened.
+
+It is also necessary to arrange in time with the overseer of the poor,
+whether he is to take one-eighth or one-fifth of the receipts for the
+hospitals--for the _hospice_, as he is termed, is placed at the door
+of all exhibitions in Paris, who carries off one-eighth or one-fifth
+of the daily receipts every night. It is necessary also, if catalogues
+are to be sold in the rooms, to lodge one of them at least two weeks
+before the exhibition is to open in the hands of the Commissaire de
+Police, that it may pass through the office of the Prefect, and twenty
+other officers' hands, to be read, and duly decided that there is
+nothing revolutionary in it; and then to sell them, or to give them
+away (all the same), it is necessary for the person who is to sell, and
+who alone _can_ sell them, to apply personally to the Commissaire de
+Police, and make oath that he was born in France, to give his age and
+address, &c., &c., before he can take the part that is assigned him.
+It is then necessary, when the exhibition is announced, to wait until
+seven or eight guards and police, with muskets and bayonets fixed,
+enter and unbar the doors, and open them for the public's admission.
+It is necessary to submit to their friendly care during every day of
+the exhibition, and to pay each one his wages at night, when they lock
+up the rooms and put out the lights. In all this, however, though
+expensive, there is one redeeming feature. These numbers of armed
+police, at their posts, in front of the door, and in the passage, as
+well as in the exhibition rooms, give respectability to its appearance,
+and preserve the strictest order and quiet amongst the company, and
+keep a constant and vigilant eye to the protection of property. During
+the time I was engaged in settling these tedious preliminaries, and
+getting my rooms prepared for their exhibition, the Indians were
+taking their daily rides, and getting a passing glimpse of most of the
+out-door scenes of Paris. They were admitting parties of distinguished
+visitors, who were calling upon them, and occasionally leaving them
+liberal presents, and passing their evenings upon their buffalo skins,
+handing around the never-tiring pipe, and talking about the King, and
+their medals, and curious things they had seen as they had been riding
+through the streets. The thing which as yet amused the Doctor the most
+was the great number of women they saw in the streets leading dogs with
+ribbons and strings. He said he thought they liked their dogs better
+than they did their little children. In London, he said he had seen
+some little dogs leading their masters, who were blind, and in Paris
+they began to think the first day they rode out that one half of the
+Paris women were blind, but that they had a great laugh when they found
+that their eyes were wide open, and that instead of their dogs leading
+them, they were leading their dogs. The Doctor seemed puzzled about the
+custom of the women leading so many dogs, and although he did not in
+any direct way censure them for doing it, it seemed to perplex him,
+and he would sit and smile and talk about it for hours together. He
+and Jim had, at first, supposed, after they found that the ladies were
+not blind, that they cooked and ate them, but they were soon corrected
+in this notion, and always after remained at a loss to know what they
+could do with them.
+
+On one of their drives, the Doctor and Jim, supplied with a pencil and
+a piece of paper, had amused themselves by counting, from both sides
+of the omnibus, the number of women they passed, leading dogs in the
+street, and thus made some amusement with their list when they got
+home. They had been absent near an hour, and driving through many of
+the principal streets of the city, and their list stood thus:--
+
+      Women leading one little dog                      432
+      Women leading two little dogs                      71
+      Women leading three little dogs                     5
+      Women with big dogs following (no string)          80
+      Women carrying little dogs                         20
+      Women with little dogs in carriages                31
+
+The poor fellows insisted on it that the above was a correct account,
+and Jim, in his droll way (but I have no doubt quite honestly), said
+that "It was not a very good day either."
+
+I was almost disposed to question the correctness of their estimate,
+until I took it into my head to make a similar one, in a walk I was one
+day taking, from the Place Madeleine, through a part of the Boulevard,
+Rue St. Honor�, and Rue Rivoli, and a turn in the garden of the
+Tuileries. I saw so many that I lost my reckoning, when I was actually
+not a vast way from the list they gave me as above, and quite able to
+believe that their record was near to the truth. While the amusement
+was going on about the ladies and the little dogs, Daniel, who had
+already seen many more of the sights of Paris than I had, told the
+Indians that there was a _Dog Hospital_ and a _Dog Market_ in Paris,
+both of them curious places, and well worth their seeing. This amused
+the Doctor and Jim very much. The Doctor did not care for the _Dog
+Market_, but the _Hospital_ he _must_ see. He thought the hospital
+must be a very necessary thing, as there were such vast numbers; and
+he thought it would be a good thing to have an hospital for their
+mistresses also. Jim thought more of the market, and must see it in a
+day or two, for it was about the time that they should give a feast of
+thanksgiving, and "a _Dog Feast_ was always the most acceptable to the
+Great Spirit." It was thus agreed all around, that they should make a
+visit in a few days to the Dog Market and the Dog Hospital.
+
+Jim got Daniel to enter the above list in his book as a very
+interesting record, and ordered him to leave a blank space underneath
+it, in order to record any thing else they might learn about dogs while
+in Paris.
+
+Poor Jim! he was at this time deeply lamenting the loss of the pleasure
+he had just commenced to draw from the 'Times' newspaper, for which he
+had become a subscriber, and his old and amusing friend 'Punch,' which
+Daniel had been in the habit of entertaining them with, and which he
+had been obliged to relinquish on leaving England. His friend Daniel,
+however, who was sure always to be by him, particularly at a late hour
+in the evenings, relieved him from his trouble by telling him that
+there was an English paper printed in Paris every day, 'Galignani's
+Messenger,' which republished nearly all the murders, and rapes, and
+robberies, &c. from the 'Times;' and also, which would make it doubly
+interesting, those which were daily occurring in Paris. Jim was now
+built up again, and as he could already read a few words was the envied
+of all the party. He was learning with Daniel and Jeffrey a few words
+in French also, to which the others had not aspired; he, could say
+quite distinctly "_vive le roi_;" he knew that "_bon jour_" was "good
+morning," or "how do do?" that "_bon_" was "good," that "_mauvais_" was
+"bad," and that "very sick" was "_bien malade_." He requested Daniel to
+get Galignani's paper daily for him, for which he and the Doctor had
+agreed to pay equal shares. He seemed now quite happy in the opinion
+that his prospects for civilization were again upon a proper footing,
+and the old Doctor, who profited equally by all of Daniel's readings,
+was delighted to lend his purse to share in the expense. Daniel at
+this moment pulled the last number of Galignani out of his pocket,
+the first sight of which pleased them very much, and after reading
+several extracts of _horrid murders_, _highway robberies_, &c., from the
+'Times,' he came across a little thing that amused them,--the great
+number and length of the names of the little Prince of Wales, which he
+read over thus:--
+
+(The author regrets very much that he took no memorandum of this, but
+refers the reader to the London papers for it.)
+
+There was a hearty laugh by the whole troop when Daniel got through,
+but when Mr. Melody repeated the name of a poor fellow who used to
+dress deer skins for a living in the vicinity of _St. Louis_, they
+all laughed still more heartily, and _Chippehola_ set in and laughed
+also. He had forgotten a part of this poor fellow's name, but as
+far as he recollected of his sign board, it ran thus:--"_Haunus,
+hubbard, lubbard, lamberd, lunk, vandunk, Peter, Jacobus, Lockamore,
+Lavendolph_, dresses deer skins of all animals, and in all ways, alum
+dressed."
+
+Such was a part of the gossip of an evening, while my days were
+occupied in preparing my rooms for the admission of the public.
+During this delay, one of the gentlemen who visited the Indians most
+frequently, as his native countrymen, was Mr. W. Costar, formerly of
+New York, but now living in Paris, and whose kind lady invited the
+whole party to dine at her house.
+
+The Indians had expressed the greatest pleasure at meeting this
+American gentleman in Paris, as if they claimed a sort of kindred to
+him, and met the invitation as one of great kindness, and the interview
+as one in which they were to feel much pleasure. They were particularly
+careful in dressing and preparing for it, and when ready, and the time
+had arrived, Mr. Melody and I accompanied them to this gentleman's
+house, where a most sumptuous dinner was served, and besides his
+accomplished lady and lovely daughters, there were several ladies of
+distinction and of title, seated, to complete the honours that were to
+be paid to the Indians.
+
+It was a matter of great surprise to all the fashionable guests who
+were present, that those rude people from the wilderness, used to take
+their meals from the ground, were so perfectly composed and so much at
+ease at the table, and managed so well with the knife and fork, and
+even so gracefully smiled over their glasses of wine when a lady or a
+gentleman proposed the health of any one. Just before we had finished
+our dessert, a number of fashionable ladies, the Countess of L----,
+the Baron and Baroness de G----, and several others who had begun to
+assemble for the evening soir�e, arrived, and were ushered into the
+dining room, where they had the curiosity of seeing the Indians as they
+were seated in all their trinkets and ranged around the table; and from
+the lips of all escaped the instant exclamations of, "Bless me! what a
+fine and noble-looking set of men they are! How much at ease they seem!
+Why, those are polished gentlemen," &c. &c.
+
+From the dinner table they were invited to the salon, where a large
+party had gathered, who were delighted with the wild and picturesque
+appearance of the "Peaux Rouges."
+
+The Indians saw some fine dancing and waltzing, and heard some splendid
+playing on the piano, and singing.
+
+The Doctor's complete fascination by the playing and singing of a
+beautiful young lady was so conspicuous as to become the principal
+event of the evening, and after he had stood and smiled upon her in
+profound admiration during her fourth or fifth song, he _amused_
+many of the party, and _shocked_ others, by the extraordinary and
+unexpected, though perfectly just remark, that "her voice was as soft
+and sweet as that of a wolf!"
+
+This startling compliment I must leave for the estimates of the world,
+mentioning only the two facts, that the Doctor's _totem_ (or _arms_)
+is the wolf; and that in my travels in the prairies of America I have
+often thought that the soft, and plaintive, and silvery tones of the
+howling prairie wolf oftentimes surpassed in sweetness the powers of
+the human voice.
+
+M. Vattemare, in his kind endeavours to promote the interest of the
+Indians, and that of myself, had obtained an invitation from the
+Members of the Royal Academy of Sciences for the Indians to visit
+them at one of their sittings, which was a great honour; but the poor
+Indians left Paris without ever having been able to learn how or in
+what way that honour arrived. Messrs. Melody and Vattemare and myself
+accompanied the whole party to their rooms, and, being ushered and
+squeezed and pushed into a dense crowd of gentlemen, all standing,
+and where the Indians were not even offered a seat, they were gazed
+and scowled at, their heads and arms felt, their looks and capacities
+criticised like those of wild beasts, without being asked a question,
+or thanked for the kindness of coming, and where they were offered not
+even a glass of cold water. The Indians and ourselves were thus eyed
+and elbowed about in this crowd for half an hour, from which we were
+all glad to escape, deciding that it was entirely too scientific for
+us, and a style of politeness that we were not perhaps sufficiently
+acquainted with duly to appreciate.
+
+The various conjectures about the objects of this visit were raised
+after we got home, and they were as curious as they were numerous. The
+Indians had reflected upon it with evident surprise, and repeatedly
+inquired of M. Vattemare and myself for what purpose we had taken them
+there. M. Vattemare told them that these were the greatest scientific
+men of the kingdom. This they did not understand, and he then, to
+explain, said they were the great _medicine men_, the learned doctors,
+&c. They then took the hint a little better, and decided alarm with it,
+for they said they recollected to have seen in some of their faces,
+while examining their heads and arms, decided expressions of anxiety
+to dissect their limbs and bones, which they now felt quite sure would
+be the case if any of them should die while in Paris. The War-chief,
+who seldom had much to say while speaking of the events of the day,
+very gravely observed on this occasion, that "he had been decidedly
+displeased, and the chief also, but it would be best to say no more
+about it, though if any of the party got sick, to take great care what
+physicians were called to visit them."
+
+M. Vattemare, in his kind interest for all parties, here exerted his
+influence to a little further degree, and persuaded the Indians to
+believe that those distinguished men, the great philosopher M. Arago
+and others, who were present, would be their warmest friends, but that
+with these transcendently great and wise men, their minds and all their
+time were so engrossed with their profound studies, that they had no
+time or desire to practise politeness; that they were the eyes which
+the public used, to look deep into and through all things strange or
+new that came to Paris; and that the public were after that, polite and
+civil, in proportion as those learned men should decide that they ought
+or ought not to be.
+
+Jim here took a whiff or two on his pipe, and, turning over on his back
+and drawing up his knees and clasping his hands across his stomach
+(Plate No. 17), said--
+
+  "We know very well that the King and the Queen and all the royal
+  family are pleased with us, and are our friends, and if that is not
+  enough to make us respected we had better go home. We believe that
+  the King is a much greater man, and a much _better_ man, than any of
+  those we saw there, and better than the whole of them put together.
+  We know that there are many kind people in this great city who will
+  be glad to shake our hands in friendship, and there are others who
+  would like to get our skins, and we think that we saw some such
+  there to-day. We met some kind people yesterday, where we went to
+  dine--we love those people and do not fear them. If we should get
+  sick they would be kind to us, and we think much more of that kind
+  lady and gentleman than we do of all the great doctors we have seen
+  this day--we hope not to see them any more. This is the wish of the
+  chiefs, and of our wives and little children, who are all alarmed
+  about them."
+
+This finished the conversation for the present about the learned
+society, though the impression was one of a most unfavourable kind on
+their minds, and was a long time in wearing away.
+
+  [Illustration: N^o. 17.]
+
+The time had at length arrived for the opening of my collection and
+the commencement of the illustrations of the Indians. It had been for
+some days announced, and the hour had approached. The visitors were
+admitted into the rooms where my numerous collection of 600 paintings
+and some thousands of articles of Indian manufactures were subjects
+of new and curious interest to examine until the audience were mostly
+assembled, when, at a signal, the Indians all entered the room from an
+adjoining apartment, advancing to and mounting the platform, in Indian
+file, in full dress and paint, and armed and equipped as if for a
+battle-field. They sounded the war-whoop as they came in, and nothing
+could exceed the thrill of excitement that ran through the crowd in
+every part of the Hall. There was a rush to see who should get nearest
+to the platform, and be enabled most closely to scan _"les Sauvages
+horribles," "les Peaux Rouges," ou "les nouvelles Diables � Paris."_
+
+The chief led the party as they entered the room, and, having ascended
+the platform, erected the flag of his tribe in the centre, and in a
+moment the party were all seated around it, and lighting their pipe
+to take a smoke, whilst I was introducing them and their wives to
+the audience. This having been done in as brief a time as possible,
+they finished their pipe and commenced their amusements in Paris by
+giving the _discovery-dance_. This curious mode forms a part and the
+commencement of the war-dance, and is generally led off by one of the
+War-chiefs, who dances forward alone, pretending to be skulking and
+hunting for the track of his enemy, and when he discovers it he beckons
+on his warriors, who steal into the dance behind him, and follow him
+up as he advances, and pretends at length to discover the enemy in the
+distance, ordering all to be ready for the attack.
+
+The Doctor was the one who opened the _bal_ on this occasion, and it
+was a proud and important moment for him: not that the fate of nations
+unborn, or the success of their enterprise, depended upon the event,
+but what to him was perhaps as high an incentive--that his standing
+with the ladies of Paris would probably be regulated for the whole
+time they should be there by the sensation he should make at the first
+dash. He therefore put on his most confident smile as he went into
+the dance: as he tilted about and pointed out the track where his
+enemy had gone, he made signs that the enemy had passed by, and then,
+beckoning up his warriors, pointed him out amongst a group of beautiful
+ladies who had taken an elevated and conspicuous position in front.
+He sounded the war-whoop, and all echoed it as he pointed towards the
+ladies, who screamed, and leapt from their seats, as the Indians'
+weapons were drawn! Here was an excitement begun, and the old Doctor
+smiled as he turned his head and his weapons in other directions, and
+proceeded with the dance. At the end of its first part their feet all
+came to a simultaneous stop, when the Doctor advanced to the front
+of the platform, and, brandishing his spear over the heads of the
+audience, made the most tremendous boast of the manner in which he took
+a prisoner in a battle with the Pawnees, and drove him home before his
+horse rather than take his life: he then plunged into the most agitated
+dance alone, and acting out the whole features of his battle in time to
+the song and beating of the drum; and at the close, rounds of applause
+awaited him in every part of the crowd. These the Doctor received with
+so complaisant a smile of satisfaction, as he bowed his head gracefully
+inclined on one side, that another and another burst of applause, and
+another bow and smile, followed; satisfying him that the path was
+cleared before him. He then shook his rattle of deer's hoofs, and,
+summoning his warriors, they all united in finishing with full and wild
+effect this spirited dance. Though in the midst of a dancing country,
+their mode of dancing was quite new, and was evidently calculated to
+amuse, from the immense applause that was given them at the end of
+their first effort.
+
+The dancers had now all taken their seats, except the Doctor, who was
+lingering on his feet, and had passed his spear into his left hand,
+evidently preparing to push his advantage a little further with the
+ladies, by making a speech, as soon as silence should be sufficiently
+restored to enable him to be heard. This little delay might or might
+not have been a fortunate occurrence for the Doctor, for it afforded
+Jim an opportunity to remind him how much he had lost by his last
+two or three speeches, which so completely put him out, that he sat
+down, apparently well pleased and satisfied with what he had already
+accomplished.
+
+My kind friend M. Vattemare, who had now become a great favourite of
+the Indians, went forward, and offered them his hand to encourage them,
+assuring them of the great pleasure the audience were taking, and
+encouraging them to go on with all the spirit they could, as there were
+some of the most distinguished people of Paris present--the Minister
+of the Interior and his lady, the Pr�fet de Police, several foreign
+ambassadors, and a number of the editors of the leading journals, who
+were taking notes, and would speak about them in the papers the next
+morning.
+
+The _eagle-dance_ was now announced to the audience as the next
+amusement; and after a brief description of it, the _Little Wolf_
+sprang upon his feet, and sounding his eagle whistle, and shaking the
+eagle's tail in his left hand, while he brandished his tomahawk in his
+right, he commenced. His fellow-warriors were soon engaged with him,
+and all excited to the determination to make "a hit." As after the
+first, they were complimented by rounds of applause, and sat down to
+their pipe with peculiar satisfaction. The War-chief took the first few
+whiffs upon it, and, rising, advanced to the front of the platform,
+and in the most dignified and graceful attitude that the orator could
+assume, extended his right hand over the heads of the audience, and
+said--
+
+  "My Friends,--It gives us great pleasure to see so many pleasant
+  faces before us to-night, and to learn from your applause that you
+  are amused with our dances. We are but children; we live in the
+  woods, and are ignorant, and you see us here as the Great Spirit made
+  us; and our dances are not like the dances of the French people, whom
+  we have been told dance the best of any people in the world. ('_How,
+  how, how!_' and immense applause.)
+
+  "My Friends,--We come here not to teach you to dance--(a roar of
+  applause and laughter)--we come here not to teach you anything, for
+  you are a great deal wiser than we, but to show you how we red people
+  look and act in the wilderness, and we shall be glad some nights to
+  go and see how the French people dance. (Great applause and '_How,
+  how, how!_')
+
+  "My Friends,--We are happy that the Great Spirit has kept us alive
+  and well, and that we have been allowed to see the face of our Great
+  Father your King. We saw him and your good Queen, and the little boy
+  who will be king, and they all treated us with kind hearts, and we
+  feel thankful for it. ('_How, how, how!_')
+
+  "My Friends,--We have crossed two oceans to come here, and we have
+  seen no village so beautiful as Paris. London, where the _Saganoshes_
+  live, is a large village, but their wigwams are not so beautiful as
+  those in Paris, and in their streets there are too many people who
+  seem to be very poor and hungry. ('_How, how, how!_')
+
+  "My Friends,--I have no more to say at present, only, that, when my
+  young men have finished their dances, we shall be glad to shake hands
+  with you all, if you desire it." ("_How, how, how!_")
+
+The old man resumed his seat and his pipe amidst a din of applause; and
+at this moment several trinkets and pieces of money were tossed upon
+the platform from various parts of the room.
+
+After the eagle-dance they strung their bows, and, slinging their
+quivers upon their backs, commenced shooting at the target for prizes.
+The hall in which their dances were given was so immensely large that
+they had a range of 150 feet to throw their arrows at their targets,
+which formed by no means the least amusing and exciting part of their
+exhibitions. Their ball-sticks were also taken in hand, and the ball,
+and their mode of catching and throwing it, beautifully illustrated.
+After this, and another dance, a general shake of the hands took place,
+and a promenade of the Indians through the vast space occupied by my
+collection. They retired from the rooms and the crowd in fine glee,
+having made their _d�but_ in Paris, about which they had had great
+anxiety, somebody having told them that the French people would not be
+pleased with their dancing, as they danced so well themselves.
+
+The Indians being gone, _I_ became the lion, and was asked for in every
+part of the rooms. The visitors were now examining my numerous works,
+and all wanted to see me. My friend M. Vattemare was by my side, and
+kindly presented me to many gentlemen of the press, and others of his
+acquaintance, in the rooms. There were so many who said they were
+waiting "for the honour," &c., that I was kept until a very late hour
+before I could leave the room.
+
+There were a number of fellow-artists present, who took pleasure in
+complimenting me for the manner in which my paintings were executed;
+and many others for my perseverance and philanthropy in having
+laboured thus to preserve the memorials of these dying people. I was
+complimented on all sides, and bowed, and was bowed to, and invited
+by cards and addresses left for me. So _I_ went home, as well as the
+Indians, elated with the pleasing conviction that _mine_ was a "hit,"
+as well as _theirs_.
+
+The leading journals of the next day were liberal in their comments
+upon the Indians and my collection, pronouncing my labours of great
+interest and value, and the exhibition altogether one of the most
+extraordinary interest ever opened in Paris, and advising all the world
+to see it.[39] Thus were we started in the way of business after the
+first night's exhibition, and that after remaining there just one month
+before we could meet and pass all the necessary forms and get quite
+ready.
+
+  [39] See critical notices of the French Press, Appendix to vol. i.
+       p. 239.
+
+
+
+
+                             CHAPTER XXVI.
+
+  Indians at Madame Greene's party--Their ideas of waltzing--The
+     Doctor's admiration of the young ladies--The King's f�te,
+     first of May--Indians in the Palace--Royal Family in the
+     balcony--Grand and sublime scene on the river--Indians in a
+     crowd of nobility in the Duc d'Aumale's apartments--Messenger
+     to Indians' apartments with gold and silver medals--Medals
+     to the women and children--Consequent difficulties--Visit
+     to the Hospital of Invalids--Place Concorde--Column of
+     Luxor--The fountains--Visit to the Triumphal Arch--Jim's
+     description of an ugly woman--Victor Hugo--Madame Georges
+     Sands--Indians visit the Louvre--M. de Cailleux--Baron de
+     Humboldt--Illness of the wife of Little Wolf--A phrenologist
+     visits the Indians--The phrenologist's head examined--Two
+     Catholic priests visit the Indians--Indians visit the Garden
+     of Plants--Alarm of the birds and animals--The "poor prisoner
+     buffalo"--Visit to the _Salle aux Vins_--Astonishment
+     of the Indians--The war-whoop--_Chickabobboo_--Caf�s
+     explained--Indians visit _P�re la Chaise_--A great funeral--A
+     speech over the grave--Hired mourners--Visit the _School
+     of Medicine_--and "_Dupuytren's Room_"--Excitement of the
+     Doctor--Visit to the _Foundling Hospital_--Astonishment and
+     pity of the Indians--Entries in Jim's note-book, and Doctor's
+     remarks--Visit the _Guillotine_--Indians' ideas of _hanging_
+     in England, and _beheading_ in France--Curious debate--Visit
+     to the _Dog Market_--Jim's purchase and difficulty--The _Dog
+     Hospital_--Alarm of the "petites malades"--Retreat--_Bobasheela_
+     arrives from London--Great rejoicing--Jim's comments on the
+     Frenchwomen--The _little foundlings_ and the _little dogs_.
+
+
+Having thus commenced upon our operations in the Salle Valentino,
+it was thought best to change the lodgings of the Indians to some
+point more near to the place of their exhibitions, and rooms were at
+length procured for them in the same building with their hall, and
+communicating with it. To these apartments they were removed, and
+arrangements were made for two open carriages to drive them an hour
+each day for their recreation and amusement. By this arrangement we
+had the sights of Paris before us, and easily within our reach, to
+be visited at our leisure. Our exhibitions were given each night from
+eight to ten, and each afternoon from one to three o'clock; so that
+they had the mornings for sight-seeing, and their evenings, from ten to
+twelve, to visit the theatres or parties, whenever they were invited
+and felt disposed to attend.
+
+The first evening-party they were invited to attend in Paris was that
+of the lady of _Mr. Greene_, the American banker. They were there
+ushered into a brilliant blaze of lamps, of beauty, and fashion,
+composed chiefly of Americans, to whom they felt the peculiar
+attachment of countrymen, though of a different complexion, and
+anywhere else than across the Atlantic would have been strangers to.
+
+They were received with great kindness by this polite and excellent
+lady and her daughters, and made many pleasing acquaintances in her
+house. The old Doctor had luckily dressed out his head with his red
+crest, and left at home his huge head-dress of horns and eagles'
+quills, which would have been exceedingly unhandy in a _squeeze_, and
+subjected him to curious remarks amongst the ladies. He had loaded
+on all his wampum and other ornaments, and smiled away the hours
+in perfect happiness, as he was fanning himself with the tail of a
+war-eagle, and bowing his head to the young and beautiful ladies who
+were helping him to lemonade and _blanc-mange_, and to the young men
+who were inviting him to the table to take an occasional glass of the
+"_Queen's chickabobboo_." Their heavy buffalo robes were distressing to
+them (said the Doctor) in the great heat of the rooms, "but then, as
+the ladies were afraid of getting paint on their dresses, they did not
+squeeze so hard against us as they did against the other people in the
+room, so we did not get so hot as we might have been."
+
+It amused the Doctor and Jim very much to see the gentlemen take the
+ladies by the waist when they were dancing with them, probably never
+having seen waltzing before. They were pleased also, as the Doctor
+said, with "the manner in which the ladies showed their beautiful
+white necks and arms, but they saw several that they thought had better
+been covered." "The many nice and sweet and frothy little things that
+the ladies gave them in tea-saucers to eat, with little spoons, were
+too sweet, and they did not like them much; and in coming away they
+were sorry they could not find the good lady to thank her, the crowd
+was so great; but the _chickabobboo_ (champagne), which was very good,
+was close to the door, and a young man with yellow hair and moustaches
+kept pouring it out until they were afraid, if they drank any more,
+some of the poor fellows who were dancing so hard would get none."
+
+The scene they witnessed that night was truly very brilliant, and
+afforded them theme for a number of pipes of gossip after they got home.
+
+It has been said, and very correctly, that there is no end to the
+amusements of Paris, and to the Indians, to whose sight every thing was
+new and curious, the term, no doubt, more aptly applied than to the
+rest of the world. Of those never-ending sights there was one now at
+hand which was promising them and "all the world" a fund of amusement,
+and the poor fellows were impatient for its arrival. This splendid and
+all-exciting affair was the King's f�te on the 1st of May, his birthday
+as some style it, though it is not exactly such, it is the day fixed
+upon as the annual celebration of his birth. This was, of course, a
+holiday to the Indians, as well as for everybody else, and I resolved
+to spend the greater part of it with them.
+
+Through the aid of some friends I had procured an order to admit the
+party of Indians into the apartments of the Duke d'Aumale in the
+Tuileries, to witness the grand concert in front of the Palace, and
+to see the magnificent fireworks and illumination on the Seine at
+night. We had the best possible position assigned us in the wing of
+the Palace, overlooking the river in both directions, up and down,
+bringing all the bridges of the Seine, the Deputies, and Invalides,
+and other public buildings, which were illuminated, directly under our
+eyes. During the day, Mr. Melody, and Jeffrey, and Daniel had taken,
+as they called it, "a grand drive," to inspect the various places of
+amusement, and the immense concourse of people assembled in them. Of
+these, the Barri�res, the Champs Elys�es, &c., they were obliged to
+take but a passing glance, for to have undertaken to stop and to mix
+with the dense crowds assembled in them would have been dangerous, even
+to their lives, from the masses of people who would have crowded upon
+them. The Indians themselves were very sagacious on this point, and
+always judiciously kept at a reasonable distance on such occasions.
+It was amusement enough for them during the day to ride rapidly about
+and through the streets, anticipating the pleasure they were to have
+in the evening, and taking a distant view from their carriages, of
+the exciting emulation of the _May-pole_, and a glance at the tops of
+the thousand booths, and "flying ships," and "merry-go-rounds" of the
+Champs Elys�es.
+
+At six o'clock we took our carriages and drove to the Tuileries, and,
+being conducted to the splendid apartments of the Duke d'Aumale, who
+was then absent from Paris, we had there, from the windows looking down
+upon the Seine and over the Quartier St. Germain, and the windows in
+front, looking over the garden of the Tuileries and Place Concorde, the
+most general and comprehensive view that was to be had from any point
+that could have been selected. Under our eyes in front, the immense
+area of the garden of the Tuileries was packed with human beings,
+forming but one black and dotted mass of some hundreds of thousands
+who were gathered to listen to the magnificent orchestra of music,
+and to see and salute with "Vive le Roi!" "Vive la Reine!" and "Vive
+le Comte de Paris!" the Royal Family as they appeared in the balcony.
+Though it appeared as if every part of the gardens was filled, there
+was still a black and moving mass pouring through Rue Rivoli, Rue
+Castiglione, Rue Royale, and Place Concorde, all concentrating in the
+garden of the Tuileries. This countless mass of human beings continued
+to gather until the hour when their Majesties entered the balcony, and
+then, all hats off, there was a shout as vast and incomputable as the
+mass itself of "Vive le Roi!--Vive le Roi!--Vive la Reine!--Vive le
+Comte de Paris!" The King then, with his chapeau in his hand, bowed to
+the audience in various directions; so did her Majesty the Queen and
+the little Comte de Paris. The band then struck up the national air,
+and played several pieces, while the Royal Family were seated in the
+balcony, and the last golden rays of the sun, that was going behind
+the Arc de Triomphe, was shining in their faces. Their Majesties then
+retired as the twilight was commencing, and the vast crowd began to
+move in the direction of the Seine, the Terrace, and Place Concorde, to
+witness the grand scene of illumination and "feu d'artifice" that was
+preparing on the river.
+
+As the daylight disappeared, the artificial light commenced to display
+its various characters, and the Indians began to wonder. This scene was
+to be entirely new to them, and the reader can imagine better than I
+can explain what was their astonishment when the King's signal rocket
+was fired from the Tuileries, and in the next moment the whole river,
+as it were, in a blaze of liquid fire, and the heavens burst asunder
+with all their luminaries falling in a chaos of flames and sparkling
+fire to the earth! The incessant roar and flash of cannons lining the
+shore of the river, and the explosion of rockets in the air, with the
+dense columns of white, and yellow, and blue, and blood-red smoke,
+that were rising from the bed of the river, and all reflected upon the
+surface of the water, heightened the grandeur of its effect, and helped
+to make it unlike anything on earth, save what we might imagine to
+transpire in and over the deep and yawning crater of a huge volcano in
+the midst of its midnight eruption.
+
+This wonderful scene lasted for half an hour, and when the last flash
+died away, all eyes like our own seemed to turn away from the smoking
+desolation that seemed to be left below, and the dense mass was
+dividing and pouring off in streams through the various streets and
+avenues, some seeking their homes with their little children, and
+hundreds of thousands of others, to revel away the night amidst the
+brilliant illuminations and innocent amusements of the Champs Elys�es.
+
+We turned our eyes at that moment from the scene, and, in turning
+around, found ourselves blockaded by a phalanx of officers in gold lace
+and cocked hats, and ladies, attach�s of the royal household, Deputies,
+Peers of France, and other distinguished guests of the Royal Family,
+who had been viewing the scene from other windows of the Palace, and
+had now gathered in our rooms to look at "_les Peaux Rouges_." My good
+friend M. Vattemare was present on this occasion, and of great service
+to us all, as there were in this crowd the incumbents of several high
+offices under the Crown, and others of distinction with whom he was
+acquainted, and to whom he introduced us all, converting the rooms and
+the crowd in a little time into a splendid soir�e, where conversation
+and refreshments soon made all easy and quite happy.
+
+The servants of the Duke's household conducted us into the several
+apartments, explaining the paintings and other works of art, and
+also took us into the Duke's bedchamber, where were the portraits of
+himself and the Duchess, and others of the Royal Family. There was, we
+learned, in another part of the Palace, a grand _bal_ on that evening,
+and that accounted for the constant crowds of fashionable ladies and
+gentlemen who were pouring into our apartments, and who would have
+continued to do so in all probability for the greater part of the night
+had we not taken up the line of march, endeavouring to make our way
+to our carriages on our way home. This was for some time exceedingly
+difficult, as we had a succession of rooms and halls to pass through
+before we reached the top of the staircase, all of which were filled
+with a dense mass of ladies and gentlemen, who had got information
+that the Ioway Indians were in the Duke's apartments, and were then
+making their way there to get a peep at them. We crowded and squeezed
+through this mass as well as we could, and were all laughing at Jim's
+remarks as we passed along. He thought the people had all left the
+King and Queen to see the Indians. "Come see Ingins" (said he in
+English) "at Salle Valentino--see em dance--better go back, see King,
+see Queen--Ingins no good." Mr. Melody gave the poor fellow the first
+idea that his words were thrown away, as these people were all French,
+and did not understand English; so Jim said, "I spose em no buy Bible
+then?" and began to whistle. We soon descended the grand escalier,
+and, taking our carriages, were in a few minutes entering the Indians'
+apartments in Salle Valentino.
+
+Jim got home a little provoked, as the Doctor was showing a very
+handsome eyeglass which had been presented to him: two or three of
+the women had also received presents in money and trinkets, but Jim's
+wife, as well as himself, was amongst the neglected or overlooked. He
+then took out of his pouch and throwing it down upon the table one of
+his beautiful gilt bound little Bibles, and said, "Me no sell em."
+"Did you try, Jim?" "Yes, me try em, but me no sell em--folks call em
+_Onglaise_. Onglaise no good, I guess, I no sell em." Poor Jim! he
+looked quite chapfallen at the moment, and much more so when Daniel
+afterwards told him that he ought to have had an auction or other sale
+of his Bibles before he left England, for the French didn't care much
+about Bibles, and if they did they wouldn't buy his, for they were in
+the English language, which they could not read. Jim's regrets were
+now very great, to think they had so little oversight as to come away
+without thinking to make some conversion of them into ready cash.
+Daniel told him, however, that he thought there would be nothing lost
+on them, as they would sell better in America than they would have sold
+in England, and he had better pack them away until they went home.
+
+The conversation running upon Bibles, Jim was asked, as there was
+some sympathy expressed for him, how many he and his wife had, to
+which he replied, "I no know--I guess a heap." It was in a few moments
+ascertained more correctly from his wife, who had the immediate charge
+of them, that they had twenty-eight, and the account soon returned from
+the whole party, that in all they had received about 120 since they
+arrived in England.
+
+They took their suppers, which were ready when they got back, and their
+_chickabobboo_ (vin rouge) with their pipe, and engaged M. Vattemare
+for some time to explain the meaning of the many beautiful decorations
+they had seen worn on the breasts and shoulders of the officers they
+had met in the palace. The explanations of these things pleased
+them very much: as to the fireworks, they said that was such great
+_medicine_ to them, that they did not care about talking on the subject
+until they had taken more time to think.
+
+Just as M. Vattemare and I were about to leave the room, I found Jim
+and the Doctor interrogating Daniel about the "big guns that spoke
+so loud: they thought they must have very large mouths to speak so
+strong," and were anxious to see them. Daniel told them that those
+which made the loudest noise were at the Hospital of the Invalides, and
+it was then agreed that they should go there the next day to see them.
+
+Jim said they had all been delighted at what Daniel read in his paper
+about their going before the King and Queen, and that he must be sure
+to bring the paper at an early hour the next morning, to let them hear
+what was said about the Indians being in the palace the second time,
+and in the rooms of the Duke, to see the fireworks.
+
+The rest of their evening was taken up in "thinking" on what they had
+seen, and the next morning, as he had promised, Daniel came in with the
+paper and read a long account of the amusements of the day and evening,
+and also of the hundreds of thousands in the crowd who moved along in
+front of the Duke d'Aumale's apartments to look at the Indians, in
+preference to look at the King and the Queen. It was decided (as he
+read) that the crowd was much more dense and remained at a much later
+hour in front of that wing of the palace than in front of the balcony,
+where the Royal Family and the orchestra of music were. This pleased
+them all very much; and after their breakfasts, while they were yet in
+this cheerful train of feelings, the young man who had brought them the
+money from the King made his appearance, and I was instantly sent for.
+On arriving I was informed by him that he had come from his Majesty
+with the gold and silver medals, to be presented in his Majesty's name
+to each one individually. This announced, the Indians of course put all
+other occupations aside, and, being all seated on the floor, at the
+request of the chief, the medals were called out by the inscriptions on
+them and presented accordingly. The first presented was a gold medal to
+White Cloud, the chief: the inscription on the back of it read thus:--
+
+           "Donn� � _Mu-hu-she-kaw_, par le Roi: 1845."
+
+The next presented was to the War-chief--a gold medal of equal size,
+and inscription in the same form. Silver medals, of equal size with
+inscriptions, were then presented to all the warriors and women and
+children. This last part of the list, women and children, seemed to
+startle them a little. The idea of women and children receiving medals
+was entirely new to them, and put them quite at a stand. There was no
+alternative but to take them, and be thankful for them; but it seemed
+curious enough to them--a subject not to be named, however, until
+the messenger had departed with their thanks to his Majesty for his
+kindness. This was done by the War-chief, and the gentleman departed.
+
+The old Doctor and _Wa-ton-ye_, the two unmarried men of the
+party, were the only ones who seemed to show anything like decided
+dissatisfaction in their faces, though Jim and Little Wolf were
+fumbling theirs over in their fingers, evidently in a struggle of
+feeling whether to be dissatisfied or not. The Little Wolf was a
+warrior of decided note, who had taken several scalps, and his
+wife had never taken one, and yet her medal was equal to his own;
+however, by the operation he had got two medals instead of one. Jim
+felt a little touched, and, though never having done much more in war
+than his squaw had, was preparing to make a great harangue on the
+occasion, and even rolled over on his back, and drew up his knees,
+for the purpose, but, taking the shining metal from his wife's hands,
+and placing it by the side of his own, he thought they would form a
+beautiful ornament, both hanging together, symbolic of an affectionate
+husband and wife, and he was silent. The poor old Doctor, though, who
+had taken _one prisoner_ certain, and _possibly_ some scalps, and (as
+the old War-chief had one day told him) undoubtedly "many lives," who
+could only dangle one medal (having no wife), and that one no better
+than those given to the women and children, lost all traces of the
+complaisant smiles that had shone on his face a little time before,
+and, rising suddenly up, and wrapping his robe around him, he found his
+way to the house-top, where he stood in silent gaze upon the chimneys
+and tiles, more suited to the meditations that were running through his
+troubled mind. _Wa-ton-ye_, in the mean time, with smothered feelings
+that no one ever heard vent given to, hung his with its tri-coloured
+ribbon upon a nail in the wall just over his head, and, drawing his
+buffalo robe quite over him, hid his face, and went to sleep.
+
+White Cloud and the War-chief sat during the while, with their families
+hanging about their shoulders and knees, well pleased, and smiling upon
+the brightness of his Majesty's familiar features in shining gold, as
+they turned their medals around in various lights. Theirs were of a
+more precious metal, and each, from the number of his family with him,
+became the owner of _three_, instead of _one_, over which the poor
+Doctor was yet pondering on the house-top, as he stood looking off
+towards the mountains and prairies.
+
+When their carriages were at the door, to make their visit to the
+_H�pital des Invalides_, as promised the night before, the Doctor was
+unwilling to break the charm of his contemplations, and _Wa-ton-ye_
+could not be waked, and the rest drove off in good cheer and delight.
+They hung their medals on their necks, suspended by their tri-coloured
+ribbons, the meaning of which having been explained to them, and they
+were soon at the mouths of the huge cannon, whose "big mouths" had
+"spoken so loudly" the night before.
+
+After taking a good look at them, and getting something of their
+curious history, they entered that wonderful and most noble
+institution, an honour to the name of its founder and to the country
+that loves and upholds it, the _Hospital_ of _Invalids_. Nothing on
+earth could have struck these people as more curious and interesting
+(a race of warriors themselves) than this institution, with its
+3800 venerable inmates, the living victims of battles, wounded,
+crippled, fed, and clothed, and made happy, the living evidences of
+the human slaughter that must have taken place in the scenes they had
+been through. If this scene convinced them of the destructiveness
+of civilized modes of warfare, it taught them an useful lesson of
+civilized sympathy for those who are the unfortunate victims of war and
+carnage.
+
+The moral that was drawn from this day's visit was an important one
+to them, and I took the opportunity, and many others afterwards, to
+impress it upon their minds. It pleased them to hear that these old
+veterans, with one leg and one arm, were the very men who were chosen
+to come to the big guns, and fire them off, on the day of the King's
+fete--the same guns that they fought around, and over, when they were
+taking them from the enemies.
+
+Returning from the "_Invalides_," our carriages were stopped in Place
+Concorde for a view of the beautiful fountains playing, which pleased
+and astonished them, as they do all foreigners who pass. The Egyptian
+obelisk column of Luxor, of seventy-two feet, in one solid piece of
+granite, and brought from Egypt to Paris, was shown and explained to
+them, and our carriage driven to the ground where the _guillotine_ had
+stood on which the blood of Kings and Queens had been shed, and where
+the father of Louis Philippe was beheaded. These extraordinary and
+almost incredible facts of history, and that so recent, filled their
+minds with amazement, and almost with incredulity. Our drive that day
+was continued through the broad avenue of the Champs Elys�es to the
+_triumphal arch_ at the Barri�re d'Etoile, and our view from the top of
+it was one of the finest they thought in the world. We were not quite
+as high as when we were on the tower of the York cathedral, but the
+scene around us was far more picturesque and enchanting.
+
+When we returned we found the old Doctor and _Wa-ton-ye_ seated upon
+their buffalo robes, and playing at cards, quite in good humour, and
+their medals put away, as if nothing had happened to put them out. They
+were much amused at the descriptions of what the others had seen, and
+particularly so at Jim's description of an ugly woman he saw on top of
+the Arc de Triomphe, and who followed him around, he said, and looked
+him in the face until he was frightened. Here the Doctor, who had been
+out of humour, and was disposed to be a little severe on Jim, replied
+that "it was laughable for such an ill-looking, big-mouthed fellow as
+him to be talking about any one's ill looks, and to be alarmed at any
+one's ugliness, looking out over such a set of features as he had on
+the lower part of his face." Jim, however, having two medals, took but
+little notice of the Doctor's severity, but proceeded to tell about
+the ugly woman he saw. He said, "her eyes had all the time two white
+rings clear around them, and the end of her nose turning up, as if she
+had always smelled something bad, had pulled her upper-lip up so high
+that she could not shut her mouth or cover her teeth. She had two great
+rows of teeth, and there was black all between them, as if a charge of
+gunpowder had gone off in her mouth, and her skin was as white as snow,
+excepting on her cheeks, and there it was quite red, like a rose."
+
+"Stop, stop, Jim," said I, "let me write that down before you go any
+further."
+
+But this was all. He said he could not bear to look at her, and
+therefore he did not examine her any further. He also made some fun
+about two English ladies, who were up there when they were on the Arc
+de Triomphe. He said, "he had sat down by the side of the railing with
+his wife, where these ladies came to them. One of them asked if they
+could speak English, to which he made no reply, but shook his head. He
+said they had a great many things to say about him, and one of them
+wanted to feel his face (his chin, he supposed), to see if he had any
+beard; and when she did not find any, she said something which he did
+not understand, but he said it tickled them very much, and then he said
+she put her hand on his shoulder, which was naked, and took hold of
+his arm, and said several things, about which they had a great deal of
+laugh, which he understood, and which he would not like to mention, for
+his wife did not understand them, and he did not wish her to know what
+they were laughing about."
+
+The hour having approached for their afternoon's exhibition, the
+conversation was here broken off. I was, however, obliged to delay
+a few minutes for some account they wished me to give them of the
+guillotine, which I had spoken of while in the Place Concorde. I
+briefly described it to them, and they all expressed a wish to go some
+day and see it, and I promised to take them.
+
+The exhibition in the afternoon was attended by many more fashionable
+ladies and gentlemen than that of the evening; and so many carriages
+driving up to the door, in a pleasant day, was always sure to put the
+Doctor into the best of humour, and generally, when he was in such
+a mood, there would be wit and drollery enough in him, and his good
+friend Jim, to influence the whole group. They were usually in good
+spirits, and, when so, were sure to please; and thus were they on that,
+the first of their morning's entertainments; and it happened luckily,
+for we had in the rooms some of the most fashionable and literary
+personages of Paris--amongst these, the famous writers, _Victor Hugo_,
+_Madame Georges Sands_, and several others, to whom the Indians and
+myself were personally introduced.
+
+The old Doctor was told by M. Vattemare, who was again there, to do
+his best, and all did their parts admirably well, and much to the
+astonishment of the ladies, several of which old dames I found had
+really supposed, until now, that the "_sauvages_" were little more
+than wild beasts. After the Indians had finished their amusements and
+retired from the rooms, _I_ was left _lion_ again and "lord of all the
+visitors were now surveying." Then it was that _my_ embarrassment came,
+losing in a great measure the pleasure that I could have drawn from the
+society of such persons who came to praise, by not speaking the French
+language.
+
+However, I had generally the benefit of my friend M. Vattemare or
+others around me ready to help me through the difficulty. It gave me
+daily pleasure to find that my works were highly applauded by the
+press, as well as by personal expressions in the room, and in all the
+grades of society to which I was then being invited.
+
+Our second evening soon approached, and we found the hall fashionably
+filled again, and of course the Indians, though in a strange country,
+in good spirits and gratified, as their very appearance while entering
+the room got them rounds of applause. After their exhibition was over
+in the usual way I got _my_ applause, and so our mutual efforts were
+daily and nightly made to instruct and amuse the Parisians, which I
+shall always flatter myself we did to a considerable extent.
+
+While our exhibitions were now in such a train, we were studying how to
+make the most valuable use of our extra time, by seeing the sights of
+Paris and its environs.
+
+The _Louvre_ was one of the first objects of our attention; and having
+procured an order from the Director to visit it on a private day, we
+took an early hour and made our entry into it. We were received by
+the Director with kindness, and he conducted the party the whole way
+through the different galleries, pointing out and explaining to them
+and to us the leading and most interesting things in it.
+
+The Director, M. de Cailleux, had invited several of his distinguished
+friends to meet him on the occasion, and it was to them, as well as
+to us, interesting to see the Indians under such circumstances, where
+there was so much to attract their attention and calculated to surprise
+them. M. Vattemare was with us on this occasion, and of very great
+service in his introductions and interpretations for us. Amongst the
+distinguished persons who were present, and to whom I was introduced
+on the occasion, was the Baron de Humboldt. He accompanied us quite
+through the rooms of the Louvre, and took a great deal of interest in
+the Indians, having seen and dealt with so many in the course of his
+travels. I had much conversation with him, and in a few days after was
+honoured by him with a private visit to my rooms, when I took great
+pleasure in explaining the extent and objects of my collection.
+
+The view of the Louvre was a great treat to the Indians, who had had
+but little opportunity before of seeing works of art. In London we
+thought we had showed them all the sights, but had entirely forgotten
+the exhibitions of paintings; and I believe the poor fellows had been
+led to think, before they saw the Louvre, that mine was the greatest
+collection of paintings in the world. They had a great deal of talk
+about it when they got home and had lit their pipe. The one great
+objection they raised to it was, that "it was too long--there were too
+many things to be seen; so many that they said they had forgotten all
+the first before they got through, and they couldn't think of them
+again." There was one impression they got while there, however--that no
+length of room or number of pictures would easily eradicate from their
+memories, the immense number of marks of bullets on the columns of the
+portico, and even inside of the building, shot through the windows in
+the time of the Revolution of July. This appalling scene was described
+to them on the spot by M. Vattemare, which opened their eyes to an
+historical fact quite new to them, and of which they soon taxed him and
+me for some further account.
+
+The poor fellows at this time were beginning to sympathize with the
+noble fellow the Little Wolf, whose wife had been for some weeks
+growing ill, and was now evidently declining with symptoms of quick
+consumption. The buoyant spirits of the good and gallant fellow seemed
+to be giving way to apprehensions; and although he joined in the
+amusements, he seemed at times dejected and unhappy. There were days
+when her symptoms seemed alarming, and then she would rally and be
+in the room again in all the finery of her dress and trinkets, but
+was evidently gradually losing strength and flesh, and decided by her
+physician to be in a rapid decline. She was about this time advised to
+keep to her chamber and away from the excitement of the exhibition and
+sight-seeing, in which the rest of the party were daily engaged.
+
+By this time the Ioways had made so much noise in Paris that they
+were engaging the attention of the scientific, the religious, and the
+ethnologic, as well as the mere curious part of the world, and daily
+and almost hourly applications were being made to Mr. Melody and myself
+for private interviews with them for the above purposes. We were
+disposed to afford every facility in our power in such cases, but in
+all instances left the Indians to decide who they would and who they
+would not see.
+
+Amongst those applicants there was a phrenologist, who had been
+thrusting himself into their acquaintance as much as possible in their
+exhibition rooms, and repeatedly soliciting permission to go to their
+private rooms to make some scientific examinations and estimates of
+their heads, to which the Indians had objected, not understanding the
+meaning or object of his designs. He had become very importunate
+however, and, having brought them a number of presents at different
+times, it was agreed at Mr. Melody's suggestion, one day, as the
+quickest way of getting rid of him, that he should be allowed to come
+up. We conversed with the Indians, and assured them that there was
+not the slightest chance of harm, or witchcraft, or anything of the
+kind about it, and they agreed to let him come in. They had a hearty
+laugh when he came in, at Jim's wit, who said to him, though in Indian
+language that he didn't understand, "If you will shut the door now,
+you will be the ugliest-looking man in the whole room." This was not,
+of course, translated to the phrenologist, who proceeded with his
+examinations, and commenced on Jim's head first. Jim felt a little
+afraid, and considerably embarrassed also, being the first one called
+upon to undergo an operation which he knew so little about, or what
+was to be the result of. Stout, and warlike, and courageous as he was,
+he trembled at the thought of a thing that he could not yet in the
+least appreciate, and all were looking on and laughing at him for his
+embarrassment. The phrenologist proceeded, feeling for the bumps around
+his head, and, stopping once in a while to make his mental deductions,
+would then run his fingers along again. Jim's courage began to rally
+a little, seeing that there was to be nothing more than that sort of
+manipulation, and he relieved himself vastly by turning a little of his
+wit upon the operator, for a thing that looked to him so exceedingly
+ridiculous and absurd, by telling him "I don't think you'll find any
+in my head; we Indians shave a great part of our hair off, and we keep
+so much oil in the rest of it, that they won't live there: you will
+find much more in white men's heads, who don't oil their hair." This
+set the whole party and all of us in a roar, and Jim's head shook so
+as to embarrass the operator for a little time. When he got through,
+and entered his estimates in his book, Jim asked him "if he found
+anything in his head?" to which he replied in the affirmative. Placing
+his fingers on "_self-esteem_," he said there was great fulness there.
+"Well," said Jim, "I'm much obliged to you: I'll set my wife to look
+there by and by. And now," said Jim, "take the old Doctor here: his
+head is full of em." By this time Jim's jokes had got us all into a
+roar of laughter, and the Doctor was in the chair, and Jim looking on
+to see what he could discover. White Cloud thought Jim had cracked his
+jokes long enough, and as they had all laughed at them, he considered
+it most respectful now to let the man go through with it. So he
+finished with the Doctor and then with White Cloud and the War-chief,
+and when he came to the women they positively declined.
+
+Jim, having been rebuked for laughing too much, had stopped suddenly,
+and, instantly resolving to try his jokes upon the poor man in another
+mood, assumed, as he easily could, the most treacherous and assassin
+look that the human face can put on, and asked the phrenologist if he
+was done, to which he replied "Yes." "Now," said Jim, "we have all
+waited upon you and given you a fair chance, and I now want you to
+sit down a minute and let me examine _your_ head;" at the same time
+drawing his long scalping knife out from his belt, and wiping its blade
+as he laid it in a chair by the side of him. The phrenologist, having
+instantly consented, and just taking possession of the chair as he was
+drawing his knife out, could not well do otherwise than sit still for
+Jim's operations, though he was evidently in a greater trepidation than
+he had put Jim into by the first experiment that was made. Jim took the
+requisite time in his manipulations to crack a few jokes more among
+his fellow Indians upon the quackery of his patient, and then to let
+him up, telling him, for the amusement of those around, that "his face
+looked very pale" (which by the way was the case), "and that he found
+his head very full of them."
+
+The phrenologist was a good-natured sort of man, and, only partially
+understanding their jokes, was delighted to get off with what he had
+learned, without losing his scalp-lock, which it would seem as if he
+had apprehended at one moment to have been in some danger. As he was
+leaving the room, Daniel came in, announcing that there were two
+Catholic clergymen in the room below, where they had been waiting half
+an hour to have some talk with the Indians. "Let them up," says Jim;
+"I will make a speech to them:" at which the old Doctor sprang up.
+"There," said he, "there's my robe; lay down quick." The Doctor's wit
+raised a great laugh, but, when a moment had blown it away, Mr. Melody
+asked the chief what was his wish, whether to see them or not. "Oh
+yes," said he (but rather painfully, and with a sigh); "yes, let them
+come in: we are in a strange country, and we don't wish to make any
+enemies: let them come up." They were then conducted up and spent half
+an hour in pleasant conversation with the chiefs, without questioning
+them about their religion, or urging their own religion upon them. This
+pleased the Indians very much, and, finding them such pleasant and
+social good-natured men, they felt almost reluctant to part company
+with them. Each of them left a handsome Bible as presents, and took
+affectionate leave.
+
+After they had left, the Indians had much talk about them, and were
+then led to think of "the good people," the Friends, they had seen so
+many of in England and Ireland, and asked me if they should find any of
+them in Paris. I told them I thought they would not, at which they were
+evidently very much disappointed.
+
+One of the next sight-seeing expeditions was to the _Jardin des
+Plantes_, to which our old friend M. Vattemare accompanied us. The
+animals here, from a difference of training, or other cause, were not
+quite so much alarmed as they were in the menagerie in London; but when
+the doctor breathed out the silvery notes of his howling _totem_, the
+wolf at once answered him in a remote part of the garden. Jim imitated
+the wild goose, and was answered in an instant by a cackling flock of
+them. The panthers hissed, and the hy�nas were in great distress, and
+the monkeys also: the eagles chattered and bolted against the sides
+of their cages, and the parrots lost their voices by squalling, and
+many of their feathers by fluttering, when the Indians came within
+their sight. They pitied the poor old and jaded buffalo, as they did in
+London, he looked so broken-spirited and desolate; and also the deer
+and the elks; but the bears they said didn't seem to care much about
+it. They were far more delighted with the skins of animals, reptiles,
+and fishes in the museum of natural history; and I must say that _I_
+was also, considering it the finest collection I ever have seen.
+
+The garden of plants was amusement enough for an hour or so, and then
+to the _Halle aux Vins_ in the immediate neighbourhood. This grand
+magazine of _chickabobboo_ has been described by many writers, and
+no doubt seen by many who read, but few have seen the expression of
+amazement upon the brows of a party of wild Indians from the forest
+of America, while their eyes were running over the vast and almost
+boundless lines of 800,000 casks of wine under one roof, and heard the
+piercing war-whoop echoing and vibrating through their long avenues,
+raised at the startling information that 20,000,000 of gallons of this
+are annually drawn out of this to be drunk in the city of Paris; and
+few of those who heard it knew whether it was raised to set the wine
+running, or as a note of exultation that they had found a greater
+fountain of _chickabobboo_ than the brewery they were in, in London.
+However true the latter was, the first was supposed to have been the
+design, and it must needs have its effect. A few bottles, in kindness
+and hospitality cracked, cooled all parched and parching lips, and our
+faithful timepieces told us our engagement with the public was at hand,
+and we laid our course again for the _Salle Valentino_.
+
+"Oh! what a glorious country," said Jim, as we were rolling along;
+"there's nothing like that in London: the _chickabobboo_ is better
+here, and there's more of it too." Poor ignorant fellow! he was not
+aware that the brewery they saw in London was only one of some dozens,
+and that the wine in all those casks they had just seen was not quite
+as delicious as that with which his lips had just been moistened.
+
+With their recollections dwelling on the scenes they had witnessed in
+London, they were naturally drawing comparisons as they were wending
+their way back; and they had in this mood taken it into their heads
+that there were no gin-shops in Paris, as they could see none, which
+was quite mysterious to them, until I explained to them the nature of
+the caf�s, the splendid open shops they were every moment passing,
+glittering with gold and looking-glasses. They were surprised to learn
+that the delicious poison was dealt out in these neat "palaces," but
+which they had not known or suspected the meaning of. They admitted
+their surprise, and at once decided that "they liked the free, and
+open, and elegant appearance of them much better than those in London,
+where they are all shut up in front with great and gloomy doors, to
+prevent people from looking into them, as if they were ashamed."
+
+The cemetery of P�re la Chaise was next to be seen as soon as there
+should be a fine day: that day arrived, and half an hour's drive landed
+us at its entrance.
+
+This wonderful place has been described by many travellers, and
+therefore needs but a passing notice here. This wilderness of tombs,
+of houses or boxes of the dead, thrown and jumbled together amidst
+its gloomy cypress groves and thickets, is perhaps one of the most
+extraordinary scenes of the kind in the world: beautiful in some
+respects, and absurd and ridiculous in others, it is still one of
+the wonders of Paris, and all who see the one must needs visit the
+other. The scene was one peculiarly calculated to excite and please
+the Indians. The wild and gloomy and almost endless labyrinths of
+the little mansions of the dead were pleasing contrasts to their
+imprisonment within the dry and heated walls of the city; the varied
+and endless designs that recorded the places and the deeds of the dead
+were themes of amusement to them, and the subject altogether one that
+filled their minds with awe, and with admiration of the people who
+treated their dead with so much respect.
+
+We wandered for an hour through its intricate mazes of cypress,
+examining the tombs of the rich and the poor so closely and curiously
+grouped together--a type, even in the solitudes of death, of the great
+Babylon in which their days had been numbered and spent. Whilst we
+were strolling through the endless mazes of this _sub-rosa_ city, we
+met an immense concourse of people, evidently bearing the body of some
+distinguished person to the grave. The pompous display of mourning
+feathers and fringes, &c., with hired mourners, was matter of some
+surprise to the Indians; but when a friend of the deceased stepped
+forward to pronounce an eulogium on his character, recounting his many
+virtues and heroic deeds, it reminded the Indians forcibly of the
+custom of their own country, and they all said they liked to see that.
+
+We took them to the patched and vandalized tomb of Abelard and Eloisa;
+but as there was not time for so long a story, it lost its interest
+to them. They were evidently struck with amazement at the system and
+beauty of this place, and from that moment decided that they liked the
+French for the care they took of their old soldiers and the dead.
+
+The poor fellows, the Indians, who were now proceeding daily and
+nightly with their exciting and "astonishing" exhibitions, were
+becoming so confounded and confused with the unaccountable sights and
+mysteries of Paris which they were daily visiting, that they began
+to believe there was no end to the curious and astonishing works
+of civilized man; and, instead of being any longer startled with
+excitement and wonder, decided that it would be better to look at
+everything else as simple and easy to be made by those that know how,
+and therefore divested of all further curiosity. This they told me they
+had altogether resolved upon: "they had no doubt there were yet many
+strange things for them to see in Paris, and they would like to follow
+me to see them all; but they would look with their eyes only half open,
+and not trouble us with their surprise and their questions."
+
+With these views, and their eyes "half open," then, they still took
+their daily drives, and Mr. Melody or myself, in constant company,
+stopping to show them, and to see ourselves, what was yet new and
+wonderful to be seen. There was still much to be seen in Paris, and
+the poor Indians were a great way from a complete knowledge of all the
+tricks and arts of civilization.
+
+A drive to the _School of Medicine_ and the _H�pital des Enfans
+Trouv�s_ was enough for one morning's recreation. The first, with
+"_Dupuytren's Room_," was enough to open the old Doctor's eyes, and
+the latter, with its 6000 helpless and parentless infants added to it
+annually, sufficient to swell the orbs of Jim, and make him feel for
+his note-book. The School of Medicine, with Dupuytren's Room, forms
+one of the most surprising sights to be seen in Paris, and yet, save
+with the Doctor, there seemed to be but little interest excited by the
+sight. The Doctor's attitude was one of studied dignity and philosophic
+conceit as he stood before those wonderful preparations, not to be
+astonished, but to study as a critic, while he fanned himself with his
+eagle's tail. The expression of his face, which was the whole time
+unchanged, was one of a peculiar kind, and, as it was not sketched at
+the time, must be for ever lost.
+
+The novel and pitiful sight of the thousands of innocent little
+creatures in the Foundling Hospital seemed to open the "half-closed
+eyes" and the hearts of the Indians, notwithstanding the resolutions
+they had made. When it was explained to them how these little creatures
+came into the world, and then into this most noble institution, and
+also that in the last year there had been born in the city of Paris
+26,000 children, 9000 of whom were illegitimate, their eyes were surely
+open to the astounding facts of the vices of civilized society, and of
+the virtue of civilized governments in building and maintaining such
+noble institutions for the support of the fatherless and helpless in
+infancy, as well as for the veterans who have been maimed in the fields
+of glorious battle. When I told them that, of those thousands of little
+playful children, not one knew any other parent than the Government,
+they groaned in sympathy for them, and seemed at a loss to abhor or
+applaud the most, the sins of man that brought them into the world,
+or the kind and parental care that was taken of them by the Government
+of the country. Jim made a sure demand upon Daniel's kindness for
+the entry of these important facts, which he soon had in round and
+conspicuous numbers in his note-book, to teach to the "_cruel and
+relentless Indians_."
+
+The sentimentalism and sympathy of the poor old Doctor were touched
+almost to melancholy by this scene; and in his long and serious
+cogitations on it he very gravely inquired why the thousands of women
+leading and petting little dogs in the streets could not be induced
+to discharge their dogs, and each one take a little child and be its
+mother? He said, if he were to take a Frenchwoman for his wife, he
+would rather take her with a little child, even if it were her own,
+than take her with a little dog.
+
+The _guillotine_, which happened to be in our way, and which they had
+been promised a sight of, they thought was more like a _Mississippi
+saw-mill_ than anything else they had seen. It drew a murmur or two
+when explained to them how the victim was placed, and his head rolled
+off when the knife fell, but seemed to have little further effect
+upon them except when the actual number was mentioned to them whose
+heads are there severed from their bodies annually, for their crimes
+committed in the streets and houses of Paris. Our stay before this
+awful and bloody machine was but short, and of course their remarks
+were few, until they got home, and their dinner was swallowed, and
+their _chickabobboo_, and, reclining on their buffalo robes, the pipe
+was passing around.
+
+Their conversation was then with Daniel, who had been but the day
+before to see the very same things, and they gained much further
+information than we did, which he communicated to them. He entered
+in Jim's book, as he had desired, the numbers of the _illegitimates_
+and _foundlings_ of Paris, which seemed to be a valuable addition to
+his estimates of the blessings of civilization; and also the number
+of annual victims whose heads roll from the side of the guillotine.
+His book was then closed, and a curious discussion arose between the
+Indians and Daniel, whether the gallows, which they had seen in the
+prisons in England and Ireland, was a preferable mode of execution to
+that of the guillotine, which they had just been to see. They had no
+doubt but both of them, or, at least, that one or the other of them
+was absolutely necessary in the civilized world; but the question was,
+which was the best. Daniel contended that the punishment which was most
+ignominious was best, and contended for the gallows, while the Indians
+thought the guillotine was the best. They thought that death was bad
+enough, without the Government trying to add to its pang by hanging
+people up by the neck with a rope, as the Indians hang dogs. From
+this grave subject, which they did not seem to settle, as there was
+no umpire, they got upon a somewhat parallel theme, and were quite as
+seriously engaged, when I was obliged to leave them, whether it would
+be preferable to be _swallowed whole_ by a whale, or to be _chewed_.
+Daniel was referring to Scripture for some authority on this subject,
+by looking into one of Jim's Bibles, when Mr. Melody and I were
+apprised of an appointment, which prevented us from ever hearing the
+result.
+
+The next promise we had to keep with them was the one that had been
+made to take them to see the fountain of all the pretty and ugly little
+dogs and huge mastiffs they saw carried and led through the streets of
+Paris--the "_Dog Market_."
+
+The _Dog Hospital_, being _en route_, was visited first; and though
+one could scarcely imagine what there could be there that was amusing
+or droll, still the old Doctor insisted on it that it must be very
+interesting, and all resolved to go. It was even so, and on that
+particular occasion was rendered very amusing, when the Doctor entered,
+with Jim and the rest following. The squalling of "There! there!
+there!" by the frightened parrots in Cross's Zoological Gardens bore
+little comparison to the barking and yelling of "les petits pauvres
+chiens," and the screams of the old ladies--"Ne les effrayez pas,
+Messieurs, s'il vous pla�t! ils sont tous malades--tous malades:
+pauvres b�tes! pauvres b�tes!" It was soon perceived that the nerves
+of the poor little "malades," as well as those of the old women
+their doctors, were too much affected to stand the shock, and it was
+thought best to withdraw. The old Doctor, getting just a glance at
+the sick-wards, enough to convince him of the clean comforts these
+little patients had, and seeing that their physicians were females,
+and also that the wards were crowded with fashionable ladies looking
+and inquiring after the health of their little pets, he was quite
+reluctant to leave the establishment without going fairly in and
+making his profession known, which he had thought would, at least,
+command him some respect amongst female physicians. He had some notion
+for this purpose of going in alone, but sarcastic Jim said the whole
+fright of the poor dogs had been produced by his appearance; to which
+the Doctor replied that they only barked because Jim was coming behind
+him. However, our visit was necessarily thus short, and attention
+directed to the Dog Market, for which Jim was more eager, as he had
+a special object. This was a curiosity, to be sure, and well worth
+seeing; there was every sort of whelp and cur that could be found in
+Christendom, from the veriest minimum of dog to the stateliest mastiff
+and Newfoundland; and, at Jim and the Doctor's approach, hundreds
+of them barked and howled, many broke their strings, some laid upon
+their backs, and yelled (no doubt, if one could have understood their
+language) that they never saw before in their lives so ill-looking and
+frightful a couple, and so alarming a set as those who were following
+behind them. Jim wanted to buy, and, the business-meaning of his face
+being discovered, there were all sorts of offers made him, and every
+kind of pup protruded into his face; but the barking of dogs was such
+that no one could be heard, and then many a poor dog was knocked flat
+with a broom, or whatever was handiest, and others were choked, to stop
+their noise. No one wanted to stand the din of this canine Bedlam
+longer than was necessary for Jim to make his choice, which the poor
+fellow was endeavouring to do with the greatest despatch possible.
+His mode was rather different from the ordinary mode of testing the
+qualities he was looking for, which was by feeling of the ribs; and
+having bargained for one that he thought would fit him, the lookers-on
+were somewhat amused at his choice. He made them understand by his
+signs that they were going to eat it, when the poor woman screamed out,
+"Diable! mange pas! mange pas!--venez, venez, ma pauvre b�te!"
+
+The crowd by this time was becoming so dense that it was thought
+advisable to be on the move, and off. The Doctor became exceedingly
+merry at Jim's expense, as he had come away without getting a dog for
+their Dog Feast, of which they had been for some time speaking.
+
+On their return from this day's drive, they met, to their very great
+surprise, their old friend _Bobasheela_, who had left his business
+and crossed the Channel to see them once more before they should set
+sail for America. He said he could not keep away from them long at a
+time while they were in this country, because he loved them so much.
+They were all delighted to see him, and told him he was just in time
+to attend the Dog Feast, which they were going to have the next day.
+The Doctor told him of Jim's success in buying a dog, and poor Jim was
+teazed a great deal about his failure. _Bobasheela_ told them all the
+news about England, and Jim and the Doctor had a long catalogue to
+give him of their visit to the King--of their medals--their visits to
+the great fountain of _chickabobboo_ and the _Foundling Hospital_, all
+of which he told him he had got down in his book. All this delighted
+_Bobasheela_, until they very imprudently told him that they liked
+Paris much better than London. They told him that the people in Paris
+did not teaze them so much about religion; that there were fewer
+poor people in the streets; and that as yet they had kept all their
+money, for they had seen nobody poor enough to give it to. Their
+_chickabobboo_ was very different, but it was about as good. The
+guillotine they were very well satisfied with, as they considered it
+much better to cut men's heads off than to hang them up, like dogs, by
+a rope around the neck. This, and keeping men in prison because they
+owe money, they considered were the two most cruel things they heard of
+amongst the English.
+
+_Bobasheela_ replied to them that he was delighted to hear of their
+success, and to learn that they had seen the King, an honour he should
+himself have been very proud of. He told them that he never had seen
+the King, but that, while travelling in Kentucky many years ago, he was
+close upon the heels of the King, and so near him that he slept on the
+same (not bed, but) floor in a cabin where the King had slept, with his
+feet to the fire, but a short time before. This was something quite new
+to the Indians, and, like most of _Bobasheela's_ stories of the Far
+West, pleased them exceedingly.
+
+Jim, who was a _matter-of-fact man_, more than one of fancy and
+imagination, rather sided with _Bobasheela_, and, turning to his round
+numbers last added to his book, of "9000 illegitimate children born in
+Paris in the last year," asked his friend if he could read it, to which
+he replied "Yes." "Well," said Jim, in broad English, "some _fish_
+there, I guess, ha? I no like em Frenchwomen--I no like em: no good! I
+no like em so many children, no fader!" We all saw by Jim's eye, and
+by the agitation commencing, that he had some ideas that were coming
+out, and at the instant he was turning over on to his back, and drawing
+up his knees, and evidently keeping his eyes fixed on some object on
+the ceiling of the room, not to lose the chain of his thoughts, and
+he continued (not in English, for he spoke more easily in his own
+language), "I do not like the Frenchwomen. I did not like them at
+first, when I saw them leading so many dogs. I thought then that they
+had more dogs than children, but I think otherwise now. We believe that
+those women, who we have seen leading their dogs around with strings,
+have put their children away to be raised in the great house of the
+Government, and they get these little dogs to fill their places, and to
+suck their breasts when they are full of milk."
+
+"Hut--tut--tut!" said Melody, "you ill-mannerly fellow! what are you
+about? You will blow us all up here, Jim, if you utter such sentiments
+as those. I think the French ladies the finest in the world except the
+Americans, and if they heard such ideas as those, advanced by us, they
+would soon drive us out of Paris."
+
+"Yes," said Jim (in English again), "yes, I know--I know you like
+em--may be very good, but you see I no like em!" In his decided
+dislike, Jim's excitement was too great for his ideas to flow smoothly
+any further, and Mr. Melody not disposed to push the argument, the
+subject was dropped, and preparations made for the day exhibition, the
+hour for which was at hand.
+
+
+
+
+                             CHAPTER XXVII.
+
+  _La Morgue_--The Catacombs--The Doctor's dream--Their great
+     alarm--Visit to the _Hippodrome_--Jim riding M. Franconi's
+     horse--Indians in the Woods of Boulogne--Fright of the
+     rabbits--Jim and the Doctor at the _Bal Mabille_, Champs
+     Elys�es--At the _Masquerade, Grand Opera_--Their opinions
+     and criticisms on them--Frenchwomen at confession in St.
+     Roch--Doctor's ideas of it--Jim's speech--"_Industrious
+     fleas_"--Death of the wife of Little Wolf--Her
+     baptism--Husband's distress--Her funeral in the Madeleine--Her
+     burial in Montmartre--Council held--Indians resolve to return
+     to America--Preparations to depart in a few days--_Bobasheela_
+     goes to London to ship their boxes to New York--He returns,
+     and accompanies the Indians to Havre--Indians take leave of
+     _Chippehola_ (the Author)--M. Vattemare accompanies them to
+     Havre--Kindly treated by Mr. Winslow, an American gentleman, at
+     Havre--A splendid dinner, and _(Queen's) Chickabobboo_--Indians
+     embark--Taking leave of _Bobasheela_--Illness of the Author's
+     lady--His alarm and distress--Her death--Obituary--Her remains
+     embalmed and sent to New York.
+
+
+After their exhibition was over, and they had taken their dinner
+and _chickabobboo_ (at the former of which they had had the company
+of their old friend _Bobasheela_), their pipe was lit, and the
+conversation resumed about the French ladies, for whom Jim's dislike
+was daily increasing, and with his dislike, his slanderous propensity.
+He could not divest his mind of the 9000 illegitimate and abandoned
+little babies that he had seen, and the affection for dogs, which,
+instead of _exposing_, they secure with ribbons, and hold one end in
+their hands, or tie it to their apron-strings. This was a subject so
+glaring to Jim's imagination, that he was quite fluent upon it at
+a moment's warning, even when standing up or sitting, without the
+necessity of resorting to his usual and eccentric attitude. This
+facility caused him to be more lavish of his abuse, and at every
+interview in the rooms he seemed to be constantly frowning upon the
+ladies, and studying some new cause for abusing them, and drawing Mr.
+Melody and the Doctor into debates when they got back to their own
+apartments. Such was the nature of the debate he had just been waging,
+and which he had ended in his usual way, with the last word to himself,
+"I no care; me no like em."
+
+The subject was here changed, however, by Mr. Melody's reminding them
+that this day was the time they had set to visit the _Morgue_ and the
+_Catacombs_, for which an order had been procured. These had been
+the favourite themes for some days; and there had been the greatest
+impatience expressed to go and see the naked dead bodies of the
+murdered and _felo-de-ses_ daily stretched out in the one, and the
+five millions of skulls and other human bones that are laid up like
+cobhouses under great part of the city. _Bobasheela_ had described
+to them the wonders of this awful place, which he had been in on a
+former occasion, and Daniel had read descriptions from books while the
+Indians had smoked many a pipe; but when the subject was mentioned on
+this occasion, there were evident proofs instantly shown that some
+influence had produced a different effect upon their minds, and that
+they were no longer anxious to go. M. Vattemare, in speaking of the
+Catacombs a few days before, had said that about a year ago two young
+men from the West Indies came to Paris, and, getting an order to visit
+the Catacombs, entered them, and, leaving their guide, strolled so far
+away that they never got out, and never have been found, but their
+groans and cries are still often heard under different parts of the
+city. But the immediate difficulty with the Indians was a dream the
+Doctor had had the night before, and which he had been relating to
+them. He had not, he said, dreamed anything about the Catacombs, but he
+had seen _See-catch-e-wee-be_, the one-eyed wife of the "_fire-eater_"
+(a sorcerer of their tribe), who had followed his track all the way
+to the great village of the whites (London), and from that to Paris,
+where he saw her sitting on a bridge over the water; that she gave
+him a pair of new mocassins of moose-skin, and told him that the
+_Gitchee Manitou_ (the Great Spirit) had been very kind in not allowing
+him and _Wash-ka-mon-ya_ (Jim) to go under the ground in the Great
+Village of the Whites, in England, and their lives were thereby saved.
+She then went under an old woman's basket, who was selling apples,
+and disappeared. He could not understand why he should have such a
+vision as this the very night before they were to go underground to
+the Catacombs, unless it was to warn him of the catastrophe that
+might befall them if they were to make their visit there, as they had
+designed. They had smoked several pipes upon this information early
+in the morning, and the chiefs had closely questioned him and also
+consulted him as their oracle in all such cases, and had unanimously
+come to the conclusion that these were foreboding prognostications
+sufficient to decide it to be at least prudent to abandon their
+project, and thereby be sure to run no hazard.[40]
+
+  [40] The place they had escaped in the great village of the whites
+       they had been told was a Hell. It had been explained to them,
+       however, that there were several of those places in London,
+       and that they were only _imitations_ of hell, but they seemed
+       to believe that these catacombs (as there were so many
+       millions of the bones of Frenchmen gone into them) might be
+       the real hell of the pale-faces, and it was best to run no
+       risk.
+
+Mr. Melody and myself both agreed that their resolve placed them on
+the safe side at all events, and that we thought them wise in making
+it if they saw the least cause for apprehension. "They could easily
+run to the river, however, in their drive, and see the other place,
+the _Morgue_;" but that could not, on any account, be undertaken, as
+the two objects had been planned out for the same visit; and, from the
+Doctor's dream, it did not appear in the least certain in which of the
+places they were liable to incur the risk, and therefore they thought
+it best not to go to either. There was a great deal yet to see above
+ground, and quite as much as they should be able to see in the little
+time they had yet to remain there, and which would be much pleasanter
+to look at than white men's bones under ground.
+
+Their minds were filled with amazement on this wonderful subject; but
+their curiosity to see it seemed quite stifled by the Doctor's dream,
+and the subject for the present was dropped, with a remark from Jim,
+"that he was not sure but that this accounted for the white people
+digging up all the Indians' graves on the frontiers, and that their
+bones were brought here and sold." The Catacombs were thus left for
+Daniel and myself to stroll through at our leisure, and the Indians
+were contented with the sketch I made, which, with Daniel's account,
+put them in possession of the principal features of that extraordinary
+and truly shocking place.
+
+As their visit to the _Catacombs_ and the _Morgue_ was abandoned, we
+resolved to drive through the Champs Elys�es and visit the woods of
+Boulogne, the favourite drive of the Parisians, and probably the most
+beautiful in the world. We had been solicited by M. Franconi, of the
+_Hippodrome_, to enter into an arrangement with him to have the Indians
+unite in his entertainments three days in the week, where their skill
+in riding and archery could be seen to great advantage, and for which
+he would be willing to offer liberal terms. He had invited us to bring
+the Indians down, at all events, to see the place; and we agreed to
+make the visit to M. Franconi on our way to the woods of Boulogne.
+The view was a private one, known only to a few of his friends, who
+were present, and his own operatic _troupe_. We were very civilly and
+politely received; and, all walking to the middle of his grand area,
+he proposed to make us the offer, on condition that the Indians were
+good riders, which I had already assured him was the case, and which
+seemed rather difficult for him to believe, as they had so little of
+civilization about them. As the best proof, however, he proposed to
+bring out a horse, and let one of them try and show what he could do.
+This we agreed to at once; and, having told the Indians before we
+started that we should make no arrangement for them there unless they
+were pleased with it and preferred it, they had decided, on entering
+the grounds, that the exercises would be too desperate and fatiguing
+to them and destructive to their clothes, and therefore not to engage
+with him. However, the horse was led into the area and placed upon the
+track for their chariot-races, which is nearly a quarter of a mile in
+circumference; and, the question being put, "Who will ride?" it was
+soon agreed that Jim should try it first. "Wal, me try em," said Jim;
+"me no ride good, but me try em little." He was already prepared, with
+his shield and quiver upon his back and his long and shining lance in
+his hand. The horse was held; though, with all its training, it was
+some time, with its two or three grooms about it, before they could get
+the frightened creature to stand steady enough for Jim to mount. In
+the first effort which they thought he was making to get on, they were
+surprised to find that he was ungirthing the saddle, which he flung
+upon the ground, and, throwing his buffalo robe across the animal's
+back and himself astride, the horse dashed off at his highest speed.
+Jim saw that the animal was used to the track, and, the course being
+clear, he leaned forward and brandished his lance, and, every time
+he came round and passed us, sounded a charge in the shrill notes
+of the war-whoop. The riding was pleasing and surprised M. Franconi
+exceedingly, and when he thought it was about time to stop he gave his
+signal for Jim to pull up, but, seeing no slack to the animal's pace,
+and Jim still brandishing his weapons in the air and sounding the
+war-whoop as he passed, he became all at once alarmed for the health
+of his horse. The Indians at this time were all in a roar of laughter,
+and the old gentleman was placing himself and his men upon the track as
+Jim came round, with uplifted arms, to try to stop the animal's speed,
+just finding at that time that Jim had rode in the true prairie style,
+without using the bridle, and which, by his neglect of it, had got out
+of his reach, when he would have used it to pull up with. Jim still
+dashed by them, brandishing his lance as they came in his way: when
+they retreated and ran to head him in another place, he there passed
+them also, and passed them and menaced them again and again as he came
+around. The alarm of the poor old gentleman for the life of his horse
+became very conspicuous, and, with additional efforts with his men,
+and a little pulling up by Jim, who had at length found the rein, the
+poor affrighted and half-dead animal was stopped, and Jim, leaping off,
+walked to the middle of the area, where we were in a group, laughing to
+the greatest excess at the fun. The poor horse was near done over, and
+led away by the grooms, M. Franconi came and merely bade us good-by,
+and was exceedingly obliged to us. Whether the poor animal died or not
+we never heard, but Jim was laid up for several days. On asking him why
+he ran the horse so hard, he said it was the horse's fault, that "it
+ran away with him the moment he was on its back--that the creature was
+frightened nearly to death; and he thought, if it preferred running,
+he resolved to give it running enough." The Doctor told him he acted
+imprudently in getting on, which had caused all the trouble. "In what
+way?" inquired Jim. "Why, by letting the animal see that ugly face of
+yours; if you had hid it till you were on, there would have been no
+trouble."
+
+We were all obliged to laugh at the Doctor's wit; and having taken
+leave of the polite old gentleman, we were seated in our carriages
+again for a drive through the woods of Boulogne.
+
+In the midst of these wild and truly beautiful grounds the Indians
+and all got down for a stroll. The native wildness of the forests and
+jungle seemed in a moment to inspire them with their wild feelings,
+which had, many of them, long slumbered whilst mingling amidst the
+crowds of civilization, and away they leapt and bounded among the
+trees in their wild and wonted amusements. Their shrill yells and the
+war-whoop were soon lost in the distant thickets which they penetrated,
+and an hour at least elapsed before they could all be gathered
+together and prepared to return. Their frightful yells had started
+up all the rabbits that were unburrowed in the forests; and whilst
+hundreds were bounding about, and many taking to the open fields for
+escape, they encompassed one, and with their united screams had scared
+it to death. This they assured us was the case, as they brought it in
+by the legs, without the mark of any weapon upon it.
+
+Few scenes in Paris, if any, had pleased them more than this, and in
+their subsequent drives they repeatedly paid their visits to the "woods
+of Boulogne."
+
+On their return home poor Jim lay down, complaining very much of
+lameness from his hard ride on Franconi's horse, which he knew would
+prevent him from dancing for some days, as he was getting very stiff,
+and afraid he would not be well enough to go and see the "Industrious
+Fleas" (as they were called), where he and the Doctor and Jeffrey had
+arranged to go with Daniel and several young American acquaintance,
+who had decided it to be one of the choicest little sights then to be
+seen in Paris, and which from all accounts is an exhibition of female
+nudities in living groups, ringing all the changes on attitude and
+action for the amusement of the lookers-on. There was a great deal of
+amusing conversation about this very popular exhibition, but in this
+poor Jim and the Doctor reluctantly submitted to disappointment when
+Mr. Melody very properly objected to their going to see it.
+
+Jim had laid himself on his back at this time, and, not feeling in the
+best of humour, began in a tirade of abuse of the Frenchwomen, of whom
+he and the Doctor had seen more perhaps on the previous evening in the
+_Jardin Mabille_ in the Champs Elys�es, and the _masquerade_ in the
+_Grand Opera House_, than they had seen since they entered Paris.
+
+Their enterprise on that evening had taken place after their exhibition
+had closed, when Jim and the Doctor started with Jeffrey and Daniel and
+two or three friends who were pledged to take care of them. It was on
+Sunday evening, when the greatest crowds attend these places, and I
+have no other account of what they did and what they saw than that they
+gave me on their return home. They had first gone to the splendid _bal_
+in the popular garden, where they were told that the thousand elegant
+women they saw there dancing were all bad women, and that nearly all
+of them came to those places alone, as they had nothing to pay, but
+were all let in free, so as to make the men come who had to pay. This
+idea had tickled Jim and the Doctor very much, for, although they were
+from the wilderness, they could look a good way into a thing which was
+perfectly clear. It was a splendid sight for them, and, after strolling
+about a while, and seeing all that could be seen, they had turned
+their attention to the "_Bal Masqu�_" in the _Grand Opera_. Here they
+had been overwhelmed with the splendour of the scene, and astonished
+at its novelty, and the modes of the women who, Jim said, "were all
+ashamed to show their faces," and whose strange manoeuvres had added
+a vast deal to the fund of his objections to Frenchwomen, and which
+he said had constantly been accumulating ever since he first saw so
+many of them kissing the ends of little dogs' noses, and pretty little
+children on their foreheads. His mind here ran upon kissing, of which
+he had seen some the night before, and which he had often observed in
+the exhibition rooms and in the streets. He had laughed, he said, to
+see Frenchmen kiss each other on both cheeks; and he had observed that,
+when gentlemen kiss ladies, they kiss them on the forehead: he was
+not quite sure that they would do so in the dark, however. "In London
+always kiss em on the mouth; ladies kiss em Indians heap, and hug em
+too: in France ladies no kiss em--no like em--no good."
+
+In speaking of the _bal_ in the gardens, "he didn't see anything so
+very bad in that, but as for the masquerade, he looked upon it as a
+very immoral thing that so many thousands of ladies should come there
+and be ashamed to show their faces, and have the privilege of picking
+out just such men as they liked to go with them, and then take hold
+of their arms, as he said he repeatedly saw them, and lead them out."
+Amongst the Indians, he said, they had a custom much like that to be
+sure, but it was only given once a-year, and it was then only for the
+young married men to lend their wives to the old ones: this was only
+one night in the year, and it was a mark of respect that the young
+married men were willing to pay to the old warriors and chiefs, and
+the young married women were willing to agree to it because it pleased
+their husbands. On those occasions, he said, "none are admitted into
+the ring but old married men, and then the young married woman goes
+around and touches on the left shoulder the one who she wishes to
+follow her into the bushes, and she does it without being ashamed and
+obliged to cover her face."
+
+The Doctor's prejudices against the Frenchwomen were nothing near as
+violent as those of Jim, and yet he said it made him feel very curious
+when he saw some thousands with their faces all hidden: he said it
+must be true that they had some object that was bad, or they wouldn't
+be ashamed and hide their faces. Mr. Melody told Jim and the Doctor,
+however, that he didn't consider there was so very much harm in it, for
+these very women had the handiest way in the world to get rid of all
+their sins. If they happened accidentally or otherwise during the week
+to do anything that was decidedly naughty or wicked, they went into
+their churches very early in the morning, where the priest was in a
+little box with his ear to the window, where the woman kneeled down and
+told in his ear all the sins she had committed during the week, and she
+then went away quite happy that, having confessed them to him, he would
+be sure to have them all forgiven by the Great Spirit. They had a great
+laugh at this, and all thought that Mr. Melody was quizzing them, until
+_Bobasheela_ and _Daniel_ both told them it was all true, and if they
+liked to go with them any morning they would take them into any of the
+French churches or chapels, where they could see it; and would venture
+that they would see many of the same women confessing their sins whom
+they had seen at the _bal_ and the masquerade, and in this way they
+could tell who had behaved the worst, for the most guilty of them
+would be sure to be there first. The Doctor seemed evidently to look
+upon this still with suspicion and doubt; and as the splendid church
+of _St. Roch_ was nearly opposite to their rooms, and only across the
+street, it was proposed that the Doctor and Jim should accompany Daniel
+and their friend _Bobasheela_ immediately there, where in five minutes
+they could see more or less women at confession, and at the same time a
+fine sight, one of the most splendid churches in Paris, and the place
+where the Queen goes on every Sunday to worship. This so excited the
+party, that they chiefly all arose and walked across the street to
+take a view of the church and the Frenchwomen confessing their sins
+into the ears of the priests. They happened to have a fair opportunity
+of seeing several upon their knees at confession; and the old Doctor
+had been curious to advance up so near to one, that he said he saw the
+priest's eyes shining through between the little slats, and then he was
+convinced, and not before. He said that still it didn't seem right to
+him, unless the Great Spirit had put those men there for that purpose.
+He thought it a very nice place for a young girl to tell the priest
+where she would meet him, and he had a very good chance to see whether
+she was pretty or not. Jim had by this time studied out an idea or
+two, and said, he thought that this way of confessing sins aided the
+_bals_ and _masquerades_ and the _industrious fleas_ very much; and
+he believed that these were the principal causes of the great number
+of the poor little deserted and parentless babes they had seen in the
+hospital where they had been.
+
+The hour for the exhibition arriving, the conversation about Paris
+morals and religion was broken suddenly off, and perhaps at a good
+time. There were great crowds now daily attending their amusements,
+and generally applauding enthusiastically, and making the Indians
+occasional presents. On this occasion the Doctor had made a tremendous
+boast in the part he was taking in the eagle-dance, for the spirit of
+which the audience, and particularly the ladies, gave him a great deal
+of applause, so much so that at the end of the dance his vanity called
+him out in an off-hand speech about the beauty of the city, &c., and,
+it being less energetic than the boasts he had just been strutting
+out, failed to draw forth the applause he was so confidently depending
+on. He tried sentence after sentence, and, stopping to listen, all
+were silent. This perplexed and disappointed the Doctor very much, and
+still he went on, and at length stopped and sat down, admired, but not
+applauded. His friend Jim was laughing at him as he took his seat, and
+telling him that if he had barked like a little dog the ladies would
+have been sure to applaud. To this the Doctor said, "You had better try
+yourself:" upon which the daring Jim, who professed never to refuse
+any challenge, sprang upon his feet, and, advancing to the edge of
+the platform, stood braced out with his brows knitting, and his eyes
+"in a frenzy rolling," for full two minutes before he began. He then
+thrust his lance forward in his right hand as far as he could dart it
+over the heads of the audience, and, coming back to his balance again,
+he commenced. Of his speech no report was made, but it was short and
+confined to three or four brief sentences, at the end of which he
+looked around with the most doleful expression to catch the applause,
+but there was none. The old Doctor was watching him close, and telling
+him he had better sit down.
+
+In this dilemma he was still standing after all his good ideas had been
+spent, and each instant, as he continued to stand, making his case
+worse, he turned upon his heel, and as he was turning around he added,
+in an irritated manner, this amusing sentence: "You had better go and
+see the industrious fleas, and then you will applaud!" This made a
+great laugh amongst the Indians, but of course it was not translated to
+the audience. He then took his seat, looking exceedingly sober, and,
+with his pipe, was soon almost lost sight of in the columns of smoke
+that were rising around him.
+
+About this time a very friendly invitation had been given them and
+us by Colonel Thorn, an American gentleman of great wealth residing
+in Paris, and all were anticipating much pleasure on the occasion
+when we were to dine at his house; but, unluckily for the happiness
+and enjoyment of the whole party, on the morning of the day of our
+invitation the wife of the Little Wolf suddenly and unexpectedly died.
+Our engagement to dine was of course broken, and our exhibition and
+amusements for some days delayed. This sad occurrence threw the party
+into great distress, but they met the kindness of many sympathising
+friends, who administered in many ways to their comfort, and joined
+in attending the poor woman's remains to the grave. Her disease was
+the consumption of the lungs, and her decline had been rapid, though
+her death at that time was unexpected. When it was discovered that
+her symptoms were alarming, a Catholic priest was called in, and she
+received the baptism a few moments before she breathed her last.
+Through the kindness of the excellent Cur� of the _Madeleine church_,
+her remains were taken into that splendid temple, and the funeral rites
+performed over them according to the rules of that church, in the
+presence of some hundreds who were led there by sympathy and curiosity,
+and from thence her body was taken to the cemetery of Montmartre, and
+interred. The poor heartbroken noble fellow, the Little Wolf, shed the
+tears of bitterest sorrow to see her, from necessity, laid amongst the
+rows of the dead in a foreign land; and on every day that he afterwards
+spent in Paris he ordered a cab to take him to the grave, that he
+could cry over it, and talk to the departed spirit of his wife, as he
+was leaving some little offering he had brought with him. This was
+the second time we had seen him in grief; and we, who had been by him
+in all his misfortunes, admired the deep affection he showed for his
+little boy, and now for its mother, and at the same time the manly
+fortitude with which he met the fate that had been decreed to him.
+On this sad occasion their good friend M. Vattemare showed his kind
+sympathy for them, and took upon himself the whole arrangements of her
+funeral, and did all that was in his power to console and soothe the
+brokenhearted husband in the time of his affliction. He also proposed
+to have a suitable and appropriate monument erected over her grave, and
+for its accomplishment procured a considerable sum by subscription,
+with which, I presume, the monument has, ere this, been erected over
+her remains. The Little Wolf insisted on it that the exhibition should
+proceed, as the daily expenses were so very great, and in a few days,
+to give it all the interest it could have, resumed his part in the
+dance that he had taken before his misfortune.
+
+Owing to letters received about this time from their tribe, and the
+misfortune that had happened, the Indians were now all getting anxious
+to start for their own country, and, holding a council on the subject,
+called Mr. Melody in, and informed him that they had resolved to sleep
+but six nights more in Paris, and that they should expect him to be
+ready to start with them after that time. This was a short notice for
+us, but was according to Indian modes, and there was no way but to
+conform to it. Mr. Melody had pledged his word to the Government to
+take care of these people, and to return to their country with them
+whenever the chiefs should desire it; and I was bound, from my deep
+interest for them, to assent to whatever regulations Mr. Melody and the
+chiefs should adopt as the best.
+
+This notice came at a time when it was unexpected by me, and I think
+not anticipated by Mr. Melody, and was therefore unfortunate for
+us, and probably somewhat, though less so, to them. The very heavy
+outlays had all been made for their exhibitions, and their audiences
+were daily increasing. If their exhibitions could have been continued
+a month or two longer, the avails would have been considerable, and
+of great service to Mr. Melody, who had the heavy responsibility on
+his shoulders of taking these people back to their country at his own
+expense.
+
+The closing of their amusements, and positive time of their departure,
+was now announced, and immense crowds came in within the remaining few
+days to get the last possible glance at the faces and the curious modes
+of "_les Peaux Rouges_." The poor fellows enjoyed their interviews with
+the public to the last, and also their roast beef and beef-steaks and
+_chickabobboo_.
+
+They had much to say in the few days that were left; they quitted their
+daily drives and sight-seeing, and devoted their time to the pipe and
+conversation, in a sort of recapitulation of what they had seen and
+said and done on this side of the Atlantic, and of friends and affairs
+in their own humble villages, where their thoughts were now roaming.
+They were counting their cash also, packing away all their things they
+were to carry, and looking out for the little presents they wished to
+purchase, to take home to their friends. In all of these occupations
+they had the constant attention of their old and faithful friends
+_Bobasheela_ and _Daniel_.
+
+In one of their conversations after the funeral of the poor woman, the
+Doctor and Jim had much to say of the honours paid to her remains by
+the French people, which the whole party would recollect as long as
+they lived. They were pleased with and astonished at the beauty and
+magnificence of the Madeleine church, and wished to get some account
+of it to carry home to show their people, and thus, besides several
+engravings of it, Jim's book carried the following entry by my own
+hand:--"_La Madeleine_, the most splendid temple of worship in Paris,
+or perhaps in the world; surrounded with 52 Corinthian columns, 60 feet
+high; south pediment, a bas-relief, representing the Day of Judgment,
+with the figure of Magdalene at the feet of Christ."
+
+As the party were to embark at Havre on their homeward voyage, it
+became a question how they were to get their numerous trunks and boxes
+they had left in London, filled with clothes and other articles that
+they had purchased or received as presents while in England. To relieve
+them of this difficulty, their friend _Bobasheela_ volunteered to go
+to London and take all their boxes to Liverpool, and ship them to New
+York, and was soon on the way. This was a noble and kind act on the
+part of _Bobasheela_, and it was done with despatch, and he was back in
+Paris just in time to accompany his friends to Havre. M. Vattemare was
+in readiness to attend them also; and all their transactions in Paris
+being brought to a close, and they having taken leave of _Chippehola_
+and other friends, started for their native land, with my highest
+admiration for the sober and respectful manner in which they had
+conducted themselves while under my direction, and with my most ardent
+desire for their future success and happiness.[41]
+
+  [41] I learned from M. Vattemare, on his return, that the party
+       were treated with great friendship by an American gentleman
+       in Havre, Mr. Winslow, who invited them to dine at his house,
+       and bestowed on them liberal presents. They embraced their old
+       friend Bobasheela in their arms on the deck of their vessel,
+       and he sailed for London as their vessel was under weigh for
+       America. The rest of their history is for other historians,
+       and my narrative will continue a little further on events in
+       Paris.
+
+Here was about the period at which my dear wife and I had contemplated
+our return, with our little children, to our native land, where we
+should have returned in the enjoyment of all the happiness we had
+anticipated or could have wished, but for the misfortune that had
+been for some time awaiting me, but not until then duly appreciated,
+in my own house. Those of my readers who were not familiar with the
+completeness of my domestic happiness prior to this period of my life,
+will scarcely know how to sympathize with me, or perhaps to excuse me
+for adverting to it here. My dear Clara, whom I have introduced to the
+reader before, who shared with me many of the toils and pleasures of
+the prairies of the "Far West," and was now meeting with me the mutual
+enjoyments of the refined and splendid world, had, a few weeks before,
+in company with a couple of English ladies of her acquaintance, paid
+a visit to the Mint, from which they all returned indisposed, having
+taken severe colds by a sudden change from the heated rooms into the
+chilly atmosphere of the streets. With my dear wife, who was obliged
+to retire to her room, the disease was discovered in a few days to
+have attached to her lungs; and although for several weeks she had been
+suffering very much, and confined to her bed, no serious apprehensions
+were entertained until about the time that the Indians left, when my
+whole thoughts and attentions were turned to her, but to discover in a
+few days that our plans for further mutual happiness in this world were
+at an end--that her days were nearly numbered, and that her four dear
+little children were to be committed to my sole care.
+
+To those who have felt pangs like mine which followed, I need but
+merely mention them; and to those who have not felt them, it would be
+in vain to describe. Her feeble form wasted away; and in her dying
+moments, with a Christian's hope, she was in the midst of happiness,
+blessing her dear little children as she committed them to my care and
+protection.
+
+The following obituary notice, penned by a lady of her intimate
+acquaintance, the reader will excuse me for inserting here, as it is
+the only record of her, except those engraven on the hearts of those
+who knew and loved her:--
+
+     DIED--On the 28th inst., No. 11 _bis_, Avenue Lord Byron, Paris,
+     Mrs. Clara B. Catlin, the wife of the eminent traveller so
+     distinguished for his researches into Indian history and
+     antiquities of America, and so universally known and respected
+     in Europe and his native country, Geo. Catlin, Esq., from the
+     United States of America. The devoted friends who watched the
+     last moments of this most amiable, interesting woman with intense
+     anxiety, still clung to a faint hope, deceived by a moral energy
+     never surpassed, and the most unruffled serenity of temper, that
+     (had it been the will of Heaven) they might have been permitted to
+     rescue a life so precious--but, alas! this gentle, affectionate,
+     intellectual being was destined never more to revisit the land
+     of her birth, and all that was earthly of so much worth and
+     loveliness has passed away, whilst the immortal spirit has
+     ascended to its kindred skies!
+
+          "None knew her, but to love her;
+           None named her, but to praise."
+
+                            _Galignani's Messenger, 30th July, 1845._
+
+The reader can imagine something of the gloom that was cast over my
+house and little family, thus suddenly closed for ever from the smiles
+and cheer of an affectionate wife and a devoted mother, whose remains
+were sent back to her native land--not to greet and bring joy to her
+kindred and anxious friends, from whom she had been five years absent,
+but to afford them the last glance at her loved features, then to take
+their place amongst the ranks of the peaceful dead.
+
+
+
+
+                            CHAPTER XXVIII.
+
+  Eleven Ojibbeway Indians arrive from London--Their exhibitions in
+     the Author's Collection--Portraits and description of--Their
+     amusements--Their pledge to sobriety--_Chickabobboo_ explained
+     to them--Birth of a _Pappoose_--M. Gudin--Indians and the
+     Author dine with him--His kind lady--The Author breakfasts with
+     the Royal Family in the palace at St. Cloud--Two Kings and
+     two Queens at the table--The Author presented to the King and
+     Queen of the Belgians by Louis Philippe, in the salon--Count de
+     Paris--Duc de Brabant--Recollects the Indian pipe and mocassins
+     presented to him by the Author in the Egyptian Hall--Duchess of
+     Orleans--The Princess Adelaide--The King relates anecdotes of
+     his life in America--Washington's farewell address--Losing his
+     dog in the Seneca village--Crossing Buffalo Creek--Descending
+     the Tioga and Susquehana rivers in an Indian canoe, to Wyoming,
+     the Author's native valley--The King desires the Author to
+     arrange his whole Collection in the Louvre for the private
+     views of the Royal Family--He also appoints a day to see the
+     Ojibbeways in the Park, at St. Cloud--Great rejoicing of the
+     Indians--A _dog-feast_--The Indians and the Author dine a second
+     time at M. Gudin's.
+
+
+In the midst of my grief, with my little family around me, with my
+collection still open, and my lease for the Salle Valentino not
+yet expired, there suddenly arrived from London a party of eleven
+_Ojibbeway Indians_, from the region of Lake Huron, in Upper Canada,
+who had been brought to England by a Canadian, but had since been under
+the management of a young man from the city of London. They had heard
+of the great success of the Ioways in Paris, and also of their sudden
+departure, and were easily prevailed upon to make a visit there. On
+their arrival, I entered into the same arrangement with them that I had
+with the two former parties, agreeing with the young man who had charge
+of them to receive them into my collection, sharing the expenses and
+receipts as I had done before; he being obligated to pay the Indians
+a certain sum per month, and bound to return them to London, from
+whence they came, at his own expense. As my collection was all arranged
+and prepared, I thought such an arrangement calculated to promote their
+interest and my own, and in a few days their arrival and exhibitions
+were announced, they having been quartered in the same apartments which
+had been occupied by the Ioways before them.
+
+  [Illustration: N^o. 18.]
+
+The following are the names of the party, with their respective ages
+given (see _Plate No. 18_):--
+
+                                                            Age.
+
+     1. _Maun-gua-daus_ (a Great Hero)--Chief                  41
+     2. _Say-say-gon_ (the Hail-Storm)                         31
+     3. _Ke-che-us-sin_ (the Strong Rock)                      27
+     4. _Mush-she-mong_ (the King of the Loons)                25
+     5. _Au-nim-muck-kwah-um_ (the Tempest Bird)               20
+     6. _A-wun-ne-wa-be_ (the Bird of Thunder)                 19
+     7. _Wau-bud-dick_ (the Elk)                               18
+     8. _U-je-jock_ (the Pelican)                              10
+     9. _Noo-din-no-kay_ (the Furious Storm)                    4
+    10. _Min-nis-sin-noo_ (a Brave Warrior)                     3
+    11. _Uh-wus-sig-gee-zigh-gook-kway_ (Woman of the Upper
+        World)--wife of Chief                                   38
+    12. _Pappoose_--born in the Salle Valentino.
+
+The chief of this party, _Maun-gua-daus_, was a remarkably fine man,
+both in his personal appearance and intellectual faculties. He was a
+half-caste, and, speaking the English language tolerably well, acted as
+chief and interpreter of the party.
+
+The War-chief, _Say-say-gon_, was also a fine and intelligent Indian,
+full-blooded, and spoke no English. The several younger men were
+generally good-looking, and exceedingly supple and active, giving great
+life and excitement to their dances. In personal appearance the party,
+taken all together, was less interesting than that of the Ioways, yet,
+at the same time, their dances and other amusements were equally, if
+not more spirited and beautiful than those of their predecessors.
+
+Thus, in the midst of my sorrow, I was commencing anxieties again, and
+advertised the arrival of the new party, and the commencement of their
+exhibitions. They began with more limited but respectable audiences,
+and seemed to please and surprise all who came, by the excitement of
+their dances and their skill in shooting with the bow and arrows, in
+the last of which they far surpassed the Ioways. It was impossible,
+however, by all the advertising that could be done, to move the crowds
+again that had been excited to see the Ioways; the public seeming to
+have taken the idea that these were merely an imitation got up to take
+advantage of their sudden departure. It happened quite curious, that,
+although the party consisted of eleven when they arrived, about the
+time of the commencement of their exhibitions the wife of the chief was
+delivered of a _pappoose_, which was born in the same room where the
+poor wife of the Little Wolf had died. This occurrence enabled us to
+announce the party as _twelve_--the same number as the Ioways; which,
+with the name somewhat similar, furnished very strong grounds for many
+of the Parisians to believe that they were paying their francs to see
+their own countrymen aping the Indians of America.
+
+It seemed strange that it was so difficult to do away this impression,
+which operated against them the whole time they were in Paris, though
+all who saw them but a moment were satisfied and pleased. Their
+amusements were much like those of the Ioways, but with national
+differences in the modes of giving them, which were, to the curious,
+subjects of great interest.
+
+The same hours were adopted for their exhibitions--the same vehicles
+were contracted for, for their daily exercise and sight-seeing--and
+their guardian, with Daniel, took charge of all their movements on
+these occasions. Their daily routine therefore was in most respects the
+same as that of the Ioways, and it would be waste of valuable time here
+for me to follow them through all.
+
+We held the council, as we had done in the other cases, before
+our arrangements were entered upon, and all was placed upon the
+condition that they were to conduct themselves soberly, and to drink
+no spirituous liquors. The temperance pledge was therefore given,
+after I had explained to them that, with the two other parties, ale
+in England, and _vin ordinaire_ in France, when taken to a moderate
+degree, were not included in the term "_spirituous liquors_," and that
+they would of course, as the other parties had been indulged, have
+their regular glass at their dinners, and also after their suppers, and
+before going to bed; and that they would call it, as the others had
+done, _chickabobboo_. This indulgence seemed to please them very much,
+and, being at a loss to know the meaning of _chickabobboo_, I took an
+occasion to give them the history of the word, which they would see
+was of Ojibbeway origin, and, laughing excessively at the ingenuity of
+their predecessors, they all resolved to keep up their word, and to be
+sure at the same time not to drop their custom, of taking the licensed
+glasses of _chickabobboo_.
+
+Amongst the kind friends whom this party made in Paris, one of the best
+was M. Gudin, the celebrated marine painter, in the employment of the
+King. This most excellent gentleman and his kind lady were frequent
+visitors to their exhibitions, and several times invited the whole
+party and myself to dine at their table, and spend the day in the
+beautiful grounds around his noble mansion (the "Chateau Beaujon"),
+and, in its present improved condition, little less than a palace.
+
+Not only will the Indians feel bound for life to acknowledge their
+gratitude to this kind lady and gentleman, but the writer of these
+notes will feel equally and more so for the kind and unmerited
+attentions they paid to him during his stay in Paris. It was
+through the friendly agency of M. Gudin that the King invited my
+collection to the Louvre, and myself, in company with him, to the
+royal breakfast-table in the palace at St. Cloud. I take no little
+satisfaction in recording here these facts, not only for myself, but
+injustice to one of the most distinguished painters (and one of the
+best fellows) of the age. On this occasion, the proudest one of my wild
+and erratic life, we were conducted through several rooms of the palace
+to the one in which the Royal Family, chiefly all assembled, with their
+numerous guests, were standing and ready to be seated around a circular
+table of 15 or 18 feet in diameter, at which, our seats being indicated
+to us, and the bow of recognition (so far as we were able to recognise
+acquaintances) having been made, all were seated. This extraordinary
+occasion of my life was rendered peculiarly memorable and gratifying
+to me, from the fact that there were two Kings and two Queens at the
+table, and nearly every member of the Royal Family. The King and Queen
+of the Belgians, who were at that time on a visit to Paris, with his
+Royal Highness the little Duc de Brabant, were the unusual Royal guests
+at the table on the occasion. The number of persons at the table,
+consisting of the two Royal Families, the King's aides-de-camp, and
+orderly officers of the palace, with the invited guests, amounted
+to about 30 in all; and as Kings and Queens and royal families eat
+exactly like other people, I see nothing further that need be noticed
+until their Majesties arose and retired to the salon or drawing-room,
+into which we all followed. I was there met as I entered, in the most
+gracious and cordial manner by His Majesty, who presented me to the
+King of the Belgians, who did me the honour to address me in these
+words:--"I am very happy, Mr. Catlin, to meet a gentleman whose name is
+familiar to us all, and who has done so much for science, and also for
+the poor Indians. You know that the Queen, and myself, and the Duc de
+Brabant were all subscribers to your valuable work, and we have taken
+great interest in reading it."
+
+The two heirs-apparent, the little Count de Paris and His Royal
+Highness the Duc de Brabant, came to me, and, recognising me, inquired
+about the Indians. The conversation with her Majesty, and also with the
+Princess Adelaide, and the Duchess of Orleans, was about the Indians,
+who they had heard had gone home, and in whom they all seemed to have
+taken a deep interest.
+
+The little Duc de Brabant recollected the small pipe and mocassins I
+had presented him when he visited my collection in the Egyptian Hall,
+under the protection of the Hon. Mr. Murray.
+
+I had a few minutes' conversation with the King of the Belgians, and
+also with the graceful and pensive Duchess of Orleans, and our ears
+were then all turned to the recitals of his Majesty, around whom we had
+gathered, whilst he was relating several scenes of his early life in
+America, in company with his two brothers, the Duc de Montpensier and
+the Count Beaujolais, which it seemed my advent with the Indians had
+brought up with unusual freshness in his mind.
+
+He commented in the most eloquent terms upon the greatness and goodness
+of General Washington, and told us that he and his brothers were
+lucky enough to have been present and heard his farewell address in
+Philadelphia, which he had been in the habit of reflecting upon as one
+of the most pleasurable and satisfactory incidents of his life.
+
+He gave us an amusing account of his horse getting mired in crossing
+Buffalo Creek, and of his paying a visit to the tribe of Seneca
+Indians, near to the town of Buffalo, on Lake Erie:--
+
+  "Being conducted," said he, "to the village and to the chief's
+  wigwam, I shook hands with the chief, who came and stood by my
+  horse's head, and while some hundreds of men, women, and children
+  were gathering around, I told the chief that I had come to make him
+  a visit of a day or two, to which he replied that he was very glad
+  to see me, and I should be made quite welcome, and treated to the
+  best that he had. He said there would be one condition, however,
+  which was, that he should require me to give him everything I had; he
+  should demand my horse, from which I would dismount, and having given
+  him the bridle, he said, 'I now want your gun, your watch, and all
+  your money; these are indispensable.'
+
+  "I then, for the first time in my life, began to think that I was
+  completely robbed and plundered; but at the moment when he had
+  got all, and before I had time for more than an instant thought
+  of my awkward condition, he released me from all further alarm by
+  continuing, 'If you have anything else which you wish to be sure to
+  get again, I wish you to let me have it; for whatever you deliver
+  into my hands now you will be sure to find safe when you are about to
+  leave; otherwise I would not be willing to vouch for their safety;
+  for there are some of my people whom we cannot trust to.'
+
+  "From this moment I felt quite easy, and spent a day or two in their
+  village very pleasantly, and with much amusement. When I was about to
+  leave, my horse was brought to the chief's door and saddled, and all
+  the property I had left in his hands safely restored.
+
+  "I then mounted my horse, and, having taken leave, and proceeded a
+  short distance on my route, I discovered that I had left my favourite
+  dog, which I had been too much excited and amused to think of, and
+  did not recollect to have seen after I entered their village.
+
+  "I turned my horse and rode back to the door of the chief's wigwam,
+  and made inquiries for it. The chief said, 'But you did not intrust
+  your dog to my care, did you?' 'No, I did not think of my poor dog
+  at the time.' 'Well then,' said he, 'I can't answer for it. If you
+  had done as I told you, your dog would have been safe. However,'
+  said he, 'we will inquire for it.' At which moment one of his little
+  sons was ordered to run and open a rude pen or cage by the corner
+  of the wigwam, and out leaped my dog, and sprang upon my leg as I
+  was sitting on my horse. I offered the honest chief a reward for
+  his kindness; but he refused to accept it, wishing me to recollect,
+  whenever I was amongst Indians again, to repose confidence in an
+  Indian's word, and feel assured that all the property intrusted to
+  an Indian's care I would be sure to find safe whenever I wanted it
+  again."
+
+After reciting this amusing incident, his Majesty described to me the
+route which he and his brothers took from Buffalo to the falls of
+Niagara, and thence on horseback to Geneva, a small town at the foot of
+the Seneca Lake, where they sold their horses, and, having purchased
+a small boat, rowed it 90 miles to Ithaca, at the head of the lake.
+From thence they travelled on foot, with their luggage carried on their
+backs, 30 miles to Tioga, on the banks of the Susquehana, where they
+purchased a canoe from the Indians, and descended in it that romantic
+and beautiful river, to a small town called Wilkesbarre, in the valley
+of Wyoming.
+
+From thence, with their knapsacks on their backs, they crossed the
+Wilkesbarre and Pokono mountains to Easton, and from thence were
+conveyed in a coach to Philadelphia.
+
+I here surprised his Majesty a little, and his listeners, and seemed
+to add a fresh interest to his narrative, by informing him that I
+was a native of Wilkesbarre, in the valley of Wyoming, and that while
+his Majesty was there I was an infant in my mother's arms, only a few
+months old.
+
+He related a number of pleasing recollections of his visit to my native
+valley, and then gave us an account of an Indian _ball-play_ amongst
+the Cherokees and Choctaws, where he saw 500 or 600 engaged, during the
+whole day, before the game was decided; and he pronounced it one of the
+most exciting and beautiful scenes he had ever beheld.
+
+After an hour or so spent in amusing us with the pleasing reminiscences
+of his wild life in America, he expressed a wish to see my collection,
+and requested me to place it in a large hall in the Louvre, for the
+private views of the Royal Family; and also appointed a day and an hour
+when he would be glad to see the Ojibbeway Indians at St. Cloud, and
+desired me to accompany them.
+
+From the Palace, my friend M. Gudin, at the request of the King,
+proceeded with me to Paris and to the Louvre, with his Majesty's
+command to M. de Caillaux, director of the Louvre, to prepare the
+Salle de S�ance for the reception of my collection, which was ordered
+to be arranged in it. My return from thence to the Indians, with the
+information that they were to visit the King, created a pleasing
+excitement amongst them, and, as the reader can easily imagine, great
+joy and rejoicing.
+
+This was an excitement and a piece of good news to the poor fellows
+that could not be passed over without some signal and unusual notice,
+and the result was, that a _dog-feast_ was to be the ceremony for
+the next day. Consequently a dog was procured at an early hour, and,
+according to the custom of their country, was roasted whole, and, when
+ready, was partaken of with a due observance of all the forms used in
+their own country on such occasions, it being strictly a religious
+ceremony.
+
+The same indulgence in seeing the sights of Paris, and of exercise in
+the open air, was shown to them as to the other party; and the same
+carriages contracted for, to give them their daily drives; in all of
+which they were accompanied by their guardian, to whom the sights of
+Paris were also new and equally entertaining, and they all made the
+best use of their time in these amusements.
+
+Their good friend M. Gudin appointed another day for the whole party
+to dine at his house, and having a number of distinguished guests at
+his table, the scene was a very brilliant and merry one. The orator
+of the party was the chief _Maun-gua-daus_, though on this occasion
+the War-chief, whose name was _Say-say-gon_ (the Hail-storm), arose at
+the table and addressed M. Gudin and his lady in a very affectionate
+manner; thanking them for their kindness to them, who were strangers in
+Paris and a great way from their homes, and at the same time proposing
+to give to his friend M. Gudin a new name, saying that, whenever the
+Indians made a new friend whom they loved very much, they liked to call
+him by a name that had some meaning to it, and he should hereafter call
+him by the name of _Ken-ne-wab-a-min_ (the Sun that guides us through
+the Wilderness).
+
+There were several gentlemen of high rank and titles present, and all
+seemed much entertained with the appearance and conduct of the Indians.
+
+
+
+
+                             CHAPTER XXIX.
+
+  Indians' visit to the Palace of St. Cloud--The Park--Artificial
+     lake--Royal Family--Prince de Joinville--Recollected seeing
+     the Author and Collection in Washington--King and Queen of
+     Belgians--The _regatta_--The birch-bark canoe and the Prince de
+     Joinville's "Whitehaller"--War-dance--Ball-play--Archery--Dinner
+     prepared for the Indians--M. Gudin and the Author join
+     them--Indians' return--Gossip at night--Their ideas of the
+     King and Royal Family--Messenger from the King, with gold and
+     silver medals and money, to the Indians--The War-chief cures
+     a cancer--Author's Collection in the _Salle de S�ance_, in
+     the Louvre--The Indians and the Author dine with M. Passy,
+     Member of Deputies--Kind treatment by himself and lady--King
+     visits the Collection in the Louvre--The Author explains
+     his pictures--Persons present--An hour's visit--The King
+     retires--Second visit of the King and Royal Family to the
+     Collection--The Author's four little children presented to the
+     King--His Majesty relates the anecdote of bleeding himself
+     in America, and his visit to General Washington at Mount
+     Vernon--His descent of the Ohio and Mississippi rivers, in a
+     small boat, to New Orleans--Orders the Author to paint fifteen
+     pictures for Versailles.
+
+
+The day, which had arrived, for our visit to the King at St. Cloud,
+was a pleasant one, and, all the party being ready, we went off in
+good spirits; and on our arrival our carriages were driven into the
+Royal Park, and conducted to a lovely spot on the bank of an artificial
+lake, where there were a considerable number of persons attached to the
+Court already assembled to see the Indians; and in the lake, at their
+feet, a beautiful birch-bark canoe from their own tribe, belonging to
+the Duchess of Orleans, and by the side of it an elegant regatta-boat,
+belonging to the Prince de Joinville, with "_White Hall_," in large
+letters, on her sides, showing that she was a native of New York.
+
+The Indians had been told that they were to paddle one of their
+own canoes for the amusement of the Royal Family, but had not as
+yet dreamed that they were to contend for speed with a full-manned
+"_White-Haller_," in a trial for speed, before two kings and two queens
+and all of the Royal Family.
+
+Just learning this fact, and seeing the complement of men in blue
+jackets and tarpaulin hats, in readiness for the contest, they felt
+somewhat alarmed. However, I encouraged them on, and the appearance
+of the Royal Family and the King and Queen of the Belgians, in their
+carriages, at the next moment, changed the subject, and their alarms
+were apparently forgotten.
+
+Their Majesties, and all of the two Royal Families, descended from
+their carriages, and, gathering around the Indians in a group, listened
+to each one's name as they were in turn presented. (_Plate No. 19._)
+
+Louis Phillipe, and also the King of the Belgians, conversed for some
+time with the chiefs, while her Majesty and the other ladies seemed
+more amused with the women, and the little pappoose, in its beautifully
+embroidered cradle, slung on its mother's back.
+
+After this conversation and an examination of their costumes, weapons,
+&c., the targets were placed, and an exhibition of their skill in
+archery ensued. And after that, taking up their ball-sticks, "the ball
+was tossed," and they soon illustrated the surprising mode of catching
+and throwing the ball with their rackets or "ball-sticks."
+
+This illustration being finished, they sounded the war-whoop, and
+brandished their shields and tomahawks and war-clubs in the war-dance,
+which their Majesties had expressed a desire to see. (_Plate No. 20._)
+
+Every member of the two Royal Families happened to be present, I
+was told, on this occasion--a very unusual occurrence; and all had
+descended from their carriages, and grouped in a beautiful lawn, to
+witness the wild sports of these sons of the forest. I was called upon
+at that moment to explain the meaning of the war-dance, war-song,
+war-whoop, &c., for doing which I received the thanks of all the party,
+which gave me peculiar satisfaction.
+
+  [Illustration: N^o. 19.]
+
+  [Illustration: N^o. 20.]
+
+The King at this time announced to the chief that he wished to see
+how they paddled the birch canoe, that he had two American canoes,
+which they had put into the water; one was a canoe, he said, made of
+birch-bark by their own tribe, the Ojibbeways, and had belonged to his
+son, the Duke of Orleans; and the other, now belonging to the Prince de
+Joinville, was made in the city of New York; and he was anxious to be
+able to decide which could make the best canoe, the white men or the
+Indians.
+
+The whole party now assembled on the shore, and the sailors and the
+Indians took their seats in their respective boats, with oars and
+paddles in hand, and the race soon took place. (_Plate No. 21._) It was
+a very exciting scene, but it seemed to be regretted by all that the
+Indians were beaten, but which I think might not have been the case if
+they had put two in their canoe instead of four, sinking it so deep as
+to impede its progress; or if they had put two squaws into it instead
+of the men, as they are in the Indian country much superior to the men
+in paddling canoes.
+
+I had much conversation on this occasion with H.R.H. the Prince de
+Joinville relative to the Indian modes and his travels in America, when
+he recollected to have seen me and my collection in Washington city.
+
+Whilst these amusements were thus going on, my friend M. Gudin had
+prepared his canvas and easel near the ground, where he was busily
+engaged in painting the group, and of which he made a charming picture
+for the King.
+
+These curious and amusing scenes altogether lasted about two hours,
+after which their Majesties and all took leave, the King, the Queen,
+and the Duchess of Orleans successively thanking me for the interesting
+treat I had afforded them. Their carriages were then ordered to drive
+back empty, and all the royal party were seen strolling amidst the
+forest towards the Palace.
+
+The Indians and ourselves were soon seated in our carriages, and, being
+driven to a wing of the palace, were informed that a feast was prepared
+for us, to which we were conducted, and soon found our good friend M.
+Gudin by our side, who took a seat and joined us in it. The healths
+of the King and the Queen and the little Count de Paris were drunk in
+the best of _chickabobboo_, and from that we returned, and all in good
+glee, to our quarters in the city.
+
+The reader by this time knows that this interview afforded the Indians
+a rich subject for weeks of gossip in their leisure hours, and charged
+their minds with a burthen of impatience to know what communications
+there might yet be from the King, as they had heard that gold and
+silver medals and presents of other descriptions were sent to the
+Ioways after their interview.
+
+They proceeded with their exhibitions, as usual, however, and on the
+second day after the interview there came a messenger from the King
+with medals of gold for the two chiefs, and silver ones for each of the
+others of the party, and also 500 francs in money, which was handed
+to the head chief, and, as in the former instances, equally divided
+amongst them.
+
+This completed all their anxieties, and finished the grandest epoch of
+the poor fellows' lives, and of which they will be sure to make their
+boasts as long as they live, and give me some credit for bringing it
+about--their presentation to the Kings and Queens of France and Belgium.
+
+A curious occurrence took place a few days after this, as I learned
+on inquiring the object for which two ladies and a gentleman were in
+daily attendance on the Indians, and occasionally taking the War-chief
+away for an hour or two in their carriage and bringing him back again.
+Daniel told me that the young lady, who was one of the party, had
+dreamed that _Say-say-gon_ could cure a cancer on the face of her
+father, which had baffled all the skill of the medical faculty and was
+likely to terminate his life; and in consequence of her dream, the
+relatives and herself were calling on him to induce him to make the
+attempt, which he had engaged in, and in their daily drives with him
+they were taking him to the Garden of Plants and to various parts of
+the country, where he was searching for a particular kind of herb or
+root, with which he felt confident he could cure it.
+
+  [Illustration: N^o. 21.]
+
+These visits were continued for some weeks, and I was informed by
+Daniel and by the Indians that he succeeded in effecting the cure, and
+that they handsomely rewarded him for it.
+
+About this time, my lease expiring, I closed my exhibition, removing my
+collection to the _Salle de S�ance_, in the Louvre, where Daniel and I
+soon arranged it for the inspection of the King and Royal Family; and
+it being ready, I met his Majesty in it by appointment to explain its
+contents to him.
+
+The King entered at the hour appointed, with four or five of his
+orderly officers about him, and, on casting his eyes around the room,
+his first exclamation was that of surprise at its unexpected extent and
+picturesque effect.
+
+My friend M. Vattemare, and also another friend, Maj. Poore, from
+the United States, were by my side, and greatly amused and pleased
+with the remarks made by the King during the interview, relative to
+my paintings, and also to incidents of his life amongst the Indians
+of America during his exile. His Majesty soon recognised the picture
+of an Indian ball-play, and several other scenes he had witnessed on
+the American frontier, and repeatedly remarked that my paintings all
+had the strong impress of nature in them, and were executed with much
+spirit and effect. He seemed pleased and amused with the various Indian
+manufactures, and particularly with the beautiful Crow wigwam from the
+Rocky Mountains standing in the middle of the room, the door of which I
+opened for his Majesty to pass under.
+
+After his visit of half an hour he retired, appointing another
+interview, telling me that the Queen must see the collection with him,
+and also commanding the director of the Louvre to admit my little
+children to his presence, having heard of their misfortune of losing
+their mother, for which he felt much sympathy.
+
+At the time appointed, a few days after, I met his Majesty again, with
+a number of his illustrious friends, in my collection; and after he had
+taken them around the room awhile to describe familiar scenes which
+he had met there on his former visit, I continued to explain other
+paintings and Indian manufactures in the collection. (_Plate No. 22._)
+
+In the midst of our tour around the hall his Majesty met something that
+again reminded him of scenes he had witnessed in his rambling life in
+the backwoods of America, and he held us still for half an hour during
+his recitals of them. He described the mode in which he and his two
+brothers descended the Ohio and Mississippi rivers in an old Mackinaw
+boat which they purchased at Pittsburg, and in which they made their
+way amongst snags and sawyers and sandbars to the mouth of the Ohio,
+six hundred miles, and from that down the still more wild and dangerous
+current of the Mississippi, one thousand miles, to New Orleans,
+fifty-two years ago, when nearly the whole shores of these rivers, with
+their heavy forests, were in their native state, inhabited only by
+Indians and wild beasts. They lived upon the game and fish they could
+kill or purchase from the various tribes of Indians they visited along
+the banks, and slept sometimes in their leaking and rickety boat, or
+amongst the canebrake, and mosquitos, and alligators, and rattlesnakes
+on the shores.
+
+I took the liberty to ask his Majesty on this occasion whether the
+story that has been current in the American prints "of an Indian
+bleeding him" was correct; to which he replied, "No, not exactly; it
+had been misunderstood. He had bled himself on one occasion in presence
+of some Indians and a number of country people, when he had been
+thrown out of his waggon, and carried, much injured, to a country inn;
+and the people around him, seeing the ease and success with which he
+did it, supposed him, of course, to be a physician; and when he had
+sufficiently recovered from his fall to be able to start on his tour
+again, the neighbours assembled around him and proposed that he should
+abandon his plan of going farther west; that if he would remain amongst
+them they would show him much better land than he would find by
+proceeding on, and they would also elect him county physician, which
+they stood much in need of, and in which capacity he would meet no
+opposition. He thanked them for their kindness, assuring them that he
+was not a physician, and also that he was not in search of lands, and,
+taking leave, drove off."
+
+  [Illustration: N^o. 22.]
+
+He also gave an account of their visit to General Washington at Mount
+Vernon, where they remained several days. General Washington gave them
+directions about the route to follow in the journey they were about to
+make across the Alleghany Mountains on horseback, and gave them also
+several letters of introduction to be made use of on their way.
+
+While we were thus listening to the narrations of his Majesty, my kind
+and faithful nurse was approaching from the other end of the room and
+leading up my little children (_Plate No. 22_), whom he immediately
+recognised as my little family, and in the most kind and condescending
+manner took them by their hands and chatted with them in language and
+sentences suited to their age.
+
+His next object was to designate the paintings he wished me to copy and
+somewhat enlarge, and soon pointed out the number of fifteen, which I
+was commanded to paint for the palace at Versailles.
+
+During the time that my collection was thus remaining in the Louvre
+many distinguished persons about the Court had access to it, and
+amongst the number an excellent and kind lady, Madame Passy, the wife
+of one of the distinguished members of the House of Deputies. This
+charming lady sought an acquaintance with the Indians also, and, taking
+a deep interest in their character and situation, invited them all to
+dine at her house, where they were treated with genuine kindness and
+liberality, which they will never forget.
+
+
+
+
+                              CHAPTER XXX.
+
+  The Author leaves his Collection in the Louvre, and arrives with
+     the Indians in Bruxelles--Indians at the soir�e of the American
+     Minister in Bruxelles--Author's reception by the King in the
+     Palace--Small-pox among the Indians--Indians unable to visit
+     the Palace--Exhibition closes--Seven sick with small-pox--Death
+     of one of them--His will--A second dies--His will--The rest
+     recover--Faithful attentions of Daniel--The Author accompanies
+     them to Antwerp, and pays their expenses to London on a
+     steamer--Death of the War-chief in London--His will--The
+     Author raises money by subscription and sends to them--Letter
+     from the survivors, in England, to the Author--Drawings by
+     the War-chief--The Author stopped in the streets of London
+     and invited to see the skeleton of the War-chief!--His
+     indignation--Subsequent deaths of four others of this party
+     in England--The three parties of Indians in Europe--Their
+     objects--Their success--Their conduct--Their reception and
+     treatment--Things which they saw and learned--Estimates and
+     statistics of civilized life which they have carried home--Their
+     mode of reasoning from such premises--And the probable results.
+
+
+During the time that my collection was exposed to the exclusive views
+of the Royal Family and their guests, the Indians were lying still, at
+my expense, which was by no means a trifling item. The young man whom I
+said they were under a contract with to pay them so much per month had
+performed his agreement with them for the two first months, and when
+the third month's wages became due he declared to them and to me that
+he could not pay them, nor pay their expenses back to London, as he was
+obligated to do. These duties then devolved on me, or at least, the
+Indians having been so long under my control and direction, I assumed
+them, and told the chiefs I would pay their expenses to London, and
+probably make something for them on the way, after my exhibition in the
+Louvre was finished.
+
+They were thus lying idle at this time, waiting for me to be at liberty
+to go with them, and, as I have said, living at my expense. I told
+them that I designed going by the way of Belgium, and making their
+exhibitions in Bruxelles, Antwerp, and Ghent for a few weeks, the whole
+receipts of which, over the expenses, they should have, and I fully
+believed it would be sufficient to pay their expenses quite home to
+their own country; and that I would also, as I had promised, pay all
+their expenses from Paris to London myself.
+
+With this design and with these views, leaving my collection in the
+Louvre, I started with the Indians for Bruxelles, where we arrived the
+next evening.
+
+We were all delighted with the appearance of Bruxelles, and the Indians
+in fine glee, in the fresh recollections of the honours just paid
+them in Paris, and the golden prospect which they considered now lay
+before them. But little did they dream, poor fellows! of the different
+fate that there awaited them. While resting a few days, preparing
+for the commencement of their exhibitions, they were kindly invited,
+with the author, to attend the _soir�e_ of the American Minister, Mr.
+Clemson, where they were ushered into a brilliant and numerous crowd of
+distinguished and fashionable people, and seemed to be the lions of the
+evening, admired and complimented by all, and their way was thus paved
+for the commencement of their exhibitions. I had in the mean time made
+all the preparations and the necessary outlays for their operations,
+which they merely began upon, when it became necessary to suspend their
+exhibitions, owing to one of the number having been taken sick with the
+small-pox.
+
+I had at this time an audience appointed with the King, at the Palace,
+where I went and was most kindly received and amused in half an hour's
+conversation with His Majesty about the condition and modes of the
+American Indians. He expressed the deepest sympathy for them and
+solicitude for their welfare and protection, and, a few days after my
+audience, transmitted to me, through one of his ministers, a beautiful
+gold medal, with an appropriate inscription on it.
+
+The nature of the sickness that had now appeared amongst the Indians
+prevented the contemplated interview at the Palace, and also all
+communication with the public. It was still hoped by the physicians
+that a few days would remove all difficulty, but it was destined to be
+otherwise, for in a few days two others were attacked, and in a day or
+two more another and another, and at last they were in that pitiable
+and alarming state that seven of them were on their backs with that
+awful and (to them) most fatal of all diseases.
+
+My position then, as the reader will perceive, was one of a most
+distressing and painful kind, with my natural sympathy for their race,
+and now with the whole responsibility for the expenses, lives, and
+welfare of these poor people on my shoulders, their only friend and
+protector in a foreign country, as their conductor had left them and
+returned to London, and my own life in imminent danger whilst I was
+attending on them.
+
+One of these poor fellows died in the course of a few days in their
+rooms, another died in one of the hospitals to which he was removed,
+and a third died a few days after they reached London, though he was in
+good health when he travelled across the Channel.
+
+Such were the melancholy results of this awful catastrophe, which the
+reader will easily see broke up all their plans of exhibitions in
+Belgium, and ended in the death of three of the finest men of the party.
+
+Their sickness in Bruxelles detained me there near two months before
+the survivors were well enough to travel, during which gloomy time I
+had opportunity enough to test the fidelity of my man Daniel and his
+attachment to the Indians, who stayed by them night and day, fearless
+of his own danger, as he lifted them about in his arms in their
+loathsome condition both when dead and alive.
+
+When the party were well enough to travel I went to Antwerp with
+them, and placed them on a steamer for London, having paid their fare
+and given them a little money to cover their first expenses when they
+should arrive there. I then took leave of them, and returned to my
+little family in Paris, having been absent near three months, with an
+expenditure of 350_l._
+
+With the poor fellows who died there seemed to be a presentiment with
+each, the moment he was broken out with the disease, that he was to
+die, and a very curious circumstance attended this conviction in each
+case.
+
+The first one, when he found the disease was well identified on him,
+sat down upon the floor with the next one, his faithful and confiding
+friend, and, having very deliberately told him he was going to die,
+unlocked his little trunk, and spreading all his trinkets, money, &c.,
+upon the floor, bequeathed them to his friends, making the other the
+sole executor of his will, intrusting them all to him, directing him
+to take them to his country and deliver them with his own hand. As he
+was intrusting these precious gifts, with his commands, to an Indian,
+he was certain, poor fellow! that they would be sacredly preserved and
+delivered, and he then locked his little trunk, and, having given to
+his friend the key, he turned to his bed, where he seemed composed and
+ready to die, because, he said, it was the will of the Great Spirit,
+and he didn't think that the Great Spirit would have selected him
+unless it was to better his condition in some way.
+
+About the time of the death of this young man his confiding and
+faithful friend was discovered to be breaking out with the disease
+also, and, seeming to be under a similar conviction, he called
+_Say-say-gon_ (the War-chief) to him, and, like the other, unlocked
+_his_ little trunk, and, taking out his medal from the King, and other
+presents and money, he designated a similar distribution of them
+amongst his relatives; and trusting to the War-chief to execute his
+will, he locked his trunk, having taken the last look at his little
+hard-earned treasures, and, unlocking that of his deceased companion,
+and designating, as well as he could, the manner in which the verbal
+instructions had been left with him, gave the key to the War-chief,
+and begged of him to take charge of the trunk and the presents, and to
+see them bestowed according to the will of the testator. After this
+he turned away from his little worldly treasures, and suddenly lost
+all knowledge of them in the distress of the awful disease that soon
+terminated his existence.
+
+The War-chief was one who escaped the disease in Bruxelles, and, being
+amongst those whom I took to Antwerp and sent by steamer to London, was
+at that time in good health and spirits; but letters which I received
+a few days after their arrival in London informed me that he was there
+attacked with the same disease, and, most singular to relate, as soon
+as he discovered the disease breaking out upon his skin, he said that
+he should die, and, calling the chief _Maun-gua-daus_ to him, he,
+like the others, opened _his_ trunk, and, willing his gold medal from
+the hand of Louis Philippe, to his little son, and his other trinkets
+and money to his wife and other relatives, intrusted the whole to the
+chief to execute. He then unlocked the trunks of his two friends who
+were dead, and, as well as he could recollect them, communicated to
+_Maun-gua-daus_ the nature of the two bequests that had been intrusted
+to him, and died, leaving the chief to be the bearer of all the little
+effects they had earned, and sole executor of their three wills.
+
+It is a fact which may be of interest to be made known, that all of
+this party had been vaccinated in their own country, and supposed
+themselves protected from the disease; and also that the only three
+full-blooded men of the party died. The other four who had the disease
+had it in a modified form, and, in all probability, with the three who
+died, the vaccine matter had not been properly communicated, or, what
+is more probable, and often the case in the exposed lives they lead, it
+had in some way been prevented from taking its usual effect.
+
+After their misfortunes in Belgium and in London the excellent lady of
+the American Ambassador in Bruxelles raised, by a subscription, several
+hundred francs and sent to me in Paris, to which I got other additions
+in that city, and forwarded to them in England, to assist in paying
+their expenses back to their own country; and shortly after, and before
+they embarked for America, I received the following letter from them,
+which I feel it my duty to myself to insert here, lest any one should
+be led to believe that I did less than my duty to these unfortunate
+people:--
+
+             "TO GEO. CATLIN, Esq., now in Paris.
+
+                                        "_London, Jan. 27, 1846._
+  "OUR DEAR FRIEND,
+
+  "We send you our words on paper to let you know that we are thankful
+  for your kindness to us. You have done everything to make us happy
+  while with you in Paris and Belgium; and as all our people know in
+  America that you are indeed their best friend, they will be glad to
+  hear that you have taken us into your kind care whilst we were in a
+  foreign land, and that while you were in a deep affliction with your
+  own family.
+
+          MAUN-GUA-DAUS,
+          KE-CHE-US-SIN,
+          A-WUN-NE-WA-BE,
+          WAU-BUD-DICK,
+          UH-WUS-SIG-GEE-ZIGH-GOOK-KWAY."
+
+The above letter was spontaneous on their part, and written in the hand
+of _Maun-gua-daus_, the chief, who spoke and wrote the English language
+very correctly.
+
+I was much shocked and distressed to hear of the death of
+_Say-say-gon_, the War-chief, for he was a remarkably fine Indian, and
+had become much attached to me. His life, as a warrior and a hunter,
+had been one of an extraordinary nature, and the principal incidents of
+it, particularly in the hunting department, he had been for some weeks
+engaged, just before their disastrous sickness, in illustrating by a
+series of designs in his rude way, presenting me a portfolio of them,
+with the story of each, which I wrote down from his own lips as he
+narrated them.
+
+This most amusing and original keepsake, which I shall treasure up as
+long as I live, and which I regret that the dimensions of this work
+did not allow me the space to insert, can at all times be seen by the
+curious of my friends who desire to see it.
+
+For the amusement of the reader, however, I have made room for a
+couple of his drawings, which will convey some idea of their general
+character, and of the decided cleverness of this good fellow at
+story-telling and design. The woodcuts are traced from the originals,
+and are therefore as near fac-similes as I could make them. _Plate No.
+23_ represents _Pane-way-ee-tung_, the brother-in-law of _Say-say-gon_,
+crossing the river Thomas in a bark canoe, who had the following
+curious and amusing encounter with a bear which he met swimming in
+the middle of the river. Though the Indian had no other weapon than a
+paddle, he pursued the bear, and, overtaking it, struck it a blow, upon
+which it made an effort to climb into the canoe, by which the canoe was
+upset and the Indian sank under it. He arose to the surface, however,
+just behind the canoe, which in its progress had passed over him, and,
+being bottom upwards, the bear had climbed upon it, as seen in the
+sketch, and, having seen the man sink under it, was feeling under the
+canoe with his paws in hopes of getting hold of him. The bear, having
+made no calculation for the progress of the canoe, had not thought of
+looking behind it for his enemy, but balanced himself with difficulty
+without being able to look back; and whilst he was thus engaged feeling
+for his enemy under the canoe the Indian silently swam behind it, and,
+cautiously pushing it forward with his hand, succeeded in moving it
+near the shore, where he discovered his friend _Say-say-gon_ hunting
+with his rifle, who was in waiting for it, and when near enough shot it
+in the head.
+
+_Plate No. 24_ is his illustration of the first interview between white
+men and the Ojibbeway Indians; his description of it is as follows:--
+
+  "_Gitch-ee-gaw-ga-osh_ (the point that remains for ever), who died
+  many snows since, and who was so old that he had smoked with three
+  generations, said that his grandfather, _On-daig_, met the first
+  white man who ever entered an Ojibbeway's wigwam. That white man was
+  a great chief, who wore a red coat. He had many warriors with him,
+  who all came in sight of the village of _On-daig_ (the crow),
+  and, leaving his warriors behind, he walked towards the wigwam of
+  _On-daig_, who came out, with his pipe of peace in one hand, and
+  his war-club in the other. _On-daig_ offered his pipe to the white
+  chief to smoke, who put his sword behind him in one hand, and raised
+  his hat with the other. _On-daig_ never had seen a white man's hat
+  before, and, thinking the white chief was going to strike him with
+  it, drew his war-club. They soon, however, understood each other, and
+  smoked the pipe together."
+
+  [Illustration: N^o. 23.]
+
+  [Illustration: N^o. 24.]
+
+But a few months after the death of this fine Indian I was on a visit
+to London, and while walking in Piccadilly was accosted by an old
+acquaintance, who in our conversation informed me that the skeleton of
+my old friend the War-chief had been preserved, and he seemed to think
+it might be an interesting thing for me to see. The struggle between
+the ebullition of indignation and the quiescence of disgust rendered
+me for the moment almost unfit for a reply; and I withheld it for a
+moment, until the poor Indian's ideas of hy�nas before described had
+time to run through my mind, and some other similar reflections, when
+I calmly replied, "I have no doubt but the skeleton is a subject of
+interest, but I shall not have time to see it."
+
+My friend and I parted here, and I went on through Piccadilly, and I
+know not where, meditating on the virtues of scientific and mercenary
+man. I thought of the heroic _Osceola_, who was captured when he was
+disarmed and was bearing a white flag in his hand; who died a prisoner
+of war, and whose head was a few months afterwards offered for sale in
+the city of New York! I thought also of the thousands of Indian graves
+I had seen on the frontier thrown open by sacrilegious hands for the
+skulls and trinkets they enclosed, to which the retiring relatives were
+lurking back to take the last glance of, and to mingle their last tears
+over, with the horror of seeing the bones of their fathers and children
+strewed over the ground by hands too averse to labour and too ruthless
+to cover them again.
+
+I was here forcibly struck with the fitness of Jim's remarks about the
+hy�nas, of "their resemblance to _Chemokimons_ or pale-faces," when I
+told him that they lived by digging up and devouring bodies that had
+been consigned to the grave.
+
+I thought also of the distress of mind of the Little Wolf when he lost
+his child at Dundee--of his objections to bury it in a foreign land;
+and also of the double pang with which the fine fellow suffered when
+dire necessity compelled him to leave the body of his affectionate
+wife amidst the graves of the thousands whose limbs and bones were no
+curiosity. And I could thus appreciate the earnestness with which,
+in his last embrace of me in Paris, he desired me to drive every day
+in a cab, as he had been in the habit of doing, to the cemetery of
+Montmartre, to see that no one disturbed the grave of her whom he had
+loved, but was then to leave; and that I should urge his kind friend
+M. Vattemare to hasten the completion of the beautiful monument he was
+getting made, that it might be sure to be erected over her grave before
+she might be dug up.
+
+With regard to the remainder of the party of Ojibbeways whom I have
+said I had advised to return as soon as possible to their own country,
+I am grieved to inform the reader that, from letters from several
+friends in England, I have learned that the chief has persisted in
+travelling through various parts of the kingdom, making his exhibitions
+of Indian life during the last year, and has had the singular and
+lamentable misfortune of burying three of his children and his wife!
+
+These, being facts, show a loss of seven out of twelve of that party,
+affording a shocking argument against the propriety of persons bringing
+Indians to Europe with a view to making their exhibitions a just or
+profitable speculation.
+
+Three of the former party died while under my direction, as I have
+described in the foregoing pages; and a noble fine Indian, by the name
+of _Jock-o-sot_, of the Sac tribe, brought to England by a Mr. Wallace
+about the same time, was dying, and died on his way home, from causes
+he met in this country; making the melancholy list of eleven who lost
+their lives in the space of eighteen months.
+
+These are facts which bring the reader's mind, as well as that of
+the author, to inquire what were the objects of these parties in
+England--how they came here--and what their success, as well as what
+will be the results that will probably flow from them. Each of these
+speculations has undoubtedly been projected by the white men who
+brought the Indians over, having conceived a plan of employing and
+taking to Europe such parties, who would be great curiosities in a
+foreign country, and by their exhibitions enabled to realise a great
+deal of money.
+
+These parties, in each case, have been employed, and induced to come on
+condition of a certain sum of money to be paid them per month, or so
+much per year, to be given them on their return to their own country,
+with the additional advantage of having all their expenses borne, and
+themselves entitled to all the numerous presents they would receive
+during their travels.
+
+As I have been with each of these parties the greater part of the time
+while they were making their exhibitions, I feel quite sure that this
+last condition of their engagements has been strictly kept with them,
+and that by it the Indians profited to a considerable amount from the
+kind and charitable hands of people whom they were amusing. But how far
+they have been benefited by the other conditions of their engagements,
+after they have returned to their homes, I am unable to tell.
+
+As for their reception by the public generally where they have
+travelled, and their conduct whilst amongst and dealing with the world,
+it gives me great pleasure, as a living witness, to tender to that
+public my grateful acknowledgments for the kindness and friendship with
+which they received those unsophisticated people; and in justice to
+the Indians, as well as for the satisfaction of those who knew them,
+to acknowledge the perfect propriety of their conduct and dignity of
+deportment whilst they were abroad.
+
+There were of the three parties thirty-five in all, and I am proud, for
+the character of the abused race which I am yet advocating, that, for
+the year and a half that I was daily and hourly in familiarity with
+them in Europe, I never discovered either of them intoxicated, or in a
+passion with one another, or with the world. They met the people, and
+all the wondrous and unaccountable works which their eyes were daily
+opened to in the enlightened world, with an evenness of temper and
+apparent ease and familiarity which surprised all who saw them.
+
+Their conduct was uniformly decent and respectful, and through their
+whole tour, whilst abroad, they furnished a striking corroboration of
+two of the leading traits of their national character, which I have
+advanced in my former work, of their strict adherance to promises they
+make, and of their never-ending garrulity and anecdote when, in their
+little fireside circles, they are out of the embarrassing gaze of the
+enlightened world, who are wiser than themselves.
+
+For these nightly gossips, which generally took place in their private
+apartments after the labours of the day were done and the pipe was lit,
+the excitements of the day, and the droll and marvellous things they
+had seen in their exhibition-room and in the streets of London and
+Paris, afforded them the endless themes; and of these little sittings
+I was almost an inseparable member, as will have been seen by many
+anecdotes entered in the pages which the reader has already passed over.
+
+It will be pleasing therefore to the reader, at least to those who
+felt an interest in those poor people, to learn, that, though they
+might have been objects of concern and pity whilst making a show of
+themselves in this country, they were, nevertheless, happy, and in the
+height of amusements, philosophically enjoying life as they went along;
+and to those who know me, and feel any anxiety for my welfare, that,
+although I was aiding them in a mode of living to which I was always
+opposed, I was happy in their society, and also in the belief that I
+was rendering them an essential service, although my labours were much
+less successful as regarded my own pecuniary interest.
+
+One of the leading inducements for Indians to enter into such
+enterprises, and the one which gains the consent of their friends
+and relations around them, and more particularly is advanced to the
+world as the plausible motive for taking Indians abroad, is that of
+enlightening them--of opening their eyes to the length and breadth of
+civilization, and all the inventions and improvements of enlightened
+society. These three parties (having met their old friend and advocate
+abroad, who has introduced them to the highest society of the
+world--has led them into three palaces, and from those down through
+every grade of society, and into almost every institution and factory
+of the continent--whose eyes and whose ears have been opened to most of
+the information and improvements of this enlightened age, and who have
+gone back to relate and to apply, in their own country, the knowledge
+they have gained) will furnish the best argument on record, for or
+against the propriety of bringing American Indians abroad, as the means
+of enlightening them and making them suitable teachers of civilization
+when they go back to the wilderness. And though the pages of this book
+cannot sum up the results of these visits, which can only be looked up
+ultimately in the respective tribes to which they have returned, yet a
+few words more upon the materials with which they have returned, and
+the author's opinion (in his familiar knowledge of the Indians' mode of
+reasoning) of their probable results, may not be obtrusive, as a sort
+of recapitulation of scenes and estimates, with their tendencies, made
+in the foregoing pages.
+
+It is natural, or at least habitual, to suppose that, for the ignorant
+to learn is always to improve; and that what a savage people can learn
+amongst civilized society _must be_ for their benefit. But in this
+view of the case, which would generally be correct, there arises a
+very fair question how far, for the benefit of the unenlightened parts
+of the world, it is judicious to acquaint them at a glance, with the
+whole glare of the lights and shades of civilized life, by opening
+the eyes of such parties to so many virtues and so many luxuries and
+refinements so far beyond the possibility of their acquiring, and at
+the same time to so many vices, to so much poverty and beggary not
+known in their simple modes of life, to teach to their people and
+to descant on when they get home; themselves as well as those whom
+they are teaching, despairing of ever attaining to what they have
+seen to admire and covet, and unwilling to descend to the degrading
+vices and poverty which they have seen mixed up in the mysterious and
+money-making medley of civilization.
+
+If I startle the readers, let them reflect for a moment upon what
+perhaps some of them have never yet exactly appreciated--that a man,
+to know how his own house looks, must see how the houses of others
+appear. To know how his own city and country actually look, and how
+his countrymen act and live, he should see how cities and countries
+look, and how people act, in other parts of the world. If he will do
+this, and then leave all civilized countries a while, and the din and
+clatter, and the struggles for wealth amidst the rags and vices of the
+community he has lived in, and taste for a time the simple, silent
+life of the wilderness, he will find, on returning to his home, that
+he has been raised amongst a variety of vices and follies which he
+never before had duly appreciated, and will then realise, to a certain
+degree, the view which the savages take of the scenes in civilized life
+when they look into the strange medley of human existence in our great
+towns and cities, where all the contrasts are before their eyes, of
+rich and poor, equally struggling for wealth or the means of existence.
+
+With such eyes were those wild people here to look; and without the
+cares and hourly and momentary concerns which lead the scrambling,
+busy world through and across the streets, blinded to what is about
+them, the poor but entirely independent Indians were daily and
+hourly scanning from the top of their buss, or the platform of their
+exhibition-rooms, the scenes, and manners, and expressions that were
+about them; and though they looked with unenlightened eyes, they
+saw and correctly appreciated many things in London and Paris which
+the eyes of Londoners and Parisians scarcely see. They saw their
+sights and got their estimates and statistics, and in the leisure of
+their inquisitive and abstracted minds drew deductions which few of
+the business world have leisure or inclination to make; and with all
+of these they have gone back to be the illustrators and teachers of
+civilization in the wilderness.
+
+Each one will be a verbal chronicler, as long as he lives, of the
+events and scenes he witnessed while abroad, and _Wash-ka-mon-ya_ (or
+Jim), with his smattering of civilization, and his book of entries,
+which he will find enough to read and translate, will furnish abundance
+of written evidence for them to comment upon to their nation, who will
+be looking to them for information of the secret of civilization.
+
+The bazaar of toys and trinkets presented to them, with the money and
+medals which they will open to view in the wilderness, will glitter in
+the eyes of their people, and, it is to be feared, may be an inducement
+to others to follow their example.
+
+Their _Bibles_ had increased in their various boxes since the last
+census to more than a hundred and fifty; their _religious tracts_,
+which they could not read, to some thousands; their _dolls_, in all,
+to fifty; and other useless toys, to a great number. Then came their
+_medals_, their _grosses of buttons_, their _beads_, _ribbons_,
+_brooches_, _fans_, _knives_, _daggers_, _combs_, _pistols_, _shawls_,
+_blankets_, _handkerchiefs_, _canes_, _umbrellas_, _beaver hats_,
+_caps_, _coats_, _bracelets_, _pins_, _eye-glasses_, &c. &c.; and
+then their prints--views of countries they had seen, of _churches_,
+_cathedrals_, _maps of London and Paris_, _views of bridges_, of
+_factories_, of _coal-pits_, of _catacombs_, of _Morgues_, &c. &c.,
+to an almost countless number, all to be opened and commented upon,
+and then scattered, as the first indications of civilization, in the
+wilderness. These are but mere toys, however, but gewgaws that will
+be met as matters of course, and soon used up and lost sight of. But
+Jim's book of the statistics of London, of Paris, and New York, will
+stand the _Magna Charta_ of his nation, and around it will assemble
+the wiseacres of the tribe, descanting on and seeking for a solution
+of the blessings of civilization, as the passing pipe sends off its
+curling fumes, to future ages, over its astounding and marvellous
+estimates of civilized _nations_, of _cities_, of _churches_, of
+_courts of justice_, and _gaols_--of the tens of thousands of civilized
+people who are in it recorded (to their amazement) as _blind_, as _deaf
+and dumb_, and _insane_; of _gallows_ and _guillotines_, of _massacres_
+and _robberies_, the number of _grog-shops_ and _breweries_,
+of _coal-pits_, of _tread-mills_ and _foundling hospitals_, of
+_poorhouses_ and _paupers_, of _beggars_ and _starvation_, of
+_brothels_, of _prisons for debtors_, of _rapes_, of _bigamy_, of
+_taxation_, of _game-laws_, of _Christianity_, of _drunkenness_, of
+_national debt_ and _repudiation_.
+
+The estimates of all these subjects have gone to the wilderness, with
+what the eyes of the Indians saw of the poverty and distress of the
+civilized world, to be taught to the untaught, and hereafter to be
+arrayed, if they choose, against the teachings of civilization and
+Christianity in the Indian communities: a table of the enormous numbers
+in the civilized world who by their own folly or wickedness drag
+through lives of pain and misery, leaving their Indian critics, in the
+richness of their imaginations, to judge of the immense proportion of
+the enlightened world who, in just retribution, must perish for their
+crimes and their follies; and in their ignorance, and the violence
+of their prejudices, to imagine what proportion of them are actually
+indulged in the comforts of this life, or destined to enjoy the
+happiness of the world to come.
+
+Teaching, I have always thought, should be gradual, and but one thing
+(or at most but few things) taught at a time. By all who know me and
+my views, I am known to be, as I am, an advocate of civilization; but
+of civilization, as it has generally been taught amongst the American
+Indians, I have a poor opinion; and of the plan I am now treating of,
+of sending parties to foreign countries to see all that can be seen
+and learned in civilized life, I have a still poorer opinion, being
+fully convinced that they learn too much for useful teachers in their
+own country. The strides that they thus take are too great and too
+sudden for the slow and gradual steps that can alone bring man from a
+savage to a civilized state. They require absolutely the reverse of
+what they will learn from such teachers. They should, with all their
+natural prejudices against civilized man, be held in ignorance of the
+actual crime, dissipation, and poverty that belong to the enlightened
+world, until the honest pioneer, in his simple life, with his plough
+and his hoe, can wile them into the mode of raising the necessaries of
+life, which are the first steps from savage to civil, and which they
+will only take when their prejudices against white men are broken down,
+which is most effectually done by teaching them the modes of raising
+their food and acquiring property. I therefore am constrained to give
+judgment here against the propriety of parties of Indians visiting
+foreign countries with a view to enlightening their people when they
+go back; and here also to register my opinion, for which I am daily
+asked, as to the effects which these visits to Europe will have upon
+the parties who have been abroad, and what impressions they will make
+amongst their people when they return.
+
+I am sure they saw many things which pleased them and gained their
+highest admiration, and which they might be benefited by seeing; and
+also that they saw many others which it would have been decidedly
+better they had never seen. They have witnessed and appreciated the
+virtues and blessings, and at the same time the vices and miseries and
+degradations of civilized life, the latter of which will doubtless
+have made the deepest impressions upon their minds, and which (not
+unlike some _more distinguished travellers than themselves_) they will
+comment and enlarge upon, and about in equal justice to the nation they
+represent and are endeavouring to instruct.
+
+Their tour of a year or two abroad, amidst the mazes and mysteries of
+civilized life, will rest in their minds like a romantic dream, not to
+be forgotten, nor to be dreamed over again; their lives too short to
+aspire to what they have seen to approve, and their own humble sphere
+in their native wilds so decidedly preferable to the parts of civilized
+life which they did not admire, that they will probably convert the
+little money they have made, and their medals and trinkets, into whisky
+and rum, and drown out, if possible, the puzzling enigma, which, with
+arguments, the poor fellows have found it more difficult to solve.
+
+With this chapter I take leave of my Indian friends; and as the main
+subject of this work ends with their mission to Europe, the reader
+finds himself near the end of his task.
+
+In taking leave of my red friends, I will be pardoned for repeating
+what I have before said, that on this side of the Atlantic they
+invariably did the best they could do; and that, loving them still as
+I have done, I shall continue to do for them and their race, all the
+justice that shall be in the power of my future strength to do.
+
+
+
+
+                             CHAPTER XXXI.
+
+  The Author returns to his little children in Paris--His loss of
+     time and money--The three Indian speculations--His efforts
+     to promote the interests of the Indians, and the persons who
+     brought them to Europe--His advice to other persons wishing
+     to engage in similar enterprises--The Author retires to his
+     atelier, and paints the fifteen pictures for the King--The
+     pleasure of quiet and retirement with his four little
+     children around him--He offers his Indian Collection to the
+     American Government--And sends his memorial to Congress--Bill
+     reported in favour of the purchase--The Author has an
+     interview with the King in the Tuileries--Delivers the fifteen
+     pictures--Subjects of the pictures painted--Conversations
+     with the King--Reflections upon his extraordinary life--The
+     Author's thoughts, while at his easel, upon scenes of his
+     life gone by--And those that were about him, as he strolled,
+     with his little children, through the streets and society of
+     Paris--Distressing and alarming illness of the Author's four
+     little children--Kindness of sympathizing friends--Death of
+     "little George"--His remains sent to New York, and laid by the
+     side of his mother--A father's tears and loneliness--The Author
+     returns with his Collection to London.
+
+
+The commencement of this chapter finds me at my easel, in a comfortable
+_atelier_ in my own apartments in Paris, where I had retired, with my
+little children about me, to paint the fifteen pictures for the King,
+and others for which I had some standing orders.
+
+My collection was at this time placed in a magazine in the vicinity of
+my dwelling, and my faithful man Daniel still continued his charge over
+it, keeping it in repair, and plying between it and my painting-room
+when I required models from my collection to work from.
+
+The true measure of ordinary happiness I have long believed to be
+the amount of distress or anxiety we have escaped from; and in this
+instance I felt, retired from the constant anxieties I had lived under
+for the last six or seven years, demanding all my time, and holding my
+hand from my easel, as if I could be happy, even in my grief, with my
+four dear little children around me, whom their kind mother had but a
+few months before, in her dying breath, committed to my sole keeping
+and protection.
+
+My house, though there was a gloom about it, had a melancholy charm
+from its associations, whilst its halls were enlivened by the notes of
+my little innocents, who were just old enough for my amusement, and too
+young fully to appreciate the loss they had sustained, and whose little
+arms were now concentrated about my neck, as the only one to whom they
+claimed kindred and looked for protection.
+
+My dear little namesake, George, and my only boy, then three years and
+a half old, was my youngest, and, being the only one of my little flock
+to perpetuate my name, had adopted my painting-room as his constant
+play-house, and, cronies as we had become there, our mutual enjoyment
+was as complete as my happiness was, in the dependence I was placing on
+him for the society of my future days. His first passion, like that of
+most children, had been for the drum, with which, slung upon his back,
+with drumsticks in hand, he made my _atelier_ and apartments ring, and
+never was happier or more proud than when we addressed him as "Tambour
+Major," by which name he familiarly went, and to which he as promptly
+answered.
+
+Besides the company of this dear little fellow, I had the sweet society
+of my three little girls, of ten, eight, and six years old, and with
+all, and the pleasures at my easel, I counted myself in the enjoyments
+of life that I would have been unwilling for any consideration to
+part with. I thus painted on, dividing my time between my easel, my
+little children, and the few friends I had in Paris, resolving and
+re-resolving to devote the remainder of my life to my art, being
+in possession of the fullest studies from nature to enable me to
+illustrate the early history of my country in its various dealings
+with the Indian tribes of America; and in these labours I also with
+pleasure resolved to continue my efforts to do justice to their
+character and their memory.
+
+The American Congress was at that time in session, with a surplus
+revenue in the treasury of more than 12,000,000 of dollars; and,
+deeming it an auspicious time, I proposed the sale of my collection by
+my Memorial, to that body, believing there was sympathy enough for the
+poor Indians in my country, and disposition to preserve all the records
+of this dying race, to induce the Congress to purchase the collection
+as connected with the history of the country.
+
+I had been stimulated, the whole time whilst making the collection,
+with the hope that it would be perpetuated on the soil where these
+ill-fated people have lived and perished; and was constantly encouraged
+in my labours with the belief that such would be the case.
+
+On my Memorial, a Bill was reported by the Joint Committee on the
+Library, complimenting me in the strongest terms, and recommending its
+purchase; but, owing to the sudden commencement of the Mexican war at
+that time, no action was had upon it, and it now remains to be seen
+whether the Government will take it up again, or whether the collection
+will be left, because more highly appreciated, in a foreign land. My
+unavoidable belief still is, that some measure will be adopted for its
+preservation in my native country, a monument to those people who have
+bequeathed to the United States all her dominions, and who are rapidly
+wasting away; though I have fears that the call for it may be too late,
+either to gratify my ambition to see it perpetuated amongst the records
+of my country, or to enable me to feel the reward for my hard labour.
+
+The Bill reported in the Congress I have taken the liberty to insert
+here, for the very high compliment it conveys, as well as for the
+benefit it may in some way afford me by the value therein set upon my
+works.
+
+  BILL reported in the AMERICAN CONGRESS, 1846, for the Purchase of
+  CATLIN'S INDIAN GALLERY, July 24th, 1846. Read and laid upon the
+  table. Mr. W. W. CAMPBELL, from the Joint Committee on the Library,
+  made the following REPORT:--
+
+  _The Joint Committee on the Library, to whom was referred the
+  Memorial of Mr. Catlin for the purchase of his Gallery of Indian
+  Collections and Paintings; and also the Memorial of American artists
+  abroad, and of American citizens resident in London, respectfully
+  report--_
+
+  That of Mr. Catlin, who desires to place, on certain conditions, his
+  extensive collection of Indian portraits, costumes, and other objects
+  of interest connected with Indian life, in the possession of the
+  Government, it is hardly necessary to speak, since his reputation is
+  established throughout this country and Europe. A native of the state
+  of Pennsylvania, his early studies were directed to the law, which,
+  under an impulse of enthusiasm that often marks original genius,
+  he soon abandoned for the pencil, stimulated by desire to give to
+  his country exact and spirited representations of the persons,
+  costumes, ceremonies, and homes of the aboriginal inhabitants of this
+  continent, now retreating and gradually vanishing away before the
+  power of civilization. Nor did he devote himself to his enterprises
+  merely to gratify curiosity and preserve memorials of a bold,
+  independent, and remarkable race of men, but to direct attention
+  to certain lofty traits of their character, and excite, generally,
+  friendly sentiments and efforts for their benefit. In making this
+  collection, he expended eight entire years of his life and 20,000
+  dollars, and visited, often at great hazard of his personal safety,
+  more than forty different (and most of them remote) tribes. Unaided
+  by public or private patronage, he pursued and effected his object,
+  sustained, as he observes, by the ambition of procuring a full
+  and complete pictorial history of a numerous and interesting race
+  of human beings rapidly sinking into oblivion, and encouraged by
+  the belief that the collection would finally be appropriated and
+  protected by the Government of his own country, as a monument to
+  a race once sole proprietors of this country, but who will soon
+  have yielded it up, and with it probably their existence also, to
+  civilized man.
+
+  On Mr. Catlin's return from the western prairies, the attention of
+  Congress was, in 1837 and 1838, turned towards his collection, and a
+  resolution for its purchase was moved in the House, and referred to
+  the Committee on Indian Affairs, who, it is understood, expressed in
+  their report an unanimous opinion in favour of the purchase, though
+  the near approach of the close of the session prevented its being
+  submitted for consideration.
+
+  In transferring his collection to Europe, Mr. Catlin had no intention
+  of alienating it, or changing its nationality and destination; but,
+  by its exhibition, sought to secure support for his family, and
+  obtain means of bringing out his great and expensive work on the
+  Indians--a work which has thrown much light upon their character and
+  customs, and been received with distinguished favour on both sides of
+  the Atlantic.
+
+  The judgment of our citizens, and that of eminent foreigners,
+  is concurrent in regard to the value of this collection for the
+  illustration of our history, and as a work of art. By desire of the
+  King of France, it now occupies a gallery in the Louvre, and has been
+  highly eulogized by the most distinguished artists and men of science
+  in Paris. A large gold medal has been presented to Mr. Catlin by the
+  King of the Belgians, with a letter expressing a high opinion of his
+  productions.
+
+  The American artists now in Paris, in a memorial addressed to
+  Congress, urging the importance of securing this collection to our
+  country, say, "Having made ourselves acquainted with the extent and
+  interest of this unique collection, and of its peculiar interest
+  to our country; and also aware of the encouraging offers now made
+  to its proprietor for its permanent establishment in England, as
+  well as the desire generally manifested here to have it added to
+  the historical gallery of Versailles, we have ventured to unite in
+  the joint expression of our anxiety that the members of the present
+  Congress may pass some resolution that may be the means of restoring
+  so valuable a collection to our country, and fixing it among its
+  records. Interesting to our countrymen generally, it is absolutely
+  necessary to American artists. The Italian who wishes to portray the
+  history of Rome finds remnants of her sons in the Vatican; the French
+  artist can study the ancient Gauls in the museums of the Louvre; and
+  the Tower of London is rich in the armour and weapons of the Saxon
+  race.
+
+  "Your memorialists, therefore, most respectfully trust that Mr.
+  Catlin's collection may be purchased and cherished by the Federal
+  Government, as a nucleus for a national museum, where American
+  artists may freely study that bold race who once held possession of
+  our country, and who are so fast disappearing before the tide of
+  civilization. Without such a collection, few of the glorious pages of
+  our early history can be illustrated, while the use made of it here
+  by French artists, in recording upon canvas the American discoveries
+  of their countrymen in the last century, shows its importance."
+
+  Your Committee feel the justice of these sentiments of American
+  artists, and also the importance, as suggested in their memorial,
+  of securing, by the purchase of his collection, the future efforts
+  of Mr. Catlin for its enlargement. Let the Government appropriate
+  his collection, and the chief ambition of its author's life will be
+  realized, and he will be enabled, in a few years, to double it in
+  value and extent.
+
+  The bill which has recently passed the House for the establishment
+  of the Smithsonian Institution provides that there shall belong to
+  it a "gallery of art;" and of course it must be intended that such
+  gallery shall be occupied by works of art. That such works should
+  be principally American, is the obvious dictate of patriotism.
+  No productions, your Committee believe, at present exist, more
+  appropriate to this gallery than those of Mr. Catlin, or of equal
+  importance. Should Congress fail to act on this subject, or decide
+  unfavourably to Mr. Catlin's proposal, he may, notwithstanding his
+  reluctance, be compelled to accept the positive and advantageous
+  offers now made to him in England.
+
+  The love of art, and respect for those who have cultivated it
+  with success, especially for those who have illustrated, by their
+  productions, the history of their country, have ever been cherished
+  by the most civilized nations. It has been justly observed, that
+  "among the Greeks the arts were not so much objects to promote
+  gratification as of public interest; they were employed as the most
+  powerful stimulants of piety and patriotism, commissioned to confer
+  distinction upon those who were conspicuous for valour, for wisdom,
+  and for virtue. A statue or picture gave celebrity to a city or a
+  state, and a great artist was considered a national ornament--a
+  public benefactor, whom all were bound to honour and reward."
+
+  Your Committee believe the price of his collection, as named by Mr.
+  Catlin, is moderate, and that a failure to obtain it would occasion
+  deep regret to all the friends of art, and to all Americans who
+  reasonably and justly desire to preserve memorials of the Indian
+  race, or the means by which our future artists and historians may
+  illustrate the great and most interesting events in the early periods
+  and progress of our country.
+
+  The Committee, therefore, recommend that the bill for the
+  establishment of the Smithsonian Institute be so amended as that
+  provision shall be made therein for the purchase of Mr. Catlin's
+  gallery at the price mentioned by him--namely, sixty-five thousand
+  dollars--payable in annual instalments of ten thousand dollars.
+
+                        _New York Journal of Commerce, Nov. 12th._
+
+When I had completed the pictures ordered by the King, his Majesty
+graciously granted me an audience in the Palace of the Tuileries to
+deliver them, on which occasion he met me with great cheerfulness,
+and, having received from me a verbal description of each picture, he
+complimented me on the spirit of their execution, and expressed the
+highest satisfaction with them, and desired me to attach to the back of
+each a full written description. The dimensions of these paintings were
+30 by 36 inches, and the subjects as follow:--
+
+  No. 1. An Indian ball-play.
+      2. A Sioux Council of War.
+      3. Buffalo-hunt on snow-shoes.
+      4. _Mah-to-toh-pa_ (the Four Bears), a Mandan chief, full length.
+      5. A Buffalo-hunt, Sioux.
+      6. Eagle-dance, and view of Ioway village.
+      7. _Mah-to-he-ha_ (the Old Bear), a medicine-man of the Mandans.
+      8. _Wan-ee-ton_, one of the most distinguished chiefs of the Sioux.
+      9. _Ee-ah-sa-pa_ (the Black Rock), a Sioux chief, full length.
+      10. _Mu-hu-shee-kaw_ (the White Cloud), Ioway chief.
+      11. _Shon-ta-ye-ee-ga_ (the Little Wolf), an Ioway warrior.
+      12. _Wa-tah-we-buck-a-nah_ (the Commanding General), an Ioway boy.
+      13. _Maun-gua-daus_, an Ojibbeway chief.
+      14. _Say-say-gon_ (the Hail Storm), an Ojibbeway warrior.
+      15. _Ah-wun-ne-wa-be_ (the Thunder-bird), Ojibbeway warrior.
+
+His Majesty had on several occasions, in former interviews, spoken
+of the great interest of the scenes of the early history of the
+French colonies of America, and French explorations and discoveries
+in those regions, and the subject was now resumed again, as one
+of peculiar interest, affording some of the finest scenes for the
+pencil of the artist, which he thought I was peculiarly qualified to
+illustrate. Additional anecdotes of his rambling life in America were
+very humorously related; and after the interview I returned to my
+painting-room, and continued happily engaged at my other pictures, with
+my familiar sweet smiles and caresses about me.
+
+As a painter often works at his easel with a double thought, one upon
+the subject he is creating upon the canvas, and the other upon the
+world that is about him, I kept constantly at work, and pleasantly
+divided my extra thoughts upon the amusing little tricks that were
+being played around me, and the contemplation of scenes and events of
+my life gone by. I ran over its table of contents in this way: "My
+native valley of Wyoming--the days and recollections of my earliest
+boyhood in it--my ten years in the valley of the _Oc-qua-go_, where
+I held alternately the plough, my rifle, and fishing-tackle--my
+five years at the classics--my siege with Blackstone and Coke upon
+Littleton--my three years' practice of the law in the Courts of
+Pennsylvania--the five years' practice of my art of portrait-painting
+in Philadelphia--my eight years spent amongst the Indian tribes of
+the prairies and Rocky Mountains--and, since that, my eight years
+spent in the light of the refined and civilized world, where I have
+been admitted to Palaces, and into the society of Kings, Queens, and
+Princes--and _now_ at my easel, in my studio, with my dear little
+babes around me, thanking Him who has blessed me with them, and courage
+and health, through all the vicissitudes of my chequered life, and now
+with strength to stand by and support and protect them."
+
+I thought also of the King, the wonderful man, with whose benignant and
+cheerful face I had been so often conversing; whose extraordinary life
+had been so much more chequered than my own; many of whose early days
+had been spent on the broad rivers and amongst the dense and gloomy
+forests of my own country; who, driven by political commotions from
+his native land, sought an asylum in the United States of America,
+and there, in the youthful energy of his native character, 52 years
+ago, crossed and re-crossed the Alleghany Mountains, descended the
+Ohio river 600 miles in his simple and rickety pirogue, and from the
+mouth of the Ohio to New Orleans, 1000 miles on the muddy waves of
+the Mississippi, amidst its dangerous snags and sand-bars, when the
+banks of those two mighty rivers were inhabited only by savages, whose
+humble wigwams he entered, and shared their hospitality; who afterwards
+visited the shores of Lake Erie, and also the Falls of Niagara, before
+the axe of sacrilegious man had shorn it of its wild and native
+beauties; who visited the little commencement of the town of Buffalo
+and the village of the Seneca Indians; who paddled his canoe 90 miles
+through the Seneca Lake to Ithaca, and from thence travelled by an
+Indian's path, with his knapsack on his back, to the Susquehana river,
+which he descended in an Indian canoe to Wyoming, my native valley;
+and then on foot, with his knapsack again upon his back, crossed the
+Wilkesbarre and Pokono Mountains to Easton and Philadelphia; and who
+consequently thus knew, 52 years ago, more of the great western regions
+of America, and of the modes of its people, than one of a thousand
+Americans do at the present day.
+
+I contemplated the character of this extraordinary man, reared in
+the luxuries of Palaces, thrown thus into the midst of the vast and
+dreary forests of the Mississippi, launching his fragile boat and
+staking his life upon its dangerous waves, and laying his wearied limbs
+upon its damp and foggy banks at night, amidst the howling wolves and
+rattlesnakes and mosquitoes; and after that, and all these adventures,
+called, in the commotions of his country, to mount the throne and wield
+the sceptre over one of the greatest and most enlightened nations of
+the earth. I beheld this great man in these strange vicissitudes of
+life, and France, whose helm he took in the midst of a tempest, now
+raised to the zenith of her national wealth and glory, after 17 years
+of uninterrupted peace and prosperity. I contemplated the present
+wealth and health of that nation and her institutions, her grand
+internal improvements, and cultivation of science and the arts; and
+I reflected also, with equal pleasure and surprise, on what I had
+seen with my own eyes, the _greatness of soul_ of that monarch as he
+was taking the poor Indians of the forest by the hand in his Palace,
+and expressing to them the gratitude he never yet had lost sight of,
+that he bore them for the kindness with which their tribes everywhere
+treated him when he entered their wigwams, hungry, on the banks of the
+Mississippi and the great lakes in America. He had the frankness and
+truthfulness to tell them that "he loved them," for the reasons he had
+given, and the kindness of heart to convince them of his sincerity in
+the way that carries the most satisfactory conviction to the mind of an
+Indian as well as it often does to that of a white man.
+
+These contemplations were rapid and often repeated, and there were
+many more; and they never passed through my mind without compelling me
+to admire and revere the man whose energy of character and skill have
+enabled him, with like success, to steer his pirogue amidst the snags
+of the Mississippi, and at the helm of his nation, to guide her out of
+the tempest of a revolution, and onward, through a reign of peace and
+industry, to wealth and power, to which she never before has attained.
+
+In the midst of such reflections I often strolled alone in
+a contemplative mood through the wilderness throngs of the
+Boulevards--the great central avenue and crossing-place--the _aorta_
+of all the circulating world--to gaze upon the endless throng of human
+beings sweeping by me, bent upon their peculiar avocations of business
+or of pleasure--of virtue or of vice; contrasting the glittering views
+about me with the quiet and humble scenes I had witnessed in various
+parts of my roaming life.
+
+In the midst of this sweeping throng, knowing none and unknown, I found
+I could almost imagine myself in the desert wilderness, with as little
+to disturb the current of contemplative thoughts as if I were floating
+down the gliding current of the Missouri in my bark canoe, in silent
+contemplation of the rocks and forests on its banks.
+
+In a different mood, also, I as often left my easel and mingled with
+the throng, with my little chattering children by my side, forgetting
+to think, and with eyes like theirs, scanned the thousands and tens
+of thousands of pretty things displayed in the shops, and whiled away
+in perfect bliss, as others do, an hour upon the pavements of the
+Boulevards.
+
+The reader has learned, from various books, the features of this
+splendid scene, with all its life and din and glittering toys, and of
+Paris, with its endless mysteries, and beauties, and luxuries, and
+vices, which it is not the province of this work to describe; but from
+all that he has read he may not yet know how completely he may be lost
+sight of in the crowds of the Boulevards, and what positive retirement
+he may find and enjoy, unknowing and unknown, if he wishes to do so,
+in his apartments in the centre of Paris, where his neighbours are
+certainly the nearest and most numerous in the world.
+
+In London and New York one often thinks it strange that he knows not
+his neighbours by the side of him; but in Paris, those on the _sides_
+are seldom taken into consideration as such, and so little do people
+know of, or care for, each other's business, that few have any
+acquaintance with their neighbours ABOVE and BELOW them.
+
+The circumscribed limits of the city, and the density of its
+population, enable the Parisians to make a glittering display in the
+streets, in the brilliancy and taste of which they no doubt outdo any
+other people in the world. The close vicinity of its inhabitants,
+and the facility with which they get into the streets, and the tens
+of thousands of inducements that tempt them there, tend to the
+concentration of fashion and gaiety in the principal avenues and
+arcades, which, in the pleasant evenings of spring and summer, seem
+converted into splendid and brilliant salons, with the appearance of
+continuous and elegant soir�es. To these scenes all Parisians and all
+foreigners are alike admitted, to see and enjoy the myriads of sights
+to be seen in the shop-windows, as well as to most of the splendid
+collections of works of literature and the arts, which, being under
+the Government control, are free to the inspection of all who wish to
+see them. Amidst most of these I have been, like thousands of others,
+a visitor and admirer for two years, seeking for information and
+amusement--for study and contemplation--alone; or enjoying them in
+company with my little children, or travelling friends, for whose aid
+and amusement I have as often given my time.
+
+The reader will here see that I have before me the materials for
+another book, but as the object of this work is attained, and its
+limits approached, with my known aversion to travel over frequented
+ground, I must refer him to other pens than mine for what I might have
+written had I the room for it, and had it not been written twenty times
+before.
+
+The little bit of my life thus spent in the capital of France, though
+filled with anxieties and grief, has had its pleasant parts, having
+seen much to instruct and amuse me, and having also met with, as in
+London, many warm friends, to whom I shall feel attached as long as
+I live. In the English society in Paris I met a number of my London
+friends, where the acquaintance was renewed, with great kindness on
+their parts, and with much pleasure to myself.
+
+I met also many American families residing in Paris; and, added to
+their numbers, the constant throng of Americans who are passing to
+and from the classic ground of the East, or making their way across
+the Atlantic to the French metropolis, and swelling their occasional
+overflowing and cheerful soir�es. At these I saw many of the �lite and
+fashionable of the French, and noticed also, and much to my regret, as
+well as surprise, that, in the various intercourse I had in different
+classes, the Americans generally mixed less with the English than the
+French society.
+
+This is probably attributable in a great degree to the passion which
+English and Americans have, in their flying visits to the city of all
+novelties, to see and study something new, instead of spending their
+valuable time with people of their own family and language, whom and
+whose modes they can see at home. This I deem a pity; and though among
+the passing travellers the cause is easily applied, and the excuse
+as easily accepted, yet among the resident English and Americans, of
+whom there are a great many and fashionable families, there seems a
+mutual unsocial and studied reserve, which stands in the way of much
+enjoyment, that I believe lies at the doors of kindred people in a
+foreign land.
+
+My time, however, was so much engrossed with anxieties and grief and my
+application to my art, that I shared but moderately in the pleasures
+of any society; and the few observations I have been able to make I
+have consequently drawn from less intercourse than has been had by many
+others, who have more fully described than I could do had this book
+been written for the purpose.
+
+My interviews with society in this part of the world, as far as they
+have been held, have been general, and my observations, I believe, have
+been unbiassed. And as I mingled with society to see and enjoy, but not
+to describe, my remarks in this place, on the society and manners of
+Parisians and people in Paris, must end here, and necessarily be thus
+brief, to come within the bounds of my intentions in commencing this
+work.
+
+The society which fascinated me most and called for all my idle hours
+was that of my four dear little children, whose arms, having been for
+ever torn from the embrace of an affectionate mother, were ready to
+cling to my neck whenever I quitted the toils of my painting-room.
+There was a charm in that little circle of society which all the
+fascinations of the fashionable world could never afford me, and I
+preferred the simple happiness that was thus sweetly spread around me
+to the amusements and arts of matured and fashionable life.
+
+The days and nights and weeks and months of my life were passing on
+whilst my house rang with the constant notes of my little girls and my
+dear little "Tambour Major," producing a glow of happiness in my life,
+as its hours were thus carolled away, which I never before had attained
+to.
+
+My happiness was here too complete to last long, and, as the sequel
+will show, like most precious gifts, was too confidently counted on
+to continue. A sudden change came over this pleasing dream of life;
+the cheering notes of my little companions were suddenly changed into
+groans, and my occupations at my easel were at an end. The chirping
+and chattering in the giddy maze of their little dances were finished,
+and, having taken to their beds, my occupation was changed to their
+bedsides, where they were all together writhing in the agonies of
+disease, and that of so serious a nature as to require all my attention
+by night and by day, and at length anxieties of the most painful kind,
+and alarm--of grief, and a broken heart!
+
+To those of my readers who have ever set their whole heart upon and
+identified their existence with that of a darling little boy, and wept
+for him, it is unnecessary--and to those who have never been blessed
+with such a gift it would be useless--for me to name the pangs that
+broke my heart for the fate of my little "Tambour Major," who, in that
+unlucky hour, thoughtlessly relinquishing all his little toys, laid
+down with his three little sisters, to run the chances with them, and
+then to be singled out as he was by the hand of death.
+
+In kindness the reader will pardon these few words that flow in tears
+from the broken and burning heart of a fond father; they take but a
+line or two, and are the only monument that will be raised to the
+memory of my dear little George, who lived, in the sweetness of his
+innocence, to gladden and then to break the heart of his doating
+parent, the only one while he was living, to appreciate his loveliness,
+and now the only one to mourn for him. The remains of this dear little
+fellow were sent to New York, as a lovely flower to be planted by the
+grave of his mother, and thus were my pleasures and peace in Paris
+ended. Two idols of my heart had thus vanished from me there, leaving
+my breast with a _healing_ and a _fresh wound_, to be opened and
+bleeding together. My _atelier_ had lost all its charms; the _escalier_
+also was dreary, for its wonted echoing and enlivening notes had
+ceased; and the beautiful pavement of the Place Madeleine, which was
+under my windows, and the daily resort, with his hoop and his drum, of
+my little "Tambour Major."
+
+The Boulevards also, and the Champs Elys�es, and the garden of the
+Tuileries, the scenes of our daily enjoyment, were overcast with a
+gloom, and I left them all.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+At the time of writing this my heart flies back and daily hovers about
+the scenes of so many endearing associations, while my hand is at work
+seeking amusement and forgetfulness at my easel.
+
+I have before said that the practice of my art is to be the principal
+ambition of the rest of my life; and as the beginning of this chapter
+found me in my _atelier_ in Paris, the end of it leaves me in my
+_studio_ at _No. 6, Waterloo Place_, in London, with my collection, my
+thousands of studies, and my little children about me where I shall
+be hereafter steadily seeking the rational pleasures and benefits I
+can draw from them; and where my friends and the world who value me or
+my works may find me without ceremony, and will be greeted, amongst
+the numerous and curious works in my collection, enumerated in the
+catalogue which I have given, for the amusement and benefit of the
+reader, at the end of my first volume.
+
+
+
+
+                             APPENDIX. (A.)
+
+  _The two following Letters, written from the Ioway Mission on the
+     Upper Missouri, with several others more recently received by
+     Mrs. A. Richardson, of Newcastle-on-Tyne, bear conclusive proof
+     of the sincerity of the Society of Friends, and of the benefit
+     that promises to flow from their well-directed and charitable
+     exertions._
+
+
+                             IOWAY INDIANS.
+
+                 EXTRACT OF A LETTER FROM S. M. IRVIN.
+
+                            _Ioway and Sac Mission, May 24th, 1847._
+
+Having a leisure morning, I most cheerfully give a few minutes to my
+dear friend in England. I have just been thinking, before I took my
+pen, how very mysterious are the workings of God's providence! Near
+four years ago, a party of our Ioway Indians started out on what
+appeared to us to be a wrong and uncalled-for expedition. We dreaded
+the result, and, so far as our opinion was consulted, it was given
+against the design, advising rather that they should stay at home, go
+to labour and economy, and not go to be shown as wild animals. In these
+notions we thought we were sustained by reason and Scripture, and were
+at least sincere in our views. We, however, made but little resistance,
+and when it was determined that they should go we submitted, did what
+we could for their comfort and success, gave them the parting hand,
+and commended them to the care of a merciful Providence. They started,
+spent the winter in St. Louis and New Orleans, associated with bad
+company, were exceedingly intemperate, and seemed to have grown much
+worse, which tended to confirm us in the belief of the error and
+impropriety of such a measure, and our hearts mourned over them. In
+the spring they went to the eastern part of the United States, and
+from thence to England. From the latter place we heard of the death of
+one and another, and of a probability of their going to France, and
+becoming enchained with the externals of the Catholic religion. Here
+we thought our opinions were fully confirmed. How can any good result
+from this? How much harm must ensue to these poor people, and probably
+through them to their nation!
+
+But at this point a ray of light seemed to break forth, and we could
+see through the dark vista a possibility of good resulting from
+it. Hitherto we could only trust in the government of God, knowing
+that He would bring good out of evil, but we could not see by what
+process it could be accomplished. But we now began to learn that the
+people of England, particularly the Society of Friends, were taking
+a warm interest in their welfare, stimulating their minds in favour
+of industry, economy, and Christianity, and especially guarding
+them against the pernicious effects of ardent spirits. There the
+foundation of hope, on rational and tangible principles, commenced.
+Perhaps the friends of God and his cause in England were to be the
+honoured instruments of making an indelible impression on the minds
+of these poor wanderers, and, if so, how well will they be repaid
+for their pilgrimage, and how happily shall we be disappointed! Next
+came an affectionate letter from your own hand. This was the second
+development of the unseen but operating hand of God in carrying on
+his own work. A young man of ardent piety and devotion to the cause
+of God was next recommended as a suitable person to come and labour
+among the Indians as missionary from England. I may say that the whole
+mystery was now plain. We could now say to each other, God has taken
+them over to England to send a suitable missionary, whose labours will
+be, doubtless, blessed to their conversion, and thus we could see how
+easily God, our _covenant-keeping God_, can foil the designs of Satan.
+How our hearts did burn within us when we thought of the goodness of
+God in these things! The original design we could not but look upon
+as a work of the enemy, got up for the purpose of selfishness and
+speculation, but now we could see the scale turn, and the pleasing
+prospect of hailing our young brother as a fellow-helper in this cause
+more than reconciled us to the hitherto mysterious movement. He came,
+and, though it was found best under the circumstances to assign him
+for a time to a different field of labour, still it is the same common
+cause, whether among the Otoes or Ioways.
+
+Very important pecuniary aid, both in money and clothing, was also
+subsequently received, from which our cause has, in no small degree,
+been aided and encouraged. Next a helpmate is proposed for our young
+friend, who is here alone, and toiling against the trials of a new
+and strange society and manners, and the prejudices of the Indians.
+God, through suitable instrumentality, conducts the negotiation to
+a favourable issue; the solitary individual is strengthened to part
+from her friends and country, is conducted by the hand of God across
+the dangerous deep, is brought more than 2000 miles, and, by a great
+variety of hazardous conveyances, almost to the centre of a great
+continent, and is now safely landed within the walls of this house.
+Truly may we exclaim, What hath God wrought! But the wonders and cause
+for gratitude stop not here. Our kind friend, Miss G., is not only
+here, but already is she engaged, twice or thrice a-day, in instructing
+the poor little daughters of the forest in needlework and such other
+instruction as may be suitable, and as yet I see nothing in the way
+but that she may very soon be able to give every moment of time that
+she can spare to these little ones. How pleasing will this be! How
+cheerfully and happily will the hours pass away, and how largely will
+she be rewarded for all her toil! I have skipped, as you will see, with
+more than eagle flight, over this narrative, for it furnishes materials
+enough for an interesting volume. I should like much to dwell upon it,
+but your mind can carry out the details, and see, as clearly as any
+other, the lineaments of God's goodness.
+
+Miss G. will have so much to say to you, that I am sure she will not
+know where to commence, and I think she will be about as much puzzled
+to describe many things so that you can understand.
+
+Mr. Bloohm has not yet arrived from the Otoe mission, but we look for
+him daily. So soon as I heard of Miss G.'s approach, I advised him
+of it, but he, being about fifty miles from the post-office, may not
+have received the letter. That you may better understand our relative
+situations, I will subjoin a rude outline of them with the pen.
+
+Miss G. remained some time in St. Louis for Mr. Lowrie, and was
+afterwards instructed by him to come on to this place, he being
+prevented, by low water, from calling for her at St. Louis. Last
+Friday he passed up the Missouri river to the Otoe and Omahaw mission,
+leaving word that he would be back, at the farthest, by the end of this
+week. If Mr. Bloohm be able, he will come down with Mr. L., if not
+before him. As soon as they arrive, we hope to be able to make full
+arrangements about all our affairs, and you may expect to be informed
+of all that will interest you in due time.
+
+                EXTRACT OF A LETTER FROM JANE M. BLOOHM.
+
+                          _Ioway and Sac Mission, May 28th, 1847._
+
+[After giving several interesting particulars of her journey from St.
+Louis, and arrival at the station, the writer proceeds:--]
+
+I feel assured, my dear friend, you would be pleased with this
+institution. The boarding-house is a most excellent building, three
+stories high. On the ground floor are the dining-room, kitchen, pantry,
+milk-house, and two sleeping-rooms. On the second story, the chapel in
+the centre, from back to front, and on one side the boys' school in
+front, with two small rooms behind, which Mr. Hamilton occupies. On the
+other side of the chapel is the girls' school, with two small rooms
+behind it for Mr. Irvin. The third story has the girls' bedroom, back
+and front, with a small one off it parted with deals, where I sleep.
+The boys' on the other side is the same; in the middle is a spare
+bedroom and Mr. Irvin's study.
+
+We rise at five o'clock, and at half-past assemble in the chapel for
+worship. While there, breakfast is placed on the table, and the bell
+rings again, when we go down. There are four tables, but not all full
+at present, as some of the children have left. Mr. Irvin sits at one
+table with the boys, Mr. Hamilton and his lady (when able) with the
+girls. Our table is called the family table; there are Mrs. Irvin,
+their father and mother, Mrs. I.'s two children, Mrs. H.'s eldest
+girl, the two men, and myself, as also any other strangers. Mr. Irvin's
+father and mother are two very old people; they intend leaving as
+soon as Mr. Lowrie comes, old Mr. I. not being able to manage the
+farm now. At breakfast each child has a pewter plate, with a tin pot
+turned upside down upon it, a knife and fork, and spoon. As soon as a
+blessing is asked, they each turn over their tin pot, and those who
+sit with them at table fill it with milk, and give them corn bread,
+boiled corn, batten cake (which is much like our pancake), a piece of
+bacon, and treacle. Of this they all eat as much as they like. Each
+table is served the same, with the exception that we have coffee for
+breakfast, and tea for supper. At dinner there is sometimes a little
+boiled rice, greens, &c., but no other kind of meat than bacon. We dine
+at half-past twelve, and sup at seven. After supper we all remain, and
+have worship in the dining-room; sometimes Mr. Hamilton prays and sings
+in Indian; and, oh! my beloved friend, could you only hear the sweet
+voices of those dear heathen children, you would be astonished, they
+sing so well. I do most sincerely hope that the day is not far distant
+when they shall not only worship Him with the voice, but with the
+understanding, and in truth.
+
+Mr. H. teaches all the children from nine till twelve. After breakfast
+I take the girls up to make their beds; two and two sleep together;
+they did it so neatly this morning. When done, they go with me to
+school to sew or knit till nine, then again after dinner till two, and
+after five till supper-time, when I assist to wash their hands and
+faces, and put them to bed. Some of them are very fine children, but
+I am surprised I am able to go so near them, for they are very dirty;
+but they seem very fond of me. You will laugh when I say that two or
+three of them often come running to me, and clasp me round the waist.
+They wish to teach me to speak their language; they can say a good
+many English words; they call their teachers father and mother. A few
+of them are very little. After I put on their nightcaps, and lift them
+into bed, they all repeat a prayer. You will be surprised when I say
+I do feel such an interest in them; I do wish these feelings may not
+only continue, but increase. I feel quite happy, and have never had the
+least feeling of regret at my coming out, and I trust I never shall.
+
+Both Mr. and Mrs. Irvin are most desirous for us to remain here, but
+that will rest with Mr. Lowrie and P. B. I am willing to go wherever
+I am of most use. It is a most arduous and responsible office we each
+hold, from the little I have seen (and it is but little to what I shall
+see if the Lord spare me). We need the prayers of our dear friends. Oh!
+forget us not, you, our far distant and beloved friends; entreat our
+Heavenly Father to give us much of his Spirit, and to us help along.
+Your old friend _Little Wolf_ came to see me. He said I might give his
+and his family's love to you. A few more came to welcome me; they are
+constantly coming about the house. I am just sent for to assist in the
+ironing, and have had to write this while the irons were heating. There
+is no mangle here. The children's clothes are washed and repaired every
+week.
+
+_May 31st._--Just as I finished the above on Friday afternoon, the
+arrival of two gentlemen was announced. They were Mr. Lowrie and my
+dear P. B. The latter is looking thin, but upon the whole is much
+better, as also much better than I expected to find him; as for
+colour, an Indian: but setting aside his Indian complexion, I was glad
+to see a known face, and to meet a beloved friend; and now, my dear
+friend, I can call him my beloved husband. The marriage took place on
+Saturday the 29th, at eight o'clock in the evening, by Mr. Hamilton,
+in Mr. Irvin's room. Old Mr. and Mrs. Irvin were there, Mr. and Mrs.
+Irvin junior, Mr. Lowrie, Mr. Melody (who had come to the mission on
+a visit), and one of the men, who had expressed a wish to be present.
+Mrs. H. was not strong enough to join us, which I did regret. Mr.
+Lowrie has settled for us to remain here, at least for some time;
+P. B. to assist Mr. H. with the boys and other labour, while I take
+the full charge of the girls. Oh! that we may each have strength to
+perform these our arduous duties. The old people leave in a few days,
+when we shall have their room, which is on the ground floor, close by
+the dining-room. We shall have to sit at table with the children, and
+should Mr. H. be from home or sick, at any time, we shall have the full
+charge. We have, one and all, made up our minds to assist each other
+when it is needful, and I do most sincerely pray that we may be enabled
+to labour together in the same spirit which was in Christ Jesus. It
+is His work, it is His cause; and we all, I trust, esteem our privilege
+great, that we, unworthy as we are, should be permitted to take part
+in this glorious work. Mr. Lowrie, I believe, intends leaving
+to-morrow; it will be three weeks before he can reach New York. Mr.
+Melody left this morning; he speaks highly of the kindness he received
+while in England, and, I believe, would very well like to pay a second
+visit. * * * *
+
+And now, dear friend, I think I have given you all the intelligence
+that it is in my power to send at the present time. It is likely
+that my dear husband may send a note, but he is much occupied, and,
+I believe, going to St. Joseph with Mr. Lowrie. He joins with me in
+kindest love to you and Mr. ----, not forgetting all our dear friends,
+to whom you will be so kind as to present it, and ever believe me to
+remain
+
+                                Your most affectionate friend,
+                                                             J. M. BLOOHM.
+
+
+
+
+                             APPENDIX. (B.)
+
+                             HORSE-TAMING:
+
+  _Being an Account of the successful application, in two recent
+     Experiments made in England, of the expeditious method of
+     Taming Horses, as practised by the Red Indians of North
+     America.--Communicated by_ ALEXANDER JOHN ELLIS, B.A., _of
+     Trinity College, Cambridge, in 1842._
+
+
+                                EXTRACT.
+
+The object of the following pages is two-fold: first, to extract the
+account of the North American Indian method of Horse-taming, as given
+by Mr. Catlin in his new work, entitled 'Letters and Notes on the
+Manners, Customs, and Condition of the North American Indians,' and to
+detail certain experiments which have been tried by the direction and
+in the presence of the Communicator; and, second, to urge gentlemen,
+farmers, stable-keepers, horse-trainers, horse-breakers, and all others
+who may be interested in the taming of horses, to try for themselves
+experiments similar to those here detailed, experiments which are
+exceedingly easy of trial, and will be found exceedingly important in
+result.
+
+The following is a detail of the experiments witnessed and directed by
+the Communicator:--
+
+During a visit in the North Riding of Yorkshire, the volumes of Mr.
+Catlin first fell under the Communicator's observation, and among other
+passages those just quoted struck him forcibly. Although he scarcely
+hesitated to comprehend the circumstances there detailed, under a
+well-known though much-disputed class of phenomena, he was nevertheless
+anxious to verify them by actual experiment before he attempted to
+theorize upon them. And he now prefers to give the naked facts to the
+public, and leave his readers to account for them after their own
+fashion. It so happened that, while staying with his brother-in-law,
+F. M., of M---- Park, the Communicator had the pleasure of meeting W.
+F. W., of B----, a great amateur in all matters relating to horses. In
+the course of conversation the Communicator mentioned what he had read
+about horse-taming, and the detail seemed to amuse them, although they
+evidently discredited the fact. The Communicator begged them to put
+the matter to the test of experiment, and M., who had in his stables a
+filly, not yet a year old, who had never been taken out since she had
+been removed from her dam, in the preceding November, agreed that he
+would try the experiment upon this filly. The Communicator made a note
+of the experiments on the very days on which they were tried, and he
+here gives the substance of what he then wrote down.
+
+
+                     EXPERIMENT THE FIRST.
+
+  SUBJECT--_A Filly, not yet a year old, who had never been
+     taken out of the stable since she had been removed from her dam
+     in the preceding November._
+
+_Friday, Feb. 11, 1842._--In the morning W. and M. brought the filly
+from the stable to the front of M.'s house. The filly was quite wild,
+and on being first taken out of the stable she bolted, and dragged
+W., who only held her by a short halter, through a heap of manure. W.
+changed the halter for a long training halter, which gave him such
+power over her that he was easily able to bring the little scared thing
+up to the front of the house. Both M. and W. seemed much amused, and
+laughingly asked E. (the Communicator) to instruct them in Catlin's
+method of taming horses. E. did so as well as he could, quoting
+only from memory. The experiment was not tried very satisfactorily,
+but rather under disadvantages. The filly was in the open air, many
+strangers about her, and both the experimenters were seeking rather
+amusement from the failure than knowledge from the success of their
+experiment. W. kept hold of the halter, and M., with considerable
+difficulty, for the filly was very restive and frightened, managed to
+cover her eyes. He had been smoking just before, and the smoke must
+have had some effect on his breath. When he covered her eyes, he _blew_
+into the nostrils, but afterwards, at E.'s request, he _breathed_;
+and, as he immediately told E., directly that he began to breathe, the
+filly, who had very much resisted having her eyes covered and had been
+very restive, "_stood perfectly still and trembled_." From that time
+she became very tractable. W. also breathed into her nostrils, and
+she evidently enjoyed it, and kept putting up her nose to receive the
+breath. She was exceedingly tractable and well behaved, and very loth
+to start, however much provoked. The waving of a red handkerchief, and
+the presenting of a hat to her eyes, while the presenter made a noise
+inside it, hardly seemed to startle her at all.
+
+_Saturday, Feb. 12, 1842._--This morning the filly was again led
+out to show its behaviour, which was so good as to call forth both
+astonishment and praise. It was exceedingly tractable, and followed W.
+about with a loose halter. Attempts were made to frighten it. M. put on
+a long scarlet Italian cap, and E. flapped a large Spanish cloak during
+a violent wind before its eyes, and any well broken-in horse would have
+started much more than did this yearling.
+
+
+                    EXPERIMENT THE SECOND.
+
+  SUBJECT--_A Filly, three years old, coming four, and very
+     obstinate; quite unbroken-in._
+
+_Saturday, Feb. 12, 1842._--While the last experiments were being tried
+on the yearling, W. espied B., a farmer and tenant of M., with several
+men, at the distance of some fields, trying, most ineffectually, on the
+old system, to break-in a horse. W. proposed to go down and show him
+what effect had been produced on the yearling. The rest agreed, and
+W., M., and E. proceeded towards B., W. leading the yearling. On their
+way they had to lead her over a brook, which she passed after a little
+persuasion, _without force_. One of the fields through which she had to
+pass contained four horses, three of which trotted up and surrounded
+her, but she did not become in the least degree restive, or desirous of
+getting loose. When the party arrived at the spot, they found that B.
+and his men had tied their filly short up to a tree in the corner of a
+field, one side of which was walled, and the other hedged in. W. now
+delivered the yearling up to M., and proposed to B. to tame his horse
+after the new method, or (to use his own phrase) to "puff" it. B., who
+was aware of the character of his horse, anxiously warned W. not to
+approach it, cautioning him especially against the fore-feet, asserting
+that the horse would rear and strike him with the fore-feet, as it had
+"lamed" his own (B.'s) thigh just before they had come up. W. therefore
+proceeded very cautiously. He climbed the wall, and came at the horse
+through the tree, to the trunk of which he clung for some time, that he
+might secure a retreat in case of need. Immediately upon his touching
+the halter, the horse pranced about, and finally pulled away with a
+dogged and stubborn expression, which seemed to bid W. defiance. Taking
+advantage of this, W. leaned over as far as he could, clinging all the
+time to the tree with his right hand, and succeeded in breathing into
+one nostril, without, however, being able to blind the eyes. From that
+moment all became easy. W., who is very skilful in the management of a
+horse, coaxed it, and rubbed its face, and breathed from time to time
+into the nostrils, while the horse offered no resistance. In about ten
+minutes W. declared his conviction that the horse was subdued; and he
+then unfastened it, and, to the great and evident astonishment of B.
+(who had been trying all the morning in vain to gain a mastery over
+it), led it quietly away with a loose halter. Stopping in the middle
+of the field, with no one else near, W. quietly walked up to the
+horse, placed his arm over one eye and his hand over the other, and
+breathed into the nostrils. It was pleasing to observe how agreeable
+this operation appeared to the horse, who put up its nose continually
+to receive the "puff." In this manner W. led the horse through all
+the fields, in one of which were the four horses already mentioned,
+who had formerly been the companions of the one just tamed, and who
+surrounded it, without, however, making it in the least degree restive.
+At length W. and the horse reached the stable-yard, where they were
+joined by C. W. C. C., of S---- Hall, and J. B. son of B. the farmer.
+In the presence of these, M., and E., W. first examined the fore-feet,
+and then the hind-feet of the horse, who offered no resistance, but,
+while W. was examining the hind-feet, leant its neck round, and kept
+nosing W.'s back. He next buckled on a surcingle, and then a saddle,
+and finally bitted the horse with a rope. During the whole of these
+operations the horse did not offer the slightest resistance, nor did
+it flinch in the least degree. All who witnessed the transaction were
+astonished at the result obtained. The Communicator regrets only that
+he is not at liberty to publish the names at length. This experiment
+of bitting was the last that W. tried, since the nature of the country
+about M---- Park did not admit of ridings being tried with any prospect
+of safety. The whole experiment lasted about an hour. It should be
+mentioned that when J. B., to whom W. delivered up the horse, attempted
+to lead it away, it resisted; whereupon E. recommended J. B. to breathe
+into its nostrils. He did so, and the horse followed him easily. The
+next day, B., who is severe and obstinate, began at this horse in the
+old method, and belaboured it dreadfully, whereupon the horse very
+sensibly broke away. This result is important, since it shows that the
+spirit is subdued, not broken.
+
+These are all the experiments which the Communicator has as yet had
+the opportunity of either witnessing or hearing the results of, but
+they are to him perfectly satisfactory; the more so, that Mr. W.,
+who made the experiments, was himself perfectly ignorant of any
+process of the kind until informed of it at the actual time of making
+the experiment. It may be considered over-hasty to publish these
+experiments in their present crude state, but the Communicator does so
+with a view to investigation. He will have no opportunity himself of
+making any experiments, as he is unacquainted with the treatment of
+horses, and neither owns any nor is likely to be thrown in the way of
+any unbroken colts. But the experiment is easy for any horse-owner,
+and would be best made in the stable, where the horse might easily
+be haltered down so as to offer no resistance. The method would, no
+doubt, be found efficacious for the subjugation and taming of vicious
+horses. The readers will, of course, have heard of the celebrated
+Irish horse-charmers. They never would communicate the secret, nor
+allow any one to be with them while they were in the stable taming
+the horse. It is agreed, however, that they approached the head. The
+Communicator feels sure that the method they employed was analogous
+to that contained in these pages. Persons have paid high prices for
+having their horses charmed; they have now an opportunity of charming
+horses themselves, at a very small expense of time and labour. Half an
+hour will suffice to subdue the most fiery steed--the wild horse of the
+prairies of North America.
+
+The Communicator has no object but that of benefiting the public in the
+above communication. The method is not his own, nor has he the merit of
+having first published it; but he thinks that he is the first who has
+caused the experiment to be made in England, and the entire success of
+that experiment induces him to make the present communication, in the
+hope that he may benefit not only his countrymen by the publication
+of a simple, easy, and rapid method of performing what was formerly
+a long, tedious, and difficult process, but also the "puir beasties"
+themselves, by saving them from the pains and tortures of what is
+very aptly termed "_breaking_-in." Mr. Catlin, indeed, speaks of the
+horse's struggles being severe, but they were the struggles of a wild
+horse, just caught on a prairie, and not of the domestic animal quietly
+haltered in a stable. The process as now presented is one of great
+humanity to the horse, as well as ease and economy to the horse-owner.
+The only objections to it are its novelty and simplicity. Those who
+have strength of mind to act for themselves, and not to despise any
+means, however simple or apparently childish, will have cause to
+rejoice over the great results at which they will arrive. But the great
+watchword which the Communicator would impress upon his readers is,
+"Experiment!"
+
+                    Magna est veritas et pr�valebit.
+
+                                                               A. J. E.
+
+Note.--_The above experiments, which the Author has supposed might be
+interesting to some of his readers, have been even more successful
+than he would have anticipated, having always believed that to bring
+about the surprising compromise he has so often witnessed by exchanging
+breath, the animal should be a wild one, and in the last extremity of
+fear and exhaustion._--THE AUTHOR.
+
+
+                                THE END.
+
+London: Printed by WILLIAM CLOWES and SONS, Stamford Street.
+
+
+Transcriber's Notes
+
+
+Some compound words appeared both with and without a hyphen. They are
+given as printed. Where a word is hyphenated on a line break, the
+hyphen is retained if the preponderance of other appearances indicate
+it was intended. The word 'chickabboboo-ags' (gin palaces) appears
+both with and without the hyphen as a single word.
+
+The following table describes how a variety of textual issues, and
+resolution. Where variants were most likely printer's errors, they
+have been corrected, otherwise merely noted.
+
+p. viii  The "big gun[,]"                                 Removed.
+
+p.    x  The Author breakf[e]asts                         Removed.
+
+p.   29  visiters                                         _sic._
+
+p.   37  "oh, the distress!["]                            Added.
+
+p.  117  relig[i]on                                       Added.
+
+p.  155  Newcastle-on[-]Tyne                              Added.
+
+p.  182  to support the Queen and royal family.["]        Added.
+
+p.  184  when he[,] should stop                           Removed.
+
+p.  197  they had seen in [t]heir numerous visits         Added.
+
+p.  241  Wa-ton-y[a/e]                                    Corrected.
+
+p.  247  were daily engaged[,/.]                          Corrected.
+
+         mea[n]ing                                        Added.
+
+p.  253  and their questions.["]                          Added.
+
+p.  304  adherance                                        _sic._
+
+p.  305  w[i]th the whole glare                           Restored.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Adventures of the Ojibbeway and Ioway
+Indians in England, France, and Belgium; Vol. II (of 2), by George Catlin
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK OJIBBEWAY, IOWAY IN ENGLAND, VOL II ***
+
+***** This file should be named 44777-8.txt or 44777-8.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        http://www.gutenberg.org/4/4/7/7/44777/
+
+Produced by KD Weeks, Steven Gibbs, The Internet Archive:
+American Libraries and the Online Distributed Proofreading
+Team at http://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at
+  www.gutenberg.org/license.
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at 809
+North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887.  Email
+contact links and up to date contact information can be found at the
+Foundation's web site and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit:  www.gutenberg.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For forty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
diff --git a/old/44777-8.zip b/old/44777-8.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..55c8dde
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/44777-8.zip
diff --git a/old/44777-h.zip b/old/44777-h.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eababcf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/44777-h.zip
diff --git a/old/44777-h/44777-h.htm b/old/44777-h/44777-h.htm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5316088
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/44777-h/44777-h.htm
@@ -0,0 +1,13517 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN"
+    "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" lang="en">
+<head>
+    <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=utf-8" />
+    <meta http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css" />
+    <title>Adventures of the Ojibbeway and Ioway Indians in England, France, and Belgium, by George Catlin: Volume II: a Project Gutenberg eBook</title>
+    <link rel="coverpage" href="images/cover.jpg" />
+    <style type="text/css">
+
+body {
+    margin-left: 10%;
+    margin-right: 10%;
+}
+
+.small { font-size: 95%; }
+.smaller { font-size: 90%; }
+.x-small { font-size: 60%; }
+
+.sansserif { font-family: sans-serif; }
+
+h1,h2, h3, h4 {
+    text-align: center; /* all headings centered */
+    clear: both;
+}
+
+.hang {
+    font-size: 90%;
+    padding-left: 0.50in;
+    text-indent: -0.25in;
+    text-align: justify;
+    padding-left: 2em;
+    padding-right: 1em; }
+
+
+a:link { text-decoration: none; }
+
+p {
+    margin-top: .75em;
+    text-align: justify;
+    margin: 0.75em auto;
+}
+
+.width80 { width: 80%; }
+
+.tight { margin-top: 0em;
+         margin-bottom: 0.25em;
+         text-align: center;
+       }
+.p2 { margin-top: 1em; }
+
+.padleft5  { padding-left: 5%; }
+.padright5 { padding-right: 5%; }
+.padright10 { padding-right: 10%; }
+
+.titlepage70  {text-indent: 0em; text-align: center; font-weight: bold; margin-top: 1em; font-size:70%;}
+.titlepage90  {text-indent: 0em; text-align: center; font-weight: bold; margin-top: 1em; font-size:90%;}
+.titlepage120  {text-indent: 0em; text-align: center; font-weight: bold; margin-top: 1em; font-size:120%;}
+
+.titlepage    {text-indent: 0em; text-align: center; font-weight: bold; margin-top: 1em;}
+
+
+.signature    { text-align: right; padding-right: 3%; }
+
+hr {
+    width: 33%;
+    margin-top: 2em;
+    margin-bottom: 2em;
+    margin-left: auto;
+    margin-right: auto;
+    clear: both;
+/*    border-color: #CC6633; */
+}
+
+hr.tb   {width: 35%; }
+hr.chap {width: 65%;
+         page-break-before: always; }
+
+.center   { text-align: center; }
+.smcap    {font-variant: small-caps;}
+
+.quote1  {margin-left: 1em; font-size: 95%; }
+.quote2  {margin-left: 2em; font-size: 90%; }
+
+.decoration {
+    margin: auto;
+    margin-top: 0em;
+    margin-bottom: 0em;
+    text-align: center;
+ }
+
+.figcenter   {
+    font-weight: bold;
+    font-size: 90%;
+    margin: auto;
+    margin-top: 1em;
+    margin-bottom: 1em;
+    text-align: center;
+    }
+
+.caption {font-size: 95%; }
+
+table {
+    max-width: 40em;
+    margin-left: auto;
+    margin-right: auto;
+}
+
+    .pad      {padding-top: 1em; padding-bottom: 1em; }
+    .tdr      {text-align: right;}
+    .tdl      {text-align: left; }
+    .tdc      {text-align: center; }
+    .bot      {vertical-align: bottom; }
+    .top      {vertical-align: top; }
+    .bb       {border-bottom: thick; }
+
+td.chapnum  { font-size: 110%;
+                 font-variant: small-caps;
+                 text-align: right;
+                 padding-right: 2em; }
+
+td.chapname { font-size: 110%;
+                 font-variant: small-caps;
+                 text-align: left;
+                 padding-right: 2em; }
+
+td.pgnumber    { text-align: right;
+                 font-size: medium;
+                 padding-left: 2em;
+                 padding-right: 1em;  }
+
+#errata { margin: auto; }
+#errata td { text-align: left; vertical-align: top; }
+
+/* Footnotes */
+.footnotes        {border: dashed 1px; margin-bottom:5em; }
+
+.footnote         {margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%; font-size: 0.9em;}
+
+.footnote .label  {position: absolute; right: 84%; text-align: right;}
+
+.fnanchor {
+    font-size: .8em;
+    text-decoration: none;
+    font-style: normal;
+}
+
+.column-container {
+    clear: both;
+    margin: auto;
+    width:100%;
+}
+
+.column {
+   display: inline-block;
+   text-align: left;
+   vertical-align: top;
+   padding-left: 1em;
+ }
+
+a[title].pagenum { position: absolute; right: 3%; }
+
+a[title].pagenum:after
+{
+    content: attr(title);
+    border: 1px solid silver;
+    display: inline;
+    font-size: x-small;
+    text-align: right;
+    color: #808080;
+    background-color: inherit;
+    font-style: normal;
+    padding: 1px 4px 1px 4px;
+    font-variant: normal;
+    font-weight: normal;
+    text-decoration: none;
+    text-indent: 0;
+    letter-spacing: 0;
+}
+
+/* Poetry */
+.poetry-container { text-align: center; font-size: 85%; }
+.poetry           { display: inline-block; text-align: left; }
+.poetry .stanza   { margin: 1em 0; }
+.poetry .line     { margin: 0; padding-left: 3em; text-indent: -3em; }
+
+.poetry .indent1   { margin-left: 1em; }
+.poetry .indent2   { margin-left: 2em; }
+.poetry .indent4   { margin-left: 4em; }
+.poetry .indent6   { margin-left: 6em; }
+
+/* Transcriber’s notes */
+.transnote {background-color: #E6E6FA;
+     color: black;
+     font-size:smaller;
+     padding:0.5em;
+     margin-bottom:5em;
+     font-family:sans-serif, serif; }
+
+@media handheld, print
+{
+
+  div.figcenter {
+    page-break-before: always;
+    page-break-after: always;
+    font-weight: bold;
+    font-size: 90%;
+    margin: auto;
+    margin-top: 2em;
+    margin-bottom: 1em;
+    text-align: center;
+ }
+
+  hr.tb
+   {
+     width: 33%;
+     margin-left: 33%;
+     margin-top: 1em;
+     margin-bottom: 1em;
+   }
+
+  hr.illo
+   {
+     width: 50%;
+     margin-left: 25%;
+     margin-top: 1em;
+     margin-bottom: 1em;
+   }
+
+  hr.chap
+   {
+     width: 64%;
+     margin-left: 18%;
+     margin-top: 2em;
+     margin-bottom: 2em;
+     page-break-before: always;
+   }
+}
+
+    </style>
+  </head>
+<body>
+
+
+<pre>
+
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of Adventures of the Ojibbeway and Ioway
+Indians in England, France, and Belgi, by George Catlin
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: Adventures of the Ojibbeway and Ioway Indians in England, France, and Belgium; Vol. II (of 2)
+       being Notes of Eight Years' Travels and Residence in Europe
+              with his North American Indian Collection
+
+Author: George Catlin
+
+Release Date: January 28, 2014 [EBook #44777]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: UTF-8
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK OJIBBEWAY, IOWAY IN ENGLAND, VOL II ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by KD Weeks, Steven Gibbs, The Internet Archive:
+American Libraries and the Online Distributed Proofreading
+Team at http://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</pre>
+
+
+<div class="transnote">
+
+<p class="titlepage90">Transcriber’s Note</p>
+
+<p>Some compound words appeared both with and without a hyphen. They are
+given as printed. Where a word is hyphenated on a line break, the
+hyphen is retained if the preponderance of other appearances indicate
+it was intended.</p>
+
+<p>Numerals identifying the figures in Plate 18 have been removed and
+replaced for better legibility.</p>
+
+<p>The few footnotes are repositioned at the end the text, and have been
+re-numbered consecutively.</p>
+
+<p>Please consult the note at the end of this text for details of any
+corrections made.</p>
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage120">CATLIN’S NOTES</p>
+<p class="titlepage70">OF</p>
+
+<p class="titlepage">EIGHT YEARS’ TRAVELS AND RESIDENCE<br />
+                               IN EUROPE</p>
+
+<p class="titlepage">WITH HIS<br />
+                   NORTH AMERICAN INDIAN COLLECTION.</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_halftitle_decorativerule.jpg" width="200" height="17" alt="" />
+ <p class="tight">VOLUME II.</p>
+ <img src="images/i_halftitle_decorativerule.jpg" width="200" height="17" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+
+
+<h1>                           ADVENTURES<br />
+
+                                 OF THE<br />
+
+                      OJIBBEWAY AND IOWAY INDIANS<br />
+
+                                   IN<br />
+
+                     ENGLAND, FRANCE, AND BELGIUM;</h1>
+
+<p class="titlepage">BEING NOTES OF<br />
+
+              EIGHT YEARS’ TRAVELS AND RESIDENCE IN EUROPE<br />
+
+                                WITH HIS<br />
+
+                   NORTH AMERICAN INDIAN COLLECTION,</p>
+
+<p class="titlepage120">BY GEO. CATLIN.</p>
+
+
+<p class="titlepage">IN TWO VOLUMES.</p>
+
+<p class="titlepage120">VOL. II.</p>
+
+<p class="titlepage">With numerous Engravings.</p>
+
+<p class="titlepage"><em>THIRD EDITION.</em></p>
+
+
+<p class="titlepage70">LONDON:<br />
+
+                        PUBLISHED BY THE AUTHOR,<br />
+
+            AT HIS INDIAN COLLECTION, NO. 6, WATERLOO PLACE.</p>
+
+<p class="titlepage90">1852.</p>
+
+<h2><a class="pagenum" id="Page_v" title="v" ></a>CONTENTS OF VOL. II.</h2>
+
+
+<table summary="toc">
+<colgroup>
+ <col width="90%" />
+ <col width="10%" />
+</colgroup>
+<tr><td class="tdc" colspan="2">CHAPTER XVII.</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="hang">
+  Arrival of fourteen Ioway Indians in London&mdash;Their lodgings
+      in St. James’s Street&mdash;The Author visits them&mdash;Their
+      portraits and names&mdash;Mr. Melody, their conductor&mdash;Jeffrey
+      Doraway, their interpreter&mdash;Landlady’s alarm&mdash;Indians
+      visit the Author’s Collection in the Egyptian
+      Hall&mdash;Arrangement to dance in the Collection&mdash;The
+      Doctor (Medicine or Mystery man) on top of the
+      Hall&mdash;Their first drive in a bus&mdash;Doctor’s appearance
+      outside&mdash;Indians’ first impressions of London&mdash;Lascars
+      sweeping the streets&mdash;Man with a big nose&mdash;The
+      Doctor lost, and found on the housetop&mdash;Their first
+      exhibition in Egyptian Hall&mdash;Eagle-dance&mdash;The Doctor’s
+      speech&mdash;Great amusement of the ladies&mdash;His description
+      of the railroad from Liverpool to London&mdash;War-dance,
+      great applause&mdash;The “jolly fat dame”&mdash;She presents
+      a gold bracelet to the Doctor by mistake&mdash;Her
+      admiration of the <em>Roman-nose</em>&mdash;War-whoop&mdash;Description
+      of&mdash;Approaching-dance&mdash;Wolf-song, and description
+      of&mdash;Great amusement of the audience&mdash;Shaking
+      hands&mdash;Mistake with the bracelet</td>
+ <td class="tdr bot">Page <a href="#Page_1">1</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdc pad" colspan="2">CHAPTER XVIII.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="hang">
+Character of the Doctor (<em>mystery</em> or <em>medicine man</em>)&mdash;An
+      omnibus-drive&mdash;The Doctor’s admiration of the
+      “jolly fat dame”&mdash;Jealousy&mdash;War-dress and war-paint
+      of the <em>Roman-nose</em>&mdash;His appearance&mdash;He leads the
+      War-dance&mdash;The Welcome-dance, and Bear-dance&mdash;Description
+      of&mdash;Pipe-of-peace (or Calumet) dance, and
+      Scalp-dance&mdash;<em>Chip-pe-ho-la</em> (<em>the Author</em>)&mdash;Speech
+      of the War-chief&mdash;The “jolly fat dame”&mdash;She presents a
+      gold bracelet to <em>Roman-nose</em>&mdash;Jealousy and distress
+      of the Doctor&mdash;She converses with Daniel&mdash;Two reverend
+      gentlemen converse with the Indians about religion&mdash;Reply
+      of White-cloud and War-chief&mdash;Questions by the reverend
+      gentlemen&mdash;Answers by the War-chief&mdash;Indians invited to
+      breakfast with Mr. Disraeli, M.P., Park Lane&mdash;Indians’
+      toilette and dress&mdash;The Doctor and Jim (Wash-ka-mon-ya)
+      fasting for the occasion</td>
+ <td class="tdr bot"><a href="#Page_27">27</a></td></tr>
+
+
+
+<tr><td class="tdc pad" colspan="2">
+<a class="pagenum" id="Page_vi" title="vi"></a>
+CHAPTER XIX.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="hang">
+Kind reception at Mr. Disraeli’s&mdash;View of Hyde Park from
+      the top of his house&mdash;Review of troops, and sham
+      fight&mdash;Breakfast-table&mdash;The Doctor missing&mdash;The Author
+      finds him in the bathing-room&mdash;Champagne wine&mdash;Refused
+      by the Indians&mdash;<em>Chickabobboo</em>: <em>Chippehola</em> tells the
+      story of it&mdash;The Indians drink&mdash;Presents&mdash;The “big
+      looking-glass”&mdash;The Doctor smiles in it&mdash;Speech of the
+      War-chief&mdash;Shake of hands, and return&mdash;Exhibition-room,
+      Egyptian Hall&mdash;Doctor presents a string of wampum and
+      the “<em>White-feather</em>” to the “jolly fat dame”&mdash;Indians
+      talk about <em>chickabobboo</em>&mdash;The Rev. Mr. G&mdash;&mdash; calls&mdash;A
+      different religion (a Catholic)&mdash;Interview appointed&mdash;Two
+      Methodist clergymen call&mdash;Indians refuse to see them&mdash;The
+      giant and giantess visit the Indians&mdash;The Doctor measuring
+      the giantess&mdash;The talk with the Catholic clergyman</td>
+ <td class="tdr bot"><a href="#Page_47">47</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdc pad" colspan="2">CHAPTER XX.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="hang">
+The Doctor and Jim visit several churches&mdash;The Indians
+      in St. Paul’s&mdash;In Westminster Abbey&mdash;The exhibition
+      at the Hall&mdash;The Doctor agrees to go in the carriage
+      of the “jolly fat dame”&mdash;Mr. Melody objects&mdash;The
+      Doctor’s melancholy&mdash;Indians stop the bus to talk
+      with Lascars&mdash;Make them presents of money&mdash;Indians
+      discover <em>chickabobboo-ags</em>(gin-palaces)&mdash;and
+      ladies lying down in their carriages reading
+      books&mdash;<em>Chim-e-gotch-ees</em> (or fish)&mdash;Jim’s story
+      of “Fish”&mdash;Experiments in mesmerism&mdash;Wash-ka-mon-ya
+      (Jim) mesmerized&mdash;The Doctor’s opinions on
+      mesmerism&mdash;Ioways in Lord’s Cricket-ground&mdash;Archery and
+      ball-playing&mdash;Encampment&mdash;Wigwams&mdash;Indians invited by
+      Mrs. Lawrence to Ealing Park&mdash;Their kind reception&mdash;Their
+      Royal Highnesses the Duke and Duchess of Cambridge&mdash;The
+      Princess Mary&mdash;The Duchess of Gloucester&mdash;The Hereditary
+      Grand Duke and Duchess, and other distinguished
+      guests&mdash;Amusements&mdash;Beautiful grounds&mdash;Indians dine on the
+      lawn&mdash;Roast beef and plum-pudding&mdash;<em>Chickabobboo</em>&mdash;Alarm
+      of the parrots&mdash;Doctor’s superstition&mdash;<em>Chickabobboo</em>
+      explained&mdash;Speech of the War-chief&mdash;Taking leave&mdash;Fright
+      of the poor birds&mdash;Handsome presents&mdash;Conservatory&mdash;The
+      Doctor’s ideas of it&mdash;Indians visit Surrey Zoological
+      Gardens&mdash;Fright of the birds and animals&mdash;Indians
+      sacrifice tobacco to the lion and the rattle-snakes</td>
+ <td class="tdr bot"><a href="#Page_63">63</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdc pad" colspan="2">CHAPTER XXI.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="hang">
+Indians’ remarks on the Zoological Gardens&mdash;Their pity for
+      the poor buffalo and other animals imprisoned&mdash;Jim’s talk
+      with a clergyman about<a class="pagenum" id="Page_vii" title="vii" ></a> Hell and the hyænas&mdash;Indians’
+      ideas of astronomy&mdash;Jim and the Doctor hear of the hells
+      of London&mdash;Desire to go into them&mdash;Promised to go&mdash;Indians
+      counting the gin-palaces (<em>chickabobboo-ags</em>)in a
+      ride to Blackwall and back&mdash;The result&mdash;Exhibition in
+      the Egyptian Hall&mdash;A sudden excitement&mdash;The War-chief
+      recognises in the crowd his old friend “Bobasheela”&mdash;Their
+      former lives on the Mississippi and Missouri&mdash;Bobasheela
+      an Englishman&mdash;His travels in the “Far West” of
+      America&mdash;Story of their first acquaintance&mdash;The
+      doomed wedding-party&mdash;Lieut. Pike&mdash;Daniel Boone and
+      Son&mdash;Indians visit a great brewery&mdash;Kind reception by
+      the proprietors&mdash;Great surprise of the Indians&mdash;Immense
+      quantities of <em>chickabobboo</em>&mdash;War-dance in an empty
+      vat&mdash;Daniel commences Jim’s book of the statistics of
+      England&mdash;Indians visit the Tunnel&mdash;Visit to the Tower&mdash;The
+      Horse Armoury&mdash;The Royal Regalia&mdash;Indians’ ideas of the
+      crowns and jewels&mdash;“<em>Totems</em>” (arms) on the fronts of
+      noblemen’s houses&mdash;Royal arms over the shops&mdash;Strange
+      notions of the Doctor&mdash;They see the “man with the big
+      nose” again&mdash;And the “great white War-chief (the Duke of
+      Wellington) on horseback, near his wigwam”</td>
+ <td class="tdr bot"><a href="#Page_90">90</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdc pad" colspan="2">CHAPTER XXII.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="hang">
+The Ioways in Vauxhall Gardens&mdash;Surrey Theatre&mdash;Carter
+      in the lions’ cage&mdash;Astonishment of the
+      Indians&mdash;Indians in the Diving Bell, at the Polytechnic
+      Institution&mdash;Indians riding&mdash;Shooting at target on
+      horseback&mdash;Ball-play&mdash;“Jolly fat dame”&mdash;Ladies converse
+      with the Doctor&mdash;His reasons for not marrying&mdash;Curious
+      questions&mdash;Plurality of wives&mdash;Amusing scene&mdash;The
+      Author in Indian costume&mdash;A cruel experiment&mdash;Ioways
+      arrive in Birmingham&mdash;The Author’s arrival
+      there&mdash;Society of Friends&mdash;Indians all breakfast
+      with Mr. Joseph Sturge&mdash;Kind treatment&mdash;Conversation
+      after breakfast about religion and education&mdash;Reply
+      of the War-chief&mdash;The button-factory of Turner and
+      Sons&mdash;Generous presents to the Indians&mdash;<em>Bobasheela</em>
+      arrives&mdash;Indians dividing their buttons&mdash;Doctor found
+      on top of the Shakespeare Buildings&mdash;Indians’ kindness
+      to a beggar-woman&mdash;Poorhouses&mdash;Many Friends visit the
+      Indians&mdash;Indians’ visit to Miss Catherine Hutton&mdash;Her
+      great age&mdash;Her kindness&mdash;Dinner&mdash;Her presents to them
+      in money&mdash;Parting scene&mdash;The War-chief’s speech to
+      her&mdash;Her letters to the Author&mdash;Indians present to the
+      two hospitals 370 dollars&mdash;Address read by the Presidents
+      to the Indians&mdash;Doctor’s reply&mdash;Indians start for York&mdash;A
+      fox-hunt&mdash;Curious notions of Indians about it&mdash;Visit to
+      York Minster&mdash;Ascend the grand tower&mdash;Visit to the castle
+      and prison&mdash;Museum of the instruments of murder&mdash;Alarm of
+      the Doctor&mdash;Kindness of the governor of the castle and
+      his lady&mdash;Indians’ ideas of imprisonment for debt, and
+      punishment for murder</td>
+ <td class="tdr bot"><a href="#Page_117">117</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdc pad" colspan="2">
+<a class="pagenum" id="Page_viii" title="viii"></a>
+CHAPTER XXIII.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="hang">
+Newcastle-on-Tyne&mdash;Indians’ alarms about jails&mdash;Kind
+      visits from Friends&mdash;Mrs. A. Richardson&mdash;Advice of the
+      Friends&mdash;War-Chiefs reply&mdash;Liberal presents&mdash;Arrive
+      at Sunderland&mdash;Kindness of the Friends&mdash;All breakfast
+      with Mr. T. Richardson&mdash;Indians plant trees in
+      his garden&mdash;And the Author also&mdash;The Doctor’s
+      superstition&mdash;Sacrifice&mdash;Feast&mdash;Illness of the Roman
+      Nose&mdash;Indians visit a coalpit&mdash;North Shields&mdash;A sailors’
+      dinner and a row&mdash;Arrive at Edinburgh&mdash;A drive&mdash;First
+      exhibition there&mdash;Visit to Salisbury Crag&mdash;To Arthur’s
+      Seat&mdash;Holyrood House and Castle&mdash;The crown of Robert
+      Bruce&mdash;The “big gun”&mdash;“Queen Mab”&mdash;Curious modes of
+      building&mdash;“Flats”&mdash;Origin of&mdash;Illness of Corsair, the
+      little <em>pappoose</em>&mdash;The old Doctor speaks&mdash;War-chief’s
+      speech&mdash;A feast of ducks&mdash;Indians’ remarks upon the
+      government of Scotland&mdash;“The swapping of crowns”&mdash;The
+      Doctor proposes the crown of Robert Bruce for Prince
+      Albert&mdash;Start for Dundee&mdash;Indians’ liberality&mdash;A noble
+      act&mdash;Arrival at Dundee&mdash;Death of little Corsair&mdash;Distress
+      of the Little Wolf and his wife&mdash;Curious ceremony&mdash;Young
+      men piercing their arms&mdash;Indians at Perth&mdash;Arrival in
+      Glasgow&mdash;Quartered in the Town-hall&mdash;The cemetery&mdash;The
+      Hunterian Museum&mdash;The Doctor’s admiration of it&mdash;Daily
+      drives&mdash;Indians throw money to the poor&mdash;Alarm for
+      <em>Roman Nose</em>&mdash;Two reverend gentlemen talk with the
+      Indians&mdash;War-chiefs remarks&mdash;Greenock&mdash;Doctor’s regret at
+      leaving</td>
+ <td class="tdr bot"><a href="#Page_155">155</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdc pad" colspan="2">CHAPTER XXIV.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="hang">
+  Arrival in Dublin&mdash;Decline of the <em>Roman Nose</em>&mdash;Exhibition
+      in the Rotunda&mdash;Feast of ducks&mdash;First drive&mdash;Phœnix
+      Park&mdash;Stags&mdash;Indians’ ideas of game-laws and
+      taxes&mdash;Annual expenses of British government&mdash;National
+      debt&mdash;Daniel enters these in Jim’s book&mdash;Indians
+      called “Irishmen”&mdash;Author’s reply&mdash;Speech of the
+      War-chief&mdash;Jim’s rapid civilization&mdash;New estimates for
+      his book&mdash;Daniel reads of “Murders, &amp;c.,” in Times
+      newspaper&mdash;Jim subscribes for the Times&mdash;Petition
+      of 100,000 women&mdash;Society of Friends meet the
+      Indians in the Rotunda&mdash;Their advice, and present
+      to the chiefs 40<em>l.</em>&mdash;Indians invited to Zoological
+      Gardens&mdash;Presented with 36<em>l.</em>&mdash;Indians invited to
+      Trinity College&mdash;Conversation with the Rev. Master on
+      religion&mdash;Liberal presents&mdash;They visit the Archbishop of
+      Dublin&mdash;Presents&mdash;All breakfast with Mr. Joseph Bewly,
+      a Friend&mdash;Kind treatment&mdash;Christian advice&mdash;Sickness of
+      <em>Roman Nose</em>&mdash;Various entertainments by the Friends&mdash;A
+      curious beggar&mdash;Indians’ liberality to the poor&mdash;Arrival
+      at Liverpool&mdash;Rejoicing and feast&mdash;Council&mdash;<em>Roman
+      Nose</em> placed in an hospital&mdash;Arrival in
+      Manchester&mdash;Exhibition in Free Trade Hall&mdash;Immense
+      platform&mdash;Three wigwams&mdash;Archery&mdash;Ball-play, &amp;c.&mdash;Great
+      crowds&mdash;<em>Bobasheela</em> arrives&mdash;Death of the <em>Roman
+      Nose</em>&mdash;Forms of burial, &amp;c.</td>
+ <td class="tdr bot"><a href="#Page_178">178</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdc pad" colspan="2">
+<a class="pagenum" id="Page_ix" title="ix"></a>CHAPTER XXV.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="hang">
+  The Author arrives in Paris&mdash;Victoria Hotel&mdash;Mr. Melody
+      and his Indians arrive&mdash;Doctor missing, and found
+      on the top of the hotel&mdash;Alarm of servants&mdash;First
+      drive in Paris&mdash;Visit to Mr. King, the American
+      ambassador&mdash;French <em>chickabobboo</em>&mdash;M. Vattemare&mdash;Indians
+      visit the Hôtel de Ville&mdash;Prêfet de Police&mdash;Magnificent
+      salons&mdash;The “big looking-glasses” &mdash;The Prêfet’s
+      lady&mdash;Refreshments and <em>chickabobboo</em>&mdash;Speech of the
+      War-chief&mdash;Reply of the Prêfet&mdash;Salle Valentino taken
+      for the exhibition&mdash;Daniel arrives with the Collection
+      from London&mdash;Indians visit the King in the palace of the
+      Tuileries&mdash;Royal personages&mdash;Conversation&mdash;War-chief
+      presents the calumet&mdash;His speech to the
+      King&mdash;Eagle-dance&mdash;War-dance&mdash;Little Wolf presents his
+      tomahawk and whip to the King&mdash;His speech&mdash;Refreshments
+      and “Queen’s <em>chickabobboo</em>”&mdash;Drinking the King’s and
+      Queen’s health, and health of the Count de Paris&mdash;“Vive
+      le Roi”&mdash;Jim’s opinion of the King&mdash;An Indian’s idea
+      of descents&mdash;Presents in money from the King&mdash;Mode
+      of dividing it&mdash;A drive&mdash;Ladies leading dogs with
+      strings&mdash;The number counted in one drive&mdash;The Indians’
+      surprise&mdash;An entry for Jim’s book&mdash;Jim laments the loss
+      of the Times newspaper and <em>Punch</em>&mdash;He takes Galignani’s
+      Messenger&mdash;Indians dine at W. Costar’s&mdash;The Doctor’s
+      compliment to a lady’s fine voice&mdash;Indians visit the Royal
+      Academy of Sciences&mdash;Curious reception&mdash;M. Arago&mdash;Indians’
+      suspicions and alarms&mdash;Jim’s remarkable speech&mdash;Opening
+      of the exhibition in Salle Valentino&mdash;Great
+      excitement&mdash;Speech of the War-chief&mdash;Shaking hands&mdash;Public
+      opinion of the Author’s Collection</td>
+ <td class="tdr bot"><a href="#Page_203">203</a></td></tr>
+
+
+<tr><td class="tdc pad" colspan="2">CHAPTER XXVI.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="hang">
+  Indians at Madame Greene’s party&mdash;Their ideas of
+      waltzing&mdash;The Doctor’s admiration of the young
+      ladies&mdash;The King’s fête, 1st of May&mdash;Indians in the
+      Palace&mdash;Royal Family in the balcony&mdash;Grand and sublime
+      scene on the river&mdash;Indians in a crowd of nobility in
+      the Duc d’Aumale’s apartments&mdash;Messenger to Indians’
+      apartments with gold and silver medals&mdash;Medals to the
+      women and children&mdash;Consequent difficulties&mdash;Visit to
+      the Hospital of Invalids&mdash;Place Concorde&mdash;Column of
+      Luxor&mdash;The fountains&mdash;Visit to the Triumphal Arch&mdash;Jim’s
+      description of an ugly woman&mdash;Victor Hugo&mdash;Madame Georges
+      Sands&mdash;Indians visit the Louvre&mdash;M. de Cailleux&mdash;Baron
+      de Humboldt&mdash;Illness of the wife of Little Wolf&mdash;A
+      phrenologist visits the Indians&mdash;The phrenologist’s head
+      examined&mdash;Two Catholic priests visit the Indians&mdash;Indians
+      visit the Garden of Plants&mdash;Alarm of the birds and
+      animals&mdash;The “poor prisoner buffalo”&mdash;Visit to the
+      <em>Salle aux Vins</em>&mdash;Astonishment of the Indians&mdash;The
+      war-whoop&mdash;<em>Chickabobboo</em>&mdash; Cafés explained&mdash;Indians visit
+      <em lang="fr" xml:lang="fr">Père la<a class="pagenum" id="Page_x" title="x" ></a> Chaise</em>&mdash;A great funeral&mdash;A speech over the
+      grave&mdash;Hired mourners&mdash;Visit the <em>School of Medicine</em>&mdash;and
+      “<em>Dupuytren’s Room</em>”&mdash;Excitement of the Doctor&mdash;Visit
+      to the <em>Foundling Hospital</em>&mdash;Astonishment and pity of
+      the Indians&mdash;Entries in Jim’s note-book, and Doctor’s
+      remarks&mdash;Visit the <em>Guillotine</em>&mdash;Indians’ ideas of
+      <em>hanging</em> in England, and <em>beheading</em> in France&mdash;Curious
+      debate&mdash;Visit to the <em>Dog Market</em>&mdash;Jim’s purchase and
+      difficulty&mdash;The <em>Dog Hospital</em>&mdash;Alarm of the “petites
+      malades”&mdash;Retreat&mdash;<em>Bobasheela</em> arrives from London&mdash;Great
+      rejoicing&mdash;Jim’s comments on the Frenchwomen&mdash;The <em>little
+      foundlings</em> and the <em>little dogs</em></td>
+ <td class="tdr bot"><a href="#Page_232">232</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdc pad" colspan="2">CHAPTER XXVII.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="hang">
+  <em>La Morgue</em>&mdash;The Catacombs&mdash;The Doctor’s dream&mdash;Their great
+      alarm&mdash;Visit to the <em>Hippodrome</em>&mdash;Jim riding M. Franconi’s
+      horse&mdash;Indians in the Woods of Boulogne&mdash;Fright of the
+      rabbits&mdash;Jim and the Doctor at the <em>Bal Mabille</em>, Champs
+      Elysées&mdash;At the <em>Masquerade</em>, <em>Grand Opera</em>&mdash;Their
+      opinions and criticisms on them&mdash;Frenchwomen at
+      confession in St. Roch&mdash;Doctor’s ideas of it&mdash;Jim’s
+      speech&mdash;“<em>Industrious fleas</em>”&mdash;Death of the wife of Little
+      Wolf&mdash;Her baptism&mdash;Husband’s distress&mdash;Her funeral in the
+      Madeleine&mdash;Her burial in Montmartre&mdash;Council held&mdash;Indians
+      resolve to return to America&mdash;Preparations to depart in
+      a few days&mdash;<em>Bobasheela</em> goes to London to ship their
+      boxes to New York&mdash;He returns, and accompanies the
+      Indians to Havre&mdash;Indians take leave of <em>Chippehola</em> (the
+      Author)&mdash;M. Vattemare accompanies them to Havre&mdash;Kindly
+      treated by Mr. Winslow, an American gentleman, at Havre&mdash;A
+      splendid dinner, and (<em>Queen’s</em>) <em>Chickabobboo</em>&mdash;Indians
+      embark&mdash;Taking leave of <em>Bobasheela</em>&mdash;Illness of
+      the Author’s lady&mdash;His alarm and distress&mdash;Her
+      death&mdash;Obituary&mdash;Her remains embalmed and sent to New York</td>
+  <td class="tdr bot"><a href="#Page_261">261</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdc pad" colspan="2">CHAPTER XXVIII.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="hang">
+  Eleven Ojibbeway Indians arrive from London&mdash;Their
+      exhibitions in the Author’s Collection&mdash;Portraits and
+      description of&mdash;Their amusements&mdash;Their pledge to
+      sobriety&mdash;<em>Chickabobboo</em> explained to them&mdash;Birth of a
+      <em>Pappoose</em>&mdash;M. Gudin; Indians and the Author dine with
+      him&mdash;His kind lady&mdash;The Author breakfasts with the Royal
+      Family in the palace at St. Cloud&mdash;Two Kings and two
+      Queens at the table&mdash;The Author presented to the King
+      and Queen of the Belgians by Louis Philippe, in the
+      salon&mdash;Count de Paris&mdash;Duc de Brabant&mdash;Recollects the
+      Indian pipe and mocassins presented to him by the Author
+      in the Egyptian Hall&mdash;Duchess of Orleans&mdash;The Princess
+      Adelaide&mdash;The King relates anecdotes of his life in
+      America&mdash;Washington’s farewell address<a class="pagenum" id="Page_xi" title="xi" ></a>&mdash;Losing his dog in
+      the Seneca village&mdash;Crossing Buffalo Creek&mdash;Descending the
+      Tioga and Susquehana rivers in an Indian canoe to Wyoming,
+      the Author’s native valley&mdash;The King desires the Author to
+      arrange his whole Collection in the Louvre for the private
+      views of the Royal Family&mdash;He also appoints a day to see
+      the Ojibbeways in the Park at St. Cloud&mdash;Great rejoicing
+      of the Indians&mdash;A <em>dog-feast</em>&mdash;The Indians and the Author
+      dine a second time at M. Gudin’s</td>
+ <td class="tdr bot"><a href="#Page_278">278</a></td></tr>
+
+
+<tr><td class="tdc pad" colspan="2">CHAPTER XXIX.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="hang">
+  Indians’ visit to the Palace of St. Cloud&mdash;The
+      Park&mdash;Artificial lake&mdash;Royal Family&mdash;Prince de
+      Joinville&mdash;Recollected seeing the Author and Collection in
+      Washington&mdash;King and Queen of Belgians&mdash;The <em>regatta</em>&mdash;The
+      birch-bark canoe, and the Prince de Joinville’s
+      “Whitehaller”&mdash;War-dance&mdash;Ball-play&mdash;Archery&mdash;Dinner
+      prepared for the Indians&mdash;M. Gudin and the Author join
+      them&mdash;Indians’ return&mdash;Gossip at night&mdash;Their ideas of
+      the King and Royal Family&mdash;Messenger from the King, with
+      gold and silver medals and money, to the Indians&mdash;The
+      War-chief cures a cancer&mdash;Author’s Collection in the
+      <em>Salle de Séance</em>, in the Louvre&mdash;The Indians and the
+      Author dine with M. Passy, Member of Deputies&mdash;Kind
+      treatment by himself and lady&mdash;King visits the Collection
+      in the Louvre&mdash;The Author explains his pictures&mdash;Persons
+      present&mdash;An hour’s visit&mdash;The King retires&mdash;Second visit
+      of the King and Royal Family to the Collection&mdash;The
+      Author’s four little children presented to the King&mdash;His
+      Majesty relates the anecdote of bleeding himself in
+      America, and his visit to General Washington at Mount
+      Vernon&mdash;His descent of the Ohio and Mississippi rivers in
+      a small boat, to New Orleans&mdash;Orders the Author to paint
+      fifteen pictures for Versailles</td>
+ <td class="tdr bot"><a href="#Page_287">287</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdc pad" colspan="2">CHAPTER XXX.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="hang">
+  The Author leaves his Collection in the Louvre, and
+      arrives with the Indians in Bruxelles&mdash;Indians at the
+      soirée of the American Minister in Bruxelles&mdash;Author’s
+      reception by the King in the Palace&mdash;Small-pox among the
+      Indians&mdash;Indians unable to visit the Palace&mdash;Exhibition
+      closes&mdash;Seven sick with small-pox&mdash;Death of one of
+      them&mdash;His will&mdash;A second dies&mdash;His will&mdash;The rest
+      recover&mdash;Faithful attentions of Daniel&mdash;The Author
+      accompanies them to Antwerp, and pays their expenses to
+      London on a steamer&mdash;Death of the War-chief in London&mdash;His
+      will&mdash;The Author raises money by subscription and sends
+      to them&mdash;Letter from the survivors, in England, to the
+      Author&mdash;Drawings by the War-chief&mdash;The Author stopped in
+      the streets of London and invited to see the skeleton of
+      the War-chief!&mdash;His indignation&mdash;Subsequent deaths of
+      four<a class="pagenum" id="Page_xii" title="xii"></a> others of this party in England&mdash;The three parties
+      of Indians in Europe&mdash;Their objects&mdash;Their success&mdash;Their
+      conduct&mdash;Their reception and treatment&mdash;Things which they
+      saw and learned&mdash;Estimates and statistics of civilized
+      life which they have carried home&mdash;Their mode of reasoning
+      from such premises&mdash;And the probable results</td>
+ <td class="tdr bot"><a href="#Page_294">294</a></td></tr>
+
+
+<tr><td class="tdc pad" colspan="2">CHAPTER XXXI.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="hang">
+  The Author returns to his little children in Paris&mdash;His loss
+      of time and money&mdash;The three Indian speculations&mdash;His
+      efforts to promote the interests of the Indians, and the
+      persons who brought them to Europe&mdash;His advice to other
+      persons wishing to engage in similar enterprises&mdash;The
+      Author retires to his atelier, and paints the fifteen
+      pictures for the King&mdash;The pleasure of quiet and
+      retirement with his four little children around
+      him&mdash;He offers his Indian Collection to the American
+      Government&mdash;And sends his memorial to Congress&mdash;Bill
+      reported in favour of the purchase&mdash;The Author has an
+      interview with the King in the Tuileries&mdash;Delivers
+      the fifteen pictures&mdash;Subjects of the pictures
+      painted&mdash;Conversations with the King&mdash;Reflections upon his
+      extraordinary life&mdash;The Author’s thoughts, while at his
+      easel, upon scenes of his life gone by&mdash;And those that
+      were about him, as he strolled, with his little children,
+      through the streets and society of Paris&mdash;Distressing
+      and alarming illness of the Author’s four little
+      children&mdash;Kindness of sympathizing friends&mdash;Death of
+      “little George”&mdash;His remains sent to New York, and
+      laid by the side of his mother&mdash;A father’s tears and
+      loneliness&mdash;The Author returns with his Collection to
+      London</td>
+ <td class="tdr bot"><a href="#Page_311">311</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdc pad" colspan="2">APPENDIX&mdash;A.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td>Extracts of Letters from the Ioway Mission, Upper Missouri</td><td class="tdr bot"><a href="#Page_327">327</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdc pad" colspan="2">APPENDIX&mdash;B.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td>Experiments in Horse-taming</td><td class="tdr bot"><a href="#Page_332">332</a></td></tr>
+
+</table>
+
+<p><a class="pagenum" id="Page_1" title="1" ></a></p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+<p class="titlepage">
+CATLIN’S NOTES IN EUROPE,<br />
+                             <em>&amp;c. &amp;c.</em></p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<h2>CHAPTER XVII.</h2>
+
+<p class="hang">
+  Arrival of fourteen Ioway Indians in London&mdash;Their lodgings in
+     St. James’s Street&mdash;The Author visits them&mdash;Their portraits
+     and names&mdash;Mr. Melody, their conductor&mdash;Jeffrey Doraway, their
+     interpreter&mdash;Landlady’s alarm&mdash;Indians visit the Author’s
+     Collection in the Egyptian Hall&mdash;Arrangement to dance in the
+     Collection&mdash;The Doctor (Medicine or Mystery man) on top of
+     the Hall&mdash;Their first drive in a bus&mdash;Doctor’s appearance
+     outside&mdash;Indians’ first impressions of London&mdash;Lascars
+     sweeping the streets&mdash;Man with a big nose&mdash;The Doctor lost,
+     and found on the housetop&mdash;Their first exhibition in Egyptian
+     Hall&mdash;Eagle-dance&mdash;The Doctor’s speech&mdash;Great amusement of
+     the ladies&mdash;His description of the railroad from Liverpool to
+     London&mdash;War-dance, great applause&mdash;The “jolly fat dame”&mdash;She
+     presents a gold bracelet to the Doctor by mistake&mdash;Her
+     admiration of the <em>Roman-nose</em>&mdash;War-whoop&mdash;Description
+     of&mdash;Approaching-dance&mdash;Wolf-song, and description of&mdash;Great
+     amusement of the audience&mdash;Shaking hands&mdash;Mistake with the
+     bracelet.</p>
+
+
+<p>The event which I spoke of at the close of my last chapter&mdash;the arrival
+of another party of Indians&mdash;was one which called upon me at once for
+a new enterprise, and I suddenly entered upon it, again deferring the
+time of my return to my native land.</p>
+
+<p><a class="pagenum" id="Page_2" title="2"></a>
+The “fourteen Ioway Indians,” as report had said, had arrived, and were
+in apartments at No. 7, St. James’s Street, with their interpreter.
+This party was in charge of Mr. G. H. C. Melody, who had accompanied
+them from their own country, with a permission gained from the
+Secretary at War to bring them to Europe, which permission was granted
+in the following words:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+
+<p class="signature"><em>War Department, Washington City, Sept. 14th, 1843.</em></p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Dear Sir</span>,</p>
+
+<p>In answer to your application relative to Mr. Melody’s making a tour
+  to Europe with a party of Ioway Indians, as well as to a similar
+  one on his behalf from the Rev. Wm. P. Cochran, of Marian County,
+  Missouri, I beg leave to say, that it has not been usual to grant any
+  permissions of the kind, and the verbal instructions to the Agents,
+  Superintendents, &amp;c. have been against permitting such tours, for the
+  reason, I presume, that the persons having them in charge are usually
+  men who merely wish to make money out of them by exhibitions, without
+  taking any care of their habits or morals, or inducing them to profit
+  by what they see and hear upon their route.</p>
+
+<p>In the present case, however, I do not think that the evils usually
+  to be apprehended will occur, from the character of Mr. Melody, and
+  the mode in which the Indians are proposed to be selected. This I
+  understand is to be done by the Chief, White Cloud, with the full
+  assent of the individuals thus selected, and their continuance on the
+  tour to be their own act.</p>
+
+<p>Under all the circumstances, I suppose all the Department can do, is
+  to allow Mr. Melody and the Chiefs of the tribe to do as they please,
+  without imposing the usual or any prohibition.</p>
+
+<p class="signature">
+  <span class="padright10">I am, yours, very truly,</span><br />
+  <span class="padright5"><span class="smcap">J. M. Porter</span>,</span><br />
+                                               Secretary at War.</p>
+<p>Vespasian Ellis, Esq.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+
+<p class="signature"><em>Washington City, Sept. 1843.</em></p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Dear Sir</span>,</p>
+
+<p>Under this letter you are authorised to make any arrangement with the
+  Chief of the tribe of Indians that you and he may please to make;
+  and the War Department agrees, in consideration of your well-known
+  integrity of character, not to interfere with the arrangement which
+  you and the Chief or the Indians may make.</p>
+
+<p class="signature">
+  <span class="padright10">Your obedient Servant,</span><br />
+                                               <span class="smcap">Vespasian Ellis.</span></p>
+<p>Mr. Melody.</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>Mr. Melody called upon me immediately on his arrival in London, and I
+went with him to see his party, several of whom I at once recognized
+as I entered their rooms. On seeing me they all rose upon their feet
+and offered me their hands, saluting me by their accustomed word, “How!
+how! how! <em>Chip-pe-ho-la!</em>” and evidently were prepared for great
+pleasure on meeting me. <em>White Cloud</em>, the head chief of the tribe, was
+of the party, and also the war-chief <em>Neu-mon-ya</em> (the Walking Rain).
+These two chiefs, whose portraits were then hanging in my collection,
+had stood before me for their pictures several years previous in their<a class="pagenum" id="Page_3" title="3"></a>
+own village, and also one of the warriors now present, whose name
+was <em>Wash-ka-mon-ya</em> (the Fast Dancer). These facts being known, one
+can easily imagine how anxious these good fellows had been, during a
+journey of 2000 miles from their country to New York, and then during
+their voyage across the ocean, to meet me in a foreign land, who had
+several years before shared the hospitality of their village, and, to
+their knowledge, had done so much to collect and perpetuate the history
+of their race. They had come also, as I soon learned, in the full
+expectation to dance in my collection, which they were now impatient to
+see.</p>
+
+<p>This first interview was during the evening of their arrival, and was
+necessarily brief, that they might get their night’s rest, and be
+prepared to visit my rooms in the morning. A few pipes were smoked
+out as we were all seated on the floor, in a “talk” upon the state
+of affairs in their country and incidents of their long and tedious
+journey, at the end of which they now required rest, and I left them.</p>
+
+<p>By entering the city at night, they had created little excitement or
+alarm, except with the landlady and her servants, where they had been
+taken in. Their rooms had been engaged before their arrival, but the
+good woman “had no idea they were going to look so savage and wild;
+she was very much afraid that their red paint would destroy her beds,”
+not yet knowing that they were to wash the paint all off before they
+retired to rest, and that then they were to spread their buffalo robes
+upon the floor and sleep by the side of, and under her beds, instead
+of getting into them. These facts, when they became known, amused her
+very much; and Mr. Melody’s representations of the harmlessness and
+honesty of the Indians, put her at rest with respect to the safety of
+her person and her property about her house.</p>
+
+<p>The objects of these being the same as those of the former party,
+of seeing the country and making money by their exhibitions, I
+entered into a similar arrangement<a class="pagenum" id="Page_4" title="4"></a> with Mr. Melody, joining with my
+collection, conducting their exhibitions, and sharing the expenses and
+receipts of the same, on condition that such an arrangement should be
+agreeable to the Indians.</p>
+
+<p>Their first night’s rest in London being finished, they were all up at
+an early hour, full of curiosity to see what was around them; and their
+fourteen red heads out of their front windows soon raised a crowd and
+a novel excitement in St. James’s. Every body knew that the “Indians
+had gone,” and the conjectures amongst the crowd were various and
+curious as to this strange arrival. Some said it was “the wedding party
+returned;” others, more sagacious, discovered the difference in their
+appearance, and pronounced them “the real cannibals from New Zealand;”
+and others said “their heads were too red, and they could be nothing
+else than the real <em>red</em>-heads&mdash;the man-eaters&mdash;that they had read of
+somewhere, but had forgotten the place.”</p>
+
+<p>The morning papers, however, which are the keys for all such mysteries,
+soon solved the difficulty, but without diminishing the crowd, by the
+announcement that a party of fourteen Ioway Indians, from the base of
+the Rocky Mountains, had arrived during the night and taken up their
+lodgings in St. James’s Street.</p>
+
+<p>After taking their breakfasts and finishing their toilets, they stepped
+into carriages and paid their first visit to my collection, then open
+in the Egyptian Hall. Instead of yelling and shouting as the Ojibbeways
+did on first entering it, they all walked silently and slowly to the
+middle of the room, with their hands over their mouths, denoting
+surprise and silence. In this position, for some minutes (wrapped in
+their pictured robes, which were mostly drawn over their heads or up
+to their eyes), they stood and rolled their eyes about the room in all
+directions, taking a general survey of what was around them, before
+a word was spoken. There was an occasional “she-e” in a lengthened
+whisper, and nothing more for some time, when at length a gradual
+and almost imperceptible conversation commenced about por<a class="pagenum" id="Page_5" title="5"></a>traits and
+things which they recognized around the room. They had been in a moment
+transferred into the midst of hundreds of their friends and their
+enemies, who were gazing at them from the walls&mdash;amongst wig-wams and
+thousands of Indian costumes and arms, and views of the prairies they
+live in&mdash;altogether opening to their view, and to be seen at a glance,
+what it would take them years to see in their own country. They met
+the portraits of their chiefs and other friends, upon the walls, and
+extended their hands towards them; and they gathered in groups in
+front of their enemies, whom the warriors had met in battle, and now
+recognized before them. They looked with great pleasure on a picture of
+their own village, and examined with the closest scrutiny the arms and
+weapons of their enemies. One may easily imagine how much there was in
+this collection to entertain these rude people, and how much to command
+their attachment to me, with whom they had already resolved to unite.</p>
+
+<p>A council was held and the pipe lit under the Crow wig-wam, which
+was standing in the middle of my room, when Mr. Melody explained to
+the Indians that he had now got them safe across the ocean as he had
+promised, and into the midst of the greatest city in the world, where
+they would see many curious things, and make many good and valuable
+friends, if they conducted themselves properly, which he was confident
+they would do.</p>
+
+<p>“You have met,” said he, “your old friend <em>Chip-pe-ho-la</em>, whom you
+have talked so much about on the way; you are now in his wonderful
+collection, and he is by the side of you, and you will hear what he has
+to say.” (“<em>How! how! how!</em>”)</p>
+
+<p>I reminded the White-cloud of the time that I was in his village, and
+lived under his father’s tent, where I had been kindly treated, and
+for which I should always feel grateful. That in meeting them here, I
+did not meet them as strangers, but as friends. (“<em>How! how! how!</em>”)
+That they had come a great way, and with a view to make something to
+carry home to their wives and little children; that Mr.<a class="pagenum" id="Page_6" title="6"></a> Melody and I
+had entered into an arrangement by which I was in hopes that my efforts
+might aid in enabling them to do so. (“<em>How! how! how!</em>”) That I was
+willing to devote all my time, and do all that was in my power, but
+the continuation of my exertions would depend entirely upon their own
+conduct, and their efforts to gain respect, by aiding in every way they
+could, and keeping themselves entirely sober, and free from the use of
+spirituous liquors. (“<em>How! how! how!</em>”)</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Melody here remarked that they had pledged their words to him and
+their Great Father (as the condition on which they were allowed to
+come), that they would drink no ardent spirits while absent, and that
+he was glad to say they had thus far kept their promise strictly.
+(“<em>How! how! how!</em>”)</p>
+
+<p>I told them I was glad to hear this, and I had no doubt but they would
+keep their word with me on that point, for every thing depended on it.
+We were amongst a people who look upon drunkenness as low and beastly,
+and also as a crime; and as I had found that most white people were
+of opinion that all Indians were drunkards, if they would show by
+their conduct that such was not the case, they would gain many warm
+and kind friends wherever they went. (“<em>How! how! how!</em>”) I told them
+that the Ojibbeways whom I had had with me, and who had recently gone
+home, gave me a solemn promise when they arrived that they would keep
+entirely sober and use no spirituous liquors,&mdash;that they kept that
+promise awhile, but I had been grieved to hear that before they left
+the country they had taken up the wicked habit of drinking whiskey, and
+getting drunk, by which they had lost all the respect that white people
+had for them when they first came over. (A great laugh, and “<em>How! how!
+how!</em>”)</p>
+
+<p><em>Neu-mon-ya</em> (the war-chief) replied to me, that they were thankful
+that the Great Spirit had kept them safe across the ocean and allowed
+them to see me, and to smoke the pipe again with me, and to hear my
+wise counsel, which<a class="pagenum" id="Page_7" title="7"></a> they had all determined to keep (“<em>How! how!
+how!</em>”). He said that they had been very foolish to learn to drink
+“<em>fire-water</em>” in their country, which was very destructive to them,
+and they had promised their Great Father, the President, that they
+would drink none of it whilst they were abroad. He said he hoped I
+would not judge them by the Ojibbeways who had been here, “for,” said
+he, “they are all a set of drunkards and thieves, and always keep their
+promises just about as well as they kept them with you.” (A laugh, and
+“<em>How! how! how!</em>”)<a class="fnanchor" href="#Footnote_1" id="FNanchor_1">[1]</a></p>
+
+<p>This <em>talk</em>, which was short, was ended here, to the satisfaction of
+all parties, and the Indians were again amusing themselves around the
+room, leaving the wig-wam and further conversations to Mr. Melody, the
+interpreter, and myself. Mr. Melody, though a stranger to me, bearing
+the high recommendations contained in the letter of the Secretary at
+War, already published, at once had my confidence (which I am pleased
+to say his conduct has kept up) as an excellent and honest man.</p>
+
+<p>Their interpreter, Jeffrey Doraway (a mulatto), and who had been one
+of the first to recognize and hail me when I entered their rooms, had
+been an old and attached acquaintance of mine while travelling in that
+country, and that acquaintance had several times been renewed in St.
+Louis, and New York, and other places where I had subsequently met him.
+He had been raised from childhood in the tribe, and the chiefs and all
+the party were very much attached to him, and his interest seemed to be
+wholly identified with that of the tribe. He was of a most forbearing
+and patient disposition, and of temperate habits, and as he was loved
+by the chiefs, had great influence with them, and control over the
+party.</p>
+
+<p>I related to Mr. Melody and Jeffrey the difficulties that laid before
+us; the prejudices raised in the public, mind by<a class="pagenum" id="Page_8" title="8"></a> the conduct of Mr.
+Rankin with his party of Ojibbeways, and the unfortunate season of the
+year at which they had arrived in London. That the middle of July was
+the very worst season in which to open an exhibition, and that it might
+be difficult to raise a second excitement sufficiently strong to pay
+the very heavy expenses we must incur; but that I had resolved to unite
+my whole efforts to theirs, to bring their party into notice; which
+formed so much more complete and just a representation of the modes and
+appearance of the wild Indians of America than the Ojibbeways had given.</p>
+
+<p>Finishing our conversation here, we found the Indians adjusting their
+plumes, and their robes, and their weapons, preparing to step into
+their “omnibus and four,” to take their first rapid glance at the great
+City of London, in “a drive,” which was to pass them through some of
+its principal thoroughfares for their amusement. At this moment of
+excitement it was suddenly announced that one of the party (and a very
+essential one), the “<em>Doctor</em>” (or <em>medicine man</em>), was missing! Search
+was everywhere making for him, and when it was quite certain that he
+could not have passed into the street, Jeffrey inquired of the curator
+of the Hall if there was any passage that led out upon the roof? to
+which the curator replied, “Yes.” “Well then,” said Jeffrey, “we may
+be sure that he is there, for <em>it is ‘a way that he has</em>:’ he always
+is uneasy until he gets as high as he can go, and then he will stay
+there all night if you will let him alone.” I went immediately to the
+roof, and found him standing on one corner of the parapet, overlooking
+Piccadilly,&mdash;wrapped in his buffalo robe, and still as a statue, while
+thousands were assembling in the streets to look at him, and to warn
+him of the danger they supposed him in.</p>
+
+<p>The readers who have not had the pleasure of seeing this eccentric
+character, will scarcely be able to appreciate the oddity of this freak
+until they become better acquainted with the Doctor in the following
+pages. I invited him down from his elevated position, which he seemed
+reluctant to leave, and<a class="pagenum" id="Page_9" title="9"></a> he joined his party, who passed into their
+carriage at the door. In this moment of confusion, of escaping from
+the crowd and closing the door, heads were counted, and the old Doctor
+was missing again. A moment’s observation showed, however, that his
+<em>ascending</em> propensity had gained him a position over their heads, as
+he had seated himself by the side of the driver, with his buffalo robe
+wrapped around him, the long and glistening blade of his spear passing
+out from underneath it, near to his left ear, and his vermilioned face
+surmounted by a huge pair of buffalo horns, rising out of a crest of
+eagle’s quills and ermine skins. Thus loaded, and at the crack of the
+whip, and amidst the yelling multitude that had gathered around them,
+did the fourteen Ioways dash into the streets, to open their eyes to
+the sights and scenes of the great metropolis.</p>
+
+<p>An hour or so in the streets, in a pleasant day, enabled them to see
+a great deal that was unlike the green prairies where they lived; and
+the “old Doctor,” wrapped in his robe, and ogling the pretty girls, and
+everything else that he saw that was amusing as he passed along, raised
+a new excitement in the streets, and gave an extensive notification
+that “the wedding party had actually got back,” or that another party
+of <em>red skins</em> had arrived. They returned to their lodgings in great
+glee, and amused us at least for an hour with their “first impressions”
+of London; the <em>leading</em>, <em>striking</em> feature of which, and the one that
+seemed to afford them the greatest satisfaction, was the <em>quantity of
+fresh meat</em> that they saw in every street hanging up at the doors and
+windows&mdash;pigs, and calves, and sheep, and deer, and prairie hens, in
+such profusion that they thought “there would be little doubt of their
+getting as much fresh meat as they could eat.” Besides this, they had
+seen many things that amused them, and others that excited their pity.
+They laughed much about the “black fellows with white eyes” who were
+carrying bags of coal, and “every one of them had got their hats on the
+wrong side before.” They had seen many people who seemed to be very
+poor, and looked<a class="pagenum" id="Page_10" title="10"></a> as if they were hungry: for they held out their hands
+to people passing by, as if they were asking for something to eat.
+“They had passed two <em>Indians</em>, with brooms in their hands, sweeping
+the dirt in the streets!”</p>
+
+<p>This occurrence had excited their greatest anxieties to know “what
+Indians they could be, that would be willing to take a broom in their
+hands and sweep the dirt from under white men’s feet, and then hold
+out their hands to white people for money to buy food to eat.” They
+all agreed “that <em>Ioways</em> would not do it, that <em>Sioux</em> would not,
+that <em>Pawnees</em> would not;” and when they were just deciding that their
+enemies, the <em>Ojibbeways</em>, <em>might</em> be <em>slaves</em> enough to do it, and
+that these were possibly a part of the Ojibbeway party that had been
+flourishing in London, I explained the mystery to them, by informing
+them that their conjectures were wrong&mdash;that it was true they were
+Indians, but not from North America. I agreed with them that no North
+American Indian would use that mode of getting his living, but that
+there were Indians in different parts of the world, and that these were
+from the East Indies, a country many thousands of miles from here; that
+these people were Indians from that country, and were of a tribe called
+<em>Lascars</em>; that many of them were employed by the captains of English
+ships to help to navigate their vessels from that country to this;
+and that in London they often come to want, and are glad to sweep the
+streets and beg, as the means of living, instead of starving to death.
+It seemed still a mystery to them, but partly solved, and they made
+many further remarks among themselves about them. The good landlady at
+this moment announced to Mr. Melody and Jeffrey that the dinner for the
+Indians was ready, and in a moment all were seated save the Doctor; he
+was missing. “That old fool,” said Jeffrey, “there’s no doubt but he
+has found his way to the top of the house.” I was conducted by one of
+the servants through several unoccupied rooms and dark passages, and
+at last through a narrow and almost impassable labyrinth that brought
+me out upon<a class="pagenum" id="Page_11" title="11"></a> the roof. The “Doctor” was <em>there</em>; and, wrapped in his
+buffalo robe, with his red face and his buffalo horns, was standing
+like a <em>Zealand penguin</em>, and smiling upon the crowds of gazers who
+were gathering in the streets, and at the windows, and upon the
+house-tops, in the vicinity.</p>
+
+<p>For the several days succeeding this, while the Indians were lying
+still, and resting from their long and tedious voyage, and I was
+announcing in the usual way their arrival, and the time of the
+commencement of their exhibitions, I held many curious and amusing
+conversations with them about things they had already seen, and scenes
+and events that were yet in anticipation and before them. These are
+subjects, however, that must be passed over for events that were before
+us, and fuller of interest and excitement.</p>
+
+<p>They had much amusement at this time also, about a man they said
+they had seen, with a remarkably big nose, which they said looked
+like a large potato (or <em>wapsapinnakan</em>), and one of the women
+sitting near the door of the omnibus declared “that it was actually a
+<em>wapsapinnakan</em>, for she could distinctly see the little holes where
+the sprouts grow out.” The bus, they said, had passed on rather too
+quick for all to have a fair look, but they believed they would at some
+future time meet him again, and take a good look at him.</p>
+
+<p>The evening for their first appearance before the public having
+arrived, the Ioways were prepared in all their rouge and fine dresses,
+and made their <em>début</em> before a fashionable, but not a crowded
+audience. Their very appearance, as they entered the room, was so wild
+and classic, that it called forth applause from every part of the hall.
+The audience was composed chiefly of my friends, and others who had
+been familiar with the other group, and who were able to decide as to
+the comparative interest of the two parties; and it was proclaimed
+in every part of the room, that they were altogether more primitive
+in their appearance and modes, and decidedly a finer body of men.
+I had<a class="pagenum" id="Page_12" title="12"></a> accompanied them on to the platform, and when they had got
+seated, and were lighting their pipe, I introduced them by stating,
+that in the exhibition of this party of Indians, I felt satisfied
+that I was bringing before the eyes of the audience the most just and
+complete illustration of the native looks and modes of the red men of
+the American wilderness, that had ever been seen on this side of the
+Atlantic; and that I should take great pleasure in introducing them
+and their modes, as they so satisfactorily illustrated and proved what
+I had been for several years labouring to show to English people, by
+my numerous paintings and Indian manufactures which I had collected,
+as well as by my notes of travel amongst these people, which I had
+recently published:
+
+That the <em>Ioway</em> was one of the remote tribes, yet adhering to all
+their native customs and native looks; and that this party, composed,
+as it was, of the two principal men of the tribe, and several of its
+most distinguished warriors, not only conveyed to the eyes of people
+in this country the most accurate account of primitive modes, but was
+calculated to excite the deepest interest, and to claim the respect of
+the community. That the position of this tribe being upon the great
+plains between the Missouri and the Rocky Mountains, 1000 miles farther
+west than the country from which the Ojibbeways came, their modes and
+personal appearance were very different, having as yet received no
+changes from the proximity of civilization:
+
+That I had visited this tribe several years before, during my
+travels in the Indian countries, and that I had there formed my
+first acquaintance with the two chiefs who were now here, and which
+acquaintance, from the hospitable manner in which they had welcomed
+me in their humble wig-wams, I now felt great pleasure in renewing:
+(<em>“Hear, hear,” and applause</em>.)</p>
+
+<p>That these facts being known, with others which would be incidentally
+given, I felt fully assured that they would meet with a kind reception
+in this country, and that the<a class="pagenum" id="Page_13" title="13"></a> audience were prepared for the
+introduction I was now to make of them and their modes.<a class="fnanchor" href="#Footnote_2" id="FNanchor_2">[2]</a> (<em>Great
+applause</em>.)</p>
+
+<p>I then pointed out and explained to the audience, the characteristic
+differences between the appearance and modes of this party and the
+Ojibbeways, whom they had seen, and which will be obvious to the reader
+in the annexed illustration (<a href="#Plate_9"><em>Plate No</em>. 9</a>). The Ioways, like three
+other tribes only, in North America, all adhere to their national mode
+of shaving and ornamenting their heads. This is a very curious mode,
+and presents an appearance at once that distinguishes them from the
+Ojibbeways and other tribes, who cultivate the hair to the greatest
+length they possibly can, and pride themselves on its jet and glossy
+black. Every man in the Ioway tribe adheres to the mode of cutting all
+the hair as close as he can, excepting a small tuft which is left upon
+the crown, and being that part which the enemy takes for the scalp,
+is very properly denominated the “<em>scalp-lock</em>.” He then rouges with
+vermilion the whole crown of his head (and oftentimes his whole face),
+and surmounts his <em>scalp-lock</em> by a beautiful crest, made of the hair
+of the deer’s tail, dyed of vermilion red.</p>
+
+<p>The chief man of this party, the “<em>White Cloud</em>,” the son of a
+distinguished chief of the same name, who died a few<a class="pagenum" id="Page_14" title="14"></a> years since,
+was 35 years of age, and hereditary chief of the tribe. By several
+humane and noble acts, after he received his office of chief, he
+gained the admiration and friendship of the officers of the United
+States Government, as well as of his tribe, and had therefore been
+countenanced by the Government (as has been shown) in the enterprise of
+going abroad.</p>
+
+<p><em>Neu-mon-ya</em> (the Walking Rain), and war-chief of the tribe, was
+54 years of age, and nearly six feet and a half in height. A noble
+specimen of the manly grace and dignity that belong to the American
+wilderness, and also a man who had distinguished himself in the wars
+that he had led against his enemies.</p>
+
+<p><em>Se-non-ti-yah</em> (the Blistered Feet), the <em>Medicine</em> or <em>Mystery Man</em>,
+was a highly important personage of the party, and held a high and
+enviable position, as physician, soothsayer, and magician, in his tribe.</p>
+
+<p>These personages are found in every tribe, and so much control have
+they over the superstitious minds of their people, that their influence
+and power in the tribe often transcend those of the chief. In all
+councils of war and peace they have a seat by the chiefs, and are as
+regularly consulted by the chiefs, as soothsayers were consulted in
+ancient days, and equal deference and respect is paid to their advice
+or opinions, rendering them <em>oracles</em> of the tribe in which they live.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter">
+ <a id="Plate_9"></a>
+ <hr class="tb" />
+ <img src="images/i_014fp.jpg" width="640" height="394" alt="Plate 9: An Ioway Group" />
+ <div class="caption">N<sup>o.</sup> 9.</div>
+ <hr class="tb" />
+</div>
+
+<p>A good illustration of this was given by this magician, while on
+their voyage to this country, a few weeks since, when near the land,
+off the English coast. The packet ship in which the Indians were
+passengers, was becalmed for several days, much to the annoyance of
+the Indians and numerous other passengers, when it was decided, by the
+Indian chief, that they must call upon the <em>Medicine Man</em>, to try the
+efficacy of his magical powers in the endeavour to raise a wind. For
+this purpose he very gradually went to work, with all due ceremony,
+according to the modes of the country, and after the usual ceremony of
+a mystery feast,<a class="pagenum" id="Page_15" title="15"></a> and various invocations to the <em>spirit</em> of the <em>wind</em>
+and the <em>ocean</em>, both were conciliated by the sacrifice of many plugs
+of tobacco thrown into the sea; and in a little time the wind began
+to blow, the sails were filled, and the vessel soon wafted into port,
+to the amusement of the passengers, and much to the gratification of
+the Indians, who all believed, and ever will, that the vessel was set
+in motion by the potency of the Doctor’s mysterious and supernatural
+powers.</p>
+
+<p>Of the <em>Warriors</em>, <em>Shon-ta-yi-ga</em> (the Little Wolf) and
+<em>Nu-ho-mun-ya</em> (called the “Roman Nose”) were the most distinguished,
+and I believe the world will agree with me, that it would be an act
+of injustice on my part, should I allow the poor fellows to carry
+through this country, without giving them publication, the subjoined
+documents,<a class="fnanchor" href="#Footnote_3" id="FNanchor_3">[3]</a><a class="pagenum" id="Page_16" title="16"></a> by which it will be seen that they saved, in a humane
+manner, and worthy of warriors of better <em>caste</em>, the lives of ten
+unarmed and unoffending enemies.</p>
+
+<p><a class="pagenum" id="Page_17" title="17"></a>
+<em>Okee-wee-me</em> (the wife of the Little Wolf) is the mother of the infant
+pappoose, called Corsair. This child is little more than three months
+old, and slung in the cradle on the mother’s back, according to the
+general custom practised by all the American tribes, and furnishes one
+of the most interesting illustrations in the group.</p>
+
+<p>All tribes in America practise the same mode of carrying their infant
+children for several months from their birth upon a flat board resting
+upon the mother’s back, as she walks or rides, suspended by a broad
+strap passing over her forehead, or across her breast. By this mode
+of carrying their children, the mothers, who have to perform all the
+slavish duties of the camp, having the free use of their hands and
+arms, are enabled to work most of the time, and, in fact, exercise and
+labour nearly as well as if their children were not attached to their
+persons. These cradles are often, as in the present instance, most
+elaborately embroidered with porcupine quills, and loaded with little
+trinkets hanging within the child’s reach, that it may amuse itself
+with them as it rides, with its face looking <em>from</em> that of its mother,
+while she is at work, so as not to draw upon her valuable time.</p>
+
+<p>This rigid, and seemingly cruel mode of binding the child with its back
+to a straight board, seems to be one peculiarly adapted to Indian life,
+and, I believe, promotes straight limbs, sound lungs, and long life.</p>
+
+<p>I having thus introduced the party to their first audience in England,
+and left other remarks upon them for their proper place, the Indians
+laid by their pipe, and commenced their evening’s amusements by giving
+first their favourite, the <em>Eagle-Dance</em>. The <em>Drum</em> (and their
+“<em>Eagle-Whistles</em>,” with which they imitate the chattering of the
+soaring eagle), with their voices, formed the music for this truly
+picturesque and exciting dance. At their first pause in the dance,
+the audience, who had witnessed nothing of this description in the
+amusements of the Ojibbeways, being excited to the highest degree,
+encouraged the strangers with rounds of applause. The song in this
+dance is addressed to<a class="pagenum" id="Page_18" title="18"></a> their favourite bird the war-eagle, and each
+dancer carries a fan made of the eagle’s tail, in his left hand, as he
+dances, and by his attitudes endeavours to imitate the motions of the
+soaring eagle. This, being a part of the war-dance, is a <em>boasting</em>
+dance; and at the end of each strain in the song some one of the
+warriors steps forth and, in an excited speech, describes the time and
+the manner in which he has slain his enemy in battle, or captured his
+horses, or performed some other achievement in war. After this the
+dance proceeds with increased spirit; and several in succession having
+thus excited their fellow-dancers, an indescribable thrill and effect
+are often produced before they get through.</p>
+
+<p>In the midst of the noise and excitement of this dance the Doctor (or
+<em>mystery-man</em>) jumped forward to the edge of the platform, and making
+the most tremendous flourish of his spear which he held in his right
+hand, and his shield extended upon his left arm, recited the military
+deeds of his life&mdash;how he had slain his enemies in battle and taken
+their scalps; and with singular effect fitting the action to the word,
+acting them out as he described.</p>
+
+<p>The thrilling effect produced by the Doctor’s boast brought him showers
+of applause, which touched his vanity, and at the close of the dance
+he imagined all eyes in admiration fixed upon him, and no doubt felt
+himself called upon for the following brief but significant speech
+which he delivered, waving his right hand over the heads of the
+audience from the front of the platform where he stood, and from which
+he dropped his most humble and obsequious smiles upon the groups of
+ladies who were near him, and applauding at the end of every sentence:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“My Friends,&mdash;It makes me very happy to see so many smiling faces
+  about me, for when people smile and laugh, I know they are not
+  angry&mdash;”</p>
+</div>
+
+<p><em>Jeffrey</em>, the <em>Interpreter</em>, now made <em>his</em> début; the Doctor had
+beckoned him up by his side to interpret his speech to the audience,
+and when he explained the above sentence, the “Doctor” received a round
+of applause, and particularly from the ladies, who could not but be
+pleased<a class="pagenum" id="Page_19" title="19"></a> with the simple vanity of the speaker and the self-complacent
+smiles which he always lavished upon the fair sex who were around him.
+The Doctor, though advanced to the sound and efficient age of 45,
+had never taken to him a wife; and, like too many of his fraternity,
+had always lived upon the excessive vanity of believing that he was
+the <em>beau idéal</em> of his tribe, and admired too much by all to be a
+legitimate subject of exclusive appropriation to any particular one.
+And more than this (which may not have quite fallen to the happy lot
+of any of his brother bachelors in the polished world), from the sort
+of <em>charitable</em> habit he had of spreading his glowing smiles upon the
+crowds about him, one would almost be of opinion that, in his own
+community, under the aids and charms of his profession, he in a measure
+had existed upon the belief that his smiles were food and clothing for
+the crowds upon whom they were bestowed.</p>
+
+<p>The Doctor yet stood, the concentration of smiles and anxious looks
+from every part of the room, and at length proceeded (<a href="#Plate_10"><em>Plate No. 10</em></a>):&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“My Friends,&mdash;I see the ladies are pleased, and this pleases
+  me&mdash;because I know, that if they are pleased, they will please the
+  men.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>It was quite impossible for the Doctor to proceed further until he
+had bowed to the burst of laughter and applause from all parts of the
+room, and particularly from the ladies. This several times ceased,
+but suddenly burst out again, and too quick for him to resume. He had
+evidently made a “hit” with the ladies, and he was braced strong in
+courage to make the best use of it, although the rest of his comrades,
+who were seated and passing the pipe around, were laughing at him
+and endeavouring to embarrass him. One of the party, by the name of
+<em>Wash-ka-mon-ya</em>, and a good deal of the <em>braggart</em>, had the cruelty
+to say to him, “You old fool, you had better sit down, the white
+squaws are all laughing at you.” To which the Doctor, deliberately
+turning round, sarcastically replied, “You badger, go into your burrow
+backwards: I have said more in two sentences than<a class="pagenum" id="Page_20" title="20"></a> you ever said in
+your life.” He then turned round, and calling Jeffrey nearer to his
+side, proceeded&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“My Friends,”&mdash;[here was a burst of irresistible laughter from the
+  ladies, which the drollness of his expression and his figure excited
+  at the moment, and in which, having met it all in good humour, he was
+  taking a part, but continued]&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>“My Friends,&mdash;I believe that our dance was pleasing to you, and that
+  our noise has not given you offence. (<em>Applause.</em>)</p>
+
+<p>“My Friends,&mdash;We live a great way from here, and we have come over
+  a great salt lake to see you, and to offer you our hands. The Great
+  Spirit has been kind to us; we know that our lives are always in his
+  hands, and we thank him for keeping us safe. (<em>How, how, how!</em> from
+  the Indians, and applause, with <em>Hear, hear, hear!</em>)</p>
+
+<p>“My Friends,&mdash;We have met our friend <em>Chip-pe-ho-la</em> here, and seen
+  the medicine things that he has done, and which are hanging all
+  around us, and this makes us happy. We have found our chiefs’ faces
+  on the walls, which the Great Spirit has allowed him to bring over
+  safe, and we are thankful for this. (<em>How, how, how!</em>)</p>
+
+<p>“My Friends,&mdash;This is a large village, and it has many fine wig-wams;
+  we rode in a large carriage the other day and saw it all. (<em>A laugh</em>,
+  and <em>Hear!</em>) We had heard a great deal about the people on this side
+  of the water, but we did not think they were so rich; we believe that
+  the <em>Saganoshes</em> know a great deal. (<em>How, how, how!</em>)</p>
+
+<p>“My Friends,&mdash;We have come on your great <em>medicine road</em>, and it
+  pleased us very much. When we landed from our ship, we came on your
+  <em>medicine road</em>, and were told it would be very fine; but when we
+  started, we were all very much alarmed; we went in the dark; we all
+  went right down into the ground, under a high mountain; we had heard
+  that a part of the white people go into the ground when they die,
+  and some of them into the fire; we saw some fire; there was a great
+  hissing, and a great deal of smoke coming out of this place,<a class="fnanchor" href="#Footnote_4" id="FNanchor_4">[4]</a> and
+  we could not get out; we were then somewhat afraid, my friends and
+  I began to sing our ‘<em>death-song</em>;’ but when we had commenced, our
+  hearts were full of joy, we came out again in the open air, and the
+  country was very beautiful around us. (<em>How, how, how!</em> and great
+  applause.)</p>
+
+<p>“My Friends,&mdash;After we got out from under the ground, we were much
+  pleased all the way on the <em>medicine road</em> until we got to this
+  village. There were many things to please us, and I think that before
+  the trees were cut down, it was a very beautiful country. My friends,
+  we think there were Indians and buffalos in this country then. (<em>How,
+  how, how!</em>)</p>
+
+<p>“My Friends,&mdash;We think we saw some of the <em>k’nick k’neck</em><a class="fnanchor" href="#Footnote_5" id="FNanchor_5">[5]</a> as we
+  came<a class="pagenum" id="Page_21" title="21"></a> along the <em>medicine road</em>, and some <em>quash-e-gon-eh-co</em>,<a class="fnanchor" href="#Footnote_6" id="FNanchor_6">[6]</a>
+  but we came so fast that we were not certain; we should like to know.
+  My Friends, this is all I have to say.” (<em>How, how, how!</em> and great
+  applause.)</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="figcenter">
+ <a id="Plate_10"></a>
+ <hr class="tb" />
+ <img src="images/i_020fp.jpg" width="640" height="427" alt="Plate 10: The Doctor's Speech" />
+ <div class="caption">N<sup>o.</sup> 10.</div>
+ <hr class="tb" />
+</div>
+
+<p>The Doctor’s speech, which would have been terminated much sooner if he
+had been allowed to proceed unmolested, had a very pleasing effect upon
+the audience, and had allowed abundant time for the rest of the party
+to prepare for the next <em>dance</em>.</p>
+
+<p>I now announced to the audience that the Indians were about to give the
+<em>Warrior’s-dance</em>, as performed by their tribe. I explained the meaning
+of it, the circumstances under which it was given, and the respects
+in which it differed from the War-dance as given by the Ojibbeways.
+After which they were all upon their feet, and, with weapons in hand,
+proceeded to give it the most exciting, and even <em>alarming</em> effect.</p>
+
+<p>They received great applause at the end of this dance, and also a
+number of presents, which were handed and thrown on to the platform.
+This created much excitement and good cheer among them, and I was not
+a little surprised, nor was I less amused and gratified, to discover
+at this moment, that the (so-called) “<em>jolly fat dame</em>,” of Ojibbeway
+notoriety, was along side of the platform, at her old stand, and, in
+her wonted liberality, the first one to start the fashion of making the
+poor fellows occasional presents. I regretted, however, that I should
+have been the ignorant cause of her bestowing her first present upon a
+person for whom she did not intend it. The finest-looking man of the
+party, and one of the youngest, was <em>No-ho-mun-ya</em> (the <em>Roman-nose</em>),
+upon whom it seems this good lady’s admiration had been fixed during
+the evening, notwithstanding the smiles that had been lavished by the
+Doctor, and the eloquence which he had poured forth in his boastings
+and speeches.</p>
+
+<p>The elegant limbs, Herculean frame, and graceful and<a class="pagenum" id="Page_22" title="22"></a> terrible
+movements of this six foot and a-half young man, as she had gazed
+upon him in this last dance, had softened her heart into all its
+former kindness and liberality, and she had at this moment, when I
+first discovered her, unclasped a beautiful bracelet from one of her
+arms, and was just reaching over the platform to say to me as she
+did, “Wonderful! wonderful! Mr. Catlin; I think it one of the wonders
+of the world! Will you hand this to that splendid fellow, with my
+compliments&mdash;give him my compliments, will you&mdash;it’s a bracelet for his
+arm (Cadotte has got the other, you know). Oh! but he is a splendid
+fellow&mdash;give him my compliments, will you. I think them a much finer
+party than the other&mdash;oh, far superior! I never saw the like; hand it
+to him, will you, and if he can’t put it on, poor fellow, I will show
+him how.”</p>
+
+<p>All this had been run over so rapidly that I scarcely could recollect
+what she said, for several were speaking to me at the same time; and
+at that unfortunate moment it was that I committed the error, for
+which I was almost ready to break my own back when I found it out. I
+presented it by mistake to the Doctor, who, I supposed, had of course
+been winning all the laurels of the evening, and with them the good
+lady’s compliments, which it would have been quite awkward on her part
+and mine also to have unpresented. The Doctor raised up the bracelet as
+high as he could reach, and made the house ring and almost tremble with
+the war-whoop, which he several times repeated.<a class="fnanchor" href="#Footnote_7" id="FNanchor_7">[7]</a> What could be done?
+<em>She</em> was too gallant, and I did not yet know the mistake. The Doctor
+happened to know how to put it on&mdash;it fitted to his copper-coloured arm
+above his elbow&mdash;and his true politeness led him to bow and to smile<a class="pagenum" id="Page_23" title="23"></a>
+a thousand thanks upon the fair dame as he bent over her from the
+platform.</p>
+
+<p>The <em>Approaching-dance</em><a class="fnanchor" href="#Footnote_8" id="FNanchor_8">[8]</a> was now given, in which the Doctor took the
+lead in great glee, and of course with great effect. He tilted off with
+a light and elastic step, as he was “following the track of his enemy,”
+and when he raised his brawny arm to beckon on his warriors to the
+attack, he took great pains to display the glistening trinket which he
+had accepted with such heartfelt satisfaction.</p>
+
+<p>This dance finished, they all sat down upon the platform and passed
+the pipe around, whilst I was further explaining upon their appearance
+and modes, and the dance which they had just given. I asked them
+what amusement they proposed next, and they announced to me, that as
+the Doctor was taking all the honours and all the glory to himself
+on that night (and of whom they all seemed extremely jealous), they
+had decided that he should finish the amusements of the evening by
+singing the “<em>Wolf-song</em>.” He was so conscious of having engrossed the
+principal attention of the house that he at once complied with their
+request, though at other times it required a great effort to get him
+to sing it. I had not myself heard this song, which seemed, from their
+preparations, to promise some amusement, and<a class="pagenum" id="Page_24" title="24"></a> which Jeffrey told me
+belonged exclusively to the Doctor, he having composed it. The Doctor
+was ready to commence, and wrapping his robe around him, having his
+right arm out, he shook a rattle (she-she-quoin) in his right hand, as
+he tilted about the platform, singing alone; at the end of a sentence
+he commenced to bark and howl like a wolf, when another jumped upon
+his feet and ran to him, and another, and another, and joined in the
+chorus, with their heads turned up like wolves when they are howling.
+He then sang another strain as he moved about the platform again, all
+following him, singing, and ready to join in the deafening chorus.
+This strange and comic song drew roars of laughter, and many rounds of
+applause for the Doctor, and left him, sure enough, the lion of the
+evening.<a class="fnanchor" href="#Footnote_9" id="FNanchor_9">[9]</a></p>
+
+<p>After he had finished his song, he traversed the platform<a class="pagenum" id="Page_25" title="25"></a> a few times,
+lavishing his self-complacent smiles upon the ladies around the room,
+and then desired me to say to the audience, that on the next evening
+they were going to give the <em>Pipe of Peace-dance, and the Scalp-dance</em>,
+which he wished all the ladies to see, and that <em>now</em> the chiefs and
+himself were ready to shake hands with all the people in the room.</p>
+
+<p>This of course brought a rush of visitors to the platform, anxious to
+welcome the new comers by giving them their hands. A general shake of
+the hands took place, and a conversation that occupied half an hour or
+more, and much to the satisfaction of the Indians as well as to those
+who came to see them.</p>
+
+<p>Much curiosity was kept up yet about the Doctor. The impression that
+his countenance and his wit had made upon the women had secured a knot
+of them about him, from whom it was difficult to disengage him: some
+complained that they were sick, and desired him to feel their pulse;
+he did so, and being asked as to the nature of their disease, he
+replied that “they were in love,”&mdash;and as to the remedy, he said, “Get
+husbands, and in a day and a night you will be well.” All this they
+could have got from other quarters, but coming from an Indian, whose
+naked shoulders were glistening around the room, it seemed to come with
+the freshness and zest of something entirely new, and created much
+merriment.</p>
+
+<p>The amusements of their first night being over, the Indians were
+withdrawn from the room, and the audience soon dispersed. Daniel, as
+usual, had been at his post, and his report of a few moments’ chat
+with the “jolly fat dame” gave me the first intelligence of the awful
+error I had committed in giving her bracelet to the Doctor instead of
+the Roman-nose, for whom she had intended it. She had said to him,
+however, that “it was no matter, and the error must not be corrected;
+she would bring one on the following evening for the Roman-nose, and
+begged that the Doctor might never be apprised of the mistake which had
+resulted to his benefit.”<a class="pagenum" id="Page_26" title="26"></a> “They are a splendid set of men, Daniel&mdash;far
+superior to the others. It is the greatest treat I ever had&mdash;I shall
+be here every night. You’ll think by and by that I am a pretty good
+customer; ha, Daniel? That <em>Roman-nose</em> is a magnificent fellow&mdash;he’s
+got no wife, has he, Daniel?” “No, Madam, he is the youngest man of the
+party.” “He is an <em>elegant</em> fellow&mdash;but then his <em>skin</em>, Daniel. Their
+skins are not so fine as the others&mdash;they are <em>too</em> black, or red, or
+what you call it; but Cadotte! what a beautiful colour he was, ha? But
+I dare say a little <em>washing</em> and living in a city would bring them
+nearly white? These people love Mr. Catlin&mdash;he’s a curious man&mdash;he’s a
+<em>wonderful</em> man; these are his old acquaintance, he has boarded with
+them; how they love him, don’t they? Ah, well, good night, good night.”
+She was the last of the visitors going out of the door, and did not
+know that I was so close behind her.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<h2><a class="pagenum" id="Page_27" title="27"></a>
+CHAPTER XVIII.</h2>
+
+<p class="hang">
+  Character of the Doctor (<em>mystery</em> or <em>medicine man</em>)&mdash;An
+     omnibus drive&mdash;The Doctor’s admiration of the “jolly
+     fat dame”&mdash;Jealousy&mdash;War-dress and war-paint of the
+     <em>Roman-nose</em>&mdash;His appearance&mdash;He leads the War-dance&mdash;The
+     Welcome-dance, and Bear-dance&mdash;Description of&mdash;Pipe-of-peace
+     (or Calumet) dance, and Scalp-dance&mdash;<em>Chip-pe-ho-la (the
+     Author)</em>&mdash;Speech of the War-chief&mdash;The “jolly fat dame”&mdash;She
+     presents a gold bracelet to <em>Roman-nose</em>&mdash;Jealousy and distress
+     of the Doctor&mdash;She converses with Daniel&mdash;Two reverend gentlemen
+     converse with the Indians about religion&mdash;Reply of White-cloud
+     and War-chief&mdash;Questions by the reverend gentlemen&mdash;Answers by
+     the War-chief&mdash;Indians invited to breakfast with Mr. Disraeli,
+     M.P., Park Lane&mdash;Indians' toilette and dress&mdash;The Doctor and Jim
+     (Wash-ka-mon-ya) fasting for the occasion.</p>
+
+
+<p>On paying a visit to the lodgings of the Indians, after they had
+returned from the exhibition, I found them in a merry mood, cracking
+their jokes upon the Doctor, who had put himself forward in so
+conspicuous a manner, to the great amusement of the ladies. During the
+exhibition, it would have appeared, from his looks and his actions,
+that he was to be perfectly happy for a twelvemonth at least; but he
+now appeared sad and dejected as he listened to their jokes, and turned
+his splendid bracelet around with his fingers. Several of the women had
+received brooches and other trinkets of value, and all had been highly
+pleased.</p>
+
+<p>It seemed that the War-chief was looked upon by the rest of the party
+as their orator; and, on an occasion like that which had just passed
+by, it was usual, and was expected, that he would have arisen and
+made a speech; and it was as little expected that the Doctor, who,
+they said, was a very diffident and backward man on such occasions,
+should have had so much, or anything to say. But the Doctor was a
+man of talent and wit, and with an<a class="pagenum" id="Page_28" title="28"></a> exorbitant share of vanity and
+self-conceit, which were excited to that degree by the irresistible
+smiles of the ladies, that he was nerved with courage and ambition
+to act the part that he did through the evening. Under the momentary
+excitement of his feelings, he had, to be sure, but innocently, stepped
+a little out of his sphere, and in the way of the chiefs, which had
+somewhat annoyed them at the time, but of which they were now rather
+making merry than otherwise. The Doctor was a good-natured and harmless
+man, and entirely the creature of impulse. He was always polite, though
+not always in good humour. The two leading traits in his character, one
+or the other of which was always conspicuous, were extreme buoyancy of
+spirits and good humour, when he smiled upon everybody and everything
+around him, or silent dejection, which bade defiance to every social
+effort. In either of these moods he had the peculiarities of being
+entirely harmless, and of remaining in them but a very short time;
+and <em>between</em> these moods, he was like a <em>spirit level</em>, exceedingly
+difficult to hold at a balance.</p>
+
+<p>The jokes that had been concentrated on the Doctor had been rather
+pleasant and amusing than otherwise, though there had been so many of
+them from the chiefs, from the warriors, from the squaws, and also from
+Mr. Melody, and Jeffrey and Daniel, all of whom were laughing at his
+expense, that I found him, and left him, sitting in one corner of the
+room, with his robe wrapped around him, in stoic silence, occasionally
+casting his eyes on his gold bracelet, and then upon the smoking
+beef-steaks and coffee which were on the table for their suppers, and
+of which he partook not.</p>
+
+<p>Whilst the rest were at the table, he silently spread his robe upon the
+floor, and wrapped himself in it. In the morning he washed, as usual,
+at the dawning of day, spent an hour or so in solitary meditation on
+the roof of the house, and afterwards joined with a pleasant face at
+the breakfast table, and through the amusements of the day and evening.</p>
+
+<p><a class="pagenum" id="Page_29" title="29"></a>
+Mr. Melody had, with my cordial approbation, employed an omnibus
+with four horses, to drive them an hour each day for the benefit of
+their health; and, at the same time, to amuse and instruct them, by
+showing them everything that they could see in the civilized world to
+their advantage. The Doctor joined, in good spirits, in the “drive”
+of that day; and, as on the day before, was wrapped in his buffalo,
+and seated by the side of the driver, with the polished blade of his
+lance glistening above his head, as many Londoners who read this will
+forcibly recollect.</p>
+
+<p>From their drive, in which they had seen many strange things, they
+returned in good spirits, and received in their chambers a private
+party of ladies and gentlemen, my esteemed friends, and several
+editors of the leading journals of London. A long and very interesting
+conversation was held with them on several subjects, and the clear and
+argumentative manner in which their replies were made, and the truly
+striking and primitive modes in which they were found, at once engaged
+the profound attention of all, and procured for them, besides some
+handsome presents at the time, the strongest recommendations from the
+editors of the press, as subjects of far greater interest than the
+party of Ojibbeways, whom they had before seen. Amongst these visiters
+they recognized with great pleasure, and shook hands with, my kind
+friend Dr. Thomas Hodgkin, at whose hospitable board they had, a few
+days before, with the author, partaken of an excellent dinner prepared
+for them. This was the first gentleman’s table they were invited to in
+the kingdom, and probably the first place where they ever tried the use
+of the knife and fork in the English style.</p>
+
+<p>Dr. Hodgkin being of the Society of Friends, they received much kind
+and friendly advice from him, which they never forgot; and from the
+unusual shape of his dress, they called him afterwards (not being able
+to recollect his name) <em>Tchon-a-wap-pa</em> (the straight coat).</p>
+
+<p>At night they were in the Hall again, and around them, amidst a greatly
+increased audience, had the pleasure of<a class="pagenum" id="Page_30" title="30"></a> beholding nearly all the faces
+they had seen the night before; and the Doctor, in particular, of
+seeing the smiling ladies whom he had invited to see the <em>scalp-dance</em>
+and the <em>scalps</em>, and, to his more identical satisfaction, of
+beholding, at the end of the platform where he had taken pains to
+spread his robe and seat himself, the fair dame of <em>gushing</em> charms,
+to whom he was occasionally gently turning his head on one side
+and smiling, as he presented to her view his copper-coloured arm,
+encompassed with the golden bracelet.</p>
+
+<p>This kind lady’s goodness was such that she could not but respond
+to the bows and the smiles of the Doctor, though (within herself)
+she felt a little annoyed at the position which he had taken, so
+immediately between her place, which the crowd prevented her from
+changing, and that of the splendid “<em>Roman Nose</em>,” who was now much
+more an object of admiration than he had been the night before, and
+more peremptorily called for all her attention. He had been selected
+to lead in the <em>scalp-dance</em> which was to be given that night; and
+for this purpose, in pursuance of the custom of the country, he had
+left off his shirt and all his dress save his beautifully garnished
+leggings and mocassins, and his many-coloured sash and kilt of eagle’s
+quills and ermine around his waist. His head was vermilioned red, and
+dressed with his helmet-like red crest, and surmounted with a white and
+a red eagle’s quill, denoting his readiness for peace or for war. His
+shoulders and his arms were curiously streaked with red paint, and on
+his right and his left breast were the impresses, in black paint, of
+two hands, denoting the two victims he had struck, and whose scalps he
+then held attached to his painted tomahawk, which he was to wield in
+triumph as he had in the <em>scalp-dance</em>. Thus arrayed and ornamented,
+he appeared in his “war dress,” as it is termed; and as he arose from
+his seat upon the platform, and drew his painted shield and quiver
+from his back, shouts of applause rung from every part of the hall,
+and, of course, trepidation increased in the veins of the fair<a class="pagenum" id="Page_31" title="31"></a> dame,
+whose elbows were resting on the edge of the platform, while she was in
+rapture gazing upon him, and but partly concealing at times a beautiful
+trinket, the sparkling of which the sharp eyes of the Doctor had seen,
+as she endeavoured to conceal it in her right hand.</p>
+
+<p>The Doctor could not speak to this fair lady except with his eyes, with
+the softest expressions of which he lost no time or opportunity; and
+(for several combined reasons, no doubt) he seemed quite unambitious to
+leave his seat to “<em>saw the air</em>,” and strike for a repetition of the
+applause he had gained the night before.</p>
+
+<p>Unfortunately in some respects, and as fortunately no doubt in others,
+the splendid “<em>Roman Nose</em>” held his position at the farther end of the
+platform during the greater part of the evening; and the Doctor, for
+the several reasons already imagined, remained in the close vicinity
+of the fair dame, whose over-timidity, he feared, held her in an
+unnecessary and painful suspense.</p>
+
+<p>In this position of things and of parties, the amusements allotted for
+the evening had commenced, and were progressing, amidst the roars of
+applause that were ready at the close of each dance. They commenced by
+giving the <em>“Welcome Dance” and song</em><a class="fnanchor" href="#Footnote_10" id="FNanchor_10">[10]</a> peculiar to their tribe. The
+sentiment of this being explained by me, gave great pleasure to the
+audience, and prepared them for the dances and amusements which were to
+follow.</p>
+
+<p>They next announced the “<em>Bear Dance</em>” and amused the audience very
+much in its execution. This curious dance is given when a party are
+preparing to hunt the <em>black bear</em>, for its delicious food; or to
+contend with the more<a class="pagenum" id="Page_32" title="32"></a> ferocious and dangerous “<em>grizly bear</em>,” when a
+similar appeal is made to the <em>bear-spirit</em>, and with similar results,
+(<em>i.e.</em>) all hands having strictly attended to the important and
+necessary form of conciliating in this way the good will and protection
+of the peculiar <em>spirit</em> presiding over the destinies of those animals,
+they start off upon their hunt with a confidence and prospect of
+success which they could not otherwise have ventured to count upon. In
+this grotesque and amusing mode, each dancer imitates with his hands,
+alternately, the habits of the bear when running, and when sitting up,
+upon its feet, its paws suspended from its breast.</p>
+
+<p>It was customary with them to be seated a few minutes after each dance,
+and to pass around the pipe; and in the interval they were thus filling
+up after this dance, the Indians, as well as the audience, were all
+surprised at the appearance of a large square parcel handed in, and on
+to the platform, by a servant in livery, as a present to the Indians
+from his anonymous mistress. “Curiosity was on tip-toe” to know what
+so bulky a parcel contained; and when it was opened, it was found to
+contain 14 beautifully bound Bibles&mdash;the number just equal to the
+number of Indians of the party; and a very kind letter addressed to
+them, and which was read, exhorting them to change the tenor of their
+lives, to learn to read, and to profit by the gifts enclosed to them.</p>
+
+<p>The Bibles being distributed amongst them, the War-chief arose, and in
+the most respectful and appropriate manner returned his thanks for the
+liberal present and the kind wishes of the lady who gave them; he said
+he was sorry he did not know which lady to thank, but by thanking all
+in the room, he considered he was taking the surest way of conveying
+his thanks to her.</p>
+
+<p>After this, the <em>ne plus ultra</em> (as the Doctor would undoubtedly call
+it), the frightful “<em>Scalp Dance</em>,”<a class="fnanchor" href="#Footnote_11" id="FNanchor_11">[11]</a> was an<a class="pagenum" id="Page_33" title="33"></a>nounced. All parties,
+the modest <em>squaws</em> (of whom they had four with them) as well as the
+men, were arranging their dresses and implements to take part in it.
+The drums struck up, and the “splendid <em>Roman Nose</em>” led off, waving
+his two scalps on the point of a lance, until he was once around the
+circle, when they were placed in the hands of a squaw to carry, whilst
+he wielded his tomahawk and scalping-knife, and showed the manner in
+which his unfortunate enemies had fallen before him. This was probably
+the first time that the Scalp Dance, in its original and <em>classic</em>
+form, was ever seen in the city of London, and embellished by the
+presence of real and <em>genuine scalps</em>.</p>
+
+<p>This exciting scene, with its associations, had like to have been too
+much for the nerves and tastes of London people; but having evidently
+assembled here for the pleasure of receiving shocks and trying their
+nerves, they soon seemed reconciled, and all looked on with amazement
+and pleasure, whilst they were sure for once in their lives, at least,
+that they were drawing information from its true and native source.
+This dance was long and tedious, but when it was finished, it was
+followed by a deafening round of applause, not of approbation of the
+shocking and disgusting custom, but of the earnest and simple manner
+in which these<a class="pagenum" id="Page_34" title="34"></a> ignorant and thoughtless people were endeavouring to
+instruct and to amuse the enlightened world by a strict and emphatic
+illustration of one of the barbarous, but valued, modes of their
+country.</p>
+
+<p>The subject and mode of <em>scalping</em>, and of thus celebrating their
+victories, so little understood in the enlightened world, afforded me
+an interesting theme for remarks at this time; and when the Indians
+were again seated and “<em>taking a smoke</em>,” I took the occasion of this
+complete illustration to explain it in all its parts and meanings, for
+which, when I had done, I received five times as much applause as I
+deserved for doing it.</p>
+
+<p><em>The Pipe of Peace</em> (or Calumet) <em>Dance</em><a class="fnanchor" href="#Footnote_12" id="FNanchor_12">[12]</a> was the next announced;
+and was danced with great spirit, and gained them much applause. At
+the close of this, their favourite dance, it became peculiarly the
+privilege of the War-chief to make his boast, as the dance is given
+only at the conclusion of a treaty of peace between hostile tribes, and
+at which treaty he is supposed to preside. For this purpose he rose,
+and straightening up his tall and veteran figure, with his buffalo robe
+thrown over his shoulder and around him, with his right arm extended
+over the heads of his fellow warriors, made a most animated speech to
+them for several minutes (with his back turned towards the audience),
+reminding them of the principal exploits of his military life, with
+which they were all familiar. He then called upon one of the younger
+men to light his pipe, which being done, and placed in his hand, he
+took several deliberate whiffs<a class="pagenum" id="Page_35" title="35"></a> through its long and ornamented stem;
+this done, and his ideas all arranged, he deliberately turned around,
+and passing his pipe into his left hand, extended his right over the
+heads of the audience and commenced:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“My Friends,&mdash;We believe that all our happiness in this life is given
+  to us by the Great Spirit, and through this pipe I have thanked Him
+  for enabling me to be here at this time, and to speak to you all who
+  are around me. (<em>How, how, how!</em> and applause)</p>
+
+<p>“My Friends,&mdash;We have had a long journey, and we are still very
+  much fatigued. We prayed to the Great Spirit, and He has heard our
+  prayers; we are all here, and all well. (<em>How, how, how!</em> and <em>Hear!</em>)</p>
+
+<p>“My Friends,&mdash;We are poor and live in the woods, and though the
+  Great Spirit is with us, yet He has not taught us how to weave the
+  beautiful things that you make in this country; we have seen many
+  of those things brought to us, and we are now happy to be where all
+  these fine things are made. (<em>How, how, how!</em>)</p>
+
+<p>“My Friends,&mdash;The Great Spirit has made us with red skins, and taught
+  us how to live in the wilderness, but has not taught us to live as
+  you do. Our dresses are made of skins and are very coarse, but they
+  are warm; and in our dances we are in the habit of showing the skins
+  of our shoulders and our arms, and we hope you will not be angry with
+  us&mdash;it is our way. (<em>How, how, how!</em> and great applause.)</p>
+
+<p>“My Friends,&mdash;We have heard that your chief is a woman, and we know
+  that she must be a great chief, or your country would not be so
+  rich and so happy. (Cheers and <em>Hear!</em>) We have been told that the
+  Ojibbeways went to see your queen, and that she smiled upon them;
+  this makes us the more anxious to see her face, as the Ojibbeways are
+  our enemies. (<em>How, how, how!</em>)</p>
+
+<p>“My Friends,&mdash;We hope to see the face of your queen, and then we
+  shall be happy. Our friend <em>Chippehola</em><a class="fnanchor" href="#Footnote_13" id="FNanchor_13">[13]</a> has told us that he
+  thinks we shall see her. My Friends, we do not know whether there are
+  any of her relations now in the room. (<em>How, how, how!</em> and a laugh.)</p>
+
+<p>“My Friends,&mdash;We shall be glad to shake your hands. This is all I
+  have to say.” (Great applause.)</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>At the close of his speech, and as he turned around to meet the
+approbation of his fellow-warriors, there was a sudden burst of
+laughter amongst the Indians, occasioned by the sarcastic and exulting
+manner in which the old Doctor told him he had better say something
+more before he sat down, “because,” said he, “you have not made half
+as<a class="pagenum" id="Page_36" title="36"></a> much laugh yet as I did last night.” “I should be sorry if I had,”
+said the War-chief; “the audience always laugh the moment they see your
+ugly face.”</p>
+
+<p>The Doctor’s troubles commenced here, for just at that moment the
+“fair dame” had caught the eye of the “<em>Roman-nose</em>,” and holding up
+a beautiful bracelet enclosing a brilliant stone, she tempted him up,
+while she clasped it upon his arm as it was extended immediately over
+the Doctor’s head, whose unfailing politeness induced him to bow down
+his head to facilitate the operation.</p>
+
+<p>When the “<em>Roman-nose</em>” had taken his seat, and the poor Doctor
+had raised up his head to meet the eyes and the taunts of his
+fellow-Indians, who were laughing at him, and the gaze of the visitors
+from every quarter of the room, there <em>was</em> a <em>smile</em>, but altogether
+a <em>new</em> one, and a <em>new word</em> should be coined for the sudden and
+singular distress of the dilemma he was in: it would not do to
+undervalue the beautiful present that was already upon his arm, and to
+save his life he could not smile as pleasantly upon the <em>fair hand</em>
+that gave it as he had been smiling a few minutes before. The trinket
+had instantly fallen fifty per cent. in its value&mdash;the <em>brilliant</em>
+prospect that had been before him had fled, and left him in the dread,
+not only that his beautiful commercial prospects were blighted, but
+that he was to have an enemy in the field.</p>
+
+<p>The <em>Roman-nose</em> received his present in a respectful and thankful
+manner, but it was too late to be <em>affectionately</em> accepted, as it
+was the <em>second</em> one that was afloat, and taken by him, partly as
+an evidence of a kind heart, and partly as a foil to cover the true
+meaning of the first one that had been bestowed. However, he valued it
+very much, and the secret respecting the mistake that had been made in
+presenting the first, having been committed only to Daniel and myself,
+was thought best, for the peace of all parties, not to be divulged.</p>
+
+<p>The amusements of the evening being finished, there commenced a general
+shake of the hands, and when it had been<a class="pagenum" id="Page_37" title="37"></a> requested by some of the
+audience that the Indians should come on to the floor, the request
+was instantly complied with, which afforded the most gratifying
+opportunity for the visitors to get near to them, and scan them and
+their costumes and weapons more closely. There was a general outcry by
+the ladies for the wife of the Little-wolf to descend from the platform
+with her little pappoose slung on her back in its splendid cradle,
+ornamented with porcupine’s quills and ermine skins. It was a beautiful
+illustration, and formed one of the most attractive features of the
+exhibition, for gentlemen as well as for ladies, as thousands will
+recollect.</p>
+
+<p>The “jolly fat dame” had an opportunity of meeting the <em>Roman-nose</em> and
+of shaking his hand: but, “oh, the distress!” she could not speak to
+him as she had done to Cadotte,&mdash;it was impossible for her to explain
+to him the abominable mistake of the first night, and she feared he
+never would properly appreciate the present which she had just made
+him; nevertheless they were “a noble, fine set of fellows.” The Doctor
+passed about in the crowd shaking hands, and shaking his fan also,
+which was made of the eagle’s tail. He met the “fair dame,” and (cruel
+that he could not speak to her) he dropped many smiles as he looked
+down upon and over her dimpled cheeks and round neck, as he raised and
+showed her his brawny arm with the golden bracelet.</p>
+
+<p>The Indians soon withdrew, and after them the crowd; and after the
+crowd the “jolly fat dame,” who said to Daniel as she passed, “I
+can’t stop to-night, Daniel, I am in a great hurry; but I gave the
+bracelet to the <em>Roman-nose</em>&mdash;I got a good opportunity, Daniel&mdash;I
+buckled it on myself: oh, yes, I did&mdash;that I did&mdash;the good fellow,
+he stood it well&mdash;he never stirred. He’ll recollect me, won’t he,
+Daniel? I am going; but oh, look here&mdash;I can’t, to save my life, make
+the poor fellow understand how the accident took place&mdash;it is so
+provoking!&mdash;it’s awkward&mdash;it is very annoying to me. <em>You</em> can tell
+him, Daniel&mdash;I wish you would tell him&mdash;I want you to explain it to
+him. Come,<a class="pagenum" id="Page_38" title="38"></a> will you, Daniel? that’s a good fellow. Tell him I never
+intended to give a bracelet to the old Doctor. But stop, he won’t tell
+the Doctor that, will he? I wouldn’t for the world hurt the poor old
+man’s feelings&mdash;no, Daniel, not for twenty bracelets&mdash;what shall we
+do?” “Oh, there is no danger, Madam, that the Doctor will ever hear of
+it.” “You think so?” “Oh, I am sure, Madam.” “Then it’s all right&mdash;good
+night. I shall be here every night, you know.”</p>
+
+<p>The next morning after this, the Rev. Mr. &mdash;&mdash; and Mr. &mdash;&mdash; called upon
+me at my family residence, to ask if it would be consistent with my
+views and the views of the Indians for them to have some conversation
+with them in private on the subject of religion and education. I
+replied, that it was one of the greatest satisfactions I could have
+during their stay in England, to promote as far as in my power such
+well-meant efforts to enlighten their minds, and to enable them to
+benefit in that way by their visit to this country. I told them also,
+that I was very glad to say that this party was under the charge of
+Mr. Melody, a man who was high in the confidence of the American
+Government, and that I knew him to be a temperate and moral man: as he
+was interested in the missionary efforts being made in this very tribe,
+I felt quite certain that he would do all in his power to promote
+their object, and they had better call on him. They did so, and an
+appointment was made for them to visit the Indians in the afternoon,
+subsequent to their usual daily “drive.”</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Melody had had a conversation with the Indians on the subject, and
+although they felt some reluctance at first, on account of the little
+time they would have to reflect upon it, they had agreed to see the
+reverend gentlemen in the afternoon, and I was sent for to be present.
+I was there at the time, and when the reverend gentlemen called, I
+introduced them to the Indians in their rooms. The Indians were all
+seated on the floor, upon their robes and blankets, and passing around
+the pipe. After the usual time taken<a class="pagenum" id="Page_39" title="39"></a> by strangers to examine their
+curious dresses, weapons, &amp;c., one of the reverend gentlemen mentioned
+to the chiefs, in a very kind and friendly manner, the objects of their
+visit, and with their permission gave them a brief account of the life
+and death of our Saviour, and explained as well as he could to their
+simple minds the mode of Redemption. He urged upon them the necessity
+of their taking up this belief, and though it might be difficult for
+them to understand at first, yet he was sure it was the only way to
+salvation. This gentleman took full time to explain his views to them,
+which was done in the most suitable language for their understanding,
+and every sentence was carefully and correctly interpreted to them
+by Jeffrey, who seemed to be himself much interested in hearing his
+remarks.</p>
+
+<p>After the reverend gentleman had finished, Mr. Melody stated to the
+Indians that he believed all that the gentleman said was true, and that
+he knew it to be worth their closest and most patient consideration.
+He then asked White-cloud if he had anything to answer; to which he
+said, “he had but a few words to say, as he did not feel very well, and
+<em>Neu-mon-ya</em> (the War-chief) was going to speak for him.” He thought,
+however, that it was a subject which they might as well omit until they
+got home.</p>
+
+<p><em>Neu-mon-ya</em> during this time was hanging his head quite down, and
+puffing the smoke as fast as he could draw it through his pipe, in
+long breaths, and discharging it through his nostrils. He raised up
+after a moment more of pause, and passing the pipe into White-cloud’s
+hand, folded his arms, with his elbows on his knees, when he drew a
+deep sigh, and followed it with the last discharge of smoke from his
+lungs, which was now passing in two white streams through his distended
+nostrils, as he said&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“My friends,<a class="fnanchor" href="#Footnote_14" id="FNanchor_14">[14]</a>&mdash;The Great Spirit has sent you to us with kind
+  words, and he has opened our ears to hear them, which we have done.
+  We are glad to see you and to hear you speak, for we know that you
+  are our friends.<a class="pagenum" id="Page_40" title="40"></a> What you have said relative to our learning to read
+  and to write, we are sure can do us no good&mdash;we are now too old;
+  but for our children, we think it would be well for them to learn;
+  and they are now going to schools in our village, and learning to
+  read and to write. As to the white man’s religion which you have
+  explained, we have heard it told to us in the same way, many times,
+  in our own country, and there are white men and women there now,
+  trying to teach it to our people. We do not think your religion good,
+  unless it is so for white people, and this we don’t doubt. The Great
+  Spirit has made our skins red, and the forests for us to live in. He
+  has also given us our religion, which has taken our fathers to ’the
+  beautiful hunting grounds,' where we wish to meet them. We don’t
+  believe that the Great Spirit made us to live with pale faces in this
+  world, and we think He has intended we should live separate in the
+  world to come.</p>
+
+<p>“My friends,&mdash;We know that when white men come into our country we
+  are unhappy&mdash;the Indians all die, or are driven away before the white
+  men. Our hope is to enjoy our hunting grounds in the world to come,
+  which white men cannot take from us: we <em>know</em> that our fathers and
+  our mothers have gone there, and we don’t know why we should not go
+  there too.</p>
+
+<p>“My friends,&mdash;You have told us that the Son of the Great Spirit was
+  on earth, and that he was killed by white men, and that the Great
+  Spirit sent him here to get killed; now we cannot understand all
+  this&mdash;this may be necessary for white people, but the red men, we
+  think, have not yet got to be so wicked as to require that. If it was
+  necessary that the Son of the Great Spirit should be killed for white
+  people, it may be necessary for them to believe all this; but for us,
+  we cannot understand it.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>He here asked for the pipe, and having drawn a few whiffs, proceeded.</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“My friends,&mdash;You speak of the ‘<em>good book</em>’ that you have in your
+  hand; we have many of these in our village; we are told that ‘all
+  your words about the Son of the Great Spirit are printed in that
+  book, and if we learn to read it, it will make good people of us.’
+  I would now ask why it don’t make good people of the pale faces
+  living all around us? They can all read the good book, and they can
+  understand all that the '<em>black coats</em>'<a class="fnanchor" href="#Footnote_15" id="FNanchor_15">[15]</a> say, and still we find
+  they are not so honest and so good a people as ours: this we are sure
+  of; such is the case in the country about us, but <em>here</em> we have no
+  doubt but the white people who have so many to preach and so many
+  books to read, are all honest and good. In <em>our</em> country the white
+  people have two faces, and their tongues branch in different ways;
+  we know that this displeases the Great Spirit, and we do not wish to
+  teach it to our children.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>He here took the pipe again, and while smoking, the reverend gentleman
+asked him if he thought the Indians<a class="pagenum" id="Page_41" title="41"></a> did all to serve the Great Spirit
+that they ought to do&mdash;all that the Great Spirit required of them? to
+which he replied&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“My friends,&mdash;I don’t know that we do all that the Great Spirit
+  wishes us to do; there are some Indians, I know, who do not; there
+  are some bad Indians as well as bad white people; I think it is very
+  difficult to tell how much the Great Spirit wishes us to do.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>The reverend gentleman said&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“That, my friends, is what we wish to teach you; and if you can learn
+  to read this good book, it will explain all that.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>The chief continued&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“We believe the Great Spirit requires us to pray to Him, which we
+  do, and to thank Him for everything we have that is good. We know
+  that He requires us to speak the truth, to feed the poor, and to love
+  our friends. We don’t know of anything more that he demands; he may
+  demand more of white people, but we don’t know that.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>The reverend gentleman inquired&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“Do you not think that the Great Spirit sometimes punishes the
+  Indians in this world for their sins?”</p>
+
+<p><em>War-chief.</em>&mdash;“Yes, we do believe so.”</p>
+
+<p><em>Rev. Gentleman.</em>&mdash;“Did it ever occur to you, that the small pox that
+  swept off half of your tribe, and other tribes around you, a few
+  years ago, might have been sent into your country by the Great Spirit
+  to punish the Indians for their wickedness and their resistance to
+  his word?”</p>
+
+<p><em>War-chief.</em>&mdash;“My Friends, we don’t know that we have ever resisted
+  the word of the Great Spirit. If the Great Spirit sent the small
+  pox into our country to destroy us, we believe it was to punish us
+  for listening to the false promises of white men. It is white man’s
+  disease, and no doubt it was sent amongst white people to punish
+  <em>them</em> for their sins. It never came amongst the Indians until we
+  began to listen to the promises of white men, and to follow their
+  ways; it then came amongst us, and we are not sure but the Great
+  Spirit then sent it to punish us for our foolishness. There is
+  another disease sent by the Great Spirit to punish white men, and it
+  punishes them in the right place&mdash;the place that offends. We know
+  that disease has been sent to punish them; that disease was never
+  amongst the Indians until white men came&mdash;they brought it, and we
+  believe we shall never drive it out of our country.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>The War-chief here reached for the pipe again for a minute, and then
+continued&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“My Friends,&mdash;I hope my talk does not offend you; we are children,
+  and you will forgive us for our ignorance. The Great Spirit expects
+  us to<a class="pagenum" id="Page_42" title="42"></a> feed the poor; our wives and children at home are very poor;
+  wicked white men kill so many of our hunters and warriors with
+  <em>fire-water</em>, that they bring among us, and leave so many children
+  among us for us to feed, when they go away, that it makes us very
+  poor. Before they leave our country they destroy all the game also,
+  and do not teach us to raise bread, and our nation is now in that
+  way, and very poor; and we think that the way we can please the Great
+  Spirit first, is to get our wives and children something to eat, and
+  clothes to wear. It is for that we have come to this country, and
+  still we are glad to hear your counsel, for it is good.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>The reverend gentlemen, and several ladies who had accompanied them,
+here bestowed some very beautiful Bibles and other useful presents
+upon the Indians; and thanking them for their patience, were about
+to take leave of them, when Mr. Melody begged their attention for a
+few moments while he read to them several letters just received from
+reverend gentlemen conducting a missionary school in this tribe, giving
+a flattering account of its progress, and presented them a vocabulary
+and grammar, already printed in the Ioway language, by a printing-press
+belonging to the missionary school in their country. This surprised
+them very much, and seemed to afford them great satisfaction.</p>
+
+<hr class="tb" />
+
+<p>The comments of the press, as well as the remarks of the public who had
+seen them, now being made upon the superior interest of this party,
+they were receiving daily calls from distinguished persons, and also
+numerous invitations to gentlemen’s houses, which daily increased their
+consequence, and, of course, their enjoyment. Amongst the first of
+these kind invitations was one from Mr. Disraeli, M.P., for the whole
+party to partake of a breakfast at his house, in Park Lane.</p>
+
+<p>This was for the next morning after the interview just described; and,
+not knowing or even being able to imagine what they were to see, or
+what sort of rules or etiquette they were to be subjected to, they were
+under the most restless excitement to prepare everything for it, and
+the greatest anxiety for the hour to approach. They were<a class="pagenum" id="Page_43" title="43"></a> all up at
+an unusually early hour, preparing every trinket and every article of
+dress, and spent at least an hour at their toilets in putting the paint
+upon their faces. The Doctor had been told that he would sit down at
+the table amongst many very splendid ladies; and this, or some other
+embarrassment, had caused him to be dissatisfied with the appearance of
+the paint which he had put upon his face, and which he was carefully
+examining with his little looking-glass. He decided that it would not
+do, and some bear’s grease and a piece of deer-skin soon removed it
+all. He spent another half hour with his different tints, carefully
+laying them on with the end of his forefinger; and, displeased again,
+<em>they</em> were all demolished as before. Alarm about time now vexed him,
+and caused him to plaster with a more rapid and consequently with a
+more “masterly touch.” The effect was fine! He was ready, and so were
+all the party, from head to foot. All their finest was on, and all
+were prepared for the move, when I came in at about eight o’clock
+to advise them of the hour at which we were to go, and which I had
+forgotten to mention to them the evening before. I then referred to
+the note of invitation, and informed them that the hour appointed was
+twelve o’clock. The whole party, who were at that time upon their feet
+around me, wrapped in their robes, their shields and quivers slung,
+and the choice tints upon their faces almost too carefully arranged
+to be exposed to the breath of the dilapidating wind, expressed a
+decided shock when the hour of twelve was mentioned. They smiled, and
+evidently thought it strange, and that some mistake had been made.
+Their conjectures were many and curious: some thought it was <em>dinner</em>
+that was meant, instead of <em>breakfast</em>; and others thought so late an
+hour was fixed that they might get their own breakfasts out of the way,
+and then give the Indians theirs by themselves. I answered, “No, my
+good fellows, it is just the reverse of this; you are all wrong&mdash;it is
+to <em>breakfast</em> that you are invited, and lest their family, and their
+friends whom they<a class="pagenum" id="Page_44" title="44"></a> have invited to meet you, should not have the honour
+of sitting down and eating with you, they have fixed the hour at twelve
+o’clock, the time that the great and fashionable people take their
+breakfasts. You must have your breakfasts at home at the usual hour,
+and take your usual <em>drive</em> before you go; so you will have plenty of
+time for all, and be in good humour when you go there, where you will
+see many fine ladies and be made very happy.”</p>
+
+<p>My remarks opened a new batch of difficulties to them that I had not
+apprehended, some of which were exceedingly embarrassing. To wait four
+hours, and to eat and to ride in the meantime, would be to derange the
+streaks of paint and also to soil many articles of dress which could
+not be put on excepting on very particular occasions. To take them off
+and put them on, and to go through the vexations of the toilet again,
+at eleven o’clock, was what several of the party could submit to, and
+others could not. As to the breakfast of huge beefsteaks and coffee
+which was just coming up, I had felt no apprehensions; but when it was
+on the table I learned that the <em>old Doctor</em> and <em>Wash-ka-mon-ya</em> and
+one or two others of the young men were adhering to a custom of their
+country, and which, in my rusticity (having been seven or eight years
+out of Indian life), I had at the moment lost sight of.</p>
+
+<p>It is the habit in their country, when an Indian is invited to a feast,
+to go as hungry as he can, so as to be as fashionable as possible, by
+eating an enormous quantity, and for this purpose the invitations are
+generally extended some time beforehand, paying the valued compliment
+to the invited guest of allowing as much time as he can possibly
+require for starving himself and preparing his stomach by tonics taken
+in bitter decoctions of medicinal herbs. In this case the invitation
+had only been received the day before, and of course allowed them much
+less than the usual time to prepare to be <em>fashionable</em>. They had,
+however, received the information just in time for the <em>Doctor</em> and
+<em>Wash-ka-mon-ya</em> and the <em>Roman-nose</em> to avoid the<a class="pagenum" id="Page_45" title="45"></a> annoyance of their
+dinners and suppers on that day, and they had now laid themselves
+aside in further preparation for the <em>feast</em> in which they were to be
+candidates for the mastery in emptying plates and handling the “knife
+and fork” (or “knife and fingers”), the custom of their country.</p>
+
+<p>In this condition the <em>Doctor</em> particularly was a subject for the
+freshest amusement, or for the profoundest contemplation. With all
+his finery and his trinkets on, and his red and yellow paint&mdash;with
+his shield, and bow and quiver lying by his side, he was straightened
+upon his back, with his feet crossed, as he rested in a corner of
+the room upon his buffalo robe, which was spread upon the floor.
+His little looking glass, which was always suspended from his belt,
+he was holding in his hand, as he was still arranging his beautiful
+feathers, and contemplating the patches of red and yellow paint, and
+the <em>tout ensemble</em> of the pigments and <em>copper colour</em> with which he
+was to make a sensation where he was going to <em>feast</em> (as he had been
+told) with ladies, an occurrence not known in the annals of the Indian
+country. He had resolved, on hearing the hour was <em>twelve</em>, not to eat
+his breakfast (which he said might do for women and children), or to
+take his usual ride in the bus, that he might not injure his growing
+appetite, or disturb a line of paint or a feather, until the hour had
+arrived for the honours and the luxuries that awaited them.</p>
+
+<p>I reasoned awhile with these three epicures of the land of “<em>buffaloes’
+tongues</em> and <em>beavers’ tails</em>,” telling them that they were labouring
+under a misconception of the ideas of gentility as entertained in the
+civilized and fashionable world; that in London, the genteel people
+practised entirely the opposite mode from theirs; that light dinners
+and light breakfasts were all the fashion, and the less a lady or
+gentleman could be seen eating, the more sentimental he or she was
+considered, and consequently the more transcendently genteel: and that
+when they went to breakfast with their friends at 12, or to dine at
+7 or 8, they were generally<a class="pagenum" id="Page_46" title="46"></a> in the habit of promoting gentility by
+eating a little at home before they started.</p>
+
+<p>My reasoning, however, had no other effect than to excite a smile from
+the Doctor, and the very philosophic reply, “that they should prefer
+to adhere to their own custom until they got to the lady’s house, when
+they would try to conform to that of the white people of London.” The
+drollness of these remarks from this droll old gentleman entirely
+prevented Mr. Melody and myself from intruding any further suggestions,
+until the hour arrived, and it was announced that the carriage was at
+the door.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<h2><a class="pagenum" id="Page_47" title="47"></a>
+CHAPTER XIX.</h2>
+
+<p class="hang">
+  Kind reception at Mr. Disraeli’s&mdash;View of Hyde Park from
+     the top of his house&mdash;Review of troops, and sham
+     fight&mdash;Breakfast-table&mdash;The Doctor missing&mdash;The Author
+     finds him in the bathing-room&mdash;Champagne wine&mdash;Refused by
+     the Indians&mdash;<em>Chickabobboo: Chippehola</em> tells the story of
+     it&mdash;The Indians drink&mdash;Presents&mdash;The “big looking-glass”&mdash;The
+     Doctor smiles in it&mdash;Speech of the War-chief&mdash;Shake of hands,
+     and return&mdash;Exhibition-room, Egyptian Hall&mdash;Doctor presents
+     a string of wampum and the “<em>White-feather</em>” to the “jolly
+     fat dame”&mdash;Indians talk about <em>chickabobboo</em>&mdash;The Rev. Mr.
+     G&mdash;&mdash; calls&mdash;A different religion (a Catholic)&mdash;Interview
+     appointed&mdash;Two Methodist clergymen call&mdash;Indians refuse to see
+     them&mdash;The giant and giantess visit the Indians&mdash;The Doctor
+     measuring the giantess&mdash;The talk with the Catholic clergyman.</p>
+
+<p>This chapter begins with the introduction of the Ioways into
+fashionable life, through the various phases of which they had the good
+or bad fortune to pass, in this and other countries, as will be seen,
+before they returned to resume the tomahawk and scalping-knife in their
+favourite prairies, and the Rocky Mountains in America.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Melody and myself accompanied the Indians, and all together were
+put down at the door, where we met a host of waiters in livery, ready
+to conduct us to the kind lady and gentleman, whom they instantly
+recollected to have seen and shaken hands with in the exhibition room.
+This gave them confidence, and all parties were made easy in a moment,
+by a general introduction which followed. Through the interpreter, the
+ladies complimented them for their dances and songs, which they had
+heard, and pronounced to be very wonderful. Their women and little
+children were kindly treated by the ladies, and seats were prepared
+for them to sit down. The men were also desired to be seated, but
+on looking around the room, upon the<a class="pagenum" id="Page_48" title="48"></a> richness of its furniture,
+the splendid carpet on which they stood, and the crimson velvet of
+the cushioned chairs that were behind them, they smiled, and seemed
+reluctant to sit upon them, for fear of soiling them. They were at
+length prevailed upon to be seated, however, and after a little
+conversation, were conducted by Mr. Disraeli through the different
+apartments of his house, where he put in their hands, and explained
+to them, much to their gratification, many curious daggers, sabres,
+and other weapons and curiosities of antiquity. In passing through the
+dining saloon, they passed the table, groaning under the weight of its
+costly plate and the luxuries which were prepared for them; upon this
+the old Doctor smiled as he passed along, and he even turned his head
+to smile again upon it, as he left it.</p>
+
+<p>After we had surveyed all below, the party were invited to the top of
+the house, and Mr. Disraeli led the way. The ladies, of whom there were
+a goodly number, all followed; and altogether, the pictured buffalo
+robes&mdash;the rouged heads and red feathers&mdash;the gaudy silks, and bonnets,
+and ribbons&mdash;glistening lances and tomahawks&mdash;and black coats, formed a
+novel group for the gaze of the multitude who were gathering from all
+directions, under the ever exciting cry of “Indians! Indians!”</p>
+
+<p>Hyde Park was under our eye, and from our position we had the most
+lovely view of it that any point could afford; and also of the drilling
+of troops, and the sham-fight in the park, which was going on under our
+full view. This was exceedingly exciting and amusing to the Indians,
+and also the extensive look we had in turning our eyes in the other
+direction, over the city. The ladies had now descended, and we all
+followed to the saloon, where it was soon announced that the breakfast
+was ready; and in a few moments all were seated at the table, excepting
+the Doctor, who was not to be found. Jeffrey and I instantly thought
+of his “<em>propensity</em>” and went to the house-top for him, but to our
+amazement he was not there. In descending the stairs, however, and
+observing a smoke issuing out of one of the chambers,<a class="pagenum" id="Page_49" title="49"></a> into which we
+had been led, on going up to examine the beautiful arrangement for
+vapour and shower baths, we stepped in, and found the Doctor seated in
+the middle of the room, where he had lit his pipe, and was taking a
+more deliberate look at this ingenious contrivance, which he told us
+pleased him very much, and which he has often said he thought would be
+a good mode to adopt in his practice in his own country. He was easily
+moved, however, when it was announced to him that the breakfast was on
+the table and ready, where he was soon seated in the chair reserved for
+him.</p>
+
+<p>Great pains were taken by the ladies and gentlemen to help the Indians
+to the luxuries they might like best; and amongst others that were
+offered, their glasses were filled with sparkling champagne, in which
+their health was proposed. The poor fellows looked at it, and shaking
+their heads, declined it. This created some surprise, upon which Mr.
+Melody explained for them that they had pledged their words not to
+drink spirituous liquors while in this country. They were applauded
+by all the party for it, and at the same time it was urged that this
+was only a light <em>wine</em>, and could not hurt them: we were drinking it
+ourselves, and the ladies were drinking it, and it seemed cruel to deny
+them. Poor Melody!&mdash;he looked distressed: he had a good heart, and
+loved his Indians, but he felt afraid of the results. The <em>Doctor</em> and
+<em>Wash-ka-mon-ya</em> kept their hands upon their glasses, and their eyes
+upon Melody and myself, evidently understanding something of the debate
+that was going on, until it was agreed and carried, by the ladies and
+all, that taking a little champagne would not be a breach of their
+promise in the least, and that it would do them no harm. Their health
+and success were then proposed, and all their glasses were drained to
+the bottom at once.</p>
+
+<p>The Doctor, after finding the bottom of his glass, turned round, and
+smacking his lips, dropped me a bow and a smile, seeming to say that
+“he was thankful, and that the wine was very good.”</p>
+
+<p><a class="pagenum" id="Page_50" title="50"></a>
+I told them that this was not “<em>fire-water</em>” as they could themselves
+judge, but that it was “<em>chickabobboo</em>.” This word seeming to them to
+be an Indian word, excited their curiosity somewhat, and being called
+upon by the ladies to explain the meaning of it, as they did not
+recollect to have met such a word in Johnson’s Dictionary or elsewhere,
+I related to them the story of <em>chickabobboo</em>, as told by the war-chief
+of the Ojibbeways, at Windsor Castle; and the manner in which those
+Indians partook of the Queen’s wine, or “<em>chickabobboo</em>” as they called
+it, on that occasion.</p>
+
+<p>This explanation afforded much amusement to the party, and to the
+Indians also, as Jeffrey interpreted it to them; and it was soon
+proposed that their glasses should be filled again with <em>chickabobboo</em>.
+The Doctor sat next to me at the table, and every time he emptied
+his glass of <em>chickabobboo</em> I was amused to hear him pronounce the
+word “good!”&mdash;the first word of English he had learned, and the first
+occasion on which I had heard him sound it. After the wine was first
+poured out, he had kept one hand around his glass or by the side of
+it, and had entirely stopped eating. He had minced but a little in
+the outset, and seeming to have a delicate stomach, was giving great
+pain to the ladies who were helping him and urging him to eat, in his
+irrevocable resolution to be <em>genteel</em>, as he had before suggested, and
+which they probably never understood.</p>
+
+<p>The last dish that was passed around the table, and relished by the
+Indians quite as much as the <em>chickabobboo</em>, was a plate of trinkets
+of various kinds, of brooches, bracelets, chains, and other ornaments
+for their persons, which they received with expressions of great
+thankfulness as they were rising from the table. Thus ended the
+“feast,” as they called it; and on entering the drawing-room the Doctor
+became a source of much amusement to the ladies, as his attention was
+arrested by the enormous size of a mirror that was before him, or by
+the striking effect of his own beautiful person, which he saw at full
+length in it. He affected to look only at the frame, as the ladies
+accused him<a class="pagenum" id="Page_51" title="51"></a> of vanity; and he drew out from under his belt his little
+looking-glass, about an inch square, imbedded in a block of deal to
+protect it from breaking. The contrast was striking and amusing, but
+what followed was still more so. The ladies were anxious to examine
+his looking-glass (which was fastened to his person with a leathern
+thong), and in pulling it out, there necessarily came out with it,
+attached to the same thong, a little wallet carefully rolled up in a
+rattle-snake’s skin; and which, on inquiry, was found to be his toilet
+of pigments of various colours, with which he painted his face. A small
+pair of scissors also formed a necessary appendage, and by the side of
+them hung a boar’s tusk and a human finger shrivelled and dried. This
+he had taken from a victim he had slain in battle, and now wore as his
+“<em>medicine</em>,” or <em>talismanic charm</em>, that was to guard and protect
+him in all times of trouble or danger. This remarkable trophy was
+generally, on occasions when he was in full dress, suspended from his
+neck by a cord, and hung amongst the strings of wampum on his breast;
+but on this occasion he had so many other things to think of, that he
+had forgotten to display it there.</p>
+
+<p>The War-chief at this time preparing his mind to make some remarks
+before leaving, and to thank the lady for her kindness, was asking “if
+he should give any offence by lighting his pipe;” to which they all
+answered at once, “No, oh no! we shall be glad to see the old chief
+smoke; get him some fire immediately.” When the fire arrived, he had
+lighted his pipe with his flint and steel, and was arranging his ideas
+as he was drawing the smoke through its long stem. It amused the ladies
+very much to see him smoke, and when he was ready he passed the pipe
+into White Cloud’s hand, and rising, and throwing his head and his
+shoulders back, he said to the lady that “he was authorized by the
+chief to return to her and her husband his thanks, and the thanks of
+all the party, for the kindness they had shown them.” He said they were
+strangers in the country, and a great way from home, and this would<a class="pagenum" id="Page_52" title="52"></a>
+make them more thankful for the kindness they had met this day.</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“My Friends (said he), the Great Spirit has caused your hearts to be
+  thus kind to us, and we hope the Great Spirit will not allow us to
+  forget it. We are thankful to all your friends whom we see around you
+  also, and we hope the Great Spirit will be kind to you all.</p>
+
+<p>“My friend the chief wishes to shake hands with you all, and then we
+  will bid you farewell.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>The kindest wishes were expressed, in reply to the old man’s remarks,
+for their health and happiness; and after a general shaking of hands we
+took leave, and our omnibus, for St. James’s Street.</p>
+
+<p>The usual dinner hour of the Indians was just at hand when they
+returned, which was a joyful occurrence for the Doctor, who had, at
+some inconvenience, been endeavouring to practise Indian and civilized
+gentility at one and the same time. He smiled when dinner came on, and
+others smiled to see him endeavouring to mend the breach that had been
+made.</p>
+
+<p>The excitements of this day had put the Indians in remarkably good
+humour for their evening’s amusements at the Hall, which they gave to
+a crowded house, and, as usual, with great applause. The “jolly fat
+dame” was there as she had promised, still admiring, and still “quite
+miserable that she could not speak to them in their own language, or
+something that they could understand.” Daniel had taken a private
+opportunity to tell the Doctor the whole story of her attachment to
+Cadotte, and to assure him, at the same time, of her <em>extraordinary</em>
+admiration of him, the evidence of which was, that “she had made him
+the first present, after which all others were mere foils.” The Doctor
+took a peculiar liking to Daniel from that moment, and little else than
+a lasting friendship could be expected to flow from such a foundation
+as was then so kindly laid. This most welcome information had been
+communicated to the Doctor’s ear on the evening previous, and he had
+now come prepared to present her (with his own hand, and the<a class="pagenum" id="Page_53" title="53"></a> most
+gracious smile, and at the end of the platform) a string of wampum from
+his own neck, and a <em>white feather</em> with two spots of red painted on
+it, to which he pointed with great energy, and some expression that
+she heard, but did not understand. The “<em>fair dame</em>” held her exciting
+present in her hand during the evening, with some little occasional
+trepidation, expecting to draw from Daniel some key to the meaning of
+the mysterious gift as she was leaving the rooms. This hope proved
+vain, however; for Daniel, it seems, was not yet deep enough in Indian
+mysteries to answer her question, and she carried the present home,
+with its mysterious meaning, to ruminate upon until the riddle could be
+solved.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Melody and I visited the Indians in their apartments that evening
+after their exhibition was over, and taking a beefsteak and a cup of
+coffee with them, we found them still in high glee, and in good humour
+for gossip, which ran chiefly upon the immense looking-glasses they
+had seen (and “forgot to measure”), and the <em>chickabobboo</em>, which
+they pronounced to be first-rate for a grand <em>feast</em>, which it would
+be their duty to get up in a few days to thank the Great Spirit for
+leading them all safe over the ocean, and to ensure their safe return
+when they should be ready to go. I then told them of the kind of
+<em>chickabobboo</em> that the Ojibbeways liked very much, and of which I
+had allowed each one glass every day at his dinner, and also at night
+after their dances were done, and which the physicians thought would
+be much better for them than the strong coffee they were in the habit
+of drinking; that I had talked with Mr. Melody on the subject, and he
+was quite willing, with me, that they should have it in the same way,
+provided they liked it.</p>
+
+<p>“<em>How, how, how!</em>” they all responded; and while the servant was gone
+for a jug of ale, I explained to them that we did not consider that
+this was breaking their solemn promise made to us, “<em>not to drink
+spirituous liquors</em>.” I stated to them, also, that it was possible to
+get drunk by<a class="pagenum" id="Page_54" title="54"></a> drinking <em>chickabobboo</em>; and if any of them drank so much
+of it as to produce that effect, we should consider it the same as if
+they had got drunk by drinking whiskey.</p>
+
+<p>The ale came in foaming, and being passed round, they all decided that
+“it was good, but not quite so good as that the kind lady gave us at
+the <em>feast</em> to-day.”</p>
+
+<p>These evening gossips with these good-natured fellows in their own
+rooms, after their day’s work and excitements were over, became
+extremely pleasing to me; so completely reviving the by-gone pleasures
+I had felt in whiling away the long evenings in their hospitable
+wigwams, when I was a guest in their remote country, amused with their
+never-ending fund of anecdotes and stories.</p>
+
+<p>On the next morning, or the day after, at an early hour, Daniel
+announced to the Indians that there was a reverend gentleman in the
+sitting-room who wished to see them a little while, and to have some
+talk with them if possible. Daniel had taken this liberty, as he
+had heard Mr. Melody and myself say that we should feel disposed to
+promote, as far as we could, all such efforts. The Indians had not
+yet had their breakfasts, which were nearly ready, and felt a little
+annoyed; the War-chief observing “that they had had a long council with
+some clergymen, and had said to them all they had to say, and thought
+this gentleman had better go and see and talk with them; and another
+thing, as he believed that <em>Chippehola</em><a class="fnanchor" href="#Footnote_16" id="FNanchor_16">[16]</a> had written in a book all
+that he and the clergymen had said, he thought he might learn it all by
+going to him.”</p>
+
+<p>Daniel whispered to him, in an earnest manner, that “this was a
+<em>Catholic priest</em>, a different kind of religion altogether.” This
+created some little surprise and conversation around the room, that
+the white people should have two kinds of religion; and it was at last
+agreed that the War-chief and Jeffrey should step into the other room a
+few<a class="pagenum" id="Page_55" title="55"></a> minutes and see him, the White Cloud saying “he did not care about
+going in.”</p>
+
+<p>It seems that Jeffrey took some interest in this gentleman, as the
+little that his ancestors had learned of religion had been taught
+them by Roman Catholic clergymen, who have been the first to teach
+the Christian religion in most parts of the American wilderness. The
+conversation and manner of the priest also made some impression on
+the mind of the War-chief; and as they heard the others using their
+knives and forks in the adjoining room, they took leave of the reverend
+gentleman, agreeing to a council with him and a number of his friends
+in a few days. <em>White Cloud</em> and <em>Wash-ka-mon-ya</em> excited much laughter
+and amusement amongst the party, on learning that the War-chief had
+appointed another council, “when he was to make his talk all over
+again.” They told him “they expected to take him home a preacher, to
+preach white man’s religion when he got back;” and they thought he had
+better get a “black coat” at once, and be called “<em>Black-coat to the
+party of Ioway Indians</em>.”</p>
+
+<p>The next day after the above interview, Daniel again announced to the
+chiefs and Jeffrey that there were two reverend gentlemen waiting to
+see them, who had seen Mr. Melody on the subject, and were to meet him
+there at that hour. White Cloud told the War-chief, that “as he had
+promised to meet them, he must do it; but as for himself, he would
+rather not see them, for he was not well.” <em>Wash-ka-mon-ya</em> laughed at
+the old chief and Jeffrey as they went out. “Now,” said he, “for your
+grand council!” The War-chief lit his long pipe, and he and Jeffrey
+entered the room; but finding they were not the persons whom they were
+expecting to meet, they had a few words of conversation with them,
+taking care not to approach near to the subject of religion, and left
+them, as they had some other engagements that took up their time.</p>
+
+<p>There was much merriment going on in the meantime in the Indians’ room,
+and many jokes ready for the War-chief<a class="pagenum" id="Page_56" title="56"></a> and Jeffrey when they should
+get back, as Daniel had returned to their room, and told them that,
+by the cut of their clothes and their manners, he was quite sure that
+these two gentlemen were of a different religion still; he believed
+they were <em>Methodist preachers</em>.</p>
+
+<p>The War-chief, who was always dignified and contemplative in his
+manners, and yet susceptible of good humour and jokes, returned to the
+Indians’ room at this time, apparently quite insensible to the mirth
+and the remarks around him, as he learned from the Indians, and got the
+confirmation from Daniel, that this was the <em>third</em> kind of religion,
+and that there were the <em>Baptists</em>, the <em>Jews</em>, and several other kinds
+yet to come. He seated himself on his robe, which he spread upon the
+floor, and taking out of his pouch his flint and steel, and spunk,
+struck a light in the true Indian way (though there was fire within
+reach of his arm), and, lighting his pipe, commenced smoking. During
+this silent operation he seemed downcast, and in profound meditation.
+Mr. Melody and I entered the room at this moment, but seeing the mood
+he was in, did nothing to interrupt the train of his thoughts. When
+his pipe was smoked out, he charged it again with tobacco, but before
+lighting it he laid it aside, and straightening his long limbs upon the
+floor, and drawing another buffalo robe over his body and his head, he
+went to sleep.<a class="fnanchor" href="#Footnote_17" id="FNanchor_17">[17]</a></p>
+
+<div class="figcenter">
+ <hr class="tb" />
+ <a id="Plate_11"></a>
+ <img src="images/i_056fp.jpg" width="640" height="439" alt="Plate 11: Getting to the White Man's Pardise" />
+ <div class="caption">N<sup>o.</sup> 11.</div>
+ <hr class="tb" />
+</div>
+
+<p>This was the day for “seeing the <em>Giants</em>,” and they were soon after
+announced as having arrived, according to appointment. During one of
+the Indians’ exhibitions there<a class="pagenum" id="Page_57" title="57"></a> had been a great excitement produced
+amongst them by the appearance in the crowd, of two immense persons,
+a man and a woman, who stood nearly the whole length of their bodies
+above the heads of others about them! This had excited the amazement
+of the Indians so much, that for a while they stopped their dances, to
+sit down and smoke a pipe. They must necessarily make some sacrifice
+on such an occasion, and it was decided to be done with a piece of
+tobacco, which being duly consecrated by them, was carried by the
+Doctor (the medicine man) to an adjoining room, and burned in the fire.</p>
+
+<p>There were no questions asked by the Indians about these unaccountable
+people, where they came from, &amp;c., but they wished me to invite them to
+call at their lodgings at No. 7, St. James’s-street, the next day at
+twelve o’clock, where they would be glad to see them a little while.
+This wish was communicated to them in a note which I wrote on my knee,
+and was passed to them over the heads of the audience; the <em>giant man</em>
+read it, and smiling, nodded his head, accepting of their invitation.
+This pleased the Indians, who all joined in sounding the war-whoop.
+These two extraordinary personages proved to be the well-known “Norfolk
+giants,” who were brother and sister, and walking “arm-in-arm,” so high
+that the eye of an ordinary man was just on a level with the apron
+string of the fair damsel; and the waist of the brother was, of course,
+yet some inches higher. I regret that I have not preserved the exact
+elevation of these two extraordinary persons, which I took pains to
+procure, but have somehow mislaid.</p>
+
+<p>The invitation thus given brought them on their present visit to
+the Indians, who had great satisfaction in shaking their hands, and
+closely inspecting them: and not many minutes after their arrival a
+scene ensued that would have made a sick man laugh, or a rich subject
+for the pencil of Hogarth. The Indians had sent Daniel for a ball of
+twine, which they had unfolded upon the floor, and each one having cut
+off a piece of sufficient length, was taking for<a class="pagenum" id="Page_58" title="58"></a> himself the measure
+of the “<em>giant man</em>,” from head to foot&mdash;from hand to hand, his arms
+extended&mdash;the span of his waist&mdash;his breast and his legs&mdash;the length of
+his feet, and his fingers; and tying knots in their cords to indicate
+each proportion. In the midst of all this, the Doctor presented the
+most queer and laughable point in the picture, as he had been applying
+his string to the back of the fair damsel, having taken her length,
+from the top of her head to the floor, and tied a knot in his cord at
+the place where the waist of her dress intersected it; he had then
+arrested the attention of all, and presented his singular dilemma, when
+he stood with both ends of his cord in his hands, contemplating the
+enormous waist and other proportions before him, which he coveted for
+other knots on his string, but which his strict notions of gallantry
+were evidently raising objections to his taking. I whispered to him,
+and relieved him from his distressing state of uncertainty, by saying I
+thought he had been particular enough, and he withdrew, but with a sigh
+of evident regret.</p>
+
+<p>They insisted on the <em>giant</em> and <em>giantess</em> receiving from them some
+little keepsakes of trinkets, &amp;c., as evidences of the pleasure they
+had afforded them by calling on them.</p>
+
+<p>This extraordinary occurrence, like most others of an exciting or
+interesting nature which these jovial and funny fellows met with, made
+subject for much subsequent anecdote and amusement. <em>Wash-ka-mon-ya</em>
+(the fast dancer), a big-mouthed and waggish sort of fellow (who for
+brevity’s sake was called, in English parlance, “Jim”), was continually
+teasing the Doctor about his gallantry amongst the ladies; and could
+rather easily and coolly do it, as he was a married man, and had his
+wife constantly by the side of him. He had naturally an abundant
+stock of wit and good humour, and being so much of a wag withal, he
+was rather a painful companion for the Doctor all the way, and was
+frequently passing jokes of a cruel as well as of a light and amusing
+kind upon him. It was known<a class="pagenum" id="Page_59" title="59"></a> to the whole party that there was no
+record kept of the length and breadth of the <em>giant lady</em>, except the
+one that the Doctor had taken, and carefully rolled up and put away in
+a little box, amongst other precious things, at the head of his bed,
+and which he generally used as his pillow. It was known also that much
+stress would be laid upon this in his own country, when they returned
+home, as something which the rest of the party could not produce, and
+which for him, therefore, would be of great and peculiar interest
+there, and probably on other occasions, when it might be proper to
+refer to it as a thing he could swear to as a subject of interest in
+this country. Jim’s best jokes (like most Indian jokes) were those
+which no one else takes a share in; and a piece of the twine that
+had caught his eye as it was lying upon the floor, probably first
+suggested the wicked idea of being cut about two feet longer than the
+Doctor’s measure of the fair giantess, and with a knot about one foot
+higher than the one made for her waist, and of being rolled up in the
+same way, and slipped (in place of the other) into the same corner of
+the box, to which the Doctor had a key, but, according to all Indian
+practice, he never made use of it. The sequel to all this, and the fun
+it might have subsequently made for “Jim,” with his “big mouth,” the
+reader may as well imagine here, or patiently wait till we come to it.</p>
+
+<p>In the afternoon the Catholic clergyman called with a couple of
+friends, for the interview which <em>Jeffrey</em> and the <em>War-chief</em> had
+promised. Mr. Melody sent me word when they called, and I came to the
+meeting, having taken a great interest in these interviews, which were
+eliciting opinions from the Indians which are exceedingly difficult
+to obtain in any other way, and which I was careful on all occasions
+to write down, as translated at the time. These opinions, however
+unimportant they may seem to be, I am sure many of my readers will find
+to be of curious interest; and I fully believe, if rightly appreciated,
+of much impor<a class="pagenum" id="Page_60" title="60"></a>tance in directing future efforts to the right points in
+endeavouring to impress upon these ignorant and benighted people the
+importance of education, and a knowledge of the true Christian religion.</p>
+
+<p>On this occasion <em>Wash-ka-mon-ya</em> (or “<em>Jim</em>” as I shall often call
+him) endeavoured to make himself conspicuous by teasing the War-chief
+and Jeffrey about “going to pray with the black-coats,” and springing
+upon his feet, took his tomahawk in his hand, and throwing off his
+robe, jumped to the middle of the floor, where, naked down to the hips,
+he landed, in an attitude not unlike that of the colossal statue of
+Rhodes. He frowned a moment upon all around him, and then said, “Let
+me go in&mdash;I have said nothing yet; I want to make a speech to the
+black-coats.”</p>
+
+<p>White-cloud, who was at that moment taking up his robe to accompany
+Jeffrey and the War-chief to the “talk,” very mildly said to <em>Jim</em>,
+that “he would look much more respectful if he would sit down again
+and hold his tongue, for these were very good people who were calling
+to talk with them, and must be treated with respect, however their
+opinions might differ from those of the Indians.” This severe rebuke
+from the chief instantly silenced Jim, who quietly and respectfully
+joined the rest of the party, at White-cloud’s request, who seated
+themselves in the room where the talk was to be held. The pipe was lit
+and passing around, while one of the reverend gentlemen stated the
+views with which they had come to visit them, and asked the Indians
+if it was perfectly convenient and agreeable for them to hear what
+they had to say, to which the chief replied in the affirmative. The
+reverend gentleman then proceeded with his remarks upon the importance
+of education and religion, the nature of which the reader can easily
+imagine, and save the time it would require to record them here. To
+these the chiefs and all the party (excepting Jim and the Doctor, who
+had fallen asleep) listened with patience and profound silence, as the
+pipe was passing around. The reverend gentleman having finished, the
+War-chief took a<a class="pagenum" id="Page_61" title="61"></a> few deep-drawn breaths through the pipe, and passing
+it along, said&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“My Friends,&mdash;I speak for the chief who is here, and not very well.
+  My words are his words, and the words of all our party. We have heard
+  what you had to say, because we had promised to do so.</p>
+
+<p>“My Friends,&mdash;We have talked many times on this subject, and some of
+  our talks have been long; but at this time our words will be few,
+  for we are weary, and as we have before said, we are poor, and our
+  wives and children are hungry, and we have come over here to try to
+  make some money to get them warm clothes and food to eat. (<em>How, how,
+  how!</em>)</p>
+
+<p>“My Friends,&mdash;Many of our children are now in schools in our country,
+  and the ‘<em>good book</em>’ which is in your hands is in their hands at
+  this time. We believe that the Great Spirit has made our religion
+  good and sufficient for us if we do not in any way offend him. We see
+  the religion of the white people dividing into many paths, and we
+  cannot believe that it is pleasing to the Great Spirit. The Indians
+  have but one road in their religion, and they all travel in that, and
+  the Great Spirit has never told them that it was not right.</p>
+
+<p>“My Friends,&mdash;Our ears have been open since we came here, and the
+  words we have heard are friendly and good; but we see so many kinds
+  of religion, and so many people drunk and begging when we ride in the
+  streets, that we are a little more afraid of white man’s religion
+  than we were before we came here.</p>
+
+<p>“My Friends,&mdash;The Indians occupied all the fine hunting grounds long
+  before the white men came to them, but the white men own them nearly
+  all now, and the Indians’ hunting grounds are mostly all gone. The
+  Indians never urge white men to take up their religion, they are
+  satisfied to have them take a different road, for the Indians wish
+  to enjoy their hunting grounds to themselves in the world to come.
+  (<em>How, how, how!</em>)</p>
+
+<p>“My Friends,&mdash;We thank you, and shall wish the Great Spirit may be
+  kind to you. I have no more to say.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>Thus ended the conversation this time, and the Indians all rising
+(except the Doctor, who was still asleep) shook hands with the
+clergymen and retired to their own room.</p>
+
+<p>These excellent gentlemen then expressed to Mr. Melody and myself their
+high admiration and respect for them as men, and said that they could
+make every allowance for them, travelling here only for the laudable
+objects which they had so clearly explained, and their patience taxed
+in so many instances as I had mentioned, of a similar nature. They
+agreed that it would be cruel to urge them to listen<a class="pagenum" id="Page_62" title="62"></a> any further under
+their present circumstances, and that they had already exercised far
+greater patience than white men would in a similar condition. They said
+they should feel bound to call on another day (and did so), not to talk
+with them about religion, but to bring them some presents that would be
+serviceable to their wives and little children, and took leave.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<h2><a class="pagenum" id="Page_63" title="63"></a>CHAPTER XX.</h2>
+
+<p class="hang">
+  The Doctor and Jim visit several churches&mdash;The Indians in St.
+     Paul’s&mdash;In Westminster Abbey&mdash;The exhibition at the Hall&mdash;The
+     Doctor agrees to go in the carriage of the “jolly fat dame”&mdash;Mr.
+     Melody objects&mdash;The Doctor’s melancholy&mdash;Indians stop the bus
+     to talk with Lascars&mdash;Make them presents of money&mdash;Indians
+     discover <em>chickabobboo-ags</em> (gin-palaces)&mdash;and ladies lying
+     down in their carriages reading books&mdash;<em>Chim-e-gotch-ees</em>
+     (or fish)&mdash;Jim’s story of “Fish”&mdash;Experiments in
+     mesmerism&mdash;Wash-ka-mon-ya (Jim) mesmerized&mdash;The Doctor’s
+     opinions on mesmerism&mdash;Ioways in Lord’s Cricket-ground&mdash;Archery
+     and ball-playing&mdash;Encampment&mdash;Wigwams&mdash;Indians invited by Mrs.
+     Lawrence to Ealing Park&mdash;Their kind reception&mdash;Their Royal
+     Highnesses the Duke and Duchess of Cambridge&mdash;The Princess
+     Mary&mdash;The Duchess of Gloucester&mdash;The Hereditary Grand Duke and
+     Duchess, and other distinguished guests&mdash;Amusements&mdash;Beautiful
+     grounds&mdash;Indians dine on the lawn&mdash;Roast beef and
+     plum-pudding&mdash;<em>Chickabobboo</em>&mdash;Alarm of the parrots&mdash;Doctor’s
+     superstition&mdash;<em>Chickabobboo</em> explained&mdash;Speech of the
+     War-chief&mdash;Taking leave&mdash;Fright of the poor birds&mdash;Handsome
+     presents&mdash;Conservatory&mdash;The Doctor’s ideas of it&mdash;Indians
+     visit Surrey Zoological Gardens&mdash;Fright of the birds and
+     animals&mdash;Indians sacrifice tobacco to the lion and the
+     rattle-snakes.</p>
+
+
+<p>Mr. Melody, feeling the high importance of the charge of these
+fourteen wild people intrusted to his hands by the Government while
+they were to see the sights of a foreign country, and feeling the
+strongest attachment to them personally, was stimulated to every
+exertion by which he could properly open their eyes to the benefits
+of civilization, and consequently was inquiring from day to day “what
+shall be shown them next?”</p>
+
+<p>I had also, with feelings of the highest respect for the chiefs of the
+nation, knowing them to be of the party, enlisted my warmest exertions
+in their behalf, and resolved to render them, in all ways I could, the
+aid that was due<a class="pagenum" id="Page_64" title="64"></a> from me for their hospitality which benefited me when
+I was in their country.</p>
+
+<p>With these views we continued our omnibus in driving them about
+the City and country, and one or the other of us was almost daily
+accompanying them to some institution or public works from which they
+might derive some useful information. To these they generally went
+together and in their native dresses, but there were others where
+their costumes and their paint would render them too conspicuous,
+and for such purposes two or three suits of clothes, beaver hats and
+wigs, became necessary for such a number as wished at any time to look
+further (and unobserved) into the arcana and hidden mysteries of the
+great metropolis. And the reader will be ready to exclaim with me, that
+the field before us was a vast and boundless one.</p>
+
+<p>The two most ambitious to profit by such adventures were “<em>Jim</em>” (as
+I have before denominated him) and the “<em>Doctor</em>:” the <em>first</em>, from
+a peculiar faculty he had of learning the English language (in which
+he was making daily progress), and a consequent insatiable desire to
+see and learn the modes, and everything he could, of white people,
+excepting their religion; and the <em>second</em>, from an indomitable desire
+to look in everywhere and upon everything, more for the pleasure of
+gratifying a momentary curiosity, and enjoying a temporary smile, than
+from any decided ambition to carry home and adopt anything, unless it
+might be a vapour-bath, or something of the kind, in the way of his
+profession.</p>
+
+<p>In frock-coats and beaver hats, and boots, with a large stick or an
+umbrella under the arm, and the paint all washed off, there was not
+much in the looks of these two new-fangled gentlemen to attract the
+public gaze or remark; and consequently little in the way of the sights
+and treasures of London being opened to their view.</p>
+
+<p>From the time that this expedient was adopted, our avocations became
+more diversified and difficult; our anxieties<a class="pagenum" id="Page_65" title="65"></a> and cares increased, and
+with them our amusement: for with Melody the sights of London were as
+yet prospective; and with me, whether old or new, I met them with an
+equal relish with my unsophisticated brethren from the wilderness.</p>
+
+<p>The amusement of “trying on” and “getting the hang” of the new dresses
+made merriment enough for the party for one day; and all but these
+two were quite willing to forego all the pleasures they could afford,
+rather than cover their cool and naked heads with beaver hats, their
+shoulders with frock-coats, and substitute for their soft and pliant
+mocassins and leggings of buckskin, woollen pantaloons and high-heeled
+boots. The two wiseacres, however, who had adopted them were
+philosophers, and knew that they were only for certain occasions, after
+which they were to be dropped off, and their limbs “at home again”
+in their light and easy native dresses. They were obliged, on such
+occasions (to be in keeping), to leave their long and ornamented pipes
+and tomahawks behind, and (not to lose the indispensable luxury of
+smoking) to carry a short and handy civilized pipe, with their tobacco,
+and a box of lucifers, in their pockets.</p>
+
+<p>Reader, pray don’t try to imagine what a figure these two
+copper-coloured “swells” cut, when they first sallied forth in their
+new attire, for it will be in vain: but behold them and me, in the
+future pages of this book, and when their dresses had got to work easy,
+profiting by gazing upon the wonders and glories of civilization, which
+we never otherwise could have beheld together.</p>
+
+<p>As one of the first fruits of the new expedient (and while the subject
+was fresh and revolving in the minds of all), there was now a chance of
+gratifying the Doctor’s desire to see the modes and places of worship
+of some of the different denominations of religion, of which he had
+heard so much, from Daniel and others, within the few days past. These
+visits were their first attempts in their assumed characters, and were
+mostly made in the company of Mr. Melody or<a class="pagenum" id="Page_66" title="66"></a> Jeffrey, and without any
+amusing results either for the congregations or the Ioways, save an
+incident or two, such as must be expected in the first experiments with
+all great enterprises. The Doctor had been told that when he entered
+the Protestant Church, he must take his hat off at the door, and had
+practised it before he started; but, seeing such an immense number of
+ladies, he had unfortunately forgot it, and being reminded of it when
+he had been placed in his seat, his wig came off with it, exposing, but
+a moment however, his scalp-lock and the top of his head, where he had
+not deemed it necessary to wash off the red paint.</p>
+
+<p>In the Methodist chapel, where these two queer fellows had ventured one
+day with Daniel, the sermon was long and tedious, and there was nothing
+observed curious excepting a blue smoke rolling up over the top of
+the pew, where the Doctor’s pipe had been lit, and his head sunk down
+between his knees; and one other occurrence, that afterwards happened
+in the heat of the exhortation from the pulpit, and much to the
+amusement of the Doctor and Jim, of a young woman, in their immediate
+vicinity, who began to groan, then to sing, and at length tumbled down
+from her seat upon the floor. The Doctor thought at first she was very
+sick, and wondered there was no physician there to bleed her; but when
+Daniel told him what was the matter, the old man smiled, and often
+talked about it afterwards.</p>
+
+<p>I took the whole party through Westminster Abbey and St. Paul’s, where
+they stood and contemplated in amazement the works of human hands, so
+entirely beyond their comprehension that they returned in reserved and
+silent contemplation.</p>
+
+<p>Returning again to the Exhibition-room at the Egyptian Hall, several
+evenings of which have passed by without mention, but much in the
+same way, we find the same excitement and applause, and the “jolly
+fat dame” at the end of the platform, nightly receiving the Doctor’s
+impres<a class="pagenum" id="Page_67" title="67"></a>sive smiles, which are constantly ready for her; and which by
+this time, aided by the continued coldness of the <em>Roman-nose</em>, were
+making visible inroads upon her tender affections. She had had, it
+seemed, on this evening, some conversation with the Doctor, through the
+interpreter, who had heretofore studiously kept out of the way, and she
+had invited the Doctor to ride to her house in her carriage, after the
+exhibition was over, believing that he would be able to find in her
+garden, some roots which he was in great distress to find, and that she
+would bring him home again safe. Mr. Melody objected to this, which
+seemed to puzzle the fair dame, and to throw the Doctor into a profound
+melancholy and dejection.</p>
+
+<p>This rebuff from Mr. Melody was so unexpected and so provoking, when
+she had so nearly accomplished her object, that the good lady passed
+out of the room earlier than usual, and tossed her head about with her
+ostrich plumes as she passed along in the crowd, without having the
+heart to stop and speak a few words to Daniel, as she had been in the
+habit of doing. Mr. Melody retired with the Indians, and I remained
+after the crowd had left, at the solicitation of a party of ladies,
+who had sent me their card and wished to see me after the exhibition
+was over. The room being nearly emptied, I saw a party of several
+fashionably-dressed ladies at the further end of the room, examining
+the paintings on the walls. In advancing towards them, the one who
+seemed to be the leader of the party turned around and exclaimed, “Oh,
+here comes Mr. Catlin, I believe?” “Yes, Madam, I am Mr. Catlin.” “Oh,
+I am so happy to have the honour of seeing you, Sir, and of speaking
+to you&mdash;you have made all these paintings?” “Yes.” “These Indians are
+curious fellows, and well worth seeing, but I consider you ten times
+more of a curiosity. Look here, ladies, here’s Mr. Catlin, the very
+man that I have so often told you about. Dear me, what dangers and
+hardships you must have been through! Oh, I do think you are one of the
+wonders of the world&mdash;and not a grey hair in your head yet! My dear
+Sir, I know your whole history&mdash;<a class="pagenum" id="Page_68" title="68"></a> you’d scarcely believe it&mdash;I know it
+’like a book,' as they say. I recollect the very day when you started
+for India, and I have followed you the whole way&mdash;I have your book&mdash;I
+bought several copies to give to my friends; I have read every word of
+it over and over again&mdash;and, oh! it’s wonderful&mdash;it’s charming&mdash;one
+can’t stop in it&mdash;there’s no stopping place in it. By the way, I don’t
+suppose you were down much in the neighbourhood of Chusan (I’ve got a
+nephew there&mdash;a fine fellow&mdash;he’s a surgeon). I suppose you kept pretty
+much back in the mountains? You had no object in coming down about the
+coast; and they have had rather hot work there.” “No, Madam, I had not
+the slightest object to take me near Chusan&mdash;I kept a great way back.”
+“That was right; oh, how judicious! Oh, I have read your interesting
+work so often. By the way, these fellows are not from the coast&mdash;they
+are from a great way back, I dare say?” “Yes, Madam, they are a great
+way in the interior.” “I thought so, I knew so&mdash;I can tell, d’ ye
+see&mdash;I can always tell a coaster. These are fine men&mdash;they grow tea, I
+suppose, though?” “No, these people don’t grow tea.” “Ah, well, it’s
+late, we won’t take up your time; but I have been so happy to have seen
+you&mdash;glad, glad to see you home alive to your native soil, and out of
+that plagued India. Good night.” “Good night, ladies.”</p>
+
+<p>As they left me, I turned round, and met a poor fellow approaching me
+on one leg and a pair of crutches, and his wife holding on to his arm.
+He said he had been waiting some time to have the honour of speaking to
+me before he left, having heard my name pronounced. He told me he lived
+at Woolwich, where he held some situation for life, as he had lost his
+leg in the service of his country, and it was a good living for him,
+luckily, though he had been so unfortunate as to lose his leg.</p>
+
+<p>“My wife and I (said he) ave long eard of this extro’nary hexibition,
+and she as often hax’d me to come to see it; and though we ave been off
+and hon about it a great<a class="pagenum" id="Page_69" title="69"></a> many times, we never got off together until
+this hafter-noon&mdash;it’s a wonderful sight, sir, hand we are appy to ave
+seen you halso.”</p>
+
+<p>I thanked the poor fellow, and asked him how he lost his leg.</p>
+
+<p>“It was done by the kick of a orse, Sir.”</p>
+
+<p>“But your leg has been taken off above your knee.”</p>
+
+<p>“Yes, Sir, the bone was broken, hand it ad to be hamputated.”</p>
+
+<p>“It must have been very painful!”</p>
+
+<p>“Ah, hit urt a little; though as for the pain of hamputation, I woudn’t
+give a penny for it: but the loss of my leg is worth a great deal to
+me; it’s hall ealed up now, Sir, though it’s very hunandy.”</p>
+
+<p>This simple and unfortunate man and his very pretty little wife left
+me, and I repaired to the Indians’ rooms in St. James’s Street, where
+I found them finishing their suppers and taking their <em>chickabobboo</em>.
+Here was in readiness a long catalogue of the adventures of the day&mdash;of
+things they had seen in their drive, &amp;c., to be talked over, as well as
+the cruel jokes to be listened to, which they were all passing upon the
+poor Doctor, for the sudden failure of his prospects of digging roots
+in the fair dame’s garden.</p>
+
+<p>There were many subjects of an amusing nature talked over by these
+droll fellows during the pipes of this evening, and one of the themes
+for their comments was the drive which we had given them in two open
+carriages through Hyde Park, at the fashionable hour. They decided
+that “the Park, along the banks of the Serpentine, reminded them of
+the prairies on the shores of the Skunk and the Cedar rivers in their
+own country; and in fact, that some parts of it were almost exactly
+the same.” They were amused to see many of the ladies lying down as
+they rode in their carriages; and also, that many of the great chiefs,
+pointed out to them riding on horseback, “didn’t know how to ride&mdash;that
+they were obliged to have a man riding a little behind them to pick
+them up if they should fall off.”</p>
+
+<p>Jim, who was in an unusual good humour this evening,<a class="pagenum" id="Page_70" title="70"></a> either from
+the effects of his <em>chickabobboo</em> or from some fine present he might
+have received in the room, seemed to be the chief “spokesman” for the
+evening, and for the purpose of assisting his imagination or aiding
+his voice had laid himself flat upon his back upon his robe, which was
+spread upon the floor. His loquacity was such, that there was little
+else for any of us to do than sit still and excessively laugh at the
+dryness of his jokes, and his amusing remarks upon the things they had
+seen as they were taking their ride on this and past mornings. He had
+now got, as has been said, a facility of using occasional words of
+English, and he brought them in once in a while with the most amusing
+effect.</p>
+
+<p>He said they had found another place where there were two more
+Ojibbeway Indians (as he called them), Lascars. sweeping the streets;
+and it seems that after passing them they had ordered their bus to
+stop, and called them up and shook hands, and tried to talk with them.
+They could speak a few words in English, and so could <em>Jim</em>: he was
+enabled to ask them if they were Ojibbeways, and they to answer, “No,
+they were Mussulmen.” “Where you live?” “Bombay.” “You sweep dirt in
+the road?” “Yes,” “Dam fool!” <em>Jim</em> gathered a handful of pennies and
+gave them, and they drove off.</p>
+
+<p>It seemed that in their drive this day, Jim and the Doctor had both
+rode outside, which had afforded to Jim the opportunity of seeing to
+advantage, for the first time. the immense number of “gin palaces,”
+as they passed along the streets; and into which they could look from
+the top of the bus, and distinctly see the great number of large kegs,
+and what was going on inside. The Doctor had first discovered them
+in his numerous outside rides, and as he was not quite sure that he
+had rightly understood them, hearing that the English people detested
+drunkards so much, he had not ventured to say much about them. He had
+been anxious for the corroboration of <em>Jim’s</em> sharper eyes, and during
+this morning they had fully decided that<a class="pagenum" id="Page_71" title="71"></a> the hundreds of such places
+they were in all directions passing, were places where people went
+to drink <em>chickabobboo</em>, and they were called <em>chickabobbooags</em>. The
+conversation of Jim and the Doctor enlarged very much on this grand
+discovery, and the probable effects they had upon the London people.
+They had seen many women, and some of them with little babies in their
+arms, standing and lying around them, and they were quite sure that
+some of those women were drunk. Jim said that he and the Doctor had
+counted two or three hundred in one hour. Some of the party told him
+he had made his story too big, so he said he and the Doctor next day
+would mark them down on a stick. Jim said there was one street they
+came through, where he hoped they would never drive them again, for it
+made their hearts sore to see so many women and little children all
+in dirty rags: they had never seen any Indians in the wilderness half
+so poor, and looking so sick. He was sure they had not half enough to
+eat. He said he thought it was wrong to send missionaries from this
+to the Indian country, when there were so many poor creatures here
+who want their help, and so many thousands as they saw going into the
+<em>chickabobbooags</em> to drink fire-water.</p>
+
+<p>He said they came through a very grand street, where every thing looked
+so fine and splendid in the windows, and where the ladies looked so
+beautiful in their carriages, many of them lying quite down, and seemed
+as if they were very rich and happy; and some of them lay in their
+carriages, that were standing still, so as to let them read their
+books. And in this same grand street they saw a great many fine-looking
+ladies walking along the sides of the roads, and looking back at the
+gentlemen as they passed by them. These ladies, he and the Doctor
+observed, looked young, and all looked very smiling, and they thought
+they wanted husbands. A great deal, Jim said, they had seen of these
+ladies as they were every day looking out of their own windows in St.
+James’s Street. A great many of these women, he said, behave very
+curious; he said he didn’t<a class="pagenum" id="Page_72" title="72"></a> know for certain but some of these might
+be <em>chimegotches</em>. This excited a tremendous laugh with the Doctor and
+several of the young men, and made some of the women smile, though
+it was rather hushed by the chiefs as an imprudent word for Jim to
+apply in the present case. This did little, however, to arrest the
+effects of Jim’s joke, and he continued with some further ingenious
+embellishments, which set the chiefs into a roar, and Jim then kept the
+field. Melody and myself laughed also, not at the joke, for we did not
+understand it, but at their amusement, which seemed to be very great,
+and led us to inquire the meaning of <em>chimegotches</em>. “Fish,” said
+Jim, “fish!” We were still at a loss for the meaning of his joke; and
+our ignorance being discovered, as well as our anxiety to know, they
+proposed that Jim should relate the story of <em>Chimegotches</em>, or “Fish.”
+Some one was charging and lighting the pipe in the mean time, which was
+handed to him, as he rose and took a whiff or two, and then, resuming
+his former position, flat upon his back, he commenced&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“When the great Mississippi river was a young and beautiful stream,
+  and its waters were blue and clear, and the Ioways lived on its
+  banks, more than a thousand snows since, <em>Net-no-qua</em>, a young man
+  of great beauty, and son of a great chief, complained that he was
+  sick. His appetite left him, and his sleep was not good. His eyes,
+  which had been like those of the war-eagle, grew soft and dim, and
+  sunk deep in his head. His lips, that had been the music for all
+  about him, had become silent; his breast, that had always been calm,
+  was beating, and deep sighs showed that something was wrong within.
+  <em>O-za-pa</em>, whose medicine was great, and to whom all the plants and
+  roots of the prairies were known, was quite lost; he tried all, and
+  all was in vain; the fair son of the chief was wasting away, as each
+  sweet breath that he breathed went off upon the winds, and never
+  came back to him. Thus did <em>Net-no-qua</em>, the son of <em>Ti-ah-ka</em>, pine
+  away. The medicine man told him at last that there was but one thing
+  that could cure him, and that was attended with great danger. In his
+  dream a small prairie snake had got upon a bush, and its light, which
+  was that of the sun, opened his eyes to its brightness, and his ears
+  to its words: ‘The son of <em>Ti-ah-ka</em> grieves&mdash;this must not be&mdash;his
+  breast must be quiet, and his thoughts like the quiet waters of the
+  gliding brook; the son of <em>Ti-ah-ka</em> will grow like the firm rocks of
+  the mountain, and the chiefs and warriors, who will descend from him,
+  will grow like the branches of the spreading oak.’ The<a class="pagenum" id="Page_73" title="73"></a> medicine man
+  said to the son of <em>Ti-ah-ka</em> that he must now take a small piece of
+  the flesh from his side for his bait, and in a certain cove on the
+  bank of the river, the first fish that he caught was to be brought to
+  his wigwam alone, under his robe, and she, whose blood would become
+  warm, would be to him like the vine that clings around and through
+  the branches of the oak: that then his eyes would soon shine again
+  like those of the eagle; the music of his lips would soon return, and
+  his troubled breast would again become calm, his appetite would be
+  good, and his sleep would be sweet and quiet like that of a babe.</p>
+
+<p>“<em>Net-no-qua</em> stood upon a rock, and when the hook, with a piece
+  of his side, lay upon the water, the parting hair of <em>Lin-ta</em> (the
+  river-born) was seen floating on the water, and its black and oily
+  tresses were glistening in the sun as the water glided off from them;
+  and her lips were opening to enclose the fatal hook that raised
+  her beautiful breasts above the water. Her round and delicate arms
+  shone bright with their beauty as she extended them to the shore,
+  and the river shed its tears over her skin as her beautiful waist
+  glided through its surface, above which the strong and manly arm of
+  <em>Net-no-qua</em> was gently raising her. The weeping waves in sparkling
+  circles clung around her swelling hips and pressing knees, until the
+  folding robe of the son of <em>Ti-ah-ka</em> was over the wave and around
+  her bending form. One hand still held her slim and tapering fingers,
+  and with the other he encompassed her trembling form, as their equal
+  steps took them from the shore and brought them to the wig-wam of
+  <em>Net-no-qua</em>. His silent house was closed from the footsteps of the
+  world; her delicate arms clung around the neck of the son of the
+  chief, and her black and glossy tresses fell over and around his
+  naked shoulders and mingled with his own. The same robe embraced
+  them both, and her breath was purer than the blue waves from which
+  she came. Their sleep was like the dreams of the antelope, and they
+  awoke as the wild rose-buds open amidst the morning dew; the breast
+  of <em>Net-no-qua</em> was calm, his eyes were again like the eyes of the
+  eagle, his appetite was keen, and his lips sounded their music in the
+  ears of Lin-ta. She was lovely, she was the wife of the son of the
+  chief, and like the vine that clings around and through the branches
+  of the oak, did she cling to <em>Net-no-qua</em>. They were happy, and many
+  have been the descendants that have sprung from the dreams of the son
+  of <em>Ti-ah-ka</em> and the beautiful <em>Lin-ta</em> (the river-born).</p>
+
+<p>“<em>O-ne-ak’n</em> was the brother of <em>Net-no-qua</em>, and <em>Di-ag-gon</em> was
+  his cousin: and <em>they</em> were sick; and they sat upon the rock in the
+  cove in the river: and the two sisters of Lin-ta shone as they lifted
+  their graceful forms above the wave, and their beautiful locks spread
+  as they floated on the surface. The two young warriors sighed as
+  they gazed upon them. The two sisters embraced each other as they
+  glided through and above the waves. They rose to full view, and had
+  no shame. The river ’shed no tears, nor did the sparkling waves hang
+  in circles about their swelling hips and pressing knees;' and as they
+  sank, they beckoned the two young warriors, who followed them to
+  their water-bound caves. They stole back in the morning,<a class="pagenum" id="Page_74" title="74"></a> and were
+  ashamed and sick. Their tongues were not silent, and others went.
+  The two sisters again showed their lovely forms as they glided above
+  the water, and they beckoned all who came to their hidden caves, and
+  all came home in the morning sick and sad, while every morning saw
+  the son of the chief and his river-born Lin-ta calm and bright as
+  the rising sun. Shame and fear they knew not, but all was love and
+  happiness with them; very different were the sisters of Lin-ta, who
+  at length ventured from their caves at night, and strolled through
+  the village; they were hidden again at the return of the light. Their
+  caves were the resorts of the young men, but the fair daughters of
+  Lin-ta knew them not.</p>
+
+<p>“Such was the story of Lin-ta (the river-born); she was the loved of
+  her husband, and the virtuous mother of her children. Her beautiful
+  sisters were the loved of all men, but had no offspring. They live
+  in their hidden caves to this day, and sometimes in the day as well
+  as in the night are seen walking through the village, though all the
+  Indians call them <em>Chim-ee-gotch-es</em>, that is, <em>Cold-bloods</em>, or
+  <em>Fish</em>.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>Jim got a round of applause for his story, though the Doctor thought
+he had left out some of the most essential and funny parts of it. Jim,
+however, seemed well content with the manner in which it was received,
+and continued to remark that he and the Doctor had come to the
+conclusion that those beautiful young women, that they saw looking back
+at the gentlemen in the streets, as well as those who were standing in
+front of their windows, and bowing to them, and kissing their hands
+every day, must be “fish;” and that in the great village of London,
+where so much <em>chickabobboo</em> is drunk, there must be a great number of
+“fish.” And they thought also that some of these they had seen in the
+Egyptian Hall when they were giving their dances.</p>
+
+<p>The above and other critiques of Jim upon London modes seemed to the
+chiefs to be rather too bold, and an impolitic position for Jim to
+take; and whilst their reprimands were being passed upon him, the train
+of humour he had happened to get into on that night turned all their
+remarks into jokes, and they were obliged to join in the irresistible
+merriment he produced on this occasion, merely from his having taken
+(as his wife had refused it on this evening as it was just now
+discovered) the additional mug of his wife’s <em>chickabobboo</em>.</p>
+
+<p><a class="pagenum" id="Page_75" title="75"></a>
+Much merriment was produced amongst the Indians about this time by an
+appointment that had been made to see some experiments in mesmerism,
+to be performed by a Dr. M&mdash;&mdash; at the Indians’ rooms. The Doctor was
+received at the appointed hour, and brought with him a feeble and
+pale-looking girl of 14 or 15 years of age to operate upon. This had
+taken the Indians rather by surprise, as no one had fully explained the
+nature of the operations to them. I got Jeffrey, however, to translate
+to them, as near as he could, the nature of this extraordinary
+discovery, and the effects it was to produce; and the doors being
+closed, and the young woman placed in a chair, the mesmeriser commenced
+his mysterious operations. I had instructed the Indians to remain
+perfectly still and not to laugh, lest they might hinder the operator,
+and prevent the desired effect. With one knee upon the floor, in
+front of her, and placing both of his extended thumbs (with his hands
+clenched) just in front of her two eyebrows, he looked her steadily
+in the face. This eccentric position and expression disposed Jim to
+laugh, and though he covered his huge mouth with his hand, and made no
+noise, still the irresistible convulsions in his fat sides shook the
+floor we were standing on; and the old Doctor at the same time, equally
+amused, was liable to do less harm, for all his smiles and laughter,
+however excessive, were produced by the curious machinery of his face,
+and never extended further down than the chin or clavicles. The little
+patient, however, was seen in a few minutes to be going to sleep, and
+at length fell back in the chair, in the desired state of somnambulism.
+The operator then, by mesmeric influences, opened her eyes, without
+touching them, and without waking her, and by the same influence closed
+them again. In the same way he caused her hand to close, and none of
+us could open it. Here our Doctor, who tried it, was quite at a stand.
+He saw the fingers of the operator pass several times in front of it,
+and its muscles relaxed&mdash;it opened of itself. He then brought, by the
+same influence,<a class="pagenum" id="Page_76" title="76"></a> her left arm to her breast, and then the right, and
+challenged the strength of any one in the room to unbend them. This was
+tried by several of us, but in vain; and when his fingers were passed
+a few times lightly over them, they were relaxed and returned to their
+former positions. By this time the Indian women, with their hands over
+their mouths, began to groan, and soon left the room in great distress
+of mind. The chiefs, however, and the Doctor and Jim, remained until
+the experiments were all tried, and with unaccountable success. The
+operator then, by passing his fingers a few times over the forehead of
+his patient, brought her gradually to her senses, and the exhibition
+ended. The convulsions of Jim’s broad sides were now all tempered down
+into cool quiet, and the knowing smiles of the old Doctor had all run
+entirely off from, and out of, the furrows of his face, and a sort of
+painful study seemed to be contracting the rigid muscles that were
+gathering over them.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter">
+ <hr class="tb" />
+ <a id="Plate_12"></a>
+ <img src="images/i_076fp.jpg" width="472" height="640" alt="Plate 12: Medicine Man" />
+ <div class="caption">N<sup>o.</sup> 12.</div>
+ <hr class="tb" />
+</div>
+
+<p>The chiefs pronounced the unaccountable operation to be the greatest
+of medicine, and themselves quite satisfied, as they retired; but the
+old Doctor, not yet quite sure, and most likely thinking it a good
+thing for his adoption among the mysteries of his profession in his own
+country, was disposed to remain, with his untiring companion Jim, until
+some clue could be got to this mystery of mysteries. With this view he
+had the curiosity of feeling the little girl’s pulse, of examining and
+smelling the operator’s fingers, &amp;c., and of inquiring whether this
+thing could be done by any others but himself; to which I replied, that
+it was now being done by hundreds all through the country, and was no
+secret. The charm had then fled&mdash;it had lost all its value to the old
+Doctor. The deep thoughts ceased to plough his wrinkled face, and his
+self-sufficient, happy smiles were again playing upon his front. His
+views were evidently changed. <em>Jim</em> caught the current of his feelings,
+and amusement was their next theme. The old Doctor “thought that <em>Jim</em>
+could easily be frightened,” and would be a good subject. It<a class="pagenum" id="Page_77" title="77"></a> was
+proposed that <em>Jim</em> should therefore take the chair, and it was soon
+announced to the squaws, and amongst them to his wife, that <em>Jim</em> had
+gone to sleep, and was <em>mesmerised</em>. They all flew to the room, which
+upset the gravity of his broad mouth, and, with its movements, as a
+matter of course, the whole bearing of his face; and the operator’s
+fingers being withdrawn from his nose, he left the chair amidst a roar
+of laughter. It was then proposed that the old Doctor should sit down
+and be tried, but he resisted the invitation, on the grounds of the
+<em>dignity of his profession</em>, which he got me to explain to the medical
+man, whom he was now evidently disposed to treat rather sarcastically,
+and his wonderful performance as a piece of extraordinary juggling,
+or, at least, as divested of its supposed greatest interest, that of
+novelty. He told him “that there was nothing new or very wonderful in
+the operation, that he could discover; it was no more than the charm
+which the snakes used to catch birds; and the more frightful and ugly
+a man’s face was, the better he could succeed in it. He had no doubt
+but many ill-looking men amongst white people would use it as a mode of
+catching pretty girls, which they could not otherwise do, and therefore
+it would be called amongst white people a very useful thing.”</p>
+
+<p>“All the <em>medicine-men</em> (said he) in the Indian country have known for
+many years how to do the same thing, and what the white people know
+of it at this time they have learned from the Indians; but I see that
+they don’t yet half know how to do it; that he had brought a <em>medicine
+dress</em> all the way with him for the very purpose, and if the mesmeriser
+would come the next morning at 9 o’clock, he should see him with it on,
+and he would engage to frighten any white lady to sleep in five minutes
+who would take a good look at him without winking or laughing.” The
+mesmeriser did not come, though the Doctor was on the spot and ready.
+(<a href="#Plate_12"><em>Plate No. 12.</em></a>)</p>
+
+<p>An event which they had long been looking for with great solicitude
+took place about this time&mdash;the prorogation<a class="pagenum" id="Page_78" title="78"></a> of Parliament, which
+afforded the poor fellows their only opportunity of seeing the Queen.
+They were driven off in good season in their bus, and succeeded in
+getting the most favourable view of the Queen and the Prince as they
+were passing in the state-carriage; and, to use their own words for
+it, “The little Queen and the Prince both put their faces quite out of
+their carriage of gold to look at us and bow to us.” There is no doubt
+but by the kindness of the police they were indulged in a favourable
+position and had a very satisfactory view of Her Majesty the Queen,
+and it is equally certain that they will never cease to speak of the
+splendour of the effect of the grand pageant as long as they live.</p>
+
+<p>The nightly excitements and amusements going on at the Egyptian Hall
+were increasing the public anxiety to see these curious people more at
+large, and we resolved to procure some suitable ground for the purpose,
+where their active limbs could be seen in full motion in the open air,
+as they are seen on their native prairies with their ball-sticks, in
+their favourite game of the ball, and the use of their bows and arrows,
+all of which they had brought with them, but could not use in their
+amusements at the Hall. Their dances, &amp;c., were, however, to be kept
+up as usual, at night; and for their afternoon exercises in the open
+air, an arrangement was made for the use of “Lord’s Cricket Ground,”
+and on that beautiful field (prairie, as they called it) they amused
+thousands, daily, by their dances, archery, and ball-playing.<a class="fnanchor" href="#Footnote_18" id="FNanchor_18">[18]</a>
+For this purpose an area of an acre or<a class="pagenum" id="Page_79" title="79"></a> two was enclosed by a rope,
+and protected for their amusements by the police. To this the
+visitors advanced on every side, and seemed delighted with their rude
+appearance and native sports. This arrangement afforded the Indians
+the opportunity of showing their games and amusements to the greatest
+advantage, and also of meeting again the acquaintances they had made
+at the Egyptian Hall, and shaking hands with all who felt disposed to
+do them that honour. They had also brought with them, to illustrate
+the whole of Indian life, no less than three tents (wig-wams) made of
+buffalo hides, curiously but rudely painted, which the squaws daily
+erected on the ground, in presence of the spectators, forming by no
+means the least accurate and pleasing part of the exhibition.</p>
+
+<p>The beautiful scenes presented there could be repeated but a few
+days, owing to other uses to be made of the grounds; but during that
+time they were visited by vast numbers of the nobility of London, and
+several members of the Royal Family. The incidents of those days, which
+were curious and many, must be passed over, excepting that the Doctor
+daily beheld in front of the crowd, and at full length,
+the “jolly fat dame,” to whom he as often advanced, with a diffident
+smile, to receive a beautiful rose, which she handed to him over the
+rope.</p>
+
+<p>These amusements in the open air in the daytime, with the dances,
+&amp;c., at the Hall in the evenings, with their “drive” in the morning,
+and civil attentions to persons calling on them at their rooms, now
+engrossed completely all their time, and they were actually compelled
+to give offence to some parties who called on them, and to whom they
+could not devote the time. Amongst those were several deputations from
+public schools, of clergymen, and<a class="pagenum" id="Page_80" title="80"></a> Sunday school teachers; and also
+three very excellent Christian ladies in a party, one of whom, Mrs.
+E&mdash;&mdash;, I was well acquainted with, and knowing her extensive Christian
+and charitable labours, I had encouraged to call, as she had expressed
+a strong desire to talk with them on the subject of religion. They
+appealed to me, and I desired them to call at another hour, which they
+did, and I said to the chief that there was another proposition for a
+talk on the subject of religion. This seemed to annoy them somewhat,
+and after smoking a pipe, they decided not to see them. I then told
+them that they were three ladies; this seemed to startle them for a
+few moments, but they smoked on, and finally the War-chief said “it
+was a subject on which, if they had anything more to say, they would
+rather say it to the men than to women&mdash;they can talk with our women if
+they like.” I then invited the Indian women into the room, and Jeffrey
+interpreted for the ladies, who had a long conversation with them, but,
+as the ladies afterwards told me, few words on the subject of religion:
+as to the first questions on that subject, the squaws answered that
+they left that mostly to their husbands, and they thought that if they
+loved their husbands, and took good care of their children, the Great
+Spirit would be kind to them. These kind ladies called the next day
+and left them fourteen Bibles and some other very useful presents,
+and their prayers for their happiness, feeling convinced that this
+was the most effectual and best way of making lasting and beneficial
+impressions on their minds.</p>
+
+<p>One of the very high compliments paid them from the fashionable world
+was now before them, and this being the day for it, all parties were
+dressing and painting for the occasion. I had received a very kind note
+from Mrs. Lawrence, inviting me to bring them to pay her a visit in her
+lovely grounds at Ealing Park, a few miles from the city of London.
+The omnibus was ready, and being seated, we were there with an hour’s
+drive, and received on the fine lawn in the rear of her house. Here was
+presented the most beauti<a class="pagenum" id="Page_81" title="81"></a>ful scene which the Ioways helped to embellish
+whilst they were in the kingdom&mdash;for nothing more sweet can be seen
+than this little paradise, hemmed in with the richness and wildness
+of its surrounding foliage, and its velvet carpet of green on which
+the Indians were standing and reclining, and the kind lady and her
+Royal and noble guests, collected in groups, to witness their dances
+and other amusements. Their Royal Highnesses the Duke and Duchess of
+Cambridge, with the lovely Princess Mary, the Hereditary Grand Duke
+and Duchess of Mecklenburgh Strelitz, the Duchess of Gloucester, and
+many of the nobility, formed the party of her friends whom this lady
+had invited, and who soon entered the lawn to meet these sons of the
+forest, and witness their wild sports.</p>
+
+<p>At the approach of the lady and her Royal party, the Indians all
+arose, and the chiefs having been introduced, half an hour or more
+was passed in a conversation with them, through Jeffrey and myself,
+and an examination of their costumes, weapons, &amp;c., when they seated
+themselves in a circle, and passing the pipe around, were preparing for
+a dance. The first they selected was their favourite, the eagle-dance,
+which they gave with great spirit, and my explanation of the meaning
+of it seemed to add much to its interest. (<a href="#Plate_13"><em>Plate No. 13.</em></a>) After the
+dance they strung their bows and practised at the target, and at length
+Mr. Melody tossed up the ball, when they snatched up their ballsticks,
+which they had brought for the purpose, and darted over and about the
+grounds in the exciting game of the ball. This proved more amusing
+to the spectators than either of the former exercises, but it was
+short, for they soon lost their ball, and the game being completed,
+they seated themselves again, and with the pipe were preparing for the
+<em>war-dance</em>, in which, when they gave it, the beautiful lawn, and the
+forests around it, resounded with the shrill notes of the <em>war-whoop</em>,
+which the frightened parroquets and cockatoos saucily echoed back with
+a laughable effect, and a tolerable exactness. The pipe of peace (or
+calumet) dance was also<a class="pagenum" id="Page_82" title="82"></a> given, with the pipes of peace in their hands,
+which they had brought out for the purpose.</p>
+
+<p>While these exciting scenes were going on, the butler was busy
+spreading a white cloth over a long table arranged on the lawn, near
+the house, and on it the luxuries that had been preparing in the
+kitchen, for their dinners. This arrangement was so timed that the
+roast beef was on and smoking just when their amusements were finished,
+and when the announcement was made that their “dinner was up,” all
+parties moved in that direction, but in two divisions, the one to
+partake, and the other to look on and see how wild people could handle
+the knife and fork. This was to be the <em>last</em>, though (as I could see
+by the anxiety of the spectators) not the <em>least amusing</em> of their
+amusements, and it was in the event rendered peculiarly so to some of
+us, from the various parts which the kind and illustrious spectators
+were enabled to take in it, when in all their former amusements there
+was no possible way in which they could “lend a hand.” Every one could
+here assist in placing a chair or handing a plate, and the Indians
+being seated, all were ready and emulous, standing around the table and
+at their elbows, to perform some little office of the kind, to assist
+them to eat, and to make them comfortable. His Royal Highness proposed
+that I should take my stand at the head of the table, before a huge
+sirloin of roast beef, and ply the carving knife, which I did; whilst
+he travelled, plates in hand, until they all were helped. The young
+Princess Mary, and the two little daughters of the kind lady, like the
+three Graces, were bending about under loads of bread and vegetables
+they were helping the Indians to, and the kind lady herself was filling
+their glasses from the generous pitcher of foaming ale, and ordering
+the butler to uncork the bottles of champagne which were ready and
+hissing at the delay.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter">
+ <a id="Plate_13"></a>
+ <hr class="tb" />
+ <img src="images/i_082fp.jpg" width="640" height="373" alt="Plate 13: The Eagle Dance" />
+ <div class="caption">N<sup>o.</sup> 13.</div>
+ <hr class="tb" />
+</div>
+
+<p>This unusual scene was taking place in the nearer vicinity of the
+poor parroquets and cockatoos, who seemed, thus far, awed into a
+discretionary silence, but were dancing to the<a class="pagenum" id="Page_83" title="83"></a> right and the left,
+and busily swinging their heads to and fro, with their eyes and their
+ears open to all that was said and done. When the cork flew from the
+first bottle of champagne, the parrots squalled out, “There! there!!
+there!!!” and the Indians as suddenly, “<em>Chickabobboo! chickabobboo!</em>”
+Both laughed, and all the party <em>had</em> to laugh, at the simultaneous
+excitement of the parrots and the Indians; and most of them were as
+ignorant of the language (and of course of the wit of) the one as of
+the other. <em>Chickabobboo</em>, however, was understood, at least by the
+Indians; and their glasses being filled with champagne, the moment they
+were raising it to their lips, and some had commenced drinking, the
+cockatoos suddenly squalled out again, “<em>There! there!! there!!!</em>” The
+old Doctor, and his superstitious friend Jim, who had not got their
+glasses quite to their mouths, slowly lowered them upon the table, and
+turned, with the most beseeching looks, upon Mr. Melody and myself, to
+know whether they were breaking their vow to us. They said nothing, but
+the question was sufficiently plain in their <em>looks</em> for an answer, and
+I replied, “No, my good fellows, the parrots are fools, they don’t know
+what they are talking about; they, no doubt, thought this was whiskey,
+but we know better; it’s some of the ‘<em>Queen’s chickabobboo</em>,’ and
+you need not fear to drink it.” This curious affair had been seen but
+by a part of the company, and only by the Indians at our end of the
+table, and therefore lost its general effect until I related it. The
+queer-sounding word “<em>chickabobboo</em>” seemed to amuse, and to excite the
+curiosity of many, and there was no understanding it without my going
+over the whole ground, and explaining how and where it originated,
+which, when finished, created much amusement. While I was relating this
+story the plates were being changed, and just at the end of it the
+parrots sang out again, “<em>There! there!! there!!!</em>” as before; but it
+was discovered that, at that instant, one of the waiters was passing
+near them with a huge and smoking plum-pudding, and so high that we
+could but just see his face over the top of it. This<a class="pagenum" id="Page_84" title="84"></a> was placed before
+me, and as I divided and served it, the same hands, Royal and fair,
+conveyed it to the different parts of the table. This was a glorious
+pudding, and I had helped each one abundantly, expecting, as all did,
+that they would devour it without mincing; but, to the surprise of all,
+they tasted a little, and left the rest upon their plates. Fears were
+entertained that the pudding did not suit them, and I was constrained
+to ask why they did not eat more. The reply was reluctant, but very
+significant and satisfactory when it came. Jim spoke for all. He said,
+“They all agreed that it was good&mdash;very good; but that the beef was
+also very good, and the only fault of the pudding was, that it had come
+too late.”</p>
+
+<p>The War-chief at this time was charging his long pipe with <em>k’nick
+k’neck</em>, and some fire being brought to light it, it was soon passed
+from his into the chiefs hands, when he arose from the table, and
+offering his hand to His Royal Highness, stepped a little back, and
+addressed him thus:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“My Great Father,&mdash;Your face to-day has made us all very happy. The
+  Great Spirit has done this for us, and we are thankful for it. The
+  Great Spirit inclined your heart to let us see your face, and to
+  shake your hand, and we are very happy that it has been so. (<em>How,
+  how, how!</em>)</p>
+
+<p>“My Father,&mdash;We have been told that you are the uncle of the Queen,
+  and that your brother was the King of this rich country. We fear we
+  shall go home without seeing the face of your Queen, except as we saw
+  it in her carriage; but if so, we shall be happy to say that we have
+  seen the great chief who is next to the Queen. (<em>How, how, how!</em>)</p>
+
+<p>“My Father,&mdash;We are poor and ignorant people from the wilderness,
+  whose eyes are not yet open, and we did not think that we should be
+  treated so kindly as we have to-day. Our skins are red, and our ways
+  are not so pleasing as those of the white people, and we therefore
+  feel the more proud that so great a chief should come so far to see
+  us, and to help to feed us; this we shall never forget. (<em>How, how,
+  how!</em>)</p>
+
+<p>“My Father,&mdash;We feel thankful to the lady who has this fine house and
+  these fine fields, and who has invited us here to-day, and to all the
+  ladies and gentlemen who are here to see us. We shall pray for you
+  all in our prayers to the Great Spirit, and now we shall be obliged
+  to shake hands with you and go home. (<em>How, how, how!</em>)”</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>His Royal Highness replied to him,&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“That he and all his friends present had been highly pleased with
+  their<a class="pagenum" id="Page_85" title="85"></a> appearance and amusements to-day, and most of all with the
+  reverential manner in which he had just spoken of the Great Spirit,
+  before whom we must all, whether red or white, soon appear. He
+  thanked the chiefs for the efforts they had made to entertain them,
+  and trusted that the Great Spirit would be kind to them in restoring
+  them safe home to their friends again.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>At this moment, when all were rising and wrapping their robes around
+them preparing to start, the lady appeared among them, with a large
+plate in her hands, bearing on it a variety of beautiful trinkets,
+which she dispensed among them according to their various tastes; and
+with a general shake of the hand, they retired from the grounds to take
+their carriage for town. The parrots and cockatoos all bowed their
+heads in silence as they passed by them; but as the old Doctor (who
+always lingers behind to bestow and catch the last smile, and take the
+second shake of the hand where there are ladies in question) extended
+his hand to the kind lady, to thank her the second and last time, there
+was a tremendous cry of “<em>There! there!! there!!!</em>” and “<em>Cockatoo!
+cockatoo!</em>”&mdash;the last of which the poor Doctor, in his confusion, had
+mistaken for “<em>Chickabobboo! chickabobboo!</em>” He, however, kept a steady
+gait between the din of “<em>There! there!! there!!!</em>” and “<em>Cockatoo!</em>”
+that was behind him, and the inconceivable laughter of his party in the
+carriage, who now insisted on it (and almost made him believe), that
+his ugly face had been the sole cause of the alarm of the birds and
+monkeys since the Indians entered the ground.<a class="fnanchor" href="#Footnote_19" id="FNanchor_19">[19]</a></p>
+
+<p>This was theme enough, to ensure them a merry ride<a class="pagenum" id="Page_86" title="86"></a> home, where they
+arrived in time, and in the very best of humour, for their accustomed
+evening amusements at the Hall; and after that, of taking their suppers
+and <em>chickabobboo</em> in their own apartments, which resounded with songs
+and with encomiums on the kind lady and her <em>chickabobboo</em>, until they
+got to sleep.</p>
+
+<p>The next morning we had an appointment to visit the Surrey Zoological
+Gardens, and having the greatest curiosity to witness the mutual
+surprise there might be exhibited at the meeting of wild men and wild
+animals, I was one of the party. The interview, in order to avoid the
+annoyance of a crowd, had been arranged as a private one: we were,
+therefore, on the spot at an early hour; and as we were entering (the
+Doctor, with his jingling dress and red face, being in advance of the
+party, as he was sure to be in <em>entering</em> any curious place, though
+the last to <em>leave</em> if there were ladies behind), we were assailed
+with the most tremendous din of “<em>There! there!! there!!!</em>” “<em>Cockatoo!
+cockatoo!</em>” and “<em>God dam!</em>” and fluttering of wings of the poor
+affrighted parrots, that were pitching down from their perches in all
+directions. I thought it best that we should retreat a few moments,
+until Mr. Cross could arrange the front ranks of his aviary a little,
+which he did by moving back some of their outposts to let us pass. We
+had been shown into a little office in the meantime, where Mr. Melody
+had very prudently suggested that they had better discharge as many of
+their rattling gewgaws as possible, and try to carry into the ground as
+little of the frightful as they could. Amusing jokes were here heaped
+upon the Doctor for his extreme ugliness, which, as Jim told him,
+had terrified the poor birds almost to death. The Doctor bore it all
+patiently, however, and with a smile; and partially turned the laugh
+upon Jim with the big mouth, by replying that it was lucky for the
+gentleman owning the parrots that Jim did not enter first; for if he
+had, the poor man would have found them all dead, instead of being a
+little alarmed, as they then were.</p>
+
+<p><a class="pagenum" id="Page_87" title="87"></a>
+We were now entering upon the greatest field for the speculations and
+amusement (as well as astonishment) of the Indians that they were to
+meet in the great metropolis. My note-book was in my hand and my pencil
+constantly employed; and the notes that I then and in subsequent visits
+made, can be allowed very little space in this work. All were ready,
+and we followed Mr. Cross; the Indians, fourteen in number, with their
+red faces and red crests, marching in single file. The squalling of
+parrots and barking of dogs seemed to have announced to the whole
+neighbourhood that some extraordinary visitation was at hand; and when
+we were in front of the lions’ cage, their tremendous bolts against
+its sides, and unusual roar, announced to the stupidest animal and
+reptile that an enemy was in the field. The terrible voice of the king
+of beasts was heard in every part, and echoed back in affrighted notes
+of a hundred kinds. Men as well as beasts were alarmed, for the men
+employed within the grounds were retreating, and at every turn they
+made amidst its bewildering mazes, they imagined a roaring lion was to
+spring upon their backs. The horrid roaring of the lions was answered
+by lions from another part of the garden. Hyenas and panthers hissed,
+wolves were howling, the Indians (catching the loved inspiration of
+nature’s wildness) sounded their native war-whoop, the buffaloes
+bellowed, the wild geese stretched their necks and screamed; the deer,
+the elk, and the antelopes were trembling, the otters and beavers dived
+to the bottom of their pools, the monkeys were chattering from the tops
+of their wire cages, the bears were all at the summit of their poles,
+and the ducks and the geese whose wings were not cropped, were hoisting
+themselves out of their element into quieter regions.</p>
+
+<p>The whole establishment was thus in an instant “brushed up,” and
+in their excitement, prepared to be seen to the greatest possible
+advantage; all upon their feet, and walking their cages to and fro,
+seemingly as impatient to see<a class="pagenum" id="Page_88" title="88"></a> what they seemed to know was coming, as
+the visiting party was impatient to see them.</p>
+
+<p>I explained to the Indians that the lion was the king of beasts&mdash;and
+they threw tobacco before him as a sacrifice. The hyenas attracted
+their attention very much, and the leopards and tigers, of the nature
+of all of which I promised to give them some fuller account after we
+got home. They met the panther, which they instantly recognized, and
+the recognition would seem to have been mutual, from its evident alarm,
+evinced by its hissing and showing its teeth. <em>Jim</em> called for the
+Doctor “to see his brother,” the wolf. The Doctor’s <em>totem</em> or <em>arms</em>
+was the wolf&mdash;it was therefore <em>medicine</em> to him. The Doctor advanced
+with a smile, and offering it his hand, with a smirk of recognition,
+he began, in a low and soft tone, to howl like a wolf. All were quiet
+a moment, when the poor animal was led away by the Doctor’s “<em>distant
+howlings</em>,” until it raised up its nose, with the most pitiable looks
+of imploration for its liberty, and joined him in the chorus. He turned
+to us with an exulting smile, but to his “poor imprisoned brother,”
+as he called it, with a tear in his eye, and a plug of tobacco in his
+hand, which he left by the side of its cage as a <em>peace-offering</em>.</p>
+
+<p>The ostrich (of which there was a noble specimen there) and the
+kangaroo excited the admiration and lively remarks of the Indians; but
+when they met the poor distressed and ragged prisoner, the buffalo
+from their own wild and free prairies, their spirits were overshadowed
+with an instant gloom; forebodings, perhaps, of their own approaching
+destiny. They sighed, and even wept, for this worn veteran, and walked
+on. With the bears they would have shaken hands, if they could have
+done it, “and embraced them too,” said the Little-wolf, “for he had
+hugged many a one.” They threw tobacco to the rattlesnake, which is
+<em>medicine</em> with them, and not to be killed. The joker, <em>Jim</em>, made
+us white men take off our hats as we passed the beaver, for it was
+his relation; and as he had learned a little<a class="pagenum" id="Page_89" title="89"></a> English, when he heard
+the ducks cry “quack,” he pointed to them and told the Doctor to go
+there&mdash;he was called for.</p>
+
+<p>Thus rapid were the transitions from surprise to pity, and to mirth,
+as we passed along, and yet to wonder and astonishment, which had been
+reserved for the remotest and the last. Before the massive <em>elephant</em>
+little or nothing was said; all hands were over their mouths; their
+tobacco was forgotten, they walked quietly away, and all of us being
+seated under an arbour, to which we were conducted, our kind guide
+said to Jeffrey, “Tell the Indians that the immense arch they see now
+over their heads is made of the jaw-bones of a whale, and they may now
+imagine themselves and the whole party sitting in its mouth.” “Well,
+now,” said Jeffrey, “you don’t say so?” “Yes, it’s even so.” “Well,
+I declare! why, the elephant would be a mere baby to it.” Jeffrey
+explained it to the Indians, and having risen from their seats, and
+being satisfied, by feeling it, that it was actually bone, they wished
+to go home, and “see the rest at a future time.” We were then near the
+gate, where we soon took our carriage, and returned to their quarters
+in St. James’s Street.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<h2><a class="pagenum" id="Page_90" title="90"></a>
+CHAPTER XXI.</h2>
+
+<p class="hang">
+  Indians’ remarks on the Zoological Gardens&mdash;Their pity for
+     the poor buffalo and other animals imprisoned&mdash;Jim’s talk
+     with a clergyman about Hell and the hyænas&mdash;Indians’ ideas
+     of astronomy&mdash;Jim and the Doctor hear of the hells of
+     London&mdash;Desire to go into them&mdash;Promised to go&mdash;Indians
+     counting the gin-palaces (<em>chickabobboo-ags</em>)in a ride to
+     Blackwall and back&mdash;The result&mdash;Exhibition in the Egyptian
+     Hall&mdash;A sudden excitement&mdash;The War-chief recognises in the
+     crowd his old friend “Bobasheela”&mdash;Their former lives on
+     the Mississippi and Missouri&mdash;Bobasheela an Englishman&mdash;His
+     travels in the “Far West” of America&mdash;Story of their first
+     acquaintance&mdash;The doomed wedding-party&mdash;Lieut. Pike&mdash;Daniel
+     Boone and Son&mdash;Indians visit a great brewery&mdash;Kind reception
+     by the proprietors&mdash;Great surprise of the Indians&mdash;Immense
+     quantities of <em>chickabobboo</em>&mdash;War-dance in an empty
+     vat&mdash;Daniel commences Jim’s book of the statistics of
+     England&mdash;Indians visit the Tunnel&mdash;Visit to the Tower&mdash;The
+     Horse Armoury&mdash;The Royal Regalia&mdash;Indians’ ideas of the crowns
+     and jewels&mdash;“<em>Totems</em>” (arms) on the fronts of noblemen’s
+     houses&mdash;Royal arms over the shops&mdash;Strange notions of the
+     Doctor&mdash;They see the “man with the big nose” again&mdash;And the
+     “great white War-chief (the Duke of Wellington) on horseback,
+     near his wig-wam.”</p>
+
+
+<p>Three or four of my particular friends had joined us in our visit
+to the Zoological Gardens this morning, and amongst them a reverend
+gentleman, whose professional character was not made known to the
+Indians. He kept close to Jeffrey and the Indians all the way, and
+his ears were open to the translation of everything they said. He was
+not only highly amused at their remarks, but told me he heard enough
+to convince him that lessons of morality, of devotion, and religion,
+as well as of philosophy, might be learned from those poor people,
+although they were the savages of the wilderness, and often despised
+as such. Mr. Melody and I accompanied them to their rooms, and as we
+came in when their dinner was coming up, we sat down and par<a class="pagenum" id="Page_91" title="91"></a>took of
+it with them. The Indian’s mode is to <em>eat exclusively</em> while he eats,
+and to talk afterwards. We adhered to their rule on this occasion, and
+after the dinner was over, and a pipe was lit, there were remarks and
+comments enough ready, upon the strange things they had just seen.</p>
+
+<p>As usual, the first thing was, to have a laugh at the Doctor for having
+frightened the parrots; and then to reflect and to comment upon the
+cruelty of keeping all those poor and unoffending animals prisoners
+in such a place, merely to be looked at. They spoke of the doleful
+looks they all wore in their imprisoned cells, walking to and fro, and
+looking through the iron bars at every person who came along, as if
+they wished them to let them out. I was forcibly struck with the truth
+and fitness of their remarks, having never passed through a menagerie
+without coming out impressed, even to fatigue, with the sympathy I had
+felt for the distressed looks and actions of these poor creatures,
+imprisoned for life, for man’s amusement only.</p>
+
+<p>Jim asked, “What have all those poor animals and birds done that they
+should be shut up to die? They never have murdered anybody&mdash;they have
+not been guilty of stealing, and they owe no money; why should they be
+kept so, and there to die?” He said it would afford him more pleasure
+to see one of them let loose and run away over the fields, than to see
+a hundred imprisoned as they were. The Doctor took up the gauntlet and
+reasoned the other way. He said they were altogether the happiest wild
+animals he ever saw; they were perfectly prevented from destroying each
+other, and had enough to eat as long as they lived, and plenty of white
+men to wait upon them. He did not see why they should not live as long
+there as anywhere else, and as happy. He admitted, however, that his
+heart was sad at the desolate look of the old buffalo bull, which he
+would like to have seen turned loose on the prairies.</p>
+
+<p>The Roman-nose said he heard one of the parrots say “God dam.” “So he
+did,” said Jim; “and who could say otherwise, when the Doctor poked his
+ugly face so sud<a class="pagenum" id="Page_92" title="92"></a>denly in amongst them? They know how to speak English,
+and I don’t wonder they say God dam.”<a class="fnanchor" href="#Footnote_20" id="FNanchor_20">[20]</a></p>
+
+<p>I here diverted their attention from the jokes they were beginning
+upon the Doctor, by asking them how they liked the <em>chickabobboo</em> they
+got in the gardens, which they recollected with great pleasure, and
+which they pronounced to have been very good. Mr. Cross had invited
+the whole party to a private view, and after showing us, with great
+politeness, what he had curious, invited us into one of his delightful
+little refreshment rooms, and treated all to cold chickens, pork pies,
+pastries, and champagne, which the Indians called <em>chickabobboo</em>; and
+as he did not know the meaning of the word, I related the story of it,
+which pleased him very much.</p>
+
+<p>The Doctor made some laugh, by saying that “he was going over there
+again in a few days, if he could find some strings long enough, to
+measure the elephant and the bones of the whale, as he had got the
+dimensions of the giant man.” Jim told him “he had not got the measure
+of the <em>giant man</em>&mdash;he had only measured the <em>giant woman</em>, and
+getting scared, he only half measured her; and he was so much afraid
+of women, that he didn’t believe he could ever take the measure of one
+of them correct, if a hundred should stand ever so still for him.”
+The Doctor smiled, and looked at me as if to know if I was going to
+ask some question again. He was fortunately relieved at that moment,
+however, by Mr. Melody’s question to Jim, “how he liked the looks of
+the hyenas, and whether he would like him to buy one to carry home
+with him?” Jim rolled over on to his back, and drew his knees up (the
+only position in which he could “think fast,” as he expressed it;
+evidently a peculiarity with him, and a position, ungraceful as it
+was, which it was absolutely necessary for him to assume, if he was
+going to tell a story well, or to make a speech); and after think<a class="pagenum" id="Page_93" title="93"></a>ing
+much more profoundly than it required to answer so simple a question,
+replied, “Very well, very well,” and kept thinking on. The Little Wolf,
+who was lying by his side, asked him “what he was troubled about?&mdash;he
+seemed to be thinking very strong.” Jim replied to this, that “he was
+thinking a great way, and he had to think hard.” He said, that when he
+was looking at the hyenas, he said to Jeffrey that he thought they were
+the wickedest looking animals he ever saw, and that he believed they
+would go to hell; but that the gentleman who came to the garden with
+Mr. Melody<a class="fnanchor" href="#Footnote_21" id="FNanchor_21">[21]</a> said to him, “No, my friend, none but the animals that
+laugh and cry can go to heaven or to hell.” He said that this gentleman
+then wanted to know how he had heard of hell, and what idea he had of
+it. He said, he told Jeffrey to say to him that some white men (<em>black
+coats</em>) had told amongst his people, that there was such a place as
+hell, very low under the earth, where the wicked would all go, and for
+ever be in the fire. He said, the gentleman asked him if he believed
+it? and that he told him he thought there might be such a place for
+white people&mdash;he couldn’t tell&mdash;but he didn’t think the Indians would
+go to it. He said, the gentleman then asked him why he thought those
+poor ignorant animals the hyenas would go there? And he replied to him
+that <em>Chippehola</em><a class="fnanchor" href="#Footnote_22" id="FNanchor_22">[22]</a> said “the hyenas live by digging up the bodies of
+people after they are buried;” and he therefore thought they were as
+wicked as the white people, who also dig up the Indians’ graves, and
+scatter their bones about, all along our country;<a class="fnanchor" href="#Footnote_23" id="FNanchor_23">[23]</a> and he thought
+such white people would go to hell, and ought to go there. He said he
+also told the gentleman he had heard there were some hells under the
+city of London, and that he had been invited to go and see them: this,
+he said, made the<a class="pagenum" id="Page_94" title="94"></a> gentleman laugh, and there was no more said: that he
+had begun to think that this gentleman was a <em>black coat</em>, but when he
+saw him laugh, he found out that he was not. “Just the time you were
+mistaken,” said Mr. Melody; “for that gentleman <em>was</em> a clergyman, and
+you have made a very great fool of yourself.” “I will risk all that,”
+said Jim; “I have wanted all the time to make a speech to some of them,
+but the chiefs wouldn’t let me.”</p>
+
+<p>The pipe, during these conversations, was being handed around, and
+Jim’s prolific mind, while he was “thinking fast” (as he had called
+it), was now running upon the elephant, and he was anxious to know
+where it came from. I told him it was from the opposite side of the
+globe: he could not understand me, and to be more explicit, I told him
+that the ground we stood upon was part of the surface of the earth,
+which was round like a ball, and many thousands of miles around; and
+that these huge animals came from the side exactly opposite to us. I
+never could exactly believe that Jim, at the moment, doubted my word;
+but in the richness of his imagination (particularly in his thinking
+position) he so clearly saw elephants walking underside of the globe,
+with their backs downwards, without falling, that he broke out into
+such a flood of laughter, that he was obliged to shut out his thoughts,
+and roll over upon his hands and knees until the spasms went gradually
+off. The rest of the group were as incredulous as Jim, but laughed less
+vehemently; and as it was not a time to lecture further on astronomy,
+I thought it best to omit it until a better opportunity: merely
+waiting for Jim’s pencil sketch (and no doubt according to his first
+impression), which he was then drawing, with considerable tact; and
+with equal wit, proposed I should adopt as my “arms” or <em>totem</em>, the
+globe with an inverted elephant.</p>
+
+<p>Melody and I strolled off together, leaving the Indians in this
+amusing mood, while we were agreeing that they were a good-natured
+and well-disposed set of men, determining to take everything in the
+happiest way; and that they were<a class="pagenum" id="Page_95" title="95"></a> well entitled to our protection, and
+our best energies to promote their welfare. We saw that they enjoyed
+every thing that we showed them, with a high relish; and in hopes that
+they might profit by it, and feel a stronger attachment to us, we
+resolved to spare no pains in showing them whatever we could, that they
+might wish to see, and which would be likely, in any way, to render
+them a benefit.</p>
+
+<p>The reader will have seen, by this time, that they were a close
+observing and an amusing set of fellows: and knowing also that at this
+time nearly all the curious sights of London were still before us, he
+will be prepared to meet the most exciting and amusing parts of this
+book as he reads on.</p>
+
+<p>We continued to give these curious and good fellows their daily drives
+in their bus, and by an hour spent in this way each day, for several
+months, they were enabled to form a tolerably correct idea of the
+general shapes and appearance of the city, and its modes, as seen in
+the streets. In these drives, as well as in institutions of various
+kinds, which they visited, they saw many curious things which amused
+them, and others which astonished them very much; but their private
+room was the place for their amusing debates, and remarks upon them,
+when they returned: and to that I generally repaired every night before
+they went to bed, to hear what they had to say and to think, of the
+sights they had seen during the day.</p>
+
+<p><em>Chickabobboo</em>, though an Ojibbeway word, had now become a frequent and
+favourite theme with them, inasmuch as it was at this time an essential
+part of their dinners and suppers, and as, in all their drives about
+town, they were looking into the “gin palaces” which they were every
+moment passing, and at the pretty maids who were hopping about, and
+across the streets, in all directions, both night and day, with
+pitchers of ale in their hands. The elevated positions of the Doctor
+and Jim, as they were alongside of the driver of the bus, enabling
+them, in the narrow streets, to peep into the splendid interior of many
+of these, as<a class="pagenum" id="Page_96" title="96"></a> they were brilliantly illumined, and generally gay with
+bonnets and ribbons, and imagining a great deal of happiness and fun
+to reign in them, they had several times ventured, very modestly, to
+suggest to me a wish to look into some of them&mdash;“not to drink,” as they
+said, “for they could get enough to drink at home, but to see how they
+looked, and how the people acted there.”</p>
+
+<p>I had told them that if they had the least curiosity, there should
+be no objection to their going with me on some proper occasion,
+when they again got on their frock coats and beaver hats; and also
+that if there were any other curious places they wished to see in
+London, Mr. Melody or I would take them there. Upon hearing this the
+big-mouthed and quizzical Jim at once took me at my word, and told me
+that “some gentleman with Daniel had been telling him and the Doctor
+that there were several ‘<em>hells</em>’ under the city of London, and that
+they ought some time to go down and see them.” He didn’t think from
+what Daniel and that man said that they were hells of “fire,” but he
+thought as Daniel had been to them, there could not be much danger,
+and he thought they would be very curious to see; he knew these were
+not the hells which the <em>black coats</em> spoke of, for Daniel told him
+there were many beautiful ladies, and fine music, and <em>chickabobboo</em>
+there; that they did not wish to drink the <em>chickabobboo</em>, but merely
+to look and see, and then come away; and they had no objections to
+put on the black coats for that purpose; he said, in fact, that
+Daniel had invited them to go, and that Jeffrey had agreed to go with
+them. Jim had me thus “upon the hip” for this enterprise, and when I
+mentioned it to poor Melody, he smiled as he seemed to shrink from
+it, and said, “Ah, Catlin, that never will do: we are going to spoil
+these Indians, as sure as the world; there will be in a little time
+nothing but what they will want to see, and we shall have no peace of
+our lives with them. They have all gone now, and Daniel and Jeffrey
+with them, in their bus, all the way to Blackwall, merely to see how
+many <em>chickabobbooags</em><a class="pagenum" id="Page_97" title="97"></a> (gin palaces) they can count in the way, going
+by one route and returning by another. Their minds are running on
+<em>chickabobboo</em> and such things already, and they are in the midst of
+such a scene of gin-drinking and drunkenness as they see every day,
+that I am almost sorry we ever undertook to drive them out at all. I
+am daily more and more afraid that they will all become drunkards, in
+spite of all I can do, and I sometimes wish I had them safe home, where
+we started from. You have no idea what a charge I have on my hands,
+and the annoyance I have about the front of their apartments every
+night, from women who are beckoning them down from their windows to
+the door, and even into the passages and streets. They seem daily to
+be losing their respect for me, and I find it every day more and more
+difficult to control them.” “And so you will continue to find it,” said
+I, “unless privileges and freedom to a reasonable extent are granted
+to them, while they are strictly adhering to the solemn promises and
+restraints we have laid them under. These people have come here under
+your promises to show them everything you can, and to teach them
+how the civilized world live and act. They have reposed the highest
+confidence in you to take care of and protect them, and in return they
+have solemnly promised to conduct themselves properly and soberly; and
+as long as they adhere to that, you should not let them doubt your
+confidence in them, by fearing to show them some parts of the shades as
+well as the lights of civilization. They are here to learn the ways of
+civilization, and I should deem it wrong to deny them the privilege,
+if they ask for it, of seeing such parts of it as you and myself would
+go to see. I have been to see the ‘hells of London’ myself, and would
+much sooner take my son there, and there give him the most impressive
+lesson in morality, than forbid him to go, expressing to him my fears
+of his contamination. These people are like children in some respects,
+and they are men in others; and while I fully appreciate all your noble
+attachment to them, and your anxieties for them,<a class="pagenum" id="Page_98" title="98"></a> with the knowledge I
+have gained of the Indian character, I feel assured that as they are
+brought here to be shown everything of civilization, to restrict them
+in seeing the parts of it they desire to see, will be to exhibit to
+them a want of confidence which would be apt to lead to worse and more
+injurious results before you get home with them. I should have been
+very far from mentioning such places to them, or the many other dens
+of iniquity which exist in the great city of London and the cities of
+our own country, and which I hope they may remain strangers to; but
+they having heard of the hells of London, and expressed a desire to see
+them, I should feel no hesitation in giving Jim and the Doctor a peep
+into them, instead of representing them (as the means of keeping them
+away from them) as being a much greater degradation of human nature
+than they actually are.”</p>
+
+<p>Good, kind Melody looked so much distressed, that I finished my
+arguments here, and told him to “rest quite easy; there was a way by
+which we could get over it, and I not break my promise with Jim and
+the Doctor. That a friend of mine who had been into them recently and
+narrowly escaped with his life, would have a talk with them on the
+subject in a few days, and all would be right.<a class="fnanchor" href="#Footnote_24" id="FNanchor_24">[24]</a><a class="pagenum" id="Page_99" title="99"></a> As for the joke
+they are on to-day, about the <em>gin-shops</em>, I don’t see the least harm
+in it. They must have something to laugh at, and while they are getting
+their usual daily ride in the open air, they are passing one of the
+best comments that ever was made upon one of the greatest vices of the
+greatest city in the world.”</p>
+
+<p>The simple old Doctor, in his curious cogitations amidst the din of
+civilised excitements, while he had been ogling the thousands of
+ladies and gin-palaces, and other curious things all together, from
+the pinnacle of his bus, had brought home one day in round numbers the
+total amount of <em>chickabobbooags</em> that he had seen during the hour’s
+drive on one morning. The enormous amount of these, when added up,
+seemed too great for the most credulous; and Jim, seeming to think that
+the Doctor had counted the ladies instead of the grog-shops, disputed
+the correctness of his report, which had led to the result that was
+being carried out to-day, by some pretty spirited betting between the
+Doctor, Jim, Daniel, and Jeffrey, as to the number of <em>gin palaces
+(chickabobbooags)</em> they should pass on their way from St. James’s
+Street to Blackwall (where they had curiosity to taste “white bait”),
+and back again by a different route, taking <em>Euston Station</em> in their
+way as they returned. For this purpose it was arranged that the Doctor
+and Jim should take their customary seats with the driver; and <em>Roman
+Nose</em> and the <em>Little Wolf</em> inside of the bus, where there was less
+to attract their attention, should each take his side of the street,
+counting as they passed them, while the old War-chief should notch them
+on a stick which they had prepared for the purpose, having Daniel and
+Jeffrey by their sides to see that there was no mistake.</p>
+
+<p>The amusements of this gigantic undertaking were not to be even
+anticipated until they got back, nor its difficulties exactly
+appreciated until they appeared in the prosecution of the design. At
+starting off, the <em>Roman Nose</em> and <em>Little Wolf</em> took their positions
+on opposite seats, each one appropriating a pane of glass for his
+observations, and the old War-chief with his deal stick in one hand
+and a knife in<a class="pagenum" id="Page_100" title="100"></a> the other; and in this way they were ready for, and
+commenced operations. Each one as he passed a gin-shop, called out
+“<em>chickabobbooag!</em>” and the old chief cut a notch. This at first seemed
+to be quite an easy thing, and even allowed the old man an occasional
+moment to look around and observe the direction in which they were
+going, while the two amusing chubs who were outside could pass an
+occasional remark or two upon the ladies as they were commencing to
+keep an oral account, to corroborate or correct the records that were
+making inside. As they gradually receded from the temperate region of
+St. James’s (having by an ignorant oversight overlooked the numerous
+<em>club-houses</em>), their labours began to increase, and the old War-chief
+had to ply his knife with precision and quickness; the two companions
+outside stopped all further conversation, holding on to their fingers
+for tens, hundreds, &amp;c. The word <em>chickabobbooag</em> was now so rapidly
+repeated at times inside (and oftentimes by both parties at once),
+that the old chief found the greatest difficulty in keeping his record
+correct. The parties all kept at their posts, and attended strictly to
+their reckonings, until they arrived at Blackwall. They cast up none of
+their accounts there, but the old chief’s record was full&mdash;there was
+no room for another notch. He procured another stick for the returning
+memorandums, and the route back, being much more prolific and much
+longer, filled each of the four corners of his new stick, and when it
+was full he set down the rest of his sum in black marks, with a pencil
+and paper which Daniel took from his pocket.</p>
+
+<p>The reckoning, when they got back, and their curious remarks upon the
+incidents of their ride, were altogether very amusing, and so numerous
+and discordant were their accounts, that there was no final decision
+agreed upon as to the bets.</p>
+
+<p>Their results were brought in thus:</p>
+
+<table class="width80" summary="Indian count of chickabobbooags" cellpadding="3">
+<tr><td>War-chief</td><td class="tdr">notches</td><td>446</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
+<tr><td>Jim</td><td class="tdr">oral</td><td>432</td><td>doubtful</td><td class="tdr">60</td></tr>
+<tr><td>Doctor</td><td class="tdr">oral</td><td class="bb">754</td><td>doubtful</td><td class="tdr">0</td></tr>
+<tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="tdr">Average</td><td>544.</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
+</table>
+
+
+<p><a class="pagenum" id="Page_101" title="101"></a>
+What route they took I never was able to learn, but such were their
+accounts as they brought them in; and as it was ascertained that the
+Doctor had been adding to his account all the shops where he saw
+bottles in the windows, it was decided to be a reasonable calculation
+that he had brought into the account erroneously:</p>
+
+<table class="width80" cellpadding="3" summary="Correction to chickabbooags count">
+<tr><td>Apothecaries and confectioners&mdash;say</td><td class="top">300</td></tr>
+<tr><td>Leaving the average of all together (which was no doubt
+      very near the thing) Chickabobbooags</td><td class="bot">450</td></tr>
+</table>
+
+<p>So ended (after the half-hour’s jokes they had about it) this novel
+enterprise, which had been carried out with great pains and much
+fatigue, and in which, it was suggested by them, and admitted by me,
+they had well earned a jug of <em>chickabobboo</em>.</p>
+
+<p>The settlement of this important affair was not calculated by any means
+to lessen the Doctor’s curiosity in another respect, and which has been
+alluded to before&mdash;his desire to visit some of those places, to see
+the manner in which the <em>chickabobboo</em> was made. I put him at rest on
+that subject, however, by telling him that there was none of it made
+at those shops where it was sold, but that I had procured an order to
+admit the whole party to one of the greatest breweries in the city,
+where the <em>chickabobboo</em> was made, and that we were all to go the next
+day and see the manner in which it was done. This information seemed to
+give great pleasure to all, and to finish for the present the subject
+of <em>chickabobboo</em>.</p>
+
+<p>The night of this memorable day I had announced as the last night of
+the Indians at the Egyptian Hall, arrangements having been effected
+for their exhibitions to be made a few days in Vauxhall Gardens before
+leaving London for some of the provincial towns. This announcement, of
+course, brought a dense crowd into the Hall, and in it, as usual, the
+“jolly fat dame,” and many of my old friends, to take their last gaze
+at the Indians.</p>
+
+<p>The amusements were proceeding this evening, as on<a class="pagenum" id="Page_102" title="102"></a> former occasions,
+when a sudden excitement was raised in the following manner. In the
+midst of one of their noisy dances, the War-chief threw himself, with a
+violent jump and a yell of the shrill war-whoop, to the corner of the
+platform, where he landed on his feet in a half-crouching position,
+with his eyes, and one of his forefingers, fixed upon something that
+attracted his whole attention in a distant part of the crowd. The
+dance stopped&mdash;the eyes of all the Indians, and of course those of
+most of the crowd, were attracted to the same point; the eyes of the
+old War-chief were standing open, and in a full blaze upon the object
+before him, which nobody could well imagine, from his expression, to be
+anything less exciting than a huge panther, or a grizly bear, in the
+act of springing upon him. After staring awhile, and then shifting his
+weight upon the other leg, and taking a moment to wink, for the relief
+of his eyes, he resumed the intensity of his gaze upon the object
+before him in the crowd, and was indulging during a minute or two in a
+dead silence, for the events of twenty or thirty years to run through
+his mind, when he slowly straightened up to a more confident position,
+with his eyes relaxed, but still fixed upon their object, when, in an
+emphatic and ejaculatory tone, he pronounced the bewildering word of
+<em>Bobasheela!</em> and repeated it, <em>Bobasheela?</em> “Yes, I’m <em>Bobasheela</em>,
+my good old fellow! I knew your voice as soon as you spoke (though
+you don’t understand English yet).” <em>Chee-au-mung-ta-wangish-kee,
+Bobasheela.</em> “My friends, will you allow me to move along towards
+that good old fellow? he knows me;” at which the old chief (not of a
+<em>hundred</em>, but) of <em>many</em> battles, gave a yell, and a leap from the
+platform, and took his faithful friend <em>Bobasheela</em> in his arms, and
+after a lapse of thirty years, had the pleasure of warming his cheek
+against that of one of his oldest and dearest friends&mdash;one whose heart,
+we have since found, had been tried and trusted, and as often requited,
+in the midst of the dense and distant wildernesses of the banks of
+the Mississippi and Missouri. Whilst this extraordinary interview was
+proceeding, all ideas of the<a class="pagenum" id="Page_103" title="103"></a> dance were for the time lost sight
+of, and whilst these veterans were rapidly and mutually reciting the
+evidences of their bygone days of attachment, there came a simultaneous
+demand from all parts of the room, for an interpretation of their
+conversation, which I gave as far as I could understand it, and as far
+as it had then progressed, thus:&mdash;The old Sachem, in leading off his
+favourite war-dance, suddenly fixed his eye upon a face in the crowd,
+which he instantly recognized, and gazing upon it a moment, decided
+that it was the well-known face of an old friend, with whom he had
+spent many happy days of his early life on the banks of the Mississippi
+and Missouri rivers in America. The old chief, by appealing to this
+gentleman’s familiar Indian cognomen of <em>Bobasheela</em>, brought out an
+instant proof of the correctness of his recognition; and as he held
+him by both hands, to make proof doubly strong, he made much merriment
+amongst the party of Indians, by asking him if he ever “floated down
+any part of the great Mississippi river in the night, astride of two
+huge logs of wood, with his legs hanging in the water?” To which
+<em>Bobasheela</em> instantly replied in the affirmative. After which, and
+several <em>medicine</em> phrases, and masonic grips and signs had passed
+between them, the dance was resumed, and the rest of the story, as
+well as other anecdotes of the lives of these extraordinary personages
+postponed to the proper time and place, when and where the reader will
+be sure to hear them.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter">
+ <a id="Plate_14"></a>
+ <hr class="tb" />
+ <img src="images/i_102fp.jpg" width="532" height="640" alt="Plate 14: Mr. J.H., a native of Cornwall" />
+ <div class="caption">N<sup>o.</sup> 14.</div>
+ <hr class="tb" />
+</div>
+
+<p>The exhibition for the evening being over, Bobasheela was taken home
+with the Indians, to their lodgings, to smoke a pipe with them; and
+having had the curiosity to be of the party, I was enabled to gather
+the following further information. This <em>Bobasheela</em> (Mr. J. H., a
+native of Cornwall) (<a href="#Plate_14">Plate No. 14</a>), who is now spending the latter part
+of a very independent bachelor’s life amongst his friends in London,
+left his native country as long ago as the year 1805, and making his
+way, like many other bold adventurers, across the Alleghany Mountains
+in America, descended into the great and almost boundless valley of
+the Mississippi, in hopes by his<a class="pagenum" id="Page_104" title="104"></a> indefatigable industry, and daring
+enterprise, to share in the products that must find their way from that
+fertile wilderness valley to the civilized world.</p>
+
+<p>In this arduous and most perilous pursuit, he repeatedly ascended and
+descended in his bark canoe&mdash;his pirogue or his Mackinaw boat, the
+Ohio, the Muskingham, the Cumberland, the Tennessee, the Arkansas,
+the Missouri, and Mississippi rivers; and amongst the thousand and
+one droll and amusing incidents of thirty years spent in such a sort
+of life, was the anecdote which the War-chief alluded to, in the
+unexpected meeting with his old friend in my exhibition-room, and which
+the two parties more fully related to me in this evening’s interview.
+The good-natured Mr. H. told me that the tale was a true one, and the
+awkward predicament spoken of by the War-chief was one that he was
+actually placed in when his acquaintance first began with his good
+friend.</p>
+
+<p>Though the exhibition had kept us to a late hour, the greetings and
+pleasing reminiscences to be gone over by these two reclaimed friends,
+and (as they called themselves) “brothers” of the “Far West,” over
+repeatedly charged pipes of k'nick k'neck, were pleasing, and held
+us to a most unreasonable hour at night. When the chief, amongst his
+rapid interrogations to Bobasheela, asked him if he had preserved his
+<em>she-she-quoin</em>, he gave instant relief to the mind of his friend,
+from which the lapse of time and changes of society had erased the
+recollection of the chief’s familiar name, <em>She-she-quoi-me-gon</em>,
+by which his friend had christened him, from the circumstance of
+his having presented him a <em>she-she-quoin</em>(or mystery rattle), the
+customary badge bestowed when any one is initiated into the degree of
+“doctor” or “brother.”</p>
+
+<p>From the forms and ceremonies which my good friend <em>Bobasheela</em> had
+gone through, it seems (as his name indicates) that he stood in
+the relationship of brother to the chief; and although the chief’s
+interrogations had produced him pleasure in one respect, one can easily
+imagine him much pained<a class="pagenum" id="Page_105" title="105"></a> in another, inasmuch as he was obliged to
+acknowledge that his sacred badge, his <em>she-she-quoin</em>, had been lost
+many years since, by the sinking of one of his boats on the Cumberland
+river. For his standing in the tribe, such an event might have been
+of an irretrievable character; but for the renewed and continued good
+fellowship of his friend in this country, the accident proved to be one
+of little moment, as will be learned from various incidents recited in
+the following pages.</p>
+
+<p>In this first evening’s interview over the pipe, my friend Mr. H., to
+the great amusement of the party of Indians, and of Daniel and the
+squaws, who had gathered around us, as well as several of my London
+friends, related the story of “floating down the Mississippi river on
+two logs of wood,” &amp;c., as follows:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“This good old fellow and I formed our first acquaintance in a very
+  curious way, and when you hear me relate the manner of it, I am
+  quite sure you will know how to account for his recognizing me this
+  evening, and for the pleasure we have both felt at thus unexpectedly
+  meeting. In the year 1806 I happened to be on a visit to St. Louis,
+  and thence proceeded up the Missouri to the mouth of the ‘Femme
+  Osage’ to pay a visit to my old friend Daniel Boone, who had a short
+  time before left his farm in Kentucky and settled on the banks of
+  the Missouri, in the heart of an entire wilderness, to avoid the
+  constant annoyance of the neighbours who had flocked into the country
+  around him in Kentucky. The place for his future abode, which he
+  had selected, was in a rich and fertile country, and forty or fifty
+  miles from any white inhabitants, where he was determined to spend
+  the remainder of his days, believing that for the rest of his life
+  he would be no more annoyed by the familiarity of neighbours. I
+  spent several weeks very pleasantly with the old pioneer, who had
+  intentionally built his log cabin so small, with only one room and
+  one bed for himself and his wife, that even his best friends should
+  not break upon the sacred retirement of his house at night, but
+  having shared his hospitable board during the day were referred to
+  the cabin of his son, Nathan Boone, about four hundred yards distant,
+  where an extra room and an extra bed afforded them the means of
+  passing the night.</p>
+
+<p>“The old hunter and his son were thus living very happily, and made
+  me comfortable and happy whilst I was with them. The anecdotes of his
+  extraordinary life, which were talked over for amusement during that
+  time, were enough to fill a volume. The venerable old man, whose long
+  and flowing locks were silvery white, was then in his 78th year, and
+  still he almost daily took down his trusty rifle from its hooks in
+  the morning, and in<a class="pagenum" id="Page_106" title="106"></a> a little time would bring in a saddle of venison
+  for our breakfast, and thus he chiefly supported his affectionate
+  old lady and himself, and the few friends who found their way to his
+  solitary abode, without concern or care for the future. The stump of
+  a large cotton-wood tree, which had been cut down, was left standing
+  in the ground, and being cut square off on the top, and his cabin
+  being built around it, answered the purpose of a table in the centre
+  of his cabin, from which our meals were eaten. When I made my visit
+  to him, he had been living several years in this retired state and
+  been perfectly happy in the undisturbed solitude of the wilderness,
+  but told me several times that he was becoming very uneasy and
+  distressed, as he found that his days of peace were nearly over, as
+  two Yankee families had already found the way into the country, and
+  one of them had actually settled within nine miles of him.</p>
+
+<p>“Having finished my visit to this veteran and his son, I mounted my
+  horse, and taking leave followed an Indian trail to the town of St.
+  Charles, some thirty or forty miles below, on the north banks of the
+  Missouri. I here visited some old friends with whom I had become
+  acquainted on the lower Mississippi in former years, and intending
+  to descend the river from that to St. Louis by a boat had sold my
+  horse when I arrived there. Before I was ready to embark, however,
+  an old friend of mine, Lieutenant Pike, who had just returned from
+  his exploring expedition to the Rocky Mountains, had passed up
+  from St. Louis to a small settlement formed on the east bank of
+  the Mississippi, and a few miles below the mouth of the Missouri,
+  to attend a wedding which was to take place on the very evening
+  that I had received the information of it, and like himself, being
+  intimately acquainted with the young man who was to be married, I
+  resolved to be present if possible, though I had had no invitation to
+  attend, it not being known to the parties that I was in that part of
+  the country. The spot where the wedding was to take place being on
+  the bank of the river, and on my route to St. Louis, I endeavoured
+  to procure a canoe for the purpose, but not being able to get such
+  a thing in St. Charles at that time for love or money, and still
+  resolved to be at the wedding, I succeeded in rolling a couple of
+  large logs into the stream, which laid upon the shore in front of
+  the village, and lashing them firmly together, took a paddle from
+  the first boat that I could meet, and seating myself astride of
+  the two logs I pushed off into the muddy current of the Missouri,
+  and was soon swept away out of sight of the town of St. Charles.
+  My embarkation was a little before sundown, and having fifteen or
+  twenty miles to float before I should be upon the waters of the
+  Mississippi, I was in the midst of my journey overtaken by night, and
+  had to navigate my floating logs as well as I could among the snags
+  and sandbars that fell in my way. I was lucky, however, in escaping
+  them all, though I sometimes grazed them as I passed, and within a
+  few inches of being hurled to destruction. I at length entered the
+  broad waters of the Mississippi, and a few miles below on the left
+  bank saw the light in the cabins in which the merry circle of my
+  friends were assembled, and with all my might was plying my paddle to
+  propel my two logs to the shore. In<a class="pagenum" id="Page_107" title="107"></a> the midst of my hard struggle I
+  discovered several objects on my right and ahead of me, which seemed
+  to be rapidly approaching me, and I concluded that I was drifting
+  on to rocks or snags that were in a moment to destroy me. But in an
+  instant one of these supposed snags silently shot along by the side
+  of my logs, and being a canoe with four Indians in it, and all with
+  their bows and war-clubs drawn upon me, they gave the signal for
+  silence, as one of them, a tall, long-armed, and powerful man, seized
+  me by the collar. Having partially learned several of the languages
+  of the Indian tribes bordering on the Mississippi, I understood him
+  as he said in the Ioway language, ‘Not a word! if you speak you die!’
+  At that moment a dozen or more canoes were all drawn close around my
+  two logs of wood, astride of which I sat, with my legs in the water
+  up to my knees. These canoes were all filled with warriors with
+  their weapons in their hands, and no women being with them, I saw
+  they were a war party, and preparing for some mischief. Finding that
+  I understood their language and could speak a few words with them,
+  the warrior who still held me by the collar made a sign to the other
+  canoes to fall back a little while he addressed me in a low voice.
+  ‘Do you know the white chief who is visiting his friends this night
+  on the bank yonder where we see the lights?’ to which I replied ‘Yes,
+  he is an old friend of mine.’ ‘Well,’ said he, ‘he dies to-night,
+  and all those wig-wams are to be laid in ashes. <em>Stet-e-no-ka</em> was a
+  cousin of mine, and <em>Que-tun-ka</em> was a good man, and a friend to the
+  white people. The pale faces hung them like two dogs by their necks,
+  and the life of your friend, the white warrior, pays the forfeit
+  this night, and many may be the women and children who will die by
+  his side!’ I explained to him as well as I could that my friend,
+  Lieutenant Pike, had had no hand in the execution of the two Indians;
+  that they were hung below St. Louis when Lieutenant Pike was on his
+  way home from the Rocky Mountains. I told him also that Lieutenant
+  Pike was a great friend of the Indians, and would do anything to aid
+  or please them; that he had gone over the river that night to attend
+  the wedding of a friend, and little dreamed that amongst the Indians
+  he had any enemies who would raise their hands against him.</p>
+
+<p>“‘My friend,’ said he, ‘you have said enough: if you tell me that
+  your friend, or the friend or the enemy of any man, takes the hand
+  of a fair daughter on that ground to-night, an Ioway chief will not
+  offend the Great Spirit by raising the war-cry there. No Ioway can
+  spill the blood of an enemy on the ground where the hands and the
+  hearts of man and woman are joined together. This is the command of
+  the Great Spirit, and an Ioway warrior cannot break it. My friend,
+  these warriors you see around me with myself had sworn to kill the
+  first human being we met on our war excursion; we shall not harm
+  you, so you see that I give you your life. You will therefore keep
+  your lips shut, and we will return in peace to our village, which is
+  far up the river, and we shall hereafter meet our friends, the white
+  people, in the great city,<a class="fnanchor" href="#Footnote_25" id="FNanchor_25">[25]</a> as we have heretofore done, and we
+  have<a class="pagenum" id="Page_108" title="108"></a> many friends there. We shall do no harm to any one. My face is
+  now blackened, and the night is dark, therefore you cannot know me;
+  but this arrow you will keep&mdash;it matches with all the others in my
+  quiver, and by it you can always recognize me, but the meeting of
+  this night is not to be known.’ He gave me the arrow, and with these
+  words turned his canoe, and joining his companions was in a moment
+  out of sight. My arrow being passed under my hat-band, and finding
+  that the current had by this time drifted me down a mile or two below
+  the place where I designed to land, and beyond the power of reaching
+  it with my two awkward logs of wood, I steered my course onward
+  toward St. Louis, rapidly gliding over the surface of the broad
+  river, and arrived safely at the shore in front of the town at a late
+  hour in the night, having drifted a distance of more than thirty-five
+  miles. My two logs were an ample price for a night’s lodging, and
+  breakfast and dinner the next day; and I continued my voyage in a
+  Mackinaw boat on the same day to <em>Vide Pouche</em>, a small French town
+  about twenty miles below, where my business required my presence. The
+  wedding party proceeded undisturbed, and the danger they had been in
+  was never made known to them, as I promised the War-chief, who gave
+  me as the condition of my silence the solemn promise, that he would
+  never carry his feelings of revenge upon innocent persons any farther.</p>
+
+<p>“Thus ends the story of ‘floating down the Mississippi River on the
+  two logs of wood,’ which the War-chief alluded to in the question he
+  put to me this evening. On a subsequent occasion, some two or three
+  years afterwards, while sitting in the office of Governor Clark, the
+  superintendent of Indian affairs in St. Louis, where he was holding
+  ‘a talk’ with a party of Indians, a fine-looking fellow, of six
+  feet or more in stature, fixed his eyes intently upon me, and after
+  scanning me closely for a few moments, advanced, and seating himself
+  on the floor by the side of me, pronounced the word ‘<em>Bobasheela</em>,’
+  and asked me if ever I had received an arrow from the quiver of an
+  Indian warrior. The mutual recognition took place by my acknowledging
+  the fact, and a shake of the hand, and an amusing conversation about
+  the circumstances, and still the facts and the amusement all kept to
+  ourselves. This step led to the future familiarities of our lives
+  in the various places where the nature of my business led me into
+  his society, and gained for me the regular adoption as Bobasheela
+  (or Brother) and the badge (the <em>she-she-quoin</em>, or Mystery Rattle)
+  alluded to in the previous remarks, and which, it has been already
+  stated, was lost by the sinking of one of my boats on the Cumberland
+  River.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>There was a burst of laughter and mirth amongst the squaws and others
+of us who had listened to this curious tale, and, as the reader will
+easily decide, a great deal of pleasure produced by its relation. The
+supper-table by this time was ready, and Bobasheela took a seat by the
+side of his old friend. The author was also in the humour, and<a class="pagenum" id="Page_109" title="109"></a> joined
+them at their beef-steak and <em>chickabobboo</em>, and so did Mr. Melody
+and Daniel, and all who had joined in the merriment of the occasion
+of <em>Bobasheela’s</em> relation of the story of his going to the wedding
+astride of the two logs of wood. After the supper was over, and while
+the pipe was passing around, a number of other recitals of adventures
+in the “Far-West” continued the amusements of the evening to a late
+hour, when the author retired and left them to their own jokes and
+their night’s rest.</p>
+
+<p>The next morning after this was an exciting and bustling one, as all
+were preparing, at an early hour, to visit the great brewery on that
+day, as had been promised; and on their way back to see the Thames
+Tunnel, and the treasures of the Tower of London. One will easily see
+that here was a gigantic day’s work struck out, and that material
+enough was at hand for my note-book. <em>Bobasheela</em> must be of this
+party, and therefore was not left behind: with all in (except the two
+bucks, who habitually went outside), the Indian bus, with four horses,
+was a travelling <em>music</em> box as it passed rapidly through the streets;
+and the clouds of smoke issuing from it at times often spread the alarm
+that “she was all on fire within” as she went by. At the brewery, where
+they had been invited by the proprietors, servants in abundance were
+in readiness to turn upon their giant hinges the great gates, and pass
+the carriage into the court; and at the entrance to the grand fountain
+of <em>chickabobboo</em> there were servants to receive them and announce
+their arrival, when they were met, and with the greatest politeness
+and kindness led by one of the proprietors, and an escort of ladies,
+through the vast labyrinths and mazes, through the immense halls and
+courts, and under and over the dry-land bridges and arches of this
+smoking, steeping, and steaming wonder of the world, as they were sure
+to call it when they got home. The vastness and completeness of this
+huge manufactory, or, in fact, village of manufactures, illustrated and
+explained in all its parts and all its mysterious modes of operation,
+formed a subject of<a class="pagenum" id="Page_110" title="110"></a> amazement in our own as well as the Indians’
+minds&mdash;difficult to be described, and never to be forgotten.</p>
+
+<p>When the poor untutored Indians, from the soft and simple prairies of
+the Missouri, seated themselves upon a beam, and were looking into
+and contemplating the immensity of a smoking steeping-vat, containing
+more than 3000 barrels, and were told that there were 130 others of
+various dimensions in the establishment&mdash;that the whole edifice covered
+twelve acres of ground, and that there were necessarily constantly on
+hand in their cellars 232,000 barrels of ale, and also that this was
+only one of a great number of breweries in London, and that similar
+manufactories were in every town in the kingdom, though on a less
+scale, they began, almost for the first time since their arrival, to
+evince profound astonishment; and the fermentation in their minds,
+as to the consistency of white man’s teachings of temperance and
+manufacturing and selling ale, seemed not less than that which was
+going on in the vast abyss below them. The pipe was lit and passed
+around while they were in this contemplative mood, and as their ears
+were open, they got, in the meantime, further information of the
+wonderful modes and operations of this vast machine; and also, in round
+numbers, read from a report by one of the proprietors, the quantity of
+ale consumed in the kingdom annually. Upon hearing this, which seemed
+to cap the climax of all their astonishment, they threw down the pipe,
+and leaping into an empty vat, suddenly dissipated the pain of their
+mental calculations by joining in the Medicine (<em>or Mystery</em>) Dance.
+Their yells and screaming echoing through the vast and vapouring halls,
+soon brought some hundreds of maltsmen, grinders, firers, mashers,
+ostlers, painters, coopers, &amp;c., peeping through and amongst the
+blackened timbers and casks, and curling and hissing fumes, completing
+the scene as the richest model for the infernal regions.</p>
+
+<p>Every reader will paint (and <em>must</em> paint) this picture for himself,
+imagining the steeping vapour everywhere rising in curling clouds
+of white towards the blackened walls, and<a class="pagenum" id="Page_111" title="111"></a> timbers, and wheels, and
+stairways, and arches, and bridges, and casks, and from amongst and
+between all of these, the blackened faces and glaring eyeballs piercing
+through the steam, upon the unusual, and to them as yet unaccountable,
+<em>fermentation</em> going on (to the admiration and amusement of those who
+were in the secret) in the empty vat!
+
+At the end of their dance, a foaming mug of the <em>delicious</em> was passed
+around, enabling them more easily and lightly to comprehend the wonders
+of this mighty scene; and after they had finished their round, and seen
+its varied mysteries, a huge and delicious beefsteak, and foaming mugs
+of the <em>cream of chickabobboo</em>, prepared for them by the kind lady of
+one of the proprietors of the establishment, soon smoothed off all the
+edges of their astonishment; and after the war-dance and the war-whoop,
+given to please the ladies, they again passed under the huge arches and
+gateways, and took their omnibus for a visit to the <em>Tower</em>.</p>
+
+<p>The mood in which these good-natured fellows had left the brewery was a
+very merry one; they had got just ale enough for the present emergency,
+and seen an abundant and infallible source at the great fountain of
+<em>chickabobboo</em> to ensure them a constant supply, and seemed, as they
+passed along the streets, to be pleased with everything they saw. They
+met the man again with the “big nose,” and succeeded in stopping the
+bus to take a good look at his wonderful proboscis. As the bus stopped,
+he, like many others, came up to catch a glimpse of the red skins, and
+they all declared, on close examination, that his nose at least must
+have been begot by a potato; for, as the women had before said, they
+could distinctly see the sprouts, and Jim and the Doctor both insisted,
+that “if it were planted it would sprout and grow.”</p>
+
+<p>They stopped the bus again to speak with some poor Lascars sweeping the
+streets; it was difficult to get any interpretation from them, though
+the Indians tried their<a class="pagenum" id="Page_112" title="112"></a> own language on both sides, but in vain; they
+gave them fifteen shillings, and passed on.</p>
+
+<p>The Tower, from its outward appearance, did not seem to excite in them
+any extravagant expectation of what they were to see within its gloomy
+walls. They remarked, when going in, that “they were going to prison;”
+and they were of opinion, no doubt, that it consisted of little else,
+as they had as yet heard no other description of it than that it was
+the “<em>Tower of London</em>” and they were going to see it. Poor fellows!
+they guessed right; they knew not of the illustrious prisoners who had
+pined within its gloomy walls, nor of the blood that had been shed
+within and around it. They went to <em>see</em>, and had enough to engage
+all their thoughts and attention without referring to the events of
+history. We were kindly conducted through the different rooms, and most
+of its curiosities explained to us. The “small-arms room,” containing
+200,000 muskets, had been burned. The “horse armoury” seemed to afford
+them much delight; the thousands of various spears and lances, they
+thought, presented some beautiful models for Indian warfare, and
+hunting the buffaloes. The <em>beheading block</em>, on which Lords Balmerino,
+Kilmarnock, and Lovat were beheaded in the Tower in 1746, attracted
+their attention, and the axe that severed the head of Anne Boleyn.</p>
+
+<p>In the <em>Regalia Room</em>, the crown of her Majesty and four other crowns,
+the sceptres and staffs, and orbs, swords of justice, swords of
+mercy, royal spurs, salts, baptismal fonts, &amp;c., in massive gold and
+brilliant stones, seemed rather to disappoint than to astonish them;
+and to us, who knew better than they did the meaning and value of these
+magnificent treasures, there seemed a striking incongruity in the
+public exhibition of them in so confined and humble an apartment.</p>
+
+<p>The <em>Thames Tunnel</em> was our next object, and a drive of a quarter of an
+hour brought us to the dismal neighbourhood of its entrance. Paying our
+fees, and descending<a class="pagenum" id="Page_113" title="113"></a> some hundred or more steps by a spiral staircase,
+we were ready to enter the tunnel. Walking through its gloomy halls,
+and spending a few shillings for toys protruded under our faces at
+every rod we advanced, by young women sitting at their little stalls
+under each of its arches, we at length ascended an equal number of
+steps, and came to the light of day on the opposite side of the Thames;
+and in the midst of one of the most unintelligible, forlorn, and
+forsaken districts of London or the world, we waited half an hour or
+more for our omnibus to make its circuit across the bridge and take us
+up. We sauntered and loitered our way through, and as long as we were
+passing this monster speculation of the world, we met, to the best of
+our recollection, but four or five persons passing through, who had
+paid their penny a-head for the privilege.</p>
+
+<p>While waiting for the bus, some “on-the-spot” remarks were made by the
+Indians, which I thought had some sound sense in them. They thought it
+must have cost a great deal of money, and believed it was too far out
+of London ever to pay; and they did not see that it was any curiosity
+for them, as they had passed through several on the railway ten times
+as long. They did not think, however, that it need be time and money
+thrown away, as “they thought it might make a first-rate place to twist
+ropes.” These and other remarks they were making about the great tunnel
+as we were jogging along towards home, and evidently somewhat surprised
+that we should have excited their curiosity so high about it.</p>
+
+<p>On our return, after this fatiguing day’s work was finished, their
+dinner was ready; and after that their pipe was smoked, a nap taken,
+and then their accustomed amusements in the Egyptian Hall. Their supper
+was the next thing, and with it their mug of <em>chickabobboo</em>, then their
+pipe, passing around as they all reclined on their buffalo robes on the
+floor, and then began the gossip about the sights they had seen and
+incidents they had witnessed during the day.</p>
+
+<p><a class="pagenum" id="Page_114" title="114"></a>
+This extraordinary day’s rambling had taken them across more bridges
+and through a greater number of crooked and narrow streets than they
+had passed on any former occasion, which brought the Doctor to one of
+the first and shrewdest remarks of the evening. He said “he thought
+from all that he had seen, sitting on top of the bus all day, that the
+English people had the best way in the world for crossing rivers, but
+he thought their <em>paths</em> were many of them too narrow and much too
+crooked.”</p>
+
+<p>“The poor people, and those who seemed to be drunk, were much more
+numerous than they had seen them in any other of their drives;” and
+they were counting the money left in their pouches to see how much they
+had thrown out to the poor. They soon agreed that “they had given away
+something more than thirty shillings, which they thought would do a
+great deal of good, and the Great Spirit would reward them for it.”</p>
+
+<p>The <em>Doctor</em> and <em>Jim</em>, the everlasting cronies, on the outside, were
+comparing their estimates of the numbers they had counted of the
+“<em>Kon-to-too-ags</em> (fighters with one horn)<a class="fnanchor" href="#Footnote_26" id="FNanchor_26">[26]</a> that they had seen over
+the doors and shops as they had passed along, which they had been
+looking at every day since they came to London, but had never yet been
+able quite to learn the meaning of,” and also “the <em>totems</em> (arms, as
+they supposed) of great chiefs, so beautifully painted and put out
+between their chamber windows.”</p>
+
+<p>The Doctor said “he believed the white people had got this custom from
+the Indians, as it was the habit of the great chiefs and warriors to
+put their ‘<em>totems</em>’ over their wig-wam doors, but when they did so,
+they always put out scalps on certain days, to show what they had
+done. He had watched these totems in London as he had been riding, in
+all sorts of weather, and as he had seen no scalps or anything hung
+out by the side of them, he couldn’t exactly see how all these people
+were entitled to them; still, it might<a class="pagenum" id="Page_115" title="115"></a> all be right.” Daniel put
+the Doctor’s inquiries all at rest on the subject of totems and the
+“one-horn fighters,” by telling him that if he would wait a little
+until Mr. Catlin and Mr. Melody had gone, he would give him the whole
+history of white men’s totems, how they got them and the use they made
+of them; and he would also tell him all about the “Lion and the Unicorn
+fighting for the Crown,” &amp;c.</p>
+
+<p>The Doctor here made some comments on the great white war-chief (the
+Duke of Wellington) who had been pointed out to them on horseback as
+they passed him in the street, and his wig-wam was also shown to them
+(<em>i.e.</em> to the Doctor and Jim as they sat outside with the driver). He
+was disposed to learn something more of him, and Daniel silenced him by
+saying, “Let that alone too for awhile, and I will tell you all about
+him.”</p>
+
+<p>Daniel and Jim I found at this time very busily engaged in a corner
+of the room, with a candle on the floor; whilst Daniel was entering
+in a little book the astonishing estimates given us at the brewery,
+of the quantity of ale on hand, the size and number of the vats, and
+the almost incredible quantity consumed in the kingdom each year.
+Jim, as I have before said, was the only one of the party who seemed
+ambitious to civilize; and as he was daily labouring to learn something
+of the English language, he had this day conceived the importance of
+instituting a little book of entries in which he could carry home, to
+enlighten his people, something like a brief statistical account of
+the marvellous things he was seeing, and was to see, amongst the white
+people.</p>
+
+<p>Daniel had at this moment finished entering into it the estimates of
+the brewery and <em>chickabobboo</em>, which had opened their eyes wider,
+perhaps, than anything else they had seen; and he had very wisely left
+a few blank pages in the beginning of the book for other retrospective
+notes and estimates of things they had already seen since the day
+they left home. Jim’s Journal was thus established, and he was, with
+Daniel’s aid, to become a sort of historian to the party; and as the
+sequel will show, he became stimulated thereby<a class="pagenum" id="Page_116" title="116"></a> to greater exertions
+to see and to understand what was curious and interesting, and to get
+estimates of the beauties and blessings of civilization to carry home.
+He laboured from that moment indefatigably, not to write or to read,
+but to speak; and made rapid progress, as will be seen hereafter,
+having known, as he said, but two English sentences when he came to
+England, which were, “How do do?” and “God dam.”</p>
+
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<h2><a class="pagenum" id="Page_117" title="117"></a>
+CHAPTER XXII.</h2>
+
+<p class="hang">
+  The Ioways in Vauxhall Gardens&mdash;Surrey Theatre&mdash;Carter in
+     the lions’ cage&mdash;Astonishment of the Indians&mdash;Indians in
+     the Diving Bell, at the Polytechnic Institution&mdash;Indians
+     riding&mdash;Shooting at target on horseback&mdash;Ball-play&mdash;“Jolly
+     fat dame”&mdash;Ladies converse with the Doctor&mdash;His reasons for
+     not marrying&mdash;Curious questions&mdash;Plurality of wives&mdash;Amusing
+     scene&mdash;The Author in Indian costume&mdash;A cruel experiment&mdash;Ioways
+     arrive in Birmingham&mdash;The Author’s arrival there&mdash;Society of
+     Friends&mdash;Indians all breakfast with Mr. Joseph Sturge&mdash;Kind
+     treatment&mdash;Conversation after breakfast about religion and
+     education&mdash;Reply of the War-chief&mdash;The button-factory of Turner
+     and Sons&mdash;Generous presents to the Indians&mdash;<em>Bobasheela</em>
+     arrives&mdash;Indians dividing their buttons&mdash;Doctor found
+     on top of the Shakespeare Buildings&mdash;Indians’ kindness
+     to a beggar-woman&mdash;Poor-houses&mdash;Many Friends visit the
+     Indians&mdash;Indians’ visit to Miss Catherine Hutton&mdash;Her
+     great age&mdash;Her kindness&mdash;Dinner&mdash;Her presents to them in
+     money&mdash;Parting scene&mdash;The War-chief’s speech to her&mdash;Her
+     letters to the Author&mdash;Indians present to the two hospitals 370
+     dollars&mdash;Address read by the Presidents to the Indians&mdash;Doctor’s
+     reply&mdash;Indians start for York&mdash;A fox-hunt&mdash;Curious notions
+     of Indians about it&mdash;Visit to York Minster&mdash;Ascend the grand
+     tower&mdash;Visit to the castle and prison&mdash;Museum of the instruments
+     of murder&mdash;Alarm of the Doctor&mdash;Kindness of the governor of the
+     castle and his lady&mdash;Indians’ ideas of imprisonment for debt,
+     and punishment for murder.</p>
+
+
+<p>The scene of the Indians’ amusements was now changed from the Egyptian
+Hall to the open air in Vauxhall Gardens, and their dances and other
+exercises were given in the afternoon. Their lodgings were also changed
+at the same time to the buildings within the enclosure of the gardens.
+This arrangement was one of very great pleasure to the Indians, as it
+allowed a free space to exercise in during their leisure hours, amongst
+trees and shrubbery, affording them almost a complete resumption of
+Indian life in the wilderness, as they had the uninterrupted range
+of the gardens during the hours that the public were not there to<a class="pagenum" id="Page_118" title="118"></a>
+witness their amusements. This arrangement was pleasing to them in
+another respect, and to us also, as there were many things they were
+yet anxious to see in London, and which, as they could only be seen at
+night, our former arrangements had entirely precluded them from seeing.
+Under these new arrangements they still had their omnibus drives,
+and at night attended the parties of numerous friends who had been
+desirous to show them some attentions, and also were taken to several
+instructive exhibitions, and to two or three of the principal theatres.</p>
+
+<p>We were then in the vicinity of the Surrey Theatre, where Mr. Carter,
+“the lion-tamer,” invited them several times to witness his wonderful
+feat of going into the lion’s cage. This scene was one of the most
+impressive and exciting nature to them, and will probably be as long
+recollected by them as the wonders opened to their minds at the
+<em>fountain of chickabobboo</em>.</p>
+
+<p>The Polytechnic Institution was one I took great pleasure in
+accompanying them to; and a scene of much amusement for a numerous
+audience as well as amusing and astonishing to themselves, was that
+of their descending in the diving-bell. They were at first afraid of
+it, but after the Doctor had made a descent with me, and come out
+unhurt and unwet, several others went down with Mr. Melody, others with
+Jeffrey&mdash;the old War-chief with his old friend <em>Bobasheela</em>, and so
+on, until every one of the party, men, women, and children, went down
+and experienced the curious sensation of that (to them) greatest of
+<em>medicine affairs</em>.</p>
+
+<p>In Vauxhall Gardens the Indians erected their four wig-wams of buffalo
+hides, and in darting into and about them during their various games
+and amusements, whilst the blue smoke was curling out of their tops,
+presented one of the most complete and perfect illustrations of an
+Indian encampment that could possibly have been designed. It was <em>the
+thing itself</em>, and the very men, women, and children living and acting
+on a similar green turf, as they do on the prairies of the Missouri.</p>
+
+<p><a class="pagenum" id="Page_119" title="119"></a>
+In the amusements as there given, there was an addition to those which
+had been made in <em>Lord’s Cricket-ground</em> some weeks before, having in
+Vauxhall brought horses in to add, with equestrian exercises, to the
+completion of all the modes practised by this tribe. The Ioways, like
+most of the Indians of the prairies of America, subsist upon the food
+of the buffalo, and kill them from their horses’ backs, with their bows
+and arrows, while running at full speed. In the same manner they meet
+their enemies in battle, in which they carry their shield and lance.
+Thus fully equipped, with their own native shields and lances, and
+bows, and even the saddles and trappings for their horses, they all
+mounted upon their backs, in the midst of their amusements, and dashing
+off at full speed, illustrated their modes of drawing the bow as they
+drove their arrows into the target, or made their warlike feints at it
+with their long lances as they passed.</p>
+
+<p>This formed the most attractive part of their exhibition, and thousands
+flocked there to witness their powers of horsemanship and skill in
+prairie warfare. This exciting exhibition which pleased the visitors, I
+could have wished might have been less fatiguing, and even dangerous,
+to the limbs of the Indians than it actually was from the awkwardness
+and perverseness and fright of the horses, not trained to Indian modes.
+With all these difficulties to contend with, however, they played
+their parts cheerfully and well, and the spectators seemed highly
+pleased. Amidst the throngs who visited them here, we could discover
+most of their old standard friends and admirers, who came to see them
+on horseback, and in the beautiful game of ball, in the open grounds
+of Vauxhall, where they could more easily approach and converse with
+them; and amongst such, the “jolly fat dame” was present, and more
+pleased than ever, when she could catch the Doctor’s smile as he passed
+by her at full speed, and raising his shield of buffalo’s hide upon
+his arm, he darted his long lance in feints at her breast, and sounded
+the piercing war-cry. The vanity of<a class="pagenum" id="Page_120" title="120"></a> the Doctor was so well suited in
+this mode of the exhibition, where he could dash by ranks and files,
+and even phalanxes of ladies, with the endless flourishes of his shield
+and lance, that he soon began to exhibit convincing evidences that
+his ambition and his vanity were too much for his bodily resources,
+which it became necessary to replenish occasionally by refusing him
+his horse, on which occasions he made good use of his time, by placing
+himself, wrapped in his robe, with his fan in his hand, by the side
+of the ladies, with whom he could exchange by this time a few words,
+and many significant looks and gestures, which never failed to amuse,
+and seldom failed to operate upon their generous feelings, which were
+constantly adding to the contents of his tobacco pouch, which was
+now known to be a reservoir for money and trinkets of various kinds,
+instead of tobacco.</p>
+
+<p>I happened to be by the side of the Doctor on one of these occasions,
+when I became so much amused with the questions and answers, that I
+immediately after retired and committed them to my note book. A number
+of jolly fat dames, of middle and knowing age, had drawn themselves
+around the Doctor, and looking over their shoulders and under their
+arms, a number of delicate and coy little girls. And having called
+Jeffrey to translate, they were enabled to get the gist of all he
+said, without loss from modesty or evasion, which seemed to be exactly
+what they most desired. His friend Jim having seen him thus enveloped,
+turned <em>his</em> horse loose and came to his aid (or countenance), and as
+the old man hesitated, Jim gave him the nod and the wink to be plain
+in his replies. They had first asked him if he was married? to which
+he replied “No.” They then asked him why he did not get him a wife? he
+said “He had always been very particular about giving offence to the
+women, and he had feared that if he selected one in preference to the
+others, that the others would all be offended.” This queer reply raised
+a great laugh amongst the crowd, and encouraged the Doctor to go on.
+Some one of the ladies then told him she feared he did not admire the<a class="pagenum" id="Page_121" title="121"></a>
+ladies enough? he said, “he had always believed that the reason he did
+not get married was, that he admired them too much; he saw so many that
+he wanted, that he had never decided which to take, and so had taken
+none.” Melody came up at this time, and seemed a little vexed, and
+said, “Catlin, you had better call that old fool away, those people
+will spoil him, he is quite vain enough now.” “Oh, no,” said I, “let
+him alone, he is gratifying the ladies, and we shall see, in a few
+moments, which is the fool, he or the ladies who are questioning him.”
+Melody smiled, and looked on.</p>
+
+<p>“I have been told,” said one of the ladies, “that some of the Indians
+have a number of wives: is that so?”</p>
+
+<p>“Yes,” the Doctor replied in English, “sometimes have a heap.” (The
+ladies all laughed.) Two or three inquired what a “<em>heap</em>” was? Jeffrey
+said, “Why, ma'am, it is what in our country means a ‘<em>lot</em>:’ you know
+what they call a ‘<em>lot</em>’ here?” “Oh, yes! it means a great many.” “Yes,
+a number.” “Well, tell the Doctor I want to know what they do with so
+many?”</p>
+
+<p>Here the poor Doctor was quite at a loss to know what to say; one thing
+he was sure to do&mdash;he smiled&mdash;and it seemed as if he wished that to
+go for an answer: and it might have done so with most of her sex, but
+in this instance it was not quite satisfactory, and the question was
+again put: to which the big-mouthed Jim, who I said had come to the
+relief of his friend, and who had a wife of his own, put in an instant
+reply, which relieved the Doctor, and seemed very much to embarrass the
+lady, for she instantly added, (as all were bursting with laughter,)
+“That isn’t what I mean: I want to know how a chief can get along with
+so many, how he can manage them all, and keep them in good humour and
+satisfied; for,” said she, “in this country, one is quite as much as a
+man can manage.”</p>
+
+<p>This seemed to afford the Doctor a little relief, and he was evidently
+able to go on again, as he smilingly said, “It was quite easy, as
+Indian women were much more peaceable<a class="pagenum" id="Page_122" title="122"></a> and quiet than white women,
+it was much more easy he thought to manage them; they drank no
+<em>chickabobboo</em>, and therefore did not require so much watching as white
+women.”</p>
+
+<p>The lady seemed quite balked in the debate she was about entering on
+with the Doctor, from her ignorance of the meaning of <em>chickabobboo</em>,
+and asked for an explanation of it, as if for all the company about; to
+which Jim put in (again in plain English), “Gin!” “Oh! Doctor,” said
+she, “I hope you don’t accuse the ladies of London of drinking gin?”
+The Doctor replied, that “he had not seen them do it, but that he had
+been told that they did, and that it was the reason why the ladies here
+grew so large and so fat.” He said, “that they could always look out of
+the windows, where he lived, and just before going to bed they could
+see any night a hundred women going home with pitchers full of it,
+to drink after they got into bed, so as to sleep sound: and that one
+night, coming home in their carriage at a late hour, from a distance,
+where they had been to see a show, he and Jim had counted more than
+three hundred women running along in the street, with pitchers filled
+with it in their hands, to drink as they were going to bed.”</p>
+
+<p>The lady’s explanation of this, that “It was only harmless ale that
+these women were carrying in for their masters and mistresses,” excited
+the Doctor’s smiles, but no reply.</p>
+
+<p>She seemed not satisfied yet about the first subject that she had
+started, and reverting to it again, said, “Well, Doctor, I can’t excuse
+the Indians for having so many wives. I like the Indians very much, but
+I don’t like that custom they have; I think it is very cruel and very
+wicked. Don’t you think it is wrong?”</p>
+
+<p>The Doctor studied a moment, and replied, “that it might be wrong, but
+if it was, he didn’t see that it was any worse than for white women
+to have a number of husbands.” “But what, Doctor, what do you mean? I
+hope you have not so bad an opinion of white women as that?” To this
+he very coolly replied, “that when they drank a great deal<a class="pagenum" id="Page_123" title="123"></a> of gin, he
+believed, from what he had seen in his practice, that a woman would
+require more than one husband; and that since he had been in London
+he had seen many walking in the streets, and some riding in fine
+carriages, whom he thought, from their looks, must have more than one
+husband: and from what he had been told, he believed that many women in
+London had a <em>heap</em>!” “That’s a <em>lot</em>!” (cried out a very pretty little
+girl, who had been listening, and, frightened at her own unintentional
+interpretation, started to run.)</p>
+
+<p>“Come, come, Catlin,” said Melody, “pull the old fellow out, and take
+him away;” and so the debate ended, amidst a roar of laughter from all
+sides.</p>
+
+<p>One more of the hundred little reminiscences of Vauxhall, and we will
+leave it. I have already said, that in the spacious apartments of
+Vauxhall, unoccupied, the Indians were quartered, and took their meals;
+and during the forepart of the day, between their breakfast and the
+hour of their afternoon exhibitions, their time was mostly spent in
+strolling around the grounds, or at their varied amusements. Many of
+my personal friends finding this a pleasing opportunity to see them,
+were in the habit of coming in, and amusing themselves with them. I
+had accidentally heard of a party of ladies preparing to come on a
+certain morning, some of them my esteemed friends, and others strangers
+to me: and from a wish to get relieved from a fatiguing conversation,
+as well as from a still stronger desire for amusement, I selected
+from my wardrobe a very splendid dress, head-gear and all complete,
+and fully arranged myself in Indian costume, “cap-à-pied,” with face
+fully painted, and weapons in hand; and at the hour of their arrival
+in the house, took care to be strolling about in the grounds with
+Wash-ka-mon-ya (Jim). Whilst the ladies were amused with the party in
+the house, where there were constant inquiries for me, two of them
+observing us two beaus sauntering about in the garden, came out to keep
+us company, and to talk to us, and with themselves, in the English
+lan<a class="pagenum" id="Page_124" title="124"></a>guage, which of course we Indians knew nothing of: when we shook
+our heads to their inquiries, “Do you speak English, good Indians?” I
+saw they did not recognize me, yet I trembled for fear, for they were
+lovely women, and every sentence almost which they uttered would have
+made the discovery more cruel: we held ourselves dignified and dumb;
+whilst they, poor things, were so much regretting that we could not
+understand what they said. They finished their visit to us and their
+remarks, and returned, leaving me to regret my folly upon which I had
+thoughtlessly entered.</p>
+
+<p>Several weeks were spent in their daily exhibitions in Vauxhall, and,
+as one can easily imagine, much to the satisfaction of the Indians,
+and, I believe, much to the amusement of the visitors who came to see
+them. Within the last week of their exhibition I admitted from charity
+schools 32,000 children, with their teachers, free of charge; to all of
+whom I gave instructive lectures on the position of the tribe, their
+condition, their customs and character: and explained also the modes,
+which were acted out by 14 living Indians before their eyes; and but
+one of these schools ever communicated with me after, to thank me for
+the amusement or instruction; which might not have been a <em>curious
+omission</em>, but I thought it <em>was</em>, at the time.</p>
+
+<p>With the amusements at Vauxhall ended my career in London; and
+contemplating a tour to several of the provincial towns, in company
+with the Indians, I took my little family to Brighton, and having
+left them comfortably situated and provided for, I joined the party
+in Birmingham, where they had arrived and taken lodgings. The idea
+of moving about pleased the Indians very much, and I found them all
+in high spirits when I arrived, delighted to have found that the
+<em>chickabobboo</em> was the same there as in London, and was likely to
+continue much the same in all parts of the kingdom to which they should
+go. There was an unfortunate offset to this pleasing intelligence,
+however, which seemed to annoy them very much, and of which they<a class="pagenum" id="Page_125" title="125"></a> were
+making bitter complaint. On leaving London for the country, they had
+spent some days, and exercised all their ingenuity, in endeavouring
+to clean their beautiful skin dresses, which the soot of London had
+sadly metamorphosed; and on arriving in Birmingham they had the extreme
+mortification to anticipate, from appearances, an equal destruction of
+that soft and white surface which they give to their skin dresses, and
+which (though it had been entirely lost sight of during the latter part
+of their stay in London) had, with great pains, been partially restored
+for a more pleasing appearance in the country.</p>
+
+<p>Though I had several times passed through Birmingham, and on one
+occasion stopped there a day or two, I entered this time a total
+stranger, and in rather a strange and amusing manner. On my journey
+there by the railway, I had fallen in company and conversation with a
+very amusing man, who told me he was a commercial traveller, and we had
+had so much amusing chat together, that when we arrived, at a late hour
+at night, I was quite happy to follow his advice as to the quarters we
+were to take up in the town, at least for the night. He said it was
+so late that the hotels would be closed, and that the commercial inn,
+where he was going, was the only place open, and I should find there
+everything to make me comfortable, and a very nice sort of people. We
+took an omnibus for town, and as there was only room for one inside, he
+got upon the top, and so we went off; and getting, as I supposed, into
+or near the middle of the town, the bus stopped at a “commercial inn,”
+which was open, and lighted up in front, and a number of passengers
+getting out, and others down from the top, I was seeing to get my
+luggage in safe, and the omnibus drove off with my jolly companion
+still on the top; or this I presumed, as he was not left behind. My
+only alternative now was, to make the best of it, and be as comfortable
+as I could; so I got into the “commercial room,” and having been told
+that I should have a bed, I felt quite easy, and told the plump, tidy
+little landlady,<a class="pagenum" id="Page_126" title="126"></a> who was waiting upon me herself, that I would have
+a mug of ale and a biscuit, and then be ready to go to bed. As she
+turned round to execute my command, she met a party consisting of three
+young women, and a man leading one of them on his arm, and in his hands
+carrying three or four carpet-bags and band-boxes, just got down from
+the same bus, and entering the inn on the same errand that I was on.
+“ Madam,” said he, “what have you?”&mdash;“Hevery-think, sir, that you can
+wish.” “Well, one thing we must have, that is, two beds.”&mdash;“They are
+ready, sir.” “Well, ladies,” said he, “suppose we take a drop of wet.”
+This agreed to, the “wet” was brought in in a moment, and also my mug
+of ale.</p>
+
+<p>A very genteel-looking little man whom I had seen in the same carriage
+with me, and now sitting in the room before me, with his carpet-bag
+by the side of him, and his umbrella in his hand, addressed me,
+“Stranger, you’ll allow me.”&mdash;“Certainly, sir.” “I think I heard you
+tell a gentleman in the carriage that you were from New York.”&mdash;“Yes,
+I did so.” “<em>I’m</em> from there. I left there four months ago, and I’ve
+gone ahead, or I’ll be shot. How long have <em>you</em> bin from there,
+sir?”&mdash;“About five years.” “Hell! there’s been great fixins there in
+that time; you’d scarcely know New York now; look here, isn’t this the
+darndest strange country you ever saw in your life? rot ’em, I can’t
+get ’em to do anything as I want it done; they are the greatest set of
+numskulls I ever saw; now see, that little snub of a petticoat that’s
+just gone out there, I suppose she is cock of the walk here too; she’s
+been all civility to you, but I’ve had a hell of a blow up with her;
+I was in here not five minutes before you by the watch, and I spoke
+for a bed and a mug of ale; she brought me the ale, and I told her to
+bring me a tumbler and a cracker, and she turned upon me in a hell of a
+flare-up. She said she was very much obliged to me for my himpudence,
+she didn’t allow crackers in her house, and as for ’tumblers,' they
+were characters she never had anything to do with, thank God; they
+were a low set of creatures, and they never got<a class="pagenum" id="Page_127" title="127"></a> any favour about her
+house. She wanted to know what quarter I came from. I told her I wasn’t
+from <em>any quarter</em>, I was from <em>half</em>&mdash;half the globe, by God, and the
+better half too&mdash;wasn’t I right, stranger? She said her house was a
+hinn, to be sure, but she didn’t hentertain blackguards, so there was
+my hale, and I might drink it hup and be hoff, and be anged, and then
+she cut her string quicker than lightning; now isn’t she a hard un? I
+don’t suppose there is another house open in this darned outlandish
+place at this time of the night; what the devil shall I do? <em>you</em> are
+fixed snug enough.” “Oh, well, never mind,” said I, “be quite easy, it
+is settled in a moment,”&mdash;as I rung the bell. The tidy little landlady
+came in again, and I said, “This gentleman will have a glass if you
+please, and a biscuit.”&mdash;“Hif he was a gentleman, Sir,” said she,
+“but I assure you, Sir, is beaviour as'nt been much like it.” “Well,
+well,” said I, “never mind it now, you will be good friends after a
+little better understanding&mdash;he comes from a country where a glass
+is a <em>tumbler</em> and a biscuit is a <em>cracker</em>: now, if you had known
+this, there would have been no difficulty between you.” “Ho, that I
+hadmit, but it’s very hodd.” “Never mind that, you will find him a good
+fellow, and give him his bed.” “Is bed, Sir?&mdash;hit’s too late; it’s been
+hoccupied hever since you entered the ouse&mdash;the only chance his for you
+and im to turn hin.” “Well,” said I, “never mind, he and I will manage
+that; it is after midnight, and I suppose the other houses are all
+shut?” “I’ll hanswer for that: hif you are ready, gentlemen, I’ll show
+you hup.” My friend kept by my side, but knowing the gloomy fate that
+awaited him if he got into the street again, he kept entirely quiet
+until the little landlady was down stairs. “There,” said he, “isn’t she
+a roarer? I could have settled the hash with her myself in a twinkling,
+if she had only let me have said five words, but her tongue run so
+slick that I couldn’t get the half of a word in edgewise.”</p>
+
+<p>My new acquaintance and I talked a little more before we “turned in,”
+but much more after we had got into<a class="pagenum" id="Page_128" title="128"></a> bed. He could command words and
+ideas fast enough when he was on his feet; but I found in him something
+of Jim’s peculiarity, that he thought much faster and stronger when
+on his back; and for half an hour or so I reaped the benefit of the
+improvement. How long I heard him, and how much he actually said, I
+never could tell exactly; but what he said before I went to sleep I
+always distinctly recollected, and a mere sentence or two of it was
+as follows:&mdash;“Well, stranger, here we are: this is droll, ain’t it?
+‘hodd,’ as the landlady would call it. I’d a been in the streets
+to-night as sure as catgut if it hadn’t been for you. God knows I am
+obliged to you. Youv'e got a sort o’ way o’ gettin' along ur' these
+ere darned, ignorant, stupid sort o’ beings. I can’t do it: dod rot
+'em! they put me out at every step; they are so eternally ignorant;
+did you ever see the like? I suppose you are going to stop awhile in
+Birmingham?” “A few days.” “<em>I</em> shall be here a week, and be bright
+and early enough to get into a decenter house than this is, and be
+glad to join you. I was told in London that the Ioway Indians went on
+here yesterday. I’m damned anxious to meet them: you’ve seen them, I
+suppose?” “Yes, I saw them in London.” “Well, <em>I</em> did not; I was just
+too late; but I must go and look 'em up to-morrow: they know me.” “Then
+you have seen them'?” “Oh, dam 'em, yes: I’ve known 'em for several
+years: they’ll be at home with me at once. I’ve run buffaloes with
+White-Cloud, the chief, many and many a time. He and I have camped out
+more than once. They are a fine set of fellows. I’m going to spend some
+time with them in Birmingham. I know 'em like a book. Oh yes, they’ll
+know me quick enough. I was all through their country. I went clean
+up Lake Superior, nearly to Hudson’s Bay. I saw all the Chippeways,
+and the Black-feet, and the Crows, Catlin’s old friends. By the way,
+Catlin, I’m told, is with these Indians, or was, when they were in
+London&mdash;he’s all sorts of a man.” “Have you seen him?” “Seen him?
+why, dam it, I raised him, as the saying is: I have known<a class="pagenum" id="Page_129" title="129"></a> him all
+my life. I met him a number of times in the Prairie country; he’s a
+roarer.” This was about the last that I distinctly recollected before
+going to sleep; and the next morning my vigilant and wide-awake little
+bedfellow, being about the room a little before me, where my name was
+conspicuous on my carpet bag and writing-desk, &amp;c., had from some cause
+or other thought it would be less trouble and bother to wend his way
+amongst these “stupid and ignorant beings” alone, than to encounter
+the Indians and Mr. Catlin, and endeavour to obliterate the hasty
+professions he had made; and therefore, when I came down and called for
+breakfast for two, the landlady informed me that my companion had paid
+his bill and left at an early hour. I was rather sorry for this, for he
+was quite an amusing little man, and I have never heard of him since.</p>
+
+<p>I found the dumpy little landlady kindly disposed, and she gave me a
+very good breakfast, amusing me a great deal with anecdotes of the
+party who called for “a little bit of wet;” she informed me they were
+a wedding-party, and the man who had the lady on his arm was the
+bride-groom. While waiting for my breakfast I was much amused with
+some fun going on in the street before the window. It seems that the
+house directly opposite had been taken by a couple of tidy-looking
+young women who were sisters, and that, having established a millinery
+business on the lower floor, they had several apartments which they
+were anxious to underlet in order to assist them in paying their heavy
+rent. Young gentlemen are everywhere in this country considered the
+most desirable lodgers, as they give less trouble than any others,
+are less of the time at home, and generally pay best. These young
+adventurers had been therefore anxious to get such a class of lodgers
+in their house, and had, the day before, employed a sign-painter to
+paint a conspicuous board, in bright and glaring letters, which was
+put up on a post erected in the little garden in front of their house,
+near the gate. The announcement ran, when the young ladies retired to
+bed, “<em>Lodgings for single gentlemen</em>”<a class="pagenum" id="Page_130" title="130"></a>&mdash;a customary and very innocent
+way of offering apartments; but owing to the cruelty of some wag during
+the night it was found in the morning, to the great amusement of the
+collected crowd, to read, “<em>Longings for single gentlemen</em>.” How long
+this continued to amuse the passers-by, or how it might have affected
+the future prospects of the poor girls, I cannot of course tell, as I
+forthwith proceeded to a more pleasant part of the town. Birmingham
+I found on further acquaintance to be one of the pleasantest towns
+I visited in the kingdom, and its hotels and streets generally very
+different from those into which my commercial travelling acquaintance
+had that night led me.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Melody had all things prepared for our exhibition when I arrived,
+having taken the large hall in the Shakspeare Buildings, and also
+procured rooms for the Indians to sleep in in the same establishment.</p>
+
+<p>The Indians and myself were kindly received in Birmingham, for which,
+no doubt, they, like myself, will long feel grateful. The work which I
+had published had been extensively read there, and was an introduction
+of the most pleasing kind to me, and the novelty and wildness of the
+manners of the Indians enough to ensure them much attention.</p>
+
+<p>In their exhibition room, which was nightly well attended, we observed
+many of the Society of Friends, whom we could always easily distinguish
+by their dress, and also more easily by the kind interest they
+expressed and exhibited, whenever opportunity occurred, for the welfare
+of those poor people. The Indians, with their native shrewdness and
+sagacity, at once discovered from their appearance and manner that
+they were a different class of people from any they had seen, and were
+full of inquiries about them. I told them that these were of the same
+society as their kind friend Dr. Hodgkin, whom they so often saw in
+London, who is at the head of the <em>Aborigines Protection Society</em>, who
+was the first person in England to invite them to his table, and whom
+the reader will recollect they called <em>Ichon<a class="pagenum" id="Page_131" title="131"></a>-na Wap-pa</em>(the straight
+coat); that they were the followers of the great William Penn, whom I
+believed they had heard something about. They instantly pronounced the
+name of “Penn, Penn,” around the room, convincing me, as nearly every
+tribe I ever visited in the remotest wildernesses in America had done,
+that they had heard, and attached the greatest reverence to, the name
+of Penn.</p>
+
+<p>These inquiries commenced in their private room one evening after the
+exhibition had closed, and they had had an interview in the exhibition
+room with several ladies and gentlemen of that society, and had
+received from them some very valuable presents. They all agreed that
+there was something in their manners and in their mode of shaking
+hands with them that was more kind and friendly than anything they had
+met amongst other people; and this I could see had made a sensible
+impression upon them.</p>
+
+<p>I took this occasion to give them, in a brief way, an account of the
+life of the immortal William Penn; of his good faith and kindness in
+all his transactions with the Indians, and the brotherly love he had
+for them until his death. I also gave them some general ideas of the
+Society of Friends in this country, from whom the great William Penn
+came;&mdash;that they were the friends of all the human race; that they
+never went to war with any people; that they therefore had no enemies;
+they drink no spirituous liquors; that in America and this country
+they were unanimously the friends of the Indians; and I was glad to
+find that in Birmingham we were in the midst of a great many of them,
+with whom they would no doubt become acquainted. There were here some
+inquiries about the religion of the Friends, which I told them was the
+Christian religion, which had been explained to them; that they were
+all religious and charitable, and, whatever religion the Indians might
+prefer to follow, these good people would be equally sure to be their
+friends. They seemed, after this, to feel an evident pleasure whenever
+they saw parties of Friends entering the room: they at once recognised
+them<a class="pagenum" id="Page_132" title="132"></a> whenever they came in, and, on retiring to their own room,
+counted up the numbers that had appeared, and made their remarks upon
+them. In one of these conversations I pleased them very much by reading
+to them a note which I had just received from Mr. Joseph Sturge, with
+whom I had been acquainted in London, and who was now residing in
+Birmingham, inviting me to bring the whole party of Indians to his
+house to breakfast the next morning. I told them that Mr. Sturge was a
+very distinguished man, and one of the leading men of the Society of
+Friends. This pleased them all exceedingly, and at the hour appointed
+this kind gentleman’s carriages were at the door to convey the party
+to his house. Mr. Melody and Jeffrey accompanied us, and there were
+consequently seventeen guests to be seated at this gentleman’s
+hospitable board, besides a number of his personal friends who were
+invited to meet the Indians. After receiving all in the most cordial
+manner, he read a chapter in his Bible, and then we were invited to
+the table. This interview elicited much interesting conversation, and
+gained for the Indians and Mr. Melody many warm and useful friends.</p>
+
+<p>Before taking leave, the War-chief arose, and, offering his hand to Mr.
+Sturge, made the following remarks:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“My Friend,&mdash;The Great Spirit, who does everything that is good, has
+  inclined your heart to be kind to us; and, first of all, we thank Him
+  for it.</p>
+
+<p>“The Chief, White Cloud, who sits by me, directs me to say that we
+  are also thankful to you for this notice you have taken of us, poor
+  and ignorant people, and we shall recollect and not forget it.</p>
+
+<p>“We hope the Great Spirit will be kind to you all. I have no more to
+  say.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>The simplicity of this natural appeal to the Great Spirit, and its
+close (in which they were commended by the poor and unenlightened
+Indian of the wilderness to the care and kindness of their God), seemed
+to create surprise in the minds of the audience, and to excite in the
+Indians’ behalf a deep and lively interest.</p>
+
+<p>After the breakfast and conversation were over, the<a class="pagenum" id="Page_133" title="133"></a> whole party was
+kindly sent back by the same carriages, and the Indians returned in a
+state of perfect delight with the treatment they had met with, and the
+presents they had received.</p>
+
+<p>Poor <em>Jim</em> (the student and recorder) was anxious that I should write
+down the name of <em>William Penn</em> in his book, and also that of the
+gentleman who had just entertained us, that he might be able to repeat
+them correctly when he got back to the wilderness again, and have
+something to say about them.</p>
+
+<p>We found on our return that the hour of another engagement was at hand,
+and carriages were soon prepared to take us to the button-factory of
+Messrs. Turner and Son, to which we had been kindly invited; and on our
+arrival we found ourselves most cordially received and entertained.
+The proprietor led the party through every room in his extensive
+establishment, and showed them the whole process of striking the
+buttons and medals from various dies, which pleased them very much,
+and, after showing and explaining to them all the different processes
+through which they passed in their manufacture, led them into his
+ware-room or magazine, where his stock on hand was exhibited, and
+package after package, and gross upon gross, of the most splendid and
+costly buttons were taken down, and by his own generous hand presented
+to them. These were such <em>brilliant evidences</em> of kindness, and would
+be so ornamental to the splendid dresses which they and their wives
+were to have when they got home, that they looked upon them as more
+valuable than gold or silver. These were presented to them in the
+aggregate, and all carried in a heavy parcel by the interpreter; and
+when they had thanked the gentleman for his munificent liberality and
+got back to their rooms, a scene of great brilliancy and much interest
+and amusement was presented for an hour or two, while they had their
+treasures spread out, covering half of the floor on which they lodged,
+and making a <em>per capita</em> division of them.</p>
+
+<p><a class="pagenum" id="Page_134" title="134"></a>
+In the midst of this exhilarating and dazzling scene, their old friend
+<em>Bobasheela</em> made his appearance, having just arrived from London on
+his way to Cornwall. He could not, he said, pass within a hundred
+miles of them without stopping to see them a few days, and smoke a
+pipe or two with them again. <em>Bobasheela</em> was stopped at the door,
+notwithstanding their love for him; he could not step in without doing
+sacrilege with his muddy boots to the glittering carpet of buttons
+which they had formed on the floor, and upon which his eyes were
+staring, as he thought at the first glance they could have committed
+no less a trespass than to have plundered a jeweller’s shop. A way was
+soon opened for his feet to pass, and, having taken a hearty shake of
+the hand with all, he was offered a seat on the floor, and in a few
+moments found that an equal parcel was accumulating between his knees
+as in front of each, and that, instead of fourteen, they were now
+dividing them into fifteen parcels. This he objected to, and with much
+trouble got them to undo what they had done, and go back to the first
+regulation of dividing them equally amongst fourteen.</p>
+
+<p>The Shakspeare Buildings afforded the Indians a fine promenade in its
+large portico overlooking the street, where all Birmingham passed
+before their eyes, giving them one of the most gratifying privileges
+they had had, and promising them a rich and boundless means of
+amusement; but their enjoyment of it was short, for the crowds that
+assembled in the streets became a hinderance to business, and they were
+denied the further privilege of their delightful look-out. They were
+therefore called in, and stayed in, and yet the crowd remained, and
+could not be dispersed, while their attention seemed fixed upon some
+object higher up than the portico, which led us at once to surmise its
+cause, and, searching for the old Doctor, he was not to be found: he
+was, of course, upon the pinnacle of the house, wrapped in his robe,
+smiling upon the crowd beneath him, and taking a contemplative gaze
+over the city and country that lay under his view. I could only get
+to him by following the intricate<a class="pagenum" id="Page_135" title="135"></a> mazes through which the old lady
+(curatress) conducted me, and through which the Doctor said he had
+required several days of investigation to find his way, and which he
+had never succeeded in until just at that moment.</p>
+
+<p>Under this rather painful embargo there was no satisfactory way of
+peeping into the amusements of the streets but by going down the
+stairs, which Jim and his ever-curious friend the Doctor used daily
+and almost hourly to do, and, standing in the hall, see all they could
+that was amusing, until the crowd became such that it was necessary to
+recall them to their room. On one of these occasions they had espied
+a miserably poor old woman, with her little child, both in rags, and
+begging for the means of existence. The pity of the kind old Doctor was
+touched, and he beckoned her to come to him, and held out some money;
+but fear was superior to want with her, and she refused to take the
+prize. The Doctor went for Daniel, who, at his request, prevailed upon
+the poor woman to come up to their room, by assuring her that they
+would not hurt her, and would give her much more than white people
+would. She came up with Daniel, and the Indians, all seated on the
+floor, lit a pipe as if going into the most profound council; and so
+they were, for with hearts sympathizing for the misery and poverty
+of this pitiable-looking object, a white woman and child starving to
+death amidst the thousands of white people all around her in their fine
+houses and with all their wealth, they were anxious to talk with her,
+and find out how it was that she should not be better taken care of.
+Jeffrey was called to interpret, and Melody, <em>Bobasheela</em>, Daniel, and
+myself, with two or three friends who happened to be with us at the
+time, were spectators of the scene that ensued. The War-chief told her
+not to be frightened nor to let her little child be so, for they were
+her friends; and the Doctor walked up to her, took his hand out from
+under his robe, put five shillings into hers, and stepped back. The
+poor woman curtsied several times, and, crossing her hands upon her
+breast, as<a class="pagenum" id="Page_136" title="136"></a> she retreated to the wall, thanked “his Honour” for his
+kindness. “The Lard be with your Honours for your loving kindness, and
+may the Lard of Haven bless you to al etarnity, for ee niver e thaught
+af sich threatment fram sich fraightful-lukin gantlemin as ee was a
+thakin you to ba.”</p>
+
+<p>The War-chief then said to her, “There, you see, by the money we have
+been all of us giving out of our purses, that we wish to make you happy
+with your little child, that you may have something for it to eat;
+you see now that we don’t wish to hurt you, and we shall not; but we
+want to talk with you a little, and before we talk we always make our
+presents, if we have anything to give. We are here poor, and a great
+way from home, where we also have our little children to feed; but the
+Great Spirit has been kind to us, and we have enough to eat.” To this
+the Indians, who were passing the pipe around, all responded “<em>How!
+how! how!</em>”</p>
+
+<p>The old chief then proceeded to ask the poor woman how she became so
+poor, and why the white people did not take care of her and her child.
+She replied that she had been in the workhouse, and her husband was
+there still; she described also the manner in which she had left it,
+and how she became a beggar in the streets. She said that when she
+and her husband were taken into the poorhouse they were not allowed
+to live together, and that she would rather die than live in that way
+any longer, or rather beg for something to eat in the streets as she
+was now doing; and as the cold weather was coming in, she expected her
+child and herself would be soon starved to death.</p>
+
+<p>The poor Indians, women and all, looked upon this miserable
+shivering object of pity, in the midst of the wealth and luxuries of
+civilization, as a mystery they could not expound, and, giving way to
+impulses that they could feel and appreciate, the women opened their
+trunks to search for presents for the little child, and by White
+Cloud’s order filled her lap with cold meat and bread sufficient to
+last<a class="pagenum" id="Page_137" title="137"></a> them for a day or two. The good old Doctor’s politeness and
+sympathy led him to the bottom of the stairs with her, where he made
+her understand by signs that every morning, when the sun was up to a
+place that he pointed to with his hand, if she would come, she would
+get food enough for herself and her little child as long as they
+stayed in Birmingham; and he recollected his promise, and made it his
+especial duty every morning to attend to his pensioners at the hour
+appointed.<a class="fnanchor" href="#Footnote_27" id="FNanchor_27">[27]</a></p>
+
+<p>The moral to be drawn from all this was one of curious interest and
+results in the minds of the Indians, and a long conversation ensued
+amongst them, in which <em>Daniel</em> and their friend <em>Bobasheela</em> (who were
+familiar with the sufferings and modes of treatment of the poor) took
+part, and which, as Melody and I had withdrawn, afterwards gave us
+some cause to regret that such a pitiable object of charity had been
+brought into their presence for the temporary relief they could give
+her, and which resulted in so glaring an account of the sum total of
+misery and poverty that was constantly about them, of the extent of
+which we both began to think it would have been better to have kept
+them ignorant. Daniel and <em>Bobasheela</em> had opened their eyes to the
+system of poorhouses and other public establishments for the employment
+and protection of the poor; and until this account, which was already
+entered in <em>Jim’s</em> book, had been given them by these two knowing
+politicians, they had but little idea of this enormous item that was to
+go into the scales in weighing the blessings of civilization.</p>
+
+<p>Almost daily visits were now being made to their private rooms by
+parties of ladies and gentlemen of the Society of<a class="pagenum" id="Page_138" title="138"></a> Friends, with whom
+they were rapidly advancing into the most interesting acquaintance,
+and which I observed it was affording Mr. Melody almost unspeakable
+satisfaction to behold. They were kindly invited to several houses, and
+treated at their tables with the greatest friendship. Of these, there
+was one visit that it would be wrong for me to overlook and to neglect
+to give here the notes that I made of it at the time.</p>
+
+<p>A note was written to me in a bold and legible hand by Miss Catherine
+Hutton, desiring to know “at what hour it would be suitable for her to
+come from her house, a few miles out of town, to see the Indians (for
+whom she had always had a great love), so as not to meet a crowd, for
+her health was not very good, being in the ninety-first year of her
+age.” This venerable and most excellent lady I held in the highest
+respect, from a correspondence I had held with her on the subject
+of the Indians ever since I had been in England, though I never had
+seen her. Her letters had always teemed with love and kindness for
+these benighted people, and also with thanks to me for having done so
+much as I had for their character and history. I therefore deemed it
+proper to respond to her kindness by proposing to take the whole party
+to her house and pay her the visit. Her note was answered with that
+proposition, which gave her great pleasure, and we took a carriage and
+went to her delightful residence.</p>
+
+<p>We were received with unbounded kindness by this most excellent and
+remarkable lady, and spent a couple of hours under her hospitable roof
+with great satisfaction to ourselves, and with much pleasure to her,
+as her letter to me on the following day fully evinced.<a class="fnanchor" href="#Footnote_28" id="FNanchor_28">[28]</a> After a
+personal introduction<a class="pagenum" id="Page_139" title="139"></a> to each one in turn, as she desired, and half
+an hour’s conversation, they were invited into an adjoining room to a
+breakfast-table loaded with the luxuries she had thought most grateful
+to their tastes. This finished, another half-hour or more was passed in
+the most interesting conversation, containing her questions and their
+answers, and her Christian advice to prepare their minds for the world
+to which, said she, “we must all go soon, and, for myself, I am just
+going, and am ready.” When we were about to take our leave of her, she
+called each one up in succession, and, having a quantity of money in
+silver half-crowns placed on the sofa by her side, she dealt it out to
+them as they came up, shaking hands at the same time and bidding each
+one a lasting farewell, embracing each of the women and children in her
+arms and kissing them as she took leave. This kindness melted their
+hearts to tears, and brought old <em>Neu-mon-ya</em> (the War-chief) up before
+her at full length, to make the following remarks:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“My Friend,&mdash;The Great Spirit has opened your heart to feel a
+  friendship for the red people, and we are thankful to Him for it. We
+  have been happy to see your face to-day, and our hearts will never
+  forget your kindness. You have put a great deal of money into our
+  hands, which will help<a class="pagenum" id="Page_140" title="140"></a> to feed our little children, and the Great
+  Spirit will not forget this when you go before him.</p>
+
+<p>“My kind Mother,&mdash;You are very old. Your life has been good; and the
+  Great Spirit has allowed you to live to see us; and He will soon call
+  you to Him. We live a great way from here, and we shall not look upon
+  your face again in this world; though we all believe that, if we
+  behave well enough, we shall see your face in the world to come.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>The chief here stopped, and, shaking her hand again, withdrew. The
+excellent lady was overwhelmed in tears, and called to her maid,
+“Betty, bring all the silver that I left in the drawer there; bring the
+whole of it and divide it among them; my eyes are so weak that I cannot
+see it&mdash;give it to them, dear creatures! May God bless their dear
+souls!” Such had been the meeting, and such were her parting words as
+we came away.</p>
+
+<p>The Indians continued to speak in terms of the greatest admiration of
+this kind old lady, and the certainty that they should never see her
+face again made them for some days contemplative and sad. They had many
+civilities extended to them in town, however, which were calculated to
+dissipate melancholy and contemplation. Their repeated visits to the
+house and the table of Doctor Percy were exceedingly pleasing to them,
+where they were amused with experiments in electricity and galvanism,
+and other chemical results, to them new, and far beyond the reach of
+their comprehensions.</p>
+
+<p>Their days and nights were now passing away very pleasantly, visited
+by and visiting so many kind friends, doing all they could to make
+them happy&mdash;giving their nightly amusements at the Shakspearian
+Rooms, and enjoying the society and western jokes of their old friend
+<em>Bobasheela</em>, and, after their dinners and suppers, their other old
+friend, <em>chickabobboo</em>.</p>
+
+<p>About this time some very kindly-disposed friends proposed that a
+couple of nights of their exhibitions should be given in the immense
+room of the Town-hall, and one half of the receipts be presented
+to the two hospitals, representing that upon such conditions they
+thought the use of the hall<a class="pagenum" id="Page_141" title="141"></a> would be granted free of expense, and
+believing that the results would be beneficial to both parties. Mr.
+Melody and I at once consented, and, the entertainments on those two
+nights being for a charitable purpose, the crowds that came in were
+very great, and the receipts beyond what we expected, the profits
+being 145<em>l.</em> 12<em>s.</em>, the half of which, 72<em>l.</em> 16<em>s.</em>, the Ioways
+presented to the two hospitals, and on the following day were invited
+to attend at the Town-hall at eleven o’clock in the morning, to
+receive an acknowledgment of it from the venerable Presidents of the
+two institutions, and to hear an address which was prepared to be
+read and given to them. The Indians met the two kind and excellent
+gentlemen (both of whom were Friends), and many others, both ladies and
+gentlemen, of their society; and seeing the results of this meeting
+likely to be of a very interesting nature, I took pains to make notes
+of all that was said on the occasion. The venerable Mr. R. T. Cadbury,
+from the General Hospital, in a very impressive manner, and suited
+to their understandings, explained to the Indians, through their
+interpreter, the purpose for which the hospital was built and carried
+on, after which he read the following resolution, which had been passed
+at the weekly meeting of the Board of Governors on the preceding day:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“Resolved,&mdash;That the Chairman be requested to present the thanks of
+  this Board to Mr. Catlin, Mr. Melody, and the Ioway Indians, for
+  the donation of 36<em>l.</em> 8<em>s.</em>, being a moiety of the net proceeds of
+  two exhibitions made for the benefit of the two hospitals at the
+  Town-hall; and to assure them their generous gift shall be faithfully
+  applied to the relief of the sick and maimed, for whose benefit the
+  said hospital was instituted, and for sixty-five years has been
+  supported by voluntary donations and subscriptions.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>After reading this, Mr. Cadbury presented to each of them a copy of the
+annual report and rules of the institution, and expressed a hope that
+all of them would reach their distant homes in safety, and that their
+visit to this country would be beneficial to them.</p>
+
+<p>The chief, <em>White Cloud</em>, shook hands with Mr. Cadbury, and replied as
+follows:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<a class="pagenum" id="Page_142" title="142"></a>
+
+<p>“My Friend,&mdash;I have very few remarks to make to you. We are all very
+  thankful to you for the speech you have made to us, and for the
+  prayer you have made that we may all reach home safe. Those words
+  pleased all my people here very much, and we thank you for them.</p>
+
+<p>“My Friend,&mdash;We have now been some time in England, and, amongst all
+  the words of friendship we have heard, nothing has been more pleasing
+  to us than the words we have heard from your lips. We have seen some
+  of the greatest men in this country, and none have delighted us so
+  much as you have by the way in which you have spoken; and we believe
+  that the service we have rendered to the hospital will be looked on
+  with mutual satisfaction.</p>
+
+<p>“My Friend,&mdash;The Americans have been long trying to civilize us, and
+  we now begin to see the advantages of it, and hope the Government of
+  the United States will do us some good. I hope some of the people of
+  my nation will place their children with white people, that they may
+  see how the white children live.</p>
+
+<p>“My Friend,&mdash;I have nothing more to say, but to thank you.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>After the speech of White Cloud, Mr. J. Cadbury, at the head of a
+deputation from the “<em>Temperance Society</em>” (to which the Indians had
+sent also the sum of 36<em>l.</em> 8<em>s.</em>), presented himself, and read an
+address from that association, thanking them for the amount received,
+and advising the Indians to abstain from the use of “<em>fire-water</em>” and
+to practise <em>charity</em>, which was one of the greatest of virtues.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Cadbury then addressed the Indians, in all the fervency and
+earnestness of prayer, on the all-important subject of temperance. His
+words and sentences, selected for their simple understandings, were in
+the simplicity, and consequently the eloquence of nature, and seemed to
+win their highest admiration and attention. He painted to them in vivid
+colours the horrors and vice of intemperance, and its consequences; and
+also the beauty and loveliness of sobriety, and truth, and charity,
+which he hoped and should pray that they might practise in the
+wilderness, with constant prayers to the Great Spirit in the heavens,
+when they returned to their own country.</p>
+
+<p>When this venerable gentleman’s remarks were finished, the old Doctor
+(or Medicine-man) arose from his seat upon the floor, with his pipe in
+his lips, and, advancing, shook hands<a class="pagenum" id="Page_143" title="143"></a> with the two Messrs. Cadbury,
+and, handing his pipe to the chief, spoke as follows:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“My Friends,&mdash;I rise to thank you for the words you have spoken to
+  us: they have been kind, and we are thankful for them.</p>
+
+<p>“My Friends,&mdash;When I am at home in the wilderness, as well as when I
+  am amongst you, I always pray to the Great Spirit; and I believe the
+  chiefs and the warriors of my tribe, and even the women also, pray
+  every day to the Great Spirit, and He has therefore been very kind to
+  us.</p>
+
+<p>“My Friends,&mdash;We have been this day taken by the hand in friendship,
+  and this gives us great consolation. Your friendly words have opened
+  our ears, and your words of advice will not be forgotten.</p>
+
+<p>“My Friends,&mdash;You have advised us to be charitable to the poor, and
+  we have this day handed you 360 dollars to help the poor in your
+  hospitals. We have not time to see those poor people, but we know you
+  will make good use of the money for them; and we shall be happy if,
+  by our coming this way, we shall have made the poor comfortable.</p>
+
+<p>“My Friends,&mdash;We Indians are poor, and we cannot do much charity.
+  The Great Spirit has been kind to us though since we came to this
+  country, and we have given altogether more than 200 dollars to the
+  poor people in the streets of London before we came here; and I need
+  not tell you that this is not the first day that we have given to the
+  poor in this city.</p>
+
+<p>“My Friends,&mdash;If we were rich, like many white men in this country,
+  the poor people we see around the streets in this cold weather, with
+  their little children barefooted and begging, would soon get enough
+  to eat, and clothes to keep them warm.</p>
+
+<p>“My Friends,&mdash;It has made us unhappy to see the poor people begging
+  for something to eat since we came to this country. In our country
+  we are all poor, but the poor all have enough to eat, and clothes to
+  keep them warm. We have seen your poorhouses, and been in them, and
+  we think them very good; but we think there should be more of them,
+  and that the rich men should pay for them.</p>
+
+<p>“My Friends,&mdash;We admit that before we left home we all were fond of
+  ‘<em>fire-water</em>,’ but in this country we have not drunk it. Your words
+  are good, and we know it is a great sin to drink it. Your words to us
+  on that subject, can do but little good, for we are but a few; but if
+  you can tell them to the white people, who make the ‘<em>fire-water</em>,’
+  and bring it into our country to sell, and can tell them also to the
+  thousands whom we see drunk with it in this country, then we think
+  you may do a great deal of good; and we believe the Great Spirit will
+  reward you for it.</p>
+
+<p>“My Friends,&mdash;It makes us unhappy, in a country where there is so
+  much wealth, to see so many poor and hungry, and so many as we see
+  drunk. We know you are good people, and kind to the poor, and we give
+  you our hands at parting; praying that the Great Spirit will assist
+  you in taking care of the poor, and making people sober.</p>
+
+<p>“My Friends,&mdash;I have no more to say.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<p><a class="pagenum" id="Page_144" title="1454"></a>
+Temperance medals were then given to each of the Indians, and the
+deputation took leave.</p>
+
+<p>A council was held that evening in the Indians’ apartments, and several
+pipes smoked, during which time the conversation ran upon numerous
+topics, the first of which was the interesting meeting they had held
+that day, and on several former occasions, with the Friends, and which
+good people they were about to leave, and they seemed fearful they
+should meet none others in their travels. They were passing their
+comments upon the vast numbers which Daniel and <em>Bobasheela</em> had told
+them there actually were of poor people shut up in the poorhouses,
+besides those in the streets, and underground in the coal-pits; and
+concluded that the numerous clergymen they had to preach to them, and
+to keep them honest and sober, were not too many, but they thought they
+even ought to have more, and should at least keep all they had at home,
+instead of sending them to preach to the Indians. <em>Jim</em> was busy poring
+over his note-book, and getting Daniel to put down in round numbers the
+amount of poor in the poorhouses and in the streets, which they had
+found in some newspaper. And he was anxious to have down without any
+mistake the large sum of money they had presented to the hospitals, so
+that when they got home they could tell of the charity they had done
+in England; and if ever they got so poor as to have to beg, they would
+have a good paper to beg with. The sum, in American currency (as they
+know less of pounds, shillings, and pence), amounted to the respectable
+one of 370 dollars.</p>
+
+<p>This last night’s talk in Birmingham was rather a gloomy one, for it
+was after leave had been taken of all friends. <em>Bobasheela</em> was to
+start in the morning for Liverpool, and I for London, where I had
+been summoned to attend as a witness in court, and Mr. Melody and the
+Indians were to leave for Nottingham and other towns in the north. So
+at a late hour we parted, and early in the morning set out for our
+different destinations, bearing with us many warm<a class="pagenum" id="Page_145" title="145"></a> attachments formed
+during our short stay in the beautiful town of Birmingham.</p>
+
+<p>For what befel these good fellows in Nottingham and Leeds there will
+probably be no historian, as I was not with them. I commenced with
+them in York, where I became again the expounder of their habits and
+mysteries, and was delighted to meet them on classic ground, where
+there is so much to engage the attention and admiration of civilized
+or savage. I had visited York on a former occasion, and had the most
+ardent wish to be present at this time, and to conduct these rude
+people into the noble cathedral, and on to its grand tower. I had
+this pleasure; and in it accomplished one of my favourite designs in
+accompanying them on their northern tour.</p>
+
+<p>On my return from London I had joined the Indians at Leeds, where they
+had been exhibiting for some days, and found them just ready to start
+for York. I was their companion by the railway, therefore, to that
+ancient and venerable city; and made a note or two on an occurrence
+of an amusing nature which happened on the way. When we were within a
+few miles of the town the Indians were suddenly excited and startled
+by the appearance of a party of fox-hunters, forty or fifty in number,
+following their pack in full cry, having just crossed the track ahead
+of the train.</p>
+
+<p>This was a subject entirely new to them and unthought of by the
+Indians; and, knowing that English soldiers all wore red coats, they
+were alarmed, their first impression being that we had brought them on
+to hostile ground, and that this was a “war-party” in pursuit of their
+enemy. They were relieved and excessively amused when I told them it
+was merely a fox-hunt, and that the gentlemen they saw riding were
+mostly noblemen and men of great influence and wealth. They watched
+them intensely until they were out of sight, and made many amusing
+remarks about them after we had arrived at York. I told them they
+rode without guns, and the first one in at the death pulled off the<a class="pagenum" id="Page_146" title="146"></a>
+tail of the fox and rode into town with it under his hatband. Their
+laughter was excessive at the idea of “such gentlemen hunting in open
+fields, and with a whip instead of a gun; and that great chiefs, as I
+had pronounced them, should be risking their lives, and the limbs of
+their fine horses, for a poor fox, the flesh of which, even if it were
+good to eat, was not wanted by such rich people, who had meat enough
+at home; and the skin of which could not be worth so much trouble,
+especially when, as everybody knows, it is good for nothing when the
+tail is pulled off.”</p>
+
+<p>On our arrival in York one of the first and most often repeated
+questions which they put was, whether there were any of the “good
+people,” as they now called them, the Friends, living there. I told
+them it was a place where a great many of them lived, and no doubt
+many would come to see them, which seemed to please and encourage them
+very much. Mr. Melody having taken rooms for them near to the York
+Minster, of which they had a partial view from their windows, their
+impatience became so great that we sallied out the morning after our
+arrival to pay the first visit to that grand and venerable pile. The
+reader has doubtless seen or read of this sublime edifice, and I need
+not attempt to describe it here. Were it in my power to portray the
+feelings which agitated the breasts of these rude people when they
+stood before this stupendous fabric of human hands, and as they passed
+through its aisles, amid its huge columns, and under its grand arches,
+I should be glad to do it; but those feelings which they enjoyed in the
+awful silence, were for none but themselves to know. We all followed
+the guide, who showed and explained to us all that was worth seeing
+below, and then showed us the way by which we were to reach the summit
+of the grand or middle tower, where the whole party arrived after a
+laborious ascent of 273 steps. We had luckily selected a clear day;
+and the giddy height from which we gazed upon the town under our feet,
+and the lovely landscape in the distance all around<a class="pagenum" id="Page_147" title="147"></a> us, afforded to
+the Indians a view far more wonderful than their eyes had previously
+beheld. Whilst we were all engaged in looking upon the various scenes
+that lay like the lines upon a map beneath us, the old Doctor, with his
+<em>propensity</em> which has been spoken of before, had succeeded in getting
+a little higher than any of the rest of the party, by climbing on to
+the little house erected over the gangway through which we entered upon
+the roof; and, upon the pinnacle of this, for a while stood smiling
+down upon the thousands of people who were gathering in the streets. He
+was at length, however, seen to assume a more conspicuous attitude by
+raising his head and his eyes towards the sky, and for some moments he
+devoutly addressed himself to the Great Spirit, whom the Indians always
+contemplate as “in the heavens, above the clouds.” When he had finished
+this invocation, he slowly and carefully “descended on to the roof,
+and as he joined his friends he observed that when he was up there
+“he was nearer to the Great Spirit than he had ever been before.” The
+War-chief excited much merriment by his sarcastic reply, that “it was
+a pity he did not stay there, for he would never be so near the Great
+Spirit again.” The Doctor had no way of answering this severe retort,
+except by a silent smile, as, with his head turned away, he gazed on
+the beautiful landscape beneath him. When we descended from the tower,
+the Indians desired to advance again to the centre of this grand
+edifice, where they stood for a few minutes with their hands covering
+their mouths, as they gazed upon the huge columns around them and the
+stupendous arches over their heads, and at last came silently away, and
+I believe inspired with greater awe and respect for the religion of
+white men than they had ever felt before.</p>
+
+<p>Our stay of three days in York was too short for the Indians to make
+many acquaintances; but at their exhibitions they saw many of the
+Society of Friends, and these, as in other places, came forward to
+offer them their hands and invite them to their houses.</p>
+
+<p><a class="pagenum" id="Page_148" title="148"></a>
+Amongst the invitations they received was one from the governor of
+the Castle, who with great kindness conducted us through the various
+apartments of the prison, explaining the whole of its system and
+discipline to us. We were shown the various cells for different
+malefactors, with their inmates in them, which no doubt conveyed to
+the minds of the Indians new ideas of white men’s iniquities, and the
+justice of civilized laws.</p>
+
+<p>When we were withdrawing we were invited to examine a little museum of
+weapons which had been used by various convicts to commit the horrid
+deeds for which they had suffered death or transportation. A small
+room, surrounded by a wire screen, was devoted to these, and as it was
+unlocked we were invited in, and found one wall of the room completely
+covered with these shocking records of crime.</p>
+
+<p>The turnkey to this room stepped in, and in a spirit of the greatest
+kindness, with a rod in his hand to point with, commenced to explain
+them, and of course add to their interest, in the following manner:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“You see here, gentlemen, the weapons that have been used in the
+  commission of murders by persons who have been tried and hung in this
+  place, or transported for life. That long gun which you see there is
+  the identical gun that Dyon shot his father with. <em>He was hung.</em></p>
+
+<p>“That club and iron coulter you see there, gentlemen, were used
+  by two highwaymen, who killed the gatekeeper, near Sheffield, by
+  knocking out his brains, and afterwards robbed him. <em>They were both
+  hung.</em></p>
+
+<p>“This club and razor here, gentlemen (you see the blood on the razor
+  now), were used by Thompson, who killed his wife. He knocked her down
+  with this club, and cut her throat with this identical razor.</p>
+
+<p>“This leather strap&mdash;gentlemen, do you see it? Well, this strap was
+  taken from a calf’s neck by Benjamin Holrough, and he hung his father
+  with it. <em>He was hung here.</em></p>
+
+<p>“That hedging-bill, razor, and tongs, gentlemen, were the things used
+  by Healy and Terry, who knocked an old woman down, cut her throat,
+  and buried her. <em>They were hung in this prison.</em></p>
+
+<p>“Now, gentlemen, we come to that hammer and razor you see there. With
+  that same hammer Mary Crowther knocked her husband down, and then
+  with that razor cut his throat. <em>She was hung.</em></p>
+
+<p>“Do you see that club, gentlemen? That is the club with which Turner<a class="pagenum" id="Page_149" title="149"></a>
+  and Swihill, only nineteen years of age, murdered the bookkeeper near
+  Sheffield. <em>Both were hung.</em></p>
+
+<p>“Do you see this short gun, gentlemen? This is the very gun with
+  which Dobson shot his father. <em>He was hung.</em></p>
+
+<p>“This hat, gentlemen, with a hole in it, was the hat of Johnson, who
+  was murdered near Sheffield. The hole you see is where the blow was
+  struck that killed him.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>The Indians, who had looked on these things and listened to these
+recitals with a curious interest at first, were now becoming a little
+uneasy, and the old Doctor, who smiled upon several of the first
+descriptions, now showed symptoms of evident disquiet, retreating
+behind the party, and towards the door.</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+
+<p>“Do you see this knife and bloody cravat, gentlemen? With that same
+  knife John James stuck the bailiff through the cravat, and killed
+  him. <em>He was executed here.</em></p>
+
+<p>“A fire-poker, gentlemen, with which King murdered his wife near
+  Sheffield. <em>He was hung here.</em></p>
+
+<p>“These things, gentlemen&mdash;this fork, poker, and bloody shoes&mdash;with
+  this poker Hallet knocked his wife down, and stabbed her with the
+  fork; and the shoes have got the blood on them yet. <em>Hallet was hung.</em></p>
+
+<p>“That rope there is the one in which Bardsley was hung, who killed
+  his own father.</p>
+
+<p>“A bloody axe and poker, gentlemen. With that axe and poker an old
+  woman killed a little boy. She then drowned herself. <em>She was not
+  executed.</em></p>
+
+<p>“This shoe-knife, gentlemen, is one that Robert Noll killed his wife
+  with in Sheffield. <em>He was executed.</em></p>
+
+<p>“Another knife, with which Rogers killed a man in Sheffield. He
+  ripped his bowels out with it. <em>He was hung.</em></p>
+
+<p>“A club, and stone, and hat, gentlemen. With this club and stone
+  Blackburn was murdered, and that was his hat: you see how it is all
+  broken and bloody. This was done by four men. <em>All hung.</em></p>
+
+<p>“The hat and hammer here, gentlemen&mdash;these belonged to two robbers.
+  One met the other in a wood, and killed him with the hammer. <em>He was
+  hung.</em></p>
+
+<p>“That scythe and pitchfork, you see, gentlemen”&mdash;&mdash;</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>When our guide had thus far explained, and Jeffrey had translated
+to the Indians, I observed the old Doctor quite outside of the
+museum-room, and with his robe wrapped close around him, casting his
+eyes around in all directions, and evidently in great uneasiness. He
+called for the party to<a class="pagenum" id="Page_150" title="150"></a> come out, for, said he, “I do not think this
+is a good place for us to stay in any longer.” We all thought it was
+as well, for the turnkey had as yet not described one-third of his
+curiosities; so we thanked him for his kindness, and took leave of him
+and his interesting museum.</p>
+
+<p>We were then conducted by the governor’s request to the apartments
+of his family, where he and his kind lady and daughters received the
+Indians and ourselves with much kindness, having his table prepared
+with refreshments, and, much to the satisfaction of the Indians (after
+their fatigue of body as well as of mind), with plenty of the <em>Queen’s
+chickabobboo</em>.</p>
+
+<p>The sight-seeing of this day and the exhibition at night finished our
+labours in the interesting town of York, where I have often regretted
+we did not remain a little longer to avail ourselves of the numerous
+and kind invitations which were extended to us before we left. After
+our labours were all done, and the Indians had enjoyed their suppers
+and their <em>chickabobboo</em>, we had a pipe together, and a sort of
+recapitulation of what we had seen and heard since we arrived. The two
+most striking subjects of the gossip of this evening were the cathedral
+and the prison; the one seemed to have filled their minds with
+astonishment and admiration at the ingenuity and power of civilized
+man, and the other with surprise and horror at his degradation and
+wickedness; and evidently with some alarm for the safety of their
+persons in such a vicinity of vice as they had reason to believe they
+were in from the evidences they had seen during the day. The poor old
+Doctor was so anxious for the next morning to dawn, that we might be on
+our way, that he had become quite nervous and entirely contemplative
+and unsociable. They had heard such a catalogue of murders and
+executions explained, though they knew that we had but begun with the
+list, and saw so many incarcerated in the prison, some awaiting their
+trial, others who had been convicted and were under sentence of death
+or transportation, and others again pining in<a class="pagenum" id="Page_151" title="151"></a> their cells, and weeping
+for their wives and children (merely because they could not pay the
+money that they owed), that they became horrified and alarmed; and as
+it was the first place where they had seen an exhibition of this kind,
+there was some reason for the poor fellows’ opinions that they were in
+the midst of the wickedest place in the world.</p>
+
+<p>They said that, from the grandeur and great number of their churches,
+they thought they ought to be one of the most honest and harmless
+people they had been amongst, but instead of that they were now
+convinced they must be the very worst, and the quicker Mr. Melody made
+arrangements to be off the better. The Indians had been objects of
+great interest, and for the three nights of their amusements their room
+was well filled and nightly increasing; but all arguments were in vain,
+and we must needs be on the move. I relieved their minds in a measure
+relative to the instruments of death they had seen and the executions
+of which they had heard an account, by informing them of a fact that
+had not occurred to them&mdash;that the number of executions mentioned had
+been spread over a great number of years, and were for crimes committed
+amongst some hundreds of thousands of inhabitants, occupying a tract of
+country a great many miles in every direction from York; and also that
+the poor men imprisoned for debt were from various parts of the country
+for a great distance around. This seemed to abate their surprise to a
+considerable degree; still, the first impression was here made, and
+made by means of their eyes (which they say they never disbelieve,
+and I am quite sure they will never get rid of it), that York was the
+“wicked town,” as they continued to call it during the remainder of
+their European travels. I explained to them that other towns had their
+jails and their gallows&mdash;that in London they daily rode in their buss
+past prison walls, and where the numbers imprisoned were greater than
+those in York, in proportion to the greater size of the city.</p>
+
+<p>Their comments were many and curious on the cruelty of<a class="pagenum" id="Page_152" title="152"></a> imprisoning
+people for debt, because they could not pay money. “Why not kill
+them?” they said; “it would be better, because when a man is dead he
+is no expense to any one, and his wife can get a husband again, and
+his little children a father to feed and take care of them; when he
+is in jail they must starve: when he is once in jail he cannot wish
+his face to be seen again, and they had better kill them all at once.”
+They thought it easier to die than to live in jail, and seemed to be
+surprised that white men, so many hundreds and thousands, would submit
+to it, when they had so many means by which they could kill themselves.</p>
+
+<p>They saw convicts in the cells who were to be transported from the
+country: they inquired the meaning of that, and, when I explained it,
+they seemed to think that was a good plan, for, said they, “if these
+people can’t get money enough to pay their debts, if they go to another
+country they need not be ashamed there, and perhaps they will soon
+make money enough to come back and have their friends take them by the
+hand again.” I told them, however, that they had not understood me
+exactly&mdash;that transportation was only for heinous crimes, and then a
+man was sent away in irons, and in the country where he went he had to
+labour several years, or for life, with chains upon him, as a slave.
+Their ideas were changed at once on this point, and they agreed that it
+would be better to kill them all at once, or give them weapons and let
+them do it themselves.</p>
+
+<p>While this conversation was going on, the Recorder Jim found here very
+interesting statistics for his note-book, and he at once conceived the
+plan of getting Daniel to find out how many people there were that
+they had seen in the prison locked up in one town; and then, his ideas
+expanding, how many (if it could be done at so late an hour) there were
+in all the prisons in London; and then how many white people in all the
+kingdom were locked up for crimes, and how many because they couldn’t
+pay money. His friend and teacher, Daniel, whose head had become a
+tolerable gazetteer and statistical table, told him it would<a class="pagenum" id="Page_153" title="153"></a> be quite
+easy to find it all ready printed in books and newspapers, and that he
+would put it all down in his book in a little time. The inquisitive
+Jim then inquired if there were any poorhouses in York, as in other
+towns; to which his friend Daniel replied that there were, and also in
+nearly every town in the kingdom; upon which Jim started the design
+of adding to the statistical entries in his book the number of people
+in poorhouses throughout the kingdom. Daniel agreed to do this for
+him also, which he could easily copy out of a memorandum-book of his
+own, and also to give him an estimate of the number of people annually
+transported from the kingdom for the commission of crimes. This all
+pleased Jim very much, and was amusement for Daniel; but at the same
+time I was decidedly regretting with Mr. Melody that his good fellows
+the Indians, in their visit to York, should have got their eyes open
+to so much of the dark side of civilization, which it might have been
+better for them that they never had seen.</p>
+
+<p>Jim’s book was now becoming daily a subject of more and more excitement
+to him, and consequently of jealousy amongst some of the party, and
+particularly so with the old Doctor; as Jim was getting more rapidly
+educated than either of the others, and his book so far advanced as
+to discourage the Doctor from any essay of the kind himself. Jim that
+night regretted only one thing which he had neglected to do, and which
+it was now too late to accomplish&mdash;that was, to have measured the
+length of the cathedral and ascertained the number of steps required to
+walk around it. He had counted the number of steps to the top of the
+grand tower, and had intended to have measured the cathedral’s length.
+I had procured some very beautiful engravings of it, however, one of
+which Daniel arranged in his book, and the length of the building and
+its height we easily found for him in the pocket Guide.</p>
+
+<p>The Doctor, watching with a jealous eye these numerous estimates going
+into Jim’s book, to be referred to (and of course sworn to) when he
+got home, and probably on various<a class="pagenum" id="Page_154" title="154"></a> occasions long before, and having
+learned enough of arithmetic to understand what a wonderful effect a
+cipher has when placed on the right of a number of figures, he smiled
+from day to day with a wicked intent on Jim’s records, which, if they
+went back to his tribe in anything like a credible form, would be
+a direct infringement upon his peculiar department, and materially
+affect his standing, inasmuch as Jim laid no claims to a knowledge of
+<em>medicine</em>, or to anything more than good eating and drinking, before
+he left home.</p>
+
+<p>However, the Doctor at this time could only meditate and smile, as his
+stiff hand required some practice with the pen before he could make
+those little 0’s so as to match with others in the book, which was
+often left carelessly lying about upon their table. This intent was
+entirely and originally wicked on the part of the old Doctor, because
+he had not yet, that any one knew of, made any reference to his measure
+of the giant woman, since he had carefully rolled up his cord and put
+it away amongst his other estimates, to be taken home to “astonish the
+natives” on their return.</p>
+
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<h2><a class="pagenum" id="Page_155" title="155"></a>
+CHAPTER XXIII.</h2>
+
+<p class="hang">
+  Newcastle-on-Tyne&mdash;Indians’ alarms about jails&mdash;Kind visits from
+     Friends&mdash;Mrs. A. Richardson&mdash;Advice of the Friends&mdash;War-Chiefs
+     reply&mdash;Liberal presents&mdash;Arrive at Sunderland&mdash;Kindness of
+     the Friends&mdash;All breakfast with Mr. T. Richardson&mdash;Indians
+     plant trees in his garden&mdash;And the Author also&mdash;The Doctor’s
+     superstition&mdash;Sacrifice&mdash;Feast&mdash;Illness of the Roman
+     Nose&mdash;Indians visit a coalpit&mdash;North Shields&mdash;A sailors’ dinner
+     and a row&mdash;Arrive at Edinburgh&mdash;A drive&mdash;First exhibition
+     there&mdash;Visit to Salisbury Crag&mdash;To Arthur’s Seat&mdash;Holyrood
+     House and Castle&mdash;The crown of Robert Bruce&mdash;The “big
+     gun,”&mdash;“Queen Mab”&mdash;Curious modes of building&mdash;“Flats”&mdash;Origin
+     of&mdash;Illness of Corsair, the little <em>pappoose</em>&mdash;The old Doctor
+     speaks&mdash;War-chief’s speech&mdash;A feast of ducks&mdash;Indians’
+     remarks upon the government of Scotland&mdash;“The swapping of
+     crowns”&mdash;The Doctor proposes the crown of Robert Bruce for
+     Prince Albert&mdash;Start for Dundee&mdash;Indians’ liberality&mdash;A noble
+     act&mdash;Arrival at Dundee&mdash;Death of little Corsair&mdash;Distress of the
+     Little Wolf and his wife&mdash;Curious ceremony&mdash;Young men piercing
+     their arms&mdash;Indians at Perth&mdash;Arrival in Glasgow&mdash;Quartered in
+     the Town-hall&mdash;The cemetery&mdash;The Hunterian Museum&mdash;The Doctor’s
+     admiration of it&mdash;Daily drives&mdash;Indians throw money to the
+     poor&mdash;Alarm for <em>Roman Nose</em>&mdash;Two reverend gentlemen talk with
+     the Indians&mdash;War-chief’s remarks&mdash;Greenock&mdash;Doctor’s regret at
+     leaving.</p>
+
+
+<p>Newcastle-on-Tyne was the next place where we stopped, and when I
+arrived there I found Mr. Melody and his friends very comfortably
+lodged, and all in excellent spirits. The Indians, he told me, had been
+exceedingly buoyant in spirits from the moment they left York, and the
+old Doctor sang the whole way, even though he had been defeated in his
+design of riding outside on the railway train, as he had been in the
+habit of doing on the omnibus in London. I told them I had remained a
+little behind them in York to enjoy a few hours more of the society of
+an excellent and kind lady of the Society of Friends,<a class="fnanchor" href="#Footnote_29" id="FNanchor_29">[29]</a> whom they
+would<a class="pagenum" id="Page_156" title="156"></a> recollect to have seen in the exhibition room when they had
+finished their last night’s exhibition, who came forward and shook
+hands in the most affectionate manner, and left gold in their hands as
+she bade them good bye, and commended them to the care of the Great
+Spirit.</p>
+
+<p>I told them that this good lady had only returned from the country
+on the last evening of their exhibiting in York, and was exceedingly
+disappointed that she could not have the pleasure of their society at
+her house. I then sat down and amused them an hour with a beautiful
+manuscript book, by her own hand, which she had presented to me,
+containing the portraits of seven Seneca chiefs and braves, who were
+in England twenty-five years before, and whom she entertained for
+three weeks in her own house. This interesting work contains also some
+twenty pages of poetry glowing with piety, and written in a chaste and
+beautiful style; and an hundred or more pages in prose, giving a full
+description of the party, their modes, and a history of their success,
+as they travelled through the kingdom. This was a subject of much
+pleasure to them, but at the same time increased their regret that they
+had not seen more of this kind lady before they left the town of York.</p>
+
+<p>Their first inquiries after their arrival in Newcastle were whether
+they would meet any of the “good people” in that town, and whether
+that was a place where they had prisons and a gallows like those in
+London and in York. I answered that they would no doubt find many of
+the Friends there, for I knew several very kind families who would call
+upon them, and also that the good lady who gave me the book in York had
+written letters to several of the Friends in Newcastle to call on them;
+and that, as to the jails, &amp;c., I believed they were much the same.</p>
+
+<p>In a sort of council which we held there, as we were in the Indian
+habit of convening one whenever we were leaving an old lodging or
+taking possession of a new one, it was very gravely and diffidently
+suggested by the Doctor, as<a class="pagenum" id="Page_157" title="157"></a> the desire of the whole party, that they
+presumed <em>Chippehola</em><a class="fnanchor" href="#Footnote_30" id="FNanchor_30">[30]</a> had money enough left in London (in case
+they should fail in this section of the country to make enough to
+pay their debts) to keep them clear from being taken up and treated
+like white men who can’t pay what they owe. I approved this judicious
+suggestion, and assured them they might feel quite easy as long as
+they were in the kingdom. I told them I was quite sure they had a
+good and faithful friend in Mr. Melody, and, if anything happened to
+him, they would be sure to find me ready to take care of them, and
+that, if we were both to die, they would find all the English people
+around them their friends. This seemed to satisfy and to cheer them
+up, and our few days in Newcastle thus commenced very pleasantly. From
+their first night’s exhibition they all returned to their lodgings
+with peculiar satisfaction that they had observed a greater number of
+Friends in the crowd than they had seen in any place before, and many
+of these had remained until everybody else had gone away, to shake
+hands and converse with them. They found roast beef and beef-steaks and
+<em>chickabobboo</em> also, the same as in other places, and altogether there
+was enough around them here to produce cheerful faces.</p>
+
+<p>I need not describe again to the reader the nature and excitement of
+the dances, &amp;c., in their exhibitions, which were nightly repeated
+here as they had been in London; but incidents and results growing out
+of these amusements were now becoming exceedingly interesting, and
+as will be found in the sequel of much importance, I trust, to those
+poor people and their descendants. Very many of the Society of Friends
+were nightly attending their exhibitions, not so much for the purpose
+of witnessing or encouraging their war-dances and customs, as for
+an opportunity of forming an acquaintance with them, with a view to
+render them in some way an essential good. With this<a class="pagenum" id="Page_158" title="158"></a> object a letter
+was addressed to me by Mrs. Anna Richardson (with whom I had formerly
+corresponded on the subject of the Indians), proposing that a number of
+the Friends should be allowed to hold a conversation with them in their
+apartments, on some morning, for the purpose of learning the true state
+of their minds relative to the subjects of religion and education, and
+to propose some efforts that might result to their advantage, and that
+of their nation. Mr. Melody and myself embraced this kind proposal at
+once, and the Indians all seemed delighted with it when it was made
+known to them. The morning was appointed, and this kind and truly
+charitable lady came with fifteen or twenty of her friends, and the
+Indians listened with patience and apparent pleasure to the Christian
+advice that was given them by several, and cheerfully answered to the
+interrogatories which were put to them.</p>
+
+<p>The immediate appeal and thanks to the “Great Spirit, who had sent
+these kind people to them,” by the War-chief in his reply, seemed to
+impress upon the minds of all present the conviction of a high and
+noble sentiment of religion in the breasts of these people, which
+required but the light of the Christian revelation. His replies as to
+the benefits of education were much as he had made them on several
+occasions before, that, “as for themselves, they were too far advanced
+in life to think of being benefited by it, but that their children
+might learn to read and write, and that they should be glad to have
+them taught to do so.” Here seemed to dawn a gleam of hope, which that
+pious lady, in her conversation and subsequent correspondence with me,
+often alluded to, as the most favourable omen for the desire which the
+Friends had of rendering them some lasting benefit. Mr. Melody on this
+occasion produced a little book printed in the Ioway language, in the
+missionary school already in existence in the tribe, and also letters
+which he had just received from the Rev. Mr. Irvin, then conducting
+the school, giving an encouraging account of it, and hoping that the
+Indians and himself might return safe, and with<a class="pagenum" id="Page_159" title="159"></a> means to assist in
+the noble enterprise. This information was gratifying in the extreme,
+and all seemed to think that there was a chance of enlightening these
+benighted people. The heart of this Christian woman reached to the
+American wilderness in a letter that she directed to this reverend
+gentleman, believing that there, where were the wives and children of
+the chiefs and warriors who were travelling, was the place for the
+efforts of the Society of Friends to be beneficially applied; and
+thus, I believe, formed the chain from which I feel confident the most
+fortunate results will flow.<a class="fnanchor" href="#Footnote_31" id="FNanchor_31">[31]</a></p>
+
+<p>Several subsequent interviews were held with the Indians by these kind
+people, who took them to their houses and schools, and bestowed upon
+them many tangible proofs of their attachment to them, and anxiety
+for their welfare. The Indians left Newcastle and these suddenly made
+friends with great reluctance, and we paid a visit of a couple of days
+to Sunderland. Here they found also many of the “good people” attending
+their exhibitions, and received several warm and friendly invitations
+to their houses. Amongst these kind attentions there was one which
+they never will forget: they were invited to breakfast at the table
+of Mr. T. Richardson, in his lovely mansion, with his kind family
+and some friends, and after the breakfast was over all were invited
+into his beautiful garden, where a spade was ready, and a small tree
+prepared for each one to plant and attach his name to. This ceremony
+amused them very much, and, when they had all done, there was one left
+for <em>Chippehola</em>, who took the spade and completed the interesting
+ceremony. This had been kindly designed for their amusement, and for
+the pleasing recollections of his family, by this good man; and with
+all it went off cheerfully, except with the Doctor, who refused for
+some time, but was at length induced to take the spade and plant his<a class="pagenum" id="Page_160" title="160"></a>
+tree. I observed from the moment that he had done it that he was
+contemplative, and evidently apprehensive that some bad luck was to
+come from it&mdash;that there was <em>medicine</em> in it, and he was alarmed.
+He was silent during the rest of the interview, and after they had
+returned to their rooms he still remained so for some time, when he
+explained to me that “he feared some one would be sick&mdash;some one of
+those trees would die, and he would much rather they had not been
+planted.” He said “it would be necessary to make a great feast the next
+day,” which I told him would be difficult, as we were to leave at an
+early hour. This puzzled him very much, as it was so late that, “if
+they were to try to give it that night, there would not be time for the
+ducks to be well cooked.” They all laughed at him for his superstition,
+and he got the charm off as well as he could by throwing some tobacco,
+as a sacrifice, into the fire.</p>
+
+<p>We travelled the next day to North Shields, and the gloom that was
+still evidently hanging over the old man’s brow was darkened by the
+increased illness of the <em>Roman Nose</em>, who had been for some weeks
+slightly ailing, but on that day was attacked for the first time with
+some fever. The Doctor’s alarm was such that he stayed constantly
+by him, and did not accompany his friend Jim and one or two others
+with Daniel to the coalpit. This, from the repeated representations
+of Daniel and their old friend <em>Bobasheela</em>, was one of the greatest
+curiosities in the kingdom, and they were not disappointed in
+it. In this enterprise I did not accompany them, but from their
+representations ascertained that they descended more than two thousand
+feet and then travelled half a mile or so under the sea&mdash;that there
+were fifty horses and mules at that depth under the ground, that
+never will come up, drawing cars loaded with coal on railways, and
+six or seven hundred men, women, and children, as black as negroes,
+and many of these who seldom come up, but sleep there at nights. This
+scene shocked them even more than the sights they had seen in York,
+for they seemed to think that the debtors’ cells in a prison would be
+far preferable to the<a class="pagenum" id="Page_161" title="161"></a> slavery they there saw, of “hundreds of women
+and children drawing out, as they said, from some narrow places where
+the horses could not go, little carriages loaded with coal; where the
+women had to go on their hands and knees through the mud and water, and
+almost entirely naked, drawing their loads by a strap that was buckled
+around their waists; their knees and their legs and their feet, which
+were all naked, were bleeding with cuts from the stones, and their
+hands also; they drew these loads in the dark, and they had only a
+little candle to see the way.” This surprising scene, which took them
+hours to describe to their companions, became more surprising when
+Daniel told them of “the vast number of such mines in various parts of
+the kingdom, and of the fact that many people in some parts have been
+born in those mines, and gone to school in them, and spent their lives,
+without ever knowing how the daylight looked.”</p>
+
+<p>Daniel reminded them of the hundreds of mines he had pointed out to
+them while travelling by the railroads, and that they were all under
+ground, like what they had seen. Here was rich subject for Jim, for
+another entry in his book, of the statistics of England; and Daniel,
+always ready, turned to the page in his own note-book, and soon got for
+Jim’s memorandum the sum total of coalpits and mines in the kingdom,
+and the hundreds of thousands of human <em>civilized</em> beings who were
+imprisoned in them.</p>
+
+<p>It happened, on the second day that we were stopping in North Shields,
+much to the amusement of the Indians, that there was a sailors’ dinner
+prepared for an hundred or more in the large hall of the hotel where we
+were lodging; and, from the rooms which the Indians occupied, there was
+an opportunity of looking through a small window down into their hall,
+and upon the merry and noisy group around the table. This was a rich
+treat for the Indians; and, commencing in an amusing and funny manner,
+it became every moment more and more so, and, finally (when they began
+to dance and sing and smash the glasses, and at length the<a class="pagenum" id="Page_162" title="162"></a> tables,
+and from that to “set-to’s,” “fisticuffs,” and “knockdowns,” by the
+dozens, and, at last, to a general <em>mélée</em>, a row, and a fight in the
+street) one of the most decidedly exciting and spirited scenes they had
+witnessed in the country.</p>
+
+<p>It afforded them amusement also for a long time after the day on which
+it took place, when they spoke of it as the “great fighting feast.”</p>
+
+<p>Two days completed our visit to North Shields, and on the next we
+were in comfortable quarters in Edinburgh. The Indians were greatly
+delighted with the appearance of the city as they entered it, and more
+so daily, as they took their omnibus drives around and through the
+different parts of it.</p>
+
+<p>The Doctor, however, who was tending on his patient, <em>Roman Nose</em>,
+seemed sad, and looked as if he had forebodings still of some sad
+results to flow from planting the trees; but he took his seat upon
+the bus, with his old joking friend Jim, by the side of the driver,
+smiling occasionally on whatever he saw amusing, as he was passing
+through the streets. Their novel appearance created a great excitement
+in Edinburgh; and our announcements filled our hall with the most
+respectable and fashionable people.</p>
+
+<p>Their dances called forth great applause; and, in the midst of it, the
+War-chief, so delighted with the beauty of the city, and now by seeing
+so numerous and fashionable an audience before him, and all applauding,
+arose to make a speech. As he straightened up, and, wrapping his
+buffalo robe around him, extended his long right arm, the audience gave
+him a round of applause, occasioned entirely by the dignified and manly
+appearance he made when he took the attitude of the orator, and he
+commenced:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“My friends, I understand by the great noise you have made with your
+  hands and feet, that something pleases you, and this pleases us, as
+  we are strangers amongst you, and with red skins. (Applause.)</p>
+
+<p><a class="pagenum" id="Page_163" title="163"></a>
+“My friends, we have but just arrived in your beautiful city, and
+  we see that you are a different people from the English in London,
+  where we have been. In going into a strange place, amongst strange
+  people, we always feel some fear that our dances and our noise may
+  not please&mdash;we are showing you how we dance in our own country, and
+  we believe that is what you wish to see. (Applause and ‘<em>How, how,
+  how!</em>’)</p>
+
+<p>“My friends, we are delighted with your city, what we have seen of
+  it&mdash;we have seen nothing so handsome before&mdash;we will try to please
+  you with some more of our dances, and then we will be happy to shake
+  hands with you. (‘<em>How, how, how!</em>’)</p>
+
+<p>“This is all I have to say now.” (Great applause.)</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>We were now in the most beautiful city in the kingdom, if not one of
+the most beautiful in the world; and the Indians, as well as ourselves,
+observed the difference in the manners and appearance of the people.
+The Indians had been pleased with their reception in the evening, and,
+in their drive during the day, had been excited by the inviting scenery
+overtowering the city,&mdash;the castle, with its “big gun,” gaping over the
+town&mdash;the <em>Salisbury Crag</em>, and <em>Arthur’s Seat</em>&mdash;all of which places
+they were to visit on that day; and, having swallowed their breakfasts
+and taken their seats in their carriage, seemed to have entered upon a
+new world of amusement. Their views from, and runs over, these towering
+peaks afforded them great amusement; and the castle, with its crown of
+Robert Bruce, and other insignia of royalty&mdash;its mammouth gun, and the
+little room in which King James I. of England was born; and in Holyrood
+House,&mdash;the blood of Rizzio upon the floor, and the bed in which Queen
+Mary had slept&mdash;were all subjects of new and fresh excitement to them.</p>
+
+<p>Nor was their amusement less whilst they were riding through the
+streets, at the constant variety and sudden contrasts&mdash;from the low
+and poverty-stricken rabble of High-street and its vicinity, to the
+modern and splendid sections of the city&mdash;of crossing high bridges over
+gardens, instead of rivers; of houses built upon the sides of the hills
+and on rocks; and many other amusing things that they talked about when
+they got back.</p>
+
+<p><a class="pagenum" id="Page_164" title="164"></a>
+To Mr. Melody and Jeffrey also, and to Daniel, all these scenes were
+new; and the Indians, therefore, had companions and guides enough, and
+enough, also, to explain to them the meaning of all they saw.</p>
+
+<p>I had been in Edinburgh on a former occasion, and was now engaged in
+looking up and conversing with old friends, whose former kindness now
+claimed my first attention; and in hunting for one of them, I found
+his office had been removed to another part of the city; and, making
+my way towards it as well as I could, I was amused at the instructions
+given to me when I inquired of a man whom I met in the street, and
+who, it happened, was acquainted with my friend and his location, and
+who relieved me instantly from further embarrassment by the following
+most lucid and simple direction, as he pointed down the street:&mdash;“You
+have only to take the first turning to the right, Sir, and it is the
+top flat at the bottom.” This seemed queer and amusing to me, though
+not in the least embarrassing, for I had been long enough in Edinburgh
+before to learn that a “flat” was a “story” or floor; and long enough
+in London to know that one <em>end</em> of a street is the “top” and the other
+the “bottom.”</p>
+
+<p>To a stranger, however, such an answer as the one I received might have
+been exceedingly bewildering, and increased his difficulties rather
+than diminished them.</p>
+
+<p>The old law maxim of “<em lang="la" xml:lang="la">Cujus est solum, ejus est usque ad cœlum</em>,”
+would scarcely apply to real estate in the city of Edinburgh; for
+houses are not only <em>rented</em> by floors or <em>flats</em>, but titles, in fee
+simple and by deed, are given for floor above floor, oftentimes in the
+same house; a custom that is difficult to account for, unless from the
+curious fact that so many of the houses in Edinburgh are built so high,
+by the sides of hills and precipitous ledges, that an adjoining tenant
+may oftentimes step from the surface of his cultivated fields into the
+tenth or twelfth story of his neighbour’s back windows, and, by this
+singular mode of conveyance, able to walk into a comfortable dwelling
+without the expense of building, and without curtailing the area of his
+arable<a class="pagenum" id="Page_165" title="165"></a> ground. By thus getting, for a trifle, the fee simple for the
+upper story, and of course the privilege of building as many stories
+on the top of it as he should require, when he could afford the means
+to do it, his neighbour below was called a “flat.” The law, which is
+generally cruel to most flats, relinquished one of its oldest and most
+sacred maxims, to support the numerous claims of this kind which the
+side-hills and ledges in the building-grounds of the city had produced;
+and so numerous were the <em>flats</em>, and so frequent the instances of
+this new sort of tenure, that the term “flat” has become carelessly
+and erroneously applied to all the floors or stories of buildings in
+Edinburgh that are to be let or sold separately from the rest of the
+house.</p>
+
+<p>It was arranged that our stay in Edinburgh was to be but for a few
+days; and, with this view, we had begun to see its sights pretty
+rapidly during the two first since our arrival. Many fashionable
+parties were calling on the Indians in their apartments, and leaving
+them presents; and at their second night’s exhibition the room was
+crowded to great excess with the fashion and nobility of the city. The
+Indians discovered at once that they never before were in the midst of
+audiences so intellectual and genteel. There was nothing of low and
+vulgar appearance in any part of the room; but all had the stamp of
+refinement and gentility, which stimulated their pride, and they did
+their utmost.</p>
+
+<p>In the midst of their amusements on that evening there was a general
+call upon me from the ladies, to explain why the little “pappoose in
+its cradle” was not shown, as announced in the bills; to which I was
+sorry to reply that it was so ill that it could not be seen. This
+having been interpreted to the Indians by Jeffrey, and also heard by
+the Little Wolf’s wife, the mother of the child, and then nursing it
+in the room behind their platform, she suddenly arranged it, sick as
+it was, in its beautifully ornamented little cradle, and, having slung
+it upon her back, and thrown her pictured robe around her, walked into
+the room, to the surprise of the Indians, and to the great satisfaction
+of the gentlemen as<a class="pagenum" id="Page_166" title="166"></a> well as the ladies of the whole house. Her
+appearance was such, when she walked across the platform, that it
+called forth applause from every quarter. Many were the ladies who
+advanced from their seats to the platform, to examine so interesting a
+subject more closely; and many presents were bestowed upon the mother,
+who was obliged to retire again with it, from the feeble state it was
+then in. This fine little child, of ten or twelve months old, and the
+manner in which it was carried in its Indian cradle upon its mother’s
+back, had formed one of the most interesting parts of the exhibition
+the whole time that the Indians were in London, and since they had
+left. Its illness now becoming somewhat alarming, with the increasing
+illness also of the <em>Roman Nose</em>, was adding to the old Doctor’s
+alarms, growing out of the <em>planting of the little trees</em>, which he had
+insisted was ominous of something that would happen, but what, he did
+not attempt to predict.</p>
+
+<p>He was daily prescribing and attending his patients, but, being without
+the roots which he uses in his own country, he was evidently much at a
+loss; and the ablest advice was procured for both of the patients while
+in that city.</p>
+
+<p>The Doctor, on this occasion, (though somewhat depressed in spirits,
+owing to his superstitious forebodings about the sick, seeing such a
+vast concourse of ladies present, and all encouraging him with their
+applause as he made his boasts in the eagle dance,) made an effort for
+a <em>sensation</em>, as he did on his first night in London. When the dance
+was done, he advanced to the edge of the platform, and, with his usual
+quizzical look and smile from under his headdress of buffalo horns and
+eagle quills, addressed the audience. His speech was translated by
+Jeffrey, and, though it was highly applauded, fell much short of the
+effect amongst the ladies which he had produced on former occasions.
+He sat down somewhat in a disappointed mood, when his cruel companion,
+Jim, told him that his attempt “was an entire failure, and that he
+would never take with the ladies in Edinburgh.” The old man replied
+to him that he had better<a class="pagenum" id="Page_167" title="167"></a> try himself, and, if he would lie flat on
+his back and make a speech, perhaps <em>he</em> might please the ladies of
+Edinburgh. After another dance, and amidst the roar of applause, old
+<em>Neu-mon-ya</em> (the War-chief) arose, and, in the best of his humour,
+said,&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“My friends, I thank the Great Spirit who conducted us safe across
+  the Great Salt Lake that His eye is still upon us, and that He has
+  led us to your city. No city that we have seen is so beautiful as
+  yours; and we have seen a great deal of it as we have been riding in
+  our carriage to-day. (‘<em>How, how, how!</em>’)</p>
+
+<p>“My friends, the Great Spirit has made us with red skins, and, as
+  all our modes of life are different from yours, our dances are quite
+  different, and we are glad that they do not give any offence when we
+  dance them. Our dresses, which are made of skins, are not so fine and
+  beautiful as yours, but they keep us warm, and that we think is the
+  great thing. (‘<em>How, how, how!</em>’ Applause and ‘Hear, hear.’)</p>
+
+<p>“My friends, we have been to-day to see your great fort. We were
+  much pleased with it, and the ‘big gun;’ we think it a great pity
+  it is broken. We saw the room where the king of England was born,
+  and we feel proud that we have been in it. (‘<em>How, how, how!</em>’ Much
+  laughter.)</p>
+
+<p>“My friends, we saw there the crowns of your kings and queens as we
+  were told. This we don’t think we quite understand yet, but we think
+  <em>Chippehola</em> will tell us all that,&mdash;it may be all right. (Laughter
+  and ‘Hear.’)</p>
+
+<p>“My friends, we went to another great house where we saw many things
+  that pleased us&mdash;we saw the bed in which your Queen slept: this was
+  very pleasing to us all; it was much nearer than we got to the Queen
+  of England. (Great laughter.)</p>
+
+<p>“My friends, this is all I have to say.” (‘Bravo!’)</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>After this night’s exhibition, and the sights of the day which had
+pleased them so much, there was subject enough for a number of pipes of
+conversation; and to join them in this Mr. Melody and I had repaired to
+their room, where we found them in the midst of a grand feast of ducks,
+which they said it was always necessary to give when they entered a
+new country, and which in this case they had expended some of their
+own money in buying. Daniel and Jeffrey were seated with them, and
+we were obliged to sit down upon the floor, and take each a duck’s
+leg at least, and a glass of the <em>Queen’s chickabobboo</em> (champagne),
+which had been added at the expense of Daniel and Jeffrey, as the
+ordinary <em>chicka<a class="pagenum" id="Page_168" title="168"></a>bobboo</em> did not answer the object of a feast of that
+description. After the feast was over, and the War-chief had returned
+thanks to the Great Spirit, according to their invariable custom, the
+pipe was lit, and then the gossip for the evening commenced. They had
+already learned from Daniel that there were jails and poorhouses here
+as in other places, and were now remarking that they had not yet seen
+any of the “good people” here, and began to fear they had lost all
+chance of meeting any of them again. They seemed to be much at a loss
+to know how it was that here were the crowns and swords of kings and
+queens, and the houses they had lived in, and the beds they had slept
+on, and that there are none of them left. They believed, though they
+were not yet quite certain of it, that this country must have been
+conquered by England. These inquiries were all answered as nearly as
+I could explain them; and the result was, that “it was a great pity,
+in their estimations, that so fine a country and people should not
+continue to have a king of their own to put on the crown again, instead
+of leaving it in the castle to be shut up in a dark room.” They seemed
+to think it “very curious that the Scotch people should like to keep
+the crown for people to look at, when they could not keep the king
+to wear it;” and they thought “it would be far better to take out
+the beautiful red and green stones and make watch-seals of them, and
+melt the gold into sovereigns, so that some of it might get into poor
+people’s pockets, than to keep it where it is, just to be looked at and
+to be talked of.”</p>
+
+<p>They thought “the crown was much more beautiful than the one they saw
+in London belonging to the Queen, and which was kept in the great
+prison where they saw so many guns, spears, &amp;c.”<a class="fnanchor" href="#Footnote_32" id="FNanchor_32">[32]</a> The joker, Jim,
+thought that “if he were the Queen he should propose to <em>swap</em>, for he
+thought this decidedly the handsomest crown.” The old Doctor said, that
+“if he were the Queen of England he should be very<a class="pagenum" id="Page_169" title="169"></a> well suited to wear
+the one they had seen in London, and he would send and get this one
+very quickly, and also the beautiful sword they saw, for Prince Albert
+to wear.” In this happy and conjectural mood we left them, receiving
+from Daniel further accounts of the events and history of the country
+which they had seen so many evidences of during their visits in the
+early part of the day.</p>
+
+<p>Our stay in this beautiful city was but four days, contemplating
+another visit to it in a short time; and at the close of that time
+the party took a steamer for Dundee, with a view to make a visit of a
+few days to that town, and afterwards spend a day or two in Perth. I
+took the land route to Dundee, and, arriving there before the party,
+had announced their arrival and exhibition to take place on the same
+evening. An accident however that happened on the steamer compelled it
+to put back to Edinburgh, and their arrival was delayed for a couple of
+days.</p>
+
+<p>During this voyage there was an occurrence on board of the steamer,
+which was related to me by Mr. Melody and Daniel, which deserves
+mention in this place. It seems that on board of the steamer, as a
+passenger, was a little girl of twelve years of age and a stranger
+to all on board. When, on their way, the captain was collecting his
+passage-money on deck, he came to the little girl for her fare, who
+told him she had no money, but that she expected to meet her father in
+Dundee, whom she was going to see, and that he would certainly pay her
+fare if she could find him. The captain was in a great rage, and abused
+the child for coming on without the money to pay her fare, and said
+that he should not let her go ashore, but should hold her a prisoner on
+board, and take her back to Edinburgh with him. The poor little girl
+was frightened, and cried herself almost into fits. The passengers, of
+whom there were a great many, all seemed affected by her situation,
+and began to raise the money amongst them to pay her passage, giving
+a penny or two apiece, which, when done, amounted to about a quarter
+of the sum required. The poor little girl’s grief and fear<a class="pagenum" id="Page_170" title="170"></a> still
+continued, and the old Doctor, standing on deck, wrapped in his robe,
+and watching all these results, too much touched with pity for her
+situation, went down in the fore-cabin where the rest of the party
+were, and, relating the circumstances, soon raised eight shillings, one
+shilling of which, the Little Wolf, after giving a shilling himself,
+put into the hand of his little infant, then supposed to be dying, that
+its dying hand might do one act of charity, and caused it to drop it
+into the Doctor’s hand with the rest. With the money the Doctor came on
+deck, and, advancing, offered it to the little girl, who was frightened
+and ran away. Daniel went to the girl and called her up to the Doctor,
+assuring her there was no need of alarm, when the old Doctor put the
+money into her hand, and said to her, through the interpreter, and in
+presence of all the passengers, who were gathering around, “Now go to
+the cruel captain and pay him the money, and never again be afraid of a
+man because his skin is red; but be always sure that the heart of a red
+man is as good and as kind as that of a white man. And when you are in
+Dundee, where we are all going, if you do not find your father as you
+wish, and are amongst strangers, come to us, wherever we shall be, and
+you shall not suffer; you shall have enough to eat, and, if money is
+necessary, you shall have more.”</p>
+
+<p>Such acts of kindness as this, and others that have and will be named,
+that I was a witness to while those people were under my charge,
+require no further comment than to be made known: they carry their own
+proof with them that the Doctor was right in saying that “the hearts of
+red men are as good as those of the whites.”</p>
+
+<p>As I was in anxious expectation of their arrival, I met the party with
+carriages when they landed, and I was pained to learn that the babe
+of the Little Wolf, which he had wrapped and embraced in his arms,
+was dying, and it breathed its last at the moment they entered the
+apartments that were prepared for them. My heart was broken to see
+the agony that this noble fellow was in, embracing<a class="pagenum" id="Page_171" title="171"></a> his little boy,
+and laying him down in the last gasp of death, in a foreign land,
+and amongst strangers. We all wept for the heartbroken parents, and
+also for the dear little “Corsair,” as he was called (from the name
+of the steamer on which he was born, on the Ohio river in the United
+States). We had all become attached to the little fellow, and his death
+caused a gloom amongst the whole party. The old Doctor looked more sad
+than ever, and evidently beheld the symptoms of <em>Roman Nose</em> as more
+alarming than they had been.</p>
+
+<p>A council was called, as the first step after their arrival, and a
+pipe was passed around in solemn silence; after which it was asked by
+the War-chief if I knew of any of the “good people” in that town; to
+which I answered that “I was a stranger there, and did not know of any
+one.” It seemed it was an occasion on which they felt that it would be
+an unusual pleasure to meet some of them, as the Little Wolf and his
+wife had expressed a wish to find some. It occurred then to Mr. Melody
+that he had a letter to a lady in that town, and, on delivering it,
+found she was one of that society, and, with another kind friend, she
+called and administered comfort to these wretched parents in the midst
+of their distress. They brought the necessary clothes for the child’s
+remains, and, when we had the coffin prepared, laid it out with the
+kindest hands, and prepared it for the grave; and their other continued
+and kind offices tended to soothe the anguished breasts of the parents
+while we remained there.</p>
+
+<p>It is a subject of regret to me that I have lost the names of those two
+excellent ladies, to whom my public acknowledgments are so justly due.
+After they had laid the remains of the child in the coffin, each of the
+young men of the party ran a knife through the fleshy part of their
+left arms, and, drawing a white feather through the wounds, deposited
+the feathers with the blood on them in the coffin with the body. This
+done, the father and mother brought all they possessed, excepting
+the clothes which they had on,<a class="pagenum" id="Page_172" title="172"></a> and presented to them, according to
+the custom of their country, and also all the fine presents they
+had received, their money, trinkets, weapons, &amp;c. This is one of
+the curious modes of that tribe, and is considered necessary to be
+conformed to in all cases where a child dies. The parents are bound to
+give away all they possess in the world. I believe, however, that it is
+understood that, after a certain time, these goods are returned, and
+oftentimes with increased treasures attending them.</p>
+
+<p>There now came another pang for the heart of this noble fellow, the
+Little Wolf, and one which seemed to shake his manly frame more than
+that he had already felt. His child he could not take with him, and the
+thought of leaving it in a strange burying-ground, and “to be dug up,”
+as he said he knew it would be, seemed to make his misery and that of
+his wife complete. However, in the midst of his griefs, he suggested
+that, if it were possible to have it conveyed to their kind friends in
+Newcastle-on-Tyne, he was sure those “good people,” who treated them
+so kindly, would be glad to bury it in their beautiful burying-ground
+which he had seen, where it would be at home, and he and his wife
+should then feel happy. Mr. Melody at once proposed to take it there
+himself, and attend to its burial, which pleased the parents very much,
+and he started the next day with it. He was received with the greatest
+kindness by Mrs. A. Richardson and their other kind friends, who
+attended to its burial in the society’s beautiful cemetery.<a class="fnanchor" href="#Footnote_33" id="FNanchor_33">[33]</a></p>
+
+<p>Our visit to the delightful little town of Perth was made, where we
+remained, and the Indians astonished and pleased with their wild and
+unheard-of modes, for two days. We then were within fifteen miles
+of Merthyl Castle, the seat of Sir William Drummond Stewart, the
+well-known and<a class="pagenum" id="Page_173" title="173"></a> bold traveller of the prairies and Rocky Mountains
+of America, whose friendly invitation we received to visit his noble
+mansion, but which I shall long regret came so late that other
+engagements we had entered into in Edinburgh and Glasgow prevented us
+from complying with it.</p>
+
+<p>Our way was now back, and, having repeated their exhibitions a few
+nights longer in Edinburgh, and, as before, to crowded and fashionable
+houses, we commenced upon our visit to the noble city of Glasgow. On
+our arrival, the party were taken in an omnibus from the station to the
+town-hall, in which it was arranged their exhibitions were to be given,
+and in a private room of which the Indians were to lodge.</p>
+
+<p>They were pleased with the part of the city they saw as they entered
+it, and were in good spirits and cheer, and prepared for the few days
+they were to stop there. The same arrangement was at once made by
+Mr. Melody, as in other places, to give them their daily ride in an
+omnibus for their health, and for the purpose of giving them a view of
+everything to be seen about the town. In their drives about the city of
+Glasgow there was not so much of the picturesque and change to amuse
+them as they saw in Edinburgh, yet everything was new and pleasing.</p>
+
+<p>The beautiful cemetery attracted their highest admiration of anything
+they saw, with all the party but the Doctor, whose whole and undivided
+admiration was withheld from everything else to be centred in the noble
+Hunterian Museum: the vapour-baths, conservatories, &amp;c., which had
+before arrested his attention, were all sunk and lost sight of in this.
+After each and every of his visits to it he returned dejected and cast
+down with the conviction of his own ignorance and white man’s superior
+skill. He wished very much to see the great man who made all those
+wonderful preparations of diseases, and the astonishing models in wax,
+as he would be so proud to offer him his hand; but, being informed that
+he had been dead for many years, he seemed<a class="pagenum" id="Page_174" title="174"></a> sad that there was no way
+of paying him the tribute of his praise.</p>
+
+<p>Their exhibitions, which were given nightly, as they had been given
+in the Egyptian Hall, were nightly explained by me in the same way,
+and fully and fashionably attended. The same kind of excitement was
+repeated&mdash;speeches were made, and rounds of applause&mdash;young ladies
+falling in love&mdash;Indians’ talks at night, and their suppers of
+beef-steaks and <em>chickabobboo</em>.</p>
+
+<p>Another present of Bibles, equal in number to the number of Indians,
+was handed on to the platform from an unknown hand, and each one had
+the Indian name of its owner handsomely written in its front.</p>
+
+<p>Scarcely a day or an evening passed but they received more or less
+Bibles from the hands of the kind and Christian people who were
+witnessing their amusements or inviting them to their houses; and from
+the continued access to their stock during their whole career, together
+with toys, with cloths and knives, and other presents, their baggage
+was becoming actually of a troublesome size.</p>
+
+<p>In taking their daily drives about town they had several times passed
+through some of the most populous and at the same time impoverished
+parts of the city; and the great numbers of poor and squalid-looking
+and barefooted creatures they saw walking in the snow had excited their
+deepest pity, and they had got in the daily habit of throwing pennies
+to them as they passed along. The numbers of the ragged poor that they
+saw there they represented as surpassing all they had seen in their
+whole travels. They inquired whether there were any poor-houses there,
+and, being informed that there were a number, and all full, they seemed
+to be yet even more surprised. They were in the habit daily, until Mr.
+Melody and myself decided it was best to check it, of each getting some
+shillings changed into pennies before they started on their ride, to
+scatter among the poor that they passed. Their gene<a class="pagenum" id="Page_175" title="175"></a>rosity became a
+subject so well known in a few days, that their carriage was followed
+to their door, where gangs of beggars were stationed great part of
+the day to get their pennies “when the savages went out.” Some pounds
+of their money they thus threw out into the streets of this great and
+splendid city, in spite of all we could do to prevent them.</p>
+
+<p>Our apprehensions were now becoming very great, and of course very
+painful, for the fate of the poor <em>Roman Nose</em>: he seemed daily to
+be losing flesh and strength, and one of the most distinguished
+physicians, who was attending on him, pronounced his disease to be
+pulmonary consumption. This was the first decided alarm we had about
+him, and still it was difficult to believe that so fine and healthy
+a looking man as he appeared but a few months before should be thus
+rapidly sinking down with such a disease. He was able to be walking and
+riding about, but was weak, and took no part in the exhibitions.</p>
+
+<p>About this time, as I was entering the Indians’ room one morning, I met
+two gentlemen coming down the stairs, who recognised me, and said they
+had proposed to the interpreter and the Indians to have had a little
+time with them to talk upon the subjects of religion and education,
+and to know whether missionaries could not be sent into their country
+to teach and christianise them; and they were afraid they might not
+have been understood, for they were answered that the Indians did not
+wish to see them. At that moment Jeffrey was coming up the stairs, and,
+as it could not have been him whom they saw, I presumed it might have
+been Daniel who refused them admittance, as he might have been unable
+to understand the Indians. Jeffrey told them that they had got almost
+tired of talking with so many in London, but still they could go up,
+and the Indians, he thought, would be glad to see them. Mr. Melody
+happened at the moment to be passing also, and he invited them up. They
+were introduced to the Indians and their object explained by Jeffrey.
+The War-chief then said to them, as he<a class="pagenum" id="Page_176" title="176"></a> was sitting on the floor in a
+corner of the room, that he didn’t see any necessity of their talking
+at all, for all they would have to say they had heard from much more
+intelligent-looking men than they were, in London, and in other places,
+and they had given their answers at full length, which <em>Chippehola</em> had
+written all down.</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“Now, my friends,” said he, “I will tell you that when we first came
+  over to this country we thought that where you had so many preachers,
+  so many to read and explain the good book, we should find the white
+  people all good and sober people; but as we travel about we find this
+  was all a mistake. When we first came over we thought that white
+  man’s religion would make all people good, and we then would have
+  been glad to talk with you, but now we cannot say that we like to
+  do it any more.” (‘<em>How, how, how!</em>’ responded all, as Jim, who was
+  then lying on a large table, and resting on one elbow, was gradually
+  turning over on to his back, and drawing up his knees in the attitude
+  of speaking.)</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>The War-chief continued:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“My friends&mdash;I am willing to talk with you if it can do any good
+  to the hundreds and thousands of poor and hungry people that we
+  see in your streets every day when we ride out. We see hundreds
+  of little children with their naked feet in the snow, and we pity
+  them, for we know they are hungry, and we give them money every
+  time we pass by them. In four days we have given twenty dollars to
+  hungry children&mdash;we give our money only to children. We are told
+  that the fathers of these children are in the houses where they sell
+  fire-water, and are drunk, and in their words they every moment abuse
+  and insult the Great Spirit. You talk about sending <em>black-coats</em>
+  among the Indians: now we have no such poor children among us; we
+  have no such drunkards, or people who abuse the Great Spirit. Indians
+  dare not do so. They pray to the Great Spirit, and he is kind to
+  them. Now we think it would be better for your teachers all to stay
+  at home, and go to work right here in your own streets, where all
+  your good work is wanted. This is my advice. I would rather not say
+  any more.” (To this all responded ‘<em>How, how, how!</em>’)</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>Jim had evidently got ready to speak, and showed signs of beginning;
+but White-cloud spoke to him, and wished him not to say anything. It
+was decided by these gentlemen at once to be best not to urge the
+conversation with them; and Mr. Melody explained to them the number of
+times they had heard and said all that could be said on the subject
+while in London, and that they were out of pa<a class="pagenum" id="Page_177" title="177"></a>tience, and of course a
+little out of the humour for it. These gentlemen, however, took great
+interest in them, and handed to each of the chiefs a handsome Bible,
+impressing upon them the importance of the words of the Great Spirit,
+which were certainly all contained in them, and which they hoped the
+Indians might have translated to them. And as I was descending the
+stairs with them, one of them said to me that he never in his life
+heard truer remarks, or a lesson that more distinctly and forcibly
+pointed out the primary duties of his profession.</p>
+
+<p>A few days more, the incidents of which I need not name, finished our
+visit to the city of Glasgow; and an hour or more by the railway, along
+the banks of the beautiful Clyde, and passing Dumbarton Castle, landed
+us in the snug little town of Greenock, from which we were to take
+steamer to Dublin.</p>
+
+<p>The Indians gave their dances and other amusements there for three
+or four evenings before we took leave. They were looked upon there
+as great curiosities, but scarcely formed any acquaintances or
+attachments, except in one branch of our concern. All were anxious to
+leave and be on the way to Dublin, except the Doctor, who thought it
+was bad policy to leave so quick; and though he got on to the steamer
+with all the rest, he did it very reluctantly, without assigning any
+reason for it until we were on the voyage, when he acknowledged to
+Daniel that the reason why he disliked to leave so soon was, that “one
+of the little maids in the hotel where they lodged used to come in
+every night, after all were asleep, and lie by the side of him on his
+buffalo robe.” For this simple acknowledgment all seemed rather to
+sympathise with the polite old gentleman; but it was now too late for a
+remedy, for we were near to the desired city of Dublin.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<h2><a class="pagenum" id="Page_178" title="178"></a>
+CHAPTER XXIV.</h2>
+
+<p class="hang">
+  Arrival in Dublin&mdash;Decline of the <em>Roman Nose</em>&mdash;Exhibition
+     in the Rotunda&mdash;Feast of ducks&mdash;First drive&mdash;Phœnix
+     Park&mdash;Stags&mdash;Indians’ ideas of game-laws and taxes&mdash;Annual
+     expenses of British government&mdash;National debt&mdash;Daniel enters
+     these in Jim’s book&mdash;Indians called “Irishmen”&mdash;Author’s
+     reply&mdash;Speech of the War-chief&mdash;Jim’s rapid civilization&mdash;New
+     estimates for his book&mdash;Daniel reads of “Murders, &amp;c.,” in
+     Times newspaper&mdash;Jim subscribes for the Times&mdash;Petition
+     of 100,000 women&mdash;Society of Friends meet the Indians
+     in the Rotunda&mdash;Their advice, and present to the chiefs
+     40<em>l.</em>&mdash;Indians invited to Zoological Gardens&mdash;Presented with
+     36<em>l.</em>&mdash;Indians invited to Trinity College&mdash;Conversation with
+     the Rev. Master on religion&mdash;Liberal presents&mdash;They visit the
+     Archbishop of Dublin&mdash;Presents&mdash;All breakfast with Mr. Joseph
+     Bewly, a Friend&mdash;Kind treatment&mdash;Christian advice&mdash;Sickness
+     of <em>Roman Nose</em>&mdash;Various entertainments by the Friends&mdash;A
+     curious beggar&mdash;Indians’ liberality to the poor&mdash;Arrival at
+     Liverpool&mdash;Rejoicing and feast&mdash;Council&mdash;<em>Roman Nose</em> placed in
+     an hospital&mdash;Arrival in Manchester&mdash;Exhibition in Free Trade
+     Hall&mdash;Immense platform&mdash;Three wigwams&mdash;Archery&mdash;Ball-play,
+     &amp;c.&mdash;Great crowds&mdash;<em>Bobasheela</em> arrives&mdash;Death of the <em>Roman
+     Nose</em>&mdash;Forms of burial, &amp;c.</p>
+
+
+<p>In Dublin, where we arrived on the 4th of March, after an easy voyage,
+comfortable quarters were in readiness for the party, and their
+breakfast soon upon the table. The Indians, having heard that there
+were many of “the good people” (the Friends) in Dublin, and having
+brought letters of introduction to some of them, had been impatient
+to reach that city; and their wish being successfully and easily
+accomplished, they now felt quite elated and happy, with apparently
+but one thing to depress their spirits, which was the continued and
+increasing illness of the <em>Roman Nose</em>. He was gradually losing flesh
+and strength, and getting now a continual fever, which showed the
+imminent danger of his condition. He had the ablest medical advice that
+the city could afford, and we still had<a class="pagenum" id="Page_179" title="179"></a> some hopes of his recovery.
+Rooms had been prepared for the exhibitions of the Indians in the
+Rotunda, and, on the second night after their arrival, they commenced
+with a respectable audience, and all seemed delighted and surprised
+with their picturesque effect.</p>
+
+<p>There was much applause from the audience, but no speeches from the
+Indians, owing to their fatigue, or to the fact that they had not yet
+rode about the city to see anything to speak about. They returned from
+their exhibition to their apartments, and after their supper they were
+happy to find that their beef-steaks were good, and that they had found
+again the <em>London chickabobboo</em>.</p>
+
+<p>A very amusing scene occurred during the exhibition, which had greatly
+excited the Indians, though they had but partially understood it, and
+now called upon me to explain it to them. While speaking of the modes
+of life of the Ioway Indians, and describing their way of catching the
+wild horses on the prairies, a dry and quizzical-looking sort of man
+rose, and, apparently half drunk, excited the hisses of the audience
+whilst he was holding on to the end of a seat to steady him. It was
+difficult to get him down, and I desired the audience to listen to
+what he had to say. “Ee&mdash;you’l escuse me, sir, to e&mdash;yax e&mdash;yif you
+are ye man woo was lecturing e&mdash;year some time see&mdash;ynce, e&mdash;on ther
+Yindians and the&mdash;r wild e&mdash;yorses? &mdash;e&mdash;(hic)&mdash;e&mdash;and the&mdash;r breathin,
+he&mdash;(hic)&mdash;e&mdash;in thee&mdash;ir noses?” The excessive singularity of this
+fellow set the whole house in a roar of laughter, and all felt disposed
+to hear him go on. “Yes,” I replied, “I am the same man.” “Ee&mdash;e&mdash;r
+wal, sir, e&mdash;yerts all&mdash;(hic), e&mdash;yits all gammon, sir, e&mdash;yer, y&mdash;ers,
+(hic) yers tried it on two fillies, sir, e&mdash;yand&mdash;(hic) yand it didn’t
+se&mdash;seed, sir.” The poor fellow, observing the great amusement of the
+ladies as he looked around the room was at once disposed to be a little
+witty, and proceeded&mdash;“Ee&mdash;(hic)&mdash;ye&mdash;yer tried it e&mdash;yon se&mdash;rl <em>young
+ladies</em>, e&mdash;yand (hic) se&mdash;seded yerry well!” The poor fellow seemed
+contented with his wit thus far rather than try to proceed<a class="pagenum" id="Page_180" title="180"></a> further;
+and he sat down amidst the greatest possible amusement of the audience,
+many of whom, notwithstanding, did not seem to understand his meaning,
+when I deemed it necessary to explain that he referred to my account
+of Indians breaking wild horses by breathing in their noses, which it
+would seem he had tried in vain, but by experimenting on young ladies
+he had met with great success.<a class="fnanchor" href="#Footnote_34" id="FNanchor_34">[34]</a></p>
+
+<p>The Indians had become very much attached to Daniel, who had been so
+long a companion and fellow-traveller with them, and felt pleasure with
+him that he was again upon his native soil. He had described to them
+that they were now in a different country again, and they resolved to
+have their necessary feast of ducks the next morning for breakfast, so
+as not to interfere with their drive, in which they were to open their
+eyes to the beauties of Dublin, when Daniel was to accompany them, and
+explain all that they saw. They invited him to the feast, and thought
+it as well to call upon him now as at a future time for the bottle or
+two of the <em>Queen’s chickabobboo</em> (champagne) which he had agreed to
+produce when he got on to his native shore again.</p>
+
+<p>Nothing more of course could be seen until their feast was over, and
+they were all in their buss as usual, with four horses, which was
+ready and started off with them at ten o’clock the next morning. The
+Doctor, in his familiar way, was alongside of the driver, with his
+buffalo horns and eagle crest, and his shining lance, with his faithful
+companion Jim by his side, and they caused a prodigious sensation as
+they were whirled along through the principal streets of Dublin. One
+may think at first glance that he can appreciate all the excitement
+and pleasure which the Doctor took in those drives, taking his first
+survey of the shops and all the curious places he was peeping into as
+he rode along; but on a little deliberation they will easily see that
+his enjoyment might have been much greater<a class="pagenum" id="Page_181" title="181"></a> than the world supposed who
+were gazing at him, without thinking how much there was under his eye
+that was novel and exciting to a savage from the wilderness.</p>
+
+<p>After passing through several of the principal streets they were driven
+to the Phœnix Park, where they left their carriage, and, taking
+a run for a mile or two, felt much relieved and delighted with the
+exercise. The noble stags that started up and were bounding away before
+them excited them very much, and they were wishing for their weapons
+which they had left behind. However, they had very deliberately and
+innocently agreed to take a regular hunt there in a few days, and have
+a saddle or two of venison, but wiser Daniel reminding them of the
+<em>game-laws</em> of this country, of which they had before heard no account,
+knocked all their sporting plans on the head.</p>
+
+<p>Nothing perhaps astonished them since they came into the country more
+than the idea that a man is liable to severe punishment by the laws,
+for shooting a deer, a rabbit, or a partridge, or for catching a fish
+out of a lake or a river, without a licence, for which he must pay a
+tax to the government, and that then they can only shoot upon certain
+grounds. The poor fellows at first treated the thing as ridiculous
+and fabulous; but on being assured that such was the fact, they were
+overwhelmed with astonishment. “What!” asked one of them, “if a poor
+man is hungry and sees a fine fish in the water, is he not allowed to
+spear it out and eat it?” “No,” said Daniel, “if he does, he must go
+to jail, and pay a heavy fine besides. A man is not allowed to keep a
+gun in his house without paying a tax to the government for it, and
+if he carries a weapon in his pocket he is liable to a fine.” “Why
+is that?” “Because they are afraid he will kill somebody with it.”
+“What do you call a tax?” said Jim. “Let that alone,” said Daniel,
+“until we get home, and then I will tell you all about it.” Here was
+a new field opening to their simple minds for contemplation upon the
+beautiful mysteries and glories of civilization, in which a few hours
+of Daniel’s lectures would be<a class="pagenum" id="Page_182" title="182"></a> sure to enlighten them. They dropped the
+subject here however, and took their carriage again for the city and
+their lodgings, laughing excessively as they were returning, and long
+after they got back, at cabs they were constantly passing, which they
+insisted on it had got turned around, and were going sideways.<a class="fnanchor" href="#Footnote_35" id="FNanchor_35">[35]</a> When
+they had returned and finished their first remarks about the curious
+things they had seen, Daniel began to give them some first ideas about
+taxes and fines which they had inquired about, and which they did
+not as yet know the meaning of. He explained also the game-laws, and
+showed them that in such a country as England, if the government did
+not protect the game and the fish in such a manner, there would soon be
+none left, and, as it was preserved in such a way, the government made
+those who wished to hunt or to fish, pay a sum of money to help meet
+the expenses of the government, and he explained the many ways in which
+people pay taxes. “All of this,” said he, “goes to pay the expenses
+of the government, and to support the Queen and royal family.” He read
+to them from a newspaper that the actual cost of supporting the royal
+family and attendants was 891,000<em>l.</em> sterling (4,455,000 dollars) per
+annum; that the Queen’s pin-money (privy purse) is 60,000<em>l.</em> (300,000
+dollars); the Queen’s coachmen, postilions, and footmen 12,550<em>l.</em>
+(62,750 dollars).</p>
+
+<p>He read from the same paper also that the expenses of the navy were
+5,854,851<em>l.</em> (being about 29,274,255 dollars) per annum, and that
+the expenses of the army were still much greater, and that these all
+together form but a part of the enormous expenses of the government,
+which must all be raised by taxes in different ways, and that the
+people must pay all these expenses at last, in paying for what they
+eat and drink and wear, so much more than the articles are worth, that
+a little from all may go to the government to pay the government’s
+debts. He also stated that, notwithstanding so much went to the
+government, the nation<a class="pagenum" id="Page_183" title="183"></a> was in debt at this time to the amount of
+764,000,000<em>l.</em> (3,820,000,000 dollars). This was beyond all their
+ideas of computation, and, as it could not be possibly appreciated by
+them, Daniel and they had to drop it, as most people do (and as the
+<em>country</em> probably <em>will</em> before it is paid), as a mystery too large
+for just comprehension.</p>
+
+<p>Jim wanted these estimates down in his book however, thinking perhaps
+that he might some time be wise enough to comprehend them or find some
+one that could do it. And when Daniel had put them down, he also made
+another memorandum underneath them to this effect, and which astonished
+the Indians very much&mdash;“The plate that ornamented the sideboard at the
+banquet at the Queen’s nuptials was estimated at 500,000<em>l.</em> (2,500,000
+dollars).”</p>
+
+<p>By the time their statistics had progressed thus far their dinner
+was ready, which was a thing much more simple to comprehend, and
+consequently more pleasing to them; so their note-book was shut, and
+taxes and game-laws and national debt gave way to roast-beef and
+<em>chickabobboo</em>.</p>
+
+<p>Their drive through the city had tended to increase the curiosity to
+see them, and their exhibition-room on the second night was crowded to
+excess. This was sure to put the Indians into the best of humour; and
+seeing in different parts of the room quite a number of Friends, gave
+them additional satisfaction.</p>
+
+<p>In a new country again, and before so full and fashionable an audience,
+I took unusual pains to explain the objects for which these people
+had come to this country, their personal appearance, and the modes
+they were to illustrate. When I had got through, and the Indians
+were sitting on the platform and smoking their pipe, a man rose in
+the crowd and said, “That’s all gammon, sir!&mdash;these people are not
+Indians. I have seen many Indians, sir, and you can’t hoax me!” Here
+the audience hissed, and raised the cry of “Put him out!&mdash;shame!”
+&amp;c. I stepped forward, and with some difficulty got them silent, and
+begged they would let the gentleman finish his re<a class="pagenum" id="Page_184" title="184"></a>marks, because, if
+they were fairly heard and understood, they might probably add much to
+the amusements of the evening. So he proceeded: “I know this to be a
+very great imposition, and I think it is a pity if it is allowed to go
+on. I have seen too many Indians to be deceived about them. I was at
+Bombay six years, and after that at Calcutta long enough to know what
+an Indian is. I know that their hair is always long and black, and
+not red: I know that these men are <em>Irishmen</em>, and painted up in this
+manner to gull the public. There’s one of those fellows I know very
+well&mdash;I have seen him these three years at work in M'Gill’s carpenter’s
+shop, and saw him there but a few days ago; so I pronounce them but a
+raw set, as well as impostors!”</p>
+
+<p>When he sat down I prevented the audience from making any further noise
+than merely laughing, which was excessive all over the room. I said
+that “to contradict this gentleman would only be to repeat what I had
+said, and I hoped at least he would remain in the room a few minutes
+until they would execute one of their dances, that he might give his
+opinion as to my skill in teaching ’raw recruits’ as he called them.”
+The Indians, who had been smoking their pipes all this time without
+knowing what the delay had been about, now sprang upon their feet and
+commenced the war-dance; all further thoughts of “imposition” and “raw
+recruits” were lost sight of here and for the rest of the evening. When
+their dance was done they received a tremendous roar of applause, and
+after resting a few minutes the Doctor was on his feet, and evidently
+trying very hard in a speech to make a sensation (as he had made on
+the first night in London) among the ladies. Jeffrey interpreted his
+speech; and although it made much amusement, and was applauded, still
+it fell very far short of what his eloquence and his quizzical smiles
+and wit had done on the former occasion. Being apprehensive also of
+Jim’s cruel sarcasms when he should stop, and apparently in hopes, too,
+of still saying something more witty, he, unfortunately for its whole
+effect, continued to speak a little too long after he had<a class="pagenum" id="Page_185" title="185"></a> said his
+best things; so he sat down (though in applause) rather dissatisfied
+with himself, and seemed for some time in a sort of study, as if he
+was trying to recollect what he had said, a <em>peculiarity possibly</em>
+belonging to Indian orators.</p>
+
+<p>When the Doctor had finished, all arose at the sound of the war-whoop
+given by the War-chief, and they gave with unusual spirit the discovery
+dance, and after that their favourite, the eagle dance. The finish of
+this exciting dance brought rounds of deafening applause and “bravo!”
+in the midst of which the War-chief arose, and, throwing his buffalo
+robe around him, said,&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“My friends&mdash;We see that we are in a new city, a strange place to
+  us, but that we are not amongst enemies, and this gives us great
+  pleasure. (‘<em>How, how, how!</em>’ and ‘Hear, hear.’)</p>
+
+<p>“My friends&mdash;It gives me pleasure to see so many smiling faces about
+  us, for we know that when you smile you are not angry; we think you
+  are amused with our dancing. It is the custom in our country always
+  to thank the Great Spirit first. He has been kind to us, and our
+  hearts are thankful that he has allowed us to reach your beautiful
+  city, and to be with you to-night. (‘<em>How, how, how!</em>’)</p>
+
+<p>“My friends&mdash;Our modes of dancing are different from yours, and
+  you see we don’t come to teach you to dance, but merely to show
+  you how the poor Indians dance. We are told that you have your
+  dancing-masters; but the Great Spirit taught us, and we think we
+  should not change our mode. (‘<em>How, how, how!</em>’)</p>
+
+<p>“My friends&mdash;The interpreter has told us that some one in the room
+  has said we were not Indians&mdash;that we were <em>Irishmen</em>! Now we are not
+  in any way angry with this man; if we <em>were</em> Irishmen, we might be
+  perhaps. (‘Hear, hear.’ ‘Bravo!’)</p>
+
+<p>“My friends&mdash;We are rather sorry for the man than angry; it is his
+  ignorance, and that is perhaps because he is too far off: let him
+  come nearer to us and examine our skins, our ears, and our noses,
+  full of holes and trinkets&mdash;Irishmen don’t bore their noses. (Great
+  laughter, and ‘Bravo!’)</p>
+
+<p>“My friends&mdash;Tell that man we will be glad to see him and shake hands
+  with him, and he will then be our friend at once.” (“Bravo!” and
+  cries of “Go, go!” from every part of the room: “You <em>must</em> go!”)</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>The gentleman left his seat upon this in a very embarrassed condition,
+and, advancing to the platform, shook the War-chief and each one of
+the party by the hand, and took a seat near to them for the rest of
+the evening, evidently<a class="pagenum" id="Page_186" title="186"></a> well pleased with their performances, and well
+convinced that they were not Irishmen.</p>
+
+<p>After this the Indians proceeded by giving several other dances, songs,
+&amp;c.; and when it was announced that their amusements for the evening
+were finished, they seated themselves on the edge of the platform to
+meet those who desired to give them their hands. Half an hour or so was
+spent in this ceremony, during which time they received many presents,
+and, what to them was more gratifying, they felt the affectionate hands
+of a number of the “good people” they were so anxious to meet, and who
+they saw were taking a deep interest in their behalf already. They
+returned to their apartments unusually delighted with their reception,
+and, after their supper and <em>chickabobboo</em>, Jim had some dry jokes for
+the Doctor about his speech; assuring him that he never would “go down”
+with the Irish ladies&mdash;that his speech had been a decided failure&mdash;and
+that he had better hereafter keep his mouth entirely shut. They had
+much merriment also about the “mistake the poor man had made in calling
+them Irishmen,” and all applauded the War-chief for the manner in which
+he had answered him in his speech.</p>
+
+<p>The Indians in their drive during the morning had observed an unusual
+number of soldiers in various parts of the city, and, on inquiring of
+Daniel why there were so many when there was no war and no danger,
+they learned to their great surprise that this country, like the one
+they had just left, had been subjugated by England, and that a large
+military force was necessary to be kept in all the towns to keep the
+people quiet, and to compel them to pay their taxes to the government.
+They thought the police were more frequent here also than they had seen
+them in London, and laughed very much at their carrying clubs to knock
+men down with. They began to think that the Irish must be very bad
+people to want so many to watch them with guns and clubs, and laughed
+at Daniel about the wickedness of his countrymen. He endeavoured to
+explain to them, how<a class="pagenum" id="Page_187" title="187"></a>ever, that, if they had to work as hard as the
+Irishmen did, and then had their hard earnings mostly all taken away
+from them, they would require as strong a military force to take care
+of them as the Irish did. His argument completely brought them over,
+and they professed perfectly to understand the case; and all said
+they could see why so many soldiers were necessary. The police, he
+said, were kept in all the towns, night and day, to prevent people
+from stealing, from breaking into each other’s houses, from fighting,
+and from knocking each other down and taking away their property. The
+insatiate Jim then conceived the idea of getting into his book the
+whole number of soldiers that were required in England, Scotland, and
+Ireland to keep the people at work in the factories, and to make them
+pay their taxes; and also the number of police that were necessary in
+the different cities and towns to keep people all peaceable, and quiet,
+and honest. Daniel had read to them only a day or two before an article
+in the ‘Times’ newspaper, setting forth all these estimates, and, being
+just the thing he wanted, copied them into his book.</p>
+
+<p>The reader sees by this time that, although Jim’s looks were against
+him, as an orator or lecturer, when he should get back to his own
+country&mdash;and also that though his imagination could not take its wings
+until he was flat upon his back&mdash;still that he was, by dint of industry
+and constant effort, preparing himself with a magazine of facts which
+were calculated to impress upon the simple minds of the people in his
+country the strongest proofs of the virtue and superior blessings of
+civilization.</p>
+
+<p>These people had discernment enough to see that such an enormous
+amount of soldiers and police as their list presented them would not
+be kept in pay if they were not necessary. And they naturally put the
+question at once&mdash;“What state would the country be in if the military
+and police were all taken away?” They had been brought to the zenith
+of civilization that they might see and admire it in its best form;
+but the world who read will see with me<a class="pagenum" id="Page_188" title="188"></a> that they were close critics,
+and <em>agree</em> with me, I think, that it is almost a pity they should
+be the teachers of such statistics as they are to teach to thousands
+yet to be taught in the wilderness. As I have shown in a former part
+of this work, I have long since been opposed to parties of Indians
+being brought to this country, believing that civilization should be
+a gradual thing, rather than open the eyes of these ignorant people
+to all its mysteries at a glance, when the mass of its poverty and
+vices alarms them, and its luxuries and virtues are at a discouraging
+distance&mdash;beyond the reach of their attainment.</p>
+
+<p>Daniel was at this time cutting a slip from the ‘Times,’ which he
+read to Jim; and it was decided at once to be an admissible and
+highly interesting entry to make, and to go by the side of his former
+estimates of the manufacture and consumption of <em>chickabobboo</em>. The
+article ran thus:&mdash;“The consumption of ardent spirits in Great Britain
+and Ireland in the last year was 29,200,000 gallons, and the Poor Law
+Commissioners estimate the money annually spent in ardent spirits at
+24,000,000<em>l.</em> (120,000,000 dollars); and it is calculated that 50,000
+drunkards die yearly in England and Ireland, and that one-half of the
+insanity, two-thirds of the pauperism, and three-fourths of the crimes
+of the land are the consequences of drunkenness.”</p>
+
+<p>This, Jim said, was one of the best things he had got down in his book,
+because he said that the <em>black-coats</em> were always talking so much
+about the Indians getting drunk, that it would be a good thing for him
+to have to show; and he said he thought he should be able, when they
+were about to go home, to get <em>Chippehola</em><a class="fnanchor" href="#Footnote_36" id="FNanchor_36">[36]</a> to write by the side of
+it that fourteen Ioways were one year in England and never drank any of
+this <em>fire-water</em>, and were never drunk in that time.</p>
+
+<p>Daniel and Jeffrey continued to read (or rather Daniel to read,
+and Jeffrey to interpret) the news and events in<a class="pagenum" id="Page_189" title="189"></a> the ‘Times,’
+to which the Indians were all listening with attention. He read
+several amusing things, and then of a “<em>Horrid murder!</em>” <em>a man had
+murdered his wife and two little children</em>. He read the account; and
+next&mdash;“<em>Brutal Assault on a Female!</em>”&mdash;“<em>A Father killed by his own
+Son!</em>”&mdash;“<em>Murder of an Infant and Suicide of the Mother!</em>”&mdash;“<em>Death
+from Starvation!</em>”&mdash;“<em>Execution of Sarah Loundes for poisoning her
+Husband!</em>”&mdash;“<em>Robbery of 150l. Bank of England Notes!</em>” &amp;c. &amp;c.</p>
+
+<p>They had read so many exciting things in one paper, and were but half
+through the list, when Jim, who had rolled over on his back and drawn
+up his knees, as if he was going to say something, asked how much was
+the price of that newspaper; to which Daniel replied that there was
+one printed each day like that, and the price fivepence each. “Well,”
+said Jim, “I believe everything is in that paper, and I will give you
+the money to get it for me every day. Go to the man and tell him I want
+one of every kind he has: I will take them all home with me, and I will
+some time learn to read them all.”</p>
+
+<p>A clever idea entered (or originated in) the heavy brain of Jim at
+this moment. He went to a box in the corner of the room, from which
+he took out, and arranged on the floor, about twenty handsomely-bound
+Bibles, when he made this memorable and commercial-like vociferation,
+in tolerably plain English: “I guess em swap!” He had been much amused
+with several numbers of ‘Punch,’ which he had long pored over and
+packed away for amusement on the prairies; and believing that his plan
+for “swapping” would enable him to venture boldly, he authorized Daniel
+to subscribe for Punch also, provided Punch would take Bibles for pay.
+Daniel assured him that that would be “no go,” as he thought Punch
+would not care about Bibles; but told him that he would at all events
+have the ‘Times’ for him every morning, as he wished, and was now going
+to read to them a very curious thing that he had got his thumb upon,
+and commenced to read:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<a class="pagenum" id="Page_190" title="190"></a>
+
+<p>“Lord R. Grosvenor and Mr. Spooner attended yesterday at the
+  Home-office with Sir George Grey to present a memorial to the Queen
+  from the women of England, signed by 100,000, praying that the
+  bill for preventing trading in seduction may pass into a law. The
+  following is a copy of the petition:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p class="center">“'TO THE QUEEN.</p>
+
+<p>“'We, the undersigned women of Great Britain and Ireland, placed by
+  Divine Providence under the sway of the British Sceptre, which God
+  has committed to your Majesty’s hands, most humbly beg leave to make
+  known to our beloved Sovereign the heavy and cruel grievance that
+  oppresses a large portion of the female population of the realm. A
+  system exists, by which not only are undue facilities and temptations
+  held out to the immoral, the giddy, and the poor, to enter upon a
+  life of infamy, degradation, and ruin, but unwary young females and
+  mere children are frequently entrapped, and sold into the hands of
+  profligate libertines. Agents are sent into the towns and villages
+  of the United Kingdom, whose ostensible object is to engage young
+  girls for domestic service, or other female employments, but whose
+  real design is to degrade and ruin them. Female agents are also
+  employed in London and many of our large towns to watch the public
+  conveyances, and decoy the simple and inexperienced into houses
+  of moral pollution and crime, by offers of advice or temporary
+  protection. By such and other means the entrapping of innocent young
+  women is reduced to a regular trade, the existence of which is, in
+  the highest degree, discreditable to the nation. Despite the efforts
+  of right-minded men and of benevolent institutions to suppress, by
+  means of the existing laws, this vile trade in female innocence,
+  thousands of the most helpless of your Majesty’s subjects are
+  annually destroyed, both in body and soul. We therefore appeal to
+  your Majesty, beseeching you to extend your Royal protection around
+  the daughters of the poor, by promoting such vigorous laws as the
+  wisdom of your Majesty’s counsellors may see good to devise, and
+  thereby deliver your Majesty’s fair realm from a system of profligacy
+  so offensive to Almighty God, and so fatal to the personal, social,
+  temporal, and spiritual well-being of the women of England.'”</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>“Fish! fish!” exclaimed Jim, as Daniel finished reading. Some laughed
+excessively, and the poor Indian women groaned; but Jim, lying still on
+his back, and of course his ideas circulating freely, roared out again
+“<em>Fish! fish! chickabobboo! money! money!</em>&mdash;put that all in my book.”
+Daniel said, “There is no need of that, for it is in your paper, which
+is all the same, and I will mark a black line around it.” “Then be
+careful not to lose the paper,” said Jim, “for I like that very much:
+I’ll show that to the <em>black-coats</em> when I get home.”</p>
+
+<p><a class="pagenum" id="Page_191" title="191"></a>
+Thus the talk of that night had run to a late hour, and I took leave.</p>
+
+<p>The next morning I received two invitations for the Indians, both of
+which were calculated to give them great pleasure: the one was an
+invitation to visit the Zoological Gardens, then in their infant but
+very flourishing state, when the directors very kindly proposed to
+admit the public by shilling tickets, and to give the receipts to the
+Indians. This, therefore, was very exciting to their ambition; and
+the other invitation was equally or more so, as it was from several
+gentlemen of the Society of Friends, who proposed that, as there
+were a great many of that society in Dublin, and who all felt a deep
+interest in the welfare of the Indians, but who had, many of them, a
+decided objection to attend their war-dances, &amp;c., they should feel
+glad to meet them at some hour that might be appointed, in their
+exhibition room, for the purpose of forming an acquaintance with them,
+and of having some conversation with them on the subject of education,
+agriculture, &amp;c., with a view to ascertain in what way they could best
+render them some essential service. This invitation was embraced by
+the Indians with great pleasure, and at the time appointed they met
+about one hundred ladies and gentlemen, all of that society, to whom
+I introduced them by briefly explaining their objects in visiting
+this country, their modes of life, their costumes, &amp;c. After that,
+several ladies, as well as gentlemen, asked them questions relative
+to their religious belief and modes of worship; to all of which the
+War-chief answered in the most cheerful manner; and, as he constantly
+replied with appeals to the Great Spirit, who, he said, directed all
+their hearts, they all saw in him a feeling of reverence for the Great
+Spirit, which satisfied all that they were endowed with high sentiments
+of religion and devotion.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Melody here stated that he had just received very interesting
+and satisfactory letters from the reverend gentlemen conducting a
+missionary school, which was prospering,<a class="pagenum" id="Page_192" title="192"></a> in their tribe, parts of
+which letters he read, and also presented a small book already printed
+in the Ioway language by a printing-press belonging to the Missionary
+Society, and now at work at their mission. This gave great satisfaction
+to the visitors, who saw that these people had friends at home who were
+doing what they could to enlighten their minds.</p>
+
+<p>The friendly feelings of all present were then conveyed to them by
+several who addressed them in turn, expressing their deep anxiety for
+their worldly welfare and their spiritual good, and in the kindest and
+most impressive language exhorted them to temperance, to a knowledge
+of our Saviour, and to the blessings of education, which lead to it.
+They impressed upon their minds also the benefits that would flow from
+the abandonment of their hunters’ life and warfare, and the adoption
+of agricultural pursuits. It was then stated that it was the object
+of the meeting to make them a present of something more than mere
+professions of friendship, and desired of me to ascertain what would
+be most useful and acceptable to them. The question being put to them,
+the White Cloud replied that “anything they felt disposed to give they
+would accept with thankfulness, but, as the question had been asked,
+he should say that <em>money</em> would be preferable to anything else, for
+it was more easily carried, and when in America, and near their own
+country, they could buy with it what their wives and little children
+should most need.” It was then proposed that a hat should be passed
+around, for the purpose, by which the sum of 40<em>l.</em> was received, and
+handed to the chief, to divide between them. Besides this very liberal
+donation, a number of beautifully-bound Bibles were presented to them,
+and several very kind and lovely ladies went to the shops, and returned
+with beautiful shawls and other useful presents for the women and
+children; and one benevolent gentleman, who had been of the meeting,
+and whose name I regret that I have forgotten, brought in with his own
+hands, a large trunk filled with pretty and useful things, which he
+took pleasure in dividing<a class="pagenum" id="Page_193" title="193"></a> amongst them, and in presenting the trunk to
+the wife of the chief.</p>
+
+<p>Thus ended this very kind and interesting meeting, which the Indians
+will never forget, and which went far to strengthen their former belief
+that the “good people,” as they called them, would be everywhere found
+to be their genuine friends.</p>
+
+<p>Their invitation to the Zoological Gardens was for the day following,
+and they were there highly entertained by the young men who were the
+founders of that institution. They met in those peculiarly beautiful
+grounds a great number of the fashionable ladies and gentlemen of
+Dublin; and, after an hour or two delightfully spent amongst them,
+received from the treasurer of the institution the sum of 36<em>l.</em>, that
+had been taken at the entrance. Nothing could have been more gratefully
+received than were these two kind presents; nor could anything have
+afforded them more convincing proofs of the hospitality and kindness of
+the people they were amongst.</p>
+
+<p>The exhibitions at the Rotunda were continued on every evening, and the
+Indians took their daily ride at ten o’clock in the morning, seeing all
+that was to be seen in the streets and the suburbs of Dublin, and after
+their suppers and their <em>chickabobboo</em> enjoyed their jokes and their
+pipe, whilst they were making their remarks upon the occurrences of the
+day, and listening to Daniel’s readings of the ‘Times’ newspaper, to
+which the <em>Chemokemon</em><a class="fnanchor" href="#Footnote_37" id="FNanchor_37">[37]</a> (as they now called him), Jim, had become
+a subscriber. This boundless source of information and amusement,
+just now opened to their minds, was engrossing much of their time;
+and Daniel and Jeffrey were called upon regularly every night, after
+their suppers, to tell them all that was new and curious in the paper
+of the day; and Jim desired a daily entry in his book of the number of
+<em>murders</em> and <em>robberies</em> that appeared in it. All this Daniel, in his
+kindness, did for him, after reading the<a class="pagenum" id="Page_194" title="194"></a> description of them; and in
+this way the ingenious Jim considered he had all things now in good
+train to enable him to enlighten the Indian races when he should get
+back to the prairies of his own country.</p>
+
+<p>Poor Jim, whose avarice began to dawn with his first steps towards
+civilization, and who, having his wife with him to add her share of
+presents to his, and was now getting such an accumulation of Bibles
+that they were becoming a serious item of luggage, related here a
+curious anecdote that occurred while he was in the Zoological Gardens:&mdash;
+
+The Bibles they had received, and were daily receiving, as “the most
+valuable presents that could be made them,” he had supposed must of
+course have some considerable intrinsic value; and he felt disposed, as
+he was now increasing his expenses, by taking the ‘Times’ newspaper and
+in other ways, to try the experiment of occasionally selling one of his
+bibles to increase his funds, and, on starting to go to the gardens,
+had put one in his pouch to offer to people he should meet in the
+crowd; and it seems he offered it in many cases, but nobody would buy,
+but one had been <em>given</em> to him by a lady; so he came home with one
+more than he took; and he said to us, “I guess em no good&mdash;I no sell
+em, but I get em a heap.”</p>
+
+<p>A very friendly invitation was received about this time from the
+President of Trinity College for the party to visit that noble
+institution, and Mr. Melody and myself took great pleasure in
+accompanying them there. They were treated there with the greatest
+possible kindness; and, after being shown through all its parts&mdash;its
+library, museum, &amp;c.&mdash;a liberal collection was made for them amongst
+the reverend gentlemen and their families, and presented to them a few
+days afterwards.</p>
+
+<p>I took the War-chief and several of the party to visit the Archbishop
+of Dublin and his family, who treated them with much kindness, and
+presented to each a sovereign, as an evidence of the attachment they
+felt for them. This unexpected kindness called upon them for some
+expression<a class="pagenum" id="Page_195" title="195"></a> of thanks in return; and the War-chief, after offering his
+hand to the Archbishop, said to him:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“My friend, as the Great Spirit has moved your heart to be kind to
+  us, I rise up to thank Him first, and then to tell you how thankful
+  we feel to you for what your hand has given us. We are poor, and
+  do not deserve this; but we will keep it, and it will buy food and
+  clothing for our little children.</p>
+
+<p>“My friend, we are soon going from here, and we live a great way. We
+  shall never see your face again in this world, but we shall hope that
+  the Great Spirit will allow us to meet in the world that is before
+  us, and where you and I must soon go.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>The Archbishop seemed much struck with his remarks; and, taking him
+again by the hand, said to him that he believed they would meet again
+in the world to come, and, commending them to the care of the Great
+Spirit, bade them an affectionate farewell.</p>
+
+<p>An invitation was awaiting them at this time, also, to breakfast the
+next morning with Mr. Joseph Bewley, a Friend, and who lived a few
+miles out of the city. His carriages arrived for them at the hour,
+and the whole party visited him and his kind family and took their
+breakfast with them. After the breakfast was over, the chief thanked
+this kind gentleman for his hospitality and the presents very liberally
+bestowed; and the party all listened with great attention to the
+Christian advice which he gave them, recommending to them also to lay
+down all their weapons of war, and to study the arts of peace. These
+remarks seemed to have made a deep impression on their minds, for they
+were daily talking of this kind man and the advice and information he
+gave them.</p>
+
+<p>Having finished our exhibitions by advertisement, but being detained a
+few days longer in Dublin than we expected by the illness of the <em>Roman
+Nose</em>, an opportunity was afforded the Indians to attend a number of
+evening parties, to which they were invited by families of the Society
+of Friends, and treated with the greatest kindness and attention.</p>
+
+<p>The Indians had thus formed their notions of the beauti<a class="pagenum" id="Page_196" title="196"></a>ful city of
+Dublin by riding through it repeatedly in all its parts&mdash;by viewing,
+outside and in, its churches, its colleges, its gardens, and other
+places of amusement; and of its inhabitants, by meeting them in the
+exhibition rooms, and in their own houses, at their hospitable boards.
+They decided that Edinburgh was rather the most beautiful city; that
+in Glasgow they saw the most ragged and poor; and that in Dublin they
+met the warmest-hearted and most kind people of any they had seen in
+the kingdom. In Dublin, as in Glasgow, they had been in the habit of
+throwing handfuls of pence to the poor; and at length had got them
+baited, so that gangs of hungry, ragged creatures were daily following
+their carriage home to their door, and there waiting under their
+windows for the pence that were often showered down upon their heads.</p>
+
+<p>Out of the thousands of beggars that <em>I</em> met while there (and many of
+whom extracted money from my pocket by their wit or drollery when I
+was not disposed to give it), there was but one of whom I shall make
+mention in this place. In my daily walk from my hotel to the Rotunda,
+there was an old, hardy-looking veteran, who used often to meet me and
+solicit with great importunity, as I had encouraged him by giving to
+him once or twice when I first met him. I was walking on that pavement
+one day with an American friend whom I had met, and, observing this old
+man coming at some distance ahead of us on the same pavement, I said
+to my friend, “Now watch the motions of that old fellow as he comes up
+to beg&mdash;look at the expression of his face.” When we had got within a
+few rods of him the old man threw his stomach in, and one knee in an
+instant seemed out of joint, and his face! oh, most pitiable to look
+upon. We approached him arm-in-arm, and while coming towards him I put
+my hand in my pocket as if I was getting out some money, which brought
+this extraordinary expression from him: “My kind sir, may the gates of
+Heaven open to receive you!”&mdash;(by this time we had got by him, and,
+seeing that my hand remained stationary in<a class="pagenum" id="Page_197" title="197"></a> my pocket, as he had turned
+round and was scowling daggers at me)&mdash;“and may you be kicked out the
+moment you get there!”</p>
+
+<p>There is an inveteracy in the Irish begging and wit that shows it to
+be native and not borrowed; it is therefore more irresistible and more
+successful than in any other country perhaps in the world. I speak
+this, however, merely as an opinion of my own, formed on the many
+instances where the very reasons I assigned for not giving were so
+ingeniously and suddenly turned into irresistible arguments for giving,
+that my hand was in my pocket before I was aware of it.</p>
+
+<p>The Indians however gave from other motives; not able to appreciate
+their wit, they had discernment enough to see the wretchedness that
+existed among the poor people in the lanes and outskirts of the city,
+and too much pity in their hearts not to try with their money to
+relieve them; and in that way I fully believe that they gave a very
+considerable proportion of the money they had received since they
+entered the city.</p>
+
+<p>The symptoms of the poor <em>Roman Nose</em>, whose case was now decided to be
+almost hopeless, were a little more favourable, and it was agreed, with
+his united wish, that we should start for Liverpool by steamer; and on
+the morning when we went on board, the Indians were more strongly than
+ever confirmed in their belief that the Friends were the people who
+had taken the deepest interest in their welfare, by meeting nearly all
+they had seen in their numerous visits, down at the wharf, to shake
+hands with them, and wish them an everlasting farewell! Such proof as
+this, which brought even tears in their eyes, will be the last to be
+forgotten by them or by me, and should be the last to be overlooked in
+the public acknowledgment I am now making.</p>
+
+<p>Our voyage across the Channel was easy and pleasant; and amongst
+the numerous and fashionable people on board, poor Jim had the
+mortification of trying to test the intrinsic value of his numerous
+stock of Bibles by occasionally offering one that he carried in his
+pouch. “I no sell 'em&mdash;they no<a class="pagenum" id="Page_198" title="198"></a> like 'em,” was his reply again; and he
+began to doubt the value of them, which he was greatly disappointed to
+find they had fixed much above their market-price.</p>
+
+<p>On landing at the wharf in Liverpool the Indians recognised the spot
+where they first set their feet upon English soil, and they raised the
+yell (not unlike the war-whoop) which is given by war-parties when,
+returning from battle, they are able to see their own village. This
+gathered a great crowd in a few moments, that was exceedingly difficult
+to disperse, and it instilled new ambition and strength into the poor
+<em>Roman Nose</em>, who thought in his weakness that they were near home; but
+he rallied only to look out and realize that he was too far from his
+home ever to see it again.</p>
+
+<p>Lodgings had been prepared for them, to which they immediately
+repaired; and, as their sinking companion was so rapidly declining,
+they were all in sadness, though they tried, poor fellows, to be gay
+and cheerful. Their exhibitions had been advertised to commence, and
+they proceeded with them. Before they commenced, however, a feast was
+made to thank the Great Spirit for having conducted them quite around
+England to the place from whence they started, and also for the benefit
+of the health of their fellow-warrior, the <em>Roman Nose</em>.</p>
+
+<p>A council was also held, when Mr. Melody and I were called in, and by
+some it was proposed to start for home, and by others to go to Paris
+and see a King, as they had tried, but in vain, to see the Queen of
+England. A visit to Paris had been a favourite theme with them for some
+months past, and all at length joined in the wish to see the King and
+Queen of France.</p>
+
+<p>The most skilful physicians were called to attend the poor <em>Roman
+Nose</em>, and they advised us to place him in an hospital. He was
+consulted, and, wishing to go, was removed there, where the
+interpreter, Jeffrey, stayed, and every attention was paid him. A few
+nights of exhibitions in Liverpool finished our stay in that town, and
+brought us to an engage<a class="pagenum" id="Page_199" title="199"></a>ment we had made, for four nights, in the Free
+Trade Hall in Manchester.</p>
+
+<p>The Indians saw that their fellow-warrior was to sink to the grave in
+a few days, and yet, like philosophers, they said it was the will of
+the Great Spirit, and they must not complain. They said they would
+give their exhibitions for the four nights, as they were promised to
+the public, and then stop until their companion was dead and buried;
+our exhibitions were consequently made to immense crowds on those
+evenings, and to the same people who had seen the Ojibbeways with such
+a relish when they first arrived. The different appearance of this
+tribe, and difference in their modes, made them subjects of new and
+fresh interest, and no doubt that their exhibitions, if they had been
+continued, would have been nightly filled for a length of time. They
+here gave their exhibitions the additional interest of erecting three
+wigwams into a sort of Indian village on the immense platform, and
+stationed their targets at the two ends, giving a fair illustration of
+their skill in archery, as they shot for prizes across the breadth of
+the immense hall.</p>
+
+<p>Their exhibitions gained them much applause here, as in other places,
+with which they were well pleased, and they had many invitations from
+kind families in town, but which they declined, as they said they
+were sad, as one of their number was dying. Thus their amusements in
+Manchester, and for the kingdom, were finished, and they retired to
+their private apartments, awaiting the end of the poor <em>Roman Nose</em>,
+which was now daily expected. Mr. Melody and Jeffrey stayed by him, and
+I went to see him, and so did several of the Indians, on each day until
+his death.</p>
+
+<p>While the Indians were thus resting in their quarters, they were
+surprised and cheered by the sudden arrival of their old friend,
+<em>Bobasheela</em>, who had just come from Cornwall to see them again before
+their departure for America, as he supposed, from seeing by the papers
+that they had arrived in Liverpool.</p>
+
+<p><a class="pagenum" id="Page_200" title="200"></a>
+They thus amused themselves from day to day, lying still, not wishing
+to ride about, or to admit company, or to attend to the invitations
+from various quarters given to them. Their time was now chiefly taken
+up in repairing their dresses, &amp;c., in anticipation of going before the
+King of France, and listening to the amusing and shocking things which
+Daniel was daily reading in Jim’s newspaper, and minuting down in his
+note-book, as he required. He wished Daniel and his friend <em>Bobasheela</em>
+to find in his paper, if they could, how many churches there were in
+England, and how many <em>black-coats</em> (as he called them) there were who
+were constantly reading the good book and preaching to them. This they
+could not do at the moment, but <em>Bobasheela</em> told him he could get it
+all out of a book that had lately been published, and would give it to
+him the next day. This was done according to promise, and by Daniel
+recorded in his book.</p>
+
+<p><em>Bobasheela’s</em> anxieties were now turned towards the poor suffering
+<em>Roman Nose</em>, and he went to Liverpool to see him, and arrived with
+some of the Indians just in time to see him breathe his last. Alas!
+poor, fine fellow! he went down gradually and regularly to the grave;
+and though amongst strangers and far away from all of the graves of his
+relatives, he died like a philosopher, and (though not a Christian)
+not <em>unlike</em> a Christian. He said repeatedly to Jeffrey that he should
+live but so many days, and afterwards so many hours, and seemed to be
+perfectly resigned to the change that was to take place. He said that
+his time had come; he was going to the beautiful hunting-grounds, where
+he would soon see his friends who had gone before him: he said that
+when he shut his eyes he could plainly see them, and he felt sure it
+was only to change the society of his friends here for that of his dear
+parents and other friends, and he was now anxious to be with them. He
+said the road might be long, but it did not matter where he started
+from; the Great Spirit had promised him strength to reach it. He told
+his friend <em>Bobasheela</em> that in<a class="pagenum" id="Page_201" title="201"></a> his pouch he would find some money,
+with which he wished him to buy some of the best vermilion, and, if
+possible, some green paint, such as <em>Chippehola</em> used to get for him in
+London, and have them put in his pouch with his flint and steel, and to
+be sure to be placed in his grave, that he might be able to make his
+face look well among his friends where he was going. He wished him, and
+Daniel also, to have his arrows examined in his quiver, and repaired
+with new and sharp blades, as he recollected that, before he was sick,
+many of them were injured by shooting at the target, and during his
+illness others might have been destroyed. He had requested his silver
+medal, which was given to him by the American government for saving
+the lives of ten of his defenceless enemies, to be suspended by a blue
+ribbon over his head while he was sick, that he might see it until he
+died, and in that position it hung when I was last with him&mdash;his eyes
+were upon it, and his smile, until he drew his last breath. After his
+death his friend <em>Bobasheela</em>, and Jeffrey and the Doctor, laid him
+in his coffin, and, placing in it, according to the Indian mode, his
+faithful bow and quiver of arrows, his pipe and tobacco to last him
+through the “journey he was to perform,” having dressed him in all his
+finest clothes, and painted his face, and placed his bow and quiver
+and his pouch by his side, and his medal on his breast, the coffin was
+closed, and his remains were buried, attended by his faithful friends
+around him, by the officers of the institution, and many citizens, who
+sympathized in his unlucky fate.</p>
+
+<p>Thus ended the career of <em>No-ho-mun-ya</em> (or the Roman Nose), one of the
+most peaceable and well-disposed and finest men of the party, or of the
+tribe from which he came.</p>
+
+<p>The reader will now contemplate the Indians and their friend
+<em>Bobasheela</em> again in their private rooms in Manchester, spending a
+week or so together, smoking their pipes, with their faces painted
+black, recounting the deeds of the vanished warrior, and recapitulating
+the events of their tour through England, Scotland, and Ireland,
+and trying to<a class="pagenum" id="Page_202" title="202"></a> cheer the view that was ahead of them by drinking
+<em>chickabobboo</em>. These few days passed heavily by, and they soon
+became anxious to throw off the gloom that was cast over them, by
+seeing something new, and by resuming the exercise and excitements of
+the dance. Their thoughts were now on Paris, and I was there making
+arrangements for their reception. The reader will therefore, with my
+help, <em>imagine</em> himself across the Channel (and probably for the first
+time in his life without being sea-sick), and ready to commence, with
+the Indians and me, amidst new scenes and new scenery, the following
+chapter.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<h2><a class="pagenum" id="Page_203" title="203"></a>
+CHAPTER XXV.</h2>
+
+<p class="hang">
+  The Author arrives in Paris&mdash;Victoria Hotel&mdash;Mr. Melody
+     and his Indians arrive&mdash;Doctor missing, and found on
+     the top of the hotel&mdash;Alarm of servants&mdash;First drive in
+     Paris&mdash;Visit to Mr. King, the American ambassador&mdash;French
+     <em>chickabobboo</em>&mdash;M. Vattemare&mdash;Indians visit the Hôtel de
+     Ville&mdash;Prêfet de police&mdash;Magnificent salons&mdash;The “big
+     looking-glasses”&mdash;The Prêfet’s lady&mdash;Refreshments and
+     <em>chickabobboo</em>&mdash;Speech of the War-chief&mdash;Reply of the
+     Prêfet&mdash;Salle Valentino taken for the exhibition&mdash;Daniel
+     arrives with the Collection from London&mdash;Indians
+     visit the King in the palace of the Tuileries&mdash;Royal
+     personages&mdash;Conversation&mdash;War-chief presents the calumet&mdash;His
+     speech to the King&mdash;Eagle-dance&mdash;War-dance&mdash;Little Wolf presents
+     his tomahawk and whip to the King&mdash;His speech&mdash;Refreshments
+     and “Queen’s <em>chickabobboo</em>”&mdash;Drinking the King’s and Queen’s
+     health, and health of the Count de Paris&mdash;“Vive le Roi”&mdash;Jim’s
+     opinion of the King&mdash;An Indian’s idea of descents&mdash;Presents
+     in money from the King&mdash;Mode of dividing it&mdash;A drive&mdash;Ladies
+     leading dogs with strings&mdash;The number counted in one drive&mdash;The
+     Indians’ surprise&mdash;An entry for Jim’s book&mdash;Jim laments the
+     loss of the Times newspaper and <em>Punch</em>&mdash;He takes Galignani’s
+     Messenger&mdash;Indians dine at W. Costar’s&mdash;The Doctor’s
+     compliment to a lady’s fine voice&mdash;Indians visit the Royal
+     Academy of Sciences&mdash;Curious reception&mdash;M. Arago&mdash;Indians’
+     suspicions and alarms&mdash;Jim’s remarkable speech&mdash;Opening of the
+     exhibition in Salle Valentino&mdash;Great excitement&mdash;Speech of
+     the War-chief&mdash;Shaking hands&mdash;Public opinion of the Author’s
+     Collection.</p>
+
+
+<p>Having long before resolved to take my collection to Paris before
+returning it to my own country, and the Indians being ambitious to see
+the King of the French, it was mutually agreed that my whole collection
+should be opened in Paris, and that their dances and other amusements
+should for a short time be given in it, as they had been given in
+London.</p>
+
+<p>Under this arrangement, with my wife and my four dear little children,
+I repaired to Paris as soon as possible,<a class="pagenum" id="Page_204" title="204"></a> leaving Daniel to ship over
+and accompany my collection, whilst Mr. Melody conducted his party of
+Indians.</p>
+
+<p>In crossing the Channel, and receding from its shores, as I was seated
+on the deck of a steamer, I looked back, and, having for the first time
+nothing else to do, and a little time to reflect upon England, and
+what I had seen of it in five years, I took out of my pocket my little
+note-book, where I had entered, not what England is, and what she does
+(and which all the world knows), but the points in which her modes are
+different from those in my own country. I would have a few leisure
+hours to run over these curious entries, and time to reflect upon them,
+as we sailed along, and I began to read thus:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p class="center">“London, 1844. The essential Differences between England and
+the United States.</p>
+
+<p>“The United States much the largest; but England is a great deal
+  older.</p>
+
+<p>“New-Yorkers cross the streets diagonally; the Londoners cross them
+  at right angles.</p>
+
+<p>“In England the odd pennies are wrapped in a paper, and handed back
+  with ‘I thank you, Sir.’</p>
+
+<p>“Streets in London have tops and bottoms; in America they have upper
+  and lower ends.</p>
+
+<p>“In England a man’s wife is ‘very bad;’ in America, ’very ill;' and
+  in France, ‘bien malade.’</p>
+
+<p>“Americans ’turn to the <em>right</em> as the law directs;' the English turn
+  to the <em>left</em>.</p>
+
+<p>“English mutton and babies are much the fattest.</p>
+
+<p>“Gooseberries in England much the largest, but not so sweet.</p>
+
+<p>“Pigs in the American cities are seen promenading in the streets; in
+  London, only seen hanging by their hind legs.</p>
+
+<p>“In England men are ‘knocked up;’ in America they are ‘knocked down.’</p>
+
+<p>“‘<em>Top-coats</em>’ are very frequent in England, in America nothing is
+  known higher than an ‘<em>over-coat</em>.’</p>
+
+<p>“In the United States a man is ’smart;' in England he is ‘clever.’</p>
+
+<p>“English ladies are more luscious, but not quite so&mdash;&mdash;”</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>Just when I had read thus far, the steward tapped me on the shoulder
+and told me that “I was wanted below immediately, for my lady was very
+ill.” I closed my book<a class="pagenum" id="Page_205" title="205"></a> and ran below, where I found my poor wife and
+little family all dreadfully sick. I waited on them a while and got
+sea-sick myself. My musings on England and America were thus broken
+off; and from the time that we launched forth amidst the clatter upon
+a French wharf, I had as much as I could do to keep my little children
+and my luggage together, and all recollections of England and my native
+country vanished in the confusion and din that was around me in the new
+world we were entering upon. Custom-houses and railways and diligences
+have been a thousand times described, and I need say nothing of them,
+except that we got through them all, and into the <em>Victoria Hotel</em>, in
+Paris, where we found rest, fine beds, kind attentions, and enough to
+eat.</p>
+
+<p>A few days after my arrival in Paris, Mr. Melody made his appearance
+with his party of Ioways, for whom apartments were prepared in the
+same hotel, and after much fatigue and vexation the immense hall in
+Rue St. Honoré (Salle Valentino) was engaged as the place for their
+future operations. Daniel in the mean time was moving up with the
+Indian collection of eight tons weight, and in a few days all parties
+were on the ground, though there was to be some delay in arranging
+the numerous collection, and in getting the Indians introduced to the
+King, which was the first object. They had entered the city at a late
+hour at night, and for several days it had been impossible to attend
+to the necessary arrangements for driving them about; and they became
+excessively impatient to be on wheels again, to get a glimpse of the
+strange and beautiful things which they knew were about them. In the
+mean time they were taking all the amusement to themselves that they
+could get, by looking out of the windows; and their red and crested
+heads in Paris soon drew a crowd together in the streets, and thousands
+of heads protruding from the windows and house-tops. The Doctor soon
+found his way to the roof, and from that regaled his eyes, at an early
+hour, with a bird’s-eye view of the boundless mystery and<a class="pagenum" id="Page_206" title="206"></a> confusion of
+chimneys and house-tops and domes and spires that were around him.</p>
+
+<p>The servants in the house were at first alarmed, and the good landlady
+smiled at their unexpected appearance; and she roared with laughter
+when she was informed that the beds were all to be removed from their
+rooms, that they spread their own robes, and, in preference, slept upon
+the floor. All in the house, however, got attached to them in a few
+days, and all went pleasantly on.</p>
+
+<p>The first airing they took in Paris was in an omnibus with four, as
+they had been driven in London; but, to the old Doctor’s exceeding
+chagrin, there was no seat for him to take outside by the side of the
+driver. He was easily reconciled however to his seat with the rest,
+and they thus soon had a glance at a number of the principal streets
+of the city, and were landed at the American Embassy, to pay their
+first respects to Mr. King, at that time the minister to France. They
+were received by Mr. King and his niece with great kindness; and after
+a little conversation, through the interpreter, Mr. King invited them
+to the table, loaded with cakes and fruit, and offered them a glass of
+wine, proposing their health, and at the same time telling them that,
+though he was opposed to encouraging Indians to drink, yet he was quite
+sure that a glass or two of the <em>vin rouge</em> of the French would not
+hurt them. The colour of it seemed to cause them to hesitate a moment,
+while they were casting their eyes around upon me. They understood the
+nod of my head, and, hearing me pronounce it <em>chickabobboo</em>, took the
+hint and drank it off with great pleasure. Mr. Melody here assured Mr.
+King of the temperate habits of these people; and I explained to the
+party the origin and meaning of <em>chickabobboo</em>, which pleased them all
+very much. They partook of a second glass, and also of the cakes and
+fruit, and took leave, the War-chief having thanked Mr. King and his
+niece for their kindness, and having expressed his great pleasure at
+meeting so kind an American gentleman so far from home.</p>
+
+<p><a class="pagenum" id="Page_207" title="207"></a>
+The Indians were now in their omnibus again, and Mr. Melody and myself
+in our carriage, with a kind friend, Mons. A. Vattemare, who had
+obtained for the Indians an invitation to visit the <em>Hotel de Ville</em>,
+where we were now to drive. In this drive from St. Germain we recrossed
+the Seine by Pont Neuf, and had a fine view of all the bridges, and the
+palace of the Tuileries, and the Louvre. The omnibus stopped a moment
+on the middle of the bridge, and they were much excited by the view.
+A few minutes more brought us in front of the <em>Hotel de Ville</em>, where
+several thousands of people were assembled; it having been heard in the
+streets, in all probability, from the servants or police, that a party
+of savages were to be there at that hour.</p>
+
+<p>There was a great outcry when they landed and entered the hall, and the
+crowd was sure not to diminish whilst they were within.</p>
+
+<p>We were all presented to His Excellency the <em>Prêfet de Police</em> by my
+friend Mons. Vattemare, and received with great kindness, and conducted
+through all the principal apartments of that noble edifice, which are
+finished and furnished in the most sumptuous style, and in richness of
+effect surpassing even the most splendid halls of the palaces of the
+Tuileries or St. Cloud. The gorgeousness of the carpets on which they
+stood, and the tapestry that was around them, and the incredible size
+of the mirrors that were reflecting them in a hundred directions, were
+subjects till then entirely new to them; and they seemed completely
+amazed at the splendour with which they were surrounded. From these
+splendid salons we were conducted into the <em>salle à manger</em>, and
+opportunely where the table was spread and the plates laid for a grand
+banquet. This was a lucky occurrence, affording us, as well as the
+Indians, an opportunity of seeing the richness of the plate upon which
+those elegant affairs are served up, and which but a choice few can
+ever behold.</p>
+
+<p>Retiring from and through this suite of splendid salons, we entered
+an antechamber, where we were presented to the elegant lady of the
+<em>Prêfet</em> and several of their friends,<a class="pagenum" id="Page_208" title="208"></a> who brought us to a table
+loaded with fruit and cakes and other refreshments, and wine of
+several sorts and the best in quality. The corks of several bottles
+of champagne were drawn, and, as the sparkling wine was running, each
+one smiled as he whispered the word <em>chickabobboo</em>. The <em>Prêfet</em> drank
+their health in a glass of the “<em>Queen’s chickabobboo</em>” as they called
+it, and then, with his own hand, presented each a handsome silver
+medal, and also one to Mr. Melody and myself.</p>
+
+<p>The War-chief by this time felt called upon for some acknowledgment on
+their part for this kind treatment, and, advancing to the <em lang="fr" xml:lang="fr">Prêfet</em>,
+shook hands with him, and addressed him thus:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“My friend and father, your kindness to us this day makes our
+  hearts glad, and we thank you for it. We are strangers here, and
+  poor ignorant children from the wilderness. We came here with heavy
+  hearts, having just buried one of our warriors, and your kindness has
+  driven away our sorrow. (‘<em>How, how, how!</em>’)</p>
+
+<p>“My father, the splendour of the rooms, and other things you have
+  just shown us, blind our eyes with their brightness, and we now see
+  that white men can do anything.</p>
+
+<p>“My father, we were astonished at what we saw in London, where we
+  have been, but we think your village is much the most beautiful. We
+  thank the Great Spirit, who has opened your great house to us to-day,
+  and also your lady, who has been kind to us.</p>
+
+<p>“My father, I have done.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>At the close of his speech the <em lang="fr" xml:lang="fr">Prêfet</em> assured him of his kindly
+feelings towards them, and his anxiety for their welfare; and after
+a general shake of hands we took leave, and descended to the street,
+and, passing through a dense crowd, took our carriages and drove back
+to our hotel. Thus ended their first day’s drive and visits in Paris,
+furnishing them with a rich fund for a talk after their dinner and
+<em>chickabobboo</em>, which was to be <em lang="fr" xml:lang="fr">vin rouge</em> in Paris, instead of ale,
+which they had been in the habit of drinking in England.</p>
+
+<p>Nothing could exceed the exhilarated flow of spirits in which they
+returned, and the admiration they were expressing of the beauty of
+the city, and the splendour of the<a class="pagenum" id="Page_209" title="209"></a> rooms they had been in. They were
+decided that they should be pleased with Paris; and as Palaces, Kings,
+and Queens were yet before them, they seemed to be perfectly happy.
+During their curious remarks on what they had seen, they already were
+saying that they had seen many thousands of people, and were glad that
+they saw nobody in rags or begging. They thought the French people
+all had enough to eat, and <em>that</em>, they said, was a great pleasure to
+them; for it made their hearts sore, when riding out, if they saw poor
+people, who had nothing to eat, as they had seen in some places.</p>
+
+<p>The Indians decided that the houses of Paris were much more beautiful
+than they had seen in any place; and they thought, from their cheerful
+looks, that either the people had their debts more paid up than the
+English people, or else that they had not so much money as to distress
+their looks for fear of losing it. We were all pleased with the
+appearance of Paris, and compelled to feel cheerful from the buoyant
+feelings that were displayed all around us. Like the Indians, I was
+pleased with the neat and cleanly appearance of the poorest in the
+streets, and surprised at the beauty and elegance of their houses,
+which want, in my estimation, but one more embellishment, which it
+would be quite easy to give, to render the effect of their streets
+more beautiful than words can describe. That would be, to paint their
+window-blinds green, which, by contrast, would make the walls appear
+more white and clean, and break with pleasing variety the white
+monotony that now prevails throughout.</p>
+
+<p>This first day’s drive about the city had created a prodigious
+excitement and curiosity where they had gone, and given to the
+Indians just peep enough, amidst the beauties of Paris, to create a
+restlessness on both sides for a more familiar acquaintance, and which
+it had been thought most prudent to defer until they had made their
+visit to the Palace, for which their application had been made to the
+King by the American minister, and to which we were daily<a class="pagenum" id="Page_210" title="210"></a> expecting a
+reply. In the mean time, Mr. Melody, and Jeffrey, and the Indians kept
+quiet, entertaining an occasional party of some American friends, or
+distinguished, personages, who were sending in their cards, and seeking
+interviews with them. During all this delay they had enough to amuse
+them, by talking of what they had already seen, and what they expected
+they were going to see, and cleaning and preparing their dresses
+for the great occasion. I, in the mean time, with my man Daniel,
+and others, was arranging my collection on the walls of the <em>Salle
+Valentino</em>; and, by the kind and friendly aid of Mons. Vattemare,
+obtaining my licence from the authorities, and also conforming to the
+other numerous and vexatious forms and ceremonies to be gone through
+before the opening of my exhibition to public view.</p>
+
+<p>The Minister of the Interior had kindly granted an order for the
+admission of my whole collection into the kingdom, by my paying merely
+a nominal duty, but there were still forms and delays to submit to
+in the customs, which were tedious and vexatious, but by the aid of
+my above-mentioned good friend, they had all been overcome; and my
+collection was now nearly ready for the public examination, when I
+received a letter from the American minister, informing me, that
+“on a certain day, and at a certain hour, His Majesty would see Mr.
+Catlin and Mr. Melody, with the Ioway Indians, in the Palace of the
+Tuileries.” There was great rejoicing amongst the good fellows when
+they heard this welcome letter read, and several of them embraced me in
+their arms, as if I had been the sole cause of it. Their doubts were
+now at an end: it was certain that they should see the King of France,
+which, they said, “would be far more satisfactory, and a greater
+honour, than to have seen the Queen of England.” Whatever the poor
+fellows thought, such was their mode of exultation. “The Ojibbeways,”
+they said, “were subjects of the Queen, but we will be subjects of
+Louis Philippe.”</p>
+
+<p>They had yet a few days to prepare, and even without<a class="pagenum" id="Page_211" title="211"></a> their drives
+or company they were contented, as the time passed away, and they
+were preparing for the interview. On the morning of the day for their
+reception, the long stem of a beautiful pipe had been painted a bright
+blue, and ornamented with blue ribbons, emblematical of peace, to be
+presented by the chief to the King. Every article of dress and ornament
+had been put in readiness; and, as the hour approached, each one came
+out from his toilet, in a full blaze of colour of various tints, all
+with their wampum and medals on, with their necklaces of grizly bears’
+claws, their shields, and bows, and quivers, their lances, and war
+clubs, and tomahawks, and scalping knives. In this way, in full dress,
+with their painted buffalo robes wrapped around them, they stepped into
+the several carriages prepared for them, and all were wheeled into the
+<em>Place Carousel</em>, and put down at the entrance to the Palace. We were
+met on the steps by half a dozen huge and splendid looking porters,
+in flaming scarlet livery and powdered wigs, who conducted us in, and
+being met by one of the King’s <em>aides-de-camp</em>, we were conducted
+by him into His Majesty’s presence, in the reception hall of the
+<em>Tuileries</em>.</p>
+
+<p>The royal party were advancing towards us in the hall, and as we met
+them, Mr. Melody and myself were presented; and I then introduced the
+party, each one in person, according to his rank or standing, as the
+King desired. A sort of <em>conversazione</em> took place there, which lasted
+for half an hour or more, in which I was called upon to explain their
+weapons, costumes, &amp;c., and which seemed to afford great amusement to
+the royal personages assembled around and amongst us, who were&mdash;their
+Majesties the <em>King</em> and the <em>Queen</em>, the <em>Duchess of Orleans</em> and
+<em>Count de Paris</em>, the <em>Princess Adelaide</em>, the <em>Prince</em> and <em>Princess
+de Joinville</em>, the <em>Duke</em> and <em>Duchess d’Aumale</em>, and his <em>Royal
+Highness</em> the <em>Duke de Brabant</em>.</p>
+
+<p>His Majesty in the most free and familiar manner (which showed that he
+had been accustomed to the modes and feelings of Indians) conversed
+with the chiefs, and said to Jeffrey,<a class="pagenum" id="Page_212" title="212"></a> “Tell these good fellows that
+I am glad to see them; that I have been in many of the wigwams of the
+Indians in America when I was a young man, and they treated me every
+where kindly, and I love them for it.&mdash;Tell them I was amongst the
+Senecas near Buffalo, and the Oneidas&mdash;that I slept in the wigwams of
+the chiefs&mdash;that I was amongst the Shawnees and Delawares on the Ohio;
+and also amongst the Cherokees and Creeks in Georgia and Tennessee, and
+saw many other tribes as I descended the Ohio river the whole length,
+and also the Mississippi to New Orleans, in a small boat, more than
+fifty years ago.” This made the Indians stare, and the women, by a
+custom of their country, placed their hands over their mouths, as they
+issued groans of surprise.</p>
+
+<p>“Tell them also, Jeffrey, that I am pleased to see their wives and
+little children they have with them here, and glad also to show them
+my family, who are now nearly all around me. Tell them, Jeffrey, that
+<em>this</em> is the Queen; <em>this lady</em> is my sister; <em>these</em> are two of my
+sons, with their wives; and <em>these little lads</em> [the <em>Count de Paris</em>
+and the <em>Duc de Brabant</em>] are my grandsons; <em>this one</em>, if he lives,
+will be King of the Belgians, and <em>that one</em> King of the French.”</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter">
+ <a id="Plate_15"></a>
+ <hr class="tb" />
+ <img src="images/i_212fp.jpg" width="640" height="375" alt="No. 15: War-chief presenting the pipe" />
+ <div class="caption">N<sup>o.</sup> 15.</div>
+ <hr class="tb" />
+</div>
+
+<p>The King then took from his pocket two large gold medals with his
+own portrait in relief on one side of them, and told me he wished to
+present them to the two chiefs with his own hand, and wished Jeffrey
+to explain to them, that after presenting them in that way, he wished
+them to hand them back to him that he might have a proper inscription
+engraved on them, when he would return them, and silver medals of
+equal size to each of the others, with their names engraved upon them.
+After the medals were thus presented and returned, the War-chief took
+out from under his robe the beautiful pipe which he had prepared,
+and advancing towards the King, and holding it with both hands, bent
+forward and laid it down at his Majesty’s feet as a present. Having
+done so he reached down, and taking it up, placed it in his Majesty’s
+hand (<a href="#Plate_15">Plate No. 15</a>),<a class="pagenum" id="Page_213" title="213"></a> and then, assuming his proud attitude of the
+orator, addressed their Majesties in these words:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“Great Father and Great Mother,&mdash;the Great Spirit, to whom we have
+  a long time prayed for an interview with you, kindly listens to our
+  words to-day and hears what we say. Great Father, you have made to
+  us to-day rich presents, and I rise to return thanks to you for
+  the chief and his warriors and braves who are present; but, before
+  all, it is necessary that we should thank the Great Spirit who has
+  inspired your heart and your hand thus to honour us this day.</p>
+
+<p>“Great Father, we shall bear these presents to our country and
+  instruct our children to pronounce the name of him who gave them.</p>
+
+<p>“Great Father, when the Indians have anything to say to a great
+  chief, they are in the habit of making some present before they
+  begin. My chief has ordered me to place in your hands this pipe and
+  these strings of wampum as a testimony of the pleasure we have felt
+  in being admitted this day into the presence of your Majesty.</p>
+
+<p>“My Great Father and my Great Mother, you see us this day as we are
+  seen in our country with our red skins and our coarse clothes. This
+  day for <em>you</em> is like all other days; for <em>us</em> it is a great day&mdash;so
+  great a day that our eyes are blinded with the lustre of it.</p>
+
+<p>“Great Father, the chief, myself, and our warriors have for a long
+  time had the desire to come and see the French people, and our Great
+  Father the President of the United States has given us permission
+  to cross the Great Lake. We desired to see the Great Chief of this
+  country, and we now thank the Great Spirit for having allowed us to
+  shake the hand of the Great Chief in his own wigwam.</p>
+
+<p>“Great Father, we are happy to tell you that when we arrived in
+  England, we had much joy in meeting our old friend Mr. Catlin, who
+  has lived amongst us and whom we are happy to have here, as he can
+  tell you who we are.</p>
+
+<p>“Great Father and Great Mother, we will pray to the Great Spirit to
+  preserve your precious lives; we will pray also that we may return
+  safe to our own village, that we may tell to our children and to our
+  young men what we have seen this day.</p>
+
+<p>“My Parents, I have no more to say.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>When the War-chief had finished his speech, the King told Jeffrey to
+say that he felt very great pleasure in having seen them, and he hoped
+that the Great Spirit would guide them safe home to their country, to
+their wives and little children.</p>
+
+<p>The King and Royal Family then took leave; and as they were departing,
+some one of them being attracted to the<a class="pagenum" id="Page_214" title="214"></a> Indian drum which Jeffrey
+had brought in his hand, and had left upon the floor in another part
+of the room, and inquiring what it was, was told that it was their
+<em>drum</em> which they had brought with them, supposing it possible they
+might be called upon to give a dance. This information overtook the
+King, and he said, “By all means; call the Queen:” and in a few moments
+the august assembly were all back to witness the dance, for which
+purpose all parties moved to the <em>Salle du Bal</em>. Their Majesties and
+the ladies were seated, and the Indians all seating themselves in the
+middle of the floor, commenced moderately singing and beating the drum,
+preparatory to the Eagle Dance, in which they were in a few moments
+engaged.</p>
+
+<p>During this novel and exciting scene, her Majesty desired me to stand
+by the side of her to explain the meaning of all its features, which
+seemed to astonish and amuse her very much.</p>
+
+<p>The Doctor led off first in the character (as he called it) of a
+soaring eagle, sounding his eagle whistle, which he carried in his left
+hand, with his fan of the eagle’s tail, while he was brandishing his
+lance in the other.</p>
+
+<p>At the first pause he instantly stopped, and, in the attitude
+of an orator, made his boast of an instance where he killed an
+enemy in single combat, and took his scalp. The Little Wolf, and
+<em>Wash-ka-mon-ya</em>, and others, then sprang upon their feet, and sounding
+their chattering whistles,<a class="fnanchor" href="#Footnote_38" id="FNanchor_38">[38]</a> and brandishing their polished weapons,
+gave an indescribable wildness and spirit to the scene. When the
+dance was finished, the Indians had the pleasure of receiving their
+Majesties’ applause, by the violent clapping of their hands, and
+afterwards by expressions of their pleasure and admiration, conveyed to
+them through the interpreter.</p>
+
+<p>This was exceedingly gratifying to the poor fellows, who were now
+seated upon the floor to rest a moment previous to commencing with the
+war-dance, for which they were<a class="pagenum" id="Page_215" title="215"></a> preparing their weapons, and in which
+the Little Wolf was to take the lead. For this, as the drum beat, he
+threw aside his buffalo robe and sprang upon the floor, brandishing his
+tomahawk and shield, and sounding the frightful war-whoop, which called
+his warriors up around him. Nothing could have been more thrilling or
+picturesque than the scene at that moment presented of this huge and
+terrible-looking warrior, frowning death and destruction on his brow,
+as he brandished the very weapons he had used in deadly combat, and, in
+his jumps and sudden starts, seemed threatening with instant use again!
+The floors and ceilings of the Palace shook with the weight of their
+steps, and its long halls echoed and vibrated the shrill-sounding notes
+of the war-whoop. (<a href="#Plate_16">Plate No. 16.</a>)</p>
+
+<p>In the midst of this dance, the Little Wolf suddenly brandished
+his tomahawk over the heads of his comrades, and, ordering them to
+stop, advanced towards the King, and boasting in the most violent
+exclamations of the manner in which he had killed and scalped a Pawnee
+warrior, placed in his Majesty’s hands his <em>tomahawk</em> and the <em>whip</em>
+which was attached to his wrist, and then said,&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“My Great Father, you have heard me say that with that <em>tomahawk</em> I
+  have killed a Pawnee warrior, one of the enemies of my tribe; the
+  blade of that tomahawk is still covered with his blood, which you
+  will see. That whip is the same with which I whipped my horse on that
+  occasion.</p>
+
+<p>“My Father, since I have come into this country I have learned
+  that peace is better than war, and I ‘<em>bury the tomahawk</em>’ in your
+  hands&mdash;I fight no more.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>His Majesty deigned graciously to accept the arms thus presented, after
+having cordially shaken the hand of the Ioway brave.</p>
+
+<p>Their Majesties and attendants then withdrew, taking leave of the
+Indians in the most gracious and condescending manner, expressing their
+thanks for the amusement they had afforded them, and their anxiety for
+their welfare, directing them to be shown into the various apartments
+of the palace, and then to be conducted to a table of wine and other
+refreshments prepared for them.</p>
+
+<p><a class="pagenum" id="Page_216" title="216"></a>
+We were now in charge of an officer of the household, who politely led
+us through the various magnificent halls of the Palace, explaining
+every thing as we passed, and at length introduced us into a room with
+a long table spread and groaning under its load of the luxuries of
+the season, and its abundance of the “<em>Queen’s chickabobboo</em>.” These
+were subjects that required no explanations; and all being seated,
+each one evinced his familiarity with them by the readiness with which
+he went to work. The healths of the King and the Queen were drank,
+and also of the Count de Paris, and the rest of the Royal family. The
+<em>chickabobboo</em> they pronounced “first-rate;” and another bottle being
+poured it was drank off, and we took our carriages, and, after a drive
+of an hour or so about the city, were landed again in our comparatively
+humble, but very comfortable, apartments.</p>
+
+<p>The party returning from the Tuileries found their dinner coming
+up, and little was said until it was over, and they had drank their
+<em>chickabobboo</em>, and seated themselves upon their buffalo robes, which
+were spread upon the floor, and lighted the pipe. I have before said
+that the pipe is almost indispensable with Indians, where there is to
+be any exertion of the mind in private conversation or public speaking,
+and that generally but one pipe is used, even in a numerous company,
+each one drawing a few whiffs through it, and passing it on into the
+hands of his next neighbour.</p>
+
+<p>In this manner they were now seated, and passing the pipe around as I
+came in, and took a seat with them. They were all quite merry at the
+moment by trying to sound the “<em class="fr" xml:lang="fr">Vive le Roi!</em>” which I had taught them
+at the King’s table when they were drinking his Majesty’s health. It
+puzzled them very much, but the adept Jim took it directly, and as the
+rest found he had got it they seemed quite satisfied, thinking most
+probably that they could learn it at their pleasure.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter">
+ <a id="Plate_16"></a>
+ <hr class="tb" />
+ <img src="images/i_216fp.jpg" width="640" height="359" alt="No. 16: War Dance" />
+ <div class="caption">N<sup>o.</sup> 16.</div>
+ <hr class="tb" />
+</div>
+
+<p>“Well, Jim,” said I, “what do you think of the King, Louis Philippe?”
+He reached for the pipe, and taking a<a class="pagenum" id="Page_217" title="217"></a> puff or two handed it to the
+Doctor, and rolling over on to his back, and drawing up his knees,
+said, “I think he is a great man and a very good man. I believe he is a
+much greater chief than the Queen of England, and that he governs his
+people much better, because we don’t see so many poor people in the
+streets&mdash;we think that his people all have enough to eat. His wigwam
+is very grand and very bright, and his <em>chickabobboo</em> the best that
+we have had. We did not see the King with his fine dress on, but as
+his servants all around him were beautifully dressed, like gentlemen,
+we know that the King and Queen must look very elegant when they are
+in full dress. We saw the King’s two sons, and he told us that his
+grandson was to be the King when he dies&mdash;now we don’t understand
+this!” It seemed that his teacher, Daniel, had overlooked the <em>doctrine
+of descents</em> during their close investigations of the statistics and
+politics of England, and the poor fellow was yet quite in the dark
+to know “how a grandson (a mere child) would be taken in case of the
+King’s death, instead of one of his sons, either of whom he said he
+thought would make a very good king if he would take a trip for a year
+or two, as his father did, on the Mississippi and Missouri, amongst
+the different tribes of Indians.” This was considered a pretty clever
+thing for Jim to say, and it raised a laugh amongst the Indians; he
+was encouraged to go on, and turned his conversation upon the gold and
+silver medals, with which he was very much pleased. They were delighted
+with the idea that the King’s portrait was on one side, and that he
+was to have their names engraved on the other; and they were not less
+delighted when I told them that the gentleman who had come in with me
+and was now sitting by my side, had come from the King to bear them
+some other token of his Majesty’s attachment to them. The object of
+his visit being thus made known to them, he turned out into the lap
+of the chief 500 francs to be divided according to their custom. This
+of course put a stop to conversations about descents and<a class="pagenum" id="Page_218" title="218"></a> Palaces,
+&amp;c., for the time, and all went to counting until it was divided into
+thirteen parcels, one of which for the interpreter. Jeffrey, however,
+very kindly surrendered his share, and insisted that they should divide
+it all amongst themselves. It was accordingly made into twelve parcels,
+each one, old and young, taking an equal share, according to the Indian
+mode of dividing in all the tribes I have visited.</p>
+
+<p>The War-chief rose and addressed the young man who was commissioned to
+bear the present to them:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“My Friend, we have seen your King (our Great Father) this day, and
+  our hearts were made glad that we were allowed to see his face. We
+  now receive the token of his friendship which he has sent through
+  your hands, and our hearts are again glad. (‘<em>How, how, how!</em>’)</p>
+
+<p>“My Friend, we wish you to say to the King, our Great Father, that we
+  are thankful for his kindness, and that we shall pray that the Great
+  Spirit may be kind to him and his children.</p>
+
+<p>“My Friend, we are all much obliged to you, and we shall be glad to
+  offer you the pipe with us. (‘<em>How, how, how!</em>’)”</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>The pipe was passed a few times around, with some further anecdotes
+of their visit to the palace, when the messenger arose and took leave
+of them. In counting the money, Jim had lost his attitude, so there
+was little more of the sentimental from him, as the conversation was
+running upon the King’s bounty, rather than his greatness, or the
+splendour of things they had seen during the day. From the liberal
+additions to their private purse while in Dublin, and by what they
+were now receiving, they were beginning to feel a little purse proud.
+Jim was talking of having a <em>brick house</em> to live in when he got home,
+and the Doctor of heading a war party to go against the <em>Ojibbeways</em>.
+The War-chief told him he had better pay his debts first, and that he
+had slain enough in his own tribe, without going amongst his enemies
+for the purpose. The <em>Little Wolf</em> was going to get money enough to
+buy thirty horses, and lead a war party against his old enemies, the
+<em>Pawnees</em>; but Mr. Melody reminded him that he was to go to war no<a class="pagenum" id="Page_219" title="219"></a>
+more, as he had “buried the tomahawk in his Majesty’s hands.”</p>
+
+<p>Thus musing and moralizing on the events of the day, I left them to
+their conversation and their pipe, to attend, myself, where my presence
+was necessary, in arranging my collection, and preparing my rooms for
+their exhibitions. In this I had a real task&mdash;a scene of vexation and
+delay that I should wish never to go through again, and of which a
+brief account may be of service to any one of my countrymen who may be
+going to Paris to open a public exhibition; at least, my hints will
+enable him, if he pays attention to them, to begin at the right time,
+and at the right end of what he has got to do, and to do it to the best
+advantage.</p>
+
+<p>His first step is, for any exhibition whatever, to make his application
+to the Prefect of Police for his licence, which is in all cases
+doubtful, and in all cases also is sure to require two or three weeks
+for his petition to pass the slow routine of the various offices and
+hands which it must go through. If it be for any exhibition that can
+be construed into an interference with the twenty or thirty theatre
+licences, it may as well not be applied for or thought of, for they
+will shut it up if opened.</p>
+
+<p>It is also necessary to arrange in time with the overseer of the poor,
+whether he is to take one-eighth or one-fifth of the receipts for the
+hospitals&mdash;for the <em>hospice</em>, as he is termed, is placed at the door
+of all exhibitions in Paris, who carries off one-eighth or one-fifth
+of the daily receipts every night. It is necessary also, if catalogues
+are to be sold in the rooms, to lodge one of them at least two weeks
+before the exhibition is to open in the hands of the Commissaire de
+Police, that it may pass through the office of the Prefect, and twenty
+other officers’ hands, to be read, and duly decided that there is
+nothing revolutionary in it; and then to sell them, or to give them
+away (all the same), it is necessary for the person who is to sell, and
+who alone <em>can</em> sell them, to apply personally to the Commissaire de
+Police, and make oath that he<a class="pagenum" id="Page_220" title="220"></a> was born in France, to give his age and
+address, &amp;c., &amp;c., before he can take the part that is assigned him.
+It is then necessary, when the exhibition is announced, to wait until
+seven or eight guards and police, with muskets and bayonets fixed,
+enter and unbar the doors, and open them for the public’s admission.
+It is necessary to submit to their friendly care during every day of
+the exhibition, and to pay each one his wages at night, when they lock
+up the rooms and put out the lights. In all this, however, though
+expensive, there is one redeeming feature. These numbers of armed
+police, at their posts, in front of the door, and in the passage, as
+well as in the exhibition rooms, give respectability to its appearance,
+and preserve the strictest order and quiet amongst the company, and
+keep a constant and vigilant eye to the protection of property. During
+the time I was engaged in settling these tedious preliminaries, and
+getting my rooms prepared for their exhibition, the Indians were
+taking their daily rides, and getting a passing glimpse of most of the
+out-door scenes of Paris. They were admitting parties of distinguished
+visitors, who were calling upon them, and occasionally leaving them
+liberal presents, and passing their evenings upon their buffalo skins,
+handing around the never-tiring pipe, and talking about the King, and
+their medals, and curious things they had seen as they had been riding
+through the streets. The thing which as yet amused the Doctor the most
+was the great number of women they saw in the streets leading dogs with
+ribbons and strings. He said he thought they liked their dogs better
+than they did their little children. In London, he said he had seen
+some little dogs leading their masters, who were blind, and in Paris
+they began to think the first day they rode out that one half of the
+Paris women were blind, but that they had a great laugh when they found
+that their eyes were wide open, and that instead of their dogs leading
+them, they were leading their dogs. The Doctor seemed puzzled about the
+custom of the women leading so many dogs, and although he did not in
+any direct way censure them for<a class="pagenum" id="Page_221" title="221"></a> doing it, it seemed to perplex him,
+and he would sit and smile and talk about it for hours together. He
+and Jim had, at first, supposed, after they found that the ladies were
+not blind, that they cooked and ate them, but they were soon corrected
+in this notion, and always after remained at a loss to know what they
+could do with them.</p>
+
+<p>On one of their drives, the Doctor and Jim, supplied with a pencil and
+a piece of paper, had amused themselves by counting, from both sides
+of the omnibus, the number of women they passed, leading dogs in the
+street, and thus made some amusement with their list when they got
+home. They had been absent near an hour, and driving through many of
+the principal streets of the city, and their list stood thus:&mdash;</p>
+
+<table summary="Women and dogs">
+<tr><td class="tdl">Women leading one little dog</td><td class="tdr">432</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tdl">Women leading two little dogs</td><td class="tdr">71</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tdl">Women leading three little dogs</td><td class="tdr">5</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tdl">Women with big dogs following (no string)</td><td class="tdr">80</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tdl">Women carrying little dogs</td><td class="tdr">20</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tdl">Women with little dogs in carriages</td><td class="tdr">31</td></tr>
+</table>
+
+<p>The poor fellows insisted on it that the above was a correct account,
+and Jim, in his droll way (but I have no doubt quite honestly), said
+that “It was not a very good day either.”</p>
+
+<p>I was almost disposed to question the correctness of their estimate,
+until I took it into my head to make a similar one, in a walk I was one
+day taking, from the Place Madeleine, through a part of the Boulevard,
+Rue St. Honoré, and Rue Rivoli, and a turn in the garden of the
+Tuileries. I saw so many that I lost my reckoning, when I was actually
+not a vast way from the list they gave me as above, and quite able to
+believe that their record was near to the truth. While the amusement
+was going on about the ladies and the little dogs, Daniel, who had
+already seen many more of the sights of Paris than I had, told the
+Indians that there was a <em>Dog Hospital</em> and a <em>Dog Market</em> in Paris,
+both of them curious places, and well worth their seeing. This amused
+the<a class="pagenum" id="Page_222" title="222"></a> Doctor and Jim very much. The Doctor did not care for the <em>Dog
+Market</em>, but the <em>Hospital</em> he <em>must</em> see. He thought the hospital
+must be a very necessary thing, as there were such vast numbers; and
+he thought it would be a good thing to have an hospital for their
+mistresses also. Jim thought more of the market, and must see it in a
+day or two, for it was about the time that they should give a feast of
+thanksgiving, and “a <em>Dog Feast</em> was always the most acceptable to the
+Great Spirit.” It was thus agreed all around, that they should make a
+visit in a few days to the Dog Market and the Dog Hospital.</p>
+
+<p>Jim got Daniel to enter the above list in his book as a very
+interesting record, and ordered him to leave a blank space underneath
+it, in order to record any thing else they might learn about dogs while
+in Paris.</p>
+
+<p>Poor Jim! he was at this time deeply lamenting the loss of the pleasure
+he had just commenced to draw from the ‘Times’ newspaper, for which he
+had become a subscriber, and his old and amusing friend ‘Punch,’ which
+Daniel had been in the habit of entertaining them with, and which he
+had been obliged to relinquish on leaving England. His friend Daniel,
+however, who was sure always to be by him, particularly at a late hour
+in the evenings, relieved him from his trouble by telling him that
+there was an English paper printed in Paris every day, ‘Galignani’s
+Messenger,’ which republished nearly all the murders, and rapes, and
+robberies, &amp;c. from the ‘Times;’ and also, which would make it doubly
+interesting, those which were daily occurring in Paris. Jim was now
+built up again, and as he could already read a few words was the envied
+of all the party. He was learning with Daniel and Jeffrey a few words
+in French also, to which the others had not aspired; he, could say
+quite distinctly “<em lang="fr" xml:lang="fr">vive le roi</em>;” he knew that “<em>bon jour</em>” was “good
+morning,” or “how do do?” that “<em>bon</em>” was “good,” that “<em>mauvais</em>” was
+“bad,” and that “very sick” was “<em>bien malade</em>.” He requested Daniel to
+get Galignani’s paper daily for him, for which he and the Doctor had
+agreed to pay equal shares.<a class="pagenum" id="Page_223" title="223"></a> He seemed now quite happy in the opinion
+that his prospects for civilization were again upon a proper footing,
+and the old Doctor, who profited equally by all of Daniel’s readings,
+was delighted to lend his purse to share in the expense. Daniel at
+this moment pulled the last number of Galignani out of his pocket,
+the first sight of which pleased them very much, and after reading
+several extracts of <em>horrid murders</em>, <em>highway robberies</em>, &amp;c., from the
+‘Times,’ he came across a little thing that amused them,&mdash;the great
+number and length of the names of the little Prince of Wales, which he
+read over thus:&mdash;
+
+(The author regrets very much that he took no memorandum of this, but
+refers the reader to the London papers for it.)</p>
+
+<p>There was a hearty laugh by the whole troop when Daniel got through,
+but when Mr. Melody repeated the name of a poor fellow who used to
+dress deer skins for a living in the vicinity of <em>St. Louis</em>, they
+all laughed still more heartily, and <em>Chippehola</em> set in and laughed
+also. He had forgotten a part of this poor fellow’s name, but as
+far as he recollected of his sign board, it ran thus:&mdash;“<em>Haunus,
+hubbard, lubbard, lamberd, lunk, vandunk, Peter, Jacobus, Lockamore,
+Lavendolph</em>, dresses deer skins of all animals, and in all ways, alum
+dressed.”</p>
+
+<p>Such was a part of the gossip of an evening, while my days were
+occupied in preparing my rooms for the admission of the public.
+During this delay, one of the gentlemen who visited the Indians most
+frequently, as his native countrymen, was Mr. W. Costar, formerly of
+New York, but now living in Paris, and whose kind lady invited the
+whole party to dine at her house.</p>
+
+<p>The Indians had expressed the greatest pleasure at meeting this
+American gentleman in Paris, as if they claimed a sort of kindred to
+him, and met the invitation as one of great kindness, and the interview
+as one in which they were to feel much pleasure. They were particularly
+careful in dressing and preparing for it, and when ready, and the<a class="pagenum" id="Page_224" title="224"></a> time
+had arrived, Mr. Melody and I accompanied them to this gentleman’s
+house, where a most sumptuous dinner was served, and besides his
+accomplished lady and lovely daughters, there were several ladies of
+distinction and of title, seated, to complete the honours that were to
+be paid to the Indians.</p>
+
+<p>It was a matter of great surprise to all the fashionable guests who
+were present, that those rude people from the wilderness, used to take
+their meals from the ground, were so perfectly composed and so much at
+ease at the table, and managed so well with the knife and fork, and
+even so gracefully smiled over their glasses of wine when a lady or a
+gentleman proposed the health of any one. Just before we had finished
+our dessert, a number of fashionable ladies, the Countess of L&mdash;&mdash;,
+the Baron and Baroness de G&mdash;&mdash;, and several others who had begun to
+assemble for the evening soirée, arrived, and were ushered into the
+dining room, where they had the curiosity of seeing the Indians as they
+were seated in all their trinkets and ranged around the table; and from
+the lips of all escaped the instant exclamations of, “Bless me! what a
+fine and noble-looking set of men they are! How much at ease they seem!
+Why, those are polished gentlemen,” &amp;c. &amp;c.</p>
+
+<p>From the dinner table they were invited to the salon, where a large
+party had gathered, who were delighted with the wild and picturesque
+appearance of the “Peaux Rouges.”</p>
+
+<p>The Indians saw some fine dancing and waltzing, and heard some splendid
+playing on the piano, and singing.</p>
+
+<p>The Doctor’s complete fascination by the playing and singing of a
+beautiful young lady was so conspicuous as to become the principal
+event of the evening, and after he had stood and smiled upon her in
+profound admiration during her fourth or fifth song, he <em>amused</em>
+many of the party, and <em>shocked</em> others, by the extraordinary and
+unexpected, though perfectly just remark, that “her voice was as soft
+and sweet as that of a wolf!”</p>
+
+<p>This startling compliment I must leave for the estimates<a class="pagenum" id="Page_225" title="225"></a> of the world,
+mentioning only the two facts, that the Doctor’s <em>totem</em> (or <em>arms</em>)
+is the wolf; and that in my travels in the prairies of America I have
+often thought that the soft, and plaintive, and silvery tones of the
+howling prairie wolf oftentimes surpassed in sweetness the powers of
+the human voice.</p>
+
+<p>M. Vattemare, in his kind endeavours to promote the interest of the
+Indians, and that of myself, had obtained an invitation from the
+Members of the Royal Academy of Sciences for the Indians to visit
+them at one of their sittings, which was a great honour; but the poor
+Indians left Paris without ever having been able to learn how or in
+what way that honour arrived. Messrs. Melody and Vattemare and myself
+accompanied the whole party to their rooms, and, being ushered and
+squeezed and pushed into a dense crowd of gentlemen, all standing,
+and where the Indians were not even offered a seat, they were gazed
+and scowled at, their heads and arms felt, their looks and capacities
+criticised like those of wild beasts, without being asked a question,
+or thanked for the kindness of coming, and where they were offered not
+even a glass of cold water. The Indians and ourselves were thus eyed
+and elbowed about in this crowd for half an hour, from which we were
+all glad to escape, deciding that it was entirely too scientific for
+us, and a style of politeness that we were not perhaps sufficiently
+acquainted with duly to appreciate.</p>
+
+<p>The various conjectures about the objects of this visit were raised
+after we got home, and they were as curious as they were numerous. The
+Indians had reflected upon it with evident surprise, and repeatedly
+inquired of M. Vattemare and myself for what purpose we had taken them
+there. M. Vattemare told them that these were the greatest scientific
+men of the kingdom. This they did not understand, and he then, to
+explain, said they were the great <em>medicine men</em>, the learned doctors,
+&amp;c. They then took the hint a little better, and decided alarm with it,
+for they said they recollected to have seen in some of their faces,
+while examining their heads and arms, decided expressions<a class="pagenum" id="Page_226" title="226"></a> of anxiety
+to dissect their limbs and bones, which they now felt quite sure would
+be the case if any of them should die while in Paris. The War-chief,
+who seldom had much to say while speaking of the events of the day,
+very gravely observed on this occasion, that “he had been decidedly
+displeased, and the chief also, but it would be best to say no more
+about it, though if any of the party got sick, to take great care what
+physicians were called to visit them.”</p>
+
+<p>M. Vattemare, in his kind interest for all parties, here exerted his
+influence to a little further degree, and persuaded the Indians to
+believe that those distinguished men, the great philosopher M. Arago
+and others, who were present, would be their warmest friends, but that
+with these transcendently great and wise men, their minds and all their
+time were so engrossed with their profound studies, that they had no
+time or desire to practise politeness; that they were the eyes which
+the public used, to look deep into and through all things strange or
+new that came to Paris; and that the public were after that, polite and
+civil, in proportion as those learned men should decide that they ought
+or ought not to be.</p>
+
+<p>Jim here took a whiff or two on his pipe, and, turning over on his back
+and drawing up his knees and clasping his hands across his stomach
+(<a href="#Plate_17">Plate No. 17</a>), said&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“We know very well that the King and the Queen and all the royal
+  family are pleased with us, and are our friends, and if that is not
+  enough to make us respected we had better go home. We believe that
+  the King is a much greater man, and a much <em>better</em> man, than any of
+  those we saw there, and better than the whole of them put together.
+  We know that there are many kind people in this great city who will
+  be glad to shake our hands in friendship, and there are others who
+  would like to get our skins, and we think that we saw some such
+  there to-day. We met some kind people yesterday, where we went to
+  dine&mdash;we love those people and do not fear them. If we should get
+  sick they would be kind to us, and we think much more of that kind
+  lady and gentleman than we do of all the great doctors we have seen
+  this day&mdash;we hope not to see them any more. This is the wish of the
+  chiefs, and of our wives and little children, who are all alarmed
+  about them.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>This finished the conversation for the present about the<a class="pagenum" id="Page_227" title="227"></a> learned
+society, though the impression was one of a most unfavourable kind on
+their minds, and was a long time in wearing away.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter">
+ <a id="Plate_17"></a>
+ <hr class="tb" />
+ <img src="images/i_226fp.jpg" width="640" height="390" alt="Plate 17: Jim's famous speech" />
+ <div class="caption">N<sup>o.</sup> 17.</div>
+ <hr class="tb" />
+</div>
+
+<p>The time had at length arrived for the opening of my collection and
+the commencement of the illustrations of the Indians. It had been for
+some days announced, and the hour had approached. The visitors were
+admitted into the rooms where my numerous collection of 600 paintings
+and some thousands of articles of Indian manufactures were subjects
+of new and curious interest to examine until the audience were mostly
+assembled, when, at a signal, the Indians all entered the room from an
+adjoining apartment, advancing to and mounting the platform, in Indian
+file, in full dress and paint, and armed and equipped as if for a
+battle-field. They sounded the war-whoop as they came in, and nothing
+could exceed the thrill of excitement that ran through the crowd in
+every part of the Hall. There was a rush to see who should get nearest
+to the platform, and be enabled most closely to scan “<em lang="fr" xml:lang="fr">les Sauvages
+horribles,</em>” “<em lang="fr" xml:lang="fr">les Peaux Rouges</em>,” <em lang="fr" xml:lang="fr">ou</em> “<em lang="fr" xml:lang="fr">les nouvelles Diables à Paris.”</em></p>
+
+<p>The chief led the party as they entered the room, and, having ascended
+the platform, erected the flag of his tribe in the centre, and in a
+moment the party were all seated around it, and lighting their pipe
+to take a smoke, whilst I was introducing them and their wives to
+the audience. This having been done in as brief a time as possible,
+they finished their pipe and commenced their amusements in Paris by
+giving the <em>discovery-dance</em>. This curious mode forms a part and the
+commencement of the war-dance, and is generally led off by one of the
+War-chiefs, who dances forward alone, pretending to be skulking and
+hunting for the track of his enemy, and when he discovers it he beckons
+on his warriors, who steal into the dance behind him, and follow him
+up as he advances, and pretends at length to discover the enemy in the
+distance, ordering all to be ready for the attack.</p>
+
+<p><a class="pagenum" id="Page_228" title="228"></a>
+The Doctor was the one who opened the <em>bal</em> on this occasion, and it
+was a proud and important moment for him: not that the fate of nations
+unborn, or the success of their enterprise, depended upon the event,
+but what to him was perhaps as high an incentive&mdash;that his standing
+with the ladies of Paris would probably be regulated for the whole
+time they should be there by the sensation he should make at the first
+dash. He therefore put on his most confident smile as he went into
+the dance: as he tilted about and pointed out the track where his
+enemy had gone, he made signs that the enemy had passed by, and then,
+beckoning up his warriors, pointed him out amongst a group of beautiful
+ladies who had taken an elevated and conspicuous position in front.
+He sounded the war-whoop, and all echoed it as he pointed towards the
+ladies, who screamed, and leapt from their seats, as the Indians’
+weapons were drawn! Here was an excitement begun, and the old Doctor
+smiled as he turned his head and his weapons in other directions, and
+proceeded with the dance. At the end of its first part their feet all
+came to a simultaneous stop, when the Doctor advanced to the front
+of the platform, and, brandishing his spear over the heads of the
+audience, made the most tremendous boast of the manner in which he took
+a prisoner in a battle with the Pawnees, and drove him home before his
+horse rather than take his life: he then plunged into the most agitated
+dance alone, and acting out the whole features of his battle in time to
+the song and beating of the drum; and at the close, rounds of applause
+awaited him in every part of the crowd. These the Doctor received with
+so complaisant a smile of satisfaction, as he bowed his head gracefully
+inclined on one side, that another and another burst of applause, and
+another bow and smile, followed; satisfying him that the path was
+cleared before him. He then shook his rattle of deer’s hoofs, and,
+summoning his warriors, they all united in finishing with full and wild
+effect this spirited dance. Though in the midst of a dancing country,
+their mode of dancing<a class="pagenum" id="Page_229" title="229"></a> was quite new, and was evidently calculated to
+amuse, from the immense applause that was given them at the end of
+their first effort.</p>
+
+<p>The dancers had now all taken their seats, except the Doctor, who was
+lingering on his feet, and had passed his spear into his left hand,
+evidently preparing to push his advantage a little further with the
+ladies, by making a speech, as soon as silence should be sufficiently
+restored to enable him to be heard. This little delay might or might
+not have been a fortunate occurrence for the Doctor, for it afforded
+Jim an opportunity to remind him how much he had lost by his last
+two or three speeches, which so completely put him out, that he sat
+down, apparently well pleased and satisfied with what he had already
+accomplished.</p>
+
+<p>My kind friend M. Vattemare, who had now become a great favourite of
+the Indians, went forward, and offered them his hand to encourage them,
+assuring them of the great pleasure the audience were taking, and
+encouraging them to go on with all the spirit they could, as there were
+some of the most distinguished people of Paris present&mdash;the Minister
+of the Interior and his lady, the Prêfet de Police, several foreign
+ambassadors, and a number of the editors of the leading journals, who
+were taking notes, and would speak about them in the papers the next
+morning.</p>
+
+<p>The <em>eagle-dance</em> was now announced to the audience as the next
+amusement; and after a brief description of it, the <em>Little Wolf</em>
+sprang upon his feet, and sounding his eagle whistle, and shaking the
+eagle’s tail in his left hand, while he brandished his tomahawk in his
+right, he commenced. His fellow-warriors were soon engaged with him,
+and all excited to the determination to make “a hit.” As after the
+first, they were complimented by rounds of applause, and sat down to
+their pipe with peculiar satisfaction. The War-chief took the first few
+whiffs upon it, and, rising, advanced to the front of the platform,
+and in the most dignified and graceful attitude that the orator<a class="pagenum" id="Page_230" title="230"></a> could
+assume, extended his right hand over the heads of the audience, and
+said&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“My Friends,&mdash;It gives us great pleasure to see so many pleasant
+  faces before us to-night, and to learn from your applause that you
+  are amused with our dances. We are but children; we live in the
+  woods, and are ignorant, and you see us here as the Great Spirit made
+  us; and our dances are not like the dances of the French people, whom
+  we have been told dance the best of any people in the world. (‘<em>How,
+  how, how!</em>’ and immense applause.)</p>
+
+<p>“My Friends,&mdash;We come here not to teach you to dance&mdash;(a roar of
+  applause and laughter)&mdash;we come here not to teach you anything, for
+  you are a great deal wiser than we, but to show you how we red people
+  look and act in the wilderness, and we shall be glad some nights to
+  go and see how the French people dance. (Great applause and ‘<em>How,
+  how, how!</em>’)</p>
+
+<p>“My Friends,&mdash;We are happy that the Great Spirit has kept us alive
+  and well, and that we have been allowed to see the face of our Great
+  Father your King. We saw him and your good Queen, and the little boy
+  who will be king, and they all treated us with kind hearts, and we
+  feel thankful for it. (‘<em>How, how, how!</em>’)</p>
+
+<p>“My Friends,&mdash;We have crossed two oceans to come here, and we have
+  seen no village so beautiful as Paris. London, where the <em>Saganoshes</em>
+  live, is a large village, but their wigwams are not so beautiful as
+  those in Paris, and in their streets there are too many people who
+  seem to be very poor and hungry. (‘<em>How, how, how!</em>’)</p>
+
+<p>“My Friends,&mdash;I have no more to say at present, only, that, when my
+  young men have finished their dances, we shall be glad to shake hands
+  with you all, if you desire it.” (“<em>How, how, how!</em>”)</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>The old man resumed his seat and his pipe amidst a din of applause; and
+at this moment several trinkets and pieces of money were tossed upon
+the platform from various parts of the room.</p>
+
+<p>After the eagle-dance they strung their bows, and, slinging their
+quivers upon their backs, commenced shooting at the target for prizes.
+The hall in which their dances were given was so immensely large that
+they had a range of 150 feet to throw their arrows at their targets,
+which formed by no means the least amusing and exciting part of their
+exhibitions. Their ball-sticks were also taken in hand, and the ball,
+and their mode of catching and throwing it, beautifully illustrated.
+After this, and another dance, a general shake of the hands took place,
+and a promenade<a class="pagenum" id="Page_231" title="231"></a> of the Indians through the vast space occupied by my
+collection. They retired from the rooms and the crowd in fine glee,
+having made their <em>début</em> in Paris, about which they had had great
+anxiety, somebody having told them that the French people would not be
+pleased with their dancing, as they danced so well themselves.</p>
+
+<p>The Indians being gone, <em>I</em> became the lion, and was asked for in every
+part of the rooms. The visitors were now examining my numerous works,
+and all wanted to see me. My friend M. Vattemare was by my side, and
+kindly presented me to many gentlemen of the press, and others of his
+acquaintance, in the rooms. There were so many who said they were
+waiting “for the honour,” &amp;c., that I was kept until a very late hour
+before I could leave the room.</p>
+
+<p>There were a number of fellow-artists present, who took pleasure in
+complimenting me for the manner in which my paintings were executed;
+and many others for my perseverance and philanthropy in having
+laboured thus to preserve the memorials of these dying people. I was
+complimented on all sides, and bowed, and was bowed to, and invited
+by cards and addresses left for me. So <em>I</em> went home, as well as the
+Indians, elated with the pleasing conviction that <em>mine</em> was a “hit,”
+as well as <em>theirs</em>.</p>
+
+<p>The leading journals of the next day were liberal in their comments
+upon the Indians and my collection, pronouncing my labours of great
+interest and value, and the exhibition altogether one of the most
+extraordinary interest ever opened in Paris, and advising all the world
+to see it.<a class="fnanchor" href="#Footnote_39" id="FNanchor_39">[39]</a> Thus were we started in the way of business after the
+first night’s exhibition, and that after remaining there just one month
+before we could meet and pass all the necessary forms and get quite
+ready.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<h2><a class="pagenum" id="Page_232" title="232"></a>
+CHAPTER XXVI.</h2>
+
+<p class="hang">
+  Indians at Madame Greene’s party&mdash;Their ideas of waltzing&mdash;The
+     Doctor’s admiration of the young ladies&mdash;The King’s fête,
+     first of May&mdash;Indians in the Palace&mdash;Royal Family in the
+     balcony&mdash;Grand and sublime scene on the river&mdash;Indians in a
+     crowd of nobility in the Duc d’Aumale’s apartments&mdash;Messenger
+     to Indians’ apartments with gold and silver medals&mdash;Medals
+     to the women and children&mdash;Consequent difficulties&mdash;Visit
+     to the Hospital of Invalids&mdash;Place Concorde&mdash;Column of
+     Luxor&mdash;The fountains&mdash;Visit to the Triumphal Arch&mdash;Jim’s
+     description of an ugly woman&mdash;Victor Hugo&mdash;Madame Georges
+     Sands&mdash;Indians visit the Louvre&mdash;M. de Cailleux&mdash;Baron de
+     Humboldt&mdash;Illness of the wife of Little Wolf&mdash;A phrenologist
+     visits the Indians&mdash;The phrenologist’s head examined&mdash;Two
+     Catholic priests visit the Indians&mdash;Indians visit the Garden
+     of Plants&mdash;Alarm of the birds and animals&mdash;The “poor prisoner
+     buffalo”&mdash;Visit to the <em>Salle aux Vins</em>&mdash;Astonishment
+     of the Indians&mdash;The war-whoop&mdash;<em>Chickabobboo</em>&mdash;Cafés
+     explained&mdash;Indians visit <em>Père la Chaise</em>&mdash;A great funeral&mdash;A
+     speech over the grave&mdash;Hired mourners&mdash;Visit the <em>School
+     of Medicine</em>&mdash;and “<em>Dupuytren’s Room</em>”&mdash;Excitement of the
+     Doctor&mdash;Visit to the <em>Foundling Hospital</em>&mdash;Astonishment and
+     pity of the Indians&mdash;Entries in Jim’s note-book, and Doctor’s
+     remarks&mdash;Visit the <em>Guillotine</em>&mdash;Indians’ ideas of <em>hanging</em>
+     in England, and <em>beheading</em> in France&mdash;Curious debate&mdash;Visit
+     to the <em>Dog Market</em>&mdash;Jim’s purchase and difficulty&mdash;The <em>Dog
+     Hospital</em>&mdash;Alarm of the “petites malades”&mdash;Retreat&mdash;<em>Bobasheela</em>
+     arrives from London&mdash;Great rejoicing&mdash;Jim’s comments on the
+     Frenchwomen&mdash;The <em>little foundlings</em> and the <em>little dogs</em>.</p>
+
+
+<p>Having thus commenced upon our operations in the Salle Valentino,
+it was thought best to change the lodgings of the Indians to some
+point more near to the place of their exhibitions, and rooms were at
+length procured for them in the same building with their hall, and
+communicating with it. To these apartments they were removed, and
+arrangements were made for two open carriages to drive them an hour
+each day for their recreation and amusement. By this arrangement we
+had the sights of Paris before us, and easily<a class="pagenum" id="Page_233" title="233"></a> within our reach, to
+be visited at our leisure. Our exhibitions were given each night from
+eight to ten, and each afternoon from one to three o’clock; so that
+they had the mornings for sight-seeing, and their evenings, from ten to
+twelve, to visit the theatres or parties, whenever they were invited
+and felt disposed to attend.</p>
+
+<p>The first evening-party they were invited to attend in Paris was that
+of the lady of <em>Mr. Greene</em>, the American banker. They were there
+ushered into a brilliant blaze of lamps, of beauty, and fashion,
+composed chiefly of Americans, to whom they felt the peculiar
+attachment of countrymen, though of a different complexion, and
+anywhere else than across the Atlantic would have been strangers to.</p>
+
+<p>They were received with great kindness by this polite and excellent
+lady and her daughters, and made many pleasing acquaintances in her
+house. The old Doctor had luckily dressed out his head with his red
+crest, and left at home his huge head-dress of horns and eagles’
+quills, which would have been exceedingly unhandy in a <em>squeeze</em>, and
+subjected him to curious remarks amongst the ladies. He had loaded
+on all his wampum and other ornaments, and smiled away the hours
+in perfect happiness, as he was fanning himself with the tail of a
+war-eagle, and bowing his head to the young and beautiful ladies who
+were helping him to lemonade and <em>blanc-mange</em>, and to the young men
+who were inviting him to the table to take an occasional glass of the
+“<em>Queen’s chickabobboo</em>.” Their heavy buffalo robes were distressing to
+them (said the Doctor) in the great heat of the rooms, “but then, as
+the ladies were afraid of getting paint on their dresses, they did not
+squeeze so hard against us as they did against the other people in the
+room, so we did not get so hot as we might have been.”</p>
+
+<p>It amused the Doctor and Jim very much to see the gentlemen take the
+ladies by the waist when they were dancing with them, probably never
+having seen waltzing before. They were pleased also, as the Doctor
+said, with “the manner in which the ladies showed their beautiful<a class="pagenum" id="Page_234" title="234"></a>
+white necks and arms, but they saw several that they thought had better
+been covered.” “The many nice and sweet and frothy little things that
+the ladies gave them in tea-saucers to eat, with little spoons, were
+too sweet, and they did not like them much; and in coming away they
+were sorry they could not find the good lady to thank her, the crowd
+was so great; but the <em>chickabobboo</em> (champagne), which was very good,
+was close to the door, and a young man with yellow hair and moustaches
+kept pouring it out until they were afraid, if they drank any more,
+some of the poor fellows who were dancing so hard would get none.”</p>
+
+<p>The scene they witnessed that night was truly very brilliant, and
+afforded them theme for a number of pipes of gossip after they got home.</p>
+
+<p>It has been said, and very correctly, that there is no end to the
+amusements of Paris, and to the Indians, to whose sight every thing was
+new and curious, the term, no doubt, more aptly applied than to the
+rest of the world. Of those never-ending sights there was one now at
+hand which was promising them and “all the world” a fund of amusement,
+and the poor fellows were impatient for its arrival. This splendid and
+all-exciting affair was the King’s fête on the 1st of May, his birthday
+as some style it, though it is not exactly such, it is the day fixed
+upon as the annual celebration of his birth. This was, of course, a
+holiday to the Indians, as well as for everybody else, and I resolved
+to spend the greater part of it with them.</p>
+
+<p>Through the aid of some friends I had procured an order to admit the
+party of Indians into the apartments of the Duke d’Aumale in the
+Tuileries, to witness the grand concert in front of the Palace, and
+to see the magnificent fireworks and illumination on the Seine at
+night. We had the best possible position assigned us in the wing of
+the Palace, overlooking the river in both directions, up and down,
+bringing all the bridges of the Seine, the Deputies, and Invalides,
+and other public buildings, which were illuminated, directly under our
+eyes.<a class="pagenum" id="Page_235" title="235"></a> During the day, Mr. Melody, and Jeffrey, and Daniel had taken,
+as they called it, “a grand drive,” to inspect the various places of
+amusement, and the immense concourse of people assembled in them. Of
+these, the Barrières, the Champs Elysées, &amp;c., they were obliged to
+take but a passing glance, for to have undertaken to stop and to mix
+with the dense crowds assembled in them would have been dangerous, even
+to their lives, from the masses of people who would have crowded upon
+them. The Indians themselves were very sagacious on this point, and
+always judiciously kept at a reasonable distance on such occasions.
+It was amusement enough for them during the day to ride rapidly about
+and through the streets, anticipating the pleasure they were to have
+in the evening, and taking a distant view from their carriages, of
+the exciting emulation of the <em>May-pole</em>, and a glance at the tops of
+the thousand booths, and “flying ships,” and “merry-go-rounds” of the
+Champs Elysées.</p>
+
+<p>At six o’clock we took our carriages and drove to the Tuileries, and,
+being conducted to the splendid apartments of the Duke d’Aumale, who
+was then absent from Paris, we had there, from the windows looking down
+upon the Seine and over the Quartier St. Germain, and the windows in
+front, looking over the garden of the Tuileries and Place Concorde, the
+most general and comprehensive view that was to be had from any point
+that could have been selected. Under our eyes in front, the immense
+area of the garden of the Tuileries was packed with human beings,
+forming but one black and dotted mass of some hundreds of thousands
+who were gathered to listen to the magnificent orchestra of music,
+and to see and salute with “Vive le Roi!” “Vive la Reine!” and “Vive
+le Comte de Paris!” the Royal Family as they appeared in the balcony.
+Though it appeared as if every part of the gardens was filled, there
+was still a black and moving mass pouring through Rue Rivoli, Rue
+Castiglione, Rue Royale, and Place Concorde, all concentrating in the
+garden of the Tuileries. This countless mass of human beings continued<a class="pagenum" id="Page_236" title="236"></a>
+to gather until the hour when their Majesties entered the balcony, and
+then, all hats off, there was a shout as vast and incomputable as the
+mass itself of “Vive le Roi!&mdash;Vive le Roi!&mdash;Vive la Reine!&mdash;Vive le
+Comte de Paris!” The King then, with his chapeau in his hand, bowed to
+the audience in various directions; so did her Majesty the Queen and
+the little Comte de Paris. The band then struck up the national air,
+and played several pieces, while the Royal Family were seated in the
+balcony, and the last golden rays of the sun, that was going behind
+the Arc de Triomphe, was shining in their faces. Their Majesties then
+retired as the twilight was commencing, and the vast crowd began to
+move in the direction of the Seine, the Terrace, and Place Concorde, to
+witness the grand scene of illumination and “feu d’artifice” that was
+preparing on the river.</p>
+
+<p>As the daylight disappeared, the artificial light commenced to display
+its various characters, and the Indians began to wonder. This scene was
+to be entirely new to them, and the reader can imagine better than I
+can explain what was their astonishment when the King’s signal rocket
+was fired from the Tuileries, and in the next moment the whole river,
+as it were, in a blaze of liquid fire, and the heavens burst asunder
+with all their luminaries falling in a chaos of flames and sparkling
+fire to the earth! The incessant roar and flash of cannons lining the
+shore of the river, and the explosion of rockets in the air, with the
+dense columns of white, and yellow, and blue, and blood-red smoke,
+that were rising from the bed of the river, and all reflected upon the
+surface of the water, heightened the grandeur of its effect, and helped
+to make it unlike anything on earth, save what we might imagine to
+transpire in and over the deep and yawning crater of a huge volcano in
+the midst of its midnight eruption.</p>
+
+<p>This wonderful scene lasted for half an hour, and when the last flash
+died away, all eyes like our own seemed to turn away from the smoking
+desolation that seemed to be<a class="pagenum" id="Page_237" title="237"></a> left below, and the dense mass was
+dividing and pouring off in streams through the various streets and
+avenues, some seeking their homes with their little children, and
+hundreds of thousands of others, to revel away the night amidst the
+brilliant illuminations and innocent amusements of the Champs Elysées.</p>
+
+<p>We turned our eyes at that moment from the scene, and, in turning
+around, found ourselves blockaded by a phalanx of officers in gold lace
+and cocked hats, and ladies, attachés of the royal household, Deputies,
+Peers of France, and other distinguished guests of the Royal Family,
+who had been viewing the scene from other windows of the Palace, and
+had now gathered in our rooms to look at “<em>les Peaux Rouges</em>.” My good
+friend M. Vattemare was present on this occasion, and of great service
+to us all, as there were in this crowd the incumbents of several high
+offices under the Crown, and others of distinction with whom he was
+acquainted, and to whom he introduced us all, converting the rooms and
+the crowd in a little time into a splendid soirée, where conversation
+and refreshments soon made all easy and quite happy.</p>
+
+<p>The servants of the Duke’s household conducted us into the several
+apartments, explaining the paintings and other works of art, and
+also took us into the Duke’s bedchamber, where were the portraits of
+himself and the Duchess, and others of the Royal Family. There was, we
+learned, in another part of the Palace, a grand <em>bal</em> on that evening,
+and that accounted for the constant crowds of fashionable ladies and
+gentlemen who were pouring into our apartments, and who would have
+continued to do so in all probability for the greater part of the night
+had we not taken up the line of march, endeavouring to make our way
+to our carriages on our way home. This was for some time exceedingly
+difficult, as we had a succession of rooms and halls to pass through
+before we reached the top of the staircase, all of which were filled
+with a dense mass of ladies and gentlemen, who had got information
+that the Ioway Indians were in the Duke’s apartments, and were then
+making their way there to get a<a class="pagenum" id="Page_238" title="238"></a> peep at them. We crowded and squeezed
+through this mass as well as we could, and were all laughing at Jim’s
+remarks as we passed along. He thought the people had all left the
+King and Queen to see the Indians. “Come see Ingins” (said he in
+English) “at Salle Valentino&mdash;see em dance&mdash;better go back, see King,
+see Queen&mdash;Ingins no good.” Mr. Melody gave the poor fellow the first
+idea that his words were thrown away, as these people were all French,
+and did not understand English; so Jim said, “I spose em no buy Bible
+then?” and began to whistle. We soon descended the grand escalier,
+and, taking our carriages, were in a few minutes entering the Indians’
+apartments in Salle Valentino.</p>
+
+<p>Jim got home a little provoked, as the Doctor was showing a very
+handsome eyeglass which had been presented to him: two or three of
+the women had also received presents in money and trinkets, but Jim’s
+wife, as well as himself, was amongst the neglected or overlooked. He
+then took out of his pouch and throwing it down upon the table one of
+his beautiful gilt bound little Bibles, and said, “Me no sell em.”
+“Did you try, Jim?” “Yes, me try em, but me no sell em&mdash;folks call em
+<em>Onglaise</em>. Onglaise no good, I guess, I no sell em.” Poor Jim! he
+looked quite chapfallen at the moment, and much more so when Daniel
+afterwards told him that he ought to have had an auction or other sale
+of his Bibles before he left England, for the French didn’t care much
+about Bibles, and if they did they wouldn’t buy his, for they were in
+the English language, which they could not read. Jim’s regrets were
+now very great, to think they had so little oversight as to come away
+without thinking to make some conversion of them into ready cash.
+Daniel told him, however, that he thought there would be nothing lost
+on them, as they would sell better in America than they would have sold
+in England, and he had better pack them away until they went home.</p>
+
+<p>The conversation running upon Bibles, Jim was asked, as there was
+some sympathy expressed for him, how many<a class="pagenum" id="Page_239" title="239"></a> he and his wife had, to
+which he replied, “I no know&mdash;I guess a heap.” It was in a few moments
+ascertained more correctly from his wife, who had the immediate charge
+of them, that they had twenty-eight, and the account soon returned from
+the whole party, that in all they had received about 120 since they
+arrived in England.</p>
+
+<p>They took their suppers, which were ready when they got back, and their
+<em>chickabobboo</em> (vin rouge) with their pipe, and engaged M. Vattemare
+for some time to explain the meaning of the many beautiful decorations
+they had seen worn on the breasts and shoulders of the officers they
+had met in the palace. The explanations of these things pleased
+them very much: as to the fireworks, they said that was such great
+<em>medicine</em> to them, that they did not care about talking on the subject
+until they had taken more time to think.</p>
+
+<p>Just as M. Vattemare and I were about to leave the room, I found Jim
+and the Doctor interrogating Daniel about the “big guns that spoke
+so loud: they thought they must have very large mouths to speak so
+strong,” and were anxious to see them. Daniel told them that those
+which made the loudest noise were at the Hospital of the Invalides, and
+it was then agreed that they should go there the next day to see them.</p>
+
+<p>Jim said they had all been delighted at what Daniel read in his paper
+about their going before the King and Queen, and that he must be sure
+to bring the paper at an early hour the next morning, to let them hear
+what was said about the Indians being in the palace the second time,
+and in the rooms of the Duke, to see the fireworks.</p>
+
+<p>The rest of their evening was taken up in “thinking” on what they had
+seen, and the next morning, as he had promised, Daniel came in with the
+paper and read a long account of the amusements of the day and evening,
+and also of the hundreds of thousands in the crowd who moved along in
+front of the Duke d’Aumale’s apartments to look at the Indians, in
+preference to look at the King and the Queen. It was decided (as he
+read) that the crowd was<a class="pagenum" id="Page_240" title="240"></a> much more dense and remained at a much later
+hour in front of that wing of the palace than in front of the balcony,
+where the Royal Family and the orchestra of music were. This pleased
+them all very much; and after their breakfasts, while they were yet in
+this cheerful train of feelings, the young man who had brought them the
+money from the King made his appearance, and I was instantly sent for.
+On arriving I was informed by him that he had come from his Majesty
+with the gold and silver medals, to be presented in his Majesty’s name
+to each one individually. This announced, the Indians of course put all
+other occupations aside, and, being all seated on the floor, at the
+request of the chief, the medals were called out by the inscriptions on
+them and presented accordingly. The first presented was a gold medal to
+White Cloud, the chief: the inscription on the back of it read thus:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p class="center">“Donné à <em>Mu-hu-she-kaw</em>, par le Roi: 1845.”</p>
+
+<p>The next presented was to the War-chief&mdash;a gold medal of equal size,
+and inscription in the same form. Silver medals, of equal size with
+inscriptions, were then presented to all the warriors and women and
+children. This last part of the list, women and children, seemed to
+startle them a little. The idea of women and children receiving medals
+was entirely new to them, and put them quite at a stand. There was no
+alternative but to take them, and be thankful for them; but it seemed
+curious enough to them&mdash;a subject not to be named, however, until
+the messenger had departed with their thanks to his Majesty for his
+kindness. This was done by the War-chief, and the gentleman departed.</p>
+
+<p>The old Doctor and <em>Wa-ton-ye</em>, the two unmarried men of the
+party, were the only ones who seemed to show anything like decided
+dissatisfaction in their faces, though Jim and Little Wolf were
+fumbling theirs over in their fingers, evidently in a struggle of
+feeling whether to be dissatisfied or not. The Little Wolf was a
+warrior of decided note, who<a class="pagenum" id="Page_241" title="241"></a> had taken several scalps, and his
+wife had never taken one, and yet her medal was equal to his own;
+however, by the operation he had got two medals instead of one. Jim
+felt a little touched, and, though never having done much more in war
+than his squaw had, was preparing to make a great harangue on the
+occasion, and even rolled over on his back, and drew up his knees,
+for the purpose, but, taking the shining metal from his wife’s hands,
+and placing it by the side of his own, he thought they would form a
+beautiful ornament, both hanging together, symbolic of an affectionate
+husband and wife, and he was silent. The poor old Doctor, though, who
+had taken <em>one prisoner</em> certain, and <em>possibly</em> some scalps, and (as
+the old War-chief had one day told him) undoubtedly “many lives,” who
+could only dangle one medal (having no wife), and that one no better
+than those given to the women and children, lost all traces of the
+complaisant smiles that had shone on his face a little time before,
+and, rising suddenly up, and wrapping his robe around him, he found his
+way to the house-top, where he stood in silent gaze upon the chimneys
+and tiles, more suited to the meditations that were running through his
+troubled mind. <em>Wa-ton-ye</em>, in the mean time, with smothered feelings
+that no one ever heard vent given to, hung his with its tri-coloured
+ribbon upon a nail in the wall just over his head, and, drawing his
+buffalo robe quite over him, hid his face, and went to sleep.</p>
+
+<p>White Cloud and the War-chief sat during the while, with their families
+hanging about their shoulders and knees, well pleased, and smiling upon
+the brightness of his Majesty’s familiar features in shining gold, as
+they turned their medals around in various lights. Theirs were of a
+more precious metal, and each, from the number of his family with him,
+became the owner of <em>three</em>, instead of <em>one</em>, over which the poor
+Doctor was yet pondering on the house-top, as he stood looking off
+towards the mountains and prairies.</p>
+
+<p>When their carriages were at the door, to make their visit to the
+<em>Hôpital des Invalides</em>, as promised the night<a class="pagenum" id="Page_242" title="242"></a> before, the Doctor was
+unwilling to break the charm of his contemplations, and <em>Wa-ton-ye</em>
+could not be waked, and the rest drove off in good cheer and delight.
+They hung their medals on their necks, suspended by their tri-coloured
+ribbons, the meaning of which having been explained to them, and they
+were soon at the mouths of the huge cannon, whose “big mouths” had
+“spoken so loudly” the night before.</p>
+
+<p>After taking a good look at them, and getting something of their
+curious history, they entered that wonderful and most noble
+institution, an honour to the name of its founder and to the country
+that loves and upholds it, the <em>Hospital</em> of <em>Invalids</em>. Nothing on
+earth could have struck these people as more curious and interesting
+(a race of warriors themselves) than this institution, with its
+3800 venerable inmates, the living victims of battles, wounded,
+crippled, fed, and clothed, and made happy, the living evidences of
+the human slaughter that must have taken place in the scenes they had
+been through. If this scene convinced them of the destructiveness
+of civilized modes of warfare, it taught them an useful lesson of
+civilized sympathy for those who are the unfortunate victims of war and
+carnage.</p>
+
+<p>The moral that was drawn from this day’s visit was an important one
+to them, and I took the opportunity, and many others afterwards, to
+impress it upon their minds. It pleased them to hear that these old
+veterans, with one leg and one arm, were the very men who were chosen
+to come to the big guns, and fire them off, on the day of the King’s
+fete&mdash;the same guns that they fought around, and over, when they were
+taking them from the enemies.</p>
+
+<p>Returning from the “<em>Invalides</em>,” our carriages were stopped in Place
+Concorde for a view of the beautiful fountains playing, which pleased
+and astonished them, as they do all foreigners who pass. The Egyptian
+obelisk column of Luxor, of seventy-two feet, in one solid piece of
+granite, and brought from Egypt to Paris, was shown and explained to
+them, and our carriage driven to the ground where the <em>guillotine</em><a class="pagenum" id="Page_243" title="243"></a> had
+stood on which the blood of Kings and Queens had been shed, and where
+the father of Louis Philippe was beheaded. These extraordinary and
+almost incredible facts of history, and that so recent, filled their
+minds with amazement, and almost with incredulity. Our drive that day
+was continued through the broad avenue of the Champs Elysées to the
+<em>triumphal arch</em> at the Barrière d’Etoile, and our view from the top of
+it was one of the finest they thought in the world. We were not quite
+as high as when we were on the tower of the York cathedral, but the
+scene around us was far more picturesque and enchanting.</p>
+
+<p>When we returned we found the old Doctor and <em>Wa-ton-ye</em> seated upon
+their buffalo robes, and playing at cards, quite in good humour, and
+their medals put away, as if nothing had happened to put them out. They
+were much amused at the descriptions of what the others had seen, and
+particularly so at Jim’s description of an ugly woman he saw on top of
+the Arc de Triomphe, and who followed him around, he said, and looked
+him in the face until he was frightened. Here the Doctor, who had been
+out of humour, and was disposed to be a little severe on Jim, replied
+that “it was laughable for such an ill-looking, big-mouthed fellow as
+him to be talking about any one’s ill looks, and to be alarmed at any
+one’s ugliness, looking out over such a set of features as he had on
+the lower part of his face.” Jim, however, having two medals, took but
+little notice of the Doctor’s severity, but proceeded to tell about
+the ugly woman he saw. He said, “her eyes had all the time two white
+rings clear around them, and the end of her nose turning up, as if she
+had always smelled something bad, had pulled her upper-lip up so high
+that she could not shut her mouth or cover her teeth. She had two great
+rows of teeth, and there was black all between them, as if a charge of
+gunpowder had gone off in her mouth, and her skin was as white as snow,
+excepting on her cheeks, and there it was quite red, like a rose.”</p>
+
+<p><a class="pagenum" id="Page_244" title="244"></a>
+“Stop, stop, Jim,” said I, “let me write that down before you go any
+further.”</p>
+
+<p>But this was all. He said he could not bear to look at her, and
+therefore he did not examine her any further. He also made some fun
+about two English ladies, who were up there when they were on the Arc
+de Triomphe. He said, “he had sat down by the side of the railing with
+his wife, where these ladies came to them. One of them asked if they
+could speak English, to which he made no reply, but shook his head. He
+said they had a great many things to say about him, and one of them
+wanted to feel his face (his chin, he supposed), to see if he had any
+beard; and when she did not find any, she said something which he did
+not understand, but he said it tickled them very much, and then he said
+she put her hand on his shoulder, which was naked, and took hold of
+his arm, and said several things, about which they had a great deal of
+laugh, which he understood, and which he would not like to mention, for
+his wife did not understand them, and he did not wish her to know what
+they were laughing about.”</p>
+
+<p>The hour having approached for their afternoon’s exhibition, the
+conversation was here broken off. I was, however, obliged to delay
+a few minutes for some account they wished me to give them of the
+guillotine, which I had spoken of while in the Place Concorde. I
+briefly described it to them, and they all expressed a wish to go some
+day and see it, and I promised to take them.</p>
+
+<p>The exhibition in the afternoon was attended by many more fashionable
+ladies and gentlemen than that of the evening; and so many carriages
+driving up to the door, in a pleasant day, was always sure to put the
+Doctor into the best of humour, and generally, when he was in such
+a mood, there would be wit and drollery enough in him, and his good
+friend Jim, to influence the whole group. They were usually in good
+spirits, and, when so, were sure to please; and thus were they on that,
+the first of their morning’s<a class="pagenum" id="Page_245" title="245"></a> entertainments; and it happened luckily,
+for we had in the rooms some of the most fashionable and literary
+personages of Paris&mdash;amongst these, the famous writers, <em>Victor Hugo</em>,
+<em>Madame Georges Sands</em>, and several others, to whom the Indians and
+myself were personally introduced.</p>
+
+<p>The old Doctor was told by M. Vattemare, who was again there, to do
+his best, and all did their parts admirably well, and much to the
+astonishment of the ladies, several of which old dames I found had
+really supposed, until now, that the “<em>sauvages</em>” were little more
+than wild beasts. After the Indians had finished their amusements and
+retired from the rooms, <em>I</em> was left <em>lion</em> again and “lord of all the
+visitors were now surveying.” Then it was that <em>my</em> embarrassment came,
+losing in a great measure the pleasure that I could have drawn from the
+society of such persons who came to praise, by not speaking the French
+language.</p>
+
+<p>However, I had generally the benefit of my friend M. Vattemare or
+others around me ready to help me through the difficulty. It gave me
+daily pleasure to find that my works were highly applauded by the
+press, as well as by personal expressions in the room, and in all the
+grades of society to which I was then being invited.</p>
+
+<p>Our second evening soon approached, and we found the hall fashionably
+filled again, and of course the Indians, though in a strange country,
+in good spirits and gratified, as their very appearance while entering
+the room got them rounds of applause. After their exhibition was over
+in the usual way I got <em>my</em> applause, and so our mutual efforts were
+daily and nightly made to instruct and amuse the Parisians, which I
+shall always flatter myself we did to a considerable extent.</p>
+
+<p>While our exhibitions were now in such a train, we were studying how to
+make the most valuable use of our extra time, by seeing the sights of
+Paris and its environs.</p>
+
+<p>The <em>Louvre</em> was one of the first objects of our attention; and having
+procured an order from the Director to visit it<a class="pagenum" id="Page_246" title="246"></a> on a private day, we
+took an early hour and made our entry into it. We were received by
+the Director with kindness, and he conducted the party the whole way
+through the different galleries, pointing out and explaining to them
+and to us the leading and most interesting things in it.</p>
+
+<p>The Director, M. de Cailleux, had invited several of his distinguished
+friends to meet him on the occasion, and it was to them, as well as
+to us, interesting to see the Indians under such circumstances, where
+there was so much to attract their attention and calculated to surprise
+them. M. Vattemare was with us on this occasion, and of very great
+service in his introductions and interpretations for us. Amongst the
+distinguished persons who were present, and to whom I was introduced
+on the occasion, was the Baron de Humboldt. He accompanied us quite
+through the rooms of the Louvre, and took a great deal of interest in
+the Indians, having seen and dealt with so many in the course of his
+travels. I had much conversation with him, and in a few days after was
+honoured by him with a private visit to my rooms, when I took great
+pleasure in explaining the extent and objects of my collection.</p>
+
+<p>The view of the Louvre was a great treat to the Indians, who had had
+but little opportunity before of seeing works of art. In London we
+thought we had showed them all the sights, but had entirely forgotten
+the exhibitions of paintings; and I believe the poor fellows had been
+led to think, before they saw the Louvre, that mine was the greatest
+collection of paintings in the world. They had a great deal of talk
+about it when they got home and had lit their pipe. The one great
+objection they raised to it was, that “it was too long&mdash;there were too
+many things to be seen; so many that they said they had forgotten all
+the first before they got through, and they couldn’t think of them
+again.” There was one impression they got while there, however&mdash;that no
+length of room or number of pictures would easily eradicate from their
+memories, the immense number of marks of<a class="pagenum" id="Page_247" title="247"></a> bullets on the columns of the
+portico, and even inside of the building, shot through the windows in
+the time of the Revolution of July. This appalling scene was described
+to them on the spot by M. Vattemare, which opened their eyes to an
+historical fact quite new to them, and of which they soon taxed him and
+me for some further account.</p>
+
+<p>The poor fellows at this time were beginning to sympathize with the
+noble fellow the Little Wolf, whose wife had been for some weeks
+growing ill, and was now evidently declining with symptoms of quick
+consumption. The buoyant spirits of the good and gallant fellow seemed
+to be giving way to apprehensions; and although he joined in the
+amusements, he seemed at times dejected and unhappy. There were days
+when her symptoms seemed alarming, and then she would rally and be
+in the room again in all the finery of her dress and trinkets, but
+was evidently gradually losing strength and flesh, and decided by her
+physician to be in a rapid decline. She was about this time advised to
+keep to her chamber and away from the excitement of the exhibition and
+sight-seeing, in which the rest of the party were daily engaged.</p>
+
+<p>By this time the Ioways had made so much noise in Paris that they
+were engaging the attention of the scientific, the religious, and the
+ethnologic, as well as the mere curious part of the world, and daily
+and almost hourly applications were being made to Mr. Melody and myself
+for private interviews with them for the above purposes. We were
+disposed to afford every facility in our power in such cases, but in
+all instances left the Indians to decide who they would and who they
+would not see.</p>
+
+<p>Amongst those applicants there was a phrenologist, who had been
+thrusting himself into their acquaintance as much as possible in their
+exhibition rooms, and repeatedly soliciting permission to go to their
+private rooms to make some scientific examinations and estimates of
+their heads, to which the Indians had objected, not understanding the
+meaning or object of his designs. He had become very im<a class="pagenum" id="Page_248" title="248"></a>portunate
+however, and, having brought them a number of presents at different
+times, it was agreed at Mr. Melody’s suggestion, one day, as the
+quickest way of getting rid of him, that he should be allowed to come
+up. We conversed with the Indians, and assured them that there was
+not the slightest chance of harm, or witchcraft, or anything of the
+kind about it, and they agreed to let him come in. They had a hearty
+laugh when he came in, at Jim’s wit, who said to him, though in Indian
+language that he didn’t understand, “If you will shut the door now,
+you will be the ugliest-looking man in the whole room.” This was not,
+of course, translated to the phrenologist, who proceeded with his
+examinations, and commenced on Jim’s head first. Jim felt a little
+afraid, and considerably embarrassed also, being the first one called
+upon to undergo an operation which he knew so little about, or what
+was to be the result of. Stout, and warlike, and courageous as he was,
+he trembled at the thought of a thing that he could not yet in the
+least appreciate, and all were looking on and laughing at him for his
+embarrassment. The phrenologist proceeded, feeling for the bumps around
+his head, and, stopping once in a while to make his mental deductions,
+would then run his fingers along again. Jim’s courage began to rally
+a little, seeing that there was to be nothing more than that sort of
+manipulation, and he relieved himself vastly by turning a little of his
+wit upon the operator, for a thing that looked to him so exceedingly
+ridiculous and absurd, by telling him “I don’t think you’ll find any
+in my head; we Indians shave a great part of our hair off, and we keep
+so much oil in the rest of it, that they won’t live there: you will
+find much more in white men’s heads, who don’t oil their hair.” This
+set the whole party and all of us in a roar, and Jim’s head shook so
+as to embarrass the operator for a little time. When he got through,
+and entered his estimates in his book, Jim asked him “if he found
+anything in his head?” to which he replied in the affirmative. Placing
+his fingers on “<em>self-esteem</em>,” he said there was great fulness there.
+“Well,” said<a class="pagenum" id="Page_249" title="249"></a> Jim, “I’m much obliged to you: I’ll set my wife to look
+there by and by. And now,” said Jim, “take the old Doctor here: his
+head is full of em.” By this time Jim’s jokes had got us all into a
+roar of laughter, and the Doctor was in the chair, and Jim looking on
+to see what he could discover. White Cloud thought Jim had cracked his
+jokes long enough, and as they had all laughed at them, he considered
+it most respectful now to let the man go through with it. So he
+finished with the Doctor and then with White Cloud and the War-chief,
+and when he came to the women they positively declined.</p>
+
+<p>Jim, having been rebuked for laughing too much, had stopped suddenly,
+and, instantly resolving to try his jokes upon the poor man in another
+mood, assumed, as he easily could, the most treacherous and assassin
+look that the human face can put on, and asked the phrenologist if he
+was done, to which he replied “Yes.” “Now,” said Jim, “we have all
+waited upon you and given you a fair chance, and I now want you to
+sit down a minute and let me examine <em>your</em> head;” at the same time
+drawing his long scalping knife out from his belt, and wiping its blade
+as he laid it in a chair by the side of him. The phrenologist, having
+instantly consented, and just taking possession of the chair as he was
+drawing his knife out, could not well do otherwise than sit still for
+Jim’s operations, though he was evidently in a greater trepidation than
+he had put Jim into by the first experiment that was made. Jim took the
+requisite time in his manipulations to crack a few jokes more among
+his fellow Indians upon the quackery of his patient, and then to let
+him up, telling him, for the amusement of those around, that “his face
+looked very pale” (which by the way was the case), “and that he found
+his head very full of them.”</p>
+
+<p>The phrenologist was a good-natured sort of man, and, only partially
+understanding their jokes, was delighted to get off with what he had
+learned, without losing his scalp-lock, which it would seem as if he
+had apprehended at one moment to have been in some danger. As he was
+leaving<a class="pagenum" id="Page_250" title="250"></a> the room, Daniel came in, announcing that there were two
+Catholic clergymen in the room below, where they had been waiting half
+an hour to have some talk with the Indians. “Let them up,” says Jim;
+“I will make a speech to them:” at which the old Doctor sprang up.
+“There,” said he, “there’s my robe; lay down quick.” The Doctor’s wit
+raised a great laugh, but, when a moment had blown it away, Mr. Melody
+asked the chief what was his wish, whether to see them or not. “Oh
+yes,” said he (but rather painfully, and with a sigh); “yes, let them
+come in: we are in a strange country, and we don’t wish to make any
+enemies: let them come up.” They were then conducted up and spent half
+an hour in pleasant conversation with the chiefs, without questioning
+them about their religion, or urging their own religion upon them. This
+pleased the Indians very much, and, finding them such pleasant and
+social good-natured men, they felt almost reluctant to part company
+with them. Each of them left a handsome Bible as presents, and took
+affectionate leave.</p>
+
+<p>After they had left, the Indians had much talk about them, and were
+then led to think of “the good people,” the Friends, they had seen so
+many of in England and Ireland, and asked me if they should find any of
+them in Paris. I told them I thought they would not, at which they were
+evidently very much disappointed.</p>
+
+<p>One of the next sight-seeing expeditions was to the <em>Jardin des
+Plantes</em>, to which our old friend M. Vattemare accompanied us. The
+animals here, from a difference of training, or other cause, were not
+quite so much alarmed as they were in the menagerie in London; but when
+the doctor breathed out the silvery notes of his howling <em>totem</em>, the
+wolf at once answered him in a remote part of the garden. Jim imitated
+the wild goose, and was answered in an instant by a cackling flock of
+them. The panthers hissed, and the hyænas were in great distress, and
+the monkeys also: the eagles chattered and bolted against the sides
+of their cages, and the parrots lost their voices by squalling, and
+many of<a class="pagenum" id="Page_251" title="251"></a> their feathers by fluttering, when the Indians came within
+their sight. They pitied the poor old and jaded buffalo, as they did in
+London, he looked so broken-spirited and desolate; and also the deer
+and the elks; but the bears they said didn’t seem to care much about
+it. They were far more delighted with the skins of animals, reptiles,
+and fishes in the museum of natural history; and I must say that <em>I</em>
+was also, considering it the finest collection I ever have seen.</p>
+
+<p>The garden of plants was amusement enough for an hour or so, and then
+to the <em>Halle aux Vins</em> in the immediate neighbourhood. This grand
+magazine of <em>chickabobboo</em> has been described by many writers, and
+no doubt seen by many who read, but few have seen the expression of
+amazement upon the brows of a party of wild Indians from the forest
+of America, while their eyes were running over the vast and almost
+boundless lines of 800,000 casks of wine under one roof, and heard the
+piercing war-whoop echoing and vibrating through their long avenues,
+raised at the startling information that 20,000,000 of gallons of this
+are annually drawn out of this to be drunk in the city of Paris; and
+few of those who heard it knew whether it was raised to set the wine
+running, or as a note of exultation that they had found a greater
+fountain of <em>chickabobboo</em> than the brewery they were in, in London.
+However true the latter was, the first was supposed to have been the
+design, and it must needs have its effect. A few bottles, in kindness
+and hospitality cracked, cooled all parched and parching lips, and our
+faithful timepieces told us our engagement with the public was at hand,
+and we laid our course again for the <em>Salle Valentino</em>.</p>
+
+<p>“Oh! what a glorious country,” said Jim, as we were rolling along;
+“there’s nothing like that in London: the <em>chickabobboo</em> is better
+here, and there’s more of it too.” Poor ignorant fellow! he was not
+aware that the brewery they saw in London was only one of some dozens,
+and that the wine in all those casks they had just seen was not quite
+as delicious as that with which his lips had just been moistened.</p>
+
+<p>With their recollections dwelling on the scenes they had<a class="pagenum" id="Page_252" title="252"></a> witnessed in
+London, they were naturally drawing comparisons as they were wending
+their way back; and they had in this mood taken it into their heads
+that there were no gin-shops in Paris, as they could see none, which
+was quite mysterious to them, until I explained to them the nature of
+the cafés, the splendid open shops they were every moment passing,
+glittering with gold and looking-glasses. They were surprised to learn
+that the delicious poison was dealt out in these neat “palaces,” but
+which they had not known or suspected the meaning of. They admitted
+their surprise, and at once decided that “they liked the free, and
+open, and elegant appearance of them much better than those in London,
+where they are all shut up in front with great and gloomy doors, to
+prevent people from looking into them, as if they were ashamed.”</p>
+
+<p>The cemetery of Père la Chaise was next to be seen as soon as there
+should be a fine day: that day arrived, and half an hour’s drive landed
+us at its entrance.</p>
+
+<p>This wonderful place has been described by many travellers, and
+therefore needs but a passing notice here. This wilderness of tombs,
+of houses or boxes of the dead, thrown and jumbled together amidst
+its gloomy cypress groves and thickets, is perhaps one of the most
+extraordinary scenes of the kind in the world: beautiful in some
+respects, and absurd and ridiculous in others, it is still one of
+the wonders of Paris, and all who see the one must needs visit the
+other. The scene was one peculiarly calculated to excite and please
+the Indians. The wild and gloomy and almost endless labyrinths of
+the little mansions of the dead were pleasing contrasts to their
+imprisonment within the dry and heated walls of the city; the varied
+and endless designs that recorded the places and the deeds of the dead
+were themes of amusement to them, and the subject altogether one that
+filled their minds with awe, and with admiration of the people who
+treated their dead with so much respect.</p>
+
+<p>We wandered for an hour through its intricate mazes of cypress,
+examining the tombs of the rich and the poor so<a class="pagenum" id="Page_253" title="253"></a> closely and curiously
+grouped together&mdash;a type, even in the solitudes of death, of the great
+Babylon in which their days had been numbered and spent. Whilst we
+were strolling through the endless mazes of this <em>sub-rosa</em> city, we
+met an immense concourse of people, evidently bearing the body of some
+distinguished person to the grave. The pompous display of mourning
+feathers and fringes, &amp;c., with hired mourners, was matter of some
+surprise to the Indians; but when a friend of the deceased stepped
+forward to pronounce an eulogium on his character, recounting his many
+virtues and heroic deeds, it reminded the Indians forcibly of the
+custom of their own country, and they all said they liked to see that.</p>
+
+<p>We took them to the patched and vandalized tomb of Abelard and Eloisa;
+but as there was not time for so long a story, it lost its interest
+to them. They were evidently struck with amazement at the system and
+beauty of this place, and from that moment decided that they liked the
+French for the care they took of their old soldiers and the dead.</p>
+
+<p>The poor fellows, the Indians, who were now proceeding daily and
+nightly with their exciting and “astonishing” exhibitions, were
+becoming so confounded and confused with the unaccountable sights and
+mysteries of Paris which they were daily visiting, that they began
+to believe there was no end to the curious and astonishing works
+of civilized man; and, instead of being any longer startled with
+excitement and wonder, decided that it would be better to look at
+everything else as simple and easy to be made by those that know how,
+and therefore divested of all further curiosity. This they told me they
+had altogether resolved upon: “they had no doubt there were yet many
+strange things for them to see in Paris, and they would like to follow
+me to see them all; but they would look with their eyes only half open,
+and not trouble us with their surprise and their questions.”</p>
+
+<p>With these views, and their eyes “half open,” then, they still took
+their daily drives, and Mr. Melody or myself, in constant company,
+stopping to show them, and to see our<a class="pagenum" id="Page_254" title="254"></a>selves, what was yet new and
+wonderful to be seen. There was still much to be seen in Paris, and
+the poor Indians were a great way from a complete knowledge of all the
+tricks and arts of civilization.</p>
+
+<p>A drive to the <em>School of Medicine</em> and the <em>Hôpital des Enfans
+Trouvés</em> was enough for one morning’s recreation. The first, with
+“<em>Dupuytren’s Room</em>,” was enough to open the old Doctor’s eyes, and
+the latter, with its 6000 helpless and parentless infants added to it
+annually, sufficient to swell the orbs of Jim, and make him feel for
+his note-book. The School of Medicine, with Dupuytren’s Room, forms
+one of the most surprising sights to be seen in Paris, and yet, save
+with the Doctor, there seemed to be but little interest excited by the
+sight. The Doctor’s attitude was one of studied dignity and philosophic
+conceit as he stood before those wonderful preparations, not to be
+astonished, but to study as a critic, while he fanned himself with his
+eagle’s tail. The expression of his face, which was the whole time
+unchanged, was one of a peculiar kind, and, as it was not sketched at
+the time, must be for ever lost.</p>
+
+<p>The novel and pitiful sight of the thousands of innocent little
+creatures in the Foundling Hospital seemed to open the “half-closed
+eyes” and the hearts of the Indians, notwithstanding the resolutions
+they had made. When it was explained to them how these little creatures
+came into the world, and then into this most noble institution, and
+also that in the last year there had been born in the city of Paris
+26,000 children, 9000 of whom were illegitimate, their eyes were surely
+open to the astounding facts of the vices of civilized society, and of
+the virtue of civilized governments in building and maintaining such
+noble institutions for the support of the fatherless and helpless in
+infancy, as well as for the veterans who have been maimed in the fields
+of glorious battle. When I told them that, of those thousands of little
+playful children, not one knew any other parent than the Government,
+they groaned in sympathy for them, and seemed at a loss to abhor or
+applaud the most,<a class="pagenum" id="Page_255" title="255"></a> the sins of man that brought them into the world,
+or the kind and parental care that was taken of them by the Government
+of the country. Jim made a sure demand upon Daniel’s kindness for
+the entry of these important facts, which he soon had in round and
+conspicuous numbers in his note-book, to teach to the “<em>cruel and
+relentless Indians</em>.”</p>
+
+<p>The sentimentalism and sympathy of the poor old Doctor were touched
+almost to melancholy by this scene; and in his long and serious
+cogitations on it he very gravely inquired why the thousands of women
+leading and petting little dogs in the streets could not be induced
+to discharge their dogs, and each one take a little child and be its
+mother? He said, if he were to take a Frenchwoman for his wife, he
+would rather take her with a little child, even if it were her own,
+than take her with a little dog.</p>
+
+<p>The <em>guillotine</em>, which happened to be in our way, and which they had
+been promised a sight of, they thought was more like a <em>Mississippi
+saw-mill</em> than anything else they had seen. It drew a murmur or two
+when explained to them how the victim was placed, and his head rolled
+off when the knife fell, but seemed to have little further effect
+upon them except when the actual number was mentioned to them whose
+heads are there severed from their bodies annually, for their crimes
+committed in the streets and houses of Paris. Our stay before this
+awful and bloody machine was but short, and of course their remarks
+were few, until they got home, and their dinner was swallowed, and
+their <em>chickabobboo</em>, and, reclining on their buffalo robes, the pipe
+was passing around.</p>
+
+<p>Their conversation was then with Daniel, who had been but the day
+before to see the very same things, and they gained much further
+information than we did, which he communicated to them. He entered
+in Jim’s book, as he had desired, the numbers of the <em>illegitimates</em>
+and <em>foundlings</em> of Paris, which seemed to be a valuable addition to
+his estimates of the blessings of civilization; and also the number
+of annual victims whose heads roll from the side of the guillotine.<a class="pagenum" id="Page_256" title="256"></a>
+His book was then closed, and a curious discussion arose between the
+Indians and Daniel, whether the gallows, which they had seen in the
+prisons in England and Ireland, was a preferable mode of execution to
+that of the guillotine, which they had just been to see. They had no
+doubt but both of them, or, at least, that one or the other of them
+was absolutely necessary in the civilized world; but the question was,
+which was the best. Daniel contended that the punishment which was most
+ignominious was best, and contended for the gallows, while the Indians
+thought the guillotine was the best. They thought that death was bad
+enough, without the Government trying to add to its pang by hanging
+people up by the neck with a rope, as the Indians hang dogs. From
+this grave subject, which they did not seem to settle, as there was
+no umpire, they got upon a somewhat parallel theme, and were quite as
+seriously engaged, when I was obliged to leave them, whether it would
+be preferable to be <em>swallowed whole</em> by a whale, or to be <em>chewed</em>.
+Daniel was referring to Scripture for some authority on this subject,
+by looking into one of Jim’s Bibles, when Mr. Melody and I were
+apprised of an appointment, which prevented us from ever hearing the
+result.</p>
+
+<p>The next promise we had to keep with them was the one that had been
+made to take them to see the fountain of all the pretty and ugly little
+dogs and huge mastiffs they saw carried and led through the streets of
+Paris&mdash;the “<em>Dog Market</em>.”</p>
+
+<p>The <em>Dog Hospital</em>, being <em>en route</em>, was visited first; and though
+one could scarcely imagine what there could be there that was amusing
+or droll, still the old Doctor insisted on it that it must be very
+interesting, and all resolved to go. It was even so, and on that
+particular occasion was rendered very amusing, when the Doctor entered,
+with Jim and the rest following. The squalling of “There! there!
+there!” by the frightened parrots in Cross’s Zoological Gardens bore
+little comparison to the barking and yelling of “les petits pauvres
+chiens,” and the screams of the old<a class="pagenum" id="Page_257" title="257"></a> ladies&mdash;“Ne les effrayez pas,
+Messieurs, s'il vous plaît! ils sont tous malades&mdash;tous malades:
+pauvres bêtes! pauvres bêtes!” It was soon perceived that the nerves
+of the poor little “malades,” as well as those of the old women
+their doctors, were too much affected to stand the shock, and it was
+thought best to withdraw. The old Doctor, getting just a glance at
+the sick-wards, enough to convince him of the clean comforts these
+little patients had, and seeing that their physicians were females,
+and also that the wards were crowded with fashionable ladies looking
+and inquiring after the health of their little pets, he was quite
+reluctant to leave the establishment without going fairly in and
+making his profession known, which he had thought would, at least,
+command him some respect amongst female physicians. He had some notion
+for this purpose of going in alone, but sarcastic Jim said the whole
+fright of the poor dogs had been produced by his appearance; to which
+the Doctor replied that they only barked because Jim was coming behind
+him. However, our visit was necessarily thus short, and attention
+directed to the Dog Market, for which Jim was more eager, as he had
+a special object. This was a curiosity, to be sure, and well worth
+seeing; there was every sort of whelp and cur that could be found in
+Christendom, from the veriest minimum of dog to the stateliest mastiff
+and Newfoundland; and, at Jim and the Doctor’s approach, hundreds
+of them barked and howled, many broke their strings, some laid upon
+their backs, and yelled (no doubt, if one could have understood their
+language) that they never saw before in their lives so ill-looking and
+frightful a couple, and so alarming a set as those who were following
+behind them. Jim wanted to buy, and, the business-meaning of his face
+being discovered, there were all sorts of offers made him, and every
+kind of pup protruded into his face; but the barking of dogs was such
+that no one could be heard, and then many a poor dog was knocked flat
+with a broom, or whatever was handiest, and others were choked, to stop
+their noise. No one<a class="pagenum" id="Page_258" title="258"></a> wanted to stand the din of this canine Bedlam
+longer than was necessary for Jim to make his choice, which the poor
+fellow was endeavouring to do with the greatest despatch possible.
+His mode was rather different from the ordinary mode of testing the
+qualities he was looking for, which was by feeling of the ribs; and
+having bargained for one that he thought would fit him, the lookers-on
+were somewhat amused at his choice. He made them understand by his
+signs that they were going to eat it, when the poor woman screamed out,
+“Diable! mange pas! mange pas!&mdash;venez, venez, ma pauvre bête!”</p>
+
+<p>The crowd by this time was becoming so dense that it was thought
+advisable to be on the move, and off. The Doctor became exceedingly
+merry at Jim’s expense, as he had come away without getting a dog for
+their Dog Feast, of which they had been for some time speaking.</p>
+
+<p>On their return from this day’s drive, they met, to their very great
+surprise, their old friend <em>Bobasheela</em>, who had left his business
+and crossed the Channel to see them once more before they should set
+sail for America. He said he could not keep away from them long at a
+time while they were in this country, because he loved them so much.
+They were all delighted to see him, and told him he was just in time
+to attend the Dog Feast, which they were going to have the next day.
+The Doctor told him of Jim’s success in buying a dog, and poor Jim was
+teazed a great deal about his failure. <em>Bobasheela</em> told them all the
+news about England, and Jim and the Doctor had a long catalogue to
+give him of their visit to the King&mdash;of their medals&mdash;their visits to
+the great fountain of <em>chickabobboo</em> and the <em>Foundling Hospital</em>, all
+of which he told him he had got down in his book. All this delighted
+<em>Bobasheela</em>, until they very imprudently told him that they liked
+Paris much better than London. They told him that the people in Paris
+did not teaze them so much about religion; that there were fewer
+poor people in the streets; and that as yet they had kept all their
+money, for they had seen nobody poor enough<a class="pagenum" id="Page_259" title="259"></a> to give it to. Their
+<em>chickabobboo</em> was very different, but it was about as good. The
+guillotine they were very well satisfied with, as they considered it
+much better to cut men’s heads off than to hang them up, like dogs, by
+a rope around the neck. This, and keeping men in prison because they
+owe money, they considered were the two most cruel things they heard of
+amongst the English.</p>
+
+<p><em>Bobasheela</em> replied to them that he was delighted to hear of their
+success, and to learn that they had seen the King, an honour he should
+himself have been very proud of. He told them that he never had seen
+the King, but that, while travelling in Kentucky many years ago, he was
+close upon the heels of the King, and so near him that he slept on the
+same (not bed, but) floor in a cabin where the King had slept, with his
+feet to the fire, but a short time before. This was something quite new
+to the Indians, and, like most of <em>Bobasheela’s</em> stories of the Far
+West, pleased them exceedingly.</p>
+
+<p>Jim, who was a <em>matter-of-fact man</em>, more than one of fancy and
+imagination, rather sided with <em>Bobasheela</em>, and, turning to his round
+numbers last added to his book, of “9000 illegitimate children born in
+Paris in the last year,” asked his friend if he could read it, to which
+he replied “Yes.” “Well,” said Jim, in broad English, “some <em>fish</em>
+there, I guess, ha? I no like em Frenchwomen&mdash;I no like em: no good! I
+no like em so many children, no fader!” We all saw by Jim’s eye, and
+by the agitation commencing, that he had some ideas that were coming
+out, and at the instant he was turning over on to his back, and drawing
+up his knees, and evidently keeping his eyes fixed on some object on
+the ceiling of the room, not to lose the chain of his thoughts, and
+he continued (not in English, for he spoke more easily in his own
+language), “I do not like the Frenchwomen. I did not like them at
+first, when I saw them leading so many dogs. I thought then that they
+had more dogs than children, but I think otherwise now. We believe that
+those women, who we have seen leading their dogs<a class="pagenum" id="Page_260" title="260"></a> around with strings,
+have put their children away to be raised in the great house of the
+Government, and they get these little dogs to fill their places, and to
+suck their breasts when they are full of milk.”</p>
+
+<p>“Hut&mdash;tut&mdash;tut!” said Melody, “you ill-mannerly fellow! what are you
+about? You will blow us all up here, Jim, if you utter such sentiments
+as those. I think the French ladies the finest in the world except the
+Americans, and if they heard such ideas as those, advanced by us, they
+would soon drive us out of Paris.”</p>
+
+<p>
+“Yes,” said Jim (in English again), “yes, I know&mdash;I know you like
+em&mdash;may be very good, but you see I no like em!” In his decided
+dislike, Jim’s excitement was too great for his ideas to flow smoothly
+any further, and Mr. Melody not disposed to push the argument, the
+subject was dropped, and preparations made for the day exhibition, the
+hour for which was at hand.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<h2><a class="pagenum" id="Page_261" title="261"></a>
+CHAPTER XXVII.</h2>
+
+<p class="hang">
+  <em lang="fr" xml:lang="fr">La Morgue</em>&mdash;The Catacombs&mdash;The Doctor’s dream&mdash;Their great
+     alarm&mdash;Visit to the <em>Hippodrome</em>&mdash;Jim riding M. Franconi’s
+     horse&mdash;Indians in the Woods of Boulogne&mdash;Fright of the
+     rabbits&mdash;Jim and the Doctor at the <em>Bal Mabille</em>, Champs
+     Elysées&mdash;At the <em>Masquerade, Grand Opera</em>&mdash;Their opinions
+     and criticisms on them&mdash;Frenchwomen at confession in St.
+     Roch&mdash;Doctor’s ideas of it&mdash;Jim’s speech&mdash;“<em>Industrious
+     fleas</em>”&mdash;Death of the wife of Little Wolf&mdash;Her
+     baptism&mdash;Husband’s distress&mdash;Her funeral in the Madeleine&mdash;Her
+     burial in Montmartre&mdash;Council held&mdash;Indians resolve to return
+     to America&mdash;Preparations to depart in a few days&mdash;<em>Bobasheela</em>
+     goes to London to ship their boxes to New York&mdash;He returns,
+     and accompanies the Indians to Havre&mdash;Indians take leave of
+     <em>Chippehola</em> (the Author)&mdash;M. Vattemare accompanies them to
+     Havre&mdash;Kindly treated by Mr. Winslow, an American gentleman, at
+     Havre&mdash;A splendid dinner, and <em>(Queen’s) Chickabobboo</em>&mdash;Indians
+     embark&mdash;Taking leave of <em>Bobasheela</em>&mdash;Illness of the Author’s
+     lady&mdash;His alarm and distress&mdash;Her death&mdash;Obituary&mdash;Her remains
+     embalmed and sent to New York.</p>
+
+
+<p>After their exhibition was over, and they had taken their dinner
+and <em>chickabobboo</em> (at the former of which they had had the company
+of their old friend <em>Bobasheela</em>), their pipe was lit, and the
+conversation resumed about the French ladies, for whom Jim’s dislike
+was daily increasing, and with his dislike, his slanderous propensity.
+He could not divest his mind of the 9000 illegitimate and abandoned
+little babies that he had seen, and the affection for dogs, which,
+instead of <em>exposing</em>, they secure with ribbons, and hold one end in
+their hands, or tie it to their apron-strings. This was a subject so
+glaring to Jim’s imagination, that he was quite fluent upon it at
+a moment’s warning, even when standing up or sitting, without the
+necessity of resorting to his usual and eccentric attitude. This
+facility caused him to be more lavish of his abuse, and at every
+interview in the rooms he seemed to be constantly frowning<a class="pagenum" id="Page_262" title="262"></a> upon the
+ladies, and studying some new cause for abusing them, and drawing Mr.
+Melody and the Doctor into debates when they got back to their own
+apartments. Such was the nature of the debate he had just been waging,
+and which he had ended in his usual way, with the last word to himself,
+“I no care; me no like em.”</p>
+
+<p>The subject was here changed, however, by Mr. Melody’s reminding them
+that this day was the time they had set to visit the <em>Morgue</em> and the
+<em>Catacombs</em>, for which an order had been procured. These had been
+the favourite themes for some days; and there had been the greatest
+impatience expressed to go and see the naked dead bodies of the
+murdered and <em>felo-de-ses</em> daily stretched out in the one, and the
+five millions of skulls and other human bones that are laid up like
+cobhouses under great part of the city. <em>Bobasheela</em> had described
+to them the wonders of this awful place, which he had been in on a
+former occasion, and Daniel had read descriptions from books while the
+Indians had smoked many a pipe; but when the subject was mentioned on
+this occasion, there were evident proofs instantly shown that some
+influence had produced a different effect upon their minds, and that
+they were no longer anxious to go. M. Vattemare, in speaking of the
+Catacombs a few days before, had said that about a year ago two young
+men from the West Indies came to Paris, and, getting an order to visit
+the Catacombs, entered them, and, leaving their guide, strolled so far
+away that they never got out, and never have been found, but their
+groans and cries are still often heard under different parts of the
+city. But the immediate difficulty with the Indians was a dream the
+Doctor had had the night before, and which he had been relating to
+them. He had not, he said, dreamed anything about the Catacombs, but he
+had seen <em>See-catch-e-wee-be</em>, the one-eyed wife of the “<em>fire-eater</em>”
+(a sorcerer of their tribe), who had followed his track all the way
+to the great village of the whites (London), and from that to Paris,
+where he saw her sitting on a bridge over the water; that she gave
+him a pair of<a class="pagenum" id="Page_263" title="263"></a> new mocassins of moose-skin, and told him that the
+<em>Gitchee Manitou</em> (the Great Spirit) had been very kind in not allowing
+him and <em>Wash-ka-mon-ya</em> (Jim) to go under the ground in the Great
+Village of the Whites, in England, and their lives were thereby saved.
+She then went under an old woman’s basket, who was selling apples,
+and disappeared. He could not understand why he should have such a
+vision as this the very night before they were to go underground to
+the Catacombs, unless it was to warn him of the catastrophe that
+might befall them if they were to make their visit there, as they had
+designed. They had smoked several pipes upon this information early
+in the morning, and the chiefs had closely questioned him and also
+consulted him as their oracle in all such cases, and had unanimously
+come to the conclusion that these were foreboding prognostications
+sufficient to decide it to be at least prudent to abandon their
+project, and thereby be sure to run no hazard.<a class="fnanchor" href="#Footnote_40" id="FNanchor_40">[40]</a></p>
+
+<p>Mr. Melody and myself both agreed that their resolve placed them on
+the safe side at all events, and that we thought them wise in making
+it if they saw the least cause for apprehension. “They could easily
+run to the river, however, in their drive, and see the other place,
+the <em>Morgue</em>;” but that could not, on any account, be undertaken, as
+the two objects had been planned out for the same visit; and, from the
+Doctor’s dream, it did not appear in the least certain in which of the
+places they were liable to incur the risk, and therefore they thought
+it best not to go to either. There was a great deal yet to see above
+ground, and quite as much as they should be able to see in the little
+time they had yet to remain there, and which would<a class="pagenum" id="Page_264" title="264"></a> be much pleasanter
+to look at than white men’s bones under ground.</p>
+
+<p>Their minds were filled with amazement on this wonderful subject; but
+their curiosity to see it seemed quite stifled by the Doctor’s dream,
+and the subject for the present was dropped, with a remark from Jim,
+“that he was not sure but that this accounted for the white people
+digging up all the Indians’ graves on the frontiers, and that their
+bones were brought here and sold.” The Catacombs were thus left for
+Daniel and myself to stroll through at our leisure, and the Indians
+were contented with the sketch I made, which, with Daniel’s account,
+put them in possession of the principal features of that extraordinary
+and truly shocking place.</p>
+
+<p>As their visit to the <em>Catacombs</em> and the <em>Morgue</em> was abandoned, we
+resolved to drive through the Champs Elysées and visit the woods of
+Boulogne, the favourite drive of the Parisians, and probably the most
+beautiful in the world. We had been solicited by M. Franconi, of the
+<em>Hippodrome</em>, to enter into an arrangement with him to have the Indians
+unite in his entertainments three days in the week, where their skill
+in riding and archery could be seen to great advantage, and for which
+he would be willing to offer liberal terms. He had invited us to bring
+the Indians down, at all events, to see the place; and we agreed to
+make the visit to M. Franconi on our way to the woods of Boulogne.
+The view was a private one, known only to a few of his friends, who
+were present, and his own operatic <em>troupe</em>. We were very civilly and
+politely received; and, all walking to the middle of his grand area,
+he proposed to make us the offer, on condition that the Indians were
+good riders, which I had already assured him was the case, and which
+seemed rather difficult for him to believe, as they had so little of
+civilization about them. As the best proof, however, he proposed to
+bring out a horse, and let one of them try and show what he could do.
+This we agreed to at once; and, having told the Indians before we
+started that we<a class="pagenum" id="Page_265" title="265"></a> should make no arrangement for them there unless they
+were pleased with it and preferred it, they had decided, on entering
+the grounds, that the exercises would be too desperate and fatiguing
+to them and destructive to their clothes, and therefore not to engage
+with him. However, the horse was led into the area and placed upon the
+track for their chariot-races, which is nearly a quarter of a mile in
+circumference; and, the question being put, “Who will ride?” it was
+soon agreed that Jim should try it first. “Wal, me try em,” said Jim;
+“me no ride good, but me try em little.” He was already prepared, with
+his shield and quiver upon his back and his long and shining lance in
+his hand. The horse was held; though, with all its training, it was
+some time, with its two or three grooms about it, before they could get
+the frightened creature to stand steady enough for Jim to mount. In
+the first effort which they thought he was making to get on, they were
+surprised to find that he was ungirthing the saddle, which he flung
+upon the ground, and, throwing his buffalo robe across the animal’s
+back and himself astride, the horse dashed off at his highest speed.
+Jim saw that the animal was used to the track, and, the course being
+clear, he leaned forward and brandished his lance, and, every time
+he came round and passed us, sounded a charge in the shrill notes
+of the war-whoop. The riding was pleasing and surprised M. Franconi
+exceedingly, and when he thought it was about time to stop he gave his
+signal for Jim to pull up, but, seeing no slack to the animal’s pace,
+and Jim still brandishing his weapons in the air and sounding the
+war-whoop as he passed, he became all at once alarmed for the health
+of his horse. The Indians at this time were all in a roar of laughter,
+and the old gentleman was placing himself and his men upon the track as
+Jim came round, with uplifted arms, to try to stop the animal’s speed,
+just finding at that time that Jim had rode in the true prairie style,
+without using the bridle, and which, by his neglect of it, had got out
+of his reach, when he would have used it to pull up with. Jim<a class="pagenum" id="Page_266" title="266"></a> still
+dashed by them, brandishing his lance as they came in his way: when
+they retreated and ran to head him in another place, he there passed
+them also, and passed them and menaced them again and again as he came
+around. The alarm of the poor old gentleman for the life of his horse
+became very conspicuous, and, with additional efforts with his men,
+and a little pulling up by Jim, who had at length found the rein, the
+poor affrighted and half-dead animal was stopped, and Jim, leaping off,
+walked to the middle of the area, where we were in a group, laughing to
+the greatest excess at the fun. The poor horse was near done over, and
+led away by the grooms, M. Franconi came and merely bade us good-by,
+and was exceedingly obliged to us. Whether the poor animal died or not
+we never heard, but Jim was laid up for several days. On asking him why
+he ran the horse so hard, he said it was the horse’s fault, that “it
+ran away with him the moment he was on its back&mdash;that the creature was
+frightened nearly to death; and he thought, if it preferred running,
+he resolved to give it running enough.” The Doctor told him he acted
+imprudently in getting on, which had caused all the trouble. “In what
+way?” inquired Jim. “Why, by letting the animal see that ugly face of
+yours; if you had hid it till you were on, there would have been no
+trouble.”</p>
+
+<p>We were all obliged to laugh at the Doctor’s wit; and having taken
+leave of the polite old gentleman, we were seated in our carriages
+again for a drive through the woods of Boulogne.</p>
+
+<p>In the midst of these wild and truly beautiful grounds the Indians
+and all got down for a stroll. The native wildness of the forests and
+jungle seemed in a moment to inspire them with their wild feelings,
+which had, many of them, long slumbered whilst mingling amidst the
+crowds of civilization, and away they leapt and bounded among the
+trees in their wild and wonted amusements. Their shrill yells and the
+war-whoop were soon lost in the distant thickets which they penetrated,
+and an hour at least<a class="pagenum" id="Page_267" title="267"></a> elapsed before they could all be gathered
+together and prepared to return. Their frightful yells had started
+up all the rabbits that were unburrowed in the forests; and whilst
+hundreds were bounding about, and many taking to the open fields for
+escape, they encompassed one, and with their united screams had scared
+it to death. This they assured us was the case, as they brought it in
+by the legs, without the mark of any weapon upon it.</p>
+
+<p>Few scenes in Paris, if any, had pleased them more than this, and in
+their subsequent drives they repeatedly paid their visits to the “woods
+of Boulogne.”</p>
+
+<p>On their return home poor Jim lay down, complaining very much of
+lameness from his hard ride on Franconi’s horse, which he knew would
+prevent him from dancing for some days, as he was getting very stiff,
+and afraid he would not be well enough to go and see the “Industrious
+Fleas” (as they were called), where he and the Doctor and Jeffrey had
+arranged to go with Daniel and several young American acquaintance,
+who had decided it to be one of the choicest little sights then to be
+seen in Paris, and which from all accounts is an exhibition of female
+nudities in living groups, ringing all the changes on attitude and
+action for the amusement of the lookers-on. There was a great deal of
+amusing conversation about this very popular exhibition, but in this
+poor Jim and the Doctor reluctantly submitted to disappointment when
+Mr. Melody very properly objected to their going to see it.</p>
+
+<p>Jim had laid himself on his back at this time, and, not feeling in the
+best of humour, began in a tirade of abuse of the Frenchwomen, of whom
+he and the Doctor had seen more perhaps on the previous evening in the
+<em>Jardin Mabille</em> in the Champs Elysées, and the <em>masquerade</em> in the
+<em>Grand Opera House</em>, than they had seen since they entered Paris.</p>
+
+<p>Their enterprise on that evening had taken place after their exhibition
+had closed, when Jim and the Doctor started with Jeffrey and Daniel and
+two or three friends who were pledged to take care of them. It was on
+Sunday evening,<a class="pagenum" id="Page_268" title="268"></a> when the greatest crowds attend these places, and I
+have no other account of what they did and what they saw than that they
+gave me on their return home. They had first gone to the splendid <em>bal</em>
+in the popular garden, where they were told that the thousand elegant
+women they saw there dancing were all bad women, and that nearly all
+of them came to those places alone, as they had nothing to pay, but
+were all let in free, so as to make the men come who had to pay. This
+idea had tickled Jim and the Doctor very much, for, although they were
+from the wilderness, they could look a good way into a thing which was
+perfectly clear. It was a splendid sight for them, and, after strolling
+about a while, and seeing all that could be seen, they had turned
+their attention to the “<em>Bal Masqué</em>” in the <em>Grand Opera</em>. Here they
+had been overwhelmed with the splendour of the scene, and astonished
+at its novelty, and the modes of the women who, Jim said, “were all
+ashamed to show their faces,” and whose strange manœuvres had added
+a vast deal to the fund of his objections to Frenchwomen, and which
+he said had constantly been accumulating ever since he first saw so
+many of them kissing the ends of little dogs’ noses, and pretty little
+children on their foreheads. His mind here ran upon kissing, of which
+he had seen some the night before, and which he had often observed in
+the exhibition rooms and in the streets. He had laughed, he said, to
+see Frenchmen kiss each other on both cheeks; and he had observed that,
+when gentlemen kiss ladies, they kiss them on the forehead: he was
+not quite sure that they would do so in the dark, however. “In London
+always kiss em on the mouth; ladies kiss em Indians heap, and hug em
+too: in France ladies no kiss em&mdash;no like em&mdash;no good.”</p>
+
+<p>In speaking of the <em>bal</em> in the gardens, “he didn’t see anything so
+very bad in that, but as for the masquerade, he looked upon it as a
+very immoral thing that so many thousands of ladies should come there
+and be ashamed to show their faces, and have the privilege of picking
+out just such men as they liked to go with them, and then take hold<a class="pagenum" id="Page_269" title="269"></a>
+of their arms, as he said he repeatedly saw them, and lead them out.”
+Amongst the Indians, he said, they had a custom much like that to be
+sure, but it was only given once a-year, and it was then only for the
+young married men to lend their wives to the old ones: this was only
+one night in the year, and it was a mark of respect that the young
+married men were willing to pay to the old warriors and chiefs, and
+the young married women were willing to agree to it because it pleased
+their husbands. On those occasions, he said, “none are admitted into
+the ring but old married men, and then the young married woman goes
+around and touches on the left shoulder the one who she wishes to
+follow her into the bushes, and she does it without being ashamed and
+obliged to cover her face.”</p>
+
+<p>The Doctor’s prejudices against the Frenchwomen were nothing near as
+violent as those of Jim, and yet he said it made him feel very curious
+when he saw some thousands with their faces all hidden: he said it
+must be true that they had some object that was bad, or they wouldn’t
+be ashamed and hide their faces. Mr. Melody told Jim and the Doctor,
+however, that he didn’t consider there was so very much harm in it, for
+these very women had the handiest way in the world to get rid of all
+their sins. If they happened accidentally or otherwise during the week
+to do anything that was decidedly naughty or wicked, they went into
+their churches very early in the morning, where the priest was in a
+little box with his ear to the window, where the woman kneeled down and
+told in his ear all the sins she had committed during the week, and she
+then went away quite happy that, having confessed them to him, he would
+be sure to have them all forgiven by the Great Spirit. They had a great
+laugh at this, and all thought that Mr. Melody was quizzing them, until
+<em>Bobasheela</em> and <em>Daniel</em> both told them it was all true, and if they
+liked to go with them any morning they would take them into any of the
+French churches or chapels, where they could see it; and would venture
+that they would see many of the same women con<a class="pagenum" id="Page_270" title="270"></a>fessing their sins whom
+they had seen at the <em>bal</em> and the masquerade, and in this way they
+could tell who had behaved the worst, for the most guilty of them
+would be sure to be there first. The Doctor seemed evidently to look
+upon this still with suspicion and doubt; and as the splendid church
+of <em>St. Roch</em> was nearly opposite to their rooms, and only across the
+street, it was proposed that the Doctor and Jim should accompany Daniel
+and their friend <em>Bobasheela</em> immediately there, where in five minutes
+they could see more or less women at confession, and at the same time a
+fine sight, one of the most splendid churches in Paris, and the place
+where the Queen goes on every Sunday to worship. This so excited the
+party, that they chiefly all arose and walked across the street to
+take a view of the church and the Frenchwomen confessing their sins
+into the ears of the priests. They happened to have a fair opportunity
+of seeing several upon their knees at confession; and the old Doctor
+had been curious to advance up so near to one, that he said he saw the
+priest’s eyes shining through between the little slats, and then he was
+convinced, and not before. He said that still it didn’t seem right to
+him, unless the Great Spirit had put those men there for that purpose.
+He thought it a very nice place for a young girl to tell the priest
+where she would meet him, and he had a very good chance to see whether
+she was pretty or not. Jim had by this time studied out an idea or
+two, and said, he thought that this way of confessing sins aided the
+<em>bals</em> and <em>masquerades</em> and the <em>industrious fleas</em> very much; and
+he believed that these were the principal causes of the great number
+of the poor little deserted and parentless babes they had seen in the
+hospital where they had been.</p>
+
+<p>The hour for the exhibition arriving, the conversation about Paris
+morals and religion was broken suddenly off, and perhaps at a good
+time. There were great crowds now daily attending their amusements,
+and generally applauding enthusiastically, and making the Indians
+occasional presents. On this occasion the Doctor had made a tremendous
+boast<a class="pagenum" id="Page_271" title="271"></a> in the part he was taking in the eagle-dance, for the spirit of
+which the audience, and particularly the ladies, gave him a great deal
+of applause, so much so that at the end of the dance his vanity called
+him out in an off-hand speech about the beauty of the city, &amp;c., and,
+it being less energetic than the boasts he had just been strutting
+out, failed to draw forth the applause he was so confidently depending
+on. He tried sentence after sentence, and, stopping to listen, all
+were silent. This perplexed and disappointed the Doctor very much, and
+still he went on, and at length stopped and sat down, admired, but not
+applauded. His friend Jim was laughing at him as he took his seat, and
+telling him that if he had barked like a little dog the ladies would
+have been sure to applaud. To this the Doctor said, “You had better try
+yourself:” upon which the daring Jim, who professed never to refuse
+any challenge, sprang upon his feet, and, advancing to the edge of
+the platform, stood braced out with his brows knitting, and his eyes
+“in a frenzy rolling,” for full two minutes before he began. He then
+thrust his lance forward in his right hand as far as he could dart it
+over the heads of the audience, and, coming back to his balance again,
+he commenced. Of his speech no report was made, but it was short and
+confined to three or four brief sentences, at the end of which he
+looked around with the most doleful expression to catch the applause,
+but there was none. The old Doctor was watching him close, and telling
+him he had better sit down.</p>
+
+<p>In this dilemma he was still standing after all his good ideas had been
+spent, and each instant, as he continued to stand, making his case
+worse, he turned upon his heel, and as he was turning around he added,
+in an irritated manner, this amusing sentence: “You had better go and
+see the industrious fleas, and then you will applaud!” This made a
+great laugh amongst the Indians, but of course it was not translated to
+the audience. He then took his seat, looking exceedingly sober, and,
+with his pipe, was soon almost lost sight of in the columns of smoke
+that were rising around him.</p>
+
+<p>About this time a very friendly invitation had been given<a class="pagenum" id="Page_272" title="272"></a> them and
+us by Colonel Thorn, an American gentleman of great wealth residing
+in Paris, and all were anticipating much pleasure on the occasion
+when we were to dine at his house; but, unluckily for the happiness
+and enjoyment of the whole party, on the morning of the day of our
+invitation the wife of the Little Wolf suddenly and unexpectedly died.
+Our engagement to dine was of course broken, and our exhibition and
+amusements for some days delayed. This sad occurrence threw the party
+into great distress, but they met the kindness of many sympathising
+friends, who administered in many ways to their comfort, and joined
+in attending the poor woman’s remains to the grave. Her disease was
+the consumption of the lungs, and her decline had been rapid, though
+her death at that time was unexpected. When it was discovered that
+her symptoms were alarming, a Catholic priest was called in, and she
+received the baptism a few moments before she breathed her last.
+Through the kindness of the excellent Curé of the <em>Madeleine church</em>,
+her remains were taken into that splendid temple, and the funeral rites
+performed over them according to the rules of that church, in the
+presence of some hundreds who were led there by sympathy and curiosity,
+and from thence her body was taken to the cemetery of Montmartre, and
+interred. The poor heartbroken noble fellow, the Little Wolf, shed the
+tears of bitterest sorrow to see her, from necessity, laid amongst the
+rows of the dead in a foreign land; and on every day that he afterwards
+spent in Paris he ordered a cab to take him to the grave, that he
+could cry over it, and talk to the departed spirit of his wife, as he
+was leaving some little offering he had brought with him. This was
+the second time we had seen him in grief; and we, who had been by him
+in all his misfortunes, admired the deep affection he showed for his
+little boy, and now for its mother, and at the same time the manly
+fortitude with which he met the fate that had been decreed to him.
+On this sad occasion their good friend M. Vattemare showed his kind
+sympathy for them, and took upon himself the whole<a class="pagenum" id="Page_273" title="273"></a> arrangements of her
+funeral, and did all that was in his power to console and soothe the
+brokenhearted husband in the time of his affliction. He also proposed
+to have a suitable and appropriate monument erected over her grave, and
+for its accomplishment procured a considerable sum by subscription,
+with which, I presume, the monument has, ere this, been erected over
+her remains. The Little Wolf insisted on it that the exhibition should
+proceed, as the daily expenses were so very great, and in a few days,
+to give it all the interest it could have, resumed his part in the
+dance that he had taken before his misfortune.</p>
+
+<p>Owing to letters received about this time from their tribe, and the
+misfortune that had happened, the Indians were now all getting anxious
+to start for their own country, and, holding a council on the subject,
+called Mr. Melody in, and informed him that they had resolved to sleep
+but six nights more in Paris, and that they should expect him to be
+ready to start with them after that time. This was a short notice for
+us, but was according to Indian modes, and there was no way but to
+conform to it. Mr. Melody had pledged his word to the Government to
+take care of these people, and to return to their country with them
+whenever the chiefs should desire it; and I was bound, from my deep
+interest for them, to assent to whatever regulations Mr. Melody and the
+chiefs should adopt as the best.</p>
+
+<p>This notice came at a time when it was unexpected by me, and I think
+not anticipated by Mr. Melody, and was therefore unfortunate for
+us, and probably somewhat, though less so, to them. The very heavy
+outlays had all been made for their exhibitions, and their audiences
+were daily increasing. If their exhibitions could have been continued
+a month or two longer, the avails would have been considerable, and
+of great service to Mr. Melody, who had the heavy responsibility on
+his shoulders of taking these people back to their country at his own
+expense.</p>
+
+<p>The closing of their amusements, and positive time of their departure,
+was now announced, and immense crowds came in<a class="pagenum" id="Page_274" title="274"></a> within the remaining few
+days to get the last possible glance at the faces and the curious modes
+of “<em>les Peaux Rouges</em>.” The poor fellows enjoyed their interviews with
+the public to the last, and also their roast beef and beef-steaks and
+<em>chickabobboo</em>.</p>
+
+<p>They had much to say in the few days that were left; they quitted their
+daily drives and sight-seeing, and devoted their time to the pipe and
+conversation, in a sort of recapitulation of what they had seen and
+said and done on this side of the Atlantic, and of friends and affairs
+in their own humble villages, where their thoughts were now roaming.
+They were counting their cash also, packing away all their things they
+were to carry, and looking out for the little presents they wished to
+purchase, to take home to their friends. In all of these occupations
+they had the constant attention of their old and faithful friends
+<em>Bobasheela</em> and <em>Daniel</em>.</p>
+
+<p>In one of their conversations after the funeral of the poor woman, the
+Doctor and Jim had much to say of the honours paid to her remains by
+the French people, which the whole party would recollect as long as
+they lived. They were pleased with and astonished at the beauty and
+magnificence of the Madeleine church, and wished to get some account
+of it to carry home to show their people, and thus, besides several
+engravings of it, Jim’s book carried the following entry by my own
+hand:&mdash;“<em>La Madeleine</em>, the most splendid temple of worship in Paris,
+or perhaps in the world; surrounded with 52 Corinthian columns, 60 feet
+high; south pediment, a bas-relief, representing the Day of Judgment,
+with the figure of Magdalene at the feet of Christ.”</p>
+
+<p>As the party were to embark at Havre on their homeward voyage, it
+became a question how they were to get their numerous trunks and boxes
+they had left in London, filled with clothes and other articles that
+they had purchased or received as presents while in England. To relieve
+them of this difficulty, their friend <em>Bobasheela</em> volunteered to go
+to London and take all their boxes to Liverpool, and ship them to New
+York, and was soon on the way.<a class="pagenum" id="Page_275" title="275"></a> This was a noble and kind act on the
+part of <em>Bobasheela</em>, and it was done with despatch, and he was back in
+Paris just in time to accompany his friends to Havre. M. Vattemare was
+in readiness to attend them also; and all their transactions in Paris
+being brought to a close, and they having taken leave of <em>Chippehola</em>
+and other friends, started for their native land, with my highest
+admiration for the sober and respectful manner in which they had
+conducted themselves while under my direction, and with my most ardent
+desire for their future success and happiness.<a class="fnanchor" href="#Footnote_41" id="FNanchor_41">[41]</a></p>
+
+<p>Here was about the period at which my dear wife and I had contemplated
+our return, with our little children, to our native land, where we
+should have returned in the enjoyment of all the happiness we had
+anticipated or could have wished, but for the misfortune that had
+been for some time awaiting me, but not until then duly appreciated,
+in my own house. Those of my readers who were not familiar with the
+completeness of my domestic happiness prior to this period of my life,
+will scarcely know how to sympathize with me, or perhaps to excuse me
+for adverting to it here. My dear Clara, whom I have introduced to the
+reader before, who shared with me many of the toils and pleasures of
+the prairies of the “Far West,” and was now meeting with me the mutual
+enjoyments of the refined and splendid world, had, a few weeks before,
+in company with a couple of English ladies of her acquaintance, paid
+a visit to the Mint, from which they all returned indisposed, having
+taken severe colds by a sudden change from the heated rooms into the
+chilly atmosphere of the streets. With my dear wife, who was obliged
+to retire to her room, the disease was dis<a class="pagenum" id="Page_276" title="276"></a>covered in a few days to
+have attached to her lungs; and although for several weeks she had been
+suffering very much, and confined to her bed, no serious apprehensions
+were entertained until about the time that the Indians left, when my
+whole thoughts and attentions were turned to her, but to discover in a
+few days that our plans for further mutual happiness in this world were
+at an end&mdash;that her days were nearly numbered, and that her four dear
+little children were to be committed to my sole care.</p>
+
+<p>To those who have felt pangs like mine which followed, I need but
+merely mention them; and to those who have not felt them, it would be
+in vain to describe. Her feeble form wasted away; and in her dying
+moments, with a Christian’s hope, she was in the midst of happiness,
+blessing her dear little children as she committed them to my care and
+protection.</p>
+
+<p>The following obituary notice, penned by a lady of her intimate
+acquaintance, the reader will excuse me for inserting here, as it is
+the only record of her, except those engraven on the hearts of those
+who knew and loved her:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p><span class="smcap">Died</span>&mdash;On the 28th inst., No. 11 <em>bis</em>, Avenue Lord
+  Byron, Paris, Mrs. Clara B. Catlin, the wife of the eminent
+  traveller so distinguished for his researches into Indian history
+  and antiquities of America, and so universally known and respected
+  in Europe and his native country, Geo. Catlin, Esq., from the United
+  States of America. The devoted friends who watched the last moments
+  of this most amiable, interesting woman with intense anxiety, still
+  clung to a faint hope, deceived by a moral energy never surpassed,
+  and the most unruffled serenity of temper, that (had it been the
+  will of Heaven) they might have been permitted to rescue a life so
+  precious&mdash;but, alas! this gentle, affectionate, intellectual
+  being was destined never more to revisit the land of her birth, and
+  all that was earthly of so much worth and loveliness has passed away,
+  whilst the immortal spirit has ascended to its kindred skies!</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="poetry-container">
+ <div class="poetry">
+  <div class="line">“None knew her, but to love her;</div>
+  <div class="line">None named her, but to praise.”</div>
+ </div>
+</div>
+
+
+<p class="signature"><em>Galignani’s Messenger, 30th July, 1845.</em></p>
+
+<p>The reader can imagine something of the gloom that was cast over my
+house and little family, thus suddenly closed for ever from the smiles
+and cheer of an affectionate wife<a class="pagenum" id="Page_277" title="277"></a> and a devoted mother, whose remains
+were sent back to her native land&mdash;not to greet and bring joy to her
+kindred and anxious friends, from whom she had been five years absent,
+but to afford them the last glance at her loved features, then to take
+their place amongst the ranks of the peaceful dead.</p>
+
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<h2><a class="pagenum" id="Page_278" title="278"></a>
+CHAPTER XXVIII.</h2>
+
+<p class="hang">
+  Eleven Ojibbeway Indians arrive from London&mdash;Their exhibitions in
+     the Author’s Collection&mdash;Portraits and description of&mdash;Their
+     amusements&mdash;Their pledge to sobriety&mdash;<em>Chickabobboo</em> explained
+     to them&mdash;Birth of a <em>Pappoose</em>&mdash;M. Gudin&mdash;Indians and the
+     Author dine with him&mdash;His kind lady&mdash;The Author breakfasts with
+     the Royal Family in the palace at St. Cloud&mdash;Two Kings and
+     two Queens at the table&mdash;The Author presented to the King and
+     Queen of the Belgians by Louis Philippe, in the salon&mdash;Count de
+     Paris&mdash;Duc de Brabant&mdash;Recollects the Indian pipe and mocassins
+     presented to him by the Author in the Egyptian Hall&mdash;Duchess of
+     Orleans&mdash;The Princess Adelaide&mdash;The King relates anecdotes of
+     his life in America&mdash;Washington’s farewell address&mdash;Losing his
+     dog in the Seneca village&mdash;Crossing Buffalo Creek&mdash;Descending
+     the Tioga and Susquehana rivers in an Indian canoe, to Wyoming,
+     the Author’s native valley&mdash;The King desires the Author to
+     arrange his whole Collection in the Louvre for the private
+     views of the Royal Family&mdash;He also appoints a day to see the
+     Ojibbeways in the Park, at St. Cloud&mdash;Great rejoicing of the
+     Indians&mdash;A <em>dog-feast</em>&mdash;The Indians and the Author dine a second
+     time at M. Gudin’s.</p>
+
+
+<p>In the midst of my grief, with my little family around me, with my
+collection still open, and my lease for the Salle Valentino not
+yet expired, there suddenly arrived from London a party of eleven
+<em>Ojibbeway Indians</em>, from the region of Lake Huron, in Upper Canada,
+who had been brought to England by a Canadian, but had since been under
+the management of a young man from the city of London. They had heard
+of the great success of the Ioways in Paris, and also of their sudden
+departure, and were easily prevailed upon to make a visit there. On
+their arrival, I entered into the same arrangement with them that I had
+with the two former parties, agreeing with the young man who had charge
+of them to receive them into my collection, sharing the expenses and
+receipts as I<a class="pagenum" id="Page_279" title="279"></a> had done before; he being obligated to pay the Indians
+a certain sum per month, and bound to return them to London, from
+whence they came, at his own expense. As my collection was all arranged
+and prepared, I thought such an arrangement calculated to promote their
+interest and my own, and in a few days their arrival and exhibitions
+were announced, they having been quartered in the same apartments which
+had been occupied by the Ioways before them.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter">
+ <a id="Plate_18"></a>
+ <hr class="tb" />
+ <img src="images/i_278fp.jpg" width="640" height="400" alt="Plate 18: The Ojibbeway party" />
+ <div class="caption">N<sup>o.</sup> 18.</div>
+ <hr class="tb" />
+</div>
+
+<p>The following are the names of the party, with their respective ages
+given (see <a href="#Plate_18"><em>Plate No. 18</em></a>):&mdash;</p>
+
+<table summary="Ages of Indians">
+<tr><td class="tdr">&nbsp;</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="tdr">Age.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdr">1.</td><td class="tdl"><em>Maun-gua-daus</em> (a Great Hero)&mdash;Chief</td><td class="tdr">41</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tdr">2.</td><td class="tdl"><em>Say-say-gon</em> (the Hail-Storm)</td><td class="tdr">31</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tdr">3.</td><td class="tdl"><em>Ke-che-us-sin</em> (the Strong Rock)</td><td class="tdr">27</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tdr">4.</td><td class="tdl"><em>Mush-she-mong</em> (the King of the Loons)</td><td class="tdr">25</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tdr">5.</td><td class="tdl"><em>Au-nim-muck-kwah-um</em> (the Tempest Bird)</td><td class="tdr">20</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tdr">6.</td><td class="tdl"><em>A-wun-ne-wa-be</em> (the Bird of Thunder)</td><td class="tdr">19</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tdr">7.</td><td class="tdl"><em>Wau-bud-dick</em> (the Elk)</td><td class="tdr">18</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tdr">8.</td><td class="tdl"><em>U-je-jock</em> (the Pelican)</td><td class="tdr">10</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tdr">9.</td><td class="tdl"><em>Noo-din-no-kay</em> (the Furious Storm)</td><td class="tdr">4</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tdr">10.</td><td class="tdl"><em>Min-nis-sin-noo</em> (a Brave Warrior)</td><td class="tdr">3</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tdr top">11.</td><td class="tdl"><em>Uh-wus-sig-gee-zigh-gook-kway</em> (Woman of the Upper
+        World)&mdash;wife of Chief</td><td class="tdr top">38</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tdr">12.</td><td class="tdl"><em>Pappoose</em>&mdash;born in the Salle Valentino.</td></tr>
+</table>
+
+<p>The chief of this party, <em>Maun-gua-daus</em>, was a remarkably fine man,
+both in his personal appearance and intellectual faculties. He was a
+half-caste, and, speaking the English language tolerably well, acted as
+chief and interpreter of the party.</p>
+
+<p>The War-chief, <em>Say-say-gon</em>, was also a fine and intelligent Indian,
+full-blooded, and spoke no English. The several younger men were
+generally good-looking, and exceedingly supple and active, giving great
+life and excitement to their dances. In personal appearance the party,
+taken all together, was less interesting than that of the Ioways, yet,
+at the same time, their dances and other amusements were equally, if
+not more spirited and beautiful than those of their predecessors.</p>
+
+<p><a class="pagenum" id="Page_280" title="280"></a>
+Thus, in the midst of my sorrow, I was commencing anxieties again, and
+advertised the arrival of the new party, and the commencement of their
+exhibitions. They began with more limited but respectable audiences,
+and seemed to please and surprise all who came, by the excitement of
+their dances and their skill in shooting with the bow and arrows, in
+the last of which they far surpassed the Ioways. It was impossible,
+however, by all the advertising that could be done, to move the crowds
+again that had been excited to see the Ioways; the public seeming to
+have taken the idea that these were merely an imitation got up to take
+advantage of their sudden departure. It happened quite curious, that,
+although the party consisted of eleven when they arrived, about the
+time of the commencement of their exhibitions the wife of the chief was
+delivered of a <em>pappoose</em>, which was born in the same room where the
+poor wife of the Little Wolf had died. This occurrence enabled us to
+announce the party as <em>twelve</em>&mdash;the same number as the Ioways; which,
+with the name somewhat similar, furnished very strong grounds for many
+of the Parisians to believe that they were paying their francs to see
+their own countrymen aping the Indians of America.</p>
+
+<p>It seemed strange that it was so difficult to do away this impression,
+which operated against them the whole time they were in Paris, though
+all who saw them but a moment were satisfied and pleased. Their
+amusements were much like those of the Ioways, but with national
+differences in the modes of giving them, which were, to the curious,
+subjects of great interest.</p>
+
+<p>The same hours were adopted for their exhibitions&mdash;the same vehicles
+were contracted for, for their daily exercise and sight-seeing&mdash;and
+their guardian, with Daniel, took charge of all their movements on
+these occasions. Their daily routine therefore was in most respects the
+same as that of the Ioways, and it would be waste of valuable time here
+for me to follow them through all.</p>
+
+<p>We held the council, as we had done in the other cases,<a class="pagenum" id="Page_281" title="281"></a> before
+our arrangements were entered upon, and all was placed upon the
+condition that they were to conduct themselves soberly, and to drink
+no spirituous liquors. The temperance pledge was therefore given,
+after I had explained to them that, with the two other parties, ale
+in England, and <em>vin ordinaire</em> in France, when taken to a moderate
+degree, were not included in the term “<em>spirituous liquors</em>,” and that
+they would of course, as the other parties had been indulged, have
+their regular glass at their dinners, and also after their suppers, and
+before going to bed; and that they would call it, as the others had
+done, <em>chickabobboo</em>. This indulgence seemed to please them very much,
+and, being at a loss to know the meaning of <em>chickabobboo</em>, I took an
+occasion to give them the history of the word, which they would see
+was of Ojibbeway origin, and, laughing excessively at the ingenuity of
+their predecessors, they all resolved to keep up their word, and to be
+sure at the same time not to drop their custom, of taking the licensed
+glasses of <em>chickabobboo</em>.</p>
+
+<p>Amongst the kind friends whom this party made in Paris, one of the best
+was M. Gudin, the celebrated marine painter, in the employment of the
+King. This most excellent gentleman and his kind lady were frequent
+visitors to their exhibitions, and several times invited the whole
+party and myself to dine at their table, and spend the day in the
+beautiful grounds around his noble mansion (the “Chateau Beaujon”),
+and, in its present improved condition, little less than a palace.</p>
+
+<p>Not only will the Indians feel bound for life to acknowledge their
+gratitude to this kind lady and gentleman, but the writer of these
+notes will feel equally and more so for the kind and unmerited
+attentions they paid to him during his stay in Paris. It was
+through the friendly agency of M. Gudin that the King invited my
+collection to the Louvre, and myself, in company with him, to the
+royal breakfast-table in the palace at St. Cloud. I take no little
+satisfaction in recording here these facts, not only for myself,<a class="pagenum" id="Page_282" title="282"></a> but
+injustice to one of the most distinguished painters (and one of the
+best fellows) of the age. On this occasion, the proudest one of my wild
+and erratic life, we were conducted through several rooms of the palace
+to the one in which the Royal Family, chiefly all assembled, with their
+numerous guests, were standing and ready to be seated around a circular
+table of 15 or 18 feet in diameter, at which, our seats being indicated
+to us, and the bow of recognition (so far as we were able to recognise
+acquaintances) having been made, all were seated. This extraordinary
+occasion of my life was rendered peculiarly memorable and gratifying
+to me, from the fact that there were two Kings and two Queens at the
+table, and nearly every member of the Royal Family. The King and Queen
+of the Belgians, who were at that time on a visit to Paris, with his
+Royal Highness the little Duc de Brabant, were the unusual Royal guests
+at the table on the occasion. The number of persons at the table,
+consisting of the two Royal Families, the King’s aides-de-camp, and
+orderly officers of the palace, with the invited guests, amounted
+to about 30 in all; and as Kings and Queens and royal families eat
+exactly like other people, I see nothing further that need be noticed
+until their Majesties arose and retired to the salon or drawing-room,
+into which we all followed. I was there met as I entered, in the most
+gracious and cordial manner by His Majesty, who presented me to the
+King of the Belgians, who did me the honour to address me in these
+words:&mdash;“I am very happy, Mr. Catlin, to meet a gentleman whose name is
+familiar to us all, and who has done so much for science, and also for
+the poor Indians. You know that the Queen, and myself, and the Duc de
+Brabant were all subscribers to your valuable work, and we have taken
+great interest in reading it.”</p>
+
+<p>The two heirs-apparent, the little Count de Paris and His Royal
+Highness the Duc de Brabant, came to me, and, recognising me, inquired
+about the Indians. The conversation with her Majesty, and also with the
+Princess Adelaide, and the Duchess of Orleans, was about the Indians,
+who<a class="pagenum" id="Page_283" title="283"></a> they had heard had gone home, and in whom they all seemed to have
+taken a deep interest.</p>
+
+<p>The little Duc de Brabant recollected the small pipe and mocassins I
+had presented him when he visited my collection in the Egyptian Hall,
+under the protection of the Hon. Mr. Murray.</p>
+
+<p>I had a few minutes’ conversation with the King of the Belgians, and
+also with the graceful and pensive Duchess of Orleans, and our ears
+were then all turned to the recitals of his Majesty, around whom we had
+gathered, whilst he was relating several scenes of his early life in
+America, in company with his two brothers, the Duc de Montpensier and
+the Count Beaujolais, which it seemed my advent with the Indians had
+brought up with unusual freshness in his mind.</p>
+
+<p>He commented in the most eloquent terms upon the greatness and goodness
+of General Washington, and told us that he and his brothers were
+lucky enough to have been present and heard his farewell address in
+Philadelphia, which he had been in the habit of reflecting upon as one
+of the most pleasurable and satisfactory incidents of his life.</p>
+
+<p>He gave us an amusing account of his horse getting mired in crossing
+Buffalo Creek, and of his paying a visit to the tribe of Seneca
+Indians, near to the town of Buffalo, on Lake Erie:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“Being conducted,” said he, “to the village and to the chief’s
+  wigwam, I shook hands with the chief, who came and stood by my
+  horse’s head, and while some hundreds of men, women, and children
+  were gathering around, I told the chief that I had come to make him
+  a visit of a day or two, to which he replied that he was very glad
+  to see me, and I should be made quite welcome, and treated to the
+  best that he had. He said there would be one condition, however,
+  which was, that he should require me to give him everything I had; he
+  should demand my horse, from which I would dismount, and having given
+  him the bridle, he said, ‘I now want your gun, your watch, and all
+  your money; these are indispensable.’</p>
+
+<p>“I then, for the first time in my life, began to think that I was
+  completely robbed and plundered; but at the moment when he had
+  got all, and before I had time for more than an instant thought
+  of my awkward condition, he released me from all further alarm by
+  continuing, ‘If you have anything else which you wish to be sure to
+  get again, I wish you to<a class="pagenum" id="Page_284" title="284"></a> let me have it; for whatever you deliver
+  into my hands now you will be sure to find safe when you are about to
+  leave; otherwise I would not be willing to vouch for their safety;
+  for there are some of my people whom we cannot trust to.’</p>
+
+<p>“From this moment I felt quite easy, and spent a day or two in their
+  village very pleasantly, and with much amusement. When I was about to
+  leave, my horse was brought to the chief’s door and saddled, and all
+  the property I had left in his hands safely restored.</p>
+
+<p>“I then mounted my horse, and, having taken leave, and proceeded a
+  short distance on my route, I discovered that I had left my favourite
+  dog, which I had been too much excited and amused to think of, and
+  did not recollect to have seen after I entered their village.</p>
+
+<p>“I turned my horse and rode back to the door of the chief’s wigwam,
+  and made inquiries for it. The chief said, ‘But you did not intrust
+  your dog to my care, did you?’ ‘No, I did not think of my poor dog
+  at the time.’ ‘Well then,’ said he, ‘I can’t answer for it. If you
+  had done as I told you, your dog would have been safe. However,’
+  said he, ‘we will inquire for it.’ At which moment one of his little
+  sons was ordered to run and open a rude pen or cage by the corner
+  of the wigwam, and out leaped my dog, and sprang upon my leg as I
+  was sitting on my horse. I offered the honest chief a reward for
+  his kindness; but he refused to accept it, wishing me to recollect,
+  whenever I was amongst Indians again, to repose confidence in an
+  Indian’s word, and feel assured that all the property intrusted to
+  an Indian’s care I would be sure to find safe whenever I wanted it
+  again.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>After reciting this amusing incident, his Majesty described to me the
+route which he and his brothers took from Buffalo to the falls of
+Niagara, and thence on horseback to Geneva, a small town at the foot of
+the Seneca Lake, where they sold their horses, and, having purchased
+a small boat, rowed it 90 miles to Ithaca, at the head of the lake.
+From thence they travelled on foot, with their luggage carried on their
+backs, 30 miles to Tioga, on the banks of the Susquehana, where they
+purchased a canoe from the Indians, and descended in it that romantic
+and beautiful river, to a small town called Wilkesbarre, in the valley
+of Wyoming.</p>
+
+<p>From thence, with their knapsacks on their backs, they crossed the
+Wilkesbarre and Pokono mountains to Easton, and from thence were
+conveyed in a coach to Philadelphia.</p>
+
+<p>I here surprised his Majesty a little, and his listeners, and seemed
+to add a fresh interest to his narrative, by informing<a class="pagenum" id="Page_285" title="285"></a> him that I
+was a native of Wilkesbarre, in the valley of Wyoming, and that while
+his Majesty was there I was an infant in my mother’s arms, only a few
+months old.</p>
+
+<p>He related a number of pleasing recollections of his visit to my native
+valley, and then gave us an account of an Indian <em>ball-play</em> amongst
+the Cherokees and Choctaws, where he saw 500 or 600 engaged, during the
+whole day, before the game was decided; and he pronounced it one of the
+most exciting and beautiful scenes he had ever beheld.</p>
+
+<p>After an hour or so spent in amusing us with the pleasing reminiscences
+of his wild life in America, he expressed a wish to see my collection,
+and requested me to place it in a large hall in the Louvre, for the
+private views of the Royal Family; and also appointed a day and an hour
+when he would be glad to see the Ojibbeway Indians at St. Cloud, and
+desired me to accompany them.</p>
+
+<p>From the Palace, my friend M. Gudin, at the request of the King,
+proceeded with me to Paris and to the Louvre, with his Majesty’s
+command to M. de Caillaux, director of the Louvre, to prepare the
+Salle de Séance for the reception of my collection, which was ordered
+to be arranged in it. My return from thence to the Indians, with the
+information that they were to visit the King, created a pleasing
+excitement amongst them, and, as the reader can easily imagine, great
+joy and rejoicing.</p>
+
+<p>This was an excitement and a piece of good news to the poor fellows
+that could not be passed over without some signal and unusual notice,
+and the result was, that a <em>dog-feast</em> was to be the ceremony for
+the next day. Consequently a dog was procured at an early hour, and,
+according to the custom of their country, was roasted whole, and, when
+ready, was partaken of with a due observance of all the forms used in
+their own country on such occasions, it being strictly a religious
+ceremony.</p>
+
+<p>The same indulgence in seeing the sights of Paris, and of exercise in
+the open air, was shown to them as to the other party; and the same
+carriages contracted for, to give them<a class="pagenum" id="Page_286" title="286"></a> their daily drives; in all of
+which they were accompanied by their guardian, to whom the sights of
+Paris were also new and equally entertaining, and they all made the
+best use of their time in these amusements.</p>
+
+<p>Their good friend M. Gudin appointed another day for the whole party
+to dine at his house, and having a number of distinguished guests at
+his table, the scene was a very brilliant and merry one. The orator
+of the party was the chief <em>Maun-gua-daus</em>, though on this occasion
+the War-chief, whose name was <em>Say-say-gon</em> (the Hail-storm), arose at
+the table and addressed M. Gudin and his lady in a very affectionate
+manner; thanking them for their kindness to them, who were strangers in
+Paris and a great way from their homes, and at the same time proposing
+to give to his friend M. Gudin a new name, saying that, whenever the
+Indians made a new friend whom they loved very much, they liked to call
+him by a name that had some meaning to it, and he should hereafter call
+him by the name of <em>Ken-ne-wab-a-min</em> (the Sun that guides us through
+the Wilderness).</p>
+
+<p>There were several gentlemen of high rank and titles present, and all
+seemed much entertained with the appearance and conduct of the Indians.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<h2><a class="pagenum" id="Page_287" title="287"></a>
+CHAPTER XXIX.</h2>
+
+<p class="hang">
+  Indians’ visit to the Palace of St. Cloud&mdash;The Park&mdash;Artificial
+     lake&mdash;Royal Family&mdash;Prince de Joinville&mdash;Recollected seeing
+     the Author and Collection in Washington&mdash;King and Queen of
+     Belgians&mdash;The <em>regatta</em>&mdash;The birch-bark canoe and the Prince de
+     Joinville’s “Whitehaller”&mdash;War-dance&mdash;Ball-play&mdash;Archery&mdash;Dinner
+     prepared for the Indians&mdash;M. Gudin and the Author join
+     them&mdash;Indians’ return&mdash;Gossip at night&mdash;Their ideas of the
+     King and Royal Family&mdash;Messenger from the King, with gold and
+     silver medals and money, to the Indians&mdash;The War-chief cures
+     a cancer&mdash;Author’s Collection in the <em>Salle de Séance</em>, in
+     the Louvre&mdash;The Indians and the Author dine with M. Passy,
+     Member of Deputies&mdash;Kind treatment by himself and lady&mdash;King
+     visits the Collection in the Louvre&mdash;The Author explains
+     his pictures&mdash;Persons present&mdash;An hour’s visit&mdash;The King
+     retires&mdash;Second visit of the King and Royal Family to the
+     Collection&mdash;The Author’s four little children presented to the
+     King&mdash;His Majesty relates the anecdote of bleeding himself
+     in America, and his visit to General Washington at Mount
+     Vernon&mdash;His descent of the Ohio and Mississippi rivers, in a
+     small boat, to New Orleans&mdash;Orders the Author to paint fifteen
+     pictures for Versailles.</p>
+
+
+<p>The day, which had arrived, for our visit to the King at St. Cloud,
+was a pleasant one, and, all the party being ready, we went off in
+good spirits; and on our arrival our carriages were driven into the
+Royal Park, and conducted to a lovely spot on the bank of an artificial
+lake, where there were a considerable number of persons attached to the
+Court already assembled to see the Indians; and in the lake, at their
+feet, a beautiful birch-bark canoe from their own tribe, belonging to
+the Duchess of Orleans, and by the side of it an elegant regatta-boat,
+belonging to the Prince de Joinville, with “<em>White Hall</em>,” in large
+letters, on her sides, showing that she was a native of New York.</p>
+
+<p>The Indians had been told that they were to paddle one of their
+own canoes for the amusement of the Royal Family,<a class="pagenum" id="Page_288" title="288"></a> but had not as
+yet dreamed that they were to contend for speed with a full-manned
+“<em>White-Haller</em>,” in a trial for speed, before two kings and two queens
+and all of the Royal Family.</p>
+
+<p>Just learning this fact, and seeing the complement of men in blue
+jackets and tarpaulin hats, in readiness for the contest, they felt
+somewhat alarmed. However, I encouraged them on, and the appearance
+of the Royal Family and the King and Queen of the Belgians, in their
+carriages, at the next moment, changed the subject, and their alarms
+were apparently forgotten.</p>
+
+<p>Their Majesties, and all of the two Royal Families, descended from
+their carriages, and, gathering around the Indians in a group, listened
+to each one’s name as they were in turn presented. (<a href="#Plate_19"><em>Plate No. 19.</em></a>)</p>
+
+<p>Louis Phillipe, and also the King of the Belgians, conversed for some
+time with the chiefs, while her Majesty and the other ladies seemed
+more amused with the women, and the little pappoose, in its beautifully
+embroidered cradle, slung on its mother’s back.</p>
+
+<p>After this conversation and an examination of their costumes, weapons,
+&amp;c., the targets were placed, and an exhibition of their skill in
+archery ensued. And after that, taking up their ball-sticks, “the ball
+was tossed,” and they soon illustrated the surprising mode of catching
+and throwing the ball with their rackets or “ball-sticks.”</p>
+
+<p>This illustration being finished, they sounded the war-whoop, and
+brandished their shields and tomahawks and war-clubs in the war-dance,
+which their Majesties had expressed a desire to see. (<a href="#Plate_20"><em>Plate No. 20.</em></a>)</p>
+
+<p>Every member of the two Royal Families happened to be present, I
+was told, on this occasion&mdash;a very unusual occurrence; and all had
+descended from their carriages, and grouped in a beautiful lawn, to
+witness the wild sports of these sons of the forest. I was called upon
+at that moment to explain the meaning of the war-dance, war-song,
+war-whoop, &amp;c., for doing which I received the thanks of all the party,
+which gave me peculiar satisfaction.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter">
+ <a id="Plate_19"></a>
+ <hr class="tb" />
+ <img src="images/i_288fpa.jpg" width="640" height="369" alt="Plate 19: Indians presented to the Royal Families" />
+ <div class="caption">N<sup>o.</sup> 19.</div>
+
+ <hr class="tb" />
+ <a id="Plate_20"></a>
+ <img src="images/i_288fpb.jpg" width="640" height="281" alt="Plate 20: War-dance" />
+ <div class="caption">N<sup>o.</sup> 20.</div>
+ <hr class="tb" />
+</div>
+
+<p><a class="pagenum" id="Page_289" title="289"></a>
+The King at this time announced to the chief that he wished to see
+how they paddled the birch canoe, that he had two American canoes,
+which they had put into the water; one was a canoe, he said, made of
+birch-bark by their own tribe, the Ojibbeways, and had belonged to his
+son, the Duke of Orleans; and the other, now belonging to the Prince de
+Joinville, was made in the city of New York; and he was anxious to be
+able to decide which could make the best canoe, the white men or the
+Indians.</p>
+
+<p>The whole party now assembled on the shore, and the sailors and the
+Indians took their seats in their respective boats, with oars and
+paddles in hand, and the race soon took place. (<a href="#Plate_21"><em>Plate No. 21.</em></a>) It was
+a very exciting scene, but it seemed to be regretted by all that the
+Indians were beaten, but which I think might not have been the case if
+they had put two in their canoe instead of four, sinking it so deep as
+to impede its progress; or if they had put two squaws into it instead
+of the men, as they are in the Indian country much superior to the men
+in paddling canoes.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter">
+ <a id="Plate_21"></a>
+ <img src="images/i_290fp.jpg" width="640" height="347" alt="Plate 21: Boat Race" />
+ <div class="caption">N<sup>o.</sup> 21.</div>
+</div>
+
+<p>I had much conversation on this occasion with H.R.H. the Prince de
+Joinville relative to the Indian modes and his travels in America, when
+he recollected to have seen me and my collection in Washington city.</p>
+
+<p>Whilst these amusements were thus going on, my friend M. Gudin had
+prepared his canvas and easel near the ground, where he was busily
+engaged in painting the group, and of which he made a charming picture
+for the King.</p>
+
+<p>These curious and amusing scenes altogether lasted about two hours,
+after which their Majesties and all took leave, the King, the Queen,
+and the Duchess of Orleans successively thanking me for the interesting
+treat I had afforded them. Their carriages were then ordered to drive
+back empty, and all the royal party were seen strolling amidst the
+forest towards the Palace.</p>
+
+<p>The Indians and ourselves were soon seated in our carriages, and, being
+driven to a wing of the palace, were informed that a feast was prepared
+for us, to which we were<a class="pagenum" id="Page_290" title="290"></a> conducted, and soon found our good friend M.
+Gudin by our side, who took a seat and joined us in it. The healths
+of the King and the Queen and the little Count de Paris were drunk in
+the best of <em>chickabobboo</em>, and from that we returned, and all in good
+glee, to our quarters in the city.</p>
+
+<p>The reader by this time knows that this interview afforded the Indians
+a rich subject for weeks of gossip in their leisure hours, and charged
+their minds with a burthen of impatience to know what communications
+there might yet be from the King, as they had heard that gold and
+silver medals and presents of other descriptions were sent to the
+Ioways after their interview.</p>
+
+<p>They proceeded with their exhibitions, as usual, however, and on the
+second day after the interview there came a messenger from the King
+with medals of gold for the two chiefs, and silver ones for each of the
+others of the party, and also 500 francs in money, which was handed
+to the head chief, and, as in the former instances, equally divided
+amongst them.</p>
+
+<p>This completed all their anxieties, and finished the grandest epoch of
+the poor fellows’ lives, and of which they will be sure to make their
+boasts as long as they live, and give me some credit for bringing it
+about&mdash;their presentation to the Kings and Queens of France and Belgium.</p>
+
+<p>A curious occurrence took place a few days after this, as I learned
+on inquiring the object for which two ladies and a gentleman were in
+daily attendance on the Indians, and occasionally taking the War-chief
+away for an hour or two in their carriage and bringing him back again.
+Daniel told me that the young lady, who was one of the party, had
+dreamed that <em>Say-say-gon</em> could cure a cancer on the face of her
+father, which had baffled all the skill of the medical faculty and was
+likely to terminate his life; and in consequence of her dream, the
+relatives and herself were calling on him to induce him to make the
+attempt, which he had engaged in, and in their daily drives with him
+they were taking him to the Garden of Plants and to various parts of<a class="pagenum" id="Page_291" title="291"></a>
+the country, where he was searching for a particular kind of herb or
+root, with which he felt confident he could cure it.</p>
+
+<p>These visits were continued for some weeks, and I was informed by
+Daniel and by the Indians that he succeeded in effecting the cure, and
+that they handsomely rewarded him for it.</p>
+
+<p>About this time, my lease expiring, I closed my exhibition, removing my
+collection to the <em>Salle de Séance</em>, in the Louvre, where Daniel and I
+soon arranged it for the inspection of the King and Royal Family; and
+it being ready, I met his Majesty in it by appointment to explain its
+contents to him.</p>
+
+<p>The King entered at the hour appointed, with four or five of his
+orderly officers about him, and, on casting his eyes around the room,
+his first exclamation was that of surprise at its unexpected extent and
+picturesque effect.</p>
+
+<p>My friend M. Vattemare, and also another friend, Maj. Poore, from
+the United States, were by my side, and greatly amused and pleased
+with the remarks made by the King during the interview, relative to
+my paintings, and also to incidents of his life amongst the Indians
+of America during his exile. His Majesty soon recognised the picture
+of an Indian ball-play, and several other scenes he had witnessed on
+the American frontier, and repeatedly remarked that my paintings all
+had the strong impress of nature in them, and were executed with much
+spirit and effect. He seemed pleased and amused with the various Indian
+manufactures, and particularly with the beautiful Crow wigwam from the
+Rocky Mountains standing in the middle of the room, the door of which I
+opened for his Majesty to pass under.</p>
+
+<p>After his visit of half an hour he retired, appointing another
+interview, telling me that the Queen must see the collection with him,
+and also commanding the director of the Louvre to admit my little
+children to his presence, having heard of their misfortune of losing
+their mother, for which he felt much sympathy.</p>
+
+<p>At the time appointed, a few days after, I met his Ma<a class="pagenum" id="Page_292" title="292"></a>jesty again, with
+a number of his illustrious friends, in my collection; and after he had
+taken them around the room awhile to describe familiar scenes which
+he had met there on his former visit, I continued to explain other
+paintings and Indian manufactures in the collection. (<a href="#Plate_22"><em>Plate No. 22.</em></a>)</p>
+
+<p>In the midst of our tour around the hall his Majesty met something that
+again reminded him of scenes he had witnessed in his rambling life in
+the backwoods of America, and he held us still for half an hour during
+his recitals of them. He described the mode in which he and his two
+brothers descended the Ohio and Mississippi rivers in an old Mackinaw
+boat which they purchased at Pittsburg, and in which they made their
+way amongst snags and sawyers and sandbars to the mouth of the Ohio,
+six hundred miles, and from that down the still more wild and dangerous
+current of the Mississippi, one thousand miles, to New Orleans,
+fifty-two years ago, when nearly the whole shores of these rivers, with
+their heavy forests, were in their native state, inhabited only by
+Indians and wild beasts. They lived upon the game and fish they could
+kill or purchase from the various tribes of Indians they visited along
+the banks, and slept sometimes in their leaking and rickety boat, or
+amongst the canebrake, and mosquitos, and alligators, and rattlesnakes
+on the shores.</p>
+
+<p>I took the liberty to ask his Majesty on this occasion whether the
+story that has been current in the American prints “of an Indian
+bleeding him” was correct; to which he replied, “No, not exactly; it
+had been misunderstood. He had bled himself on one occasion in presence
+of some Indians and a number of country people, when he had been
+thrown out of his waggon, and carried, much injured, to a country inn;
+and the people around him, seeing the ease and success with which he
+did it, supposed him, of course, to be a physician; and when he had
+sufficiently recovered from his fall to be able to start on his tour
+again, the neighbours assembled around him and proposed that he should
+abandon his plan of going farther west; that if he would remain amongst
+them they would show him much better<a class="pagenum" id="Page_293" title="293"></a> land than he would find by
+proceeding on, and they would also elect him county physician, which
+they stood much in need of, and in which capacity he would meet no
+opposition. He thanked them for their kindness, assuring them that he
+was not a physician, and also that he was not in search of lands, and,
+taking leave, drove off.”</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter">
+ <a id="Plate_22"></a>
+ <hr class="tb" />
+ <img src="images/i_292fp.jpg" width="640" height="392" alt="Plate 22: The King and Catlin's family" />
+ <div class="caption">N<sup>o.</sup> 22.</div>
+ <hr class="tb" />
+</div>
+
+<p>He also gave an account of their visit to General Washington at Mount
+Vernon, where they remained several days. General Washington gave them
+directions about the route to follow in the journey they were about to
+make across the Alleghany Mountains on horseback, and gave them also
+several letters of introduction to be made use of on their way.</p>
+
+<p>While we were thus listening to the narrations of his Majesty, my kind
+and faithful nurse was approaching from the other end of the room and
+leading up my little children (<a href="#Plate_22"><em>Plate No. 22</em></a>), whom he immediately
+recognised as my little family, and in the most kind and condescending
+manner took them by their hands and chatted with them in language and
+sentences suited to their age.</p>
+
+<p>His next object was to designate the paintings he wished me to copy and
+somewhat enlarge, and soon pointed out the number of fifteen, which I
+was commanded to paint for the palace at Versailles.</p>
+
+<p>During the time that my collection was thus remaining in the Louvre
+many distinguished persons about the Court had access to it, and
+amongst the number an excellent and kind lady, Madame Passy, the wife
+of one of the distinguished members of the House of Deputies. This
+charming lady sought an acquaintance with the Indians also, and, taking
+a deep interest in their character and situation, invited them all to
+dine at her house, where they were treated with genuine kindness and
+liberality, which they will never forget.</p>
+
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<h2><a class="pagenum" id="Page_294" title="294"></a>
+CHAPTER XXX.</h2>
+
+<p class="hang">
+  The Author leaves his Collection in the Louvre, and arrives with
+     the Indians in Bruxelles&mdash;Indians at the soirée of the American
+     Minister in Bruxelles&mdash;Author’s reception by the King in the
+     Palace&mdash;Small-pox among the Indians&mdash;Indians unable to visit
+     the Palace&mdash;Exhibition closes&mdash;Seven sick with small-pox&mdash;Death
+     of one of them&mdash;His will&mdash;A second dies&mdash;His will&mdash;The rest
+     recover&mdash;Faithful attentions of Daniel&mdash;The Author accompanies
+     them to Antwerp, and pays their expenses to London on a
+     steamer&mdash;Death of the War-chief in London&mdash;His will&mdash;The
+     Author raises money by subscription and sends to them&mdash;Letter
+     from the survivors, in England, to the Author&mdash;Drawings by
+     the War-chief&mdash;The Author stopped in the streets of London
+     and invited to see the skeleton of the War-chief!&mdash;His
+     indignation&mdash;Subsequent deaths of four others of this party
+     in England&mdash;The three parties of Indians in Europe&mdash;Their
+     objects&mdash;Their success&mdash;Their conduct&mdash;Their reception and
+     treatment&mdash;Things which they saw and learned&mdash;Estimates and
+     statistics of civilized life which they have carried home&mdash;Their
+     mode of reasoning from such premises&mdash;And the probable results.</p>
+
+
+
+<p>During the time that my collection was exposed to the exclusive views
+of the Royal Family and their guests, the Indians were lying still, at
+my expense, which was by no means a trifling item. The young man whom I
+said they were under a contract with to pay them so much per month had
+performed his agreement with them for the two first months, and when
+the third month’s wages became due he declared to them and to me that
+he could not pay them, nor pay their expenses back to London, as he was
+obligated to do. These duties then devolved on me, or at least, the
+Indians having been so long under my control and direction, I assumed
+them, and told the chiefs I would pay their expenses to London, and
+probably make something for them on the way, after my exhibition in the
+Louvre was finished.</p>
+
+<p><a class="pagenum" id="Page_295" title="295"></a>
+They were thus lying idle at this time, waiting for me to be at liberty
+to go with them, and, as I have said, living at my expense. I told
+them that I designed going by the way of Belgium, and making their
+exhibitions in Bruxelles, Antwerp, and Ghent for a few weeks, the whole
+receipts of which, over the expenses, they should have, and I fully
+believed it would be sufficient to pay their expenses quite home to
+their own country; and that I would also, as I had promised, pay all
+their expenses from Paris to London myself.</p>
+
+<p>With this design and with these views, leaving my collection in the
+Louvre, I started with the Indians for Bruxelles, where we arrived the
+next evening.</p>
+
+<p>We were all delighted with the appearance of Bruxelles, and the Indians
+in fine glee, in the fresh recollections of the honours just paid
+them in Paris, and the golden prospect which they considered now lay
+before them. But little did they dream, poor fellows! of the different
+fate that there awaited them. While resting a few days, preparing
+for the commencement of their exhibitions, they were kindly invited,
+with the author, to attend the <em>soirée</em> of the American Minister, Mr.
+Clemson, where they were ushered into a brilliant and numerous crowd of
+distinguished and fashionable people, and seemed to be the lions of the
+evening, admired and complimented by all, and their way was thus paved
+for the commencement of their exhibitions. I had in the mean time made
+all the preparations and the necessary outlays for their operations,
+which they merely began upon, when it became necessary to suspend their
+exhibitions, owing to one of the number having been taken sick with the
+small-pox.</p>
+
+<p>I had at this time an audience appointed with the King, at the Palace,
+where I went and was most kindly received and amused in half an hour’s
+conversation with His Majesty about the condition and modes of the
+American Indians. He expressed the deepest sympathy for them and
+solicitude for their welfare and protection, and, a few days after my
+audience, transmitted to me, through one of his ministers,<a class="pagenum" id="Page_296" title="296"></a> a beautiful
+gold medal, with an appropriate inscription on it.</p>
+
+<p>The nature of the sickness that had now appeared amongst the Indians
+prevented the contemplated interview at the Palace, and also all
+communication with the public. It was still hoped by the physicians
+that a few days would remove all difficulty, but it was destined to be
+otherwise, for in a few days two others were attacked, and in a day or
+two more another and another, and at last they were in that pitiable
+and alarming state that seven of them were on their backs with that
+awful and (to them) most fatal of all diseases.</p>
+
+<p>My position then, as the reader will perceive, was one of a most
+distressing and painful kind, with my natural sympathy for their race,
+and now with the whole responsibility for the expenses, lives, and
+welfare of these poor people on my shoulders, their only friend and
+protector in a foreign country, as their conductor had left them and
+returned to London, and my own life in imminent danger whilst I was
+attending on them.</p>
+
+<p>One of these poor fellows died in the course of a few days in their
+rooms, another died in one of the hospitals to which he was removed,
+and a third died a few days after they reached London, though he was in
+good health when he travelled across the Channel.</p>
+
+<p>Such were the melancholy results of this awful catastrophe, which the
+reader will easily see broke up all their plans of exhibitions in
+Belgium, and ended in the death of three of the finest men of the party.</p>
+
+<p>Their sickness in Bruxelles detained me there near two months before
+the survivors were well enough to travel, during which gloomy time I
+had opportunity enough to test the fidelity of my man Daniel and his
+attachment to the Indians, who stayed by them night and day, fearless
+of his own danger, as he lifted them about in his arms in their
+loathsome condition both when dead and alive.</p>
+
+<p>When the party were well enough to travel I went to<a class="pagenum" id="Page_297" title="297"></a> Antwerp with
+them, and placed them on a steamer for London, having paid their fare
+and given them a little money to cover their first expenses when they
+should arrive there. I then took leave of them, and returned to my
+little family in Paris, having been absent near three months, with an
+expenditure of 350<em>l.</em></p>
+
+<p>With the poor fellows who died there seemed to be a presentiment with
+each, the moment he was broken out with the disease, that he was to
+die, and a very curious circumstance attended this conviction in each
+case.</p>
+
+<p>The first one, when he found the disease was well identified on him,
+sat down upon the floor with the next one, his faithful and confiding
+friend, and, having very deliberately told him he was going to die,
+unlocked his little trunk, and spreading all his trinkets, money, &amp;c.,
+upon the floor, bequeathed them to his friends, making the other the
+sole executor of his will, intrusting them all to him, directing him
+to take them to his country and deliver them with his own hand. As he
+was intrusting these precious gifts, with his commands, to an Indian,
+he was certain, poor fellow! that they would be sacredly preserved and
+delivered, and he then locked his little trunk, and, having given to
+his friend the key, he turned to his bed, where he seemed composed and
+ready to die, because, he said, it was the will of the Great Spirit,
+and he didn’t think that the Great Spirit would have selected him
+unless it was to better his condition in some way.</p>
+
+<p>About the time of the death of this young man his confiding and
+faithful friend was discovered to be breaking out with the disease
+also, and, seeming to be under a similar conviction, he called
+<em>Say-say-gon</em> (the War-chief) to him, and, like the other, unlocked
+<em>his</em> little trunk, and, taking out his medal from the King, and other
+presents and money, he designated a similar distribution of them
+amongst his relatives; and trusting to the War-chief to execute his
+will, he locked his trunk, having taken the last look at his little
+hard-earned treasures, and, unlocking that of his deceased<a class="pagenum" id="Page_298" title="298"></a> companion,
+and designating, as well as he could, the manner in which the verbal
+instructions had been left with him, gave the key to the War-chief,
+and begged of him to take charge of the trunk and the presents, and to
+see them bestowed according to the will of the testator. After this
+he turned away from his little worldly treasures, and suddenly lost
+all knowledge of them in the distress of the awful disease that soon
+terminated his existence.</p>
+
+<p>The War-chief was one who escaped the disease in Bruxelles, and, being
+amongst those whom I took to Antwerp and sent by steamer to London, was
+at that time in good health and spirits; but letters which I received
+a few days after their arrival in London informed me that he was there
+attacked with the same disease, and, most singular to relate, as soon
+as he discovered the disease breaking out upon his skin, he said that
+he should die, and, calling the chief <em>Maun-gua-daus</em> to him, he,
+like the others, opened <em>his</em> trunk, and, willing his gold medal from
+the hand of Louis Philippe, to his little son, and his other trinkets
+and money to his wife and other relatives, intrusted the whole to the
+chief to execute. He then unlocked the trunks of his two friends who
+were dead, and, as well as he could recollect them, communicated to
+<em>Maun-gua-daus</em> the nature of the two bequests that had been intrusted
+to him, and died, leaving the chief to be the bearer of all the little
+effects they had earned, and sole executor of their three wills.</p>
+
+<p>It is a fact which may be of interest to be made known, that all of
+this party had been vaccinated in their own country, and supposed
+themselves protected from the disease; and also that the only three
+full-blooded men of the party died. The other four who had the disease
+had it in a modified form, and, in all probability, with the three who
+died, the vaccine matter had not been properly communicated, or, what
+is more probable, and often the case in the exposed lives they lead, it
+had in some way been prevented from taking its usual effect.</p>
+
+<p>After their misfortunes in Belgium and in London the<a class="pagenum" id="Page_299" title="299"></a> excellent lady of
+the American Ambassador in Bruxelles raised, by a subscription, several
+hundred francs and sent to me in Paris, to which I got other additions
+in that city, and forwarded to them in England, to assist in paying
+their expenses back to their own country; and shortly after, and before
+they embarked for America, I received the following letter from them,
+which I feel it my duty to myself to insert here, lest any one should
+be led to believe that I did less than my duty to these unfortunate
+people:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+
+<p class="center">“<span class="smcap">To Geo. Catlin</span>, Esq., now in Paris.</p>
+
+<p class="signature">“<em>London, Jan. 27, 1846.</em></p>
+
+<p>“<span class="smcap">Our dear Friend</span>,</p>
+
+<p>“We send you our words on paper to let you know that we are thankful
+  for your kindness to us. You have done everything to make us happy
+  while with you in Paris and Belgium; and as all our people know in
+  America that you are indeed their best friend, they will be glad to
+  hear that you have taken us into your kind care whilst we were in a
+  foreign land, and that while you were in a deep affliction with your
+  own family.</p>
+
+<p class="padleft5"><span class="smcap">Maun-gua-daus</span>,<br />
+          <span class="smcap">Ke-che-us-sin</span>,<br />
+          <span class="smcap">A-wun-ne-wa-be</span>,<br />
+          <span class="smcap">Wau-bud-dick</span>,<br />
+          <span class="smcap">Uh-wus-sig-gee-zigh-gook-kway</span>.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>The above letter was spontaneous on their part, and written in the hand
+of <em>Maun-gua-daus</em>, the chief, who spoke and wrote the English language
+very correctly.</p>
+
+<p>I was much shocked and distressed to hear of the death of
+<em>Say-say-gon</em>, the War-chief, for he was a remarkably fine Indian, and
+had become much attached to me. His life, as a warrior and a hunter,
+had been one of an extraordinary nature, and the principal incidents of
+it, particularly in the hunting department, he had been for some weeks
+engaged, just before their disastrous sickness, in illustrating by a
+series of designs in his rude way, presenting me a portfolio of them,
+with the story of each, which I wrote down from his own lips as he
+narrated them.</p>
+
+<p>This most amusing and original keepsake, which I shall treasure up as
+long as I live, and which I regret that the dimensions of this work
+did not allow me the space to insert,<a class="pagenum" id="Page_300" title="300"></a> can at all times be seen by the
+curious of my friends who desire to see it.</p>
+
+<p>For the amusement of the reader, however, I have made room for a
+couple of his drawings, which will convey some idea of their general
+character, and of the decided cleverness of this good fellow at
+story-telling and design. The woodcuts are traced from the originals,
+and are therefore as near fac-similes as I could make them. <a href="#Plate_23"><em>Plate No.
+23</em></a> represents <em>Pane-way-ee-tung</em>, the brother-in-law of <em>Say-say-gon</em>,
+crossing the river Thomas in a bark canoe, who had the following
+curious and amusing encounter with a bear which he met swimming in
+the middle of the river. Though the Indian had no other weapon than a
+paddle, he pursued the bear, and, overtaking it, struck it a blow, upon
+which it made an effort to climb into the canoe, by which the canoe was
+upset and the Indian sank under it. He arose to the surface, however,
+just behind the canoe, which in its progress had passed over him, and,
+being bottom upwards, the bear had climbed upon it, as seen in the
+sketch, and, having seen the man sink under it, was feeling under the
+canoe with his paws in hopes of getting hold of him. The bear, having
+made no calculation for the progress of the canoe, had not thought of
+looking behind it for his enemy, but balanced himself with difficulty
+without being able to look back; and whilst he was thus engaged feeling
+for his enemy under the canoe the Indian silently swam behind it, and,
+cautiously pushing it forward with his hand, succeeded in moving it
+near the shore, where he discovered his friend <em>Say-say-gon</em> hunting
+with his rifle, who was in waiting for it, and when near enough shot it
+in the head.</p>
+
+<p><a href="#Plate_24"><em>Plate No. 24</em></a> is his illustration of the first interview between white
+men and the Ojibbeway Indians; his description of it is as follows:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“<em>Gitch-ee-gaw-ga-osh</em> (the point that remains for ever), who died
+  many snows since, and who was so old that he had smoked with three
+  generations, said that his grandfather, <em>On-daig</em>, met the first
+  white man who ever entered an Ojibbeway’s wigwam. That white man was
+  a great chief, who wore a red coat. He had many warriors with him,
+  who all came in sight of the village<a class="pagenum" id="Page_301" title="301"></a> of <em>On-daig</em> (the crow),
+  and, leaving his warriors behind, he walked towards the wigwam of
+  <em>On-daig</em>, who came out, with his pipe of peace in one hand, and
+  his war-club in the other. <em>On-daig</em> offered his pipe to the white
+  chief to smoke, who put his sword behind him in one hand, and raised
+  his hat with the other. <em>On-daig</em> never had seen a white man’s hat
+  before, and, thinking the white chief was going to strike him with
+  it, drew his war-club. They soon, however, understood each other, and
+  smoked the pipe together.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="figcenter">
+ <a id="Plate_23"></a>
+ <hr class="tb" />
+ <img src="images/i_300fpa.jpg" width="640" height="369" alt="Plate 23: Pane-way-ee-tung crossing the river Thomas" />
+ <div class="caption">N<sup>o.</sup> 23.</div>
+ <hr class="tb" />
+ <a id="Plate_24"></a>
+ <img src="images/i_300fpb.jpg" width="640" height="326" alt="Plate 24: First interview between white men and Ojibbeway" />
+ <div class="caption">N<sup>o.</sup> 24.</div>
+ <hr class="tb" />
+</div>
+
+<p>But a few months after the death of this fine Indian I was on a visit
+to London, and while walking in Piccadilly was accosted by an old
+acquaintance, who in our conversation informed me that the skeleton of
+my old friend the War-chief had been preserved, and he seemed to think
+it might be an interesting thing for me to see. The struggle between
+the ebullition of indignation and the quiescence of disgust rendered
+me for the moment almost unfit for a reply; and I withheld it for a
+moment, until the poor Indian’s ideas of hyænas before described had
+time to run through my mind, and some other similar reflections, when
+I calmly replied, “I have no doubt but the skeleton is a subject of
+interest, but I shall not have time to see it.”</p>
+
+<p>My friend and I parted here, and I went on through Piccadilly, and I
+know not where, meditating on the virtues of scientific and mercenary
+man. I thought of the heroic <em>Osceola</em>, who was captured when he was
+disarmed and was bearing a white flag in his hand; who died a prisoner
+of war, and whose head was a few months afterwards offered for sale in
+the city of New York! I thought also of the thousands of Indian graves
+I had seen on the frontier thrown open by sacrilegious hands for the
+skulls and trinkets they enclosed, to which the retiring relatives were
+lurking back to take the last glance of, and to mingle their last tears
+over, with the horror of seeing the bones of their fathers and children
+strewed over the ground by hands too averse to labour and too ruthless
+to cover them again.</p>
+
+<p>I was here forcibly struck with the fitness of Jim’s remarks about the
+hyænas, of “their resemblance to <em>Chemokimons</em> or pale-faces,” when I
+told him that they lived by<a class="pagenum" id="Page_302" title="302"></a> digging up and devouring bodies that had
+been consigned to the grave.</p>
+
+<p>I thought also of the distress of mind of the Little Wolf when he lost
+his child at Dundee&mdash;of his objections to bury it in a foreign land;
+and also of the double pang with which the fine fellow suffered when
+dire necessity compelled him to leave the body of his affectionate
+wife amidst the graves of the thousands whose limbs and bones were no
+curiosity. And I could thus appreciate the earnestness with which,
+in his last embrace of me in Paris, he desired me to drive every day
+in a cab, as he had been in the habit of doing, to the cemetery of
+Montmartre, to see that no one disturbed the grave of her whom he had
+loved, but was then to leave; and that I should urge his kind friend
+M. Vattemare to hasten the completion of the beautiful monument he was
+getting made, that it might be sure to be erected over her grave before
+she might be dug up.</p>
+
+<p>With regard to the remainder of the party of Ojibbeways whom I have
+said I had advised to return as soon as possible to their own country,
+I am grieved to inform the reader that, from letters from several
+friends in England, I have learned that the chief has persisted in
+travelling through various parts of the kingdom, making his exhibitions
+of Indian life during the last year, and has had the singular and
+lamentable misfortune of burying three of his children and his wife!
+
+These, being facts, show a loss of seven out of twelve of that party,
+affording a shocking argument against the propriety of persons bringing
+Indians to Europe with a view to making their exhibitions a just or
+profitable speculation.</p>
+
+<p>Three of the former party died while under my direction, as I have
+described in the foregoing pages; and a noble fine Indian, by the name
+of <em>Jock-o-sot</em>, of the Sac tribe, brought to England by a Mr. Wallace
+about the same time, was dying, and died on his way home, from causes
+he met in this country; making the melancholy list of eleven who lost
+their lives in the space of eighteen months.</p>
+
+<p><a class="pagenum" id="Page_303" title="303"></a>
+These are facts which bring the reader’s mind, as well as that of
+the author, to inquire what were the objects of these parties in
+England&mdash;how they came here&mdash;and what their success, as well as what
+will be the results that will probably flow from them. Each of these
+speculations has undoubtedly been projected by the white men who
+brought the Indians over, having conceived a plan of employing and
+taking to Europe such parties, who would be great curiosities in a
+foreign country, and by their exhibitions enabled to realise a great
+deal of money.</p>
+
+<p>These parties, in each case, have been employed, and induced to come on
+condition of a certain sum of money to be paid them per month, or so
+much per year, to be given them on their return to their own country,
+with the additional advantage of having all their expenses borne, and
+themselves entitled to all the numerous presents they would receive
+during their travels.</p>
+
+<p>As I have been with each of these parties the greater part of the time
+while they were making their exhibitions, I feel quite sure that this
+last condition of their engagements has been strictly kept with them,
+and that by it the Indians profited to a considerable amount from the
+kind and charitable hands of people whom they were amusing. But how far
+they have been benefited by the other conditions of their engagements,
+after they have returned to their homes, I am unable to tell.</p>
+
+<p>As for their reception by the public generally where they have
+travelled, and their conduct whilst amongst and dealing with the world,
+it gives me great pleasure, as a living witness, to tender to that
+public my grateful acknowledgments for the kindness and friendship with
+which they received those unsophisticated people; and in justice to
+the Indians, as well as for the satisfaction of those who knew them,
+to acknowledge the perfect propriety of their conduct and dignity of
+deportment whilst they were abroad.</p>
+
+<p>There were of the three parties thirty-five in all, and I am proud, for
+the character of the abused race which I am<a class="pagenum" id="Page_304" title="304"></a> yet advocating, that, for
+the year and a half that I was daily and hourly in familiarity with
+them in Europe, I never discovered either of them intoxicated, or in a
+passion with one another, or with the world. They met the people, and
+all the wondrous and unaccountable works which their eyes were daily
+opened to in the enlightened world, with an evenness of temper and
+apparent ease and familiarity which surprised all who saw them.</p>
+
+<p>Their conduct was uniformly decent and respectful, and through their
+whole tour, whilst abroad, they furnished a striking corroboration of
+two of the leading traits of their national character, which I have
+advanced in my former work, of their strict adherance to promises they
+make, and of their never-ending garrulity and anecdote when, in their
+little fireside circles, they are out of the embarrassing gaze of the
+enlightened world, who are wiser than themselves.</p>
+
+<p>For these nightly gossips, which generally took place in their private
+apartments after the labours of the day were done and the pipe was lit,
+the excitements of the day, and the droll and marvellous things they
+had seen in their exhibition-room and in the streets of London and
+Paris, afforded them the endless themes; and of these little sittings
+I was almost an inseparable member, as will have been seen by many
+anecdotes entered in the pages which the reader has already passed over.</p>
+
+<p>It will be pleasing therefore to the reader, at least to those who
+felt an interest in those poor people, to learn, that, though they
+might have been objects of concern and pity whilst making a show of
+themselves in this country, they were, nevertheless, happy, and in the
+height of amusements, philosophically enjoying life as they went along;
+and to those who know me, and feel any anxiety for my welfare, that,
+although I was aiding them in a mode of living to which I was always
+opposed, I was happy in their society, and also in the belief that I
+was rendering them an essential service, although my labours were much
+less successful as regarded my own pecuniary interest.</p>
+
+<p><a class="pagenum" id="Page_305" title="305"></a>
+One of the leading inducements for Indians to enter into such
+enterprises, and the one which gains the consent of their friends
+and relations around them, and more particularly is advanced to the
+world as the plausible motive for taking Indians abroad, is that of
+enlightening them&mdash;of opening their eyes to the length and breadth of
+civilization, and all the inventions and improvements of enlightened
+society. These three parties (having met their old friend and advocate
+abroad, who has introduced them to the highest society of the
+world&mdash;has led them into three palaces, and from those down through
+every grade of society, and into almost every institution and factory
+of the continent&mdash;whose eyes and whose ears have been opened to most of
+the information and improvements of this enlightened age, and who have
+gone back to relate and to apply, in their own country, the knowledge
+they have gained) will furnish the best argument on record, for or
+against the propriety of bringing American Indians abroad, as the means
+of enlightening them and making them suitable teachers of civilization
+when they go back to the wilderness. And though the pages of this book
+cannot sum up the results of these visits, which can only be looked up
+ultimately in the respective tribes to which they have returned, yet a
+few words more upon the materials with which they have returned, and
+the author’s opinion (in his familiar knowledge of the Indians’ mode of
+reasoning) of their probable results, may not be obtrusive, as a sort
+of recapitulation of scenes and estimates, with their tendencies, made
+in the foregoing pages.</p>
+
+<p>It is natural, or at least habitual, to suppose that, for the ignorant
+to learn is always to improve; and that what a savage people can learn
+amongst civilized society <em>must be</em> for their benefit. But in this
+view of the case, which would generally be correct, there arises a
+very fair question how far, for the benefit of the unenlightened parts
+of the world, it is judicious to acquaint them at a glance, with the
+whole glare of the lights and shades of civilized life, by opening
+the eyes of such parties to so many virtues and so many<a class="pagenum" id="Page_306" title="306"></a> luxuries and
+refinements so far beyond the possibility of their acquiring, and at
+the same time to so many vices, to so much poverty and beggary not
+known in their simple modes of life, to teach to their people and
+to descant on when they get home; themselves as well as those whom
+they are teaching, despairing of ever attaining to what they have
+seen to admire and covet, and unwilling to descend to the degrading
+vices and poverty which they have seen mixed up in the mysterious and
+money-making medley of civilization.</p>
+
+<p>If I startle the readers, let them reflect for a moment upon what
+perhaps some of them have never yet exactly appreciated&mdash;that a man,
+to know how his own house looks, must see how the houses of others
+appear. To know how his own city and country actually look, and how
+his countrymen act and live, he should see how cities and countries
+look, and how people act, in other parts of the world. If he will do
+this, and then leave all civilized countries a while, and the din and
+clatter, and the struggles for wealth amidst the rags and vices of the
+community he has lived in, and taste for a time the simple, silent
+life of the wilderness, he will find, on returning to his home, that
+he has been raised amongst a variety of vices and follies which he
+never before had duly appreciated, and will then realise, to a certain
+degree, the view which the savages take of the scenes in civilized life
+when they look into the strange medley of human existence in our great
+towns and cities, where all the contrasts are before their eyes, of
+rich and poor, equally struggling for wealth or the means of existence.</p>
+
+<p>With such eyes were those wild people here to look; and without the
+cares and hourly and momentary concerns which lead the scrambling,
+busy world through and across the streets, blinded to what is about
+them, the poor but entirely independent Indians were daily and
+hourly scanning from the top of their buss, or the platform of their
+exhibition-rooms, the scenes, and manners, and expressions that were
+about them; and though they looked with unenlightened<a class="pagenum" id="Page_307" title="307"></a> eyes, they
+saw and correctly appreciated many things in London and Paris which
+the eyes of Londoners and Parisians scarcely see. They saw their
+sights and got their estimates and statistics, and in the leisure of
+their inquisitive and abstracted minds drew deductions which few of
+the business world have leisure or inclination to make; and with all
+of these they have gone back to be the illustrators and teachers of
+civilization in the wilderness.</p>
+
+<p>Each one will be a verbal chronicler, as long as he lives, of the
+events and scenes he witnessed while abroad, and <em>Wash-ka-mon-ya</em> (or
+Jim), with his smattering of civilization, and his book of entries,
+which he will find enough to read and translate, will furnish abundance
+of written evidence for them to comment upon to their nation, who will
+be looking to them for information of the secret of civilization.</p>
+
+<p>The bazaar of toys and trinkets presented to them, with the money and
+medals which they will open to view in the wilderness, will glitter in
+the eyes of their people, and, it is to be feared, may be an inducement
+to others to follow their example.
+œ
+Their <em>Bibles</em> had increased in their various boxes since the last
+census to more than a hundred and fifty; their <em>religious tracts</em>,
+which they could not read, to some thousands; their <em>dolls</em>, in all,
+to fifty; and other useless toys, to a great number. Then came their
+<em>medals</em>, their <em>grosses of buttons</em>, their <em>beads</em>, <em>ribbons</em>,
+<em>brooches</em>, <em>fans</em>, <em>knives</em>, <em>daggers</em>, <em>combs</em>, <em>pistols</em>, <em>shawls</em>,
+<em>blankets</em>, <em>handkerchiefs</em>, <em>canes</em>, <em>umbrellas</em>, <em>beaver hats</em>,
+<em>caps</em>, <em>coats</em>, <em>bracelets</em>, <em>pins</em>, <em>eye-glasses</em>, &amp;c. &amp;c.; and
+then their prints&mdash;views of countries they had seen, of <em>churches</em>,
+<em>cathedrals</em>, <em>maps of London and Paris</em>, <em>views of bridges</em>, of
+<em>factories</em>, of <em>coal-pits</em>, of <em>catacombs</em>, of <em>Morgues</em>, &amp;c. &amp;c.,
+to an almost countless number, all to be opened and commented upon,
+and then scattered, as the first indications of civilization, in the
+wilderness. These are but mere toys, however, but gewgaws that will
+be met as matters of course, and soon used up and lost sight of. But
+Jim’s book of the statistics of London, of Paris, and New York, will
+stand the <em>Magna<a class="pagenum" id="Page_308" title="308"></a> Charta</em> of his nation, and around it will assemble
+the wiseacres of the tribe, descanting on and seeking for a solution
+of the blessings of civilization, as the passing pipe sends off its
+curling fumes, to future ages, over its astounding and marvellous
+estimates of civilized <em>nations</em>, of <em>cities</em>, of <em>churches</em>, of
+<em>courts of justice</em>, and <em>gaols</em>&mdash;of the tens of thousands of civilized
+people who are in it recorded (to their amazement) as <em>blind</em>, as <em>deaf
+and dumb</em>, and <em>insane</em>; of <em>gallows</em> and <em>guillotines</em>, of <em>massacres</em>
+and <em>robberies</em>, the number of <em>grog-shops</em> and <em>breweries</em>,
+of <em>coal-pits</em>, of <em>tread-mills</em> and <em>foundling hospitals</em>, of
+<em>poorhouses</em> and <em>paupers</em>, of <em>beggars</em> and <em>starvation</em>, of
+<em>brothels</em>, of <em>prisons for debtors</em>, of <em>rapes</em>, of <em>bigamy</em>, of
+<em>taxation</em>, of <em>game-laws</em>, of <em>Christianity</em>, of <em>drunkenness</em>, of
+<em>national debt</em> and <em>repudiation</em>.</p>
+
+<p>The estimates of all these subjects have gone to the wilderness, with
+what the eyes of the Indians saw of the poverty and distress of the
+civilized world, to be taught to the untaught, and hereafter to be
+arrayed, if they choose, against the teachings of civilization and
+Christianity in the Indian communities: a table of the enormous numbers
+in the civilized world who by their own folly or wickedness drag
+through lives of pain and misery, leaving their Indian critics, in the
+richness of their imaginations, to judge of the immense proportion of
+the enlightened world who, in just retribution, must perish for their
+crimes and their follies; and in their ignorance, and the violence
+of their prejudices, to imagine what proportion of them are actually
+indulged in the comforts of this life, or destined to enjoy the
+happiness of the world to come.</p>
+
+<p>Teaching, I have always thought, should be gradual, and but one thing
+(or at most but few things) taught at a time. By all who know me and
+my views, I am known to be, as I am, an advocate of civilization; but
+of civilization, as it has generally been taught amongst the American
+Indians, I have a poor opinion; and of the plan I am now treating of,
+of sending parties to foreign countries to see all that can be seen
+and learned in civilized life, I have a still poorer<a class="pagenum" id="Page_309" title="309"></a> opinion, being
+fully convinced that they learn too much for useful teachers in their
+own country. The strides that they thus take are too great and too
+sudden for the slow and gradual steps that can alone bring man from a
+savage to a civilized state. They require absolutely the reverse of
+what they will learn from such teachers. They should, with all their
+natural prejudices against civilized man, be held in ignorance of the
+actual crime, dissipation, and poverty that belong to the enlightened
+world, until the honest pioneer, in his simple life, with his plough
+and his hoe, can wile them into the mode of raising the necessaries of
+life, which are the first steps from savage to civil, and which they
+will only take when their prejudices against white men are broken down,
+which is most effectually done by teaching them the modes of raising
+their food and acquiring property. I therefore am constrained to give
+judgment here against the propriety of parties of Indians visiting
+foreign countries with a view to enlightening their people when they
+go back; and here also to register my opinion, for which I am daily
+asked, as to the effects which these visits to Europe will have upon
+the parties who have been abroad, and what impressions they will make
+amongst their people when they return.</p>
+
+<p>I am sure they saw many things which pleased them and gained their
+highest admiration, and which they might be benefited by seeing; and
+also that they saw many others which it would have been decidedly
+better they had never seen. They have witnessed and appreciated the
+virtues and blessings, and at the same time the vices and miseries and
+degradations of civilized life, the latter of which will doubtless
+have made the deepest impressions upon their minds, and which (not
+unlike some <em>more distinguished travellers than themselves</em>) they will
+comment and enlarge upon, and about in equal justice to the nation they
+represent and are endeavouring to instruct.</p>
+
+<p>Their tour of a year or two abroad, amidst the mazes and mysteries of
+civilized life, will rest in their minds like a<a class="pagenum" id="Page_310" title="310"></a> romantic dream, not to
+be forgotten, nor to be dreamed over again; their lives too short to
+aspire to what they have seen to approve, and their own humble sphere
+in their native wilds so decidedly preferable to the parts of civilized
+life which they did not admire, that they will probably convert the
+little money they have made, and their medals and trinkets, into whisky
+and rum, and drown out, if possible, the puzzling enigma, which, with
+arguments, the poor fellows have found it more difficult to solve.</p>
+
+<p>With this chapter I take leave of my Indian friends; and as the main
+subject of this work ends with their mission to Europe, the reader
+finds himself near the end of his task.</p>
+
+<p>In taking leave of my red friends, I will be pardoned for repeating
+what I have before said, that on this side of the Atlantic they
+invariably did the best they could do; and that, loving them still as
+I have done, I shall continue to do for them and their race, all the
+justice that shall be in the power of my future strength to do.</p>
+
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<h2><a class="pagenum" id="Page_311" title="311"></a>
+CHAPTER XXXI.</h2>
+
+<p class="hang">
+  The Author returns to his little children in Paris&mdash;His loss of
+     time and money&mdash;The three Indian speculations&mdash;His efforts
+     to promote the interests of the Indians, and the persons who
+     brought them to Europe&mdash;His advice to other persons wishing
+     to engage in similar enterprises&mdash;The Author retires to his
+     atelier, and paints the fifteen pictures for the King&mdash;The
+     pleasure of quiet and retirement with his four little
+     children around him&mdash;He offers his Indian Collection to the
+     American Government&mdash;And sends his memorial to Congress&mdash;Bill
+     reported in favour of the purchase&mdash;The Author has an
+     interview with the King in the Tuileries&mdash;Delivers the fifteen
+     pictures&mdash;Subjects of the pictures painted&mdash;Conversations
+     with the King&mdash;Reflections upon his extraordinary life&mdash;The
+     Author’s thoughts, while at his easel, upon scenes of his
+     life gone by&mdash;And those that were about him, as he strolled,
+     with his little children, through the streets and society of
+     Paris&mdash;Distressing and alarming illness of the Author’s four
+     little children&mdash;Kindness of sympathizing friends&mdash;Death of
+     “little George”&mdash;His remains sent to New York, and laid by the
+     side of his mother&mdash;A father’s tears and loneliness&mdash;The Author
+     returns with his Collection to London.</p>
+
+
+<p>The commencement of this chapter finds me at my easel, in a comfortable
+<em>atelier</em> in my own apartments in Paris, where I had retired, with my
+little children about me, to paint the fifteen pictures for the King,
+and others for which I had some standing orders.</p>
+
+<p>My collection was at this time placed in a magazine in the vicinity of
+my dwelling, and my faithful man Daniel still continued his charge over
+it, keeping it in repair, and plying between it and my painting-room
+when I required models from my collection to work from.</p>
+
+<p>The true measure of ordinary happiness I have long believed to be
+the amount of distress or anxiety we have escaped from; and in this
+instance I felt, retired from the<a class="pagenum" id="Page_312" title="312"></a> constant anxieties I had lived under
+for the last six or seven years, demanding all my time, and holding my
+hand from my easel, as if I could be happy, even in my grief, with my
+four dear little children around me, whom their kind mother had but a
+few months before, in her dying breath, committed to my sole keeping
+and protection.</p>
+
+<p>My house, though there was a gloom about it, had a melancholy charm
+from its associations, whilst its halls were enlivened by the notes of
+my little innocents, who were just old enough for my amusement, and too
+young fully to appreciate the loss they had sustained, and whose little
+arms were now concentrated about my neck, as the only one to whom they
+claimed kindred and looked for protection.</p>
+
+<p>My dear little namesake, George, and my only boy, then three years and
+a half old, was my youngest, and, being the only one of my little flock
+to perpetuate my name, had adopted my painting-room as his constant
+play-house, and, cronies as we had become there, our mutual enjoyment
+was as complete as my happiness was, in the dependence I was placing on
+him for the society of my future days. His first passion, like that of
+most children, had been for the drum, with which, slung upon his back,
+with drumsticks in hand, he made my <em>atelier</em> and apartments ring, and
+never was happier or more proud than when we addressed him as “Tambour
+Major,” by which name he familiarly went, and to which he as promptly
+answered.</p>
+
+<p>Besides the company of this dear little fellow, I had the sweet society
+of my three little girls, of ten, eight, and six years old, and with
+all, and the pleasures at my easel, I counted myself in the enjoyments
+of life that I would have been unwilling for any consideration to
+part with. I thus painted on, dividing my time between my easel, my
+little children, and the few friends I had in Paris, resolving and
+re-resolving to devote the remainder of my life to my art, being
+in possession of the fullest studies from nature to enable me to
+illustrate the early history of my country in its<a class="pagenum" id="Page_313" title="313"></a> various dealings
+with the Indian tribes of America; and in these labours I also with
+pleasure resolved to continue my efforts to do justice to their
+character and their memory.</p>
+
+<p>The American Congress was at that time in session, with a surplus
+revenue in the treasury of more than 12,000,000 of dollars; and,
+deeming it an auspicious time, I proposed the sale of my collection by
+my Memorial, to that body, believing there was sympathy enough for the
+poor Indians in my country, and disposition to preserve all the records
+of this dying race, to induce the Congress to purchase the collection
+as connected with the history of the country.</p>
+
+<p>I had been stimulated, the whole time whilst making the collection,
+with the hope that it would be perpetuated on the soil where these
+ill-fated people have lived and perished; and was constantly encouraged
+in my labours with the belief that such would be the case.</p>
+
+<p>On my Memorial, a Bill was reported by the Joint Committee on the
+Library, complimenting me in the strongest terms, and recommending its
+purchase; but, owing to the sudden commencement of the Mexican war at
+that time, no action was had upon it, and it now remains to be seen
+whether the Government will take it up again, or whether the collection
+will be left, because more highly appreciated, in a foreign land. My
+unavoidable belief still is, that some measure will be adopted for its
+preservation in my native country, a monument to those people who have
+bequeathed to the United States all her dominions, and who are rapidly
+wasting away; though I have fears that the call for it may be too late,
+either to gratify my ambition to see it perpetuated amongst the records
+of my country, or to enable me to feel the reward for my hard labour.</p>
+
+<p>The Bill reported in the Congress I have taken the liberty to insert
+here, for the very high compliment it conveys, as well as for the
+benefit it may in some way afford me by the value therein set upon my
+works.</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<a class="pagenum" id="Page_314" title="314"></a>
+<p><span class="smcap">Bill</span> reported in the <span class="smcap">American Congress</span>, 1846, for
+  the Purchase of <span class="smcap">Catlin’s Indian Gallery</span>, July 24th, 1846.
+  Read and laid upon the table. Mr. <span class="smcap">W. W. Campbell</span>, from the
+  Joint Committee on the Library, made the following <span class="smcap">Report</span>:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p><em>The Joint Committee on the Library, to whom was referred the
+  Memorial of Mr. Catlin for the purchase of his Gallery of Indian
+  Collections and Paintings; and also the Memorial of American artists
+  abroad, and of American citizens resident in London, respectfully
+  report&mdash;</em></p>
+
+<p>That of Mr. Catlin, who desires to place, on certain conditions, his
+  extensive collection of Indian portraits, costumes, and other objects
+  of interest connected with Indian life, in the possession of the
+  Government, it is hardly necessary to speak, since his reputation is
+  established throughout this country and Europe. A native of the state
+  of Pennsylvania, his early studies were directed to the law, which,
+  under an impulse of enthusiasm that often marks original genius,
+  he soon abandoned for the pencil, stimulated by desire to give to
+  his country exact and spirited representations of the persons,
+  costumes, ceremonies, and homes of the aboriginal inhabitants of this
+  continent, now retreating and gradually vanishing away before the
+  power of civilization. Nor did he devote himself to his enterprises
+  merely to gratify curiosity and preserve memorials of a bold,
+  independent, and remarkable race of men, but to direct attention
+  to certain lofty traits of their character, and excite, generally,
+  friendly sentiments and efforts for their benefit. In making this
+  collection, he expended eight entire years of his life and 20,000
+  dollars, and visited, often at great hazard of his personal safety,
+  more than forty different (and most of them remote) tribes. Unaided
+  by public or private patronage, he pursued and effected his object,
+  sustained, as he observes, by the ambition of procuring a full
+  and complete pictorial history of a numerous and interesting race
+  of human beings rapidly sinking into oblivion, and encouraged by
+  the belief that the collection would finally be appropriated and
+  protected by the Government of his own country, as a monument to
+  a race once sole proprietors of this country, but who will soon
+  have yielded it up, and with it probably their existence also, to
+  civilized man.</p>
+
+<p>On Mr. Catlin’s return from the western prairies, the attention of
+  Congress was, in 1837 and 1838, turned towards his collection, and a
+  resolution for its purchase was moved in the House, and referred to
+  the Committee on Indian Affairs, who, it is understood, expressed in
+  their report an unanimous opinion in favour of the purchase, though
+  the near approach of the close of the session prevented its being
+  submitted for consideration.</p>
+
+<p>In transferring his collection to Europe, Mr. Catlin had no intention
+  of alienating it, or changing its nationality and destination; but,
+  by its exhibition, sought to secure support for his family, and
+  obtain means of bring<a class="pagenum" id="Page_315" title="315"></a>ing out his great and expensive work on the
+  Indians&mdash;a work which has thrown much light upon their character and
+  customs, and been received with distinguished favour on both sides of
+  the Atlantic.</p>
+
+<p>The judgment of our citizens, and that of eminent foreigners,
+  is concurrent in regard to the value of this collection for the
+  illustration of our history, and as a work of art. By desire of the
+  King of France, it now occupies a gallery in the Louvre, and has been
+  highly eulogized by the most distinguished artists and men of science
+  in Paris. A large gold medal has been presented to Mr. Catlin by the
+  King of the Belgians, with a letter expressing a high opinion of his
+  productions.</p>
+
+<p>The American artists now in Paris, in a memorial addressed to
+  Congress, urging the importance of securing this collection to our
+  country, say, “Having made ourselves acquainted with the extent and
+  interest of this unique collection, and of its peculiar interest
+  to our country; and also aware of the encouraging offers now made
+  to its proprietor for its permanent establishment in England, as
+  well as the desire generally manifested here to have it added to
+  the historical gallery of Versailles, we have ventured to unite in
+  the joint expression of our anxiety that the members of the present
+  Congress may pass some resolution that may be the means of restoring
+  so valuable a collection to our country, and fixing it among its
+  records. Interesting to our countrymen generally, it is absolutely
+  necessary to American artists. The Italian who wishes to portray the
+  history of Rome finds remnants of her sons in the Vatican; the French
+  artist can study the ancient Gauls in the museums of the Louvre; and
+  the Tower of London is rich in the armour and weapons of the Saxon
+  race.</p>
+
+<p>“Your memorialists, therefore, most respectfully trust that Mr.
+  Catlin’s collection may be purchased and cherished by the Federal
+  Government, as a nucleus for a national museum, where American
+  artists may freely study that bold race who once held possession of
+  our country, and who are so fast disappearing before the tide of
+  civilization. Without such a collection, few of the glorious pages of
+  our early history can be illustrated, while the use made of it here
+  by French artists, in recording upon canvas the American discoveries
+  of their countrymen in the last century, shows its importance.”</p>
+
+<p>Your Committee feel the justice of these sentiments of American
+  artists, and also the importance, as suggested in their memorial,
+  of securing, by the purchase of his collection, the future efforts
+  of Mr. Catlin for its enlargement. Let the Government appropriate
+  his collection, and the chief ambition of its author’s life will be
+  realized, and he will be enabled, in a few years, to double it in
+  value and extent.</p>
+
+<p>The bill which has recently passed the House for the establishment
+  of the Smithsonian Institution provides that there shall belong to
+  it a “gallery of art;” and of course it must be intended that such
+  gallery shall be occupied by works of art. That such works should
+  be principally American, is the obvious dictate of patriotism.
+  No productions, your Committee believe, at present exist, more
+  appropriate to this gallery than those of Mr. Catlin, or of equal
+  importance. Should Congress fail to act on this subject,<a class="pagenum" id="Page_316" title="316"></a> or decide
+  unfavourably to Mr. Catlin’s proposal, he may, notwithstanding his
+  reluctance, be compelled to accept the positive and advantageous
+  offers now made to him in England.</p>
+
+<p>The love of art, and respect for those who have cultivated it
+  with success, especially for those who have illustrated, by their
+  productions, the history of their country, have ever been cherished
+  by the most civilized nations. It has been justly observed, that
+  “among the Greeks the arts were not so much objects to promote
+  gratification as of public interest; they were employed as the most
+  powerful stimulants of piety and patriotism, commissioned to confer
+  distinction upon those who were conspicuous for valour, for wisdom,
+  and for virtue. A statue or picture gave celebrity to a city or a
+  state, and a great artist was considered a national ornament&mdash;a
+  public benefactor, whom all were bound to honour and reward.”</p>
+
+<p>Your Committee believe the price of his collection, as named by Mr.
+  Catlin, is moderate, and that a failure to obtain it would occasion
+  deep regret to all the friends of art, and to all Americans who
+  reasonably and justly desire to preserve memorials of the Indian
+  race, or the means by which our future artists and historians may
+  illustrate the great and most interesting events in the early periods
+  and progress of our country.</p>
+
+<p>The Committee, therefore, recommend that the bill for the
+  establishment of the Smithsonian Institute be so amended as that
+  provision shall be made therein for the purchase of Mr. Catlin’s
+  gallery at the price mentioned by him&mdash;namely, sixty-five thousand
+  dollars&mdash;payable in annual instalments of ten thousand dollars.</p>
+
+<p class="signature"><em>New York Journal of Commerce, Nov. 12th.</em></p>
+</div>
+
+<p>When I had completed the pictures ordered by the King, his Majesty
+graciously granted me an audience in the Palace of the Tuileries to
+deliver them, on which occasion he met me with great cheerfulness,
+and, having received from me a verbal description of each picture, he
+complimented me on the spirit of their execution, and expressed the
+highest satisfaction with them, and desired me to attach to the back of
+each a full written description. The dimensions of these paintings were
+30 by 36 inches, and the subjects as follow:&mdash;</p>
+
+<table summary="Paintings for the French King">
+<tr><td class="tdr">No. 1.</td><td>An Indian ball-play.</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tdr">2.</td><td>A Sioux Council of War.</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tdr">3.</td><td>Buffalo-hunt on snow-shoes.</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tdr">4.</td><td><em>Mah-to-toh-pa</em> (the Four Bears), a Mandan chief, full length.</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tdr">5.</td><td>A Buffalo-hunt, Sioux.</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tdr">6.</td><td>Eagle-dance, and view of Ioway village.</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tdr">7.</td><td><em>Mah-to-he-ha</em> (the Old Bear), a medicine-man of the Mandans.</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tdr">8.</td><td><em>Wan-ee-ton</em>, one of the most distinguished chiefs of the Sioux.</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tdr">9.</td><td><em>Ee-ah-sa-pa</em> (the Black Rock), a Sioux chief, full length.</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tdr"><a class="pagenum" id="Page_317" title="317"></a>10.</td><td><em>Mu-hu-shee-kaw</em> (the White Cloud), Ioway chief.</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tdr">11.</td><td><em>Shon-ta-ye-ee-ga</em> (the Little Wolf), an Ioway warrior.</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tdr">12.</td><td><em>Wa-tah-we-buck-a-nah</em> (the Commanding General), an Ioway boy.</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tdr">13.</td><td><em>Maun-gua-daus</em>, an Ojibbeway chief.</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tdr">14.</td><td><em>Say-say-gon</em> (the Hail Storm), an Ojibbeway warrior.</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tdr">15.</td><td><em>Ah-wun-ne-wa-be</em> (the Thunder-bird), Ojibbeway warrior.</td></tr>
+</table>
+
+<p>His Majesty had on several occasions, in former interviews, spoken
+of the great interest of the scenes of the early history of the
+French colonies of America, and French explorations and discoveries
+in those regions, and the subject was now resumed again, as one
+of peculiar interest, affording some of the finest scenes for the
+pencil of the artist, which he thought I was peculiarly qualified to
+illustrate. Additional anecdotes of his rambling life in America were
+very humorously related; and after the interview I returned to my
+painting-room, and continued happily engaged at my other pictures, with
+my familiar sweet smiles and caresses about me.</p>
+
+<p>As a painter often works at his easel with a double thought, one upon
+the subject he is creating upon the canvas, and the other upon the
+world that is about him, I kept constantly at work, and pleasantly
+divided my extra thoughts upon the amusing little tricks that were
+being played around me, and the contemplation of scenes and events of
+my life gone by. I ran over its table of contents in this way: “My
+native valley of Wyoming&mdash;the days and recollections of my earliest
+boyhood in it&mdash;my ten years in the valley of the <em>Oc-qua-go</em>, where
+I held alternately the plough, my rifle, and fishing-tackle&mdash;my
+five years at the classics&mdash;my siege with Blackstone and Coke upon
+Littleton&mdash;my three years’ practice of the law in the Courts of
+Pennsylvania&mdash;the five years’ practice of my art of portrait-painting
+in Philadelphia&mdash;my eight years spent amongst the Indian tribes of
+the prairies and Rocky Mountains&mdash;and, since that, my eight years
+spent in the light of the refined and civilized world, where I have
+been admitted to Palaces, and into the society of Kings, Queens, and
+Princes<a class="pagenum" id="Page_318" title="318"></a>&mdash;and <em>now</em> at my easel, in my studio, with my dear little
+babes around me, thanking Him who has blessed me with them, and courage
+and health, through all the vicissitudes of my chequered life, and now
+with strength to stand by and support and protect them.”</p>
+
+<p>I thought also of the King, the wonderful man, with whose benignant and
+cheerful face I had been so often conversing; whose extraordinary life
+had been so much more chequered than my own; many of whose early days
+had been spent on the broad rivers and amongst the dense and gloomy
+forests of my own country; who, driven by political commotions from
+his native land, sought an asylum in the United States of America,
+and there, in the youthful energy of his native character, 52 years
+ago, crossed and re-crossed the Alleghany Mountains, descended the
+Ohio river 600 miles in his simple and rickety pirogue, and from the
+mouth of the Ohio to New Orleans, 1000 miles on the muddy waves of
+the Mississippi, amidst its dangerous snags and sand-bars, when the
+banks of those two mighty rivers were inhabited only by savages, whose
+humble wigwams he entered, and shared their hospitality; who afterwards
+visited the shores of Lake Erie, and also the Falls of Niagara, before
+the axe of sacrilegious man had shorn it of its wild and native
+beauties; who visited the little commencement of the town of Buffalo
+and the village of the Seneca Indians; who paddled his canoe 90 miles
+through the Seneca Lake to Ithaca, and from thence travelled by an
+Indian’s path, with his knapsack on his back, to the Susquehana river,
+which he descended in an Indian canoe to Wyoming, my native valley;
+and then on foot, with his knapsack again upon his back, crossed the
+Wilkesbarre and Pokono Mountains to Easton and Philadelphia; and who
+consequently thus knew, 52 years ago, more of the great western regions
+of America, and of the modes of its people, than one of a thousand
+Americans do at the present day.</p>
+
+<p>I contemplated the character of this extraordinary man, reared in
+the luxuries of Palaces, thrown thus into the midst<a class="pagenum" id="Page_319" title="319"></a> of the vast and
+dreary forests of the Mississippi, launching his fragile boat and
+staking his life upon its dangerous waves, and laying his wearied limbs
+upon its damp and foggy banks at night, amidst the howling wolves and
+rattlesnakes and mosquitoes; and after that, and all these adventures,
+called, in the commotions of his country, to mount the throne and wield
+the sceptre over one of the greatest and most enlightened nations of
+the earth. I beheld this great man in these strange vicissitudes of
+life, and France, whose helm he took in the midst of a tempest, now
+raised to the zenith of her national wealth and glory, after 17 years
+of uninterrupted peace and prosperity. I contemplated the present
+wealth and health of that nation and her institutions, her grand
+internal improvements, and cultivation of science and the arts; and
+I reflected also, with equal pleasure and surprise, on what I had
+seen with my own eyes, the <em>greatness of soul</em> of that monarch as he
+was taking the poor Indians of the forest by the hand in his Palace,
+and expressing to them the gratitude he never yet had lost sight of,
+that he bore them for the kindness with which their tribes everywhere
+treated him when he entered their wigwams, hungry, on the banks of the
+Mississippi and the great lakes in America. He had the frankness and
+truthfulness to tell them that “he loved them,” for the reasons he had
+given, and the kindness of heart to convince them of his sincerity in
+the way that carries the most satisfactory conviction to the mind of an
+Indian as well as it often does to that of a white man.</p>
+
+<p>These contemplations were rapid and often repeated, and there were
+many more; and they never passed through my mind without compelling me
+to admire and revere the man whose energy of character and skill have
+enabled him, with like success, to steer his pirogue amidst the snags
+of the Mississippi, and at the helm of his nation, to guide her out of
+the tempest of a revolution, and onward, through a reign of peace and
+industry, to wealth and power, to which she never before has attained.</p>
+
+<p><a class="pagenum" id="Page_320" title="320"></a>
+In the midst of such reflections I often strolled alone in
+a contemplative mood through the wilderness throngs of the
+Boulevards&mdash;the great central avenue and crossing-place&mdash;the <em>aorta</em>
+of all the circulating world&mdash;to gaze upon the endless throng of human
+beings sweeping by me, bent upon their peculiar avocations of business
+or of pleasure&mdash;of virtue or of vice; contrasting the glittering views
+about me with the quiet and humble scenes I had witnessed in various
+parts of my roaming life.</p>
+
+<p>In the midst of this sweeping throng, knowing none and unknown, I found
+I could almost imagine myself in the desert wilderness, with as little
+to disturb the current of contemplative thoughts as if I were floating
+down the gliding current of the Missouri in my bark canoe, in silent
+contemplation of the rocks and forests on its banks.</p>
+
+<p>In a different mood, also, I as often left my easel and mingled with
+the throng, with my little chattering children by my side, forgetting
+to think, and with eyes like theirs, scanned the thousands and tens
+of thousands of pretty things displayed in the shops, and whiled away
+in perfect bliss, as others do, an hour upon the pavements of the
+Boulevards.</p>
+
+<p>The reader has learned, from various books, the features of this
+splendid scene, with all its life and din and glittering toys, and of
+Paris, with its endless mysteries, and beauties, and luxuries, and
+vices, which it is not the province of this work to describe; but from
+all that he has read he may not yet know how completely he may be lost
+sight of in the crowds of the Boulevards, and what positive retirement
+he may find and enjoy, unknowing and unknown, if he wishes to do so,
+in his apartments in the centre of Paris, where his neighbours are
+certainly the nearest and most numerous in the world.</p>
+
+<p>In London and New York one often thinks it strange that he knows not
+his neighbours by the side of him; but in Paris, those on the <em>sides</em>
+are seldom taken into consideration as such, and so little do people
+know of, or care for, each<a class="pagenum" id="Page_321" title="321"></a> other’s business, that few have any
+acquaintance with their neighbours <span class="smcap">above</span> and <span class="smcap">below</span>
+them.</p>
+
+<p>The circumscribed limits of the city, and the density of its
+population, enable the Parisians to make a glittering display in the
+streets, in the brilliancy and taste of which they no doubt outdo any
+other people in the world. The close vicinity of its inhabitants,
+and the facility with which they get into the streets, and the tens
+of thousands of inducements that tempt them there, tend to the
+concentration of fashion and gaiety in the principal avenues and
+arcades, which, in the pleasant evenings of spring and summer, seem
+converted into splendid and brilliant salons, with the appearance of
+continuous and elegant soirées. To these scenes all Parisians and all
+foreigners are alike admitted, to see and enjoy the myriads of sights
+to be seen in the shop-windows, as well as to most of the splendid
+collections of works of literature and the arts, which, being under
+the Government control, are free to the inspection of all who wish to
+see them. Amidst most of these I have been, like thousands of others,
+a visitor and admirer for two years, seeking for information and
+amusement&mdash;for study and contemplation&mdash;alone; or enjoying them in
+company with my little children, or travelling friends, for whose aid
+and amusement I have as often given my time.</p>
+
+<p>The reader will here see that I have before me the materials for
+another book, but as the object of this work is attained, and its
+limits approached, with my known aversion to travel over frequented
+ground, I must refer him to other pens than mine for what I might have
+written had I the room for it, and had it not been written twenty times
+before.</p>
+
+<p>The little bit of my life thus spent in the capital of France, though
+filled with anxieties and grief, has had its pleasant parts, having
+seen much to instruct and amuse me, and having also met with, as in
+London, many warm friends, to whom I shall feel attached as long as
+I live. In the English society in Paris I met a number of my London<a class="pagenum" id="Page_322" title="322"></a>
+friends, where the acquaintance was renewed, with great kindness on
+their parts, and with much pleasure to myself.</p>
+
+<p>I met also many American families residing in Paris; and, added to
+their numbers, the constant throng of Americans who are passing to
+and from the classic ground of the East, or making their way across
+the Atlantic to the French metropolis, and swelling their occasional
+overflowing and cheerful soirées. At these I saw many of the élite and
+fashionable of the French, and noticed also, and much to my regret, as
+well as surprise, that, in the various intercourse I had in different
+classes, the Americans generally mixed less with the English than the
+French society.</p>
+
+<p>This is probably attributable in a great degree to the passion which
+English and Americans have, in their flying visits to the city of all
+novelties, to see and study something new, instead of spending their
+valuable time with people of their own family and language, whom and
+whose modes they can see at home. This I deem a pity; and though among
+the passing travellers the cause is easily applied, and the excuse
+as easily accepted, yet among the resident English and Americans, of
+whom there are a great many and fashionable families, there seems a
+mutual unsocial and studied reserve, which stands in the way of much
+enjoyment, that I believe lies at the doors of kindred people in a
+foreign land.</p>
+
+<p>My time, however, was so much engrossed with anxieties and grief and my
+application to my art, that I shared but moderately in the pleasures
+of any society; and the few observations I have been able to make I
+have consequently drawn from less intercourse than has been had by many
+others, who have more fully described than I could do had this book
+been written for the purpose.</p>
+
+<p>My interviews with society in this part of the world, as far as they
+have been held, have been general, and my observations, I believe, have
+been unbiassed. And as I mingled with society to see and enjoy, but not
+to describe, my remarks in this place, on the society and manners of
+Parisians and people in Paris, must end here, and neces<a class="pagenum" id="Page_323" title="323"></a>sarily be thus
+brief, to come within the bounds of my intentions in commencing this
+work.</p>
+
+<p>The society which fascinated me most and called for all my idle hours
+was that of my four dear little children, whose arms, having been for
+ever torn from the embrace of an affectionate mother, were ready to
+cling to my neck whenever I quitted the toils of my painting-room.
+There was a charm in that little circle of society which all the
+fascinations of the fashionable world could never afford me, and I
+preferred the simple happiness that was thus sweetly spread around me
+to the amusements and arts of matured and fashionable life.</p>
+
+<p>The days and nights and weeks and months of my life were passing on
+whilst my house rang with the constant notes of my little girls and my
+dear little “Tambour Major,” producing a glow of happiness in my life,
+as its hours were thus carolled away, which I never before had attained
+to.</p>
+
+<p>My happiness was here too complete to last long, and, as the sequel
+will show, like most precious gifts, was too confidently counted on
+to continue. A sudden change came over this pleasing dream of life;
+the cheering notes of my little companions were suddenly changed into
+groans, and my occupations at my easel were at an end. The chirping
+and chattering in the giddy maze of their little dances were finished,
+and, having taken to their beds, my occupation was changed to their
+bedsides, where they were all together writhing in the agonies of
+disease, and that of so serious a nature as to require all my attention
+by night and by day, and at length anxieties of the most painful kind,
+and alarm&mdash;of grief, and a broken heart!
+
+To those of my readers who have ever set their whole heart upon and
+identified their existence with that of a darling little boy, and wept
+for him, it is unnecessary&mdash;and to those who have never been blessed
+with such a gift it would be useless&mdash;for me to name the pangs that
+broke my heart<a class="pagenum" id="Page_324" title="324"></a> for the fate of my little “Tambour Major,” who, in that
+unlucky hour, thoughtlessly relinquishing all his little toys, laid
+down with his three little sisters, to run the chances with them, and
+then to be singled out as he was by the hand of death.</p>
+
+<p>In kindness the reader will pardon these few words that flow in tears
+from the broken and burning heart of a fond father; they take but a
+line or two, and are the only monument that will be raised to the
+memory of my dear little George, who lived, in the sweetness of his
+innocence, to gladden and then to break the heart of his doating
+parent, the only one while he was living, to appreciate his loveliness,
+and now the only one to mourn for him. The remains of this dear little
+fellow were sent to New York, as a lovely flower to be planted by the
+grave of his mother, and thus were my pleasures and peace in Paris
+ended. Two idols of my heart had thus vanished from me there, leaving
+my breast with a <em>healing</em> and a <em>fresh wound</em>, to be opened and
+bleeding together. My <em>atelier</em> had lost all its charms; the <em>escalier</em>
+also was dreary, for its wonted echoing and enlivening notes had
+ceased; and the beautiful pavement of the Place Madeleine, which was
+under my windows, and the daily resort, with his hoop and his drum, of
+my little “Tambour Major.”</p>
+
+<p>The Boulevards also, and the Champs Elysées, and the garden of the
+Tuileries, the scenes of our daily enjoyment, were overcast with a
+gloom, and I left them all.</p>
+
+<hr class="tb" />
+
+<p>At the time of writing this my heart flies back and daily hovers about
+the scenes of so many endearing associations, while my hand is at work
+seeking amusement and forgetfulness at my easel.
+
+I have before said that the practice of my art is to be the principal
+ambition of the rest of my life; and as the beginning of this chapter
+found me in my <em>atelier</em> in Paris, the end of it leaves me in my
+<em>studio</em> at <em>No. 6, Waterloo Place</em>, in London, with my collection, my
+thousands of studies, and my little children about me where I shall
+be hereafter steadily seek<a class="pagenum" id="Page_325" title="325"></a>ing the rational pleasures and benefits I
+can draw from them; and where my friends and the world who value me or
+my works may find me without ceremony, and will be greeted, amongst
+the numerous and curious works in my collection, enumerated in the
+catalogue which I have given, for the amusement and benefit of the
+reader, at the end of my first volume.</p>
+
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<h2><a class="pagenum" id="Page_327" title="327"></a>
+APPENDIX. (A.)</h2>
+
+<p class="hang">
+  <em>The two following Letters, written from the Ioway Mission on the
+     Upper Missouri, with several others more recently received by
+     Mrs. A. Richardson, of Newcastle-on-Tyne, bear conclusive proof
+     of the sincerity of the Society of Friends, and of the benefit
+     that promises to flow from their well-directed and charitable
+     exertions.</em></p>
+
+<hr class="tb" />
+
+<p class="center">IOWAY INDIANS.</p>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Extract of a Letter from S. M. Irvin.</span></p>
+
+<p class="signature"><em>Ioway and Sac Mission, May 24th, 1847.</em></p>
+
+<p>Having a leisure morning, I most cheerfully give a few minutes to my
+dear friend in England. I have just been thinking, before I took my
+pen, how very mysterious are the workings of God’s providence! Near
+four years ago, a party of our Ioway Indians started out on what
+appeared to us to be a wrong and uncalled-for expedition. We dreaded
+the result, and, so far as our opinion was consulted, it was given
+against the design, advising rather that they should stay at home, go
+to labour and economy, and not go to be shown as wild animals. In these
+notions we thought we were sustained by reason and Scripture, and were
+at least sincere in our views. We, however, made but little resistance,
+and when it was determined that they should go we submitted, did what
+we could for their comfort and success, gave them the parting hand,
+and commended them to the care of a merciful Providence. They started,
+spent the winter in St. Louis and New Orleans, associated with bad
+company, were exceedingly intemperate, and seemed to have grown much
+worse, which tended to confirm us in the belief of the error and
+impropriety of such a measure, and our hearts mourned over them. In
+the spring they went to the eastern part of the United States, and
+from thence to England. From the latter place we heard of the death of
+one and another, and of a probability of their going to France, and
+becoming enchained with the externals of the Catholic religion. Here
+we thought our opinions were fully confirmed. How can any good result
+from this? How much harm must ensue to these poor people, and probably
+through them to their nation!</p>
+
+<p>But at this point a ray of light seemed to break forth, and we could
+see<a class="pagenum" id="Page_328" title="328"></a> through the dark vista a possibility of good resulting from
+it. Hitherto we could only trust in the government of God, knowing
+that He would bring good out of evil, but we could not see by what
+process it could be accomplished. But we now began to learn that the
+people of England, particularly the Society of Friends, were taking
+a warm interest in their welfare, stimulating their minds in favour
+of industry, economy, and Christianity, and especially guarding
+them against the pernicious effects of ardent spirits. There the
+foundation of hope, on rational and tangible principles, commenced.
+Perhaps the friends of God and his cause in England were to be the
+honoured instruments of making an indelible impression on the minds
+of these poor wanderers, and, if so, how well will they be repaid
+for their pilgrimage, and how happily shall we be disappointed! Next
+came an affectionate letter from your own hand. This was the second
+development of the unseen but operating hand of God in carrying on
+his own work. A young man of ardent piety and devotion to the cause
+of God was next recommended as a suitable person to come and labour
+among the Indians as missionary from England. I may say that the whole
+mystery was now plain. We could now say to each other, God has taken
+them over to England to send a suitable missionary, whose labours will
+be, doubtless, blessed to their conversion, and thus we could see how
+easily God, our <em>covenant-keeping God</em>, can foil the designs of Satan.
+How our hearts did burn within us when we thought of the goodness of
+God in these things! The original design we could not but look upon
+as a work of the enemy, got up for the purpose of selfishness and
+speculation, but now we could see the scale turn, and the pleasing
+prospect of hailing our young brother as a fellow-helper in this cause
+more than reconciled us to the hitherto mysterious movement. He came,
+and, though it was found best under the circumstances to assign him
+for a time to a different field of labour, still it is the same common
+cause, whether among the Otoes or Ioways.</p>
+
+<p>Very important pecuniary aid, both in money and clothing, was also
+subsequently received, from which our cause has, in no small degree,
+been aided and encouraged. Next a helpmate is proposed for our young
+friend, who is here alone, and toiling against the trials of a new
+and strange society and manners, and the prejudices of the Indians.
+God, through suitable instrumentality, conducts the negotiation to
+a favourable issue; the solitary individual is strengthened to part
+from her friends and country, is conducted by the hand of God across
+the dangerous deep, is brought more than 2000 miles, and, by a great
+variety of hazardous conveyances, almost to the centre of a great
+continent, and is now safely landed within the walls of this house.
+Truly may we exclaim, What hath God wrought! But the wonders and cause
+for gratitude stop not here. Our kind friend, Miss G., is not only
+here, but already is she engaged, twice or thrice a-day, in instructing
+the poor little daughters of the forest in needlework and such other
+instruction as may be suitable, and as yet I see nothing in the way
+but that she may very soon be able to give every moment of time that
+she can spare to these little ones. How pleasing will this be! How
+cheer<a class="pagenum" id="Page_329" title="329"></a>fully and happily will the hours pass away, and how largely will
+she be rewarded for all her toil! I have skipped, as you will see, with
+more than eagle flight, over this narrative, for it furnishes materials
+enough for an interesting volume. I should like much to dwell upon it,
+but your mind can carry out the details, and see, as clearly as any
+other, the lineaments of God’s goodness.</p>
+
+<p>Miss G. will have so much to say to you, that I am sure she will not
+know where to commence, and I think she will be about as much puzzled
+to describe many things so that you can understand.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Bloohm has not yet arrived from the Otoe mission, but we look for
+him daily. So soon as I heard of Miss G.’s approach, I advised him
+of it, but he, being about fifty miles from the post-office, may not
+have received the letter. That you may better understand our relative
+situations, I will subjoin a rude outline of them with the pen.</p>
+
+<p>Miss G. remained some time in St. Louis for Mr. Lowrie, and was
+afterwards instructed by him to come on to this place, he being
+prevented, by low water, from calling for her at St. Louis. Last
+Friday he passed up the Missouri river to the Otoe and Omahaw mission,
+leaving word that he would be back, at the farthest, by the end of this
+week. If Mr. Bloohm be able, he will come down with Mr. L., if not
+before him. As soon as they arrive, we hope to be able to make full
+arrangements about all our affairs, and you may expect to be informed
+of all that will interest you in due time.</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Extract of a Letter from Jane M. Bloohm.</span></p>
+
+<p class="signature"><em>Ioway and Sac Mission, May 28th, 1847.</em></p>
+
+<p>[After giving several interesting particulars of her journey from St.
+Louis, and arrival at the station, the writer proceeds:&mdash;]</p>
+
+<p>I feel assured, my dear friend, you would be pleased with this
+institution. The boarding-house is a most excellent building, three
+stories high. On the ground floor are the dining-room, kitchen, pantry,
+milk-house, and two sleeping-rooms. On the second story, the chapel in
+the centre, from back to front, and on one side the boys’ school in
+front, with two small rooms behind, which Mr. Hamilton occupies. On the
+other side of the chapel is the girls’ school, with two small rooms
+behind it for Mr. Irvin. The third story has the girls’ bedroom, back
+and front, with a small one off it parted with deals, where I sleep.
+The boys’ on the other side is the same; in the middle is a spare
+bedroom and Mr. Irvin’s study.</p>
+
+<p>We rise at five o’clock, and at half-past assemble in the chapel for
+worship. While there, breakfast is placed on the table, and the bell
+rings again, when we go down. There are four tables, but not all full
+at present, as some of the children have left. Mr. Irvin sits at one
+table with the boys, Mr. Hamilton and his lady (when able) with the
+girls. Our table is called the family table; there are Mrs. Irvin,
+their father and mother,<a class="pagenum" id="Page_330" title="330"></a> Mrs. I.’s two children, Mrs. H.’s eldest
+girl, the two men, and myself, as also any other strangers. Mr. Irvin’s
+father and mother are two very old people; they intend leaving as
+soon as Mr. Lowrie comes, old Mr. I. not being able to manage the
+farm now. At breakfast each child has a pewter plate, with a tin pot
+turned upside down upon it, a knife and fork, and spoon. As soon as a
+blessing is asked, they each turn over their tin pot, and those who
+sit with them at table fill it with milk, and give them corn bread,
+boiled corn, batten cake (which is much like our pancake), a piece of
+bacon, and treacle. Of this they all eat as much as they like. Each
+table is served the same, with the exception that we have coffee for
+breakfast, and tea for supper. At dinner there is sometimes a little
+boiled rice, greens, &amp;c., but no other kind of meat than bacon. We dine
+at half-past twelve, and sup at seven. After supper we all remain, and
+have worship in the dining-room; sometimes Mr. Hamilton prays and sings
+in Indian; and, oh! my beloved friend, could you only hear the sweet
+voices of those dear heathen children, you would be astonished, they
+sing so well. I do most sincerely hope that the day is not far distant
+when they shall not only worship Him with the voice, but with the
+understanding, and in truth.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. H. teaches all the children from nine till twelve. After breakfast
+I take the girls up to make their beds; two and two sleep together;
+they did it so neatly this morning. When done, they go with me to
+school to sew or knit till nine, then again after dinner till two, and
+after five till supper-time, when I assist to wash their hands and
+faces, and put them to bed. Some of them are very fine children, but
+I am surprised I am able to go so near them, for they are very dirty;
+but they seem very fond of me. You will laugh when I say that two or
+three of them often come running to me, and clasp me round the waist.
+They wish to teach me to speak their language; they can say a good
+many English words; they call their teachers father and mother. A few
+of them are very little. After I put on their nightcaps, and lift them
+into bed, they all repeat a prayer. You will be surprised when I say
+I do feel such an interest in them; I do wish these feelings may not
+only continue, but increase. I feel quite happy, and have never had the
+least feeling of regret at my coming out, and I trust I never shall.</p>
+
+<p>Both Mr. and Mrs. Irvin are most desirous for us to remain here, but
+that will rest with Mr. Lowrie and P. B. I am willing to go wherever
+I am of most use. It is a most arduous and responsible office we each
+hold, from the little I have seen (and it is but little to what I shall
+see if the Lord spare me). We need the prayers of our dear friends. Oh!
+forget us not, you, our far distant and beloved friends; entreat our
+Heavenly Father to give us much of his Spirit, and to us help along.
+Your old friend <em>Little Wolf</em> came to see me. He said I might give his
+and his family’s love to you. A few more came to welcome me; they are
+constantly coming about the house. I am just sent for to assist in the
+ironing, and have had to write this while the irons were heating. There
+is no mangle here. The children’s clothes are washed and repaired every
+week.</p>
+
+<p><a class="pagenum" id="Page_331" title="331"></a>
+<em>May 31st.</em>&mdash;Just as I finished the above on Friday afternoon, the
+arrival of two gentlemen was announced. They were Mr. Lowrie and my
+dear P. B. The latter is looking thin, but upon the whole is much
+better, as also much better than I expected to find him; as for
+colour, an Indian: but setting aside his Indian complexion, I was glad
+to see a known face, and to meet a beloved friend; and now, my dear
+friend, I can call him my beloved husband. The marriage took place on
+Saturday the 29th, at eight o’clock in the evening, by Mr. Hamilton,
+in Mr. Irvin’s room. Old Mr. and Mrs. Irvin were there, Mr. and Mrs.
+Irvin junior, Mr. Lowrie, Mr. Melody (who had come to the mission on
+a visit), and one of the men, who had expressed a wish to be present.
+Mrs. H. was not strong enough to join us, which I did regret. Mr.
+Lowrie has settled for us to remain here, at least for some time;
+P. B. to assist Mr. H. with the boys and other labour, while I take
+the full charge of the girls. Oh! that we may each have strength to
+perform these our arduous duties. The old people leave in a few days,
+when we shall have their room, which is on the ground floor, close by
+the dining-room. We shall have to sit at table with the children, and
+should Mr. H. be from home or sick, at any time, we shall have the full
+charge. We have, one and all, made up our minds to assist each other
+when it is needful, and I do most sincerely pray that we may be enabled
+to labour together in the same spirit which was in Christ Jesus. It is
+His work, it is His cause; and we all, I trust, esteem our privilege
+great, that we, unworthy as we are, should be permitted to take part in
+this glorious work. Mr. Lowrie, I believe, intends leaving to-morrow;
+it will be three weeks before he can reach New York. Mr. Melody left
+this morning; he speaks highly of the kindness he received while in
+England, and, I believe, would very well like to pay a second visit. *
+* * *
+
+And now, dear friend, I think I have given you all the intelligence
+that it is in my power to send at the present time. It is likely
+that my dear husband may send a note, but he is much occupied, and,
+I believe, going to St. Joseph with Mr. Lowrie. He joins with me in
+kindest love to you and Mr. &mdash;&mdash;, not forgetting all our dear friends,
+to whom you will be so kind as to present it, and ever believe me to
+remain</p>
+
+<p class="signature">
+   <span class="padright10">Your most affectionate friend,</span><br />
+                                                    <span class="smcap">J. M. Bloohm.</span></p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<h2><a class="pagenum" id="Page_332" title="332"></a>
+<a id="App_B"></a>APPENDIX. (B.)</h2>
+
+<p class="titlepage">HORSE-TAMING:</p>
+
+<p class="hang">
+  <em>Being an Account of the successful application, in two recent
+     Experiments made in England, of the expeditious method of
+     Taming Horses, as practised by the Red Indians of North
+     America.&mdash;Communicated by</em> <span class="smcap">Alexander John Ellis, B.A.,</span>
+     <em>of Trinity College, Cambridge, in 1842.</em></p>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Extract.</span></p>
+
+<p>The object of the following pages is two-fold: first, to extract the account
+of the North American Indian method of Horse-taming, as given by Mr.
+Catlin in his new work, entitled ‘Letters and Notes on the Manners,
+Customs, and Condition of the North American Indians,’ and to detail
+certain experiments which have been tried by the direction and in the
+presence of the Communicator; and, second, to urge gentlemen, farmers,
+stable-keepers, horse-trainers, horse-breakers, and all others who may be
+interested in the taming of horses, to try for themselves experiments similar
+to those here detailed, experiments which are exceedingly easy of trial, and
+will be found exceedingly important in result.</p>
+
+<p>The following is a detail of the experiments witnessed and directed by
+the Communicator:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>During a visit in the North Riding of Yorkshire, the volumes of Mr.
+Catlin first fell under the Communicator’s observation, and among other
+passages those just quoted struck him forcibly. Although he scarcely
+hesitated to comprehend the circumstances there detailed, under a well-known
+though much-disputed class of phenomena, he was nevertheless
+anxious to verify them by actual experiment before he attempted to theorize
+upon them. And he now prefers to give the naked facts to the public, and
+leave his readers to account for them after their own fashion. It so happened
+that, while staying with his brother-in-law, F. M., of M&mdash;&mdash; Park,
+the Communicator had the pleasure of meeting W. F. W., of B&mdash;&mdash;, a
+great amateur in all matters relating to horses. In the course of conversation
+the Communicator mentioned what he had read about horse-taming, and the
+detail seemed to amuse them, although they evidently discredited the fact.<a class="pagenum" id="Page_333" title="333"></a>
+The Communicator begged them to put the matter to the test of experiment,
+and M., who had in his stables a filly, not yet a year old, who had never
+been taken out since she had been removed from her dam, in the preceding
+November, agreed that he would try the experiment upon this filly. The
+Communicator made a note of the experiments on the very days on which
+they were tried, and he here gives the substance of what he then wrote
+down.</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Experiment the First.</span></p>
+
+<p class="hang"><span class="smcap">Subject</span>&mdash;<em>A Filly, not yet a year old, who had never been
+     taken out of the stable since she had been removed from her dam
+     in the preceding November.</em></p>
+
+<p><em>Friday, Feb. 11, 1842.</em>&mdash;In the morning W. and M. brought the filly
+from the stable to the front of M.’s house. The filly was quite wild,
+and on being first taken out of the stable she bolted, and dragged
+W., who only held her by a short halter, through a heap of manure. W.
+changed the halter for a long training halter, which gave him such
+power over her that he was easily able to bring the little scared thing
+up to the front of the house. Both M. and W. seemed much amused, and
+laughingly asked E. (the Communicator) to instruct them in Catlin’s
+method of taming horses. E. did so as well as he could, quoting
+only from memory. The experiment was not tried very satisfactorily,
+but rather under disadvantages. The filly was in the open air, many
+strangers about her, and both the experimenters were seeking rather
+amusement from the failure than knowledge from the success of their
+experiment. W. kept hold of the halter, and M., with considerable
+difficulty, for the filly was very restive and frightened, managed to
+cover her eyes. He had been smoking just before, and the smoke must
+have had some effect on his breath. When he covered her eyes, he <em>blew</em>
+into the nostrils, but afterwards, at E.’s request, he <em>breathed</em>;
+and, as he immediately told E., directly that he began to breathe, the
+filly, who had very much resisted having her eyes covered and had been
+very restive, “<em>stood perfectly still and trembled</em>.” From that time
+she became very tractable. W. also breathed into her nostrils, and
+she evidently enjoyed it, and kept putting up her nose to receive the
+breath. She was exceedingly tractable and well behaved, and very loth
+to start, however much provoked. The waving of a red handkerchief, and
+the presenting of a hat to her eyes, while the presenter made a noise
+inside it, hardly seemed to startle her at all.</p>
+
+<p><em>Saturday, Feb. 12, 1842.</em>&mdash;This morning the filly was again led
+out to show its behaviour, which was so good as to call forth both
+astonishment and praise. It was exceedingly tractable, and followed W.
+about with a loose halter. Attempts were made to frighten it. M. put on
+a long scarlet Italian cap, and E. flapped a large Spanish cloak during
+a violent wind before its eyes, and any well broken-in horse would have
+started much more than did this yearling.</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p><a class="pagenum" id="Page_334" title="334"></a></p>
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Experiment the Second.</span></p>
+
+<p class="hang">
+  <span class="smcap">Subject</span>&mdash;<em>A Filly, three years old, coming four, and very
+     obstinate; quite unbroken-in.</em></p>
+
+<p><em>Saturday, Feb. 12, 1842.</em>&mdash;While the last experiments were being tried
+on the yearling, W. espied B., a farmer and tenant of M., with several
+men, at the distance of some fields, trying, most ineffectually, on the
+old system, to break-in a horse. W. proposed to go down and show him
+what effect had been produced on the yearling. The rest agreed, and
+W., M., and E. proceeded towards B., W. leading the yearling. On their
+way they had to lead her over a brook, which she passed after a little
+persuasion, <em>without force</em>. One of the fields through which she had to
+pass contained four horses, three of which trotted up and surrounded
+her, but she did not become in the least degree restive, or desirous of
+getting loose. When the party arrived at the spot, they found that B.
+and his men had tied their filly short up to a tree in the corner of a
+field, one side of which was walled, and the other hedged in. W. now
+delivered the yearling up to M., and proposed to B. to tame his horse
+after the new method, or (to use his own phrase) to “puff” it. B., who
+was aware of the character of his horse, anxiously warned W. not to
+approach it, cautioning him especially against the fore-feet, asserting
+that the horse would rear and strike him with the fore-feet, as it had
+“lamed” his own (B.’s) thigh just before they had come up. W. therefore
+proceeded very cautiously. He climbed the wall, and came at the horse
+through the tree, to the trunk of which he clung for some time, that he
+might secure a retreat in case of need. Immediately upon his touching
+the halter, the horse pranced about, and finally pulled away with a
+dogged and stubborn expression, which seemed to bid W. defiance. Taking
+advantage of this, W. leaned over as far as he could, clinging all the
+time to the tree with his right hand, and succeeded in breathing into
+one nostril, without, however, being able to blind the eyes. From that
+moment all became easy. W., who is very skilful in the management of a
+horse, coaxed it, and rubbed its face, and breathed from time to time
+into the nostrils, while the horse offered no resistance. In about ten
+minutes W. declared his conviction that the horse was subdued; and he
+then unfastened it, and, to the great and evident astonishment of B.
+(who had been trying all the morning in vain to gain a mastery over
+it), led it quietly away with a loose halter. Stopping in the middle
+of the field, with no one else near, W. quietly walked up to the
+horse, placed his arm over one eye and his hand over the other, and
+breathed into the nostrils. It was pleasing to observe how agreeable
+this operation appeared to the horse, who put up its nose continually
+to receive the “puff.” In this manner W. led the horse through all
+the fields, in one of which were the four horses already mentioned,
+who had formerly been the companions of the one just tamed, and who
+surrounded it, without, however, making it in the least degree restive.
+At length W. and the horse reached the stable-yard, where they were
+joined by C. W. C. C., of S&mdash;&mdash; Hall, and J. B. son of B. the farmer.
+In the presence of<a class="pagenum" id="Page_335" title="335"></a> these, M., and E., W. first examined the fore-feet,
+and then the hind-feet of the horse, who offered no resistance, but,
+while W. was examining the hind-feet, leant its neck round, and kept
+nosing W.’s back. He next buckled on a surcingle, and then a saddle,
+and finally bitted the horse with a rope. During the whole of these
+operations the horse did not offer the slightest resistance, nor did
+it flinch in the least degree. All who witnessed the transaction were
+astonished at the result obtained. The Communicator regrets only that
+he is not at liberty to publish the names at length. This experiment
+of bitting was the last that W. tried, since the nature of the country
+about M&mdash;&mdash; Park did not admit of ridings being tried with any prospect
+of safety. The whole experiment lasted about an hour. It should be
+mentioned that when J. B., to whom W. delivered up the horse, attempted
+to lead it away, it resisted; whereupon E. recommended J. B. to breathe
+into its nostrils. He did so, and the horse followed him easily. The
+next day, B., who is severe and obstinate, began at this horse in the
+old method, and belaboured it dreadfully, whereupon the horse very
+sensibly broke away. This result is important, since it shows that the
+spirit is subdued, not broken.</p>
+
+<p>These are all the experiments which the Communicator has as yet had
+the opportunity of either witnessing or hearing the results of, but
+they are to him perfectly satisfactory; the more so, that Mr. W.,
+who made the experiments, was himself perfectly ignorant of any
+process of the kind until informed of it at the actual time of making
+the experiment. It may be considered over-hasty to publish these
+experiments in their present crude state, but the Communicator does so
+with a view to investigation. He will have no opportunity himself of
+making any experiments, as he is unacquainted with the treatment of
+horses, and neither owns any nor is likely to be thrown in the way of
+any unbroken colts. But the experiment is easy for any horse-owner,
+and would be best made in the stable, where the horse might easily
+be haltered down so as to offer no resistance. The method would, no
+doubt, be found efficacious for the subjugation and taming of vicious
+horses. The readers will, of course, have heard of the celebrated
+Irish horse-charmers. They never would communicate the secret, nor
+allow any one to be with them while they were in the stable taming
+the horse. It is agreed, however, that they approached the head. The
+Communicator feels sure that the method they employed was analogous
+to that contained in these pages. Persons have paid high prices for
+having their horses charmed; they have now an opportunity of charming
+horses themselves, at a very small expense of time and labour. Half an
+hour will suffice to subdue the most fiery steed&mdash;the wild horse of the
+prairies of North America.</p>
+
+<p>The Communicator has no object but that of benefiting the public in the
+above communication. The method is not his own, nor has he the merit of
+having first published it; but he thinks that he is the first who has
+caused the experiment to be made in England, and the entire success of
+that experiment induces him to make the present communication, in the
+hope that he may benefit not only his countrymen by the publication
+of a simple, easy,<a class="pagenum" id="Page_336" title="336"></a> and rapid method of performing what was formerly
+a long, tedious, and difficult process, but also the “puir beasties”
+themselves, by saving them from the pains and tortures of what is
+very aptly termed “<em>breaking</em>-in.” Mr. Catlin, indeed, speaks of the
+horse’s struggles being severe, but they were the struggles of a wild
+horse, just caught on a prairie, and not of the domestic animal quietly
+haltered in a stable. The process as now presented is one of great
+humanity to the horse, as well as ease and economy to the horse-owner.
+The only objections to it are its novelty and simplicity. Those who
+have strength of mind to act for themselves, and not to despise any
+means, however simple or apparently childish, will have cause to
+rejoice over the great results at which they will arrive. But the great
+watchword which the Communicator would impress upon his readers is,
+“Experiment!”</p>
+
+<p class="center" lang="la" xml:lang="la">Magna est veritas et prævalebit.</p>
+
+<p class="signature">A. J. E.</p>
+
+<p>Note.&mdash;<em>The above experiments, which the Author has supposed might be
+interesting to some of his readers, have been even more successful
+than he would have anticipated, having always believed that to bring
+about the surprising compromise he has so often witnessed by exchanging
+breath, the animal should be a wild one, and in the last extremity of
+fear and exhaustion.</em>&mdash;<span class="smcap">The Author.</span></p>
+
+
+<p class="center">THE END.</p>
+
+<p class="center small">London: Printed by <span class="smcap">William Clowes</span> and <span class="smcap">Sons</span>, Stamford Street.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+<div class="footnotes">
+
+<h3>Footnotes</h3>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+
+<p><a id="Footnote_1" href="#FNanchor_1"><span class="label">[1]</span></a>
+Some allowance will be made for the freedom with which the Ioways
+      occasionally speak of their predecessors, the Ojibbeways, as these
+      two tribes have lived in a state of constant warfare from time
+      immemorial.</p>
+
+<p class="center"><a id="Footnote_2" href="#FNanchor_2"><span class="label">[2]</span></a>
+<em>Names of the Indians</em>.</p>
+
+<p class="quote1">
+      1. Mew-hew-she-kaw (the white cloud), first chief of the nation.<br />
+      2. Neu-mon-ya (the walking rain), war-chief.<br />
+      3. Se-non-ti-yah (the blistered feet), the medicine man (or
+            Doctor).<br />
+      4. Wash-ka-mon-ya (the fast dancer).<br />
+      5. Shon-ta-yi-ga (the little wolf).<br />
+      6. No-ho-mun-ya (one who gives no attention), or Roman Nose.<br />
+      7. Wa-ton-ye (the foremost man).<br />
+      8. Wa-ta-we-buck-a-na (commanding general).<br />
+</p>
+
+<p class="center"><em>Women</em>.</p>
+
+<p class="quote1">
+      9.  Ru-ton-ye-wee-ma (strutting pigeon), wife of White Cloud.<br />
+      10. Ru-ton-wee-me (pigeon on the wing).<br />
+      11. O-kee-wee-me (female bear that walks on the back of another).<br />
+      12. Koon-za-ya-me (female war-eagle sailing).<br />
+      13. Ta-pa-ta-me (wisdom), girl.<br />
+      14. Corsair (pap-poose).<br />
+</p>
+
+<p><a id="Footnote_3" href="#FNanchor_3"><span class="label">[3]</span></a>
+<span class="smcap">Know all men by these presents</span>, That Shon-ta-yi-ga
+      or the <em>Little Wolf</em>, an Ioway brave, is well entitled to be
+      called a brave, from the fact of his having been engaged in
+      many expeditions against the enemies of his tribe: in all such
+      excursions he has, I am informed, universally behaved bravely.
+      But especially is he entitled to the love and confidence of
+      all men, whether white or red, on account of his humanity and
+      daring conduct in arresting from the cruel nation of which he
+      is a member, a party of <em>Omahaws</em>. On last Sabbath day he saved
+      from the tomahawk and scalping-knife ten unoffending Omahaws:
+      one of the party was decoyed out of sight and murdered; the
+      other ten consisting of the well-known and much-loved chiefs
+      Big Elk, Big Eyes, and Washkamonia, one squaw and six young
+      men. This party was on a visit of friendship, by special
+      invitation from the Ioways. When they arrived within ten miles
+      of this post, they were seen and conversed with by the son in
+      law of Neu-mon-ya, a chief of the Ioways, who undertook to
+      bring the <em>tobacco</em> and <em>sticks</em> to the Ioway chiefs, as is a
+      custom of Indians when on a begging expedition. This young man
+      proved treacherous, and failed to deliver his message to his
+      chiefs, and gave information of the approach of the Omahaws to
+      a man who was preparing to go on a war party. He and two-thirds
+      of the nation started out to murder their visitors, and were
+      only prevented by the timely assistance and interference of the
+      Little Wolf, or Shon-ta-yi-ga, and one other Ioway, whose name
+      is the Roman Nose.</p>
+
+   <p>This man (the Little Wolf) interfered, as he says, and doubtless
+      he tells the truth, because he considered it treacherous and
+      cowardly to strike a brother, after having invited them to
+      visit their nation. Such treachery is rare indeed among the
+      wildest North-American Indians, and never occurred with the
+      Ioways before. I met him and Jeffrey, the Ioway interpreter,
+      together with two other Ioways, guarding the Big Elk and his
+      party on to my agency, in a short time after this occurrence
+      took place.</p>
+
+   <p>I cannot close this communication without expressing my sincere
+      thanks to the Little Wolf and his comrade for their good
+      conduct; and I most respectfully beg leave to recommend them
+      to the kind attention of their great father, the President of
+      the United States, and all gentlemen to whom this paper may be
+      shown.</p>
+
+   <p class="signature"><span class="smcap">W. P. Richardson.</span></p>
+
+   <p><em>Great Nemahaw Sub-Agency, Oct. 23, 1843.</em></p>
+
+   <p><em>Office of Indian Affairs, St. Louis, Missouri, April 10, 1844</em>.</p>
+
+   <p><span class="smcap">Sir</span>,</p>
+
+   <p>Permit me to introduce to you the bearer, No-ho-mun-ya (Roman
+      Nose), an Ioway brave. Roman Nose, in company with Shon-ta-yi-ga,
+      or Little Wolf, in October last defended and rescued from
+      impending death by a party of his own nation, ten Omahaw Indians,
+      consisting of four respected chiefs, braves, and squaws, under
+      circumstances highly flattering to their bravery and humanity.</p>
+
+   <p>I would recommend that a medal be presented to No-ho-mun-ya
+      (Roman Nose) as a testimonial of his meritorious conduct on the
+      occasion referred to. Medals from the Government are highly
+      esteemed by the Indians; and if bravery and humanity are merits
+      in the Indian, then I think Roman Nose richly merits one. His
+      character in every respect is good.</p>
+
+   <p>A notice by the Government of meritorious acts by the Indians has
+      a happy tendency in making a favourable impression in reference
+      to the act that may be the cause of the notice.</p>
+
+   <p>I have presented Little Wolf with a medal that was in the office.
+      On receiving it, he very delicately replied, that “he deserved
+      no credit for what he had done&mdash;that he had only done his duty,
+      but was gratified that his conduct had merited the approbation
+      of his nation and his father.”</p>
+
+   <p class="signature">
+      <span class="padright10">I have the honour to be, very respectfully, Sir,</span><br />
+      <span class="padright5">Your obedient servant,</span><br />
+                                  <span class="smcap">W. H. Harvey</span>, Sup. Ind. Aff.</p>
+
+   <p>To his Excellency John Tyler, President of the<br />
+      <span class="padleft5">United States, Washington City.</span></p>
+
+   <p>I concur with Mr. Harvey in thinking this Indian Chief entitled
+      for his bravery and humanity to a medal.</p>
+
+   <p>June 8, 1844.</p>
+   <p class="signature"><span class="smcap">J. Tyler</span>, Presid. U. States, Washington City.</p>
+
+
+   <p>Medal delivered accordingly to Mr. Geo. H. C. Melody, for the Chief.</p>
+
+   <p>June 8, 1844.</p>
+   <p class="signature"><span class="smcap">J. Hartley Crawford.</span></p>
+
+<p><a id="Footnote_4" href="#FNanchor_4"><span class="label">[4]</span></a>
+The railway tunnel at Liverpool.</p>
+
+<p><a id="Footnote_5" href="#FNanchor_5"><span class="label">[5]</span></a>
+The red willow, from the inner bark of which the Indians make
+      their substitute for tobacco.</p>
+
+<p><a id="Footnote_6" href="#FNanchor_6"><span class="label">[6]</span></a>
+A medicinal herb, the roots of which the Indians use as a
+      cathartic medicine.</p>
+
+<p><a id="Footnote_7" href="#FNanchor_7"><span class="label">[7]</span></a>
+The frightful war-whoop is sounded at the instant when Indians
+      are rushing into battle, as the signal of attack. It is a
+      shrill sounded note, on a high key, given out with a gradual
+      swell, and shaken by a rapid vibration of the four fingers of
+      the right hand over the mouth. This note is not allowed to be
+      given in the Indian countries unless in battle, or in the war
+      or other dances, where they are privileged to give it.</p>
+
+<p><a id="Footnote_8" href="#FNanchor_8"><span class="label">[8]</span></a>
+The Approaching Dance is a spirited part of the <em>War Dance</em>, in
+      which the dancers are by their gestures exhibiting the mode of
+      advancing upon an enemy, by hunting out and following up the
+      track, discovering the enemy, and preparing for the attack,
+      &amp;c., and the song for this dance runs thus:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="poetry-container">
+ <div class="poetry">
+  <div class="stanza">
+   <div class="line">O-ta-pa!</div>
+   <div class="line indent2">I am creeping on your track,</div>
+   <div class="line indent2">Keep on your guard, O-ta-pa!</div>
+   <div class="line indent2">Or I will hop on your back,</div>
+   <div class="line indent2">I will hop on you, I will hop on you.</div>
+  </div>
+  <div class="stanza">
+   <div class="line indent2">Stand back, my friends, I see them;</div>
+   <div class="line indent2">The enemies are here, I see them!</div>
+   <div class="line indent2">They are in a good place,</div>
+   <div class="line indent2">Don’t move, I see them!</div>
+   <div class="line indent4">&amp;c. &amp;c. &amp;c.</div>
+  </div>
+ </div>
+</div>
+
+<p><a id="Footnote_9" href="#FNanchor_9"><span class="label">[9]</span></a>
+<span class="smcap">Wolf Song.</span>&mdash;This amusing song, which I have since
+      learned more of, and which I believe to be peculiar to the
+      Ioways, seems to come strictly under the province of the
+      <em>medicine</em> or <em>mystery</em> man. I will venture to say, that this
+      ingenious adaptation will excite a smile, if not some degree
+      of real amusement, as well as applause, whenever it is fairly
+      heard and understood by an English audience. The occasion that
+      calls for this song in the Ioway country is, when a party of
+      young men who are preparing to start on a war excursion against
+      their enemy (after having fatigued the whole village for
+      several days with the war dance, making their boasts how they
+      are going to slay their enemies, &amp;c.) have retired to rest, at
+      a late hour in the night, to start the next morning, at break
+      of day, on their intended expedition. In the dead of that
+      night, and after the vaunting war party have got into a sound
+      sleep, the serenading party, to sing this song, made up of a
+      number of young fellows who care at that time much less about
+      taking scalps than they do for a little good fun, appear back
+      of the wig-wams of these “<em>men of war</em>” and commence serenading
+      them with this curious song, which they have ingeniously taken
+      from the howling of a gang of wolves, and so admirably adapted
+      it to music as to form it into a most amusing duet, quartet,
+      or whatever it may be better termed; and with this song, with
+      its barking and howling chorus, they are sure to annoy the
+      party until they get up, light the fire, get out their tobacco,
+      and other little luxuries they may have prepared for their
+      excursion, which they will smoke and partake with them until
+      daylight, if they last so long, when they will take leave of
+      their morning friends who are for the “death,” thanking them
+      for their liberality and kindness in starting, wishing them a
+      good night’s sleep (when night comes again) and a successful
+      campaign against their enemies.</p>
+
+<p><a id="Footnote_10" href="#FNanchor_10"><span class="label">[10]</span></a>
+This peculiar dance is given to a stranger, or strangers,
+       whom they are decided to welcome in their village; and out of
+       respect to the person or persons to whom they are expressing
+       this welcome, the musicians and all the spectators rise upon
+       their feet while it is being danced.</p>
+
+    <p>The song is at first a lament for some friend, or friends, who
+       are dead or gone away, and ends in a gay and lively and cheerful
+       step, whilst they are announcing that the friend to whom they
+       are addressing it is received into the place which has been
+       left.</p>
+
+<p><a id="Footnote_11" href="#FNanchor_11"><span class="label">[11]</span></a>
+This barbarous and exciting scene is the Indian mode of
+celebrating a victory, and is given fifteen nights in succession, when
+a war party returns from battle, having taken scalps from the heads
+of their enemies. Taking the scalp is practised by all the American
+tribes, and by them all very much in the same way, by cutting off a
+patch of the skin from a victim’s head when killed in battle; and this
+piece of skin, with the hair on it, is the scalp, which is taken and
+preserved solely for a trophy, as the proof positive that its possessor
+has killed an enemy in battle, and this because they have no books of
+history or public records to refer to for the account of the battles
+of military men. The scalp dance is generally danced by torch light,
+at a late hour in the night; and, in all tribes, the women take a
+conspicuous part in it, by dancing in the circle with the men, holding
+up the scalps just brought from battle, attached to the top of a pole,
+or the handle of a lance.</p>
+
+<p>A scalp, to be a genuine one, must have been taken from the head of an
+<em>enemy</em>, and that enemy <em>dead</em>. The living are sometimes scalped, but
+whenever it occurs, it is on a field of battle, amongst the wounded,
+and supposed to be dead, who sometimes survive, but with the signal
+disgrace of having lost a patch of the skin and hair from the top of
+their heads.</p>
+
+<p><a id="Footnote_12" href="#FNanchor_12"><span class="label">[12]</span></a>
+The <em>Pipe of Peace</em> (or calumet) is a sacred pipe, so held by
+       all the American tribes, and kept in possession of the chiefs,
+       to be smoked only at times of peace-making. When the terms of
+       a treaty have been agreed upon, this sacred pipe, the stem of
+       which is ornamented with eagle’s quills, is brought forward,
+       and the solemn pledge to keep the peace is passed through the
+       sacred stem by each chief and warrior drawing the smoke once
+       through it. After this ceremony is over, the warriors of the
+       two tribes unite in the dance, with the pipe of peace held in
+       the left hand, and a she-she-quoi (or rattle) in the right.</p>
+
+
+<p><a id="Footnote_13" href="#FNanchor_13"><span class="label">[13]</span></a>
+Geo. Catlin.</p>
+
+<p><a id="Footnote_14" href="#FNanchor_14"><span class="label">[14]</span></a>
+Being a silent listener to these conversations, I took out my
+       note book and wrote down the remarks here given, as they were
+       translated by Jeffrey.</p>
+
+<p><a id="Footnote_15" href="#FNanchor_15"><span class="label">[15]</span></a>
+Clergymen.</p>
+
+<p><a id="Footnote_16" href="#FNanchor_16"><span class="label">[16]</span></a>
+The author.</p>
+
+<p><a id="Footnote_17" href="#FNanchor_17"><span class="label">[17]</span></a>
+Though the old War-chief, who was their speaking oracle on
+       the subject of religion, remained sad and contemplative,
+       there was daily much conversation and levity amongst the
+       rest of the party on the subject of the “six religions of
+       white men,” which they had discovered; and either Jim or the
+       little “commanding general” (son of the War-chief), both of
+       whom were busy with their pencils, left on the table for my
+       portfolio the subjoined curious, but significant illustration
+       of their ideas of white man’s paradise, and the six different
+       modes of getting to it. <a href="#Plate_11"><em>Plate No.</em> 11</a> is a <em>fac simile</em> of
+       this curious document, which the reader will appreciate on
+       examination.</p>
+
+<p><a id="Footnote_18" href="#FNanchor_18"><span class="label">[18]</span></a>
+This is, undoubtedly, the favourite and most manly and
+       exciting game of the North American Indians, and often played
+       by three or four hundred on a side, who venture their horses,
+       robes, weapons, and even the very clothes upon their backs,
+       on the issue of the game. For this beautiful game two byes or
+       goals are established, at three or four hundred yards from
+       each other, by erecting two poles in the ground for each, four
+       or five feet apart, between which it is the strife of either
+       party to force the ball (it having been thrown up at a point
+       half-way between) by catching it in a little hoop, or racket,
+       at the end of a stick, three feet in length, held in both
+       hands as they run, throwing the ball an immense distance when
+       they get it in the stick. This game is always played over an
+       extensive prairie or meadow, and the confusion and laughable
+       scrambles for the ball when it is falling, and often sought
+       for by two or three hundred gathered to a focus, are curious
+       and amusing beyond the reach of any description or painting.</p>
+
+<p><a id="Footnote_19" href="#FNanchor_19"><span class="label">[19]</span></a>
+The polite Doctor often spoke of his admiration of this
+       excellent lady and of her beautiful park, and expressed his
+       regrets also that the day they spent there was so short; for
+       while hunting for the ball which they had lost, it seemed he
+       had strolled alone into her beautiful <em lang="fr" xml:lang="fr">Conservatoire</em>, where
+       he said, “in just casting his eyes around, he thought there
+       were roots that they had not yet been able to find in this
+       country, and which they stood much in need of.” He said “he
+       believed from what he had seen when he was looking for the
+       ball, though nobody had ever told him, that this lady was a
+       great root-doctor.”</p>
+
+<p><a id="Footnote_20" href="#FNanchor_20"><span class="label">[20]</span></a>
+No Indian language in America affords the power of swearing,
+       not being sufficiently rich and refined.</p>
+
+<p><a id="Footnote_21" href="#FNanchor_21"><span class="label">[21]</span></a>
+The reverend gentleman.</p>
+
+<p><a id="Footnote_22" href="#FNanchor_22"><span class="label">[22]</span></a>
+Mr. Catlin.</p>
+
+<p><a id="Footnote_23" href="#FNanchor_23"><span class="label">[23]</span></a>
+One of the most violent causes of the Indian’s hatred of white
+       men is, that nearly every Indian grave is opened by them on
+       the frontier for their skulls or for the weapons and trinkets
+       buried with them.</p>
+
+<p><a id="Footnote_24" href="#FNanchor_24"><span class="label">[24]</span></a>
+This unfortunate “friend of mine” called the next day, with a
+       handkerchief tied over one eye, and one arm in a sling; and
+       while we <em>happened</em> to be talking of their intended visit to
+       some of the “hells,” he took occasion to exclaim at once, “My
+       good fellows, let me advise you, go and see everything else in
+       London, but take especial care you don’t go into any of those
+       infernal regions, and get served as I have been, or ten times
+       worse, for I was lucky that I didn’t lose my life.” “Then you
+       have seen them?” said I. “Seen them? yes, I <em>saw</em>, till I was
+       knocked down three or four times, and my pockets picked, after
+       I paid out to those infernal demons fifteen pounds; so I lost
+       about thirty pounds altogether, and have not been able to see
+       since. Nat B&mdash;n of New York was with me, and he got off much
+       worse than I did; he was carried home for dead and hasn’t been
+       out of his room since. When I get a little better, my good
+       fellows, I will give you a long account of what we saw, and
+       I’ll venture you never will want to risk your heads there.”
+       My friend here left us, and Jim and the Doctor had evidently
+       changed their minds about going to see the “Hells of London.”</p>
+
+<p><a id="Footnote_25" href="#FNanchor_25"><span class="label">[25]</span></a>
+St Louis.</p>
+
+<p><a id="Footnote_26" href="#FNanchor_26"><span class="label">[26]</span></a>
+The Royal Arms (the Lion and the Unicorn).</p>
+
+<p><a id="Footnote_27" href="#FNanchor_27"><span class="label">[27]</span></a>
+It is worthy of remark, and due to these kind-hearted people,
+       that I should here explain that this was by no means a
+       solitary instance of their benevolence in Birmingham. Whenever
+       they could get out upon the portico to look into the streets,
+       they threw their pence to the poor; and during the time they
+       were residing in London, we ascertained to a certainty that
+       they gave away to poor Lascars and others in the streets, from
+       their omnibus, many pounds sterling.</p>
+
+<p class="signature"><a id="Footnote_28" href="#FNanchor_28"><span class="label">[28]</span></a>
+<em>Bennett’s Hill, near Birmingham, Nov. 1st, 1844.</em></p>
+  <p>My dear Mr. Catlin,&mdash;I have seen the nobility of England at a
+       birth-night ball in St. James’s palace. I have seen the King
+       and Queen move around the circle, stopping to speak to every
+       individual, and I have wondered what they could have to say. I
+       have seen the Prince of Wales (afterwards George the Fourth)
+       open the ball with a minuet, and afterwards dance down a country
+       dance; and I thought him a handsome young man, and a fine
+       dancer. This was in the year 1780.</p>
+
+    <p>Yesterday, as you well know, for you brought them to visit me,
+       I saw the fourteen Ioway Indians. I shook hands with each,
+       and told them, through the interpreter, that red men were my
+       friends. I looked at them, as they were seated in a half-circle
+       in my drawing-room, immoveable as statues, and magnificently
+       dressed in their own costume, with astonishment. I had never
+       seen a spectacle so imposing. At my request, you presented
+       them to me separately&mdash;first the men, and then the women and
+       children&mdash;and I gave each a small present, for which they were
+       so thankful. At parting, the War-chief stood before me and made
+       a speech, thanking me for my kindness to them, which they should
+       long recollect, and saying, “that, although we should meet no
+       more in this world, yet he hoped the Great Spirit would make us
+       meet in the next.” The action of the chief was free and natural,
+       and most graceful; far superior to anything I ever saw. Indeed,
+       these people are the nobility of nature.</p>
+
+    <p class="signature">
+      <span class="padright5">I am, my dear Sir, your very obliged and very respectful</span><br />
+                                             <span class="smcap">Catherine Hutton</span>.</p>
+
+<p><a id="Footnote_29" href="#FNanchor_29"><span class="label">[29]</span></a>
+Miss E. Fothergill.</p>
+
+<p><a id="Footnote_30" href="#FNanchor_30"><span class="label">[30]</span></a>
+The Author.</p>
+
+<p><a id="Footnote_31" href="#FNanchor_31"><span class="label">[31]</span></a>
+See in Appendix (A) to this volume Correspondence, &amp;c.,
+       relative to Ioway Mission.</p>
+
+<p><a id="Footnote_32" href="#FNanchor_32"><span class="label">[32]</span></a>
+The Tower.</p>
+
+<p><a id="Footnote_33" href="#FNanchor_33"><span class="label">[33]</span></a>
+The reader is referred to the fervent breathing pages of a
+       little periodical, entitled the ‘Olive Branch,’ for a most
+       feeling and impressive account of the reception of this little
+       child’s remains, and its burial in their beautiful cemetery,
+       by the Friends in Newcastle-on-Tyne.</p>
+
+<p><a id="Footnote_34" href="#FNanchor_34"><span class="label">[34]</span></a>
+See English experiments in breaking horses by the Indian mode.
+       <a href="#App_B">Appendix B</a>.</p>
+
+<p><a id="Footnote_35" href="#FNanchor_35"><span class="label">[35]</span></a>
+Only to be appreciated by those who have seen the Dublin
+       “cars.”</p>
+
+<p><a id="Footnote_36" href="#FNanchor_36"><span class="label">[36]</span></a>
+The Author.</p>
+
+<p><a id="Footnote_37" href="#FNanchor_37"><span class="label">[37]</span></a>
+White man.</p>
+
+<p><a id="Footnote_38" href="#FNanchor_38"><span class="label">[38]</span></a>
+An ingenious whistle made to imitate the chattering of the soaring
+eagle, and used in the eagle dance.</p>
+
+<p><a id="Footnote_39" href="#FNanchor_39"><span class="label">[39]</span></a>
+See critical notices of the French Press, Appendix to vol. i.
+       p. 239.</p>
+
+<p><a id="Footnote_40" href="#FNanchor_40"><span class="label">[40]</span></a>
+The place they had escaped in the great village of the whites
+       they had been told was a Hell. It had been explained to them,
+       however, that there were several of those places in London,
+       and that they were only <em>imitations</em> of hell, but they seemed
+       to believe that these catacombs (as there were so many
+       millions of the bones of Frenchmen gone into them) might be
+       the real hell of the pale-faces, and it was best to run no
+       risk.</p>
+
+<p><a id="Footnote_41" href="#FNanchor_41"><span class="label">[41]</span></a>
+I learned from M. Vattemare, on his return, that the party
+       were treated with great friendship by an American gentleman
+       in Havre, Mr. Winslow, who invited them to dine at his house,
+       and bestowed on them liberal presents. They embraced their old
+       friend Bobasheela in their arms on the deck of their vessel,
+       and he sailed for London as their vessel was under weigh for
+       America. The rest of their history is for other historians,
+       and my narrative will continue a little further on events in
+       Paris.</p>
+
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<div class="transnote">
+<h2><a id="endnote" />Transcriber’s Note</h2>
+
+<p>Hyphenation of compound words follows the text. If a hyphenation
+occurred on a line or page break, the most common variant was followed.
+Suspect spellings are noted, but are retained. The modern word ‘grizzly’
+is spelled as ‘grizly’ or ‘grisly’. The word ‘chickabboboo-ags’ (gin palaces)
+appears both with and without the hyphen as a single word.</p>
+
+<p>The following table describes how a variety of textual issues, and
+resolution. Where variants were most likely printer’s errors, they
+have been corrected, otherwise merely noted.</p>
+
+<table id="errata" summary="errata" cellspacing="3" cellpadding="3">
+<colgroup>
+  <col width="15%" />
+  <col width="45%" />
+  <col width="40%" />
+</colgroup>
+<tr><td class="tdr">p. viii</td><td>The “big gun[,]”</td><td>Removed.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdr">p.    x</td><td>The Author breakf[e]asts</td><td>Removed.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdr">p.   29</td><td>visiters</td><td><em>sic.</em></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdr">p.   37</td><td>“oh, the distress![”]</td><td>Added.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdr">p.  117</td><td>relig[i]on</td><td>Added.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdr">p.  155</td><td>Newcastle-on[-]Tyne</td><td>Added.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdr">p.  182</td><td>to support the Queen and royal family.[”]</td><td>Added.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdr">p.  184</td><td>when he[,] should stop</td><td>Removed.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdr">p.  197</td><td>they had seen in [t]heir numerous visits</td><td>Added.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdr">p.  241</td><td>Wa-ton-y[a/e]</td><td>Corrected.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdr">p.  247</td><td>were daily engaged[,/.]</td><td>Corrected.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdr">&nbsp;</td><td>mea[n]ing</td><td>Added.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdr">p.  253</td><td>and their questions.[”]</td><td>Added.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdr">p.  304</td><td>adherance</td><td><em>sic.</em></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdr">p.  305</td><td>w[i]th the whole glare</td><td>Restored.</td></tr>
+</table>
+
+
+
+</div>
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+<pre>
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Adventures of the Ojibbeway and Ioway
+Indians in England, France, and Belgi, by George Catlin
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK OJIBBEWAY, IOWAY IN ENGLAND, VOL II ***
+
+***** This file should be named 44777-h.htm or 44777-h.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        http://www.gutenberg.org/4/4/7/7/44777/
+
+Produced by KD Weeks, Steven Gibbs, The Internet Archive:
+American Libraries and the Online Distributed Proofreading
+Team at http://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at
+  www.gutenberg.org/license.
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at 809
+North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887.  Email
+contact links and up to date contact information can be found at the
+Foundation's web site and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit:  www.gutenberg.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For forty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+
+
+</pre>
+
+</body>
+</html>
+
+
+
diff --git a/old/44777-h/images/cover.jpg b/old/44777-h/images/cover.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7cb340c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/44777-h/images/cover.jpg
diff --git a/old/44777-h/images/i_014fp.jpg b/old/44777-h/images/i_014fp.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8050041
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/44777-h/images/i_014fp.jpg
diff --git a/old/44777-h/images/i_020fp.jpg b/old/44777-h/images/i_020fp.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2708f4d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/44777-h/images/i_020fp.jpg
diff --git a/old/44777-h/images/i_056fp.jpg b/old/44777-h/images/i_056fp.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8bff556
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/44777-h/images/i_056fp.jpg
diff --git a/old/44777-h/images/i_076fp.jpg b/old/44777-h/images/i_076fp.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..db84b88
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/44777-h/images/i_076fp.jpg
diff --git a/old/44777-h/images/i_082fp.jpg b/old/44777-h/images/i_082fp.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2575ba5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/44777-h/images/i_082fp.jpg
diff --git a/old/44777-h/images/i_102fp.jpg b/old/44777-h/images/i_102fp.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bfece7b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/44777-h/images/i_102fp.jpg
diff --git a/old/44777-h/images/i_212fp.jpg b/old/44777-h/images/i_212fp.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ef07626
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/44777-h/images/i_212fp.jpg
diff --git a/old/44777-h/images/i_216fp.jpg b/old/44777-h/images/i_216fp.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..522c9b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/44777-h/images/i_216fp.jpg
diff --git a/old/44777-h/images/i_226fp.jpg b/old/44777-h/images/i_226fp.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e861769
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/44777-h/images/i_226fp.jpg
diff --git a/old/44777-h/images/i_278fp.jpg b/old/44777-h/images/i_278fp.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c540058
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/44777-h/images/i_278fp.jpg
diff --git a/old/44777-h/images/i_288fpa.jpg b/old/44777-h/images/i_288fpa.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c6533c6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/44777-h/images/i_288fpa.jpg
diff --git a/old/44777-h/images/i_288fpb.jpg b/old/44777-h/images/i_288fpb.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7e4ef7b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/44777-h/images/i_288fpb.jpg
diff --git a/old/44777-h/images/i_290fp.jpg b/old/44777-h/images/i_290fp.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..30bce2c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/44777-h/images/i_290fp.jpg
diff --git a/old/44777-h/images/i_292fp.jpg b/old/44777-h/images/i_292fp.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..07a9131
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/44777-h/images/i_292fp.jpg
diff --git a/old/44777-h/images/i_300fpa.jpg b/old/44777-h/images/i_300fpa.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bf1edb6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/44777-h/images/i_300fpa.jpg
diff --git a/old/44777-h/images/i_300fpb.jpg b/old/44777-h/images/i_300fpb.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ce5d4aa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/44777-h/images/i_300fpb.jpg
diff --git a/old/44777-h/images/i_decorativerule.jpg b/old/44777-h/images/i_decorativerule.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..53ecc3d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/44777-h/images/i_decorativerule.jpg
diff --git a/old/44777-h/images/i_halftitle_decorativerule.jpg b/old/44777-h/images/i_halftitle_decorativerule.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..889eb04
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/44777-h/images/i_halftitle_decorativerule.jpg
diff --git a/old/44777.txt b/old/44777.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..06c34c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/44777.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,12883 @@
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of Adventures of the Ojibbeway and Ioway
+Indians in England, France, and Belgium; Vol. II (of 2), by George Catlin
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: Adventures of the Ojibbeway and Ioway Indians in England, France, and Belgium; Vol. II (of 2)
+       being Notes of Eight Years' Travels and Residence in Europe
+       with his North American Indian Collection
+
+Author: George Catlin
+
+Release Date: January 28, 2014 [EBook #44777]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ASCII
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK OJIBBEWAY, IOWAY IN ENGLAND, VOL II ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by KD Weeks, Steven Gibbs, The Internet Archive:
+American Libraries and the Online Distributed Proofreading
+Team at http://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+
+
+
+Transcriber's Note
+
+This version of the text is unable to reproduce certain typographic
+features. Italics are delimited with the '_' character as _italic_. The
+'oe' ligature is rendered as separate characters. Words printed using
+"small capitals" are shifted to all upper-case. The 'oe' ligature is
+given here as separate characters.
+
+There are various fonts employed. These are indicated, usually, simply
+by indenting those passages.
+
+Illustrations cannot be reproduced here, but the approximate position
+of each is indicated as: [Illustration: <caption>]. The captions, it
+should be noted, are limited to a plate number.
+
+The few footnotes are repositioned at the end of the paragraph
+or quotation where they are referenced. They have been numbered
+consecutively.
+
+Please consult the note at the end of this text for details of any
+corrections made.
+
+
+
+
+                             CATLIN'S NOTES
+
+                                   OF
+
+                   EIGHT YEARS' TRAVELS AND RESIDENCE
+
+                               IN EUROPE,
+
+                                WITH HIS
+
+                   NORTH AMERICAN INDIAN COLLECTION.
+
+                               VOLUME II.
+
+
+
+
+                               ADVENTURES
+
+                                 OF THE
+
+                      OJIBBEWAY AND IOWAY INDIANS
+
+                                   IN
+
+                     ENGLAND, FRANCE, AND BELGIUM;
+
+                             BEING NOTES OF
+
+              EIGHT YEARS' TRAVELS AND RESIDENCE IN EUROPE
+
+                                WITH HIS
+
+                   NORTH AMERICAN INDIAN COLLECTION,
+
+                            BY GEO. CATLIN.
+
+
+                            IN TWO VOLUMES.
+
+                                VOL. II.
+
+                       With numerous Engravings.
+
+                         _THIRD EDITION._
+
+                                LONDON:
+                        PUBLISHED BY THE AUTHOR,
+            AT HIS INDIAN COLLECTION, NO. 6, WATERLOO PLACE.
+                                 1852.
+
+
+
+
+                          CONTENTS OF VOL. II.
+
+
+                             CHAPTER XVII.
+
+  Arrival of fourteen Ioway Indians in London--Their lodgings
+      in St. James's Street--The Author visits them--Their
+      portraits and names--Mr. Melody, their conductor--Jeffrey
+      Doraway, their interpreter--Landlady's alarm--Indians
+      visit the Author's Collection in the Egyptian
+      Hall--Arrangement to dance in the Collection--The
+      Doctor (Medicine or Mystery man) on top of the
+      Hall--Their first drive in a bus--Doctor's appearance
+      outside--Indians' first impressions of London--Lascars
+      sweeping the streets--Man with a big nose--The
+      Doctor lost, and found on the housetop--Their first
+      exhibition in Egyptian Hall--Eagle-dance--The Doctor's
+      speech--Great amusement of the ladies--His description
+      of the railroad from Liverpool to London--War-dance,
+      great applause--The "jolly fat dame"--She presents
+      a gold bracelet to the Doctor by mistake--Her
+      admiration of the _Roman-nose_--War-whoop--Description
+      of--Approaching-dance--Wolf-song, and description
+      of--Great amusement of the audience--Shaking
+      hands--Mistake with the bracelet                            Page 1
+
+                             CHAPTER XVIII.
+
+  Character of the Doctor (_mystery_ or _medicine man_)--An
+      omnibus-drive--The Doctor's admiration of the
+      "jolly fat dame"--Jealousy--War-dress and war-paint
+      of the _Roman-nose_--His appearance--He leads the
+      War-dance--The Welcome-dance, and Bear-dance--Description
+      of--Pipe-of-peace (or Calumet) dance, and
+      Scalp-dance--_Chip-pe-ho-la_ (_the Author_)--Speech
+      of the War-chief--The "jolly fat dame"--She presents a
+      gold bracelet to _Roman-nose_--Jealousy and distress
+      of the Doctor--She converses with Daniel--Two reverend
+      gentlemen converse with the Indians about religion--Reply
+      of White-cloud and War-chief--Questions by the reverend
+      gentlemen--Answers by the War-chief--Indians invited to
+      breakfast with Mr. Disraeli, M.P., Park Lane--Indians'
+      toilette and dress--The Doctor and Jim (Wash-ka-mon-ya)
+      fasting for the occasion                                        27
+
+                              CHAPTER XIX.
+
+  Kind reception at Mr. Disraeli's--View of Hyde Park from
+      the top of his house--Review of troops, and sham
+      fight--Breakfast-table--The Doctor missing--The Author
+      finds him in the bathing-room--Champagne wine--Refused
+      by the Indians--_Chickabobboo_: _Chippehola_ tells the
+      story of it--The Indians drink--Presents--The "big
+      looking-glass"--The Doctor smiles in it--Speech of the
+      War-chief--Shake of hands, and return--Exhibition-room,
+      Egyptian Hall--Doctor presents a string of wampum and
+      the "_White-feather_" to the "jolly fat dame"--Indians
+      talk about _chickabobboo_--The Rev. Mr. G---- calls--A
+      different religion (a Catholic)--Interview appointed--Two
+      Methodist clergymen call--Indians refuse to see them--The
+      giant and giantess visit the Indians--The Doctor measuring
+      the giantess--The talk with the Catholic clergyman Page 47
+
+                              CHAPTER XX.
+
+  The Doctor and Jim visit several churches--The Indians
+      in St. Paul's--In Westminster Abbey--The exhibition
+      at the Hall--The Doctor agrees to go in the carriage
+      of the "jolly fat dame"--Mr. Melody objects--The
+      Doctor's melancholy--Indians stop the bus to talk
+      with Lascars--Make them presents of money--Indians
+      discover _chickabobboo-ags_(gin-palaces)--and
+      ladies lying down in their carriages reading
+      books--_Chim-e-gotch-ees_ (or fish)--Jim's story
+      of "Fish"--Experiments in mesmerism--Wash-ka-mon-ya
+      (Jim) mesmerized--The Doctor's opinions on
+      mesmerism--Ioways in Lord's Cricket-ground--Archery and
+      ball-playing--Encampment--Wigwams--Indians invited by
+      Mrs. Lawrence to Ealing Park--Their kind reception--Their
+      Royal Highnesses the Duke and Duchess of Cambridge--The
+      Princess Mary--The Duchess of Gloucester--The Hereditary
+      Grand Duke and Duchess, and other distinguished
+      guests--Amusements--Beautiful grounds--Indians dine on the
+      lawn--Roast beef and plum-pudding--_Chickabobboo_--Alarm
+      of the parrots--Doctor's superstition--_Chickabobboo_
+      explained--Speech of the War-chief--Taking leave--Fright
+      of the poor birds--Handsome presents--Conservatory--The
+      Doctor's ideas of it--Indians visit Surrey Zoological
+      Gardens--Fright of the birds and animals--Indians
+      sacrifice tobacco to the lion and the rattle-snakes             63
+
+                              CHAPTER XXI.
+
+  Indians' remarks on the Zoological Gardens--Their pity for
+      the poor buffalo and other animals imprisoned--Jim's talk
+      with a clergyman about Hell and the hyaenas--Indians'
+      ideas of astronomy--Jim and the Doctor hear of the hells
+      of London--Desire to go into them--Promised to go--Indians
+      counting the gin-palaces (_chickabobboo-ags_)in a
+      ride to Blackwall and back--The result--Exhibition in
+      the Egyptian Hall--A sudden excitement--The War-chief
+      recognises in the crowd his old friend "Bobasheela"--Their
+      former lives on the Mississippi and Missouri--Bobasheela
+      an Englishman--His travels in the "Far West" of
+      America--Story of their first acquaintance--The
+      doomed wedding-party--Lieut. Pike--Daniel Boone and
+      Son--Indians visit a great brewery--Kind reception by
+      the proprietors--Great surprise of the Indians--Immense
+      quantities of _chickabobboo_--War-dance in an empty
+      vat--Daniel commences Jim's book of the statistics of
+      England--Indians visit the Tunnel--Visit to the Tower--The
+      Horse Armoury--The Royal Regalia--Indians' ideas of the
+      crowns and jewels--"_Totems_"(arms) on the fronts of
+      noblemen's houses--Royal arms over the shops--Strange
+      notions of the Doctor--They see the "man with the big
+      nose" again--And the "great white War-chief (the Duke of
+      Wellington) on horseback, near his wigwam" Page 90
+
+                             CHAPTER XXII.
+
+  The Ioways in Vauxhall Gardens--Surrey Theatre--Carter
+      in the lions' cage--Astonishment of the
+      Indians--Indians in the Diving Bell, at the Polytechnic
+      Institution--Indians riding--Shooting at target on
+      horseback--Ball-play--"Jolly fat dame"--Ladies converse
+      with the Doctor--His reasons for not marrying--Curious
+      questions--Plurality of wives--Amusing scene--The
+      Author in Indian costume--A cruel experiment--Ioways
+      arrive in Birmingham--The Author's arrival
+      there--Society of Friends--Indians all breakfast
+      with Mr. Joseph Sturge--Kind treatment--Conversation
+      after breakfast about religion and education--Reply
+      of the War-chief--The button-factory of Turner and
+      Sons--Generous presents to the Indians--_Bobasheela_
+      arrives--Indians dividing their buttons--Doctor found
+      on top of the Shakespeare Buildings--Indians' kindness
+      to a beggar-woman--Poorhouses--Many Friends visit the
+      Indians--Indians' visit to Miss Catherine Hutton--Her
+      great age--Her kindness--Dinner--Her presents to them
+      in money--Parting scene--The War-chief's speech to
+      her--Her letters to the Author--Indians present to the
+      two hospitals 370 dollars--Address read by the Presidents
+      to the Indians--Doctor's reply--Indians start for York--A
+      fox-hunt--Curious notions of Indians about it--Visit to
+      York Minster--Ascend the grand tower--Visit to the castle
+      and prison--Museum of the instruments of murder--Alarm of
+      the Doctor--Kindness of the governor of the castle and
+      his lady--Indians' ideas of imprisonment for debt, and
+      punishment for murder                                          117
+
+                             CHAPTER XXIII.
+
+  Newcastle-on-Tyne--Indians' alarms about jails--Kind
+      visits from Friends--Mrs. A. Richardson--Advice of the
+      Friends--War-Chiefs reply--Liberal presents--Arrive
+      at Sunderland--Kindness of the Friends--All breakfast
+      with Mr. T. Richardson--Indians plant trees in
+      his garden--And the Author also--The Doctor's
+      superstition--Sacrifice--Feast--Illness of the Roman
+      Nose--Indians visit a coalpit--North Shields--A sailors'
+      dinner and a row--Arrive at Edinburgh--A drive--First
+      exhibition there--Visit to Salisbury Crag--To Arthur's
+      Seat--Holyrood House and Castle--The crown of Robert
+      Bruce--The "big gun"--"Queen Mab"--Curious modes of
+      building--"Flats"--Origin of--Illness of Corsair, the
+      little _pappoose_--The old Doctor speaks--War-chief's
+      speech--A feast of ducks--Indians' remarks upon the
+      government of Scotland--"The swapping of crowns"--The
+      Doctor proposes the crown of Robert Bruce for Prince
+      Albert--Start for Dundee--Indians' liberality--A noble
+      act--Arrival at Dundee--Death of little Corsair--Distress
+      of the Little Wolf and his wife--Curious ceremony--Young
+      men piercing their arms--Indians at Perth--Arrival in
+      Glasgow--Quartered in the Town-hall--The cemetery--The
+      Hunterian Museum--The Doctor's admiration of it--Daily
+      drives--Indians throw money to the poor--Alarm for
+      _Roman Nose_--Two reverend gentlemen talk with the
+      Indians--War-chiefs remarks--Greenock--Doctor's regret at
+      leaving Page                                                   155
+
+                             CHAPTER XXIV.
+
+  Arrival in Dublin--Decline of the _Roman Nose_--Exhibition
+      in the Rotunda--Feast of ducks--First drive--Ph[oe]nix
+      Park--Stags--Indians' ideas of game-laws and
+      taxes--Annual expenses of British government--National
+      debt--Daniel enters these in Jim's book--Indians
+      called "Irishmen"--Author's reply--Speech of the
+      War-chief--Jim's rapid civilization--New estimates for
+      his book--Daniel reads of "Murders, &c.," in Times
+      newspaper--Jim subscribes for the Times--Petition
+      of 100,000 women--Society of Friends meet the
+      Indians in the Rotunda--Their advice, and present
+      to the chiefs 40_l._--Indians invited to Zoological
+      Gardens--Presented with 36_l._--Indians invited to
+      Trinity College--Conversation with the Rev. Master on
+      religion--Liberal presents--They visit the Archbishop of
+      Dublin--Presents--All breakfast with Mr. Joseph Bewly,
+      a Friend--Kind treatment--Christian advice--Sickness of
+      _Roman Nose_--Various entertainments by the Friends--A
+      curious beggar--Indians' liberality to the poor--Arrival
+      at Liverpool--Rejoicing and feast--Council--_Roman
+      Nose_ placed in an hospital--Arrival in
+      Manchester--Exhibition in Free Trade Hall--Immense
+      platform--Three wigwams--Archery--Ball-play, &c.--Great
+      crowds--_Bobasheela_ arrives--Death of the _Roman
+      Nose_--Forms of burial, &c.                                 178
+
+                              CHAPTER XXV.
+
+  The Author arrives in Paris--Victoria Hotel--Mr. Melody
+      and his Indians arrive--Doctor missing, and found
+      on the top of the hotel--Alarm of servants--First
+      drive in Paris--Visit to Mr. King, the American
+      ambassador--French _chickabobboo_--M. Vattemare--Indians
+      visit the Hotel de Ville--Prefet de Police--Magnificent
+      salons--The "big looking-glasses" --The Prefet's
+      lady--Refreshments and _chickabobboo_--Speech of the
+      War-chief--Reply of the Prefet--Salle Valentino taken
+      for the exhibition--Daniel arrives with the Collection
+      from London--Indians visit the King in the palace of the
+      Tuileries--Royal personages--Conversation--War-chief
+      presents the calumet--His speech to the
+      King--Eagle-dance--War-dance--Little Wolf presents his
+      tomahawk and whip to the King--His speech--Refreshments
+      and "Queen's _chickabobboo_"--Drinking the King's and
+      Queen's health, and health of the Count de Paris--"Vive
+      le Roi"--Jim's opinion of the King--An Indian's idea
+      of descents--Presents in money from the King--Mode
+      of dividing it--A drive--Ladies leading dogs with
+      strings--The number counted in one drive--The Indians'
+      surprise--An entry for Jim's book--Jim laments the loss
+      of the Times newspaper and _Punch_--He takes Galignani's
+      Messenger--Indians dine at W. Costar's--The Doctor's
+      compliment to a lady's fine voice--Indians visit the Royal
+      Academy of Sciences--Curious reception--M. Arago--Indians'
+      suspicions and alarms--Jim's remarkable speech--Opening
+      of the exhibition in Salle Valentino--Great
+      excitement--Speech of the War-chief--Shaking hands--Public
+      opinion of the Author's Collection                             203
+
+                             CHAPTER XXVI.
+
+  Indians at Madame Greene's party--Their ideas of
+      waltzing--The Doctor's admiration of the young
+      ladies--The King's fete, 1st of May--Indians in the
+      Palace--Royal Family in the balcony--Grand and sublime
+      scene on the river--Indians in a crowd of nobility in
+      the Duc d'Aumale's apartments--Messenger to Indians'
+      apartments with gold and silver medals--Medals to the
+      women and children--Consequent difficulties--Visit to
+      the Hospital of Invalids--Place Concorde--Column of
+      Luxor--The fountains--Visit to the Triumphal Arch--Jim's
+      description of an ugly woman--Victor Hugo--Madame Georges
+      Sands--Indians visit the Louvre--M. de Cailleux--Baron
+      de Humboldt--Illness of the wife of Little Wolf--A
+      phrenologist visits the Indians--The phrenologist's head
+      examined--Two Catholic priests visit the Indians--Indians
+      visit the Garden of Plants--Alarm of the birds and
+      animals--The "poor prisoner buffalo"--Visit to the
+      _Salle aux Vins_--Astonishment of the Indians--The
+      war-whoop--_Chickabobboo_-- Cafes explained--Indians visit
+      _Pere la Chaise_--A great funeral--A speech over the
+      grave--Hired mourners--Visit the _School of Medicine_--and
+      "_Dupuytren's Room_"--Excitement of the Doctor--Visit
+      to the _Foundling Hospital_--Astonishment and pity of
+      the Indians--Entries in Jim's note-book, and Doctor's
+      remarks--Visit the _Guillotine_--Indians' ideas of
+      _hanging_ in England, and _beheading_ in France--Curious
+      debate--Visit to the _Dog Market_--Jim's purchase and
+      difficulty--The _Dog Hospital_--Alarm of the "petites
+      malades"--Retreat--_Bobasheela_ arrives from London--Great
+      rejoicing--Jim's comments on the Frenchwomen--The _little
+      foundlings_ and the _little dogs_                      232
+
+                             CHAPTER XXVII.
+
+  _La Morgue_--The Catacombs--The Doctor's dream--Their great
+      alarm--Visit to the _Hippodrome_--Jim riding M. Franconi's
+      horse--Indians in the Woods of Boulogne--Fright of the
+      rabbits--Jim and the Doctor at the _Bal Mabille_, Champs
+      Elysees--At the _Masquerade_, _Grand Opera_--Their
+      opinions and criticisms on them--Frenchwomen at
+      confession in St. Roch--Doctor's ideas of it--Jim's
+      speech--"_Industrious fleas_"--Death of the wife of Little
+      Wolf--Her baptism--Husband's distress--Her funeral in the
+      Madeleine--Her burial in Montmartre--Council held--Indians
+      resolve to return to America--Preparations to depart in
+      a few days--_Bobasheela_ goes to London to ship their
+      boxes to New York--He returns, and accompanies the
+      Indians to Havre--Indians take leave of _Chippehola_ (the
+      Author)--M. Vattemare accompanies them to Havre--Kindly
+      treated by Mr. Winslow, an American gentleman, at Havre--A
+      splendid dinner, and (_Queen's_) _Chickabobboo_--Indians
+      embark--Taking leave of _Bobasheela_--Illness of
+      the Author's lady--His alarm and distress--Her
+      death--Obituary--Her remains embalmed and sent to New York     261
+
+                            CHAPTER XXVIII.
+
+  Eleven Ojibbeway Indians arrive from London--Their
+      exhibitions in the Author's Collection--Portraits and
+      description of--Their amusements--Their pledge to
+      sobriety--_Chickabobboo_ explained to them--Birth of a
+      _Pappoose_--M. Gudin; Indians and the Author dine with
+      him--His kind lady--The Author breakfasts with the Royal
+      Family in the palace at St. Cloud--Two Kings and two
+      Queens at the table--The Author presented to the King
+      and Queen of the Belgians by Louis Philippe, in the
+      salon--Count de Paris--Duc de Brabant--Recollects the
+      Indian pipe and mocassins presented to him by the Author
+      in the Egyptian Hall--Duchess of Orleans--The Princess
+      Adelaide--The King relates anecdotes of his life in
+      America--Washington's farewell address--Losing his dog in
+      the Seneca village--Crossing Buffalo Creek--Descending the
+      Tioga and Susquehana rivers in an Indian canoe to Wyoming,
+      the Author's native valley--The King desires the Author to
+      arrange his whole Collection in the Louvre for the private
+      views of the Royal Family--He also appoints a day to see
+      the Ojibbeways in the Park at St. Cloud--Great rejoicing
+      of the Indians--A _dog-feast_--The Indians and the Author
+      dine a second time at M. Gudin's                               278
+
+                             CHAPTER XXIX.
+
+  Indians' visit to the Palace of St. Cloud--The
+      Park--Artificial lake--Royal Family--Prince de
+      Joinville--Recollected seeing the Author and Collection in
+      Washington--King and Queen of Belgians--The _regatta_--The
+      birch-bark canoe, and the Prince de Joinville's
+      "Whitehaller"--War-dance--Ball-play--Archery--Dinner
+      prepared for the Indians--M. Gudin and the Author join
+      them--Indians' return--Gossip at night--Their ideas of
+      the King and Royal Family--Messenger from the King, with
+      gold and silver medals and money, to the Indians--The
+      War-chief cures a cancer--Author's Collection in the
+      _Salle de Seance_, in the Louvre--The Indians and the
+      Author dine with M. Passy, Member of Deputies--Kind
+      treatment by himself and lady--King visits the Collection
+      in the Louvre--The Author explains his pictures--Persons
+      present--An hour's visit--The King retires--Second visit
+      of the King and Royal Family to the Collection--The
+      Author's four little children presented to the King--His
+      Majesty relates the anecdote of bleeding himself in
+      America, and his visit to General Washington at Mount
+      Vernon--His descent of the Ohio and Mississippi rivers in
+      a small boat, to New Orleans--Orders the Author to paint
+      fifteen pictures for Versailles                                287
+
+                              CHAPTER XXX.
+
+  The Author leaves his Collection in the Louvre, and
+      arrives with the Indians in Bruxelles--Indians at the
+      soiree of the American Minister in Bruxelles--Author's
+      reception by the King in the Palace--Small-pox among the
+      Indians--Indians unable to visit the Palace--Exhibition
+      closes--Seven sick with small-pox--Death of one of
+      them--His will--A second dies--His will--The rest
+      recover--Faithful attentions of Daniel--The Author
+      accompanies them to Antwerp, and pays their expenses to
+      London on a steamer--Death of the War-chief in London--His
+      will--The Author raises money by subscription and sends
+      to them--Letter from the survivors, in England, to the
+      Author--Drawings by the War-chief--The Author stopped in
+      the streets of London and invited to see the skeleton of
+      the War-chief!--His indignation--Subsequent deaths of
+      four others of this party in England--The three parties
+      of Indians in Europe--Their objects--Their success--Their
+      conduct--Their reception and treatment--Things which they
+      saw and learned--Estimates and statistics of civilized
+      life which they have carried home--Their mode of reasoning
+      from such premises--And the probable results                   294
+
+                             CHAPTER XXXI.
+
+  The Author returns to his little children in Paris--His loss
+      of time and money--The three Indian speculations--His
+      efforts to promote the interests of the Indians, and the
+      persons who brought them to Europe--His advice to other
+      persons wishing to engage in similar enterprises--The
+      Author retires to his atelier, and paints the fifteen
+      pictures for the King--The pleasure of quiet and
+      retirement with his four little children around
+      him--He offers his Indian Collection to the American
+      Government--And sends his memorial to Congress--Bill
+      reported in favour of the purchase--The Author has an
+      interview with the King in the Tuileries--Delivers
+      the fifteen pictures--Subjects of the pictures
+      painted--Conversations with the King--Reflections upon his
+      extraordinary life--The Author's thoughts, while at his
+      easel, upon scenes of his life gone by--And those that
+      were about him, as he strolled, with his little children,
+      through the streets and society of Paris--Distressing
+      and alarming illness of the Author's four little
+      children--Kindness of sympathizing friends--Death of
+      "little George"--His remains sent to New York, and
+      laid by the side of his mother--A father's tears and
+      loneliness--The Author returns with his Collection to
+      London                                                         311
+
+  APPENDIX--A.
+
+    Extracts of Letters from the Ioway Mission, Upper Missouri       327
+
+  APPENDIX--B.
+
+    Experiments in Horse-taming                                      332
+
+
+
+
+                       CATLIN'S NOTES IN EUROPE,
+
+                             _&c. &c._
+
+
+
+
+                             CHAPTER XVII.
+
+  Arrival of fourteen Ioway Indians in London--Their lodgings in
+     St. James's Street--The Author visits them--Their portraits
+     and names--Mr. Melody, their conductor--Jeffrey Doraway, their
+     interpreter--Landlady's alarm--Indians visit the Author's
+     Collection in the Egyptian Hall--Arrangement to dance in the
+     Collection--The Doctor (Medicine or Mystery man) on top of
+     the Hall--Their first drive in a bus--Doctor's appearance
+     outside--Indians' first impressions of London--Lascars
+     sweeping the streets--Man with a big nose--The Doctor lost,
+     and found on the housetop--Their first exhibition in Egyptian
+     Hall--Eagle-dance--The Doctor's speech--Great amusement of
+     the ladies--His description of the railroad from Liverpool to
+     London--War-dance, great applause--The "jolly fat dame"--She
+     presents a gold bracelet to the Doctor by mistake--Her
+     admiration of the _Roman-nose_--War-whoop--Description
+     of--Approaching-dance--Wolf-song, and description of--Great
+     amusement of the audience--Shaking hands--Mistake with the
+     bracelet.
+
+
+The event which I spoke of at the close of my last chapter--the arrival
+of another party of Indians--was one which called upon me at once for
+a new enterprise, and I suddenly entered upon it, again deferring the
+time of my return to my native land.
+
+The "fourteen Ioway Indians," as report had said, had arrived, and were
+in apartments at No. 7, St. James's Street, with their interpreter.
+This party was in charge of Mr. G. H. C. Melody, who had accompanied
+them from their own country, with a permission gained from the
+Secretary at War to bring them to Europe, which permission was granted
+in the following words:--
+
+            _War Department, Washington City, Sept. 14th, 1843._
+
+  DEAR SIR,
+
+  In answer to your application relative to Mr. Melody's making a tour
+  to Europe with a party of Ioway Indians, as well as to a similar
+  one on his behalf from the Rev. Wm. P. Cochran, of Marian County,
+  Missouri, I beg leave to say, that it has not been usual to grant any
+  permissions of the kind, and the verbal instructions to the Agents,
+  Superintendents, &c. have been against permitting such tours, for the
+  reason, I presume, that the persons having them in charge are usually
+  men who merely wish to make money out of them by exhibitions, without
+  taking any care of their habits or morals, or inducing them to profit
+  by what they see and hear upon their route.
+
+  In the present case, however, I do not think that the evils usually
+  to be apprehended will occur, from the character of Mr. Melody, and
+  the mode in which the Indians are proposed to be selected. This I
+  understand is to be done by the Chief, White Cloud, with the full
+  assent of the individuals thus selected, and their continuance on the
+  tour to be their own act.
+
+  Under all the circumstances, I suppose all the Department can do, is
+  to allow Mr. Melody and the Chiefs of the tribe to do as they please,
+  without imposing the usual or any prohibition.
+
+                                 I am, yours, very truly,
+                                                 J. M. PORTER,
+                                                      Secretary at War.
+  Vespasian Ellis, Esq.
+
+                                     _Washington City, Sept. 1843._
+
+  DEAR SIR,
+
+  Under this letter you are authorised to make any arrangement with the
+  Chief of the tribe of Indians that you and he may please to make;
+  and the War Department agrees, in consideration of your well-known
+  integrity of character, not to interfere with the arrangement which
+  you and the Chief or the Indians may make.
+
+                                   Your obedient Servant,
+                                               VESPASIAN ELLIS.
+  Mr. Melody.
+
+Mr. Melody called upon me immediately on his arrival in London, and I
+went with him to see his party, several of whom I at once recognized
+as I entered their rooms. On seeing me they all rose upon their feet
+and offered me their hands, saluting me by their accustomed word, "How!
+how! how! _Chip-pe-ho-la!_" and evidently were prepared for great
+pleasure on meeting me. _White Cloud_, the head chief of the tribe, was
+of the party, and also the war-chief _Neu-mon-ya_ (the Walking Rain).
+These two chiefs, whose portraits were then hanging in my collection,
+had stood before me for their pictures several years previous in their
+own village, and also one of the warriors now present, whose name
+was _Wash-ka-mon-ya_ (the Fast Dancer). These facts being known, one
+can easily imagine how anxious these good fellows had been, during a
+journey of 2000 miles from their country to New York, and then during
+their voyage across the ocean, to meet me in a foreign land, who had
+several years before shared the hospitality of their village, and, to
+their knowledge, had done so much to collect and perpetuate the history
+of their race. They had come also, as I soon learned, in the full
+expectation to dance in my collection, which they were now impatient to
+see.
+
+This first interview was during the evening of their arrival, and was
+necessarily brief, that they might get their night's rest, and be
+prepared to visit my rooms in the morning. A few pipes were smoked
+out as we were all seated on the floor, in a "talk" upon the state
+of affairs in their country and incidents of their long and tedious
+journey, at the end of which they now required rest, and I left them.
+
+By entering the city at night, they had created little excitement or
+alarm, except with the landlady and her servants, where they had been
+taken in. Their rooms had been engaged before their arrival, but the
+good woman "had no idea they were going to look so savage and wild;
+she was very much afraid that their red paint would destroy her beds,"
+not yet knowing that they were to wash the paint all off before they
+retired to rest, and that then they were to spread their buffalo robes
+upon the floor and sleep by the side of, and under her beds, instead
+of getting into them. These facts, when they became known, amused her
+very much; and Mr. Melody's representations of the harmlessness and
+honesty of the Indians, put her at rest with respect to the safety of
+her person and her property about her house.
+
+The objects of these being the same as those of the former party,
+of seeing the country and making money by their exhibitions, I
+entered into a similar arrangement with Mr. Melody, joining with my
+collection, conducting their exhibitions, and sharing the expenses and
+receipts of the same, on condition that such an arrangement should be
+agreeable to the Indians.
+
+Their first night's rest in London being finished, they were all up at
+an early hour, full of curiosity to see what was around them; and their
+fourteen red heads out of their front windows soon raised a crowd and
+a novel excitement in St. James's. Every body knew that the "Indians
+had gone," and the conjectures amongst the crowd were various and
+curious as to this strange arrival. Some said it was "the wedding party
+returned;" others, more sagacious, discovered the difference in their
+appearance, and pronounced them "the real cannibals from New Zealand;"
+and others said "their heads were too red, and they could be nothing
+else than the real _red_-heads--the man-eaters--that they had read of
+somewhere, but had forgotten the place."
+
+The morning papers, however, which are the keys for all such mysteries,
+soon solved the difficulty, but without diminishing the crowd, by the
+announcement that a party of fourteen Ioway Indians, from the base of
+the Rocky Mountains, had arrived during the night and taken up their
+lodgings in St. James's Street.
+
+After taking their breakfasts and finishing their toilets, they stepped
+into carriages and paid their first visit to my collection, then open
+in the Egyptian Hall. Instead of yelling and shouting as the Ojibbeways
+did on first entering it, they all walked silently and slowly to the
+middle of the room, with their hands over their mouths, denoting
+surprise and silence. In this position, for some minutes (wrapped in
+their pictured robes, which were mostly drawn over their heads or up
+to their eyes), they stood and rolled their eyes about the room in all
+directions, taking a general survey of what was around them, before
+a word was spoken. There was an occasional "she-e" in a lengthened
+whisper, and nothing more for some time, when at length a gradual
+and almost imperceptible conversation commenced about portraits and
+things which they recognized around the room. They had been in a moment
+transferred into the midst of hundreds of their friends and their
+enemies, who were gazing at them from the walls--amongst wig-wams and
+thousands of Indian costumes and arms, and views of the prairies they
+live in--altogether opening to their view, and to be seen at a glance,
+what it would take them years to see in their own country. They met
+the portraits of their chiefs and other friends, upon the walls, and
+extended their hands towards them; and they gathered in groups in
+front of their enemies, whom the warriors had met in battle, and now
+recognized before them. They looked with great pleasure on a picture of
+their own village, and examined with the closest scrutiny the arms and
+weapons of their enemies. One may easily imagine how much there was in
+this collection to entertain these rude people, and how much to command
+their attachment to me, with whom they had already resolved to unite.
+
+A council was held and the pipe lit under the Crow wig-wam, which
+was standing in the middle of my room, when Mr. Melody explained to
+the Indians that he had now got them safe across the ocean as he had
+promised, and into the midst of the greatest city in the world, where
+they would see many curious things, and make many good and valuable
+friends, if they conducted themselves properly, which he was confident
+they would do.
+
+"You have met," said he, "your old friend _Chip-pe-ho-la_, whom you
+have talked so much about on the way; you are now in his wonderful
+collection, and he is by the side of you, and you will hear what he has
+to say." ("_How! how! how!_")
+
+I reminded the White-cloud of the time that I was in his village, and
+lived under his father's tent, where I had been kindly treated, and
+for which I should always feel grateful. That in meeting them here, I
+did not meet them as strangers, but as friends. ("_How! how! how!_")
+That they had come a great way, and with a view to make something to
+carry home to their wives and little children; that Mr. Melody and I
+had entered into an arrangement by which I was in hopes that my efforts
+might aid in enabling them to do so. ("_How! how! how!_") That I was
+willing to devote all my time, and do all that was in my power, but
+the continuation of my exertions would depend entirely upon their own
+conduct, and their efforts to gain respect, by aiding in every way they
+could, and keeping themselves entirely sober, and free from the use of
+spirituous liquors. ("_How! how! how!_")
+
+Mr. Melody here remarked that they had pledged their words to him and
+their Great Father (as the condition on which they were allowed to
+come), that they would drink no ardent spirits while absent, and that
+he was glad to say they had thus far kept their promise strictly.
+("_How! how! how!_")
+
+I told them I was glad to hear this, and I had no doubt but they would
+keep their word with me on that point, for every thing depended on it.
+We were amongst a people who look upon drunkenness as low and beastly,
+and also as a crime; and as I had found that most white people were
+of opinion that all Indians were drunkards, if they would show by
+their conduct that such was not the case, they would gain many warm
+and kind friends wherever they went. ("_How! how! how!_") I told them
+that the Ojibbeways whom I had had with me, and who had recently gone
+home, gave me a solemn promise when they arrived that they would keep
+entirely sober and use no spirituous liquors,--that they kept that
+promise awhile, but I had been grieved to hear that before they left
+the country they had taken up the wicked habit of drinking whiskey, and
+getting drunk, by which they had lost all the respect that white people
+had for them when they first came over. (A great laugh, and "_How! how!
+how!_")
+
+_Neu-mon-ya_ (the war-chief) replied to me, that they were thankful
+that the Great Spirit had kept them safe across the ocean and allowed
+them to see me, and to smoke the pipe again with me, and to hear my
+wise counsel, which they had all determined to keep ("_How! how!
+how!_"). He said that they had been very foolish to learn to drink
+"_fire-water_" in their country, which was very destructive to them,
+and they had promised their Great Father, the President, that they
+would drink none of it whilst they were abroad. He said he hoped I
+would not judge them by the Ojibbeways who had been here, "for," said
+he, "they are all a set of drunkards and thieves, and always keep their
+promises just about as well as they kept them with you." (A laugh, and
+"_How! how! how!_")[1]
+
+  [1] Some allowance will be made for the freedom with which the Ioways
+      occasionally speak of their predecessors, the Ojibbeways, as these
+      two tribes have lived in a state of constant warfare from time
+      immemorial.
+
+This _talk_, which was short, was ended here, to the satisfaction of
+all parties, and the Indians were again amusing themselves around the
+room, leaving the wig-wam and further conversations to Mr. Melody, the
+interpreter, and myself. Mr. Melody, though a stranger to me, bearing
+the high recommendations contained in the letter of the Secretary at
+War, already published, at once had my confidence (which I am pleased
+to say his conduct has kept up) as an excellent and honest man.
+
+Their interpreter, Jeffrey Doraway (a mulatto), and who had been one
+of the first to recognize and hail me when I entered their rooms, had
+been an old and attached acquaintance of mine while travelling in that
+country, and that acquaintance had several times been renewed in St.
+Louis, and New York, and other places where I had subsequently met him.
+He had been raised from childhood in the tribe, and the chiefs and all
+the party were very much attached to him, and his interest seemed to be
+wholly identified with that of the tribe. He was of a most forbearing
+and patient disposition, and of temperate habits, and as he was loved
+by the chiefs, had great influence with them, and control over the
+party.
+
+I related to Mr. Melody and Jeffrey the difficulties that laid before
+us; the prejudices raised in the public, mind by the conduct of Mr.
+Rankin with his party of Ojibbeways, and the unfortunate season of the
+year at which they had arrived in London. That the middle of July was
+the very worst season in which to open an exhibition, and that it might
+be difficult to raise a second excitement sufficiently strong to pay
+the very heavy expenses we must incur; but that I had resolved to unite
+my whole efforts to theirs, to bring their party into notice; which
+formed so much more complete and just a representation of the modes and
+appearance of the wild Indians of America than the Ojibbeways had given.
+
+Finishing our conversation here, we found the Indians adjusting their
+plumes, and their robes, and their weapons, preparing to step into
+their "omnibus and four," to take their first rapid glance at the great
+City of London, in "a drive," which was to pass them through some of
+its principal thoroughfares for their amusement. At this moment of
+excitement it was suddenly announced that one of the party (and a very
+essential one), the "_Doctor_" (or _medicine man_), was missing! Search
+was everywhere making for him, and when it was quite certain that he
+could not have passed into the street, Jeffrey inquired of the curator
+of the Hall if there was any passage that led out upon the roof? to
+which the curator replied, "Yes." "Well then," said Jeffrey, "we may
+be sure that he is there, for _it is 'a way that he has_:' he always
+is uneasy until he gets as high as he can go, and then he will stay
+there all night if you will let him alone." I went immediately to the
+roof, and found him standing on one corner of the parapet, overlooking
+Piccadilly,--wrapped in his buffalo robe, and still as a statue, while
+thousands were assembling in the streets to look at him, and to warn
+him of the danger they supposed him in.
+
+The readers who have not had the pleasure of seeing this eccentric
+character, will scarcely be able to appreciate the oddity of this freak
+until they become better acquainted with the Doctor in the following
+pages. I invited him down from his elevated position, which he seemed
+reluctant to leave, and he joined his party, who passed into their
+carriage at the door. In this moment of confusion, of escaping from
+the crowd and closing the door, heads were counted, and the old Doctor
+was missing again. A moment's observation showed, however, that his
+_ascending_ propensity had gained him a position over their heads, as
+he had seated himself by the side of the driver, with his buffalo robe
+wrapped around him, the long and glistening blade of his spear passing
+out from underneath it, near to his left ear, and his vermilioned face
+surmounted by a huge pair of buffalo horns, rising out of a crest of
+eagle's quills and ermine skins. Thus loaded, and at the crack of the
+whip, and amidst the yelling multitude that had gathered around them,
+did the fourteen Ioways dash into the streets, to open their eyes to
+the sights and scenes of the great metropolis.
+
+An hour or so in the streets, in a pleasant day, enabled them to see
+a great deal that was unlike the green prairies where they lived; and
+the "old Doctor," wrapped in his robe, and ogling the pretty girls, and
+everything else that he saw that was amusing as he passed along, raised
+a new excitement in the streets, and gave an extensive notification
+that "the wedding party had actually got back," or that another party
+of _red skins_ had arrived. They returned to their lodgings in great
+glee, and amused us at least for an hour with their "first impressions"
+of London; the _leading_, _striking_ feature of which, and the one that
+seemed to afford them the greatest satisfaction, was the _quantity of
+fresh meat_ that they saw in every street hanging up at the doors and
+windows--pigs, and calves, and sheep, and deer, and prairie hens, in
+such profusion that they thought "there would be little doubt of their
+getting as much fresh meat as they could eat." Besides this, they had
+seen many things that amused them, and others that excited their pity.
+They laughed much about the "black fellows with white eyes" who were
+carrying bags of coal, and "every one of them had got their hats on the
+wrong side before." They had seen many people who seemed to be very
+poor, and looked as if they were hungry: for they held out their hands
+to people passing by, as if they were asking for something to eat.
+"They had passed two _Indians_, with brooms in their hands, sweeping
+the dirt in the streets!"
+
+This occurrence had excited their greatest anxieties to know "what
+Indians they could be, that would be willing to take a broom in their
+hands and sweep the dirt from under white men's feet, and then hold
+out their hands to white people for money to buy food to eat." They
+all agreed "that _Ioways_ would not do it, that _Sioux_ would not,
+that _Pawnees_ would not;" and when they were just deciding that their
+enemies, the _Ojibbeways_, _might_ be _slaves_ enough to do it, and
+that these were possibly a part of the Ojibbeway party that had been
+flourishing in London, I explained the mystery to them, by informing
+them that their conjectures were wrong--that it was true they were
+Indians, but not from North America. I agreed with them that no North
+American Indian would use that mode of getting his living, but that
+there were Indians in different parts of the world, and that these were
+from the East Indies, a country many thousands of miles from here; that
+these people were Indians from that country, and were of a tribe called
+_Lascars_; that many of them were employed by the captains of English
+ships to help to navigate their vessels from that country to this;
+and that in London they often come to want, and are glad to sweep the
+streets and beg, as the means of living, instead of starving to death.
+It seemed still a mystery to them, but partly solved, and they made
+many further remarks among themselves about them. The good landlady at
+this moment announced to Mr. Melody and Jeffrey that the dinner for the
+Indians was ready, and in a moment all were seated save the Doctor; he
+was missing. "That old fool," said Jeffrey, "there's no doubt but he
+has found his way to the top of the house." I was conducted by one of
+the servants through several unoccupied rooms and dark passages, and
+at last through a narrow and almost impassable labyrinth that brought
+me out upon the roof. The "Doctor" was _there_; and, wrapped in his
+buffalo robe, with his red face and his buffalo horns, was standing
+like a _Zealand penguin_, and smiling upon the crowds of gazers who
+were gathering in the streets, and at the windows, and upon the
+house-tops, in the vicinity.
+
+For the several days succeeding this, while the Indians were lying
+still, and resting from their long and tedious voyage, and I was
+announcing in the usual way their arrival, and the time of the
+commencement of their exhibitions, I held many curious and amusing
+conversations with them about things they had already seen, and scenes
+and events that were yet in anticipation and before them. These are
+subjects, however, that must be passed over for events that were before
+us, and fuller of interest and excitement.
+
+They had much amusement at this time also, about a man they said
+they had seen, with a remarkably big nose, which they said looked
+like a large potato (or _wapsapinnakan_), and one of the women
+sitting near the door of the omnibus declared "that it was actually a
+_wapsapinnakan_, for she could distinctly see the little holes where
+the sprouts grow out." The bus, they said, had passed on rather too
+quick for all to have a fair look, but they believed they would at some
+future time meet him again, and take a good look at him.
+
+The evening for their first appearance before the public having
+arrived, the Ioways were prepared in all their rouge and fine dresses,
+and made their _debut_ before a fashionable, but not a crowded
+audience. Their very appearance, as they entered the room, was so wild
+and classic, that it called forth applause from every part of the hall.
+The audience was composed chiefly of my friends, and others who had
+been familiar with the other group, and who were able to decide as to
+the comparative interest of the two parties; and it was proclaimed
+in every part of the room, that they were altogether more primitive
+in their appearance and modes, and decidedly a finer body of men.
+I had accompanied them on to the platform, and when they had got
+seated, and were lighting their pipe, I introduced them by stating,
+that in the exhibition of this party of Indians, I felt satisfied
+that I was bringing before the eyes of the audience the most just and
+complete illustration of the native looks and modes of the red men of
+the American wilderness, that had ever been seen on this side of the
+Atlantic; and that I should take great pleasure in introducing them
+and their modes, as they so satisfactorily illustrated and proved what
+I had been for several years labouring to show to English people, by
+my numerous paintings and Indian manufactures which I had collected,
+as well as by my notes of travel amongst these people, which I had
+recently published:
+
+That the _Ioway_ was one of the remote tribes, yet adhering to all
+their native customs and native looks; and that this party, composed,
+as it was, of the two principal men of the tribe, and several of its
+most distinguished warriors, not only conveyed to the eyes of people
+in this country the most accurate account of primitive modes, but was
+calculated to excite the deepest interest, and to claim the respect of
+the community. That the position of this tribe being upon the great
+plains between the Missouri and the Rocky Mountains, 1000 miles farther
+west than the country from which the Ojibbeways came, their modes and
+personal appearance were very different, having as yet received no
+changes from the proximity of civilization:
+
+That I had visited this tribe several years before, during my
+travels in the Indian countries, and that I had there formed my
+first acquaintance with the two chiefs who were now here, and which
+acquaintance, from the hospitable manner in which they had welcomed
+me in their humble wig-wams, I now felt great pleasure in renewing:
+("_Hear, hear," and applause_.)
+
+That these facts being known, with others which would be incidentally
+given, I felt fully assured that they would meet with a kind reception
+in this country, and that the audience were prepared for the
+introduction I was now to make of them and their modes.[2] (_Great
+applause_.)
+
+  [2]               _Names of the Indians_.
+
+      1. Mew-hew-she-kaw (the white cloud), first chief of the nation.
+      2. Neu-mon-ya (the walking rain), war-chief.
+      3. Se-non-ti-yah (the blistered feet), the medicine man (or
+            Doctor).
+      4. Wash-ka-mon-ya (the fast dancer).
+      5. Shon-ta-yi-ga (the little wolf).
+      6. No-ho-mun-ya (one who gives no attention), or Roman Nose.
+      7. Wa-ton-ye (the foremost man).
+      8. Wa-ta-we-buck-a-na (commanding general).
+
+                             _Women_.
+
+      9.  Ru-ton-ye-wee-ma (strutting pigeon), wife of White Cloud.
+      10. Ru-ton-wee-me (pigeon on the wing).
+      11. O-kee-wee-me (female bear that walks on the back of another).
+      12. Koon-za-ya-me (female war-eagle sailing).
+      13. Ta-pa-ta-me (wisdom), girl.
+      14. Corsair (pap-poose).
+
+I then pointed out and explained to the audience, the characteristic
+differences between the appearance and modes of this party and the
+Ojibbeways, whom they had seen, and which will be obvious to the reader
+in the annexed illustration (_Plate No_. 9). The Ioways, like three
+other tribes only, in North America, all adhere to their national mode
+of shaving and ornamenting their heads. This is a very curious mode,
+and presents an appearance at once that distinguishes them from the
+Ojibbeways and other tribes, who cultivate the hair to the greatest
+length they possibly can, and pride themselves on its jet and glossy
+black. Every man in the Ioway tribe adheres to the mode of cutting all
+the hair as close as he can, excepting a small tuft which is left upon
+the crown, and being that part which the enemy takes for the scalp,
+is very properly denominated the "_scalp-lock_." He then rouges with
+vermilion the whole crown of his head (and oftentimes his whole face),
+and surmounts his _scalp-lock_ by a beautiful crest, made of the hair
+of the deer's tail, dyed of vermilion red.
+
+The chief man of this party, the "_White Cloud_," the son of a
+distinguished chief of the same name, who died a few years since,
+was 35 years of age, and hereditary chief of the tribe. By several
+humane and noble acts, after he received his office of chief, he
+gained the admiration and friendship of the officers of the United
+States Government, as well as of his tribe, and had therefore been
+countenanced by the Government (as has been shown) in the enterprise of
+going abroad.
+
+_Neu-mon-ya_ (the Walking Rain), and war-chief of the tribe, was
+54 years of age, and nearly six feet and a half in height. A noble
+specimen of the manly grace and dignity that belong to the American
+wilderness, and also a man who had distinguished himself in the wars
+that he had led against his enemies.
+
+_Se-non-ti-yah_ (the Blistered Feet), the _Medicine_ or _Mystery Man_,
+was a highly important personage of the party, and held a high and
+enviable position, as physician, soothsayer, and magician, in his tribe.
+
+These personages are found in every tribe, and so much control have
+they over the superstitious minds of their people, that their influence
+and power in the tribe often transcend those of the chief. In all
+councils of war and peace they have a seat by the chiefs, and are as
+regularly consulted by the chiefs, as soothsayers were consulted in
+ancient days, and equal deference and respect is paid to their advice
+or opinions, rendering them _oracles_ of the tribe in which they live.
+
+  [Illustration: N^o. 9.]
+
+A good illustration of this was given by this magician, while on
+their voyage to this country, a few weeks since, when near the land,
+off the English coast. The packet ship in which the Indians were
+passengers, was becalmed for several days, much to the annoyance of
+the Indians and numerous other passengers, when it was decided, by the
+Indian chief, that they must call upon the _Medicine Man_, to try the
+efficacy of his magical powers in the endeavour to raise a wind. For
+this purpose he very gradually went to work, with all due ceremony,
+according to the modes of the country, and after the usual ceremony of
+a mystery feast, and various invocations to the _spirit_ of the _wind_
+and the _ocean_, both were conciliated by the sacrifice of many plugs
+of tobacco thrown into the sea; and in a little time the wind began
+to blow, the sails were filled, and the vessel soon wafted into port,
+to the amusement of the passengers, and much to the gratification of
+the Indians, who all believed, and ever will, that the vessel was set
+in motion by the potency of the Doctor's mysterious and supernatural
+powers.
+
+Of the _Warriors_, _Shon-ta-yi-ga_ (the Little Wolf) and _Nu-ho-mun-ya_
+(called the "Roman Nose") were the most distinguished, and I believe
+the world will agree with me, that it would be an act of injustice on
+my part, should I allow the poor fellows to carry through this country,
+without giving them publication, the subjoined documents,[3] by which
+it will be seen that they saved, in a humane manner, and worthy of
+warriors of better _caste_, the lives of ten unarmed and unoffending
+enemies.
+
+  [3] KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, That Shon-ta-yi-ga or the
+      _Little Wolf_, an Ioway brave, is well entitled to be called
+      a brave, from the fact of his having been engaged in many
+      expeditions against the enemies of his tribe: in all such
+      excursions he has, I am informed, universally behaved bravely.
+      But especially is he entitled to the love and confidence of
+      all men, whether white or red, on account of his humanity and
+      daring conduct in arresting from the cruel nation of which he
+      is a member, a party of _Omahaws_. On last Sabbath day he saved
+      from the tomahawk and scalping-knife ten unoffending Omahaws:
+      one of the party was decoyed out of sight and murdered; the
+      other ten consisting of the well-known and much-loved chiefs
+      Big Elk, Big Eyes, and Washkamonia, one squaw and six young
+      men. This party was on a visit of friendship, by special
+      invitation from the Ioways. When they arrived within ten miles
+      of this post, they were seen and conversed with by the son in
+      law of Neu-mon-ya, a chief of the Ioways, who undertook to
+      bring the _tobacco_ and _sticks_ to the Ioway chiefs, as is a
+      custom of Indians when on a begging expedition. This young man
+      proved treacherous, and failed to deliver his message to his
+      chiefs, and gave information of the approach of the Omahaws to
+      a man who was preparing to go on a war party. He and two-thirds
+      of the nation started out to murder their visitors, and were
+      only prevented by the timely assistance and interference of the
+      Little Wolf, or Shon-ta-yi-ga, and one other Ioway, whose name
+      is the Roman Nose.
+
+      This man (the Little Wolf) interfered, as he says, and doubtless
+      he tells the truth, because he considered it treacherous and
+      cowardly to strike a brother, after having invited them to
+      visit their nation. Such treachery is rare indeed among the
+      wildest North-American Indians, and never occurred with the
+      Ioways before. I met him and Jeffrey, the Ioway interpreter,
+      together with two other Ioways, guarding the Big Elk and his
+      party on to my agency, in a short time after this occurrence
+      took place.
+
+      I cannot close this communication without expressing my sincere
+      thanks to the Little Wolf and his comrade for their good
+      conduct; and I most respectfully beg leave to recommend them
+      to the kind attention of their great father, the President of
+      the United States, and all gentlemen to whom this paper may be
+      shown.
+
+                                         W. P. RICHARDSON.
+
+      _Great Nemahaw Sub-Agency, Oct. 23, 1843._
+
+      _Office of Indian Affairs, St. Louis, Missouri, April 10, 1844_.
+
+      SIR,
+
+      Permit me to introduce to you the bearer, No-ho-mun-ya (Roman
+      Nose), an Ioway brave. Roman Nose, in company with Shon-ta-yi-ga,
+      or Little Wolf, in October last defended and rescued from
+      impending death by a party of his own nation, ten Omahaw Indians,
+      consisting of four respected chiefs, braves, and squaws, under
+      circumstances highly flattering to their bravery and humanity.
+
+      I would recommend that a medal be presented to No-ho-mun-ya
+      (Roman Nose) as a testimonial of his meritorious conduct on the
+      occasion referred to. Medals from the Government are highly
+      esteemed by the Indians; and if bravery and humanity are merits
+      in the Indian, then I think Roman Nose richly merits one. His
+      character in every respect is good.
+
+      A notice by the Government of meritorious acts by the Indians has
+      a happy tendency in making a favourable impression in reference
+      to the act that may be the cause of the notice.
+
+      I have presented Little Wolf with a medal that was in the office.
+      On receiving it, he very delicately replied, that "he deserved
+      no credit for what he had done--that he had only done his duty,
+      but was gratified that his conduct had merited the approbation
+      of his nation and his father."
+
+                I have the honour to be, very respectfully, Sir,
+                                       Your obedient servant,
+                                           W. H. HARVEY, Sup. Ind. Aff.
+
+      To his Excellency John Tyler, President of the
+               United States, Washington City.
+
+      I concur with Mr. Harvey in thinking this Indian Chief entitled
+      for his bravery and humanity to a medal.
+
+      June 8, 1844.
+                          J. TYLER, Presid. U. States, Washington City.
+
+      Medal delivered accordingly to Mr. Geo. H. C. Melody, for the
+      Chief.
+
+      June 8, 1844.
+                                                    J. HARTLEY CRAWFORD.
+
+_Okee-wee-me_ (the wife of the Little Wolf) is the mother of the infant
+pappoose, called Corsair. This child is little more than three months
+old, and slung in the cradle on the mother's back, according to the
+general custom practised by all the American tribes, and furnishes one
+of the most interesting illustrations in the group.
+
+All tribes in America practise the same mode of carrying their infant
+children for several months from their birth upon a flat board resting
+upon the mother's back, as she walks or rides, suspended by a broad
+strap passing over her forehead, or across her breast. By this mode
+of carrying their children, the mothers, who have to perform all the
+slavish duties of the camp, having the free use of their hands and
+arms, are enabled to work most of the time, and, in fact, exercise and
+labour nearly as well as if their children were not attached to their
+persons. These cradles are often, as in the present instance, most
+elaborately embroidered with porcupine quills, and loaded with little
+trinkets hanging within the child's reach, that it may amuse itself
+with them as it rides, with its face looking _from_ that of its mother,
+while she is at work, so as not to draw upon her valuable time.
+
+This rigid, and seemingly cruel mode of binding the child with its back
+to a straight board, seems to be one peculiarly adapted to Indian life,
+and, I believe, promotes straight limbs, sound lungs, and long life.
+
+I having thus introduced the party to their first audience in England,
+and left other remarks upon them for their proper place, the Indians
+laid by their pipe, and commenced their evening's amusements by giving
+first their favourite, the _Eagle-Dance_. The _Drum_ (and their
+"_Eagle-Whistles_," with which they imitate the chattering of the
+soaring eagle), with their voices, formed the music for this truly
+picturesque and exciting dance. At their first pause in the dance,
+the audience, who had witnessed nothing of this description in the
+amusements of the Ojibbeways, being excited to the highest degree,
+encouraged the strangers with rounds of applause. The song in this
+dance is addressed to their favourite bird the war-eagle, and each
+dancer carries a fan made of the eagle's tail, in his left hand, as he
+dances, and by his attitudes endeavours to imitate the motions of the
+soaring eagle. This, being a part of the war-dance, is a _boasting_
+dance; and at the end of each strain in the song some one of the
+warriors steps forth and, in an excited speech, describes the time and
+the manner in which he has slain his enemy in battle, or captured his
+horses, or performed some other achievement in war. After this the
+dance proceeds with increased spirit; and several in succession having
+thus excited their fellow-dancers, an indescribable thrill and effect
+are often produced before they get through.
+
+In the midst of the noise and excitement of this dance the Doctor (or
+_mystery-man_) jumped forward to the edge of the platform, and making
+the most tremendous flourish of his spear which he held in his right
+hand, and his shield extended upon his left arm, recited the military
+deeds of his life--how he had slain his enemies in battle and taken
+their scalps; and with singular effect fitting the action to the word,
+acting them out as he described.
+
+The thrilling effect produced by the Doctor's boast brought him showers
+of applause, which touched his vanity, and at the close of the dance
+he imagined all eyes in admiration fixed upon him, and no doubt felt
+himself called upon for the following brief but significant speech
+which he delivered, waving his right hand over the heads of the
+audience from the front of the platform where he stood, and from which
+he dropped his most humble and obsequious smiles upon the groups of
+ladies who were near him, and applauding at the end of every sentence:--
+
+  "My Friends,--It makes me very happy to see so many smiling faces
+  about me, for when people smile and laugh, I know they are not
+  angry--"
+
+_Jeffrey_, the _Interpreter_, now made _his_ debut; the Doctor had
+beckoned him up by his side to interpret his speech to the audience,
+and when he explained the above sentence, the "Doctor" received a round
+of applause, and particularly from the ladies, who could not but be
+pleased with the simple vanity of the speaker and the self-complacent
+smiles which he always lavished upon the fair sex who were around him.
+The Doctor, though advanced to the sound and efficient age of 45,
+had never taken to him a wife; and, like too many of his fraternity,
+had always lived upon the excessive vanity of believing that he was
+the _beau ideal_ of his tribe, and admired too much by all to be a
+legitimate subject of exclusive appropriation to any particular one.
+And more than this (which may not have quite fallen to the happy lot
+of any of his brother bachelors in the polished world), from the sort
+of _charitable_ habit he had of spreading his glowing smiles upon the
+crowds about him, one would almost be of opinion that, in his own
+community, under the aids and charms of his profession, he in a measure
+had existed upon the belief that his smiles were food and clothing for
+the crowds upon whom they were bestowed.
+
+The Doctor yet stood, the concentration of smiles and anxious looks
+from every part of the room, and at length proceeded (_Plate No. 10_):--
+
+  "My Friends,--I see the ladies are pleased, and this pleases
+  me--because I know, that if they are pleased, they will please the
+  men."
+
+It was quite impossible for the Doctor to proceed further until he
+had bowed to the burst of laughter and applause from all parts of the
+room, and particularly from the ladies. This several times ceased,
+but suddenly burst out again, and too quick for him to resume. He had
+evidently made a "hit" with the ladies, and he was braced strong in
+courage to make the best use of it, although the rest of his comrades,
+who were seated and passing the pipe around, were laughing at him
+and endeavouring to embarrass him. One of the party, by the name of
+_Wash-ka-mon-ya_, and a good deal of the _braggart_, had the cruelty
+to say to him, "You old fool, you had better sit down, the white
+squaws are all laughing at you." To which the Doctor, deliberately
+turning round, sarcastically replied, "You badger, go into your burrow
+backwards: I have said more in two sentences than you ever said in
+your life." He then turned round, and calling Jeffrey nearer to his
+side, proceeded--
+
+  "My Friends,"--[here was a burst of irresistible laughter from the
+  ladies, which the drollness of his expression and his figure excited
+  at the moment, and in which, having met it all in good humour, he was
+  taking a part, but continued]--
+
+  "My Friends,--I believe that our dance was pleasing to you, and that
+  our noise has not given you offence. (_Applause._)
+
+  "My Friends,--We live a great way from here, and we have come over
+  a great salt lake to see you, and to offer you our hands. The Great
+  Spirit has been kind to us; we know that our lives are always in his
+  hands, and we thank him for keeping us safe. (_How, how, how!_ from
+  the Indians, and applause, with _Hear, hear, hear!_)
+
+  "My Friends,--We have met our friend _Chip-pe-ho-la_ here, and seen
+  the medicine things that he has done, and which are hanging all
+  around us, and this makes us happy. We have found our chiefs' faces
+  on the walls, which the Great Spirit has allowed him to bring over
+  safe, and we are thankful for this. (_How, how, how!_)
+
+  "My Friends,--This is a large village, and it has many fine wig-wams;
+  we rode in a large carriage the other day and saw it all. (_A laugh_,
+  and _Hear!_) We had heard a great deal about the people on this side
+  of the water, but we did not think they were so rich; we believe that
+  the _Saganoshes_ know a great deal. (_How, how, how!_)
+
+  "My Friends,--We have come on your great _medicine road_, and it
+  pleased us very much. When we landed from our ship, we came on your
+  _medicine road_, and were told it would be very fine; but when we
+  started, we were all very much alarmed; we went in the dark; we all
+  went right down into the ground, under a high mountain; we had heard
+  that a part of the white people go into the ground when they die,
+  and some of them into the fire; we saw some fire; there was a great
+  hissing, and a great deal of smoke coming out of this place,[4] and
+  we could not get out; we were then somewhat afraid, my friends and
+  I began to sing our '_death-song_;' but when we had commenced, our
+  hearts were full of joy, we came out again in the open air, and the
+  country was very beautiful around us. (_How, how, how!_ and great
+  applause.)
+
+  "My Friends,--After we got out from under the ground, we were much
+  pleased all the way on the _medicine road_ until we got to this
+  village. There were many things to please us, and I think that before
+  the trees were cut down, it was a very beautiful country. My friends,
+  we think there were Indians and buffalos in this country then. (_How,
+  how, how!_)
+
+  "My Friends,--We think we saw some of the _k'nick k'neck_[5] as we
+  came along the _medicine road_, and some _quash-e-gon-eh-co_,[6]
+  but we came so fast that we were not certain; we should like to know.
+  My Friends, this is all I have to say." (_How, how, how!_ and great
+  applause.)
+
+  [4] The railway tunnel at Liverpool.
+
+  [5] The red willow, from the inner bark of which the Indians make
+      their substitute for tobacco.
+
+  [6] A medicinal herb, the roots of which the Indians use as a
+      cathartic medicine.
+
+  [Illustration: N^o. 10.]
+
+The Doctor's speech, which would have been terminated much sooner if he
+had been allowed to proceed unmolested, had a very pleasing effect upon
+the audience, and had allowed abundant time for the rest of the party
+to prepare for the next _dance_.
+
+I now announced to the audience that the Indians were about to give the
+_Warrior's-dance_, as performed by their tribe. I explained the meaning
+of it, the circumstances under which it was given, and the respects
+in which it differed from the War-dance as given by the Ojibbeways.
+After which they were all upon their feet, and, with weapons in hand,
+proceeded to give it the most exciting, and even _alarming_ effect.
+
+They received great applause at the end of this dance, and also a
+number of presents, which were handed and thrown on to the platform.
+This created much excitement and good cheer among them, and I was not
+a little surprised, nor was I less amused and gratified, to discover
+at this moment, that the (so-called) "_jolly fat dame_," of Ojibbeway
+notoriety, was along side of the platform, at her old stand, and, in
+her wonted liberality, the first one to start the fashion of making the
+poor fellows occasional presents. I regretted, however, that I should
+have been the ignorant cause of her bestowing her first present upon a
+person for whom she did not intend it. The finest-looking man of the
+party, and one of the youngest, was _No-ho-mun-ya_ (the _Roman-nose_),
+upon whom it seems this good lady's admiration had been fixed during
+the evening, notwithstanding the smiles that had been lavished by the
+Doctor, and the eloquence which he had poured forth in his boastings
+and speeches.
+
+The elegant limbs, Herculean frame, and graceful and terrible
+movements of this six foot and a-half young man, as she had gazed
+upon him in this last dance, had softened her heart into all its
+former kindness and liberality, and she had at this moment, when I
+first discovered her, unclasped a beautiful bracelet from one of her
+arms, and was just reaching over the platform to say to me as she
+did, "Wonderful! wonderful! Mr. Catlin; I think it one of the wonders
+of the world! Will you hand this to that splendid fellow, with my
+compliments--give him my compliments, will you--it's a bracelet for his
+arm (Cadotte has got the other, you know). Oh! but he is a splendid
+fellow--give him my compliments, will you. I think them a much finer
+party than the other--oh, far superior! I never saw the like; hand it
+to him, will you, and if he can't put it on, poor fellow, I will show
+him how."
+
+All this had been run over so rapidly that I scarcely could recollect
+what she said, for several were speaking to me at the same time; and
+at that unfortunate moment it was that I committed the error, for
+which I was almost ready to break my own back when I found it out. I
+presented it by mistake to the Doctor, who, I supposed, had of course
+been winning all the laurels of the evening, and with them the good
+lady's compliments, which it would have been quite awkward on her part
+and mine also to have unpresented. The Doctor raised up the bracelet as
+high as he could reach, and made the house ring and almost tremble with
+the war-whoop, which he several times repeated.[7] What could be done?
+_She_ was too gallant, and I did not yet know the mistake. The Doctor
+happened to know how to put it on--it fitted to his copper-coloured arm
+above his elbow--and his true politeness led him to bow and to smile
+a thousand thanks upon the fair dame as he bent over her from the
+platform.
+
+  [7] The frightful war-whoop is sounded at the instant when Indians
+      are rushing into battle, as the signal of attack. It is a
+      shrill sounded note, on a high key, given out with a gradual
+      swell, and shaken by a rapid vibration of the four fingers of
+      the right hand over the mouth. This note is not allowed to be
+      given in the Indian countries unless in battle, or in the war
+      or other dances, where they are privileged to give it.
+
+The _Approaching-dance_[8] was now given, in which the Doctor took the
+lead in great glee, and of course with great effect. He tilted off with
+a light and elastic step, as he was "following the track of his enemy,"
+and when he raised his brawny arm to beckon on his warriors to the
+attack, he took great pains to display the glistening trinket which he
+had accepted with such heartfelt satisfaction.
+
+  [8] The Approaching Dance is a spirited part of the _War Dance_, in
+      which the dancers are by their gestures exhibiting the mode of
+      advancing upon an enemy, by hunting out and following up the
+      track, discovering the enemy, and preparing for the attack,
+      &c., and the song for this dance runs thus:--
+
+          O-ta-pa!
+                I am creeping on your track,
+                Keep on your guard, O-ta-pa!
+                Or I will hop on your back,
+                I will hop on you, I will hop on you.
+
+                Stand back, my friends, I see them;
+                The enemies are here, I see them!
+                They are in a good place,
+                Don't move, I see them!
+                    &c. &c. &c.
+
+This dance finished, they all sat down upon the platform and passed
+the pipe around, whilst I was further explaining upon their appearance
+and modes, and the dance which they had just given. I asked them
+what amusement they proposed next, and they announced to me, that as
+the Doctor was taking all the honours and all the glory to himself
+on that night (and of whom they all seemed extremely jealous), they
+had decided that he should finish the amusements of the evening by
+singing the "_Wolf-song_." He was so conscious of having engrossed the
+principal attention of the house that he at once complied with their
+request, though at other times it required a great effort to get him
+to sing it. I had not myself heard this song, which seemed, from their
+preparations, to promise some amusement, and which Jeffrey told me
+belonged exclusively to the Doctor, he having composed it. The Doctor
+was ready to commence, and wrapping his robe around him, having his
+right arm out, he shook a rattle (she-she-quoin) in his right hand, as
+he tilted about the platform, singing alone; at the end of a sentence
+he commenced to bark and howl like a wolf, when another jumped upon
+his feet and ran to him, and another, and another, and joined in the
+chorus, with their heads turned up like wolves when they are howling.
+He then sang another strain as he moved about the platform again, all
+following him, singing, and ready to join in the deafening chorus.
+This strange and comic song drew roars of laughter, and many rounds of
+applause for the Doctor, and left him, sure enough, the lion of the
+evening.[9]
+
+  [9] WOLF SONG.--This amusing song, which I have since learned more
+      of, and which I believe to be peculiar to the Ioways, seems to
+      come strictly under the province of the _medicine_ or _mystery_
+      man. I will venture to say, that this ingenious adaptation will
+      excite a smile, if not some degree of real amusement, as well
+      as applause, whenever it is fairly heard and understood by
+      an English audience. The occasion that calls for this song
+      in the Ioway country is, when a party of young men who are
+      preparing to start on a war excursion against their enemy
+      (after having fatigued the whole village for several days
+      with the war dance, making their boasts how they are going
+      to slay their enemies, &c.) have retired to rest, at a late
+      hour in the night, to start the next morning, at break of day,
+      on their intended expedition. In the dead of that night, and
+      after the vaunting war party have got into a sound sleep, the
+      serenading party, to sing this song, made up of a number of
+      young fellows who care at that time much less about taking
+      scalps than they do for a little good fun, appear back of the
+      wig-wams of these "_men of war_" and commence serenading them
+      with this curious song, which they have ingeniously taken
+      from the howling of a gang of wolves, and so admirably adapted
+      it to music as to form it into a most amusing duet, quartet,
+      or whatever it may be better termed; and with this song, with
+      its barking and howling chorus, they are sure to annoy the
+      party until they get up, light the fire, get out their tobacco,
+      and other little luxuries they may have prepared for their
+      excursion, which they will smoke and partake with them until
+      daylight, if they last so long, when they will take leave of
+      their morning friends who are for the "death," thanking them
+      for their liberality and kindness in starting, wishing them a
+      good night's sleep (when night comes again) and a successful
+      campaign against their enemies.
+
+After he had finished his song, he traversed the platform a few times,
+lavishing his self-complacent smiles upon the ladies around the room,
+and then desired me to say to the audience, that on the next evening
+they were going to give the _Pipe of Peace-dance, and the Scalp-dance_,
+which he wished all the ladies to see, and that _now_ the chiefs and
+himself were ready to shake hands with all the people in the room.
+
+This of course brought a rush of visitors to the platform, anxious to
+welcome the new comers by giving them their hands. A general shake of
+the hands took place, and a conversation that occupied half an hour or
+more, and much to the satisfaction of the Indians as well as to those
+who came to see them.
+
+Much curiosity was kept up yet about the Doctor. The impression that
+his countenance and his wit had made upon the women had secured a knot
+of them about him, from whom it was difficult to disengage him: some
+complained that they were sick, and desired him to feel their pulse;
+he did so, and being asked as to the nature of their disease, he
+replied that "they were in love,"--and as to the remedy, he said, "Get
+husbands, and in a day and a night you will be well." All this they
+could have got from other quarters, but coming from an Indian, whose
+naked shoulders were glistening around the room, it seemed to come with
+the freshness and zest of something entirely new, and created much
+merriment.
+
+The amusements of their first night being over, the Indians were
+withdrawn from the room, and the audience soon dispersed. Daniel, as
+usual, had been at his post, and his report of a few moments' chat
+with the "jolly fat dame" gave me the first intelligence of the awful
+error I had committed in giving her bracelet to the Doctor instead of
+the Roman-nose, for whom she had intended it. She had said to him,
+however, that "it was no matter, and the error must not be corrected;
+she would bring one on the following evening for the Roman-nose, and
+begged that the Doctor might never be apprised of the mistake which had
+resulted to his benefit." "They are a splendid set of men, Daniel--far
+superior to the others. It is the greatest treat I ever had--I shall
+be here every night. You'll think by and by that I am a pretty good
+customer; ha, Daniel? That _Roman-nose_ is a magnificent fellow--he's
+got no wife, has he, Daniel?" "No, Madam, he is the youngest man of the
+party." "He is an _elegant_ fellow--but then his _skin_, Daniel. Their
+skins are not so fine as the others--they are _too_ black, or red, or
+what you call it; but Cadotte! what a beautiful colour he was, ha? But
+I dare say a little _washing_ and living in a city would bring them
+nearly white? These people love Mr. Catlin--he's a curious man--he's a
+_wonderful_ man; these are his old acquaintance, he has boarded with
+them; how they love him, don't they? Ah, well, good night, good night."
+She was the last of the visitors going out of the door, and did not
+know that I was so close behind her.
+
+
+
+
+                             CHAPTER XVIII.
+
+  Character of the Doctor (_mystery_ or _medicine man_)--An
+     omnibus drive--The Doctor's admiration of the "jolly
+     fat dame"--Jealousy--War-dress and war-paint of the
+     _Roman-nose_--His appearance--He leads the War-dance--The
+     Welcome-dance, and Bear-dance--Description of--Pipe-of-peace
+     (or Calumet) dance, and Scalp-dance--_Chip-pe-ho-la (the
+     Author)_--Speech of the War-chief--The "jolly fat dame"--She
+     presents a gold bracelet to _Roman-nose_--Jealousy and distress
+     of the Doctor--She converses with Daniel--Two reverend gentlemen
+     converse with the Indians about religion--Reply of White-cloud
+     and War-chief--Questions by the reverend gentlemen--Answers by
+     the War-chief--Indians invited to breakfast with Mr. Disraeli,
+     M.P., Park Lane--Indians' toilette and dress--The Doctor and Jim
+     (Wash-ka-mon-ya) fasting for the occasion.
+
+
+On paying a visit to the lodgings of the Indians, after they had
+returned from the exhibition, I found them in a merry mood, cracking
+their jokes upon the Doctor, who had put himself forward in so
+conspicuous a manner, to the great amusement of the ladies. During the
+exhibition, it would have appeared, from his looks and his actions,
+that he was to be perfectly happy for a twelvemonth at least; but he
+now appeared sad and dejected as he listened to their jokes, and turned
+his splendid bracelet around with his fingers. Several of the women had
+received brooches and other trinkets of value, and all had been highly
+pleased.
+
+It seemed that the War-chief was looked upon by the rest of the party
+as their orator; and, on an occasion like that which had just passed
+by, it was usual, and was expected, that he would have arisen and
+made a speech; and it was as little expected that the Doctor, who,
+they said, was a very diffident and backward man on such occasions,
+should have had so much, or anything to say. But the Doctor was a
+man of talent and wit, and with an exorbitant share of vanity and
+self-conceit, which were excited to that degree by the irresistible
+smiles of the ladies, that he was nerved with courage and ambition
+to act the part that he did through the evening. Under the momentary
+excitement of his feelings, he had, to be sure, but innocently, stepped
+a little out of his sphere, and in the way of the chiefs, which had
+somewhat annoyed them at the time, but of which they were now rather
+making merry than otherwise. The Doctor was a good-natured and harmless
+man, and entirely the creature of impulse. He was always polite, though
+not always in good humour. The two leading traits in his character, one
+or the other of which was always conspicuous, were extreme buoyancy of
+spirits and good humour, when he smiled upon everybody and everything
+around him, or silent dejection, which bade defiance to every social
+effort. In either of these moods he had the peculiarities of being
+entirely harmless, and of remaining in them but a very short time;
+and _between_ these moods, he was like a _spirit level_, exceedingly
+difficult to hold at a balance.
+
+The jokes that had been concentrated on the Doctor had been rather
+pleasant and amusing than otherwise, though there had been so many of
+them from the chiefs, from the warriors, from the squaws, and also from
+Mr. Melody, and Jeffrey and Daniel, all of whom were laughing at his
+expense, that I found him, and left him, sitting in one corner of the
+room, with his robe wrapped around him, in stoic silence, occasionally
+casting his eyes on his gold bracelet, and then upon the smoking
+beef-steaks and coffee which were on the table for their suppers, and
+of which he partook not.
+
+Whilst the rest were at the table, he silently spread his robe upon the
+floor, and wrapped himself in it. In the morning he washed, as usual,
+at the dawning of day, spent an hour or so in solitary meditation on
+the roof of the house, and afterwards joined with a pleasant face at
+the breakfast table, and through the amusements of the day and evening.
+
+Mr. Melody had, with my cordial approbation, employed an omnibus
+with four horses, to drive them an hour each day for the benefit of
+their health; and, at the same time, to amuse and instruct them, by
+showing them everything that they could see in the civilized world to
+their advantage. The Doctor joined, in good spirits, in the "drive"
+of that day; and, as on the day before, was wrapped in his buffalo,
+and seated by the side of the driver, with the polished blade of his
+lance glistening above his head, as many Londoners who read this will
+forcibly recollect.
+
+From their drive, in which they had seen many strange things, they
+returned in good spirits, and received in their chambers a private
+party of ladies and gentlemen, my esteemed friends, and several
+editors of the leading journals of London. A long and very interesting
+conversation was held with them on several subjects, and the clear and
+argumentative manner in which their replies were made, and the truly
+striking and primitive modes in which they were found, at once engaged
+the profound attention of all, and procured for them, besides some
+handsome presents at the time, the strongest recommendations from the
+editors of the press, as subjects of far greater interest than the
+party of Ojibbeways, whom they had before seen. Amongst these visiters
+they recognized with great pleasure, and shook hands with, my kind
+friend Dr. Thomas Hodgkin, at whose hospitable board they had, a few
+days before, with the author, partaken of an excellent dinner prepared
+for them. This was the first gentleman's table they were invited to in
+the kingdom, and probably the first place where they ever tried the use
+of the knife and fork in the English style.
+
+Dr. Hodgkin being of the Society of Friends, they received much kind
+and friendly advice from him, which they never forgot; and from the
+unusual shape of his dress, they called him afterwards (not being able
+to recollect his name) _Tchon-a-wap-pa_ (the straight coat).
+
+At night they were in the Hall again, and around them, amidst a greatly
+increased audience, had the pleasure of beholding nearly all the faces
+they had seen the night before; and the Doctor, in particular, of
+seeing the smiling ladies whom he had invited to see the _scalp-dance_
+and the _scalps_, and, to his more identical satisfaction, of
+beholding, at the end of the platform where he had taken pains to
+spread his robe and seat himself, the fair dame of _gushing_ charms,
+to whom he was occasionally gently turning his head on one side
+and smiling, as he presented to her view his copper-coloured arm,
+encompassed with the golden bracelet.
+
+This kind lady's goodness was such that she could not but respond
+to the bows and the smiles of the Doctor, though (within herself)
+she felt a little annoyed at the position which he had taken, so
+immediately between her place, which the crowd prevented her from
+changing, and that of the splendid "_Roman Nose_," who was now much
+more an object of admiration than he had been the night before, and
+more peremptorily called for all her attention. He had been selected
+to lead in the _scalp-dance_ which was to be given that night; and
+for this purpose, in pursuance of the custom of the country, he had
+left off his shirt and all his dress save his beautifully garnished
+leggings and mocassins, and his many-coloured sash and kilt of eagle's
+quills and ermine around his waist. His head was vermilioned red, and
+dressed with his helmet-like red crest, and surmounted with a white and
+a red eagle's quill, denoting his readiness for peace or for war. His
+shoulders and his arms were curiously streaked with red paint, and on
+his right and his left breast were the impresses, in black paint, of
+two hands, denoting the two victims he had struck, and whose scalps he
+then held attached to his painted tomahawk, which he was to wield in
+triumph as he had in the _scalp-dance_. Thus arrayed and ornamented,
+he appeared in his "war dress," as it is termed; and as he arose from
+his seat upon the platform, and drew his painted shield and quiver
+from his back, shouts of applause rung from every part of the hall,
+and, of course, trepidation increased in the veins of the fair dame,
+whose elbows were resting on the edge of the platform, while she was in
+rapture gazing upon him, and but partly concealing at times a beautiful
+trinket, the sparkling of which the sharp eyes of the Doctor had seen,
+as she endeavoured to conceal it in her right hand.
+
+The Doctor could not speak to this fair lady except with his eyes, with
+the softest expressions of which he lost no time or opportunity; and
+(for several combined reasons, no doubt) he seemed quite unambitious to
+leave his seat to "_saw the air_," and strike for a repetition of the
+applause he had gained the night before.
+
+Unfortunately in some respects, and as fortunately no doubt in others,
+the splendid "_Roman Nose_" held his position at the farther end of the
+platform during the greater part of the evening; and the Doctor, for
+the several reasons already imagined, remained in the close vicinity
+of the fair dame, whose over-timidity, he feared, held her in an
+unnecessary and painful suspense.
+
+In this position of things and of parties, the amusements allotted for
+the evening had commenced, and were progressing, amidst the roars of
+applause that were ready at the close of each dance. They commenced by
+giving the _"Welcome Dance" and song_[10] peculiar to their tribe. The
+sentiment of this being explained by me, gave great pleasure to the
+audience, and prepared them for the dances and amusements which were to
+follow.
+
+  [10] This peculiar dance is given to a stranger, or strangers,
+       whom they are decided to welcome in their village; and out of
+       respect to the person or persons to whom they are expressing
+       this welcome, the musicians and all the spectators rise upon
+       their feet while it is being danced.
+
+       The song is at first a lament for some friend, or friends, who
+       are dead or gone away, and ends in a gay and lively and cheerful
+       step, whilst they are announcing that the friend to whom they
+       are addressing it is received into the place which has been
+       left.
+
+They next announced the "_Bear Dance_" and amused the audience very
+much in its execution. This curious dance is given when a party are
+preparing to hunt the _black bear_, for its delicious food; or to
+contend with the more ferocious and dangerous "_grizly bear_," when a
+similar appeal is made to the _bear-spirit_, and with similar results,
+(_i.e._) all hands having strictly attended to the important and
+necessary form of conciliating in this way the good will and protection
+of the peculiar _spirit_ presiding over the destinies of those animals,
+they start off upon their hunt with a confidence and prospect of
+success which they could not otherwise have ventured to count upon. In
+this grotesque and amusing mode, each dancer imitates with his hands,
+alternately, the habits of the bear when running, and when sitting up,
+upon its feet, its paws suspended from its breast.
+
+It was customary with them to be seated a few minutes after each dance,
+and to pass around the pipe; and in the interval they were thus filling
+up after this dance, the Indians, as well as the audience, were all
+surprised at the appearance of a large square parcel handed in, and on
+to the platform, by a servant in livery, as a present to the Indians
+from his anonymous mistress. "Curiosity was on tip-toe" to know what
+so bulky a parcel contained; and when it was opened, it was found to
+contain 14 beautifully bound Bibles--the number just equal to the
+number of Indians of the party; and a very kind letter addressed to
+them, and which was read, exhorting them to change the tenor of their
+lives, to learn to read, and to profit by the gifts enclosed to them.
+
+The Bibles being distributed amongst them, the War-chief arose, and in
+the most respectful and appropriate manner returned his thanks for the
+liberal present and the kind wishes of the lady who gave them; he said
+he was sorry he did not know which lady to thank, but by thanking all
+in the room, he considered he was taking the surest way of conveying
+his thanks to her.
+
+After this, the _ne plus ultra_ (as the Doctor would undoubtedly call
+it), the frightful "_Scalp Dance_,"[11] was announced. All parties,
+the modest _squaws_ (of whom they had four with them) as well as the
+men, were arranging their dresses and implements to take part in it.
+The drums struck up, and the "splendid _Roman Nose_" led off, waving
+his two scalps on the point of a lance, until he was once around the
+circle, when they were placed in the hands of a squaw to carry, whilst
+he wielded his tomahawk and scalping-knife, and showed the manner in
+which his unfortunate enemies had fallen before him. This was probably
+the first time that the Scalp Dance, in its original and _classic_
+form, was ever seen in the city of London, and embellished by the
+presence of real and _genuine scalps_.
+
+  [11] This barbarous and exciting scene is the Indian mode of
+       celebrating a victory, and is given fifteen nights in
+       succession, when a war party returns from battle, having taken
+       scalps from the heads of their enemies. Taking the scalp is
+       practised by all the American tribes, and by them all very
+       much in the same way, by cutting off a patch of the skin from
+       a victim's head when killed in battle; and this piece of
+       skin, with the hair on it, is the scalp, which is taken and
+       preserved solely for a trophy, as the proof positive that its
+       possessor has killed an enemy in battle, and this because they
+       have no books of history or public records to refer to for the
+       account of the battles of military men. The scalp dance is
+       generally danced by torch light, at a late hour in the night;
+       and, in all tribes, the women take a conspicuous part in it,
+       by dancing in the circle with the men, holding up the scalps
+       just brought from battle, attached to the top of a pole, or
+       the handle of a lance.
+
+       A scalp, to be a genuine one, must have been taken from the head
+       of an _enemy_, and that enemy _dead_. The living are sometimes
+       scalped, but whenever it occurs, it is on a field of battle,
+       amongst the wounded, and supposed to be dead, who sometimes
+       survive, but with the signal disgrace of having lost a patch
+       of the skin and hair from the top of their heads.
+
+This exciting scene, with its associations, had like to have been too
+much for the nerves and tastes of London people; but having evidently
+assembled here for the pleasure of receiving shocks and trying their
+nerves, they soon seemed reconciled, and all looked on with amazement
+and pleasure, whilst they were sure for once in their lives, at least,
+that they were drawing information from its true and native source.
+This dance was long and tedious, but when it was finished, it was
+followed by a deafening round of applause, not of approbation of the
+shocking and disgusting custom, but of the earnest and simple manner
+in which these ignorant and thoughtless people were endeavouring to
+instruct and to amuse the enlightened world by a strict and emphatic
+illustration of one of the barbarous, but valued, modes of their
+country.
+
+The subject and mode of _scalping_, and of thus celebrating their
+victories, so little understood in the enlightened world, afforded me
+an interesting theme for remarks at this time; and when the Indians
+were again seated and "_taking a smoke_," I took the occasion of this
+complete illustration to explain it in all its parts and meanings, for
+which, when I had done, I received five times as much applause as I
+deserved for doing it.
+
+_The Pipe of Peace_ (or Calumet) _Dance_[13] was the next announced;
+and was danced with great spirit, and gained them much applause. At
+the close of this, their favourite dance, it became peculiarly the
+privilege of the War-chief to make his boast, as the dance is given
+only at the conclusion of a treaty of peace between hostile tribes, and
+at which treaty he is supposed to preside. For this purpose he rose,
+and straightening up his tall and veteran figure, with his buffalo robe
+thrown over his shoulder and around him, with his right arm extended
+over the heads of his fellow warriors, made a most animated speech to
+them for several minutes (with his back turned towards the audience),
+reminding them of the principal exploits of his military life, with
+which they were all familiar. He then called upon one of the younger
+men to light his pipe, which being done, and placed in his hand, he
+took several deliberate whiffs through its long and ornamented stem;
+this done, and his ideas all arranged, he deliberately turned around,
+and passing his pipe into his left hand, extended his right over the
+heads of the audience and commenced:--
+
+  "My Friends,--We believe that all our happiness in this life is given
+  to us by the Great Spirit, and through this pipe I have thanked Him
+  for enabling me to be here at this time, and to speak to you all who
+  are around me. (_How, how, how!_ and applause)
+
+  "My Friends,--We have had a long journey, and we are still very
+  much fatigued. We prayed to the Great Spirit, and He has heard our
+  prayers; we are all here, and all well. (_How, how, how!_ and _Hear!_)
+
+  "My Friends,--We are poor and live in the woods, and though the
+  Great Spirit is with us, yet He has not taught us how to weave the
+  beautiful things that you make in this country; we have seen many
+  of those things brought to us, and we are now happy to be where all
+  these fine things are made. (_How, how, how!_)
+
+  "My Friends,--The Great Spirit has made us with red skins, and taught
+  us how to live in the wilderness, but has not taught us to live as
+  you do. Our dresses are made of skins and are very coarse, but they
+  are warm; and in our dances we are in the habit of showing the skins
+  of our shoulders and our arms, and we hope you will not be angry with
+  us--it is our way. (_How, how, how!_ and great applause.)
+
+  "My Friends,--We have heard that your chief is a woman, and we know
+  that she must be a great chief, or your country would not be so
+  rich and so happy. (Cheers and _Hear!_) We have been told that the
+  Ojibbeways went to see your queen, and that she smiled upon them;
+  this makes us the more anxious to see her face, as the Ojibbeways are
+  our enemies. (_How, how, how!_)
+
+  "My Friends,--We hope to see the face of your queen, and then we
+  shall be happy. Our friend _Chippehola_[12] has told us that he
+  thinks we shall see her. My Friends, we do not know whether there are
+  any of her relations now in the room. (_How, how, how!_ and a laugh.)
+
+  "My Friends,--We shall be glad to shake your hands. This is all I
+  have to say." (Great applause.)
+
+  [12] The _Pipe of Peace_ (or calumet) is a sacred pipe, so held by
+       all the American tribes, and kept in possession of the chiefs,
+       to be smoked only at times of peace-making. When the terms of
+       a treaty have been agreed upon, this sacred pipe, the stem of
+       which is ornamented with eagle's quills, is brought forward,
+       and the solemn pledge to keep the peace is passed through the
+       sacred stem by each chief and warrior drawing the smoke once
+       through it. After this ceremony is over, the warriors of the
+       two tribes unite in the dance, with the pipe of peace held in
+       the left hand, and a she-she-quoi (or rattle) in the right.
+
+  [13] Geo. Catlin.
+
+At the close of his speech, and as he turned around to meet the
+approbation of his fellow-warriors, there was a sudden burst of
+laughter amongst the Indians, occasioned by the sarcastic and exulting
+manner in which the old Doctor told him he had better say something
+more before he sat down, "because," said he, "you have not made half
+as much laugh yet as I did last night." "I should be sorry if I had,"
+said the War-chief; "the audience always laugh the moment they see your
+ugly face."
+
+The Doctor's troubles commenced here, for just at that moment the
+"fair dame" had caught the eye of the "_Roman-nose_," and holding up
+a beautiful bracelet enclosing a brilliant stone, she tempted him up,
+while she clasped it upon his arm as it was extended immediately over
+the Doctor's head, whose unfailing politeness induced him to bow down
+his head to facilitate the operation.
+
+When the "_Roman-nose_" had taken his seat, and the poor Doctor
+had raised up his head to meet the eyes and the taunts of his
+fellow-Indians, who were laughing at him, and the gaze of the visitors
+from every quarter of the room, there _was_ a _smile_, but altogether
+a _new_ one, and a _new word_ should be coined for the sudden and
+singular distress of the dilemma he was in: it would not do to
+undervalue the beautiful present that was already upon his arm, and to
+save his life he could not smile as pleasantly upon the _fair hand_
+that gave it as he had been smiling a few minutes before. The trinket
+had instantly fallen fifty per cent. in its value--the _brilliant_
+prospect that had been before him had fled, and left him in the dread,
+not only that his beautiful commercial prospects were blighted, but
+that he was to have an enemy in the field.
+
+The _Roman-nose_ received his present in a respectful and thankful
+manner, but it was too late to be _affectionately_ accepted, as it
+was the _second_ one that was afloat, and taken by him, partly as
+an evidence of a kind heart, and partly as a foil to cover the true
+meaning of the first one that had been bestowed. However, he valued it
+very much, and the secret respecting the mistake that had been made in
+presenting the first, having been committed only to Daniel and myself,
+was thought best, for the peace of all parties, not to be divulged.
+
+The amusements of the evening being finished, there commenced a general
+shake of the hands, and when it had been requested by some of the
+audience that the Indians should come on to the floor, the request
+was instantly complied with, which afforded the most gratifying
+opportunity for the visitors to get near to them, and scan them and
+their costumes and weapons more closely. There was a general outcry by
+the ladies for the wife of the Little-wolf to descend from the platform
+with her little pappoose slung on her back in its splendid cradle,
+ornamented with porcupine's quills and ermine skins. It was a beautiful
+illustration, and formed one of the most attractive features of the
+exhibition, for gentlemen as well as for ladies, as thousands will
+recollect.
+
+The "jolly fat dame" had an opportunity of meeting the _Roman-nose_ and
+of shaking his hand: but, "oh, the distress!" she could not speak to
+him as she had done to Cadotte,--it was impossible for her to explain
+to him the abominable mistake of the first night, and she feared he
+never would properly appreciate the present which she had just made
+him; nevertheless they were "a noble, fine set of fellows." The Doctor
+passed about in the crowd shaking hands, and shaking his fan also,
+which was made of the eagle's tail. He met the "fair dame," and (cruel
+that he could not speak to her) he dropped many smiles as he looked
+down upon and over her dimpled cheeks and round neck, as he raised and
+showed her his brawny arm with the golden bracelet.
+
+The Indians soon withdrew, and after them the crowd; and after the
+crowd the "jolly fat dame," who said to Daniel as she passed, "I
+can't stop to-night, Daniel, I am in a great hurry; but I gave the
+bracelet to the _Roman-nose_--I got a good opportunity, Daniel--I
+buckled it on myself: oh, yes, I did--that I did--the good fellow,
+he stood it well--he never stirred. He'll recollect me, won't he,
+Daniel? I am going; but oh, look here--I can't, to save my life, make
+the poor fellow understand how the accident took place--it is so
+provoking!--it's awkward--it is very annoying to me. _You_ can tell
+him, Daniel--I wish you would tell him--I want you to explain it to
+him. Come, will you, Daniel? that's a good fellow. Tell him I never
+intended to give a bracelet to the old Doctor. But stop, he won't tell
+the Doctor that, will he? I wouldn't for the world hurt the poor old
+man's feelings--no, Daniel, not for twenty bracelets--what shall we
+do?" "Oh, there is no danger, Madam, that the Doctor will ever hear of
+it." "You think so?" "Oh, I am sure, Madam." "Then it's all right--good
+night. I shall be here every night, you know."
+
+The next morning after this, the Rev. Mr. ---- and Mr. ---- called upon
+me at my family residence, to ask if it would be consistent with my
+views and the views of the Indians for them to have some conversation
+with them in private on the subject of religion and education. I
+replied, that it was one of the greatest satisfactions I could have
+during their stay in England, to promote as far as in my power such
+well-meant efforts to enlighten their minds, and to enable them to
+benefit in that way by their visit to this country. I told them also,
+that I was very glad to say that this party was under the charge of
+Mr. Melody, a man who was high in the confidence of the American
+Government, and that I knew him to be a temperate and moral man: as he
+was interested in the missionary efforts being made in this very tribe,
+I felt quite certain that he would do all in his power to promote
+their object, and they had better call on him. They did so, and an
+appointment was made for them to visit the Indians in the afternoon,
+subsequent to their usual daily "drive."
+
+Mr. Melody had had a conversation with the Indians on the subject, and
+although they felt some reluctance at first, on account of the little
+time they would have to reflect upon it, they had agreed to see the
+reverend gentlemen in the afternoon, and I was sent for to be present.
+I was there at the time, and when the reverend gentlemen called, I
+introduced them to the Indians in their rooms. The Indians were all
+seated on the floor, upon their robes and blankets, and passing around
+the pipe. After the usual time taken by strangers to examine their
+curious dresses, weapons, &c., one of the reverend gentlemen mentioned
+to the chiefs, in a very kind and friendly manner, the objects of their
+visit, and with their permission gave them a brief account of the life
+and death of our Saviour, and explained as well as he could to their
+simple minds the mode of Redemption. He urged upon them the necessity
+of their taking up this belief, and though it might be difficult for
+them to understand at first, yet he was sure it was the only way to
+salvation. This gentleman took full time to explain his views to them,
+which was done in the most suitable language for their understanding,
+and every sentence was carefully and correctly interpreted to them
+by Jeffrey, who seemed to be himself much interested in hearing his
+remarks.
+
+After the reverend gentleman had finished, Mr. Melody stated to the
+Indians that he believed all that the gentleman said was true, and that
+he knew it to be worth their closest and most patient consideration.
+He then asked White-cloud if he had anything to answer; to which he
+said, "he had but a few words to say, as he did not feel very well, and
+_Neu-mon-ya_ (the War-chief) was going to speak for him." He thought,
+however, that it was a subject which they might as well omit until they
+got home.
+
+_Neu-mon-ya_ during this time was hanging his head quite down, and
+puffing the smoke as fast as he could draw it through his pipe, in
+long breaths, and discharging it through his nostrils. He raised up
+after a moment more of pause, and passing the pipe into White-cloud's
+hand, folded his arms, with his elbows on his knees, when he drew a
+deep sigh, and followed it with the last discharge of smoke from his
+lungs, which was now passing in two white streams through his distended
+nostrils, as he said--
+
+  "My friends,[14]--The Great Spirit has sent you to us with kind
+  words, and he has opened our ears to hear them, which we have done.
+  We are glad to see you and to hear you speak, for we know that you
+  are our friends. What you have said relative to our learning to read
+  and to write, we are sure can do us no good--we are now too old;
+  but for our children, we think it would be well for them to learn;
+  and they are now going to schools in our village, and learning to
+  read and to write. As to the white man's religion which you have
+  explained, we have heard it told to us in the same way, many times,
+  in our own country, and there are white men and women there now,
+  trying to teach it to our people. We do not think your religion good,
+  unless it is so for white people, and this we don't doubt. The Great
+  Spirit has made our skins red, and the forests for us to live in. He
+  has also given us our religion, which has taken our fathers to 'the
+  beautiful hunting grounds,' where we wish to meet them. We don't
+  believe that the Great Spirit made us to live with pale faces in this
+  world, and we think He has intended we should live separate in the
+  world to come.
+
+  "My friends,--We know that when white men come into our country we
+  are unhappy--the Indians all die, or are driven away before the white
+  men. Our hope is to enjoy our hunting grounds in the world to come,
+  which white men cannot take from us: we _know_ that our fathers and
+  our mothers have gone there, and we don't know why we should not go
+  there too.
+
+  "My friends,--You have told us that the Son of the Great Spirit was
+  on earth, and that he was killed by white men, and that the Great
+  Spirit sent him here to get killed; now we cannot understand all
+  this--this may be necessary for white people, but the red men, we
+  think, have not yet got to be so wicked as to require that. If it was
+  necessary that the Son of the Great Spirit should be killed for white
+  people, it may be necessary for them to believe all this; but for us,
+  we cannot understand it."
+
+  [14] Being a silent listener to these conversations, I took out my
+       note book and wrote down the remarks here given, as they were
+       translated by Jeffrey.
+
+He here asked for the pipe, and having drawn a few whiffs, proceeded.
+
+  "My friends,--You speak of the '_good book_' that you have in your
+  hand; we have many of these in our village; we are told that 'all
+  your words about the Son of the Great Spirit are printed in that
+  book, and if we learn to read it, it will make good people of us.'
+  I would now ask why it don't make good people of the pale faces
+  living all around us? They can all read the good book, and they can
+  understand all that the '_black coats_'[15] say, and still we find
+  they are not so honest and so good a people as ours: this we are sure
+  of; such is the case in the country about us, but _here_ we have no
+  doubt but the white people who have so many to preach and so many
+  books to read, are all honest and good. In _our_ country the white
+  people have two faces, and their tongues branch in different ways;
+  we know that this displeases the Great Spirit, and we do not wish to
+  teach it to our children."
+
+  [15] Clergymen.
+
+He here took the pipe again, and while smoking, the reverend gentleman
+asked him if he thought the Indians did all to serve the Great Spirit
+that they ought to do--all that the Great Spirit required of them? to
+which he replied--
+
+  "My friends,--I don't know that we do all that the Great Spirit
+  wishes us to do; there are some Indians, I know, who do not; there
+  are some bad Indians as well as bad white people; I think it is very
+  difficult to tell how much the Great Spirit wishes us to do."
+
+The reverend gentleman said--
+
+  "That, my friends, is what we wish to teach you; and if you can learn
+  to read this good book, it will explain all that."
+
+The chief continued--
+
+  "We believe the Great Spirit requires us to pray to Him, which we
+  do, and to thank Him for everything we have that is good. We know
+  that He requires us to speak the truth, to feed the poor, and to love
+  our friends. We don't know of anything more that he demands; he may
+  demand more of white people, but we don't know that."
+
+The reverend gentleman inquired--
+
+  "Do you not think that the Great Spirit sometimes punishes the
+  Indians in this world for their sins?"
+
+  _War-chief._--"Yes, we do believe so."
+
+  _Rev. Gentleman._--"Did it ever occur to you, that the small pox that
+  swept off half of your tribe, and other tribes around you, a few
+  years ago, might have been sent into your country by the Great Spirit
+  to punish the Indians for their wickedness and their resistance to
+  his word?"
+
+  _War-chief._--"My Friends, we don't know that we have ever resisted
+  the word of the Great Spirit. If the Great Spirit sent the small
+  pox into our country to destroy us, we believe it was to punish us
+  for listening to the false promises of white men. It is white man's
+  disease, and no doubt it was sent amongst white people to punish
+  _them_ for their sins. It never came amongst the Indians until we
+  began to listen to the promises of white men, and to follow their
+  ways; it then came amongst us, and we are not sure but the Great
+  Spirit then sent it to punish us for our foolishness. There is
+  another disease sent by the Great Spirit to punish white men, and it
+  punishes them in the right place--the place that offends. We know
+  that disease has been sent to punish them; that disease was never
+  amongst the Indians until white men came--they brought it, and we
+  believe we shall never drive it out of our country."
+
+The War-chief here reached for the pipe again for a minute, and then
+continued--
+
+  "My Friends,--I hope my talk does not offend you; we are children,
+  and you will forgive us for our ignorance. The Great Spirit expects
+  us to feed the poor; our wives and children at home are very poor;
+  wicked white men kill so many of our hunters and warriors with
+  _fire-water_, that they bring among us, and leave so many children
+  among us for us to feed, when they go away, that it makes us very
+  poor. Before they leave our country they destroy all the game also,
+  and do not teach us to raise bread, and our nation is now in that
+  way, and very poor; and we think that the way we can please the Great
+  Spirit first, is to get our wives and children something to eat, and
+  clothes to wear. It is for that we have come to this country, and
+  still we are glad to hear your counsel, for it is good."
+
+The reverend gentlemen, and several ladies who had accompanied them,
+here bestowed some very beautiful Bibles and other useful presents
+upon the Indians; and thanking them for their patience, were about
+to take leave of them, when Mr. Melody begged their attention for a
+few moments while he read to them several letters just received from
+reverend gentlemen conducting a missionary school in this tribe, giving
+a flattering account of its progress, and presented them a vocabulary
+and grammar, already printed in the Ioway language, by a printing-press
+belonging to the missionary school in their country. This surprised
+them very much, and seemed to afford them great satisfaction.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+The comments of the press, as well as the remarks of the public who had
+seen them, now being made upon the superior interest of this party,
+they were receiving daily calls from distinguished persons, and also
+numerous invitations to gentlemen's houses, which daily increased their
+consequence, and, of course, their enjoyment. Amongst the first of
+these kind invitations was one from Mr. Disraeli, M.P., for the whole
+party to partake of a breakfast at his house, in Park Lane.
+
+This was for the next morning after the interview just described; and,
+not knowing or even being able to imagine what they were to see, or
+what sort of rules or etiquette they were to be subjected to, they were
+under the most restless excitement to prepare everything for it, and
+the greatest anxiety for the hour to approach. They were all up at
+an unusually early hour, preparing every trinket and every article of
+dress, and spent at least an hour at their toilets in putting the paint
+upon their faces. The Doctor had been told that he would sit down at
+the table amongst many very splendid ladies; and this, or some other
+embarrassment, had caused him to be dissatisfied with the appearance of
+the paint which he had put upon his face, and which he was carefully
+examining with his little looking-glass. He decided that it would not
+do, and some bear's grease and a piece of deer-skin soon removed it
+all. He spent another half hour with his different tints, carefully
+laying them on with the end of his forefinger; and, displeased again,
+_they_ were all demolished as before. Alarm about time now vexed him,
+and caused him to plaster with a more rapid and consequently with a
+more "masterly touch." The effect was fine! He was ready, and so were
+all the party, from head to foot. All their finest was on, and all
+were prepared for the move, when I came in at about eight o'clock
+to advise them of the hour at which we were to go, and which I had
+forgotten to mention to them the evening before. I then referred to
+the note of invitation, and informed them that the hour appointed was
+twelve o'clock. The whole party, who were at that time upon their feet
+around me, wrapped in their robes, their shields and quivers slung,
+and the choice tints upon their faces almost too carefully arranged
+to be exposed to the breath of the dilapidating wind, expressed a
+decided shock when the hour of twelve was mentioned. They smiled, and
+evidently thought it strange, and that some mistake had been made.
+Their conjectures were many and curious: some thought it was _dinner_
+that was meant, instead of _breakfast_; and others thought so late an
+hour was fixed that they might get their own breakfasts out of the way,
+and then give the Indians theirs by themselves. I answered, "No, my
+good fellows, it is just the reverse of this; you are all wrong--it is
+to _breakfast_ that you are invited, and lest their family, and their
+friends whom they have invited to meet you, should not have the honour
+of sitting down and eating with you, they have fixed the hour at twelve
+o'clock, the time that the great and fashionable people take their
+breakfasts. You must have your breakfasts at home at the usual hour,
+and take your usual _drive_ before you go; so you will have plenty of
+time for all, and be in good humour when you go there, where you will
+see many fine ladies and be made very happy."
+
+My remarks opened a new batch of difficulties to them that I had not
+apprehended, some of which were exceedingly embarrassing. To wait four
+hours, and to eat and to ride in the meantime, would be to derange the
+streaks of paint and also to soil many articles of dress which could
+not be put on excepting on very particular occasions. To take them off
+and put them on, and to go through the vexations of the toilet again,
+at eleven o'clock, was what several of the party could submit to, and
+others could not. As to the breakfast of huge beefsteaks and coffee
+which was just coming up, I had felt no apprehensions; but when it was
+on the table I learned that the _old Doctor_ and _Wash-ka-mon-ya_ and
+one or two others of the young men were adhering to a custom of their
+country, and which, in my rusticity (having been seven or eight years
+out of Indian life), I had at the moment lost sight of.
+
+It is the habit in their country, when an Indian is invited to a feast,
+to go as hungry as he can, so as to be as fashionable as possible, by
+eating an enormous quantity, and for this purpose the invitations are
+generally extended some time beforehand, paying the valued compliment
+to the invited guest of allowing as much time as he can possibly
+require for starving himself and preparing his stomach by tonics taken
+in bitter decoctions of medicinal herbs. In this case the invitation
+had only been received the day before, and of course allowed them much
+less than the usual time to prepare to be _fashionable_. They had,
+however, received the information just in time for the _Doctor_ and
+_Wash-ka-mon-ya_ and the _Roman-nose_ to avoid the annoyance of their
+dinners and suppers on that day, and they had now laid themselves
+aside in further preparation for the _feast_ in which they were to be
+candidates for the mastery in emptying plates and handling the "knife
+and fork" (or "knife and fingers"), the custom of their country.
+
+In this condition the _Doctor_ particularly was a subject for the
+freshest amusement, or for the profoundest contemplation. With all
+his finery and his trinkets on, and his red and yellow paint--with
+his shield, and bow and quiver lying by his side, he was straightened
+upon his back, with his feet crossed, as he rested in a corner of
+the room upon his buffalo robe, which was spread upon the floor.
+His little looking glass, which was always suspended from his belt,
+he was holding in his hand, as he was still arranging his beautiful
+feathers, and contemplating the patches of red and yellow paint, and
+the _tout ensemble_ of the pigments and _copper colour_ with which he
+was to make a sensation where he was going to _feast_ (as he had been
+told) with ladies, an occurrence not known in the annals of the Indian
+country. He had resolved, on hearing the hour was _twelve_, not to eat
+his breakfast (which he said might do for women and children), or to
+take his usual ride in the bus, that he might not injure his growing
+appetite, or disturb a line of paint or a feather, until the hour had
+arrived for the honours and the luxuries that awaited them.
+
+I reasoned awhile with these three epicures of the land of "_buffaloes'
+tongues_ and _beavers' tails_," telling them that they were labouring
+under a misconception of the ideas of gentility as entertained in the
+civilized and fashionable world; that in London, the genteel people
+practised entirely the opposite mode from theirs; that light dinners
+and light breakfasts were all the fashion, and the less a lady or
+gentleman could be seen eating, the more sentimental he or she was
+considered, and consequently the more transcendently genteel: and that
+when they went to breakfast with their friends at 12, or to dine at
+7 or 8, they were generally in the habit of promoting gentility by
+eating a little at home before they started.
+
+My reasoning, however, had no other effect than to excite a smile from
+the Doctor, and the very philosophic reply, "that they should prefer
+to adhere to their own custom until they got to the lady's house, when
+they would try to conform to that of the white people of London." The
+drollness of these remarks from this droll old gentleman entirely
+prevented Mr. Melody and myself from intruding any further suggestions,
+until the hour arrived, and it was announced that the carriage was at
+the door.
+
+
+
+
+                              CHAPTER XIX.
+
+  Kind reception at Mr. Disraeli's--View of Hyde Park from
+     the top of his house--Review of troops, and sham
+     fight--Breakfast-table--The Doctor missing--The Author
+     finds him in the bathing-room--Champagne wine--Refused by
+     the Indians--_Chickabobboo: Chippehola_ tells the story of
+     it--The Indians drink--Presents--The "big looking-glass"--The
+     Doctor smiles in it--Speech of the War-chief--Shake of hands,
+     and return--Exhibition-room, Egyptian Hall--Doctor presents
+     a string of wampum and the "_White-feather_" to the "jolly
+     fat dame"--Indians talk about _chickabobboo_--The Rev. Mr.
+     G---- calls--A different religion (a Catholic)--Interview
+     appointed--Two Methodist clergymen call--Indians refuse to see
+     them--The giant and giantess visit the Indians--The Doctor
+     measuring the giantess--The talk with the Catholic clergyman.
+
+
+This chapter begins with the introduction of the Ioways into
+fashionable life, through the various phases of which they had the good
+or bad fortune to pass, in this and other countries, as will be seen,
+before they returned to resume the tomahawk and scalping-knife in their
+favourite prairies, and the Rocky Mountains in America.
+
+Mr. Melody and myself accompanied the Indians, and all together were
+put down at the door, where we met a host of waiters in livery, ready
+to conduct us to the kind lady and gentleman, whom they instantly
+recollected to have seen and shaken hands with in the exhibition room.
+This gave them confidence, and all parties were made easy in a moment,
+by a general introduction which followed. Through the interpreter, the
+ladies complimented them for their dances and songs, which they had
+heard, and pronounced to be very wonderful. Their women and little
+children were kindly treated by the ladies, and seats were prepared
+for them to sit down. The men were also desired to be seated, but
+on looking around the room, upon the richness of its furniture,
+the splendid carpet on which they stood, and the crimson velvet of
+the cushioned chairs that were behind them, they smiled, and seemed
+reluctant to sit upon them, for fear of soiling them. They were at
+length prevailed upon to be seated, however, and after a little
+conversation, were conducted by Mr. Disraeli through the different
+apartments of his house, where he put in their hands, and explained
+to them, much to their gratification, many curious daggers, sabres,
+and other weapons and curiosities of antiquity. In passing through the
+dining saloon, they passed the table, groaning under the weight of its
+costly plate and the luxuries which were prepared for them; upon this
+the old Doctor smiled as he passed along, and he even turned his head
+to smile again upon it, as he left it.
+
+After we had surveyed all below, the party were invited to the top of
+the house, and Mr. Disraeli led the way. The ladies, of whom there were
+a goodly number, all followed; and altogether, the pictured buffalo
+robes--the rouged heads and red feathers--the gaudy silks, and bonnets,
+and ribbons--glistening lances and tomahawks--and black coats, formed a
+novel group for the gaze of the multitude who were gathering from all
+directions, under the ever exciting cry of "Indians! Indians!"
+
+Hyde Park was under our eye, and from our position we had the most
+lovely view of it that any point could afford; and also of the drilling
+of troops, and the sham-fight in the park, which was going on under our
+full view. This was exceedingly exciting and amusing to the Indians,
+and also the extensive look we had in turning our eyes in the other
+direction, over the city. The ladies had now descended, and we all
+followed to the saloon, where it was soon announced that the breakfast
+was ready; and in a few moments all were seated at the table, excepting
+the Doctor, who was not to be found. Jeffrey and I instantly thought
+of his "_propensity_" and went to the house-top for him, but to our
+amazement he was not there. In descending the stairs, however, and
+observing a smoke issuing out of one of the chambers, into which we
+had been led, on going up to examine the beautiful arrangement for
+vapour and shower baths, we stepped in, and found the Doctor seated in
+the middle of the room, where he had lit his pipe, and was taking a
+more deliberate look at this ingenious contrivance, which he told us
+pleased him very much, and which he has often said he thought would be
+a good mode to adopt in his practice in his own country. He was easily
+moved, however, when it was announced to him that the breakfast was on
+the table and ready, where he was soon seated in the chair reserved for
+him.
+
+Great pains were taken by the ladies and gentlemen to help the Indians
+to the luxuries they might like best; and amongst others that were
+offered, their glasses were filled with sparkling champagne, in which
+their health was proposed. The poor fellows looked at it, and shaking
+their heads, declined it. This created some surprise, upon which Mr.
+Melody explained for them that they had pledged their words not to
+drink spirituous liquors while in this country. They were applauded
+by all the party for it, and at the same time it was urged that this
+was only a light _wine_, and could not hurt them: we were drinking it
+ourselves, and the ladies were drinking it, and it seemed cruel to deny
+them. Poor Melody!--he looked distressed: he had a good heart, and
+loved his Indians, but he felt afraid of the results. The _Doctor_ and
+_Wash-ka-mon-ya_ kept their hands upon their glasses, and their eyes
+upon Melody and myself, evidently understanding something of the debate
+that was going on, until it was agreed and carried, by the ladies and
+all, that taking a little champagne would not be a breach of their
+promise in the least, and that it would do them no harm. Their health
+and success were then proposed, and all their glasses were drained to
+the bottom at once.
+
+The Doctor, after finding the bottom of his glass, turned round, and
+smacking his lips, dropped me a bow and a smile, seeming to say that
+"he was thankful, and that the wine was very good."
+
+I told them that this was not "_fire-water_" as they could themselves
+judge, but that it was "_chickabobboo_." This word seeming to them to
+be an Indian word, excited their curiosity somewhat, and being called
+upon by the ladies to explain the meaning of it, as they did not
+recollect to have met such a word in Johnson's Dictionary or elsewhere,
+I related to them the story of _chickabobboo_, as told by the war-chief
+of the Ojibbeways, at Windsor Castle; and the manner in which those
+Indians partook of the Queen's wine, or "_chickabobboo_" as they called
+it, on that occasion.
+
+This explanation afforded much amusement to the party, and to the
+Indians also, as Jeffrey interpreted it to them; and it was soon
+proposed that their glasses should be filled again with _chickabobboo_.
+The Doctor sat next to me at the table, and every time he emptied
+his glass of _chickabobboo_ I was amused to hear him pronounce the
+word "good!"--the first word of English he had learned, and the first
+occasion on which I had heard him sound it. After the wine was first
+poured out, he had kept one hand around his glass or by the side of
+it, and had entirely stopped eating. He had minced but a little in
+the outset, and seeming to have a delicate stomach, was giving great
+pain to the ladies who were helping him and urging him to eat, in his
+irrevocable resolution to be _genteel_, as he had before suggested, and
+which they probably never understood.
+
+The last dish that was passed around the table, and relished by the
+Indians quite as much as the _chickabobboo_, was a plate of trinkets
+of various kinds, of brooches, bracelets, chains, and other ornaments
+for their persons, which they received with expressions of great
+thankfulness as they were rising from the table. Thus ended the
+"feast," as they called it; and on entering the drawing-room the Doctor
+became a source of much amusement to the ladies, as his attention was
+arrested by the enormous size of a mirror that was before him, or by
+the striking effect of his own beautiful person, which he saw at full
+length in it. He affected to look only at the frame, as the ladies
+accused him of vanity; and he drew out from under his belt his little
+looking-glass, about an inch square, imbedded in a block of deal to
+protect it from breaking. The contrast was striking and amusing, but
+what followed was still more so. The ladies were anxious to examine
+his looking-glass (which was fastened to his person with a leathern
+thong), and in pulling it out, there necessarily came out with it,
+attached to the same thong, a little wallet carefully rolled up in a
+rattle-snake's skin; and which, on inquiry, was found to be his toilet
+of pigments of various colours, with which he painted his face. A small
+pair of scissors also formed a necessary appendage, and by the side of
+them hung a boar's tusk and a human finger shrivelled and dried. This
+he had taken from a victim he had slain in battle, and now wore as his
+"_medicine_," or _talismanic charm_, that was to guard and protect
+him in all times of trouble or danger. This remarkable trophy was
+generally, on occasions when he was in full dress, suspended from his
+neck by a cord, and hung amongst the strings of wampum on his breast;
+but on this occasion he had so many other things to think of, that he
+had forgotten to display it there.
+
+The War-chief at this time preparing his mind to make some remarks
+before leaving, and to thank the lady for her kindness, was asking "if
+he should give any offence by lighting his pipe;" to which they all
+answered at once, "No, oh no! we shall be glad to see the old chief
+smoke; get him some fire immediately." When the fire arrived, he had
+lighted his pipe with his flint and steel, and was arranging his ideas
+as he was drawing the smoke through its long stem. It amused the ladies
+very much to see him smoke, and when he was ready he passed the pipe
+into White Cloud's hand, and rising, and throwing his head and his
+shoulders back, he said to the lady that "he was authorized by the
+chief to return to her and her husband his thanks, and the thanks of
+all the party, for the kindness they had shown them." He said they were
+strangers in the country, and a great way from home, and this would
+make them more thankful for the kindness they had met this day.
+
+  "My Friends (said he), the Great Spirit has caused your hearts to be
+  thus kind to us, and we hope the Great Spirit will not allow us to
+  forget it. We are thankful to all your friends whom we see around you
+  also, and we hope the Great Spirit will be kind to you all.
+
+  "My friend the chief wishes to shake hands with you all, and then we
+  will bid you farewell."
+
+The kindest wishes were expressed, in reply to the old man's remarks,
+for their health and happiness; and after a general shaking of hands we
+took leave, and our omnibus, for St. James's Street.
+
+The usual dinner hour of the Indians was just at hand when they
+returned, which was a joyful occurrence for the Doctor, who had, at
+some inconvenience, been endeavouring to practise Indian and civilized
+gentility at one and the same time. He smiled when dinner came on, and
+others smiled to see him endeavouring to mend the breach that had been
+made.
+
+The excitements of this day had put the Indians in remarkably good
+humour for their evening's amusements at the Hall, which they gave to
+a crowded house, and, as usual, with great applause. The "jolly fat
+dame" was there as she had promised, still admiring, and still "quite
+miserable that she could not speak to them in their own language, or
+something that they could understand." Daniel had taken a private
+opportunity to tell the Doctor the whole story of her attachment to
+Cadotte, and to assure him, at the same time, of her _extraordinary_
+admiration of him, the evidence of which was, that "she had made him
+the first present, after which all others were mere foils." The Doctor
+took a peculiar liking to Daniel from that moment, and little else than
+a lasting friendship could be expected to flow from such a foundation
+as was then so kindly laid. This most welcome information had been
+communicated to the Doctor's ear on the evening previous, and he had
+now come prepared to present her (with his own hand, and the most
+gracious smile, and at the end of the platform) a string of wampum from
+his own neck, and a _white feather_ with two spots of red painted on
+it, to which he pointed with great energy, and some expression that
+she heard, but did not understand. The "_fair dame_" held her exciting
+present in her hand during the evening, with some little occasional
+trepidation, expecting to draw from Daniel some key to the meaning of
+the mysterious gift as she was leaving the rooms. This hope proved
+vain, however; for Daniel, it seems, was not yet deep enough in Indian
+mysteries to answer her question, and she carried the present home,
+with its mysterious meaning, to ruminate upon until the riddle could be
+solved.
+
+Mr. Melody and I visited the Indians in their apartments that evening
+after their exhibition was over, and taking a beefsteak and a cup of
+coffee with them, we found them still in high glee, and in good humour
+for gossip, which ran chiefly upon the immense looking-glasses they
+had seen (and "forgot to measure"), and the _chickabobboo_, which
+they pronounced to be first-rate for a grand _feast_, which it would
+be their duty to get up in a few days to thank the Great Spirit for
+leading them all safe over the ocean, and to ensure their safe return
+when they should be ready to go. I then told them of the kind of
+_chickabobboo_ that the Ojibbeways liked very much, and of which I
+had allowed each one glass every day at his dinner, and also at night
+after their dances were done, and which the physicians thought would
+be much better for them than the strong coffee they were in the habit
+of drinking; that I had talked with Mr. Melody on the subject, and he
+was quite willing, with me, that they should have it in the same way,
+provided they liked it.
+
+"_How, how, how!_" they all responded; and while the servant was gone
+for a jug of ale, I explained to them that we did not consider that
+this was breaking their solemn promise made to us, "_not to drink
+spirituous liquors_." I stated to them, also, that it was possible to
+get drunk by drinking _chickabobboo_; and if any of them drank so much
+of it as to produce that effect, we should consider it the same as if
+they had got drunk by drinking whiskey.
+
+The ale came in foaming, and being passed round, they all decided that
+"it was good, but not quite so good as that the kind lady gave us at
+the _feast_ to-day."
+
+These evening gossips with these good-natured fellows in their own
+rooms, after their day's work and excitements were over, became
+extremely pleasing to me; so completely reviving the by-gone pleasures
+I had felt in whiling away the long evenings in their hospitable
+wigwams, when I was a guest in their remote country, amused with their
+never-ending fund of anecdotes and stories.
+
+On the next morning, or the day after, at an early hour, Daniel
+announced to the Indians that there was a reverend gentleman in the
+sitting-room who wished to see them a little while, and to have some
+talk with them if possible. Daniel had taken this liberty, as he
+had heard Mr. Melody and myself say that we should feel disposed to
+promote, as far as we could, all such efforts. The Indians had not
+yet had their breakfasts, which were nearly ready, and felt a little
+annoyed; the War-chief observing "that they had had a long council with
+some clergymen, and had said to them all they had to say, and thought
+this gentleman had better go and see and talk with them; and another
+thing, as he believed that _Chippehola_[16] had written in a book all
+that he and the clergymen had said, he thought he might learn it all by
+going to him."
+
+  [16] The author.
+
+Daniel whispered to him, in an earnest manner, that "this was a
+_Catholic priest_, a different kind of religion altogether." This
+created some little surprise and conversation around the room, that
+the white people should have two kinds of religion; and it was at last
+agreed that the War-chief and Jeffrey should step into the other room a
+few minutes and see him, the White Cloud saying "he did not care about
+going in."
+
+It seems that Jeffrey took some interest in this gentleman, as the
+little that his ancestors had learned of religion had been taught
+them by Roman Catholic clergymen, who have been the first to teach
+the Christian religion in most parts of the American wilderness. The
+conversation and manner of the priest also made some impression on
+the mind of the War-chief; and as they heard the others using their
+knives and forks in the adjoining room, they took leave of the reverend
+gentleman, agreeing to a council with him and a number of his friends
+in a few days. _White Cloud_ and _Wash-ka-mon-ya_ excited much laughter
+and amusement amongst the party, on learning that the War-chief had
+appointed another council, "when he was to make his talk all over
+again." They told him "they expected to take him home a preacher, to
+preach white man's religion when he got back;" and they thought he had
+better get a "black coat" at once, and be called "_Black-coat to the
+party of Ioway Indians_."
+
+The next day after the above interview, Daniel again announced to the
+chiefs and Jeffrey that there were two reverend gentlemen waiting to
+see them, who had seen Mr. Melody on the subject, and were to meet him
+there at that hour. White Cloud told the War-chief, that "as he had
+promised to meet them, he must do it; but as for himself, he would
+rather not see them, for he was not well." _Wash-ka-mon-ya_ laughed at
+the old chief and Jeffrey as they went out. "Now," said he, "for your
+grand council!" The War-chief lit his long pipe, and he and Jeffrey
+entered the room; but finding they were not the persons whom they were
+expecting to meet, they had a few words of conversation with them,
+taking care not to approach near to the subject of religion, and left
+them, as they had some other engagements that took up their time.
+
+There was much merriment going on in the meantime in the Indians' room,
+and many jokes ready for the War-chief and Jeffrey when they should
+get back, as Daniel had returned to their room, and told them that,
+by the cut of their clothes and their manners, he was quite sure that
+these two gentlemen were of a different religion still; he believed
+they were _Methodist preachers_.
+
+The War-chief, who was always dignified and contemplative in his
+manners, and yet susceptible of good humour and jokes, returned to the
+Indians' room at this time, apparently quite insensible to the mirth
+and the remarks around him, as he learned from the Indians, and got the
+confirmation from Daniel, that this was the _third_ kind of religion,
+and that there were the _Baptists_, the _Jews_, and several other kinds
+yet to come. He seated himself on his robe, which he spread upon the
+floor, and taking out of his pouch his flint and steel, and spunk,
+struck a light in the true Indian way (though there was fire within
+reach of his arm), and, lighting his pipe, commenced smoking. During
+this silent operation he seemed downcast, and in profound meditation.
+Mr. Melody and I entered the room at this moment, but seeing the mood
+he was in, did nothing to interrupt the train of his thoughts. When
+his pipe was smoked out, he charged it again with tobacco, but before
+lighting it he laid it aside, and straightening his long limbs upon the
+floor, and drawing another buffalo robe over his body and his head, he
+went to sleep.[17]
+
+  [17] Though the old War-chief, who was their speaking oracle on
+       the subject of religion, remained sad and contemplative,
+       there was daily much conversation and levity amongst the
+       rest of the party on the subject of the "six religions of
+       white men," which they had discovered; and either Jim or the
+       little "commanding general" (son of the War-chief), both of
+       whom were busy with their pencils, left on the table for my
+       portfolio the subjoined curious, but significant illustration
+       of their ideas of white man's paradise, and the six different
+       modes of getting to it. _Plate No._ 11 is a _fac simile_ of
+       this curious document, which the reader will appreciate on
+       examination.
+
+  [Illustration: N^o. 11.]
+
+This was the day for "seeing the _Giants_," and they were soon after
+announced as having arrived, according to appointment. During one of
+the Indians' exhibitions there had been a great excitement produced
+amongst them by the appearance in the crowd, of two immense persons,
+a man and a woman, who stood nearly the whole length of their bodies
+above the heads of others about them! This had excited the amazement
+of the Indians so much, that for a while they stopped their dances, to
+sit down and smoke a pipe. They must necessarily make some sacrifice
+on such an occasion, and it was decided to be done with a piece of
+tobacco, which being duly consecrated by them, was carried by the
+Doctor (the medicine man) to an adjoining room, and burned in the fire.
+
+There were no questions asked by the Indians about these unaccountable
+people, where they came from, &c., but they wished me to invite them to
+call at their lodgings at No. 7, St. James's-street, the next day at
+twelve o'clock, where they would be glad to see them a little while.
+This wish was communicated to them in a note which I wrote on my knee,
+and was passed to them over the heads of the audience; the _giant man_
+read it, and smiling, nodded his head, accepting of their invitation.
+This pleased the Indians, who all joined in sounding the war-whoop.
+These two extraordinary personages proved to be the well-known "Norfolk
+giants," who were brother and sister, and walking "arm-in-arm," so high
+that the eye of an ordinary man was just on a level with the apron
+string of the fair damsel; and the waist of the brother was, of course,
+yet some inches higher. I regret that I have not preserved the exact
+elevation of these two extraordinary persons, which I took pains to
+procure, but have somehow mislaid.
+
+The invitation thus given brought them on their present visit to
+the Indians, who had great satisfaction in shaking their hands, and
+closely inspecting them: and not many minutes after their arrival a
+scene ensued that would have made a sick man laugh, or a rich subject
+for the pencil of Hogarth. The Indians had sent Daniel for a ball of
+twine, which they had unfolded upon the floor, and each one having cut
+off a piece of sufficient length, was taking for himself the measure
+of the "_giant man_," from head to foot--from hand to hand, his arms
+extended--the span of his waist--his breast and his legs--the length of
+his feet, and his fingers; and tying knots in their cords to indicate
+each proportion. In the midst of all this, the Doctor presented the
+most queer and laughable point in the picture, as he had been applying
+his string to the back of the fair damsel, having taken her length,
+from the top of her head to the floor, and tied a knot in his cord at
+the place where the waist of her dress intersected it; he had then
+arrested the attention of all, and presented his singular dilemma, when
+he stood with both ends of his cord in his hands, contemplating the
+enormous waist and other proportions before him, which he coveted for
+other knots on his string, but which his strict notions of gallantry
+were evidently raising objections to his taking. I whispered to him,
+and relieved him from his distressing state of uncertainty, by saying I
+thought he had been particular enough, and he withdrew, but with a sigh
+of evident regret.
+
+They insisted on the _giant_ and _giantess_ receiving from them some
+little keepsakes of trinkets, &c., as evidences of the pleasure they
+had afforded them by calling on them.
+
+This extraordinary occurrence, like most others of an exciting or
+interesting nature which these jovial and funny fellows met with, made
+subject for much subsequent anecdote and amusement. _Wash-ka-mon-ya_
+(the fast dancer), a big-mouthed and waggish sort of fellow (who for
+brevity's sake was called, in English parlance, "Jim"), was continually
+teasing the Doctor about his gallantry amongst the ladies; and could
+rather easily and coolly do it, as he was a married man, and had his
+wife constantly by the side of him. He had naturally an abundant
+stock of wit and good humour, and being so much of a wag withal, he
+was rather a painful companion for the Doctor all the way, and was
+frequently passing jokes of a cruel as well as of a light and amusing
+kind upon him. It was known to the whole party that there was no
+record kept of the length and breadth of the _giant lady_, except the
+one that the Doctor had taken, and carefully rolled up and put away in
+a little box, amongst other precious things, at the head of his bed,
+and which he generally used as his pillow. It was known also that much
+stress would be laid upon this in his own country, when they returned
+home, as something which the rest of the party could not produce, and
+which for him, therefore, would be of great and peculiar interest
+there, and probably on other occasions, when it might be proper to
+refer to it as a thing he could swear to as a subject of interest in
+this country. Jim's best jokes (like most Indian jokes) were those
+which no one else takes a share in; and a piece of the twine that
+had caught his eye as it was lying upon the floor, probably first
+suggested the wicked idea of being cut about two feet longer than the
+Doctor's measure of the fair giantess, and with a knot about one foot
+higher than the one made for her waist, and of being rolled up in the
+same way, and slipped (in place of the other) into the same corner of
+the box, to which the Doctor had a key, but, according to all Indian
+practice, he never made use of it. The sequel to all this, and the fun
+it might have subsequently made for "Jim," with his "big mouth," the
+reader may as well imagine here, or patiently wait till we come to it.
+
+In the afternoon the Catholic clergyman called with a couple of
+friends, for the interview which _Jeffrey_ and the _War-chief_ had
+promised. Mr. Melody sent me word when they called, and I came to the
+meeting, having taken a great interest in these interviews, which were
+eliciting opinions from the Indians which are exceedingly difficult
+to obtain in any other way, and which I was careful on all occasions
+to write down, as translated at the time. These opinions, however
+unimportant they may seem to be, I am sure many of my readers will find
+to be of curious interest; and I fully believe, if rightly appreciated,
+of much importance in directing future efforts to the right points in
+endeavouring to impress upon these ignorant and benighted people the
+importance of education, and a knowledge of the true Christian religion.
+
+On this occasion _Wash-ka-mon-ya_ (or "_Jim_" as I shall often call
+him) endeavoured to make himself conspicuous by teasing the War-chief
+and Jeffrey about "going to pray with the black-coats," and springing
+upon his feet, took his tomahawk in his hand, and throwing off his
+robe, jumped to the middle of the floor, where, naked down to the hips,
+he landed, in an attitude not unlike that of the colossal statue of
+Rhodes. He frowned a moment upon all around him, and then said, "Let
+me go in--I have said nothing yet; I want to make a speech to the
+black-coats."
+
+White-cloud, who was at that moment taking up his robe to accompany
+Jeffrey and the War-chief to the "talk," very mildly said to _Jim_,
+that "he would look much more respectful if he would sit down again
+and hold his tongue, for these were very good people who were calling
+to talk with them, and must be treated with respect, however their
+opinions might differ from those of the Indians." This severe rebuke
+from the chief instantly silenced Jim, who quietly and respectfully
+joined the rest of the party, at White-cloud's request, who seated
+themselves in the room where the talk was to be held. The pipe was lit
+and passing around, while one of the reverend gentlemen stated the
+views with which they had come to visit them, and asked the Indians
+if it was perfectly convenient and agreeable for them to hear what
+they had to say, to which the chief replied in the affirmative. The
+reverend gentleman then proceeded with his remarks upon the importance
+of education and religion, the nature of which the reader can easily
+imagine, and save the time it would require to record them here. To
+these the chiefs and all the party (excepting Jim and the Doctor, who
+had fallen asleep) listened with patience and profound silence, as the
+pipe was passing around. The reverend gentleman having finished, the
+War-chief took a few deep-drawn breaths through the pipe, and passing
+it along, said--
+
+  "My Friends,--I speak for the chief who is here, and not very well.
+  My words are his words, and the words of all our party. We have heard
+  what you had to say, because we had promised to do so.
+
+  "My Friends,--We have talked many times on this subject, and some of
+  our talks have been long; but at this time our words will be few,
+  for we are weary, and as we have before said, we are poor, and our
+  wives and children are hungry, and we have come over here to try to
+  make some money to get them warm clothes and food to eat. (_How, how,
+  how!_)
+
+  "My Friends,--Many of our children are now in schools in our country,
+  and the '_good book_' which is in your hands is in their hands at
+  this time. We believe that the Great Spirit has made our religion
+  good and sufficient for us if we do not in any way offend him. We see
+  the religion of the white people dividing into many paths, and we
+  cannot believe that it is pleasing to the Great Spirit. The Indians
+  have but one road in their religion, and they all travel in that, and
+  the Great Spirit has never told them that it was not right.
+
+  "My Friends,--Our ears have been open since we came here, and the
+  words we have heard are friendly and good; but we see so many kinds
+  of religion, and so many people drunk and begging when we ride in the
+  streets, that we are a little more afraid of white man's religion
+  than we were before we came here.
+
+  "My Friends,--The Indians occupied all the fine hunting grounds long
+  before the white men came to them, but the white men own them nearly
+  all now, and the Indians' hunting grounds are mostly all gone. The
+  Indians never urge white men to take up their religion, they are
+  satisfied to have them take a different road, for the Indians wish
+  to enjoy their hunting grounds to themselves in the world to come.
+  (_How, how, how!_)
+
+  "My Friends,--We thank you, and shall wish the Great Spirit may be
+  kind to you. I have no more to say."
+
+Thus ended the conversation this time, and the Indians all rising
+(except the Doctor, who was still asleep) shook hands with the
+clergymen and retired to their own room.
+
+These excellent gentlemen then expressed to Mr. Melody and myself their
+high admiration and respect for them as men, and said that they could
+make every allowance for them, travelling here only for the laudable
+objects which they had so clearly explained, and their patience taxed
+in so many instances as I had mentioned, of a similar nature. They
+agreed that it would be cruel to urge them to listen any further under
+their present circumstances, and that they had already exercised far
+greater patience than white men would in a similar condition. They said
+they should feel bound to call on another day (and did so), not to talk
+with them about religion, but to bring them some presents that would be
+serviceable to their wives and little children, and took leave.
+
+
+
+
+                              CHAPTER XX.
+
+  The Doctor and Jim visit several churches--The Indians in St.
+     Paul's--In Westminster Abbey--The exhibition at the Hall--The
+     Doctor agrees to go in the carriage of the "jolly fat dame"--Mr.
+     Melody objects--The Doctor's melancholy--Indians stop the bus
+     to talk with Lascars--Make them presents of money--Indians
+     discover _chickabobboo-ags_ (gin-palaces)--and ladies lying
+     down in their carriages reading books--_Chim-e-gotch-ees_
+     (or fish)--Jim's story of "Fish"--Experiments in
+     mesmerism--Wash-ka-mon-ya (Jim) mesmerized--The Doctor's
+     opinions on mesmerism--Ioways in Lord's Cricket-ground--Archery
+     and ball-playing--Encampment--Wigwams--Indians invited by Mrs.
+     Lawrence to Ealing Park--Their kind reception--Their Royal
+     Highnesses the Duke and Duchess of Cambridge--The Princess
+     Mary--The Duchess of Gloucester--The Hereditary Grand Duke and
+     Duchess, and other distinguished guests--Amusements--Beautiful
+     grounds--Indians dine on the lawn--Roast beef and
+     plum-pudding--_Chickabobboo_--Alarm of the parrots--Doctor's
+     superstition--_Chickabobboo_ explained--Speech of the
+     War-chief--Taking leave--Fright of the poor birds--Handsome
+     presents--Conservatory--The Doctor's ideas of it--Indians
+     visit Surrey Zoological Gardens--Fright of the birds and
+     animals--Indians sacrifice tobacco to the lion and the
+     rattle-snakes.
+
+
+Mr. Melody, feeling the high importance of the charge of these
+fourteen wild people intrusted to his hands by the Government while
+they were to see the sights of a foreign country, and feeling the
+strongest attachment to them personally, was stimulated to every
+exertion by which he could properly open their eyes to the benefits
+of civilization, and consequently was inquiring from day to day "what
+shall be shown them next?"
+
+I had also, with feelings of the highest respect for the chiefs of the
+nation, knowing them to be of the party, enlisted my warmest exertions
+in their behalf, and resolved to render them, in all ways I could, the
+aid that was due from me for their hospitality which benefited me when
+I was in their country.
+
+With these views we continued our omnibus in driving them about
+the City and country, and one or the other of us was almost daily
+accompanying them to some institution or public works from which they
+might derive some useful information. To these they generally went
+together and in their native dresses, but there were others where
+their costumes and their paint would render them too conspicuous,
+and for such purposes two or three suits of clothes, beaver hats and
+wigs, became necessary for such a number as wished at any time to look
+further (and unobserved) into the arcana and hidden mysteries of the
+great metropolis. And the reader will be ready to exclaim with me, that
+the field before us was a vast and boundless one.
+
+The two most ambitious to profit by such adventures were "_Jim_" (as
+I have before denominated him) and the "_Doctor_:" the _first_, from
+a peculiar faculty he had of learning the English language (in which
+he was making daily progress), and a consequent insatiable desire to
+see and learn the modes, and everything he could, of white people,
+excepting their religion; and the _second_, from an indomitable desire
+to look in everywhere and upon everything, more for the pleasure of
+gratifying a momentary curiosity, and enjoying a temporary smile, than
+from any decided ambition to carry home and adopt anything, unless it
+might be a vapour-bath, or something of the kind, in the way of his
+profession.
+
+In frock-coats and beaver hats, and boots, with a large stick or an
+umbrella under the arm, and the paint all washed off, there was not
+much in the looks of these two new-fangled gentlemen to attract the
+public gaze or remark; and consequently little in the way of the sights
+and treasures of London being opened to their view.
+
+From the time that this expedient was adopted, our avocations became
+more diversified and difficult; our anxieties and cares increased, and
+with them our amusement: for with Melody the sights of London were as
+yet prospective; and with me, whether old or new, I met them with an
+equal relish with my unsophisticated brethren from the wilderness.
+
+The amusement of "trying on" and "getting the hang" of the new dresses
+made merriment enough for the party for one day; and all but these
+two were quite willing to forego all the pleasures they could afford,
+rather than cover their cool and naked heads with beaver hats, their
+shoulders with frock-coats, and substitute for their soft and pliant
+mocassins and leggings of buckskin, woollen pantaloons and high-heeled
+boots. The two wiseacres, however, who had adopted them were
+philosophers, and knew that they were only for certain occasions, after
+which they were to be dropped off, and their limbs "at home again"
+in their light and easy native dresses. They were obliged, on such
+occasions (to be in keeping), to leave their long and ornamented pipes
+and tomahawks behind, and (not to lose the indispensable luxury of
+smoking) to carry a short and handy civilized pipe, with their tobacco,
+and a box of lucifers, in their pockets.
+
+Reader, pray don't try to imagine what a figure these two
+copper-coloured "swells" cut, when they first sallied forth in their
+new attire, for it will be in vain: but behold them and me, in the
+future pages of this book, and when their dresses had got to work easy,
+profiting by gazing upon the wonders and glories of civilization, which
+we never otherwise could have beheld together.
+
+As one of the first fruits of the new expedient (and while the subject
+was fresh and revolving in the minds of all), there was now a chance of
+gratifying the Doctor's desire to see the modes and places of worship
+of some of the different denominations of religion, of which he had
+heard so much, from Daniel and others, within the few days past. These
+visits were their first attempts in their assumed characters, and were
+mostly made in the company of Mr. Melody or Jeffrey, and without any
+amusing results either for the congregations or the Ioways, save an
+incident or two, such as must be expected in the first experiments with
+all great enterprises. The Doctor had been told that when he entered
+the Protestant Church, he must take his hat off at the door, and had
+practised it before he started; but, seeing such an immense number of
+ladies, he had unfortunately forgot it, and being reminded of it when
+he had been placed in his seat, his wig came off with it, exposing, but
+a moment however, his scalp-lock and the top of his head, where he had
+not deemed it necessary to wash off the red paint.
+
+In the Methodist chapel, where these two queer fellows had ventured one
+day with Daniel, the sermon was long and tedious, and there was nothing
+observed curious excepting a blue smoke rolling up over the top of
+the pew, where the Doctor's pipe had been lit, and his head sunk down
+between his knees; and one other occurrence, that afterwards happened
+in the heat of the exhortation from the pulpit, and much to the
+amusement of the Doctor and Jim, of a young woman, in their immediate
+vicinity, who began to groan, then to sing, and at length tumbled down
+from her seat upon the floor. The Doctor thought at first she was very
+sick, and wondered there was no physician there to bleed her; but when
+Daniel told him what was the matter, the old man smiled, and often
+talked about it afterwards.
+
+I took the whole party through Westminster Abbey and St. Paul's, where
+they stood and contemplated in amazement the works of human hands, so
+entirely beyond their comprehension that they returned in reserved and
+silent contemplation.
+
+Returning again to the Exhibition-room at the Egyptian Hall, several
+evenings of which have passed by without mention, but much in the
+same way, we find the same excitement and applause, and the "jolly
+fat dame" at the end of the platform, nightly receiving the Doctor's
+impressive smiles, which are constantly ready for her; and which by
+this time, aided by the continued coldness of the _Roman-nose_, were
+making visible inroads upon her tender affections. She had had, it
+seemed, on this evening, some conversation with the Doctor, through the
+interpreter, who had heretofore studiously kept out of the way, and she
+had invited the Doctor to ride to her house in her carriage, after the
+exhibition was over, believing that he would be able to find in her
+garden, some roots which he was in great distress to find, and that she
+would bring him home again safe. Mr. Melody objected to this, which
+seemed to puzzle the fair dame, and to throw the Doctor into a profound
+melancholy and dejection.
+
+This rebuff from Mr. Melody was so unexpected and so provoking, when
+she had so nearly accomplished her object, that the good lady passed
+out of the room earlier than usual, and tossed her head about with her
+ostrich plumes as she passed along in the crowd, without having the
+heart to stop and speak a few words to Daniel, as she had been in the
+habit of doing. Mr. Melody retired with the Indians, and I remained
+after the crowd had left, at the solicitation of a party of ladies,
+who had sent me their card and wished to see me after the exhibition
+was over. The room being nearly emptied, I saw a party of several
+fashionably-dressed ladies at the further end of the room, examining
+the paintings on the walls. In advancing towards them, the one who
+seemed to be the leader of the party turned around and exclaimed, "Oh,
+here comes Mr. Catlin, I believe?" "Yes, Madam, I am Mr. Catlin." "Oh,
+I am so happy to have the honour of seeing you, Sir, and of speaking
+to you--you have made all these paintings?" "Yes." "These Indians are
+curious fellows, and well worth seeing, but I consider you ten times
+more of a curiosity. Look here, ladies, here's Mr. Catlin, the very
+man that I have so often told you about. Dear me, what dangers and
+hardships you must have been through! Oh, I do think you are one of the
+wonders of the world--and not a grey hair in your head yet! My dear
+Sir, I know your whole history-- you'd scarcely believe it--I know it
+'like a book,' as they say. I recollect the very day when you started
+for India, and I have followed you the whole way--I have your book--I
+bought several copies to give to my friends; I have read every word of
+it over and over again--and, oh! it's wonderful--it's charming--one
+can't stop in it--there's no stopping place in it. By the way, I don't
+suppose you were down much in the neighbourhood of Chusan (I've got a
+nephew there--a fine fellow--he's a surgeon). I suppose you kept pretty
+much back in the mountains? You had no object in coming down about the
+coast; and they have had rather hot work there." "No, Madam, I had not
+the slightest object to take me near Chusan--I kept a great way back."
+"That was right; oh, how judicious! Oh, I have read your interesting
+work so often. By the way, these fellows are not from the coast--they
+are from a great way back, I dare say?" "Yes, Madam, they are a great
+way in the interior." "I thought so, I knew so--I can tell, d' ye
+see--I can always tell a coaster. These are fine men--they grow tea, I
+suppose, though?" "No, these people don't grow tea." "Ah, well, it's
+late, we won't take up your time; but I have been so happy to have seen
+you--glad, glad to see you home alive to your native soil, and out of
+that plagued India. Good night." "Good night, ladies."
+
+As they left me, I turned round, and met a poor fellow approaching me
+on one leg and a pair of crutches, and his wife holding on to his arm.
+He said he had been waiting some time to have the honour of speaking to
+me before he left, having heard my name pronounced. He told me he lived
+at Woolwich, where he held some situation for life, as he had lost his
+leg in the service of his country, and it was a good living for him,
+luckily, though he had been so unfortunate as to lose his leg.
+
+"My wife and I (said he) ave long eard of this extro'nary hexibition,
+and she as often hax'd me to come to see it; and though we ave been off
+and hon about it a great many times, we never got off together until
+this hafter-noon--it's a wonderful sight, sir, hand we are appy to ave
+seen you halso."
+
+I thanked the poor fellow, and asked him how he lost his leg.
+
+"It was done by the kick of a orse, Sir."
+
+"But your leg has been taken off above your knee."
+
+"Yes, Sir, the bone was broken, hand it ad to be hamputated."
+
+"It must have been very painful!"
+
+"Ah, hit urt a little; though as for the pain of hamputation, I woudn't
+give a penny for it: but the loss of my leg is worth a great deal to
+me; it's hall ealed up now, Sir, though it's very hunandy."
+
+This simple and unfortunate man and his very pretty little wife left
+me, and I repaired to the Indians' rooms in St. James's Street, where
+I found them finishing their suppers and taking their _chickabobboo_.
+Here was in readiness a long catalogue of the adventures of the day--of
+things they had seen in their drive, &c., to be talked over, as well as
+the cruel jokes to be listened to, which they were all passing upon the
+poor Doctor, for the sudden failure of his prospects of digging roots
+in the fair dame's garden.
+
+There were many subjects of an amusing nature talked over by these
+droll fellows during the pipes of this evening, and one of the themes
+for their comments was the drive which we had given them in two open
+carriages through Hyde Park, at the fashionable hour. They decided
+that "the Park, along the banks of the Serpentine, reminded them of
+the prairies on the shores of the Skunk and the Cedar rivers in their
+own country; and in fact, that some parts of it were almost exactly
+the same." They were amused to see many of the ladies lying down as
+they rode in their carriages; and also, that many of the great chiefs,
+pointed out to them riding on horseback, "didn't know how to ride--that
+they were obliged to have a man riding a little behind them to pick
+them up if they should fall off."
+
+Jim, who was in an unusual good humour this evening, either from
+the effects of his _chickabobboo_ or from some fine present he might
+have received in the room, seemed to be the chief "spokesman" for the
+evening, and for the purpose of assisting his imagination or aiding
+his voice had laid himself flat upon his back upon his robe, which was
+spread upon the floor. His loquacity was such, that there was little
+else for any of us to do than sit still and excessively laugh at the
+dryness of his jokes, and his amusing remarks upon the things they had
+seen as they were taking their ride on this and past mornings. He had
+now got, as has been said, a facility of using occasional words of
+English, and he brought them in once in a while with the most amusing
+effect.
+
+He said they had found another place where there were two more
+Ojibbeway Indians (as he called them), Lascars. sweeping the streets;
+and it seems that after passing them they had ordered their bus to
+stop, and called them up and shook hands, and tried to talk with them.
+They could speak a few words in English, and so could _Jim_: he was
+enabled to ask them if they were Ojibbeways, and they to answer, "No,
+they were Mussulmen." "Where you live?" "Bombay." "You sweep dirt in
+the road?" "Yes," "Dam fool!" _Jim_ gathered a handful of pennies and
+gave them, and they drove off.
+
+It seemed that in their drive this day, Jim and the Doctor had both
+rode outside, which had afforded to Jim the opportunity of seeing to
+advantage, for the first time. the immense number of "gin palaces,"
+as they passed along the streets; and into which they could look from
+the top of the bus, and distinctly see the great number of large kegs,
+and what was going on inside. The Doctor had first discovered them
+in his numerous outside rides, and as he was not quite sure that he
+had rightly understood them, hearing that the English people detested
+drunkards so much, he had not ventured to say much about them. He had
+been anxious for the corroboration of _Jim's_ sharper eyes, and during
+this morning they had fully decided that the hundreds of such places
+they were in all directions passing, were places where people went
+to drink _chickabobboo_, and they were called _chickabobbooags_. The
+conversation of Jim and the Doctor enlarged very much on this grand
+discovery, and the probable effects they had upon the London people.
+They had seen many women, and some of them with little babies in their
+arms, standing and lying around them, and they were quite sure that
+some of those women were drunk. Jim said that he and the Doctor had
+counted two or three hundred in one hour. Some of the party told him
+he had made his story too big, so he said he and the Doctor next day
+would mark them down on a stick. Jim said there was one street they
+came through, where he hoped they would never drive them again, for it
+made their hearts sore to see so many women and little children all
+in dirty rags: they had never seen any Indians in the wilderness half
+so poor, and looking so sick. He was sure they had not half enough to
+eat. He said he thought it was wrong to send missionaries from this
+to the Indian country, when there were so many poor creatures here
+who want their help, and so many thousands as they saw going into the
+_chickabobbooags_ to drink fire-water.
+
+He said they came through a very grand street, where every thing looked
+so fine and splendid in the windows, and where the ladies looked so
+beautiful in their carriages, many of them lying quite down, and seemed
+as if they were very rich and happy; and some of them lay in their
+carriages, that were standing still, so as to let them read their
+books. And in this same grand street they saw a great many fine-looking
+ladies walking along the sides of the roads, and looking back at the
+gentlemen as they passed by them. These ladies, he and the Doctor
+observed, looked young, and all looked very smiling, and they thought
+they wanted husbands. A great deal, Jim said, they had seen of these
+ladies as they were every day looking out of their own windows in St.
+James's Street. A great many of these women, he said, behave very
+curious; he said he didn't know for certain but some of these might
+be _chimegotches_. This excited a tremendous laugh with the Doctor and
+several of the young men, and made some of the women smile, though
+it was rather hushed by the chiefs as an imprudent word for Jim to
+apply in the present case. This did little, however, to arrest the
+effects of Jim's joke, and he continued with some further ingenious
+embellishments, which set the chiefs into a roar, and Jim then kept the
+field. Melody and myself laughed also, not at the joke, for we did not
+understand it, but at their amusement, which seemed to be very great,
+and led us to inquire the meaning of _chimegotches_. "Fish," said
+Jim, "fish!" We were still at a loss for the meaning of his joke; and
+our ignorance being discovered, as well as our anxiety to know, they
+proposed that Jim should relate the story of _Chimegotches_, or "Fish."
+Some one was charging and lighting the pipe in the mean time, which was
+handed to him, as he rose and took a whiff or two, and then, resuming
+his former position, flat upon his back, he commenced--
+
+  "When the great Mississippi river was a young and beautiful stream,
+  and its waters were blue and clear, and the Ioways lived on its
+  banks, more than a thousand snows since, _Net-no-qua_, a young man
+  of great beauty, and son of a great chief, complained that he was
+  sick. His appetite left him, and his sleep was not good. His eyes,
+  which had been like those of the war-eagle, grew soft and dim, and
+  sunk deep in his head. His lips, that had been the music for all
+  about him, had become silent; his breast, that had always been calm,
+  was beating, and deep sighs showed that something was wrong within.
+  _O-za-pa_, whose medicine was great, and to whom all the plants and
+  roots of the prairies were known, was quite lost; he tried all, and
+  all was in vain; the fair son of the chief was wasting away, as each
+  sweet breath that he breathed went off upon the winds, and never
+  came back to him. Thus did _Net-no-qua_, the son of _Ti-ah-ka_, pine
+  away. The medicine man told him at last that there was but one thing
+  that could cure him, and that was attended with great danger. In his
+  dream a small prairie snake had got upon a bush, and its light, which
+  was that of the sun, opened his eyes to its brightness, and his ears
+  to its words: 'The son of _Ti-ah-ka_ grieves--this must not be--his
+  breast must be quiet, and his thoughts like the quiet waters of the
+  gliding brook; the son of _Ti-ah-ka_ will grow like the firm rocks of
+  the mountain, and the chiefs and warriors, who will descend from him,
+  will grow like the branches of the spreading oak.' The medicine man
+  said to the son of _Ti-ah-ka_ that he must now take a small piece of
+  the flesh from his side for his bait, and in a certain cove on the
+  bank of the river, the first fish that he caught was to be brought to
+  his wigwam alone, under his robe, and she, whose blood would become
+  warm, would be to him like the vine that clings around and through
+  the branches of the oak: that then his eyes would soon shine again
+  like those of the eagle; the music of his lips would soon return, and
+  his troubled breast would again become calm, his appetite would be
+  good, and his sleep would be sweet and quiet like that of a babe.
+
+  "_Net-no-qua_ stood upon a rock, and when the hook, with a piece
+  of his side, lay upon the water, the parting hair of _Lin-ta_ (the
+  river-born) was seen floating on the water, and its black and oily
+  tresses were glistening in the sun as the water glided off from them;
+  and her lips were opening to enclose the fatal hook that raised
+  her beautiful breasts above the water. Her round and delicate arms
+  shone bright with their beauty as she extended them to the shore,
+  and the river shed its tears over her skin as her beautiful waist
+  glided through its surface, above which the strong and manly arm of
+  _Net-no-qua_ was gently raising her. The weeping waves in sparkling
+  circles clung around her swelling hips and pressing knees, until the
+  folding robe of the son of _Ti-ah-ka_ was over the wave and around
+  her bending form. One hand still held her slim and tapering fingers,
+  and with the other he encompassed her trembling form, as their equal
+  steps took them from the shore and brought them to the wig-wam of
+  _Net-no-qua_. His silent house was closed from the footsteps of the
+  world; her delicate arms clung around the neck of the son of the
+  chief, and her black and glossy tresses fell over and around his
+  naked shoulders and mingled with his own. The same robe embraced
+  them both, and her breath was purer than the blue waves from which
+  she came. Their sleep was like the dreams of the antelope, and they
+  awoke as the wild rose-buds open amidst the morning dew; the breast
+  of _Net-no-qua_ was calm, his eyes were again like the eyes of the
+  eagle, his appetite was keen, and his lips sounded their music in the
+  ears of Lin-ta. She was lovely, she was the wife of the son of the
+  chief, and like the vine that clings around and through the branches
+  of the oak, did she cling to _Net-no-qua_. They were happy, and many
+  have been the descendants that have sprung from the dreams of the son
+  of _Ti-ah-ka_ and the beautiful _Lin-ta_ (the river-born).
+
+  "_O-ne-ak'n_ was the brother of _Net-no-qua_, and _Di-ag-gon_ was
+  his cousin: and _they_ were sick; and they sat upon the rock in the
+  cove in the river: and the two sisters of Lin-ta shone as they lifted
+  their graceful forms above the wave, and their beautiful locks spread
+  as they floated on the surface. The two young warriors sighed as
+  they gazed upon them. The two sisters embraced each other as they
+  glided through and above the waves. They rose to full view, and had
+  no shame. The river 'shed no tears, nor did the sparkling waves hang
+  in circles about their swelling hips and pressing knees;' and as they
+  sank, they beckoned the two young warriors, who followed them to
+  their water-bound caves. They stole back in the morning, and were
+  ashamed and sick. Their tongues were not silent, and others went.
+  The two sisters again showed their lovely forms as they glided above
+  the water, and they beckoned all who came to their hidden caves, and
+  all came home in the morning sick and sad, while every morning saw
+  the son of the chief and his river-born Lin-ta calm and bright as
+  the rising sun. Shame and fear they knew not, but all was love and
+  happiness with them; very different were the sisters of Lin-ta, who
+  at length ventured from their caves at night, and strolled through
+  the village; they were hidden again at the return of the light. Their
+  caves were the resorts of the young men, but the fair daughters of
+  Lin-ta knew them not.
+
+  "Such was the story of Lin-ta (the river-born); she was the loved of
+  her husband, and the virtuous mother of her children. Her beautiful
+  sisters were the loved of all men, but had no offspring. They live
+  in their hidden caves to this day, and sometimes in the day as well
+  as in the night are seen walking through the village, though all the
+  Indians call them _Chim-ee-gotch-es_, that is, _Cold-bloods_, or
+  _Fish_."
+
+Jim got a round of applause for his story, though the Doctor thought
+he had left out some of the most essential and funny parts of it. Jim,
+however, seemed well content with the manner in which it was received,
+and continued to remark that he and the Doctor had come to the
+conclusion that those beautiful young women, that they saw looking back
+at the gentlemen in the streets, as well as those who were standing in
+front of their windows, and bowing to them, and kissing their hands
+every day, must be "fish;" and that in the great village of London,
+where so much _chickabobboo_ is drunk, there must be a great number of
+"fish." And they thought also that some of these they had seen in the
+Egyptian Hall when they were giving their dances.
+
+The above and other critiques of Jim upon London modes seemed to the
+chiefs to be rather too bold, and an impolitic position for Jim to
+take; and whilst their reprimands were being passed upon him, the train
+of humour he had happened to get into on that night turned all their
+remarks into jokes, and they were obliged to join in the irresistible
+merriment he produced on this occasion, merely from his having taken
+(as his wife had refused it on this evening as it was just now
+discovered) the additional mug of his wife's _chickabobboo_.
+
+Much merriment was produced amongst the Indians about this time by an
+appointment that had been made to see some experiments in mesmerism,
+to be performed by a Dr. M---- at the Indians' rooms. The Doctor was
+received at the appointed hour, and brought with him a feeble and
+pale-looking girl of 14 or 15 years of age to operate upon. This had
+taken the Indians rather by surprise, as no one had fully explained the
+nature of the operations to them. I got Jeffrey, however, to translate
+to them, as near as he could, the nature of this extraordinary
+discovery, and the effects it was to produce; and the doors being
+closed, and the young woman placed in a chair, the mesmeriser commenced
+his mysterious operations. I had instructed the Indians to remain
+perfectly still and not to laugh, lest they might hinder the operator,
+and prevent the desired effect. With one knee upon the floor, in
+front of her, and placing both of his extended thumbs (with his hands
+clenched) just in front of her two eyebrows, he looked her steadily
+in the face. This eccentric position and expression disposed Jim to
+laugh, and though he covered his huge mouth with his hand, and made no
+noise, still the irresistible convulsions in his fat sides shook the
+floor we were standing on; and the old Doctor at the same time, equally
+amused, was liable to do less harm, for all his smiles and laughter,
+however excessive, were produced by the curious machinery of his face,
+and never extended further down than the chin or clavicles. The little
+patient, however, was seen in a few minutes to be going to sleep, and
+at length fell back in the chair, in the desired state of somnambulism.
+The operator then, by mesmeric influences, opened her eyes, without
+touching them, and without waking her, and by the same influence closed
+them again. In the same way he caused her hand to close, and none of
+us could open it. Here our Doctor, who tried it, was quite at a stand.
+He saw the fingers of the operator pass several times in front of it,
+and its muscles relaxed--it opened of itself. He then brought, by the
+same influence, her left arm to her breast, and then the right, and
+challenged the strength of any one in the room to unbend them. This was
+tried by several of us, but in vain; and when his fingers were passed
+a few times lightly over them, they were relaxed and returned to their
+former positions. By this time the Indian women, with their hands over
+their mouths, began to groan, and soon left the room in great distress
+of mind. The chiefs, however, and the Doctor and Jim, remained until
+the experiments were all tried, and with unaccountable success. The
+operator then, by passing his fingers a few times over the forehead of
+his patient, brought her gradually to her senses, and the exhibition
+ended. The convulsions of Jim's broad sides were now all tempered down
+into cool quiet, and the knowing smiles of the old Doctor had all run
+entirely off from, and out of, the furrows of his face, and a sort of
+painful study seemed to be contracting the rigid muscles that were
+gathering over them.
+
+  [Illustration: N^o. 12.]
+
+The chiefs pronounced the unaccountable operation to be the greatest
+of medicine, and themselves quite satisfied, as they retired; but the
+old Doctor, not yet quite sure, and most likely thinking it a good
+thing for his adoption among the mysteries of his profession in his own
+country, was disposed to remain, with his untiring companion Jim, until
+some clue could be got to this mystery of mysteries. With this view he
+had the curiosity of feeling the little girl's pulse, of examining and
+smelling the operator's fingers, &c., and of inquiring whether this
+thing could be done by any others but himself; to which I replied, that
+it was now being done by hundreds all through the country, and was no
+secret. The charm had then fled--it had lost all its value to the old
+Doctor. The deep thoughts ceased to plough his wrinkled face, and his
+self-sufficient, happy smiles were again playing upon his front. His
+views were evidently changed. _Jim_ caught the current of his feelings,
+and amusement was their next theme. The old Doctor "thought that _Jim_
+could easily be frightened," and would be a good subject. It was
+proposed that _Jim_ should therefore take the chair, and it was soon
+announced to the squaws, and amongst them to his wife, that _Jim_ had
+gone to sleep, and was _mesmerised_. They all flew to the room, which
+upset the gravity of his broad mouth, and, with its movements, as a
+matter of course, the whole bearing of his face; and the operator's
+fingers being withdrawn from his nose, he left the chair amidst a roar
+of laughter. It was then proposed that the old Doctor should sit down
+and be tried, but he resisted the invitation, on the grounds of the
+_dignity of his profession_, which he got me to explain to the medical
+man, whom he was now evidently disposed to treat rather sarcastically,
+and his wonderful performance as a piece of extraordinary juggling,
+or, at least, as divested of its supposed greatest interest, that of
+novelty. He told him "that there was nothing new or very wonderful in
+the operation, that he could discover; it was no more than the charm
+which the snakes used to catch birds; and the more frightful and ugly
+a man's face was, the better he could succeed in it. He had no doubt
+but many ill-looking men amongst white people would use it as a mode of
+catching pretty girls, which they could not otherwise do, and therefore
+it would be called amongst white people a very useful thing."
+
+"All the _medicine-men_ (said he) in the Indian country have known for
+many years how to do the same thing, and what the white people know
+of it at this time they have learned from the Indians; but I see that
+they don't yet half know how to do it; that he had brought a _medicine
+dress_ all the way with him for the very purpose, and if the mesmeriser
+would come the next morning at 9 o'clock, he should see him with it on,
+and he would engage to frighten any white lady to sleep in five minutes
+who would take a good look at him without winking or laughing." The
+mesmeriser did not come, though the Doctor was on the spot and ready.
+(_Plate No. 12._)
+
+An event which they had long been looking for with great solicitude
+took place about this time--the prorogation of Parliament, which
+afforded the poor fellows their only opportunity of seeing the Queen.
+They were driven off in good season in their bus, and succeeded in
+getting the most favourable view of the Queen and the Prince as they
+were passing in the state-carriage; and, to use their own words for
+it, "The little Queen and the Prince both put their faces quite out of
+their carriage of gold to look at us and bow to us." There is no doubt
+but by the kindness of the police they were indulged in a favourable
+position and had a very satisfactory view of Her Majesty the Queen,
+and it is equally certain that they will never cease to speak of the
+splendour of the effect of the grand pageant as long as they live.
+
+The nightly excitements and amusements going on at the Egyptian Hall
+were increasing the public anxiety to see these curious people more at
+large, and we resolved to procure some suitable ground for the purpose,
+where their active limbs could be seen in full motion in the open air,
+as they are seen on their native prairies with their ball-sticks, in
+their favourite game of the ball, and the use of their bows and arrows,
+all of which they had brought with them, but could not use in their
+amusements at the Hall. Their dances, &c., were, however, to be kept
+up as usual, at night; and for their afternoon exercises in the open
+air, an arrangement was made for the use of "Lord's Cricket Ground,"
+and on that beautiful field (prairie, as they called it) they amused
+thousands, daily, by their dances, archery, and ball-playing.[18]
+For this purpose an area of an acre or two was enclosed by a rope,
+and protected for their amusements by the police. To this the
+visitors advanced on every side, and seemed delighted with their rude
+appearance and native sports. This arrangement afforded the Indians
+the opportunity of showing their games and amusements to the greatest
+advantage, and also of meeting again the acquaintances they had made
+at the Egyptian Hall, and shaking hands with all who felt disposed to
+do them that honour. They had also brought with them, to illustrate
+the whole of Indian life, no less than three tents (wig-wams) made of
+buffalo hides, curiously but rudely painted, which the squaws daily
+erected on the ground, in presence of the spectators, forming by no
+means the least accurate and pleasing part of the exhibition.
+
+  [18] This is, undoubtedly, the favourite and most manly and
+       exciting game of the North American Indians, and often played
+       by three or four hundred on a side, who venture their horses,
+       robes, weapons, and even the very clothes upon their backs,
+       on the issue of the game. For this beautiful game two byes or
+       goals are established, at three or four hundred yards from
+       each other, by erecting two poles in the ground for each, four
+       or five feet apart, between which it is the strife of either
+       party to force the ball (it having been thrown up at a point
+       half-way between) by catching it in a little hoop, or racket,
+       at the end of a stick, three feet in length, held in both
+       hands as they run, throwing the ball an immense distance when
+       they get it in the stick. This game is always played over an
+       extensive prairie or meadow, and the confusion and laughable
+       scrambles for the ball when it is falling, and often sought
+       for by two or three hundred gathered to a focus, are curious
+       and amusing beyond the reach of any description or painting.
+
+The beautiful scenes presented there could be repeated but a few
+days, owing to other uses to be made of the grounds; but during that
+time they were visited by vast numbers of the nobility of London, and
+several members of the Royal Family. The incidents of those days, which
+were curious and many, must be passed over, excepting that the Doctor
+daily beheld in front of the crowd, and at full length, the "jolly fat
+dame," to whom he as often advanced, with a diffident smile, to receive
+a beautiful rose, which she handed to him over the rope.
+
+These amusements in the open air in the daytime, with the dances,
+&c., at the Hall in the evenings, with their "drive" in the morning,
+and civil attentions to persons calling on them at their rooms, now
+engrossed completely all their time, and they were actually compelled
+to give offence to some parties who called on them, and to whom they
+could not devote the time. Amongst those were several deputations from
+public schools, of clergymen, and Sunday school teachers; and also
+three very excellent Christian ladies in a party, one of whom, Mrs.
+E----, I was well acquainted with, and knowing her extensive Christian
+and charitable labours, I had encouraged to call, as she had expressed
+a strong desire to talk with them on the subject of religion. They
+appealed to me, and I desired them to call at another hour, which they
+did, and I said to the chief that there was another proposition for a
+talk on the subject of religion. This seemed to annoy them somewhat,
+and after smoking a pipe, they decided not to see them. I then told
+them that they were three ladies; this seemed to startle them for a
+few moments, but they smoked on, and finally the War-chief said "it
+was a subject on which, if they had anything more to say, they would
+rather say it to the men than to women--they can talk with our women if
+they like." I then invited the Indian women into the room, and Jeffrey
+interpreted for the ladies, who had a long conversation with them, but,
+as the ladies afterwards told me, few words on the subject of religion:
+as to the first questions on that subject, the squaws answered that
+they left that mostly to their husbands, and they thought that if they
+loved their husbands, and took good care of their children, the Great
+Spirit would be kind to them. These kind ladies called the next day
+and left them fourteen Bibles and some other very useful presents,
+and their prayers for their happiness, feeling convinced that this
+was the most effectual and best way of making lasting and beneficial
+impressions on their minds.
+
+One of the very high compliments paid them from the fashionable world
+was now before them, and this being the day for it, all parties were
+dressing and painting for the occasion. I had received a very kind note
+from Mrs. Lawrence, inviting me to bring them to pay her a visit in her
+lovely grounds at Ealing Park, a few miles from the city of London.
+The omnibus was ready, and being seated, we were there with an hour's
+drive, and received on the fine lawn in the rear of her house. Here was
+presented the most beautiful scene which the Ioways helped to embellish
+whilst they were in the kingdom--for nothing more sweet can be seen
+than this little paradise, hemmed in with the richness and wildness
+of its surrounding foliage, and its velvet carpet of green on which
+the Indians were standing and reclining, and the kind lady and her
+Royal and noble guests, collected in groups, to witness their dances
+and other amusements. Their Royal Highnesses the Duke and Duchess of
+Cambridge, with the lovely Princess Mary, the Hereditary Grand Duke
+and Duchess of Mecklenburgh Strelitz, the Duchess of Gloucester, and
+many of the nobility, formed the party of her friends whom this lady
+had invited, and who soon entered the lawn to meet these sons of the
+forest, and witness their wild sports.
+
+At the approach of the lady and her Royal party, the Indians all
+arose, and the chiefs having been introduced, half an hour or more
+was passed in a conversation with them, through Jeffrey and myself,
+and an examination of their costumes, weapons, &c., when they seated
+themselves in a circle, and passing the pipe around, were preparing for
+a dance. The first they selected was their favourite, the eagle-dance,
+which they gave with great spirit, and my explanation of the meaning
+of it seemed to add much to its interest. (_Plate No. 13._) After the
+dance they strung their bows and practised at the target, and at length
+Mr. Melody tossed up the ball, when they snatched up their ballsticks,
+which they had brought for the purpose, and darted over and about the
+grounds in the exciting game of the ball. This proved more amusing
+to the spectators than either of the former exercises, but it was
+short, for they soon lost their ball, and the game being completed,
+they seated themselves again, and with the pipe were preparing for the
+_war-dance_, in which, when they gave it, the beautiful lawn, and the
+forests around it, resounded with the shrill notes of the _war-whoop_,
+which the frightened parroquets and cockatoos saucily echoed back with
+a laughable effect, and a tolerable exactness. The pipe of peace (or
+calumet) dance was also given, with the pipes of peace in their hands,
+which they had brought out for the purpose.
+
+While these exciting scenes were going on, the butler was busy
+spreading a white cloth over a long table arranged on the lawn, near
+the house, and on it the luxuries that had been preparing in the
+kitchen, for their dinners. This arrangement was so timed that the
+roast beef was on and smoking just when their amusements were finished,
+and when the announcement was made that their "dinner was up," all
+parties moved in that direction, but in two divisions, the one to
+partake, and the other to look on and see how wild people could handle
+the knife and fork. This was to be the _last_, though (as I could see
+by the anxiety of the spectators) not the _least amusing_ of their
+amusements, and it was in the event rendered peculiarly so to some of
+us, from the various parts which the kind and illustrious spectators
+were enabled to take in it, when in all their former amusements there
+was no possible way in which they could "lend a hand." Every one could
+here assist in placing a chair or handing a plate, and the Indians
+being seated, all were ready and emulous, standing around the table and
+at their elbows, to perform some little office of the kind, to assist
+them to eat, and to make them comfortable. His Royal Highness proposed
+that I should take my stand at the head of the table, before a huge
+sirloin of roast beef, and ply the carving knife, which I did; whilst
+he travelled, plates in hand, until they all were helped. The young
+Princess Mary, and the two little daughters of the kind lady, like the
+three Graces, were bending about under loads of bread and vegetables
+they were helping the Indians to, and the kind lady herself was filling
+their glasses from the generous pitcher of foaming ale, and ordering
+the butler to uncork the bottles of champagne which were ready and
+hissing at the delay.
+
+[Illustration: N^o. 13.]
+
+This unusual scene was taking place in the nearer vicinity of the
+poor parroquets and cockatoos, who seemed, thus far, awed into a
+discretionary silence, but were dancing to the right and the left,
+and busily swinging their heads to and fro, with their eyes and their
+ears open to all that was said and done. When the cork flew from the
+first bottle of champagne, the parrots squalled out, "There! there!!
+there!!!" and the Indians as suddenly, "_Chickabobboo! chickabobboo!_"
+Both laughed, and all the party _had_ to laugh, at the simultaneous
+excitement of the parrots and the Indians; and most of them were as
+ignorant of the language (and of course of the wit of) the one as of
+the other. _Chickabobboo_, however, was understood, at least by the
+Indians; and their glasses being filled with champagne, the moment they
+were raising it to their lips, and some had commenced drinking, the
+cockatoos suddenly squalled out again, "_There! there!! there!!!_" The
+old Doctor, and his superstitious friend Jim, who had not got their
+glasses quite to their mouths, slowly lowered them upon the table, and
+turned, with the most beseeching looks, upon Mr. Melody and myself, to
+know whether they were breaking their vow to us. They said nothing, but
+the question was sufficiently plain in their _looks_ for an answer, and
+I replied, "No, my good fellows, the parrots are fools, they don't know
+what they are talking about; they, no doubt, thought this was whiskey,
+but we know better; it's some of the '_Queen's chickabobboo_,' and
+you need not fear to drink it." This curious affair had been seen but
+by a part of the company, and only by the Indians at our end of the
+table, and therefore lost its general effect until I related it. The
+queer-sounding word "_chickabobboo_" seemed to amuse, and to excite the
+curiosity of many, and there was no understanding it without my going
+over the whole ground, and explaining how and where it originated,
+which, when finished, created much amusement. While I was relating this
+story the plates were being changed, and just at the end of it the
+parrots sang out again, "_There! there!! there!!!_" as before; but it
+was discovered that, at that instant, one of the waiters was passing
+near them with a huge and smoking plum-pudding, and so high that we
+could but just see his face over the top of it. This was placed before
+me, and as I divided and served it, the same hands, Royal and fair,
+conveyed it to the different parts of the table. This was a glorious
+pudding, and I had helped each one abundantly, expecting, as all did,
+that they would devour it without mincing; but, to the surprise of all,
+they tasted a little, and left the rest upon their plates. Fears were
+entertained that the pudding did not suit them, and I was constrained
+to ask why they did not eat more. The reply was reluctant, but very
+significant and satisfactory when it came. Jim spoke for all. He said,
+"They all agreed that it was good--very good; but that the beef was
+also very good, and the only fault of the pudding was, that it had come
+too late."
+
+The War-chief at this time was charging his long pipe with _k'nick
+k'neck_, and some fire being brought to light it, it was soon passed
+from his into the chiefs hands, when he arose from the table, and
+offering his hand to His Royal Highness, stepped a little back, and
+addressed him thus:--
+
+  "My Great Father,--Your face to-day has made us all very happy. The
+  Great Spirit has done this for us, and we are thankful for it. The
+  Great Spirit inclined your heart to let us see your face, and to
+  shake your hand, and we are very happy that it has been so. (_How,
+  how, how!_)
+
+  "My Father,--We have been told that you are the uncle of the Queen,
+  and that your brother was the King of this rich country. We fear we
+  shall go home without seeing the face of your Queen, except as we saw
+  it in her carriage; but if so, we shall be happy to say that we have
+  seen the great chief who is next to the Queen. (_How, how, how!_)
+
+  "My Father,--We are poor and ignorant people from the wilderness,
+  whose eyes are not yet open, and we did not think that we should be
+  treated so kindly as we have to-day. Our skins are red, and our ways
+  are not so pleasing as those of the white people, and we therefore
+  feel the more proud that so great a chief should come so far to see
+  us, and to help to feed us; this we shall never forget. (_How, how,
+  how!_)
+
+  "My Father,--We feel thankful to the lady who has this fine house and
+  these fine fields, and who has invited us here to-day, and to all the
+  ladies and gentlemen who are here to see us. We shall pray for you
+  all in our prayers to the Great Spirit, and now we shall be obliged
+  to shake hands with you and go home. (_How, how, how!_)"
+
+His Royal Highness replied to him,--
+
+  "That he and all his friends present had been highly pleased with
+  their appearance and amusements to-day, and most of all with the
+  reverential manner in which he had just spoken of the Great Spirit,
+  before whom we must all, whether red or white, soon appear. He
+  thanked the chiefs for the efforts they had made to entertain them,
+  and trusted that the Great Spirit would be kind to them in restoring
+  them safe home to their friends again."
+
+At this moment, when all were rising and wrapping their robes around
+them preparing to start, the lady appeared among them, with a large
+plate in her hands, bearing on it a variety of beautiful trinkets,
+which she dispensed among them according to their various tastes; and
+with a general shake of the hand, they retired from the grounds to take
+their carriage for town. The parrots and cockatoos all bowed their
+heads in silence as they passed by them; but as the old Doctor (who
+always lingers behind to bestow and catch the last smile, and take the
+second shake of the hand where there are ladies in question) extended
+his hand to the kind lady, to thank her the second and last time, there
+was a tremendous cry of "_There! there!! there!!!_" and "_Cockatoo!
+cockatoo!_"--the last of which the poor Doctor, in his confusion, had
+mistaken for "_Chickabobboo! chickabobboo!_" He, however, kept a steady
+gait between the din of "_There! there!! there!!!_" and "_Cockatoo!_"
+that was behind him, and the inconceivable laughter of his party in the
+carriage, who now insisted on it (and almost made him believe), that
+his ugly face had been the sole cause of the alarm of the birds and
+monkeys since the Indians entered the ground.[19]
+
+  [19] The polite Doctor often spoke of his admiration of this
+       excellent lady and of her beautiful park, and expressed his
+       regrets also that the day they spent there was so short; for
+       while hunting for the ball which they had lost, it seemed he
+       had strolled alone into her beautiful _Conservatoire_, where
+       he said, "in just casting his eyes around, he thought there
+       were roots that they had not yet been able to find in this
+       country, and which they stood much in need of." He said "he
+       believed from what he had seen when he was looking for the
+       ball, though nobody had ever told him, that this lady was a
+       great root-doctor."
+
+This was theme enough, to ensure them a merry ride home, where they
+arrived in time, and in the very best of humour, for their accustomed
+evening amusements at the Hall; and after that, of taking their suppers
+and _chickabobboo_ in their own apartments, which resounded with songs
+and with encomiums on the kind lady and her _chickabobboo_, until they
+got to sleep.
+
+The next morning we had an appointment to visit the Surrey Zoological
+Gardens, and having the greatest curiosity to witness the mutual
+surprise there might be exhibited at the meeting of wild men and wild
+animals, I was one of the party. The interview, in order to avoid the
+annoyance of a crowd, had been arranged as a private one: we were,
+therefore, on the spot at an early hour; and as we were entering (the
+Doctor, with his jingling dress and red face, being in advance of the
+party, as he was sure to be in _entering_ any curious place, though
+the last to _leave_ if there were ladies behind), we were assailed
+with the most tremendous din of "_There! there!! there!!!" "Cockatoo!
+cockatoo!_" and "_God dam!_" and fluttering of wings of the poor
+affrighted parrots, that were pitching down from their perches in all
+directions. I thought it best that we should retreat a few moments,
+until Mr. Cross could arrange the front ranks of his aviary a little,
+which he did by moving back some of their outposts to let us pass. We
+had been shown into a little office in the meantime, where Mr. Melody
+had very prudently suggested that they had better discharge as many of
+their rattling gewgaws as possible, and try to carry into the ground as
+little of the frightful as they could. Amusing jokes were here heaped
+upon the Doctor for his extreme ugliness, which, as Jim told him,
+had terrified the poor birds almost to death. The Doctor bore it all
+patiently, however, and with a smile; and partially turned the laugh
+upon Jim with the big mouth, by replying that it was lucky for the
+gentleman owning the parrots that Jim did not enter first; for if he
+had, the poor man would have found them all dead, instead of being a
+little alarmed, as they then were.
+
+We were now entering upon the greatest field for the speculations and
+amusement (as well as astonishment) of the Indians that they were to
+meet in the great metropolis. My note-book was in my hand and my pencil
+constantly employed; and the notes that I then and in subsequent visits
+made, can be allowed very little space in this work. All were ready,
+and we followed Mr. Cross; the Indians, fourteen in number, with their
+red faces and red crests, marching in single file. The squalling of
+parrots and barking of dogs seemed to have announced to the whole
+neighbourhood that some extraordinary visitation was at hand; and when
+we were in front of the lions' cage, their tremendous bolts against
+its sides, and unusual roar, announced to the stupidest animal and
+reptile that an enemy was in the field. The terrible voice of the king
+of beasts was heard in every part, and echoed back in affrighted notes
+of a hundred kinds. Men as well as beasts were alarmed, for the men
+employed within the grounds were retreating, and at every turn they
+made amidst its bewildering mazes, they imagined a roaring lion was to
+spring upon their backs. The horrid roaring of the lions was answered
+by lions from another part of the garden. Hyenas and panthers hissed,
+wolves were howling, the Indians (catching the loved inspiration of
+nature's wildness) sounded their native war-whoop, the buffaloes
+bellowed, the wild geese stretched their necks and screamed; the deer,
+the elk, and the antelopes were trembling, the otters and beavers dived
+to the bottom of their pools, the monkeys were chattering from the tops
+of their wire cages, the bears were all at the summit of their poles,
+and the ducks and the geese whose wings were not cropped, were hoisting
+themselves out of their element into quieter regions.
+
+The whole establishment was thus in an instant "brushed up," and
+in their excitement, prepared to be seen to the greatest possible
+advantage; all upon their feet, and walking their cages to and fro,
+seemingly as impatient to see what they seemed to know was coming, as
+the visiting party was impatient to see them.
+
+I explained to the Indians that the lion was the king of beasts--and
+they threw tobacco before him as a sacrifice. The hyenas attracted
+their attention very much, and the leopards and tigers, of the nature
+of all of which I promised to give them some fuller account after we
+got home. They met the panther, which they instantly recognized, and
+the recognition would seem to have been mutual, from its evident alarm,
+evinced by its hissing and showing its teeth. _Jim_ called for the
+Doctor "to see his brother," the wolf. The Doctor's _totem_ or _arms_
+was the wolf--it was therefore _medicine_ to him. The Doctor advanced
+with a smile, and offering it his hand, with a smirk of recognition,
+he began, in a low and soft tone, to howl like a wolf. All were quiet
+a moment, when the poor animal was led away by the Doctor's "_distant
+howlings_," until it raised up its nose, with the most pitiable looks
+of imploration for its liberty, and joined him in the chorus. He turned
+to us with an exulting smile, but to his "poor imprisoned brother,"
+as he called it, with a tear in his eye, and a plug of tobacco in his
+hand, which he left by the side of its cage as a _peace-offering_.
+
+The ostrich (of which there was a noble specimen there) and the
+kangaroo excited the admiration and lively remarks of the Indians; but
+when they met the poor distressed and ragged prisoner, the buffalo
+from their own wild and free prairies, their spirits were overshadowed
+with an instant gloom; forebodings, perhaps, of their own approaching
+destiny. They sighed, and even wept, for this worn veteran, and walked
+on. With the bears they would have shaken hands, if they could have
+done it, "and embraced them too," said the Little-wolf, "for he had
+hugged many a one." They threw tobacco to the rattlesnake, which is
+_medicine_ with them, and not to be killed. The joker, _Jim_, made
+us white men take off our hats as we passed the beaver, for it was
+his relation; and as he had learned a little English, when he heard
+the ducks cry "quack," he pointed to them and told the Doctor to go
+there--he was called for.
+
+Thus rapid were the transitions from surprise to pity, and to mirth,
+as we passed along, and yet to wonder and astonishment, which had been
+reserved for the remotest and the last. Before the massive _elephant_
+little or nothing was said; all hands were over their mouths; their
+tobacco was forgotten, they walked quietly away, and all of us being
+seated under an arbour, to which we were conducted, our kind guide
+said to Jeffrey, "Tell the Indians that the immense arch they see now
+over their heads is made of the jaw-bones of a whale, and they may now
+imagine themselves and the whole party sitting in its mouth." "Well,
+now," said Jeffrey, "you don't say so?" "Yes, it's even so." "Well,
+I declare! why, the elephant would be a mere baby to it." Jeffrey
+explained it to the Indians, and having risen from their seats, and
+being satisfied, by feeling it, that it was actually bone, they wished
+to go home, and "see the rest at a future time." We were then near the
+gate, where we soon took our carriage, and returned to their quarters
+in St. James's Street.
+
+
+
+
+                              CHAPTER XXI.
+
+  Indians' remarks on the Zoological Gardens--Their pity for
+     the poor buffalo and other animals imprisoned--Jim's talk
+     with a clergyman about Hell and the hyaenas--Indians' ideas
+     of astronomy--Jim and the Doctor hear of the hells of
+     London--Desire to go into them--Promised to go--Indians
+     counting the gin-palaces (_chickabobboo-ags_)in a ride to
+     Blackwall and back--The result--Exhibition in the Egyptian
+     Hall--A sudden excitement--The War-chief recognises in the
+     crowd his old friend "Bobasheela"--Their former lives on
+     the Mississippi and Missouri--Bobasheela an Englishman--His
+     travels in the "Far West" of America--Story of their first
+     acquaintance--The doomed wedding-party--Lieut. Pike--Daniel
+     Boone and Son--Indians visit a great brewery--Kind reception
+     by the proprietors--Great surprise of the Indians--Immense
+     quantities of _chickabobboo_--War-dance in an empty
+     vat--Daniel commences Jim's book of the statistics of
+     England--Indians visit the Tunnel--Visit to the Tower--The
+     Horse Armoury--The Royal Regalia--Indians' ideas of the crowns
+     and jewels--"_Totems_" (arms) on the fronts of noblemen's
+     houses--Royal arms over the shops--Strange notions of the
+     Doctor--They see the "man with the big nose" again--And the
+     "great white War-chief (the Duke of Wellington) on horseback,
+     near his wig-wam."
+
+
+Three or four of my particular friends had joined us in our visit
+to the Zoological Gardens this morning, and amongst them a reverend
+gentleman, whose professional character was not made known to the
+Indians. He kept close to Jeffrey and the Indians all the way, and
+his ears were open to the translation of everything they said. He was
+not only highly amused at their remarks, but told me he heard enough
+to convince him that lessons of morality, of devotion, and religion,
+as well as of philosophy, might be learned from those poor people,
+although they were the savages of the wilderness, and often despised
+as such. Mr. Melody and I accompanied them to their rooms, and as we
+came in when their dinner was coming up, we sat down and partook of
+it with them. The Indian's mode is to _eat exclusively_ while he eats,
+and to talk afterwards. We adhered to their rule on this occasion, and
+after the dinner was over, and a pipe was lit, there were remarks and
+comments enough ready, upon the strange things they had just seen.
+
+As usual, the first thing was, to have a laugh at the Doctor for having
+frightened the parrots; and then to reflect and to comment upon the
+cruelty of keeping all those poor and unoffending animals prisoners
+in such a place, merely to be looked at. They spoke of the doleful
+looks they all wore in their imprisoned cells, walking to and fro, and
+looking through the iron bars at every person who came along, as if
+they wished them to let them out. I was forcibly struck with the truth
+and fitness of their remarks, having never passed through a menagerie
+without coming out impressed, even to fatigue, with the sympathy I had
+felt for the distressed looks and actions of these poor creatures,
+imprisoned for life, for man's amusement only.
+
+Jim asked, "What have all those poor animals and birds done that they
+should be shut up to die? They never have murdered anybody--they have
+not been guilty of stealing, and they owe no money; why should they be
+kept so, and there to die?" He said it would afford him more pleasure
+to see one of them let loose and run away over the fields, than to see
+a hundred imprisoned as they were. The Doctor took up the gauntlet and
+reasoned the other way. He said they were altogether the happiest wild
+animals he ever saw; they were perfectly prevented from destroying each
+other, and had enough to eat as long as they lived, and plenty of white
+men to wait upon them. He did not see why they should not live as long
+there as anywhere else, and as happy. He admitted, however, that his
+heart was sad at the desolate look of the old buffalo bull, which he
+would like to have seen turned loose on the prairies.
+
+The Roman-nose said he heard one of the parrots say "God dam." "So he
+did," said Jim; "and who could say otherwise, when the Doctor poked his
+ugly face so suddenly in amongst them? They know how to speak English,
+and I don't wonder they say God dam."[20]
+
+  [20] No Indian language in America affords the power of swearing,
+       not being sufficiently rich and refined.
+
+I here diverted their attention from the jokes they were beginning
+upon the Doctor, by asking them how they liked the _chickabobboo_ they
+got in the gardens, which they recollected with great pleasure, and
+which they pronounced to have been very good. Mr. Cross had invited
+the whole party to a private view, and after showing us, with great
+politeness, what he had curious, invited us into one of his delightful
+little refreshment rooms, and treated all to cold chickens, pork pies,
+pastries, and champagne, which the Indians called _chickabobboo_; and
+as he did not know the meaning of the word, I related the story of it,
+which pleased him very much.
+
+The Doctor made some laugh, by saying that "he was going over there
+again in a few days, if he could find some strings long enough, to
+measure the elephant and the bones of the whale, as he had got the
+dimensions of the giant man." Jim told him "he had not got the measure
+of the _giant man_--he had only measured the _giant woman_, and
+getting scared, he only half measured her; and he was so much afraid
+of women, that he didn't believe he could ever take the measure of one
+of them correct, if a hundred should stand ever so still for him."
+The Doctor smiled, and looked at me as if to know if I was going to
+ask some question again. He was fortunately relieved at that moment,
+however, by Mr. Melody's question to Jim, "how he liked the looks of
+the hyenas, and whether he would like him to buy one to carry home
+with him?" Jim rolled over on to his back, and drew his knees up (the
+only position in which he could "think fast," as he expressed it;
+evidently a peculiarity with him, and a position, ungraceful as it
+was, which it was absolutely necessary for him to assume, if he was
+going to tell a story well, or to make a speech); and after thinking
+much more profoundly than it required to answer so simple a question,
+replied, "Very well, very well," and kept thinking on. The Little Wolf,
+who was lying by his side, asked him "what he was troubled about?--he
+seemed to be thinking very strong." Jim replied to this, that "he was
+thinking a great way, and he had to think hard." He said, that when he
+was looking at the hyenas, he said to Jeffrey that he thought they were
+the wickedest looking animals he ever saw, and that he believed they
+would go to hell; but that the gentleman who came to the garden with
+Mr. Melody[21] said to him, "No, my friend, none but the animals that
+laugh and cry can go to heaven or to hell." He said that this gentleman
+then wanted to know how he had heard of hell, and what idea he had of
+it. He said, he told Jeffrey to say to him that some white men (_black
+coats_) had told amongst his people, that there was such a place as
+hell, very low under the earth, where the wicked would all go, and for
+ever be in the fire. He said, the gentleman asked him if he believed
+it? and that he told him he thought there might be such a place for
+white people--he couldn't tell--but he didn't think the Indians would
+go to it. He said, the gentleman then asked him why he thought those
+poor ignorant animals the hyenas would go there? And he replied to him
+that _Chippehola_[22] said "the hyenas live by digging up the bodies of
+people after they are buried;" and he therefore thought they were as
+wicked as the white people, who also dig up the Indians' graves, and
+scatter their bones about, all along our country;[23] and he thought
+such white people would go to hell, and ought to go there. He said he
+also told the gentleman he had heard there were some hells under the
+city of London, and that he had been invited to go and see them: this,
+he said, made the gentleman laugh, and there was no more said: that he
+had begun to think that this gentleman was a _black coat_, but when he
+saw him laugh, he found out that he was not. "Just the time you were
+mistaken," said Mr. Melody; "for that gentleman _was_ a clergyman, and
+you have made a very great fool of yourself." "I will risk all that,"
+said Jim; "I have wanted all the time to make a speech to some of them,
+but the chiefs wouldn't let me."
+
+  [21] The reverend gentleman.
+
+  [22] Mr. Catlin.
+
+  [23] One of the most violent causes of the Indian's hatred of white
+       men is, that nearly every Indian grave is opened by them on
+       the frontier for their skulls or for the weapons and trinkets
+       buried with them.
+
+The pipe, during these conversations, was being handed around, and
+Jim's prolific mind, while he was "thinking fast" (as he had called
+it), was now running upon the elephant, and he was anxious to know
+where it came from. I told him it was from the opposite side of the
+globe: he could not understand me, and to be more explicit, I told him
+that the ground we stood upon was part of the surface of the earth,
+which was round like a ball, and many thousands of miles around; and
+that these huge animals came from the side exactly opposite to us. I
+never could exactly believe that Jim, at the moment, doubted my word;
+but in the richness of his imagination (particularly in his thinking
+position) he so clearly saw elephants walking underside of the globe,
+with their backs downwards, without falling, that he broke out into
+such a flood of laughter, that he was obliged to shut out his thoughts,
+and roll over upon his hands and knees until the spasms went gradually
+off. The rest of the group were as incredulous as Jim, but laughed less
+vehemently; and as it was not a time to lecture further on astronomy,
+I thought it best to omit it until a better opportunity: merely
+waiting for Jim's pencil sketch (and no doubt according to his first
+impression), which he was then drawing, with considerable tact; and
+with equal wit, proposed I should adopt as my "arms" or _totem_, the
+globe with an inverted elephant.
+
+Melody and I strolled off together, leaving the Indians in this
+amusing mood, while we were agreeing that they were a good-natured
+and well-disposed set of men, determining to take everything in the
+happiest way; and that they were well entitled to our protection, and
+our best energies to promote their welfare. We saw that they enjoyed
+every thing that we showed them, with a high relish; and in hopes that
+they might profit by it, and feel a stronger attachment to us, we
+resolved to spare no pains in showing them whatever we could, that they
+might wish to see, and which would be likely, in any way, to render
+them a benefit.
+
+The reader will have seen, by this time, that they were a close
+observing and an amusing set of fellows: and knowing also that at this
+time nearly all the curious sights of London were still before us, he
+will be prepared to meet the most exciting and amusing parts of this
+book as he reads on.
+
+We continued to give these curious and good fellows their daily drives
+in their bus, and by an hour spent in this way each day, for several
+months, they were enabled to form a tolerably correct idea of the
+general shapes and appearance of the city, and its modes, as seen in
+the streets. In these drives, as well as in institutions of various
+kinds, which they visited, they saw many curious things which amused
+them, and others which astonished them very much; but their private
+room was the place for their amusing debates, and remarks upon them,
+when they returned: and to that I generally repaired every night before
+they went to bed, to hear what they had to say and to think, of the
+sights they had seen during the day.
+
+_Chickabobboo_, though an Ojibbeway word, had now become a frequent and
+favourite theme with them, inasmuch as it was at this time an essential
+part of their dinners and suppers, and as, in all their drives about
+town, they were looking into the "gin palaces" which they were every
+moment passing, and at the pretty maids who were hopping about, and
+across the streets, in all directions, both night and day, with
+pitchers of ale in their hands. The elevated positions of the Doctor
+and Jim, as they were alongside of the driver of the bus, enabling
+them, in the narrow streets, to peep into the splendid interior of many
+of these, as they were brilliantly illumined, and generally gay with
+bonnets and ribbons, and imagining a great deal of happiness and fun
+to reign in them, they had several times ventured, very modestly, to
+suggest to me a wish to look into some of them--"not to drink," as they
+said, "for they could get enough to drink at home, but to see how they
+looked, and how the people acted there."
+
+I had told them that if they had the least curiosity, there should
+be no objection to their going with me on some proper occasion,
+when they again got on their frock coats and beaver hats; and also
+that if there were any other curious places they wished to see in
+London, Mr. Melody or I would take them there. Upon hearing this the
+big-mouthed and quizzical Jim at once took me at my word, and told me
+that "some gentleman with Daniel had been telling him and the Doctor
+that there were several '_hells_' under the city of London, and that
+they ought some time to go down and see them." He didn't think from
+what Daniel and that man said that they were hells of "fire," but he
+thought as Daniel had been to them, there could not be much danger,
+and he thought they would be very curious to see; he knew these were
+not the hells which the _black coats_ spoke of, for Daniel told him
+there were many beautiful ladies, and fine music, and _chickabobboo_
+there; that they did not wish to drink the _chickabobboo_, but merely
+to look and see, and then come away; and they had no objections to
+put on the black coats for that purpose; he said, in fact, that
+Daniel had invited them to go, and that Jeffrey had agreed to go with
+them. Jim had me thus "upon the hip" for this enterprise, and when I
+mentioned it to poor Melody, he smiled as he seemed to shrink from
+it, and said, "Ah, Catlin, that never will do: we are going to spoil
+these Indians, as sure as the world; there will be in a little time
+nothing but what they will want to see, and we shall have no peace of
+our lives with them. They have all gone now, and Daniel and Jeffrey
+with them, in their bus, all the way to Blackwall, merely to see how
+many _chickabobbooags_ (gin palaces) they can count in the way, going
+by one route and returning by another. Their minds are running on
+_chickabobboo_ and such things already, and they are in the midst of
+such a scene of gin-drinking and drunkenness as they see every day,
+that I am almost sorry we ever undertook to drive them out at all. I
+am daily more and more afraid that they will all become drunkards, in
+spite of all I can do, and I sometimes wish I had them safe home, where
+we started from. You have no idea what a charge I have on my hands,
+and the annoyance I have about the front of their apartments every
+night, from women who are beckoning them down from their windows to
+the door, and even into the passages and streets. They seem daily to
+be losing their respect for me, and I find it every day more and more
+difficult to control them." "And so you will continue to find it," said
+I, "unless privileges and freedom to a reasonable extent are granted
+to them, while they are strictly adhering to the solemn promises and
+restraints we have laid them under. These people have come here under
+your promises to show them everything you can, and to teach them
+how the civilized world live and act. They have reposed the highest
+confidence in you to take care of and protect them, and in return they
+have solemnly promised to conduct themselves properly and soberly; and
+as long as they adhere to that, you should not let them doubt your
+confidence in them, by fearing to show them some parts of the shades as
+well as the lights of civilization. They are here to learn the ways of
+civilization, and I should deem it wrong to deny them the privilege,
+if they ask for it, of seeing such parts of it as you and myself would
+go to see. I have been to see the 'hells of London' myself, and would
+much sooner take my son there, and there give him the most impressive
+lesson in morality, than forbid him to go, expressing to him my fears
+of his contamination. These people are like children in some respects,
+and they are men in others; and while I fully appreciate all your noble
+attachment to them, and your anxieties for them, with the knowledge I
+have gained of the Indian character, I feel assured that as they are
+brought here to be shown everything of civilization, to restrict them
+in seeing the parts of it they desire to see, will be to exhibit to
+them a want of confidence which would be apt to lead to worse and more
+injurious results before you get home with them. I should have been
+very far from mentioning such places to them, or the many other dens
+of iniquity which exist in the great city of London and the cities of
+our own country, and which I hope they may remain strangers to; but
+they having heard of the hells of London, and expressed a desire to see
+them, I should feel no hesitation in giving Jim and the Doctor a peep
+into them, instead of representing them (as the means of keeping them
+away from them) as being a much greater degradation of human nature
+than they actually are."
+
+Good, kind Melody looked so much distressed, that I finished my
+arguments here, and told him to "rest quite easy; there was a way by
+which we could get over it, and I not break my promise with Jim and
+the Doctor. That a friend of mine who had been into them recently and
+narrowly escaped with his life, would have a talk with them on the
+subject in a few days, and all would be right.[24] As for the joke
+they are on to-day, about the _gin-shops_, I don't see the least harm
+in it. They must have something to laugh at, and while they are getting
+their usual daily ride in the open air, they are passing one of the
+best comments that ever was made upon one of the greatest vices of the
+greatest city in the world."
+
+  [24] This unfortunate "friend of mine" called the next day, with a
+       handkerchief tied over one eye, and one arm in a sling; and
+       while we _happened_ to be talking of their intended visit to
+       some of the "hells," he took occasion to exclaim at once, "My
+       good fellows, let me advise you, go and see everything else in
+       London, but take especial care you don't go into any of those
+       infernal regions, and get served as I have been, or ten times
+       worse, for I was lucky that I didn't lose my life." "Then you
+       have seen them?" said I. "Seen them? yes, I _saw_, till I was
+       knocked down three or four times, and my pockets picked, after
+       I paid out to those infernal demons fifteen pounds; so I lost
+       about thirty pounds altogether, and have not been able to see
+       since. Nat B--n of New York was with me, and he got off much
+       worse than I did; he was carried home for dead and hasn't been
+       out of his room since. When I get a little better, my good
+       fellows, I will give you a long account of what we saw, and
+       I'll venture you never will want to risk your heads there."
+       My friend here left us, and Jim and the Doctor had evidently
+       changed their minds about going to see the "Hells of London."
+
+The simple old Doctor, in his curious cogitations amidst the din of
+civilised excitements, while he had been ogling the thousands of
+ladies and gin-palaces, and other curious things all together, from
+the pinnacle of his bus, had brought home one day in round numbers the
+total amount of _chickabobbooags_ that he had seen during the hour's
+drive on one morning. The enormous amount of these, when added up,
+seemed too great for the most credulous; and Jim, seeming to think that
+the Doctor had counted the ladies instead of the grog-shops, disputed
+the correctness of his report, which had led to the result that was
+being carried out to-day, by some pretty spirited betting between the
+Doctor, Jim, Daniel, and Jeffrey, as to the number of _gin palaces
+(chickabobbooags)_ they should pass on their way from St. James's
+Street to Blackwall (where they had curiosity to taste "white bait"),
+and back again by a different route, taking _Euston Station_ in their
+way as they returned. For this purpose it was arranged that the Doctor
+and Jim should take their customary seats with the driver; and _Roman
+Nose_ and the _Little Wolf_ inside of the bus, where there was less
+to attract their attention, should each take his side of the street,
+counting as they passed them, while the old War-chief should notch them
+on a stick which they had prepared for the purpose, having Daniel and
+Jeffrey by their sides to see that there was no mistake.
+
+The amusements of this gigantic undertaking were not to be even
+anticipated until they got back, nor its difficulties exactly
+appreciated until they appeared in the prosecution of the design. At
+starting off, the _Roman Nose_ and _Little Wolf_ took their positions
+on opposite seats, each one appropriating a pane of glass for his
+observations, and the old War-chief with his deal stick in one hand
+and a knife in the other; and in this way they were ready for, and
+commenced operations. Each one as he passed a gin-shop, called out
+"_chickabobbooag!_" and the old chief cut a notch. This at first seemed
+to be quite an easy thing, and even allowed the old man an occasional
+moment to look around and observe the direction in which they were
+going, while the two amusing chubs who were outside could pass an
+occasional remark or two upon the ladies as they were commencing to
+keep an oral account, to corroborate or correct the records that were
+making inside. As they gradually receded from the temperate region of
+St. James's (having by an ignorant oversight overlooked the numerous
+_club-houses_), their labours began to increase, and the old War-chief
+had to ply his knife with precision and quickness; the two companions
+outside stopped all further conversation, holding on to their fingers
+for tens, hundreds, &c. The word _chickabobbooag_ was now so rapidly
+repeated at times inside (and oftentimes by both parties at once),
+that the old chief found the greatest difficulty in keeping his record
+correct. The parties all kept at their posts, and attended strictly to
+their reckonings, until they arrived at Blackwall. They cast up none of
+their accounts there, but the old chief's record was full--there was
+no room for another notch. He procured another stick for the returning
+memorandums, and the route back, being much more prolific and much
+longer, filled each of the four corners of his new stick, and when it
+was full he set down the rest of his sum in black marks, with a pencil
+and paper which Daniel took from his pocket.
+
+The reckoning, when they got back, and their curious remarks upon the
+incidents of their ride, were altogether very amusing, and so numerous
+and discordant were their accounts, that there was no final decision
+agreed upon as to the bets.
+
+Their results were brought in thus:
+
+      War-chief               notches 446
+      Jim                        oral 432 doubtful 60
+      Doctor                     oral 754 doubtful  0
+                                     ----
+                              Average 544.
+
+What route they took I never was able to learn, but such were their
+accounts as they brought them in; and as it was ascertained that the
+Doctor had been adding to his account all the shops where he saw
+bottles in the windows, it was decided to be a reasonable calculation
+that he had brought into the account erroneously:
+
+      Apothecaries and confectioners--say                       300
+      Leaving the average of all together (which was no doubt
+      very near the thing) Chickabobbooags                      450
+
+So ended (after the half-hour's jokes they had about it) this novel
+enterprise, which had been carried out with great pains and much
+fatigue, and in which, it was suggested by them, and admitted by me,
+they had well earned a jug of _chickabobboo_.
+
+The settlement of this important affair was not calculated by any means
+to lessen the Doctor's curiosity in another respect, and which has been
+alluded to before--his desire to visit some of those places, to see
+the manner in which the _chickabobboo_ was made. I put him at rest on
+that subject, however, by telling him that there was none of it made
+at those shops where it was sold, but that I had procured an order to
+admit the whole party to one of the greatest breweries in the city,
+where the _chickabobboo_ was made, and that we were all to go the next
+day and see the manner in which it was done. This information seemed to
+give great pleasure to all, and to finish for the present the subject
+of _chickabobboo_.
+
+The night of this memorable day I had announced as the last night of
+the Indians at the Egyptian Hall, arrangements having been effected
+for their exhibitions to be made a few days in Vauxhall Gardens before
+leaving London for some of the provincial towns. This announcement, of
+course, brought a dense crowd into the Hall, and in it, as usual, the
+"jolly fat dame," and many of my old friends, to take their last gaze
+at the Indians.
+
+The amusements were proceeding this evening, as on former occasions,
+when a sudden excitement was raised in the following manner. In the
+midst of one of their noisy dances, the War-chief threw himself, with a
+violent jump and a yell of the shrill war-whoop, to the corner of the
+platform, where he landed on his feet in a half-crouching position,
+with his eyes, and one of his forefingers, fixed upon something that
+attracted his whole attention in a distant part of the crowd. The
+dance stopped--the eyes of all the Indians, and of course those of
+most of the crowd, were attracted to the same point; the eyes of the
+old War-chief were standing open, and in a full blaze upon the object
+before him, which nobody could well imagine, from his expression, to be
+anything less exciting than a huge panther, or a grizly bear, in the
+act of springing upon him. After staring awhile, and then shifting his
+weight upon the other leg, and taking a moment to wink, for the relief
+of his eyes, he resumed the intensity of his gaze upon the object
+before him in the crowd, and was indulging during a minute or two in a
+dead silence, for the events of twenty or thirty years to run through
+his mind, when he slowly straightened up to a more confident position,
+with his eyes relaxed, but still fixed upon their object, when, in an
+emphatic and ejaculatory tone, he pronounced the bewildering word of
+_Bobasheela!_ and repeated it, _Bobasheela?_ "Yes, I'm _Bobasheela_,
+my good old fellow! I knew your voice as soon as you spoke (though
+you don't understand English yet)." _Chee-au-mung-ta-wangish-kee,
+Bobasheela._ "My friends, will you allow me to move along towards
+that good old fellow? he knows me;" at which the old chief (not of a
+_hundred_, but) of _many_ battles, gave a yell, and a leap from the
+platform, and took his faithful friend _Bobasheela_ in his arms, and
+after a lapse of thirty years, had the pleasure of warming his cheek
+against that of one of his oldest and dearest friends--one whose heart,
+we have since found, had been tried and trusted, and as often requited,
+in the midst of the dense and distant wildernesses of the banks of
+the Mississippi and Missouri. Whilst this extraordinary interview was
+proceeding, all ideas of the dance were for the time lost sight
+of, and whilst these veterans were rapidly and mutually reciting the
+evidences of their bygone days of attachment, there came a simultaneous
+demand from all parts of the room, for an interpretation of their
+conversation, which I gave as far as I could understand it, and as far
+as it had then progressed, thus:--The old Sachem, in leading off his
+favourite war-dance, suddenly fixed his eye upon a face in the crowd,
+which he instantly recognized, and gazing upon it a moment, decided
+that it was the well-known face of an old friend, with whom he had
+spent many happy days of his early life on the banks of the Mississippi
+and Missouri rivers in America. The old chief, by appealing to this
+gentleman's familiar Indian cognomen of _Bobasheela_, brought out an
+instant proof of the correctness of his recognition; and as he held
+him by both hands, to make proof doubly strong, he made much merriment
+amongst the party of Indians, by asking him if he ever "floated down
+any part of the great Mississippi river in the night, astride of two
+huge logs of wood, with his legs hanging in the water?" To which
+_Bobasheela_ instantly replied in the affirmative. After which, and
+several _medicine_ phrases, and masonic grips and signs had passed
+between them, the dance was resumed, and the rest of the story, as
+well as other anecdotes of the lives of these extraordinary personages
+postponed to the proper time and place, when and where the reader will
+be sure to hear them.
+
+  [Illustration: N^o. 14.]
+
+The exhibition for the evening being over, Bobasheela was taken home
+with the Indians, to their lodgings, to smoke a pipe with them; and
+having had the curiosity to be of the party, I was enabled to gather
+the following further information. This _Bobasheela_ (Mr. J. H., a
+native of Cornwall) (Plate No. 14), who is now spending the latter part
+of a very independent bachelor's life amongst his friends in London,
+left his native country as long ago as the year 1805, and making his
+way, like many other bold adventurers, across the Alleghany Mountains
+in America, descended into the great and almost boundless valley of
+the Mississippi, in hopes by his indefatigable industry, and daring
+enterprise, to share in the products that must find their way from that
+fertile wilderness valley to the civilized world.
+
+In this arduous and most perilous pursuit, he repeatedly ascended and
+descended in his bark canoe--his pirogue or his Mackinaw boat, the
+Ohio, the Muskingham, the Cumberland, the Tennessee, the Arkansas,
+the Missouri, and Mississippi rivers; and amongst the thousand and
+one droll and amusing incidents of thirty years spent in such a sort
+of life, was the anecdote which the War-chief alluded to, in the
+unexpected meeting with his old friend in my exhibition-room, and which
+the two parties more fully related to me in this evening's interview.
+The good-natured Mr. H. told me that the tale was a true one, and the
+awkward predicament spoken of by the War-chief was one that he was
+actually placed in when his acquaintance first began with his good
+friend.
+
+Though the exhibition had kept us to a late hour, the greetings and
+pleasing reminiscences to be gone over by these two reclaimed friends,
+and (as they called themselves) "brothers" of the "Far West," over
+repeatedly charged pipes of k'nick k'neck, were pleasing, and held
+us to a most unreasonable hour at night. When the chief, amongst his
+rapid interrogations to Bobasheela, asked him if he had preserved his
+_she-she-quoin_, he gave instant relief to the mind of his friend,
+from which the lapse of time and changes of society had erased the
+recollection of the chief's familiar name, _She-she-quoi-me-gon_,
+by which his friend had christened him, from the circumstance of
+his having presented him a _she-she-quoin_(or mystery rattle), the
+customary badge bestowed when any one is initiated into the degree of
+"doctor" or "brother."
+
+From the forms and ceremonies which my good friend _Bobasheela_ had
+gone through, it seems (as his name indicates) that he stood in
+the relationship of brother to the chief; and although the chief's
+interrogations had produced him pleasure in one respect, one can easily
+imagine him much pained in another, inasmuch as he was obliged to
+acknowledge that his sacred badge, his _she-she-quoin_, had been lost
+many years since, by the sinking of one of his boats on the Cumberland
+river. For his standing in the tribe, such an event might have been
+of an irretrievable character; but for the renewed and continued good
+fellowship of his friend in this country, the accident proved to be one
+of little moment, as will be learned from various incidents recited in
+the following pages.
+
+In this first evening's interview over the pipe, my friend Mr. H., to
+the great amusement of the party of Indians, and of Daniel and the
+squaws, who had gathered around us, as well as several of my London
+friends, related the story of "floating down the Mississippi river on
+two logs of wood," &c., as follows:--
+
+  "This good old fellow and I formed our first acquaintance in a very
+  curious way, and when you hear me relate the manner of it, I am
+  quite sure you will know how to account for his recognizing me this
+  evening, and for the pleasure we have both felt at thus unexpectedly
+  meeting. In the year 1806 I happened to be on a visit to St. Louis,
+  and thence proceeded up the Missouri to the mouth of the 'Femme
+  Osage' to pay a visit to my old friend Daniel Boone, who had a short
+  time before left his farm in Kentucky and settled on the banks of
+  the Missouri, in the heart of an entire wilderness, to avoid the
+  constant annoyance of the neighbours who had flocked into the country
+  around him in Kentucky. The place for his future abode, which he
+  had selected, was in a rich and fertile country, and forty or fifty
+  miles from any white inhabitants, where he was determined to spend
+  the remainder of his days, believing that for the rest of his life
+  he would be no more annoyed by the familiarity of neighbours. I
+  spent several weeks very pleasantly with the old pioneer, who had
+  intentionally built his log cabin so small, with only one room and
+  one bed for himself and his wife, that even his best friends should
+  not break upon the sacred retirement of his house at night, but
+  having shared his hospitable board during the day were referred to
+  the cabin of his son, Nathan Boone, about four hundred yards distant,
+  where an extra room and an extra bed afforded them the means of
+  passing the night.
+
+  "The old hunter and his son were thus living very happily, and made
+  me comfortable and happy whilst I was with them. The anecdotes of his
+  extraordinary life, which were talked over for amusement during that
+  time, were enough to fill a volume. The venerable old man, whose long
+  and flowing locks were silvery white, was then in his 78th year, and
+  still he almost daily took down his trusty rifle from its hooks in
+  the morning, and in a little time would bring in a saddle of venison
+  for our breakfast, and thus he chiefly supported his affectionate
+  old lady and himself, and the few friends who found their way to his
+  solitary abode, without concern or care for the future. The stump of
+  a large cotton-wood tree, which had been cut down, was left standing
+  in the ground, and being cut square off on the top, and his cabin
+  being built around it, answered the purpose of a table in the centre
+  of his cabin, from which our meals were eaten. When I made my visit
+  to him, he had been living several years in this retired state and
+  been perfectly happy in the undisturbed solitude of the wilderness,
+  but told me several times that he was becoming very uneasy and
+  distressed, as he found that his days of peace were nearly over, as
+  two Yankee families had already found the way into the country, and
+  one of them had actually settled within nine miles of him.
+
+  "Having finished my visit to this veteran and his son, I mounted my
+  horse, and taking leave followed an Indian trail to the town of St.
+  Charles, some thirty or forty miles below, on the north banks of the
+  Missouri. I here visited some old friends with whom I had become
+  acquainted on the lower Mississippi in former years, and intending
+  to descend the river from that to St. Louis by a boat had sold my
+  horse when I arrived there. Before I was ready to embark, however,
+  an old friend of mine, Lieutenant Pike, who had just returned from
+  his exploring expedition to the Rocky Mountains, had passed up
+  from St. Louis to a small settlement formed on the east bank of
+  the Mississippi, and a few miles below the mouth of the Missouri,
+  to attend a wedding which was to take place on the very evening
+  that I had received the information of it, and like himself, being
+  intimately acquainted with the young man who was to be married, I
+  resolved to be present if possible, though I had had no invitation to
+  attend, it not being known to the parties that I was in that part of
+  the country. The spot where the wedding was to take place being on
+  the bank of the river, and on my route to St. Louis, I endeavoured
+  to procure a canoe for the purpose, but not being able to get such
+  a thing in St. Charles at that time for love or money, and still
+  resolved to be at the wedding, I succeeded in rolling a couple of
+  large logs into the stream, which laid upon the shore in front of
+  the village, and lashing them firmly together, took a paddle from
+  the first boat that I could meet, and seating myself astride of
+  the two logs I pushed off into the muddy current of the Missouri,
+  and was soon swept away out of sight of the town of St. Charles.
+  My embarkation was a little before sundown, and having fifteen or
+  twenty miles to float before I should be upon the waters of the
+  Mississippi, I was in the midst of my journey overtaken by night, and
+  had to navigate my floating logs as well as I could among the snags
+  and sandbars that fell in my way. I was lucky, however, in escaping
+  them all, though I sometimes grazed them as I passed, and within a
+  few inches of being hurled to destruction. I at length entered the
+  broad waters of the Mississippi, and a few miles below on the left
+  bank saw the light in the cabins in which the merry circle of my
+  friends were assembled, and with all my might was plying my paddle to
+  propel my two logs to the shore. In the midst of my hard struggle I
+  discovered several objects on my right and ahead of me, which seemed
+  to be rapidly approaching me, and I concluded that I was drifting
+  on to rocks or snags that were in a moment to destroy me. But in an
+  instant one of these supposed snags silently shot along by the side
+  of my logs, and being a canoe with four Indians in it, and all with
+  their bows and war-clubs drawn upon me, they gave the signal for
+  silence, as one of them, a tall, long-armed, and powerful man, seized
+  me by the collar. Having partially learned several of the languages
+  of the Indian tribes bordering on the Mississippi, I understood him
+  as he said in the Ioway language, 'Not a word! if you speak you die!'
+  At that moment a dozen or more canoes were all drawn close around my
+  two logs of wood, astride of which I sat, with my legs in the water
+  up to my knees. These canoes were all filled with warriors with
+  their weapons in their hands, and no women being with them, I saw
+  they were a war party, and preparing for some mischief. Finding that
+  I understood their language and could speak a few words with them,
+  the warrior who still held me by the collar made a sign to the other
+  canoes to fall back a little while he addressed me in a low voice.
+  'Do you know the white chief who is visiting his friends this night
+  on the bank yonder where we see the lights?' to which I replied 'Yes,
+  he is an old friend of mine.' 'Well,' said he, 'he dies to-night,
+  and all those wig-wams are to be laid in ashes. _Stet-e-no-ka_ was a
+  cousin of mine, and _Que-tun-ka_ was a good man, and a friend to the
+  white people. The pale faces hung them like two dogs by their necks,
+  and the life of your friend, the white warrior, pays the forfeit
+  this night, and many may be the women and children who will die by
+  his side!' I explained to him as well as I could that my friend,
+  Lieutenant Pike, had had no hand in the execution of the two Indians;
+  that they were hung below St. Louis when Lieutenant Pike was on his
+  way home from the Rocky Mountains. I told him also that Lieutenant
+  Pike was a great friend of the Indians, and would do anything to aid
+  or please them; that he had gone over the river that night to attend
+  the wedding of a friend, and little dreamed that amongst the Indians
+  he had any enemies who would raise their hands against him.
+
+  "'My friend,' said he, 'you have said enough: if you tell me that
+  your friend, or the friend or the enemy of any man, takes the hand
+  of a fair daughter on that ground to-night, an Ioway chief will not
+  offend the Great Spirit by raising the war-cry there. No Ioway can
+  spill the blood of an enemy on the ground where the hands and the
+  hearts of man and woman are joined together. This is the command of
+  the Great Spirit, and an Ioway warrior cannot break it. My friend,
+  these warriors you see around me with myself had sworn to kill the
+  first human being we met on our war excursion; we shall not harm
+  you, so you see that I give you your life. You will therefore keep
+  your lips shut, and we will return in peace to our village, which is
+  far up the river, and we shall hereafter meet our friends, the white
+  people, in the great city,[25] as we have heretofore done, and we
+  have many friends there. We shall do no harm to any one. My face is
+  now blackened, and the night is dark, therefore you cannot know me;
+  but this arrow you will keep--it matches with all the others in my
+  quiver, and by it you can always recognize me, but the meeting of
+  this night is not to be known.' He gave me the arrow, and with these
+  words turned his canoe, and joining his companions was in a moment
+  out of sight. My arrow being passed under my hat-band, and finding
+  that the current had by this time drifted me down a mile or two below
+  the place where I designed to land, and beyond the power of reaching
+  it with my two awkward logs of wood, I steered my course onward
+  toward St. Louis, rapidly gliding over the surface of the broad
+  river, and arrived safely at the shore in front of the town at a late
+  hour in the night, having drifted a distance of more than thirty-five
+  miles. My two logs were an ample price for a night's lodging, and
+  breakfast and dinner the next day; and I continued my voyage in a
+  Mackinaw boat on the same day to _Vide Pouche_, a small French town
+  about twenty miles below, where my business required my presence. The
+  wedding party proceeded undisturbed, and the danger they had been in
+  was never made known to them, as I promised the War-chief, who gave
+  me as the condition of my silence the solemn promise, that he would
+  never carry his feelings of revenge upon innocent persons any farther.
+
+  "Thus ends the story of 'floating down the Mississippi River on the
+  two logs of wood,' which the War-chief alluded to in the question he
+  put to me this evening. On a subsequent occasion, some two or three
+  years afterwards, while sitting in the office of Governor Clark, the
+  superintendent of Indian affairs in St. Louis, where he was holding
+  'a talk' with a party of Indians, a fine-looking fellow, of six
+  feet or more in stature, fixed his eyes intently upon me, and after
+  scanning me closely for a few moments, advanced, and seating himself
+  on the floor by the side of me, pronounced the word '_Bobasheela_,'
+  and asked me if ever I had received an arrow from the quiver of an
+  Indian warrior. The mutual recognition took place by my acknowledging
+  the fact, and a shake of the hand, and an amusing conversation about
+  the circumstances, and still the facts and the amusement all kept to
+  ourselves. This step led to the future familiarities of our lives
+  in the various places where the nature of my business led me into
+  his society, and gained for me the regular adoption as Bobasheela
+  (or Brother) and the badge (the _she-she-quoin_, or Mystery Rattle)
+  alluded to in the previous remarks, and which, it has been already
+  stated, was lost by the sinking of one of my boats on the Cumberland
+  River."
+
+  [25] St Louis.
+
+There was a burst of laughter and mirth amongst the squaws and others
+of us who had listened to this curious tale, and, as the reader will
+easily decide, a great deal of pleasure produced by its relation. The
+supper-table by this time was ready, and Bobasheela took a seat by the
+side of his old friend. The author was also in the humour, and joined
+them at their beef-steak and _chickabobboo_, and so did Mr. Melody
+and Daniel, and all who had joined in the merriment of the occasion
+of _Bobasheela's_ relation of the story of his going to the wedding
+astride of the two logs of wood. After the supper was over, and while
+the pipe was passing around, a number of other recitals of adventures
+in the "Far-West" continued the amusements of the evening to a late
+hour, when the author retired and left them to their own jokes and
+their night's rest.
+
+The next morning after this was an exciting and bustling one, as all
+were preparing, at an early hour, to visit the great brewery on that
+day, as had been promised; and on their way back to see the Thames
+Tunnel, and the treasures of the Tower of London. One will easily see
+that here was a gigantic day's work struck out, and that material
+enough was at hand for my note-book. _Bobasheela_ must be of this
+party, and therefore was not left behind: with all in (except the two
+bucks, who habitually went outside), the Indian bus, with four horses,
+was a travelling _music_ box as it passed rapidly through the streets;
+and the clouds of smoke issuing from it at times often spread the alarm
+that "she was all on fire within" as she went by. At the brewery, where
+they had been invited by the proprietors, servants in abundance were
+in readiness to turn upon their giant hinges the great gates, and pass
+the carriage into the court; and at the entrance to the grand fountain
+of _chickabobboo_ there were servants to receive them and announce
+their arrival, when they were met, and with the greatest politeness
+and kindness led by one of the proprietors, and an escort of ladies,
+through the vast labyrinths and mazes, through the immense halls and
+courts, and under and over the dry-land bridges and arches of this
+smoking, steeping, and steaming wonder of the world, as they were sure
+to call it when they got home. The vastness and completeness of this
+huge manufactory, or, in fact, village of manufactures, illustrated and
+explained in all its parts and all its mysterious modes of operation,
+formed a subject of amazement in our own as well as the Indians'
+minds--difficult to be described, and never to be forgotten.
+
+When the poor untutored Indians, from the soft and simple prairies of
+the Missouri, seated themselves upon a beam, and were looking into
+and contemplating the immensity of a smoking steeping-vat, containing
+more than 3000 barrels, and were told that there were 130 others of
+various dimensions in the establishment--that the whole edifice covered
+twelve acres of ground, and that there were necessarily constantly on
+hand in their cellars 232,000 barrels of ale, and also that this was
+only one of a great number of breweries in London, and that similar
+manufactories were in every town in the kingdom, though on a less
+scale, they began, almost for the first time since their arrival, to
+evince profound astonishment; and the fermentation in their minds,
+as to the consistency of white man's teachings of temperance and
+manufacturing and selling ale, seemed not less than that which was
+going on in the vast abyss below them. The pipe was lit and passed
+around while they were in this contemplative mood, and as their ears
+were open, they got, in the meantime, further information of the
+wonderful modes and operations of this vast machine; and also, in round
+numbers, read from a report by one of the proprietors, the quantity of
+ale consumed in the kingdom annually. Upon hearing this, which seemed
+to cap the climax of all their astonishment, they threw down the pipe,
+and leaping into an empty vat, suddenly dissipated the pain of their
+mental calculations by joining in the Medicine (_or Mystery_) Dance.
+Their yells and screaming echoing through the vast and vapouring halls,
+soon brought some hundreds of maltsmen, grinders, firers, mashers,
+ostlers, painters, coopers, &c., peeping through and amongst the
+blackened timbers and casks, and curling and hissing fumes, completing
+the scene as the richest model for the infernal regions.
+
+Every reader will paint (and _must_ paint) this picture for himself,
+imagining the steeping vapour everywhere rising in curling clouds
+of white towards the blackened walls, and timbers, and wheels, and
+stairways, and arches, and bridges, and casks, and from amongst and
+between all of these, the blackened faces and glaring eyeballs piercing
+through the steam, upon the unusual, and to them as yet unaccountable,
+_fermentation_ going on (to the admiration and amusement of those who
+were in the secret) in the empty vat!
+
+At the end of their dance, a foaming mug of the _delicious_ was passed
+around, enabling them more easily and lightly to comprehend the wonders
+of this mighty scene; and after they had finished their round, and seen
+its varied mysteries, a huge and delicious beefsteak, and foaming mugs
+of the _cream of chickabobboo_, prepared for them by the kind lady of
+one of the proprietors of the establishment, soon smoothed off all the
+edges of their astonishment; and after the war-dance and the war-whoop,
+given to please the ladies, they again passed under the huge arches and
+gateways, and took their omnibus for a visit to the _Tower_.
+
+The mood in which these good-natured fellows had left the brewery was a
+very merry one; they had got just ale enough for the present emergency,
+and seen an abundant and infallible source at the great fountain of
+_chickabobboo_ to ensure them a constant supply, and seemed, as they
+passed along the streets, to be pleased with everything they saw. They
+met the man again with the "big nose," and succeeded in stopping the
+bus to take a good look at his wonderful proboscis. As the bus stopped,
+he, like many others, came up to catch a glimpse of the red skins, and
+they all declared, on close examination, that his nose at least must
+have been begot by a potato; for, as the women had before said, they
+could distinctly see the sprouts, and Jim and the Doctor both insisted,
+that "if it were planted it would sprout and grow."
+
+They stopped the bus again to speak with some poor Lascars sweeping the
+streets; it was difficult to get any interpretation from them, though
+the Indians tried their own language on both sides, but in vain; they
+gave them fifteen shillings, and passed on.
+
+The Tower, from its outward appearance, did not seem to excite in them
+any extravagant expectation of what they were to see within its gloomy
+walls. They remarked, when going in, that "they were going to prison;"
+and they were of opinion, no doubt, that it consisted of little else,
+as they had as yet heard no other description of it than that it was
+the "_Tower of London_" and they were going to see it. Poor fellows!
+they guessed right; they knew not of the illustrious prisoners who had
+pined within its gloomy walls, nor of the blood that had been shed
+within and around it. They went to _see_, and had enough to engage
+all their thoughts and attention without referring to the events of
+history. We were kindly conducted through the different rooms, and most
+of its curiosities explained to us. The "small-arms room," containing
+200,000 muskets, had been burned. The "horse armoury" seemed to afford
+them much delight; the thousands of various spears and lances, they
+thought, presented some beautiful models for Indian warfare, and
+hunting the buffaloes. The _beheading block_, on which Lords Balmerino,
+Kilmarnock, and Lovat were beheaded in the Tower in 1746, attracted
+their attention, and the axe that severed the head of Anne Boleyn.
+
+In the _Regalia Room_, the crown of her Majesty and four other crowns,
+the sceptres and staffs, and orbs, swords of justice, swords of
+mercy, royal spurs, salts, baptismal fonts, &c., in massive gold and
+brilliant stones, seemed rather to disappoint than to astonish them;
+and to us, who knew better than they did the meaning and value of these
+magnificent treasures, there seemed a striking incongruity in the
+public exhibition of them in so confined and humble an apartment.
+
+The _Thames Tunnel_ was our next object, and a drive of a quarter of an
+hour brought us to the dismal neighbourhood of its entrance. Paying our
+fees, and descending some hundred or more steps by a spiral staircase,
+we were ready to enter the tunnel. Walking through its gloomy halls,
+and spending a few shillings for toys protruded under our faces at
+every rod we advanced, by young women sitting at their little stalls
+under each of its arches, we at length ascended an equal number of
+steps, and came to the light of day on the opposite side of the Thames;
+and in the midst of one of the most unintelligible, forlorn, and
+forsaken districts of London or the world, we waited half an hour or
+more for our omnibus to make its circuit across the bridge and take us
+up. We sauntered and loitered our way through, and as long as we were
+passing this monster speculation of the world, we met, to the best of
+our recollection, but four or five persons passing through, who had
+paid their penny a-head for the privilege.
+
+While waiting for the bus, some "on-the-spot" remarks were made by the
+Indians, which I thought had some sound sense in them. They thought it
+must have cost a great deal of money, and believed it was too far out
+of London ever to pay; and they did not see that it was any curiosity
+for them, as they had passed through several on the railway ten times
+as long. They did not think, however, that it need be time and money
+thrown away, as "they thought it might make a first-rate place to twist
+ropes." These and other remarks they were making about the great tunnel
+as we were jogging along towards home, and evidently somewhat surprised
+that we should have excited their curiosity so high about it.
+
+On our return, after this fatiguing day's work was finished, their
+dinner was ready; and after that their pipe was smoked, a nap taken,
+and then their accustomed amusements in the Egyptian Hall. Their supper
+was the next thing, and with it their mug of _chickabobboo_, then their
+pipe, passing around as they all reclined on their buffalo robes on the
+floor, and then began the gossip about the sights they had seen and
+incidents they had witnessed during the day.
+
+This extraordinary day's rambling had taken them across more bridges
+and through a greater number of crooked and narrow streets than they
+had passed on any former occasion, which brought the Doctor to one of
+the first and shrewdest remarks of the evening. He said "he thought
+from all that he had seen, sitting on top of the bus all day, that the
+English people had the best way in the world for crossing rivers, but
+he thought their _paths_ were many of them too narrow and much too
+crooked."
+
+"The poor people, and those who seemed to be drunk, were much more
+numerous than they had seen them in any other of their drives;" and
+they were counting the money left in their pouches to see how much they
+had thrown out to the poor. They soon agreed that "they had given away
+something more than thirty shillings, which they thought would do a
+great deal of good, and the Great Spirit would reward them for it."
+
+The _Doctor_ and _Jim_, the everlasting cronies, on the outside, were
+comparing their estimates of the numbers they had counted of the
+"_Kon-to-too-ags_ (fighters with one horn)[26] that they had seen over
+the doors and shops as they had passed along, which they had been
+looking at every day since they came to London, but had never yet been
+able quite to learn the meaning of," and also "the _totems_ (arms, as
+they supposed) of great chiefs, so beautifully painted and put out
+between their chamber windows."
+
+  [26] The Royal Arms (the Lion and the Unicorn).
+
+The Doctor said "he believed the white people had got this custom from
+the Indians, as it was the habit of the great chiefs and warriors to
+put their '_totems_' over their wig-wam doors, but when they did so,
+they always put out scalps on certain days, to show what they had
+done. He had watched these totems in London as he had been riding, in
+all sorts of weather, and as he had seen no scalps or anything hung
+out by the side of them, he couldn't exactly see how all these people
+were entitled to them; still, it might all be right." Daniel put
+the Doctor's inquiries all at rest on the subject of totems and the
+"one-horn fighters," by telling him that if he would wait a little
+until Mr. Catlin and Mr. Melody had gone, he would give him the whole
+history of white men's totems, how they got them and the use they made
+of them; and he would also tell him all about the "Lion and the Unicorn
+fighting for the Crown," &c.
+
+The Doctor here made some comments on the great white war-chief (the
+Duke of Wellington) who had been pointed out to them on horseback as
+they passed him in the street, and his wig-wam was also shown to them
+(_i.e._ to the Doctor and Jim as they sat outside with the driver). He
+was disposed to learn something more of him, and Daniel silenced him by
+saying, "Let that alone too for awhile, and I will tell you all about
+him."
+
+Daniel and Jim I found at this time very busily engaged in a corner
+of the room, with a candle on the floor; whilst Daniel was entering
+in a little book the astonishing estimates given us at the brewery,
+of the quantity of ale on hand, the size and number of the vats, and
+the almost incredible quantity consumed in the kingdom each year.
+Jim, as I have before said, was the only one of the party who seemed
+ambitious to civilize; and as he was daily labouring to learn something
+of the English language, he had this day conceived the importance of
+instituting a little book of entries in which he could carry home, to
+enlighten his people, something like a brief statistical account of
+the marvellous things he was seeing, and was to see, amongst the white
+people.
+
+Daniel had at this moment finished entering into it the estimates of
+the brewery and _chickabobboo_, which had opened their eyes wider,
+perhaps, than anything else they had seen; and he had very wisely left
+a few blank pages in the beginning of the book for other retrospective
+notes and estimates of things they had already seen since the day
+they left home. Jim's Journal was thus established, and he was, with
+Daniel's aid, to become a sort of historian to the party; and as the
+sequel will show, he became stimulated thereby to greater exertions
+to see and to understand what was curious and interesting, and to get
+estimates of the beauties and blessings of civilization to carry home.
+He laboured from that moment indefatigably, not to write or to read,
+but to speak; and made rapid progress, as will be seen hereafter,
+having known, as he said, but two English sentences when he came to
+England, which were, "How do do?" and "God dam."
+
+
+
+
+                             CHAPTER XXII.
+
+  The Ioways in Vauxhall Gardens--Surrey Theatre--Carter in
+     the lions' cage--Astonishment of the Indians--Indians in
+     the Diving Bell, at the Polytechnic Institution--Indians
+     riding--Shooting at target on horseback--Ball-play--"Jolly
+     fat dame"--Ladies converse with the Doctor--His reasons for
+     not marrying--Curious questions--Plurality of wives--Amusing
+     scene--The Author in Indian costume--A cruel experiment--Ioways
+     arrive in Birmingham--The Author's arrival there--Society of
+     Friends--Indians all breakfast with Mr. Joseph Sturge--Kind
+     treatment--Conversation after breakfast about religion and
+     education--Reply of the War-chief--The button-factory of Turner
+     and Sons--Generous presents to the Indians--_Bobasheela_
+     arrives--Indians dividing their buttons--Doctor found
+     on top of the Shakespeare Buildings--Indians' kindness
+     to a beggar-woman--Poor-houses--Many Friends visit the
+     Indians--Indians' visit to Miss Catherine Hutton--Her
+     great age--Her kindness--Dinner--Her presents to them in
+     money--Parting scene--The War-chief's speech to her--Her
+     letters to the Author--Indians present to the two hospitals 370
+     dollars--Address read by the Presidents to the Indians--Doctor's
+     reply--Indians start for York--A fox-hunt--Curious notions
+     of Indians about it--Visit to York Minster--Ascend the grand
+     tower--Visit to the castle and prison--Museum of the instruments
+     of murder--Alarm of the Doctor--Kindness of the governor of the
+     castle and his lady--Indians' ideas of imprisonment for debt,
+     and punishment for murder.
+
+
+The scene of the Indians' amusements was now changed from the Egyptian
+Hall to the open air in Vauxhall Gardens, and their dances and other
+exercises were given in the afternoon. Their lodgings were also changed
+at the same time to the buildings within the enclosure of the gardens.
+This arrangement was one of very great pleasure to the Indians, as it
+allowed a free space to exercise in during their leisure hours, amongst
+trees and shrubbery, affording them almost a complete resumption of
+Indian life in the wilderness, as they had the uninterrupted range
+of the gardens during the hours that the public were not there to
+witness their amusements. This arrangement was pleasing to them in
+another respect, and to us also, as there were many things they were
+yet anxious to see in London, and which, as they could only be seen at
+night, our former arrangements had entirely precluded them from seeing.
+Under these new arrangements they still had their omnibus drives,
+and at night attended the parties of numerous friends who had been
+desirous to show them some attentions, and also were taken to several
+instructive exhibitions, and to two or three of the principal theatres.
+
+We were then in the vicinity of the Surrey Theatre, where Mr. Carter,
+"the lion-tamer," invited them several times to witness his wonderful
+feat of going into the lion's cage. This scene was one of the most
+impressive and exciting nature to them, and will probably be as long
+recollected by them as the wonders opened to their minds at the
+_fountain of chickabobboo_.
+
+The Polytechnic Institution was one I took great pleasure in
+accompanying them to; and a scene of much amusement for a numerous
+audience as well as amusing and astonishing to themselves, was that
+of their descending in the diving-bell. They were at first afraid of
+it, but after the Doctor had made a descent with me, and come out
+unhurt and unwet, several others went down with Mr. Melody, others with
+Jeffrey--the old War-chief with his old friend _Bobasheela_, and so
+on, until every one of the party, men, women, and children, went down
+and experienced the curious sensation of that (to them) greatest of
+_medicine affairs_.
+
+In Vauxhall Gardens the Indians erected their four wig-wams of buffalo
+hides, and in darting into and about them during their various games
+and amusements, whilst the blue smoke was curling out of their tops,
+presented one of the most complete and perfect illustrations of an
+Indian encampment that could possibly have been designed. It was _the
+thing itself_, and the very men, women, and children living and acting
+on a similar green turf, as they do on the prairies of the Missouri.
+
+In the amusements as there given, there was an addition to those which
+had been made in _Lord's Cricket-ground_ some weeks before, having in
+Vauxhall brought horses in to add, with equestrian exercises, to the
+completion of all the modes practised by this tribe. The Ioways, like
+most of the Indians of the prairies of America, subsist upon the food
+of the buffalo, and kill them from their horses' backs, with their bows
+and arrows, while running at full speed. In the same manner they meet
+their enemies in battle, in which they carry their shield and lance.
+Thus fully equipped, with their own native shields and lances, and
+bows, and even the saddles and trappings for their horses, they all
+mounted upon their backs, in the midst of their amusements, and dashing
+off at full speed, illustrated their modes of drawing the bow as they
+drove their arrows into the target, or made their warlike feints at it
+with their long lances as they passed.
+
+This formed the most attractive part of their exhibition, and thousands
+flocked there to witness their powers of horsemanship and skill in
+prairie warfare. This exciting exhibition which pleased the visitors, I
+could have wished might have been less fatiguing, and even dangerous,
+to the limbs of the Indians than it actually was from the awkwardness
+and perverseness and fright of the horses, not trained to Indian modes.
+With all these difficulties to contend with, however, they played
+their parts cheerfully and well, and the spectators seemed highly
+pleased. Amidst the throngs who visited them here, we could discover
+most of their old standard friends and admirers, who came to see them
+on horseback, and in the beautiful game of ball, in the open grounds
+of Vauxhall, where they could more easily approach and converse with
+them; and amongst such, the "jolly fat dame" was present, and more
+pleased than ever, when she could catch the Doctor's smile as he passed
+by her at full speed, and raising his shield of buffalo's hide upon
+his arm, he darted his long lance in feints at her breast, and sounded
+the piercing war-cry. The vanity of the Doctor was so well suited in
+this mode of the exhibition, where he could dash by ranks and files,
+and even phalanxes of ladies, with the endless flourishes of his shield
+and lance, that he soon began to exhibit convincing evidences that
+his ambition and his vanity were too much for his bodily resources,
+which it became necessary to replenish occasionally by refusing him
+his horse, on which occasions he made good use of his time, by placing
+himself, wrapped in his robe, with his fan in his hand, by the side
+of the ladies, with whom he could exchange by this time a few words,
+and many significant looks and gestures, which never failed to amuse,
+and seldom failed to operate upon their generous feelings, which were
+constantly adding to the contents of his tobacco pouch, which was
+now known to be a reservoir for money and trinkets of various kinds,
+instead of tobacco.
+
+I happened to be by the side of the Doctor on one of these occasions,
+when I became so much amused with the questions and answers, that I
+immediately after retired and committed them to my note book. A number
+of jolly fat dames, of middle and knowing age, had drawn themselves
+around the Doctor, and looking over their shoulders and under their
+arms, a number of delicate and coy little girls. And having called
+Jeffrey to translate, they were enabled to get the gist of all he
+said, without loss from modesty or evasion, which seemed to be exactly
+what they most desired. His friend Jim having seen him thus enveloped,
+turned _his_ horse loose and came to his aid (or countenance), and as
+the old man hesitated, Jim gave him the nod and the wink to be plain
+in his replies. They had first asked him if he was married? to which
+he replied "No." They then asked him why he did not get him a wife? he
+said "He had always been very particular about giving offence to the
+women, and he had feared that if he selected one in preference to the
+others, that the others would all be offended." This queer reply raised
+a great laugh amongst the crowd, and encouraged the Doctor to go on.
+Some one of the ladies then told him she feared he did not admire the
+ladies enough? he said, "he had always believed that the reason he did
+not get married was, that he admired them too much; he saw so many that
+he wanted, that he had never decided which to take, and so had taken
+none." Melody came up at this time, and seemed a little vexed, and
+said, "Catlin, you had better call that old fool away, those people
+will spoil him, he is quite vain enough now." "Oh, no," said I, "let
+him alone, he is gratifying the ladies, and we shall see, in a few
+moments, which is the fool, he or the ladies who are questioning him."
+Melody smiled, and looked on.
+
+"I have been told," said one of the ladies, "that some of the Indians
+have a number of wives: is that so?"
+
+"Yes," the Doctor replied in English, "sometimes have a heap." (The
+ladies all laughed.) Two or three inquired what a "_heap_" was? Jeffrey
+said, "Why, ma'am, it is what in our country means a '_lot_:' you know
+what they call a '_lot_' here?" "Oh, yes! it means a great many." "Yes,
+a number." "Well, tell the Doctor I want to know what they do with so
+many?"
+
+Here the poor Doctor was quite at a loss to know what to say; one thing
+he was sure to do--he smiled--and it seemed as if he wished that to
+go for an answer: and it might have done so with most of her sex, but
+in this instance it was not quite satisfactory, and the question was
+again put: to which the big-mouthed Jim, who I said had come to the
+relief of his friend, and who had a wife of his own, put in an instant
+reply, which relieved the Doctor, and seemed very much to embarrass the
+lady, for she instantly added, (as all were bursting with laughter,)
+"That isn't what I mean: I want to know how a chief can get along with
+so many, how he can manage them all, and keep them in good humour and
+satisfied; for," said she, "in this country, one is quite as much as a
+man can manage."
+
+This seemed to afford the Doctor a little relief, and he was evidently
+able to go on again, as he smilingly said, "It was quite easy, as
+Indian women were much more peaceable and quiet than white women,
+it was much more easy he thought to manage them; they drank no
+_chickabobboo_, and therefore did not require so much watching as white
+women."
+
+The lady seemed quite balked in the debate she was about entering on
+with the Doctor, from her ignorance of the meaning of _chickabobboo_,
+and asked for an explanation of it, as if for all the company about; to
+which Jim put in (again in plain English), "Gin!" "Oh! Doctor," said
+she, "I hope you don't accuse the ladies of London of drinking gin?"
+The Doctor replied, that "he had not seen them do it, but that he had
+been told that they did, and that it was the reason why the ladies here
+grew so large and so fat." He said, "that they could always look out of
+the windows, where he lived, and just before going to bed they could
+see any night a hundred women going home with pitchers full of it,
+to drink after they got into bed, so as to sleep sound: and that one
+night, coming home in their carriage at a late hour, from a distance,
+where they had been to see a show, he and Jim had counted more than
+three hundred women running along in the street, with pitchers filled
+with it in their hands, to drink as they were going to bed."
+
+The lady's explanation of this, that "It was only harmless ale that
+these women were carrying in for their masters and mistresses," excited
+the Doctor's smiles, but no reply.
+
+She seemed not satisfied yet about the first subject that she had
+started, and reverting to it again, said, "Well, Doctor, I can't excuse
+the Indians for having so many wives. I like the Indians very much, but
+I don't like that custom they have; I think it is very cruel and very
+wicked. Don't you think it is wrong?"
+
+The Doctor studied a moment, and replied, "that it might be wrong, but
+if it was, he didn't see that it was any worse than for white women
+to have a number of husbands." "But what, Doctor, what do you mean? I
+hope you have not so bad an opinion of white women as that?" To this
+he very coolly replied, "that when they drank a great deal of gin, he
+believed, from what he had seen in his practice, that a woman would
+require more than one husband; and that since he had been in London
+he had seen many walking in the streets, and some riding in fine
+carriages, whom he thought, from their looks, must have more than one
+husband: and from what he had been told, he believed that many women in
+London had a _heap_!" "That's a _lot_!" (cried out a very pretty little
+girl, who had been listening, and, frightened at her own unintentional
+interpretation, started to run.)
+
+"Come, come, Catlin," said Melody, "pull the old fellow out, and take
+him away;" and so the debate ended, amidst a roar of laughter from all
+sides.
+
+One more of the hundred little reminiscences of Vauxhall, and we will
+leave it. I have already said, that in the spacious apartments of
+Vauxhall, unoccupied, the Indians were quartered, and took their meals;
+and during the forepart of the day, between their breakfast and the
+hour of their afternoon exhibitions, their time was mostly spent in
+strolling around the grounds, or at their varied amusements. Many of
+my personal friends finding this a pleasing opportunity to see them,
+were in the habit of coming in, and amusing themselves with them. I
+had accidentally heard of a party of ladies preparing to come on a
+certain morning, some of them my esteemed friends, and others strangers
+to me: and from a wish to get relieved from a fatiguing conversation,
+as well as from a still stronger desire for amusement, I selected
+from my wardrobe a very splendid dress, head-gear and all complete,
+and fully arranged myself in Indian costume, "cap-a-pied," with face
+fully painted, and weapons in hand; and at the hour of their arrival
+in the house, took care to be strolling about in the grounds with
+Wash-ka-mon-ya (Jim). Whilst the ladies were amused with the party in
+the house, where there were constant inquiries for me, two of them
+observing us two beaus sauntering about in the garden, came out to keep
+us company, and to talk to us, and with themselves, in the English
+language, which of course we Indians knew nothing of: when we shook
+our heads to their inquiries, "Do you speak English, good Indians?" I
+saw they did not recognize me, yet I trembled for fear, for they were
+lovely women, and every sentence almost which they uttered would have
+made the discovery more cruel: we held ourselves dignified and dumb;
+whilst they, poor things, were so much regretting that we could not
+understand what they said. They finished their visit to us and their
+remarks, and returned, leaving me to regret my folly upon which I had
+thoughtlessly entered.
+
+Several weeks were spent in their daily exhibitions in Vauxhall, and,
+as one can easily imagine, much to the satisfaction of the Indians,
+and, I believe, much to the amusement of the visitors who came to see
+them. Within the last week of their exhibition I admitted from charity
+schools 32,000 children, with their teachers, free of charge; to all of
+whom I gave instructive lectures on the position of the tribe, their
+condition, their customs and character: and explained also the modes,
+which were acted out by 14 living Indians before their eyes; and but
+one of these schools ever communicated with me after, to thank me for
+the amusement or instruction; which might not have been a _curious
+omission_, but I thought it _was_, at the time.
+
+With the amusements at Vauxhall ended my career in London; and
+contemplating a tour to several of the provincial towns, in company
+with the Indians, I took my little family to Brighton, and having
+left them comfortably situated and provided for, I joined the party
+in Birmingham, where they had arrived and taken lodgings. The idea
+of moving about pleased the Indians very much, and I found them all
+in high spirits when I arrived, delighted to have found that the
+_chickabobboo_ was the same there as in London, and was likely to
+continue much the same in all parts of the kingdom to which they should
+go. There was an unfortunate offset to this pleasing intelligence,
+however, which seemed to annoy them very much, and of which they were
+making bitter complaint. On leaving London for the country, they had
+spent some days, and exercised all their ingenuity, in endeavouring
+to clean their beautiful skin dresses, which the soot of London had
+sadly metamorphosed; and on arriving in Birmingham they had the extreme
+mortification to anticipate, from appearances, an equal destruction of
+that soft and white surface which they give to their skin dresses, and
+which (though it had been entirely lost sight of during the latter part
+of their stay in London) had, with great pains, been partially restored
+for a more pleasing appearance in the country.
+
+Though I had several times passed through Birmingham, and on one
+occasion stopped there a day or two, I entered this time a total
+stranger, and in rather a strange and amusing manner. On my journey
+there by the railway, I had fallen in company and conversation with a
+very amusing man, who told me he was a commercial traveller, and we had
+had so much amusing chat together, that when we arrived, at a late hour
+at night, I was quite happy to follow his advice as to the quarters we
+were to take up in the town, at least for the night. He said it was
+so late that the hotels would be closed, and that the commercial inn,
+where he was going, was the only place open, and I should find there
+everything to make me comfortable, and a very nice sort of people. We
+took an omnibus for town, and as there was only room for one inside, he
+got upon the top, and so we went off; and getting, as I supposed, into
+or near the middle of the town, the bus stopped at a "commercial inn,"
+which was open, and lighted up in front, and a number of passengers
+getting out, and others down from the top, I was seeing to get my
+luggage in safe, and the omnibus drove off with my jolly companion
+still on the top; or this I presumed, as he was not left behind. My
+only alternative now was, to make the best of it, and be as comfortable
+as I could; so I got into the "commercial room," and having been told
+that I should have a bed, I felt quite easy, and told the plump, tidy
+little landlady, who was waiting upon me herself, that I would have
+a mug of ale and a biscuit, and then be ready to go to bed. As she
+turned round to execute my command, she met a party consisting of three
+young women, and a man leading one of them on his arm, and in his hands
+carrying three or four carpet-bags and band-boxes, just got down from
+the same bus, and entering the inn on the same errand that I was on.
+" Madam," said he, "what have you?"--"Hevery-think, sir, that you can
+wish." "Well, one thing we must have, that is, two beds."--"They are
+ready, sir." "Well, ladies," said he, "suppose we take a drop of wet."
+This agreed to, the "wet" was brought in in a moment, and also my mug
+of ale.
+
+A very genteel-looking little man whom I had seen in the same carriage
+with me, and now sitting in the room before me, with his carpet-bag
+by the side of him, and his umbrella in his hand, addressed me,
+"Stranger, you'll allow me."--"Certainly, sir." "I think I heard you
+tell a gentleman in the carriage that you were from New York."--"Yes,
+I did so." "_I'm_ from there. I left there four months ago, and I've
+gone ahead, or I'll be shot. How long have _you_ bin from there,
+sir?"--"About five years." "Hell! there's been great fixins there in
+that time; you'd scarcely know New York now; look here, isn't this the
+darndest strange country you ever saw in your life? rot 'em, I can't
+get 'em to do anything as I want it done; they are the greatest set of
+numskulls I ever saw; now see, that little snub of a petticoat that's
+just gone out there, I suppose she is cock of the walk here too; she's
+been all civility to you, but I've had a hell of a blow up with her;
+I was in here not five minutes before you by the watch, and I spoke
+for a bed and a mug of ale; she brought me the ale, and I told her to
+bring me a tumbler and a cracker, and she turned upon me in a hell of a
+flare-up. She said she was very much obliged to me for my himpudence,
+she didn't allow crackers in her house, and as for 'tumblers,' they
+were characters she never had anything to do with, thank God; they
+were a low set of creatures, and they never got any favour about her
+house. She wanted to know what quarter I came from. I told her I wasn't
+from _any quarter_, I was from _half_--half the globe, by God, and the
+better half too--wasn't I right, stranger? She said her house was a
+hinn, to be sure, but she didn't hentertain blackguards, so there was
+my hale, and I might drink it hup and be hoff, and be anged, and then
+she cut her string quicker than lightning; now isn't she a hard un? I
+don't suppose there is another house open in this darned outlandish
+place at this time of the night; what the devil shall I do? _you_ are
+fixed snug enough." "Oh, well, never mind," said I, "be quite easy, it
+is settled in a moment,"--as I rung the bell. The tidy little landlady
+came in again, and I said, "This gentleman will have a glass if you
+please, and a biscuit."--"Hif he was a gentleman, Sir," said she,
+"but I assure you, Sir, is beaviour as'nt been much like it." "Well,
+well," said I, "never mind it now, you will be good friends after a
+little better understanding--he comes from a country where a glass
+is a _tumbler_ and a biscuit is a _cracker_: now, if you had known
+this, there would have been no difficulty between you." "Ho, that I
+hadmit, but it's very hodd." "Never mind that, you will find him a good
+fellow, and give him his bed." "Is bed, Sir?--hit's too late; it's been
+hoccupied hever since you entered the ouse--the only chance his for you
+and im to turn hin." "Well," said I, "never mind, he and I will manage
+that; it is after midnight, and I suppose the other houses are all
+shut?" "I'll hanswer for that: hif you are ready, gentlemen, I'll show
+you hup." My friend kept by my side, but knowing the gloomy fate that
+awaited him if he got into the street again, he kept entirely quiet
+until the little landlady was down stairs. "There," said he, "isn't she
+a roarer? I could have settled the hash with her myself in a twinkling,
+if she had only let me have said five words, but her tongue run so
+slick that I couldn't get the half of a word in edgewise."
+
+My new acquaintance and I talked a little more before we "turned in,"
+but much more after we had got into bed. He could command words and
+ideas fast enough when he was on his feet; but I found in him something
+of Jim's peculiarity, that he thought much faster and stronger when
+on his back; and for half an hour or so I reaped the benefit of the
+improvement. How long I heard him, and how much he actually said, I
+never could tell exactly; but what he said before I went to sleep I
+always distinctly recollected, and a mere sentence or two of it was
+as follows:--"Well, stranger, here we are: this is droll, ain't it?
+'hodd,' as the landlady would call it. I'd a been in the streets
+to-night as sure as catgut if it hadn't been for you. God knows I am
+obliged to you. Youv'e got a sort o' way o' gettin' along ur' these
+ere darned, ignorant, stupid sort o' beings. I can't do it: dod rot
+'em! they put me out at every step; they are so eternally ignorant;
+did you ever see the like? I suppose you are going to stop awhile in
+Birmingham?" "A few days." "_I_ shall be here a week, and be bright
+and early enough to get into a decenter house than this is, and be
+glad to join you. I was told in London that the Ioway Indians went on
+here yesterday. I'm damned anxious to meet them: you've seen them, I
+suppose?" "Yes, I saw them in London." "Well, _I_ did not; I was just
+too late; but I must go and look 'em up to-morrow: they know me." "Then
+you have seen them'?" "Oh, dam 'em, yes: I've known 'em for several
+years: they'll be at home with me at once. I've run buffaloes with
+White-Cloud, the chief, many and many a time. He and I have camped out
+more than once. They are a fine set of fellows. I'm going to spend some
+time with them in Birmingham. I know 'em like a book. Oh yes, they'll
+know me quick enough. I was all through their country. I went clean
+up Lake Superior, nearly to Hudson's Bay. I saw all the Chippeways,
+and the Black-feet, and the Crows, Catlin's old friends. By the way,
+Catlin, I'm told, is with these Indians, or was, when they were in
+London--he's all sorts of a man." "Have you seen him?" "Seen him?
+why, dam it, I raised him, as the saying is: I have known him all
+my life. I met him a number of times in the Prairie country; he's a
+roarer." This was about the last that I distinctly recollected before
+going to sleep; and the next morning my vigilant and wide-awake little
+bedfellow, being about the room a little before me, where my name was
+conspicuous on my carpet bag and writing-desk, &c., had from some cause
+or other thought it would be less trouble and bother to wend his way
+amongst these "stupid and ignorant beings" alone, than to encounter
+the Indians and Mr. Catlin, and endeavour to obliterate the hasty
+professions he had made; and therefore, when I came down and called for
+breakfast for two, the landlady informed me that my companion had paid
+his bill and left at an early hour. I was rather sorry for this, for he
+was quite an amusing little man, and I have never heard of him since.
+
+I found the dumpy little landlady kindly disposed, and she gave me a
+very good breakfast, amusing me a great deal with anecdotes of the
+party who called for "a little bit of wet;" she informed me they were
+a wedding-party, and the man who had the lady on his arm was the
+bride-groom. While waiting for my breakfast I was much amused with
+some fun going on in the street before the window. It seems that the
+house directly opposite had been taken by a couple of tidy-looking
+young women who were sisters, and that, having established a millinery
+business on the lower floor, they had several apartments which they
+were anxious to underlet in order to assist them in paying their heavy
+rent. Young gentlemen are everywhere in this country considered the
+most desirable lodgers, as they give less trouble than any others,
+are less of the time at home, and generally pay best. These young
+adventurers had been therefore anxious to get such a class of lodgers
+in their house, and had, the day before, employed a sign-painter to
+paint a conspicuous board, in bright and glaring letters, which was
+put up on a post erected in the little garden in front of their house,
+near the gate. The announcement ran, when the young ladies retired to
+bed, "_Lodgings for single gentlemen_"--a customary and very innocent
+way of offering apartments; but owing to the cruelty of some wag during
+the night it was found in the morning, to the great amusement of the
+collected crowd, to read, "_Longings for single gentlemen_." How long
+this continued to amuse the passers-by, or how it might have affected
+the future prospects of the poor girls, I cannot of course tell, as I
+forthwith proceeded to a more pleasant part of the town. Birmingham
+I found on further acquaintance to be one of the pleasantest towns
+I visited in the kingdom, and its hotels and streets generally very
+different from those into which my commercial travelling acquaintance
+had that night led me.
+
+Mr. Melody had all things prepared for our exhibition when I arrived,
+having taken the large hall in the Shakspeare Buildings, and also
+procured rooms for the Indians to sleep in in the same establishment.
+
+The Indians and myself were kindly received in Birmingham, for which,
+no doubt, they, like myself, will long feel grateful. The work which I
+had published had been extensively read there, and was an introduction
+of the most pleasing kind to me, and the novelty and wildness of the
+manners of the Indians enough to ensure them much attention.
+
+In their exhibition room, which was nightly well attended, we observed
+many of the Society of Friends, whom we could always easily distinguish
+by their dress, and also more easily by the kind interest they
+expressed and exhibited, whenever opportunity occurred, for the welfare
+of those poor people. The Indians, with their native shrewdness and
+sagacity, at once discovered from their appearance and manner that
+they were a different class of people from any they had seen, and were
+full of inquiries about them. I told them that these were of the same
+society as their kind friend Dr. Hodgkin, whom they so often saw in
+London, who is at the head of the _Aborigines Protection Society_, who
+was the first person in England to invite them to his table, and whom
+the reader will recollect they called _Ichon-na Wap-pa_(the straight
+coat); that they were the followers of the great William Penn, whom I
+believed they had heard something about. They instantly pronounced the
+name of "Penn, Penn," around the room, convincing me, as nearly every
+tribe I ever visited in the remotest wildernesses in America had done,
+that they had heard, and attached the greatest reverence to, the name
+of Penn.
+
+These inquiries commenced in their private room one evening after the
+exhibition had closed, and they had had an interview in the exhibition
+room with several ladies and gentlemen of that society, and had
+received from them some very valuable presents. They all agreed that
+there was something in their manners and in their mode of shaking
+hands with them that was more kind and friendly than anything they had
+met amongst other people; and this I could see had made a sensible
+impression upon them.
+
+I took this occasion to give them, in a brief way, an account of the
+life of the immortal William Penn; of his good faith and kindness in
+all his transactions with the Indians, and the brotherly love he had
+for them until his death. I also gave them some general ideas of the
+Society of Friends in this country, from whom the great William Penn
+came;--that they were the friends of all the human race; that they
+never went to war with any people; that they therefore had no enemies;
+they drink no spirituous liquors; that in America and this country
+they were unanimously the friends of the Indians; and I was glad to
+find that in Birmingham we were in the midst of a great many of them,
+with whom they would no doubt become acquainted. There were here some
+inquiries about the religion of the Friends, which I told them was the
+Christian religion, which had been explained to them; that they were
+all religious and charitable, and, whatever religion the Indians might
+prefer to follow, these good people would be equally sure to be their
+friends. They seemed, after this, to feel an evident pleasure whenever
+they saw parties of Friends entering the room: they at once recognised
+them whenever they came in, and, on retiring to their own room,
+counted up the numbers that had appeared, and made their remarks upon
+them. In one of these conversations I pleased them very much by reading
+to them a note which I had just received from Mr. Joseph Sturge, with
+whom I had been acquainted in London, and who was now residing in
+Birmingham, inviting me to bring the whole party of Indians to his
+house to breakfast the next morning. I told them that Mr. Sturge was a
+very distinguished man, and one of the leading men of the Society of
+Friends. This pleased them all exceedingly, and at the hour appointed
+this kind gentleman's carriages were at the door to convey the party
+to his house. Mr. Melody and Jeffrey accompanied us, and there were
+consequently seventeen guests to be seated at this gentleman's
+hospitable board, besides a number of his personal friends who were
+invited to meet the Indians. After receiving all in the most cordial
+manner, he read a chapter in his Bible, and then we were invited to
+the table. This interview elicited much interesting conversation, and
+gained for the Indians and Mr. Melody many warm and useful friends.
+
+Before taking leave, the War-chief arose, and, offering his hand to Mr.
+Sturge, made the following remarks:--
+
+  "My Friend,--The Great Spirit, who does everything that is good, has
+  inclined your heart to be kind to us; and, first of all, we thank Him
+  for it.
+
+  "The Chief, White Cloud, who sits by me, directs me to say that we
+  are also thankful to you for this notice you have taken of us, poor
+  and ignorant people, and we shall recollect and not forget it.
+
+  "We hope the Great Spirit will be kind to you all. I have no more to
+  say."
+
+The simplicity of this natural appeal to the Great Spirit, and its
+close (in which they were commended by the poor and unenlightened
+Indian of the wilderness to the care and kindness of their God), seemed
+to create surprise in the minds of the audience, and to excite in the
+Indians' behalf a deep and lively interest.
+
+After the breakfast and conversation were over, the whole party was
+kindly sent back by the same carriages, and the Indians returned in a
+state of perfect delight with the treatment they had met with, and the
+presents they had received.
+
+Poor _Jim_ (the student and recorder) was anxious that I should write
+down the name of _William Penn_ in his book, and also that of the
+gentleman who had just entertained us, that he might be able to repeat
+them correctly when he got back to the wilderness again, and have
+something to say about them.
+
+We found on our return that the hour of another engagement was at hand,
+and carriages were soon prepared to take us to the button-factory of
+Messrs. Turner and Son, to which we had been kindly invited; and on our
+arrival we found ourselves most cordially received and entertained.
+The proprietor led the party through every room in his extensive
+establishment, and showed them the whole process of striking the
+buttons and medals from various dies, which pleased them very much,
+and, after showing and explaining to them all the different processes
+through which they passed in their manufacture, led them into his
+ware-room or magazine, where his stock on hand was exhibited, and
+package after package, and gross upon gross, of the most splendid and
+costly buttons were taken down, and by his own generous hand presented
+to them. These were such _brilliant evidences_ of kindness, and would
+be so ornamental to the splendid dresses which they and their wives
+were to have when they got home, that they looked upon them as more
+valuable than gold or silver. These were presented to them in the
+aggregate, and all carried in a heavy parcel by the interpreter; and
+when they had thanked the gentleman for his munificent liberality and
+got back to their rooms, a scene of great brilliancy and much interest
+and amusement was presented for an hour or two, while they had their
+treasures spread out, covering half of the floor on which they lodged,
+and making a _per capita_ division of them.
+
+In the midst of this exhilarating and dazzling scene, their old friend
+_Bobasheela_ made his appearance, having just arrived from London on
+his way to Cornwall. He could not, he said, pass within a hundred
+miles of them without stopping to see them a few days, and smoke a
+pipe or two with them again. _Bobasheela_ was stopped at the door,
+notwithstanding their love for him; he could not step in without doing
+sacrilege with his muddy boots to the glittering carpet of buttons
+which they had formed on the floor, and upon which his eyes were
+staring, as he thought at the first glance they could have committed
+no less a trespass than to have plundered a jeweller's shop. A way was
+soon opened for his feet to pass, and, having taken a hearty shake of
+the hand with all, he was offered a seat on the floor, and in a few
+moments found that an equal parcel was accumulating between his knees
+as in front of each, and that, instead of fourteen, they were now
+dividing them into fifteen parcels. This he objected to, and with much
+trouble got them to undo what they had done, and go back to the first
+regulation of dividing them equally amongst fourteen.
+
+The Shakspeare Buildings afforded the Indians a fine promenade in its
+large portico overlooking the street, where all Birmingham passed
+before their eyes, giving them one of the most gratifying privileges
+they had had, and promising them a rich and boundless means of
+amusement; but their enjoyment of it was short, for the crowds that
+assembled in the streets became a hinderance to business, and they were
+denied the further privilege of their delightful look-out. They were
+therefore called in, and stayed in, and yet the crowd remained, and
+could not be dispersed, while their attention seemed fixed upon some
+object higher up than the portico, which led us at once to surmise its
+cause, and, searching for the old Doctor, he was not to be found: he
+was, of course, upon the pinnacle of the house, wrapped in his robe,
+smiling upon the crowd beneath him, and taking a contemplative gaze
+over the city and country that lay under his view. I could only get
+to him by following the intricate mazes through which the old lady
+(curatress) conducted me, and through which the Doctor said he had
+required several days of investigation to find his way, and which he
+had never succeeded in until just at that moment.
+
+Under this rather painful embargo there was no satisfactory way of
+peeping into the amusements of the streets but by going down the
+stairs, which Jim and his ever-curious friend the Doctor used daily
+and almost hourly to do, and, standing in the hall, see all they could
+that was amusing, until the crowd became such that it was necessary to
+recall them to their room. On one of these occasions they had espied
+a miserably poor old woman, with her little child, both in rags, and
+begging for the means of existence. The pity of the kind old Doctor was
+touched, and he beckoned her to come to him, and held out some money;
+but fear was superior to want with her, and she refused to take the
+prize. The Doctor went for Daniel, who, at his request, prevailed upon
+the poor woman to come up to their room, by assuring her that they
+would not hurt her, and would give her much more than white people
+would. She came up with Daniel, and the Indians, all seated on the
+floor, lit a pipe as if going into the most profound council; and so
+they were, for with hearts sympathizing for the misery and poverty
+of this pitiable-looking object, a white woman and child starving to
+death amidst the thousands of white people all around her in their fine
+houses and with all their wealth, they were anxious to talk with her,
+and find out how it was that she should not be better taken care of.
+Jeffrey was called to interpret, and Melody, _Bobasheela_, Daniel, and
+myself, with two or three friends who happened to be with us at the
+time, were spectators of the scene that ensued. The War-chief told her
+not to be frightened nor to let her little child be so, for they were
+her friends; and the Doctor walked up to her, took his hand out from
+under his robe, put five shillings into hers, and stepped back. The
+poor woman curtsied several times, and, crossing her hands upon her
+breast, as she retreated to the wall, thanked "his Honour" for his
+kindness. "The Lard be with your Honours for your loving kindness, and
+may the Lard of Haven bless you to al etarnity, for ee niver e thaught
+af sich threatment fram sich fraightful-lukin gantlemin as ee was a
+thakin you to ba."
+
+The War-chief then said to her, "There, you see, by the money we have
+been all of us giving out of our purses, that we wish to make you happy
+with your little child, that you may have something for it to eat;
+you see now that we don't wish to hurt you, and we shall not; but we
+want to talk with you a little, and before we talk we always make our
+presents, if we have anything to give. We are here poor, and a great
+way from home, where we also have our little children to feed; but the
+Great Spirit has been kind to us, and we have enough to eat." To this
+the Indians, who were passing the pipe around, all responded "_How!
+how! how!_"
+
+The old chief then proceeded to ask the poor woman how she became so
+poor, and why the white people did not take care of her and her child.
+She replied that she had been in the workhouse, and her husband was
+there still; she described also the manner in which she had left it,
+and how she became a beggar in the streets. She said that when she
+and her husband were taken into the poorhouse they were not allowed
+to live together, and that she would rather die than live in that way
+any longer, or rather beg for something to eat in the streets as she
+was now doing; and as the cold weather was coming in, she expected her
+child and herself would be soon starved to death.
+
+The poor Indians, women and all, looked upon this miserable
+shivering object of pity, in the midst of the wealth and luxuries of
+civilization, as a mystery they could not expound, and, giving way to
+impulses that they could feel and appreciate, the women opened their
+trunks to search for presents for the little child, and by White
+Cloud's order filled her lap with cold meat and bread sufficient to
+last them for a day or two. The good old Doctor's politeness and
+sympathy led him to the bottom of the stairs with her, where he made
+her understand by signs that every morning, when the sun was up to a
+place that he pointed to with his hand, if she would come, she would
+get food enough for herself and her little child as long as they
+stayed in Birmingham; and he recollected his promise, and made it his
+especial duty every morning to attend to his pensioners at the hour
+appointed.[27]
+
+  [27] It is worthy of remark, and due to these kind-hearted people,
+       that I should here explain that this was by no means a
+       solitary instance of their benevolence in Birmingham. Whenever
+       they could get out upon the portico to look into the streets,
+       they threw their pence to the poor; and during the time they
+       were residing in London, we ascertained to a certainty that
+       they gave away to poor Lascars and others in the streets, from
+       their omnibus, many pounds sterling.
+
+The moral to be drawn from all this was one of curious interest and
+results in the minds of the Indians, and a long conversation ensued
+amongst them, in which _Daniel_ and their friend _Bobasheela_ (who were
+familiar with the sufferings and modes of treatment of the poor) took
+part, and which, as Melody and I had withdrawn, afterwards gave us
+some cause to regret that such a pitiable object of charity had been
+brought into their presence for the temporary relief they could give
+her, and which resulted in so glaring an account of the sum total of
+misery and poverty that was constantly about them, of the extent of
+which we both began to think it would have been better to have kept
+them ignorant. Daniel and _Bobasheela_ had opened their eyes to the
+system of poorhouses and other public establishments for the employment
+and protection of the poor; and until this account, which was already
+entered in _Jim's_ book, had been given them by these two knowing
+politicians, they had but little idea of this enormous item that was to
+go into the scales in weighing the blessings of civilization.
+
+Almost daily visits were now being made to their private rooms by
+parties of ladies and gentlemen of the Society of Friends, with whom
+they were rapidly advancing into the most interesting acquaintance,
+and which I observed it was affording Mr. Melody almost unspeakable
+satisfaction to behold. They were kindly invited to several houses, and
+treated at their tables with the greatest friendship. Of these, there
+was one visit that it would be wrong for me to overlook and to neglect
+to give here the notes that I made of it at the time.
+
+A note was written to me in a bold and legible hand by Miss Catherine
+Hutton, desiring to know "at what hour it would be suitable for her to
+come from her house, a few miles out of town, to see the Indians (for
+whom she had always had a great love), so as not to meet a crowd, for
+her health was not very good, being in the ninety-first year of her
+age." This venerable and most excellent lady I held in the highest
+respect, from a correspondence I had held with her on the subject
+of the Indians ever since I had been in England, though I never had
+seen her. Her letters had always teemed with love and kindness for
+these benighted people, and also with thanks to me for having done so
+much as I had for their character and history. I therefore deemed it
+proper to respond to her kindness by proposing to take the whole party
+to her house and pay her the visit. Her note was answered with that
+proposition, which gave her great pleasure, and we took a carriage and
+went to her delightful residence.
+
+We were received with unbounded kindness by this most excellent and
+remarkable lady, and spent a couple of hours under her hospitable roof
+with great satisfaction to ourselves, and with much pleasure to her,
+as her letter to me on the following day fully evinced.[28] After a
+personal introduction to each one in turn, as she desired, and half
+an hour's conversation, they were invited into an adjoining room to a
+breakfast-table loaded with the luxuries she had thought most grateful
+to their tastes. This finished, another half-hour or more was passed in
+the most interesting conversation, containing her questions and their
+answers, and her Christian advice to prepare their minds for the world
+to which, said she, "we must all go soon, and, for myself, I am just
+going, and am ready." When we were about to take our leave of her, she
+called each one up in succession, and, having a quantity of money in
+silver half-crowns placed on the sofa by her side, she dealt it out to
+them as they came up, shaking hands at the same time and bidding each
+one a lasting farewell, embracing each of the women and children in her
+arms and kissing them as she took leave. This kindness melted their
+hearts to tears, and brought old _Neu-mon-ya_ (the War-chief) up before
+her at full length, to make the following remarks:--
+
+  "My Friend,--The Great Spirit has opened your heart to feel a
+  friendship for the red people, and we are thankful to Him for it. We
+  have been happy to see your face to-day, and our hearts will never
+  forget your kindness. You have put a great deal of money into our
+  hands, which will help to feed our little children, and the Great
+  Spirit will not forget this when you go before him.
+
+  "My kind Mother,--You are very old. Your life has been good; and the
+  Great Spirit has allowed you to live to see us; and He will soon call
+  you to Him. We live a great way from here, and we shall not look upon
+  your face again in this world; though we all believe that, if we
+  behave well enough, we shall see your face in the world to come."
+
+  [28]              _Bennett's Hill, near Birmingham, Nov. 1st, 1844._
+
+       My dear Mr. Catlin,--I have seen the nobility of England at a
+       birth-night ball in St. James's palace. I have seen the King
+       and Queen move around the circle, stopping to speak to every
+       individual, and I have wondered what they could have to say. I
+       have seen the Prince of Wales (afterwards George the Fourth)
+       open the ball with a minuet, and afterwards dance down a country
+       dance; and I thought him a handsome young man, and a fine
+       dancer. This was in the year 1780.
+
+       Yesterday, as you well know, for you brought them to visit me,
+       I saw the fourteen Ioway Indians. I shook hands with each,
+       and told them, through the interpreter, that red men were my
+       friends. I looked at them, as they were seated in a half-circle
+       in my drawing-room, immoveable as statues, and magnificently
+       dressed in their own costume, with astonishment. I had never
+       seen a spectacle so imposing. At my request, you presented
+       them to me separately--first the men, and then the women and
+       children--and I gave each a small present, for which they were
+       so thankful. At parting, the War-chief stood before me and made
+       a speech, thanking me for my kindness to them, which they should
+       long recollect, and saying, "that, although we should meet no
+       more in this world, yet he hoped the Great Spirit would make us
+       meet in the next." The action of the chief was free and natural,
+       and most graceful; far superior to anything I ever saw. Indeed,
+       these people are the nobility of nature.
+
+         I am, my dear Sir, your very obliged and very respectful
+                                                      CATHERINE HUTTON.
+
+The chief here stopped, and, shaking her hand again, withdrew. The
+excellent lady was overwhelmed in tears, and called to her maid,
+"Betty, bring all the silver that I left in the drawer there; bring the
+whole of it and divide it among them; my eyes are so weak that I cannot
+see it--give it to them, dear creatures! May God bless their dear
+souls!" Such had been the meeting, and such were her parting words as
+we came away.
+
+The Indians continued to speak in terms of the greatest admiration of
+this kind old lady, and the certainty that they should never see her
+face again made them for some days contemplative and sad. They had many
+civilities extended to them in town, however, which were calculated to
+dissipate melancholy and contemplation. Their repeated visits to the
+house and the table of Doctor Percy were exceedingly pleasing to them,
+where they were amused with experiments in electricity and galvanism,
+and other chemical results, to them new, and far beyond the reach of
+their comprehensions.
+
+Their days and nights were now passing away very pleasantly, visited
+by and visiting so many kind friends, doing all they could to make
+them happy--giving their nightly amusements at the Shakspearian
+Rooms, and enjoying the society and western jokes of their old friend
+_Bobasheela_, and, after their dinners and suppers, their other old
+friend, _chickabobboo_.
+
+About this time some very kindly-disposed friends proposed that a
+couple of nights of their exhibitions should be given in the immense
+room of the Town-hall, and one half of the receipts be presented
+to the two hospitals, representing that upon such conditions they
+thought the use of the hall would be granted free of expense, and
+believing that the results would be beneficial to both parties. Mr.
+Melody and I at once consented, and, the entertainments on those two
+nights being for a charitable purpose, the crowds that came in were
+very great, and the receipts beyond what we expected, the profits
+being 145_l._ 12_s._, the half of which, 72_l._ 16_s._, the Ioways
+presented to the two hospitals, and on the following day were invited
+to attend at the Town-hall at eleven o'clock in the morning, to
+receive an acknowledgment of it from the venerable Presidents of the
+two institutions, and to hear an address which was prepared to be
+read and given to them. The Indians met the two kind and excellent
+gentlemen (both of whom were Friends), and many others, both ladies and
+gentlemen, of their society; and seeing the results of this meeting
+likely to be of a very interesting nature, I took pains to make notes
+of all that was said on the occasion. The venerable Mr. R. T. Cadbury,
+from the General Hospital, in a very impressive manner, and suited
+to their understandings, explained to the Indians, through their
+interpreter, the purpose for which the hospital was built and carried
+on, after which he read the following resolution, which had been passed
+at the weekly meeting of the Board of Governors on the preceding day:--
+
+  "Resolved,--That the Chairman be requested to present the thanks of
+  this Board to Mr. Catlin, Mr. Melody, and the Ioway Indians, for
+  the donation of 36_l._ 8_s._, being a moiety of the net proceeds of
+  two exhibitions made for the benefit of the two hospitals at the
+  Town-hall; and to assure them their generous gift shall be faithfully
+  applied to the relief of the sick and maimed, for whose benefit the
+  said hospital was instituted, and for sixty-five years has been
+  supported by voluntary donations and subscriptions."
+
+After reading this, Mr. Cadbury presented to each of them a copy of the
+annual report and rules of the institution, and expressed a hope that
+all of them would reach their distant homes in safety, and that their
+visit to this country would be beneficial to them.
+
+The chief, _White Cloud_, shook hands with Mr. Cadbury, and replied as
+follows:--
+
+  "My Friend,--I have very few remarks to make to you. We are all very
+  thankful to you for the speech you have made to us, and for the
+  prayer you have made that we may all reach home safe. Those words
+  pleased all my people here very much, and we thank you for them.
+
+  "My Friend,--We have now been some time in England, and, amongst all
+  the words of friendship we have heard, nothing has been more pleasing
+  to us than the words we have heard from your lips. We have seen some
+  of the greatest men in this country, and none have delighted us so
+  much as you have by the way in which you have spoken; and we believe
+  that the service we have rendered to the hospital will be looked on
+  with mutual satisfaction.
+
+  "My Friend,--The Americans have been long trying to civilize us, and
+  we now begin to see the advantages of it, and hope the Government of
+  the United States will do us some good. I hope some of the people of
+  my nation will place their children with white people, that they may
+  see how the white children live.
+
+  "My Friend,--I have nothing more to say, but to thank you."
+
+After the speech of White Cloud, Mr. J. Cadbury, at the head of a
+deputation from the "_Temperance Society_" (to which the Indians had
+sent also the sum of 36_l._ 8_s._), presented himself, and read an
+address from that association, thanking them for the amount received,
+and advising the Indians to abstain from the use of "_fire-water_" and
+to practise _charity_, which was one of the greatest of virtues.
+
+Mr. Cadbury then addressed the Indians, in all the fervency and
+earnestness of prayer, on the all-important subject of temperance. His
+words and sentences, selected for their simple understandings, were in
+the simplicity, and consequently the eloquence of nature, and seemed to
+win their highest admiration and attention. He painted to them in vivid
+colours the horrors and vice of intemperance, and its consequences; and
+also the beauty and loveliness of sobriety, and truth, and charity,
+which he hoped and should pray that they might practise in the
+wilderness, with constant prayers to the Great Spirit in the heavens,
+when they returned to their own country.
+
+When this venerable gentleman's remarks were finished, the old Doctor
+(or Medicine-man) arose from his seat upon the floor, with his pipe in
+his lips, and, advancing, shook hands with the two Messrs. Cadbury,
+and, handing his pipe to the chief, spoke as follows:--
+
+  "My Friends,--I rise to thank you for the words you have spoken to
+  us: they have been kind, and we are thankful for them.
+
+  "My Friends,--When I am at home in the wilderness, as well as when I
+  am amongst you, I always pray to the Great Spirit; and I believe the
+  chiefs and the warriors of my tribe, and even the women also, pray
+  every day to the Great Spirit, and He has therefore been very kind to
+  us.
+
+  "My Friends,--We have been this day taken by the hand in friendship,
+  and this gives us great consolation. Your friendly words have opened
+  our ears, and your words of advice will not be forgotten.
+
+  "My Friends,--You have advised us to be charitable to the poor, and
+  we have this day handed you 360 dollars to help the poor in your
+  hospitals. We have not time to see those poor people, but we know you
+  will make good use of the money for them; and we shall be happy if,
+  by our coming this way, we shall have made the poor comfortable.
+
+  "My Friends,--We Indians are poor, and we cannot do much charity.
+  The Great Spirit has been kind to us though since we came to this
+  country, and we have given altogether more than 200 dollars to the
+  poor people in the streets of London before we came here; and I need
+  not tell you that this is not the first day that we have given to the
+  poor in this city.
+
+  "My Friends,--If we were rich, like many white men in this country,
+  the poor people we see around the streets in this cold weather, with
+  their little children barefooted and begging, would soon get enough
+  to eat, and clothes to keep them warm.
+
+  "My Friends,--It has made us unhappy to see the poor people begging
+  for something to eat since we came to this country. In our country
+  we are all poor, but the poor all have enough to eat, and clothes to
+  keep them warm. We have seen your poorhouses, and been in them, and
+  we think them very good; but we think there should be more of them,
+  and that the rich men should pay for them.
+
+  "My Friends,--We admit that before we left home we all were fond of
+  '_fire-water_,' but in this country we have not drunk it. Your words
+  are good, and we know it is a great sin to drink it. Your words to us
+  on that subject, can do but little good, for we are but a few; but if
+  you can tell them to the white people, who make the '_fire-water_,'
+  and bring it into our country to sell, and can tell them also to the
+  thousands whom we see drunk with it in this country, then we think
+  you may do a great deal of good; and we believe the Great Spirit will
+  reward you for it.
+
+  "My Friends,--It makes us unhappy, in a country where there is so
+  much wealth, to see so many poor and hungry, and so many as we see
+  drunk. We know you are good people, and kind to the poor, and we give
+  you our hands at parting; praying that the Great Spirit will assist
+  you in taking care of the poor, and making people sober.
+
+  "My Friends,--I have no more to say." #/
+
+Temperance medals were then given to each of the Indians, and the
+deputation took leave.
+
+A council was held that evening in the Indians' apartments, and several
+pipes smoked, during which time the conversation ran upon numerous
+topics, the first of which was the interesting meeting they had held
+that day, and on several former occasions, with the Friends, and which
+good people they were about to leave, and they seemed fearful they
+should meet none others in their travels. They were passing their
+comments upon the vast numbers which Daniel and _Bobasheela_ had told
+them there actually were of poor people shut up in the poorhouses,
+besides those in the streets, and underground in the coal-pits; and
+concluded that the numerous clergymen they had to preach to them, and
+to keep them honest and sober, were not too many, but they thought they
+even ought to have more, and should at least keep all they had at home,
+instead of sending them to preach to the Indians. _Jim_ was busy poring
+over his note-book, and getting Daniel to put down in round numbers the
+amount of poor in the poorhouses and in the streets, which they had
+found in some newspaper. And he was anxious to have down without any
+mistake the large sum of money they had presented to the hospitals, so
+that when they got home they could tell of the charity they had done
+in England; and if ever they got so poor as to have to beg, they would
+have a good paper to beg with. The sum, in American currency (as they
+know less of pounds, shillings, and pence), amounted to the respectable
+one of 370 dollars.
+
+This last night's talk in Birmingham was rather a gloomy one, for it
+was after leave had been taken of all friends. _Bobasheela_ was to
+start in the morning for Liverpool, and I for London, where I had
+been summoned to attend as a witness in court, and Mr. Melody and the
+Indians were to leave for Nottingham and other towns in the north. So
+at a late hour we parted, and early in the morning set out for our
+different destinations, bearing with us many warm attachments formed
+during our short stay in the beautiful town of Birmingham.
+
+For what befel these good fellows in Nottingham and Leeds there will
+probably be no historian, as I was not with them. I commenced with
+them in York, where I became again the expounder of their habits and
+mysteries, and was delighted to meet them on classic ground, where
+there is so much to engage the attention and admiration of civilized
+or savage. I had visited York on a former occasion, and had the most
+ardent wish to be present at this time, and to conduct these rude
+people into the noble cathedral, and on to its grand tower. I had
+this pleasure; and in it accomplished one of my favourite designs in
+accompanying them on their northern tour.
+
+On my return from London I had joined the Indians at Leeds, where they
+had been exhibiting for some days, and found them just ready to start
+for York. I was their companion by the railway, therefore, to that
+ancient and venerable city; and made a note or two on an occurrence
+of an amusing nature which happened on the way. When we were within a
+few miles of the town the Indians were suddenly excited and startled
+by the appearance of a party of fox-hunters, forty or fifty in number,
+following their pack in full cry, having just crossed the track ahead
+of the train.
+
+This was a subject entirely new to them and unthought of by the
+Indians; and, knowing that English soldiers all wore red coats, they
+were alarmed, their first impression being that we had brought them on
+to hostile ground, and that this was a "war-party" in pursuit of their
+enemy. They were relieved and excessively amused when I told them it
+was merely a fox-hunt, and that the gentlemen they saw riding were
+mostly noblemen and men of great influence and wealth. They watched
+them intensely until they were out of sight, and made many amusing
+remarks about them after we had arrived at York. I told them they
+rode without guns, and the first one in at the death pulled off the
+tail of the fox and rode into town with it under his hatband. Their
+laughter was excessive at the idea of "such gentlemen hunting in open
+fields, and with a whip instead of a gun; and that great chiefs, as I
+had pronounced them, should be risking their lives, and the limbs of
+their fine horses, for a poor fox, the flesh of which, even if it were
+good to eat, was not wanted by such rich people, who had meat enough
+at home; and the skin of which could not be worth so much trouble,
+especially when, as everybody knows, it is good for nothing when the
+tail is pulled off."
+
+On our arrival in York one of the first and most often repeated
+questions which they put was, whether there were any of the "good
+people," as they now called them, the Friends, living there. I told
+them it was a place where a great many of them lived, and no doubt
+many would come to see them, which seemed to please and encourage them
+very much. Mr. Melody having taken rooms for them near to the York
+Minster, of which they had a partial view from their windows, their
+impatience became so great that we sallied out the morning after our
+arrival to pay the first visit to that grand and venerable pile. The
+reader has doubtless seen or read of this sublime edifice, and I need
+not attempt to describe it here. Were it in my power to portray the
+feelings which agitated the breasts of these rude people when they
+stood before this stupendous fabric of human hands, and as they passed
+through its aisles, amid its huge columns, and under its grand arches,
+I should be glad to do it; but those feelings which they enjoyed in the
+awful silence, were for none but themselves to know. We all followed
+the guide, who showed and explained to us all that was worth seeing
+below, and then showed us the way by which we were to reach the summit
+of the grand or middle tower, where the whole party arrived after a
+laborious ascent of 273 steps. We had luckily selected a clear day;
+and the giddy height from which we gazed upon the town under our feet,
+and the lovely landscape in the distance all around us, afforded to
+the Indians a view far more wonderful than their eyes had previously
+beheld. Whilst we were all engaged in looking upon the various scenes
+that lay like the lines upon a map beneath us, the old Doctor, with his
+_propensity_ which has been spoken of before, had succeeded in getting
+a little higher than any of the rest of the party, by climbing on to
+the little house erected over the gangway through which we entered upon
+the roof; and, upon the pinnacle of this, for a while stood smiling
+down upon the thousands of people who were gathering in the streets. He
+was at length, however, seen to assume a more conspicuous attitude by
+raising his head and his eyes towards the sky, and for some moments he
+devoutly addressed himself to the Great Spirit, whom the Indians always
+contemplate as "in the heavens, above the clouds." When he had finished
+this invocation, he slowly and carefully "descended on to the roof,
+and as he joined his friends he observed that when he was up there
+"he was nearer to the Great Spirit than he had ever been before." The
+War-chief excited much merriment by his sarcastic reply, that "it was
+a pity he did not stay there, for he would never be so near the Great
+Spirit again." The Doctor had no way of answering this severe retort,
+except by a silent smile, as, with his head turned away, he gazed on
+the beautiful landscape beneath him. When we descended from the tower,
+the Indians desired to advance again to the centre of this grand
+edifice, where they stood for a few minutes with their hands covering
+their mouths, as they gazed upon the huge columns around them and the
+stupendous arches over their heads, and at last came silently away, and
+I believe inspired with greater awe and respect for the religion of
+white men than they had ever felt before.
+
+Our stay of three days in York was too short for the Indians to make
+many acquaintances; but at their exhibitions they saw many of the
+Society of Friends, and these, as in other places, came forward to
+offer them their hands and invite them to their houses.
+
+Amongst the invitations they received was one from the governor of
+the Castle, who with great kindness conducted us through the various
+apartments of the prison, explaining the whole of its system and
+discipline to us. We were shown the various cells for different
+malefactors, with their inmates in them, which no doubt conveyed to
+the minds of the Indians new ideas of white men's iniquities, and the
+justice of civilized laws.
+
+When we were withdrawing we were invited to examine a little museum of
+weapons which had been used by various convicts to commit the horrid
+deeds for which they had suffered death or transportation. A small
+room, surrounded by a wire screen, was devoted to these, and as it was
+unlocked we were invited in, and found one wall of the room completely
+covered with these shocking records of crime.
+
+The turnkey to this room stepped in, and in a spirit of the greatest
+kindness, with a rod in his hand to point with, commenced to explain
+them, and of course add to their interest, in the following manner:--
+
+  "You see here, gentlemen, the weapons that have been used in the
+  commission of murders by persons who have been tried and hung in this
+  place, or transported for life. That long gun which you see there is
+  the identical gun that Dyon shot his father with. _He was hung._
+
+  "That club and iron coulter you see there, gentlemen, were used
+  by two highwaymen, who killed the gatekeeper, near Sheffield, by
+  knocking out his brains, and afterwards robbed him. _They were both
+  hung._
+
+  "This club and razor here, gentlemen (you see the blood on the razor
+  now), were used by Thompson, who killed his wife. He knocked her down
+  with this club, and cut her throat with this identical razor.
+
+  "This leather strap--gentlemen, do you see it? Well, this strap was
+  taken from a calf's neck by Benjamin Holrough, and he hung his father
+  with it. _He was hung here._
+
+  "That hedging-bill, razor, and tongs, gentlemen, were the things used
+  by Healy and Terry, who knocked an old woman down, cut her throat,
+  and buried her. _They were hung in this prison._
+
+  "Now, gentlemen, we come to that hammer and razor you see there. With
+  that same hammer Mary Crowther knocked her husband down, and then
+  with that razor cut his throat. _She was hung._
+
+  "Do you see that club, gentlemen? That is the club with which Turner
+  and Swihill, only nineteen years of age, murdered the bookkeeper near
+  Sheffield. _Both were hung._
+
+  "Do you see this short gun, gentlemen? This is the very gun with
+  which Dobson shot his father. _He was hung._
+
+  "This hat, gentlemen, with a hole in it, was the hat of Johnson, who
+  was murdered near Sheffield. The hole you see is where the blow was
+  struck that killed him."
+
+The Indians, who had looked on these things and listened to these
+recitals with a curious interest at first, were now becoming a little
+uneasy, and the old Doctor, who smiled upon several of the first
+descriptions, now showed symptoms of evident disquiet, retreating
+behind the party, and towards the door.
+
+  "Do you see this knife and bloody cravat, gentlemen? With that same
+  knife John James stuck the bailiff through the cravat, and killed
+  him. _He was executed here._
+
+  "A fire-poker, gentlemen, with which King murdered his wife near
+  Sheffield. _He was hung here._
+
+  "These things, gentlemen--this fork, poker, and bloody shoes--with
+  this poker Hallet knocked his wife down, and stabbed her with the
+  fork; and the shoes have got the blood on them yet. _Hallet was hung._
+
+  "That rope there is the one in which Bardsley was hung, who killed
+  his own father.
+
+  "A bloody axe and poker, gentlemen. With that axe and poker an old
+  woman killed a little boy. She then drowned herself. _She was not
+  executed._
+
+  "This shoe-knife, gentlemen, is one that Robert Noll killed his wife
+  with in Sheffield. _He was executed._
+
+  "Another knife, with which Rogers killed a man in Sheffield. He
+  ripped his bowels out with it. _He was hung._
+
+  "A club, and stone, and hat, gentlemen. With this club and stone
+  Blackburn was murdered, and that was his hat: you see how it is all
+  broken and bloody. This was done by four men. _All hung._
+
+  "The hat and hammer here, gentlemen--these belonged to two robbers.
+  One met the other in a wood, and killed him with the hammer. _He was
+  hung._
+
+  "That scythe and pitchfork, you see, gentlemen"----
+
+When our guide had thus far explained, and Jeffrey had translated
+to the Indians, I observed the old Doctor quite outside of the
+museum-room, and with his robe wrapped close around him, casting his
+eyes around in all directions, and evidently in great uneasiness. He
+called for the party to come out, for, said he, "I do not think this
+is a good place for us to stay in any longer." We all thought it was
+as well, for the turnkey had as yet not described one-third of his
+curiosities; so we thanked him for his kindness, and took leave of him
+and his interesting museum.
+
+We were then conducted by the governor's request to the apartments
+of his family, where he and his kind lady and daughters received the
+Indians and ourselves with much kindness, having his table prepared
+with refreshments, and, much to the satisfaction of the Indians (after
+their fatigue of body as well as of mind), with plenty of the _Queen's
+chickabobboo_.
+
+The sight-seeing of this day and the exhibition at night finished our
+labours in the interesting town of York, where I have often regretted
+we did not remain a little longer to avail ourselves of the numerous
+and kind invitations which were extended to us before we left. After
+our labours were all done, and the Indians had enjoyed their suppers
+and their _chickabobboo_, we had a pipe together, and a sort of
+recapitulation of what we had seen and heard since we arrived. The two
+most striking subjects of the gossip of this evening were the cathedral
+and the prison; the one seemed to have filled their minds with
+astonishment and admiration at the ingenuity and power of civilized
+man, and the other with surprise and horror at his degradation and
+wickedness; and evidently with some alarm for the safety of their
+persons in such a vicinity of vice as they had reason to believe they
+were in from the evidences they had seen during the day. The poor old
+Doctor was so anxious for the next morning to dawn, that we might be on
+our way, that he had become quite nervous and entirely contemplative
+and unsociable. They had heard such a catalogue of murders and
+executions explained, though they knew that we had but begun with the
+list, and saw so many incarcerated in the prison, some awaiting their
+trial, others who had been convicted and were under sentence of death
+or transportation, and others again pining in their cells, and weeping
+for their wives and children (merely because they could not pay the
+money that they owed), that they became horrified and alarmed; and as
+it was the first place where they had seen an exhibition of this kind,
+there was some reason for the poor fellows' opinions that they were in
+the midst of the wickedest place in the world.
+
+They said that, from the grandeur and great number of their churches,
+they thought they ought to be one of the most honest and harmless
+people they had been amongst, but instead of that they were now
+convinced they must be the very worst, and the quicker Mr. Melody made
+arrangements to be off the better. The Indians had been objects of
+great interest, and for the three nights of their amusements their room
+was well filled and nightly increasing; but all arguments were in vain,
+and we must needs be on the move. I relieved their minds in a measure
+relative to the instruments of death they had seen and the executions
+of which they had heard an account, by informing them of a fact that
+had not occurred to them--that the number of executions mentioned had
+been spread over a great number of years, and were for crimes committed
+amongst some hundreds of thousands of inhabitants, occupying a tract of
+country a great many miles in every direction from York; and also that
+the poor men imprisoned for debt were from various parts of the country
+for a great distance around. This seemed to abate their surprise to a
+considerable degree; still, the first impression was here made, and
+made by means of their eyes (which they say they never disbelieve,
+and I am quite sure they will never get rid of it), that York was the
+"wicked town," as they continued to call it during the remainder of
+their European travels. I explained to them that other towns had their
+jails and their gallows--that in London they daily rode in their buss
+past prison walls, and where the numbers imprisoned were greater than
+those in York, in proportion to the greater size of the city.
+
+Their comments were many and curious on the cruelty of imprisoning
+people for debt, because they could not pay money. "Why not kill
+them?" they said; "it would be better, because when a man is dead he
+is no expense to any one, and his wife can get a husband again, and
+his little children a father to feed and take care of them; when he
+is in jail they must starve: when he is once in jail he cannot wish
+his face to be seen again, and they had better kill them all at once."
+They thought it easier to die than to live in jail, and seemed to be
+surprised that white men, so many hundreds and thousands, would submit
+to it, when they had so many means by which they could kill themselves.
+
+They saw convicts in the cells who were to be transported from the
+country: they inquired the meaning of that, and, when I explained it,
+they seemed to think that was a good plan, for, said they, "if these
+people can't get money enough to pay their debts, if they go to another
+country they need not be ashamed there, and perhaps they will soon
+make money enough to come back and have their friends take them by the
+hand again." I told them, however, that they had not understood me
+exactly--that transportation was only for heinous crimes, and then a
+man was sent away in irons, and in the country where he went he had to
+labour several years, or for life, with chains upon him, as a slave.
+Their ideas were changed at once on this point, and they agreed that it
+would be better to kill them all at once, or give them weapons and let
+them do it themselves.
+
+While this conversation was going on, the Recorder Jim found here very
+interesting statistics for his note-book, and he at once conceived the
+plan of getting Daniel to find out how many people there were that
+they had seen in the prison locked up in one town; and then, his ideas
+expanding, how many (if it could be done at so late an hour) there were
+in all the prisons in London; and then how many white people in all the
+kingdom were locked up for crimes, and how many because they couldn't
+pay money. His friend and teacher, Daniel, whose head had become a
+tolerable gazetteer and statistical table, told him it would be quite
+easy to find it all ready printed in books and newspapers, and that he
+would put it all down in his book in a little time. The inquisitive
+Jim then inquired if there were any poorhouses in York, as in other
+towns; to which his friend Daniel replied that there were, and also in
+nearly every town in the kingdom; upon which Jim started the design
+of adding to the statistical entries in his book the number of people
+in poorhouses throughout the kingdom. Daniel agreed to do this for
+him also, which he could easily copy out of a memorandum-book of his
+own, and also to give him an estimate of the number of people annually
+transported from the kingdom for the commission of crimes. This all
+pleased Jim very much, and was amusement for Daniel; but at the same
+time I was decidedly regretting with Mr. Melody that his good fellows
+the Indians, in their visit to York, should have got their eyes open
+to so much of the dark side of civilization, which it might have been
+better for them that they never had seen.
+
+Jim's book was now becoming daily a subject of more and more excitement
+to him, and consequently of jealousy amongst some of the party, and
+particularly so with the old Doctor; as Jim was getting more rapidly
+educated than either of the others, and his book so far advanced as
+to discourage the Doctor from any essay of the kind himself. Jim that
+night regretted only one thing which he had neglected to do, and which
+it was now too late to accomplish--that was, to have measured the
+length of the cathedral and ascertained the number of steps required to
+walk around it. He had counted the number of steps to the top of the
+grand tower, and had intended to have measured the cathedral's length.
+I had procured some very beautiful engravings of it, however, one of
+which Daniel arranged in his book, and the length of the building and
+its height we easily found for him in the pocket Guide.
+
+The Doctor, watching with a jealous eye these numerous estimates going
+into Jim's book, to be referred to (and of course sworn to) when he
+got home, and probably on various occasions long before, and having
+learned enough of arithmetic to understand what a wonderful effect a
+cipher has when placed on the right of a number of figures, he smiled
+from day to day with a wicked intent on Jim's records, which, if they
+went back to his tribe in anything like a credible form, would be
+a direct infringement upon his peculiar department, and materially
+affect his standing, inasmuch as Jim laid no claims to a knowledge of
+_medicine_, or to anything more than good eating and drinking, before
+he left home.
+
+However, the Doctor at this time could only meditate and smile, as his
+stiff hand required some practice with the pen before he could make
+those little 0's so as to match with others in the book, which was
+often left carelessly lying about upon their table. This intent was
+entirely and originally wicked on the part of the old Doctor, because
+he had not yet, that any one knew of, made any reference to his measure
+of the giant woman, since he had carefully rolled up his cord and put
+it away amongst his other estimates, to be taken home to "astonish the
+natives" on their return.
+
+
+
+
+                             CHAPTER XXIII.
+
+  Newcastle-on-Tyne--Indians' alarms about jails--Kind visits from
+     Friends--Mrs. A. Richardson--Advice of the Friends--War-Chiefs
+     reply--Liberal presents--Arrive at Sunderland--Kindness of
+     the Friends--All breakfast with Mr. T. Richardson--Indians
+     plant trees in his garden--And the Author also--The Doctor's
+     superstition--Sacrifice--Feast--Illness of the Roman
+     Nose--Indians visit a coalpit--North Shields--A sailors' dinner
+     and a row--Arrive at Edinburgh--A drive--First exhibition
+     there--Visit to Salisbury Crag--To Arthur's Seat--Holyrood
+     House and Castle--The crown of Robert Bruce--The "big
+     gun,"--"Queen Mab"--Curious modes of building--"Flats"--Origin
+     of--Illness of Corsair, the little _pappoose_--The old Doctor
+     speaks--War-chief's speech--A feast of ducks--Indians'
+     remarks upon the government of Scotland--"The swapping of
+     crowns"--The Doctor proposes the crown of Robert Bruce for
+     Prince Albert--Start for Dundee--Indians' liberality--A noble
+     act--Arrival at Dundee--Death of little Corsair--Distress of the
+     Little Wolf and his wife--Curious ceremony--Young men piercing
+     their arms--Indians at Perth--Arrival in Glasgow--Quartered in
+     the Town-hall--The cemetery--The Hunterian Museum--The Doctor's
+     admiration of it--Daily drives--Indians throw money to the
+     poor--Alarm for _Roman Nose_--Two reverend gentlemen talk with
+     the Indians--War-chief's remarks--Greenock--Doctor's regret at
+     leaving.
+
+
+Newcastle-on-Tyne was the next place where we stopped, and when I
+arrived there I found Mr. Melody and his friends very comfortably
+lodged, and all in excellent spirits. The Indians, he told me, had been
+exceedingly buoyant in spirits from the moment they left York, and the
+old Doctor sang the whole way, even though he had been defeated in his
+design of riding outside on the railway train, as he had been in the
+habit of doing on the omnibus in London. I told them I had remained a
+little behind them in York to enjoy a few hours more of the society of
+an excellent and kind lady of the Society of Friends,[29] whom they
+would recollect to have seen in the exhibition room when they had
+finished their last night's exhibition, who came forward and shook
+hands in the most affectionate manner, and left gold in their hands as
+she bade them good bye, and commended them to the care of the Great
+Spirit.
+
+  [29] Miss E. Fothergill.
+
+I told them that this good lady had only returned from the country
+on the last evening of their exhibiting in York, and was exceedingly
+disappointed that she could not have the pleasure of their society at
+her house. I then sat down and amused them an hour with a beautiful
+manuscript book, by her own hand, which she had presented to me,
+containing the portraits of seven Seneca chiefs and braves, who were
+in England twenty-five years before, and whom she entertained for
+three weeks in her own house. This interesting work contains also some
+twenty pages of poetry glowing with piety, and written in a chaste and
+beautiful style; and an hundred or more pages in prose, giving a full
+description of the party, their modes, and a history of their success,
+as they travelled through the kingdom. This was a subject of much
+pleasure to them, but at the same time increased their regret that they
+had not seen more of this kind lady before they left the town of York.
+
+Their first inquiries after their arrival in Newcastle were whether
+they would meet any of the "good people" in that town, and whether
+that was a place where they had prisons and a gallows like those in
+London and in York. I answered that they would no doubt find many of
+the Friends there, for I knew several very kind families who would call
+upon them, and also that the good lady who gave me the book in York had
+written letters to several of the Friends in Newcastle to call on them;
+and that, as to the jails, &c., I believed they were much the same.
+
+In a sort of council which we held there, as we were in the Indian
+habit of convening one whenever we were leaving an old lodging or
+taking possession of a new one, it was very gravely and diffidently
+suggested by the Doctor, as the desire of the whole party, that they
+presumed _Chippehola_[30] had money enough left in London (in case
+they should fail in this section of the country to make enough to
+pay their debts) to keep them clear from being taken up and treated
+like white men who can't pay what they owe. I approved this judicious
+suggestion, and assured them they might feel quite easy as long as
+they were in the kingdom. I told them I was quite sure they had a
+good and faithful friend in Mr. Melody, and, if anything happened to
+him, they would be sure to find me ready to take care of them, and
+that, if we were both to die, they would find all the English people
+around them their friends. This seemed to satisfy and to cheer them
+up, and our few days in Newcastle thus commenced very pleasantly. From
+their first night's exhibition they all returned to their lodgings
+with peculiar satisfaction that they had observed a greater number of
+Friends in the crowd than they had seen in any place before, and many
+of these had remained until everybody else had gone away, to shake
+hands and converse with them. They found roast beef and beef-steaks and
+_chickabobboo_ also, the same as in other places, and altogether there
+was enough around them here to produce cheerful faces.
+
+  [30] The Author.
+
+I need not describe again to the reader the nature and excitement of
+the dances, &c., in their exhibitions, which were nightly repeated
+here as they had been in London; but incidents and results growing out
+of these amusements were now becoming exceedingly interesting, and
+as will be found in the sequel of much importance, I trust, to those
+poor people and their descendants. Very many of the Society of Friends
+were nightly attending their exhibitions, not so much for the purpose
+of witnessing or encouraging their war-dances and customs, as for
+an opportunity of forming an acquaintance with them, with a view to
+render them in some way an essential good. With this object a letter
+was addressed to me by Mrs. Anna Richardson (with whom I had formerly
+corresponded on the subject of the Indians), proposing that a number of
+the Friends should be allowed to hold a conversation with them in their
+apartments, on some morning, for the purpose of learning the true state
+of their minds relative to the subjects of religion and education, and
+to propose some efforts that might result to their advantage, and that
+of their nation. Mr. Melody and myself embraced this kind proposal at
+once, and the Indians all seemed delighted with it when it was made
+known to them. The morning was appointed, and this kind and truly
+charitable lady came with fifteen or twenty of her friends, and the
+Indians listened with patience and apparent pleasure to the Christian
+advice that was given them by several, and cheerfully answered to the
+interrogatories which were put to them.
+
+The immediate appeal and thanks to the "Great Spirit, who had sent
+these kind people to them," by the War-chief in his reply, seemed to
+impress upon the minds of all present the conviction of a high and
+noble sentiment of religion in the breasts of these people, which
+required but the light of the Christian revelation. His replies as to
+the benefits of education were much as he had made them on several
+occasions before, that, "as for themselves, they were too far advanced
+in life to think of being benefited by it, but that their children
+might learn to read and write, and that they should be glad to have
+them taught to do so." Here seemed to dawn a gleam of hope, which that
+pious lady, in her conversation and subsequent correspondence with me,
+often alluded to, as the most favourable omen for the desire which the
+Friends had of rendering them some lasting benefit. Mr. Melody on this
+occasion produced a little book printed in the Ioway language, in the
+missionary school already in existence in the tribe, and also letters
+which he had just received from the Rev. Mr. Irvin, then conducting
+the school, giving an encouraging account of it, and hoping that the
+Indians and himself might return safe, and with means to assist in
+the noble enterprise. This information was gratifying in the extreme,
+and all seemed to think that there was a chance of enlightening these
+benighted people. The heart of this Christian woman reached to the
+American wilderness in a letter that she directed to this reverend
+gentleman, believing that there, where were the wives and children of
+the chiefs and warriors who were travelling, was the place for the
+efforts of the Society of Friends to be beneficially applied; and
+thus, I believe, formed the chain from which I feel confident the most
+fortunate results will flow.[31]
+
+  [31] See in Appendix (A) to this volume Correspondence, &c.,
+       relative to Ioway Mission.
+
+Several subsequent interviews were held with the Indians by these kind
+people, who took them to their houses and schools, and bestowed upon
+them many tangible proofs of their attachment to them, and anxiety
+for their welfare. The Indians left Newcastle and these suddenly made
+friends with great reluctance, and we paid a visit of a couple of days
+to Sunderland. Here they found also many of the "good people" attending
+their exhibitions, and received several warm and friendly invitations
+to their houses. Amongst these kind attentions there was one which
+they never will forget: they were invited to breakfast at the table
+of Mr. T. Richardson, in his lovely mansion, with his kind family
+and some friends, and after the breakfast was over all were invited
+into his beautiful garden, where a spade was ready, and a small tree
+prepared for each one to plant and attach his name to. This ceremony
+amused them very much, and, when they had all done, there was one left
+for _Chippehola_, who took the spade and completed the interesting
+ceremony. This had been kindly designed for their amusement, and for
+the pleasing recollections of his family, by this good man; and with
+all it went off cheerfully, except with the Doctor, who refused for
+some time, but was at length induced to take the spade and plant his
+tree. I observed from the moment that he had done it that he was
+contemplative, and evidently apprehensive that some bad luck was to
+come from it--that there was _medicine_ in it, and he was alarmed.
+He was silent during the rest of the interview, and after they had
+returned to their rooms he still remained so for some time, when he
+explained to me that "he feared some one would be sick--some one of
+those trees would die, and he would much rather they had not been
+planted." He said "it would be necessary to make a great feast the next
+day," which I told him would be difficult, as we were to leave at an
+early hour. This puzzled him very much, as it was so late that, "if
+they were to try to give it that night, there would not be time for the
+ducks to be well cooked." They all laughed at him for his superstition,
+and he got the charm off as well as he could by throwing some tobacco,
+as a sacrifice, into the fire.
+
+We travelled the next day to North Shields, and the gloom that was
+still evidently hanging over the old man's brow was darkened by the
+increased illness of the _Roman Nose_, who had been for some weeks
+slightly ailing, but on that day was attacked for the first time with
+some fever. The Doctor's alarm was such that he stayed constantly
+by him, and did not accompany his friend Jim and one or two others
+with Daniel to the coalpit. This, from the repeated representations
+of Daniel and their old friend _Bobasheela_, was one of the greatest
+curiosities in the kingdom, and they were not disappointed in
+it. In this enterprise I did not accompany them, but from their
+representations ascertained that they descended more than two thousand
+feet and then travelled half a mile or so under the sea--that there
+were fifty horses and mules at that depth under the ground, that
+never will come up, drawing cars loaded with coal on railways, and
+six or seven hundred men, women, and children, as black as negroes,
+and many of these who seldom come up, but sleep there at nights. This
+scene shocked them even more than the sights they had seen in York,
+for they seemed to think that the debtors' cells in a prison would be
+far preferable to the slavery they there saw, of "hundreds of women
+and children drawing out, as they said, from some narrow places where
+the horses could not go, little carriages loaded with coal; where the
+women had to go on their hands and knees through the mud and water, and
+almost entirely naked, drawing their loads by a strap that was buckled
+around their waists; their knees and their legs and their feet, which
+were all naked, were bleeding with cuts from the stones, and their
+hands also; they drew these loads in the dark, and they had only a
+little candle to see the way." This surprising scene, which took them
+hours to describe to their companions, became more surprising when
+Daniel told them of "the vast number of such mines in various parts of
+the kingdom, and of the fact that many people in some parts have been
+born in those mines, and gone to school in them, and spent their lives,
+without ever knowing how the daylight looked."
+
+Daniel reminded them of the hundreds of mines he had pointed out to
+them while travelling by the railroads, and that they were all under
+ground, like what they had seen. Here was rich subject for Jim, for
+another entry in his book, of the statistics of England; and Daniel,
+always ready, turned to the page in his own note-book, and soon got for
+Jim's memorandum the sum total of coalpits and mines in the kingdom,
+and the hundreds of thousands of human _civilized_ beings who were
+imprisoned in them.
+
+It happened, on the second day that we were stopping in North Shields,
+much to the amusement of the Indians, that there was a sailors' dinner
+prepared for an hundred or more in the large hall of the hotel where we
+were lodging; and, from the rooms which the Indians occupied, there was
+an opportunity of looking through a small window down into their hall,
+and upon the merry and noisy group around the table. This was a rich
+treat for the Indians; and, commencing in an amusing and funny manner,
+it became every moment more and more so, and, finally (when they began
+to dance and sing and smash the glasses, and at length the tables,
+and from that to "set-to's," "fisticuffs," and "knockdowns," by the
+dozens, and, at last, to a general _melee_, a row, and a fight in the
+street) one of the most decidedly exciting and spirited scenes they had
+witnessed in the country.
+
+It afforded them amusement also for a long time after the day on which
+it took place, when they spoke of it as the "great fighting feast."
+
+Two days completed our visit to North Shields, and on the next we
+were in comfortable quarters in Edinburgh. The Indians were greatly
+delighted with the appearance of the city as they entered it, and more
+so daily, as they took their omnibus drives around and through the
+different parts of it.
+
+The Doctor, however, who was tending on his patient, _Roman Nose_,
+seemed sad, and looked as if he had forebodings still of some sad
+results to flow from planting the trees; but he took his seat upon
+the bus, with his old joking friend Jim, by the side of the driver,
+smiling occasionally on whatever he saw amusing, as he was passing
+through the streets. Their novel appearance created a great excitement
+in Edinburgh; and our announcements filled our hall with the most
+respectable and fashionable people.
+
+Their dances called forth great applause; and, in the midst of it, the
+War-chief, so delighted with the beauty of the city, and now by seeing
+so numerous and fashionable an audience before him, and all applauding,
+arose to make a speech. As he straightened up, and, wrapping his
+buffalo robe around him, extended his long right arm, the audience gave
+him a round of applause, occasioned entirely by the dignified and manly
+appearance he made when he took the attitude of the orator, and he
+commenced:--
+
+  "My friends, I understand by the great noise you have made with your
+  hands and feet, that something pleases you, and this pleases us, as
+  we are strangers amongst you, and with red skins. (Applause.)
+
+  "My friends, we have but just arrived in your beautiful city, and
+  we see that you are a different people from the English in London,
+  where we have been. In going into a strange place, amongst strange
+  people, we always feel some fear that our dances and our noise may
+  not please--we are showing you how we dance in our own country, and
+  we believe that is what you wish to see. (Applause and '_How, how,
+  how!_')
+
+  "My friends, we are delighted with your city, what we have seen of
+  it--we have seen nothing so handsome before--we will try to please
+  you with some more of our dances, and then we will be happy to shake
+  hands with you. ('_How, how, how!_')
+
+  "This is all I have to say now." (Great applause.)
+
+We were now in the most beautiful city in the kingdom, if not one of
+the most beautiful in the world; and the Indians, as well as ourselves,
+observed the difference in the manners and appearance of the people.
+The Indians had been pleased with their reception in the evening, and,
+in their drive during the day, had been excited by the inviting scenery
+overtowering the city,--the castle, with its "big gun," gaping over the
+town--the _Salisbury Crag_, and _Arthur's Seat_--all of which places
+they were to visit on that day; and, having swallowed their breakfasts
+and taken their seats in their carriage, seemed to have entered upon a
+new world of amusement. Their views from, and runs over, these towering
+peaks afforded them great amusement; and the castle, with its crown of
+Robert Bruce, and other insignia of royalty--its mammouth gun, and the
+little room in which King James I. of England was born; and in Holyrood
+House,--the blood of Rizzio upon the floor, and the bed in which Queen
+Mary had slept--were all subjects of new and fresh excitement to them.
+
+Nor was their amusement less whilst they were riding through the
+streets, at the constant variety and sudden contrasts--from the low
+and poverty-stricken rabble of High-street and its vicinity, to the
+modern and splendid sections of the city--of crossing high bridges over
+gardens, instead of rivers; of houses built upon the sides of the hills
+and on rocks; and many other amusing things that they talked about when
+they got back.
+
+To Mr. Melody and Jeffrey also, and to Daniel, all these scenes were
+new; and the Indians, therefore, had companions and guides enough, and
+enough, also, to explain to them the meaning of all they saw.
+
+I had been in Edinburgh on a former occasion, and was now engaged in
+looking up and conversing with old friends, whose former kindness now
+claimed my first attention; and in hunting for one of them, I found
+his office had been removed to another part of the city; and, making
+my way towards it as well as I could, I was amused at the instructions
+given to me when I inquired of a man whom I met in the street, and
+who, it happened, was acquainted with my friend and his location, and
+who relieved me instantly from further embarrassment by the following
+most lucid and simple direction, as he pointed down the street:--"You
+have only to take the first turning to the right, Sir, and it is the
+top flat at the bottom." This seemed queer and amusing to me, though
+not in the least embarrassing, for I had been long enough in Edinburgh
+before to learn that a "flat" was a "story" or floor; and long enough
+in London to know that one _end_ of a street is the "top" and the other
+the "bottom."
+
+To a stranger, however, such an answer as the one I received might have
+been exceedingly bewildering, and increased his difficulties rather
+than diminished them.
+
+The old law maxim of "_Cujus est solum, ejus est usque ad coelum_,"
+would scarcely apply to real estate in the city of Edinburgh; for
+houses are not only _rented_ by floors or _flats_, but titles, in fee
+simple and by deed, are given for floor above floor, oftentimes in the
+same house; a custom that is difficult to account for, unless from the
+curious fact that so many of the houses in Edinburgh are built so high,
+by the sides of hills and precipitous ledges, that an adjoining tenant
+may oftentimes step from the surface of his cultivated fields into the
+tenth or twelfth story of his neighbour's back windows, and, by this
+singular mode of conveyance, able to walk into a comfortable dwelling
+without the expense of building, and without curtailing the area of his
+arable ground. By thus getting, for a trifle, the fee simple for the
+upper story, and of course the privilege of building as many stories
+on the top of it as he should require, when he could afford the means
+to do it, his neighbour below was called a "flat." The law, which is
+generally cruel to most flats, relinquished one of its oldest and most
+sacred maxims, to support the numerous claims of this kind which the
+side-hills and ledges in the building-grounds of the city had produced;
+and so numerous were the _flats_, and so frequent the instances of
+this new sort of tenure, that the term "flat" has become carelessly
+and erroneously applied to all the floors or stories of buildings in
+Edinburgh that are to be let or sold separately from the rest of the
+house.
+
+It was arranged that our stay in Edinburgh was to be but for a few
+days; and, with this view, we had begun to see its sights pretty
+rapidly during the two first since our arrival. Many fashionable
+parties were calling on the Indians in their apartments, and leaving
+them presents; and at their second night's exhibition the room was
+crowded to great excess with the fashion and nobility of the city. The
+Indians discovered at once that they never before were in the midst of
+audiences so intellectual and genteel. There was nothing of low and
+vulgar appearance in any part of the room; but all had the stamp of
+refinement and gentility, which stimulated their pride, and they did
+their utmost.
+
+In the midst of their amusements on that evening there was a general
+call upon me from the ladies, to explain why the little "pappoose in
+its cradle" was not shown, as announced in the bills; to which I was
+sorry to reply that it was so ill that it could not be seen. This
+having been interpreted to the Indians by Jeffrey, and also heard by
+the Little Wolf's wife, the mother of the child, and then nursing it
+in the room behind their platform, she suddenly arranged it, sick as
+it was, in its beautifully ornamented little cradle, and, having slung
+it upon her back, and thrown her pictured robe around her, walked into
+the room, to the surprise of the Indians, and to the great satisfaction
+of the gentlemen as well as the ladies of the whole house. Her
+appearance was such, when she walked across the platform, that it
+called forth applause from every quarter. Many were the ladies who
+advanced from their seats to the platform, to examine so interesting a
+subject more closely; and many presents were bestowed upon the mother,
+who was obliged to retire again with it, from the feeble state it was
+then in. This fine little child, of ten or twelve months old, and the
+manner in which it was carried in its Indian cradle upon its mother's
+back, had formed one of the most interesting parts of the exhibition
+the whole time that the Indians were in London, and since they had
+left. Its illness now becoming somewhat alarming, with the increasing
+illness also of the _Roman Nose_, was adding to the old Doctor's
+alarms, growing out of the _planting of the little trees_, which he had
+insisted was ominous of something that would happen, but what, he did
+not attempt to predict.
+
+He was daily prescribing and attending his patients, but, being without
+the roots which he uses in his own country, he was evidently much at a
+loss; and the ablest advice was procured for both of the patients while
+in that city.
+
+The Doctor, on this occasion, (though somewhat depressed in spirits,
+owing to his superstitious forebodings about the sick, seeing such a
+vast concourse of ladies present, and all encouraging him with their
+applause as he made his boasts in the eagle dance,) made an effort for
+a _sensation_, as he did on his first night in London. When the dance
+was done, he advanced to the edge of the platform, and, with his usual
+quizzical look and smile from under his headdress of buffalo horns and
+eagle quills, addressed the audience. His speech was translated by
+Jeffrey, and, though it was highly applauded, fell much short of the
+effect amongst the ladies which he had produced on former occasions.
+He sat down somewhat in a disappointed mood, when his cruel companion,
+Jim, told him that his attempt "was an entire failure, and that he
+would never take with the ladies in Edinburgh." The old man replied
+to him that he had better try himself, and, if he would lie flat on
+his back and make a speech, perhaps _he_ might please the ladies of
+Edinburgh. After another dance, and amidst the roar of applause, old
+_Neu-mon-ya_ (the War-chief) arose, and, in the best of his humour,
+said,--
+
+  "My friends, I thank the Great Spirit who conducted us safe across
+  the Great Salt Lake that His eye is still upon us, and that He has
+  led us to your city. No city that we have seen is so beautiful as
+  yours; and we have seen a great deal of it as we have been riding in
+  our carriage to-day. ('_How, how, how!_')
+
+  "My friends, the Great Spirit has made us with red skins, and, as
+  all our modes of life are different from yours, our dances are quite
+  different, and we are glad that they do not give any offence when we
+  dance them. Our dresses, which are made of skins, are not so fine and
+  beautiful as yours, but they keep us warm, and that we think is the
+  great thing. ('_How, how, how!_' Applause and 'Hear, hear.')
+
+  "My friends, we have been to-day to see your great fort. We were
+  much pleased with it, and the 'big gun;' we think it a great pity
+  it is broken. We saw the room where the king of England was born,
+  and we feel proud that we have been in it. ('_How, how, how!_' Much
+  laughter.)
+
+  "My friends, we saw there the crowns of your kings and queens as we
+  were told. This we don't think we quite understand yet, but we think
+  _Chippehola_ will tell us all that,--it may be all right. (Laughter
+  and 'Hear.')
+
+  "My friends, we went to another great house where we saw many things
+  that pleased us--we saw the bed in which your Queen slept: this was
+  very pleasing to us all; it was much nearer than we got to the Queen
+  of England. (Great laughter.)
+
+  "My friends, this is all I have to say." ('Bravo!')
+
+After this night's exhibition, and the sights of the day which had
+pleased them so much, there was subject enough for a number of pipes of
+conversation; and to join them in this Mr. Melody and I had repaired to
+their room, where we found them in the midst of a grand feast of ducks,
+which they said it was always necessary to give when they entered a
+new country, and which in this case they had expended some of their
+own money in buying. Daniel and Jeffrey were seated with them, and
+we were obliged to sit down upon the floor, and take each a duck's
+leg at least, and a glass of the _Queen's chickabobboo_ (champagne),
+which had been added at the expense of Daniel and Jeffrey, as the
+ordinary _chickabobboo_ did not answer the object of a feast of that
+description. After the feast was over, and the War-chief had returned
+thanks to the Great Spirit, according to their invariable custom, the
+pipe was lit, and then the gossip for the evening commenced. They had
+already learned from Daniel that there were jails and poorhouses here
+as in other places, and were now remarking that they had not yet seen
+any of the "good people" here, and began to fear they had lost all
+chance of meeting any of them again. They seemed to be much at a loss
+to know how it was that here were the crowns and swords of kings and
+queens, and the houses they had lived in, and the beds they had slept
+on, and that there are none of them left. They believed, though they
+were not yet quite certain of it, that this country must have been
+conquered by England. These inquiries were all answered as nearly as
+I could explain them; and the result was, that "it was a great pity,
+in their estimations, that so fine a country and people should not
+continue to have a king of their own to put on the crown again, instead
+of leaving it in the castle to be shut up in a dark room." They seemed
+to think it "very curious that the Scotch people should like to keep
+the crown for people to look at, when they could not keep the king
+to wear it;" and they thought "it would be far better to take out
+the beautiful red and green stones and make watch-seals of them, and
+melt the gold into sovereigns, so that some of it might get into poor
+people's pockets, than to keep it where it is, just to be looked at and
+to be talked of."
+
+They thought "the crown was much more beautiful than the one they saw
+in London belonging to the Queen, and which was kept in the great
+prison where they saw so many guns, spears, &c."[32] The joker, Jim,
+thought that "if he were the Queen he should propose to _swap_, for he
+thought this decidedly the handsomest crown." The old Doctor said, that
+"if he were the Queen of England he should be very well suited to wear
+the one they had seen in London, and he would send and get this one
+very quickly, and also the beautiful sword they saw, for Prince Albert
+to wear." In this happy and conjectural mood we left them, receiving
+from Daniel further accounts of the events and history of the country
+which they had seen so many evidences of during their visits in the
+early part of the day.
+
+  [32] The Tower.
+
+Our stay in this beautiful city was but four days, contemplating
+another visit to it in a short time; and at the close of that time
+the party took a steamer for Dundee, with a view to make a visit of a
+few days to that town, and afterwards spend a day or two in Perth. I
+took the land route to Dundee, and, arriving there before the party,
+had announced their arrival and exhibition to take place on the same
+evening. An accident however that happened on the steamer compelled it
+to put back to Edinburgh, and their arrival was delayed for a couple of
+days.
+
+During this voyage there was an occurrence on board of the steamer,
+which was related to me by Mr. Melody and Daniel, which deserves
+mention in this place. It seems that on board of the steamer, as a
+passenger, was a little girl of twelve years of age and a stranger
+to all on board. When, on their way, the captain was collecting his
+passage-money on deck, he came to the little girl for her fare, who
+told him she had no money, but that she expected to meet her father in
+Dundee, whom she was going to see, and that he would certainly pay her
+fare if she could find him. The captain was in a great rage, and abused
+the child for coming on without the money to pay her fare, and said
+that he should not let her go ashore, but should hold her a prisoner on
+board, and take her back to Edinburgh with him. The poor little girl
+was frightened, and cried herself almost into fits. The passengers, of
+whom there were a great many, all seemed affected by her situation,
+and began to raise the money amongst them to pay her passage, giving
+a penny or two apiece, which, when done, amounted to about a quarter
+of the sum required. The poor little girl's grief and fear still
+continued, and the old Doctor, standing on deck, wrapped in his robe,
+and watching all these results, too much touched with pity for her
+situation, went down in the fore-cabin where the rest of the party
+were, and, relating the circumstances, soon raised eight shillings, one
+shilling of which, the Little Wolf, after giving a shilling himself,
+put into the hand of his little infant, then supposed to be dying, that
+its dying hand might do one act of charity, and caused it to drop it
+into the Doctor's hand with the rest. With the money the Doctor came on
+deck, and, advancing, offered it to the little girl, who was frightened
+and ran away. Daniel went to the girl and called her up to the Doctor,
+assuring her there was no need of alarm, when the old Doctor put the
+money into her hand, and said to her, through the interpreter, and in
+presence of all the passengers, who were gathering around, "Now go to
+the cruel captain and pay him the money, and never again be afraid of a
+man because his skin is red; but be always sure that the heart of a red
+man is as good and as kind as that of a white man. And when you are in
+Dundee, where we are all going, if you do not find your father as you
+wish, and are amongst strangers, come to us, wherever we shall be, and
+you shall not suffer; you shall have enough to eat, and, if money is
+necessary, you shall have more."
+
+Such acts of kindness as this, and others that have and will be named,
+that I was a witness to while those people were under my charge,
+require no further comment than to be made known: they carry their own
+proof with them that the Doctor was right in saying that "the hearts of
+red men are as good as those of the whites."
+
+As I was in anxious expectation of their arrival, I met the party with
+carriages when they landed, and I was pained to learn that the babe
+of the Little Wolf, which he had wrapped and embraced in his arms,
+was dying, and it breathed its last at the moment they entered the
+apartments that were prepared for them. My heart was broken to see
+the agony that this noble fellow was in, embracing his little boy,
+and laying him down in the last gasp of death, in a foreign land,
+and amongst strangers. We all wept for the heartbroken parents, and
+also for the dear little "Corsair," as he was called (from the name
+of the steamer on which he was born, on the Ohio river in the United
+States). We had all become attached to the little fellow, and his death
+caused a gloom amongst the whole party. The old Doctor looked more sad
+than ever, and evidently beheld the symptoms of _Roman Nose_ as more
+alarming than they had been.
+
+A council was called, as the first step after their arrival, and a
+pipe was passed around in solemn silence; after which it was asked by
+the War-chief if I knew of any of the "good people" in that town; to
+which I answered that "I was a stranger there, and did not know of any
+one." It seemed it was an occasion on which they felt that it would be
+an unusual pleasure to meet some of them, as the Little Wolf and his
+wife had expressed a wish to find some. It occurred then to Mr. Melody
+that he had a letter to a lady in that town, and, on delivering it,
+found she was one of that society, and, with another kind friend, she
+called and administered comfort to these wretched parents in the midst
+of their distress. They brought the necessary clothes for the child's
+remains, and, when we had the coffin prepared, laid it out with the
+kindest hands, and prepared it for the grave; and their other continued
+and kind offices tended to soothe the anguished breasts of the parents
+while we remained there.
+
+It is a subject of regret to me that I have lost the names of those two
+excellent ladies, to whom my public acknowledgments are so justly due.
+After they had laid the remains of the child in the coffin, each of the
+young men of the party ran a knife through the fleshy part of their
+left arms, and, drawing a white feather through the wounds, deposited
+the feathers with the blood on them in the coffin with the body. This
+done, the father and mother brought all they possessed, excepting
+the clothes which they had on, and presented to them, according to
+the custom of their country, and also all the fine presents they
+had received, their money, trinkets, weapons, &c. This is one of
+the curious modes of that tribe, and is considered necessary to be
+conformed to in all cases where a child dies. The parents are bound to
+give away all they possess in the world. I believe, however, that it is
+understood that, after a certain time, these goods are returned, and
+oftentimes with increased treasures attending them.
+
+There now came another pang for the heart of this noble fellow, the
+Little Wolf, and one which seemed to shake his manly frame more than
+that he had already felt. His child he could not take with him, and the
+thought of leaving it in a strange burying-ground, and "to be dug up,"
+as he said he knew it would be, seemed to make his misery and that of
+his wife complete. However, in the midst of his griefs, he suggested
+that, if it were possible to have it conveyed to their kind friends in
+Newcastle-on-Tyne, he was sure those "good people," who treated them
+so kindly, would be glad to bury it in their beautiful burying-ground
+which he had seen, where it would be at home, and he and his wife
+should then feel happy. Mr. Melody at once proposed to take it there
+himself, and attend to its burial, which pleased the parents very much,
+and he started the next day with it. He was received with the greatest
+kindness by Mrs. A. Richardson and their other kind friends, who
+attended to its burial in the society's beautiful cemetery.[33]
+
+  [33] The reader is referred to the fervent breathing pages of a
+       little periodical, entitled the 'Olive Branch,' for a most
+       feeling and impressive account of the reception of this little
+       child's remains, and its burial in their beautiful cemetery,
+       by the Friends in Newcastle-on-Tyne.
+
+Our visit to the delightful little town of Perth was made, where we
+remained, and the Indians astonished and pleased with their wild and
+unheard-of modes, for two days. We then were within fifteen miles
+of Merthyl Castle, the seat of Sir William Drummond Stewart, the
+well-known and bold traveller of the prairies and Rocky Mountains
+of America, whose friendly invitation we received to visit his noble
+mansion, but which I shall long regret came so late that other
+engagements we had entered into in Edinburgh and Glasgow prevented us
+from complying with it.
+
+Our way was now back, and, having repeated their exhibitions a few
+nights longer in Edinburgh, and, as before, to crowded and fashionable
+houses, we commenced upon our visit to the noble city of Glasgow. On
+our arrival, the party were taken in an omnibus from the station to the
+town-hall, in which it was arranged their exhibitions were to be given,
+and in a private room of which the Indians were to lodge.
+
+They were pleased with the part of the city they saw as they entered
+it, and were in good spirits and cheer, and prepared for the few days
+they were to stop there. The same arrangement was at once made by
+Mr. Melody, as in other places, to give them their daily ride in an
+omnibus for their health, and for the purpose of giving them a view of
+everything to be seen about the town. In their drives about the city of
+Glasgow there was not so much of the picturesque and change to amuse
+them as they saw in Edinburgh, yet everything was new and pleasing.
+
+The beautiful cemetery attracted their highest admiration of anything
+they saw, with all the party but the Doctor, whose whole and undivided
+admiration was withheld from everything else to be centred in the noble
+Hunterian Museum: the vapour-baths, conservatories, &c., which had
+before arrested his attention, were all sunk and lost sight of in this.
+After each and every of his visits to it he returned dejected and cast
+down with the conviction of his own ignorance and white man's superior
+skill. He wished very much to see the great man who made all those
+wonderful preparations of diseases, and the astonishing models in wax,
+as he would be so proud to offer him his hand; but, being informed that
+he had been dead for many years, he seemed sad that there was no way
+of paying him the tribute of his praise.
+
+Their exhibitions, which were given nightly, as they had been given
+in the Egyptian Hall, were nightly explained by me in the same way,
+and fully and fashionably attended. The same kind of excitement was
+repeated--speeches were made, and rounds of applause--young ladies
+falling in love--Indians' talks at night, and their suppers of
+beef-steaks and _chickabobboo_.
+
+Another present of Bibles, equal in number to the number of Indians,
+was handed on to the platform from an unknown hand, and each one had
+the Indian name of its owner handsomely written in its front.
+
+Scarcely a day or an evening passed but they received more or less
+Bibles from the hands of the kind and Christian people who were
+witnessing their amusements or inviting them to their houses; and from
+the continued access to their stock during their whole career, together
+with toys, with cloths and knives, and other presents, their baggage
+was becoming actually of a troublesome size.
+
+In taking their daily drives about town they had several times passed
+through some of the most populous and at the same time impoverished
+parts of the city; and the great numbers of poor and squalid-looking
+and barefooted creatures they saw walking in the snow had excited their
+deepest pity, and they had got in the daily habit of throwing pennies
+to them as they passed along. The numbers of the ragged poor that they
+saw there they represented as surpassing all they had seen in their
+whole travels. They inquired whether there were any poor-houses there,
+and, being informed that there were a number, and all full, they seemed
+to be yet even more surprised. They were in the habit daily, until Mr.
+Melody and myself decided it was best to check it, of each getting some
+shillings changed into pennies before they started on their ride, to
+scatter among the poor that they passed. Their generosity became a
+subject so well known in a few days, that their carriage was followed
+to their door, where gangs of beggars were stationed great part of
+the day to get their pennies "when the savages went out." Some pounds
+of their money they thus threw out into the streets of this great and
+splendid city, in spite of all we could do to prevent them.
+
+Our apprehensions were now becoming very great, and of course very
+painful, for the fate of the poor _Roman Nose_: he seemed daily to
+be losing flesh and strength, and one of the most distinguished
+physicians, who was attending on him, pronounced his disease to be
+pulmonary consumption. This was the first decided alarm we had about
+him, and still it was difficult to believe that so fine and healthy
+a looking man as he appeared but a few months before should be thus
+rapidly sinking down with such a disease. He was able to be walking and
+riding about, but was weak, and took no part in the exhibitions.
+
+About this time, as I was entering the Indians' room one morning, I met
+two gentlemen coming down the stairs, who recognised me, and said they
+had proposed to the interpreter and the Indians to have had a little
+time with them to talk upon the subjects of religion and education,
+and to know whether missionaries could not be sent into their country
+to teach and christianise them; and they were afraid they might not
+have been understood, for they were answered that the Indians did not
+wish to see them. At that moment Jeffrey was coming up the stairs, and,
+as it could not have been him whom they saw, I presumed it might have
+been Daniel who refused them admittance, as he might have been unable
+to understand the Indians. Jeffrey told them that they had got almost
+tired of talking with so many in London, but still they could go up,
+and the Indians, he thought, would be glad to see them. Mr. Melody
+happened at the moment to be passing also, and he invited them up. They
+were introduced to the Indians and their object explained by Jeffrey.
+The War-chief then said to them, as he was sitting on the floor in a
+corner of the room, that he didn't see any necessity of their talking
+at all, for all they would have to say they had heard from much more
+intelligent-looking men than they were, in London, and in other places,
+and they had given their answers at full length, which _Chippehola_ had
+written all down.
+
+  "Now, my friends," said he, "I will tell you that when we first came
+  over to this country we thought that where you had so many preachers,
+  so many to read and explain the good book, we should find the white
+  people all good and sober people; but as we travel about we find this
+  was all a mistake. When we first came over we thought that white
+  man's religion would make all people good, and we then would have
+  been glad to talk with you, but now we cannot say that we like to
+  do it any more." ('_How, how, how!_' responded all, as Jim, who was
+  then lying on a large table, and resting on one elbow, was gradually
+  turning over on to his back, and drawing up his knees in the attitude
+  of speaking.)
+
+The War-chief continued:--
+
+  "My friends--I am willing to talk with you if it can do any good
+  to the hundreds and thousands of poor and hungry people that we
+  see in your streets every day when we ride out. We see hundreds
+  of little children with their naked feet in the snow, and we pity
+  them, for we know they are hungry, and we give them money every
+  time we pass by them. In four days we have given twenty dollars to
+  hungry children--we give our money only to children. We are told
+  that the fathers of these children are in the houses where they sell
+  fire-water, and are drunk, and in their words they every moment abuse
+  and insult the Great Spirit. You talk about sending _black-coats_
+  among the Indians: now we have no such poor children among us; we
+  have no such drunkards, or people who abuse the Great Spirit. Indians
+  dare not do so. They pray to the Great Spirit, and he is kind to
+  them. Now we think it would be better for your teachers all to stay
+  at home, and go to work right here in your own streets, where all
+  your good work is wanted. This is my advice. I would rather not say
+  any more." (To this all responded '_How, how, how!_')
+
+Jim had evidently got ready to speak, and showed signs of beginning;
+but White-cloud spoke to him, and wished him not to say anything. It
+was decided by these gentlemen at once to be best not to urge the
+conversation with them; and Mr. Melody explained to them the number of
+times they had heard and said all that could be said on the subject
+while in London, and that they were out of patience, and of course a
+little out of the humour for it. These gentlemen, however, took great
+interest in them, and handed to each of the chiefs a handsome Bible,
+impressing upon them the importance of the words of the Great Spirit,
+which were certainly all contained in them, and which they hoped the
+Indians might have translated to them. And as I was descending the
+stairs with them, one of them said to me that he never in his life
+heard truer remarks, or a lesson that more distinctly and forcibly
+pointed out the primary duties of his profession.
+
+A few days more, the incidents of which I need not name, finished our
+visit to the city of Glasgow; and an hour or more by the railway, along
+the banks of the beautiful Clyde, and passing Dumbarton Castle, landed
+us in the snug little town of Greenock, from which we were to take
+steamer to Dublin.
+
+The Indians gave their dances and other amusements there for three
+or four evenings before we took leave. They were looked upon there
+as great curiosities, but scarcely formed any acquaintances or
+attachments, except in one branch of our concern. All were anxious to
+leave and be on the way to Dublin, except the Doctor, who thought it
+was bad policy to leave so quick; and though he got on to the steamer
+with all the rest, he did it very reluctantly, without assigning any
+reason for it until we were on the voyage, when he acknowledged to
+Daniel that the reason why he disliked to leave so soon was, that "one
+of the little maids in the hotel where they lodged used to come in
+every night, after all were asleep, and lie by the side of him on his
+buffalo robe." For this simple acknowledgment all seemed rather to
+sympathise with the polite old gentleman; but it was now too late for a
+remedy, for we were near to the desired city of Dublin.
+
+
+
+
+                             CHAPTER XXIV.
+
+  Arrival in Dublin--Decline of the _Roman Nose_--Exhibition
+     in the Rotunda--Feast of ducks--First drive--Phoenix
+     Park--Stags--Indians' ideas of game-laws and taxes--Annual
+     expenses of British government--National debt--Daniel enters
+     these in Jim's book--Indians called "Irishmen"--Author's
+     reply--Speech of the War-chief--Jim's rapid civilization--New
+     estimates for his book--Daniel reads of "Murders, &c.," in
+     Times newspaper--Jim subscribes for the Times--Petition
+     of 100,000 women--Society of Friends meet the Indians
+     in the Rotunda--Their advice, and present to the chiefs
+     40_l._--Indians invited to Zoological Gardens--Presented with
+     36_l._--Indians invited to Trinity College--Conversation with
+     the Rev. Master on religion--Liberal presents--They visit the
+     Archbishop of Dublin--Presents--All breakfast with Mr. Joseph
+     Bewly, a Friend--Kind treatment--Christian advice--Sickness
+     of _Roman Nose_--Various entertainments by the Friends--A
+     curious beggar--Indians' liberality to the poor--Arrival at
+     Liverpool--Rejoicing and feast--Council--_Roman Nose_ placed in
+     an hospital--Arrival in Manchester--Exhibition in Free Trade
+     Hall--Immense platform--Three wigwams--Archery--Ball-play,
+     &c.--Great crowds--_Bobasheela_ arrives--Death of the _Roman
+     Nose_--Forms of burial, &c.
+
+
+In Dublin, where we arrived on the 4th of March, after an easy voyage,
+comfortable quarters were in readiness for the party, and their
+breakfast soon upon the table. The Indians, having heard that there
+were many of "the good people" (the Friends) in Dublin, and having
+brought letters of introduction to some of them, had been impatient
+to reach that city; and their wish being successfully and easily
+accomplished, they now felt quite elated and happy, with apparently
+but one thing to depress their spirits, which was the continued and
+increasing illness of the _Roman Nose_. He was gradually losing flesh
+and strength, and getting now a continual fever, which showed the
+imminent danger of his condition. He had the ablest medical advice that
+the city could afford, and we still had some hopes of his recovery.
+Rooms had been prepared for the exhibitions of the Indians in the
+Rotunda, and, on the second night after their arrival, they commenced
+with a respectable audience, and all seemed delighted and surprised
+with their picturesque effect.
+
+There was much applause from the audience, but no speeches from the
+Indians, owing to their fatigue, or to the fact that they had not yet
+rode about the city to see anything to speak about. They returned from
+their exhibition to their apartments, and after their supper they were
+happy to find that their beef-steaks were good, and that they had found
+again the _London chickabobboo_.
+
+A very amusing scene occurred during the exhibition, which had greatly
+excited the Indians, though they had but partially understood it, and
+now called upon me to explain it to them. While speaking of the modes
+of life of the Ioway Indians, and describing their way of catching the
+wild horses on the prairies, a dry and quizzical-looking sort of man
+rose, and, apparently half drunk, excited the hisses of the audience
+whilst he was holding on to the end of a seat to steady him. It was
+difficult to get him down, and I desired the audience to listen to
+what he had to say. "Ee--you'l escuse me, sir, to e--yax e--yif you
+are ye man woo was lecturing e--year some time see--ynce, e--on ther
+Yindians and the--r wild e--yorses? --e--(hic)--e--and the--r breathin,
+he--(hic)--e--in thee--ir noses?" The excessive singularity of this
+fellow set the whole house in a roar of laughter, and all felt disposed
+to hear him go on. "Yes," I replied, "I am the same man." "Ee--e--r
+wal, sir, e--yerts all--(hic), e--yits all gammon, sir, e--yer, y--ers,
+(hic) yers tried it on two fillies, sir, e--yand--(hic) yand it didn't
+se--seed, sir." The poor fellow, observing the great amusement of the
+ladies as he looked around the room was at once disposed to be a little
+witty, and proceeded--"Ee--(hic)--ye--yer tried it e--yon se--rl _young
+ladies_, e--yand (hic) se--seded yerry well!" The poor fellow seemed
+contented with his wit thus far rather than try to proceed further;
+and he sat down amidst the greatest possible amusement of the audience,
+many of whom, notwithstanding, did not seem to understand his meaning,
+when I deemed it necessary to explain that he referred to my account
+of Indians breaking wild horses by breathing in their noses, which it
+would seem he had tried in vain, but by experimenting on young ladies
+he had met with great success.[34]
+
+  [34] See English experiments in breaking horses by the Indian mode.
+       Appendix B.
+
+The Indians had become very much attached to Daniel, who had been so
+long a companion and fellow-traveller with them, and felt pleasure with
+him that he was again upon his native soil. He had described to them
+that they were now in a different country again, and they resolved to
+have their necessary feast of ducks the next morning for breakfast, so
+as not to interfere with their drive, in which they were to open their
+eyes to the beauties of Dublin, when Daniel was to accompany them, and
+explain all that they saw. They invited him to the feast, and thought
+it as well to call upon him now as at a future time for the bottle or
+two of the _Queen's chickabobboo_ (champagne) which he had agreed to
+produce when he got on to his native shore again.
+
+Nothing more of course could be seen until their feast was over, and
+they were all in their buss as usual, with four horses, which was
+ready and started off with them at ten o'clock the next morning. The
+Doctor, in his familiar way, was alongside of the driver, with his
+buffalo horns and eagle crest, and his shining lance, with his faithful
+companion Jim by his side, and they caused a prodigious sensation as
+they were whirled along through the principal streets of Dublin. One
+may think at first glance that he can appreciate all the excitement
+and pleasure which the Doctor took in those drives, taking his first
+survey of the shops and all the curious places he was peeping into as
+he rode along; but on a little deliberation they will easily see that
+his enjoyment might have been much greater than the world supposed who
+were gazing at him, without thinking how much there was under his eye
+that was novel and exciting to a savage from the wilderness.
+
+After passing through several of the principal streets they were driven
+to the Phoenix Park, where they left their carriage, and, taking
+a run for a mile or two, felt much relieved and delighted with the
+exercise. The noble stags that started up and were bounding away before
+them excited them very much, and they were wishing for their weapons
+which they had left behind. However, they had very deliberately and
+innocently agreed to take a regular hunt there in a few days, and have
+a saddle or two of venison, but wiser Daniel reminding them of the
+_game-laws_ of this country, of which they had before heard no account,
+knocked all their sporting plans on the head.
+
+Nothing perhaps astonished them since they came into the country more
+than the idea that a man is liable to severe punishment by the laws,
+for shooting a deer, a rabbit, or a partridge, or for catching a fish
+out of a lake or a river, without a licence, for which he must pay a
+tax to the government, and that then they can only shoot upon certain
+grounds. The poor fellows at first treated the thing as ridiculous
+and fabulous; but on being assured that such was the fact, they were
+overwhelmed with astonishment. "What!" asked one of them, "if a poor
+man is hungry and sees a fine fish in the water, is he not allowed to
+spear it out and eat it?" "No," said Daniel, "if he does, he must go
+to jail, and pay a heavy fine besides. A man is not allowed to keep a
+gun in his house without paying a tax to the government for it, and
+if he carries a weapon in his pocket he is liable to a fine." "Why
+is that?" "Because they are afraid he will kill somebody with it."
+"What do you call a tax?" said Jim. "Let that alone," said Daniel,
+"until we get home, and then I will tell you all about it." Here was
+a new field opening to their simple minds for contemplation upon the
+beautiful mysteries and glories of civilization, in which a few hours
+of Daniel's lectures would be sure to enlighten them. They dropped the
+subject here however, and took their carriage again for the city and
+their lodgings, laughing excessively as they were returning, and long
+after they got back, at cabs they were constantly passing, which they
+insisted on it had got turned around, and were going sideways.[35] When
+they had returned and finished their first remarks about the curious
+things they had seen, Daniel began to give them some first ideas about
+taxes and fines which they had inquired about, and which they did
+not as yet know the meaning of. He explained also the game-laws, and
+showed them that in such a country as England, if the government did
+not protect the game and the fish in such a manner, there would soon be
+none left, and, as it was preserved in such a way, the government made
+those who wished to hunt or to fish, pay a sum of money to help meet
+the expenses of the government, and he explained the many ways in which
+people pay taxes. "All of this," said he, "goes to pay the expenses
+of the government, and to support the Queen and royal family." He read
+to them from a newspaper that the actual cost of supporting the royal
+family and attendants was 891,000_l._ sterling (4,455,000 dollars) per
+annum; that the Queen's pin-money (privy purse) is 60,000_l._ (300,000
+dollars); the Queen's coachmen, postilions, and footmen 12,550_l._
+(62,750 dollars).
+
+  [35] Only to be appreciated by those who have seen the Dublin
+       "cars."
+
+He read from the same paper also that the expenses of the navy were
+5,854,851_l._ (being about 29,274,255 dollars) per annum, and that
+the expenses of the army were still much greater, and that these all
+together form but a part of the enormous expenses of the government,
+which must all be raised by taxes in different ways, and that the
+people must pay all these expenses at last, in paying for what they
+eat and drink and wear, so much more than the articles are worth, that
+a little from all may go to the government to pay the government's
+debts. He also stated that, notwithstanding so much went to the
+government, the nation was in debt at this time to the amount of
+764,000,000_l._ (3,820,000,000 dollars). This was beyond all their
+ideas of computation, and, as it could not be possibly appreciated by
+them, Daniel and they had to drop it, as most people do (and as the
+_country_ probably _will_ before it is paid), as a mystery too large
+for just comprehension.
+
+Jim wanted these estimates down in his book however, thinking perhaps
+that he might some time be wise enough to comprehend them or find some
+one that could do it. And when Daniel had put them down, he also made
+another memorandum underneath them to this effect, and which astonished
+the Indians very much--"The plate that ornamented the sideboard at the
+banquet at the Queen's nuptials was estimated at 500,000_l._ (2,500,000
+dollars)."
+
+By the time their statistics had progressed thus far their dinner
+was ready, which was a thing much more simple to comprehend, and
+consequently more pleasing to them; so their note-book was shut, and
+taxes and game-laws and national debt gave way to roast-beef and
+_chickabobboo_.
+
+Their drive through the city had tended to increase the curiosity to
+see them, and their exhibition-room on the second night was crowded to
+excess. This was sure to put the Indians into the best of humour; and
+seeing in different parts of the room quite a number of Friends, gave
+them additional satisfaction.
+
+In a new country again, and before so full and fashionable an audience,
+I took unusual pains to explain the objects for which these people
+had come to this country, their personal appearance, and the modes
+they were to illustrate. When I had got through, and the Indians
+were sitting on the platform and smoking their pipe, a man rose in
+the crowd and said, "That's all gammon, sir!--these people are not
+Indians. I have seen many Indians, sir, and you can't hoax me!" Here
+the audience hissed, and raised the cry of "Put him out!--shame!"
+&c. I stepped forward, and with some difficulty got them silent, and
+begged they would let the gentleman finish his remarks, because, if
+they were fairly heard and understood, they might probably add much to
+the amusements of the evening. So he proceeded: "I know this to be a
+very great imposition, and I think it is a pity if it is allowed to go
+on. I have seen too many Indians to be deceived about them. I was at
+Bombay six years, and after that at Calcutta long enough to know what
+an Indian is. I know that their hair is always long and black, and
+not red: I know that these men are _Irishmen_, and painted up in this
+manner to gull the public. There's one of those fellows I know very
+well--I have seen him these three years at work in M'Gill's carpenter's
+shop, and saw him there but a few days ago; so I pronounce them but a
+raw set, as well as impostors!"
+
+When he sat down I prevented the audience from making any further noise
+than merely laughing, which was excessive all over the room. I said
+that "to contradict this gentleman would only be to repeat what I had
+said, and I hoped at least he would remain in the room a few minutes
+until they would execute one of their dances, that he might give his
+opinion as to my skill in teaching 'raw recruits' as he called them."
+The Indians, who had been smoking their pipes all this time without
+knowing what the delay had been about, now sprang upon their feet and
+commenced the war-dance; all further thoughts of "imposition" and "raw
+recruits" were lost sight of here and for the rest of the evening. When
+their dance was done they received a tremendous roar of applause, and
+after resting a few minutes the Doctor was on his feet, and evidently
+trying very hard in a speech to make a sensation (as he had made on
+the first night in London) among the ladies. Jeffrey interpreted his
+speech; and although it made much amusement, and was applauded, still
+it fell very far short of what his eloquence and his quizzical smiles
+and wit had done on the former occasion. Being apprehensive also of
+Jim's cruel sarcasms when he should stop, and apparently in hopes, too,
+of still saying something more witty, he, unfortunately for its whole
+effect, continued to speak a little too long after he had said his
+best things; so he sat down (though in applause) rather dissatisfied
+with himself, and seemed for some time in a sort of study, as if he
+was trying to recollect what he had said, a _peculiarity possibly_
+belonging to Indian orators.
+
+When the Doctor had finished, all arose at the sound of the war-whoop
+given by the War-chief, and they gave with unusual spirit the discovery
+dance, and after that their favourite, the eagle dance. The finish of
+this exciting dance brought rounds of deafening applause and "bravo!"
+in the midst of which the War-chief arose, and, throwing his buffalo
+robe around him, said,--
+
+  "My friends--We see that we are in a new city, a strange place to
+  us, but that we are not amongst enemies, and this gives us great
+  pleasure. ('_How, how, how!_' and 'Hear, hear.')
+
+  "My friends--It gives me pleasure to see so many smiling faces about
+  us, for we know that when you smile you are not angry; we think you
+  are amused with our dancing. It is the custom in our country always
+  to thank the Great Spirit first. He has been kind to us, and our
+  hearts are thankful that he has allowed us to reach your beautiful
+  city, and to be with you to-night. ('_How, how, how!_')
+
+  "My friends--Our modes of dancing are different from yours, and
+  you see we don't come to teach you to dance, but merely to show
+  you how the poor Indians dance. We are told that you have your
+  dancing-masters; but the Great Spirit taught us, and we think we
+  should not change our mode. ('_How, how, how!_')
+
+  "My friends--The interpreter has told us that some one in the room
+  has said we were not Indians--that we were _Irishmen_! Now we are not
+  in any way angry with this man; if we _were_ Irishmen, we might be
+  perhaps. ('Hear, hear.' 'Bravo!')
+
+  "My friends--We are rather sorry for the man than angry; it is his
+  ignorance, and that is perhaps because he is too far off: let him
+  come nearer to us and examine our skins, our ears, and our noses,
+  full of holes and trinkets--Irishmen don't bore their noses. (Great
+  laughter, and 'Bravo!')
+
+  "My friends--Tell that man we will be glad to see him and shake hands
+  with him, and he will then be our friend at once." ("Bravo!" and
+  cries of "Go, go!" from every part of the room: "You _must_ go!")
+
+The gentleman left his seat upon this in a very embarrassed condition,
+and, advancing to the platform, shook the War-chief and each one of
+the party by the hand, and took a seat near to them for the rest of
+the evening, evidently well pleased with their performances, and well
+convinced that they were not Irishmen.
+
+After this the Indians proceeded by giving several other dances, songs,
+&c.; and when it was announced that their amusements for the evening
+were finished, they seated themselves on the edge of the platform to
+meet those who desired to give them their hands. Half an hour or so was
+spent in this ceremony, during which time they received many presents,
+and, what to them was more gratifying, they felt the affectionate hands
+of a number of the "good people" they were so anxious to meet, and who
+they saw were taking a deep interest in their behalf already. They
+returned to their apartments unusually delighted with their reception,
+and, after their supper and _chickabobboo_, Jim had some dry jokes for
+the Doctor about his speech; assuring him that he never would "go down"
+with the Irish ladies--that his speech had been a decided failure--and
+that he had better hereafter keep his mouth entirely shut. They had
+much merriment also about the "mistake the poor man had made in calling
+them Irishmen," and all applauded the War-chief for the manner in which
+he had answered him in his speech.
+
+The Indians in their drive during the morning had observed an unusual
+number of soldiers in various parts of the city, and, on inquiring of
+Daniel why there were so many when there was no war and no danger,
+they learned to their great surprise that this country, like the one
+they had just left, had been subjugated by England, and that a large
+military force was necessary to be kept in all the towns to keep the
+people quiet, and to compel them to pay their taxes to the government.
+They thought the police were more frequent here also than they had seen
+them in London, and laughed very much at their carrying clubs to knock
+men down with. They began to think that the Irish must be very bad
+people to want so many to watch them with guns and clubs, and laughed
+at Daniel about the wickedness of his countrymen. He endeavoured to
+explain to them, however, that, if they had to work as hard as the
+Irishmen did, and then had their hard earnings mostly all taken away
+from them, they would require as strong a military force to take care
+of them as the Irish did. His argument completely brought them over,
+and they professed perfectly to understand the case; and all said
+they could see why so many soldiers were necessary. The police, he
+said, were kept in all the towns, night and day, to prevent people
+from stealing, from breaking into each other's houses, from fighting,
+and from knocking each other down and taking away their property. The
+insatiate Jim then conceived the idea of getting into his book the
+whole number of soldiers that were required in England, Scotland, and
+Ireland to keep the people at work in the factories, and to make them
+pay their taxes; and also the number of police that were necessary in
+the different cities and towns to keep people all peaceable, and quiet,
+and honest. Daniel had read to them only a day or two before an article
+in the 'Times' newspaper, setting forth all these estimates, and, being
+just the thing he wanted, copied them into his book.
+
+The reader sees by this time that, although Jim's looks were against
+him, as an orator or lecturer, when he should get back to his own
+country--and also that though his imagination could not take its wings
+until he was flat upon his back--still that he was, by dint of industry
+and constant effort, preparing himself with a magazine of facts which
+were calculated to impress upon the simple minds of the people in his
+country the strongest proofs of the virtue and superior blessings of
+civilization.
+
+These people had discernment enough to see that such an enormous
+amount of soldiers and police as their list presented them would not
+be kept in pay if they were not necessary. And they naturally put the
+question at once--"What state would the country be in if the military
+and police were all taken away?" They had been brought to the zenith
+of civilization that they might see and admire it in its best form;
+but the world who read will see with me that they were close critics,
+and _agree_ with me, I think, that it is almost a pity they should
+be the teachers of such statistics as they are to teach to thousands
+yet to be taught in the wilderness. As I have shown in a former part
+of this work, I have long since been opposed to parties of Indians
+being brought to this country, believing that civilization should be
+a gradual thing, rather than open the eyes of these ignorant people
+to all its mysteries at a glance, when the mass of its poverty and
+vices alarms them, and its luxuries and virtues are at a discouraging
+distance--beyond the reach of their attainment.
+
+Daniel was at this time cutting a slip from the 'Times,' which he
+read to Jim; and it was decided at once to be an admissible and
+highly interesting entry to make, and to go by the side of his former
+estimates of the manufacture and consumption of _chickabobboo_. The
+article ran thus:--"The consumption of ardent spirits in Great Britain
+and Ireland in the last year was 29,200,000 gallons, and the Poor Law
+Commissioners estimate the money annually spent in ardent spirits at
+24,000,000_l._ (120,000,000 dollars); and it is calculated that 50,000
+drunkards die yearly in England and Ireland, and that one-half of the
+insanity, two-thirds of the pauperism, and three-fourths of the crimes
+of the land are the consequences of drunkenness."
+
+This, Jim said, was one of the best things he had got down in his book,
+because he said that the _black-coats_ were always talking so much
+about the Indians getting drunk, that it would be a good thing for him
+to have to show; and he said he thought he should be able, when they
+were about to go home, to get _Chippehola_[36] to write by the side of
+it that fourteen Ioways were one year in England and never drank any of
+this _fire-water_, and were never drunk in that time.
+
+  [36] The Author.
+
+Daniel and Jeffrey continued to read (or rather Daniel to read,
+and Jeffrey to interpret) the news and events in the 'Times,'
+to which the Indians were all listening with attention. He read
+several amusing things, and then of a "_Horrid murder!_" _a man had
+murdered his wife and two little children_. He read the account; and
+next--"_Brutal Assault on a Female!_"--"_A Father killed by his own
+Son!_"--"_Murder of an Infant and Suicide of the Mother!_"--"_Death
+from Starvation!_"--"_Execution of Sarah Loundes for poisoning her
+Husband!_"--"_Robbery of 150l. Bank of England Notes!_" &c. &c.
+
+They had read so many exciting things in one paper, and were but half
+through the list, when Jim, who had rolled over on his back and drawn
+up his knees, as if he was going to say something, asked how much was
+the price of that newspaper; to which Daniel replied that there was
+one printed each day like that, and the price fivepence each. "Well,"
+said Jim, "I believe everything is in that paper, and I will give you
+the money to get it for me every day. Go to the man and tell him I want
+one of every kind he has: I will take them all home with me, and I will
+some time learn to read them all."
+
+A clever idea entered (or originated in) the heavy brain of Jim at
+this moment. He went to a box in the corner of the room, from which
+he took out, and arranged on the floor, about twenty handsomely-bound
+Bibles, when he made this memorable and commercial-like vociferation,
+in tolerably plain English: "I guess em swap!" He had been much amused
+with several numbers of 'Punch,' which he had long pored over and
+packed away for amusement on the prairies; and believing that his plan
+for "swapping" would enable him to venture boldly, he authorized Daniel
+to subscribe for Punch also, provided Punch would take Bibles for pay.
+Daniel assured him that that would be "no go," as he thought Punch
+would not care about Bibles; but told him that he would at all events
+have the 'Times' for him every morning, as he wished, and was now going
+to read to them a very curious thing that he had got his thumb upon,
+and commenced to read:--
+
+  "Lord R. Grosvenor and Mr. Spooner attended yesterday at the
+  Home-office with Sir George Grey to present a memorial to the Queen
+  from the women of England, signed by 100,000, praying that the
+  bill for preventing trading in seduction may pass into a law. The
+  following is a copy of the petition:--
+
+                            "'TO THE QUEEN.
+
+  "'We, the undersigned women of Great Britain and Ireland, placed by
+  Divine Providence under the sway of the British Sceptre, which God
+  has committed to your Majesty's hands, most humbly beg leave to make
+  known to our beloved Sovereign the heavy and cruel grievance that
+  oppresses a large portion of the female population of the realm. A
+  system exists, by which not only are undue facilities and temptations
+  held out to the immoral, the giddy, and the poor, to enter upon a
+  life of infamy, degradation, and ruin, but unwary young females and
+  mere children are frequently entrapped, and sold into the hands of
+  profligate libertines. Agents are sent into the towns and villages
+  of the United Kingdom, whose ostensible object is to engage young
+  girls for domestic service, or other female employments, but whose
+  real design is to degrade and ruin them. Female agents are also
+  employed in London and many of our large towns to watch the public
+  conveyances, and decoy the simple and inexperienced into houses
+  of moral pollution and crime, by offers of advice or temporary
+  protection. By such and other means the entrapping of innocent young
+  women is reduced to a regular trade, the existence of which is, in
+  the highest degree, discreditable to the nation. Despite the efforts
+  of right-minded men and of benevolent institutions to suppress, by
+  means of the existing laws, this vile trade in female innocence,
+  thousands of the most helpless of your Majesty's subjects are
+  annually destroyed, both in body and soul. We therefore appeal to
+  your Majesty, beseeching you to extend your Royal protection around
+  the daughters of the poor, by promoting such vigorous laws as the
+  wisdom of your Majesty's counsellors may see good to devise, and
+  thereby deliver your Majesty's fair realm from a system of profligacy
+  so offensive to Almighty God, and so fatal to the personal, social,
+  temporal, and spiritual well-being of the women of England.'"
+
+"Fish! fish!" exclaimed Jim, as Daniel finished reading. Some laughed
+excessively, and the poor Indian women groaned; but Jim, lying still on
+his back, and of course his ideas circulating freely, roared out again
+"_Fish! fish! chickabobboo! money! money!_--put that all in my book."
+Daniel said, "There is no need of that, for it is in your paper, which
+is all the same, and I will mark a black line around it." "Then be
+careful not to lose the paper," said Jim, "for I like that very much:
+I'll show that to the _black-coats_ when I get home."
+
+Thus the talk of that night had run to a late hour, and I took leave.
+
+The next morning I received two invitations for the Indians, both of
+which were calculated to give them great pleasure: the one was an
+invitation to visit the Zoological Gardens, then in their infant but
+very flourishing state, when the directors very kindly proposed to
+admit the public by shilling tickets, and to give the receipts to the
+Indians. This, therefore, was very exciting to their ambition; and
+the other invitation was equally or more so, as it was from several
+gentlemen of the Society of Friends, who proposed that, as there
+were a great many of that society in Dublin, and who all felt a deep
+interest in the welfare of the Indians, but who had, many of them, a
+decided objection to attend their war-dances, &c., they should feel
+glad to meet them at some hour that might be appointed, in their
+exhibition room, for the purpose of forming an acquaintance with them,
+and of having some conversation with them on the subject of education,
+agriculture, &c., with a view to ascertain in what way they could best
+render them some essential service. This invitation was embraced by
+the Indians with great pleasure, and at the time appointed they met
+about one hundred ladies and gentlemen, all of that society, to whom
+I introduced them by briefly explaining their objects in visiting
+this country, their modes of life, their costumes, &c. After that,
+several ladies, as well as gentlemen, asked them questions relative
+to their religious belief and modes of worship; to all of which the
+War-chief answered in the most cheerful manner; and, as he constantly
+replied with appeals to the Great Spirit, who, he said, directed all
+their hearts, they all saw in him a feeling of reverence for the Great
+Spirit, which satisfied all that they were endowed with high sentiments
+of religion and devotion.
+
+Mr. Melody here stated that he had just received very interesting
+and satisfactory letters from the reverend gentlemen conducting a
+missionary school, which was prospering, in their tribe, parts of
+which letters he read, and also presented a small book already printed
+in the Ioway language by a printing-press belonging to the Missionary
+Society, and now at work at their mission. This gave great satisfaction
+to the visitors, who saw that these people had friends at home who were
+doing what they could to enlighten their minds.
+
+The friendly feelings of all present were then conveyed to them by
+several who addressed them in turn, expressing their deep anxiety for
+their worldly welfare and their spiritual good, and in the kindest and
+most impressive language exhorted them to temperance, to a knowledge
+of our Saviour, and to the blessings of education, which lead to it.
+They impressed upon their minds also the benefits that would flow from
+the abandonment of their hunters' life and warfare, and the adoption
+of agricultural pursuits. It was then stated that it was the object
+of the meeting to make them a present of something more than mere
+professions of friendship, and desired of me to ascertain what would
+be most useful and acceptable to them. The question being put to them,
+the White Cloud replied that "anything they felt disposed to give they
+would accept with thankfulness, but, as the question had been asked,
+he should say that _money_ would be preferable to anything else, for
+it was more easily carried, and when in America, and near their own
+country, they could buy with it what their wives and little children
+should most need." It was then proposed that a hat should be passed
+around, for the purpose, by which the sum of 40_l._ was received, and
+handed to the chief, to divide between them. Besides this very liberal
+donation, a number of beautifully-bound Bibles were presented to them,
+and several very kind and lovely ladies went to the shops, and returned
+with beautiful shawls and other useful presents for the women and
+children; and one benevolent gentleman, who had been of the meeting,
+and whose name I regret that I have forgotten, brought in with his own
+hands, a large trunk filled with pretty and useful things, which he
+took pleasure in dividing amongst them, and in presenting the trunk to
+the wife of the chief.
+
+Thus ended this very kind and interesting meeting, which the Indians
+will never forget, and which went far to strengthen their former belief
+that the "good people," as they called them, would be everywhere found
+to be their genuine friends.
+
+Their invitation to the Zoological Gardens was for the day following,
+and they were there highly entertained by the young men who were the
+founders of that institution. They met in those peculiarly beautiful
+grounds a great number of the fashionable ladies and gentlemen of
+Dublin; and, after an hour or two delightfully spent amongst them,
+received from the treasurer of the institution the sum of 36_l._, that
+had been taken at the entrance. Nothing could have been more gratefully
+received than were these two kind presents; nor could anything have
+afforded them more convincing proofs of the hospitality and kindness of
+the people they were amongst.
+
+The exhibitions at the Rotunda were continued on every evening, and the
+Indians took their daily ride at ten o'clock in the morning, seeing all
+that was to be seen in the streets and the suburbs of Dublin, and after
+their suppers and their _chickabobboo_ enjoyed their jokes and their
+pipe, whilst they were making their remarks upon the occurrences of the
+day, and listening to Daniel's readings of the 'Times' newspaper, to
+which the _Chemokemon_[37] (as they now called him), Jim, had become
+a subscriber. This boundless source of information and amusement,
+just now opened to their minds, was engrossing much of their time;
+and Daniel and Jeffrey were called upon regularly every night, after
+their suppers, to tell them all that was new and curious in the paper
+of the day; and Jim desired a daily entry in his book of the number of
+_murders_ and _robberies_ that appeared in it. All this Daniel, in his
+kindness, did for him, after reading the description of them; and in
+this way the ingenious Jim considered he had all things now in good
+train to enable him to enlighten the Indian races when he should get
+back to the prairies of his own country.
+
+  [37] White man.
+
+Poor Jim, whose avarice began to dawn with his first steps towards
+civilization, and who, having his wife with him to add her share of
+presents to his, and was now getting such an accumulation of Bibles
+that they were becoming a serious item of luggage, related here a
+curious anecdote that occurred while he was in the Zoological Gardens:--
+
+The Bibles they had received, and were daily receiving, as "the most
+valuable presents that could be made them," he had supposed must of
+course have some considerable intrinsic value; and he felt disposed, as
+he was now increasing his expenses, by taking the 'Times' newspaper and
+in other ways, to try the experiment of occasionally selling one of his
+bibles to increase his funds, and, on starting to go to the gardens,
+had put one in his pouch to offer to people he should meet in the
+crowd; and it seems he offered it in many cases, but nobody would buy,
+but one had been _given_ to him by a lady; so he came home with one
+more than he took; and he said to us, "I guess em no good--I no sell
+em, but I get em a heap."
+
+A very friendly invitation was received about this time from the
+President of Trinity College for the party to visit that noble
+institution, and Mr. Melody and myself took great pleasure in
+accompanying them there. They were treated there with the greatest
+possible kindness; and, after being shown through all its parts--its
+library, museum, &c.--a liberal collection was made for them amongst
+the reverend gentlemen and their families, and presented to them a few
+days afterwards.
+
+I took the War-chief and several of the party to visit the Archbishop
+of Dublin and his family, who treated them with much kindness, and
+presented to each a sovereign, as an evidence of the attachment they
+felt for them. This unexpected kindness called upon them for some
+expression of thanks in return; and the War-chief, after offering his
+hand to the Archbishop, said to him:--
+
+  "My friend, as the Great Spirit has moved your heart to be kind to
+  us, I rise up to thank Him first, and then to tell you how thankful
+  we feel to you for what your hand has given us. We are poor, and
+  do not deserve this; but we will keep it, and it will buy food and
+  clothing for our little children.
+
+  "My friend, we are soon going from here, and we live a great way. We
+  shall never see your face again in this world, but we shall hope that
+  the Great Spirit will allow us to meet in the world that is before
+  us, and where you and I must soon go."
+
+The Archbishop seemed much struck with his remarks; and, taking him
+again by the hand, said to him that he believed they would meet again
+in the world to come, and, commending them to the care of the Great
+Spirit, bade them an affectionate farewell.
+
+An invitation was awaiting them at this time, also, to breakfast the
+next morning with Mr. Joseph Bewley, a Friend, and who lived a few
+miles out of the city. His carriages arrived for them at the hour,
+and the whole party visited him and his kind family and took their
+breakfast with them. After the breakfast was over, the chief thanked
+this kind gentleman for his hospitality and the presents very liberally
+bestowed; and the party all listened with great attention to the
+Christian advice which he gave them, recommending to them also to lay
+down all their weapons of war, and to study the arts of peace. These
+remarks seemed to have made a deep impression on their minds, for they
+were daily talking of this kind man and the advice and information he
+gave them.
+
+Having finished our exhibitions by advertisement, but being detained a
+few days longer in Dublin than we expected by the illness of the _Roman
+Nose_, an opportunity was afforded the Indians to attend a number of
+evening parties, to which they were invited by families of the Society
+of Friends, and treated with the greatest kindness and attention.
+
+The Indians had thus formed their notions of the beautiful city of
+Dublin by riding through it repeatedly in all its parts--by viewing,
+outside and in, its churches, its colleges, its gardens, and other
+places of amusement; and of its inhabitants, by meeting them in the
+exhibition rooms, and in their own houses, at their hospitable boards.
+They decided that Edinburgh was rather the most beautiful city; that
+in Glasgow they saw the most ragged and poor; and that in Dublin they
+met the warmest-hearted and most kind people of any they had seen in
+the kingdom. In Dublin, as in Glasgow, they had been in the habit of
+throwing handfuls of pence to the poor; and at length had got them
+baited, so that gangs of hungry, ragged creatures were daily following
+their carriage home to their door, and there waiting under their
+windows for the pence that were often showered down upon their heads.
+
+Out of the thousands of beggars that _I_ met while there (and many of
+whom extracted money from my pocket by their wit or drollery when I
+was not disposed to give it), there was but one of whom I shall make
+mention in this place. In my daily walk from my hotel to the Rotunda,
+there was an old, hardy-looking veteran, who used often to meet me and
+solicit with great importunity, as I had encouraged him by giving to
+him once or twice when I first met him. I was walking on that pavement
+one day with an American friend whom I had met, and, observing this old
+man coming at some distance ahead of us on the same pavement, I said
+to my friend, "Now watch the motions of that old fellow as he comes up
+to beg--look at the expression of his face." When we had got within a
+few rods of him the old man threw his stomach in, and one knee in an
+instant seemed out of joint, and his face! oh, most pitiable to look
+upon. We approached him arm-in-arm, and while coming towards him I put
+my hand in my pocket as if I was getting out some money, which brought
+this extraordinary expression from him: "My kind sir, may the gates of
+Heaven open to receive you!"--(by this time we had got by him, and,
+seeing that my hand remained stationary in my pocket, as he had turned
+round and was scowling daggers at me)--"and may you be kicked out the
+moment you get there!"
+
+There is an inveteracy in the Irish begging and wit that shows it to
+be native and not borrowed; it is therefore more irresistible and more
+successful than in any other country perhaps in the world. I speak
+this, however, merely as an opinion of my own, formed on the many
+instances where the very reasons I assigned for not giving were so
+ingeniously and suddenly turned into irresistible arguments for giving,
+that my hand was in my pocket before I was aware of it.
+
+The Indians however gave from other motives; not able to appreciate
+their wit, they had discernment enough to see the wretchedness that
+existed among the poor people in the lanes and outskirts of the city,
+and too much pity in their hearts not to try with their money to
+relieve them; and in that way I fully believe that they gave a very
+considerable proportion of the money they had received since they
+entered the city.
+
+The symptoms of the poor _Roman Nose_, whose case was now decided to be
+almost hopeless, were a little more favourable, and it was agreed, with
+his united wish, that we should start for Liverpool by steamer; and on
+the morning when we went on board, the Indians were more strongly than
+ever confirmed in their belief that the Friends were the people who
+had taken the deepest interest in their welfare, by meeting nearly all
+they had seen in their numerous visits, down at the wharf, to shake
+hands with them, and wish them an everlasting farewell! Such proof as
+this, which brought even tears in their eyes, will be the last to be
+forgotten by them or by me, and should be the last to be overlooked in
+the public acknowledgment I am now making.
+
+Our voyage across the Channel was easy and pleasant; and amongst
+the numerous and fashionable people on board, poor Jim had the
+mortification of trying to test the intrinsic value of his numerous
+stock of Bibles by occasionally offering one that he carried in his
+pouch. "I no sell 'em--they no like 'em," was his reply again; and he
+began to doubt the value of them, which he was greatly disappointed to
+find they had fixed much above their market-price.
+
+On landing at the wharf in Liverpool the Indians recognised the spot
+where they first set their feet upon English soil, and they raised the
+yell (not unlike the war-whoop) which is given by war-parties when,
+returning from battle, they are able to see their own village. This
+gathered a great crowd in a few moments, that was exceedingly difficult
+to disperse, and it instilled new ambition and strength into the poor
+_Roman Nose_, who thought in his weakness that they were near home; but
+he rallied only to look out and realize that he was too far from his
+home ever to see it again.
+
+Lodgings had been prepared for them, to which they immediately
+repaired; and, as their sinking companion was so rapidly declining,
+they were all in sadness, though they tried, poor fellows, to be gay
+and cheerful. Their exhibitions had been advertised to commence, and
+they proceeded with them. Before they commenced, however, a feast was
+made to thank the Great Spirit for having conducted them quite around
+England to the place from whence they started, and also for the benefit
+of the health of their fellow-warrior, the _Roman Nose_.
+
+A council was also held, when Mr. Melody and I were called in, and by
+some it was proposed to start for home, and by others to go to Paris
+and see a King, as they had tried, but in vain, to see the Queen of
+England. A visit to Paris had been a favourite theme with them for some
+months past, and all at length joined in the wish to see the King and
+Queen of France.
+
+The most skilful physicians were called to attend the poor _Roman
+Nose_, and they advised us to place him in an hospital. He was
+consulted, and, wishing to go, was removed there, where the
+interpreter, Jeffrey, stayed, and every attention was paid him. A few
+nights of exhibitions in Liverpool finished our stay in that town, and
+brought us to an engagement we had made, for four nights, in the Free
+Trade Hall in Manchester.
+
+The Indians saw that their fellow-warrior was to sink to the grave in
+a few days, and yet, like philosophers, they said it was the will of
+the Great Spirit, and they must not complain. They said they would
+give their exhibitions for the four nights, as they were promised to
+the public, and then stop until their companion was dead and buried;
+our exhibitions were consequently made to immense crowds on those
+evenings, and to the same people who had seen the Ojibbeways with such
+a relish when they first arrived. The different appearance of this
+tribe, and difference in their modes, made them subjects of new and
+fresh interest, and no doubt that their exhibitions, if they had been
+continued, would have been nightly filled for a length of time. They
+here gave their exhibitions the additional interest of erecting three
+wigwams into a sort of Indian village on the immense platform, and
+stationed their targets at the two ends, giving a fair illustration of
+their skill in archery, as they shot for prizes across the breadth of
+the immense hall.
+
+Their exhibitions gained them much applause here, as in other places,
+with which they were well pleased, and they had many invitations from
+kind families in town, but which they declined, as they said they
+were sad, as one of their number was dying. Thus their amusements in
+Manchester, and for the kingdom, were finished, and they retired to
+their private apartments, awaiting the end of the poor _Roman Nose_,
+which was now daily expected. Mr. Melody and Jeffrey stayed by him, and
+I went to see him, and so did several of the Indians, on each day until
+his death.
+
+While the Indians were thus resting in their quarters, they were
+surprised and cheered by the sudden arrival of their old friend,
+_Bobasheela_, who had just come from Cornwall to see them again before
+their departure for America, as he supposed, from seeing by the papers
+that they had arrived in Liverpool.
+
+They thus amused themselves from day to day, lying still, not wishing
+to ride about, or to admit company, or to attend to the invitations
+from various quarters given to them. Their time was now chiefly taken
+up in repairing their dresses, &c., in anticipation of going before the
+King of France, and listening to the amusing and shocking things which
+Daniel was daily reading in Jim's newspaper, and minuting down in his
+note-book, as he required. He wished Daniel and his friend _Bobasheela_
+to find in his paper, if they could, how many churches there were in
+England, and how many _black-coats_ (as he called them) there were who
+were constantly reading the good book and preaching to them. This they
+could not do at the moment, but _Bobasheela_ told him he could get it
+all out of a book that had lately been published, and would give it to
+him the next day. This was done according to promise, and by Daniel
+recorded in his book.
+
+_Bobasheela's_ anxieties were now turned towards the poor suffering
+_Roman Nose_, and he went to Liverpool to see him, and arrived with
+some of the Indians just in time to see him breathe his last. Alas!
+poor, fine fellow! he went down gradually and regularly to the grave;
+and though amongst strangers and far away from all of the graves of his
+relatives, he died like a philosopher, and (though not a Christian)
+not _unlike_ a Christian. He said repeatedly to Jeffrey that he should
+live but so many days, and afterwards so many hours, and seemed to be
+perfectly resigned to the change that was to take place. He said that
+his time had come; he was going to the beautiful hunting-grounds, where
+he would soon see his friends who had gone before him: he said that
+when he shut his eyes he could plainly see them, and he felt sure it
+was only to change the society of his friends here for that of his dear
+parents and other friends, and he was now anxious to be with them. He
+said the road might be long, but it did not matter where he started
+from; the Great Spirit had promised him strength to reach it. He told
+his friend _Bobasheela_ that in his pouch he would find some money,
+with which he wished him to buy some of the best vermilion, and, if
+possible, some green paint, such as _Chippehola_ used to get for him in
+London, and have them put in his pouch with his flint and steel, and to
+be sure to be placed in his grave, that he might be able to make his
+face look well among his friends where he was going. He wished him, and
+Daniel also, to have his arrows examined in his quiver, and repaired
+with new and sharp blades, as he recollected that, before he was sick,
+many of them were injured by shooting at the target, and during his
+illness others might have been destroyed. He had requested his silver
+medal, which was given to him by the American government for saving
+the lives of ten of his defenceless enemies, to be suspended by a blue
+ribbon over his head while he was sick, that he might see it until he
+died, and in that position it hung when I was last with him--his eyes
+were upon it, and his smile, until he drew his last breath. After his
+death his friend _Bobasheela_, and Jeffrey and the Doctor, laid him
+in his coffin, and, placing in it, according to the Indian mode, his
+faithful bow and quiver of arrows, his pipe and tobacco to last him
+through the "journey he was to perform," having dressed him in all his
+finest clothes, and painted his face, and placed his bow and quiver
+and his pouch by his side, and his medal on his breast, the coffin was
+closed, and his remains were buried, attended by his faithful friends
+around him, by the officers of the institution, and many citizens, who
+sympathized in his unlucky fate.
+
+Thus ended the career of _No-ho-mun-ya_ (or the Roman Nose), one of the
+most peaceable and well-disposed and finest men of the party, or of the
+tribe from which he came.
+
+The reader will now contemplate the Indians and their friend
+_Bobasheela_ again in their private rooms in Manchester, spending a
+week or so together, smoking their pipes, with their faces painted
+black, recounting the deeds of the vanished warrior, and recapitulating
+the events of their tour through England, Scotland, and Ireland,
+and trying to cheer the view that was ahead of them by drinking
+_chickabobboo_. These few days passed heavily by, and they soon
+became anxious to throw off the gloom that was cast over them, by
+seeing something new, and by resuming the exercise and excitements of
+the dance. Their thoughts were now on Paris, and I was there making
+arrangements for their reception. The reader will therefore, with my
+help, _imagine_ himself across the Channel (and probably for the first
+time in his life without being sea-sick), and ready to commence, with
+the Indians and me, amidst new scenes and new scenery, the following
+chapter.
+
+
+
+
+                              CHAPTER XXV.
+
+  The Author arrives in Paris--Victoria Hotel--Mr. Melody
+     and his Indians arrive--Doctor missing, and found on
+     the top of the hotel--Alarm of servants--First drive in
+     Paris--Visit to Mr. King, the American ambassador--French
+     _chickabobboo_--M. Vattemare--Indians visit the Hotel de
+     Ville--Prefet de police--Magnificent salons--The "big
+     looking-glasses"--The Prefet's lady--Refreshments and
+     _chickabobboo_--Speech of the War-chief--Reply of the
+     Prefet--Salle Valentino taken for the exhibition--Daniel
+     arrives with the Collection from London--Indians
+     visit the King in the palace of the Tuileries--Royal
+     personages--Conversation--War-chief presents the calumet--His
+     speech to the King--Eagle-dance--War-dance--Little Wolf presents
+     his tomahawk and whip to the King--His speech--Refreshments
+     and "Queen's _chickabobboo_"--Drinking the King's and Queen's
+     health, and health of the Count de Paris--"Vive le Roi"--Jim's
+     opinion of the King--An Indian's idea of descents--Presents
+     in money from the King--Mode of dividing it--A drive--Ladies
+     leading dogs with strings--The number counted in one drive--The
+     Indians' surprise--An entry for Jim's book--Jim laments the
+     loss of the Times newspaper and _Punch_--He takes Galignani's
+     Messenger--Indians dine at W. Costar's--The Doctor's
+     compliment to a lady's fine voice--Indians visit the Royal
+     Academy of Sciences--Curious reception--M. Arago--Indians'
+     suspicions and alarms--Jim's remarkable speech--Opening of the
+     exhibition in Salle Valentino--Great excitement--Speech of
+     the War-chief--Shaking hands--Public opinion of the Author's
+     Collection.
+
+
+Having long before resolved to take my collection to Paris before
+returning it to my own country, and the Indians being ambitious to see
+the King of the French, it was mutually agreed that my whole collection
+should be opened in Paris, and that their dances and other amusements
+should for a short time be given in it, as they had been given in
+London.
+
+Under this arrangement, with my wife and my four dear little children,
+I repaired to Paris as soon as possible, leaving Daniel to ship over
+and accompany my collection, whilst Mr. Melody conducted his party of
+Indians.
+
+In crossing the Channel, and receding from its shores, as I was seated
+on the deck of a steamer, I looked back, and, having for the first time
+nothing else to do, and a little time to reflect upon England, and
+what I had seen of it in five years, I took out of my pocket my little
+note-book, where I had entered, not what England is, and what she does
+(and which all the world knows), but the points in which her modes are
+different from those in my own country. I would have a few leisure
+hours to run over these curious entries, and time to reflect upon them,
+as we sailed along, and I began to read thus:--
+
+  "London, 1844. The essential Differences between England and
+  the United States.
+
+  "The United States much the largest; but England is a great deal
+  older.
+
+  "New-Yorkers cross the streets diagonally; the Londoners cross them
+  at right angles.
+
+  "In England the odd pennies are wrapped in a paper, and handed back
+  with 'I thank you, Sir.'
+
+  "Streets in London have tops and bottoms; in America they have upper
+  and lower ends.
+
+  "In England a man's wife is 'very bad;' in America, 'very ill;' and
+  in France, 'bien malade.'
+
+  "Americans 'turn to the _right_ as the law directs;' the English turn
+  to the _left_.
+
+  "English mutton and babies are much the fattest.
+
+  "Gooseberries in England much the largest, but not so sweet.
+
+  "Pigs in the American cities are seen promenading in the streets; in
+  London, only seen hanging by their hind legs.
+
+  "In England men are 'knocked up;' in America they are 'knocked down.'
+
+  "'_Top-coats_' are very frequent in England, in America nothing is
+  known higher than an '_over-coat_.'
+
+  "In the United States a man is 'smart;' in England he is 'clever.'
+
+  "English ladies are more luscious, but not quite so----"
+
+Just when I had read thus far, the steward tapped me on the shoulder
+and told me that "I was wanted below immediately, for my lady was very
+ill." I closed my book and ran below, where I found my poor wife and
+little family all dreadfully sick. I waited on them a while and got
+sea-sick myself. My musings on England and America were thus broken
+off; and from the time that we launched forth amidst the clatter upon
+a French wharf, I had as much as I could do to keep my little children
+and my luggage together, and all recollections of England and my native
+country vanished in the confusion and din that was around me in the new
+world we were entering upon. Custom-houses and railways and diligences
+have been a thousand times described, and I need say nothing of them,
+except that we got through them all, and into the _Victoria Hotel_, in
+Paris, where we found rest, fine beds, kind attentions, and enough to
+eat.
+
+A few days after my arrival in Paris, Mr. Melody made his appearance
+with his party of Ioways, for whom apartments were prepared in the
+same hotel, and after much fatigue and vexation the immense hall in
+Rue St. Honore (Salle Valentino) was engaged as the place for their
+future operations. Daniel in the mean time was moving up with the
+Indian collection of eight tons weight, and in a few days all parties
+were on the ground, though there was to be some delay in arranging
+the numerous collection, and in getting the Indians introduced to the
+King, which was the first object. They had entered the city at a late
+hour at night, and for several days it had been impossible to attend
+to the necessary arrangements for driving them about; and they became
+excessively impatient to be on wheels again, to get a glimpse of the
+strange and beautiful things which they knew were about them. In the
+mean time they were taking all the amusement to themselves that they
+could get, by looking out of the windows; and their red and crested
+heads in Paris soon drew a crowd together in the streets, and thousands
+of heads protruding from the windows and house-tops. The Doctor soon
+found his way to the roof, and from that regaled his eyes, at an early
+hour, with a bird's-eye view of the boundless mystery and confusion of
+chimneys and house-tops and domes and spires that were around him.
+
+The servants in the house were at first alarmed, and the good landlady
+smiled at their unexpected appearance; and she roared with laughter
+when she was informed that the beds were all to be removed from their
+rooms, that they spread their own robes, and, in preference, slept upon
+the floor. All in the house, however, got attached to them in a few
+days, and all went pleasantly on.
+
+The first airing they took in Paris was in an omnibus with four, as
+they had been driven in London; but, to the old Doctor's exceeding
+chagrin, there was no seat for him to take outside by the side of the
+driver. He was easily reconciled however to his seat with the rest,
+and they thus soon had a glance at a number of the principal streets
+of the city, and were landed at the American Embassy, to pay their
+first respects to Mr. King, at that time the minister to France. They
+were received by Mr. King and his niece with great kindness; and after
+a little conversation, through the interpreter, Mr. King invited them
+to the table, loaded with cakes and fruit, and offered them a glass of
+wine, proposing their health, and at the same time telling them that,
+though he was opposed to encouraging Indians to drink, yet he was quite
+sure that a glass or two of the _vin rouge_ of the French would not
+hurt them. The colour of it seemed to cause them to hesitate a moment,
+while they were casting their eyes around upon me. They understood the
+nod of my head, and, hearing me pronounce it _chickabobboo_, took the
+hint and drank it off with great pleasure. Mr. Melody here assured Mr.
+King of the temperate habits of these people; and I explained to the
+party the origin and meaning of _chickabobboo_, which pleased them all
+very much. They partook of a second glass, and also of the cakes and
+fruit, and took leave, the War-chief having thanked Mr. King and his
+niece for their kindness, and having expressed his great pleasure at
+meeting so kind an American gentleman so far from home.
+
+The Indians were now in their omnibus again, and Mr. Melody and myself
+in our carriage, with a kind friend, Mons. A. Vattemare, who had
+obtained for the Indians an invitation to visit the _Hotel de Ville_,
+where we were now to drive. In this drive from St. Germain we recrossed
+the Seine by Pont Neuf, and had a fine view of all the bridges, and the
+palace of the Tuileries, and the Louvre. The omnibus stopped a moment
+on the middle of the bridge, and they were much excited by the view.
+A few minutes more brought us in front of the _Hotel de Ville_, where
+several thousands of people were assembled; it having been heard in the
+streets, in all probability, from the servants or police, that a party
+of savages were to be there at that hour.
+
+There was a great outcry when they landed and entered the hall, and the
+crowd was sure not to diminish whilst they were within.
+
+We were all presented to His Excellency the _Prefet de Police_ by my
+friend Mons. Vattemare, and received with great kindness, and conducted
+through all the principal apartments of that noble edifice, which are
+finished and furnished in the most sumptuous style, and in richness of
+effect surpassing even the most splendid halls of the palaces of the
+Tuileries or St. Cloud. The gorgeousness of the carpets on which they
+stood, and the tapestry that was around them, and the incredible size
+of the mirrors that were reflecting them in a hundred directions, were
+subjects till then entirely new to them; and they seemed completely
+amazed at the splendour with which they were surrounded. From these
+splendid salons we were conducted into the _salle a manger_, and
+opportunely where the table was spread and the plates laid for a grand
+banquet. This was a lucky occurrence, affording us, as well as the
+Indians, an opportunity of seeing the richness of the plate upon which
+those elegant affairs are served up, and which but a choice few can
+ever behold.
+
+Retiring from and through this suite of splendid salons, we entered
+an antechamber, where we were presented to the elegant lady of the
+_Prefet_ and several of their friends, who brought us to a table
+loaded with fruit and cakes and other refreshments, and wine of
+several sorts and the best in quality. The corks of several bottles
+of champagne were drawn, and, as the sparkling wine was running, each
+one smiled as he whispered the word _chickabobboo_. The _Prefet_ drank
+their health in a glass of the "_Queen's chickabobboo_" as they called
+it, and then, with his own hand, presented each a handsome silver
+medal, and also one to Mr. Melody and myself.
+
+The War-chief by this time felt called upon for some acknowledgment on
+their part for this kind treatment, and, advancing to the _Prefet_,
+shook hands with him, and addressed him thus:--
+
+  "My friend and father, your kindness to us this day makes our
+  hearts glad, and we thank you for it. We are strangers here, and
+  poor ignorant children from the wilderness. We came here with heavy
+  hearts, having just buried one of our warriors, and your kindness has
+  driven away our sorrow. ('_How, how, how!_')
+
+  "My father, the splendour of the rooms, and other things you have
+  just shown us, blind our eyes with their brightness, and we now see
+  that white men can do anything.
+
+  "My father, we were astonished at what we saw in London, where we
+  have been, but we think your village is much the most beautiful. We
+  thank the Great Spirit, who has opened your great house to us to-day,
+  and also your lady, who has been kind to us.
+
+  "My father, I have done."
+
+At the close of his speech the _Prefet_ assured him of his kindly
+feelings towards them, and his anxiety for their welfare; and after
+a general shake of hands we took leave, and descended to the street,
+and, passing through a dense crowd, took our carriages and drove back
+to our hotel. Thus ended their first day's drive and visits in Paris,
+furnishing them with a rich fund for a talk after their dinner and
+_chickabobboo_, which was to be _vin rouge_ in Paris, instead of ale,
+which they had been in the habit of drinking in England.
+
+Nothing could exceed the exhilarated flow of spirits in which they
+returned, and the admiration they were expressing of the beauty of
+the city, and the splendour of the rooms they had been in. They were
+decided that they should be pleased with Paris; and as Palaces, Kings,
+and Queens were yet before them, they seemed to be perfectly happy.
+During their curious remarks on what they had seen, they already were
+saying that they had seen many thousands of people, and were glad that
+they saw nobody in rags or begging. They thought the French people
+all had enough to eat, and _that_, they said, was a great pleasure to
+them; for it made their hearts sore, when riding out, if they saw poor
+people, who had nothing to eat, as they had seen in some places.
+
+The Indians decided that the houses of Paris were much more beautiful
+than they had seen in any place; and they thought, from their cheerful
+looks, that either the people had their debts more paid up than the
+English people, or else that they had not so much money as to distress
+their looks for fear of losing it. We were all pleased with the
+appearance of Paris, and compelled to feel cheerful from the buoyant
+feelings that were displayed all around us. Like the Indians, I was
+pleased with the neat and cleanly appearance of the poorest in the
+streets, and surprised at the beauty and elegance of their houses,
+which want, in my estimation, but one more embellishment, which it
+would be quite easy to give, to render the effect of their streets
+more beautiful than words can describe. That would be, to paint their
+window-blinds green, which, by contrast, would make the walls appear
+more white and clean, and break with pleasing variety the white
+monotony that now prevails throughout.
+
+This first day's drive about the city had created a prodigious
+excitement and curiosity where they had gone, and given to the
+Indians just peep enough, amidst the beauties of Paris, to create a
+restlessness on both sides for a more familiar acquaintance, and which
+it had been thought most prudent to defer until they had made their
+visit to the Palace, for which their application had been made to the
+King by the American minister, and to which we were daily expecting a
+reply. In the mean time, Mr. Melody, and Jeffrey, and the Indians kept
+quiet, entertaining an occasional party of some American friends, or
+distinguished, personages, who were sending in their cards, and seeking
+interviews with them. During all this delay they had enough to amuse
+them, by talking of what they had already seen, and what they expected
+they were going to see, and cleaning and preparing their dresses
+for the great occasion. I, in the mean time, with my man Daniel,
+and others, was arranging my collection on the walls of the _Salle
+Valentino_; and, by the kind and friendly aid of Mons. Vattemare,
+obtaining my licence from the authorities, and also conforming to the
+other numerous and vexatious forms and ceremonies to be gone through
+before the opening of my exhibition to public view.
+
+The Minister of the Interior had kindly granted an order for the
+admission of my whole collection into the kingdom, by my paying merely
+a nominal duty, but there were still forms and delays to submit to
+in the customs, which were tedious and vexatious, but by the aid of
+my above-mentioned good friend, they had all been overcome; and my
+collection was now nearly ready for the public examination, when I
+received a letter from the American minister, informing me, that
+"on a certain day, and at a certain hour, His Majesty would see Mr.
+Catlin and Mr. Melody, with the Ioway Indians, in the Palace of the
+Tuileries." There was great rejoicing amongst the good fellows when
+they heard this welcome letter read, and several of them embraced me in
+their arms, as if I had been the sole cause of it. Their doubts were
+now at an end: it was certain that they should see the King of France,
+which, they said, "would be far more satisfactory, and a greater
+honour, than to have seen the Queen of England." Whatever the poor
+fellows thought, such was their mode of exultation. "The Ojibbeways,"
+they said, "were subjects of the Queen, but we will be subjects of
+Louis Philippe."
+
+They had yet a few days to prepare, and even without their drives
+or company they were contented, as the time passed away, and they
+were preparing for the interview. On the morning of the day for their
+reception, the long stem of a beautiful pipe had been painted a bright
+blue, and ornamented with blue ribbons, emblematical of peace, to be
+presented by the chief to the King. Every article of dress and ornament
+had been put in readiness; and, as the hour approached, each one came
+out from his toilet, in a full blaze of colour of various tints, all
+with their wampum and medals on, with their necklaces of grizly bears'
+claws, their shields, and bows, and quivers, their lances, and war
+clubs, and tomahawks, and scalping knives. In this way, in full dress,
+with their painted buffalo robes wrapped around them, they stepped into
+the several carriages prepared for them, and all were wheeled into the
+_Place Carousel_, and put down at the entrance to the Palace. We were
+met on the steps by half a dozen huge and splendid looking porters,
+in flaming scarlet livery and powdered wigs, who conducted us in, and
+being met by one of the King's _aides-de-camp_, we were conducted
+by him into His Majesty's presence, in the reception hall of the
+_Tuileries_.
+
+The royal party were advancing towards us in the hall, and as we met
+them, Mr. Melody and myself were presented; and I then introduced the
+party, each one in person, according to his rank or standing, as the
+King desired. A sort of _conversazione_ took place there, which lasted
+for half an hour or more, in which I was called upon to explain their
+weapons, costumes, &c., and which seemed to afford great amusement to
+the royal personages assembled around and amongst us, who were--their
+Majesties the _King_ and the _Queen_, the _Duchess of Orleans_ and
+_Count de Paris_, the _Princess Adelaide_, the _Prince_ and _Princess
+de Joinville_, the _Duke_ and _Duchess d'Aumale_, and his _Royal
+Highness_ the _Duke de Brabant_.
+
+His Majesty in the most free and familiar manner (which showed that he
+had been accustomed to the modes and feelings of Indians) conversed
+with the chiefs, and said to Jeffrey, "Tell these good fellows that
+I am glad to see them; that I have been in many of the wigwams of the
+Indians in America when I was a young man, and they treated me every
+where kindly, and I love them for it.--Tell them I was amongst the
+Senecas near Buffalo, and the Oneidas--that I slept in the wigwams of
+the chiefs--that I was amongst the Shawnees and Delawares on the Ohio;
+and also amongst the Cherokees and Creeks in Georgia and Tennessee, and
+saw many other tribes as I descended the Ohio river the whole length,
+and also the Mississippi to New Orleans, in a small boat, more than
+fifty years ago." This made the Indians stare, and the women, by a
+custom of their country, placed their hands over their mouths, as they
+issued groans of surprise.
+
+"Tell them also, Jeffrey, that I am pleased to see their wives and
+little children they have with them here, and glad also to show them
+my family, who are now nearly all around me. Tell them, Jeffrey, that
+_this_ is the Queen; _this lady_ is my sister; _these_ are two of my
+sons, with their wives; and _these little lads_ [the _Count de Paris_
+and the _Duc de Brabant_] are my grandsons; _this one_, if he lives,
+will be King of the Belgians, and _that one_ King of the French."
+
+  [Illustration: N^o. 15.]
+
+The King then took from his pocket two large gold medals with his
+own portrait in relief on one side of them, and told me he wished to
+present them to the two chiefs with his own hand, and wished Jeffrey
+to explain to them, that after presenting them in that way, he wished
+them to hand them back to him that he might have a proper inscription
+engraved on them, when he would return them, and silver medals of
+equal size to each of the others, with their names engraved upon them.
+After the medals were thus presented and returned, the War-chief took
+out from under his robe the beautiful pipe which he had prepared,
+and advancing towards the King, and holding it with both hands, bent
+forward and laid it down at his Majesty's feet as a present. Having
+done so he reached down, and taking it up, placed it in his Majesty's
+hand (Plate No. 15), and then, assuming his proud attitude of the
+orator, addressed their Majesties in these words:--
+
+  "Great Father and Great Mother,--the Great Spirit, to whom we have
+  a long time prayed for an interview with you, kindly listens to our
+  words to-day and hears what we say. Great Father, you have made to
+  us to-day rich presents, and I rise to return thanks to you for
+  the chief and his warriors and braves who are present; but, before
+  all, it is necessary that we should thank the Great Spirit who has
+  inspired your heart and your hand thus to honour us this day.
+
+  "Great Father, we shall bear these presents to our country and
+  instruct our children to pronounce the name of him who gave them.
+
+  "Great Father, when the Indians have anything to say to a great
+  chief, they are in the habit of making some present before they
+  begin. My chief has ordered me to place in your hands this pipe and
+  these strings of wampum as a testimony of the pleasure we have felt
+  in being admitted this day into the presence of your Majesty.
+
+  "My Great Father and my Great Mother, you see us this day as we are
+  seen in our country with our red skins and our coarse clothes. This
+  day for _you_ is like all other days; for _us_ it is a great day--so
+  great a day that our eyes are blinded with the lustre of it.
+
+  "Great Father, the chief, myself, and our warriors have for a long
+  time had the desire to come and see the French people, and our Great
+  Father the President of the United States has given us permission
+  to cross the Great Lake. We desired to see the Great Chief of this
+  country, and we now thank the Great Spirit for having allowed us to
+  shake the hand of the Great Chief in his own wigwam.
+
+  "Great Father, we are happy to tell you that when we arrived in
+  England, we had much joy in meeting our old friend Mr. Catlin, who
+  has lived amongst us and whom we are happy to have here, as he can
+  tell you who we are.
+
+  "Great Father and Great Mother, we will pray to the Great Spirit to
+  preserve your precious lives; we will pray also that we may return
+  safe to our own village, that we may tell to our children and to our
+  young men what we have seen this day.
+
+  "My Parents, I have no more to say."
+
+When the War-chief had finished his speech, the King told Jeffrey to
+say that he felt very great pleasure in having seen them, and he hoped
+that the Great Spirit would guide them safe home to their country, to
+their wives and little children.
+
+The King and Royal Family then took leave; and as they were departing,
+some one of them being attracted to the Indian drum which Jeffrey
+had brought in his hand, and had left upon the floor in another part
+of the room, and inquiring what it was, was told that it was their
+_drum_ which they had brought with them, supposing it possible they
+might be called upon to give a dance. This information overtook the
+King, and he said, "By all means; call the Queen:" and in a few moments
+the august assembly were all back to witness the dance, for which
+purpose all parties moved to the _Salle du Bal_. Their Majesties and
+the ladies were seated, and the Indians all seating themselves in the
+middle of the floor, commenced moderately singing and beating the drum,
+preparatory to the Eagle Dance, in which they were in a few moments
+engaged.
+
+During this novel and exciting scene, her Majesty desired me to stand
+by the side of her to explain the meaning of all its features, which
+seemed to astonish and amuse her very much.
+
+The Doctor led off first in the character (as he called it) of a
+soaring eagle, sounding his eagle whistle, which he carried in his left
+hand, with his fan of the eagle's tail, while he was brandishing his
+lance in the other.
+
+At the first pause he instantly stopped, and, in the attitude
+of an orator, made his boast of an instance where he killed an
+enemy in single combat, and took his scalp. The Little Wolf, and
+_Wash-ka-mon-ya_, and others, then sprang upon their feet, and sounding
+their chattering whistles,[38] and brandishing their polished weapons,
+gave an indescribable wildness and spirit to the scene. When the
+dance was finished, the Indians had the pleasure of receiving their
+Majesties' applause, by the violent clapping of their hands, and
+afterwards by expressions of their pleasure and admiration, conveyed to
+them through the interpreter.
+
+[38] An ingenious whistle made to imitate the chattering of the soaring
+eagle, and used in the eagle dance.
+
+This was exceedingly gratifying to the poor fellows, who were now
+seated upon the floor to rest a moment previous to commencing with the
+war-dance, for which they were preparing their weapons, and in which
+the Little Wolf was to take the lead. For this, as the drum beat, he
+threw aside his buffalo robe and sprang upon the floor, brandishing his
+tomahawk and shield, and sounding the frightful war-whoop, which called
+his warriors up around him. Nothing could have been more thrilling or
+picturesque than the scene at that moment presented of this huge and
+terrible-looking warrior, frowning death and destruction on his brow,
+as he brandished the very weapons he had used in deadly combat, and, in
+his jumps and sudden starts, seemed threatening with instant use again!
+The floors and ceilings of the Palace shook with the weight of their
+steps, and its long halls echoed and vibrated the shrill-sounding notes
+of the war-whoop. (Plate No. 16.)
+
+In the midst of this dance, the Little Wolf suddenly brandished
+his tomahawk over the heads of his comrades, and, ordering them to
+stop, advanced towards the King, and boasting in the most violent
+exclamations of the manner in which he had killed and scalped a Pawnee
+warrior, placed in his Majesty's hands his _tomahawk_ and the _whip_
+which was attached to his wrist, and then said,--
+
+  "My Great Father, you have heard me say that with that _tomahawk_ I
+  have killed a Pawnee warrior, one of the enemies of my tribe; the
+  blade of that tomahawk is still covered with his blood, which you
+  will see. That whip is the same with which I whipped my horse on that
+  occasion.
+
+  "My Father, since I have come into this country I have learned
+  that peace is better than war, and I '_bury the tomahawk_' in your
+  hands--I fight no more."
+
+His Majesty deigned graciously to accept the arms thus presented, after
+having cordially shaken the hand of the Ioway brave.
+
+Their Majesties and attendants then withdrew, taking leave of the
+Indians in the most gracious and condescending manner, expressing their
+thanks for the amusement they had afforded them, and their anxiety for
+their welfare, directing them to be shown into the various apartments
+of the palace, and then to be conducted to a table of wine and other
+refreshments prepared for them.
+
+We were now in charge of an officer of the household, who politely led
+us through the various magnificent halls of the Palace, explaining
+every thing as we passed, and at length introduced us into a room with
+a long table spread and groaning under its load of the luxuries of
+the season, and its abundance of the "_Queen's chickabobboo_." These
+were subjects that required no explanations; and all being seated,
+each one evinced his familiarity with them by the readiness with which
+he went to work. The healths of the King and the Queen were drank,
+and also of the Count de Paris, and the rest of the Royal family. The
+_chickabobboo_ they pronounced "first-rate;" and another bottle being
+poured it was drank off, and we took our carriages, and, after a drive
+of an hour or so about the city, were landed again in our comparatively
+humble, but very comfortable, apartments.
+
+The party returning from the Tuileries found their dinner coming
+up, and little was said until it was over, and they had drank their
+_chickabobboo_, and seated themselves upon their buffalo robes, which
+were spread upon the floor, and lighted the pipe. I have before said
+that the pipe is almost indispensable with Indians, where there is to
+be any exertion of the mind in private conversation or public speaking,
+and that generally but one pipe is used, even in a numerous company,
+each one drawing a few whiffs through it, and passing it on into the
+hands of his next neighbour.
+
+In this manner they were now seated, and passing the pipe around as I
+came in, and took a seat with them. They were all quite merry at the
+moment by trying to sound the "_Vive le Roi!_" which I had taught them
+at the King's table when they were drinking his Majesty's health. It
+puzzled them very much, but the adept Jim took it directly, and as the
+rest found he had got it they seemed quite satisfied, thinking most
+probably that they could learn it at their pleasure.
+
+  [Illustration: N^o. 16.]
+
+"Well, Jim," said I, "what do you think of the King, Louis Philippe?"
+He reached for the pipe, and taking a puff or two handed it to the
+Doctor, and rolling over on to his back, and drawing up his knees,
+said, "I think he is a great man and a very good man. I believe he is a
+much greater chief than the Queen of England, and that he governs his
+people much better, because we don't see so many poor people in the
+streets--we think that his people all have enough to eat. His wigwam
+is very grand and very bright, and his _chickabobboo_ the best that
+we have had. We did not see the King with his fine dress on, but as
+his servants all around him were beautifully dressed, like gentlemen,
+we know that the King and Queen must look very elegant when they are
+in full dress. We saw the King's two sons, and he told us that his
+grandson was to be the King when he dies--now we don't understand
+this!" It seemed that his teacher, Daniel, had overlooked the _doctrine
+of descents_ during their close investigations of the statistics and
+politics of England, and the poor fellow was yet quite in the dark
+to know "how a grandson (a mere child) would be taken in case of the
+King's death, instead of one of his sons, either of whom he said he
+thought would make a very good king if he would take a trip for a year
+or two, as his father did, on the Mississippi and Missouri, amongst
+the different tribes of Indians." This was considered a pretty clever
+thing for Jim to say, and it raised a laugh amongst the Indians; he
+was encouraged to go on, and turned his conversation upon the gold and
+silver medals, with which he was very much pleased. They were delighted
+with the idea that the King's portrait was on one side, and that he
+was to have their names engraved on the other; and they were not less
+delighted when I told them that the gentleman who had come in with me
+and was now sitting by my side, had come from the King to bear them
+some other token of his Majesty's attachment to them. The object of
+his visit being thus made known to them, he turned out into the lap
+of the chief 500 francs to be divided according to their custom. This
+of course put a stop to conversations about descents and Palaces,
+&c., for the time, and all went to counting until it was divided into
+thirteen parcels, one of which for the interpreter. Jeffrey, however,
+very kindly surrendered his share, and insisted that they should divide
+it all amongst themselves. It was accordingly made into twelve parcels,
+each one, old and young, taking an equal share, according to the Indian
+mode of dividing in all the tribes I have visited.
+
+The War-chief rose and addressed the young man who was commissioned to
+bear the present to them:--
+
+  "My Friend, we have seen your King (our Great Father) this day, and
+  our hearts were made glad that we were allowed to see his face. We
+  now receive the token of his friendship which he has sent through
+  your hands, and our hearts are again glad. ('_How, how, how!_')
+
+  "My Friend, we wish you to say to the King, our Great Father, that we
+  are thankful for his kindness, and that we shall pray that the Great
+  Spirit may be kind to him and his children.
+
+  "My Friend, we are all much obliged to you, and we shall be glad to
+  offer you the pipe with us. ('_How, how, how!_')"
+
+The pipe was passed a few times around, with some further anecdotes
+of their visit to the palace, when the messenger arose and took leave
+of them. In counting the money, Jim had lost his attitude, so there
+was little more of the sentimental from him, as the conversation was
+running upon the King's bounty, rather than his greatness, or the
+splendour of things they had seen during the day. From the liberal
+additions to their private purse while in Dublin, and by what they
+were now receiving, they were beginning to feel a little purse proud.
+Jim was talking of having a _brick house_ to live in when he got home,
+and the Doctor of heading a war party to go against the _Ojibbeways_.
+The War-chief told him he had better pay his debts first, and that he
+had slain enough in his own tribe, without going amongst his enemies
+for the purpose. The _Little Wolf_ was going to get money enough to
+buy thirty horses, and lead a war party against his old enemies, the
+_Pawnees_; but Mr. Melody reminded him that he was to go to war no
+more, as he had "buried the tomahawk in his Majesty's hands."
+
+Thus musing and moralizing on the events of the day, I left them to
+their conversation and their pipe, to attend, myself, where my presence
+was necessary, in arranging my collection, and preparing my rooms for
+their exhibitions. In this I had a real task--a scene of vexation and
+delay that I should wish never to go through again, and of which a
+brief account may be of service to any one of my countrymen who may be
+going to Paris to open a public exhibition; at least, my hints will
+enable him, if he pays attention to them, to begin at the right time,
+and at the right end of what he has got to do, and to do it to the best
+advantage.
+
+His first step is, for any exhibition whatever, to make his application
+to the Prefect of Police for his licence, which is in all cases
+doubtful, and in all cases also is sure to require two or three weeks
+for his petition to pass the slow routine of the various offices and
+hands which it must go through. If it be for any exhibition that can
+be construed into an interference with the twenty or thirty theatre
+licences, it may as well not be applied for or thought of, for they
+will shut it up if opened.
+
+It is also necessary to arrange in time with the overseer of the poor,
+whether he is to take one-eighth or one-fifth of the receipts for the
+hospitals--for the _hospice_, as he is termed, is placed at the door
+of all exhibitions in Paris, who carries off one-eighth or one-fifth
+of the daily receipts every night. It is necessary also, if catalogues
+are to be sold in the rooms, to lodge one of them at least two weeks
+before the exhibition is to open in the hands of the Commissaire de
+Police, that it may pass through the office of the Prefect, and twenty
+other officers' hands, to be read, and duly decided that there is
+nothing revolutionary in it; and then to sell them, or to give them
+away (all the same), it is necessary for the person who is to sell, and
+who alone _can_ sell them, to apply personally to the Commissaire de
+Police, and make oath that he was born in France, to give his age and
+address, &c., &c., before he can take the part that is assigned him.
+It is then necessary, when the exhibition is announced, to wait until
+seven or eight guards and police, with muskets and bayonets fixed,
+enter and unbar the doors, and open them for the public's admission.
+It is necessary to submit to their friendly care during every day of
+the exhibition, and to pay each one his wages at night, when they lock
+up the rooms and put out the lights. In all this, however, though
+expensive, there is one redeeming feature. These numbers of armed
+police, at their posts, in front of the door, and in the passage, as
+well as in the exhibition rooms, give respectability to its appearance,
+and preserve the strictest order and quiet amongst the company, and
+keep a constant and vigilant eye to the protection of property. During
+the time I was engaged in settling these tedious preliminaries, and
+getting my rooms prepared for their exhibition, the Indians were
+taking their daily rides, and getting a passing glimpse of most of the
+out-door scenes of Paris. They were admitting parties of distinguished
+visitors, who were calling upon them, and occasionally leaving them
+liberal presents, and passing their evenings upon their buffalo skins,
+handing around the never-tiring pipe, and talking about the King, and
+their medals, and curious things they had seen as they had been riding
+through the streets. The thing which as yet amused the Doctor the most
+was the great number of women they saw in the streets leading dogs with
+ribbons and strings. He said he thought they liked their dogs better
+than they did their little children. In London, he said he had seen
+some little dogs leading their masters, who were blind, and in Paris
+they began to think the first day they rode out that one half of the
+Paris women were blind, but that they had a great laugh when they found
+that their eyes were wide open, and that instead of their dogs leading
+them, they were leading their dogs. The Doctor seemed puzzled about the
+custom of the women leading so many dogs, and although he did not in
+any direct way censure them for doing it, it seemed to perplex him,
+and he would sit and smile and talk about it for hours together. He
+and Jim had, at first, supposed, after they found that the ladies were
+not blind, that they cooked and ate them, but they were soon corrected
+in this notion, and always after remained at a loss to know what they
+could do with them.
+
+On one of their drives, the Doctor and Jim, supplied with a pencil and
+a piece of paper, had amused themselves by counting, from both sides
+of the omnibus, the number of women they passed, leading dogs in the
+street, and thus made some amusement with their list when they got
+home. They had been absent near an hour, and driving through many of
+the principal streets of the city, and their list stood thus:--
+
+      Women leading one little dog                      432
+      Women leading two little dogs                      71
+      Women leading three little dogs                     5
+      Women with big dogs following (no string)          80
+      Women carrying little dogs                         20
+      Women with little dogs in carriages                31
+
+The poor fellows insisted on it that the above was a correct account,
+and Jim, in his droll way (but I have no doubt quite honestly), said
+that "It was not a very good day either."
+
+I was almost disposed to question the correctness of their estimate,
+until I took it into my head to make a similar one, in a walk I was one
+day taking, from the Place Madeleine, through a part of the Boulevard,
+Rue St. Honore, and Rue Rivoli, and a turn in the garden of the
+Tuileries. I saw so many that I lost my reckoning, when I was actually
+not a vast way from the list they gave me as above, and quite able to
+believe that their record was near to the truth. While the amusement
+was going on about the ladies and the little dogs, Daniel, who had
+already seen many more of the sights of Paris than I had, told the
+Indians that there was a _Dog Hospital_ and a _Dog Market_ in Paris,
+both of them curious places, and well worth their seeing. This amused
+the Doctor and Jim very much. The Doctor did not care for the _Dog
+Market_, but the _Hospital_ he _must_ see. He thought the hospital
+must be a very necessary thing, as there were such vast numbers; and
+he thought it would be a good thing to have an hospital for their
+mistresses also. Jim thought more of the market, and must see it in a
+day or two, for it was about the time that they should give a feast of
+thanksgiving, and "a _Dog Feast_ was always the most acceptable to the
+Great Spirit." It was thus agreed all around, that they should make a
+visit in a few days to the Dog Market and the Dog Hospital.
+
+Jim got Daniel to enter the above list in his book as a very
+interesting record, and ordered him to leave a blank space underneath
+it, in order to record any thing else they might learn about dogs while
+in Paris.
+
+Poor Jim! he was at this time deeply lamenting the loss of the pleasure
+he had just commenced to draw from the 'Times' newspaper, for which he
+had become a subscriber, and his old and amusing friend 'Punch,' which
+Daniel had been in the habit of entertaining them with, and which he
+had been obliged to relinquish on leaving England. His friend Daniel,
+however, who was sure always to be by him, particularly at a late hour
+in the evenings, relieved him from his trouble by telling him that
+there was an English paper printed in Paris every day, 'Galignani's
+Messenger,' which republished nearly all the murders, and rapes, and
+robberies, &c. from the 'Times;' and also, which would make it doubly
+interesting, those which were daily occurring in Paris. Jim was now
+built up again, and as he could already read a few words was the envied
+of all the party. He was learning with Daniel and Jeffrey a few words
+in French also, to which the others had not aspired; he, could say
+quite distinctly "_vive le roi_;" he knew that "_bon jour_" was "good
+morning," or "how do do?" that "_bon_" was "good," that "_mauvais_" was
+"bad," and that "very sick" was "_bien malade_." He requested Daniel to
+get Galignani's paper daily for him, for which he and the Doctor had
+agreed to pay equal shares. He seemed now quite happy in the opinion
+that his prospects for civilization were again upon a proper footing,
+and the old Doctor, who profited equally by all of Daniel's readings,
+was delighted to lend his purse to share in the expense. Daniel at
+this moment pulled the last number of Galignani out of his pocket,
+the first sight of which pleased them very much, and after reading
+several extracts of _horrid murders_, _highway robberies_, &c., from the
+'Times,' he came across a little thing that amused them,--the great
+number and length of the names of the little Prince of Wales, which he
+read over thus:--
+
+(The author regrets very much that he took no memorandum of this, but
+refers the reader to the London papers for it.)
+
+There was a hearty laugh by the whole troop when Daniel got through,
+but when Mr. Melody repeated the name of a poor fellow who used to
+dress deer skins for a living in the vicinity of _St. Louis_, they
+all laughed still more heartily, and _Chippehola_ set in and laughed
+also. He had forgotten a part of this poor fellow's name, but as
+far as he recollected of his sign board, it ran thus:--"_Haunus,
+hubbard, lubbard, lamberd, lunk, vandunk, Peter, Jacobus, Lockamore,
+Lavendolph_, dresses deer skins of all animals, and in all ways, alum
+dressed."
+
+Such was a part of the gossip of an evening, while my days were
+occupied in preparing my rooms for the admission of the public.
+During this delay, one of the gentlemen who visited the Indians most
+frequently, as his native countrymen, was Mr. W. Costar, formerly of
+New York, but now living in Paris, and whose kind lady invited the
+whole party to dine at her house.
+
+The Indians had expressed the greatest pleasure at meeting this
+American gentleman in Paris, as if they claimed a sort of kindred to
+him, and met the invitation as one of great kindness, and the interview
+as one in which they were to feel much pleasure. They were particularly
+careful in dressing and preparing for it, and when ready, and the time
+had arrived, Mr. Melody and I accompanied them to this gentleman's
+house, where a most sumptuous dinner was served, and besides his
+accomplished lady and lovely daughters, there were several ladies of
+distinction and of title, seated, to complete the honours that were to
+be paid to the Indians.
+
+It was a matter of great surprise to all the fashionable guests who
+were present, that those rude people from the wilderness, used to take
+their meals from the ground, were so perfectly composed and so much at
+ease at the table, and managed so well with the knife and fork, and
+even so gracefully smiled over their glasses of wine when a lady or a
+gentleman proposed the health of any one. Just before we had finished
+our dessert, a number of fashionable ladies, the Countess of L----,
+the Baron and Baroness de G----, and several others who had begun to
+assemble for the evening soiree, arrived, and were ushered into the
+dining room, where they had the curiosity of seeing the Indians as they
+were seated in all their trinkets and ranged around the table; and from
+the lips of all escaped the instant exclamations of, "Bless me! what a
+fine and noble-looking set of men they are! How much at ease they seem!
+Why, those are polished gentlemen," &c. &c.
+
+From the dinner table they were invited to the salon, where a large
+party had gathered, who were delighted with the wild and picturesque
+appearance of the "Peaux Rouges."
+
+The Indians saw some fine dancing and waltzing, and heard some splendid
+playing on the piano, and singing.
+
+The Doctor's complete fascination by the playing and singing of a
+beautiful young lady was so conspicuous as to become the principal
+event of the evening, and after he had stood and smiled upon her in
+profound admiration during her fourth or fifth song, he _amused_
+many of the party, and _shocked_ others, by the extraordinary and
+unexpected, though perfectly just remark, that "her voice was as soft
+and sweet as that of a wolf!"
+
+This startling compliment I must leave for the estimates of the world,
+mentioning only the two facts, that the Doctor's _totem_ (or _arms_)
+is the wolf; and that in my travels in the prairies of America I have
+often thought that the soft, and plaintive, and silvery tones of the
+howling prairie wolf oftentimes surpassed in sweetness the powers of
+the human voice.
+
+M. Vattemare, in his kind endeavours to promote the interest of the
+Indians, and that of myself, had obtained an invitation from the
+Members of the Royal Academy of Sciences for the Indians to visit
+them at one of their sittings, which was a great honour; but the poor
+Indians left Paris without ever having been able to learn how or in
+what way that honour arrived. Messrs. Melody and Vattemare and myself
+accompanied the whole party to their rooms, and, being ushered and
+squeezed and pushed into a dense crowd of gentlemen, all standing,
+and where the Indians were not even offered a seat, they were gazed
+and scowled at, their heads and arms felt, their looks and capacities
+criticised like those of wild beasts, without being asked a question,
+or thanked for the kindness of coming, and where they were offered not
+even a glass of cold water. The Indians and ourselves were thus eyed
+and elbowed about in this crowd for half an hour, from which we were
+all glad to escape, deciding that it was entirely too scientific for
+us, and a style of politeness that we were not perhaps sufficiently
+acquainted with duly to appreciate.
+
+The various conjectures about the objects of this visit were raised
+after we got home, and they were as curious as they were numerous. The
+Indians had reflected upon it with evident surprise, and repeatedly
+inquired of M. Vattemare and myself for what purpose we had taken them
+there. M. Vattemare told them that these were the greatest scientific
+men of the kingdom. This they did not understand, and he then, to
+explain, said they were the great _medicine men_, the learned doctors,
+&c. They then took the hint a little better, and decided alarm with it,
+for they said they recollected to have seen in some of their faces,
+while examining their heads and arms, decided expressions of anxiety
+to dissect their limbs and bones, which they now felt quite sure would
+be the case if any of them should die while in Paris. The War-chief,
+who seldom had much to say while speaking of the events of the day,
+very gravely observed on this occasion, that "he had been decidedly
+displeased, and the chief also, but it would be best to say no more
+about it, though if any of the party got sick, to take great care what
+physicians were called to visit them."
+
+M. Vattemare, in his kind interest for all parties, here exerted his
+influence to a little further degree, and persuaded the Indians to
+believe that those distinguished men, the great philosopher M. Arago
+and others, who were present, would be their warmest friends, but that
+with these transcendently great and wise men, their minds and all their
+time were so engrossed with their profound studies, that they had no
+time or desire to practise politeness; that they were the eyes which
+the public used, to look deep into and through all things strange or
+new that came to Paris; and that the public were after that, polite and
+civil, in proportion as those learned men should decide that they ought
+or ought not to be.
+
+Jim here took a whiff or two on his pipe, and, turning over on his back
+and drawing up his knees and clasping his hands across his stomach
+(Plate No. 17), said--
+
+  "We know very well that the King and the Queen and all the royal
+  family are pleased with us, and are our friends, and if that is not
+  enough to make us respected we had better go home. We believe that
+  the King is a much greater man, and a much _better_ man, than any of
+  those we saw there, and better than the whole of them put together.
+  We know that there are many kind people in this great city who will
+  be glad to shake our hands in friendship, and there are others who
+  would like to get our skins, and we think that we saw some such
+  there to-day. We met some kind people yesterday, where we went to
+  dine--we love those people and do not fear them. If we should get
+  sick they would be kind to us, and we think much more of that kind
+  lady and gentleman than we do of all the great doctors we have seen
+  this day--we hope not to see them any more. This is the wish of the
+  chiefs, and of our wives and little children, who are all alarmed
+  about them."
+
+This finished the conversation for the present about the learned
+society, though the impression was one of a most unfavourable kind on
+their minds, and was a long time in wearing away.
+
+  [Illustration: N^o. 17.]
+
+The time had at length arrived for the opening of my collection and
+the commencement of the illustrations of the Indians. It had been for
+some days announced, and the hour had approached. The visitors were
+admitted into the rooms where my numerous collection of 600 paintings
+and some thousands of articles of Indian manufactures were subjects
+of new and curious interest to examine until the audience were mostly
+assembled, when, at a signal, the Indians all entered the room from an
+adjoining apartment, advancing to and mounting the platform, in Indian
+file, in full dress and paint, and armed and equipped as if for a
+battle-field. They sounded the war-whoop as they came in, and nothing
+could exceed the thrill of excitement that ran through the crowd in
+every part of the Hall. There was a rush to see who should get nearest
+to the platform, and be enabled most closely to scan _"les Sauvages
+horribles," "les Peaux Rouges," ou "les nouvelles Diables a Paris."_
+
+The chief led the party as they entered the room, and, having ascended
+the platform, erected the flag of his tribe in the centre, and in a
+moment the party were all seated around it, and lighting their pipe
+to take a smoke, whilst I was introducing them and their wives to
+the audience. This having been done in as brief a time as possible,
+they finished their pipe and commenced their amusements in Paris by
+giving the _discovery-dance_. This curious mode forms a part and the
+commencement of the war-dance, and is generally led off by one of the
+War-chiefs, who dances forward alone, pretending to be skulking and
+hunting for the track of his enemy, and when he discovers it he beckons
+on his warriors, who steal into the dance behind him, and follow him
+up as he advances, and pretends at length to discover the enemy in the
+distance, ordering all to be ready for the attack.
+
+The Doctor was the one who opened the _bal_ on this occasion, and it
+was a proud and important moment for him: not that the fate of nations
+unborn, or the success of their enterprise, depended upon the event,
+but what to him was perhaps as high an incentive--that his standing
+with the ladies of Paris would probably be regulated for the whole
+time they should be there by the sensation he should make at the first
+dash. He therefore put on his most confident smile as he went into
+the dance: as he tilted about and pointed out the track where his
+enemy had gone, he made signs that the enemy had passed by, and then,
+beckoning up his warriors, pointed him out amongst a group of beautiful
+ladies who had taken an elevated and conspicuous position in front.
+He sounded the war-whoop, and all echoed it as he pointed towards the
+ladies, who screamed, and leapt from their seats, as the Indians'
+weapons were drawn! Here was an excitement begun, and the old Doctor
+smiled as he turned his head and his weapons in other directions, and
+proceeded with the dance. At the end of its first part their feet all
+came to a simultaneous stop, when the Doctor advanced to the front
+of the platform, and, brandishing his spear over the heads of the
+audience, made the most tremendous boast of the manner in which he took
+a prisoner in a battle with the Pawnees, and drove him home before his
+horse rather than take his life: he then plunged into the most agitated
+dance alone, and acting out the whole features of his battle in time to
+the song and beating of the drum; and at the close, rounds of applause
+awaited him in every part of the crowd. These the Doctor received with
+so complaisant a smile of satisfaction, as he bowed his head gracefully
+inclined on one side, that another and another burst of applause, and
+another bow and smile, followed; satisfying him that the path was
+cleared before him. He then shook his rattle of deer's hoofs, and,
+summoning his warriors, they all united in finishing with full and wild
+effect this spirited dance. Though in the midst of a dancing country,
+their mode of dancing was quite new, and was evidently calculated to
+amuse, from the immense applause that was given them at the end of
+their first effort.
+
+The dancers had now all taken their seats, except the Doctor, who was
+lingering on his feet, and had passed his spear into his left hand,
+evidently preparing to push his advantage a little further with the
+ladies, by making a speech, as soon as silence should be sufficiently
+restored to enable him to be heard. This little delay might or might
+not have been a fortunate occurrence for the Doctor, for it afforded
+Jim an opportunity to remind him how much he had lost by his last
+two or three speeches, which so completely put him out, that he sat
+down, apparently well pleased and satisfied with what he had already
+accomplished.
+
+My kind friend M. Vattemare, who had now become a great favourite of
+the Indians, went forward, and offered them his hand to encourage them,
+assuring them of the great pleasure the audience were taking, and
+encouraging them to go on with all the spirit they could, as there were
+some of the most distinguished people of Paris present--the Minister
+of the Interior and his lady, the Prefet de Police, several foreign
+ambassadors, and a number of the editors of the leading journals, who
+were taking notes, and would speak about them in the papers the next
+morning.
+
+The _eagle-dance_ was now announced to the audience as the next
+amusement; and after a brief description of it, the _Little Wolf_
+sprang upon his feet, and sounding his eagle whistle, and shaking the
+eagle's tail in his left hand, while he brandished his tomahawk in his
+right, he commenced. His fellow-warriors were soon engaged with him,
+and all excited to the determination to make "a hit." As after the
+first, they were complimented by rounds of applause, and sat down to
+their pipe with peculiar satisfaction. The War-chief took the first few
+whiffs upon it, and, rising, advanced to the front of the platform,
+and in the most dignified and graceful attitude that the orator could
+assume, extended his right hand over the heads of the audience, and
+said--
+
+  "My Friends,--It gives us great pleasure to see so many pleasant
+  faces before us to-night, and to learn from your applause that you
+  are amused with our dances. We are but children; we live in the
+  woods, and are ignorant, and you see us here as the Great Spirit made
+  us; and our dances are not like the dances of the French people, whom
+  we have been told dance the best of any people in the world. ('_How,
+  how, how!_' and immense applause.)
+
+  "My Friends,--We come here not to teach you to dance--(a roar of
+  applause and laughter)--we come here not to teach you anything, for
+  you are a great deal wiser than we, but to show you how we red people
+  look and act in the wilderness, and we shall be glad some nights to
+  go and see how the French people dance. (Great applause and '_How,
+  how, how!_')
+
+  "My Friends,--We are happy that the Great Spirit has kept us alive
+  and well, and that we have been allowed to see the face of our Great
+  Father your King. We saw him and your good Queen, and the little boy
+  who will be king, and they all treated us with kind hearts, and we
+  feel thankful for it. ('_How, how, how!_')
+
+  "My Friends,--We have crossed two oceans to come here, and we have
+  seen no village so beautiful as Paris. London, where the _Saganoshes_
+  live, is a large village, but their wigwams are not so beautiful as
+  those in Paris, and in their streets there are too many people who
+  seem to be very poor and hungry. ('_How, how, how!_')
+
+  "My Friends,--I have no more to say at present, only, that, when my
+  young men have finished their dances, we shall be glad to shake hands
+  with you all, if you desire it." ("_How, how, how!_")
+
+The old man resumed his seat and his pipe amidst a din of applause; and
+at this moment several trinkets and pieces of money were tossed upon
+the platform from various parts of the room.
+
+After the eagle-dance they strung their bows, and, slinging their
+quivers upon their backs, commenced shooting at the target for prizes.
+The hall in which their dances were given was so immensely large that
+they had a range of 150 feet to throw their arrows at their targets,
+which formed by no means the least amusing and exciting part of their
+exhibitions. Their ball-sticks were also taken in hand, and the ball,
+and their mode of catching and throwing it, beautifully illustrated.
+After this, and another dance, a general shake of the hands took place,
+and a promenade of the Indians through the vast space occupied by my
+collection. They retired from the rooms and the crowd in fine glee,
+having made their _debut_ in Paris, about which they had had great
+anxiety, somebody having told them that the French people would not be
+pleased with their dancing, as they danced so well themselves.
+
+The Indians being gone, _I_ became the lion, and was asked for in every
+part of the rooms. The visitors were now examining my numerous works,
+and all wanted to see me. My friend M. Vattemare was by my side, and
+kindly presented me to many gentlemen of the press, and others of his
+acquaintance, in the rooms. There were so many who said they were
+waiting "for the honour," &c., that I was kept until a very late hour
+before I could leave the room.
+
+There were a number of fellow-artists present, who took pleasure in
+complimenting me for the manner in which my paintings were executed;
+and many others for my perseverance and philanthropy in having
+laboured thus to preserve the memorials of these dying people. I was
+complimented on all sides, and bowed, and was bowed to, and invited
+by cards and addresses left for me. So _I_ went home, as well as the
+Indians, elated with the pleasing conviction that _mine_ was a "hit,"
+as well as _theirs_.
+
+The leading journals of the next day were liberal in their comments
+upon the Indians and my collection, pronouncing my labours of great
+interest and value, and the exhibition altogether one of the most
+extraordinary interest ever opened in Paris, and advising all the world
+to see it.[39] Thus were we started in the way of business after the
+first night's exhibition, and that after remaining there just one month
+before we could meet and pass all the necessary forms and get quite
+ready.
+
+  [39] See critical notices of the French Press, Appendix to vol. i.
+       p. 239.
+
+
+
+
+                             CHAPTER XXVI.
+
+  Indians at Madame Greene's party--Their ideas of waltzing--The
+     Doctor's admiration of the young ladies--The King's fete,
+     first of May--Indians in the Palace--Royal Family in the
+     balcony--Grand and sublime scene on the river--Indians in a
+     crowd of nobility in the Duc d'Aumale's apartments--Messenger
+     to Indians' apartments with gold and silver medals--Medals
+     to the women and children--Consequent difficulties--Visit
+     to the Hospital of Invalids--Place Concorde--Column of
+     Luxor--The fountains--Visit to the Triumphal Arch--Jim's
+     description of an ugly woman--Victor Hugo--Madame Georges
+     Sands--Indians visit the Louvre--M. de Cailleux--Baron de
+     Humboldt--Illness of the wife of Little Wolf--A phrenologist
+     visits the Indians--The phrenologist's head examined--Two
+     Catholic priests visit the Indians--Indians visit the Garden
+     of Plants--Alarm of the birds and animals--The "poor prisoner
+     buffalo"--Visit to the _Salle aux Vins_--Astonishment
+     of the Indians--The war-whoop--_Chickabobboo_--Cafes
+     explained--Indians visit _Pere la Chaise_--A great funeral--A
+     speech over the grave--Hired mourners--Visit the _School
+     of Medicine_--and "_Dupuytren's Room_"--Excitement of the
+     Doctor--Visit to the _Foundling Hospital_--Astonishment and
+     pity of the Indians--Entries in Jim's note-book, and Doctor's
+     remarks--Visit the _Guillotine_--Indians' ideas of _hanging_
+     in England, and _beheading_ in France--Curious debate--Visit
+     to the _Dog Market_--Jim's purchase and difficulty--The _Dog
+     Hospital_--Alarm of the "petites malades"--Retreat--_Bobasheela_
+     arrives from London--Great rejoicing--Jim's comments on the
+     Frenchwomen--The _little foundlings_ and the _little dogs_.
+
+
+Having thus commenced upon our operations in the Salle Valentino,
+it was thought best to change the lodgings of the Indians to some
+point more near to the place of their exhibitions, and rooms were at
+length procured for them in the same building with their hall, and
+communicating with it. To these apartments they were removed, and
+arrangements were made for two open carriages to drive them an hour
+each day for their recreation and amusement. By this arrangement we
+had the sights of Paris before us, and easily within our reach, to
+be visited at our leisure. Our exhibitions were given each night from
+eight to ten, and each afternoon from one to three o'clock; so that
+they had the mornings for sight-seeing, and their evenings, from ten to
+twelve, to visit the theatres or parties, whenever they were invited
+and felt disposed to attend.
+
+The first evening-party they were invited to attend in Paris was that
+of the lady of _Mr. Greene_, the American banker. They were there
+ushered into a brilliant blaze of lamps, of beauty, and fashion,
+composed chiefly of Americans, to whom they felt the peculiar
+attachment of countrymen, though of a different complexion, and
+anywhere else than across the Atlantic would have been strangers to.
+
+They were received with great kindness by this polite and excellent
+lady and her daughters, and made many pleasing acquaintances in her
+house. The old Doctor had luckily dressed out his head with his red
+crest, and left at home his huge head-dress of horns and eagles'
+quills, which would have been exceedingly unhandy in a _squeeze_, and
+subjected him to curious remarks amongst the ladies. He had loaded
+on all his wampum and other ornaments, and smiled away the hours
+in perfect happiness, as he was fanning himself with the tail of a
+war-eagle, and bowing his head to the young and beautiful ladies who
+were helping him to lemonade and _blanc-mange_, and to the young men
+who were inviting him to the table to take an occasional glass of the
+"_Queen's chickabobboo_." Their heavy buffalo robes were distressing to
+them (said the Doctor) in the great heat of the rooms, "but then, as
+the ladies were afraid of getting paint on their dresses, they did not
+squeeze so hard against us as they did against the other people in the
+room, so we did not get so hot as we might have been."
+
+It amused the Doctor and Jim very much to see the gentlemen take the
+ladies by the waist when they were dancing with them, probably never
+having seen waltzing before. They were pleased also, as the Doctor
+said, with "the manner in which the ladies showed their beautiful
+white necks and arms, but they saw several that they thought had better
+been covered." "The many nice and sweet and frothy little things that
+the ladies gave them in tea-saucers to eat, with little spoons, were
+too sweet, and they did not like them much; and in coming away they
+were sorry they could not find the good lady to thank her, the crowd
+was so great; but the _chickabobboo_ (champagne), which was very good,
+was close to the door, and a young man with yellow hair and moustaches
+kept pouring it out until they were afraid, if they drank any more,
+some of the poor fellows who were dancing so hard would get none."
+
+The scene they witnessed that night was truly very brilliant, and
+afforded them theme for a number of pipes of gossip after they got home.
+
+It has been said, and very correctly, that there is no end to the
+amusements of Paris, and to the Indians, to whose sight every thing was
+new and curious, the term, no doubt, more aptly applied than to the
+rest of the world. Of those never-ending sights there was one now at
+hand which was promising them and "all the world" a fund of amusement,
+and the poor fellows were impatient for its arrival. This splendid and
+all-exciting affair was the King's fete on the 1st of May, his birthday
+as some style it, though it is not exactly such, it is the day fixed
+upon as the annual celebration of his birth. This was, of course, a
+holiday to the Indians, as well as for everybody else, and I resolved
+to spend the greater part of it with them.
+
+Through the aid of some friends I had procured an order to admit the
+party of Indians into the apartments of the Duke d'Aumale in the
+Tuileries, to witness the grand concert in front of the Palace, and
+to see the magnificent fireworks and illumination on the Seine at
+night. We had the best possible position assigned us in the wing of
+the Palace, overlooking the river in both directions, up and down,
+bringing all the bridges of the Seine, the Deputies, and Invalides,
+and other public buildings, which were illuminated, directly under our
+eyes. During the day, Mr. Melody, and Jeffrey, and Daniel had taken,
+as they called it, "a grand drive," to inspect the various places of
+amusement, and the immense concourse of people assembled in them. Of
+these, the Barrieres, the Champs Elysees, &c., they were obliged to
+take but a passing glance, for to have undertaken to stop and to mix
+with the dense crowds assembled in them would have been dangerous, even
+to their lives, from the masses of people who would have crowded upon
+them. The Indians themselves were very sagacious on this point, and
+always judiciously kept at a reasonable distance on such occasions.
+It was amusement enough for them during the day to ride rapidly about
+and through the streets, anticipating the pleasure they were to have
+in the evening, and taking a distant view from their carriages, of
+the exciting emulation of the _May-pole_, and a glance at the tops of
+the thousand booths, and "flying ships," and "merry-go-rounds" of the
+Champs Elysees.
+
+At six o'clock we took our carriages and drove to the Tuileries, and,
+being conducted to the splendid apartments of the Duke d'Aumale, who
+was then absent from Paris, we had there, from the windows looking down
+upon the Seine and over the Quartier St. Germain, and the windows in
+front, looking over the garden of the Tuileries and Place Concorde, the
+most general and comprehensive view that was to be had from any point
+that could have been selected. Under our eyes in front, the immense
+area of the garden of the Tuileries was packed with human beings,
+forming but one black and dotted mass of some hundreds of thousands
+who were gathered to listen to the magnificent orchestra of music,
+and to see and salute with "Vive le Roi!" "Vive la Reine!" and "Vive
+le Comte de Paris!" the Royal Family as they appeared in the balcony.
+Though it appeared as if every part of the gardens was filled, there
+was still a black and moving mass pouring through Rue Rivoli, Rue
+Castiglione, Rue Royale, and Place Concorde, all concentrating in the
+garden of the Tuileries. This countless mass of human beings continued
+to gather until the hour when their Majesties entered the balcony, and
+then, all hats off, there was a shout as vast and incomputable as the
+mass itself of "Vive le Roi!--Vive le Roi!--Vive la Reine!--Vive le
+Comte de Paris!" The King then, with his chapeau in his hand, bowed to
+the audience in various directions; so did her Majesty the Queen and
+the little Comte de Paris. The band then struck up the national air,
+and played several pieces, while the Royal Family were seated in the
+balcony, and the last golden rays of the sun, that was going behind
+the Arc de Triomphe, was shining in their faces. Their Majesties then
+retired as the twilight was commencing, and the vast crowd began to
+move in the direction of the Seine, the Terrace, and Place Concorde, to
+witness the grand scene of illumination and "feu d'artifice" that was
+preparing on the river.
+
+As the daylight disappeared, the artificial light commenced to display
+its various characters, and the Indians began to wonder. This scene was
+to be entirely new to them, and the reader can imagine better than I
+can explain what was their astonishment when the King's signal rocket
+was fired from the Tuileries, and in the next moment the whole river,
+as it were, in a blaze of liquid fire, and the heavens burst asunder
+with all their luminaries falling in a chaos of flames and sparkling
+fire to the earth! The incessant roar and flash of cannons lining the
+shore of the river, and the explosion of rockets in the air, with the
+dense columns of white, and yellow, and blue, and blood-red smoke,
+that were rising from the bed of the river, and all reflected upon the
+surface of the water, heightened the grandeur of its effect, and helped
+to make it unlike anything on earth, save what we might imagine to
+transpire in and over the deep and yawning crater of a huge volcano in
+the midst of its midnight eruption.
+
+This wonderful scene lasted for half an hour, and when the last flash
+died away, all eyes like our own seemed to turn away from the smoking
+desolation that seemed to be left below, and the dense mass was
+dividing and pouring off in streams through the various streets and
+avenues, some seeking their homes with their little children, and
+hundreds of thousands of others, to revel away the night amidst the
+brilliant illuminations and innocent amusements of the Champs Elysees.
+
+We turned our eyes at that moment from the scene, and, in turning
+around, found ourselves blockaded by a phalanx of officers in gold lace
+and cocked hats, and ladies, attaches of the royal household, Deputies,
+Peers of France, and other distinguished guests of the Royal Family,
+who had been viewing the scene from other windows of the Palace, and
+had now gathered in our rooms to look at "_les Peaux Rouges_." My good
+friend M. Vattemare was present on this occasion, and of great service
+to us all, as there were in this crowd the incumbents of several high
+offices under the Crown, and others of distinction with whom he was
+acquainted, and to whom he introduced us all, converting the rooms and
+the crowd in a little time into a splendid soiree, where conversation
+and refreshments soon made all easy and quite happy.
+
+The servants of the Duke's household conducted us into the several
+apartments, explaining the paintings and other works of art, and
+also took us into the Duke's bedchamber, where were the portraits of
+himself and the Duchess, and others of the Royal Family. There was, we
+learned, in another part of the Palace, a grand _bal_ on that evening,
+and that accounted for the constant crowds of fashionable ladies and
+gentlemen who were pouring into our apartments, and who would have
+continued to do so in all probability for the greater part of the night
+had we not taken up the line of march, endeavouring to make our way
+to our carriages on our way home. This was for some time exceedingly
+difficult, as we had a succession of rooms and halls to pass through
+before we reached the top of the staircase, all of which were filled
+with a dense mass of ladies and gentlemen, who had got information
+that the Ioway Indians were in the Duke's apartments, and were then
+making their way there to get a peep at them. We crowded and squeezed
+through this mass as well as we could, and were all laughing at Jim's
+remarks as we passed along. He thought the people had all left the
+King and Queen to see the Indians. "Come see Ingins" (said he in
+English) "at Salle Valentino--see em dance--better go back, see King,
+see Queen--Ingins no good." Mr. Melody gave the poor fellow the first
+idea that his words were thrown away, as these people were all French,
+and did not understand English; so Jim said, "I spose em no buy Bible
+then?" and began to whistle. We soon descended the grand escalier,
+and, taking our carriages, were in a few minutes entering the Indians'
+apartments in Salle Valentino.
+
+Jim got home a little provoked, as the Doctor was showing a very
+handsome eyeglass which had been presented to him: two or three of
+the women had also received presents in money and trinkets, but Jim's
+wife, as well as himself, was amongst the neglected or overlooked. He
+then took out of his pouch and throwing it down upon the table one of
+his beautiful gilt bound little Bibles, and said, "Me no sell em."
+"Did you try, Jim?" "Yes, me try em, but me no sell em--folks call em
+_Onglaise_. Onglaise no good, I guess, I no sell em." Poor Jim! he
+looked quite chapfallen at the moment, and much more so when Daniel
+afterwards told him that he ought to have had an auction or other sale
+of his Bibles before he left England, for the French didn't care much
+about Bibles, and if they did they wouldn't buy his, for they were in
+the English language, which they could not read. Jim's regrets were
+now very great, to think they had so little oversight as to come away
+without thinking to make some conversion of them into ready cash.
+Daniel told him, however, that he thought there would be nothing lost
+on them, as they would sell better in America than they would have sold
+in England, and he had better pack them away until they went home.
+
+The conversation running upon Bibles, Jim was asked, as there was
+some sympathy expressed for him, how many he and his wife had, to
+which he replied, "I no know--I guess a heap." It was in a few moments
+ascertained more correctly from his wife, who had the immediate charge
+of them, that they had twenty-eight, and the account soon returned from
+the whole party, that in all they had received about 120 since they
+arrived in England.
+
+They took their suppers, which were ready when they got back, and their
+_chickabobboo_ (vin rouge) with their pipe, and engaged M. Vattemare
+for some time to explain the meaning of the many beautiful decorations
+they had seen worn on the breasts and shoulders of the officers they
+had met in the palace. The explanations of these things pleased
+them very much: as to the fireworks, they said that was such great
+_medicine_ to them, that they did not care about talking on the subject
+until they had taken more time to think.
+
+Just as M. Vattemare and I were about to leave the room, I found Jim
+and the Doctor interrogating Daniel about the "big guns that spoke
+so loud: they thought they must have very large mouths to speak so
+strong," and were anxious to see them. Daniel told them that those
+which made the loudest noise were at the Hospital of the Invalides, and
+it was then agreed that they should go there the next day to see them.
+
+Jim said they had all been delighted at what Daniel read in his paper
+about their going before the King and Queen, and that he must be sure
+to bring the paper at an early hour the next morning, to let them hear
+what was said about the Indians being in the palace the second time,
+and in the rooms of the Duke, to see the fireworks.
+
+The rest of their evening was taken up in "thinking" on what they had
+seen, and the next morning, as he had promised, Daniel came in with the
+paper and read a long account of the amusements of the day and evening,
+and also of the hundreds of thousands in the crowd who moved along in
+front of the Duke d'Aumale's apartments to look at the Indians, in
+preference to look at the King and the Queen. It was decided (as he
+read) that the crowd was much more dense and remained at a much later
+hour in front of that wing of the palace than in front of the balcony,
+where the Royal Family and the orchestra of music were. This pleased
+them all very much; and after their breakfasts, while they were yet in
+this cheerful train of feelings, the young man who had brought them the
+money from the King made his appearance, and I was instantly sent for.
+On arriving I was informed by him that he had come from his Majesty
+with the gold and silver medals, to be presented in his Majesty's name
+to each one individually. This announced, the Indians of course put all
+other occupations aside, and, being all seated on the floor, at the
+request of the chief, the medals were called out by the inscriptions on
+them and presented accordingly. The first presented was a gold medal to
+White Cloud, the chief: the inscription on the back of it read thus:--
+
+           "Donne a _Mu-hu-she-kaw_, par le Roi: 1845."
+
+The next presented was to the War-chief--a gold medal of equal size,
+and inscription in the same form. Silver medals, of equal size with
+inscriptions, were then presented to all the warriors and women and
+children. This last part of the list, women and children, seemed to
+startle them a little. The idea of women and children receiving medals
+was entirely new to them, and put them quite at a stand. There was no
+alternative but to take them, and be thankful for them; but it seemed
+curious enough to them--a subject not to be named, however, until
+the messenger had departed with their thanks to his Majesty for his
+kindness. This was done by the War-chief, and the gentleman departed.
+
+The old Doctor and _Wa-ton-ye_, the two unmarried men of the
+party, were the only ones who seemed to show anything like decided
+dissatisfaction in their faces, though Jim and Little Wolf were
+fumbling theirs over in their fingers, evidently in a struggle of
+feeling whether to be dissatisfied or not. The Little Wolf was a
+warrior of decided note, who had taken several scalps, and his
+wife had never taken one, and yet her medal was equal to his own;
+however, by the operation he had got two medals instead of one. Jim
+felt a little touched, and, though never having done much more in war
+than his squaw had, was preparing to make a great harangue on the
+occasion, and even rolled over on his back, and drew up his knees,
+for the purpose, but, taking the shining metal from his wife's hands,
+and placing it by the side of his own, he thought they would form a
+beautiful ornament, both hanging together, symbolic of an affectionate
+husband and wife, and he was silent. The poor old Doctor, though, who
+had taken _one prisoner_ certain, and _possibly_ some scalps, and (as
+the old War-chief had one day told him) undoubtedly "many lives," who
+could only dangle one medal (having no wife), and that one no better
+than those given to the women and children, lost all traces of the
+complaisant smiles that had shone on his face a little time before,
+and, rising suddenly up, and wrapping his robe around him, he found his
+way to the house-top, where he stood in silent gaze upon the chimneys
+and tiles, more suited to the meditations that were running through his
+troubled mind. _Wa-ton-ye_, in the mean time, with smothered feelings
+that no one ever heard vent given to, hung his with its tri-coloured
+ribbon upon a nail in the wall just over his head, and, drawing his
+buffalo robe quite over him, hid his face, and went to sleep.
+
+White Cloud and the War-chief sat during the while, with their families
+hanging about their shoulders and knees, well pleased, and smiling upon
+the brightness of his Majesty's familiar features in shining gold, as
+they turned their medals around in various lights. Theirs were of a
+more precious metal, and each, from the number of his family with him,
+became the owner of _three_, instead of _one_, over which the poor
+Doctor was yet pondering on the house-top, as he stood looking off
+towards the mountains and prairies.
+
+When their carriages were at the door, to make their visit to the
+_Hopital des Invalides_, as promised the night before, the Doctor was
+unwilling to break the charm of his contemplations, and _Wa-ton-ye_
+could not be waked, and the rest drove off in good cheer and delight.
+They hung their medals on their necks, suspended by their tri-coloured
+ribbons, the meaning of which having been explained to them, and they
+were soon at the mouths of the huge cannon, whose "big mouths" had
+"spoken so loudly" the night before.
+
+After taking a good look at them, and getting something of their
+curious history, they entered that wonderful and most noble
+institution, an honour to the name of its founder and to the country
+that loves and upholds it, the _Hospital_ of _Invalids_. Nothing on
+earth could have struck these people as more curious and interesting
+(a race of warriors themselves) than this institution, with its
+3800 venerable inmates, the living victims of battles, wounded,
+crippled, fed, and clothed, and made happy, the living evidences of
+the human slaughter that must have taken place in the scenes they had
+been through. If this scene convinced them of the destructiveness
+of civilized modes of warfare, it taught them an useful lesson of
+civilized sympathy for those who are the unfortunate victims of war and
+carnage.
+
+The moral that was drawn from this day's visit was an important one
+to them, and I took the opportunity, and many others afterwards, to
+impress it upon their minds. It pleased them to hear that these old
+veterans, with one leg and one arm, were the very men who were chosen
+to come to the big guns, and fire them off, on the day of the King's
+fete--the same guns that they fought around, and over, when they were
+taking them from the enemies.
+
+Returning from the "_Invalides_," our carriages were stopped in Place
+Concorde for a view of the beautiful fountains playing, which pleased
+and astonished them, as they do all foreigners who pass. The Egyptian
+obelisk column of Luxor, of seventy-two feet, in one solid piece of
+granite, and brought from Egypt to Paris, was shown and explained to
+them, and our carriage driven to the ground where the _guillotine_ had
+stood on which the blood of Kings and Queens had been shed, and where
+the father of Louis Philippe was beheaded. These extraordinary and
+almost incredible facts of history, and that so recent, filled their
+minds with amazement, and almost with incredulity. Our drive that day
+was continued through the broad avenue of the Champs Elysees to the
+_triumphal arch_ at the Barriere d'Etoile, and our view from the top of
+it was one of the finest they thought in the world. We were not quite
+as high as when we were on the tower of the York cathedral, but the
+scene around us was far more picturesque and enchanting.
+
+When we returned we found the old Doctor and _Wa-ton-ye_ seated upon
+their buffalo robes, and playing at cards, quite in good humour, and
+their medals put away, as if nothing had happened to put them out. They
+were much amused at the descriptions of what the others had seen, and
+particularly so at Jim's description of an ugly woman he saw on top of
+the Arc de Triomphe, and who followed him around, he said, and looked
+him in the face until he was frightened. Here the Doctor, who had been
+out of humour, and was disposed to be a little severe on Jim, replied
+that "it was laughable for such an ill-looking, big-mouthed fellow as
+him to be talking about any one's ill looks, and to be alarmed at any
+one's ugliness, looking out over such a set of features as he had on
+the lower part of his face." Jim, however, having two medals, took but
+little notice of the Doctor's severity, but proceeded to tell about
+the ugly woman he saw. He said, "her eyes had all the time two white
+rings clear around them, and the end of her nose turning up, as if she
+had always smelled something bad, had pulled her upper-lip up so high
+that she could not shut her mouth or cover her teeth. She had two great
+rows of teeth, and there was black all between them, as if a charge of
+gunpowder had gone off in her mouth, and her skin was as white as snow,
+excepting on her cheeks, and there it was quite red, like a rose."
+
+"Stop, stop, Jim," said I, "let me write that down before you go any
+further."
+
+But this was all. He said he could not bear to look at her, and
+therefore he did not examine her any further. He also made some fun
+about two English ladies, who were up there when they were on the Arc
+de Triomphe. He said, "he had sat down by the side of the railing with
+his wife, where these ladies came to them. One of them asked if they
+could speak English, to which he made no reply, but shook his head. He
+said they had a great many things to say about him, and one of them
+wanted to feel his face (his chin, he supposed), to see if he had any
+beard; and when she did not find any, she said something which he did
+not understand, but he said it tickled them very much, and then he said
+she put her hand on his shoulder, which was naked, and took hold of
+his arm, and said several things, about which they had a great deal of
+laugh, which he understood, and which he would not like to mention, for
+his wife did not understand them, and he did not wish her to know what
+they were laughing about."
+
+The hour having approached for their afternoon's exhibition, the
+conversation was here broken off. I was, however, obliged to delay
+a few minutes for some account they wished me to give them of the
+guillotine, which I had spoken of while in the Place Concorde. I
+briefly described it to them, and they all expressed a wish to go some
+day and see it, and I promised to take them.
+
+The exhibition in the afternoon was attended by many more fashionable
+ladies and gentlemen than that of the evening; and so many carriages
+driving up to the door, in a pleasant day, was always sure to put the
+Doctor into the best of humour, and generally, when he was in such
+a mood, there would be wit and drollery enough in him, and his good
+friend Jim, to influence the whole group. They were usually in good
+spirits, and, when so, were sure to please; and thus were they on that,
+the first of their morning's entertainments; and it happened luckily,
+for we had in the rooms some of the most fashionable and literary
+personages of Paris--amongst these, the famous writers, _Victor Hugo_,
+_Madame Georges Sands_, and several others, to whom the Indians and
+myself were personally introduced.
+
+The old Doctor was told by M. Vattemare, who was again there, to do
+his best, and all did their parts admirably well, and much to the
+astonishment of the ladies, several of which old dames I found had
+really supposed, until now, that the "_sauvages_" were little more
+than wild beasts. After the Indians had finished their amusements and
+retired from the rooms, _I_ was left _lion_ again and "lord of all the
+visitors were now surveying." Then it was that _my_ embarrassment came,
+losing in a great measure the pleasure that I could have drawn from the
+society of such persons who came to praise, by not speaking the French
+language.
+
+However, I had generally the benefit of my friend M. Vattemare or
+others around me ready to help me through the difficulty. It gave me
+daily pleasure to find that my works were highly applauded by the
+press, as well as by personal expressions in the room, and in all the
+grades of society to which I was then being invited.
+
+Our second evening soon approached, and we found the hall fashionably
+filled again, and of course the Indians, though in a strange country,
+in good spirits and gratified, as their very appearance while entering
+the room got them rounds of applause. After their exhibition was over
+in the usual way I got _my_ applause, and so our mutual efforts were
+daily and nightly made to instruct and amuse the Parisians, which I
+shall always flatter myself we did to a considerable extent.
+
+While our exhibitions were now in such a train, we were studying how to
+make the most valuable use of our extra time, by seeing the sights of
+Paris and its environs.
+
+The _Louvre_ was one of the first objects of our attention; and having
+procured an order from the Director to visit it on a private day, we
+took an early hour and made our entry into it. We were received by
+the Director with kindness, and he conducted the party the whole way
+through the different galleries, pointing out and explaining to them
+and to us the leading and most interesting things in it.
+
+The Director, M. de Cailleux, had invited several of his distinguished
+friends to meet him on the occasion, and it was to them, as well as
+to us, interesting to see the Indians under such circumstances, where
+there was so much to attract their attention and calculated to surprise
+them. M. Vattemare was with us on this occasion, and of very great
+service in his introductions and interpretations for us. Amongst the
+distinguished persons who were present, and to whom I was introduced
+on the occasion, was the Baron de Humboldt. He accompanied us quite
+through the rooms of the Louvre, and took a great deal of interest in
+the Indians, having seen and dealt with so many in the course of his
+travels. I had much conversation with him, and in a few days after was
+honoured by him with a private visit to my rooms, when I took great
+pleasure in explaining the extent and objects of my collection.
+
+The view of the Louvre was a great treat to the Indians, who had had
+but little opportunity before of seeing works of art. In London we
+thought we had showed them all the sights, but had entirely forgotten
+the exhibitions of paintings; and I believe the poor fellows had been
+led to think, before they saw the Louvre, that mine was the greatest
+collection of paintings in the world. They had a great deal of talk
+about it when they got home and had lit their pipe. The one great
+objection they raised to it was, that "it was too long--there were too
+many things to be seen; so many that they said they had forgotten all
+the first before they got through, and they couldn't think of them
+again." There was one impression they got while there, however--that no
+length of room or number of pictures would easily eradicate from their
+memories, the immense number of marks of bullets on the columns of the
+portico, and even inside of the building, shot through the windows in
+the time of the Revolution of July. This appalling scene was described
+to them on the spot by M. Vattemare, which opened their eyes to an
+historical fact quite new to them, and of which they soon taxed him and
+me for some further account.
+
+The poor fellows at this time were beginning to sympathize with the
+noble fellow the Little Wolf, whose wife had been for some weeks
+growing ill, and was now evidently declining with symptoms of quick
+consumption. The buoyant spirits of the good and gallant fellow seemed
+to be giving way to apprehensions; and although he joined in the
+amusements, he seemed at times dejected and unhappy. There were days
+when her symptoms seemed alarming, and then she would rally and be
+in the room again in all the finery of her dress and trinkets, but
+was evidently gradually losing strength and flesh, and decided by her
+physician to be in a rapid decline. She was about this time advised to
+keep to her chamber and away from the excitement of the exhibition and
+sight-seeing, in which the rest of the party were daily engaged.
+
+By this time the Ioways had made so much noise in Paris that they
+were engaging the attention of the scientific, the religious, and the
+ethnologic, as well as the mere curious part of the world, and daily
+and almost hourly applications were being made to Mr. Melody and myself
+for private interviews with them for the above purposes. We were
+disposed to afford every facility in our power in such cases, but in
+all instances left the Indians to decide who they would and who they
+would not see.
+
+Amongst those applicants there was a phrenologist, who had been
+thrusting himself into their acquaintance as much as possible in their
+exhibition rooms, and repeatedly soliciting permission to go to their
+private rooms to make some scientific examinations and estimates of
+their heads, to which the Indians had objected, not understanding the
+meaning or object of his designs. He had become very importunate
+however, and, having brought them a number of presents at different
+times, it was agreed at Mr. Melody's suggestion, one day, as the
+quickest way of getting rid of him, that he should be allowed to come
+up. We conversed with the Indians, and assured them that there was
+not the slightest chance of harm, or witchcraft, or anything of the
+kind about it, and they agreed to let him come in. They had a hearty
+laugh when he came in, at Jim's wit, who said to him, though in Indian
+language that he didn't understand, "If you will shut the door now,
+you will be the ugliest-looking man in the whole room." This was not,
+of course, translated to the phrenologist, who proceeded with his
+examinations, and commenced on Jim's head first. Jim felt a little
+afraid, and considerably embarrassed also, being the first one called
+upon to undergo an operation which he knew so little about, or what
+was to be the result of. Stout, and warlike, and courageous as he was,
+he trembled at the thought of a thing that he could not yet in the
+least appreciate, and all were looking on and laughing at him for his
+embarrassment. The phrenologist proceeded, feeling for the bumps around
+his head, and, stopping once in a while to make his mental deductions,
+would then run his fingers along again. Jim's courage began to rally
+a little, seeing that there was to be nothing more than that sort of
+manipulation, and he relieved himself vastly by turning a little of his
+wit upon the operator, for a thing that looked to him so exceedingly
+ridiculous and absurd, by telling him "I don't think you'll find any
+in my head; we Indians shave a great part of our hair off, and we keep
+so much oil in the rest of it, that they won't live there: you will
+find much more in white men's heads, who don't oil their hair." This
+set the whole party and all of us in a roar, and Jim's head shook so
+as to embarrass the operator for a little time. When he got through,
+and entered his estimates in his book, Jim asked him "if he found
+anything in his head?" to which he replied in the affirmative. Placing
+his fingers on "_self-esteem_," he said there was great fulness there.
+"Well," said Jim, "I'm much obliged to you: I'll set my wife to look
+there by and by. And now," said Jim, "take the old Doctor here: his
+head is full of em." By this time Jim's jokes had got us all into a
+roar of laughter, and the Doctor was in the chair, and Jim looking on
+to see what he could discover. White Cloud thought Jim had cracked his
+jokes long enough, and as they had all laughed at them, he considered
+it most respectful now to let the man go through with it. So he
+finished with the Doctor and then with White Cloud and the War-chief,
+and when he came to the women they positively declined.
+
+Jim, having been rebuked for laughing too much, had stopped suddenly,
+and, instantly resolving to try his jokes upon the poor man in another
+mood, assumed, as he easily could, the most treacherous and assassin
+look that the human face can put on, and asked the phrenologist if he
+was done, to which he replied "Yes." "Now," said Jim, "we have all
+waited upon you and given you a fair chance, and I now want you to
+sit down a minute and let me examine _your_ head;" at the same time
+drawing his long scalping knife out from his belt, and wiping its blade
+as he laid it in a chair by the side of him. The phrenologist, having
+instantly consented, and just taking possession of the chair as he was
+drawing his knife out, could not well do otherwise than sit still for
+Jim's operations, though he was evidently in a greater trepidation than
+he had put Jim into by the first experiment that was made. Jim took the
+requisite time in his manipulations to crack a few jokes more among
+his fellow Indians upon the quackery of his patient, and then to let
+him up, telling him, for the amusement of those around, that "his face
+looked very pale" (which by the way was the case), "and that he found
+his head very full of them."
+
+The phrenologist was a good-natured sort of man, and, only partially
+understanding their jokes, was delighted to get off with what he had
+learned, without losing his scalp-lock, which it would seem as if he
+had apprehended at one moment to have been in some danger. As he was
+leaving the room, Daniel came in, announcing that there were two
+Catholic clergymen in the room below, where they had been waiting half
+an hour to have some talk with the Indians. "Let them up," says Jim;
+"I will make a speech to them:" at which the old Doctor sprang up.
+"There," said he, "there's my robe; lay down quick." The Doctor's wit
+raised a great laugh, but, when a moment had blown it away, Mr. Melody
+asked the chief what was his wish, whether to see them or not. "Oh
+yes," said he (but rather painfully, and with a sigh); "yes, let them
+come in: we are in a strange country, and we don't wish to make any
+enemies: let them come up." They were then conducted up and spent half
+an hour in pleasant conversation with the chiefs, without questioning
+them about their religion, or urging their own religion upon them. This
+pleased the Indians very much, and, finding them such pleasant and
+social good-natured men, they felt almost reluctant to part company
+with them. Each of them left a handsome Bible as presents, and took
+affectionate leave.
+
+After they had left, the Indians had much talk about them, and were
+then led to think of "the good people," the Friends, they had seen so
+many of in England and Ireland, and asked me if they should find any of
+them in Paris. I told them I thought they would not, at which they were
+evidently very much disappointed.
+
+One of the next sight-seeing expeditions was to the _Jardin des
+Plantes_, to which our old friend M. Vattemare accompanied us. The
+animals here, from a difference of training, or other cause, were not
+quite so much alarmed as they were in the menagerie in London; but when
+the doctor breathed out the silvery notes of his howling _totem_, the
+wolf at once answered him in a remote part of the garden. Jim imitated
+the wild goose, and was answered in an instant by a cackling flock of
+them. The panthers hissed, and the hyaenas were in great distress, and
+the monkeys also: the eagles chattered and bolted against the sides
+of their cages, and the parrots lost their voices by squalling, and
+many of their feathers by fluttering, when the Indians came within
+their sight. They pitied the poor old and jaded buffalo, as they did in
+London, he looked so broken-spirited and desolate; and also the deer
+and the elks; but the bears they said didn't seem to care much about
+it. They were far more delighted with the skins of animals, reptiles,
+and fishes in the museum of natural history; and I must say that _I_
+was also, considering it the finest collection I ever have seen.
+
+The garden of plants was amusement enough for an hour or so, and then
+to the _Halle aux Vins_ in the immediate neighbourhood. This grand
+magazine of _chickabobboo_ has been described by many writers, and
+no doubt seen by many who read, but few have seen the expression of
+amazement upon the brows of a party of wild Indians from the forest
+of America, while their eyes were running over the vast and almost
+boundless lines of 800,000 casks of wine under one roof, and heard the
+piercing war-whoop echoing and vibrating through their long avenues,
+raised at the startling information that 20,000,000 of gallons of this
+are annually drawn out of this to be drunk in the city of Paris; and
+few of those who heard it knew whether it was raised to set the wine
+running, or as a note of exultation that they had found a greater
+fountain of _chickabobboo_ than the brewery they were in, in London.
+However true the latter was, the first was supposed to have been the
+design, and it must needs have its effect. A few bottles, in kindness
+and hospitality cracked, cooled all parched and parching lips, and our
+faithful timepieces told us our engagement with the public was at hand,
+and we laid our course again for the _Salle Valentino_.
+
+"Oh! what a glorious country," said Jim, as we were rolling along;
+"there's nothing like that in London: the _chickabobboo_ is better
+here, and there's more of it too." Poor ignorant fellow! he was not
+aware that the brewery they saw in London was only one of some dozens,
+and that the wine in all those casks they had just seen was not quite
+as delicious as that with which his lips had just been moistened.
+
+With their recollections dwelling on the scenes they had witnessed in
+London, they were naturally drawing comparisons as they were wending
+their way back; and they had in this mood taken it into their heads
+that there were no gin-shops in Paris, as they could see none, which
+was quite mysterious to them, until I explained to them the nature of
+the cafes, the splendid open shops they were every moment passing,
+glittering with gold and looking-glasses. They were surprised to learn
+that the delicious poison was dealt out in these neat "palaces," but
+which they had not known or suspected the meaning of. They admitted
+their surprise, and at once decided that "they liked the free, and
+open, and elegant appearance of them much better than those in London,
+where they are all shut up in front with great and gloomy doors, to
+prevent people from looking into them, as if they were ashamed."
+
+The cemetery of Pere la Chaise was next to be seen as soon as there
+should be a fine day: that day arrived, and half an hour's drive landed
+us at its entrance.
+
+This wonderful place has been described by many travellers, and
+therefore needs but a passing notice here. This wilderness of tombs,
+of houses or boxes of the dead, thrown and jumbled together amidst
+its gloomy cypress groves and thickets, is perhaps one of the most
+extraordinary scenes of the kind in the world: beautiful in some
+respects, and absurd and ridiculous in others, it is still one of
+the wonders of Paris, and all who see the one must needs visit the
+other. The scene was one peculiarly calculated to excite and please
+the Indians. The wild and gloomy and almost endless labyrinths of
+the little mansions of the dead were pleasing contrasts to their
+imprisonment within the dry and heated walls of the city; the varied
+and endless designs that recorded the places and the deeds of the dead
+were themes of amusement to them, and the subject altogether one that
+filled their minds with awe, and with admiration of the people who
+treated their dead with so much respect.
+
+We wandered for an hour through its intricate mazes of cypress,
+examining the tombs of the rich and the poor so closely and curiously
+grouped together--a type, even in the solitudes of death, of the great
+Babylon in which their days had been numbered and spent. Whilst we
+were strolling through the endless mazes of this _sub-rosa_ city, we
+met an immense concourse of people, evidently bearing the body of some
+distinguished person to the grave. The pompous display of mourning
+feathers and fringes, &c., with hired mourners, was matter of some
+surprise to the Indians; but when a friend of the deceased stepped
+forward to pronounce an eulogium on his character, recounting his many
+virtues and heroic deeds, it reminded the Indians forcibly of the
+custom of their own country, and they all said they liked to see that.
+
+We took them to the patched and vandalized tomb of Abelard and Eloisa;
+but as there was not time for so long a story, it lost its interest
+to them. They were evidently struck with amazement at the system and
+beauty of this place, and from that moment decided that they liked the
+French for the care they took of their old soldiers and the dead.
+
+The poor fellows, the Indians, who were now proceeding daily and
+nightly with their exciting and "astonishing" exhibitions, were
+becoming so confounded and confused with the unaccountable sights and
+mysteries of Paris which they were daily visiting, that they began
+to believe there was no end to the curious and astonishing works
+of civilized man; and, instead of being any longer startled with
+excitement and wonder, decided that it would be better to look at
+everything else as simple and easy to be made by those that know how,
+and therefore divested of all further curiosity. This they told me they
+had altogether resolved upon: "they had no doubt there were yet many
+strange things for them to see in Paris, and they would like to follow
+me to see them all; but they would look with their eyes only half open,
+and not trouble us with their surprise and their questions."
+
+With these views, and their eyes "half open," then, they still took
+their daily drives, and Mr. Melody or myself, in constant company,
+stopping to show them, and to see ourselves, what was yet new and
+wonderful to be seen. There was still much to be seen in Paris, and
+the poor Indians were a great way from a complete knowledge of all the
+tricks and arts of civilization.
+
+A drive to the _School of Medicine_ and the _Hopital des Enfans
+Trouves_ was enough for one morning's recreation. The first, with
+"_Dupuytren's Room_," was enough to open the old Doctor's eyes, and
+the latter, with its 6000 helpless and parentless infants added to it
+annually, sufficient to swell the orbs of Jim, and make him feel for
+his note-book. The School of Medicine, with Dupuytren's Room, forms
+one of the most surprising sights to be seen in Paris, and yet, save
+with the Doctor, there seemed to be but little interest excited by the
+sight. The Doctor's attitude was one of studied dignity and philosophic
+conceit as he stood before those wonderful preparations, not to be
+astonished, but to study as a critic, while he fanned himself with his
+eagle's tail. The expression of his face, which was the whole time
+unchanged, was one of a peculiar kind, and, as it was not sketched at
+the time, must be for ever lost.
+
+The novel and pitiful sight of the thousands of innocent little
+creatures in the Foundling Hospital seemed to open the "half-closed
+eyes" and the hearts of the Indians, notwithstanding the resolutions
+they had made. When it was explained to them how these little creatures
+came into the world, and then into this most noble institution, and
+also that in the last year there had been born in the city of Paris
+26,000 children, 9000 of whom were illegitimate, their eyes were surely
+open to the astounding facts of the vices of civilized society, and of
+the virtue of civilized governments in building and maintaining such
+noble institutions for the support of the fatherless and helpless in
+infancy, as well as for the veterans who have been maimed in the fields
+of glorious battle. When I told them that, of those thousands of little
+playful children, not one knew any other parent than the Government,
+they groaned in sympathy for them, and seemed at a loss to abhor or
+applaud the most, the sins of man that brought them into the world,
+or the kind and parental care that was taken of them by the Government
+of the country. Jim made a sure demand upon Daniel's kindness for
+the entry of these important facts, which he soon had in round and
+conspicuous numbers in his note-book, to teach to the "_cruel and
+relentless Indians_."
+
+The sentimentalism and sympathy of the poor old Doctor were touched
+almost to melancholy by this scene; and in his long and serious
+cogitations on it he very gravely inquired why the thousands of women
+leading and petting little dogs in the streets could not be induced
+to discharge their dogs, and each one take a little child and be its
+mother? He said, if he were to take a Frenchwoman for his wife, he
+would rather take her with a little child, even if it were her own,
+than take her with a little dog.
+
+The _guillotine_, which happened to be in our way, and which they had
+been promised a sight of, they thought was more like a _Mississippi
+saw-mill_ than anything else they had seen. It drew a murmur or two
+when explained to them how the victim was placed, and his head rolled
+off when the knife fell, but seemed to have little further effect
+upon them except when the actual number was mentioned to them whose
+heads are there severed from their bodies annually, for their crimes
+committed in the streets and houses of Paris. Our stay before this
+awful and bloody machine was but short, and of course their remarks
+were few, until they got home, and their dinner was swallowed, and
+their _chickabobboo_, and, reclining on their buffalo robes, the pipe
+was passing around.
+
+Their conversation was then with Daniel, who had been but the day
+before to see the very same things, and they gained much further
+information than we did, which he communicated to them. He entered
+in Jim's book, as he had desired, the numbers of the _illegitimates_
+and _foundlings_ of Paris, which seemed to be a valuable addition to
+his estimates of the blessings of civilization; and also the number
+of annual victims whose heads roll from the side of the guillotine.
+His book was then closed, and a curious discussion arose between the
+Indians and Daniel, whether the gallows, which they had seen in the
+prisons in England and Ireland, was a preferable mode of execution to
+that of the guillotine, which they had just been to see. They had no
+doubt but both of them, or, at least, that one or the other of them
+was absolutely necessary in the civilized world; but the question was,
+which was the best. Daniel contended that the punishment which was most
+ignominious was best, and contended for the gallows, while the Indians
+thought the guillotine was the best. They thought that death was bad
+enough, without the Government trying to add to its pang by hanging
+people up by the neck with a rope, as the Indians hang dogs. From
+this grave subject, which they did not seem to settle, as there was
+no umpire, they got upon a somewhat parallel theme, and were quite as
+seriously engaged, when I was obliged to leave them, whether it would
+be preferable to be _swallowed whole_ by a whale, or to be _chewed_.
+Daniel was referring to Scripture for some authority on this subject,
+by looking into one of Jim's Bibles, when Mr. Melody and I were
+apprised of an appointment, which prevented us from ever hearing the
+result.
+
+The next promise we had to keep with them was the one that had been
+made to take them to see the fountain of all the pretty and ugly little
+dogs and huge mastiffs they saw carried and led through the streets of
+Paris--the "_Dog Market_."
+
+The _Dog Hospital_, being _en route_, was visited first; and though
+one could scarcely imagine what there could be there that was amusing
+or droll, still the old Doctor insisted on it that it must be very
+interesting, and all resolved to go. It was even so, and on that
+particular occasion was rendered very amusing, when the Doctor entered,
+with Jim and the rest following. The squalling of "There! there!
+there!" by the frightened parrots in Cross's Zoological Gardens bore
+little comparison to the barking and yelling of "les petits pauvres
+chiens," and the screams of the old ladies--"Ne les effrayez pas,
+Messieurs, s'il vous plait! ils sont tous malades--tous malades:
+pauvres betes! pauvres betes!" It was soon perceived that the nerves
+of the poor little "malades," as well as those of the old women
+their doctors, were too much affected to stand the shock, and it was
+thought best to withdraw. The old Doctor, getting just a glance at
+the sick-wards, enough to convince him of the clean comforts these
+little patients had, and seeing that their physicians were females,
+and also that the wards were crowded with fashionable ladies looking
+and inquiring after the health of their little pets, he was quite
+reluctant to leave the establishment without going fairly in and
+making his profession known, which he had thought would, at least,
+command him some respect amongst female physicians. He had some notion
+for this purpose of going in alone, but sarcastic Jim said the whole
+fright of the poor dogs had been produced by his appearance; to which
+the Doctor replied that they only barked because Jim was coming behind
+him. However, our visit was necessarily thus short, and attention
+directed to the Dog Market, for which Jim was more eager, as he had
+a special object. This was a curiosity, to be sure, and well worth
+seeing; there was every sort of whelp and cur that could be found in
+Christendom, from the veriest minimum of dog to the stateliest mastiff
+and Newfoundland; and, at Jim and the Doctor's approach, hundreds
+of them barked and howled, many broke their strings, some laid upon
+their backs, and yelled (no doubt, if one could have understood their
+language) that they never saw before in their lives so ill-looking and
+frightful a couple, and so alarming a set as those who were following
+behind them. Jim wanted to buy, and, the business-meaning of his face
+being discovered, there were all sorts of offers made him, and every
+kind of pup protruded into his face; but the barking of dogs was such
+that no one could be heard, and then many a poor dog was knocked flat
+with a broom, or whatever was handiest, and others were choked, to stop
+their noise. No one wanted to stand the din of this canine Bedlam
+longer than was necessary for Jim to make his choice, which the poor
+fellow was endeavouring to do with the greatest despatch possible.
+His mode was rather different from the ordinary mode of testing the
+qualities he was looking for, which was by feeling of the ribs; and
+having bargained for one that he thought would fit him, the lookers-on
+were somewhat amused at his choice. He made them understand by his
+signs that they were going to eat it, when the poor woman screamed out,
+"Diable! mange pas! mange pas!--venez, venez, ma pauvre bete!"
+
+The crowd by this time was becoming so dense that it was thought
+advisable to be on the move, and off. The Doctor became exceedingly
+merry at Jim's expense, as he had come away without getting a dog for
+their Dog Feast, of which they had been for some time speaking.
+
+On their return from this day's drive, they met, to their very great
+surprise, their old friend _Bobasheela_, who had left his business
+and crossed the Channel to see them once more before they should set
+sail for America. He said he could not keep away from them long at a
+time while they were in this country, because he loved them so much.
+They were all delighted to see him, and told him he was just in time
+to attend the Dog Feast, which they were going to have the next day.
+The Doctor told him of Jim's success in buying a dog, and poor Jim was
+teazed a great deal about his failure. _Bobasheela_ told them all the
+news about England, and Jim and the Doctor had a long catalogue to
+give him of their visit to the King--of their medals--their visits to
+the great fountain of _chickabobboo_ and the _Foundling Hospital_, all
+of which he told him he had got down in his book. All this delighted
+_Bobasheela_, until they very imprudently told him that they liked
+Paris much better than London. They told him that the people in Paris
+did not teaze them so much about religion; that there were fewer
+poor people in the streets; and that as yet they had kept all their
+money, for they had seen nobody poor enough to give it to. Their
+_chickabobboo_ was very different, but it was about as good. The
+guillotine they were very well satisfied with, as they considered it
+much better to cut men's heads off than to hang them up, like dogs, by
+a rope around the neck. This, and keeping men in prison because they
+owe money, they considered were the two most cruel things they heard of
+amongst the English.
+
+_Bobasheela_ replied to them that he was delighted to hear of their
+success, and to learn that they had seen the King, an honour he should
+himself have been very proud of. He told them that he never had seen
+the King, but that, while travelling in Kentucky many years ago, he was
+close upon the heels of the King, and so near him that he slept on the
+same (not bed, but) floor in a cabin where the King had slept, with his
+feet to the fire, but a short time before. This was something quite new
+to the Indians, and, like most of _Bobasheela's_ stories of the Far
+West, pleased them exceedingly.
+
+Jim, who was a _matter-of-fact man_, more than one of fancy and
+imagination, rather sided with _Bobasheela_, and, turning to his round
+numbers last added to his book, of "9000 illegitimate children born in
+Paris in the last year," asked his friend if he could read it, to which
+he replied "Yes." "Well," said Jim, in broad English, "some _fish_
+there, I guess, ha? I no like em Frenchwomen--I no like em: no good! I
+no like em so many children, no fader!" We all saw by Jim's eye, and
+by the agitation commencing, that he had some ideas that were coming
+out, and at the instant he was turning over on to his back, and drawing
+up his knees, and evidently keeping his eyes fixed on some object on
+the ceiling of the room, not to lose the chain of his thoughts, and
+he continued (not in English, for he spoke more easily in his own
+language), "I do not like the Frenchwomen. I did not like them at
+first, when I saw them leading so many dogs. I thought then that they
+had more dogs than children, but I think otherwise now. We believe that
+those women, who we have seen leading their dogs around with strings,
+have put their children away to be raised in the great house of the
+Government, and they get these little dogs to fill their places, and to
+suck their breasts when they are full of milk."
+
+"Hut--tut--tut!" said Melody, "you ill-mannerly fellow! what are you
+about? You will blow us all up here, Jim, if you utter such sentiments
+as those. I think the French ladies the finest in the world except the
+Americans, and if they heard such ideas as those, advanced by us, they
+would soon drive us out of Paris."
+
+"Yes," said Jim (in English again), "yes, I know--I know you like
+em--may be very good, but you see I no like em!" In his decided
+dislike, Jim's excitement was too great for his ideas to flow smoothly
+any further, and Mr. Melody not disposed to push the argument, the
+subject was dropped, and preparations made for the day exhibition, the
+hour for which was at hand.
+
+
+
+
+                             CHAPTER XXVII.
+
+  _La Morgue_--The Catacombs--The Doctor's dream--Their great
+     alarm--Visit to the _Hippodrome_--Jim riding M. Franconi's
+     horse--Indians in the Woods of Boulogne--Fright of the
+     rabbits--Jim and the Doctor at the _Bal Mabille_, Champs
+     Elysees--At the _Masquerade, Grand Opera_--Their opinions
+     and criticisms on them--Frenchwomen at confession in St.
+     Roch--Doctor's ideas of it--Jim's speech--"_Industrious
+     fleas_"--Death of the wife of Little Wolf--Her
+     baptism--Husband's distress--Her funeral in the Madeleine--Her
+     burial in Montmartre--Council held--Indians resolve to return
+     to America--Preparations to depart in a few days--_Bobasheela_
+     goes to London to ship their boxes to New York--He returns,
+     and accompanies the Indians to Havre--Indians take leave of
+     _Chippehola_ (the Author)--M. Vattemare accompanies them to
+     Havre--Kindly treated by Mr. Winslow, an American gentleman, at
+     Havre--A splendid dinner, and _(Queen's) Chickabobboo_--Indians
+     embark--Taking leave of _Bobasheela_--Illness of the Author's
+     lady--His alarm and distress--Her death--Obituary--Her remains
+     embalmed and sent to New York.
+
+
+After their exhibition was over, and they had taken their dinner
+and _chickabobboo_ (at the former of which they had had the company
+of their old friend _Bobasheela_), their pipe was lit, and the
+conversation resumed about the French ladies, for whom Jim's dislike
+was daily increasing, and with his dislike, his slanderous propensity.
+He could not divest his mind of the 9000 illegitimate and abandoned
+little babies that he had seen, and the affection for dogs, which,
+instead of _exposing_, they secure with ribbons, and hold one end in
+their hands, or tie it to their apron-strings. This was a subject so
+glaring to Jim's imagination, that he was quite fluent upon it at
+a moment's warning, even when standing up or sitting, without the
+necessity of resorting to his usual and eccentric attitude. This
+facility caused him to be more lavish of his abuse, and at every
+interview in the rooms he seemed to be constantly frowning upon the
+ladies, and studying some new cause for abusing them, and drawing Mr.
+Melody and the Doctor into debates when they got back to their own
+apartments. Such was the nature of the debate he had just been waging,
+and which he had ended in his usual way, with the last word to himself,
+"I no care; me no like em."
+
+The subject was here changed, however, by Mr. Melody's reminding them
+that this day was the time they had set to visit the _Morgue_ and the
+_Catacombs_, for which an order had been procured. These had been
+the favourite themes for some days; and there had been the greatest
+impatience expressed to go and see the naked dead bodies of the
+murdered and _felo-de-ses_ daily stretched out in the one, and the
+five millions of skulls and other human bones that are laid up like
+cobhouses under great part of the city. _Bobasheela_ had described
+to them the wonders of this awful place, which he had been in on a
+former occasion, and Daniel had read descriptions from books while the
+Indians had smoked many a pipe; but when the subject was mentioned on
+this occasion, there were evident proofs instantly shown that some
+influence had produced a different effect upon their minds, and that
+they were no longer anxious to go. M. Vattemare, in speaking of the
+Catacombs a few days before, had said that about a year ago two young
+men from the West Indies came to Paris, and, getting an order to visit
+the Catacombs, entered them, and, leaving their guide, strolled so far
+away that they never got out, and never have been found, but their
+groans and cries are still often heard under different parts of the
+city. But the immediate difficulty with the Indians was a dream the
+Doctor had had the night before, and which he had been relating to
+them. He had not, he said, dreamed anything about the Catacombs, but he
+had seen _See-catch-e-wee-be_, the one-eyed wife of the "_fire-eater_"
+(a sorcerer of their tribe), who had followed his track all the way
+to the great village of the whites (London), and from that to Paris,
+where he saw her sitting on a bridge over the water; that she gave
+him a pair of new mocassins of moose-skin, and told him that the
+_Gitchee Manitou_ (the Great Spirit) had been very kind in not allowing
+him and _Wash-ka-mon-ya_ (Jim) to go under the ground in the Great
+Village of the Whites, in England, and their lives were thereby saved.
+She then went under an old woman's basket, who was selling apples,
+and disappeared. He could not understand why he should have such a
+vision as this the very night before they were to go underground to
+the Catacombs, unless it was to warn him of the catastrophe that
+might befall them if they were to make their visit there, as they had
+designed. They had smoked several pipes upon this information early
+in the morning, and the chiefs had closely questioned him and also
+consulted him as their oracle in all such cases, and had unanimously
+come to the conclusion that these were foreboding prognostications
+sufficient to decide it to be at least prudent to abandon their
+project, and thereby be sure to run no hazard.[40]
+
+  [40] The place they had escaped in the great village of the whites
+       they had been told was a Hell. It had been explained to them,
+       however, that there were several of those places in London,
+       and that they were only _imitations_ of hell, but they seemed
+       to believe that these catacombs (as there were so many
+       millions of the bones of Frenchmen gone into them) might be
+       the real hell of the pale-faces, and it was best to run no
+       risk.
+
+Mr. Melody and myself both agreed that their resolve placed them on
+the safe side at all events, and that we thought them wise in making
+it if they saw the least cause for apprehension. "They could easily
+run to the river, however, in their drive, and see the other place,
+the _Morgue_;" but that could not, on any account, be undertaken, as
+the two objects had been planned out for the same visit; and, from the
+Doctor's dream, it did not appear in the least certain in which of the
+places they were liable to incur the risk, and therefore they thought
+it best not to go to either. There was a great deal yet to see above
+ground, and quite as much as they should be able to see in the little
+time they had yet to remain there, and which would be much pleasanter
+to look at than white men's bones under ground.
+
+Their minds were filled with amazement on this wonderful subject; but
+their curiosity to see it seemed quite stifled by the Doctor's dream,
+and the subject for the present was dropped, with a remark from Jim,
+"that he was not sure but that this accounted for the white people
+digging up all the Indians' graves on the frontiers, and that their
+bones were brought here and sold." The Catacombs were thus left for
+Daniel and myself to stroll through at our leisure, and the Indians
+were contented with the sketch I made, which, with Daniel's account,
+put them in possession of the principal features of that extraordinary
+and truly shocking place.
+
+As their visit to the _Catacombs_ and the _Morgue_ was abandoned, we
+resolved to drive through the Champs Elysees and visit the woods of
+Boulogne, the favourite drive of the Parisians, and probably the most
+beautiful in the world. We had been solicited by M. Franconi, of the
+_Hippodrome_, to enter into an arrangement with him to have the Indians
+unite in his entertainments three days in the week, where their skill
+in riding and archery could be seen to great advantage, and for which
+he would be willing to offer liberal terms. He had invited us to bring
+the Indians down, at all events, to see the place; and we agreed to
+make the visit to M. Franconi on our way to the woods of Boulogne.
+The view was a private one, known only to a few of his friends, who
+were present, and his own operatic _troupe_. We were very civilly and
+politely received; and, all walking to the middle of his grand area,
+he proposed to make us the offer, on condition that the Indians were
+good riders, which I had already assured him was the case, and which
+seemed rather difficult for him to believe, as they had so little of
+civilization about them. As the best proof, however, he proposed to
+bring out a horse, and let one of them try and show what he could do.
+This we agreed to at once; and, having told the Indians before we
+started that we should make no arrangement for them there unless they
+were pleased with it and preferred it, they had decided, on entering
+the grounds, that the exercises would be too desperate and fatiguing
+to them and destructive to their clothes, and therefore not to engage
+with him. However, the horse was led into the area and placed upon the
+track for their chariot-races, which is nearly a quarter of a mile in
+circumference; and, the question being put, "Who will ride?" it was
+soon agreed that Jim should try it first. "Wal, me try em," said Jim;
+"me no ride good, but me try em little." He was already prepared, with
+his shield and quiver upon his back and his long and shining lance in
+his hand. The horse was held; though, with all its training, it was
+some time, with its two or three grooms about it, before they could get
+the frightened creature to stand steady enough for Jim to mount. In
+the first effort which they thought he was making to get on, they were
+surprised to find that he was ungirthing the saddle, which he flung
+upon the ground, and, throwing his buffalo robe across the animal's
+back and himself astride, the horse dashed off at his highest speed.
+Jim saw that the animal was used to the track, and, the course being
+clear, he leaned forward and brandished his lance, and, every time
+he came round and passed us, sounded a charge in the shrill notes
+of the war-whoop. The riding was pleasing and surprised M. Franconi
+exceedingly, and when he thought it was about time to stop he gave his
+signal for Jim to pull up, but, seeing no slack to the animal's pace,
+and Jim still brandishing his weapons in the air and sounding the
+war-whoop as he passed, he became all at once alarmed for the health
+of his horse. The Indians at this time were all in a roar of laughter,
+and the old gentleman was placing himself and his men upon the track as
+Jim came round, with uplifted arms, to try to stop the animal's speed,
+just finding at that time that Jim had rode in the true prairie style,
+without using the bridle, and which, by his neglect of it, had got out
+of his reach, when he would have used it to pull up with. Jim still
+dashed by them, brandishing his lance as they came in his way: when
+they retreated and ran to head him in another place, he there passed
+them also, and passed them and menaced them again and again as he came
+around. The alarm of the poor old gentleman for the life of his horse
+became very conspicuous, and, with additional efforts with his men,
+and a little pulling up by Jim, who had at length found the rein, the
+poor affrighted and half-dead animal was stopped, and Jim, leaping off,
+walked to the middle of the area, where we were in a group, laughing to
+the greatest excess at the fun. The poor horse was near done over, and
+led away by the grooms, M. Franconi came and merely bade us good-by,
+and was exceedingly obliged to us. Whether the poor animal died or not
+we never heard, but Jim was laid up for several days. On asking him why
+he ran the horse so hard, he said it was the horse's fault, that "it
+ran away with him the moment he was on its back--that the creature was
+frightened nearly to death; and he thought, if it preferred running,
+he resolved to give it running enough." The Doctor told him he acted
+imprudently in getting on, which had caused all the trouble. "In what
+way?" inquired Jim. "Why, by letting the animal see that ugly face of
+yours; if you had hid it till you were on, there would have been no
+trouble."
+
+We were all obliged to laugh at the Doctor's wit; and having taken
+leave of the polite old gentleman, we were seated in our carriages
+again for a drive through the woods of Boulogne.
+
+In the midst of these wild and truly beautiful grounds the Indians
+and all got down for a stroll. The native wildness of the forests and
+jungle seemed in a moment to inspire them with their wild feelings,
+which had, many of them, long slumbered whilst mingling amidst the
+crowds of civilization, and away they leapt and bounded among the
+trees in their wild and wonted amusements. Their shrill yells and the
+war-whoop were soon lost in the distant thickets which they penetrated,
+and an hour at least elapsed before they could all be gathered
+together and prepared to return. Their frightful yells had started
+up all the rabbits that were unburrowed in the forests; and whilst
+hundreds were bounding about, and many taking to the open fields for
+escape, they encompassed one, and with their united screams had scared
+it to death. This they assured us was the case, as they brought it in
+by the legs, without the mark of any weapon upon it.
+
+Few scenes in Paris, if any, had pleased them more than this, and in
+their subsequent drives they repeatedly paid their visits to the "woods
+of Boulogne."
+
+On their return home poor Jim lay down, complaining very much of
+lameness from his hard ride on Franconi's horse, which he knew would
+prevent him from dancing for some days, as he was getting very stiff,
+and afraid he would not be well enough to go and see the "Industrious
+Fleas" (as they were called), where he and the Doctor and Jeffrey had
+arranged to go with Daniel and several young American acquaintance,
+who had decided it to be one of the choicest little sights then to be
+seen in Paris, and which from all accounts is an exhibition of female
+nudities in living groups, ringing all the changes on attitude and
+action for the amusement of the lookers-on. There was a great deal of
+amusing conversation about this very popular exhibition, but in this
+poor Jim and the Doctor reluctantly submitted to disappointment when
+Mr. Melody very properly objected to their going to see it.
+
+Jim had laid himself on his back at this time, and, not feeling in the
+best of humour, began in a tirade of abuse of the Frenchwomen, of whom
+he and the Doctor had seen more perhaps on the previous evening in the
+_Jardin Mabille_ in the Champs Elysees, and the _masquerade_ in the
+_Grand Opera House_, than they had seen since they entered Paris.
+
+Their enterprise on that evening had taken place after their exhibition
+had closed, when Jim and the Doctor started with Jeffrey and Daniel and
+two or three friends who were pledged to take care of them. It was on
+Sunday evening, when the greatest crowds attend these places, and I
+have no other account of what they did and what they saw than that they
+gave me on their return home. They had first gone to the splendid _bal_
+in the popular garden, where they were told that the thousand elegant
+women they saw there dancing were all bad women, and that nearly all
+of them came to those places alone, as they had nothing to pay, but
+were all let in free, so as to make the men come who had to pay. This
+idea had tickled Jim and the Doctor very much, for, although they were
+from the wilderness, they could look a good way into a thing which was
+perfectly clear. It was a splendid sight for them, and, after strolling
+about a while, and seeing all that could be seen, they had turned
+their attention to the "_Bal Masque_" in the _Grand Opera_. Here they
+had been overwhelmed with the splendour of the scene, and astonished
+at its novelty, and the modes of the women who, Jim said, "were all
+ashamed to show their faces," and whose strange manoeuvres had added
+a vast deal to the fund of his objections to Frenchwomen, and which
+he said had constantly been accumulating ever since he first saw so
+many of them kissing the ends of little dogs' noses, and pretty little
+children on their foreheads. His mind here ran upon kissing, of which
+he had seen some the night before, and which he had often observed in
+the exhibition rooms and in the streets. He had laughed, he said, to
+see Frenchmen kiss each other on both cheeks; and he had observed that,
+when gentlemen kiss ladies, they kiss them on the forehead: he was
+not quite sure that they would do so in the dark, however. "In London
+always kiss em on the mouth; ladies kiss em Indians heap, and hug em
+too: in France ladies no kiss em--no like em--no good."
+
+In speaking of the _bal_ in the gardens, "he didn't see anything so
+very bad in that, but as for the masquerade, he looked upon it as a
+very immoral thing that so many thousands of ladies should come there
+and be ashamed to show their faces, and have the privilege of picking
+out just such men as they liked to go with them, and then take hold
+of their arms, as he said he repeatedly saw them, and lead them out."
+Amongst the Indians, he said, they had a custom much like that to be
+sure, but it was only given once a-year, and it was then only for the
+young married men to lend their wives to the old ones: this was only
+one night in the year, and it was a mark of respect that the young
+married men were willing to pay to the old warriors and chiefs, and
+the young married women were willing to agree to it because it pleased
+their husbands. On those occasions, he said, "none are admitted into
+the ring but old married men, and then the young married woman goes
+around and touches on the left shoulder the one who she wishes to
+follow her into the bushes, and she does it without being ashamed and
+obliged to cover her face."
+
+The Doctor's prejudices against the Frenchwomen were nothing near as
+violent as those of Jim, and yet he said it made him feel very curious
+when he saw some thousands with their faces all hidden: he said it
+must be true that they had some object that was bad, or they wouldn't
+be ashamed and hide their faces. Mr. Melody told Jim and the Doctor,
+however, that he didn't consider there was so very much harm in it, for
+these very women had the handiest way in the world to get rid of all
+their sins. If they happened accidentally or otherwise during the week
+to do anything that was decidedly naughty or wicked, they went into
+their churches very early in the morning, where the priest was in a
+little box with his ear to the window, where the woman kneeled down and
+told in his ear all the sins she had committed during the week, and she
+then went away quite happy that, having confessed them to him, he would
+be sure to have them all forgiven by the Great Spirit. They had a great
+laugh at this, and all thought that Mr. Melody was quizzing them, until
+_Bobasheela_ and _Daniel_ both told them it was all true, and if they
+liked to go with them any morning they would take them into any of the
+French churches or chapels, where they could see it; and would venture
+that they would see many of the same women confessing their sins whom
+they had seen at the _bal_ and the masquerade, and in this way they
+could tell who had behaved the worst, for the most guilty of them
+would be sure to be there first. The Doctor seemed evidently to look
+upon this still with suspicion and doubt; and as the splendid church
+of _St. Roch_ was nearly opposite to their rooms, and only across the
+street, it was proposed that the Doctor and Jim should accompany Daniel
+and their friend _Bobasheela_ immediately there, where in five minutes
+they could see more or less women at confession, and at the same time a
+fine sight, one of the most splendid churches in Paris, and the place
+where the Queen goes on every Sunday to worship. This so excited the
+party, that they chiefly all arose and walked across the street to
+take a view of the church and the Frenchwomen confessing their sins
+into the ears of the priests. They happened to have a fair opportunity
+of seeing several upon their knees at confession; and the old Doctor
+had been curious to advance up so near to one, that he said he saw the
+priest's eyes shining through between the little slats, and then he was
+convinced, and not before. He said that still it didn't seem right to
+him, unless the Great Spirit had put those men there for that purpose.
+He thought it a very nice place for a young girl to tell the priest
+where she would meet him, and he had a very good chance to see whether
+she was pretty or not. Jim had by this time studied out an idea or
+two, and said, he thought that this way of confessing sins aided the
+_bals_ and _masquerades_ and the _industrious fleas_ very much; and
+he believed that these were the principal causes of the great number
+of the poor little deserted and parentless babes they had seen in the
+hospital where they had been.
+
+The hour for the exhibition arriving, the conversation about Paris
+morals and religion was broken suddenly off, and perhaps at a good
+time. There were great crowds now daily attending their amusements,
+and generally applauding enthusiastically, and making the Indians
+occasional presents. On this occasion the Doctor had made a tremendous
+boast in the part he was taking in the eagle-dance, for the spirit of
+which the audience, and particularly the ladies, gave him a great deal
+of applause, so much so that at the end of the dance his vanity called
+him out in an off-hand speech about the beauty of the city, &c., and,
+it being less energetic than the boasts he had just been strutting
+out, failed to draw forth the applause he was so confidently depending
+on. He tried sentence after sentence, and, stopping to listen, all
+were silent. This perplexed and disappointed the Doctor very much, and
+still he went on, and at length stopped and sat down, admired, but not
+applauded. His friend Jim was laughing at him as he took his seat, and
+telling him that if he had barked like a little dog the ladies would
+have been sure to applaud. To this the Doctor said, "You had better try
+yourself:" upon which the daring Jim, who professed never to refuse
+any challenge, sprang upon his feet, and, advancing to the edge of
+the platform, stood braced out with his brows knitting, and his eyes
+"in a frenzy rolling," for full two minutes before he began. He then
+thrust his lance forward in his right hand as far as he could dart it
+over the heads of the audience, and, coming back to his balance again,
+he commenced. Of his speech no report was made, but it was short and
+confined to three or four brief sentences, at the end of which he
+looked around with the most doleful expression to catch the applause,
+but there was none. The old Doctor was watching him close, and telling
+him he had better sit down.
+
+In this dilemma he was still standing after all his good ideas had been
+spent, and each instant, as he continued to stand, making his case
+worse, he turned upon his heel, and as he was turning around he added,
+in an irritated manner, this amusing sentence: "You had better go and
+see the industrious fleas, and then you will applaud!" This made a
+great laugh amongst the Indians, but of course it was not translated to
+the audience. He then took his seat, looking exceedingly sober, and,
+with his pipe, was soon almost lost sight of in the columns of smoke
+that were rising around him.
+
+About this time a very friendly invitation had been given them and
+us by Colonel Thorn, an American gentleman of great wealth residing
+in Paris, and all were anticipating much pleasure on the occasion
+when we were to dine at his house; but, unluckily for the happiness
+and enjoyment of the whole party, on the morning of the day of our
+invitation the wife of the Little Wolf suddenly and unexpectedly died.
+Our engagement to dine was of course broken, and our exhibition and
+amusements for some days delayed. This sad occurrence threw the party
+into great distress, but they met the kindness of many sympathising
+friends, who administered in many ways to their comfort, and joined
+in attending the poor woman's remains to the grave. Her disease was
+the consumption of the lungs, and her decline had been rapid, though
+her death at that time was unexpected. When it was discovered that
+her symptoms were alarming, a Catholic priest was called in, and she
+received the baptism a few moments before she breathed her last.
+Through the kindness of the excellent Cure of the _Madeleine church_,
+her remains were taken into that splendid temple, and the funeral rites
+performed over them according to the rules of that church, in the
+presence of some hundreds who were led there by sympathy and curiosity,
+and from thence her body was taken to the cemetery of Montmartre, and
+interred. The poor heartbroken noble fellow, the Little Wolf, shed the
+tears of bitterest sorrow to see her, from necessity, laid amongst the
+rows of the dead in a foreign land; and on every day that he afterwards
+spent in Paris he ordered a cab to take him to the grave, that he
+could cry over it, and talk to the departed spirit of his wife, as he
+was leaving some little offering he had brought with him. This was
+the second time we had seen him in grief; and we, who had been by him
+in all his misfortunes, admired the deep affection he showed for his
+little boy, and now for its mother, and at the same time the manly
+fortitude with which he met the fate that had been decreed to him.
+On this sad occasion their good friend M. Vattemare showed his kind
+sympathy for them, and took upon himself the whole arrangements of her
+funeral, and did all that was in his power to console and soothe the
+brokenhearted husband in the time of his affliction. He also proposed
+to have a suitable and appropriate monument erected over her grave, and
+for its accomplishment procured a considerable sum by subscription,
+with which, I presume, the monument has, ere this, been erected over
+her remains. The Little Wolf insisted on it that the exhibition should
+proceed, as the daily expenses were so very great, and in a few days,
+to give it all the interest it could have, resumed his part in the
+dance that he had taken before his misfortune.
+
+Owing to letters received about this time from their tribe, and the
+misfortune that had happened, the Indians were now all getting anxious
+to start for their own country, and, holding a council on the subject,
+called Mr. Melody in, and informed him that they had resolved to sleep
+but six nights more in Paris, and that they should expect him to be
+ready to start with them after that time. This was a short notice for
+us, but was according to Indian modes, and there was no way but to
+conform to it. Mr. Melody had pledged his word to the Government to
+take care of these people, and to return to their country with them
+whenever the chiefs should desire it; and I was bound, from my deep
+interest for them, to assent to whatever regulations Mr. Melody and the
+chiefs should adopt as the best.
+
+This notice came at a time when it was unexpected by me, and I think
+not anticipated by Mr. Melody, and was therefore unfortunate for
+us, and probably somewhat, though less so, to them. The very heavy
+outlays had all been made for their exhibitions, and their audiences
+were daily increasing. If their exhibitions could have been continued
+a month or two longer, the avails would have been considerable, and
+of great service to Mr. Melody, who had the heavy responsibility on
+his shoulders of taking these people back to their country at his own
+expense.
+
+The closing of their amusements, and positive time of their departure,
+was now announced, and immense crowds came in within the remaining few
+days to get the last possible glance at the faces and the curious modes
+of "_les Peaux Rouges_." The poor fellows enjoyed their interviews with
+the public to the last, and also their roast beef and beef-steaks and
+_chickabobboo_.
+
+They had much to say in the few days that were left; they quitted their
+daily drives and sight-seeing, and devoted their time to the pipe and
+conversation, in a sort of recapitulation of what they had seen and
+said and done on this side of the Atlantic, and of friends and affairs
+in their own humble villages, where their thoughts were now roaming.
+They were counting their cash also, packing away all their things they
+were to carry, and looking out for the little presents they wished to
+purchase, to take home to their friends. In all of these occupations
+they had the constant attention of their old and faithful friends
+_Bobasheela_ and _Daniel_.
+
+In one of their conversations after the funeral of the poor woman, the
+Doctor and Jim had much to say of the honours paid to her remains by
+the French people, which the whole party would recollect as long as
+they lived. They were pleased with and astonished at the beauty and
+magnificence of the Madeleine church, and wished to get some account
+of it to carry home to show their people, and thus, besides several
+engravings of it, Jim's book carried the following entry by my own
+hand:--"_La Madeleine_, the most splendid temple of worship in Paris,
+or perhaps in the world; surrounded with 52 Corinthian columns, 60 feet
+high; south pediment, a bas-relief, representing the Day of Judgment,
+with the figure of Magdalene at the feet of Christ."
+
+As the party were to embark at Havre on their homeward voyage, it
+became a question how they were to get their numerous trunks and boxes
+they had left in London, filled with clothes and other articles that
+they had purchased or received as presents while in England. To relieve
+them of this difficulty, their friend _Bobasheela_ volunteered to go
+to London and take all their boxes to Liverpool, and ship them to New
+York, and was soon on the way. This was a noble and kind act on the
+part of _Bobasheela_, and it was done with despatch, and he was back in
+Paris just in time to accompany his friends to Havre. M. Vattemare was
+in readiness to attend them also; and all their transactions in Paris
+being brought to a close, and they having taken leave of _Chippehola_
+and other friends, started for their native land, with my highest
+admiration for the sober and respectful manner in which they had
+conducted themselves while under my direction, and with my most ardent
+desire for their future success and happiness.[41]
+
+  [41] I learned from M. Vattemare, on his return, that the party
+       were treated with great friendship by an American gentleman
+       in Havre, Mr. Winslow, who invited them to dine at his house,
+       and bestowed on them liberal presents. They embraced their old
+       friend Bobasheela in their arms on the deck of their vessel,
+       and he sailed for London as their vessel was under weigh for
+       America. The rest of their history is for other historians,
+       and my narrative will continue a little further on events in
+       Paris.
+
+Here was about the period at which my dear wife and I had contemplated
+our return, with our little children, to our native land, where we
+should have returned in the enjoyment of all the happiness we had
+anticipated or could have wished, but for the misfortune that had
+been for some time awaiting me, but not until then duly appreciated,
+in my own house. Those of my readers who were not familiar with the
+completeness of my domestic happiness prior to this period of my life,
+will scarcely know how to sympathize with me, or perhaps to excuse me
+for adverting to it here. My dear Clara, whom I have introduced to the
+reader before, who shared with me many of the toils and pleasures of
+the prairies of the "Far West," and was now meeting with me the mutual
+enjoyments of the refined and splendid world, had, a few weeks before,
+in company with a couple of English ladies of her acquaintance, paid
+a visit to the Mint, from which they all returned indisposed, having
+taken severe colds by a sudden change from the heated rooms into the
+chilly atmosphere of the streets. With my dear wife, who was obliged
+to retire to her room, the disease was discovered in a few days to
+have attached to her lungs; and although for several weeks she had been
+suffering very much, and confined to her bed, no serious apprehensions
+were entertained until about the time that the Indians left, when my
+whole thoughts and attentions were turned to her, but to discover in a
+few days that our plans for further mutual happiness in this world were
+at an end--that her days were nearly numbered, and that her four dear
+little children were to be committed to my sole care.
+
+To those who have felt pangs like mine which followed, I need but
+merely mention them; and to those who have not felt them, it would be
+in vain to describe. Her feeble form wasted away; and in her dying
+moments, with a Christian's hope, she was in the midst of happiness,
+blessing her dear little children as she committed them to my care and
+protection.
+
+The following obituary notice, penned by a lady of her intimate
+acquaintance, the reader will excuse me for inserting here, as it is
+the only record of her, except those engraven on the hearts of those
+who knew and loved her:--
+
+     DIED--On the 28th inst., No. 11 _bis_, Avenue Lord Byron, Paris,
+     Mrs. Clara B. Catlin, the wife of the eminent traveller so
+     distinguished for his researches into Indian history and
+     antiquities of America, and so universally known and respected
+     in Europe and his native country, Geo. Catlin, Esq., from the
+     United States of America. The devoted friends who watched the
+     last moments of this most amiable, interesting woman with intense
+     anxiety, still clung to a faint hope, deceived by a moral energy
+     never surpassed, and the most unruffled serenity of temper, that
+     (had it been the will of Heaven) they might have been permitted to
+     rescue a life so precious--but, alas! this gentle, affectionate,
+     intellectual being was destined never more to revisit the land
+     of her birth, and all that was earthly of so much worth and
+     loveliness has passed away, whilst the immortal spirit has
+     ascended to its kindred skies!
+
+          "None knew her, but to love her;
+           None named her, but to praise."
+
+                            _Galignani's Messenger, 30th July, 1845._
+
+The reader can imagine something of the gloom that was cast over my
+house and little family, thus suddenly closed for ever from the smiles
+and cheer of an affectionate wife and a devoted mother, whose remains
+were sent back to her native land--not to greet and bring joy to her
+kindred and anxious friends, from whom she had been five years absent,
+but to afford them the last glance at her loved features, then to take
+their place amongst the ranks of the peaceful dead.
+
+
+
+
+                            CHAPTER XXVIII.
+
+  Eleven Ojibbeway Indians arrive from London--Their exhibitions in
+     the Author's Collection--Portraits and description of--Their
+     amusements--Their pledge to sobriety--_Chickabobboo_ explained
+     to them--Birth of a _Pappoose_--M. Gudin--Indians and the
+     Author dine with him--His kind lady--The Author breakfasts with
+     the Royal Family in the palace at St. Cloud--Two Kings and
+     two Queens at the table--The Author presented to the King and
+     Queen of the Belgians by Louis Philippe, in the salon--Count de
+     Paris--Duc de Brabant--Recollects the Indian pipe and mocassins
+     presented to him by the Author in the Egyptian Hall--Duchess of
+     Orleans--The Princess Adelaide--The King relates anecdotes of
+     his life in America--Washington's farewell address--Losing his
+     dog in the Seneca village--Crossing Buffalo Creek--Descending
+     the Tioga and Susquehana rivers in an Indian canoe, to Wyoming,
+     the Author's native valley--The King desires the Author to
+     arrange his whole Collection in the Louvre for the private
+     views of the Royal Family--He also appoints a day to see the
+     Ojibbeways in the Park, at St. Cloud--Great rejoicing of the
+     Indians--A _dog-feast_--The Indians and the Author dine a second
+     time at M. Gudin's.
+
+
+In the midst of my grief, with my little family around me, with my
+collection still open, and my lease for the Salle Valentino not
+yet expired, there suddenly arrived from London a party of eleven
+_Ojibbeway Indians_, from the region of Lake Huron, in Upper Canada,
+who had been brought to England by a Canadian, but had since been under
+the management of a young man from the city of London. They had heard
+of the great success of the Ioways in Paris, and also of their sudden
+departure, and were easily prevailed upon to make a visit there. On
+their arrival, I entered into the same arrangement with them that I had
+with the two former parties, agreeing with the young man who had charge
+of them to receive them into my collection, sharing the expenses and
+receipts as I had done before; he being obligated to pay the Indians
+a certain sum per month, and bound to return them to London, from
+whence they came, at his own expense. As my collection was all arranged
+and prepared, I thought such an arrangement calculated to promote their
+interest and my own, and in a few days their arrival and exhibitions
+were announced, they having been quartered in the same apartments which
+had been occupied by the Ioways before them.
+
+  [Illustration: N^o. 18.]
+
+The following are the names of the party, with their respective ages
+given (see _Plate No. 18_):--
+
+                                                            Age.
+
+     1. _Maun-gua-daus_ (a Great Hero)--Chief                  41
+     2. _Say-say-gon_ (the Hail-Storm)                         31
+     3. _Ke-che-us-sin_ (the Strong Rock)                      27
+     4. _Mush-she-mong_ (the King of the Loons)                25
+     5. _Au-nim-muck-kwah-um_ (the Tempest Bird)               20
+     6. _A-wun-ne-wa-be_ (the Bird of Thunder)                 19
+     7. _Wau-bud-dick_ (the Elk)                               18
+     8. _U-je-jock_ (the Pelican)                              10
+     9. _Noo-din-no-kay_ (the Furious Storm)                    4
+    10. _Min-nis-sin-noo_ (a Brave Warrior)                     3
+    11. _Uh-wus-sig-gee-zigh-gook-kway_ (Woman of the Upper
+        World)--wife of Chief                                   38
+    12. _Pappoose_--born in the Salle Valentino.
+
+The chief of this party, _Maun-gua-daus_, was a remarkably fine man,
+both in his personal appearance and intellectual faculties. He was a
+half-caste, and, speaking the English language tolerably well, acted as
+chief and interpreter of the party.
+
+The War-chief, _Say-say-gon_, was also a fine and intelligent Indian,
+full-blooded, and spoke no English. The several younger men were
+generally good-looking, and exceedingly supple and active, giving great
+life and excitement to their dances. In personal appearance the party,
+taken all together, was less interesting than that of the Ioways, yet,
+at the same time, their dances and other amusements were equally, if
+not more spirited and beautiful than those of their predecessors.
+
+Thus, in the midst of my sorrow, I was commencing anxieties again, and
+advertised the arrival of the new party, and the commencement of their
+exhibitions. They began with more limited but respectable audiences,
+and seemed to please and surprise all who came, by the excitement of
+their dances and their skill in shooting with the bow and arrows, in
+the last of which they far surpassed the Ioways. It was impossible,
+however, by all the advertising that could be done, to move the crowds
+again that had been excited to see the Ioways; the public seeming to
+have taken the idea that these were merely an imitation got up to take
+advantage of their sudden departure. It happened quite curious, that,
+although the party consisted of eleven when they arrived, about the
+time of the commencement of their exhibitions the wife of the chief was
+delivered of a _pappoose_, which was born in the same room where the
+poor wife of the Little Wolf had died. This occurrence enabled us to
+announce the party as _twelve_--the same number as the Ioways; which,
+with the name somewhat similar, furnished very strong grounds for many
+of the Parisians to believe that they were paying their francs to see
+their own countrymen aping the Indians of America.
+
+It seemed strange that it was so difficult to do away this impression,
+which operated against them the whole time they were in Paris, though
+all who saw them but a moment were satisfied and pleased. Their
+amusements were much like those of the Ioways, but with national
+differences in the modes of giving them, which were, to the curious,
+subjects of great interest.
+
+The same hours were adopted for their exhibitions--the same vehicles
+were contracted for, for their daily exercise and sight-seeing--and
+their guardian, with Daniel, took charge of all their movements on
+these occasions. Their daily routine therefore was in most respects the
+same as that of the Ioways, and it would be waste of valuable time here
+for me to follow them through all.
+
+We held the council, as we had done in the other cases, before
+our arrangements were entered upon, and all was placed upon the
+condition that they were to conduct themselves soberly, and to drink
+no spirituous liquors. The temperance pledge was therefore given,
+after I had explained to them that, with the two other parties, ale
+in England, and _vin ordinaire_ in France, when taken to a moderate
+degree, were not included in the term "_spirituous liquors_," and that
+they would of course, as the other parties had been indulged, have
+their regular glass at their dinners, and also after their suppers, and
+before going to bed; and that they would call it, as the others had
+done, _chickabobboo_. This indulgence seemed to please them very much,
+and, being at a loss to know the meaning of _chickabobboo_, I took an
+occasion to give them the history of the word, which they would see
+was of Ojibbeway origin, and, laughing excessively at the ingenuity of
+their predecessors, they all resolved to keep up their word, and to be
+sure at the same time not to drop their custom, of taking the licensed
+glasses of _chickabobboo_.
+
+Amongst the kind friends whom this party made in Paris, one of the best
+was M. Gudin, the celebrated marine painter, in the employment of the
+King. This most excellent gentleman and his kind lady were frequent
+visitors to their exhibitions, and several times invited the whole
+party and myself to dine at their table, and spend the day in the
+beautiful grounds around his noble mansion (the "Chateau Beaujon"),
+and, in its present improved condition, little less than a palace.
+
+Not only will the Indians feel bound for life to acknowledge their
+gratitude to this kind lady and gentleman, but the writer of these
+notes will feel equally and more so for the kind and unmerited
+attentions they paid to him during his stay in Paris. It was
+through the friendly agency of M. Gudin that the King invited my
+collection to the Louvre, and myself, in company with him, to the
+royal breakfast-table in the palace at St. Cloud. I take no little
+satisfaction in recording here these facts, not only for myself, but
+injustice to one of the most distinguished painters (and one of the
+best fellows) of the age. On this occasion, the proudest one of my wild
+and erratic life, we were conducted through several rooms of the palace
+to the one in which the Royal Family, chiefly all assembled, with their
+numerous guests, were standing and ready to be seated around a circular
+table of 15 or 18 feet in diameter, at which, our seats being indicated
+to us, and the bow of recognition (so far as we were able to recognise
+acquaintances) having been made, all were seated. This extraordinary
+occasion of my life was rendered peculiarly memorable and gratifying
+to me, from the fact that there were two Kings and two Queens at the
+table, and nearly every member of the Royal Family. The King and Queen
+of the Belgians, who were at that time on a visit to Paris, with his
+Royal Highness the little Duc de Brabant, were the unusual Royal guests
+at the table on the occasion. The number of persons at the table,
+consisting of the two Royal Families, the King's aides-de-camp, and
+orderly officers of the palace, with the invited guests, amounted
+to about 30 in all; and as Kings and Queens and royal families eat
+exactly like other people, I see nothing further that need be noticed
+until their Majesties arose and retired to the salon or drawing-room,
+into which we all followed. I was there met as I entered, in the most
+gracious and cordial manner by His Majesty, who presented me to the
+King of the Belgians, who did me the honour to address me in these
+words:--"I am very happy, Mr. Catlin, to meet a gentleman whose name is
+familiar to us all, and who has done so much for science, and also for
+the poor Indians. You know that the Queen, and myself, and the Duc de
+Brabant were all subscribers to your valuable work, and we have taken
+great interest in reading it."
+
+The two heirs-apparent, the little Count de Paris and His Royal
+Highness the Duc de Brabant, came to me, and, recognising me, inquired
+about the Indians. The conversation with her Majesty, and also with the
+Princess Adelaide, and the Duchess of Orleans, was about the Indians,
+who they had heard had gone home, and in whom they all seemed to have
+taken a deep interest.
+
+The little Duc de Brabant recollected the small pipe and mocassins I
+had presented him when he visited my collection in the Egyptian Hall,
+under the protection of the Hon. Mr. Murray.
+
+I had a few minutes' conversation with the King of the Belgians, and
+also with the graceful and pensive Duchess of Orleans, and our ears
+were then all turned to the recitals of his Majesty, around whom we had
+gathered, whilst he was relating several scenes of his early life in
+America, in company with his two brothers, the Duc de Montpensier and
+the Count Beaujolais, which it seemed my advent with the Indians had
+brought up with unusual freshness in his mind.
+
+He commented in the most eloquent terms upon the greatness and goodness
+of General Washington, and told us that he and his brothers were
+lucky enough to have been present and heard his farewell address in
+Philadelphia, which he had been in the habit of reflecting upon as one
+of the most pleasurable and satisfactory incidents of his life.
+
+He gave us an amusing account of his horse getting mired in crossing
+Buffalo Creek, and of his paying a visit to the tribe of Seneca
+Indians, near to the town of Buffalo, on Lake Erie:--
+
+  "Being conducted," said he, "to the village and to the chief's
+  wigwam, I shook hands with the chief, who came and stood by my
+  horse's head, and while some hundreds of men, women, and children
+  were gathering around, I told the chief that I had come to make him
+  a visit of a day or two, to which he replied that he was very glad
+  to see me, and I should be made quite welcome, and treated to the
+  best that he had. He said there would be one condition, however,
+  which was, that he should require me to give him everything I had; he
+  should demand my horse, from which I would dismount, and having given
+  him the bridle, he said, 'I now want your gun, your watch, and all
+  your money; these are indispensable.'
+
+  "I then, for the first time in my life, began to think that I was
+  completely robbed and plundered; but at the moment when he had
+  got all, and before I had time for more than an instant thought
+  of my awkward condition, he released me from all further alarm by
+  continuing, 'If you have anything else which you wish to be sure to
+  get again, I wish you to let me have it; for whatever you deliver
+  into my hands now you will be sure to find safe when you are about to
+  leave; otherwise I would not be willing to vouch for their safety;
+  for there are some of my people whom we cannot trust to.'
+
+  "From this moment I felt quite easy, and spent a day or two in their
+  village very pleasantly, and with much amusement. When I was about to
+  leave, my horse was brought to the chief's door and saddled, and all
+  the property I had left in his hands safely restored.
+
+  "I then mounted my horse, and, having taken leave, and proceeded a
+  short distance on my route, I discovered that I had left my favourite
+  dog, which I had been too much excited and amused to think of, and
+  did not recollect to have seen after I entered their village.
+
+  "I turned my horse and rode back to the door of the chief's wigwam,
+  and made inquiries for it. The chief said, 'But you did not intrust
+  your dog to my care, did you?' 'No, I did not think of my poor dog
+  at the time.' 'Well then,' said he, 'I can't answer for it. If you
+  had done as I told you, your dog would have been safe. However,'
+  said he, 'we will inquire for it.' At which moment one of his little
+  sons was ordered to run and open a rude pen or cage by the corner
+  of the wigwam, and out leaped my dog, and sprang upon my leg as I
+  was sitting on my horse. I offered the honest chief a reward for
+  his kindness; but he refused to accept it, wishing me to recollect,
+  whenever I was amongst Indians again, to repose confidence in an
+  Indian's word, and feel assured that all the property intrusted to
+  an Indian's care I would be sure to find safe whenever I wanted it
+  again."
+
+After reciting this amusing incident, his Majesty described to me the
+route which he and his brothers took from Buffalo to the falls of
+Niagara, and thence on horseback to Geneva, a small town at the foot of
+the Seneca Lake, where they sold their horses, and, having purchased
+a small boat, rowed it 90 miles to Ithaca, at the head of the lake.
+From thence they travelled on foot, with their luggage carried on their
+backs, 30 miles to Tioga, on the banks of the Susquehana, where they
+purchased a canoe from the Indians, and descended in it that romantic
+and beautiful river, to a small town called Wilkesbarre, in the valley
+of Wyoming.
+
+From thence, with their knapsacks on their backs, they crossed the
+Wilkesbarre and Pokono mountains to Easton, and from thence were
+conveyed in a coach to Philadelphia.
+
+I here surprised his Majesty a little, and his listeners, and seemed
+to add a fresh interest to his narrative, by informing him that I
+was a native of Wilkesbarre, in the valley of Wyoming, and that while
+his Majesty was there I was an infant in my mother's arms, only a few
+months old.
+
+He related a number of pleasing recollections of his visit to my native
+valley, and then gave us an account of an Indian _ball-play_ amongst
+the Cherokees and Choctaws, where he saw 500 or 600 engaged, during the
+whole day, before the game was decided; and he pronounced it one of the
+most exciting and beautiful scenes he had ever beheld.
+
+After an hour or so spent in amusing us with the pleasing reminiscences
+of his wild life in America, he expressed a wish to see my collection,
+and requested me to place it in a large hall in the Louvre, for the
+private views of the Royal Family; and also appointed a day and an hour
+when he would be glad to see the Ojibbeway Indians at St. Cloud, and
+desired me to accompany them.
+
+From the Palace, my friend M. Gudin, at the request of the King,
+proceeded with me to Paris and to the Louvre, with his Majesty's
+command to M. de Caillaux, director of the Louvre, to prepare the
+Salle de Seance for the reception of my collection, which was ordered
+to be arranged in it. My return from thence to the Indians, with the
+information that they were to visit the King, created a pleasing
+excitement amongst them, and, as the reader can easily imagine, great
+joy and rejoicing.
+
+This was an excitement and a piece of good news to the poor fellows
+that could not be passed over without some signal and unusual notice,
+and the result was, that a _dog-feast_ was to be the ceremony for
+the next day. Consequently a dog was procured at an early hour, and,
+according to the custom of their country, was roasted whole, and, when
+ready, was partaken of with a due observance of all the forms used in
+their own country on such occasions, it being strictly a religious
+ceremony.
+
+The same indulgence in seeing the sights of Paris, and of exercise in
+the open air, was shown to them as to the other party; and the same
+carriages contracted for, to give them their daily drives; in all of
+which they were accompanied by their guardian, to whom the sights of
+Paris were also new and equally entertaining, and they all made the
+best use of their time in these amusements.
+
+Their good friend M. Gudin appointed another day for the whole party
+to dine at his house, and having a number of distinguished guests at
+his table, the scene was a very brilliant and merry one. The orator
+of the party was the chief _Maun-gua-daus_, though on this occasion
+the War-chief, whose name was _Say-say-gon_ (the Hail-storm), arose at
+the table and addressed M. Gudin and his lady in a very affectionate
+manner; thanking them for their kindness to them, who were strangers in
+Paris and a great way from their homes, and at the same time proposing
+to give to his friend M. Gudin a new name, saying that, whenever the
+Indians made a new friend whom they loved very much, they liked to call
+him by a name that had some meaning to it, and he should hereafter call
+him by the name of _Ken-ne-wab-a-min_ (the Sun that guides us through
+the Wilderness).
+
+There were several gentlemen of high rank and titles present, and all
+seemed much entertained with the appearance and conduct of the Indians.
+
+
+
+
+                             CHAPTER XXIX.
+
+  Indians' visit to the Palace of St. Cloud--The Park--Artificial
+     lake--Royal Family--Prince de Joinville--Recollected seeing
+     the Author and Collection in Washington--King and Queen of
+     Belgians--The _regatta_--The birch-bark canoe and the Prince de
+     Joinville's "Whitehaller"--War-dance--Ball-play--Archery--Dinner
+     prepared for the Indians--M. Gudin and the Author join
+     them--Indians' return--Gossip at night--Their ideas of the
+     King and Royal Family--Messenger from the King, with gold and
+     silver medals and money, to the Indians--The War-chief cures
+     a cancer--Author's Collection in the _Salle de Seance_, in
+     the Louvre--The Indians and the Author dine with M. Passy,
+     Member of Deputies--Kind treatment by himself and lady--King
+     visits the Collection in the Louvre--The Author explains
+     his pictures--Persons present--An hour's visit--The King
+     retires--Second visit of the King and Royal Family to the
+     Collection--The Author's four little children presented to the
+     King--His Majesty relates the anecdote of bleeding himself
+     in America, and his visit to General Washington at Mount
+     Vernon--His descent of the Ohio and Mississippi rivers, in a
+     small boat, to New Orleans--Orders the Author to paint fifteen
+     pictures for Versailles.
+
+
+The day, which had arrived, for our visit to the King at St. Cloud,
+was a pleasant one, and, all the party being ready, we went off in
+good spirits; and on our arrival our carriages were driven into the
+Royal Park, and conducted to a lovely spot on the bank of an artificial
+lake, where there were a considerable number of persons attached to the
+Court already assembled to see the Indians; and in the lake, at their
+feet, a beautiful birch-bark canoe from their own tribe, belonging to
+the Duchess of Orleans, and by the side of it an elegant regatta-boat,
+belonging to the Prince de Joinville, with "_White Hall_," in large
+letters, on her sides, showing that she was a native of New York.
+
+The Indians had been told that they were to paddle one of their
+own canoes for the amusement of the Royal Family, but had not as
+yet dreamed that they were to contend for speed with a full-manned
+"_White-Haller_," in a trial for speed, before two kings and two queens
+and all of the Royal Family.
+
+Just learning this fact, and seeing the complement of men in blue
+jackets and tarpaulin hats, in readiness for the contest, they felt
+somewhat alarmed. However, I encouraged them on, and the appearance
+of the Royal Family and the King and Queen of the Belgians, in their
+carriages, at the next moment, changed the subject, and their alarms
+were apparently forgotten.
+
+Their Majesties, and all of the two Royal Families, descended from
+their carriages, and, gathering around the Indians in a group, listened
+to each one's name as they were in turn presented. (_Plate No. 19._)
+
+Louis Phillipe, and also the King of the Belgians, conversed for some
+time with the chiefs, while her Majesty and the other ladies seemed
+more amused with the women, and the little pappoose, in its beautifully
+embroidered cradle, slung on its mother's back.
+
+After this conversation and an examination of their costumes, weapons,
+&c., the targets were placed, and an exhibition of their skill in
+archery ensued. And after that, taking up their ball-sticks, "the ball
+was tossed," and they soon illustrated the surprising mode of catching
+and throwing the ball with their rackets or "ball-sticks."
+
+This illustration being finished, they sounded the war-whoop, and
+brandished their shields and tomahawks and war-clubs in the war-dance,
+which their Majesties had expressed a desire to see. (_Plate No. 20._)
+
+Every member of the two Royal Families happened to be present, I
+was told, on this occasion--a very unusual occurrence; and all had
+descended from their carriages, and grouped in a beautiful lawn, to
+witness the wild sports of these sons of the forest. I was called upon
+at that moment to explain the meaning of the war-dance, war-song,
+war-whoop, &c., for doing which I received the thanks of all the party,
+which gave me peculiar satisfaction.
+
+  [Illustration: N^o. 19.]
+
+  [Illustration: N^o. 20.]
+
+The King at this time announced to the chief that he wished to see
+how they paddled the birch canoe, that he had two American canoes,
+which they had put into the water; one was a canoe, he said, made of
+birch-bark by their own tribe, the Ojibbeways, and had belonged to his
+son, the Duke of Orleans; and the other, now belonging to the Prince de
+Joinville, was made in the city of New York; and he was anxious to be
+able to decide which could make the best canoe, the white men or the
+Indians.
+
+The whole party now assembled on the shore, and the sailors and the
+Indians took their seats in their respective boats, with oars and
+paddles in hand, and the race soon took place. (_Plate No. 21._) It was
+a very exciting scene, but it seemed to be regretted by all that the
+Indians were beaten, but which I think might not have been the case if
+they had put two in their canoe instead of four, sinking it so deep as
+to impede its progress; or if they had put two squaws into it instead
+of the men, as they are in the Indian country much superior to the men
+in paddling canoes.
+
+I had much conversation on this occasion with H.R.H. the Prince de
+Joinville relative to the Indian modes and his travels in America, when
+he recollected to have seen me and my collection in Washington city.
+
+Whilst these amusements were thus going on, my friend M. Gudin had
+prepared his canvas and easel near the ground, where he was busily
+engaged in painting the group, and of which he made a charming picture
+for the King.
+
+These curious and amusing scenes altogether lasted about two hours,
+after which their Majesties and all took leave, the King, the Queen,
+and the Duchess of Orleans successively thanking me for the interesting
+treat I had afforded them. Their carriages were then ordered to drive
+back empty, and all the royal party were seen strolling amidst the
+forest towards the Palace.
+
+The Indians and ourselves were soon seated in our carriages, and, being
+driven to a wing of the palace, were informed that a feast was prepared
+for us, to which we were conducted, and soon found our good friend M.
+Gudin by our side, who took a seat and joined us in it. The healths
+of the King and the Queen and the little Count de Paris were drunk in
+the best of _chickabobboo_, and from that we returned, and all in good
+glee, to our quarters in the city.
+
+The reader by this time knows that this interview afforded the Indians
+a rich subject for weeks of gossip in their leisure hours, and charged
+their minds with a burthen of impatience to know what communications
+there might yet be from the King, as they had heard that gold and
+silver medals and presents of other descriptions were sent to the
+Ioways after their interview.
+
+They proceeded with their exhibitions, as usual, however, and on the
+second day after the interview there came a messenger from the King
+with medals of gold for the two chiefs, and silver ones for each of the
+others of the party, and also 500 francs in money, which was handed
+to the head chief, and, as in the former instances, equally divided
+amongst them.
+
+This completed all their anxieties, and finished the grandest epoch of
+the poor fellows' lives, and of which they will be sure to make their
+boasts as long as they live, and give me some credit for bringing it
+about--their presentation to the Kings and Queens of France and Belgium.
+
+A curious occurrence took place a few days after this, as I learned
+on inquiring the object for which two ladies and a gentleman were in
+daily attendance on the Indians, and occasionally taking the War-chief
+away for an hour or two in their carriage and bringing him back again.
+Daniel told me that the young lady, who was one of the party, had
+dreamed that _Say-say-gon_ could cure a cancer on the face of her
+father, which had baffled all the skill of the medical faculty and was
+likely to terminate his life; and in consequence of her dream, the
+relatives and herself were calling on him to induce him to make the
+attempt, which he had engaged in, and in their daily drives with him
+they were taking him to the Garden of Plants and to various parts of
+the country, where he was searching for a particular kind of herb or
+root, with which he felt confident he could cure it.
+
+  [Illustration: N^o. 21.]
+
+These visits were continued for some weeks, and I was informed by
+Daniel and by the Indians that he succeeded in effecting the cure, and
+that they handsomely rewarded him for it.
+
+About this time, my lease expiring, I closed my exhibition, removing my
+collection to the _Salle de Seance_, in the Louvre, where Daniel and I
+soon arranged it for the inspection of the King and Royal Family; and
+it being ready, I met his Majesty in it by appointment to explain its
+contents to him.
+
+The King entered at the hour appointed, with four or five of his
+orderly officers about him, and, on casting his eyes around the room,
+his first exclamation was that of surprise at its unexpected extent and
+picturesque effect.
+
+My friend M. Vattemare, and also another friend, Maj. Poore, from
+the United States, were by my side, and greatly amused and pleased
+with the remarks made by the King during the interview, relative to
+my paintings, and also to incidents of his life amongst the Indians
+of America during his exile. His Majesty soon recognised the picture
+of an Indian ball-play, and several other scenes he had witnessed on
+the American frontier, and repeatedly remarked that my paintings all
+had the strong impress of nature in them, and were executed with much
+spirit and effect. He seemed pleased and amused with the various Indian
+manufactures, and particularly with the beautiful Crow wigwam from the
+Rocky Mountains standing in the middle of the room, the door of which I
+opened for his Majesty to pass under.
+
+After his visit of half an hour he retired, appointing another
+interview, telling me that the Queen must see the collection with him,
+and also commanding the director of the Louvre to admit my little
+children to his presence, having heard of their misfortune of losing
+their mother, for which he felt much sympathy.
+
+At the time appointed, a few days after, I met his Majesty again, with
+a number of his illustrious friends, in my collection; and after he had
+taken them around the room awhile to describe familiar scenes which
+he had met there on his former visit, I continued to explain other
+paintings and Indian manufactures in the collection. (_Plate No. 22._)
+
+In the midst of our tour around the hall his Majesty met something that
+again reminded him of scenes he had witnessed in his rambling life in
+the backwoods of America, and he held us still for half an hour during
+his recitals of them. He described the mode in which he and his two
+brothers descended the Ohio and Mississippi rivers in an old Mackinaw
+boat which they purchased at Pittsburg, and in which they made their
+way amongst snags and sawyers and sandbars to the mouth of the Ohio,
+six hundred miles, and from that down the still more wild and dangerous
+current of the Mississippi, one thousand miles, to New Orleans,
+fifty-two years ago, when nearly the whole shores of these rivers, with
+their heavy forests, were in their native state, inhabited only by
+Indians and wild beasts. They lived upon the game and fish they could
+kill or purchase from the various tribes of Indians they visited along
+the banks, and slept sometimes in their leaking and rickety boat, or
+amongst the canebrake, and mosquitos, and alligators, and rattlesnakes
+on the shores.
+
+I took the liberty to ask his Majesty on this occasion whether the
+story that has been current in the American prints "of an Indian
+bleeding him" was correct; to which he replied, "No, not exactly; it
+had been misunderstood. He had bled himself on one occasion in presence
+of some Indians and a number of country people, when he had been
+thrown out of his waggon, and carried, much injured, to a country inn;
+and the people around him, seeing the ease and success with which he
+did it, supposed him, of course, to be a physician; and when he had
+sufficiently recovered from his fall to be able to start on his tour
+again, the neighbours assembled around him and proposed that he should
+abandon his plan of going farther west; that if he would remain amongst
+them they would show him much better land than he would find by
+proceeding on, and they would also elect him county physician, which
+they stood much in need of, and in which capacity he would meet no
+opposition. He thanked them for their kindness, assuring them that he
+was not a physician, and also that he was not in search of lands, and,
+taking leave, drove off."
+
+  [Illustration: N^o. 22.]
+
+He also gave an account of their visit to General Washington at Mount
+Vernon, where they remained several days. General Washington gave them
+directions about the route to follow in the journey they were about to
+make across the Alleghany Mountains on horseback, and gave them also
+several letters of introduction to be made use of on their way.
+
+While we were thus listening to the narrations of his Majesty, my kind
+and faithful nurse was approaching from the other end of the room and
+leading up my little children (_Plate No. 22_), whom he immediately
+recognised as my little family, and in the most kind and condescending
+manner took them by their hands and chatted with them in language and
+sentences suited to their age.
+
+His next object was to designate the paintings he wished me to copy and
+somewhat enlarge, and soon pointed out the number of fifteen, which I
+was commanded to paint for the palace at Versailles.
+
+During the time that my collection was thus remaining in the Louvre
+many distinguished persons about the Court had access to it, and
+amongst the number an excellent and kind lady, Madame Passy, the wife
+of one of the distinguished members of the House of Deputies. This
+charming lady sought an acquaintance with the Indians also, and, taking
+a deep interest in their character and situation, invited them all to
+dine at her house, where they were treated with genuine kindness and
+liberality, which they will never forget.
+
+
+
+
+                              CHAPTER XXX.
+
+  The Author leaves his Collection in the Louvre, and arrives with
+     the Indians in Bruxelles--Indians at the soiree of the American
+     Minister in Bruxelles--Author's reception by the King in the
+     Palace--Small-pox among the Indians--Indians unable to visit
+     the Palace--Exhibition closes--Seven sick with small-pox--Death
+     of one of them--His will--A second dies--His will--The rest
+     recover--Faithful attentions of Daniel--The Author accompanies
+     them to Antwerp, and pays their expenses to London on a
+     steamer--Death of the War-chief in London--His will--The
+     Author raises money by subscription and sends to them--Letter
+     from the survivors, in England, to the Author--Drawings by
+     the War-chief--The Author stopped in the streets of London
+     and invited to see the skeleton of the War-chief!--His
+     indignation--Subsequent deaths of four others of this party
+     in England--The three parties of Indians in Europe--Their
+     objects--Their success--Their conduct--Their reception and
+     treatment--Things which they saw and learned--Estimates and
+     statistics of civilized life which they have carried home--Their
+     mode of reasoning from such premises--And the probable results.
+
+
+During the time that my collection was exposed to the exclusive views
+of the Royal Family and their guests, the Indians were lying still, at
+my expense, which was by no means a trifling item. The young man whom I
+said they were under a contract with to pay them so much per month had
+performed his agreement with them for the two first months, and when
+the third month's wages became due he declared to them and to me that
+he could not pay them, nor pay their expenses back to London, as he was
+obligated to do. These duties then devolved on me, or at least, the
+Indians having been so long under my control and direction, I assumed
+them, and told the chiefs I would pay their expenses to London, and
+probably make something for them on the way, after my exhibition in the
+Louvre was finished.
+
+They were thus lying idle at this time, waiting for me to be at liberty
+to go with them, and, as I have said, living at my expense. I told
+them that I designed going by the way of Belgium, and making their
+exhibitions in Bruxelles, Antwerp, and Ghent for a few weeks, the whole
+receipts of which, over the expenses, they should have, and I fully
+believed it would be sufficient to pay their expenses quite home to
+their own country; and that I would also, as I had promised, pay all
+their expenses from Paris to London myself.
+
+With this design and with these views, leaving my collection in the
+Louvre, I started with the Indians for Bruxelles, where we arrived the
+next evening.
+
+We were all delighted with the appearance of Bruxelles, and the Indians
+in fine glee, in the fresh recollections of the honours just paid
+them in Paris, and the golden prospect which they considered now lay
+before them. But little did they dream, poor fellows! of the different
+fate that there awaited them. While resting a few days, preparing
+for the commencement of their exhibitions, they were kindly invited,
+with the author, to attend the _soiree_ of the American Minister, Mr.
+Clemson, where they were ushered into a brilliant and numerous crowd of
+distinguished and fashionable people, and seemed to be the lions of the
+evening, admired and complimented by all, and their way was thus paved
+for the commencement of their exhibitions. I had in the mean time made
+all the preparations and the necessary outlays for their operations,
+which they merely began upon, when it became necessary to suspend their
+exhibitions, owing to one of the number having been taken sick with the
+small-pox.
+
+I had at this time an audience appointed with the King, at the Palace,
+where I went and was most kindly received and amused in half an hour's
+conversation with His Majesty about the condition and modes of the
+American Indians. He expressed the deepest sympathy for them and
+solicitude for their welfare and protection, and, a few days after my
+audience, transmitted to me, through one of his ministers, a beautiful
+gold medal, with an appropriate inscription on it.
+
+The nature of the sickness that had now appeared amongst the Indians
+prevented the contemplated interview at the Palace, and also all
+communication with the public. It was still hoped by the physicians
+that a few days would remove all difficulty, but it was destined to be
+otherwise, for in a few days two others were attacked, and in a day or
+two more another and another, and at last they were in that pitiable
+and alarming state that seven of them were on their backs with that
+awful and (to them) most fatal of all diseases.
+
+My position then, as the reader will perceive, was one of a most
+distressing and painful kind, with my natural sympathy for their race,
+and now with the whole responsibility for the expenses, lives, and
+welfare of these poor people on my shoulders, their only friend and
+protector in a foreign country, as their conductor had left them and
+returned to London, and my own life in imminent danger whilst I was
+attending on them.
+
+One of these poor fellows died in the course of a few days in their
+rooms, another died in one of the hospitals to which he was removed,
+and a third died a few days after they reached London, though he was in
+good health when he travelled across the Channel.
+
+Such were the melancholy results of this awful catastrophe, which the
+reader will easily see broke up all their plans of exhibitions in
+Belgium, and ended in the death of three of the finest men of the party.
+
+Their sickness in Bruxelles detained me there near two months before
+the survivors were well enough to travel, during which gloomy time I
+had opportunity enough to test the fidelity of my man Daniel and his
+attachment to the Indians, who stayed by them night and day, fearless
+of his own danger, as he lifted them about in his arms in their
+loathsome condition both when dead and alive.
+
+When the party were well enough to travel I went to Antwerp with
+them, and placed them on a steamer for London, having paid their fare
+and given them a little money to cover their first expenses when they
+should arrive there. I then took leave of them, and returned to my
+little family in Paris, having been absent near three months, with an
+expenditure of 350_l._
+
+With the poor fellows who died there seemed to be a presentiment with
+each, the moment he was broken out with the disease, that he was to
+die, and a very curious circumstance attended this conviction in each
+case.
+
+The first one, when he found the disease was well identified on him,
+sat down upon the floor with the next one, his faithful and confiding
+friend, and, having very deliberately told him he was going to die,
+unlocked his little trunk, and spreading all his trinkets, money, &c.,
+upon the floor, bequeathed them to his friends, making the other the
+sole executor of his will, intrusting them all to him, directing him
+to take them to his country and deliver them with his own hand. As he
+was intrusting these precious gifts, with his commands, to an Indian,
+he was certain, poor fellow! that they would be sacredly preserved and
+delivered, and he then locked his little trunk, and, having given to
+his friend the key, he turned to his bed, where he seemed composed and
+ready to die, because, he said, it was the will of the Great Spirit,
+and he didn't think that the Great Spirit would have selected him
+unless it was to better his condition in some way.
+
+About the time of the death of this young man his confiding and
+faithful friend was discovered to be breaking out with the disease
+also, and, seeming to be under a similar conviction, he called
+_Say-say-gon_ (the War-chief) to him, and, like the other, unlocked
+_his_ little trunk, and, taking out his medal from the King, and other
+presents and money, he designated a similar distribution of them
+amongst his relatives; and trusting to the War-chief to execute his
+will, he locked his trunk, having taken the last look at his little
+hard-earned treasures, and, unlocking that of his deceased companion,
+and designating, as well as he could, the manner in which the verbal
+instructions had been left with him, gave the key to the War-chief,
+and begged of him to take charge of the trunk and the presents, and to
+see them bestowed according to the will of the testator. After this
+he turned away from his little worldly treasures, and suddenly lost
+all knowledge of them in the distress of the awful disease that soon
+terminated his existence.
+
+The War-chief was one who escaped the disease in Bruxelles, and, being
+amongst those whom I took to Antwerp and sent by steamer to London, was
+at that time in good health and spirits; but letters which I received
+a few days after their arrival in London informed me that he was there
+attacked with the same disease, and, most singular to relate, as soon
+as he discovered the disease breaking out upon his skin, he said that
+he should die, and, calling the chief _Maun-gua-daus_ to him, he,
+like the others, opened _his_ trunk, and, willing his gold medal from
+the hand of Louis Philippe, to his little son, and his other trinkets
+and money to his wife and other relatives, intrusted the whole to the
+chief to execute. He then unlocked the trunks of his two friends who
+were dead, and, as well as he could recollect them, communicated to
+_Maun-gua-daus_ the nature of the two bequests that had been intrusted
+to him, and died, leaving the chief to be the bearer of all the little
+effects they had earned, and sole executor of their three wills.
+
+It is a fact which may be of interest to be made known, that all of
+this party had been vaccinated in their own country, and supposed
+themselves protected from the disease; and also that the only three
+full-blooded men of the party died. The other four who had the disease
+had it in a modified form, and, in all probability, with the three who
+died, the vaccine matter had not been properly communicated, or, what
+is more probable, and often the case in the exposed lives they lead, it
+had in some way been prevented from taking its usual effect.
+
+After their misfortunes in Belgium and in London the excellent lady of
+the American Ambassador in Bruxelles raised, by a subscription, several
+hundred francs and sent to me in Paris, to which I got other additions
+in that city, and forwarded to them in England, to assist in paying
+their expenses back to their own country; and shortly after, and before
+they embarked for America, I received the following letter from them,
+which I feel it my duty to myself to insert here, lest any one should
+be led to believe that I did less than my duty to these unfortunate
+people:--
+
+             "TO GEO. CATLIN, Esq., now in Paris.
+
+                                        "_London, Jan. 27, 1846._
+  "OUR DEAR FRIEND,
+
+  "We send you our words on paper to let you know that we are thankful
+  for your kindness to us. You have done everything to make us happy
+  while with you in Paris and Belgium; and as all our people know in
+  America that you are indeed their best friend, they will be glad to
+  hear that you have taken us into your kind care whilst we were in a
+  foreign land, and that while you were in a deep affliction with your
+  own family.
+
+          MAUN-GUA-DAUS,
+          KE-CHE-US-SIN,
+          A-WUN-NE-WA-BE,
+          WAU-BUD-DICK,
+          UH-WUS-SIG-GEE-ZIGH-GOOK-KWAY."
+
+The above letter was spontaneous on their part, and written in the hand
+of _Maun-gua-daus_, the chief, who spoke and wrote the English language
+very correctly.
+
+I was much shocked and distressed to hear of the death of
+_Say-say-gon_, the War-chief, for he was a remarkably fine Indian, and
+had become much attached to me. His life, as a warrior and a hunter,
+had been one of an extraordinary nature, and the principal incidents of
+it, particularly in the hunting department, he had been for some weeks
+engaged, just before their disastrous sickness, in illustrating by a
+series of designs in his rude way, presenting me a portfolio of them,
+with the story of each, which I wrote down from his own lips as he
+narrated them.
+
+This most amusing and original keepsake, which I shall treasure up as
+long as I live, and which I regret that the dimensions of this work
+did not allow me the space to insert, can at all times be seen by the
+curious of my friends who desire to see it.
+
+For the amusement of the reader, however, I have made room for a
+couple of his drawings, which will convey some idea of their general
+character, and of the decided cleverness of this good fellow at
+story-telling and design. The woodcuts are traced from the originals,
+and are therefore as near fac-similes as I could make them. _Plate No.
+23_ represents _Pane-way-ee-tung_, the brother-in-law of _Say-say-gon_,
+crossing the river Thomas in a bark canoe, who had the following
+curious and amusing encounter with a bear which he met swimming in
+the middle of the river. Though the Indian had no other weapon than a
+paddle, he pursued the bear, and, overtaking it, struck it a blow, upon
+which it made an effort to climb into the canoe, by which the canoe was
+upset and the Indian sank under it. He arose to the surface, however,
+just behind the canoe, which in its progress had passed over him, and,
+being bottom upwards, the bear had climbed upon it, as seen in the
+sketch, and, having seen the man sink under it, was feeling under the
+canoe with his paws in hopes of getting hold of him. The bear, having
+made no calculation for the progress of the canoe, had not thought of
+looking behind it for his enemy, but balanced himself with difficulty
+without being able to look back; and whilst he was thus engaged feeling
+for his enemy under the canoe the Indian silently swam behind it, and,
+cautiously pushing it forward with his hand, succeeded in moving it
+near the shore, where he discovered his friend _Say-say-gon_ hunting
+with his rifle, who was in waiting for it, and when near enough shot it
+in the head.
+
+_Plate No. 24_ is his illustration of the first interview between white
+men and the Ojibbeway Indians; his description of it is as follows:--
+
+  "_Gitch-ee-gaw-ga-osh_ (the point that remains for ever), who died
+  many snows since, and who was so old that he had smoked with three
+  generations, said that his grandfather, _On-daig_, met the first
+  white man who ever entered an Ojibbeway's wigwam. That white man was
+  a great chief, who wore a red coat. He had many warriors with him,
+  who all came in sight of the village of _On-daig_ (the crow),
+  and, leaving his warriors behind, he walked towards the wigwam of
+  _On-daig_, who came out, with his pipe of peace in one hand, and
+  his war-club in the other. _On-daig_ offered his pipe to the white
+  chief to smoke, who put his sword behind him in one hand, and raised
+  his hat with the other. _On-daig_ never had seen a white man's hat
+  before, and, thinking the white chief was going to strike him with
+  it, drew his war-club. They soon, however, understood each other, and
+  smoked the pipe together."
+
+  [Illustration: N^o. 23.]
+
+  [Illustration: N^o. 24.]
+
+But a few months after the death of this fine Indian I was on a visit
+to London, and while walking in Piccadilly was accosted by an old
+acquaintance, who in our conversation informed me that the skeleton of
+my old friend the War-chief had been preserved, and he seemed to think
+it might be an interesting thing for me to see. The struggle between
+the ebullition of indignation and the quiescence of disgust rendered
+me for the moment almost unfit for a reply; and I withheld it for a
+moment, until the poor Indian's ideas of hyaenas before described had
+time to run through my mind, and some other similar reflections, when
+I calmly replied, "I have no doubt but the skeleton is a subject of
+interest, but I shall not have time to see it."
+
+My friend and I parted here, and I went on through Piccadilly, and I
+know not where, meditating on the virtues of scientific and mercenary
+man. I thought of the heroic _Osceola_, who was captured when he was
+disarmed and was bearing a white flag in his hand; who died a prisoner
+of war, and whose head was a few months afterwards offered for sale in
+the city of New York! I thought also of the thousands of Indian graves
+I had seen on the frontier thrown open by sacrilegious hands for the
+skulls and trinkets they enclosed, to which the retiring relatives were
+lurking back to take the last glance of, and to mingle their last tears
+over, with the horror of seeing the bones of their fathers and children
+strewed over the ground by hands too averse to labour and too ruthless
+to cover them again.
+
+I was here forcibly struck with the fitness of Jim's remarks about the
+hyaenas, of "their resemblance to _Chemokimons_ or pale-faces," when I
+told him that they lived by digging up and devouring bodies that had
+been consigned to the grave.
+
+I thought also of the distress of mind of the Little Wolf when he lost
+his child at Dundee--of his objections to bury it in a foreign land;
+and also of the double pang with which the fine fellow suffered when
+dire necessity compelled him to leave the body of his affectionate
+wife amidst the graves of the thousands whose limbs and bones were no
+curiosity. And I could thus appreciate the earnestness with which,
+in his last embrace of me in Paris, he desired me to drive every day
+in a cab, as he had been in the habit of doing, to the cemetery of
+Montmartre, to see that no one disturbed the grave of her whom he had
+loved, but was then to leave; and that I should urge his kind friend
+M. Vattemare to hasten the completion of the beautiful monument he was
+getting made, that it might be sure to be erected over her grave before
+she might be dug up.
+
+With regard to the remainder of the party of Ojibbeways whom I have
+said I had advised to return as soon as possible to their own country,
+I am grieved to inform the reader that, from letters from several
+friends in England, I have learned that the chief has persisted in
+travelling through various parts of the kingdom, making his exhibitions
+of Indian life during the last year, and has had the singular and
+lamentable misfortune of burying three of his children and his wife!
+
+These, being facts, show a loss of seven out of twelve of that party,
+affording a shocking argument against the propriety of persons bringing
+Indians to Europe with a view to making their exhibitions a just or
+profitable speculation.
+
+Three of the former party died while under my direction, as I have
+described in the foregoing pages; and a noble fine Indian, by the name
+of _Jock-o-sot_, of the Sac tribe, brought to England by a Mr. Wallace
+about the same time, was dying, and died on his way home, from causes
+he met in this country; making the melancholy list of eleven who lost
+their lives in the space of eighteen months.
+
+These are facts which bring the reader's mind, as well as that of
+the author, to inquire what were the objects of these parties in
+England--how they came here--and what their success, as well as what
+will be the results that will probably flow from them. Each of these
+speculations has undoubtedly been projected by the white men who
+brought the Indians over, having conceived a plan of employing and
+taking to Europe such parties, who would be great curiosities in a
+foreign country, and by their exhibitions enabled to realise a great
+deal of money.
+
+These parties, in each case, have been employed, and induced to come on
+condition of a certain sum of money to be paid them per month, or so
+much per year, to be given them on their return to their own country,
+with the additional advantage of having all their expenses borne, and
+themselves entitled to all the numerous presents they would receive
+during their travels.
+
+As I have been with each of these parties the greater part of the time
+while they were making their exhibitions, I feel quite sure that this
+last condition of their engagements has been strictly kept with them,
+and that by it the Indians profited to a considerable amount from the
+kind and charitable hands of people whom they were amusing. But how far
+they have been benefited by the other conditions of their engagements,
+after they have returned to their homes, I am unable to tell.
+
+As for their reception by the public generally where they have
+travelled, and their conduct whilst amongst and dealing with the world,
+it gives me great pleasure, as a living witness, to tender to that
+public my grateful acknowledgments for the kindness and friendship with
+which they received those unsophisticated people; and in justice to
+the Indians, as well as for the satisfaction of those who knew them,
+to acknowledge the perfect propriety of their conduct and dignity of
+deportment whilst they were abroad.
+
+There were of the three parties thirty-five in all, and I am proud, for
+the character of the abused race which I am yet advocating, that, for
+the year and a half that I was daily and hourly in familiarity with
+them in Europe, I never discovered either of them intoxicated, or in a
+passion with one another, or with the world. They met the people, and
+all the wondrous and unaccountable works which their eyes were daily
+opened to in the enlightened world, with an evenness of temper and
+apparent ease and familiarity which surprised all who saw them.
+
+Their conduct was uniformly decent and respectful, and through their
+whole tour, whilst abroad, they furnished a striking corroboration of
+two of the leading traits of their national character, which I have
+advanced in my former work, of their strict adherance to promises they
+make, and of their never-ending garrulity and anecdote when, in their
+little fireside circles, they are out of the embarrassing gaze of the
+enlightened world, who are wiser than themselves.
+
+For these nightly gossips, which generally took place in their private
+apartments after the labours of the day were done and the pipe was lit,
+the excitements of the day, and the droll and marvellous things they
+had seen in their exhibition-room and in the streets of London and
+Paris, afforded them the endless themes; and of these little sittings
+I was almost an inseparable member, as will have been seen by many
+anecdotes entered in the pages which the reader has already passed over.
+
+It will be pleasing therefore to the reader, at least to those who
+felt an interest in those poor people, to learn, that, though they
+might have been objects of concern and pity whilst making a show of
+themselves in this country, they were, nevertheless, happy, and in the
+height of amusements, philosophically enjoying life as they went along;
+and to those who know me, and feel any anxiety for my welfare, that,
+although I was aiding them in a mode of living to which I was always
+opposed, I was happy in their society, and also in the belief that I
+was rendering them an essential service, although my labours were much
+less successful as regarded my own pecuniary interest.
+
+One of the leading inducements for Indians to enter into such
+enterprises, and the one which gains the consent of their friends
+and relations around them, and more particularly is advanced to the
+world as the plausible motive for taking Indians abroad, is that of
+enlightening them--of opening their eyes to the length and breadth of
+civilization, and all the inventions and improvements of enlightened
+society. These three parties (having met their old friend and advocate
+abroad, who has introduced them to the highest society of the
+world--has led them into three palaces, and from those down through
+every grade of society, and into almost every institution and factory
+of the continent--whose eyes and whose ears have been opened to most of
+the information and improvements of this enlightened age, and who have
+gone back to relate and to apply, in their own country, the knowledge
+they have gained) will furnish the best argument on record, for or
+against the propriety of bringing American Indians abroad, as the means
+of enlightening them and making them suitable teachers of civilization
+when they go back to the wilderness. And though the pages of this book
+cannot sum up the results of these visits, which can only be looked up
+ultimately in the respective tribes to which they have returned, yet a
+few words more upon the materials with which they have returned, and
+the author's opinion (in his familiar knowledge of the Indians' mode of
+reasoning) of their probable results, may not be obtrusive, as a sort
+of recapitulation of scenes and estimates, with their tendencies, made
+in the foregoing pages.
+
+It is natural, or at least habitual, to suppose that, for the ignorant
+to learn is always to improve; and that what a savage people can learn
+amongst civilized society _must be_ for their benefit. But in this
+view of the case, which would generally be correct, there arises a
+very fair question how far, for the benefit of the unenlightened parts
+of the world, it is judicious to acquaint them at a glance, with the
+whole glare of the lights and shades of civilized life, by opening
+the eyes of such parties to so many virtues and so many luxuries and
+refinements so far beyond the possibility of their acquiring, and at
+the same time to so many vices, to so much poverty and beggary not
+known in their simple modes of life, to teach to their people and
+to descant on when they get home; themselves as well as those whom
+they are teaching, despairing of ever attaining to what they have
+seen to admire and covet, and unwilling to descend to the degrading
+vices and poverty which they have seen mixed up in the mysterious and
+money-making medley of civilization.
+
+If I startle the readers, let them reflect for a moment upon what
+perhaps some of them have never yet exactly appreciated--that a man,
+to know how his own house looks, must see how the houses of others
+appear. To know how his own city and country actually look, and how
+his countrymen act and live, he should see how cities and countries
+look, and how people act, in other parts of the world. If he will do
+this, and then leave all civilized countries a while, and the din and
+clatter, and the struggles for wealth amidst the rags and vices of the
+community he has lived in, and taste for a time the simple, silent
+life of the wilderness, he will find, on returning to his home, that
+he has been raised amongst a variety of vices and follies which he
+never before had duly appreciated, and will then realise, to a certain
+degree, the view which the savages take of the scenes in civilized life
+when they look into the strange medley of human existence in our great
+towns and cities, where all the contrasts are before their eyes, of
+rich and poor, equally struggling for wealth or the means of existence.
+
+With such eyes were those wild people here to look; and without the
+cares and hourly and momentary concerns which lead the scrambling,
+busy world through and across the streets, blinded to what is about
+them, the poor but entirely independent Indians were daily and
+hourly scanning from the top of their buss, or the platform of their
+exhibition-rooms, the scenes, and manners, and expressions that were
+about them; and though they looked with unenlightened eyes, they
+saw and correctly appreciated many things in London and Paris which
+the eyes of Londoners and Parisians scarcely see. They saw their
+sights and got their estimates and statistics, and in the leisure of
+their inquisitive and abstracted minds drew deductions which few of
+the business world have leisure or inclination to make; and with all
+of these they have gone back to be the illustrators and teachers of
+civilization in the wilderness.
+
+Each one will be a verbal chronicler, as long as he lives, of the
+events and scenes he witnessed while abroad, and _Wash-ka-mon-ya_ (or
+Jim), with his smattering of civilization, and his book of entries,
+which he will find enough to read and translate, will furnish abundance
+of written evidence for them to comment upon to their nation, who will
+be looking to them for information of the secret of civilization.
+
+The bazaar of toys and trinkets presented to them, with the money and
+medals which they will open to view in the wilderness, will glitter in
+the eyes of their people, and, it is to be feared, may be an inducement
+to others to follow their example.
+
+Their _Bibles_ had increased in their various boxes since the last
+census to more than a hundred and fifty; their _religious tracts_,
+which they could not read, to some thousands; their _dolls_, in all,
+to fifty; and other useless toys, to a great number. Then came their
+_medals_, their _grosses of buttons_, their _beads_, _ribbons_,
+_brooches_, _fans_, _knives_, _daggers_, _combs_, _pistols_, _shawls_,
+_blankets_, _handkerchiefs_, _canes_, _umbrellas_, _beaver hats_,
+_caps_, _coats_, _bracelets_, _pins_, _eye-glasses_, &c. &c.; and
+then their prints--views of countries they had seen, of _churches_,
+_cathedrals_, _maps of London and Paris_, _views of bridges_, of
+_factories_, of _coal-pits_, of _catacombs_, of _Morgues_, &c. &c.,
+to an almost countless number, all to be opened and commented upon,
+and then scattered, as the first indications of civilization, in the
+wilderness. These are but mere toys, however, but gewgaws that will
+be met as matters of course, and soon used up and lost sight of. But
+Jim's book of the statistics of London, of Paris, and New York, will
+stand the _Magna Charta_ of his nation, and around it will assemble
+the wiseacres of the tribe, descanting on and seeking for a solution
+of the blessings of civilization, as the passing pipe sends off its
+curling fumes, to future ages, over its astounding and marvellous
+estimates of civilized _nations_, of _cities_, of _churches_, of
+_courts of justice_, and _gaols_--of the tens of thousands of civilized
+people who are in it recorded (to their amazement) as _blind_, as _deaf
+and dumb_, and _insane_; of _gallows_ and _guillotines_, of _massacres_
+and _robberies_, the number of _grog-shops_ and _breweries_,
+of _coal-pits_, of _tread-mills_ and _foundling hospitals_, of
+_poorhouses_ and _paupers_, of _beggars_ and _starvation_, of
+_brothels_, of _prisons for debtors_, of _rapes_, of _bigamy_, of
+_taxation_, of _game-laws_, of _Christianity_, of _drunkenness_, of
+_national debt_ and _repudiation_.
+
+The estimates of all these subjects have gone to the wilderness, with
+what the eyes of the Indians saw of the poverty and distress of the
+civilized world, to be taught to the untaught, and hereafter to be
+arrayed, if they choose, against the teachings of civilization and
+Christianity in the Indian communities: a table of the enormous numbers
+in the civilized world who by their own folly or wickedness drag
+through lives of pain and misery, leaving their Indian critics, in the
+richness of their imaginations, to judge of the immense proportion of
+the enlightened world who, in just retribution, must perish for their
+crimes and their follies; and in their ignorance, and the violence
+of their prejudices, to imagine what proportion of them are actually
+indulged in the comforts of this life, or destined to enjoy the
+happiness of the world to come.
+
+Teaching, I have always thought, should be gradual, and but one thing
+(or at most but few things) taught at a time. By all who know me and
+my views, I am known to be, as I am, an advocate of civilization; but
+of civilization, as it has generally been taught amongst the American
+Indians, I have a poor opinion; and of the plan I am now treating of,
+of sending parties to foreign countries to see all that can be seen
+and learned in civilized life, I have a still poorer opinion, being
+fully convinced that they learn too much for useful teachers in their
+own country. The strides that they thus take are too great and too
+sudden for the slow and gradual steps that can alone bring man from a
+savage to a civilized state. They require absolutely the reverse of
+what they will learn from such teachers. They should, with all their
+natural prejudices against civilized man, be held in ignorance of the
+actual crime, dissipation, and poverty that belong to the enlightened
+world, until the honest pioneer, in his simple life, with his plough
+and his hoe, can wile them into the mode of raising the necessaries of
+life, which are the first steps from savage to civil, and which they
+will only take when their prejudices against white men are broken down,
+which is most effectually done by teaching them the modes of raising
+their food and acquiring property. I therefore am constrained to give
+judgment here against the propriety of parties of Indians visiting
+foreign countries with a view to enlightening their people when they
+go back; and here also to register my opinion, for which I am daily
+asked, as to the effects which these visits to Europe will have upon
+the parties who have been abroad, and what impressions they will make
+amongst their people when they return.
+
+I am sure they saw many things which pleased them and gained their
+highest admiration, and which they might be benefited by seeing; and
+also that they saw many others which it would have been decidedly
+better they had never seen. They have witnessed and appreciated the
+virtues and blessings, and at the same time the vices and miseries and
+degradations of civilized life, the latter of which will doubtless
+have made the deepest impressions upon their minds, and which (not
+unlike some _more distinguished travellers than themselves_) they will
+comment and enlarge upon, and about in equal justice to the nation they
+represent and are endeavouring to instruct.
+
+Their tour of a year or two abroad, amidst the mazes and mysteries of
+civilized life, will rest in their minds like a romantic dream, not to
+be forgotten, nor to be dreamed over again; their lives too short to
+aspire to what they have seen to approve, and their own humble sphere
+in their native wilds so decidedly preferable to the parts of civilized
+life which they did not admire, that they will probably convert the
+little money they have made, and their medals and trinkets, into whisky
+and rum, and drown out, if possible, the puzzling enigma, which, with
+arguments, the poor fellows have found it more difficult to solve.
+
+With this chapter I take leave of my Indian friends; and as the main
+subject of this work ends with their mission to Europe, the reader
+finds himself near the end of his task.
+
+In taking leave of my red friends, I will be pardoned for repeating
+what I have before said, that on this side of the Atlantic they
+invariably did the best they could do; and that, loving them still as
+I have done, I shall continue to do for them and their race, all the
+justice that shall be in the power of my future strength to do.
+
+
+
+
+                             CHAPTER XXXI.
+
+  The Author returns to his little children in Paris--His loss of
+     time and money--The three Indian speculations--His efforts
+     to promote the interests of the Indians, and the persons who
+     brought them to Europe--His advice to other persons wishing
+     to engage in similar enterprises--The Author retires to his
+     atelier, and paints the fifteen pictures for the King--The
+     pleasure of quiet and retirement with his four little
+     children around him--He offers his Indian Collection to the
+     American Government--And sends his memorial to Congress--Bill
+     reported in favour of the purchase--The Author has an
+     interview with the King in the Tuileries--Delivers the fifteen
+     pictures--Subjects of the pictures painted--Conversations
+     with the King--Reflections upon his extraordinary life--The
+     Author's thoughts, while at his easel, upon scenes of his
+     life gone by--And those that were about him, as he strolled,
+     with his little children, through the streets and society of
+     Paris--Distressing and alarming illness of the Author's four
+     little children--Kindness of sympathizing friends--Death of
+     "little George"--His remains sent to New York, and laid by the
+     side of his mother--A father's tears and loneliness--The Author
+     returns with his Collection to London.
+
+
+The commencement of this chapter finds me at my easel, in a comfortable
+_atelier_ in my own apartments in Paris, where I had retired, with my
+little children about me, to paint the fifteen pictures for the King,
+and others for which I had some standing orders.
+
+My collection was at this time placed in a magazine in the vicinity of
+my dwelling, and my faithful man Daniel still continued his charge over
+it, keeping it in repair, and plying between it and my painting-room
+when I required models from my collection to work from.
+
+The true measure of ordinary happiness I have long believed to be
+the amount of distress or anxiety we have escaped from; and in this
+instance I felt, retired from the constant anxieties I had lived under
+for the last six or seven years, demanding all my time, and holding my
+hand from my easel, as if I could be happy, even in my grief, with my
+four dear little children around me, whom their kind mother had but a
+few months before, in her dying breath, committed to my sole keeping
+and protection.
+
+My house, though there was a gloom about it, had a melancholy charm
+from its associations, whilst its halls were enlivened by the notes of
+my little innocents, who were just old enough for my amusement, and too
+young fully to appreciate the loss they had sustained, and whose little
+arms were now concentrated about my neck, as the only one to whom they
+claimed kindred and looked for protection.
+
+My dear little namesake, George, and my only boy, then three years and
+a half old, was my youngest, and, being the only one of my little flock
+to perpetuate my name, had adopted my painting-room as his constant
+play-house, and, cronies as we had become there, our mutual enjoyment
+was as complete as my happiness was, in the dependence I was placing on
+him for the society of my future days. His first passion, like that of
+most children, had been for the drum, with which, slung upon his back,
+with drumsticks in hand, he made my _atelier_ and apartments ring, and
+never was happier or more proud than when we addressed him as "Tambour
+Major," by which name he familiarly went, and to which he as promptly
+answered.
+
+Besides the company of this dear little fellow, I had the sweet society
+of my three little girls, of ten, eight, and six years old, and with
+all, and the pleasures at my easel, I counted myself in the enjoyments
+of life that I would have been unwilling for any consideration to
+part with. I thus painted on, dividing my time between my easel, my
+little children, and the few friends I had in Paris, resolving and
+re-resolving to devote the remainder of my life to my art, being
+in possession of the fullest studies from nature to enable me to
+illustrate the early history of my country in its various dealings
+with the Indian tribes of America; and in these labours I also with
+pleasure resolved to continue my efforts to do justice to their
+character and their memory.
+
+The American Congress was at that time in session, with a surplus
+revenue in the treasury of more than 12,000,000 of dollars; and,
+deeming it an auspicious time, I proposed the sale of my collection by
+my Memorial, to that body, believing there was sympathy enough for the
+poor Indians in my country, and disposition to preserve all the records
+of this dying race, to induce the Congress to purchase the collection
+as connected with the history of the country.
+
+I had been stimulated, the whole time whilst making the collection,
+with the hope that it would be perpetuated on the soil where these
+ill-fated people have lived and perished; and was constantly encouraged
+in my labours with the belief that such would be the case.
+
+On my Memorial, a Bill was reported by the Joint Committee on the
+Library, complimenting me in the strongest terms, and recommending its
+purchase; but, owing to the sudden commencement of the Mexican war at
+that time, no action was had upon it, and it now remains to be seen
+whether the Government will take it up again, or whether the collection
+will be left, because more highly appreciated, in a foreign land. My
+unavoidable belief still is, that some measure will be adopted for its
+preservation in my native country, a monument to those people who have
+bequeathed to the United States all her dominions, and who are rapidly
+wasting away; though I have fears that the call for it may be too late,
+either to gratify my ambition to see it perpetuated amongst the records
+of my country, or to enable me to feel the reward for my hard labour.
+
+The Bill reported in the Congress I have taken the liberty to insert
+here, for the very high compliment it conveys, as well as for the
+benefit it may in some way afford me by the value therein set upon my
+works.
+
+  BILL reported in the AMERICAN CONGRESS, 1846, for the Purchase of
+  CATLIN'S INDIAN GALLERY, July 24th, 1846. Read and laid upon the
+  table. Mr. W. W. CAMPBELL, from the Joint Committee on the Library,
+  made the following REPORT:--
+
+  _The Joint Committee on the Library, to whom was referred the
+  Memorial of Mr. Catlin for the purchase of his Gallery of Indian
+  Collections and Paintings; and also the Memorial of American artists
+  abroad, and of American citizens resident in London, respectfully
+  report--_
+
+  That of Mr. Catlin, who desires to place, on certain conditions, his
+  extensive collection of Indian portraits, costumes, and other objects
+  of interest connected with Indian life, in the possession of the
+  Government, it is hardly necessary to speak, since his reputation is
+  established throughout this country and Europe. A native of the state
+  of Pennsylvania, his early studies were directed to the law, which,
+  under an impulse of enthusiasm that often marks original genius,
+  he soon abandoned for the pencil, stimulated by desire to give to
+  his country exact and spirited representations of the persons,
+  costumes, ceremonies, and homes of the aboriginal inhabitants of this
+  continent, now retreating and gradually vanishing away before the
+  power of civilization. Nor did he devote himself to his enterprises
+  merely to gratify curiosity and preserve memorials of a bold,
+  independent, and remarkable race of men, but to direct attention
+  to certain lofty traits of their character, and excite, generally,
+  friendly sentiments and efforts for their benefit. In making this
+  collection, he expended eight entire years of his life and 20,000
+  dollars, and visited, often at great hazard of his personal safety,
+  more than forty different (and most of them remote) tribes. Unaided
+  by public or private patronage, he pursued and effected his object,
+  sustained, as he observes, by the ambition of procuring a full
+  and complete pictorial history of a numerous and interesting race
+  of human beings rapidly sinking into oblivion, and encouraged by
+  the belief that the collection would finally be appropriated and
+  protected by the Government of his own country, as a monument to
+  a race once sole proprietors of this country, but who will soon
+  have yielded it up, and with it probably their existence also, to
+  civilized man.
+
+  On Mr. Catlin's return from the western prairies, the attention of
+  Congress was, in 1837 and 1838, turned towards his collection, and a
+  resolution for its purchase was moved in the House, and referred to
+  the Committee on Indian Affairs, who, it is understood, expressed in
+  their report an unanimous opinion in favour of the purchase, though
+  the near approach of the close of the session prevented its being
+  submitted for consideration.
+
+  In transferring his collection to Europe, Mr. Catlin had no intention
+  of alienating it, or changing its nationality and destination; but,
+  by its exhibition, sought to secure support for his family, and
+  obtain means of bringing out his great and expensive work on the
+  Indians--a work which has thrown much light upon their character and
+  customs, and been received with distinguished favour on both sides of
+  the Atlantic.
+
+  The judgment of our citizens, and that of eminent foreigners,
+  is concurrent in regard to the value of this collection for the
+  illustration of our history, and as a work of art. By desire of the
+  King of France, it now occupies a gallery in the Louvre, and has been
+  highly eulogized by the most distinguished artists and men of science
+  in Paris. A large gold medal has been presented to Mr. Catlin by the
+  King of the Belgians, with a letter expressing a high opinion of his
+  productions.
+
+  The American artists now in Paris, in a memorial addressed to
+  Congress, urging the importance of securing this collection to our
+  country, say, "Having made ourselves acquainted with the extent and
+  interest of this unique collection, and of its peculiar interest
+  to our country; and also aware of the encouraging offers now made
+  to its proprietor for its permanent establishment in England, as
+  well as the desire generally manifested here to have it added to
+  the historical gallery of Versailles, we have ventured to unite in
+  the joint expression of our anxiety that the members of the present
+  Congress may pass some resolution that may be the means of restoring
+  so valuable a collection to our country, and fixing it among its
+  records. Interesting to our countrymen generally, it is absolutely
+  necessary to American artists. The Italian who wishes to portray the
+  history of Rome finds remnants of her sons in the Vatican; the French
+  artist can study the ancient Gauls in the museums of the Louvre; and
+  the Tower of London is rich in the armour and weapons of the Saxon
+  race.
+
+  "Your memorialists, therefore, most respectfully trust that Mr.
+  Catlin's collection may be purchased and cherished by the Federal
+  Government, as a nucleus for a national museum, where American
+  artists may freely study that bold race who once held possession of
+  our country, and who are so fast disappearing before the tide of
+  civilization. Without such a collection, few of the glorious pages of
+  our early history can be illustrated, while the use made of it here
+  by French artists, in recording upon canvas the American discoveries
+  of their countrymen in the last century, shows its importance."
+
+  Your Committee feel the justice of these sentiments of American
+  artists, and also the importance, as suggested in their memorial,
+  of securing, by the purchase of his collection, the future efforts
+  of Mr. Catlin for its enlargement. Let the Government appropriate
+  his collection, and the chief ambition of its author's life will be
+  realized, and he will be enabled, in a few years, to double it in
+  value and extent.
+
+  The bill which has recently passed the House for the establishment
+  of the Smithsonian Institution provides that there shall belong to
+  it a "gallery of art;" and of course it must be intended that such
+  gallery shall be occupied by works of art. That such works should
+  be principally American, is the obvious dictate of patriotism.
+  No productions, your Committee believe, at present exist, more
+  appropriate to this gallery than those of Mr. Catlin, or of equal
+  importance. Should Congress fail to act on this subject, or decide
+  unfavourably to Mr. Catlin's proposal, he may, notwithstanding his
+  reluctance, be compelled to accept the positive and advantageous
+  offers now made to him in England.
+
+  The love of art, and respect for those who have cultivated it
+  with success, especially for those who have illustrated, by their
+  productions, the history of their country, have ever been cherished
+  by the most civilized nations. It has been justly observed, that
+  "among the Greeks the arts were not so much objects to promote
+  gratification as of public interest; they were employed as the most
+  powerful stimulants of piety and patriotism, commissioned to confer
+  distinction upon those who were conspicuous for valour, for wisdom,
+  and for virtue. A statue or picture gave celebrity to a city or a
+  state, and a great artist was considered a national ornament--a
+  public benefactor, whom all were bound to honour and reward."
+
+  Your Committee believe the price of his collection, as named by Mr.
+  Catlin, is moderate, and that a failure to obtain it would occasion
+  deep regret to all the friends of art, and to all Americans who
+  reasonably and justly desire to preserve memorials of the Indian
+  race, or the means by which our future artists and historians may
+  illustrate the great and most interesting events in the early periods
+  and progress of our country.
+
+  The Committee, therefore, recommend that the bill for the
+  establishment of the Smithsonian Institute be so amended as that
+  provision shall be made therein for the purchase of Mr. Catlin's
+  gallery at the price mentioned by him--namely, sixty-five thousand
+  dollars--payable in annual instalments of ten thousand dollars.
+
+                        _New York Journal of Commerce, Nov. 12th._
+
+When I had completed the pictures ordered by the King, his Majesty
+graciously granted me an audience in the Palace of the Tuileries to
+deliver them, on which occasion he met me with great cheerfulness,
+and, having received from me a verbal description of each picture, he
+complimented me on the spirit of their execution, and expressed the
+highest satisfaction with them, and desired me to attach to the back of
+each a full written description. The dimensions of these paintings were
+30 by 36 inches, and the subjects as follow:--
+
+  No. 1. An Indian ball-play.
+      2. A Sioux Council of War.
+      3. Buffalo-hunt on snow-shoes.
+      4. _Mah-to-toh-pa_ (the Four Bears), a Mandan chief, full length.
+      5. A Buffalo-hunt, Sioux.
+      6. Eagle-dance, and view of Ioway village.
+      7. _Mah-to-he-ha_ (the Old Bear), a medicine-man of the Mandans.
+      8. _Wan-ee-ton_, one of the most distinguished chiefs of the Sioux.
+      9. _Ee-ah-sa-pa_ (the Black Rock), a Sioux chief, full length.
+      10. _Mu-hu-shee-kaw_ (the White Cloud), Ioway chief.
+      11. _Shon-ta-ye-ee-ga_ (the Little Wolf), an Ioway warrior.
+      12. _Wa-tah-we-buck-a-nah_ (the Commanding General), an Ioway boy.
+      13. _Maun-gua-daus_, an Ojibbeway chief.
+      14. _Say-say-gon_ (the Hail Storm), an Ojibbeway warrior.
+      15. _Ah-wun-ne-wa-be_ (the Thunder-bird), Ojibbeway warrior.
+
+His Majesty had on several occasions, in former interviews, spoken
+of the great interest of the scenes of the early history of the
+French colonies of America, and French explorations and discoveries
+in those regions, and the subject was now resumed again, as one
+of peculiar interest, affording some of the finest scenes for the
+pencil of the artist, which he thought I was peculiarly qualified to
+illustrate. Additional anecdotes of his rambling life in America were
+very humorously related; and after the interview I returned to my
+painting-room, and continued happily engaged at my other pictures, with
+my familiar sweet smiles and caresses about me.
+
+As a painter often works at his easel with a double thought, one upon
+the subject he is creating upon the canvas, and the other upon the
+world that is about him, I kept constantly at work, and pleasantly
+divided my extra thoughts upon the amusing little tricks that were
+being played around me, and the contemplation of scenes and events of
+my life gone by. I ran over its table of contents in this way: "My
+native valley of Wyoming--the days and recollections of my earliest
+boyhood in it--my ten years in the valley of the _Oc-qua-go_, where
+I held alternately the plough, my rifle, and fishing-tackle--my
+five years at the classics--my siege with Blackstone and Coke upon
+Littleton--my three years' practice of the law in the Courts of
+Pennsylvania--the five years' practice of my art of portrait-painting
+in Philadelphia--my eight years spent amongst the Indian tribes of
+the prairies and Rocky Mountains--and, since that, my eight years
+spent in the light of the refined and civilized world, where I have
+been admitted to Palaces, and into the society of Kings, Queens, and
+Princes--and _now_ at my easel, in my studio, with my dear little
+babes around me, thanking Him who has blessed me with them, and courage
+and health, through all the vicissitudes of my chequered life, and now
+with strength to stand by and support and protect them."
+
+I thought also of the King, the wonderful man, with whose benignant and
+cheerful face I had been so often conversing; whose extraordinary life
+had been so much more chequered than my own; many of whose early days
+had been spent on the broad rivers and amongst the dense and gloomy
+forests of my own country; who, driven by political commotions from
+his native land, sought an asylum in the United States of America,
+and there, in the youthful energy of his native character, 52 years
+ago, crossed and re-crossed the Alleghany Mountains, descended the
+Ohio river 600 miles in his simple and rickety pirogue, and from the
+mouth of the Ohio to New Orleans, 1000 miles on the muddy waves of
+the Mississippi, amidst its dangerous snags and sand-bars, when the
+banks of those two mighty rivers were inhabited only by savages, whose
+humble wigwams he entered, and shared their hospitality; who afterwards
+visited the shores of Lake Erie, and also the Falls of Niagara, before
+the axe of sacrilegious man had shorn it of its wild and native
+beauties; who visited the little commencement of the town of Buffalo
+and the village of the Seneca Indians; who paddled his canoe 90 miles
+through the Seneca Lake to Ithaca, and from thence travelled by an
+Indian's path, with his knapsack on his back, to the Susquehana river,
+which he descended in an Indian canoe to Wyoming, my native valley;
+and then on foot, with his knapsack again upon his back, crossed the
+Wilkesbarre and Pokono Mountains to Easton and Philadelphia; and who
+consequently thus knew, 52 years ago, more of the great western regions
+of America, and of the modes of its people, than one of a thousand
+Americans do at the present day.
+
+I contemplated the character of this extraordinary man, reared in
+the luxuries of Palaces, thrown thus into the midst of the vast and
+dreary forests of the Mississippi, launching his fragile boat and
+staking his life upon its dangerous waves, and laying his wearied limbs
+upon its damp and foggy banks at night, amidst the howling wolves and
+rattlesnakes and mosquitoes; and after that, and all these adventures,
+called, in the commotions of his country, to mount the throne and wield
+the sceptre over one of the greatest and most enlightened nations of
+the earth. I beheld this great man in these strange vicissitudes of
+life, and France, whose helm he took in the midst of a tempest, now
+raised to the zenith of her national wealth and glory, after 17 years
+of uninterrupted peace and prosperity. I contemplated the present
+wealth and health of that nation and her institutions, her grand
+internal improvements, and cultivation of science and the arts; and
+I reflected also, with equal pleasure and surprise, on what I had
+seen with my own eyes, the _greatness of soul_ of that monarch as he
+was taking the poor Indians of the forest by the hand in his Palace,
+and expressing to them the gratitude he never yet had lost sight of,
+that he bore them for the kindness with which their tribes everywhere
+treated him when he entered their wigwams, hungry, on the banks of the
+Mississippi and the great lakes in America. He had the frankness and
+truthfulness to tell them that "he loved them," for the reasons he had
+given, and the kindness of heart to convince them of his sincerity in
+the way that carries the most satisfactory conviction to the mind of an
+Indian as well as it often does to that of a white man.
+
+These contemplations were rapid and often repeated, and there were
+many more; and they never passed through my mind without compelling me
+to admire and revere the man whose energy of character and skill have
+enabled him, with like success, to steer his pirogue amidst the snags
+of the Mississippi, and at the helm of his nation, to guide her out of
+the tempest of a revolution, and onward, through a reign of peace and
+industry, to wealth and power, to which she never before has attained.
+
+In the midst of such reflections I often strolled alone in
+a contemplative mood through the wilderness throngs of the
+Boulevards--the great central avenue and crossing-place--the _aorta_
+of all the circulating world--to gaze upon the endless throng of human
+beings sweeping by me, bent upon their peculiar avocations of business
+or of pleasure--of virtue or of vice; contrasting the glittering views
+about me with the quiet and humble scenes I had witnessed in various
+parts of my roaming life.
+
+In the midst of this sweeping throng, knowing none and unknown, I found
+I could almost imagine myself in the desert wilderness, with as little
+to disturb the current of contemplative thoughts as if I were floating
+down the gliding current of the Missouri in my bark canoe, in silent
+contemplation of the rocks and forests on its banks.
+
+In a different mood, also, I as often left my easel and mingled with
+the throng, with my little chattering children by my side, forgetting
+to think, and with eyes like theirs, scanned the thousands and tens
+of thousands of pretty things displayed in the shops, and whiled away
+in perfect bliss, as others do, an hour upon the pavements of the
+Boulevards.
+
+The reader has learned, from various books, the features of this
+splendid scene, with all its life and din and glittering toys, and of
+Paris, with its endless mysteries, and beauties, and luxuries, and
+vices, which it is not the province of this work to describe; but from
+all that he has read he may not yet know how completely he may be lost
+sight of in the crowds of the Boulevards, and what positive retirement
+he may find and enjoy, unknowing and unknown, if he wishes to do so,
+in his apartments in the centre of Paris, where his neighbours are
+certainly the nearest and most numerous in the world.
+
+In London and New York one often thinks it strange that he knows not
+his neighbours by the side of him; but in Paris, those on the _sides_
+are seldom taken into consideration as such, and so little do people
+know of, or care for, each other's business, that few have any
+acquaintance with their neighbours ABOVE and BELOW them.
+
+The circumscribed limits of the city, and the density of its
+population, enable the Parisians to make a glittering display in the
+streets, in the brilliancy and taste of which they no doubt outdo any
+other people in the world. The close vicinity of its inhabitants,
+and the facility with which they get into the streets, and the tens
+of thousands of inducements that tempt them there, tend to the
+concentration of fashion and gaiety in the principal avenues and
+arcades, which, in the pleasant evenings of spring and summer, seem
+converted into splendid and brilliant salons, with the appearance of
+continuous and elegant soirees. To these scenes all Parisians and all
+foreigners are alike admitted, to see and enjoy the myriads of sights
+to be seen in the shop-windows, as well as to most of the splendid
+collections of works of literature and the arts, which, being under
+the Government control, are free to the inspection of all who wish to
+see them. Amidst most of these I have been, like thousands of others,
+a visitor and admirer for two years, seeking for information and
+amusement--for study and contemplation--alone; or enjoying them in
+company with my little children, or travelling friends, for whose aid
+and amusement I have as often given my time.
+
+The reader will here see that I have before me the materials for
+another book, but as the object of this work is attained, and its
+limits approached, with my known aversion to travel over frequented
+ground, I must refer him to other pens than mine for what I might have
+written had I the room for it, and had it not been written twenty times
+before.
+
+The little bit of my life thus spent in the capital of France, though
+filled with anxieties and grief, has had its pleasant parts, having
+seen much to instruct and amuse me, and having also met with, as in
+London, many warm friends, to whom I shall feel attached as long as
+I live. In the English society in Paris I met a number of my London
+friends, where the acquaintance was renewed, with great kindness on
+their parts, and with much pleasure to myself.
+
+I met also many American families residing in Paris; and, added to
+their numbers, the constant throng of Americans who are passing to
+and from the classic ground of the East, or making their way across
+the Atlantic to the French metropolis, and swelling their occasional
+overflowing and cheerful soirees. At these I saw many of the elite and
+fashionable of the French, and noticed also, and much to my regret, as
+well as surprise, that, in the various intercourse I had in different
+classes, the Americans generally mixed less with the English than the
+French society.
+
+This is probably attributable in a great degree to the passion which
+English and Americans have, in their flying visits to the city of all
+novelties, to see and study something new, instead of spending their
+valuable time with people of their own family and language, whom and
+whose modes they can see at home. This I deem a pity; and though among
+the passing travellers the cause is easily applied, and the excuse
+as easily accepted, yet among the resident English and Americans, of
+whom there are a great many and fashionable families, there seems a
+mutual unsocial and studied reserve, which stands in the way of much
+enjoyment, that I believe lies at the doors of kindred people in a
+foreign land.
+
+My time, however, was so much engrossed with anxieties and grief and my
+application to my art, that I shared but moderately in the pleasures
+of any society; and the few observations I have been able to make I
+have consequently drawn from less intercourse than has been had by many
+others, who have more fully described than I could do had this book
+been written for the purpose.
+
+My interviews with society in this part of the world, as far as they
+have been held, have been general, and my observations, I believe, have
+been unbiassed. And as I mingled with society to see and enjoy, but not
+to describe, my remarks in this place, on the society and manners of
+Parisians and people in Paris, must end here, and necessarily be thus
+brief, to come within the bounds of my intentions in commencing this
+work.
+
+The society which fascinated me most and called for all my idle hours
+was that of my four dear little children, whose arms, having been for
+ever torn from the embrace of an affectionate mother, were ready to
+cling to my neck whenever I quitted the toils of my painting-room.
+There was a charm in that little circle of society which all the
+fascinations of the fashionable world could never afford me, and I
+preferred the simple happiness that was thus sweetly spread around me
+to the amusements and arts of matured and fashionable life.
+
+The days and nights and weeks and months of my life were passing on
+whilst my house rang with the constant notes of my little girls and my
+dear little "Tambour Major," producing a glow of happiness in my life,
+as its hours were thus carolled away, which I never before had attained
+to.
+
+My happiness was here too complete to last long, and, as the sequel
+will show, like most precious gifts, was too confidently counted on
+to continue. A sudden change came over this pleasing dream of life;
+the cheering notes of my little companions were suddenly changed into
+groans, and my occupations at my easel were at an end. The chirping
+and chattering in the giddy maze of their little dances were finished,
+and, having taken to their beds, my occupation was changed to their
+bedsides, where they were all together writhing in the agonies of
+disease, and that of so serious a nature as to require all my attention
+by night and by day, and at length anxieties of the most painful kind,
+and alarm--of grief, and a broken heart!
+
+To those of my readers who have ever set their whole heart upon and
+identified their existence with that of a darling little boy, and wept
+for him, it is unnecessary--and to those who have never been blessed
+with such a gift it would be useless--for me to name the pangs that
+broke my heart for the fate of my little "Tambour Major," who, in that
+unlucky hour, thoughtlessly relinquishing all his little toys, laid
+down with his three little sisters, to run the chances with them, and
+then to be singled out as he was by the hand of death.
+
+In kindness the reader will pardon these few words that flow in tears
+from the broken and burning heart of a fond father; they take but a
+line or two, and are the only monument that will be raised to the
+memory of my dear little George, who lived, in the sweetness of his
+innocence, to gladden and then to break the heart of his doating
+parent, the only one while he was living, to appreciate his loveliness,
+and now the only one to mourn for him. The remains of this dear little
+fellow were sent to New York, as a lovely flower to be planted by the
+grave of his mother, and thus were my pleasures and peace in Paris
+ended. Two idols of my heart had thus vanished from me there, leaving
+my breast with a _healing_ and a _fresh wound_, to be opened and
+bleeding together. My _atelier_ had lost all its charms; the _escalier_
+also was dreary, for its wonted echoing and enlivening notes had
+ceased; and the beautiful pavement of the Place Madeleine, which was
+under my windows, and the daily resort, with his hoop and his drum, of
+my little "Tambour Major."
+
+The Boulevards also, and the Champs Elysees, and the garden of the
+Tuileries, the scenes of our daily enjoyment, were overcast with a
+gloom, and I left them all.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+At the time of writing this my heart flies back and daily hovers about
+the scenes of so many endearing associations, while my hand is at work
+seeking amusement and forgetfulness at my easel.
+
+I have before said that the practice of my art is to be the principal
+ambition of the rest of my life; and as the beginning of this chapter
+found me in my _atelier_ in Paris, the end of it leaves me in my
+_studio_ at _No. 6, Waterloo Place_, in London, with my collection, my
+thousands of studies, and my little children about me where I shall
+be hereafter steadily seeking the rational pleasures and benefits I
+can draw from them; and where my friends and the world who value me or
+my works may find me without ceremony, and will be greeted, amongst
+the numerous and curious works in my collection, enumerated in the
+catalogue which I have given, for the amusement and benefit of the
+reader, at the end of my first volume.
+
+
+
+
+                             APPENDIX. (A.)
+
+  _The two following Letters, written from the Ioway Mission on the
+     Upper Missouri, with several others more recently received by
+     Mrs. A. Richardson, of Newcastle-on-Tyne, bear conclusive proof
+     of the sincerity of the Society of Friends, and of the benefit
+     that promises to flow from their well-directed and charitable
+     exertions._
+
+
+                             IOWAY INDIANS.
+
+                 EXTRACT OF A LETTER FROM S. M. IRVIN.
+
+                            _Ioway and Sac Mission, May 24th, 1847._
+
+Having a leisure morning, I most cheerfully give a few minutes to my
+dear friend in England. I have just been thinking, before I took my
+pen, how very mysterious are the workings of God's providence! Near
+four years ago, a party of our Ioway Indians started out on what
+appeared to us to be a wrong and uncalled-for expedition. We dreaded
+the result, and, so far as our opinion was consulted, it was given
+against the design, advising rather that they should stay at home, go
+to labour and economy, and not go to be shown as wild animals. In these
+notions we thought we were sustained by reason and Scripture, and were
+at least sincere in our views. We, however, made but little resistance,
+and when it was determined that they should go we submitted, did what
+we could for their comfort and success, gave them the parting hand,
+and commended them to the care of a merciful Providence. They started,
+spent the winter in St. Louis and New Orleans, associated with bad
+company, were exceedingly intemperate, and seemed to have grown much
+worse, which tended to confirm us in the belief of the error and
+impropriety of such a measure, and our hearts mourned over them. In
+the spring they went to the eastern part of the United States, and
+from thence to England. From the latter place we heard of the death of
+one and another, and of a probability of their going to France, and
+becoming enchained with the externals of the Catholic religion. Here
+we thought our opinions were fully confirmed. How can any good result
+from this? How much harm must ensue to these poor people, and probably
+through them to their nation!
+
+But at this point a ray of light seemed to break forth, and we could
+see through the dark vista a possibility of good resulting from
+it. Hitherto we could only trust in the government of God, knowing
+that He would bring good out of evil, but we could not see by what
+process it could be accomplished. But we now began to learn that the
+people of England, particularly the Society of Friends, were taking
+a warm interest in their welfare, stimulating their minds in favour
+of industry, economy, and Christianity, and especially guarding
+them against the pernicious effects of ardent spirits. There the
+foundation of hope, on rational and tangible principles, commenced.
+Perhaps the friends of God and his cause in England were to be the
+honoured instruments of making an indelible impression on the minds
+of these poor wanderers, and, if so, how well will they be repaid
+for their pilgrimage, and how happily shall we be disappointed! Next
+came an affectionate letter from your own hand. This was the second
+development of the unseen but operating hand of God in carrying on
+his own work. A young man of ardent piety and devotion to the cause
+of God was next recommended as a suitable person to come and labour
+among the Indians as missionary from England. I may say that the whole
+mystery was now plain. We could now say to each other, God has taken
+them over to England to send a suitable missionary, whose labours will
+be, doubtless, blessed to their conversion, and thus we could see how
+easily God, our _covenant-keeping God_, can foil the designs of Satan.
+How our hearts did burn within us when we thought of the goodness of
+God in these things! The original design we could not but look upon
+as a work of the enemy, got up for the purpose of selfishness and
+speculation, but now we could see the scale turn, and the pleasing
+prospect of hailing our young brother as a fellow-helper in this cause
+more than reconciled us to the hitherto mysterious movement. He came,
+and, though it was found best under the circumstances to assign him
+for a time to a different field of labour, still it is the same common
+cause, whether among the Otoes or Ioways.
+
+Very important pecuniary aid, both in money and clothing, was also
+subsequently received, from which our cause has, in no small degree,
+been aided and encouraged. Next a helpmate is proposed for our young
+friend, who is here alone, and toiling against the trials of a new
+and strange society and manners, and the prejudices of the Indians.
+God, through suitable instrumentality, conducts the negotiation to
+a favourable issue; the solitary individual is strengthened to part
+from her friends and country, is conducted by the hand of God across
+the dangerous deep, is brought more than 2000 miles, and, by a great
+variety of hazardous conveyances, almost to the centre of a great
+continent, and is now safely landed within the walls of this house.
+Truly may we exclaim, What hath God wrought! But the wonders and cause
+for gratitude stop not here. Our kind friend, Miss G., is not only
+here, but already is she engaged, twice or thrice a-day, in instructing
+the poor little daughters of the forest in needlework and such other
+instruction as may be suitable, and as yet I see nothing in the way
+but that she may very soon be able to give every moment of time that
+she can spare to these little ones. How pleasing will this be! How
+cheerfully and happily will the hours pass away, and how largely will
+she be rewarded for all her toil! I have skipped, as you will see, with
+more than eagle flight, over this narrative, for it furnishes materials
+enough for an interesting volume. I should like much to dwell upon it,
+but your mind can carry out the details, and see, as clearly as any
+other, the lineaments of God's goodness.
+
+Miss G. will have so much to say to you, that I am sure she will not
+know where to commence, and I think she will be about as much puzzled
+to describe many things so that you can understand.
+
+Mr. Bloohm has not yet arrived from the Otoe mission, but we look for
+him daily. So soon as I heard of Miss G.'s approach, I advised him
+of it, but he, being about fifty miles from the post-office, may not
+have received the letter. That you may better understand our relative
+situations, I will subjoin a rude outline of them with the pen.
+
+Miss G. remained some time in St. Louis for Mr. Lowrie, and was
+afterwards instructed by him to come on to this place, he being
+prevented, by low water, from calling for her at St. Louis. Last
+Friday he passed up the Missouri river to the Otoe and Omahaw mission,
+leaving word that he would be back, at the farthest, by the end of this
+week. If Mr. Bloohm be able, he will come down with Mr. L., if not
+before him. As soon as they arrive, we hope to be able to make full
+arrangements about all our affairs, and you may expect to be informed
+of all that will interest you in due time.
+
+                EXTRACT OF A LETTER FROM JANE M. BLOOHM.
+
+                          _Ioway and Sac Mission, May 28th, 1847._
+
+[After giving several interesting particulars of her journey from St.
+Louis, and arrival at the station, the writer proceeds:--]
+
+I feel assured, my dear friend, you would be pleased with this
+institution. The boarding-house is a most excellent building, three
+stories high. On the ground floor are the dining-room, kitchen, pantry,
+milk-house, and two sleeping-rooms. On the second story, the chapel in
+the centre, from back to front, and on one side the boys' school in
+front, with two small rooms behind, which Mr. Hamilton occupies. On the
+other side of the chapel is the girls' school, with two small rooms
+behind it for Mr. Irvin. The third story has the girls' bedroom, back
+and front, with a small one off it parted with deals, where I sleep.
+The boys' on the other side is the same; in the middle is a spare
+bedroom and Mr. Irvin's study.
+
+We rise at five o'clock, and at half-past assemble in the chapel for
+worship. While there, breakfast is placed on the table, and the bell
+rings again, when we go down. There are four tables, but not all full
+at present, as some of the children have left. Mr. Irvin sits at one
+table with the boys, Mr. Hamilton and his lady (when able) with the
+girls. Our table is called the family table; there are Mrs. Irvin,
+their father and mother, Mrs. I.'s two children, Mrs. H.'s eldest
+girl, the two men, and myself, as also any other strangers. Mr. Irvin's
+father and mother are two very old people; they intend leaving as
+soon as Mr. Lowrie comes, old Mr. I. not being able to manage the
+farm now. At breakfast each child has a pewter plate, with a tin pot
+turned upside down upon it, a knife and fork, and spoon. As soon as a
+blessing is asked, they each turn over their tin pot, and those who
+sit with them at table fill it with milk, and give them corn bread,
+boiled corn, batten cake (which is much like our pancake), a piece of
+bacon, and treacle. Of this they all eat as much as they like. Each
+table is served the same, with the exception that we have coffee for
+breakfast, and tea for supper. At dinner there is sometimes a little
+boiled rice, greens, &c., but no other kind of meat than bacon. We dine
+at half-past twelve, and sup at seven. After supper we all remain, and
+have worship in the dining-room; sometimes Mr. Hamilton prays and sings
+in Indian; and, oh! my beloved friend, could you only hear the sweet
+voices of those dear heathen children, you would be astonished, they
+sing so well. I do most sincerely hope that the day is not far distant
+when they shall not only worship Him with the voice, but with the
+understanding, and in truth.
+
+Mr. H. teaches all the children from nine till twelve. After breakfast
+I take the girls up to make their beds; two and two sleep together;
+they did it so neatly this morning. When done, they go with me to
+school to sew or knit till nine, then again after dinner till two, and
+after five till supper-time, when I assist to wash their hands and
+faces, and put them to bed. Some of them are very fine children, but
+I am surprised I am able to go so near them, for they are very dirty;
+but they seem very fond of me. You will laugh when I say that two or
+three of them often come running to me, and clasp me round the waist.
+They wish to teach me to speak their language; they can say a good
+many English words; they call their teachers father and mother. A few
+of them are very little. After I put on their nightcaps, and lift them
+into bed, they all repeat a prayer. You will be surprised when I say
+I do feel such an interest in them; I do wish these feelings may not
+only continue, but increase. I feel quite happy, and have never had the
+least feeling of regret at my coming out, and I trust I never shall.
+
+Both Mr. and Mrs. Irvin are most desirous for us to remain here, but
+that will rest with Mr. Lowrie and P. B. I am willing to go wherever
+I am of most use. It is a most arduous and responsible office we each
+hold, from the little I have seen (and it is but little to what I shall
+see if the Lord spare me). We need the prayers of our dear friends. Oh!
+forget us not, you, our far distant and beloved friends; entreat our
+Heavenly Father to give us much of his Spirit, and to us help along.
+Your old friend _Little Wolf_ came to see me. He said I might give his
+and his family's love to you. A few more came to welcome me; they are
+constantly coming about the house. I am just sent for to assist in the
+ironing, and have had to write this while the irons were heating. There
+is no mangle here. The children's clothes are washed and repaired every
+week.
+
+_May 31st._--Just as I finished the above on Friday afternoon, the
+arrival of two gentlemen was announced. They were Mr. Lowrie and my
+dear P. B. The latter is looking thin, but upon the whole is much
+better, as also much better than I expected to find him; as for
+colour, an Indian: but setting aside his Indian complexion, I was glad
+to see a known face, and to meet a beloved friend; and now, my dear
+friend, I can call him my beloved husband. The marriage took place on
+Saturday the 29th, at eight o'clock in the evening, by Mr. Hamilton,
+in Mr. Irvin's room. Old Mr. and Mrs. Irvin were there, Mr. and Mrs.
+Irvin junior, Mr. Lowrie, Mr. Melody (who had come to the mission on
+a visit), and one of the men, who had expressed a wish to be present.
+Mrs. H. was not strong enough to join us, which I did regret. Mr.
+Lowrie has settled for us to remain here, at least for some time;
+P. B. to assist Mr. H. with the boys and other labour, while I take
+the full charge of the girls. Oh! that we may each have strength to
+perform these our arduous duties. The old people leave in a few days,
+when we shall have their room, which is on the ground floor, close by
+the dining-room. We shall have to sit at table with the children, and
+should Mr. H. be from home or sick, at any time, we shall have the full
+charge. We have, one and all, made up our minds to assist each other
+when it is needful, and I do most sincerely pray that we may be enabled
+to labour together in the same spirit which was in Christ Jesus. It
+is His work, it is His cause; and we all, I trust, esteem our privilege
+great, that we, unworthy as we are, should be permitted to take part
+in this glorious work. Mr. Lowrie, I believe, intends leaving
+to-morrow; it will be three weeks before he can reach New York. Mr.
+Melody left this morning; he speaks highly of the kindness he received
+while in England, and, I believe, would very well like to pay a second
+visit. * * * *
+
+And now, dear friend, I think I have given you all the intelligence
+that it is in my power to send at the present time. It is likely
+that my dear husband may send a note, but he is much occupied, and,
+I believe, going to St. Joseph with Mr. Lowrie. He joins with me in
+kindest love to you and Mr. ----, not forgetting all our dear friends,
+to whom you will be so kind as to present it, and ever believe me to
+remain
+
+                                Your most affectionate friend,
+                                                             J. M. BLOOHM.
+
+
+
+
+                             APPENDIX. (B.)
+
+                             HORSE-TAMING:
+
+  _Being an Account of the successful application, in two recent
+     Experiments made in England, of the expeditious method of
+     Taming Horses, as practised by the Red Indians of North
+     America.--Communicated by_ ALEXANDER JOHN ELLIS, B.A., _of
+     Trinity College, Cambridge, in 1842._
+
+
+                                EXTRACT.
+
+The object of the following pages is two-fold: first, to extract the
+account of the North American Indian method of Horse-taming, as given
+by Mr. Catlin in his new work, entitled 'Letters and Notes on the
+Manners, Customs, and Condition of the North American Indians,' and to
+detail certain experiments which have been tried by the direction and
+in the presence of the Communicator; and, second, to urge gentlemen,
+farmers, stable-keepers, horse-trainers, horse-breakers, and all others
+who may be interested in the taming of horses, to try for themselves
+experiments similar to those here detailed, experiments which are
+exceedingly easy of trial, and will be found exceedingly important in
+result.
+
+The following is a detail of the experiments witnessed and directed by
+the Communicator:--
+
+During a visit in the North Riding of Yorkshire, the volumes of Mr.
+Catlin first fell under the Communicator's observation, and among other
+passages those just quoted struck him forcibly. Although he scarcely
+hesitated to comprehend the circumstances there detailed, under a
+well-known though much-disputed class of phenomena, he was nevertheless
+anxious to verify them by actual experiment before he attempted to
+theorize upon them. And he now prefers to give the naked facts to the
+public, and leave his readers to account for them after their own
+fashion. It so happened that, while staying with his brother-in-law,
+F. M., of M---- Park, the Communicator had the pleasure of meeting W.
+F. W., of B----, a great amateur in all matters relating to horses. In
+the course of conversation the Communicator mentioned what he had read
+about horse-taming, and the detail seemed to amuse them, although they
+evidently discredited the fact. The Communicator begged them to put
+the matter to the test of experiment, and M., who had in his stables a
+filly, not yet a year old, who had never been taken out since she had
+been removed from her dam, in the preceding November, agreed that he
+would try the experiment upon this filly. The Communicator made a note
+of the experiments on the very days on which they were tried, and he
+here gives the substance of what he then wrote down.
+
+
+                     EXPERIMENT THE FIRST.
+
+  SUBJECT--_A Filly, not yet a year old, who had never been
+     taken out of the stable since she had been removed from her dam
+     in the preceding November._
+
+_Friday, Feb. 11, 1842._--In the morning W. and M. brought the filly
+from the stable to the front of M.'s house. The filly was quite wild,
+and on being first taken out of the stable she bolted, and dragged
+W., who only held her by a short halter, through a heap of manure. W.
+changed the halter for a long training halter, which gave him such
+power over her that he was easily able to bring the little scared thing
+up to the front of the house. Both M. and W. seemed much amused, and
+laughingly asked E. (the Communicator) to instruct them in Catlin's
+method of taming horses. E. did so as well as he could, quoting
+only from memory. The experiment was not tried very satisfactorily,
+but rather under disadvantages. The filly was in the open air, many
+strangers about her, and both the experimenters were seeking rather
+amusement from the failure than knowledge from the success of their
+experiment. W. kept hold of the halter, and M., with considerable
+difficulty, for the filly was very restive and frightened, managed to
+cover her eyes. He had been smoking just before, and the smoke must
+have had some effect on his breath. When he covered her eyes, he _blew_
+into the nostrils, but afterwards, at E.'s request, he _breathed_;
+and, as he immediately told E., directly that he began to breathe, the
+filly, who had very much resisted having her eyes covered and had been
+very restive, "_stood perfectly still and trembled_." From that time
+she became very tractable. W. also breathed into her nostrils, and
+she evidently enjoyed it, and kept putting up her nose to receive the
+breath. She was exceedingly tractable and well behaved, and very loth
+to start, however much provoked. The waving of a red handkerchief, and
+the presenting of a hat to her eyes, while the presenter made a noise
+inside it, hardly seemed to startle her at all.
+
+_Saturday, Feb. 12, 1842._--This morning the filly was again led
+out to show its behaviour, which was so good as to call forth both
+astonishment and praise. It was exceedingly tractable, and followed W.
+about with a loose halter. Attempts were made to frighten it. M. put on
+a long scarlet Italian cap, and E. flapped a large Spanish cloak during
+a violent wind before its eyes, and any well broken-in horse would have
+started much more than did this yearling.
+
+
+                    EXPERIMENT THE SECOND.
+
+  SUBJECT--_A Filly, three years old, coming four, and very
+     obstinate; quite unbroken-in._
+
+_Saturday, Feb. 12, 1842._--While the last experiments were being tried
+on the yearling, W. espied B., a farmer and tenant of M., with several
+men, at the distance of some fields, trying, most ineffectually, on the
+old system, to break-in a horse. W. proposed to go down and show him
+what effect had been produced on the yearling. The rest agreed, and
+W., M., and E. proceeded towards B., W. leading the yearling. On their
+way they had to lead her over a brook, which she passed after a little
+persuasion, _without force_. One of the fields through which she had to
+pass contained four horses, three of which trotted up and surrounded
+her, but she did not become in the least degree restive, or desirous of
+getting loose. When the party arrived at the spot, they found that B.
+and his men had tied their filly short up to a tree in the corner of a
+field, one side of which was walled, and the other hedged in. W. now
+delivered the yearling up to M., and proposed to B. to tame his horse
+after the new method, or (to use his own phrase) to "puff" it. B., who
+was aware of the character of his horse, anxiously warned W. not to
+approach it, cautioning him especially against the fore-feet, asserting
+that the horse would rear and strike him with the fore-feet, as it had
+"lamed" his own (B.'s) thigh just before they had come up. W. therefore
+proceeded very cautiously. He climbed the wall, and came at the horse
+through the tree, to the trunk of which he clung for some time, that he
+might secure a retreat in case of need. Immediately upon his touching
+the halter, the horse pranced about, and finally pulled away with a
+dogged and stubborn expression, which seemed to bid W. defiance. Taking
+advantage of this, W. leaned over as far as he could, clinging all the
+time to the tree with his right hand, and succeeded in breathing into
+one nostril, without, however, being able to blind the eyes. From that
+moment all became easy. W., who is very skilful in the management of a
+horse, coaxed it, and rubbed its face, and breathed from time to time
+into the nostrils, while the horse offered no resistance. In about ten
+minutes W. declared his conviction that the horse was subdued; and he
+then unfastened it, and, to the great and evident astonishment of B.
+(who had been trying all the morning in vain to gain a mastery over
+it), led it quietly away with a loose halter. Stopping in the middle
+of the field, with no one else near, W. quietly walked up to the
+horse, placed his arm over one eye and his hand over the other, and
+breathed into the nostrils. It was pleasing to observe how agreeable
+this operation appeared to the horse, who put up its nose continually
+to receive the "puff." In this manner W. led the horse through all
+the fields, in one of which were the four horses already mentioned,
+who had formerly been the companions of the one just tamed, and who
+surrounded it, without, however, making it in the least degree restive.
+At length W. and the horse reached the stable-yard, where they were
+joined by C. W. C. C., of S---- Hall, and J. B. son of B. the farmer.
+In the presence of these, M., and E., W. first examined the fore-feet,
+and then the hind-feet of the horse, who offered no resistance, but,
+while W. was examining the hind-feet, leant its neck round, and kept
+nosing W.'s back. He next buckled on a surcingle, and then a saddle,
+and finally bitted the horse with a rope. During the whole of these
+operations the horse did not offer the slightest resistance, nor did
+it flinch in the least degree. All who witnessed the transaction were
+astonished at the result obtained. The Communicator regrets only that
+he is not at liberty to publish the names at length. This experiment
+of bitting was the last that W. tried, since the nature of the country
+about M---- Park did not admit of ridings being tried with any prospect
+of safety. The whole experiment lasted about an hour. It should be
+mentioned that when J. B., to whom W. delivered up the horse, attempted
+to lead it away, it resisted; whereupon E. recommended J. B. to breathe
+into its nostrils. He did so, and the horse followed him easily. The
+next day, B., who is severe and obstinate, began at this horse in the
+old method, and belaboured it dreadfully, whereupon the horse very
+sensibly broke away. This result is important, since it shows that the
+spirit is subdued, not broken.
+
+These are all the experiments which the Communicator has as yet had
+the opportunity of either witnessing or hearing the results of, but
+they are to him perfectly satisfactory; the more so, that Mr. W.,
+who made the experiments, was himself perfectly ignorant of any
+process of the kind until informed of it at the actual time of making
+the experiment. It may be considered over-hasty to publish these
+experiments in their present crude state, but the Communicator does so
+with a view to investigation. He will have no opportunity himself of
+making any experiments, as he is unacquainted with the treatment of
+horses, and neither owns any nor is likely to be thrown in the way of
+any unbroken colts. But the experiment is easy for any horse-owner,
+and would be best made in the stable, where the horse might easily
+be haltered down so as to offer no resistance. The method would, no
+doubt, be found efficacious for the subjugation and taming of vicious
+horses. The readers will, of course, have heard of the celebrated
+Irish horse-charmers. They never would communicate the secret, nor
+allow any one to be with them while they were in the stable taming
+the horse. It is agreed, however, that they approached the head. The
+Communicator feels sure that the method they employed was analogous
+to that contained in these pages. Persons have paid high prices for
+having their horses charmed; they have now an opportunity of charming
+horses themselves, at a very small expense of time and labour. Half an
+hour will suffice to subdue the most fiery steed--the wild horse of the
+prairies of North America.
+
+The Communicator has no object but that of benefiting the public in the
+above communication. The method is not his own, nor has he the merit of
+having first published it; but he thinks that he is the first who has
+caused the experiment to be made in England, and the entire success of
+that experiment induces him to make the present communication, in the
+hope that he may benefit not only his countrymen by the publication
+of a simple, easy, and rapid method of performing what was formerly
+a long, tedious, and difficult process, but also the "puir beasties"
+themselves, by saving them from the pains and tortures of what is
+very aptly termed "_breaking_-in." Mr. Catlin, indeed, speaks of the
+horse's struggles being severe, but they were the struggles of a wild
+horse, just caught on a prairie, and not of the domestic animal quietly
+haltered in a stable. The process as now presented is one of great
+humanity to the horse, as well as ease and economy to the horse-owner.
+The only objections to it are its novelty and simplicity. Those who
+have strength of mind to act for themselves, and not to despise any
+means, however simple or apparently childish, will have cause to
+rejoice over the great results at which they will arrive. But the great
+watchword which the Communicator would impress upon his readers is,
+"Experiment!"
+
+                    Magna est veritas et praevalebit.
+
+                                                               A. J. E.
+
+Note.--_The above experiments, which the Author has supposed might be
+interesting to some of his readers, have been even more successful
+than he would have anticipated, having always believed that to bring
+about the surprising compromise he has so often witnessed by exchanging
+breath, the animal should be a wild one, and in the last extremity of
+fear and exhaustion._--THE AUTHOR.
+
+
+                                THE END.
+
+London: Printed by WILLIAM CLOWES and SONS, Stamford Street.
+
+
+Transcriber's Notes
+
+
+Some compound words appeared both with and without a hyphen. They are
+given as printed. Where a word is hyphenated on a line break, the
+hyphen is retained if the preponderance of other appearances indicate
+it was intended. The word 'chickabboboo-ags' (gin palaces) appears
+both with and without the hyphen as a single word.
+
+The following table describes how a variety of textual issues, and
+resolution. Where variants were most likely printer's errors, they
+have been corrected, otherwise merely noted.
+
+p. viii  The "big gun[,]"                                 Removed.
+
+p.    x  The Author breakf[e]asts                         Removed.
+
+p.   29  visiters                                         _sic._
+
+p.   37  "oh, the distress!["]                            Added.
+
+p.  117  relig[i]on                                       Added.
+
+p.  155  Newcastle-on[-]Tyne                              Added.
+
+p.  182  to support the Queen and royal family.["]        Added.
+
+p.  184  when he[,] should stop                           Removed.
+
+p.  197  they had seen in [t]heir numerous visits         Added.
+
+p.  241  Wa-ton-y[a/e]                                    Corrected.
+
+p.  247  were daily engaged[,/.]                          Corrected.
+
+         mea[n]ing                                        Added.
+
+p.  253  and their questions.["]                          Added.
+
+p.  304  adherance                                        _sic._
+
+p.  305  w[i]th the whole glare                           Restored.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Adventures of the Ojibbeway and Ioway
+Indians in England, France, and Belgium; Vol. II (of 2), by George Catlin
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK OJIBBEWAY, IOWAY IN ENGLAND, VOL II ***
+
+***** This file should be named 44777.txt or 44777.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        http://www.gutenberg.org/4/4/7/7/44777/
+
+Produced by KD Weeks, Steven Gibbs, The Internet Archive:
+American Libraries and the Online Distributed Proofreading
+Team at http://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at
+  www.gutenberg.org/license.
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at 809
+North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887.  Email
+contact links and up to date contact information can be found at the
+Foundation's web site and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit:  www.gutenberg.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For forty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
diff --git a/old/44777.zip b/old/44777.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bbfa632
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/44777.zip